'

E

■'J '

>

‘

&4

> , v I

■

r

; '

-

.

-

.

’

PH A .

dom fucceed, or if the plants come up, it is rarely
before the following fpring. When the plants come
tip, they muft be kept clean from weeds, and the
autumn following they may be tranfplanted where
they are to remain they love a moift foil and a fha-
dy fituadon, but will not thrive under the drip of trees.
The roots of the three firft forts will continue feveral
years, and every year produce flowers and feeds. The
fourth fort will rarely ripen feeds in a garden, fo that
I have been obliged to procure them from the place
where it grows naturally.

P H A C A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 798. Aftragaloides. Totirn.
Inft. R. H. 399. tab. 223. Baftard Milk-vetch, or
Aftragaloides.

The Characters are,

- The flower hath a tuhulous empalement ofl one leaf , which
is cut into five flmall indentures at the brim. It is ofl the
butterfly kind , hawing a large , oval, erect Jiandard , with
two oblong wings floor ter than the Jiandard , which are
obtufle , and a Jhort comprejjed obtufls keel . It hath ten (la-
mina, nine of which are joined in one body , and the other
Jtands feparate , terminated by roundifh rifling flummits.
In the center is fituated an oblong germen , flupporting an
awl-Jhaped fiyle , crowned by a Jingle ftigrna. The ger-
men afterward becomes an oblong flwelling pod , zvhofe up-
per future is deprejfled toward the under , having one cell ,
containing feveral kidney-Jhaped feeds. '

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedlion
of Linnaeus’s feventeenth clals, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten (lamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Phaca (Bostica) caulefcens erefta pilofa, legumini-
bus tereti-cymbriformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 755. Phaca
with a hairy upright ftalk , and taper boatjhaped pods.
Aftragaloides Lufitanica. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 399.
Portugal Baftard Milk-vetch.

2. Phaca ( Alpina ) caulefcens eredta glabra, legumini-
bus oblong.s inflatis fubpilofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1064.
Phaca with an upright flmooth ftalk , and oblong , flwell-
ing, hairy pods. Aftragaloides elatior eredla, vicim fo-
lds, fioribus luteis, filiquis pendulis. Amman. Ruth.
148. Taller upright Milk-vetch , with a Vetch leaf, yel-
low flowers , and pendulous pods.

The roots of the firft fort which grows naturally in
Spain and Portugal, will abide many years, and run
very deep into the ground, but the branches decay
every autumn ; thefe commonly rife near four feet
high, and become ligneous. The flowers are pro-
duced in (hort fpikes from the wings of the leaves,
but unlefs the feafon proves very warm, they rarely
flower in England, for which reafon the plants are not
much efteemed •, for it is not once in feven years that
the flowers arrive to perfection, nor do the plants
ever produce feeds in England ; fo that the feeds muft
be procured from abroad, by thole who are defirous
to have the plants.

The fecond fort hath fmooth (talks, which do not rife
fo high as the former •, the flowers are fmaller, the
pods are much (horter, and hang downward.

Both thefe forts are propagated by feeds ; thofe of
the firft fhould be fown in the place where the plants
are to remain ; for as the roots (trike very deep into
the earth, fo it is very difficult to tranfplant them
with any fafety, efpecially after they have remained
any confiderable time in the feed-bed. The plants
fhould be left about fix feet afunder, that there may
fee room to dig the ground between them every fpring,
which is all the culture they require, except the keep-
ing them clean from weeds.

The fecond fort produces flowers in two years from
feeds, and the feeds ripen well in England, but the
roots rarely live longer than three or four years.
PHAL AN GIU M. See Anthericum.

P H. ALAR IS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 74. Canary Grafs.

The Characters are,

It is one of the Grafts tribe , with one flower inclofled
in a calyx , having two valves , which is boat -Jh aped and
comprejjed the flower is lefts than the cup , the outer
valve is oblong and twifled , the inner is fmaller . It has

P Ft A

three hair-like ftamina , terminated by oblong JutHmUs %
and a roundijh germen flupporting -two hair-like Jiyles i
crowned by hairy ftigmas , the feeds are inclofled by the
petals of th& flower, each containing one flmooth J'eed pointed
at each end.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtiori
of Linnaeus’s third clafs, intitled Triandria Digynia,
the flowers having three ftamina and two ftyies.

The Species are,

1. Phalaris ( Canarienjis ) panicula. fubovata fpiciformi,
carinatis glumis. Lin, Sp. Plant. 79. Canary Grafs with
oval flpike-Jhaped panicles, and boat jhaped chaff i Phalaris
major femine albo. C. B. P. 28. Canary Grafs with a
white' feed.

2, Phalaris ( Arundinacea ) panicula oblonga ventrico-_
fa, Lin. Sp. Plant. 80. Reed-like Canary Grafs , with an
oblong bellied panicle. Gramen arundinaceuiip acerofa
gluma, Jerfeianum. D. Sher.

There are feveral fpecies of this genus which are ne-
ver cultivated for ufe, therefore it would be to little
purpofe to enumerate them here.

The firft fort is cultivated in feme parts of England,
particularly in the ifle of Thanet in Kent, where this is
efteemed as a profitable crop, and may be fo to thofe
who are fituated where they have water carriage for the
feed to the London markets, where is the general de-
mand for this commodity. AboutLondon there is very
little of it fown, and what is there cultivated is chief-
ly by lome few curious perfons, in frnall quantities,
for their amufement. 1 have feveral years fown forne
of this feed by way of trial, but have never feen more
than a few rods of ground fown with it, therefore
cannot give fo good an account of its culture as I
could with; however, I ffiall briefly give an account
of the fuccefs I have had in thofe trials which I have
made on this plant.

The firft experiment I made was by flowing of the feed
in broad call: all over the ground, and as the land was
very poor, I flowed the feeds too thick, which is the
common fault of farmers in general •, the feeds grew
well, but the months of May and June proving wet,
the plants grew tall, and having weak tender (talks,
a heavy rain which fell the beginning of Auguft: laid
it flat on the ground, and many fucceeding (flowers
which happened after kept it down, fo that the whole
crop was loft.

The following year I flowed a fpotof ground with this
ieed in rows at a foot diftance, but the feeds were
fown too thick in the drills, fo that the plants were
drawn up fo weak, that great part of thefe were lodg-
ed by wet in the month of Auguft •, but many of the
outfide plants in the drills, whole (talks were much
ftronger than thofe of the other, remained upright, fo
produced a good quantity of feeds which ripened well.
This put me on making a farther trial of this plant ;
accordingly I fowed the feeds thin, in drills made a
foot afunder, and when the plants came up, where
they were too clofe I thinned them, fo as to leave
them near two inches diftance in the rows • and the
feafon proving favourable, the plants fent out many
(talks from the roots, which were ftrong, fo able to
bear up till the feed was perfectly ripened ; and by
hoeing the ground three times in the intervals, the
weeds were deftroyed, and the ground kept clean >
the crop alfo was fo plentiful, as to allure me that the
culture of this plant would anfwer well to the farmer,
provided a fufficient quantity of feed was demanded j
but as there is but a moderate fale for the feeds, and
that being chiefly in London, fo the culture of this
plant would not anfwer to thofe who are fituated at a-
diftance from the metropolis, or who had not water
carriage for the feeds thither.

From feveral trials fince made, I find that three gal-
lons of the feed is fufficient to fow an acre of land %
and if the feed is Town by a hopper, whofe fpring is
properly fet, to let out the Led at equal diftance^ it
will be the beft method of cultivating it ; and keeping
the ground clean from weeds, will hot only improve
the crop, but alfo be of great advantage to the future
crops.

jo F

When

When the feed is ripe it flibuld be immediately cut,

: otherwife a good quantity will foon Hied out ; and if
it is turned two or 'three times to dry, according to
the favourablenefs of 'the feafon, it will be fit to thrafh.
out the feed, and the fooner that is done, the lefs lofs
there will be of the feed.

PHASEOLOIDES. See Glycine.

PHASEOLUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 412. tab.
232. Lin. Gen. Plant. 777. [takes its name of
<pd(Tvr.<BJ, an bblong fwift fhip, becaufe the hulk of
this plant refembles a fhip.] Kidney-bean ; in French,
Haricot.

The Characters are,

'The tmpalernent of the flower is of one leaf \ having two
lips ■, the upper lip is indented at the top , and the under
one is divided in three parts. The flower is of the butter-
fly kind •, it hath a keart-Jhaped , obtufe , inclined ftandard ,
reflexed on the Jides •, the wings are cval , the length of
the ftandard , and a narrow Jpiral keel twifted contrary
to the fun. It hath ten ftamina , nine joined in one body ,
and the other funding feparate , which are jpiral within
the empdlement , terminated by Jingle fummits , and an ob-
long, compreffed , hairy gertnen , fupporting a fender , in-
flexed, jpiral flyle , crowned by an obtufle hairy ftigma.
The gcrmen afterward becomes a long pod with a thick
ft: ell, ending in an obtufle point, inclofing oblong, compreffed ,
kidney-Jhaped feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe Bowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies •, he has divided the plants which were for-
merly included in this genus into two genera, one of
which he calls Dolichos, and the other Phafeolus ; the
latter differs from the former, in having the parts of
generation in the flowers fpirally twifted.

It would be to little purpofe to enumerate all the va-
rieties of this plant which have come to our know-
ledge in this place, fmce America does annually fur-
nifh us with fo many new forts, as that theie is no
knowing what varieties there may be produced in
different countries : befides, as they are not likely to
be much cultivated here, fince feme of the old forts
are preferable to any of the new, for the ufe of the
kitchen-garden, therefore I fhall only firft mention a
few forts which are cultivated for their flowers, or as
curiofities, and then mention thofe which are moft ef
teemed for the table.

The Species are,

2. Phaseolus {Hiatus) volubilis, floribus laxe fpicatis,
alis longitudine vexillo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1017. Kid-
ney-bean with a twining ftalk , and flowers growing in
loofle fpikes, whofe wings are as long as the ftandard.
Phafeolus Bore purpureo, alis amplis longe protenfis.
Hort. Elth. 314. tab. 235. Kidney-bean with a purple
flower, having large wings which are ftr etched out to a
great length.

1 . Phaseolus ( Caracalla ) volubilis, vexillis carinaque
fpiraliter convolutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1017. Kidney-bean
with a twining ftalk , whofe ftandard and keel are fpirally
twifted. Phafeolus Indicus cochleato Bore. Triumf.
Obf. 93. Indian Kidney -bean with a fnail-Jhaped flower,
eommomy called Caracalla in Portugal.

3. Phaseolus {Vexillatus) volubilis, vexillis revolutis
patulis leguminibus linearibus ftridis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
1017. Kidney-bean with a twining ftalk, a fpr ending

ftandard which is twifted backward, and narrow clofle
pods. Phafeolus Bore odorato, vexillo amplo patulo.
Hort. Elth. 313. Kidney-bean with a flweet flower , hav-
ing a large fpr ending ftandard.

a. Phaleolus ( Farinofus ) volubilis pedunculis fubca-
pitatis, fe mini bus tetragono-cylindricis pulverilentis.
Hort. Upfal. 214. Kidney-bean with a twining ftalk,
foot-ftalks ending in flowers growing in heads , and four-
cornered cylindrical duft-coloured feeds. Phaleolus pere-
srinus, Bore rofeo, femine tomentofo. Niffol. Ad.
Par. 1730. Foreign Kidney -bean with a Rofe-coloured
flower and downy feeds,

n. Phaseolus ( Vulgaris ) volubilis, floribus racemofis ge-
minis, bradeis calyce minoribus, leguminibus pen-
dutis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 724. Kidney-Urn with a twining

ftalk, branching flowers; growing 'by pairs, br&biees which
are Jkorter than the empalement, and hanging pods. Pha-
feolus Indicus, Bore coccineo five puniceo. Mar. 'Plift.
2. p. 69. Indian Kidney -be an with a fcarlet or -purple
flower , commonly called the Scarlet-bean.

6. Phaseolus ( Coccineus ) volubilis, floribus racemofis,
filiquis brevibus pubefcentibus. Kidney-bean with a
twining ftalk, flowers growing in long bunches , and Jhort
hairy pods. Phaleolus fiorum fpica pyramid ata, femine
coccineo nigra macula notata. Plum, Cat. 12. Kidney-
bean with flowers growing in a pyramided fpike , and fcar-
let feeds which are marked with black.

The firft fort is an annual plant ; the feeds of this
were brought from Carolina, where it grows naturally.
The ftalks of this twine about any fupport like the
common Kidney-bean j they are hairy, and rife four or
five feet high the leaves are fhaped like thofe of the
common Kidney-bean, but are narrower. The flowers
are produced in loofe fpikes, Handing upon long foot-
ftalks ; they are large and of a purple colour, turning
to a blue before they fade. Thefe appear in July,
and if the autumn proves warm, they will be fuc-
ceeded by narrow long pods, containing fmall oval
feeds which ripen in Odober.

The feeds of this fort fhould be fown on a warm
border about the latter end of April, and when the
plants begin to run up, they muft be fupported either
with fticks, or fattened to a hedge or wall, to pre-
vent their trailing on the ground, and conftantly kept
clean from weeds. If they are clofe to a wall or
hedge expofed to a good afped, they will ripen their
feeds in England, otherwife they frequently fail in bad
feafons.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the Brazils, from
whence the feeds were brought to Europe. This is a
perennial plant with twining ftalks, which rife to the
height of twelve or fourteen feet ; the leaves are
fhaped like thofe of the common Kidney-bean, but are
fmaller. The flowers are produced in flender fpikes ;
they are of a purplilh colour, and have an agreeable
odour ; thefe are fucceeded by flender pods which
are comprefied, containing feveral oval .compreffed
feeds. This is propagated by feeds, which fhould be
fown in a moderate hot-bed in the fpring •, and when
the plants come up, they muft be carefully trans-
planted into pots filled with light frefh earth, and muft
be plunged into a hot-bed to facilitate their taking
root ; after which they fhould be inured to bear the
open air by degrees, into which they fhould be re-
moved the end of June or beginning of July, placing
them in a flickered fituation i and as they advance in
their growth, and fill the pots with their roots, they
fhould be removed into larger pots, which muft be
filled with frefh light earth.

During the fummer feafon they muft be frequently
refrefhed with water •, but in winter they muft be re-
moved into the green-houfe, and fhould have but little
water during that feafon. Thefe plants when young,
are tender, but after the firft winter they will require
only to be fereened from froft, but muft have open
free air whenever the weather will permit, otherwife
the leaves will grow mouldy, and decay the tender
fhoots. This plant produces its flowers in July and
Auguft, but feldom perfects its feeds in England.
It is very common in Portugal, where the inhabitants
plant it to cover arbours and feats in gardens, for which
it is greatly efteemed by the inhabitants of that
country, for its beautiful fweet fmeliing flowers, and
in that country it thrives very well in the open air.
The third fort grows naturally in America, and is:
preferred in Tome curious gardens for variety, but is
a plant of no great beauty •, this may be propagated
by fowirsg the feeds in the fpring upon a hot-bed,
and when the plants come up, they muft be planted
in pots, and treated as the former fort. It produces
its flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in September.
The fourth fort was brought from America, _ and is
preferved in curious gardens rcr the fake of its long
flowering. This is an abiding plant, and- fhould be
managed as was directed for the third fort, but this
0 requires

1 u

requires a ftove to preferve ir through the winter in
England.

The fifth fort has been long cultivated in the Engufh
gardens for the beauty of its fcarlet flowers ; this hath
twining ftalks, which, if properly fupported^ will rife
ro the height of twelve or fourteen feet ; the leaves
are finaller than thofe of the common Kidney-bean.
The flowers grow in large fpikes, and are much
larger than thofe of the common Kidney-bean, and
of a deep fcarlet colour-, the pods are large and
rough, and the feeds are purple marked with black.
This fort requires no other treatment than the com-
mon fort, but the ftalks fhould have tall flakes put
down by them to twine round, otherwife they will fall
on the ground, which will foon cauie tnern to rot.
Although this fort is chiefly cultivated for the beauty
of its flowers at prefent, yet I would recommend it
as the beft fort for the table ; and whoever will make
trial of this, I dare fay muft prefer it to all the other
kinds yet known.

The fifth fort grows naturally in the warmeft part
of America, fo will not thrive in England out of a
ftove ; and as the chief beauty of it is in the
feeds, which are half fcarlet and the other half black,
fo thefe may be procured from abroad better than
raifed here.

1 jfhall now mention thofe forts of Kidney-beans
which are cultivated in the Englifh gardens to fupply
the table, which are few in companion of the number
already known, though thefe are not many of them
valuable, and are only cultivated becaufe they re-
quire lefs care, or will come a little forwarder in the
feafon, for they are inferior in tafte to the others ;
however, as there are fome perfons who efteem them
for their qualities before-mentioned, fo I fhall put
them down in the order of their ripening for ufe.

The three forts which are ufually cultivated for early
crops, are the fm all white Dwarf, the Dwarf black,
which is called the Negro-bean, and the Liver Colour
Bean. The ftalks of thefe are never very long, fo
may be planted much nearer together'than the larger
growing kinds, and they require but little fupport ;
fo thefe are planted on hot-beds under frames, or in
pots which are placed in ftoves, to come early in
the fpring, for which purpofe they are better adapted
than any of the other ; but they are not to be com-
pared with fome of the others for goodnefs ; but as
they may be had at a time when the others cannot be
fo well obtained, fo they are generally cultivated in
the gardens ; and where there are not the convenience
of ftoves or frames for railing them very early, they
are planted in warm borders near hedges, walls, or
pales, where they will be fit for ufe a fortnight earlier
than the other forts.

The next to thefe are the Eatterfea and Canterbury
Kidney- beans ; thefe do not ramble far, and produce
their flowers near the root, fo bear plentifully for fome
time : the Batterfea Bean is the forwarder of the two,
but the other will continue bearing much longer ; they
are both better flavoured than either of the three for-
mer forts, but when they begin to be large are very
ftringy and tough.

There are two or three, forts of Kidney-beans culti-
vated with ere£l ftalks, which want no fupport, as they
do not put out any twining ftalks ; thefe are much
cultivated by the gardeners for that reafon, as alfo
for their producing a great plenty of pods ; but they
are inferior in goodnefs to all the other, efpecially that
fort with black and white feeds, whofe pods have a
rank flavour, and, when boiled, become foft and
meally ; fo this fhould never be propagated by per-
fons of tafte.

The beft forts for the table are the fcarlet Bloftom-
bean before-mentioned, and a white Bean of the fame
fize and fhape, which appears to be only a variety of
the fcarlet, as it differs in no other refpqfl but the
colour of the flowers and feeds, being equal in fize and
flavour. And next to thefe is the large Dutch. Kid-
ney-bean, which grows as tall as either of theft, fo
muft be fupported by flakes, otherwife their ftalks

will trail upon the ground and fpoih The fort with
fcarlet flowers is preferable to this -in goodnefs, afid is
alfo hardier ; and although it will not come fp,early as
fome of the dwarf kinds, yet as it will continue, bear-
ing till the froft puts a flop to it in the autumn, fo it
is much preferable to either of them ; for .the. pods
of this fort when old, are feldom fcringy, and have a
better flavour than the young pods of thofe. forts, and
will boil greener ; and where -this- is. fown in the fame
fituation and foil as the Batterfea-bean, it will not be
a fortnight later.

All the forts of Kidney-beans are propagated by feeds,
which are too tender to be.. fown in the open air before
the middle of April ; for if the weather, fhould be
cold and wet after they are \ in the ground, they will
fooil rot ; or if the morning frofts fhould happen after
the plants come up, they will be deftxoyed ; therefore
the beft way to have early Kidney-beans, where there,
is no convcnicncy of frames for railing them, is to fow
the feeds in rows pretty elofegipon a moderate hot-
bed, the latter end of March, or the beginning of
April. If the heat of the bed is fufficient to bring up
the plants, it will be enough ; this bed fhould be arched
over with hoops, that it may be covered with mats
every night, or in bad 'weather. In this bed the. plants
may ftand till they have put out their trifoliate leaves,
then they fhould be carefully taken up, and tranf-
planted in warm borders near hedges, pales or walls.
If the feafon proves dry at the time of removing them,,
the plants fhould be gently watered to forward their
taking new root, and afterward they muft .be mana-
ged in the fame way as thofe which are fown in the
full ground. Thefe tranfplanted Beans will not grow
fo ftrong as thofe which are not removed, nor will
they continue fo long in bearing, but they will come
at leaft a fortnight earlier than thofe which are fown int
the full ground.

The firft crop intended for the full ground, fhould
be put in about the middle of April ; but thefe iliouid
have a warm fituation and a dry foil, otherwife the
feeds will rot in the ground ; or if the weather fhould
prove fo favourable as to bring up the plants, yet there
will be danger of their being killed by morning frofts,
which frequently happen the beginning of May.

The fecond crop, which fhould be one of the three
large forts laft mentioned, fhould be fown about the
middle of May. Thefe will come into 'llliShg before
the early kinds are over, and if they are of the fcarlet
fort, will continue fruitful till the frail deftroys the
plants in the autumn, and thefe will be good as long
as they laft. The manner of planting them is to draw*
f hallow furrows with a hoe, at about three feet and:
a half diftance from each other, into which you fhould
drop the feeds about two inches afunder ; then with
the head of a rake draw the earth over them, fo as to
cover them about an inch deep.

If the feafon is favourable, the plants will begin to
appear in about a week’s time after lowing, and foon
after will raife their heads upright ; therefore, when
the Items are advanced above ground, you fhould
gently draw a little earth up to them, obferving to do
it when the ground is dry, which will preferve them
from being injured by fharp winds ; but you Ihould
be careful not to draw any of the earth over their feed-
leaves, which would rot them, or at leaft greatly re-
tard their growth. After this, they will require no
farther care but to flick them when the plants begin
to run, and to keep them clear from weeds until they
produce fruit, when they fhould be carefully gathered
two or three times a week ; for if they are permitted
to remain upon the plants a little too long, the Beans
will be too large for eating, and the plants would be
greatly weakened thereby.

The large forts of Kidney-bean mull be planted at a
greater diftance, row from row ; for as thefe grow very
tail, fo if the rows are not at a greater diftance, the
fun and air will be excluded from the middle rows,
therefore thefe fhould _ not be lefs than four feet dift
tance row from row ; and when the plants’ are about
four inc.es high, the ftakes fhould be thrall into the

PHI

ground by the fide of the plants, to which they will
fallen themfelves, and climb to the height of eight or
ten feet, and bear plenty of. fruit from the ground
upward. The Dutch and French preferve great quan-
tities of the large Dutch Beans for winter ufe, which
they (lew, and make good with grayy and other
fauces.

There are fome perfons who raife thefe in hot-beds,
in order to have them early. The only care to be
taken in the management of thefe plants when thus
railed, is to allow them room, and give them as much
air as can be conveniently when the weather is mild,
as alfo to let them have but a moderate heat ; for if
the bed is over hot, they will either burn or be drawn
up fo weak as feldom to come to good.

The manner of making the hot-bed being the fame
as for Cucumbers, &c. need not be repeated in this
place ; but only obferve, when the dung is equally le-
velled, to lay the earth about four or live inches thick,
and let the great {team of the bed pafs oft before you
fow the feeds. The time for doing this mull be pro-
portioned to the feafon when you would have the Beans
for the table, but the fureft time for a crop is about
a week in February.

The manner of laving the feeds of thefe plants, is to
let a few rows of them remain ungathered in the
height of the feafon ; for if you gather from the plants
for fome time, and afterwards leave the remaining for
feed, their pods will not be near fo long and hand-
fome, nor will the feed be fo good. In autumn, when
you find they are ripe, you fhould in a dry feafon pull
up the plants, and fpread them abroad to dry ; after
which you may threlh out the feed, and preferve it in
a dry place for ufe.

PHELLANDRIUM, Water Hemlock.

There are two fpecies of this genus at prefent known;
one of which grows naturally in {landing waters and
deep ditches in feveral parts of England, the other
is found on the Alps ; but as neither are cultivated,
fo I fiiall not trouble the reader with any farther ac-
count of them.

PHILADELPHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 540. Sy-
ringa. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 617. tab. 389. Syringa,
Pipe-tree, or Mock-orange.

The Characters are.

It hath a permanent empaiement of one leaf cut into five
acute parts fitting upon the germen. It hath four or
jive roundijh plain petals which fpread open , and twenty
or more awl- fh aped flamina infer ted to the empaiement ,
terminated by eredt fummits with four furrows. Ihe ger-
men is ftuated under the flower , fupporting a fender flyle
divided in four parts , each being crowned by a Jin-
gle fligma. I he germen afterward becomes an oval acute-
pointed capfule having four cells , which are filled with
fmall oblong feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firfi: feftion of
Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have about twenty {lamina, which are
fixed either to the petals or empaiement of the flower.

The Species are,

1. Philadelphia ( Coronarius ) foliis Tubdentatis. Lin.
Sp. 671. Philadelphia with indented leaves. Syringa
alba, five Philadelphus Athenaei. C. B. P. White Sy-
ringa, or Mock-orange.

2. Philadelphus {Nanus) foliis ovatis fubdentatis, fiore
folitario pleno. Syringa or Mock- orange, with oval leaves
which are fomewhat indented , and double flowers funding

. fingly on the fides of the branches. Syringa nana nun-
quam florens. Cat. Hort. Angl. Dwarf Syringa which
feldom flowers.

3. Philadelphus (. Inodoms ) foliis integerrimis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 672. Philadelphus with entire leaves. Phi-
ladelphus flore albo majore inodoro. Catefb. Carol.

1. p. 84. tab. 84. Syringa with a larger white flower
having no /cent.

The firfi: fort has been long cultivated in the Englifh
gardens as a flowering fhrub, but the place where it
naturally grows is uncertain. This fends up a great
number of {lender {talks from the root, having a gray
bark, fending out feveral {hort branches from their j

PHI

fide, garni fhed with, oval fpear-fnapeit leaves ; thofe
upon the young {hoots are three inches and a half
long, and two broad in the middle, leflening toward
both ends, and terminating in acute points, having
feveral indentures on their edges, their furface rouglg
and of a deep green on their upper fide, but pale on
their under, and have the take of frefh Cucum-
bers ; thefe ftand oppofite upon very {hort foot-balks.
The flowers come out from the fide, and at the end
of the branches, in loofe bunches, each {landing on
a fhort diftind foot-ftalk ; they have four oval petals
which fpread open, with a great number of flarnina
within, furrounding the ftyle. The flowers are white,
and have a flrong fcent, which at fome diftance re-
fembles that of Orange-flowers, but when near is too
powerful for moft perfons. Thefe appear the latter
end of May, and continue great part of June, but are
feldom fucceeded by feeds which ripen in this country.
This {hrub rifesfeven or eight feet high.

There is a variety of this v/ith variegated leaves,
which fome people preferve in their gardens ; but as
the ftripes generally di (appear when the plants are in
health, fo it makes little appearance.

The fecond fort is of humble growth, feldom rifing
above three feet high ; the leaves are fhorter than
thbfe of the former, and approach near to an oval
form ; they are but little indented on their edges.
The flowers come out fingly from the fide of the
branches, and have a double or treble row of petals,
of the fame fize and form as the other, and the flowers
have the fame fcent ; but this fort flowers very rarely,
fo is not much efteemed.

Both thefe are extreme hardy, and will thrive in al-
moft any foil or fituation, but will grow taller in light
good ground than in that which is iliff. They are
ulually propagated by fuckers, which are lent out from
their roots in g^eat plenty ; thefe fhould be taken
from the old plants in autumn, and planted in a nur-
fery to grow one or two years till they have obtained
ftrength, and then they fhould be tranfplanted to the
place where they are defigned to remain. They are
commonly difpofed in wildernefs work, among other
fhrubs of the fame growth, where they add to the
variety.

The third fort grows naturally in Carolina, and is as
yet very rare in Europe. This rifes with a fhrub by
(talk about fixteen feet high, fending out (lender
branches from the fides oppofite, garnifhed with
fmooth leaves fhaped like thofe of the Pear-tree,
which are entire, (landing alfo oppofite on pretty long
foot- (talks. The flowers are produced at the end of
the branches ; they are large, each having four oval
petals which fpread open, and have large empale-
ments, compofed of four acute-pointed leaves. The
petals are white, and within thele (land a great num-
ber of {hort {lamina, terminated by yellow fummits.
The flowers are fucceeded by oval capfules, filled with
fmall feeds.

This fhrub is very rare in England, for it rarely will
rife from feeds ; I have fown the feeds, which were
lent me by the late Dr. Dale from Carolina, two or
three times without any fuccefs, and others have done
the fame, which occafions its prelent fcarcity in Eng-
land ; but when the plants are procured from abroad,
they may be propagated by laying down their
branches. I had one of the fhrubs which was fent
me by the gentleman before-mentioned, which had
thriven in the Chelfea Garden near two years ; and
fome of the branches which were laid down had put
out roots, but they were all deftroyed by cold in the
winter, 1 740.

PHILLYREA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 596. tab. 367.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 16. Phillyrea, or Mock Privet; in
French, Filaria.

The Characters are,

The flower has a fmall permanent empaiement of one leaf
cut into five fegments at the brim. It has one petal, with
a very fort tube cut into five parts , which turn back-
ward, and two jhort flamina fianding oppofite , termi-
nated by fingle eredt fummits. It has a roundifo germen ,

fupporting

P M I

Supporting a fender ftyle the length of the fiamina, crown-
ed by a thick fltgtna. The germen afterward turns to a
globular berry with one cell , inclqflng one large roundijh
feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtiort of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have two {lamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

r. Phillyrea ( Latifolia ) folds ovato-lanceolatis inte-
gerrimis. Phillyrea with oval , fpear-jhaped, entire leaves.
Phillyrea latifolia laevis. C. B. P. 476. Broad-leaved
fmooth Phillyrea , commonly called the true Phillyrea.

2. Phillyrea {Media) foliis ovatis fubintegerrimis.
Lin. Sp. ro. Phillyrea with oval leaves , which are
almofi entire. Phillyrea folio leviter ferrato. C. B. P.
Phillyrea with a leaf lightly fawed , called broad-leaved
Phillyrea.

3. Phillyrea (Spinoff) foliis cOrdato-ovatis ferratis.
Hort. Cliff. 4. Phillyrea with oval h ear t-Jh aped leaves ,
which are fawed. , Phillyrea latifolia fpinofa. C, B. P.
476. Broad-leaved prickly Phillyrea.

4. Phillyrea (Ligufiri folia) foliis lanceolatis integerri-
mis. Hort. Cliff. 4. Phillyrea with fpear-fhaped entire
leaves. Phillyrea folio ligufiri. C. B. P. 476. Privet-
leaved Phillyrea.

5. Phillyrea ( Oleafolia ) foliis lanceolato-ovatis inte-
gerrimis, fioribus confertis axillaribus. Phillyrea with
fpear-fhaped , oval, entire leaves , and flowers growing
in cluflers from the Jides of the branches. Phillyrea
ols? Epheflacse folio. Pluk. Aim. 295. Phyt. tab. 310.
fig. 3. Olive-leaved Phillyrea.

6. Phillyrea (Angtift folia) foliis lineari-lanceolatis
incegerrimis, fioribus confertis axillaribus. Phillyrea
with narrow , fpear-fhaped , entire leaves , and flowers
growing in cluflers from the fides of the branches. Phil-
lyrea anguftifolia prima. C. B. P. 476. Firft narrow-
leaved Phillyrea.

7. Phillyrea ( Roflmarinifolia ) foliis linearibus integer-
rimis. Phillyrea with very narrow entire leaves. Phil-
lyrea anguftifolia fecunda. C. B. P. 476. Second nar-
row-leaved Phillyrea , commonly called Rofemary -leaved
Phillyrea.

The firft fort here mentioned is the moft common in
the Englifh gardens, where it is known by the title of
true Phillyrea ; fo called, to diftinguifh it from the
Alaternus, which is called Amply Phillyrea by the
gardeners. This rifes with a ftrong upright ftem to
the height of eighteen or twenty feet, dividing into fe-
veral Hies, covered with a fmooth grayifli bark,
and garnished with oval fpear-fhaped leaves placed op-
pofite, which are entire, firm, and of a light green,
about an inch and a half long, and an inch broad,
Handing upon {hort foot-ftalks. The flowers come
out from the wings of the ftalk on each fide •, they are
of an herbaceous white colour, and grow in fmall drif-
ters. Thefe appear in March, but as they are fmall
make no great appearance ; they are Fucceeded by glo-
bular berries with one cell, inclofing a Angle feed of
the fame form.

The fecond fort rifes to an equal height with the
firft, but the branches are more diffufed, and have a
darker bark •, the leaves are oval, and of a darker
green 5 they are more than two inches long, and al-
moit an inch and a half broad, a little fawed on their
edges, placed oppofite, and have Ihort foot-ftalks.
The flowers come out from the wings of the branches,
growing in long bunches ; they are of an herbaceous
white colour, appear about the fame time as the for-
mer, and are fucceeded by berries of the fame form.
The third fort rifes with an upright ftem as high as
the two former, fending out feveral ftrong branches
which grow eretft, covered with a gray bark, and gar-
mfhiedl with oval heart-fhaped leaves,' about an inch
and a half long, and one inch broad ; they are firm,
of a lucid green, and fawed on their edges, each
ferratu re ending in a fpine. The flowers and feeds of

this are like thofe of the two former forts.

The fourth fort is of humbler growth than either of
the former, feldom rifing more than eight or ten
feet high ; the branches are weaker, and fpread wider.

P H 1

and are covered with a light -brown bark, and garnifhtd
with ftiff fpear-fhaped leaves almoft two inches long,
and half an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends ; they are of a -light green, and
fit clofe to the branches oppofite. The flowers are
produced in fmall cluflers at the .wings of the
branches; they are fmall, and whiter than thofe of
the former, appearing about the fame time, and are
fucceeded by fmall berries which ripen in autumn.
The fifth fort rifes about the fame height as the
fourth 1 the branches are ftronger, and fpread out wa-
der ; the bark is of a fighter colour ; the leaves are
ftiff, fmooth, and entire, Handing oppofite on very
fhort foot-ftalks ; they are of a lucid green, and ter-
minate in a point. The flowers come out in clutters
upon pretty long foot-ftalks, at the wings of the
young branches ; they are fmall, white, and appear
at the fame time with the other forts, and have round
berries fucceeding them, which ripen in autumn.

The fixth fort riles with, a woody ftalk ten or twelve
feet high, fending out branches oppofite, which are
covered with a brown bark fpotted with white, gar-
niftied with fmooth, ftiff, narrow, fpear-fhaped leaves,
which are entire, fitting clofe to the branches •, they are
about an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad
in the middle, drawing to a point at both ends, of a
light green, and point upward. The flowers come
out in large clutters at each joint of the branches,
to which they fit clofe like the whorled flowers, al-
moft furrounding the ftalk ; thefe are fmall, white,
and appear at the fame time as the former, and are
fucceeded by fmall berries, which ripen in autumn.
The feventh fort is of humbler growth than either of
the former, feldom rifing more than four or five
feet high, fending out. -{tender branches oppofite,
which are fparfedly difpoied •, the leaves are of a dark
green, ftiff, and entire ; they are about an inch long,
and not more than one eighth of an inch broad, fit-
ting clofe to the branches. The flowers are fmall,
white, and grow in clutters from the fide of the
branches. The berries of this fort are very fmall, and
rarely ripen in England.

Thefe plants all grow naturally in the fouth of France,
Spain, and Italy, but are hardy enough to thrive in
the open air in England, and are never injured ex-
cept the winters are very fevere, which fometimes
caufes their leaves to fall, and kills a few of the
weaker branches, but thefe are repaired by new- {hoots
the following fummer ; fo that there are but few of
the evergreen-trees which are hardier than thefe, or
that deferve more to be cultivated for' pleafure.
Formerly thefe were either planted againft walls, to
which they were trained to cover them ; or if they
were placed as ftandards, their branches were {beared
either into balls or pyramids, like moft of the ever-
green-trees ; fo that when the former old tafte of lay-
ing out gardens was exploded, the evergreens were
generally banifhed ; and for fome years there were but
few forts cultivated, whereby feveral valuable kinds
of evergreen-trees were almoft entirely loft in Eng-
land, and have been with difficulty retrieved firree ;
for in the manner which the evergreen-trees and fhrubs
are now difpofed in gardens, they have a very fine ef-
fect, efpecially during the winter feafon, when the
other trees are deftitute of leaves. •

There are fome other forts mentioned to grow natu-
rally in Spain and Italy, but yhofe here mentioned
are all that I have feen growing in the Englifh gar-
dens ; and feveral of thefe have been fuppofed only
accidental varieties, which have- been produced from
feeds ; but I am more inclined to believe they are
fpecificaily different, fori have raffed moft of thefe
from feeds which were fent me from Italy, where the
forts were carefully gathered diftind, and have never
yet found therm vary from the kinds the feeds were
taken; lb that. I imagine thofe. feeds from which two
or three kinds have been raffed, were gathered from
different plants without care.

The three firft forts are very proper to intermix with
other evergreen- trees of the fame growth, to form

10 G dumps

f

s

1

4H

P H I

clumps' in parks, or to plant round the borders of
woods, which are filled with deciduous trees, where
in’ the fummer time, the dark fhade of thefe ever-
greens will make a ; fine contraft with the brighter
green leaves of the deciduous trees *, and in winter,
when the latter are deftitute of leaves, they will have
a fine effed, and will be a fine harbour for birds.
Thefe may be trained up to items, fo as to be out
of the reach of cattle, therefore may be planted in
open places, where, if they are fenced againft cat-
tle till they are grown up, they may be afterwards
eXpofed.

The other forts, which are of humbler growth, muff
be confined to gardens or other incloiures, where they
may be fecured from cattle, hares, rabbets, &c.
otherwife they will be foon deftroyed.

Thefe plants are propagated either from feeds or lay-
ers, but the latter being the mofl expeditious me-
thod in England, is chiefly preferred. The beft time
to lay them down is in autumn, when you fhould dig
the ground round the ftems of the plants intended to
be layed, making it very loofe then making choice
of a fmooth part of the fhoot, you fhould make a flit
upward (in the manner as is pradifed in laying of
Carnations) and then bend the branch gently down to
the ground, making a hollow place with your hand to
receive it ; and having placed the part which was flit
into the ground, fo as that the flit may be open, you
fhould fallen it down with a forked flick that it may
remain fteady, covering that part of the branch with
earth about three inches thick, obferving to keep the
upper part ered. You muft keep them clear from
weeds the fpring and fummer following, which, if
differed to grow up among!! them, will prevent their
taking root.

The autumn following mofl of thefe plants will be
rooted, at which time they may be taken off, and
carefully planted in a nurfery, where they may be
trained up three or four years in the manner you intend
them to grow ; during which time you fhould dig the
ground between the rows, and cut about the roots of
the plants every year, v/hich will caufe them to ffrike
out ftrong fibres, fo as to fupport a good ball of
earth when they are removed *, you fhould alio fup-
port their ftems with flakes, in order to make them
ilrait, otherwife they are very apt to grow crooked
and unfightly.

When the plants have been thus managed three or
four years, you may tranfplant them into the places
where they are defigned to remain. The beft time
for this work is the latter end of September, or the
beginning of Odlober ; but in removing them, you
fhould dig round their roots, and cut off all down-
right or flrong roots, which have fliot out to a great
diltattce, that you may the better preferve a ball of
earth to each plant, otherwife they are fubjed to mif-
carry •, and when you have placed them in their new
quarters, you fhould lay fome mulch upon the fur-
face of the ground to prevent its drying. Y ou fhould
alfo fupport the plants with flakes, until they have
taken faftholdof the eafth, to prevent their beingturned
out of the ground, or diiplaced by the winds, which
will deftroy the fibres that were newly put out, and
greatly injure the plants. Thefe trees delight in a
middling foil, which is neither too wet and ftiff, nor
too dry, though the latter is to be preferred to the for-
mer, provided ?t be frefb.

Thofe forts with fmall leaves are commonly two years
before they take root when laid, therefore they fhould
not be difturbed, for the railing them out of the
ground greatly retards their rooting.

If thefe plants are propagated by feeds, they fhould
be fown in the autumn foon after they are ripe, for
when they are kept out of the ground till fpring, they
do not grow the firft year. The feeds will do beft if
they are fown in pots or boxes filled with light loamy
earth, and placed under a garden frame where they
may be fcreened from hard froft, but always ex-
pofed to the open air in mild weather. If the feeds
are fown early in the autumn, the plants will appear

P H L

in the fpring-, but if they fhould not come up, the pots
fhould be plunged into the ground in, an eaft border,
where they may only have the morning fun, in which
fituation they fhould remain the following fummer j
during which time they may be conftantiy kept clean
from weeds, and in the autumn removed again under
a frame for fhelter in winter, and the fpring following
the plants will certainly come up, if the feeds were
good. Toward the middle of April, the pots fhould
be again plunged into the ground on an eaft border,
to prevent the air from drying the earth through the
pots, which is generally the cafe when the pots Hand
upon the ground fo that they muft then be frequently
watered, which fhould not be pradifed to thefe plants
where it can be avoided. The Michaelmas following
the plants fhould be carefully taken out of the pots,
and planted in a nurfery- bed, covering the furface
with old tan to keep out the froft sj and if the winter
prove fevere, they fhould be covered with mats, af-
terward they may be treated as the layers.

P FULLY REA OF THE CAPE. See Mau-

ROCENA.

PFILOMIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 1 77. tab. 82. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 642. [phofiig, fo called of pAsyw, to burn,
becaufe in old time the peafants ufed to burn thefe
plants to enlighten their chambers.] The Sage-tree,
or Jerufalem Sage.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
having an oblong tube with five angles. It hath one petal ,
and is of the lip kind the tube is oblong ■, the upper lip is
oval , forked , and infiexed \ the under is cut into three feg-
ments , the middle one being large and obtufe. It hath four
fiamina hid under the upper lip , two being longer than the
other , terminated by oblong fummits , and a germen di-
vided into four parts, fupporting a fiyle the length of the
fiamina , crowned by an acute bifid ftigma. The germen
afterward become four oblong cornered' feeds fitting in the
empalement .

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which contains the plants
whofe flowers have two fhort and two longer fiamina,
and the feeds fit naked in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Phlomis (Fruticofa) foliis fubrotimdis tomentofis crena-
tis, involucris lanceolatis caule fruticofo. Lin. Sp. 818.
Phlomis with roundifo , woolly , crenated leaves , and a
Jhntbby flalk. Phlomis fruticofa, falviae folio latiore
& rotundiore. Tourn. Inft. 177. Shrubby Jerufalem
Sage , with a broader and rounder Sage leaf.

2. Phlomis ( Anguflifolia ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis tomen-
tofis integerrimis, caule fruticofo. Phlomis with oval. ,
fpear-Jhaped , woolly leaves which are entire , and a Jhrubby
flalk. Phlomis fruticofa, falviae folio longiore & an-
guftiore. Tourn. Inft. 177. Shrubby Jerufalem Sage,
with a longer and narrower Sage leaf \

3. Phlomis ( Latifolia ) foliis oblongo-ovatis petiolatis
tomentofis, floribus capitatis, caule fruticofo. Phlomis.
with oblong , oval. , woolly leaves having foot-fialks , flowers,
growing in large heads , and a Jhrubby flalk. Phlomis
latifolia, capitata, lutea, grandiftora. Hort. Elth. 316.
Broad-leaved Jerufalem Sage , with large yellow flowers
growing in heads.

4. Phlomis {Herb a Venti } involucris fetaceis hifpidis,
foliis ovato-oblongis fcabris, caule herbacea. Hort.
Upfal. 1 7 1 . Phlomis with brifily prickly involucrums , ob-
long, oval, rough leaves, and an herbaceous flalk. Phlo-
mis Narbonenfis, hormini folio, flore purpurafcente*
Tourn. Inft. R. FI. 178. Jerufalem Sage of Narbonne ,
with a Clary leaf and a purplifo flower.

5. Phlomis {T uberofa) involucris hifpidis fubulatis, fo-
liis cordatis fcabris, caule herbacea. Hort. Upfal. 171.
Phlomis with awl-Jhaped prickly involucrums , rough
beart-floaped leaves, and an herbaceous flalk. Phlomis
urtieae folio glabro. Amman. Ruth. 40. Jerufalem
Sage with a fmooth Nettle leaf ’.

6. Phlomis ( Lychnitis ) foliis lanceolatis tomentofis, flo-
ralibus ovatis, involucris fetaceis lanatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 585. Phlomis with fpear-Jhaped woolly leaves,
thofe under the flowers oval, and brifily woolly involu-
crums;

/

P H L

trams. Phlomis lychnitis. Cluf. Hift. 27. Narrow-
leaved J&mfalem Sage.

y. Phlomis (Purpurea) foliis ovato-lanceolatis crenatis,
fubtus tomentofis, involucris fetaceis. Phlomis with
cvd fpear-Jhaped leaves , which are woolly on their under
fide , and have a brijtly involucrum. Phlomis fruticofa
Lufitanica, flore purpurafcente, foliis acutioribus.
Tourn. Inft:. 178. Shrubby Portugal Phlomis with apur-
plifi flower, and acute-pointed leaves.

8. Phlomis ( Sarnia ) foliis cordatis acutis fubtus tomen-
tofis, involucris ftritlis tripartitis. Phlomis with acute-
pointed heart-Jhaped leaves , which are woolly on their un-
der fide , and the covers of the flowers divided into three
parts. Phlomis Sarnia herbacea, folio lunarhe. Tourn.
Cor. 10. Herbaceous Samian Jerufalem Sage , with a
PAoon-wort-leaf .

o, Phlomis ( Orientalis ) foliis cordatis rugofis fubtus
tomentofis, involucris lanatis, caule herbaceo. Phlomis
with rough heart-Jhaped leaves , which are woolly on their
•under fide, woolly covers to the flowers , and an herbaceous
Jialk. Phlomis orientalis lutea herbacea latifolia, ver-
ticillata. Phil. Tranf. vol. 34. Yellow, herbaceous, eaft-
ern Jerufalem Sage , having a broad leaf, and flowers
growing in whorls.

10. Phlomis ( Flavefcenta ) foliis lanceolatis crenatis fub-
tus tomentofis, involucris lanatis, caule fruticofo.
Phlomis with fpear-Jhaped crenated leaves, which are
woolly on their under fide, woolly covers to the flowers ,
and a jhrubby ftalk. Phlomis anguftifolia lutea, cymis
fiavefcentibus. Sherard. Phil. Tranf. N° 376. Yellow
narrow-leaved Jerufalem Sage, with yellowijh tops.

11. Phlomis ( Nifolii ) foliis radicalibus cordatis utrin-
que tomentofis villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 585. Phlomis
whofe lower leaves are heart-Jhaped, woolly, and hairy on
every fide. Phlomis orientalis, foliis auriculatis inca-
nis, flore luteo. Niflbl. Eaftern Jerufalem Sage , with
hoary eared-Uaves, and a yellow flower.

j2. Phlomis ( Ferruginea ) involucris lanceolatis, foliis
cordatis fubtus tomentofis, caule fuffruticolo. Phlo-
mis with fpear-Jhaped involucrums , heart-Jhaped leaves
which are woolly, and a Jhrubby ftalk. Phlomis Hifpa-
nica, fruticofa, candidiffima, flore ferrugineo. Tourn.
Inft. 178. Whit eft, florubby, Spanijh Jerufalem Sage,
with an iron-coloured flower.

13. Phlomis ( Rotundifolia ) involucris fubulatis, foliis
cordato-ovatis fubtus tomentofis, caule fruticofo.
Phlomis with awl-Jhaped involucrums, oval heart-floaped
leaves which are woolly on their under ftde, and a florubby
Jialk. Phlomis fruticofa,, flore purpureo, foliis rotun-
dioribus. Tourn. Inft. 178. Shrubby Jerufalem Sage
with a purple flower, and rounder leaves.

24. Phlomis ( Laciniata ) foliis alternatim pinnatis, fo-
liolis laciniatis, calycibus lanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 585.
Phlomis with leaves alternately winged, whofe lobes are
cut , and having woolly empalements to the flowers. Phlo-
mis orientalis foliis laciniatis. Tourn. Cor. 10. Eaftern
Jerufalem Sage with jagged leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily ;
this hath a pretty thick fhrubby ftalk, covered with a
loofe bark riflng five or fix feet high, dividing into
many irregular branches, which are four-cornered and
woolly when young, but afterward become ligneous.
Their joints are pretty far afunder; at each of thefe
are placed two roundifh leaves oppofite, on fliort foot-
ftalks ; they are woolly on their under fide. The
flowers come out in thick whorls round the ftalks ;
they are yellow, and have two lips •, the upper lip is
forked, bending over the under, which is divided into
three parts •, the middle is broad, and ftretched out
beyond the two fmall fide fegments. The flowers ap-
pear in June, July, and Auguft, but are very rarely
fucceeded by feeds here.

The fecond fort hath a flirubby ftalk like the ftrft,
but does not rife fo high. The branches are weaker-,
the leaves are fpear-fnaped and oval, being longer,
narrower, and rounder at both points than the for-
mer •, the whorls of flowers are fmaller, but the
flowers are of the fame fliape and colour. It flowers
about the fame time as the former,

Thefe two- forts have been long propagated in the Eng-

P H L

lifts gardens by the title of Sage-tree, or Jerufalem
Sage. The plants were formerly kept in pots, and
houfed in winter with other exotic plants j but of late
years they have been planted in the open air, where
they are feldom injured by cold, unlefs in very fevere
winters ; fo they are intermixed with other fhrubs of
the fame growth in quarters of wildernefs-work,
where they add to the variety for as they retain their
hoary woolly leaves all the year, they make a good
appearance in winter ; and their yellow flowers, which
continue great part of the fummer, being intermixed
with their hoary leaves, have a good effedt.

Thefe plants fhould have a dry foil and a warm fheL
tered fituation, otherwife they will not live in the open
air. They may be planted among Ciftuies of all the
different kinds, the fhrubby Moon-trefoil, evergreen
Cytifus, Wormwood-tree, and fome other exotic
fhrubs of the fame countries, which require a warm fi-
tuation and a dry foil, being too tender for open
plantations which are expofed to ftrong cold winds
and as they are not of long duration, they are better
when feparated from trees, and fhrubs which continue
many years for thefe rarely live above twelve or
fourteen years in dry ground, and not more than half
fo long in cold moift: land, or where they are not well
fheltered.

They are propagated by cuttings, which if planted
in a bed of light earth in April, juft before the plants
begin to fhoot, and covered with mats to fereen them
from the fun every day, as alfo to obferve when the
ground is dry to give them water gently, they will
get good roots in about two months or ten weeks,
when they may be carefully taken up, and tranf-
planted into a nurfery, where they may remain one
year, and then be tranfplanted to the places where
they are defigned to ftand, for thefe plants will not
bear tranfplanting at a greater age.

The third fort hath a fhrubby ftalk like the former,
but much lower, feldom riflng more than three feet
and a half high, fending out branches on every fide,
which are garnifhed with broader hoary leaves than
either of the former ; thefe are of an oblong oval form,
and have pretty long foot-ftalks they are whiter
than thofe of the former. The flowers grow in
large whorls or heads, which generally terminate the
branches •, they are larger than thofe of the other
forts, and the upper lip is very hairy. Thefe appear
about the fame time as thofe of the other forts.
The plants are equally hardy, and may be propagated
by cuttings in the lame way as is before diredted for
them.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and in Italy ; this hath a perennial root, and an an-
nual ftalk which rifes about two feet high, and de-
cays in the autumn. When the roots are large, they
fend up a great number of fquare ftalks, which are
covered with a hairy down, and garnifhed with ob-
long, oval, rough leaves placed oppofite, fitting clofe
to the ftalks. The flowers grow in whorls round the
ftalks, having flinging briftly covers •, they are of a
bright purple colour, fo make a pretty appearance.
They appear at the fame time with the former, but
are rarely fucceeded by feeds in England.

This may be propagated by parting the roots ; the
beft time for doing this is in the autumn, when the
ftalks begin to decay, that they may get root before
the froll comes on 5 but they fhould not be parted of-
tener than every third or fourth year, if they are ex-
pelled to have many flowers. This fort is hardy, fo
may be planted in expofed places, but it fhould not
be planted in moift ground.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Tartary-, this hath
a perennial root. The ftalks are purple, have four
corners, and rife five or fix feet high, garnifhed with
heart- fhaped leaves placed oppofite-, they are fix inches
long, and three broad at their bafe, but terminate in
acutefpoints, and are deeply crenated on their edges.
The flowers grow in whorls round the ftalks ; their
covers are awl- fhaped, and arefet with ftinginp- hairs %
they are or a pale purple colour and hairy. Thefe ap-
pear

P PI L

pear ih June' and July, and are fuccceded by feeds
which ripen in September ; foon after which the ftaiks
decay, but the roots will abide many years. It is pro-
pagated by feeds, which fhould be fown upon an eaft
border in the fpring, and when the plants come up,
they muft be kept clean from weeds the following
fummer, and in the autumn they fhould be tranf-
planted where they are to remain ; the following fum-
mer they will produce flowers and feeds. This fort
Is very hardy, fo will thrive in almoft any foil or
fituation.

The fixth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
in Spain and Italy the root is perennial, and the (talk
annual. This lends out long, narrow, woolly leaves
from the roots in tufts, which are inveloped at their
bafe by a common covering , they are foft to the
touch, and lie upon the ground. The {talks are flen-
• tier, and near two feet long ; their joints are far afun-
der j at each of thefe Hand two oval leaves oppofite,
which embrace the ftalk with their bafe. The whorls
of flowers are alfo encompaffed by thefe leaves, and
within them is fituated a radiated briftly involucrum,
which covers the flowers, which are yellow, and lhaped
like thofe of the other forts. Thefe appear in July,
but are rarely fucceeded by feeds in England. The
ftaiks decay in the autumn, but the lower leaves re-
main all the year. It may be propagated by flips in
the fpring, and the plants require a dry foil and a
warm fituation.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Portugal and
Spain. This hath a fhrubby ftalk which rifesfour or
five feet high, lending out {lender branches, which
have four angles covered with a white bark, gar-
nifhed with oval fpear-fhaped leaves about four inches
long, and an inch and a half broad at their bafe ;
they are crenated on their edges, and woolly on their
under fide, Handing upon very fhort foot-ftalks.
The flowers come out in whorls at each joint •, they
have briftly involucrums, and are of a deep purple
colour. This flowers in June and July, but does not
ripen feeds in England. It may be propagated by
cuttings in the fame way as the three firft forts, and
the plants require the fame treatment.

The eighth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Tourne-
fort in^the Levant, where it grows naturally ; this
hath a perennial root and an annual ftalk. The leaves
of this are heart-lhaped ; thofe at the root are three
inches long, and an inch and a half broad at their
bale, ending in acute points •, they are downy on their
under fide, and have five ftrong veins. The ftaiks
rife a foot and a half high, and are garnilhed at
each joint with two leaves placed oppofite, of the
fame form as the lower, but fmaller. The flowers
grow in whorls round the ftaiks •, they are of a worn-
out purple colour-, their involucrums are cut into
ferments, and are clofely (hut. This never produces
feeds here, and the roots increafe very flpwly, fo that
now it is very rare in Europe for before the fevere
winter in 1740, thefe plants had lived abroad in warm
borders upward of twenty years, fo that there were
none of the plants kept in pots, and that year they were
almoft all deftroyed in England.

The feeds of the ninth fort were fent from Smyrna by
the late Conful Sherard to the Chelfea Garden, where
the plants were railed this hath a perennial root and
an annual ftalk. . The lower leaves are near three
inches long, and an inch and a half broad, Handing
upon long woolly foot-ftalks •, they are rough on their
upper fide, but woolly on their under, and are heart-
fhaped and. entire. The ftaiks, which rife afoot
high, are very downy , the flowers grow in whorls
round the ftaiks ; they have very long tubulous em-
paiements covered with down ; they are very large,
and of a bright yellow, fo make a good appearance.
It flowers the latter end of June, and in July, but ne-
ver ripens feeds in England. This fort hath furvived
many winters in the open air in the Chelfea Garden,
but in the year 1740 they were all deftroyed.

The feeds of the tenth fort were alfo fent from Smyrna
by the fame gentleman, and feveral of the plants were

PHL

faifed in the Chelfea Garden., .This hath fhrubby
ftaiks which rife about three feet high, and are co-
vered with a yellowifh down, lending out many flen-
der irregular branches, garnilhed with narrow - fpear-
lhaped leaves, which are covered with a yellowifh
down on their under fide. The flowers are produced
in heads at the end of the branches ; their involu-
crums are very downy ; the flowers are fmaller than
thofe of either of the firft forts, and are of a dirty
yellow colour. This approaches near to the fecond
fort, but the leaves are much fmaller, the branches
are llenderer, and are covered with a yellow down,
efpecially toward the end of the branches. The
whorls of flowers are not near fo large, and are gene-
rally produced at the end of the branches.

This fort may be propagated by cuttings in the fame
way as the three firft forts, and the plants may be
treated in the like manner, with this difference only,
of planting them in a warmer fituation, for it will not
bear fo much cold, though in a warm border the
plants have lived feveral years abroad in the Chelfea
Garden.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Archipelago,
and alfo in Spain, from both ccu;rm:.v. I have

received the feeds. This plant hatn an a . Ik,

but the root is perennial, as are alfo the lower leaves,
which do not arife from the root immediately, but
ftand in clufters upon fhort, trailing, woolly branches 5
they have very long downy foot-ftalks, and are placed
without order they are heart-lhaped, and downy on
both fides, about four inches long, and two broad to-
ward their bafe. The ftaiks are llender, and rife a
foot high, garnilhed with oval fpear-lhaped leaves,
which gradually decreafe in fize to the top, where
they are not half an inch long. Thefe ftaiks gene-
rally fend out two fide branches oppofite, near the
bottom, and from this divifion to the top are gar-
nilhed v/ith thin whorls of yellow flowers, which arc
not clofely joined together as in the other fpecies, but
each flower Hands feparate. Their empalements are
oval, very downy, and clofely fhut up. The flowers
appear in June and July, but there are feldom any
feeds produced in England. This fort may be pro-
pagated by flips in the lame manner as the fixth fort,
and the plants fhould be treated in the like way.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
tugal * this hath an almoft fhrubby ftalk, which is a
little ligneous, and rifes about two feet and a half
high, covered with a thick white down. There are
many of the ftaiks which arife from the fame root,
garnilhed v/ith heart-lhaped leaves about two inches
long, and one broad toward their bafe and from the
lower part of the ftaiks, at each joint, there are two
fhort Ihoots come out oppolite, which have four or
fix fmall leaves of the fame fhape with the others,
and are covered with a very white down. The flowers
are produced in fmall whorls toward the upper part of
the ftalk they have downy fpear-lhaped involucrums -9
the flowers are fhort, and of an iron colour. They
appear in June and July, but the plants produce no
feeds in England.

This fort multiplies by its fpreading roots, fo that
they may be divided every other year; the bell time
for doing this is about the middle of September, that
the offsets may get root before the froft comes on ;
but there fhould be fome mulch laid about their
roots to prevent the froft from penetrating the ground.
It may be alfo propagated by cuttings in the fame
way as the three firft forts, during the fpring and
fummer months. The plants require the lame treat-
ment as the tenth fort, for they are not fo hardy as
the three firft forts ; therefore, if there is fome tan-
ners bark, or other mulch laid upon the furface of the
ground about their roots every winter, it will be a
means of preferving the roots ; fo that if a fevere
winter fhould kill the ftaiks, the roots will put out
new ones the fpring following.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Spain and Por-
tugal. This rifes v/ith feveral fhrubby ftaiks from
three to four feet high, which divide into feveral four-

cornered

phl ;

cornered branches covered with a woolly down, and
garnifhed with leaves which on the lov/er part of the
ftalks are heart-fhaped, but upward they are of an
oval fpear-iliape, and woolly on their under fide ; they
Hand cppolite upon fliort foot-ftalks. I he flowers
come out in whorls round the ftalks ; they have awl-
fliaped involucrums ending in acute points, and co-
vered with down ; the flowers are of a bright pur-
ple colour, and appear in June, but are not fucceeded
by feeds in this country. This fort is propagated by
cuttings in the fame way as the three flrft forts, and
the plants fliould be treated in the like manner as hath
been before directed for the tenth fort.

The fourteenth fort was difcovered by Dr. Tourne-
fort in the Levant, from whence he lent the feeds to
the Royal Garden at Paris, where they fucceeded.
This fort hath a perennial root and an annual ftalk
which decays in the autumn, but the lower leaves
continue all the year •, thefe are alternately winged,
and the fmall lobes are cut on their edges. The ftalks
■ rife a foot and a half high, garniftied with leaves of
the fame ftiape with the lower, but are fmaller. The
flowers come out in whorls round the ftalks, like
thofe of the other forts, whofe empalementsare downy ;
they are of a worn-out purple colour, and appear in
June, but the feeds do not ripen here.

It is propagated by offsets from the root in the fame
way as the eighth fort, but thefe are font outfparingly
alfo, and the plants require the fame treatment as
thofe of the eighth fort. It is at prefent very rare in
England, for the fevere froft in the year 1740 de-
ftroyed all the plants in England, many of which had
furvived all the winters for twenty years before in the
open air.

All the .fpecies of this genus are ornamental plants
when properly difpofed in gardens, fc deferve a place
there, for there is generally a fuccefiion of flowers on
them for two or three months, and their hoary downy
leaves, when intermixed with plants whofe leaves are
green, make a pretty contraft.

The leaves of the two flrft forts have been greatly re-
commended by fome perfons to be ufed as tea for fore
throats.

PHLOX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 197. Lychnidea. Dill.
Hort. Elth. 166. Lychnidea, or Baftard Lychnis.

The Characters are.

The flower has a cylindrical empalement of one leaf. j
which is permanent, and hath five acute indentures at
the top. It has one funnel-floaped petal , with a cylindrical
tube narrow at the bafle, where it is incurved , and plain
at the top , and is cut into five equal romdijh fegments
which fipread open. It hath five jhort ftamina fituated
within the tube , two of which are longer than the tube ,
terminated by fummits in the chaps of the flower. It hath
a conical germen, fupporting a fender ftyle the length of
the ftamina , crowned by an acute trifid ftigma. T he ger-
men afterward turns to an oval capfule with three cells
fitting in the empalement , each cell containing a fingle feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the flrft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle ; but
were it not for the number of ftamina, it would be
better placed among the ringent plants in the fecond
feriion of his fourteenth clafs, the ftrudture of the
flower being the fame with thofe there ranged.

The Species are,

1. Phlox ( Glaberrima ) foliis lineari-lanceolatis glabris
acuminatis, caule eredto ramofo, corymbo terminali.
Lin. Sp. 217. Phlox with fmooth, narrow , fpear-fhaped
leaves ending in acute points, and upright branching
ftalks terminated by flowers , which grow in a corymbus,
Lychnidea Virginiana, holoftei ampliore folio, fiori-
bus umbellatis purpureis. Rand. Phil. Tranf. vol. 34.
Virginia Bafldrd Lychnis with a larger Stitch-wort leaf,
and purple flowers growing in umbels.

2. Phlox ( Carolina ) foliis lanceolatis laevibus, caule
fcabro corymbus, fubfaftigiatis. Lin. Sp. 216. Phlox
with fmooth fpear-fhaped leaves , and upright ftalks ter-
minated by flowers growing in a corymbus. Lychnidea
Carolinians, floribus quafl umbeliatim difpofitis, fo- J

P H L

His lucidls craiiis acutis. Martyn. Dec. 1. Baftard
Lychnis of Carolina , with flowers difpofed as it were in an
umbel , and thick, flowing, acute leaves.

3. Phlox ( Maculata ) foliis lanceolatis ke.vibus, race**
mofo oppoike coryrnbofp.- Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Phlox
with fpear-fhaped leaves which are fmooth , and branching
oppofite flowers. Lychnoides Marylandica, foliis bi-
nis oppofitis bail & auriculis cauiem utrinque amplexi-
caulibus. Rail Supp. 459. Maryland Baftard Lychnis
with leaves growing oppofite, whofe bafe embraces the
ftalks on both ftdes.

4. Phlox ( Divaricaia ) foliis lato-lanceolatis, fqperiori-
bus alternis, caule bifido pedunculis geminis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 217. Phlox with broad fpear-fhaped leaves
placed alternately at the top, and a branching ftalk .
Lychnidea Virginiana, alfines aquatics foliis, flori-
bus in ramulis diva'ricatis. Pluk. Mant. 12 1. Baftard
Lychnis of Virginia with Water Chickweed leaves , and
flower-branches diverging from each other.

5. Phlox (. Paniculatis ) foliis lanceolatis margine fca.bris,
corymbis paniculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 216. Phlox, with
fpear-fhaped leaves having rough borders , and flowers dife
pofed in a compound corymbus. Lychnidea Virginiana,
umbellata maxima, Lyiimachise lutese foliis amplio-
ribus, binis ex adverfo pofltis. Pluk. Mant. 12 1. Baf-
tard Lychnis of Virginia with the largeft umbel, and large
yellow Looftrife leaves placed oppofite by pairs.

6. Phlox {Pilofa) foliis lanceolatis villofls, caule eredlo,
corymbo terminali. Lin. Sp. Plant. 2 1 6. Phlox with
hairy fpear-fhaped leaves , and an upright ftalk terminat-
ed by a corymbus of flowers. Lychnoides Marylandica,
calycibus lanuginofis, foliis anguftis acutis. Rail
Supp. 490. Baftard Lychnis, of Maryland, with woolly
empalement s to the flowers, and narrow acute-pointed leaves.

7. Phlox ( Ovata ) foliis ovatis, floribus foiitariis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 152. Phlox with oval leaves and folitary
flowers, Lychnidea fiftulofa Marylandica, clinopodii
vulgaris folio, flore amplo fmgulari. Pluk. Mant. 122.
Fiftulous Baftard Lychnis of Maryland. , with a Field Bafil

. leaf. \ and large flowers growing fingly.

The flrft fort grows naturally in Virginia, and in
fome other parts of North America, but has been fe-
veral years pretty common in the Englifti gardens.
This hath a perennial root, which fends up feveral
ftalks, in number proportionable to the fize of the
roots ; thefe rife near a foot and a half high, and di-
vide into three or four fmall branches toward the top,
which are terminated by a corymbus of flowers. The
leaves on the lower part of the ftalks are placed op-
pofite, and are about three inches long, and near
half an inch broad at their bafe, ending in long acute
points ; they are fmooth, and fet clofe to the ftalks ;
the leaves on the upper part of the ftalks are placed
alternate. The flowers grow on the top of the ftalks
in a fort of corymbus, or rather in form of an um-
bel, many of them arifing from the fame point, {land-
ing on {hort foot-ftalks •, their empalements are tubu-
lous, and have ten angles or furrows, and are cut at
the top into five acute fegments; the tube of the
flower is twice the length. of the empalement, and is
divided at the top into five roundilh fegments which
fpreadopen; thefe, are of a light purple colour, and
appear in June, but unlefs the feafon proves warm,
they are not fucceeded by feeds in England.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Carolina ; this hath
a perennial root, from which arife feveral rough, ftalks
near two feet high, garniftied with ftiff Alining leaves
placed oppofite, fitting clofe to the ftalks ; they are
fpear-fliaped, entire, and their edges are refiexed j
the upper part of the ftalk has generally two flender
fide branches, and is terminated by a head of flow-
ers, which grow in v/ho.rls round the ftalks ; but the
whorls are fo nearly placed, as to appear one corym-
bus at fome ddiance. The empalement of the flow-
er is Ihort, and deeply cut into five acute fegments \
the tube ot the flower is long, and at the top is cut
into five „ roundilh figments, which fpread open,
Thefe flowers are of a deeper purple colour than
thole of the former, and are a fortnight later before
they appear.

20 H

The

P H Y

The third fort grows naturally in Maryland ; this hath
a perennial root, from which arife feveral upright
ftalks of a purplifh colour, clofely covered with white
fpots ; thefe grow about three feet high, and are gar-
nifhed with heart fpear-fhaped leaves which are fmooth,
about three inches long and one broad at their bafe,
ending in acute points. Toward the upper part of
the ftalks are fent out fmall branches oppofite, each
being terminated by a fmall bunch of flowers $ but
the principal ftalk is terminated by a long loofe fpike
of flowers, compofed of fmall bunches arifing from
the wings of the ftalk at each joint, each duller hav-
ing one common foot-ftalk near an inch long, but
the Ample foot-ftalks of the flowers are fhort ; the
flowers are of a bright purple colour, and appear late
in July ; fo that if the feafon is temperate, or the
foil in which they grow moift, they will continue in
beauty great part of Auguft, but are rarely fucceeded
by feeds in England.

The fourth fort grows naturally in North America •,
this has a perennial root, from which arife feveral
{lender ftalks, which are apt to incline to the ground
if they are not fupported ; thefe divide into feveral
fmall branches, which fpread from each other ; the
lower part of the ftalks are garnilhed with broad
fpear-lbaped leaves placed alternate, fitting clofe to
the ftalks, and on the fmailer branches they are nar-
rower, and placed oppofite. The flowers grow in
loofe bunches at the end of the branches ; they have
fhort empalements, which are cut into five, narrow,
acute fegments ; the tube of the flower is long and
{lender, the fegments at the top are broad and heart-
fhaped, inverted. They are of a light blue, and
appear the latter end of May or the beginning of June,
but are rarely fucceeded by feeds in England.

The fifth fort grows naturally in North America •,
this hath a perennial root and an annual ftalk, which
is fmooth, of a light green, and rifes about two feet
high, fending out a few fide branches, garnilhed with
fpear-fhaped leaves placed oppofite, near three inches
long and one broad at the middle, drawing to a point
at each end, fitting clofe to the ftalks •, they are of
a dark green, and their edges are a little rough.
The flowers are difpofed in a corymbus at the top of
the ftalks, compofed of many fmailer bunches of
flowers, which have each a diftinfl foot-ftalk, and
fupport a great number of flowers, which ftand up-
on fhort {lender foot-ftalks ; the empalement of the
flower is fhort, and cut almoft to the bottom into five
narrow acute fegments ; the tube of the flower is
long and (lender, and is cut at the top into five oval
fegments which fpread open. The flowers are of a
pale purple colour, and appear late in July, but thefe
are often fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Virginia; this hath
a perennial root, from which arife a few ftalks about a
foot high, garnifhed with narrow fpear-fhaped leaves,
ending in acute points, fitting clofe to the ftalks, and
are a little hairy. The flowers are produced in a
loofe corymbus at the top of the ftalk ; their em-
palements are cut into acute fegments almoft to the
bottom ; the tube of the flower is {lender and pretty
long, and is cut at the top into into five oval fegments,
which fpread open. The flowers are of a light pur-
ple colour, and appear the latter end of June, but
are feldom fucceeded by feeds in England.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Maryland, and
other parts of North America. This hath a perennial
root, from which comes out two or three (lender
ftalks about nine inches high, garnifhed with oval,
rough, hairy leaves, an inch and a half long, and
about three quarters of an inch broad in the middle ;
they are placed oppofite upon very fhort foot ftalks.
The flowers come cut fingly at the top of the ftalk ;
they have very (lender tubes, but are cut into five
round ifh fegments, which fpread open. They are of
a light purple colour, and appear in July, but are not
fucceeded by feeds in England.

Thefe plants are hardy, fo will thrive in the open air
in England ; they delight in a moift rich foil, not too

PHY

fdfr, in which they will grow tall, and produce much
larger bunches of flowers than in dry ground ; for
when the foil is poor and dry, they frequently die in
lummer, urdefs they are duly watered.

They are generally propagated by parting their roots,
becaufe they do not often produce feeds in England,
'ihe belt time for this is in autumn, when their ftalks
begin to decay. T hefe roots fhould not be divided
into fmall heads, if they are expended to flower well
the following fumfner ; nor fhould they be parted of-
tener than every other year, becaufe when they are
often removed and parted, it will greatly weaken the
roots, fo that they will fend out but few ftalks, and
thofe will be fo weak as not to rife their ufual height,
and the bunches of flowers will be much fmailer.
When the roots are tranfplanted and parted, it will
be a good way to lay fome old tan, or other mulch,
upon the furface of the ground about their roots, to
prevent the froft from penetrating the ground ; for as
they will have put out new fibres before winter, fo
the froft when it is fevere often kills the fibres,
whereby the plants fufrer greatly, and are fometimes
deftroyed.

The firft, fecond, and fifth forts, propagate pretty
faft by their fpreading roots, but the others increafe
but (lowly this way, therefore the bed method to pro-
pagate them is by cuttings ; and if the three firft forts
are defired in plenty, they may be eafily obtained by
this method. The beft time to plant the cuttings, is
about the latter end of April or the beginning of May,
when the fiioots from the roots are about two inches
high ; thefe fhould be cut off clofe to the ground,
and their tops fhould be fhortened ; then they muft
be planted on a border of light loamy earth, and
(haded from the fun until they have taken root or if
they are planted pretty clofe together, and covered
with bell or hand-glaffes, (hading them every day
from the fun, they wiil put out roots in five or fix
weeks ; but when they begin to (hoot, the glaffes
fhould be gradually raifed to admit the free air to them,
otherwife they will draw up weak and foon fpoil : as
loon as they are well rooted, the glaffes fhould be ta-
ken off, and the plants inured to the open air ; them
they fhould be foon after removed into a bed of good
foil, planting them about fix inches dillance every
way, obferving to (hade them from the fun, and water
them duly till they have taken new root ; after which,
if they are kept clean from weeds, they will require
no other care till autumn, when they fhould be tranf-
planted into the borders of the flower-garden, where
they are defigned to remain.

If fome of thefe plants are put into pots, and fhel-
tered under a hot-bed frame in winter, they will
flower ftrong the following fummer ; and thefe may
be placed in court-yards, or other places near the ha-
bitation, when they are in beauty, and being mixed
with other flowers will be very ornamental..

P HYLIC A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 236. Alatemoides.
Com. Idort. Amft. 1. p. r. Baftard Aldternus,

The Characters are.

The j lowers are collected in a dijk , fitting in a common
receptacle , each having a permanent empalement , compofed
of three narrow oblong leaves. They have one perforated
petal , with an eredi conical tube , cut into five parts at the
brim , and an acute fcale at each divifion , which join to-
gether within , and five fmall ft amir, a inferted under the
fc ales , terminated by ftngle fummits. The germen is fili-
ated at the bottom of the petal , fupporting a fingle ftyle>
crowned by an obtufe Jligma . The germen afterward be-
comes a roundifh capfule with three lobes , having three cells ,
each inclofng a fingle roundiftj feed , gibbous on one fide#
and angular on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feflion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five (lamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Phvlica ( Ericoides ) foliis linearibus verticillatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 195. Phylica with narrow leaves grow-
ing in whorls. Alatemoides Africana, erics foliis,
floribus al bican tibus & mufcofis. Hort. Amft. 2, p. 1.

tab*

p-r~r

PHY

tab. i . African Baflard Alaternus , with Heath haves and
white moffy flowers.

2 . Phylica ( Plumcfa ) foliis lineari-fubulatis, fum'rnis
hirfutis. Prod. Leyd. 199. Phylica with narrow azvl-
fhaped leaves , which are hairy at the top. Chamaelgea
foliis anguftis fubtus incanis, floribus capitatis mufc.o-
fis. Burm. Plant. Afr. 117. tab. 43. Spurge Olive
with narrow leaves , which are hoary on their under fide ,
and moffy flowers collected in heads,
g. Phylica *( Buxifolia ) foliis ovatis fparfis. Lifi. Sp.
Plant. 195. Phylica with oval leaves growing flatter-
ingly. Chamslaea folio fubrotundo fubtus incano flo-
ribus in eapitulum collectis. Burm. Plant. Afr. 119.
tab. 44. Spurge Olive with roundifio leaves , which are
hoary on their under fide , and flowers collected in heads.
The firft fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Piope, from whence it -was firft brought to the gar-
dens in Holland ; but it alio grows naturally about
Lilbon, where there are large extents of ground co-
vered with it, in the fame manner as are many lands
in England covered with Heath. This is a low bufhy
plant, leldom rifing more than three feet high ; the
Italics are fhrubby and irregular, dividing into many
fpreading branches, which are again divided into
fmaller. The young branches are clofely garnilhed
with fhort, narrow, acute-pointed leaves placed in
whorls round the (talks, to v/hich they fit dole ; they
are of a dark green, and continue ail the year. At
the end of every Ihoot, the flowers are produced in
fmall clutters fitting clofe to the leaves ; they are of
' F a pure white, and begin to appear in the autumn,
j continuing in beauty all the winter, and decay in the
[ fpring, which renders the plant more valuable. Thefe
flowers are notfucceeded by feeds in England.

The fecond fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Piope, from whence it was brought to the gardens in
Holland. This hath an erebt fhrubby italic, which rifes
near three feet high, covered with a purplifh bark,
and here and there fome white down upon it the
leaves are narrow, fhort, and acute-pointed, fitting
clofe to the branches in alternate order on every fide ;
they are thick, nervous, and of a dark green on their
upper fide, but hoary on their under. The flowers
are collected in fmall heads at the end of the branches;
they are white, woolly, and fringed on their borders,
cut into fix acute fegments at the top. Thefe appear
the beginning of winter, and continue long in beauty,
but are not fucceeded by feeds in England.

The third foit is a native of the fame country as the
former ; this rifes with a fhrubby ereft ftalk five or
fix feet high ; the ftalks when old, are covered with
a rough purplilh bark, but the younger branches have
a woolly down thefe are garnilhed with thick oval
leaves about the fize of thole of the Box-tree ; they
are veined, fmooth, and of a lucid green op their up-
per fide, but are hoary on their under •, they have
fhort foot-fialks, and ffand without order on the
branches. The flowers are colleded in fmall heads at
the end of the branches ; they are of an herbaceous
colour, fo make no great figure. Thefe appear at
the fame time with the former.

As thefe plants do not produce feeds in England, fo
they are propagated by cuttings, which, if properly
managed, will take root freely. There are two fea-
fons for planting thefe cuttings ; the firft is the lat-
ter end of March, before the plants begin to fhoot if
thefe are planted in pots and plunged into a very mo-
derate hot-bed, covering them clofe with bell or hand-
glaffes, oberving to fhade them from the fun in the
middle of the day, and to refrefh them gently with
water, they will put out roots in two months ; then
they fhould be inured to the open air, and after they
have obtained ftrength, they Ihould be carefully taken
out of thefe pots, and each planted in a feparate fmall
pot, filled with foft loamy earth, and placed in afhady
fituation until they have taken new root, when they
may be removed to a fheltered fituation, where they
may remain till autumn.

The other feafon for planting thefe cuttings is about
the beginning of Auguft ; at this time they may be
planted in pots, which may be either plunged into

an old hot-bed or in the gfound, covering them clofS
with bell or hand-glaffes as before, and treating. them
in the fame way thefe will put out roots in about
two months, but it will then be too late in the fea-
fon to tranfplant them, fo they muft remain in the
fame pots till fpring. If thefe are placed under a hot-
bed frame in autumn, where they may be prote&ed
from the froft, and expofed to the open air in mild
weather, they will fucceed better than when they
are more tenderly treated.

The plants are coo tender to thrive in the open air in
England, fo they muft be kept in pots and houfed in
winter ; for although the firft fort will live through
the winter in a warm fheltered fituation when the fea-
fon s prove favourable, yet when fevere frofts happen
they are always deftroved •, but they require no artifi-
cial heat to preserve them, if they are fheltered under
a hot-bed frame in winter when they are young, and
after they are grown large kept in a green-houfe,
where they may enjoy the free air in mild weather,
and treated in the fame way as other hardy exotic
plants from the fame country ; in the fummer they
muft be placed abroad in a Sheltered fituation, with
which management the plants will thrive and conti-
nue feveral years ; and as they flower in the winter,
they make a good appearance in the green- houfe
during that feafon.

PHYLLANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 932. Sea-
fide Laurel.

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers in the fame plant ; the
empalements of the flovoer in both flexes are permanent ,
bell-Jhaped , and of one leap , cut into fix parts which
fpread open , and are coloured. Phe flowers have no pe-
tals according to fome , or no empalements according to
others. 'The male flowers have three fhort flamina which
join at their bafl, but fpread aflunder at their top , and
are terminated by twin fummits. Phe female flowers
have an angular nedlarium furrounding the germen , which
is roundifh and three-cornered , fupporiing three fpreading
ftyles , crowned by obtufl ftigmas. Phe germen afterward
becomes a roundifh capfule with three furrows , having
three cells , each containing a Jingle roundifh fled.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feeftion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-firft clafs, which includes thofe
plants which have male and female flowers on the
lame plant, and the male flowers have three ftamina.

The Species are,

1. Phyllanthus ( Epiphilanthus ) foliis lanceolatis fer-
ratis, crenis fioriferis. Hort.. Cliff, 439. Phyllanthus
with fpsar-fkaped flawed leaves , having flowers growing
on their edges. Phyllanthus Americana planta, florcs
e fingulis foliorum crenis proferens. Hort. Amft. 1
p. 199. American Phyllanthus, with flowers growing out
of every indenture of the leaves.

2. Phyllanthus ( Niruri ) foliis pinnatis fioriferis, flo-
ribus pedunculatis, caule herbaceo eredo. Flor. Zeyi.
331. Phyllanthus with winged leaves bearing flowers on
foot -ftalks, and an upright herbaceous ftalk. Niruri Bar-
badenfe, folio ovali fubtus glauco petiolis florum bre-
vifiimis. Martyn. Cent. 9. tab. 9. Barbadoes Phyllan-
thus with an herbaceous upright ftalk , and the flower-
ftalks very fhort.

3. Phyllanthus ( Emblica ) foliis pinnatis fioriferis,
caule arboreo, fru&u baccato. Flor. Zeyl. 333. Phyl-
lanthus with winged leaves bearing flowers, a tree-like
ftalk, and berry-bearing fruit. Nelli-Camarum. Hort.

. Mai. 1. p. 69.

The firft fort grows naturally upon the rocks near
the fea, in all the 1 Hands of the Weft-Indies, where
the inhabitants title it Sea-fide Laurel. This is feldom
found growing on the land, v/hich occafions its fear-
city jn Europe ; for the roots ftrike fo deep into the
crevices of the rocks, as to render it alrnoft impradi-
cable to tranfplant the plants, and it is very difficult to
propagate by feeds 5 for unlefs they are fown foon
after they are ripe, they will not grow, and the greateft
part of the feed proves abortive, fo that this fort is
very rare in Europe. There was formerly a plant of
this fort in the gardens at Hampton- court $ but this,’
with many other fine plants, have been deftroyed by

the

the ignorance of the gardeners. I alfo faw a fine plant
of this fort in the Amfterdam Garden.

This tree grows about fifteen or fixteen feet high j the
leaves come out without any order, which are five or
fix inches long, fmooch, and thick ; upon the edges
v of the leaves the flowers are produced, but efpeci-
all'y toward the upper part, where they are placed
very clofely, fo as almoft to form a fort of border to
the leaves ; which, together with the fhining green
colour of the leaves, makes a very beautiful appear-
ance : the leaves continue green all the year, which
renders the plant more valuable.

It requires to be placed in a moderate ftove in the
winter, otherwife it will not live in England ; but in
fu miner it may be placed in the open air, in a warm
fhekered fituation. With this management the plant
was in great vigour in the Phyic Garden at Am-
fterdam.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Barbadoes, where
it is a common plant ; for I have many times had it
come up in the tubs of earth brought from thence,
with other plants : though this is an annual plant,
yet the feeds being caft out of the capfules when ripe,
with an elafticity, is thrown to a confiderable difiance,
and this way the plant propagates itfelf in England
for the feeds being caft into the pots which are placed
near it in the ftove, the plants come up without far-
ther trouble.

This rifes with an herbaceous ftalk a foot and a half
high, garniihed with many long winged leaves, com-
poTed of a great number of oval lobes, of a gray co-
lour on their under fide, but of a bright green on
their upper •, thefe lobes * contract every evening,
turning their under fide outward ; on the under fide
of the" leaves the flowers are produced along the
midrib, turning downward ; thefe are fome of them
male, and others female, intermixed on the fame
plant, having each a bell-fhaped empalement of one
leaf, cut into fix fegments at the brim j and being
coloured, the title of petals, or corolla, are by fome
applied to them, but others call them apetalous flowers.
The male flowers have each three ftamina, the female
having a Angle ftyle, fupporting a trifid ftigma, and
are fucceeded by roundifh capfules with three cells,
each containing one feed. The plant ufually flowers
from June to October, and the feed ripens after in
fucceftion^

The third fort grows naturally at Malabar, where it
rifes with a tree-like ftalk to the height of twelve or
fourteen feet •, but in England they do not rife more
than half that height, fending out from the fide many
patulus branches, which are garniihed with very nar-
row winged lobes j but as it hath not produced either
flowers or fruit in England, fo I can give no farther
account of it.

- This plant is propagated by feeds, when they can be
procured from the^ country where the plants grow
naturally ; thefe muft be fown upon a hot-bed, and
when the plants come up and are fit to tranfplant,
they Ihould be each planted into a feparate fmall pot
filled with light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
tanners bark, being careful to Ihade and water them
until they have taken good root ; after this, the
plants muft conftantly remain in the bark-ftove, and
be treated in the fame manner as hath been directed
for many other plants from the fame country, with
which the plant has been maintained feveral years,
but has made little progrefs.

The other forts, which in the former edition of this
work were added to this genus, are now placed under
Andrachne.

PHYLLIS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 286. Bupleuroides.
Boerh. Ind. alt. 71. Valerianella. Dill. Hort. Elth.
405. Simpla Nobla.

The Characters are,

qJbe empalement of the flower is very fl mall , compofed of
two leaves fitting on the germcn. The flower has five
‘'cbtufe [pear -fhaped petals, which turn bac'kzvard. It hath
five [hort hair-like ftamina, which are flaccid , terminated
by oblong flummits. The ger men, which is fituated under

the flower , has no ftyle , but is crowned by two awl
Jhaped , reflexed , hairy ftigmas . The germen afterward turns
to an oblong angular fruit , containing two parallel feeds ,
convex on their ot^tfde, plain on the other , and broad- at
the top.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedionof
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles or
ftigmas.

We have but one Species in the Knglifh gardens
at p relent, viz.

Phyllis (Nob la) llipulis dentatis. Prod. Leyd. 92.
Phyllis with indented flipula. Bupleuroides qute fim-
pla nobla Canarienfmm. Pluk. Boerh. Ind. ait. 1. p,
72. Baftard Hard s-ear, or Simpla Nobla of the Canaries . ■
This plant grows naturally in the Canary Blands,
from whence the feeds were formerly brought to Eng-
land. It rifes with a foft fhrubby ftalk about two or
three feet high, which is feldom thicker than a man’s
finger, of an herbaceous colour, and full of joints.
Thefe fend out feveral fmall fide branches toward the
top, garniihed with fpear-fnaped leaves near four
inches long, and almoll two broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end ; they are of a lucid
green on their upper fide, but pale on their under,
having a ftrong whitilh midrib, with feveral deep
veins running from it to the fides •, the leaves are for
the moft part placed by threes round the branches,
to which they fit dole. The flowers are produced
at the end of the .branches, in loofe panicles ; they
are fmall, of an herbaceous colour at their firft ap-
pearance, but before they fade, change to a brown
or worn-out purple, and are cut into five parts to their
bafe, where they are connected, and fall off without
Separating, fo Ihould be termed a flower of one pe-
tal. Thefe fegments are reflexed backward fo as to
cover the germen, which is fituated under the flower,
and afterward becomes a Abort, turbinated, obtufe,
angular fruit, which fplits in two parts when ripe,
each containing one feed, flat on the infide, convex
on the outfide and angular. This plant flowers in
June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

It is propagated by feeds, which muft be fown on a
bed of frelh lisrht earth toward the end of March,
and the plants will come up by the beginning of May-,
when they are fit to tranfplant, they Ihould be put
into feparate pots, and placed in a fhady fituation
until they have taken root ; after which time they
fhould be placed in a fhekered fituation, where they
may have the morning fun, and in the fummer will
require to be frequently watered. In winter they
muft be fhekered from the froft, but require to
have as much free air as pofllble immild weather ;
the fecond year the plants will flower, fo if in the
fpring fome of the plants are fliaken out out of the
pots and put into the full ground, they will petted
their feeds much better than thofe which remain in
the pots.

As thefe plants feldom continue in health above four

' or five years, it will be proper to raife a fupply of
young plants to lucceed them.

The plants retain their leaves all the year, which
being large and of a fhining green, make a hand-
fome appearance in winter, in which the beauty of it
confifts, for the flowers have none.

PH Y S A L I S. Lin. Gen. Plant. 22 3. Alkekengi.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 150. tab. 64. Winter Cherry.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a fmall [welling permanent empalement
of one leaf, which is five-cornered , and cut at the top
into five acute points. The flower hath one wheel fa aped
petal , with a Jhort tube and a large brim , which is five-
cornered and plaited. It has five fmall awl-jhaped fta-
mina which join together , terminated by erctt flummits ,
and a roundifh germen fupporting a jlender ftyle , crowned
by an obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward turns to an
almoft globular berry with two cells , inclofed in the large
inflated empalement , and is filled with compreffed kidney-
Jhaped feeds

This

I

P H Y

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have five ftamma and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Physalis (' Alkekengi ) foliis geminis integris acutis,
Gaule herbaceo inferne fubramofo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
262. Phy falls with two leaves at a joint , which are
Jharp-pointed , and an herbaceous ft alk which branches at
bottom. Alkekengi officinarum. Tourn. Inft. R, H.

1 5 1 . The common or officinal Winter Cherry.

2. Physalis ( Vifcofa ) foliis geminis repandis obtufis
fubtomentofis, caule herbaceo fuperne paniculato.
Lin. Sp. 261. Winter Cherry with leaves growing by
pairs , which are obtufe , a little woolly , and an herbaceous
ftalk. Alkekengi Bonarienfe repens, bacca turbinat-a
vifcofa. Creeping Winter Cherry of Buenos Ayres , with a
vifcous turbinated berry.

3. Physalis ( Penfylvanica ) radice perenni, caule pro-
cufnbente, foliis ovatis acute dentatis, petiolis longif-
fimis. Pkyfalis with a perennial root , a trailing ftalk , and
oval leaves which are acutely indented , and have very long
foot-Jlalks. Alkekengi Virginianum perenne majus,
fiore luteo amplo, frudtu minimo. Rand. Act. Phil.
N° 399. Greater perennial Virginia Winter Cherry , with
a large yellow flower and a fmall fruit.

4. Physalis ( Virginiana ) caule herbaceo, foliis ovato-
lanceolatis acute dentatis. tab. 206. fig. 1. Winter
Cherry with an herbaceous ftalk , and oval fpear-fhaped
leaves which are acutely indented.

5. Physalis ( Curaffavica ) caule fuffruticofo, foliis ovatis
tomentofis integerrimis. Phyfalis with a fhrubby ftalk ,
and oval downy leaves which are entire. Alkekengi
Curaffavicum, foliis origani incanis, fiore viete fui-
phureo, fundo purpureo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 66.
Winter Cherry of Curaffiao with hoary Origany leaves ,
and a rufty fulphur-coloured flower with a purple bottom.

6. Physalis ( Somnifera ) caule fruticofo, ramis redtis,
floribus confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 180. Phyfalis with
a fhrubby ftalk , ere hi branches , and flowers growing in
clufters. Alkekengi frudtu parvo verticillato. Tourn.
Inft. 15 1. Winter Cherry with a fmall fruit growing in
whorls.

7. Physalis ( Flexuofa ) caule fruticofo, ramis flexuofis,
floribus confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 182. Phyfalis with
a fhrubby ftalk , flexible branches , and flowers growing in
clufters. Baccifera Indica, floribus ad foliorum exor-
tus, frudtu fulcato decapyreno. Raii Hift 1632. In-
dian berry -bearing Plant , with flowers coming out from
the foot-ftalks of the leaves , and a furrowed fruit contain-
ing ten feeds.

8. Physalis ( Arbor efcens ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inte-
gerrimis oppofitis, caule fruticofo. tab. 206. fig. 2.
Phyfalis with oval , fpear-fhaped , entire leaves which are
placed oppojite, and a fhrubby ftalk. Alkekengi Ameri-
canum arborefcens, fructu fphamco rubro, vefica
atro-purpurea. Houft. MSS. Tree American Winter
Cherry , with a red fpherical fruit and a deep pur pie- co-
loured bladder.

9. Physalis ( Ramofa ) ramofiflima, foliis villofo-vif-
cofis floribus pendculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 262. The moft
branching Phyfalis with hairy vifcous leaves , and nod-
ding flowers. Alkekengi Virginianum frudtu luteo.
Tourn. Inft. 151. Virginia Winter Cherry with a yel-
low fruit.

10. Physalis ( Angulata ) ramofiflima, ramis angulatis
glabris, Toiiis ovatis dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 262.
The moft branching Phyfalis with angular fmooth branches.
Alkekengi Indicum majus. Tourn. Inft. 15 1. Greater

Indian Whits Cherry. .

11. Physalis ( Minima ) ramofiflima, foliis ovatis acu-
minatis fubdentatis petiolis longioribus. Very branching
Phyfalis , with oval acute-pointed leaves which are fome-
what indented, and have longer foot-ftalks. Alkekengi
Indicum minimum, frudtu virefeente. Tourn. Inft.
151. The leaf Indian Winter Cherry with a greenifh fruit.

12. Physalis {Patula) ramofiflima patula, ramis annu-
laris giabris, foliis lanceolatis pinnato-dentatis. The
moft branching fpreading Pkyfalis , with fmooth angular
branches , and fpear-fhaped leaves which arc indented like
■wings.

P H Y

V* 1 /

13. Physalis (, Villafa ) ramofiflima, ramis viilofis, fo-
liis ovatis acuminatis lerrato-dentatls. The moft branch-
ing Phyfalis with hairy branches , and oval acute-pointed
leaves , which are indented like a flaw. Alkekengi Ame-
ricanum, annuum, ramofiffimum, villofum, frudtn
rotundo ex luteo virefeente. Houft. MSS. The moft
branchings annual , hairy's American Winter Cherrys with
a rounds yellowijh, green fruit.

14. Physalis {Cor data) caule eredto ramofo, foliis

ovatis ferrato-dentatis, petiolis pedunculifque longif-
fimis. Phyfalis with an ereli branching ft alk9 oval , in-
denteds flawed leaves , and the foot-ftalks of the leaves and
flowers very long. Alkekengi Americanum annuum,
lamii folio, fructu cordato. Houft. MSS. Annual
American Winter Cherry , with a dead Nettle leaf and a .
hear t-ftoapea fruit. . 4

15. Physalis {Maxima) caule ereeto ramofo, foliis
ovato-lanceolatis yifeofis, frudtu maxima cordato.
Phyfalis with an erect branching ftalk , ovals fpear-fhapeds
vifcous leaveSs and a large heart-Jhaped fruit. Alke-
kengi Americanum annuum, maximum vifeofum.

Houft. MSS. The largejfl annual , vifcous , American
Winter Cherry.

18. Physalis {Peruviana) caule eredto ramofo, ramis
angulatis, foliis finuatis, calycibus acutangulis. Phy-
falis with an ere It branching ft alk , angular branches, jinu-
ated leaves s and empalements having acute angles. Al-
kekengi amplo fiore violaceo. Feuill. Obfi 724. tab.

1 6. Winter Cherry with a large Violet -coloured flower.

The firft fort is the common Winter Cherry which is
ufed in medicine •, this grows naturally in Spain and
Italy, but has been long cultivated in the Englifli gar-
dens. The roots of this are perennial, and creep in
the ground to a great diftance, if they are not confined ;
thefe fhoot up many ftaiks in the fpring, which rife
about a foot high or better, and are garnilhed with
leaves of various fliapes ; fome are angular and ob-
tufe, others are oblong and acute-pointed, of a dark
green, and generally there are two leaves coming
out from the fame point on the fame fide of the ftalk ,
they have long foot-ftalks. The flowers are produced
from the wings of the ftaiks, branding upon {lender
foot-ftalks, having one white petal which has a
fhort tube, and is cut at the brim into five angles
fpreading open. In the center of the tube is fituated
a roundilh germen, fupporting a (lender ftyle crowned
by an obtufe ftigma ; this is accompanied by five
ftamina of the fame length, terminated by oblong,
ered, yellow fummits which join together. The flowers
appear in July, and are fucceeded by round berries
about the fize of fmall Cherries, inclofed in an in-
flated bladder, which turns red in the autumn, when
the top opens, and dilciofes the red berry, which is
foft, pulpy, and filled with flat kidney-fhaped feeds.

Soon after the fruit is ripe, the ftaiks decay to the
roots.

This plant is eafily propagated, either by feeds or
parting the roots ; the latter being the moft expedi-
tious method is generally practifed. Thefe roots may-
be tranlplanted and parted, any time after the ftaiks
decay, till the roots begin to flioot in the fpring ; they
love a fhady fituation, and ftiould be confined, other-
wife they will ramble to a great diftance in one year,
and when the ftaiks ftand at a diftance they make
no appearance. Their only beauty is in autumn, when
the fruit is ripe, at which time their red bladders open-
ing and difclofing the Clierry-ihaped fruit, make a
pretty appearance.

The leaves of this plant are cooling, and of the
nature of common Nightfhade ; the berries are a An-
gular good diuretic, and ufeful againft the gravel and
(tone. 1 here has been feveral inftances of their great
virtue in bringing away great quantities of gravel,
when other remedies have been tried without" fuccefs.

The berries boiled in milk, and fweetened with fu-
gar, cure the heat of the urine, making bloody wa-
ter, and ulcers in the kidneys and bladder.

The fecond fort grows naturally at Buenos Ayres ; this
hath a creeping root, by which it multiplies very faft,
fending up a great number of fmooth ftaiks about a

10 I foot

444

I

/

P H Y

foot high, which divide toward their top into fmall I
fpreadirig branches, garniflied with heart-ftiaped or
oval leaves, about three inches long, and two broad
‘near their bafe *, they are entire and rough to the
touch, of a pale yeliowifh green, {landing upon pretty
long foot {talks placed alternately. The flowers come
out from the wings of the ftalks toward the top, and
have long (lender foot-ftalks they are of a dirty yel-
low colour with purple bottoms. They appear in
June and July, and are fucceeded by vifcous berries
about the fize of the common fort, of an herbaceous
yellow colour, inclofed in a {welling bladder, of a light
green colour.

This plant is eafily propagated by parting the roots
either in fpring or'autumn, but it is too tender to live
abroad through the winter in England, fo they ihould
be planted in pots, and iheitered under a hot-bed
frame in winter, where they may enjoy the free air at
all times in mild weather.

The feeds of the third fort were fent me from Virgi-
nia, where the plant grows naturally •, this hath a per-
ennial root and an annual ftalk, but thefe roots do not
creep in the ground like the two former. 1 he ftalks
of this grow two feet long, and fpread on the ground
if they are not fupported •, thefe are garnifhed with
oval leaves three inches long, and two inches and a
half broad, (landing alternately upon very long foot-
ftalks ; they are of a pale green, having feveral acute
indentures on their edges. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ftalk upon very ftiort foot-ftalks •,
they are larger than thofe of the common fort, and of
a pale yellow colour. Thefe are fucceeded by very
fmall yellowifli berries which ripen in the autumn,
when the feafon proves warm, but in cool moift fufn-
mers they feldom ripen here.

This fort is propagated by feeds, which (hould be
fown upon a warm border about the latter end of
March ; and when the plants come up, they (hould
be thinned where they are too clofe, and kept clean
from weeds till autumn, when they fhould be tranf-
planted to the places where they are to remain, which
Ihould be in a warm fituation, where they will live
through the winter in mild feafons, but are killed by
fevere froft if they are not fcreened.

The feeds of the fourth fort were fent me from Phi-
ladelphia by Dr. Benfil, who found the plants grow-
ing there naturally. This hath a perennial root com-
pofed of ftrong fibres, from which arife two or three
hairy ftalks about nine or ten inches high, dividing
into feveral branches which are garniflied with oval
fpear-fhaped leaves, of a pale green and hairy, about
two inches and a half long, and an inch and a half
broad, having feveral acute indentures on their edges,
and (land alternately upon ftiort foot-ftalks. The
flowers come out from the ftde of the branches, at the
bafe of the foot-ftalks of the leaves ; thefe have long
(lender foot-ftalks •, the flowers have very fhort tubes, !
which are larger than in mod of the fpecies of this ge-
nus ■, they are of a fulphur colour, with a dark purple
bottom. Thefe appear in July, and in warm feafons !
are fucceeded by oval yellowifli berries, which ripen
in the autumn. This fort may be propagated by
feeds in the fame way as the third, and the plants re-
quire the fame treatment.

The fifth fort grows naturally atCuraflao in theWeft-
Indies. This hath a perennial creeping root, from
which arife feveral (lender ftalks about a foot high,
which become fomewhat ligneous, but feldom laft
above two years, the leaves (landing alternately upon .
fhort foot-ftalks ; they are about two inches long, and
an inch and a half broad. The flowers come out
from the wings of the ftalk toward the top, (landing
upon ftiort (lender foot-ftalks •, thefe are garniflied
with oval downy petals, which are fmall, of a fulphur
colour, and have dark purple bottoms. They appear
in July and Auguft, but are rarely fucceeded by ber-
ries in England.

This is eafily propagated by parting the roots in the
fpring, but the plants are too tender to live through
the winter in England without artificial warmth, fo I

P H Y

the pots fhould be placed m a moderate warmth la
winter ^ but during the months of July, Auguft, and
September they may be placed in the open air in a
warm fituation..

The fixth fort grows naturally in Crete, Sicily, and
Spain. This rifes with a {hrubby ftalk near three
feet high, dividing into feveral branches which grow
eredl, and are covered with a woolly down, garniflied
with oval fpear-fhaped leaves alraoft three inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle $ they
are downy, and ftand upon ftiort foot-ftalks. The
flowers come out in clufters on the fide of the
branches-, they are fmall, of an herbaceous white
colour, fitting very clofe to the branches, and are fuc-
ceeded by fmall berries almoft as large as thofe of the
ftrft fort, which when ripe are red. This flowers in
June and July, and the berries ripen in autumn.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which may be
fown on a bed of light earth the beginning of April,
and when the plants are two or three inches high,
they fhould be carefully taken up, and each planted
in a feparate fmall pot filled with earth out of a kitchen-
garden, and placed in the fhade till they have taken
new root then they may be removed to a- flickered
fituation, where they may remain till the beginning
of Odlober ; at which time they fhould be removed
into the greqn-hcufe, for the plants are tco tender to
live through the winter in the open air, fo they muft
be treated like the other green-houfe plants, but
fhould be fparingly watered in winter. Thefe plants
will continue feveral years if they are not too tenderly
treated.

The feventh fort grows naturally at Malabar, and alfo
at the Cape of Good Hope. This rifes to the height
of five or fix feet, fending out long flexible branches
covered with a gray bark, and garniflied with oblong
oval leaves which are often placed oppofite, and fomte-
times by threes round the branches, to which they fit
clofe. The flowers are produced in clufters at the
bafe of the foot-ftalks of the leaves ; they are fmall,
and of an herbaceous yellow colour thefe are fuc-
ceeded by round purplifh berries having ten cells,
each including one feed. This plant flowers in July
and Auguft, but unlefs the feafon is warm, the ber-
ries do not ripen in England.

This is propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed, and when the plants have
four leaves, they fhould be tranfplanted on a frefli hot-
bed, obferving to fhade them from the fun till they
have taken new root then they fhould have freflh air
admitted to them every day in warm weather to pre-
vent their drawing up v/eak, and (hould be treated in
the fame way as other exotic plants. When thefe
are grown three or four inches high, they fhould be
carefully taken up, and each planted in a feparate
fmall pot, filled with light loomy earth, and placed in
a frame upon an old hot-bed, (hading them from the
fun till they have taken new root ; then they fhould
be gradually inured to bear the open air, into which
they Ihould be removed in July, and placed in a warm
fituation, where they may remain till the end of Sep-
tember then they fhould be removed into fhelter,
and the firft winter they (hould be placed in a mode-
rate (love ; but when the plants have obtained ftrength,
they will live through the winter in a good green-
houfe.

The eighth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun growing naturally at Campeachy, from whence
he fent the feeds to England. This hath a (hrubby
ftalk which rifes ten or twelve feet high, dividing to-
ward the top into feveral fmall branches, covered with
a gray hairy bark, and garnifhed with oval fpear-fhaped
leaves j thofe on the lower part are placed alternately,
but toward the end of the branches they are oppofite.
The lower leaves are from three to four inches long,
and two broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
both ends ; they are of a pale green, and are downy.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ftalks
toward the end of the branches, fometimes one, and
at other tirties two are produced at the fame joint

oppofite ^

oppofite ; they ftand upon fhort nodding foot-ftalks.
The flowers are fmail, of a pale dirty yellow colour,
having purple bottoms •, thefe are fucceeded by fmail,
fpherical, red berries included in an oval, dark, purple
bladder. It flowers in June and July, but unlefs the
feafon proves warm, there are no berries fucceeding
them.

This may be propagated by feeds in the fame way as
the laft- mentioned, and the plants require the fame
treatment, but are not fo hardy, therefore they muft
be kept in a moderate ftove in winter ; but in the
middle of fummer, they fhould be placed in the open
air in a flickered fituation for about three months •,
for if they are conftantly kept in the ftove, they will
draw up weak, fo will not flower. It may alfo be pro-
pagated by cuttings, which, if planted in pots during
the3 fpring and fummer months, and plunged into a
gentle warmth, will take root freely, and may be
treated in the fame way as is before diredted for the
fixth fort.

The ninth fort is an annual plant, which grows natu-
rally in Virginia. This branches out very wide clofe
to the ground, and the branches frequently lie upon
it ; they are angular and full of joints, dividing again
into fmaller branches, and are garniiked with hairy
vifcous leaves, which are aimoft heart-fliaped, Hand-
ing upon pretty long foot-ftalks ; they are about
three inches long and aimoft two broad, having feve-
ral acute indentures on their edges. The flowers are
produced on the fide of the branches upon fhort, flen-
der, nodding foot-ftalks *, they are of an herbaceous
yellow colour with dark bottoms ; thefe are fuc-
ceeded by large fwelling bladders of a light green,
inclofing berries as large as common Cherries, which
are yellowilh when ripe. This fort flowers in June
and July, and the berries ripen in the autumn.

If the feeds of this fort are permitted to fcatter, the
plants will come up in the fpring, and require no
other care but to thin them, and keep them clean
from weeds ; or if the feeds are fown in the fpring
on a common border, the plants will rife very well,
and need no other care.

The tenth fort is alfo an annual plant, which grows
naturally in the iflands of the Weft-Indies ; this rifes
■with an upright branching ftalk from two to three
feet high. The branches are fmooth, angular, and
garnilhed with fpear-fhaped leaves ending in acute
points, which are Iharply indented on their edges. The
flowers come out toward the end of the branches up-
on fhort {lender foot-ftalks •, they are very fmail, of
a dirty white colour, and are fucceeded by berries the
flze of common Cherries, covered with an angular
bladder •, they are of a yellowilh colour when ripe.
This fort is propagated by feeds, which ihould be fown
on a moderate hot-bed, and when the plants come
up and are a little advanced, they fhould be planted
on a frefh hot-bed to bring them forward, and treated
in the fame way as the Capflcum. When they are
grown ftrong, and are hardened to bear the open air,
they may be tranfpianted with balls of earth to their
.roots into a warm border, obferving to water and
fhade them till they have taken root ; after which
they will require no other care, but to keep them clean
from weeds.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies;
this is an annual plant with very branching ftalks,
which ieldom rife above a foot high. The leaves are
oval, of a deep green, and have long foot-ftalks ; the
flowers are fmail, white, and ftand upon fhort foot-
ftalks*, the berries are fmail, and green when ripe.
The twelfth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz ; this is a low
annual plant, with a very branching fpreading ftalk.
The leaves are fpear-fhaped, downy, and have deep
indentures on their edges, which are oppofite and re-
gular like a winged leaf-, the branches are fmooth and
angular ; the flowers fmail and white ; the fruit is
fmail, and yellowifh when ripe.

The thirteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.

Houftoun at La Vera Cry-z ; this is an annual plant
with a very branching hairy ftalk. The leaves are oval,
acute-pointed, and indented like a faw on their edges ^
the flowers are fmail, and of a pale yellow colour ;
the fruit is round, as large as a Cherry, and of a yel-
lowifh green when ripe.

The fourteenth fort was difcovered at La Vera Cruz by
the fame gentleman •, this Is an annual plant, with an.
upright branching ftalk near two feet high, garnifhed
with oval leaves, indented on their edges like a faw.
They have long foot-ftalks, and change to a purplifh
colour in the autumn. The flowers are fmail and
white, ftanding upon very long foot-ftalks, and are
> fucceeded by large berries aimoft as large, and of the
fhape of Heart-Cherries, of a yellowifh green, with
fome purple ftripes.

The fifteenth fort was found by the fame gentleman,
growing naturally in the fame country ; this is an an-
nual plant, with a fmooth, ereft, branching ftalk near
three feet high, garnifhed with oval, fpear-fhaped,
vifcous leaves, ftanding on long foot-ftalks. The
flowers are of a pale yellow, and fmail ; thefe are
iucceeded by large heart-fhaped fruit, of a pale yellow
when ripe. The five laft mentioned forts are propa-
gated by feeds in the fame manner as the eleventh,
and the plants require the fame treatment.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Peru, from
whence the younger de Juffieu fent the feeds. This
is an annual plant, riling with a ftrong, herbaceous,
angular ftalk four or five feet high, of a purplifh co-
lour, dividing into feveral branches which are angu-
lar, and fpread out wide on every fide j thefe are gar-
nithed with oblong leaves which are deeply flnuated
on their fides, and are of a deep green. The foot-
ftalks of the flowers are fhort ; the empalement of
the flower is large, bell-fhaped, and deeply cut into
five fegments ; the flower is large, of the open bell-
fhape, of a light blue colour, and is fucceeded by
berries about the flze of common Cherries, inclofed
in a large fwelling bladder, having five fharp angles.
It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in the autumn,
which if permitted to fcatter, the plants will come up
the following fpring; or if the feeds are fown on a bed
of rich earth in the fpring, the plants will rife eafily,
and may be afterward tranfpianted to the borders of
the pleafure-garden, where they muft be allowed
room, for if the ground is good, the plants will grow
very large.

Father Feuille, who firft difcovered this plant in
Peru, and has given a figure and defcription of it,
recommends it greatly for its virtues, and fays, the
Indians make great ufe of its berries to bring away
gravel, and to relieve perfons who have a ftoppage
of urine, and gives the manner of ufing them ; which
is, to bruife four or five of the berries either in com-
mon water, or white wine, giving it to the patient to
drink, and the iuccefs is aftoniflnng.
PHYTOLACCA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 299. tab.
154. Lin. Gen. Plant. 521= [This plant is fo called
of 3>utoi/, a plant, and Lacca, a colour, becaufe a
red coloured lacca is made thereof.] American Night-
fhade.

The Characters are,

The flower hath no -petals according to fome , or no empale-
ment according to others , for the cover of the parts of ge-
neration being coloured , is by the latter termed petals ;
there are five of thefe which are roundijh , concave , fpread-
ing open, and permanent. It has for the mofl part ten
ftamina which fpread open , and are the fame length as the
petals , terminated by roundijh fummits, and ten comprejfed
orbicular germen joined together on their inftde , but are
divided on their ontfide , upon which fit ten very Jhoft
fiyles which are reflected. , and crowned by fingle fiigmas. The
germen afterward turns to an orbicular depreffed terry,
with ten longitudinal deep furrows , having ten cells, each
containing a fingle fmooth feed.

This genus of plants is ranged In the fifth feddon, of
Linnams’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plapts
whofe flowers have ten ftamina aad ten ftyles, --

■ The

PHY

The Species are,

ii, Phytolacca {Vulgaris) floribus becandfis decagynis.
Hort. Cliff. 1 1 7. Phytolacca with flowers having ten
ftamina and ten flyles . Phytolacca Americana, major!
fruclu. Tourn.Tnft. 229. American Night flmde with
large fruit, commonly called VirginianPoke, or PorkePhy/ic.

2. Phytolacca ( Mexicana ) folds ovato-lanceolatis, flo-
ribus feffilibus. Phytolacca with oval flpear-fhaped leaves ,
and flowers Jilting clofle to the ftalks. Phytolacca Mexi-
cana, baccis feffilibus. Hort. Elth. 318. Mexican Phy-
tolacca, whofle berries grow, clofle to the ftalk. s

2. Phytolacca (. Icofandra ) floribus icofandris decagy-
nis. Lin. Sp. 631. Phytolacca with many flamina , which
are fixed to the receptacle. Phytolacca fpicis florum
longiffimis, radice annua, tab. 207. Phytolacca with
the longeft fpikes of flowers , and an annul root.

4. Phytolacca (Dioica) floribus dioicis, catile arbo-
reo ramofa. Phytolacca with a tree-like ftem, which has
male and female flowers on different plants.

The firft fort grows naturally in Virginia, and alfo
in Spain and Portugal •, this hath a- very thick flefliy
root, as large as a man’s leg, divided into feveral
thick fleffiy fibres, which run deep in the ground.
When the roots are become large, they fend out three
or four ftalks, which are herbaceous, as large as a
good walking-flick, of a purple colour, and rife the
height of fix or feven feet, dividing into many
branches at the top, garnifhed with leaves about five
inches long, and two inches and a half broad they
are rounded at their bafe, but terminate in a point,
and are placed without order, having ffiort foot-ftalks ;
they are of a deep green, and in the autumn change
to a purplifn colour before they fall off. From the
joints of the branches and at their divifions, come out
the foot-ftalks of the flowers, which are about five
inches long •, the lower part is naked, but the upper
half fuftains a number of flowers ranged on each fide
like common Currants. Each flower Hands upon a
foot-ftalk half an inch long •, the flowers have five
purplifli petals, within which (land the ten flamina
and flyles. After the flowers are faded, the germen
turns to a depreffed berry with ten furrows, having
ten cells, filled with frnooth feeds. It flowers in July
and Auguft, and in warm feafons the berries ripen in
autumn.

It may be propagated by flowing the feeds in the
fpring upon a bed of light earth, and when the plants
come up, they ffiould be tranfplanted into the bor-
ders of large gardens, allowing them fpace to gro'w,
for they nauft not be planted too near other plants, left
they overbear and deftroy them, as they grow to be
very large, efpecially if the foil is good. When they
have taken root, they will require no farther care but
only to clear them from weeds, and in the autumn
they will produce their flowers and fruit ; but when
the froft comes on, it will cut down the Hems of thefe
plants which conftantly decay in the winter, but their
roots will abide in the ground, and come up again the
fucceedingfpring.

The roots of this plant will continue many years, cf-
pecially if they are plan ted in a dry foil, for wet in win-
ter Handing about the roots will caufe them to rot i and
forme times the froft in very fevere winters will kill
them, if the furface of the ground is not covered with
mulch, but in our ordinary winters they are never
injured.

Parkinfon fays, that the inhabitants of North Ame-
rica make ufe of the juice of the root as a familiar
purge ; two fpooiifuls of the juice will work flrongly.
Of late there have been fome quacks, who pretend to
cure cancers with this herb, but I have not met with
one mftance of its having been ferviceable in that dis-
order. The inhabitants of North America boil the
voung ffioots of this plant, and eat it like Spinach.
The. juice of the berries flam paper and linen of a
beautiful purple colour, but it will not laft long. If
there could be a method of fixing the dye, it might
he very ufeful.

. The .vignerons in Portugal, for many years made ufe
of the juice of the berries of this plant to mix with

•.heir red port wines when they made -it, which gave s
deep colour to the wine y and when there was too much
of this juice added, it gave a very difagreeable tafte to
the wine ; and complaint of this pra&Tce having been
communicated to his Portuguese Majefty, he gave or-
ders that the items of the Phytolacca ffiould be cut
down and deftroyed before they produced berries, to
prevent the ufe of this juice for the future, in, order
to gain a better reputation to the wine of that country.
Some of this unmixed wine I have drank, and found
it much more palatable and lighter than any port
wine I had ever, before tailed •, but whether this is
ftill continued in that country, I cannot fay.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the Spanifh Weft-
Indies ; the late Dr, Houftoun found it growing' in
great plenty at La Vera Cruz, where the inhabitants
conftantly ufed it for their table. This plant is bien-
nial, feldom continuing longer than two years 5 and
when it flowers and produces plenty of feeds the firit
year, the^ plants frequently die before the following
fpring. This hath an herbaceous ftalk about two
feet high, about the fize of a man’s finger, dividing
at the top into two or three ffiort branches, garni ffied
with ovalfpear-fhaped leaves near fix inches long, and
almoft three broad, drawing to a point at each^end*
they have a ftrong longitudinal midrib, and feveral
tranfverfe veins running from that to the Tides, of a
deep green, and have foot-ftalks an inch and a half
long, placed without order on the ftalk. The foot-
ftalks of the flowers come out from the fide of the
branches oppofite to the leaves * they are feven or
eight inches long ; the lower part, about two inches
in length, is naked j the remaining part is garnifhed
with white flowers fitting clofe to the ftalks, which
are white, having a bluffi of purple in the middle,
each being cut into five fegments almoft to the bot-
tom, and have from eight to fourteen ftamina, and
ten flyles in each flower, which are fucceeded bv flat
berries, having ten deep furrows divided into fo many
cells, each containing one or two frnooth feeds. This
flowers in July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen late
in the autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in Malabar, from
whence I received the feeds ; this plant is annual, al-
ways periffiing foon after it has perfedted feeds, fo that
in this particular it differs greatly from the firft ; this
rifes with an herbaceous ftalk from two to three feet
high, which has feveral longitudinal furrows, and
changes the latter part of furnmer to a purpliffi colour.
It divides at the top into three or four branches, gar-
niflied with fpear-ffiaped leaves fix or feven inches
long, and almoft three broad in the middle, drawing
to a point at each end ; they are of a deep green,
and have ffiort foot-ftalks ; fometimes they Hand al-
ternately, at others they are placed oppofite, and are
frequently oblique to the foot-ftalk. The foot-ftalks
of the flowers come out from the fide of the branches
oppofite to the leaves •, they are nine or ten inches
long, the lower part being naked’ as in the other forts,
but this is much ffiorter than the other fpecies ; the
other part is garnifhed with larger flowers than thofe
of the other forts -, they are white on their infide, of
an herbaceous colour on their edges, and purpliffi on
their outfide, Handing upon ffiort foot-ftalks ; thefe
have not always the fame number of ftamina, fome
of them have but eight, and others nine or eleven,
which are terminated by roundiffi fummits. Thefe
flowers are fucceeded by orbicular, comprefied, foft
berries divided by deep furrows on their outfide into
ten cells, each containing one fmcoth ffiining black
feed ; the racemus of flowers is very narrow at the
top, where it is commonly inclined. This flowers in
July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in the autumn,
foon after which the plant decays.

The berries of this fort are very fucculent, and their
juice ftains paper and linen of a beautiful purple co-
lour, but it is not permanent.

Thefe two forts are not lb hardy as the firft, fo their
feeds ffiould be flown upon a moderate hot-bed in the
fpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they

ffiould

P I E

ihould be transplanted to another hot-bed to bring
them forward, obferving to Shade them from the fun
till they have taken new root ; after which they Should
be treated in the Same way as other tender exotic
plants, and the beginning of July they may be tranf-
planted out upon a warm border, or into pots filled
with light rich earth, and Shaded from the fun till
they have taken new root ; after which they will re-
quire to be duly watered in dry weather, and kept
clean from weeds. As thele plants perfedb their feeds
every autumn, they may be eafily preferved.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Mexico, from
whence the feeds were fent to Paris fome years paft,
and they have been fent to Spain many years fince ;
for there are growing in fome of the gardens, feveral
trees which are now upward of twenty feet high ; and
I have been credibly informed, there are fome of the
trees which produce male, and others female flowers
only ; but as the plant in the Chelfea Garden has not
as yet produced any flowers which have opened per-
feftly, fo I cannot from my own obfervations deter-
mine this.

The plant hath a ftrong woody ftem as large as a
man’s leg, which fends out many irregular branches,
garnished with oval fpear-lhaped leaves fix inches
long, and almoft three broad, having large midribs,
which are of a purple colour when the leaves are fully
grown; the flowers are produced at the bafe of the
foot-ftalks of the leaves, in a racemus like thofe of
the other fpecies ; but as thofe on the plant in the
Chelfea Garden were produced late in the feafon, fo
they dropped off before they opened.

This fpecies may be propagated by cuttings during
the fummer months, which Should be planted in pots
filled with light earth and plunged into a moderate
hot-bed, covering the pots with hand-glaffes to ex-
clude the air from the cuttings, and duly Shading
them from the fun ; in about five or fix weeks they
will put out roots, when they may be each planted
into a feparate fmall pot, and plunged into the bed
again, Shading them daily till they have taken hew
root ; then they Should be gradually inured to the open
air, where they may remain till the end of Septem-
ber, when they muff be removed into a moderate Stove
for the winter feafon, for they will not live through
the winter in a green-houfe, unlefs it is a very warm
one.

P I E R C E A. Solanoides. Tourn. Aft. Par. 1 706.

The Characters are,

The flower has no petals ; the empalement which inclofes
the parts of generation is compofed of four oblong , oval ,
coloured leaves , which are by fome called petals. It hath
four fiamina , which ftand erebi and clofe together , termi-
nated by fmall fumnnts. In the center is fituated a large
roundijh get men, fupporting a ffoort fiyle, crowned by an
obtufe ftigma. T he germen afterward turns to a roundifh
berry fitting upon the reflexed empalement , having one cell,
inclofing a rough feed of the fame form.

I have taken the freedom of infcribing this genus of
plants to his Grace the Duke of Northumberland,
who is not only a great encourager of botanical Stu-
dies, but greatly Skilled in thefcience himfelf.
Tournefort firft placed this with the Phytolacca, mak-
ing it a fpecies of that genus ; but as the flowers of
Phytolacca have five petals or leaves to the empale-
ment, and ten Stamina, and the flowers of this have
but four petals and eight Stamina, and the berries of
Phytolacca have ten cells, and thefe have but one, fo
they could not with propriety be joined together ;
therefore upon mature confideration Tournefort con-
stituted a new genus of it, by the title of Solanoides,
and published the charadters in the Memoirs of the
Academy of Sciences for the year 1706 ; but as all
thofe titles of plants which end with oides, have been
by later botanists changed, fo I Shall join this to the
firft febtion of Linnteus’s eighth dais, who has fup-
pofed this to be the fame with Plumier’s Rivinia, fo
he has applied that tide to this plant, and believed
Plumier was miftaken when he drew eight ftaminato
the flower ; but Plunder’s Irivinia is totally different

P I L '

from this plant, and the flowers of it have eight fta-
mina as Plumier has reprefen ted it.

The Species are,

1. Pierce a {Glabra)- foil is ovato-knceoiatis glabris.
Piercea with oval , fpear-fhaped , fmooth leaves. Sola-
noides Americana, clrcaeae foliis glabris. Tourn. Abb
Par. 1 706. American Solanoides with fmooth Enchanters
Might/hade- leaves.

2. Piercea ( Tomentofa ) foliis cordatis pubefcentibus^
Piercea with heart-fhdf ed downy leaves. Solanoides Ame-
ricana circses foliis canefcentibus. Tourn. Ad. Pan
1 706. American Solanoides with homy leaves like En-
chanters Nightjhade.

Thefe plants grow naturally in moft of the iflands in
the Welt-Indies, but the firft is the moft common,
there. This rifes with a Slender herbaceous Stalk three
or four feet high, and by age becomes a little ligneous
at the bottom. It divides into many branches which
are herbaceous, and have angles ; thefe are garnifhed
with oval fpear-lhaped leaves near four inches long,
and two broad in the middle ; they are of a bright
green, and have fiender foot-ftalks an inch and a
half broad. The foot-ftalks of the flowers come out
from the fide of the branches, at the bafe of the
foot-ftalks of the leaves ; they are from four to five
inches long, fuftaining a great number of fmall white
flowers, ranged along the upper part on both fides.
Thefe are fucceeded by fmall red berries full of a red
juice, inclofing one hard feed of the fame form.
There is a fucceflion of flowers upon this plant moft
part of the year, which are fucceeded by berries ri-
pening after each other, fo that the plants are feldom
deftitute of them ; and although the flowers make but
a fmall appearance, yet the long bunches of bright red
berries, hanging on all the branches great part of the
year, have a fine effebt.

The fecond fort grows taller than the firft, and the
branches grow more erebt ; the leaves are irnailer,
heart-fhaped, and covered with fhort hairy down 5,
the fpikes of flowers are not fo long, and the flowers
are not fo clofely placed together, and have longer
foot-ftalks. This continues flowering and producing
ripe fruit in the fame manner as the other, moft part of
the year.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which fliould be
fown foon after they are ripe, for if they are kept long
out of the ground they feldom grow the fame year.
They fliould be fown in pots filled with light earth,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed ; and when the
plants come up, they fhould be kept clean from weeds,
and gently watered as the earth becomes dry. When
the plants are two inches high, they fliould be each
planted in a fmall halfpenny pot filled with light earth,
and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, obferving to
fliade them till they have taken new root ; after which
they muft be treated in the fame way as other exotic
plants, by admitting frefh air to them daily, according
to the warmth of the feafon, and giving them water
as often as they require it. When the plants have
obtained ftrength, they fliould be removed into the
jftove, and may be placed on flielves, and there they
muft' conftantly remain, for thgy are too tender to
thrive in the open air in England in the warmeft part
of the year.

The juice of the berries of thefe plants will ftain pa-
per and linen of a bright red colour, and I have made
many experiments with it to colour flowers, which have
fucceeded extremely well ; thefe were made in the
following manner. I preffed put the juice of the ber-
ries, and mixed it with common water, putting it into a
phial, ftiaking it v/ell together for fome time, till the
water was thoroughly tinged ; then I cut off the flowers
which were juft fully blown, and placed their ftalks
into the phial, and in one night the flowers have been
finely variegated with red. The flowers which I made
the experiments on were the T uberofe and the double ,
white Narciffus.

PILOSELLA. See Hieracium.

i

4^

30 K

PIM-

. P I M

PIMP IN ELL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 328, Tragofe-
lirium. Tourn. Inft. R. H, 309. tab. 163. Burnet
Saxifrage y in French, Boticage .

The Characters are.

It hath an umbellated flower •, the principal umbel is com-
pofed of many rays or mailer umbels ■, neither of ihefe
have any involucrums , and the impalements are fcarce viji-
hle ; the greater umbel is uniform. The flowers have five
heart-Jhaped inflexed petals, which are nearly equals and
five ftamina which are longer than the petals , terminated
by roundifh fummits . The germen is fituated under the
flower , fupporting two Jhort fly les, crowned by obtufe ftig-
mas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong oval fruit,
divided in two parts , containing two oblong feeds , plain on
the infide and convex on the other , and furrowed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are.

1. Pimpinella {Major) foliis pinnatis, foliolis cordatis
ferratis, fummis fimplicibus trifidis. Burnet Saxifrage
with winged leaves near the root , having heart-Jhaped
flawed lobes , and Jingle three-pointed leaves at the top of
the flalk. Tragofelinum majus, umbella Candida.
Tourn. Inft, R. H. 309. Greater Burnet Saxifrage with
a white umbel.

2. Pimpinella ( Saxifraga ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ra-
dicalibus fubrotundis, fummis linearibus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 263. Burnet. Saxifrage with winged leaves, thofe
at the bottom having lobes which are roundifh, but thofe at
the top linear. Tragofelinum alterum majus. Tourn,
Inft. R. H. 309. Another greater Burnet Saxifrage.

3. Pimpinella ( Hircina ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis radica-
libus pinnatifidis, fummis linearibus trifidis. Burnet
Saxifrage with winged leaves, whofe lobes of the bottom
leaves are wing-pointed , and the upper ones linear and tri-
fid. Tragofelinum minus. Tourn. Inft. R. H. Lef-
fer Burnet Saxifrage.

, 4. Pimpinella {Nigra) foliis pinnatis hirfutis, foliolis
radicalibus cordatis inaequaliter ferratis, fummis line-
aribus quinquefidis. Burnet Saxifrage with hairy winged
leaves, whofe lobes of the bottom leaves are heart-Jhaped ,
unequal and flawed, the upper ones linear and five-pointed.
Tragofelinum radice nigra Germanicum. Juffieu.
Hort. Chelf. Cat. 100. German Burnet Saxifrage with a
black root.

5. Pimpinella {Aufiriaca) foliis pinnatis lucidis foli-
olis radicalibus lanceolatis, pinnato ferratis, fummis li-
nearibus pinnatifidis. Burnet Saxifrage with Jhining
winged leaves , the lobes of whofe bottom leaves are fpear-
floaped and flawed, and the upper ones linear and wing-
pointed. Tragofelinum Auftriacum maximum, foliis
profundiffime incifis. Boerh. Hort. Chelf. Cat. 100.
Largeft Burnet Saxifrage of Auftri a, whofe leaves are
deeply cut.

6. Pimpinella {Peregrina) foliis radicalibus pinnatis
crenatis, fummis cuneiformibus incifis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 164. Burnet Saxifrage , whofe lower leaves are
winged and indented on their edges , and the upper ones
wedge-Jhaped and cut. Apium peregrinum foliis fub-
rotundis. C. B. P. 153. Foreign Parjley with roundifh
leaves .

7. Pimpinella {Anifum) foliis radicalibus trifidis incifis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 264. Pimpinel with trifid cut lower
leaves. Anifum vulgare. Cluf. Hift. 2. p.202. Com-
mon Anife.

The firft fort grows naturally in woods, and on the
fide of banks near hedges in feveral parts of Eng-
land, efpecialiy upon chalky land. The lower leaves
of this fort are wing-fhaped, compofed of three pair
of heart-fhaped lobes, and terminated by an odd one •,
they are fharply fawed on their edges, and fit clofe
to tie midrib. The lower lobes which are the largeft,
are near two inches long, and one and a half broad
at their bafe, and are of a dark green. The ftalks
are more than a foot high, dividing into four or five
branching foot-ftalks j the lower part of the ftalk is
garnifhed with winged leaves, fhaped like thofe at
the bottom, but fmaller ; thofe upon the branches
are ftiort and trifid y the branches are terminated by

P l M

fmall umbels of white flowers, which are compofed of
fmaller umbels or rays. The flowers have five heart-
fhaped petals which turn inward, and are fucceeded
by two narrow, oblong, channelled feeds. It flowers
in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. There is a
variety of this with red flowers, which is frequently
found among the other, and riles from the fame feed.
The fecond fort grows naturally in dry paftures in
many parts of England ; the lower leaves of this are
compofed of four pair of lobes, terminated by an
odd one ; thefe are roundifh •, thofe on the lower part
of the leaf are about half an inch long, and the fame
breadth ; they are indented on their edges'*, the (talks
rife near a foot high, fending out three or four (len-
der branches, which are garnifhed with -very' narrow
leaves. The umbels of flowers are fmaller than thofe
of the firft, as are alfo the flowers and feeds. It flowers
about the fame time.

The third fort grows naturally in dry gravelly paf-
tures in feveral parts of England ; the lower leaves of
this fort have five or fix pair of lobes terminated by
an odd one, which are deeply cut almoft to their mid-
rib in form of wings. The ftalks are (lender, and
rife about a foot high, fending out a few fmall
branches, which have a narrow trifid leaf placed at each
joint, and are terminated by fmall umbels of white
flowers, compofed of feveral rays (landing upon pretty
long foot-ftalks. The flowers are fmall, and appear
at the fame time with the former.

The feeds of the fourth fort were fent me from Paris
by Dr. Bernard de Juflieu. The lower leaves of this
fort are compofed of fix or feven pair of lobes termi-
nated by an odd one •, thefe are heart-fhaped, almoft
two inches long, and one and a half broad near their
bafe •, they are hairy, and of a pale green. The ftalk
rifes near two feet high, dividing into feveral branches,
which have one narrow five-pointed leaf at each joint,
and are terminated with umbels of white flowers like
thofe of the firft fort.

The feeds of the fifth fort I gathered in Dr. Boer-
haave’s private garden near Leyden ; the fynonime
applied to it was the title he gave me for it, and he
told me he had received the feeds of it from Auftria.
The lower leaves have five pair of lobes terminated
by an odd one •, thefe are placed at a wider diftance
from each other than thofe of the other forts *, they
are near two inches long, and three quarters of an
inch broad in the middle, drawing to a point at each
end, and are deeply cut in regular jags oppofite, in
form of a winged leaf ; they are of a lucid green, and
have long foot-ftalks. The ftalks rife two feet high-,
dividing at the top into two or three (lender Branches,
garnifhed at each joint with one wing-pointed narrow
leaf. The umbels of flowers are very like the firft.
All thefe forts have perennial roots ; they are propa-
gated by feeds, which, if fown in the autumn, will
more certainly fucceed than when they are (own in
the fpring. When the plants come up, they will rv
quire no other culture but to thin them when they are
too clofe, and keep them clean from weeds ; the fe-
cond year they will flower and produce ripe feeds, and
the roots will abide fome years, and continue to pro-
duce flowers and feeds, if they grow in poor land.
The firft fort is directed for medicinal ufe, but the
herbwomen either bring the third fort to market for
it, or what is worfe, fubftitute Burnet and Meadow
Saxifrage in its (lead. It enters the pulvis.ari com-
pofitis, and is efteemed good for the gravel.

The laft fort is the common Anife : this is. an annual
plant, which grows naturally in Egypt, but is cultivated
in Malta and Spain, from which countries the feeds
are annually brought to England. From thefe feeds
there is a diftilled water, and an oil drawn for medi-
cinal ufe. The paltry- cooks , alfo make' great ufe of
thefe feeds in feveral of their compofitions, to give
them an aromatic tafte and fmeli. The lower leaves
are divided into three lobes, which are deeply cut on
their edges *, the ftalk rifes a foot and a half high,
dividing into feveral (lender branches, which are gar-
nifhed with narrow leaves, cut into three or four nar-
row

v

P I N

tow fegments, and are terminated by pretty large
loofe umbels, compofed of many [mailer umbels or
rays, which liand upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The
flowers are [mail, and of a yellowifh white •, the feeds
are oblong and fwelling. It flowers in July, and if the
feafon proves warm, the feeds will ripen in autumn.
The feeds of this fhould be fown the beginning of
April upon a warm border, where the plants are to
remain ; when they come up, they Ihould be thinned,
and kept clean from weeds, which is all the culture
this plant requires, but is too tender to be cultivated
in England for profit.

PINASTER. See Pinus.

PINGUICULA, Butterwort.

This plant is found growing upon bogs in many
parts of England, but is never cultivated in gardens,
To I ihall pafs it over with barely mentioning it.

PINUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 585. tab. 355. Rail
Meth. Plant. 138. Lin. Gen. Plant. 956. The Pine-
tree ; in French, Pin.

The Characters are,

‘The male flowers are collected in a fcaly conical hunch ;
they have no -petals , but many fiamina , which are connected
at their bafe , but divide at the top , terminated by erect
fummits ; thefe are included in the fcales , which fupply
the want of petals and empalement. The female flowers
are collected in a common oval cone , and ftand at a dif-
tance from the male on the fame tree. Under each fcale
of the cone is produced two flowers , which have no petals ,
but a fmall germen fupporting an awl-Jhaped fiyle , crowned
by a Jingle ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an ob-
long oval nut , crowned with a wing , included in the rigid
fcale of the cone.

This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth feftion
of L innseus’s twenty-fourth clafs, which includes the
plants with male and female flowers on the fame plant,
whofe Itamina are joined in one body ; to this genus he
adds the Larix and Abies of Tournefort.

The Species are,

1. Pinus ( Sylveftris ) foliis geminis primordialibus folita-
riis glabris. Hort. Clift. 450. Pine-tree with tivo leaves
in each fheath , but the firfi leaves are Jingle. Pinus fyl-
vefhris. C. B. P. 491. The wild Pine, or Pineafler.

2. Pinus {Pineal) foliis geminis primordialibus folitariis
ciliatis. Pine-tree with two gray leaves coming out of each
fheath , and the firji leaves Jingle. Pinus fativa. C. B. P.
490. The cultivated Pine-tree , commonly called the Stone
Pine.

3. Pinus {Rubra) foliis geminis brevioribus glaucis,
conis parvis mucronatis. Pine-tree with two Jhorter
gray leaves proceeding out of each fheath , and fmall acute-
pointed cones. Pinus lylveftris foliis brevibus glaucis,
conis parvis albentibus. Raii Syn. 2. 288. Wild Pine
with floor ter gray leaves , and fmall whitijh cones , called
Scotch Fir or Pine.

4. Pinus {Tartarica) foliis geminis brevioribus latiufcu-
lis glaucis, conis minimis. Pine-tree with two Jhorter
broad leaves in each Jheath which are gray , and the
fmallejl cones , commonly called Tartarian Pine.

5. Pinus ( Montana ) foliis ftepius ternis tenuioribus vi-
ridibus, conis pyramidatis, fquamis obtufis. Pine with
three narrow green leaves often in each floeath , and pyra-
midal cones with blunt fcales. Pinus fylveftris montana
altera. C. B. P. 421. Another wild Mountain Pine ,
called Mugho.

6. Pinus {Cembro) foliis quinis kevibus. H. Scan. 32.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 1000. Pine-tree with five fmooth leaves
in each Jheath. Pinus fylveftris montana tertia. C. B.
P. 491. The third wild Mountain Pine , called Cembro.

7. Pinus {Maritima) foliis geminis longioribus glabris,
conis longioribus tenuioribufque. Pine-tree with two
longer fmooth leaves in each fheath , and longer narrovoer
cones. Pinus maritima fecunda. Tabern. Icon. 937.
The fecond maritime Pine.

ih Pinus {Halepevfls) foliis geminis tenuifllmis, conis
obtufis, ramis patulis. Tab. 208. Pine-tree with two
narrow leaves in each floeath, cbtufe cones , and fpreading
branches. Pinus Haiepenfis, foliis tenuibus laste viri-
dibus. Rand. Hort. Chelf. Cat. 158. Aleppo Pine with
very narrow dark green leaves.

9,. Pin- u$ {Virginiana) foliis geminis brevioribus, coni!
vis, fquamis acutis. Pine-tree with two Jhorter leaves
in each floeath, and fmall cones with acute fcales . Pinus
Virginiana foliis birds brevioribus & crafiioribus feds*
minori cono (ingulis fquarnarum capitibus aculeo do-
natis. Pluk. Aim. 297. Virginian Pine with two Jhorter

- and thicker leaves in. each floeath , and a J, mailer cone with
each fcale ending in a prickle , commonly called Jerfey Pine „

to. Pinus ( Rigida ) foliis ternis, corns longioribus fqua-
mis rigidionhus. Pine-tree with three leaves , and longer
cones having rigid fcales , commonly called three-leaved
Virginian Pine.

11. Pinus {Tieda) foliis longioribus tenuioribus ternis,
conis rnaximis laxis. Pine-tree with three longer nar-
rower leaves , and the largeft loofe cones. . Pinus Virgi-
niana tenuifolia tripills, k. ternis plerumque exunofo-
iiculo fetis ftrobiiis majonbus Pluk. Aim. 297. Vir-
ginian Pine-tree with three narrow leaves in each Jheath ,
and larger cones , called the Frankincenfe-tree.

12. Pinus ( Echinata ) Virginiana pr^longis foliis tenifi-
oribus, cono echinato gracili. Pluk. Aim. 297. VirgV
?uan Pine with longer and narrower leaves , and a Jlendcf
prickly cone , called three-leaved Baflard Pine.

13. Pinus {Strobus) foliis quinis fcabris. Lin. Sp. Plant.
1001. Pine-tree with five rough leaves in each floeath ,
commonly called Lord VV eymoutlf s Pine.

14. Pinus {Palujlris) foliis ternis longiffimis. Pine-tree
with the longefi leaves growing by threes out of each
floeath. Pinus Americana palufhis trifolia, foliis Ion*
giffimis. Du Hamel. Three-leaved, Marflo, American
Pine with the'longeft leaves.

There are fome other lpecies of this genus in Ame-
rica, which have not been fufiiciently examined to
afeertain their differences ; and it is probable fome of
the European kinds, which are now fuppofed to be
only varieties of the forts here enumerated, may be
diftindt fpecies ; but as I have had no opportunities
of feeing them, fo I have omitted them here.

The firft fort here enumerated is the Pineafter, of
wild Pine, which grows naturally in the mountains in
Italy and the fouth of France, where there are forefh
of thefe trees, which, if fuffered to Hand, grow to a
large fize ; but in Switzerland they are frequently cut
into fliingles for covering their houfes, and alio for
making pitch ; and in the fouth of France, the young
trees are cut for flakes to fupport their Vines.: This

grows to a large fize y the branches extend on every
fide to a confiderable diflance, and while the trees are'
young, they are fully garnilhed with leaves, efpecially
where they are not io dole as to exclude the air from
thofe within , but as they advance in age, the branches
appear naked, and all thofe which are fituated be-
low become unfightly after years, for which reafori
they have not been much in efteem of late; for as the
wood of the Scotch Fir is much preferable to this,
and the branches being generally better garnilhed with
leaves, fo the latter has been more generally propagated
than the former. The branches of this fort grow at a
wider diftance than thofe of the Scotch Pine, and are
more horizontal ; the leaves are much larger, thicker,
and longer, and grow ffrait, have a broad furface
on their infide, which has a furrow or channel running
longitudinally ; they are of a darker green, and their
points are obtufe. The cones of this are feven or
eight inches long, pyramidal, and have pointed fcales ;
the feeds are oblong, a little flatted on their fxdes,
and have narrow wings on their tops.

The fecond fort, which is generally called the Stone
Pine, is very common in Italy; but I much doubt of
the country where it grows naturally, for fo far as X
have been able to learn, there are none of thefe trees
growing in any part of Italy, Lilt where they have
been planted, or where the jfeeds have fcattered from
planted trees ; and I have frequently received the
feeds of a Pine from China, which were taken out of
the cones fo like thofe of this fort,, as not to be dif-
tinguilhed from them ; but thefe have never grown,
either by their being too old, or from their having
been taken out of the cones ; for if the feeds of Pines
are kept in the cones, they will grow at ten or twelve

years?

rf

P I N

years old ; but when they are out of the cones, they
feldom grow well after two years, and fome forts do
not grow after one year. The leaves of this are not
quite fo long as thofe of the former fort, and are of a
grayilh or fea-green colour ♦, the cones are not more
than five inches long, but are very thick, roundifh, and
end in an obtufe point ; the feales of the cones are flat9
and the feeds are more than twice the fize of thofe of
the former. The kernels of thefe are frequently ferved
up in deferts to the table during the winter ieafon in
Italy, and formerly they were ufed in medicine here,
but of late years the Piftachia nuts have been gene-
rally fubftituted in lieu of them. The wood of this
tree is white, not fo full of refin as many of the other
forts, fo is never cultivated for its wood, but chiefly
for the beauty of its leaves and for the nuts, which
are much efteemed in the fouth of France and in Italy.
The third fort is generally known here by the tide of
Scotch Pine, from its growing naturally in the moun-
tains of Scotland, but it is common in molt parts of
Europe •, and Monf. du Hamel of the Royal Academy
of Sciences at Paris, mentions his having received
cones of this tree from St. Domingo in the Weft-In-
dies, fo concludes that it grows indifferently in torrid,
frozen, and temperate zones. It is by John Bauhin
titled, Pinus fylveftris Genevenfis vulgaris ; fo that it
grows commonly in the mountains near that city, and
all through Denmark, Norway, and Sweden. The
wood of this tree is the red or yellow deal, which is
the moft durable of any of the kinds yet known ; the
leaves of this tree are much fhorter than thofe of the
former forts, and are broader, of a grayilh colour,
and twilled, growing two out of each fheath •, the
cones are fmall, pyramidal, and end in narrow points ;
they are of a light colour, and the feeds are fmall.
This fort grows well upon almoft every foil ; I have
planted numbers of the trees upon Peat-pits, where
they have made great progrefs. I have alfo planted
them in clay, where they have fucceeded far beyond
expedtatfon * and upon land, gravel, and chalk, they
likewife thrive as well ; but as they do not grow near
fo fall upon gravel and fand as upon moilt ground, fo
the wood is much preferable ; for thofe trees which
have been cut down upon moilt foils, where they have
made the greateft progrefs, when they have been lawn
out into boards, have not been valuable, the wood
has been white and of a loofe texture ; whereas thofe
which have grown upon dry gravelly ground, have
proved nearly equal to the belt foreign deals ; and I
doubt not but thofe plantations which of late years
have been made of thefe trees, will, in the next age,
not only turn greatly to the advantage of their poffef-
fors, but alfo become a national benefit; therefore
this is the fort which I would recommend to be culti-
vated on barren lands.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Tartary, from
whence I received the feeds. This hath a great re-
femblance to the Scotch Pine, but the leaves are
broader, fhorter, and their points are more obtufe ;
they emit a llrong balfamic odour when bruiled ; the
cones of this are very fmall, as are alfo the feeds, fome
of which were black, and others white ; but whether
they are from different trees or the fame, I could not
learn ; for the feeds were taken out of the cones, but
in the parcel there was not one entire cone.

The fifth fort grows naturally upon the mountains in
Switzerland ; this hath very narrow green leaves,
which grow fometimes by pairs, and at others there
are three coming out of each fheath ; thefe generally
Hand eredfc ; the cones are of a middle fize and pyra-
midal ; the feales are flat, having each a fmall obtufe
riling, but are very compad, till they are opened by
the warmth of the fun the fecond fpring. The feeds
of this are much iefs than thofe of the Pineafter, but
larger than thofe of the Scotch Pine.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Switzerland, and is
fuppofed to be the fame as the Siberian, which I
greatly doubt ; for the cones of this are Ihort and
roundifh, and the feales are clofe, whereas thofe of
the Siberian Pine are long and loofer ; the leaves have

P I N

a near refemblan.ee to each other, fo far 'as I have cb-
ferved in the fpecimens'; but the plants which have
been raifed from the Switzerland . feeds, . have, made'
much greater progrefs than thofe from the Siberian
feeds, which can fcarce be kept alive in England. The
leaves are long and narrow, frnooth to the touch, of a
}■ light green, and five of them come out from the fame
| fheath ; the branches are clofely garnifhed with them ;
the cones are about three inches long, and the feales
are pretty clofe ; the feeds are pretty large, and their
| fheils are eafily broken.

The feventh fort grows in the maritime parts of Italy
and the fouth of France-, this hath long fenooth
leaves, growing by pairs in each fheath ; the cones,
are very long and flender ; the feeds are about the
fize of thofe of the Pineafter.

The eighth fort grows naturally near Aleppo, and in
feveral other parts of Syria. This is a tree of mid-
dling growth in its native foil, and in England there
are none of any large fize, for moft of the plants
which were growing here before the year 1 740, were
killed by the froft that fevere winter ; the two largeft
which I have feen are growing at Goodwood in Suf-
fex, the feat of his Grace the Duke of Richmond ;
thefe had been tranfplanted thither the year before, fo
had fcarce recovered their removal, and had made no
fhoots that fummer, therefore efcaped much better
than thofe plants which were in great yigour, moft of
which were deftroyed. This tree branches out on
every fide near the root ; the branches at firft grow ho-,
rizontally, but turn their ends upward ; their bark is
fmooth, and of a dark gray colour. The leaves are
long and very narrow, of a dark green, and grow by
pairs in each fheath ; if they are bruifed, they emit
a ftrong refinous odour. The cones come out from
the fide of the branches ; they are not much more
than half the length of thofe of the Pineafter, but are
full as large at their bafe; the feales are flatted, and
and the point of the cone obtufe. The feeds are
much lefs than thofe of the Pineafter, but of the fame
lhape.

The ninth fort grows naturally in moft parts of North
America ; this never rifes to any great height, and is
the leaft efteemed in the country of all the forts. While
the plants are young, they make a pretty good ap-
pearance ; but when they get to the height of fe-
ven or eight feet, they become ragged and unflghtly,
fo are not worth cultivating.

The tenth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
parts of North America, where it riles to a great
height ; and fo far as we can judge by the growth of
thole trees which are now here, it leems likely to be-
come a large tree in England. There are many of
them now growing in the noble plantation of ever-
green trees in his Grace the Duke of Bedford’s park
at Wooburn, which are twenty feet high, though not
of many years Handing, and keep pace with the other
kinds of Pines and Firs in the fame plantation. The
leaves of this are long, three generally {landings in
each (heath,; the cones of this fort come out in cluf-
ters round the branches ; they are as long as the cones
of the Pineafter, and hav^, rigid feales ; the feeds are
winged, and nearly as ItHrge as thofe of the Pineafter.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath very long narrow leaves, growing by threes
out of each (heath ; the cones are as large as thofe of
the Stone Pine, but the feales are loofer, and the cones
more pointed. The feales of this open horizontally,
and difeharge the feeds. This fort was fent over
from America to Mr. Ball of Exeter, and alfo to Dr.
Compton Bilhop of London, by the title of Frankin-
cenfe Pine.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Virginia ; the cones
of this have been brought to England of late years,
by the title of Baftara three-leaved Pine, The 'leaves
of this fort are long and narrow ; fometimes there are
three growing in each (heath, and at others but two ;
the cones are long, (lender, and their feales terminate
in (harp points ; they are rather longer than thofo of
the Pineafter, and not fo thick. v

. The

I

P I N

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in moft parts of
North America, where it is called the white Fine. It
is one of the talleft trees of all the fpecies, otten
growing a hundred feet high in thole countries, as I
have been credibly informed •, the bark of this tree is
very fmooth and delicate, efpecially when young ;
the leaves are long and (lender, five growing out of
each fneath ; the branches are pretty clofely garnifhed
with them, fo make a fine appearance ; the cones are
long, (lender, and very loofe, opening with the firft
warmth of the fpring, fo that if they are not gathered
in winter, the fcales open and let out the feeds. The
wood of this fort is efteemed for making rnafts for
fhips it is in England titled Lord Weymouth’s, or
New England Pine. As the wood of this tree was ge-
nerally thought of great fervice to the navy, there was-
a law made in the ninth year of Queen Anne for the
prefervation of the trees, and to encourage their growth
in America ; and it is within forty years paft thele
trees began to be propagated in England in any
plenty, though there were feme large trees of this
fort growing in two or three places long before, par-
ticularly at Lord Weymouth’s, and Sir Wyndham
Knatchbull’s in Kent •, and it has been chiefly from the
feeds of the latter, that the much greater number of
thefe trees now in England have been raifed for al-
though there has annually been fome of the feeds
brought from America, yet thefe have been few in
comparifon to the produce of the trees in Kent ; and
many of the trees which have been raifed from the
feeds of thofe trees, now produce plenty of good feeds,
particularly thofe in the gardens of his late Grace the
Duke of Argyle at Whitton, which annually pro-
duce large quantities of cones, which his Grace did
mod; generoufly diftribute to all the curious.

This fort and the Scotch Pine, are the beft worth cul-
tivating of all the kinds for the fake of their wood ;
the others may be planted for variety in parks, &c.
where they make a good appearance in winter, when
other trees are deftitute of leaves.

All the forts of Pines are propagated by feeds, which
are produced in hard woody cones ; the way to get
out their feeds is to lay the cones before a gentle fire,
which will caufe the cells to open, and then the feeds
may be eafily taken out. If the cones are kept entire,
the feeds v/ill remain good for fome years ; fo that the
fureft way to preferve them, is to let them remain in
the cones until the time for fowing the feeds ; if the
cones are kept in a warm place in fummer, they will
open, and emit the feeds ; but if they are not expofed
to much heat, they will remain entire fome years,
efpecially thofe which are clofe and compadt ; and the
feeds which have been taken out of Cones of (even
years old, have grown very well, fo that thefe may be
tranfported to any diftance, provided the cones are
well ripened and properly put up.

The bed time for fowing the feeds of Pines is about
the end of March, and when the feeds are fown, the
place {hould be covered with nets to keep off birds,
otherwife, when the plants begin to appear with the
hufk of the feed on their tops, the birds will pick off
the heads of the plants and deftroy them.

"Where the quantity of feeds to be fown is not great,
it will be a good way to fow them either in boxes or
pots, filled with light loamy earth, which may be re-
moved from one fituation to another, according to the
feafcn of the year ; but if there is a large quantity of
the feeds, fo as to require a good fpace to receive
them, they (hould be fown on an Eaft or North-eaft
border, where they may be fereened from the fun,
whofe heat is very injurious to thefe plants at their
firft appearance above ground. Thofe feeds which
are fown in pots, or boxes, (hould alfo be placed in a
lhady fituation, but not under trees ^ and if they are
fereened from the fun with mats at the time when
the plants firft come up, it will be a good method to
preferve them.

Moil of the forts will come up in about fix or feven
weeks after they are fown, but the feeds of the Stone
or cultivated Pine, and two or three of the others,

P I N

whofe (hells are very hard, frequently lie in the ground
a whole year j fo that when the plants do not come up
the firft year, the ground (liould not be difturbed, but
kept clean from weeds, and the following fpring the
plants will rife. This frequently happens in dry fea-
fons, and when they are fown in places a little too
much expofed to the fun. Therefore the fureft me-
thod is, to foak the feeds in water twenty-four hours
before they are fown.

When the plants appear, they mu ft be conftantly kept'
clean from weeds ; and in .very dry feafons, if they
are now and then gently refrelhed with water, it will
forward their growth j but this muft be done with
great care and caution, for if they are haftily watered,
it will wadi the tender plants out of the ground, or
lay them clown flat, which often rots their (hanks ; and
when this is too often repeated, it will have the fame
(died' ; fo that unlefs it is judicioufty performed, it will
be the beft way to give them none, but only fereea
them from the fun.

If the plants come up too clofe, it will be a good me-
thod to thin them gently about the beginning of July,
The plants which are drawn up may then be planted
on other beds which (hould be prepared ready to re-
ceive them, for they (hould be immediately planted
as they are drawn up, becaufe their tender roots are
foon dried and (poked at this feafon of the year. This
work (hould be done (if poftible) in cloudy or rainy1
weather, and then the plants will draw out with bet-
ter'roots, and will foon put out new fibres again ; but
if the weather fhould prove clear and dry, the plants
(hould be (haded every day from the fun with mats,
and now and then gently refrefhed with water. In
drawing up the plants, there. (hould be great care taken
not to difturb the roots of the plants left remaining in
the feed-beds, &c. fo that if the ground be hard, the
beds (liould be well watered fome time before the
plants are thinned, to foften and loofen the earth ;
and if after the plants are drawn out, the beds are
again gently watered to fettle the earth to the roots of
the remaining plants, it will be of great fervice to
them, but it muft be done with great care, fo as not
to wafh out their roots, or lay down the plants. The
diftance which (hould be allowed thefe plants in the
new beds, is four or five inches row from row, and
three inches in the rows.

In thefe beds the plants may remain till the fpring
twelve months after, by which time they will be fit
to tranfplant where they are to remain for good* for
the younger the plants are v/hen planted out, the bet-
ter they will fucceed ^ for although fome forts will
bear tranfplanting.at a much greater age, yet young
plants planted at the fame time will in a few years
overtake the large ones, and foon outftrip them in
their growth ; and there is an advantage in planting
young, by faving the expence of flaking, and much
watering, which large plants require. I have feveral
times feen plantations of feveral forts of Pines, which
were made of plants fix or feven feet high, and at the
fame time others of one foot high planted between
them, which in ten years were better trees than the
old ones, and much more vigorous in thqir growth ^
but if the ground where they are defigned to remain
cannot be prepared by the time before-mentioned, the
plants fhouid be planted out of the beds into a nurfery^
where they may remain two years, but not longer ; for
it will be very hazardous removing thefe trees at a
greater age.

The beft feafon to tranfplant all the forts of Pines
is about the latter end of March or the beginning of
April, juft before they begin to (hoot j for although the
Scotch Pine, and fome of the moft hardy forts, may
be tranfplanted in winter, efpecially when they are
giowing in ftrong land, where they may be taken
with balls of earth to their roots ^ yet this is what I
would not advife for common pradice, having fre-
quently (een it attended with bad confequences, but
thofe which are removed in the fpring rarely fail.
Where thefe trees are planted in expofed fttuations,
they (hould be put pretty clofe together, that they may

10 L . flicker

AH

P I N

fhelter each other ; and when they have grown a few
years, part of the plants may be cut down to give
room for the others to grow; but this muft be .gra-
dually performed, left by too much opening the plan-
tation at once, the. air Should be let in among the re-
maining trees with too great violence, which will ftop
their growth.

Although thefe Evergreen-trees, are by many perfons
defpifed on account of their dark green in Summer,
yet a proper mixture of thefe in large clumps make
a fine appearance about a feat in winter, and in furn-
mer, by their contrail with other trees, have no bad
effebl in diverfifying the fcene.

Wherever large plantations are defigned to be made,
the belt method will be to raife the plants either upon
a part of the fame land, or as near to the place as
poffible, and alfo upon the fame fort of foil : a final!
piece of ground will be fufficient to raife plants
enough for many acres, but, as the plants require
fome care in their firft raifing, if the neighbouring
cottagers, who have many of them fmall inclofures ad-
joining to their cottages, or where this is wanting, a
fmall inclofure fhould be made them for the purpofe
of raifing the plants, and they are furnifhed with the
feeds and directions for fowing them, and managing
the young plants till they are fit for tranf|lanting, the
women and children may be ufefully employed in this
work; and the proprietors of land agreeing with them
to take their plants when raifed at a certain price, it
would be a great benefit to the poor ; and hereby they
would be engaged to have a regard for the planta-
tions when made, and prevent their being deftroyed.
The Scotch Pine, as was before obferved, being the
hardieft of all the kinds, and the wood of it the raoft
ufeful, is the fort which beft deferves care. This will
thrive upon the moft barren fands, where fcarce any
thing elfe except Heath and Furze will grow; fothat
there are many thoufand acres of fuch land lying con-
venient for water carriage, which at prefent is of lit-
tle benefit to any body, that might, by plantations of
thefe trees, become good eftates to their proprietors,
and alfo a national benefit ; and as the legiflature
have taken this into their confideration, and already
paffed fome laws for the encouraging thefe plantations,
as alfo for their prefervation and fecurity, fo it may
be hoped that this will be undertaken by the gentle-
men who are pofleffed of fuch lands in all the dif-
ferent parts of the kingdom with proper fpirit ; for
although they may not expedt to receive much profit
from thefe plantations in their own time, yet their
iucceffors may with large intereft ; and the pleafure
which thofe growing trees will afford them, by beau-
tifying the prefent dreary parts of the country, will in
fome meafure recompense them for their trouble and
expence ; and by creating employment for the poor,
leffen thofe rates which are now fo high in many parts
of England as fcarce to be borne.

The essence of making thefe plantations is what moft
people are afraid of, fo would not engage in it ; but the
greateft of the expence is that of fencing them from
the cattle, &c. for the other is trifling, as there will be
no neceftity for preparing the ground to receive the
plants ; and the charge of planting an acre of land with
thefe plants will not be more than twenty or thirty
{hillings where labour is dear, exclufive of the plants,
which may be valued at forty fhillings more. I have
planted many acres of land with thefe trees, v/hich
was covered with Heath and Furze, and have only
dug holes between to put in the plants, and afterward
laid the Heath or Furze which was cut, upon the
furface of the ground about their roots, to prevent
the ground drying, and few of the plants have failed.
Thefe plants were moft of them four years old from
feed, nor was there any care taken to clean the ground
afterward, but the whole left to fhift, and in five or
fix years the Pines have grown fo well as to overpower
the Heath and Furze, and deftroy it.

The diftance which I have generally planted thefe
lants in all large open fituations was about four feet,
ut always irregular, avoiding planning in rows as

P I N

much as poffible ; and in the planting, the great care
is not to take up the plants fatter than they can .be
planted, fo that fome men have been employed in
digging up the plants while others were' .planting.
Thofe who take up the plants mule be looked- after,
to fee they dp not tear off their roots or wound their
bark ; and as faft as they are taken up, their roots
fhould be covered to prevent their drying, and put
into their new quarters as foon as poffible. In planting
them, care fhould be had to make the holes iarge
enough for their roots, as alfo to loofen and break the
clods of earth, and put the finelt immediately about
their roots, then to fettle the earth gently with the
foot to the roots of the plant. If thefe things are duly
obferved, and a proper feaion chofen for performing
it, there will be very little hazard of their fucceedincE*
but 1 have feen fome plantations made with plants
which were brought from a great diftance, and had
been fo clofely packed up as to caufe a heat, whereby
moft of the plants within had their leaves changed yel-
low, and few of them have grown, which has difeou-
raged others from planting, not knowing the true
catife of their failure.

After the plantations are made, the only care they
require for five or fix years will be to fe cure the plants
from cattle, hares, and rabbits ; for if thefe are ad-
mitted to them, they will make great ddlruflion in
a fhort time ; ror if the branches are gnawed by hares
or rabbits, it will greatly retard the growth of the
plants, if not deftroy them.

In about five or fix years after planting, the branches
of the young trees will have met, and* begin to inter-
fere with each other ; therefore they will require a
little pruning, but this muft be done with great cau-
tion. The lower tier of branches only fhould be cut
off; this fhould be performed in September, at which
time there will be no danger of the wounds bleeding
too much, and the turpentine will harden ever the
wounds as the feafon grows cold, fo will prevent the
wet from penetrating the wounds. Thefe branches
fhould be cut off clofe to the ftem of the plants, and
care lhould be taken in doing this not to break any
of the remaining branches of the young trees. This
work fhould be repeated every other year, at each
time taking off only the lower tier of branches ; for
if the plants are much trimmed, it will greatly retard
their growth, as it does in general that of all trees ;
but as thefe trees never put out any new fhoots where
they are pruned, fo they -fuffer mote from amputa-
tion than thofe which do.

In thofe parts of France where they have forefts of
thefe trees, the proprietors always give the faggots to
thofe, who prune their young trees firft, for their
labour, fo it coils them no money. At the fecond
pruning the proprietor has one-third of he faggots,
and the dreffers have the other two for their work,
and afterward the faggots are equally divided between
the workmen and proprietors, but there muft be great
care taken that they do not cut off more than fhould
be.

In about twelve or fourteen years thefe will require
no more pruning, for their upper branches v/ill kill
thofe below where they have not air ; but foon after
this, if the plants have made good progrefs, it may be
neceffary to thin them ; but this fhould be gradually
performed, beginning in the middle or the planta-
tion firft, leaving the outfide clofe to fereen thofe
within from the cold, fo by degrees paining to them
at laft, whereby thofe which .were firft thinned will
have had time to get ftrength, fp will not be in danger
of buffering from the admiffion of cold air. When
thefe plantations are thinned, the trees fhould not be
dug up, but their ftems cut off clofe to the ground,
for their roots never flioot again, but decay in the
earth, fo there can no harm arife by leaving them,
and hereby the roots of the remaining -plants are not
injured. The trees which are now cut will be fit for
many purpofes ; thofe which are ftrait wiji make good
putlocks for the bricklayers, and ferve for fcaffofding
poles, fo that there may be as much made by the

fale

PIN

.fate of thefe, as will defray the whole expence of the
planting, and probably intereft for the money into
the bargain.

As the upright growth of thefe trees renders their
wood the more valuable, they fhould be left pretty
clofe together, whereby they will draw each other up,
and grow very tall. I have feen fome of there trees
growing, whofe naked items have been more than fe-
venty feet high, and as (trait as a walking-cane, and
from one of thefe trees there were as many boards
fawed, as laid the -floor of a room near twenty feet
fquare. If thefe trees are left eight feet afunder each
way, it will be fufficient room for their growth •,
therefore if at the nr it thinning a fourth part of the
trees are taken away, the other may ftand twelve or
fourteen years longer, by which time they will be of a
fize for making ladders and ftandards for fcaffolding,
and many other purpofes , fo that from this fale as
much may be made, as not only to pay the remaining
part of the expence of planting, if any fhould be
wanting in the firft, but rent for the land with in-
tereft, and the (landing trees for the fortunes of younger
children. This may be demonftrated by figures, and
there has been feveral examples of late years, where
the profits have greatly exceeded what is here men-
tioned.

The fifth fort is called in Switzerland Torch Pine
the peafants there make ufe of the wood of this tree
inftead of torches for burning. This tree grows to a
great height in its native foil, and is well turnifhed
with branches. The wood is pretty full of refin, and
when firft cut is of a reddifh colour ; this is lifted by
the inhabitants in their buildings.

The fixth fort of Pine makes but flow progrefs in
England, unlefs upon the fummits of the northern
mountains, where upon the peaty moors, this and the
Siberian Pine are likely to fucceed much better than
in any other part of Britain, for they naturally grow
among fnow.

The eighth fort is never a large tree in its native
country, and in England it grows more like a ftirub
than a tree, and is often greatly injured by cold in
winter, and by fevere frofts fometimes killed, fo that
this is only kept for the fake of variety in the Englifh
gardens.

The ninth and tenth forts ai« ufed indifferently by the
inhabitants of North America for their buildings, and
the fame purpofes as the other forts of Pine.

There are fome varieties of thefe in America, if they
are not diftinct fpecies. Some of them ripen their
cones the firft year, but others are two years, and
fome three before they are ripe ; but as thefe have not
been well diftinguifned by thole who refide in that
country, and there are few of the forts fo large in
England as to produce cones, fo their differences can
not as yet be afcertained.

The eleventh and twelfth forts 1 believe are indiffe-
rently called red Pine in North America, where their
wood is greatly efteemed the French at Canada
have built a fixty-gun fhip entirely of this wood,
called the Saint Laurent. I have had had a little of
this wood from America, which was very like that of
the Scotch Pine, but had rather more refin. It may
not be amifs to make trial of fome of thefe forts in
plantations, to fee which of them may deferve to be
propagated ; for in fome places where they are grow-
ing they thrive very well, but thefe will not fucceed
fo well on dry land as on moift.

The thirteenth fort is called the white Pine in moft
parts of North America ^ of this I believe there are
two varieties, iff not diftind fpecies ; but as they
have not been well examined by perfons of (kill, we
cannot take upon us to determine this, for Monfieur
Gaultier’s description of one fpecies is very different
from that of the Weymouth Pine, and yet he has
applied the title of white Pine to both.

This fort deferves to be propagated for its beauty,
which is fuperi.or to ail the forts of Pines yet known
in England. The bark of the young trees and the
branches are perfectly fmooth ; the branches are well

P I P

garnifhed with leaves, which are long, ahd of aft
agreeable green, fo that in summer they have a beauty*
and in winter they make a better appearance than any
of the forts. The wood of this tree is very ufeful,
efpeciaiiy for mails of drips, as the trees grow very
tali and (trait, and are pliable, fo do not break with
the wind, therefore the legislature thought proper to
pafs a law for the prefervation and increafe of thefe
trees in America but as thefe trees will thrive in
England, they may be propagated in many places
where the foil is proper for them. This fort grows
belt upon a moift light foil, but it fhoulti not be too
wet ; it will aifo thrive on a loamy foil, iff it is not too
much approaching to clay. The feeds of this fort
lliould be Town with a little more care than thofe of
the Scotch Pine, becaufe their items are not fo llrong,
therefore are more apt to go off while young j fo if
thefe are (own in the full ground, the bed fhould be
fcreened with mats from the fan every day, but ex-
pofed to the dews every night. When the plants
come up, they fhould be treated in the fame way as
is before directed for the Scotch Pine ; and if all the
plants of this kind are tranfpknted into beds in July,
it will be a ft cere way to preferve them ; but as thefe
plants well grow falter than thofe of the Scotch Pine,
they fhould be planted farther afunder j their rows
fhould be fix inches djftant, and in the rows they
ftipuid be four inches apart. This will allow them
room to grow till the faring twelvemonth following,
when they may be either tranfplanted where they are
to remain, or into a nurfery, where they may ftand
two years to get ftrengch but the fooner they are
planted where they are to ftand, the lefts danger there
will be of their fucceeding, and the larger they
will grew ; for although they will bear transplanting
at a greater age, yet when they are planted young,
they will make much greater progrefs, and grow to a
greater fize.

The foil in which this fort of tree thrives belt is a foft
hazel loam, not too wet, in which I have frequently
meafured (hoots of one year, which were two feet
and a half long, and have for fome years continued
growing fo much : they fhould have a (heltered fitu-
ation, for I have obferved where the trees have been
much expofed to the South- weft winds, they have not
made near fo great a progrefs as thofe which grew in
(helter ; and where there have been plantations of thefe
trees, thofe on the out fide have not kept pace with
the middle, nor have their leaves retained their ver-
dure fo well.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally on fwamps in
many parts of North America, where I have been in-
formed they grow to the height of twenty-five or thirty
feet. Their leaves are a foot or more in length, grow-
ing in tufts at the end of the branches, fo have a An-
gular appearance, but I have not heard the wood
was of any ufe but for fuel ; and there are few places
here where thefe plants do well, for in very fevere
frofts their leading fhoots are often killed, and in
dry ground they will not thrive ; fo that unlefs the
foil is adapted for them, it is to little purpofe planting
them.

From the wild Pine or Pineafter is procured the com-
mon turpentine, which is chiefly ufed by the farriers,
and from it is diftilled the oil of turpentine. The
finer and more valuable part, which comes firft, is
called the fpirit, what is left at the bottom of the
(till is the common helm.

The kernels of the nuts of the manured or Stone
Pine are of a balfamic nourifhing nature, good for
confumptions, coughs, and boarfenefs, reiterative,
and of fervice after long illnefs.

PIPER. Lin. Gen. Plant. 42. Saururus. Plum. Nov.
Gen. 51. tab. 12. Pepper, or Lizard’s-tail.

The Characters are,

The flowers are clofely faftened to a fingle ftalk , and
have no compleat Jheath •, thefe have no petals nor fiamina y
hut have two fummits eppoflte to the root of the germm s
which are roundifh ; they have a large oval germen, hut
no ftyle, crowned by a prickly triple ftigma. "The ger men

afterward

443

I

p I p

afterward becomes a roimdifh berry with one cell , contain-
ing one globular feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedfton
of Linnseus’s fecona clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two male, and three female parts
of generation.

The Species are,

1. Piper (Obtufifolium) foliis obovatis enerviis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 30. Pepper with cbverfe oval leaves having no
veins. Saururus humilis, folio carnolb, fubrotundo.
Plum. Cat. 51. Low Lizard' s-t ail with a ftjeftjy roundifh
leaf.

2 . Piper ( Pelucidum ) foliis cordatis petiolatis, caule
herbaceo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 30. Pepper zvith heart-ftoaped
leaves having foot-ftalks , and an herbaceous ftalk. Pi-
per foliis cordatis, caule procumbente. Hort. Cliff. 6.
tab. 4. Pepper with heart-jhaped leaves and a trailing ftalk.

3. Piper ( Amalago ) folis lanceolato-ovatis quinquener-
viis rugofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 29. Pepper with rough ,
oval , fpear-fhaped leaves having five veins. Saururus
foliis lanceolato-ovatis quinquenervis rugofis. Hort.
Cliff. 140. Lizard' s-t ail with roughs fpear-fhaped , oval
leaves , having five veins.

4. Piper ( Humilis ) foliis lanceolatis nervofis rigidisfef-

filibus. Pepper with ft iff, fpear-fhaped , veined leaves
fitting clofe to the branches. Piper longum humilius,
fru&u e fummitate caulis prodeunte. Sloan. Cat. Jam.
45. Dwarf long Pepper , with the fruit coming out at the
end of the ftalk. 1

5. Piper' ( Peltatum ) foliis peltatis orbiculato-cordatis
obtufls repandis, fpicis umbeliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 30.
Pepper with target-formed leaves which are orbicular ,
heart-jhaped , obtufe recurved , and have fpikes growing
in umbels. Saururus arborefcens, foliis amplis, rotun-
dis & umbilicatis. Plum. Cat. 51. Tree Lizard' s-t ail
•with large , round, navel-Jhaped leaves.

6. Piper ( Laurifolia ) foliis lanceolato-ovatis nervofis,
fpicis brevibus. Pepper with fpear-fhaped , oval, veined
leaves , and jhort fpikes. Saururus frutefcens, lauro-
cerafi folio, fruftu breviore & crafflore. Houft. MSS.
Shrubby Lizard' s-t ail with a Laurel leaf and a fhorter
thicker fruit.

7. Piper (foment of um) foliis ovato-lanceolatis tomen-
tofis, caule arborefcente. Pepper with oval , fpear-
fhaped, woolly leaves , and a tree-like ftalk. Saururus
arborefcens latifolia, villofa fructu gracili. Houft.
MSS. Broad-leaved , tree-like , hairy Lizard' s-t ail, with
a f ender fruit.

8. Piper ( Aduncum ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, nervis al-
ternis, fpicis uncinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 29. Pepper with
oval fpearf japed leaves, having alternate veins and
crooked fpikes. Saururus arborefcens frudtu adunco.
Plum. Cat. 51. Lizard' s-t ail with a crooked fruit.

9. Piper ( Decumanum ) foliis cordato-ovatis nervofis
acuminatis, fpicis reflexis. Pepper with oval, heart-
Jhaped , nerved , acute-pointed leaves, and reflexed fpikes.
Saururus frutefcens plantaginis folio ampliore, frudtu
breviore & graciliore adunco. Houft. MSS. Shrubby
Lizard' s-t ail zvith a larger Plantain leaf, and a fhorter
and ftenderer crooked fpike.

10. Piper ( Siriboa ) foliis cordatis fubfeptinerviis ve-
nofis. Flor. Zeyl. 29. Pepper with heart-jhaped leaves
which are veined, and have almoft feven nerves.

11. Piper ( Reticulatum ) foliis cordatis feptemnervis
reticulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 29. Pepper with heart-ftoaped
netted leaves having feven veins. Saururus botryoites
major, foliis plantaginis. Plum. Cat. 51. Greater Li-
zard's-tail with Plantain leaves.

12. Piper (GlabrUm) foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis
glabris trinerviis. Pepper with oval, fpear-fhaped, acute-
pointed, ftnooth leaves, having three veins. Saururus
racemofus, feu botryides minor. Plum. Cat. 51. Small
branching, or cluftered Lizard' s-t ail.

13. Piper ( Racemofum ) foliis lanceolato-ovatis rugofis,
nervis alternis. Pepper with fpear-fhaped, oval, rough
leaves, having alternate veins. Saururus racemofus,
feu botryites major. Plum. Cat. 51. Greater branching,
or cluftered Lizard' s-t ail.

The ftrftfort grows naturally in many of tihe Hands
in the Weft Indies. This fends out from the root

P i P

many fucculent herbaceous (talks almoft as large as a
man’s little finger; they are jointed, and divide into
many branches, never riling above a foot high, but
generally fpread near the ground, putting out "roots at
each joint, fo propagate very fait, and loan cover a
large fpace of ground. The leaves are very thick and
fucculent •, they are about three inches long and two
broad, very fmooth and entire. The foot-ftalk, which
fuftains the fpike or tail, comes out at the end of the
branches ; this is alfo very fucculent, and the whole
length, including the fpike, is about feven inches.
The fpike is (trait, erect, and about the five of a
goofe-quill, clofely covered with (mail flowers which
require a-glafs to be diftinguifiied, fo have no beauty ;
but the whole fpike much refembles the tail of a
lizard, for which Plunder gave it that title.

Thefe fpikes appear great part of the year, but they
rarely have any feeds in England ; the plants increale
very faft by their (talks, which put out roots. It re-
quires a warm itove to . prefer ve it in England, and
fliould have but little wet, efpecially in winter. If
the plants are plunged into the tan-bed in the ftdve,
the (talks will put out roots into the tan, fo may be
cut off to make new plants.

The lecond fort grows naturally in the Weft- In dies -s
this is annual. The (talks are herbaceous and fuccu-
lent ; they rife about feven or eight inches high ;
the leaves are heart-fhaped, an inch and a half long,
and three quarters of an inch broad ; the fpikes of
flowers come out at the end of the (talks -s they are
(lender, about an inch long, and (trait •, the flowers
are very fmall, and fit clofe to the foot-ftalk. Thefe
appear in July, .and are fucceeded by very fmall ber-
ries, each containing a fmall feed like duft. If thefe
feeds are permitted to fcatter on the pots near it, the
plants will come up without trouble •, or if the feeds
are faved, and fown upon a hot-bed in the fpring, the
plants will rife eafily. Thefe (hould be tranfplanted
into feparate pots, and plunged into a hot-bed of
tanners bark, treating them in the fame way as other
tender plants, but they (hould not have much wet.
The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica and Bar-
badoes. This hath feveral crooked (terns, which rife
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, which are
jointed, hollow, and pithy ; thefe divide into many
fmall branches, which are garniftied with fpear-fhaped
oval leaves about three inches and a half long, and
one and a half broad •, they are rough, and have five
longitudinal veins. The fpikes come out at the end
of the branches •, they are (lender, and about three
inches long •, thefe have many fmall flowers fitting
clofe to the foot-ftalk, which are fucceeded by fmall
berries.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica. The
(talks of this are (lender, and frequently trail upon
the ground, putting roots out from their joints like
the firft ; they are garniftied with ftiff fpear-fhaped
leaves five inches long, and two broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end ; they have one ftrong
midrib, and on the backfide have feveral veins run-
ning from that to the (ides. The fpike of flowers is
very (lender, and about five inches long, fhaped like
thofe of the former forts.

* The fifth fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this hath a
pretty thick fpongy ftalk which riles fifteen feet high,
dividing into feveral branches which are jointed, and
pithy •, the leaves are almoft round ; the foot-ftalk is
fattened to the under fide, fo that the upper furface has
a mark like a navel where the ftalk joins, and from
that center run out the veins to the fide. The leaves
are about a foot diameter ; their lower p art is m-
dented like a heart, but the other part is round, and
the ftalk being fixed toward the middle, the leaves
have the appearance of a target. The fpikes are fmall,
and grow in form of an umbel.

The fixth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
America. This hath fhrubby jointed (talks which
rife nine or ten feet high, dividing into fmaller
branches, which are garniftied with fpear-fhaped oval
leaves feven inches long, and three broad, ending

in

I

p I p

P I s

in acute points *, they are veined and rough, of the
fame comiftence with Laurel leaves. The fpikes of
flowers come out from the fide of the branch at the
joints, oppofite to the leaves j they are not more than
one inch and a half long, about the thicknefs of a
fmall quill, and are clofely fet with flowers like the
other forts.

The feventh fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz. This hath
hollow pithy ftalks, which rife twelve or four-
teen feet high, dividing into many crooked branches
having fwelling joints, which are garnifhed with
oval fpear-fhaped leaves, about five inches long and
three broad, having many veins, and are covered with
a woolly down. The fpikes of flowers come out from
the fide of the branches oppofite to the leaves ; they
are (lender, and about three inches long, turning
downward.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ■, this hath
many hollow (talks, which rife about five feet high ;
the joints are pretty clofe and protuberant ; thefe di-
vide into fmaller branches, which are garnifhed with
oval fpear-fhaped leaves, feven inches long and three
broad in the middle ^ they are rough and veined, the
veins coming out alternately from the midrib, diverg-
ing to the fides, and join the borders of the leaf at
the top. The fpikes of flowers come out from the
fide of the branches, oppofite to the leaves ; they are
(lender, five inches long, and are incurved ; thefe are
clofely fet with fmall flowers their whole length.
This is called Spanifh Elder in the Weft-Indies.

The ninth fort was fent me from Carthagena by the
late Dr. William Houftoun •, this rifes with feveral
fhrubby ftalks fifteen feet high, dividing into many
(lender branches with protuberant joints, which are
garnifhed with heart-fhaped oval leaves, five inches
long and three broad, ending in acute points ■, they
are fmooth, and at their bafe have five veins, but the
two outer join the borders of the leaves foon ; the
other three run to the top, the middle one in a right
line •, the two fide veins diverge, and join together at
the top ; the leaves are of a dark green on their upper
fide, but pale on their under. The fpikes of flowers
come out from the fide of the branches ; they are ex-
tremely {lender, an inch and a half long, and are re-
flexed at the end like a fcorpion’s tail.

The tenth fort was fent me by Mr. Robert Millar
from Panama, near which place it grows naturally.
This hath hollow fhrubby ftalks which rife about four
feet high, and divide into many fmall branches, which
are garnifhed with heart-fhaped leaves about five
inches long, and four broad near their bafe, ending in
long acute points ^ thefe have feven veins at their
bale, but the two outer foon diverge to the borders of
the leaves, and unite with them the other five are
extended almoft to the length of the leaves, diverging
from the midrib toward the fides, and unite toward
the top. The fpikes come out from the fide of the
branches ; they are (lender, and about four inches long,
bending in the middle like a bow, and are clofely let
with lmall herbaceous flowers, which are fucceeded
by fmall berries, inclofing a fmall fingle feed.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this
rifes with a fhrubby pithy (talk about five feet high,
fending out feveral fide branches which have protu-
berant joints, and are garnifhed with heart-fhaped
leaves fix inches long and five broad near their bafe.
They have live veins which arife from the foot-flalk,
the middle one going in a diredf line to the point ; the
two fide veins diverge toward the edges of the leaves
in the middle, but approach again at the top ; the
furface of the leaves is full of fmall veins, which
form a lbrt of net-work. The fpikes come out from
the fide of the branches oppofite to the leaves •, they
are {lender, and about five inches long, a little bend-
ing in the middle, and are clofely fet with very fmall
herbaceous flowers.

The twelfth fort grows naturally at Campeachy, from
whence it was fent me by the late Dr. Houftoun.

I This hath many fhrubby ftalks which rife about ten-
feet high, and divide into feveral crooked branches
toward the top, which have fwelling joints, and are
garnifhed with oval fpear-fhaped leaves near four
inches long, and two and a half broad, terminating
in acute points $, they are fmooth, of a lucid green,
and have three large veins running longitudinally ; the
middle or midrib being ftrait, the two outer diverg-
ing toward the fides in the middle of the leaf, but are
drawn togetner again at the point. The fpikes come
out from the fide of the ftalks oppofite to the leaves ;
they are pretty long, (lender, and a little incurved.
The flowers and feeds are like the other fpecies.

I lie thirteen in fort grows naturally at Campeachy %
this hath a liirubby italk, which rues ten or twelve
feet high, dividing toward the top into a great num-
ber of fmall branches, which are hollow, 'and have
protuberant joints ^ they are garnifhed with fpear-
fhaped, oval, rough leaves, about five inches long,
and two inches and a half broad ; feme of them have
long, and others very fhort foot-ftalks 5 they are of a
deep green on their upper fide, but pale on their un-
der, ending in acute points. '1 he fpikes come out
from the fide of the ftalks, oppofite to the leaves
they are long and (lender, and are clofely fet with
very fmall flowers like the other fpecies.

The eleven laft-mentioned forts are abiding plants,
which require a warm ftove to preferve them in Eng-
land. They may be propagated by feeds, if they can
be procured frefh rrom the countries where the plants5
grow naturally ; thefe fhould be fown upon a good
hot-bed in the fpring, and when the plants come up
and aie fit to tramplant, they fhould be each put into
a ieparate fmall pot filled with light frefh earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, fhadingthem
every day from the fun till they have taken frefh
root ; then tney mule be treated in the fame way as
other tender exotic plants, admitting frefh air to them
daily in proportion to the warmth of the feafon, to
prevent their drawing up weak ; and when the nights
are cold, the glaffes of the hot-bed fhould be covered
with mats to keep them warm. As the ftalks of moft
of thefe plants are tender when young, fo they fhould
not have much wet, which would rot them ; and when
water is given to them it rnuft be with caution, not to
, beat down the plants ■, for when that is done, they
feldom rife again. 3

In autumn the plants mu ft be plunged into the tan-bed
of the baiic-ftove, and during the winter they muftbe
fparingly watered ; they require the fame warmth as
the Coffee-tree. In the fumrner they require a large
fhare of frefh air in hot weather, but they mu ft be
conftantly kept in the ftove, for they are too tender to
bear the inclemency of our weather in fumrner.

P I S L, I D I A. Lin. Gen. 8 56. Pifcipula. Loefl. It. 275.

The Characters are,

1 he flower is gj the butterfly kind ; the empalement is ofl
one leaf , , indented in five parts ; the ftandard is rifling ,
ana indented, at the end\ the wings awe as long as the
ftandard , the keel is moon-Jbaped and rifling . It hath ten
ftamina covered with a jheath at bottom , which opens at
the top ; thefe are terminated by oblong flummits : the pen-
men is linear and comprejfed , fupporting a narrow rifling
ftyle crowned oy a pointed ftigma. This becomes a nar-
row pod, having flour longitudinal borders with one cell , and
between each ifthmus have one cylindrical feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fe&ian
ot Linnasus s feventeenih clafs, mtitled Diadelphia
Decandria, the flowers having ten ftamina in two
bodies.

The Species are,

i* PisCiDiA ( Eryihi inu ) ioliolis ovatis. Jacq. Amer. 27
Pifcidia with oval leaves. Coral arbor polvphylla, non
fpinofa, fraxini folio, fiiiquis alls foliaceis extantibus
rots molendinaria fluviatilis acuta. Sloan. Hift. 2.
p. 39. Dogwood-tree.

2. Piscidia {Cart haginienfis ) folio! is obovatis. Jacq.
Amer. 27. Pifcidia with oblong oval haves. Phafeoim
accedens Loral arbor polyphyllos, folks durioribus

P I s

\

Ron fpinofa. Pink. Aim, 293. tab. 214. f. 4.' Dog-
wood-tree with oblong oval leaves.

The firft fort grows plentifully in Jamaica, where it
rifes with a Item to the height of twenty-five feet or
more, which is almoft as large as a man’s body,
covered with a light coloured fmopth bark, and
fending out feverai branches at the tbp without order-,
thefe are garni fined with winged leaves, whofe pinnae
or lobes are oval ; there are generally feven in each
leaf i thefe are about two inches long, and one and a
half broad, placed for the moft part oppofite, and
terminated by an odd lobe the flowers are of the but-
terfly kind, of a dirty white colour, and are fucceecled
by oblong pods, which have four longitudinal wings,
and are jointed between the cells which contain, the
feeds.

The negroes in the Weft-Indies make Ufe of the bark
of this tree to catch fifh, which, if thrown into the
water will intoxicate the fifh, and caufe them to rife
to the furface of the water, and turn upon their backs,
fo are eafily caught *, but this intoxication is not of
long continuance, nor has it been known to give any
bad quality to the fifh.

The fecond fort is alfo a native of the Weft-Indies j it
differs from the firft in the fhape and confidence of
the leaves, which are more oblong, and of a firmer
texture than thofe of the firft, but in other refpecfts
they are very fimilar.

Both forts are eafily propagated by feeds, when they
can be obtained frefh from the countries where they
naturally grow, for in Europe thefe plants do rarely
flower ; there are plants now in the Chelfea Garden
which are more than twenty years old, and if they had
not been two or three times fhortened, would have
been more than twenty-five feet high, yet have not
attempted to flower though they are in perfect health.
The feeds muft be fown upon a good hot-bed in the
fpring, and when the plants come up and are fit to
tranfplant, they fhould be each planted in a fmall
pot filled with fight earth, and plunged into a hot-bed
of tanners bark, and afterward treated in the fame way
as hath been directed for the Erythrina, to which
article the reader is defired to turn, to avoid repetition.

PI SONIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 7, tab. 11, Lin. Gen.
Plant. 984. Fingrigo, vulgo.

The Characters are,

The male flozvers grow upon different plants from the
fruit. \ The male flowers have a fmall erect empalement ,
cut into five acute points. The flowers are funnel-JIoaped ,
the tube is fllsort the brim is expanded , and cut into five
acute parts •, they have five awl-Jhaped ftamina which
are longer than the petal , terminated by obtufe fuMmits.
The female flowers have empalement s like the male , and
the flowers are of the fame form they fit upon the ger-
men, which is fituated under the receptacle , fupporting a
cylindrical ftyle longer than the petal , crowned by five ob-
long fpreading ftigmas . The germen afterward turns to
an oval capfule having five angles and one celfl containing
one fmooth , oblong , oval feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth feftion of
Linnaius’s twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe male and female flowers are upon dif-
ferent plants, and the female flowers have five ftigmas
or ilyles.

We have but one Species at prefent in England,
viz.

Pisonia ( Aculeata ) fpinis axillaribus patentiffimis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 1 5 1 r . Prickly. Pifonia , called Fingrigo in the
Weft-Indies. Pifonia aculeata, fructu glutinofo & ra-
cemofo. Plum. Nov. Gen. 7. Prickly Pifonia with a
glutinous branching fruit.

The title of this genus was given by Father Plu-
nder, in honour of Dr. William Pifo, who pub-
lifhed a Natural Hiftory of Brafil. The name of
Fingrigo is what the inhabitants of Jamaica know
it by.

The male plants differ fo much in appearance from
the female, that thofe who have not feen them rife
from the fame feeds, would fuppofe they were

P I s

different fpecies, I ffiall therefore give iliort deferip-

tions of each.

The male plants have {talks as thick as a man’s arm,
which rife ten or twelve feet high ; the bark is of a
dark brown colour, and fmooth -3 thefe fend out ma-
ny branches by pairs oppofite, which are muck
ftronger than thofe of the female, fo do not hang
about fo loofe. They are garnilhed with obverfe,
oval, ftiff leaves, an inch and a half long, and an
inch and a quarter broad, {landing oppofite on iliort
foot- {talks. From the fide of the branches come out
iliort curfons orfpurs, like thofe of the Pear-tree, hav-
ing each two pair of fmall leaves at bottom, and from
the top comes out the foot-ftalk of the flowers which is
(lender, about half an inch long, dividingatthe top into
three , each of thefe fuftain a fmall corymbus of herba-
ceous yellow flowers, each having five ftamina liandinp-
out beyond the petal, terminated by obtufe fummits.
The ftalks of the female plants are not fo ftrong as
thofe of the male, fo require fupport.- Thefe rife
eighteen or twenty feet high, fending out Gender weak
branches oppofite, which are armed with Abort, ftfono-,
hooked fpines, and garnilhed with fmall oval leaves,
about an inch and three quarters broad ; thefe {land
oppofite on the larger branches, but on the (mailer
they are alternate, and have iliort fcot-ftalks. The
flowers are produced in fmall bunches at the end of
the branches, fitting upon the germen ; they are
fhaped like thole of the male, but have no ftamina
in the center is fituated a cylindrical ftyle, crowned
by five fpreading ftigmas. The germen afterward
turns to a channelled, five-cornered, glutinous cap-
fuls, armed with fmall crooked (pines, each contain-
ing one oblong, oval, fmooth feed.

Thefe plants are very common in the favanhas, and
other low places in the bland of Jamaica, as alfo in
feverai other iflands in the Weft-Indies, where it is
very troublefome to whoever pafies through the
places of their growth, faftening themfelves by their
ftrong crooked thorns to the clothes of the perfons ;
and their feeds being glutinous and burry, alfo fallen
themfelves to whatever touches them fo that the
wings of the ground-doves and other birds, are often
fo loaded with the feeds, as to prevent their flying,
by which means they become an eafy prey.

In Europe this plant is preferved in the gardens of
fome curious perfons for variety it is propagated by
feeds, which fhould be fown in pots filled with light
rich earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bark ; and when the plants come up, they fhould
be tranfplanted into feparate pots, and plunged into
the hot-bed again, where they may remain till Mi-
chaelmas, when they fhould be removed into the
(love, and plunged into the bark-bed, and treated in
the fame manner as hath been directed for feverai ten-
der plants of the fame country -, obferving in hot
weather to give them plenty of water, but in winter
they fhould have it more fparingly. They, are too
tender to thrive in the open air of this country at any
feafon of the year, wherefore they fliould be conftantly
kept in the ftove. They retain their leaves moft part
of the year in England.

PI ST AC I A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 982. Terebinthus.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 579. tab. 345. Lentifcus. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 580. Turpentine-tree, Piftachia-nur, and
Maftick-tree.

The Characters are,

The male and female flowers grow upon feparate trees %
the male flowers are difpofed in loofe fparfed katkins , hav -
ing fmall feales with one flower \ thefe have fin all five-
pointed empalement s, but no petals ; they have five fmall
ftamina , terminated by oval , four-cornered , ercdl fummits .
The female flowers have fmall trifid emp dements , but no
petals ; they have each a large oval germen , fupporting
three reflexed ftyles? crowned by thick prickly ftigmas. The
germen afterward turns to a dry berry or nut , inclofing an
oval fmooth feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feflion of
LimimusY twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe

plant?

P I s

plants which have male and female flowers on fepa-
rate plants, whofe female flowers have three ftyles.

The Species are, _ . j

1. Pistacia ( Terebinthus ) foliis imparl pinnatis, folio-
lis fubovato recurvis. Lin. Mat. Med. '454. Sp.
Plant. 145. Piftachia with unequal winged leaves, whofe
lobes are fomewhat oval and recurved. I erebinthus In-
dica Theophrafti piftacia Diofcoridis. Adv. 413. The
piftachia-trse .

2. Pistacia •( Trifolia ) foliis fubternatis. Hart. Cliff.
456. Piftacia with trifoliate leaves. Terebinthus, feu
piftacia trifolia. Tourn. Inft. 580. Three-leaved Tur-
pentine, or Piftachia-tree.

3. Pistacia (Narhonenfis) foliis pinnatis ternatifque,
fuborbiculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1025. Piftachia with
winged and trifoliate leaves , which are almoft round.
Terebinthus peregrina, fru&u majore, piftaciis fimili,
eduli. C. B. P. 400. Tourn. Inft. 579. Foreign Tur-
pentine-tree, with a large eatable fruit like Piftachia.

4. Pistacia {Vera) foliis impari pinnatis, foliolis.
ovato-lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 456. Piftachia with un-
equal winged leaves , whofe lobes are oval and fpear-
Jhaped. Terebinthus vulgaris. C. B. P. 400. The
common T urpentine-tree.

5. Pistacia (. Lentifcus ) foliis abrupte pinnatis, foliolis
lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 456. Piftachia with abrupt
winged leaves , and narrow fpear-Jhaped lobes. Lentif-
cus vulgaris. C. B. P. 399. Common Maftick-tree.

6. Pistacia ( Maffilienfis ) foliis abrupte pinnatis, folio-
lis lineari lanceolatis. Piftachia with abrupt winged
leaves , and narrow fpear-Jhaped lobes. Lentifcus anguf-
tifolia Maffilienfis. H. R. Par. Narrow-leaved Maftick-
tree of Marfeilles.

7. Pistacia ( Americana ) foliis impari pinnatis, foliolis
lanceolato-ovatis acuminatis. Piftachia with unequal
winged leaves , whofe lobes are fpear-Jhaped , oval, and
acute-pointed. Terebinthus piftacise fudtu non eduli.
Plum. Cat. 17. Turpentine-tree with a fruit like the
Piftachia, which is not eatable.

8. Pistacia ( Simaruba ) foliis pinnatis deciduis, foliolis
oblongo ovatis. Piftachia with winged deciduous leaves,
having oblong oval lobes. Terebinthus major, betulte
cortice, fructu triangulari. Sloan. Hift. Jam. 2. p.
89. tab. 199. Greater Turpentine-tree with a bark like
the Birch-tree , and a triangular fruit, commonly called
Birch-tree in Jamaica.

The fir ft fort is the Piftachia-nut-tree, whofe fruit is
much better known in England than the tree. This
grows naturally in Arabia, Perfia, and Syria, from
whence the nuts are generally brought to Europe. In
thole countries it grows to the height of twenty-five
or thirty feet ; the bark of the item and old branches
are of a dark ruffet colour, but that of the young
branches is of a light brown •, thefe are garnifhed with
winged leaves, compofed fometimes of two, and at
others of three pair of lobes, terminated by an odd
one ; thefe lobes approach toward an oval fhape, and
their edges turn backward ; if thefe are bruifed, they
emit an odour like the fhell of the nut. Some of
thefe trees produce male flowers, others have female,
and fome, when old, have both on the fame tree. The
male flowers come out from the fide of the branches,
in loofe bunches or katkins •, they are of an herbaceous
colour, having no petals, but have each five fmall
ftamina, crowned by large four-cornered fummits
filled with farina •, when that is diicharged, the flowers
fall off The female flowers come out upon different
trees in clufters from the fide of the branches ; thefe
have no petals, but have each a large oval germen,
fupporting three refiexed ftyles ■, thefe are fucceeded
by oval nuts. This tree flowers in April, but the
fruit never ripens in England. It is propagated by
the nuts, which fhould be planted in pots filled
with light kitchen-garden earth, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed to bring up the plants •, when thefe
appear, they fhould have a large fhare of air ad-
mitted to them, to prevent their drawing up weak •,
and by degrees they mu ft be hardened to bear the
open air, to which they fhould be expofed the be-
ginning of June, and may remain abroad till autumn.

P I $

when they fhould be placed under a hot-bed frame to
fereen them from the froft in winter ; for while they
are young, they are too tender to live through the
winter in England without protection, but they
fhould always be expofed to the air in mild weather ;
thefe plants fined their leaves in autumn, fo fhould
not have much wet in winter ; and in the fpriti'g, be-
fore the plants begin to fhoot, they mult be tranf-
planted each into a feparate fmall pot ; and if they
are plunged into a very moderate hot-bed, it will tor- ,
ward their putting out new roots ; but as foon as they
begin to fhoot, they mu ft be gradually hardened, and
placed abroad again ; thefe plants may be kept in
pots three or four years till they have got ftrength,
during which time they fhould be fhelfered in win-
ter ; and afterward they may be turned out of the
pots, and planted in the full ground, fome againft
high walls to a warm afpedt, and others in a flickered
fituation, where they will bear the cold of our ordi&
nary winters very well, but in fevere frofts they are
often deftroyed. The trees flower and produce fruit
in England, but the fummers are not warm enough to
ripen the nuts.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Sicily and the Le-
vant, where it is a tree of a middling fize, covered
with a rough brown bark, and dividing into many
branches, which are garnifhed with leaves, which for
the moft part have three, but fome have four oval
lobes ; they ftand upon long foot-ftalks, and are of
a dark green colour. The male flowers grow upon
different trees from the female, and are. like thofe of
the former fort, but are of a yellowish green colour.
The female flowers of this fort I have not feen, fo can
give no account of them ; thefe are fucceeded by fruit
like that of the former, but are. much fmaller. This
is propagated by feeds in the fame ftianner as the for-
mer, and the plants fhould be treated in the fame way,
but require more protection in winter. There were fe~
veral plants of this kind in the Englifh gardens before
the year 1 740, which had lived abroad fome years
againft walls, but that fevere winter killed moft of
them.

The third fort grows in Italy and the South, of
France, but is fuppofed to have been tranfplanted
there from fome other country. This is a tree of a
middling fize, covered with a light gray bark, fend-
ing out many fide branches, which are garnifhed with
leaves which have fometimes five, and at others but
three roundifh lobes, which ftand upon pretty long
foot-ftalks, and are of a light green colour. The
male flowers grow upon feparate trees from the
fruit, as in the other forts ; the fruit of this is fmall,
but eatable. This is propagated by nuts in the fame
way as the firft, and the plants are equally hardy.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Barbary, and alfo
in Spain, Italy, and the Levant. This is a tree of
middling fize, covered with a brown bark, and di-
viding into many branches, whofe bark is very fmooth
while young, garnifhed with winged leaves, compofed
of three or four pair of oval fpear-fhaped lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one. The flowers are male and
female on 'different trees, as the former: the male
flowers of this have purplifh ftamina; they appear in
April, but I have not feen any of the female trees in
flower. This is propagated by feeds, but unlefs they
are fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, they fel-
ciom grow the firft year, but remain in the ground a
whole year ; and unlefs the feeds are taken from fiich
trees as grow near the male, the feeds will not grow,,
as I have feveral times experienced.

The plants of this fort may be treated in the fame
manner as the firft, and are as hardy. There is a tree
of this fort now growing in the gardens of the Bifhop
of London at Fulham, againft a wall, which was
planted there above fifty years ago, and has endured
the winters without cover;, and fome tree's of this
kind which were planted in the open air, in the gar-
den of his Grace the Duke of Richmond at Good-
wood in Sufiex, had furvived feveral winters without
any protection. From thefe trees the common tur-
pentine

. 4S.I

I

P I s

pentine of the Hiops was formerly taken, but there
is little of that now imported, but that from fome of
the cone-bearing trees is generally fubftitutecl for it.
The fifth fort is the common Maftick-tree, which is
better known in the gardens by its Latin title of Len-
tifcus. This grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, and
Italy, and being evergreen, the plants have been pre-
ferred in the Englifh gardens to adorn the green-
houfe in winter. This in its native countries rifes to
the height of eighteen or twenty feet, covered with a
gray bark, fending out many branches, which have a
reddifli brown bark, and are garnilhed with winged
leaves, cotnpofed of three or four pair of fmall fpear-
fhaped lobes, without an odd one at the end. The
midrib which'fuftains the lobes, has two narrow bor-
ders or wings, running from lobe to lobe ; thefe lobes
are of a lucid green on their upper fide, but pale on
their under. The male flowers come out in loofe
clufters from the Tides of the branches 5 they are of
an herbaceous colour, appearing in May, and foon
fall off. Thefe are generally upon different plants
from the fruit, which alfo grows in clufters, and are
fmall berries, of a black colour when ripe.

The plants of this fort are generally propagated by
laying down of their young branches, which, if pro-
perly managed, will put out roots in one year, and
may then be cut oft from the old plants, and each
tranfplanted into feparate fmall pots. Thefe muft be
fheltered in winter, and in fummer placed abroad in
a fheltered fituation, and treated in the fame way as
other hardy kinds of green-houfe plants. It may al-
fo be propagated by feeds in the fame way as the T ur-
pentine-tree ; but if the feeds are not taken from trees
growing in the neighbourhood of the male, they will
not grow •, and if they are kept out of the ground
till fpring, the plants rarely appear till the fpring fol-
lowing. When thefe plants have obtained ftrength,
fome of them may be turned out of the pots, and
planted againft warm walls ; where, if their branches
are trained againft the walls, they will endure the
ordinary winters very well, and with a little fhelter in
fevere winters they may be preferved.

The fixth fort grows naturally about Marfeilles, and
in fome other places in the South of France, where it
rifes to the fame height as the former from which
it differs, in having one or two pair of lobes more on
each leaf, and the lobes are much narrower, and of a
paler colour. This difference holds in the plants
which are propagated by feeds, fo may be pronounced
a diftind fpecies. It is propagated in the fame way
as the former fort, and is equally hardy.

The feventh fod grows naturally in many of the
iflands in the Weft-Indies, where it rifes to a middling
ftature, dividing into many branches, which are co-
vered with a purplifn bark, and garnilhed with winged
leaves, compofed of two or three pair of fpear-fhaped,
oval, acute-pointed lobes, terminated by an odd one ;
thefe are an inch and three quarters long, and near an
inch broad, running out in acute points ; they are very
thin and tender, and have long foot-ftalks. The male
flowers come out at the end of the branches ; they are
difpofed in a Angle racenrus (or long bunch) about
three inches long ; they are of a purplifh colour, and
have yellow fummits. The fruit grows upon feparate
trees from the male flowers •, they are fhaped like the
nuts of Piftachia, but are fmaller and not eatable. This
was fent me by Dr. Creffy from Antigua.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alfo
in moil of the other iflands in the Weft-Indies, where
it rifes to the height of thirty or forty feet, covered
with a loofe brown bark, which falls off in large pieces ;
the Hems’ are large, and divide into many branches to-
ward the top, which are crooked andunfightly 5 thefe
are garniftied with winged leaves, compofed of five
or fix pair of oblong, oval, frnooth lobes, about four
inches long and two broad, terminated by an odd one.
The flowers come out at the end of the branches, in
long loofe bunches of a yellowifh colour ; thefe grow
on different trees, or on different parts of the fame
tree from the fruit, which alfo hangs in long bunches,

and is about the fize of a middling Pea, having a dark
fkin covering a nut about thefize of a common Cher-
ry-Hone, and of the fame colour.

Thefe two trees are tender, fo will not thrive in this
country, unlefs they are kept in a warm ftove. They
are propagated by feeds, which muft be taken from
inch trees as grow in the neighbourhood of the males,
otherwife they will not grow, as I have too often found
true. Thefe fhould be fov/n in pots filled with light
earth, and plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners
bark j and when the plants are come up fit to re-
move, they fhould be each planted in a feparate fmall
pot, and plunged into a frefh hot- bed, treating them
in the fame way as the other tender plants from the
fame countries, and in the autumn tjiey fhould be re-
moved into the ftove, plunging the pots into the tan-
bed ; and during the winter they muft have but little
water, efpecially if they caft their leaves, which is
generally the cafe after the firft winter ; for the young
plants generally retain their leaves the whole year,
but afterward they are deftitute of leaves for two
months, in the latter part of the winter. Thefe plants
fhould conftantly remain in the ftove, but in warm
weather they muft have a large fhare of air admitted
to them.

PI SUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 394. tab. 215. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 779. [Some are of opinion, that this
plant takes its name from the city Pifa, where it an-
ciently grew in plenty ; others derive it from wiinp,
which comes from w-hrlw, to fall ; becaufe, if this
plant be not fupported, it will fall to the ground.]
Pea •, in F rencn, Pois.

The Characters are,

Phe flower bath a one-leaved ■permanent empalement cut
into five points, the two upper being broadeft ■, it hath four
petals , and is of the butterfly kind. Phe flandard is broad ,
heart-fhaped , reflexed , and indented , ending in a point. Phe
two wings are floor ter, roundijh , and clcfe together the
keel is comprejfed , moon-Jhaped , and jhorter than the wings.
It hath ten ftamina in two bodies , the upper Jingle one is
plain and awl-Jhaped , the other nine are cylindrical below
the middle, awl-Jhaped above and cut ; thefe are joined
together , and are terminated by roundijh fummits. It has an
oblong comprejfed germen , with a triangular rifling ftyle ,
crowned by a hairy oblong fligma. Phe germen afterward
becomes a large, long, taper pod, terminated by a Jharp
rifling point, opening with two valves, having one row of
roundifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedion of
Linngeus’s feventeenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Pisum ( Sativum ) ftipulis inferne rotundatis crenatis,
petiolis teretibus, pedunculis multifloris. Hort. Upfal.
215. Pea whofe lower flipula are roundijh and indented ,
with taper foot-ftalks bearing many flowers. Pifurn
hortenfe majtis, fiore fruduque albo. C. B. P. 342.
Greater Garden Pea with a, white flower and fruit.

2. Pisum ( Humile ) caule eredo ramoio, foliis bijugatis,
foliolis rotundioribus. Pea with an erect branching ftalk,
and leaves having two pair of round lobes. Pifum hu-
mile, caule firmo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 394. Dwarf Pea
with a firm ftalk.

3. Pisum ( Umbellatum ) ftipulis quadrifidis acutis, pe-
dunculis multifloris terminalibus. Pea with four-
pointed acute ftipul#, and foot-ftalks bearing many flowers ,
which terminate the ftalks. Pifum umbellatum. C. B. P.
342. Phe Rofle or Crown Pea.

4. Pisum ( Maritimum ) petiolis fupra planiufculis, caule
angulato, ftipulis fagittatis, pedunculis multifloris.
Flor. Suec. 608. Pea with foot-ftalks which are plain
on their upper fide , an angular ftalk, arrow-pointed fti-
pulcs, and foot-ftalks bearing many flowers.

5. Pisum ( Americanum ) caule angulato procumbente,

foliolis inferioribus lanceoiatis acute dentatis, fummis
fagittatis. Pea with an angular trailing ftalk , whofe
lower leaves are fpear-fhaped and fharply indented , and
thofe at the top arrow-pointed, commonly called Cape
Horn Pea . N

6. Pisum

PIS •

6. PisuM (Qcbrus) petiolis decurrentibus membranaceis
diphyllis, pedunculis unifloris. Hort. Clift. 370. Pea
with merabr ancic sues running foot-ftalks , halving two
leaves and one flower upon a floot-fltalk. Ochrus folio jn-
tegro capreolos emittente. C. B. P. 34 3‘ bV^inged 1 ea
with an entire leafl fending out tendiils.

There are a great variety of Garden Peas now culti-
vated in England, which are diftinguifhed by the gar-
deners and ieedfmen, and have their different titles ;

- but as great part of thefe are only feminal variations,
and if not very carefully managed, by taking away all
thole plants which have a tendency to alter before the
feeds are formed, they will degenerate into their ori-
, ginal ftate, fo that all thofe perfons who are curious in
the choice of their feeds, look carefully over thofe
which they defign for feeds at the time when they be-
gin to flower, and draw out all the plants which they
diflike from the other. This is what they call roguing
their Peas, meaning hereby, the taking out all the bad
plants from the good, that the farina of the former
may not impregnate the latter •, to prevent which, they
always do it before the flowers are fully, open •, by
thus diligently drawing out the bad, and marking
thofe which come earlieft to flower, they have greatly
' improved their Peas of late years, and are con dandy
endeavouring to get forwarder varieties j fo that it
it would be to little purpofe in this place, to attempt
o-iving particular botanical titles to each which are
now cultivated •, therefore I fhall only mention their
titles by which they are commonly known, placing
them according to their time of coming to the table,
or gathering for ufe.

The Golden Hotfpur.

The Charlton.

The Reading Hotfpur.

Mafters’s Hotfpur.

Effex Hotfpur.

The Dwarf Pea.

The Sugar Pea.

Spanidi Morotto.

Nonpariel.

The Englifh Sea Pea is found wild upon the fhore in
Suflfex, and feveral other counties in England. This
•was fir It taken notice of in the year 1555, between Or-
ford and Aldborough, where it grew upon the heath,
where nothing, no not Grafs, was ever feen to grow *
and the poor people being in diftrefs, by reafon of the
dearth of that year, gathered large quantities of thefe
Peas, and fo preferved themfelv.es and families. This
is mentioned by Stowe in his Chronicle, and Camden
in his Britannia : but they were both miftaken, in ima-
gining that they were Peas call on fhore by a fhip-
wreck, feeing they grow in divers other parts of Eng-
land, and are undoubtedly a different fpecies from the
common Pea.

The fifth fort hath a perennial root, which continues
fome years. This was brought from Cape Horn by
Lord Anfon’s cook, when he paffed that Cape, where
thefe Peas were a great relief to the failors. It is kept
here as a curiofity^ but the Peas are not fo good for
eating as the work fort now cultivated in England ; it
is a low trailing plant •, the leaves have two lobes on
each foot-ftalk, thofe below are fpear-fhaped, and
fharply indented on their edges, but the upper leaves
are fmall and arrow-pointed. The flowers are blue,
each foot-ftalk fuftaining four or five flowers ; the pods
are taper, near three inches long, and the feeds are
round, about the fize of Tares.

The fixth fort is annual ; this grows naturally amongft
the Corn in Sicily and fome parts of Italy, but is here
preferved in botanic gardens for the fake of variety.
It hath an angular ftalk rifing near three feet
high *, the leaves ftand upon winged foot-ftalks,
each fuftaining two oblong lobes. The flowers are
of a pale yellow colour, and flhaped like thofe of
the other forts of Pea, but are fmall, each foot-ftalk
fuftaining one flower •, thefe are fucceeded by pods
about two inches long, containing five or fix round-
ifh feeds, which are a little compreffed on their fides.
Thefe are by fome perfons eaten green, but unlefs
they are gathered very young, they are coarfe, and at

PIS

beft not fo good as the common Pea. . It may be
fown and managed in the Erne way as the Garden Pea,

I fhall now proceed to let down the method of culti-
vating the feveral forts of Garden Peas, fo as to conti-
nue them throughout the feafon.

It is a common practice with the gardeners near
London, to raife Peas upon hot-beds, to have them
very early in the fpring ; in order to which, they fow
their Peas upon warm borders under walls or hedges,
about the middle of Odcober ; and when the plants
come up, they draw the earth up gently to their fterns
with a hoe, the better to protect them from froft.
In thefe places they let them remain till the lat-
ter end of January, or the beginning of Febru-
ary, if they are preferved from frofts, obferving to
earth them up from time to time as the plants ad-
vance in height (for the reafons before laid dovvn) as
alfo to cover them in very hard froft with Peas-haulm,
ft raw, or fome other light covering, to preferve them
from being deftroyed ; then, at the time before-men-
tioned, they make a hot-bed (in proportion to the
quantity of Peas intended) which muft be made of
good hot dung, well prepared and properly mixed to-
gether, that the heat, may not be too great. The
dung fhould be laid about three feet thick, or fome-
what more, according as the beds are made earlier or
later in the feafon ; when the dung is equally levelled,
then the earth (which fhould be light and frefh, but
not over rich) muft be laid on about fix or eight inches
thick, laying it equally all over the bed. This being
done, the frames (which fhould be two or two and a half
feet high on the back fide, and about eighteen inches in
front) muft be put on, and covered with glaffes i after
which it fhould remain three or four days, to let the
fteam of the bed pafs off, before you put the plants
therein, obferving every day to raife the glaffes to
give vent for the rifing fteam to pafs off ; then when
you find the bed of a moderate temperature for heat,
you fhould, with a trowel, or fome other inftrument,
take up the plants as carefully as poflible, to preferve
the earth to the roots, and plant them into the hot-bed
in rows about two feet afunder •, and the plants fhould
be fet about an inch diftant from each other in the
rows, obferving to water and fhade them until they
have taken root ; after which you muft be careful to
give them air at all times when the feafon is favour-
able, otherwife they will draw up very weak, and be
fubjeft to grow mouldy and decay. You fhould alfo
draw the earth up to the fhanks of the plants as they
advance in height, and keep them always clear from
weeds. The water they fhould have muft be given
them fparingly, for if they are too much watered it
will caufe them to grow too rank, and fometimes rot
off the plants at their fhanks juft above ground.
When the weather is very hot, you fhould cover the
glaffes with mats in the heat of the day, to fereen
them from the violence of the fun, which is then too
great for them, caufing their leaves to flag, and their
bloffoms to fall off without producing pods, as will
alfo the keeping the glaffes too clofe at that feafon.
But when the plants begin to fruit, they fhould be wa-
tered oftener, and in greater plenty than before •, for
by that time the plants will have nearly done grow-
ing, and the often refrefhing them will occasion their
producing a greater plenty of fruit.

The fort of Pea which is generally ufed for this pur-
pofe is the Dwarf, for all the other forts ramble too
much to be kept in frames •, the reafon for lowing
them in the common ground, and afterwards tranf-
planting them on a hot-bed, Is alfo to check their
growth, and caufe them to bear in lefs compafs * for
if the feeds were Town upon a hot-bed, and the plants
continued thereon, they would produce fuch luxu-
riant plants as are not to be contained in the frames,
and would bear but little fruit.

The next fort of Pea which is fown to fucceed thofe
on the hot-bed is the Plotfpur, of which there are
reckoned three or four forts ; as the Golden Hotfpur,
the Charlton Hotfpur, the Mafters’s Hotfpur, the
Reading Hotfpur, and fome others, which are very
little differing from each other, except in their early.

10 N bearing

Sugar Dwarf.

Sickle Pea.

Marrowfat.

Dwarf Marrowfat.

Rofe, or Crown Pea.
Rouncival Pea.

Gray Pea.

Pig Pea, with fome ethers.

P I s

bearing, for which the Golden and Charlton Hot-
fpurs are chiefly preferred ; though if either of thefe
forts are cultivated in the fame place for three or four
years, they are apt to degenerate and be later in fpring.
fruiting, for which reafon moft curious perfons pro-
cure their feeds annually from fome diftant place ^ and
in the choice of thefe feeds, if they could be obtained
from a colder fituation and a poorer foil, than that in
which they are to be fown, it will be much better than
on the contrary, and they will come earlier in the fpring.
Thefe muft alfo be fown on warm borders, towards
the latter end of Odbober j and when the plants are
come up, you fhould draw the earth up to their flranks
in the manner before diredted ; which flb: u!d be repeat-
ed as the plants advance in height (always obferving to
do it when the ground is dry) which will greatly pro-
te£l the Items of the plants againft froft; and ir the
winter fhould prove very fevere, it will be of great
fervice to the plants to cover them with Peas-haulm,
or fome other light covering •, which fhould be con-
ftantly taken off in mild weather, and only fuffered
to remain on during the continuance of the froft •, for
if they are kept too clofe, they will be drawn very
Weak and tender, and thereby be liable to be deftroyed
with the leaft inclemency of the feafon.

In the fpring you muff carefully clear them from
Weeds, and draw fome freih earth up to their Items ^
but do not raife it too high to the plants, left by bu-
rying their leaves you fhould rot their Items, as is fome-
times the cafe, efpecially in wet feafons. You fhould
alfo obferve to keep them clear from vermin, which,
if permitted to remain amongft the plants, will in-
creafe fo plentifully as to devour the greateft part of
them. The chief of the vermin which infeft Peas
are the flugs, which lie all the day in the fmall hol-
lows of the earth, near the ftems of the plants, and in
the night time come out, and make terrible deftruc-
tion of the Peas ; and thefe chiefly abound in wet
foils, or where a garden is negledled, and over-run
with weeds ; therefore you fhould make the ground
clear every way round the Peas to deftroy their har-
bours, and afterwards in a fine mild morning very
early, when thefe vermin are got abroad from their
holes, you fhould flack a quantity of lime, which
fhould be fown hot over the ground pretty thick,
which will deftroy the vermin wherever it happens
to fall upon them, but will do very little injury to the
Peas, provided it be not fcattered too thick upon
them. This is the beft method I could ever find to
deftroy thefe troublefome vermin.

If this crop of Peas fucceeds, it will immediately fol-
low thofe on the hot bed ; but for fear this fhould
mifcarry, it will be proper to fow two more crops at
about a fortnight’s diftance from each other, fo that
there may be the more chances to fucceed. This will
be fufficient until the fpring of the year, when you
may fow three more crops of thefe Peas ; one toward
the beginning of January, the other a fortnight after,
and the third at the end of January. Thefe two late
fowings will be fufficient to continue the early fort of
Peas through the firft feafon, and after this it will be
proper to have fome of the large fort of Peas to fuc-
ceed them for the ufe of the family ; in order to
which, you fhould fow fome of the Spanifh Morotto,
which is a great bearer, and a hardy fort of Pea,
about the middle of February, upon a clear open fpot
of ground. Thefe muft be fown in rows about three
feet afunder, and the Peas fhould be dropped in the
drills about an inch diftance, covering them about
two inches deep with earth, being very careful that
none of them lie uncovered, which will draw the
mice, pigeons, or rooks, to attack the whole fpot ;
and it often happens by this neglect, that a whole
plantation is devoured by thefe creatures ; whereas,
when there are none of the Peas left in fight, they do
not fo eafily find them out.

About a fortnight after this you fhould fow another
fpot, either of this fort, or any other large fort of
Pea, to fucceed thofe, and then continue to repeat
fowing once a fortnight, till the middle or latter end
of May, fome of thefe kinds, only obferving to allow

P I s

the Marrowfats, and other very large forts of Peas, ail
leaft three feet and a half, or four' foet between row
and row ; and the Rofe Pea fhould be allowed at leaft
eight or ten inches dsltance plant from plant in the
rows, for thefe grow very large , and if they have not
room allowed them, they will fpoil each other by
drawing up very tall, and will produce no fruit.
When thefe plants come up, the earth fhould be
drawn up to their fnanks (as was before direded) and
the ground kept entirely clear from weeds 5 and when
the plants are grown eight or ten inches high, you
fhould flick fome rough boughs, or brufh wood, into
the ground clofe to the Peas, for them to ramp upon,
which will fupport them from trailing upon1 the
ground, which is very apt to rot the large-growing
forts of Peas, efpecially in wet feafons ; befides, by
thus fupporting them, the air can freely pafs between
them, which will preferve the bloffoms from falling-
off before their time, and occafion them to bear much
better than if permitted to lie upon the ground, and
there will be room to pafs between the rows to gather
the Peas when they are ripe.

The dwarf forts of Peas may be fown much clofer
together than thofe before- mentioned, for thefe feldorn
rife above a foot high, and rarely fpread above half
a foot in width, fo that thefe need not have more
room than two feet row from row, and not above
an inch afunder in the rows. Thefe produce a
good quantity of Peas, provided the feafon is not
over-dry, but they feldom continue long in bearing,
fo that they are not fo proper to fow for the main crop,
when a quantity of Peas is expedled for the table,
their chief excellency being for hot-beds, where they
will produce a greater quantity of Peas (provided they
are well managed) than if expofed to the open air,
where the heat of the fun foon dries them up.

The Sickle Pea is much more common in Holland
than in England, it being the fort rnoftly cultivated
in that country but in England they are only propa-
gated by curious gentlemen for their own table, gnd
are rarely brought into the markets. This fort the
birds are very fond of, and if they are not prevented,
many times deftroy the whole crop. This fhould be
planted in rows about two feet and a half afunder, and
fhould be managed as hath been diredted for the other
forts. Although! have diredted the fowing of the large
forts of Peas for the great crop, yet thefe are not fo
fweet as the early Hotfpur Peas ; therefore it will alfo
be proper to continue a fucceffion of thofe forts
through the feafon, in fmall quantities, to fupply the
beft table, which may be done by fowing fome every
week or ten days ; but all thofe which are fown
late in the feafon, fhould have a ftrong moift foil, for
in hot light land they will burn up and come to
nothing.

The large-growing forts may be cultivated for the
common ufe of the family, bee aufe thefe will produce
in greater quantities than the other, and will endure
the drought better, but the early kinds are by far the
fweeter tailed Peas.

The beft of all the large kinds is the Marrowfat, which
if gathered young, is a weil-tafted Pea, and this
will continue good through the month of Auguft
if planted on a ftrong foil.

The gray and other large winter Peas are feldom cul-
tivated in gardens, becaufe they require a great deal
of room, but are ufually fown in fields in moft parts
of England. The beft time for fowing thefe is about
the beginning of March, when the weather is pretty-
dry, for if they are put into the ground in a very wet
feafon, they are apt to rot, efpecially if the ground be
cold ; thefe fhould be allowed at leaft three or four feet
diftance row from row, and muft be fown very thin in
the rows ; for if they are fown too thick, the haulm
will fpread fo as to fill the ground, and ramble over
each other, which will caufe the plants to rot, and
prevent their bearing.

The common white Pea will do beft on light fandy
land, or on a rich loofe foil. The ufual method of
fowing thefe Peas is with a broad caft, and fo harrow
them in ; but it is a much better way to fow them in
. ' h drills

PIT

drills about th^ee feet afunder, for lefs than half the
quantity of feed will do for an acre, and being fet re-
gularly, the ground may be ftirred with a hoe to deftroy
the weeds, and earth up the Peas, which will greatly
improve them, and the Peas may be much eafier cut
in autumn, when they are ripe. The ufual time for
fowing thefe Peas is about the middle of March,
or the beginning of April, on Warm land, but on cold
ground they fhould be fown‘ a fortnight or three
weeks later. In the common way of fowing, they al-
low three bufhels or more to an acre ; but if they are
drilled, one bufhel and a half will be full enough.

The Green and Maple Rouncivals require a ftronger
foil than the White, and fhould be fown a little later
in the fpring j alfo the drills fhould be made at a
greater diftance from each other, for as thefe are apt
to grow rank, efpecially in a wet feafon, they fhould
be fet in rows two feet and a half or three feet afun-
der •, and the ground between the rows fhould be
ftirred two or three times with a hoe, which will not
only deftroy the weeds, but, by earthing up the
Peas, will greatly improve them, and alfo render the
ground better to receive whatever crop is put on it'
the following feafon.

The gray Peas thrive beft on a ftrong clayey land ;
thefe are commonly fown under furrow, but by this
method they are always too thick, and do not come
up regular ; therefore all thefe rank-growing plants
fhould be fown in drills, where the feeds will be more
equally fcattered, and lodged at the fame depth in the
ground ; whereas in the common way fome of the
feeds lie twice as deep as others, and are not fcattered
at equal diftances. Thefe may be fown toward the
end of February, as they are much hardier than either
of the former forts, but the culture for thefe fhould
be the fame.

The beft method to fow thefe Peas is to draw a drill
with a hoe by a line about two inches deep, and then
fcatter the feeds therein ; after which, with a rake,
you may draw the earth over them, whereby they will
be equally covered, and this is a very quick method
for gardens *, but where they are fown in fields, they
commonly make a fhallow furrow with the plough,
and fcatter the feeds therein, and then with a harrow
they cover them over again. After this, the great
trouble is to keep them clear from weeds, and draw
the earth up to the plants ; this, in fuch countries
where labour is dear, is a great expence to do it by
the hand with a hoe ^ but this may be eafily effeded
with a horfe-hough, which may be drawn through
between the rows, which will entirely eradicate the
weeds, and by ftirring the foil render it mellow, and
greatly promote the growth of the plants.

When any of the beft forts are intended for feed, there
fhould be as many rows of them left ungathered, as
may be thought neceffary to furnifh a fufficient quan-
tity of feed ; and when the Peas are in flower, they
fhould be carefully looked over, to draw out all thofe
plants which are not of the right fort ; for there will
always be fome roguifh plants (as the gardeners term
them) in every fort, which, if left to mix, will dege-
nerate the kind. Thefe muft remain until their pods
are changed brown and begin to fplit, when you
fhould immediately gather them up, together with
the haulm ; and if you have not room to ftack them
till winter, you may threfh them out as foon as they
are dry, and put them up in facks for ufe ; but you
muft be very careful not to let them remain too long
abroad after they are ripe, for if wet fhould happen
it would rot them ; and heat, after a fhower of rain,
would caufe their pods to burft, and caft forth their
feeds, fo that the greateft part of them would be
loft *, but, as I have faid before, it is not advifable
to continue fowing of the fame feed longer than two
years on the fame ground, for the reafons there laid
down, but rather to exchange their feeds every year,
or every two years at leaf!:, whereby you may always
exped to have them prove right.

PISUM CORDATUM. °See Cardiospermum,
PITTONIA. See Tournefortia,

PLAN T A, a Plant, ds defined by the ingenious Mr;
John Martyn to be an orgarucai body, deftitute of
fenfe and ipontaneous motion, adhering to another
body in fuch a manner, as1 to draw from it its nou-
rishment, and having power of propagating itfelf by
feed. As to the parts of which a plant confifts, they
are the root, (talk, leaf, flower, and fruit.

Plant and vegetable are pretty near terms fynony-
mous, all plants being vegetables. Dr. Boerhaave
defines a vegetable to be a body generated of the
earth, or fomething arifing of the earth, to which it
adheres, or is conneded by parts called roots, through
which it receives the matter of its nourifnment and
increafe, and confifts of juices and veffels fenfibly
diftind from each other ; or a vegetable is an organi-
cal body, compofed of veffels and juices, every
where diftinguifhable from each other ■, to which body
grow roots or parts, whereto it adheres, and from
which it derives the matter of its life and growth.

This definition furniilies a juft and adequate idea of
a vegetable for by its confifting of veffels and juices,
it is diftinguifhed from a foffii ^ and by its adhering
to another body, and deriving its nourifhment there-
from, it is diftinguifned from an animal.

A vegetable is defined an. organical body, becaufe
confifting of different parts, which jointly concur to
the exercife of the fame fundions, adhering by fome
of its parts to another body •, for we know of no
plant that is abfolutely vague and fluctuating, but has
ftill a body it adheres to, though that body may be va-
rious, e. g. Earth, as in our common plants ; ftone,
as in rock plants ; water, as in fea plants ; and air, as
fome mucilages.

As to thofe few plants which appear to float in the
water, their manner of growth is fomething anoma-
lous. Monfieur Tournefort has fhewn that all plants
do not arife ftridly from feeds, but that fome, inftead
of femen, depofit or let fall a little drop of juice, which,
finking in the water, reaches the bottom, or fome
rock, &c. in its way, to which it flicks, ftrikes root,
and fboots into branches ; fuch is the origin of coral.
Add, that the root, of a plant may have any fitu-
ation at pleafure, with refped to the body thereof, nor
needs it either be loweft or higheft, &c. Accordingly
in Aloes, Miileto, Coral, Moffes, Fungufes, &c. the
root is frequently uppermoft, and its growth down-
wards.

The veffels or containing parts of plants confift of
mere earth, bound or conneded together by oil, as a
gluten, which being exhaufted by fire, air, age, or
the like, the plant moulders, or returns again into its
earth or duft. Thus, in vegetables burnt by the in-
tenfeft fire, the earth or matter of the veffels is left en-
tire, and indiffoluble by its utmoft forces, and confe-
quently the matter thereof is neither water, nor air,
nor fait, nor fulphur, but earth alone.

The root or part whereby vegetables are conneded to
their matrix, and by which they receive their nutri-
tious juice, confifts of an infinite number of abforbent ,
veffels, which, being difperfed through the interftices
of the earth, attrad or imbibe the juices of the fame ;
confequently, every thing in the earth that is diffoluble
in water, is liable to be imbibed, as air, fait, oil,
fumes of mineral, metal, &c. and of thefe Diants really
confift.

Thefe juices are drawn from the earth very crude, but
by the ftrudure and fabric of the plant, and the va-
rious veffels they are drained through, become
changed, further elaborated, fecreted, and affrmilated
to the fubftance of the plant.

The motion of the nutritious juices of vegetables is
produced much like that of blood in animals, by the
adion of the air ; in effed, there is fomething equiva-
lent to refpiration throughout the whole plant.

The difcovery of this we owe to the admirable Mal-
pighi, who fir ft obferved that vegetables confift of two
feries or orders of veffels ; firft, fuch as receive and
convey the alimental juices, anfwering to the arte-
ries, ladeals, veins, &c. of animals ; fecondR, tra-
chea, or air-veffels, which are long hollow pipes,

wherein

4 S3

PL A

Wherein air is commonly received and expelled, i. e.
inspired and expired ; within which tracheae he (hews
all the former feries of" veffels are contained.

Hence it follows, that the heat of a year, nay, of a
day, of a Angle hour or minute, mult have an effedt
on the air included in thefe trachea, i. e. muft rarefy
it, and confequently dilate the tracheae, whence arifes
a perpetual fpring or fource of adion to promote the
circulation in plants.

PLANT AGO. Tourn. Inft. R. IT. 126. tab. 48.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 133. Plantain. To this genus Dr.
Linnaeus has joined the Coronopus and Pfyllium of
Tournefort. The firft: of thefe is called Hart’s-horn,
the latter Fleawort. Of thefe there are feverai diftind
fpecies, and lome varieties ; but as they are rarely
cultivated in gardens, I fliall not enumerate them
all here, and fliall only mention fuch of them as grow

/ naturally in England. Of the Plantain there are the
following forts ; the common broad-leaved Plantain,
called Way bread ; the great hoary Plantain or
Lamb’s-tortgue ; the narrow-leaved Plantain or Rib-
wort; and the following varieties have alfo been
found in England, which are accidental ; the Befom
Plantain, and Rofe Plantain. The Plantains grow
naturally in paftures in moft parts of England, and are
frequently %Tery troublefome weeds. The common
Plantain and Ribwort Plantain are both ufed in medi-
cine, and are fo well known as to need no defcription.
Of the Coronpus or BuckVhorn Plantain there are
two varieties growing in England, viz. the common
Buck’s-horn, which grows plentifully on heaths every
where, and the narrow-leaved Welfh fort which is
found upon many of the Welfh mountains. The firft
of thefe was formerly cultivated as a fallad herb in
gardens, but has been long banifhed from thence for
its rank difagreeable flavour ; it is fometimes ufed in
medicine. There has been one fpecies of Pfyllium or
Fleawort found growing naturally in England, which
is the fort ufed in medicine, which was in the earth
thrown out of the bottom of the canals which were
dug for the Chelfea water-works, where it grew in
great plenty. The feeds of this muft have been bu-
ried there feme ages, for no perfon remembers any of
the plants growing in that neighbourhood before.
The feeds of this are fometimes ufed, which are im-
ported from the South of France.

There are feverai varieties of all thefe three forts,
which are fometimes preferved in botanic gardens,
but having no beauty, they are not admitted into any
other, fo I fhall pafs them over here, as being weeds
wherever they are permitted to feed.

PLANTAIN-TREE. See Musa.

P LAN TING. Although the method of Planting
the various forts of trees is fully fet down under their
feverai articles, where each kind is mentioned, yet it
may not be amifs to fay fomething in general upon
that head in this place, which fliall be treated as briefly
as poffible. And,

Firft, the firft thing in Planting of trees is to prepare
the ground (according to the different forts of trees in-
tended to be planted) before the trees are taken out
of the earth ; for you flionld fuffer them to remain as
little time out of the ground as poffible.

In taking up the trees you ftiould carefully dig away
the eartfe round their roots, fo as to come at their fe-
verai parts to cut them off ; for if they are torn out
of the ground without care, the roots will be broken
and bruifed very much to the great injury of the
trees. When they are taken up, the next thing is to
prepare them for Planting ; in doing of which there
are two things to be principally regarded ; the one is
to prepare the roots, and the other to prune their
heads, in fuch a manner as may be moft ferviceable
in promoting the future growth of the trees.

And firft as to the roots ; all the fmall fibres are to
be cut off as near to the place from whence they are
produced as may be (excepting fuch trees as are to
be replanted immediately after they are taken up;)
other-wife the air will turn all the fmall roots and fibres
black, which, if permitted to remain gn when the tree

P L A

is planted, will grow mouldy and decay, and thereby
greatly injure the new fibres which are produced, fo
that many times the trees mifearry for want of duly
obferving this. After the fibres are cut off, all the
bruifed or broken roots fhould be cut fmooth, other-
wife they are apt to rot and diftemper the trees •, and
all irregular roots which crofs each other, and the
downright roots, (efpecially in fruit-trees) muft be
cut off'; fo that when the roots are regularly
pruned, they may in feme meafure refemble the
fingers of a hand when fpread open ; then the
larger roots fhould be fhortened in proportion to the
age and ftrength of the tree, as alfo the particular forts
of trees are to be confidered ; for the Walnut, Mul-
berry, and feme other tender-rooted kinds fhould not
be pruned fo clofe, as the more hardy forts of fruit or
foreft-trees, which in young fruit-trees, fuch as Pears,
Apples, Plums, Peaches, &c. that are one year old
from budding or grafting, may be left about eight or
nine inches long ; but in older trees they muft be left
of a much greater length ; but this is to be under-
flood of the larger roots only, for the fmall ones muft
be quite cut out, or pruned very fhort. Their ex-
treme parts, which are generally very weak, com-
iponly decay after moving, fo that it is the better
way entirely to difplace them.

The next thing is the pruning of their heads, which
muft be differently performed in different trees, for
the defign of the trees muft alfo be confidered ; if they
are fruit-trees, and intended for walls or efpaliers, it
is the better way to plant them with the greateft part
of their heads, which fhould remain on until the fpring,
juft before the trees begin to fhoot, when they muft
be cut down to five or fix eyes (as is fully inferred
in the feverai articles of the various kinds of fruit) be-
ing very careful, in doing of this, not to difturb the
new roots.

But if the trees are defigned for ftandards, you fhould
prune oft' the fmall branches clofe to the places where
they are produced ; as alfo irregular branches which
crofs each other, and by their motion, whena gitated
by the wind, rub and bruife their bark, fo as to occa-
fion many times great wounds in thofe places ; befides,
it makes a difagreeable appearance to the fight, and
adds to the clofenefs of its head, which fhould al-
ways be avoided in fruit-trees, whofe branches fhould
be preferved as far diftant from each other, as they
are ufually produced when in a regular way of growth,
(which is in all forts of trees proportionable to the
fize of their leaves, and magnitude of their fruit) for
when their heads are very thick, which is often oc-
cafioned by the unfkilful fhortening of their branches,
the fun and air cannot freely pafs between the leaves,
fo that the fruit muft be fmall and ill-tafted. But to
return : after having difplaced . thefe branches, you
fhould alfo cut off all fuch parts of branches, as have
by accident been broken or wounded ; for thefe will
remain a difagreeable fight, and often occafion a dif-
eafe in the tree. But you fhould by no means cut off
the main leading fhoots, as is by too many pradifed,
for thofe are neceffary to attract the fap from the
root, and thereby promote the growth of the tree ;
for from feverai experiments which I made in the win-
ter 1729, by cutting off the branches of feverai forts
of trees, and putting them into phials filled with wa-
ter, whofe tops were clofely covered to prevent the
evaporating of the water, I found, that thofe fhoots,
whofe leading buds wrere preferved, did attract the
moifture in much greater quantities than thofe fhoots
whofe tops were cut off; and from feverai experi-
ments made by the Rev. Dr. Hales, we find that
great quantities of moifture are imbibed at wounds,
where branches are cut oft' ; fo that by thus fhortening
the branches, the wet, which generally falls in great plenty
during the winter feafon,is plentifully imbibed, and for
want of leaves to perfpire it off, mixes with the fap of
trees, and thereby diftending the veffels, deftroys their
contracting force, which many times kills the tree, or
at leaft weakens it fo much as not to be recovered again
for feme years, as I have feverai times obferved.

But being willing to try this experiment again in
the month of October 1733, I made choice of two
ftandard Almond-trees of equal ftrength and age j
thefe I took up as carefully as poffible, and having
prepared their roots as before directed, I pruned then-
heads in the following manner, viz. from one of
them I only cut off the fmall branches, and fuch as
were bruifed or broken, but preferred all the ftrong
ones entire ; of the other, I Shortened all the ftrong
branches, and pruned off the weak and broken Ihoots,
as is the common practice. Thefe two trees I plant-
ed in the fame foil and to the fame fituation, gave
them both equal attendance, and managed them
both as nearly alike as poffible •, yet in the fpring,
when thefe trees began to (hoot, that, whofe branches
were entirely preferved, came out early, continued
to ilioot ftronger, and is at prefent much larger, and
in better health than the other. And fince this I
have made feveral other experiments of the like nature,
which have conftantly fucceeded in the fame manner,
from whence it is reafonable to conclude, that the
fhortening of the branches is a great injury to all new-
planted trees, but efpecially to Cherries and Horfe
Cheftnuts, which are frequently killed by fhortening
their large branches when they are removed.

Having "thus prepared the trees for Planting, we muft
now proceed to the placing them into the ground j
but before this, I would advife, if the trees have
been long out of the ground, fo that the roots are
dried, to place them in water eight or ten hours be-
fore they are planted, obferving to put them in fuch
manner, that their heads may remain eredt, and
their roots only immerfed therein, which will fwell
the dried veffels of the roots, and prepare them to
imbibe nourilhment from the earth. In fixing of
them, great regard fhould be had to the nature of
the foil, which "if cold and moift, the trees fhould
be planted very fhallow •, as alfo, if it be a hard
rock or gravel, it will be much the better way to
raife a hill of earth where each tree is to be plant-
ed, than to dig into the rock or gravel, and fill it up
with earth (as is too often pradiied), whereby the
trees are planted, as it were in a tub, there be-
ing but little room for their roots to extend ; fo that
after two or three years growth, when their roots
have extended to the fides of the hole, they are
flopped by the rock or gravel, can get no farther,
whereby the trees will decline, and in a few years
die ; befides, thefe holes detain the moifture fo, that
the fibres of the plants are often rotted thereby. But
when they are railed above the furface of the ground,
their roots will extend and find nourishment, though
the earth upon the rock or gravel be not three inches
thick, as may be frequently obferved, where trees are
growing upon fuch foils.

The next thing to be obferved is to place the tree in
the hole in fuch manner, that the roots may be about
the fame depth in the ground, as they were growing
before they were taken up ; then break the earth
fine with a fpade, and fcatter it into the hole, fo that it
may fall in between every root, that there may be no
hollownefs in the earth (but you fhould by no means
lift or fcreen the mould, for reafons given in . fome
other places) •, then having filled in the earth, you
fhould gently tread it clofe with your feet, but do not
make it too hard, which is a very great fault, efpeci-
ally if the ground is ftrong and inclineable to bind.
Having thus planted the trees, you fhould provide
a parcel of flakes, one of which fhould be driven
down by the fides of the trees, and faftened thereto to
Support them from being blown down or difplaced by
the wind , then lay fome mulch upon the furface of the
ground, about their roots, to prevent the earth from
drying.

This is to be underflood of ftandard-trees which caft
their leaves •, for fuch as are planted againft walls,
fhould have their branches faftened to the wall to
prevent the trees from being difplaced by the wind ;
but there is no difference in their management, only
to preferve their heads entire, and to place their roots I

about five inches from the wall, inclining their heM.dd
thereto j and the fpring following, juft before the#
fhoot, their heads fhould be cut down to five or Iks
buds, as is fully directed under the feveral articles of
the different kinds of fruit.

As to the watering of all new-planted trees, I fhould
advife it to be done with great moderation, nothing
being more injurious to them than over-watering.
Examples enough of this kind may have been feen irl
many parts of England, where there has been planta-
tions made, which have been over-watered, whereby
the greateft part of the trees have failed, or thofe
which have furvived, have made little progrefs, oc-
cafioned by the abundance of water given to them,
whereby the fibres were rotted off as loon as produced.
And how can any perfon imagine that a tree fhould
thrive, when the ground, in which it is planted, is
continually floated with water ? for by an experiment
made by the Rev. Dr. Hales, in placing the roots of a
dwarf Pear-tree in water, the quantity of moifture im-
bibed decreafed very much daily, becaufe fhefap-vef-
fels of the roots, like thofe of the cut-off boughs in
the fame experiment, were fo faturated and clogged
with moifture, by Handing in water, that more of it
could not be drawn up. And this experiment was
tried upon a tree which was full of leaves, and there-
by more capable to difcharge a large quantity of moif-
ture than fuch trees as are entirely deftitute of leaves ;
fo that it is impoffible fuch trees can thrive, where
the moifture is too great about their roots.

The feafons for planting are various, according to the
different forts of trees, or the foil in which they are
planted ^ for fuch trees whofe leaves fall off in win-
ter, the bell time is in the middle or end of October,
provided the foil be dry •, but for a very wet foil, it is
better to defer it until the latter end of February, or
the beginning of March ; and for many kinds of Ever-
greens, the beginning of April is by far the beft feafon,
though fome forts may be lately removed at Midfu tu-
rner, provided they are not to be carried very far j
but you fhould always make choice of a cloudy feafon ;
if poffible, at that time of the year, when they will
take frelh root in a few days. And, on the contrary,
when thefe trees are removed in winter, during which,
time they are almoft in a lftate of reft, they do not
take root until the fpring advances, and fets the fat*
in motion ; fo that many times they die, efpecially if
the winter proves fevere.

As to the preparing the foil for Planting, that muft
alio be done to fuit the different forts of trees, fome
requiring a light foil, others a ftrong one, &e. But
this is fully fet down in the feveral articles of trees,
under their proper heads, to which the reader is deftred
to turn ; though for the fruit-trees in general, a frefti
foil from a palture ground, which is neither too light
and dry, nor over-ftrong and moift, but rather a gen-
tle, foft, loamy earth is to be preferred, provided it be
expofed fome time. And if it be for wall trees, will
be the better if the borders are filled with this earth,
fix or eight feet wide, but it need not be above two
feet and a half deep at moft ; for when the borders
are made too deep, the roots of thefe trees are en-
ticed downward, which is of bad confequence to
fruit-trees, as hath been elfewhere obferved. The
fame alfo muft be obferved for ftandard-trees (where
frelh earth is brought to the places in which they are
planted), not to make the holes too deep, but rather
let them have the fame quantity of earth in width,
which is much to be preferred.

There are feveral perfons who direct the placing of
the fame fide of the tree to the fouch, which before
removing had that pofition, as a material eircurn-
ftance to be ftriftly regarded ; but from feveral trials
which I have made, 1 could not obferve the leaft
difference in the growth of thofe trees which were fd
placed, and others which were reverfed ; fo that I
conclude, it is not of any coniequence to obferve this
method.

The diftance which trees fhould be planted at, muft
alfo be proportioned to their feveral kinds, and the

10 O federal

feveral purpofes for which they are intended, aii which'
is explained under their feveral heads ; but fruit-
trees, planted either againft walls, or for efpaliers,
fhould be allowed the following diftances : for moft
forts of vigorous-fhooting Pear-trees, from thirty- fix
to forty feet ; for Apricots, fixteen or eighteen feet ;
Apples, twenty-five or thirty feet •, Peaches and Nec-
tarines, twelve feet ; Cherries and Plums, twenty-
five feet, according to the goodnefs of the foil or
the height of the wall. But as thefe things are men-
tioned in the feveral articles of fruit-trees, it will be
needlefs to repeat any more in this place.

What hath been mentioned on this article chiefly re-
lates to fruit-trees and evergreens, for the adorning
of gardens ; but I fhall now proceed to the planting
of forefi and other trees, which are in all large plan-
tations of parks and extenfive gardens the moil: nu-
merous. The modern pradice of tranfplanting thefe
forts of trees from hedge-rows and woods of large
fizes, and at a great expence, has too generally pre-
vailed in this kingdom, the generality of planters be-
ing in too great hafte, and by a miftaken notion of
faving time, begin by tranfplanting fuch large trees as
they find on their own eftates, or that they can procure
in their neighbourhood, and pleafe themfelves with
the hopes of having fine plantations foon ; but if, in-
ftead of removing thefe trees, they would begin by
making a nurfery, and raifina: of their trees from
feeds, they would fet out in a right method, and fave
a great expence and much time, and they would
have the conftant pleafure of feeing their trees annual-
ly advance in their growth, infteand of their growing
worfe, as will always be the cafe where old trees are
removed, though many perfons flatter themfelves
with the hopes of fuccefs, when they find their trees
fhoot out the following feafon •, and as thefe will often
continue to grow forfome years after, fo they continue
their expedations, till after waiting many years, in
which time they might have had feedling trees grown
up to a fine fize, if they had been fown at the time
the large trees were planted, they then find their
trees annually decaying, when they moft expected
their increafe ; for of all the plantations which I have
yet feen of thefe large trees of any fort, there is fcarce
one which has ever fucceeded. And if thofe perlons
who are difpofed to plant, would be fo kind to them-
felves as to furvey with attention, as many of the
modern plantations of this kind as they conveniently
carl, they will be convinced of the truth of this fad ;
but there are very few who give themfelves time to
deliberate before they begin, lb that until they meet
with difappointments, they fcarce reflect on what
they are doing. And it too often happens, that the
perfons employed in the executing, either through
ignorance, or fome other motive, encourage this
pradtice of Planting.

In fome of thefe plantations, all the Elms which
could be procured from the neighbouring hedge-
rows have been removed, moft of which have been
fuckers produced from the old ftumps, fo have fcarce
any roots : thefe have, at a great expence, been
planted and watered, and perhaps many of them have
made confiderable fhoots, the whole length of the
ftem at every knot, and many of them have con-
tinued ten or twelve years alive, but have not in-
creafed in the girt of their Items half an inch, and
all that time have been decaying at their heart, and
growing hollow j fo that when a fevere froft in winter,
or a great drought in fummer, has happened, there
has been an almoft total deftrudion of the trees.

In other places I have fe£n great numbers of tall Oaks
tranfplanted, which have appeared to thrive for fome
years when firft planted •, but in five or fix years
after have begun to decay at their top, and have
leifurely died to the ground, than which nothing can
be a more difagreeable fight to the owner. And the
method which is commonly pradifed in tranfplanting
of thefe trees would deftroy them, were there a poffi-
bility of fuch large trees furviving their removal,
which is, that of cutting off all their branches j for.

were the fame pradifed on a tree of the fame age un-*
removed, it would flint the growth fo much as not
to .be recovered in feveral years, nor would it ever
arrive to the fize of fuch as have all their branches
left on them. But the reafon given for this practice
is, that if the branches were left upon the trees, they
could not be fupported, the winds would throw them
out of the ground ; and another (which is bkd philo-
fophy) is, that as the roots have been greatly reduced
by tranfplanting, lb the heads of the trees fhould be
reduced in the fame proportion. As to the firft, it
muft be allowed, that trees which are remoyed with
great heads, are with great difficulty preferved in
their upright fituation •, for the winds will have fuch
power againft the branches as to overfet the trees, if
they are not very ftrongly lupported with ropes.
Therefore this may be brought as an objection to the
tranfplanting of large trees, rather than in fupport of
a practice which is fo prejudicial to them ; and as to
the other reafon, it has no foundation 5 for if large
amputations are made at the root, there fhould not
be the fame pradifed on the head; becaufe the wound-
ed part of the head will imbibe the air at every ori-
fice, to the great' prejudice of the tree. Befides this,
if we pay any regard to the dodrine of the circulating
of the juices in plants, we muft allow, that the heads
of the trees are equally ufeful to nourish the roots, as
the roots are to the heads ; fo that if there is a wafte
of lap both at the top and bottom of the trees, it
muft weaken them in proportion. For whoever will
be at the trouble to try the experiment on two trees
of equal age and health, and to cut the branches off
from one, and leave them upon the other at the time
of tranfplanting, if the latter is well fecured from
blowing down, it will be found to fucceed much bet-
ter than the other ; or if the fame thing is pradtifed
upon two trees left Handing, the tree whofe branches
are cut off, will not make half the progrefs as the
other, nor will the ftem increafe in its bulk half fo fail.
Therefore where trees are tranfplanted young, there
will be no neceffity for ufing this unnatural amputati-
on, and the fuccefs of thefe plantations will always give
pleafure to the owner. I have feen fome plantations
of Oak-trees, which were made fifty years ago, and
had thriven beyond expectation moft part of the
time, but are now annually decaying, and feem as if
they would not continue many years longer, when
the trees on the fame foil and in the fame fituation,
which were left Handing, are in perfect health and
vigour ; and fome of thefe tranfplanted trees which
have been cut down, were found to be of little value,
their timber being fhaken and bad.

It is common to hear perfons remarking, that from
the prefent fpirit of Planting, great advantages will
accrue to the public by the increafe of timber ; but
whoever is the ieaft fkilled in the growth of timber
muft know, that little is to be expedled from moft
of the plantations which have lately been made ; for
there are few perfons who have had this in their view
when they commenced planters, and of thofe few
fcarce any of them have fet out right ; for there never
was any valuable timber produced from trees which
were tranfplanted of any confiderable fize, nor is any
of the timber of the trees which are tranfplanted
young, equal in goodnefs to that which has grown
from the feeds unremoved. Befide, if we confider
the forts of trees which are ufually planted, it will
be found, that they are not defigned for timber; fo
that upon the whole, it is much to be doubted, whe-
ther the late method of planting has not rather
been prejudicial to the growth and increafe of timber,
than otherwife.

Before I quit this fubjed of Planting, I muft beg
leave to obferve, that moft people are fo much in a
hurry about Planting, as not to take .time to prepare
their ground for the reception of trees, but frequent-
ly make holes and ftick in the trees, amongft all
forts of rubbifli which is growing upon the land :
and I have frequently obferved, that there has not
been any care afterward taken to dig the ground, or
s root

P L A

root out the noxious plants *, but the trees have been
left to ftruggle with thefe bad neighbours, who have
had long poffeffion of the ground, and have efta-
biifhed themfelves fo ftrongly as not to be eafily over-
come therefore, what can be expeftcd from fuch
plantations ? This is to be underiiood oi deciduous
trees, for the Pines and Firs, if once well roofed m
the ground, will foon get the better of the plants and
deftroy them.

There’’ are fome other perfons who begin better than
the former, and who will be at the expence of pre-
paring the ground and of Planting their trees, but
afterward take very little care of them ; fo that it is
common to fee them overgrown with weeds in a year
after they are planted, whereby the trees receive fo
much injury as to retard their giowth, and many
times, if the trees are young, they are totally deftroyed.
Therefore I would advife every peribn who propoies
to plant, to prepare the ground well before-hand, by
trenching or deep ploughing it, and clearing it from
the roots of all bad weeds j for by fo doing, there
will be a foundation laid for the future fuccefs of
the plantation. Alfo I advife no perfon to undertake
more of this work than he can afterward keep clean,
for all plantations of deciduous trees will require this
care, or atleaft for feven years after they are made, if
they hope to fee the trees thrive well, i herefore all
fmall plantations fhould have the ground annually dug
between the trees •, and as to thofe which are large, it
fhould be ploughed between them. This will encou-
rage the roots of the trees to extend themfelves,
whereby they will find a much greater fhare of nou-
rilhment, and by loofening the ground, the moifture
and air will more eafily penetrate to the roots, to the
no fmall advantage of the trees. But befides this ope-
ration, it will be abfolutely neceffary to hoe the ground
three or four times in fummer, either by hand or the
hoe-plough. This I am aware will be obje&ed to by
many, on account of the expence •, but it the firit
hoeing is performed early in the fpring, before the
weeds have gotten ftrength, a great quantity of ground
may be gone over in a fhort time j and if the feafon is
dry when it is performed, the weeds will prefently die
after they are cut j and if this is repeated before the
weeds come up again to any fize, it will be found the
cheapeft and very beft hufbandry ^ for if the weeds are
Differed to grow till they are large, it will be a much
greater expence to root them out, and make the ground
clean ; befides, the weeds will rob the trees of great
part of their nounfiiment. I have fometimes been told.
That it is neceffary to let the weeds grow among trees
in fummer, in order to fhade their roots, and keep the
ground moift, but this has come from perfons of no
ikill ; but as others may have been deceived by fuch
advice, I imagine it may not be improper to give fome
anfwer to this. And here 1 mult obferve, That if
weeds are permitted to grow, they will draw away all
moifture from the roots of the trees for their own
nourilhment, fo that the trees will be thereby deprived
of the kindly dews and the gentle drawers of rain,
which are of great fervi'ce to young plantations •, and
thefe will be entirely drawn away by the weeds, which
will prevent their penetrating the ground, fo that it
is oniy the great rains which can defcend to the roots
of the trees. And whoever has the leaft doubt of this
matter, if they will but try the experiment, by keep-
ing one part of the plantation clean, and fuffer the
weeds to grow on another, they will foon be con-
vinced of the truth by the growth of the trees. And
though this cleaning is attended with an expence, yet
the fuccefs will overpay this, befide the additional
pleafure of feeing the ground always clean.

In the difpofition of trees in parks, and of ftirubs and
trees in gardens, there are very few of thole who call
themfelves defigners, who have had much regard to
this particular j for in moft'of the modern planta-
tions, it is not uncommon to fee an Oak, an Elm,
or fome other large- growing tree planted where a
Rqfe- bufh, a Honeyiuckle, or Sweet-briar, might
with more propriety occupy the fpace : fo that in a

few years, if thefe large trees are left growing, the
whole plantation mult make a difagreeable appear-

* , w ^ a I

ance *, but having already mentioned thefe things .
under the ’article of Gardens, I (hall not enlarge
farther on them here.

PLANTING REVERSE? Dr. Agricola tells us.
That he has made feveral experiments on the branches
of foreign trees, as well Orange as Laurel, which he
performed after the manner following *, he firit (trip-
ped the branches of all the leaves , then he bent and
tied them, dreffed them with his noble mummy, and
planted them the reverie way, fo that nothing was to
be feen of all the branches but the great ends, and
kept them during the winter in his ftove.

He adds, That thofe who have a mind to raife trees
this way, which he calls monftrous fruit-trees, may
raife Apples, Pears, Cherries, Apricots, Peaches,
Mulberries, Walnut-trees, &c, alfo Rofe-trees, Gcofe-
berry bullies, &c. which he direct to do fomething
more at large, as follows :

Take thofe branches that are furnifhed with long fide
(hoots or twigs, and bend the fide twigs in the joints
toward the great branches, and tie them together with
bafs or packthread ; then drefs them with mummy, ei-
ther with a brulh only near the ligature, and here and
there on the joints, or dip them entirely into it ; then
having made a deep hole in the ground fet the
branches the reverfe way, fo that nothing but the long
end of the branch appears above ground, the reft
being covered with good, fat, and well broken earth.
This being done, the little branches will take root in
the joints every where ; then the buds will begin to
fhoot, fothat you may fee fifty or fixty more branches
fpring up, making an agreeable as well as monftrous
figure.

Mr. Fairchild of Hoxton had begun to put the fame
into practice, and he gives directions for performing
it as follows :

Firft, to make choice of a young tree of one fhoot,
either of Alder, Elm, or Willow, or any other tree
that will take root eafily by laying, and to bend the
extreme part of the fhoot gently down into the earth,
and fo let it remain till it has taken root, fo that
the plant then will referable an arch or bent bow above
the ground.

When this top end has well (truck new roots, to dig
about the firft root, and raife it gently out of the
ground, till the ftem is upright, and fo flake it up,
otherwile it will be apt to bend.

Then to prune thofe roots that are eretfted in the air,
from the bruifes and wounds which they received in
being dug up, and do over with a brufii the pruned
parts with the following compofition, moderately
warm :

Take four ounces of tallow, four ounces of bees-wax,
two ounces of refin, and two ounces of turpentine,
melted together in a pipkin.

After this prune off all the buds or (hoots that are
upon the ftem or plant, and drefs the wound with the
fame compofition, to prevent any collateral ftiootings,
that may fpoil the beauty of the ftem.

Befides, care is to be taken, that the new- growing
roots of this reverfed plant be well nourifhed ; and
therefore that part of the fhoot which was the larger,
is to be cut away a little below the earth, that the
ftem may be better nourifhed, and its roots mandated.
Thefe experiments are curious but not ufeful, be-
caufe thefe reverfed trees never fhoot perpendicular,
but their branches incline to the ground, retaining
their former method of growing.

PLAT AN US. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 590. tab. 363.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 954- of a^-Aa-ru?, broad,

becaufe the leaves of this tree are broad.] The .Plane-
tree.

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers growing feparate on the
fame tree. The made flowers are collected- in a round ball \
they have no petals , but have very fmall empalements ,
which have oblong coloured jlamina , terminated by four-
cornered fummits. The female flowers have fmall fcaly

empalements ,

(

P L A

mpatemehi^ and fever al fmall concave petals , with fe-
deral awl-jhaped gerrtien fitting upon the fiyles , crowned
by recurved fiigmas ; thsfe .are collected in large balls . The
german afterward turns to a roundifi: feed fitting upon the
brifily fiyle , and furrounckd with downy hairs.

This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth fection
of Linnaeus’s twenty-fir ft clais, which includes thofe
plants which have male and female flowers fepa-
rated on the fame plant, whofe male flowers have
many ftamina.

The Species are,

1. Platanus ( Orient alls ) foliis palmatis. Hort Cliff.
447. Plane-tree with hand-jhaped leaves. Platanus Qri-
‘entalis verus. Park. Theat. 1427. The true Eafiern

Plane-tree .

2. Platanus ( Occident alts ) foliis lobatis. Hort. Cliff.
447. Plane-tree with lobatsd leaves. Platanus Occiden-
tal^ aut Virginienfis. Park. Theat. 1427. Occidental
or Virginian Plane-tree.

Thefe two are undoubtedly diftinbt fpecies, but there
are two others in the Englifh gardens, which I fup-
pofe to be varieties that have accidentally rifen from
feed 4 one is titled the Maple-leaved Plane-tree, and
the other is called the Span iff Plane-tree.

The firft fort, or Eaftern Plane-tree, grows naturally
in Afia, where it becomes very large •, the ftem is tall,
eredt, and covered with a fmooth bark, which annu-
ally falls off; it fends out many fide branches, which
are generally a little crooked at their joints ; the
bark of the young branches is of a dark brown, in-
clining to a purple colour ; they are garniffed with
leaves placed alternate ; their foot-ftalks are an
inch and a half long ; the leaves are feven inches
long and eight broad, deeply cut into five fegments,
and the two outer are (lightly cut again into two
more ; thefe fegments have many acute indentures on
their borders, and have each a ftrong midrib, with
many lateral veins running to the fides ; the upper
fide of the leaves are of a deep green, and the under
fide pale. The flowers come out upon long foot-
ftalks or ropes hanging downward, each fuftaining
five or fix round balls of flowers ; the upper, which
are the largeft, are more than four inches in circum-
ference ; thefe fit very clofe to the foot-ftalks. The
flowers are fo fmall as fcarce to be diftinguifhed with-
out glides ; they come out a little before the leaves,
which is in the beginni.ogof June; and in warm fummers
the feeds will ripen late in autumn, and if left upon the
trees will remain till fpring, when the balls fall to
pieces, and the brifily down which furrounds the feeds,
help totranfport them to a great diffance with the wind.
The fecond fott grows naturally in moft parts of
North America •, this tree alfo grows to a large fize,
the ftem very ftrait, and of equal girt moft part of
the length •, the bark is fmooth, and annually falls off
like that of the other ; the branches extend wide on
every fide ; the young ones have a brownifh bark, but
the old ones have a gray bark ; the foot-ftalks of the
leaves are three inches long •, the leaves are feven
inches long, and ten broad ; they are cut into three
lobes or angles, and have feveral acute indentures on
their borders, with three longitudinal midribs, and
many ftrong lateral veins. The leaves are of a light
green on their upper fide, and paler on their under.
The flowers grow in round balls like the former, but
are ftnaller. The leaves and flowers come out at the
fame time with the former, and the feeds, ripen in
autumn.

That which is called the Maple-leaved Plane, is cer-
tainly a ieminal variety of the Eaftern Plane, for
the feeds which fcattered from a large tree of this
kind in the Chelfea Garden have produced plants of
that fort feveral times. This differs from the two
forts before-mentioned, in having its leaves not fo
deeply cut as thofe of the Eaftern. Plane, but they
are divided into five fegments, pretty deep, but are
not lobed as thofe of the Occidental Plane. The foot-
ftalks of the leaves are much longer than thofe of
either of the former, and the upper furface of the
leaves is rougher, fo that any perfon might take them

P L A

for different fpecies, who had not feen them' rife from
the fame feeds.

I he Spanifh Plane-tree has larger, leaves than either
of the other forts, which are more divided than thofe
of the Occidental Plane-tree, but not fo much as
the Eaftern. Some of the leaves are cut into five and
others but three lobes • thefe are ffarply indented on
the edges, and are of a light green ; the foot-ftalks
are (hort, and covered with a fhort down. This is by
fome called the middle Plane-tree, from its leaves be-
ing ftiaped between thofe of the two other forts. It
grows rather fafter than either of the other forts, but
i have not feen any very large trees of this kind.

The firft fort was brought out of the Levant to
Rome, where it was cultivated with much coft and
indufliy. ft he gieateft orators and ftateinien among
the Romans took great pleafure in their villas, which
were furrounded with Platani ; and their fondnefs for
this tree became fo great, that we frequently read of
their irrigating them with wine inftead of water. Pliny
aflirniSy that there is no tree vvhatfoever, which fo
well deiends us from tne heat of the fun in fumnier,
nor that admits it more kindly in winter, the branches
being produced at a proportionable diftance to the
largenefs of their leaves (which is what holds through
all the different forts of trees yet known) fo that
when the leaves are fallen in winter, the branches
growing at a great diftance, eafily admit the rays of
the fun.

This tree was afterwards, brought to France, where it
was cultivated only by perfons of the firft rank; and
fo much was the iff ade of it prized, as that if any of
the natives did but put his head under it, they exa&ed
a tribute from him.

It is generally fuppofed, that the -introduction of this
tree into England is owing to the great Lord Chancel-
lor Bacon, who planted "a noble parcel of them at
Verulam, which were there very flourifhing lome
years fince, but have lately been deftroyed. But not-
withstanding its having been fo long in England, yet
there are but very few large trees to be feen of it at
prefent ; which may, perhaps, be owing to the great
efteern the perfons of the laft age had for the Lime-
tree, which was a faffionable tree at that time, and
being much eafier to propagate, and of a quicker
growth during the three or four firft years than the
Plane-tree, thereby it became the moft common tree
for planting of avenues and fliady walks near habita-
tions in England. But fince the defebts of that tree
have been more generally difeovered, the Elm has
had the preference, and is now the moft commonly
planted for ftich purpofes.

However, notwithstanding what has. been faid of the
Plane-tree, of its backwardnefs in coming out in the
fpring, and the fudden decay of its leaves in autumn,
yet for the goodly appearance, and great magnitude
to which it will grow, it deferves a place in large
plantations, or fffady recedes near habitations ; efpeci-
ally if the plantation be defigned on a moift foil, or
near rivulets of water, in which places this tree will
arrive to a prodigious magnitude.

We read of one of thefe trees, which wras growing
at a villa of the Emperor Caligula, whofe trunk was
fo large, as when hollowed, to make room therein.,,
capacious enough to entertain ten or twelve perfons
at a repaft, and for their fervants to wait upon them,.
And there is mention made of one of thefe trees,
which was growing in the Eaftern country, which,
was of fo great a magnitude, that Xerxes made his
army (which confided of feventeen hundred thoufand
men) halt for fome days, to admire the beauty and
tallnefs of this tree ; and became fo fond of it, as to-
take his own, his concubines, and all the great per-
fons jewels to cover it ; and was fo much enamoured
\yith it, that for fome days, neither the concern of
his grand expedition, nor intereft, nor honour, the
neceffary motion of his prodigious army, could
diffuade him from it ; he (filed it, his Miftrefs, his
Minion, his Goddefs ; and when he was obliged-
to part with it* he ca-ufed a figure of it to be

ftamped

ftamped on a gold medal, which he continually wore
about him.

And fuch was the efbeem which the people of Afia
had for this tree, that wherever they erefted any
fumptuous buildings, the porticoes, which opened to
the air, terminated in groves of thefe trees.

The Eaftern Plane-tree is propagated either from
feeds, or by layers, the latter of which is generally
pradtifed in England; though the plants thus raided fel-
dom make fo large ftrait trees, as thofe which are
produced from feeds ; but it has been generally
thought, that the feeds of this tree were not pro-
dudtive, becaufe they have not been fown at a proper
feafon, nor managed in a right manner ; for I have
had thoufanas of the young plants fpring up from the
feeds of a large tree, which flattered upon the ground
in a moift place ; and I fmce find, that if thefe feeds
are fown foon after they are ripe, in a moift fhady
fituation, they will rife extremely well •, and the plants
thus obtained, will make a confiderable progrefs after
the fecond year, being much hardier and lefs liable to
lofe their tops in winter, than thofe which are propa-
gated by layers. And fince the feeds of this tree fre-
quently ripen well in England, they may be propa-
gated in as great plenty as any other foreft-tree.

The Virginian Plane-tree will grow extremely well
from cuttings, if they are planted the beginning of
October upon a moift foil ; and if they are watered in
dry weather, will make a prodigious progrefs ; fo
that in a few years from the planting, they will afford
noble trees for planting of avenues, and other fhady
walks ; and their trunks are perfectly ftrait, growing
nearly of the fame fize to a confiderable height, there
being the leaft difference in the girt of this tree, for
feveral yards up wards, of any other fort of tree what-
foever. The Hon. Paul Dudley, Eflj-, in a letter to
the Royal Society, mentions one of thefe trees, which
he obferved in New England, whofe girt was nine
yards, and held its bignefs a great way up, which tree,
when cut down, made twenty-two cords of wood. He
aifo fays, in the fame letter, That he had propagated
many of thefe trees by cutting off fticks of five or fix
feet long, and fetting them a foot deep into the
ground in the fpring of the year, when the feafon was
wet, and that they always thrive beft in a moift foil.
All the forts are propagated very eafily by layers,
every twig of them will take root, if they are but
pegged down and covered with earth ; thefe layers
will be well rooted in one year, when they fhould be
cut off from the old trees or ftools, and planted in
a nurfery, where they may remain two or three
years to get ftrength, after which they may be tranf-
planted where they are to remain, for the younger
thefe trees are planted the better they will thrive. An
experiment of this I made in 1731, when I planted
four of thefe trees, one of each fort, in the fame foil
and fituation, at about twenty feet diftance from each
other ; one of which, viz. the Spanilh Plane, whofe
Item was eight inches in girt ; next to this, I planted
one of the Maple-leaved Plane-tree, whole girt was
not three inches, but the latter is now much larger
than the former, and gains more in one year than the
other does in three ; and the two others which were
of a middle fize, have grown in a mean proportion
between them.

PLOUGHING OF LAND.

There is not a greater improvement of arable land
than that of well ploughing it, by which the foil is
pulverized, and rendered fit to receive the fibres of
the plants ; and the oftener this is repeated, and the
better it is performed, the greater improvement is made
in the land. But there are not many of the practition-
ers of the art of hufbandry, who attend enough to this
part of it, moft of them contenting themfelves with
going on in the old beaten road of their predecefibrs ;
fo that the only perfons who have made great im-
provement in this part of agriculture, are "the great
gardeners, who cultivate nioft of their land with the
lough ; therefore they have imitated, as near as poffi-
le, the vtfe of the fpade in labouring of their ground.

The difference between digging of land with the'
fpade, and that of ploughing, confifts in the parts of
the earth being much more divided by the former,
than the latter method ; therefore thofe gardeners,
who are curious in the working of their land, oblige
their labourers to fpit the ground as thin as poffibie,
that there may remain no large clpds unbroken *, fc5
when land is ploughed, the fame regard fhould be
had to break and pulverize the parts as much as poft
fible ; for when there are great clods left unbroken,
the fibres of plants never penetrate farther than the
furface of them ; fo that all the falts included in thefe
lumps of earth are locked up, that the plants can re-
ceive no benefit from them. And thefe clods, in pro-
portion to their fize, make fuch interftices, that the
air often penetrates through, and greatly injures the
tender fibres of the roots. Therefore the oftener the
land is ploughed, and the more the parts are feparated
and pulverized, the better will the plants be nouriftted
and fed ; but particularly in all ftrong land, this part
of hufbandry will be the moft beneficial ; but this can-
not be effected under four or five ploughings, and by
ufing fuch ploughs as have either two or four coul-
ters, which will cut and feparate the clods much bet-
ter than it can be performed by the common plough ;
and in the operation, great care fhould be had to^the
breadth of the furrow, for when thefe are made too
broad, it will be impoffible to break and feparate
the parts fufficiently. In fome counties, where the
hufbandmen are not very expert in the ufe of the
plough, I have feen gentlemen oblige them to plough
by a line, and they have fet out the exact width "of
each furrow. This not only adds a neatnefs to the
ground, but likewife, by keeping the furrows ftrait,
and at equal diftances, the land will be more equally
worked ; but many of the good ploughmen in the
counties near London, will clired the plough as
ftrait by their eye, as if they were to ufe a line.
Another thing to be obferved in ploughing of land
is that of going to a proper depth, for if the furface
only be broken up and pulverized, the roots of
whatever plants are fown upon it will in a very fhort
time reach the bottom, and meeting with the hard
unbroken foil, they are flopped from getting farther,
and of confequence the plants will ftint in theirgrowth j
for there are few perfons v/ho have attended enough
to the downright growth of the roots of plants, and
only have had regard to the roots of thofe plants,
which are of a ftrong flefhy fubftance, and are "called
tap-roots, being in form of Carrots. Thefe they fup-
pofe will require to have the land wrought to a greater
depth, that the roots may run down, and be the
longer, for in that particular their goodnefs confifts.
But they do not think that the fmall fibrous-rooted
plants ever require fo much depth to run into the
ground ; in this they are greatly miftaken, for I have
traced the fmall fibres of Grafs and Corn above three
feet deep in the ground. And if any perfon is curi-
ous to obferve the length of the fibres of plants, if they
will but plant one of each fort into a fmall pot of earth,
and keep them duly watered till the plants are ad-
vanced to flower, and then turn them out of the pots
carefully, fo as not to break any of the fibres of the
roots, and after feparating the earth from them,
meafure the length of their roots, they will be found
much greater than moft people imagine. I have my-
felf frequently traced the roots of plants, which have
furrounded the pots upward of twelve times ; and the
roots of fome ftrong-growing plants, which have
gotten through the holes in the bottom of flower-pots,
have in three months time extended themfelves ten
or eleven feet from the plant therefore the deeper
the ground is laboured, the greater benefit the plants
will receive from it: but it muft be underftoodof fuch
land as the ftaple is deep enough to admit of this,
for if the foil is ftiallow, and either gravel, chalk, or
ftone lie beneath, it will be very imprudent to turn up
either of thefe ; therefore the depth of the furrows in
fuch lands, muft be determined by the ftaple of the
land. By the word ftaple muft be underflood all tha:

10 depth

depth of foil next the furface, which is proper for
the growth of vegetables. Where clay is next the
ftaple, provided it is not of the blue or iron-mould
fort, there will not be the fame danger of going a
little deeper than the ftaple, as in either of the be-
fore-mentioned forts of land ; for if the clay be of a
fat nature, when it hath been well expofedto air, and
often laboured, it will be capable of affording a
large fhare of nourilhment to the crops.

If between each ploughing of the land a harrow
with long teeth is made ufe of to tear and break the
clods, it will be of great fervice to the land ; for the
more it is ftirred by different inftruments, the better
will the parts be feparated and pulverized ; fo that
the common method, as praftifed by the farmers, when
they fallow their land, is far from anfwering the in-
tention, for they plough up the ground, leaving it in
great clods for fome months, and frequently, during
this time, Thiftles and all bad weeds are buffered to
grow upon the land, to exhauft the goodnefs of it ;
and perhaps, juft before the feeds are fown, they
give it two more ploughings. This is what the far-
mers call good hufbandry ; but if inftead of this me-
thod they would labour the ground often with the
plough, a harrow, and heavy roller, to break and
feparate the parts, and never buffer any weeds to grow
upon the land during its lying fallow, I am fure they
would find their account in it ; firft, by the growth
and increafe of their crops, and afterward by a having
in the weeding *, for if no weeds are fuffered to grow
to fhed their feeds, during the time of fallowing the
land, there will but few come up when the ground is
fown, in comparifon with what would other wife be in
the common hufbandry.

In many of the old gardens near London, which are
occupied by the kitchen-gardeners, when the upper
furface of the ground is exhaufted by the continual
crops which they get from it, it is a common method
to trench the ground two or three fpades depth, and
turn the bottom foil upward ; and by this the land is
frelh, and produces very good crops for fome years
after. And in imitation of this many of the farming
gardeners, who make ufe of the plough, have two
or three men following the plough in the furrows, who
turn up a fpit in the bottom of each furrow •, and
where the foil is good, they throw it on the furface,
but if otherwife,, they level it in the bottom, and this
loofening of the ground renders it capable of admitting
the roots of the plants.

The ploughing already mentioned is intended to pre-
pare the land for the reception of the feeds which
are propofed to be fown, and as was before obferved,
the oftener and better this is performed, the more the
land will produce. But, befide this, there will be a
neceflity for ftirring the ground to deftroy the weeds,
after the crop is growing ; for if the weeds are fuf-
fered to grow with the crop, they will draw away moft
of the nourilhment, and greatly leflen their produce.
Therefore in gardens this work is generally performed
by hand, with an inftrument called a hoe, unlefs
when the ground is very, ftiff, and fubjeft to bind •, in
which cafe it will be proper to make ufe of forks to
break and loofen the earth between the crops, and
the oftener this is repeated, the better will the crops
fucceed, and this hufbandry I have feen attended with
great advantage. But in the large open fields of
Beans, Peas, and other large-growing plants which
are planted in rows, the ground between may be fre-
quently ftirred with a fmall fwing-plough, which will
deftroy the weeds, pulverize the ground, and give
nourilhment to the crop ; for as all land is apt to
bind, or the parts coalefce by lying unftirred, the more
and oftener it is ftirred, the better it will be kept
loofe, and thereby rendered proper for the growth of
plants. This fort of ploughing is termed horfe-
fioeing, and there being a particular treatife upon this
fort of hufbandry written by Mr. Jethro Tull, of
Shelbourn, in Berkfhire, in which the inftruments are
figured and defcribed, I 111 all refer thofe, who are
defirous to pradtife this hufbandry, to the book it-
felf, and fball only take notice, that although the in-

ftrumeht u'fed in this operation is a plough, vef
it is termed hoeing, as it is intended to deftroy the
weeds, and to ftir the ground but a fmall depth, to
diftinguifh it from the common ploughing to pre-
pare the land for the crop.

PLUMBAGO. Tourn. fnft. R. H, 140. tab. 58.

■ Lin. Gen. Plant. 196. Leadwort.

The Characters are,

The flower has a tubulous , five- cornered , fiermanent em-
palement of one leaf \ which is indented at the top into five
parts i it hath one petal which is funnel-Jhaped , and a
Cylindrical tube which is narrow at the top. The brim ds
cut into five parts which are oval and fpreading ; it has
five awl-Jhaped ft amina fituated in the tube , fitting upon
the valves of the nehtarium , which includes the germen .
The fmall oval germen fuftains a Jingle ftyle the length of
the tube, crowned by a Jlender five-pointed ftigma. The
germen afterward becomes a Jingle oval feed included in
the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fetfiion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes the plants whofe
flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Plumbago ( Europaa ) foliis amplexicaulibus. I Tort.
Cliff. 53. Leadwort with leaves embracing the ftalks.
Plumbago quorundam. Clufi Hift. 123. Leadwort or
Toothwort .

2. Plumbago ( Zeylanica ) foliis petiolatis ovatis glabris,
caule geniculis giblofis. Lin. Sp. 215. Hort. Cliff. 53.
Leadwort with leaves having foot-ftalks. Plumbago
Americana, betas folio ampliori. Plum. Cat. Ameri-
can Leadwort with a larger Beet leaf.

Thefe are all the forts which I have obferved in the
Englifh gardens. The firft fort grows naturally in
the fouth of France, in Italy, and Spain ; it hath a
perennial root, which ftrikes deep into the ground,
from which arife many (lender ftalks about three feet
and a half high, which are channelled, and garniflied
with oval fpear-fhaped leaves about three inches long
and two broad, whofe bale embrace the ftalks ; they
are fmooth, entire, and of a grayifh colour. The upper
part of the ftalks fend out many fide branches which
are (lender, and garniflied with fmall leaves. Thefe,
and alfo the principal ftalks, are terminated by tufts
of either blue or white flowers, which are fmall, funnel-
fliaped, and have pretty long tubes, and are fucceeded
by oblong, rough, hairy feeds. This plant feldom
flowers till toward the end of Oftober in England, and
unlefs the autumn proves warm, does not flower here,
fo never produces ripe feeds. There is a variety of this
with white flowers and pale ftalks, which is fuppofed
to have rifen from the feeds of the former.

The ftalks of this decay in the winter, and new ones
come up the following fpring ; they are propagated
here by parting of their roots, which fend out heads
in plenty. Thefe may be divided at any time when
the weather is mild, from the rime the ftalks decay,
till the roots begin to (hoot in the fpring ; it fhould
have a light foil and a warm fltuation, otherwife it
will not flower here. The roots fhould be allowed
room to fpread, and the ftalks require fupport, and if
the plants are kept clean from weeds, and the ground
between them dug every winter, it is all the culture
they require.

It is called Dentillaria or Toothwort by many au-
thors, who recommend its virtues in curing the tooth-
ach, being of a hot cauftic nature like Pellitory of
Spain.

The fecond fort grows naturally in both Indies this
is a perennial plant, with a ftrong fibrous root, from
which arife many (lender ftalks, which grow near four
feet high, garniflied with fmooth, oval, fpear-fh aped
leaves about three inches long, and one and a half
broad near their bafe, ending in acute points, which
are placed alternate, (landing upon (hort foot-ftalks.
The upper part of the ftalks divide into fmall
branches, garniflied with fmall oval leaves, and ter-
minate in fpikes of flowers, which have long (lender
tubes, cut into five fegments at the brim, which fpread
open ; thefe are fucceeded by oblong feeds covered
with the prickly empalement. The upper part of

the

the {talks, and the empalements of the flowers are ve-
ry glutinous, {ticking to the fingers if touched, and
the fmall flies which fettle upon them are fattened, fo
cannot get off again. This plant is too tender to thriye
in the open air in England, fo requires to be kept in
a moderate ftove, where they will continue flowering
great part of the year ; and thofe flowers which appear
early in the fummer, will be fucceeded by ripe feeds
in autumn.

This is propagated by feeds, which flhould be fown
on a good hot-bed in the fpring, where the plants
will come up in about five or fix weeks. W hen thefe
are fit to remove, they Ihould be each planted into a
feparate fmall pot filled with light loamy earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed of tan, obferving to fcreen
them from the fun till they have taken new root ;
afterward they mutt be treated like other plants from
the fame country. In the fummer they fhould have a
large {hare of frefh air admitted to them in warm
weather, and require water every other day in mode-
ration. In winter they Ihould be kept in a mode-
rate temperature of warmth, and mutt be more fpa-
ringly watered. With this management the roots will
abide feverai year^, and produce plenty of flowers
and feeds.

PLUM-TREE. See Prunus.

PLUMERIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 659. tab. 439.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 263. Red Jafmine ; in French, Fran -

ovato-oblongis, ramis

gipanier.

The Characters are,

'■The flower has a fmall obtufe empalement divided into five
parts-, it hath one funnel-fhaped petal, with a long tube
enlarging upward , cut into five oblong oval [egments at
the top , which fpread open it hath five awl-fhaped
fiamina fituated in the center of the tube , terminated by
fummits which clofe together, and an oblong bifid germen
' with fcarce any fiyle , crowned by a double acute ftigma.
The germen afterward becomes a long, fwelling, acute-
pointed capfule with one cell , filled with winged feeds placed
over each other like fcales offifh, faftened at their bafe to
the fides of the capfule.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants whofe
flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Plumeria {Rubra) foliis ovato-oblongis, petiolisbi-
glandulofis. Hort. Cliff. 76. Plumeria with oblong oval
leaves , whofe foot-ftalks have two glands. Plumeria
fiore rofeo odoratifiimo. Inft. R. H. 659. Plumeria
with a Rofe-coloured fweet-fcented flower, commonly called
in the Wefi-Indies Red Jafmine.

2. Plumeria ( Incarnata ) foliis
patulis, floribus corymbofis. Plumeria with oblong oval
leaves, fpreading branches , and flowers grovoing in a co-
rymbus. Plumeria flore majore odorato & incarnato.
Plumeria with a larger fweet-fcented and incarnate flower,
called in the Weft-Indies the Japan-tree.

3. Plumeria {Alba) foliis lanceolatis revolutis, pedun-
culis fuperne tuberofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 410. Plumeria
with fpear-fhaped leaves which turn backward , whofe
foot-ftalks have fwellings on the upper fide. Plumeria
flore niveo, foliis longis anguftis & acuminatis. Inft.
R. H. Plumeria with a fnowy flower, and long narrow-
pointed leaves.

4. Plumeria ( Nivea ) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis obtufis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 210. Plumeria with fpear-fhaped obtufe
leaves having foot-ftalks. Plumeria flore niveo, foliis
brevioribus & obtufis. Inft. R. H. Plumeria with a
fnowy flower, and fhorter blunt leaves

5. Plumeria (. Africana ) foliis lineari-lanceolatis longif-
fimis. Plumeria with very long, narrow , fpear-fhaped
leaves.

The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Tour-
nefort, in honour of Father Plumer, who was bota
nift to the late King of France, and a long time in
America fearching after new plants ; and has publifhec
a catalogue of the plants he difcovered, with fevera
new genera which he conftituted, in two volumes in
folio, with figures and defcriptions of many of the
plants.

The firft fort grows naturally in the Spansih Weft-
Indies, from whence it was tranfplanted into mod of
the iflands in the Weft-Indies, where it is cultivated
in the gardens for ornament. It rifes to the height of
eighteen or twenty feet ; the ftalk is covered with a
dark green bark, having marks where the leaves are
fallen off. The ftalks are fucculent, and abound with
a milky juice, but within they are fomewhat ligneous.
Toward the top they put out a few thick fucculent
branches, which are garnifhed at their ends with oval
oblong leaves of a light green colour, having a large
midriband many tranfverfe veins; thefe are full of a
milky juice. At the ends of the branches come out
the flowers in clutters ; they are flhaped like thofe of
the Oleander or Rofe Bay, having one petal which is
tubulous, and cut into five oval obtufe fegments which
fpread open, of a pale red colour, and have an agree-
able odour. When the flowers are paft, the germen
becomes a long fwelling pod filled with flat winged
feeds, lying over each other like the fcales of fifii. It
ufually flowers here in July and Auguft, but is never
fucceeded by pods in England.

The fecond fort I received from the ifland of St.
Chriftopher’s by the name of Japan-tree ; this fort is
very rare in the Englifh fettlements at prelent, having
been but lately introduced from the Spanifih Weft-
Indies. It is in leaf and ftem very like the firft, but
the ftalks do not rife fo high ; they divide into ltrong
fpreading branches, which are filled with a milky
juice •, the leaves are of a thicker confiftence than thofe
of the firft, and their veins are larger *, the flowers of
this are of a paler colour, and are produced in much
larger clufters. 'It is very common to have upward
of twenty of thefe flowers open in one bunch, and a
number to fucceed thefe as they decay, fo that the
clufters have continued in beauty upward of two
months, during which time they make a moil beau-
tiful appearance in the ftove, and have a very agree-
able flavour.

The third fort grows plentifully at Campeachy, from
whence the late Dr. Flouftoun fent the feeds. He
alfo obferved fome plants of this kind at Jamaica.
This is not near fo beautiful as the two former forts,
the flowers being fmaller, and produced in lefs
bunches, and are moreover of fliort duration. But
for the beauty of their items and leaves, and for the
fake of variety, they deferve room in every curious
collection of plants.

The fourth fort was difcovered by Dr. Flouftoun,
growing in great plenty near Carthagena in the Spa-
rhfli Weft-Indies, from whence he lent the feeds to
England. This fort produces fmall white flowers, re-
fembling thofe of the third, fo is lefs valuable than
the two firft.

The feeds of the fifth fort were fent me by Mr.
Richard, gardener to the King of France at Ver-
failles •, they were brought from Senegal by Monfieur
Adanfon, who was fome years in that country in
fearch of plants. This hath a ftalk very like the firft
fort, but the leaves are nine or ten inches long, and
not more than two inches broad ; they are thick, fuc-
culent, and full of a milky juice, a little roundifh'at
their bafe, but end in acute points. The flowers of
this fort are faid to be yellow, but as the plants have
not yet flowered here, I can give no fartfier account
of them.

All thefe plants may be propagated by feeds, which
muft be procured from the countries where they natu-
rally grow ; they Ihould be fown in pots filled with
light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bark •, and when the plants are come up about two
inches high, they fhould be tranfplanted into feparate
fmall pots filled with light fandy earth, and plunged
into the hot-bed again, obferving to {hade them from
the heat of the fun in the middle of the day, until
they have taken root ; but they muft not have much
water, for as all the forts are very fucculent, being
full of a milky juice, fomewhat like the Euphorbiums,
moifture will caufe them to rot. In hot weather the
plants fhould have a pretty large {hare of frefh air

admitted

/

POD

admitted to them, by raifing the glaffes of the hot-
bed every day, in proportion to the warmth of the
feafon, to prevent their drawing up weak. Toward
' Michaelmas, when the nights begin to be cold, the
plants fhould be removed into the ftove, and plunged
into the bark-bed, where they muft remain during
the winter. As thefe plants all caft their leaves in the
middle of winter, and continue deftitute of them till
about the beginning of May, fo during that time,
they fhould be watered very iparingly, becaufe they
are in more danger of rotting, while they are in a
lefs adive ftate, by too much moifture, than when
they are furnifhed with leaves, through which the
moifture is more freely perfpired.

All thefe forts are too tender to thrive in the open air
of this country in the fummer feafon, therefore fhould
be conftantly preferved in the ftove, where, in warm
weather, they muft have a large fhare of free air,
but in cold weather they muft be kept very warm.
While they are young, it will be proper to continue
them in the bark-bed; but when they have obtained
ftrength, they may be placed in a dry ftove, where
they will thrive well, provided they are kept in a mo-
derate temperature of heat, and have not too much
water.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by cuttings,
which fhould be taken from the old plants two months
before they are planted, during which time they
fhould be laid on the flues in the ftove, that the part
which joined to the old plant may be healed over be-
fore they are planted, otherwife they will rot. Thefe
cuttings fhould be planted in fmall pots filled with
light fandy earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed of tanners bark, obferving to lhade them in the
heat of the day from the fun, and refrelh them once
in a week or ten days with water, but it muft be given
to them fparingly each time. If the cuttings fucceed,
they will have taken root in about two months, when
they fhould have a larger fhare of air to harden them
by degrees to bear the fun and air, and afterward may
be treated as the old plants.

The milky juice of thefe plants is very cauftic, and
reckoned poifonous. In cutting off any of the branches
of the plants, if the knife be not immediately cleaned,
the juice will corrode it, and turn the blade almoft
black in a very little time, fo as not to be cleaned off
again ; and if dropped on linen will caufe it to wafh in
holes, equal to aquafortis.

PODOPHYLLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 571. Ana-
podophyllum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 239. tab. 122.
Duck’s-foot, or May Apple.

The Characters are,

The bud of the flower is inclofed in a large , three-leaved ,
coloured empalement inform of a flpatha or Jheath. The
flower has nine roundiflo concave petals which are plaited
on their borders , fmaller than the empalement ; it has a
roundiflo ger men without a jiyle , crowned by a plaited cb-
tnfle Jiigrna. The germen afterward turns to an oval
capfule of one cell , crowned by the Jligma , f iled with
roundiflo feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have many ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this genus at prefent
\ in the Englifh gardens, viz.

Podophyllum ( Peltaimn ) foliis peltatis lobatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 505. Duck's-foci with targetfloaped leaves
having lobes. Anapodophyllurn Canadenfe Morini.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 219. Canada Duck’s-foot of
Morinus.

This plant grows naturally in many parts of North
America. The root is compofed of many thick tu-
bers which are fattened together by flefhy fibres, which
fpread, and propagate greatly under ground, fending
out many fmaller fibres which ftrike downward. In
the fpring arife feveral foot-ftalks about fix inches
high, which divide into two fmaller, each fuftaining
one leaf, compofed of five, fix, or feven Jobes, the
five middle being deeply indented at the top ; thefe
join together at their bale, where the foot-ftalk meets,

P O I

which is fattened to the under fide of the leaf like the
handle of a target ; the leaves are ffnooth, and of a
lignt giecn. At the divifion of the foot-ftalk comes
out the flower, with a large empalement covering it
like a fheath ; the flower hath nine pretty large con-
cave white petals, which are roundifii at the top, and
plaited on their borders. In the center is fituated a
large, round if h, oval germen, crowned by a plaited
obtufe ftigrna, and iurrounded by a great number of
fliort ftamina, terminated by oblong, erect, yellow
fummits. The flowers appear in May, and when
they fall off, the germen fwells to a fruit of the fjze ,
and hi ape of the common Flip or fruit of the wild Rofc.
This is at firft green, but when ripe changes to a yel-
low colour, in doling feveral roundifh feeds faftenjgd
to the placenta.

1 his plant propagates fo fall by its creeping roots, as
that few perfons are at the trouble of fowing the feeds.
Every part of the root will grow, fo they may be an-
nually parted, either in autumn when their leaves d®-
cay, or in the fpring juft before the roots begin to
ihoot ; they require no other culture but to keep them
clean from weeds. It loves a light loamy foil and a
fhady fituation, and is fo hardy as feldom to be in-
jured by the froft.

POINCIAN A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 619* tab. 391.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 462. BarbadOes Flower-fence^ or
Spanifh Carnations ; in French, PoincilMe.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is compofed of five cblom
concave leaves which fall off. The flower has five unt-
oual petals ; four of them are nearly equal and roufidifio ,
but the fifth is larger, deformed , and indented. If hath
ten long , brifily , rifling ftamina, terminated by oblong fum-
mits, and an awl- fo aped declining germen which Jits upon
the flyle the length of the jlamina , and is crowned by an
acute jligma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong
cornpreffed pod, with feveral tranfverfe partitions ; in each
of thefe is lodged a Jingle flattifo feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fecftion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this genus in the
Englifh gardens, viz.

PomciANA ( Pulcherrima ) aculeis geminis. Hort. Upfal.

101. Flower-fence with double fpines. Poinciana flora
, pulcherrimo. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 619. Poinciana wiih
a ?nofl beautiful flower.

There are two varieties of this which were difeovered
by the late Dr. Houftoun in the Spanifh Weft-Indies.
One of thefe hath a red, and the other a yellow
flower ; but as there appears to be no other difference
in the plants from the common fort, they muft be
fuppofed only accidental variations which have rifen
from feeds.

This plant grows naturally in both Indies; it is plant-
ed in hedges to divide the lands in Barbadoes, from
whence it had the title of Flower-fence ; it is alfo
called Spanifh Carnations by fome of the inhabitants
of the Britifh iflands in the Weft-Indies. It rifes with
a ftrait ftalk ten or twelve feet high, which is covered
with a frnooth gray bark, and is fometimes as thick
as the fmall of a man’s leg, dividing into feveral
fpreading branches at the top, which are armed at
each joint with two fhort, ftrong, crooked fpines, and
are garnifhed with decompound winged leaves, each
leaf being compofed of fix or eight pair of fimple
winged leaves, the lower pair being compofed of four
or five pair of lobes, the others gradually increafing
in their number toward the top, where they decreafe
again, and are fmaller. The lobes are three quarters
of an inch long, and almoft half an inch broad at their
points, leffening gradually to their bafe ; they are of
a light green colour, and when bruifed emit a ftrong
odour.

The branches are terminated by loofe fpikes of flow-
ers, which are fometimes formed into a kind of pyra-
mid, and at others they are difpofed more in form of
an umbel. The foot-ftalk of each flower is near three
indies long ; the flower is compofed of five petals

which

which are toundifii at the top, but are contracted to
narrow -tails at their bafe ; they fpread open, and are
beautifully variegated with a deep red or Orange co-
lour, yellow, and feme fpots of green j they have a
Very agreeable odour. In the center of the 'flower is
fi mated a (lender ftyle above three inches long, upon
which the germen fits, and is accompanied by ten fta-
mina nearly of the fame length with the ftyle, termi-
nated by oblong fummits. After the flower is paft,
the germen becomes a broad fiat pod about three
inches long, divided into three or four cells by tranf-
verfe partitions, each including one fiattifh irregular
feed. The leaves of this plant are ufed inftead of Se-
na in the Weft-Indies to purge, and in Jamaica the
plant is titled Sena.

Ligon fays the feeds of this plant were firft carried to
Barbadoes from Cape Verd Blands, and the beauty of
the flowers was fuch, that the inhabitants foon fpread
it over that iiland, and afterward it was tranfported
into moft of the neighbouring ifiands. This may have
been fo, but it is very certain that the plant grows
naturally in Jamaica, where the late Dr. Houftoun
found it in the woods at a great diftance Tom any
fettlements. He alfo found it growing naturally at
La Vera Cruz, and at Campeachy, where he alfo
found the two varieties with red arid yellow flowers.
The only difference between thefe and the firft fort be-
ing in the colour of their flowers, and their branches
having fewer fpines.

The feeds of this plant are annually brought over in
plenty from the Weft-Indies, which, if fown upon a
hot-bed, wall rife eafily. When the plants are come
up, they fhould be tranfplanted each into a fmall pot,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obferv-
ing to (hade them from the fun till they have taken
root •, after which you mull give them air in propor-
tion to the warmth of the feafon •, they muft be fre-
quently refrefbed with water in fummer. When the
plants have filled the pots with their roots, they ftiould
be (haken out, and placed into larger ones, that their
roots may have room to fpread. If care be taken to
water and fhift them as often as is neceffary, they
will grow to be three feet high the firft feafon. At
Michaelmas the pots ftiould be plunged into a frefh
hot-bed of tanners bark in the ftove, which fhould
be kept to the Ananas heat marked on the botanical
thermometers, and frequently refrefhed with water,
but they muft not have it in large quantities, which
is very injurious to thefe plants at that feafon. The
earth which thefe plants ftiould be planted in, muft
be frefti, light, and Tandy (but not over-rich,) in
which they will ftand the winter better than if planted
in a ftronger foil. When the plants are grown large,
there muft be great care taken when they are {Lifted
into larger pots, not to fuffer the ball of earth to fall
from their roots ; for when this happens, the plants
feldom furvive it.

Thefe plants muft conftantly remain in the bark-ftove,
where in warm weather they ftiould have a large {hare
of air, but they muft not be expofed to cold *, they
are very impatient of moifture in winter, and, if
damp leizes their top, it very often kills the plants,
or at leaft occafions the lofs of their heads. With
proper management they will grow much taller here
than they ufually do in Barbadoes, but their Items
will not be larger than a man’s finger, which is oc-
cafioned by their being drawn up by the glaffes of
the ftove. I have had fome of thefe plants near
eighteen feet high in the Chelfea Garden, which have
produced their beautiful flowers fome years. Thefe
flowers have always appeared in December, but in the
Weft-Indies I am informed they flower twice a year, at
which times they make a moft beautiful appearance.

POKE VIRGINIAN. See Phytolacca.

POLEMONIUM. Tourn. Inft, R. H. 146. tab.
61. Lin. Gen. Plant. 200. [fo called, according to
Pliny, from Gr. to wage war; on account of

the contefts which arofe betwixt two princes, each
affuming. the honour of the difcovery of it to himfelf ]
Greek Valerian, or Jacob’s Ladder.

The Characters are.

The flower has 'a permanent empalemetu of one leaf which
is cut into Jive fegments ; it ’has one petal, of the wheel

which is

2.

fhape. The tube -is very floor t *, the upper pa.
divided, fpreads open. It hath five Jlender ftamina which
are inflerted in the valves of the tube , thefe are inclined ,
and are fib or ter than the petal , and are terminated by
royndifh fummits . In the bottom of the tube is filuated
an acute oval germen, fupporting a fender ftyle which
is equal with the petal, crowned by a revolving trifid flig-
ma. The germen afterward turns to. a three-- cornered oval
capfiule having three cells , filled with irregular acute -
pointed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftvle.

The Species are,

. Polemonium (Cnrukum) calycibus corollas tubo lon-
'gioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 162.. Greek Valerian, with an
enipalernent longer than the tubs of the flower. Polemo-
nium vulgare cseruleum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 146.
Common Hue Greek Valerian.

Polemonium {Reptans) foliis pinnatis, radicibus rep-
tatricibus. Flor. Virg. 22. Greek Valerian, -with winged
leaves and a creeping root.

The firft fort grows naturally in many parts of Eu-
rope ; it has been difcovered growing wild in Carie-
ton Beek, and about Malham Cove near Craven, in
Yorkfhire. Of this there are two or three varieties,
one with a white, and the other a variegated flower,
and another with variegated leaves.

This plant has winged leaves, which are compofed of
feveral pair of lobes placed alternately. The lower
leaves have eleven or twelve pair, and are terminated
by an odd one •, thefe are broadeft at their bale, end-
ing in points, and fit clofe to the midrib. The ftalks
rife near a foot and a half high j they are hollow,
channelled, and are garnifhed with winged leaves of'
the fame form with the lower, but decreafe upward
in their fize, and are terminated by bunches of flow-
ers which fit very clofe ; they have each one petal,
which has a fhort tube, cut into five roundifh feg-
ments at the top ; they are chiefly of a beautiful blue
colour, and have each five ftamina, which are termi-
nated by yellow fummits. Thefe flowers appear the
latter end of May, and are fucceeded by oval acute-
pointed capfules, with three cells filled with irregular
feeds, which ripen in Auguft.

Thefe plants are eafily propagated by fowing their
feeds in the fpring upon a bed of light earth, and
when they are come up pretty ftrong, they fhould be
pricked out into another bed of the fame light earth
about four or five inches afunder, obferving to fhade
and water them until they have taken root; after
which they will require no farther care, but to keep
them clear from weeds until Michaelmas, at which,
time they muft be tranfplanted into the borders of
the flower-garden, where, being intermixed with dif-
ferent forts of flowers, they will make a beautiful ap-
pearance.

This plant is not naturally of long duration, but by
taking them up in autumn and parting of them, they
may be continued fome years ; but as the feedling
plants always flower much ftronger than the offsets,
few perfons ever propagate them' by flips.

The fort with white flowers will frequently arife from
the feeds of the blue, as will alfo that with variegated
flowers, but thefe may be^ continued by parting of
their roots.

The fort v/ith variegated leaves is preferved by part-
ing of their roots, becaufe the plants raifed from
feeds would be fubjed to degenerate and become
plain. The heft time to part them is about Michael-
mas, that they may take good root before the cold
weather prevents them. Thefe fhould have a frefh
light foil, but if it be too rich, their roots will rot in
winter, or the ftripes of the leaves will go off in the
fummer.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Virginia and other
parts of North America. This hath creeping roots,

10 Cff by

1

<1

by which it multiplies, .'..very fad. The leaves have
feldorn more than, three, or four pair of lobes, which
Hand at a much greater diftance from each other than
thofe of - the common fort-, they are of a darker
green. The lobes are narrow, and are placed alter-
nately-, the {talks rife nine or ten inches high, fend-
ing out branches their whole length. The dowers
are produced in loofe bunches, Handing upon pretty
long foot-ftalks -, they are fmaller than thofe of the
common fort, and are of a lighter blue colour.

This fort may be propagated by feeds in the fame
manner as the common fort, or by parting of their
roots in autumn, and is equally hardy with the com-
mon fort.

POLI ANTHES, Lin. Gen. Plant. 384. Hyacin-
thus. Tourn. Ink. R. H. 344. tab. 180. The Tube-
rofe.

The Characters are,

The flower has no empalement ; it has one petal which is
funnel-Jhaped. The tube is oblong and incurved the
brim is cut into fix oval fiegments which flpread open. It
hath fix thick ftamina fituated in the chaps of the petal
terminated by limar fummits , which are longer than the
Jlamina. In the bottom of the tube is fituated a roundijh
germen , fupporting a fender ftyle , crowned by a thicks trifid ,
honey-bearing fiigma. The germen afterward turns to an
obtufle , roundijh , three-cornered capfule having three cells ,
which are filled with plain half-round feeds difpofed in a
double range.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fecftion of
Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Polianthes ( Tuberofa ) fioribus alternis. Hort. Cliff.
127. Polianthes with flowers placed alternately. Hya-
cinthus Indicus tuberofus, flore Narciffi. C. B. P. 42.
Tuberous Indian Hyacinth , with a flower like Narciflus ,
commonly called Tuberofe.

The varieties of this are the Tuberofe with a double
flower, the ftriped-leaved Tuberofe, and the Tube-
rofe with a fmaller flower -, the laft is mentioned by
feveral authors as a diftinct fpecies, but is certainly a
variety. Cafpar Bauhin titles it Hyacinthus Indicus
tuberofus, flore Hyacinthi orientals. Pin. 47. i. e.
Indian tuberous Hyacinth, with a flower like the Eaft-
ern Hyacinth. This fort is frequent in the fouth of
France, from whence the roots have been often
brought to England early in the fpring, before thofe
roots- have arrived from Italy, which are annually
imported -, the {talks of this are weaker, and do not
rife fo high, and the flowers are fmaller than thofe of
the common Tuberofe, but in other refpe&s is the
fame.

The Tuberofe grows naturally in India, from whence
it was firft brought to Europe, where it now_ thrives
in the warmer parts, as well as in its native foil. The
Genoefe are the people who cultivate this plant, to
fur mill all the other countries where the roots cannot
be propagated without great trouble and care, and
from thence the roots are annually fent to England,
Holland, and Germany. In moft parts of Italy, Sicily,
and Spain, the roots thrive and propagate without
care, where they are once planted.

This plant has been long cultivated in the Englifli
wardens for the exceeding beauty and fragrancy of its
flowers-, the roots of this are annually brought from
Gerioa, by the perfons who import Orange-trees : for
as thefe roots are too tender to thrive in the full ground
in England, fo there are few perfons who care to take
the trouble of nurflng up their offsets, till they be-
come blowing roots, becaufe it will be two or three
years before they arrive to a proper fize for producing
flowers -, and as they mu ft be protected from the froft
in winter, the trouble and expence of covers is greater
than the roots are worth ; for they are generally fold
pretty reafonable, by thofe who import them from

The double flowering is a variety of the firft, which
was obtained from the feed byMonf. Le Cour, of Ley-
den in Holland, who for many years was fo tenacious '

of parting with any of the roots, even after She had oro-
pagafed them in fitch plenty as ' to nave more than he
could plant, fo he caufed" them to be cut in- pieces,
that he might have the vanity to 'boa'ft of being the
only perfon in Europe who waspoffeffed of this flower ;
but of late years the roots have been Tprhad into many
parts, and as there is no other method to propagate
this but but by the offsets, moft people who* have "had
of this fort are careful to multiply arid mcreafe-itj
which is done by planting1 the offsets upon a moderate
hot-bed early in March, and covering the bed in cold
weather with mats or ft raw, and in fummer they muit
have plenty of water in dry weather. In this bed the
roots may remain till the leaves -decay in autumn, but
if there fhould happen any froft before that time, the
bed fhould be covered to guard the roots from the
froft, becaufe if the froft enters folow as to reach the
roots it will kill them ; and if the leaves are injured
by the froft, it will weaken the roots. Where there
is due care taken to fcreen them from froft, and too
much wet, it will be the beft way to let the roots re-
main in the bed till the end of November or the be-
ginning of December, provided hard frofts do not fet
in ‘fooner -, for the lefs time the roots are out of the
ground, the ftronger they will be, and the fooner they
will flower ; when the roots are taken up, they fhould
be cleaned from the earth, and laid up in dry land,
where they may be fecure from froft and wet ; here
they fhould remain until the feafon for planting them
again ; this fame method fhould be pradtifed by thofe
who are defirous to cultivate the Angle fort in Eng-
land, and alfo that with ftriped leaves mutt be propa-
gated the fame. way.

I fhall next give directions for the management of
thofe roots, which are annually brought from Italy.
And firft, in the choice of the roots, thofe which are
the largeft and plumpeft, if they are perfectly firm
and found, are the beft ; and the fewer offsets they
have, the ftronger they will flower ; but the under
part Of the roots fhould be particularly examined, be-
caufe it is there that they firft decays after the roots are
chofen, before they are planted, the offsets fhould be
taken off ; for if thefe are left upon the roots, they
will draw away part of the nourifhment from the
old root, whereby the flower-items will be greatly-
weakened.

As thefe roots commonly arrive in England in the
month of February or March, thofe who are defirous
to have thefe early in flower, fhould make a moderate
hot-bed foon after the roots arrive, which fhould have
good rich earth laid upon the dung, about feven or
eight inches deep -, this bed fhould be covered with a
frame, and when the bed is in a proper temperature
for warmth, the roots fhould be planted at about fix
inches diftance from each other every way. The up-
per part of the root fhould not be buried more than
one inch in the ground ; when the roots are planted,
there fhould be but little water given them until they
ihoot above ground ; for too much wet will rot them,
when they are in an inactive ftate, but afterward they
will require plenty of water, efpecially when the fea-
fon is warm. When the flower -Items begin to ap-
pear, the bed fhould have a large fhare of air given to
it, otherwife the ftalks will draw up weak, and pro-
duce but few flowers -, for the more air thefe plants
enjoy in good weather, the ftronger they will grow,
and produce a greater number of flowers ; therefore,
toward the beginning of May, the frame may be
quite taken off the bed, and hoops fattened over it,
to fupport a covering of mats, which need not be laid
over but in the night, or in very cold weather, fo
that by enjoying the free open air their ftems will be
large and if they are well watered in dry weather,
their flowers will be large, and a great number on
each Item.

This firft planting will require more care than thofe
which are defigned to come after them, for in order
to have a fucceflion of thefe flowers, the roots fhould
be planted at three different times, viz. the firft the
beginning of March, the fecond the beginning of

April,

POL

April, and the third at the end of that month, or the
beginning of May •, but thefe beds will require a much
lefs quantity of dung than the firft, efpecially that
bed which is the laft made ; for if there is but warmth
enough to put the roots in motion, it is as much as
will be required ; and this laft bed will need no co-
vering;, for many times thofe roots which are planted
in the full ground at this feafon, will produce ftrong
flowers in autumn; but in order to fecure their flow-
ering, it is always the belt way to plant them on a
gentle hot-bed. As to the leconti beo, tnat ftiouid
be arched over with hoops, and covered with mats
ever y night, and in bad weather, other wife the late
frofts which frequently happen in May will pinch
them.

Thefe plants may remain in the beds until the flowers
are near expanding, at which time they may be care-
fully taken up, preferving the earth .to their roots,
and planted in pots, and then placed in the (hade for
about a week to recover their removal •, after which
time the pots may be removed into halls or other
apartments, where they will continue in beauty a long
time, and their fragrant odour will perfume the air or
the rooms where they are placed •, and by having a
fucceflion of them, they may be continued from Mid-
fummer to the end of Qdober, or middle of Novem-
ber ; but as the items of thefe plants advance, there
ihould be fome (ticks put down by each root, to which
the items ihould be fattened, to prevent their being
broken by the wind.

It is a common pradice with many people, to plant
thefe roots in pots, and plunge the pots into a hot-bed •,
but there is much more trouble in rafting them in this
method, than in that before direded ; for if the roots
are not planted in very fmall pots, there will be a
neceffity of making the beds much larger, in order to
contain a quantity of the roots •, and if they are firft
planted in fmall pots, they fhould be ihaken out of
thefe into pots of a larger fize, when they begin to
fhoot out their fiower-ftems, otherwife the ftalks will
be weak, and produce but few flowers ; therefore I
prefer the other method, as there is no danger in re-
moving the roots if it is done with care.

When the roots are ftrong and properly managed, the
items will rife three or four feet high, and each item
will produce ten or twelve flowers or more ; and in
this the great beauty of thefe flowers confifts, for
when there are but a few flowers upon the ftalks
they will foon fade away, fo their places mull be fre-
quently renewed ; for the flowers are produced in
fpikes coming out alternately upon the ftalk, the lower
flowers opening firft ; and as thefe decay, thofe above
them open, fo that in proportion to the number of
flowers upon each ftalk, they continue in beauty a
longer or iliorter time.

The fort with double flowers will require a little
more care, in order to have .the flowers fair ; but this
care is chiefly at the time of blowing, for the flowers
of this fort will not open, if they are expofed to the
open air ; therefore when the flowers are fully former
and near opening, the pots ihould be placed in an
airy gl-afs-cafe, or a fhelter of glades fhould be pre-
pared for them, that the dews and rains may not fall
upon them, for that will caufe the flowers to rot
away before they open, and the heat of the fun drawn
through the glaffes will caufe their flowers to expanc
very fair. With this management, I have had this
fort with very double flowers extremely fair, and up-
ward of twenty upon one item, fo that they have
made a beautiful appearance ; but where this has not
been pradifed, I have rarely feen one of them in any
beauty.

POLIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 206. tab. 97. Teu-
crium. Lin. Gen. Plant. 625. Mountain Poley./
The Characters are,

The impalement of the flower is permanent , of one leaf ,
cut into five acute fegments. ’The flower is of the lip kind ;
it hath one petal> with a floort tube . The fiamina occupy
the place of the upper lip , and the lower lip is cut into
five fegments. It hath flour awl-Jhaped fiamina , which

are terminated by fmall fummits , and a germen divided
into four parts, fupporting "a fender fry A, crowned by two
narrow fligmas the germen afterward become four naked
feeds , inclofed in the empMement .

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, who has joined this genus*
and alfo the Chamsedrys and Chamspitys of Tourne-
fort to the Teucrium, making them but one genus,
which includes thofe plants whole flowers have two
long and two iliorter fiamina, and are fucceeded by
four feeds in the calyx.

The Species are,

it Folium ( Montanum ) . folds laneeoiatis integerrirms,
caulibus prQCumbentibus, floribus cbrymbofis termi-
nalibus. Mountain Poky with entire fpear-jhaped leaves*
trailing folks, and flowers growing in a corymbus at the
end of the branches. Folium lavenduks folio, C. B. P.
220. Mountain Poky with a Lavender leaf.

2. Polium ( Luteum ) fpicis oblongis fains obtains crena-
tis tomentofis. Mountain Poky with oblong fpikes of
flowers , and obtufe , crsnated , woolly leaves. Folium
montanum luteum. C. B. P. 220. Yellow Mountain
Poley.

3. Polium ( Angufiifolium ) fpicis fubrotundis, caulibus
fuffruticofis incanis, foliis linearibus tomentofis.
Mountain Poley with roundifh fpikes of flowers, hoary
forubby folks, and very narrow woolly leaves. Polium
luteum anguftifolium. C. B. P. 220, Narrow-leaved
yellow Mountain Poley.

4. Polium ( Album ) caule ramofo procumbente, foliis
lineari-lanceolatis dentatis, floribus corym boils termi-
nal i bus. Poley with a branching trailing folk, narrow ,
fpear-jhaped, woolly, indented leaves , and flowers grow-
ing in a corymbus terminating the branches. Polium
montanum album. C. B. P. 221. 'White Mountain
Poley.

5. Polium ( Capitatum ) caule eredo diffufo, foliis line-
ari-lanceolatis crenatis, corvmbis terminalibus latera-
libufque. Poley with an erebi diffufed ftalk , narrow,
fpear-jhaped, crenated leaves , and flowers growing in a
corymbus, terminating and proceeding out of the ftdes of
the branches. Polium maritimum ere cl urn Monfpe-
liacum. C. B. P. 221. Upright maritime Poley of Mont-
pelier.

6. Polium ( Pyreniacum ) caulibus procumbentibus hir-
futiflimis, foliis cuneiformi-orbiculatis crenatis. Poley
with very hairy trailing ftalks, and orbicular wedge-
fhaped haves which are crenated'. Polium Pyreniacum
iupinum, hederse terreftris folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
206. Low Pyrenean Poley, with a leaf like that of
Ground-ivy.

7. Polium ( Latifolium ) caule eredo ramofo, foliis lan-
ceolatis dentatis fubtus tomentofis, floribus confertis
terminalibus. Poley with an. upright branching ftalk ,
fpear-jhaped indented leaves which are woolly on their
under fide, and flowers growing in clufters terminating
the branches. Polium montanum album ferratum, la-
tifolium, eredum maj'us. Barrel. Obf. 34. Greater
upright white Mountain Poley, with a broad flawed leaf.

8. Polium ( Ere Bum ) caule eredo corymbofo, foliis li-
nearibus reflexis, floribus terminalibus. Poley with an
upright ftalk branching cut in form of a corymbus, nar-
row reflexed leaves, and flowers terminating the ftalks.
Polium montanum album anguftifolium. C.B.P, 221.
Narrow-leaved white Mountain Poley.

9. Polium ( Ramofum ) caule ramofo, procumbente,- fo-
liis lineari-lanceolatis fuperne dentatis, fpicis oblongis
terminalibus. Poley with a trailing branching ftalk , nar-
row fpear-jhaped leaves which are indented toward the
top, and oblong fpikes of flowers terminating the ftalks ,
Polium Hifpanicum fupmum, (lore flavefcente. Tourn.
Inft. 20 7. Low Spahifh Poky with a yellowijh flower.

10. Polium ( Spicatum ) caule eredo fuffruticofo, foliis
linearibus confertis, fpicis cylindricis faftigiatis ter-
minalibus. Poley with an upright under fhrub ftalk, nar-
row leaves growing in clufters , and cylindrical fpikes of
flowers which terminate the ftalks . Polium ereditm
album, anguftiori folio & fpica. Phil. Tranf. 417.
Upright white Poky with a narrower leaf and fpike,

11. Polium

I

POL

' POL

SL Folium \Fruticofum) caule ere£to frutieofo, foliis
laiiceolatis tomentofis integerrirnis, corymbis termi-
nal i bus.' Poky with an upright florubby ftalk, ftp ear -
fhaped woolly leaves which are entire , and flowers grow-
ing in a corymbus terminating the ftalks. Folium Va-
lentinum fruticofum, anguftifolium, flore albo. Barr,
Icon. 1048. Shrubby narrow-leaved Poley of Valencia,
with a white flower.

n. Folium- (Serratum) caule procumbente, foliis line-
aribus ferratis, corymbis conrertis terminalibus. Poley
with a trailing ftalk, narrow, /awed leaves , and cluftered
flowers growing in a corymbus at the ends of the ftalks.
Folium montanum album, anguftifolium ferratum,
fupinum minus. Barrel. Icon. 1091. Low , f mailer ,
white Mountain Poley, with a narrow fawed leaf.

13. Folium (■ Dijfitfum ) caule diuulo procumbente,. fo-
liis linearibus dentatis tomentofis, fpicis fubrotundis.
Poley with a trailing diffufed ftalk , narrow , indented ,
woolly leaves , and roundijh fpikes of flowers. Folium
montanum lute urn, ferratis anguftioribus incanis fo-
lds. Barrel. Icon. 1089. Yellow Mountain Poley, with
narrower , hoary r fawed leaves.

14. Folium {Integer rimum) caule erecto fuffruticofo, fo-
liis lanceolatis integerrirnis, corymbis confertis termi-
nalibus. Poley with an emit fhrubby ftalk , fpear-fhaped
entire leaves , and cluftered flowers growing in a corymbns
at the ends of the branches.

1 5. Folium {Smyrnantm) caule diffufo, foliis linearibus
pinnato-dentatis, fpicis fubrotundis lateralibus. Poley
with a diffufed ftalk , linear , winged , indented leaves , and
roundifh fpik.es of flowers proceeding from the fides of
the ftalks. Polium Smyrnasutn fcordii folio. Tourn.
Cor. 14. Poky of Smyrna , with a Heater Germander
leaf

The firft fort grows naturally on the mountains about
Bafil and Geneva, as alfo in France. The root of this
plant is compofed of many ligneous fibres, which
fpread wide in the ground, from which arife feveral
weak, trailing, ligneous ftalks, eight or nine inches
long, which fend out many fm all branches, garnifhed
with lmall fpear-fhaped leaves, of a deep green and
entire ; they are placed by pairs. The flowers are
produced in a corymbns at the end of the branches ;
they are white, and fhaped like thofe of the other fpe-
cies. Thefe appear in June and July, but are fel-
dom fucceeded by feeds in England. There is ano-
ther fort with much flnaller leaves, which are hoary on
their under fide, but I am not certain if it is a diftinCt
fpecies.

The fecund fort grows naturally in Spain ; the ftalks
of this are rather herbaceous, and trail upon the
ground •, they are about fix inches long, hoary, and
garnifhed with woolly leaves about half an inch long •,
ibrne of them are wedge-fhaped, others are oblong,
ending in obtufe points, and are crenated toward
their ends. The flowers are collected in oblong thick
fpikes at the end of the branches ^ they are of a deep
yellow colour, and appear the beginning of June, but
are feldom fucceeded by feeds in this country.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal ;
the ftalks of this are ligneous, ereCt, and branching,
covered with a hoary down ; they rife fix or eight
inches high, and are garnifhed with linear woolly leaves
about half an inch long, having fometimes two or three
flight indentures on their edges. The flowers are col-
lected in roundifh fpikes at the end of the branches ;
they are of a bright yellow, and have woolly empale -
ments. Thefe appear in June and July.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and in Italy ; this bath a trailing branching ftalk,
.which at the bottom is ligneous, but, the branches are
herbaceous and woolly •, they are garnifhed with li-
near, fpear-fhaped, woolly leaves, indented on their
edges. The flowers are produced in a corymbus at
the end of the branches ; they are final!, white, and
fhaped like thofe of the other fpecies. This flowers
in June and July.

The fifth forL grows naturally near the fea, in the
fouth of France and in Italy. This hath an erecl
brandling ftalk, which rifts a foot high , the lower

part becpmes ligneous, but the upper is 'herbaceous 5
the leaves are linear, fpear-fhaped, about an inch. long.,
crenated on their edges^of a pretty thick confidence,3
and a little woolly. The flowers are Collected in a co-
rymbus at the end of the branches 5 they are white,
and like thofe of the other fpecies. ' This flowers in
July and Auguft.

The flxth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
Mountains ; this hath flender fhrubby ftalks, which
trail dole upon the ground ; they have a purple bark,
and covered with white hairs ; the leaves are round at
the top, but at their bafe are contracted in form of a
wedge, and are crenated on their edges, fo as to re-
ferable at firft fight the leaves of Ground-ivy, but
they are hairy, and of a thicker confidence. The
flowers are collected in round bunches at the end of
the branches, one half of their petals are purple, and
the other half white ; they are larger than thofe of the
other fpecies, but are of the fame form. It flowers
-great part of dimmer, but feldom produces feeds here.
The feventh fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
this hath a ligneous, erect, branching ftalk, which
rifes near a foot high •, it is very hoary, and branches
out toward the top ; the leaves are fpear-fhaped, in-
dented on their edges, and woolly on their under fide.
The flowers are white, fmall, and grow in clufters at
the end of the branches. It flowers in June and July.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk nine or ten inches high,
branching out toward the top in form of a corymbus •
the leaves are linear, and their edges are reflexed. The
flowers are collected in roundifh woolly heads at
the end of the branches • they are white, and fmaller
than moll of the other fpecies. This flowers in June
and July.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain ; it hath a
trailing branching ftalk about fix or eight inches long,
which is ligneous at bottom, but upward is herbaceous
and hoary } the leaves are linear, fpear-fhaped, and
indented toward the ends. The flowers are collected
in oblong fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are
of a pale yellow colour, and fhaped like thofe of the
other fpecies. This flowers great part of fummer.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this hath
flender fhrubby ftalks, which rife a foot and a half
high ; they are fmooth and white, fending out a few
fhort branches toward the top, garnifhed with fmall
linear leaves growing in clufters. The flowers are
collected in long cylindrical fpikes, which ftand at
the top of the ftalks, and fometimes come out in
bunches on the fides •, th^fe are fmall and white. It
flowers in July and Auguft.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Valencia ; this
hath flender ligneous ftalks near two feet high, which
are hoary, and garnifhed with fmall, fpear-fhaped, en-
tire leaves at intervals, {landing in clufters j they are
woolly, and fit clofe to the ftalk the upper part of
the ftalk divides into feveral flender foot-ftalks, each
iuftaining a fmall corymbus of white flowers. The
whole plant is very hoary, and has a ftrong a-romatic
odour ; it flowers late in fummer.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France and in Italy ; this hath trailing ligneous ftalks
about a foot long, garnifhed with linear fawed leaves,
which are hoary, and have fmaller leaves coming out
from the bofom of the other. The flowers are col-
lected in a corymbns at the end of the branches ; they
are fmall and white. This flowers in June and July.
The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Spain and
Italy ; tli is hath diffufed trailing ftalks, which are
very woolly, about fix or feven inches long, garnifhed
with narrow indented leaves, which are covered with
a woolly down, and are terminated by roundifh heads
of flowers, which are yellow j the whole plant is very
hoary. It flowers in July.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this
hath ereCt branching ftalks about fix or eight inches
high ; the branches come out oppofite the whole
length of the ftalk ; they are garnifhed with fmall
fpear-fhaped leaves, of a dark green colour on their

upper

-

'T'V ~

'

. M'

‘

-

- r-: . - '

. ' • s.; - ' '• ' ■

* ' -

1

-

-

'

'

I

\

' |

-

-

/

■ r

. , i - . - .

■ " ; . 'r .

f' -

V

. -

• ■

;

■ ' •

S 7 . 1 . ; .

¥ ■,. .• . -

, ■ *

- :

■ V

> - : ' ; ' : c

■

• ,

'

• : V

A

' v '

: ' . ' • . :• ' ' ' /

'. |k) j J /'J 1,C '» J1 v1''-' ^

.

i ' . '• '

■

t

■

V / I ■ <

'

'

. '• • ' J

/

J ' 1

,

■ ■' ' 1 1 ;

• ■ - ,

i

\

«■*• '' ■ ’ !

,

> ^4 - y ' ' . ■ ■ ;

, a

'

,

>.V;‘

■ ; ; .

'

■ ^ • - ,

- • '

■ • •; ■: ■ v ■' - "" : . "

. 1 ; '

. 4 C - ' ■

"

, I •-

' ■ *t -'km
-1 *- ' .♦

A

■ _ >

-

'

. .

/ •

L. . :

x

■

■ ■ ■

.

I

upper fide, but hoary on their under j the (talks and
branches are terminated by clutters of blue flowers,
which are collected in roundirh heads. This fort
flowers in July and Auguft.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally about Smyrna ; this
hath di fluffed (talks, which rife about a foot high j
they are white, and clofely garni (bed with linear
leaves near two inches long, and about a quarter of
an inch broad-, they are indented regularly on their
edges like thofe of Spleenworr, but the indentures are
not deep j they are of a dark green on their upper fide,
but hoary on their under. The flowers are colledted
in roundifh fpikes, which terminate the branches, and
alfo come out from their fide ; they are white, and
fhaped like thofe of the other fpecies. It flowers in
July and Auguft.

There are feveral other fpecies of this genus, which
grow naturally in the warmer parts of Europe but
thofe which are here mentioned, are all that I have
yet feen growing in the Englifh gardens therefore I
have omitted the other, as I have had no opportunity
to examine them myfelf.

All the forts, except the firft, are abiding plants ;
they may be propagated by feeds, which muft be pro-
cured from the countries where they naturally grow,
becaufe they feldom perfedt their feeds in England.
Thefe (hould be fown upon a bed of frefli light earth
in the fpring, and when the plants come up, they
muft be carefully kept clean from weeds ; about the
middle of July the plants will be fit to remove, when
they may be carefully taken up, and part of them
planted on a warm border of dry rubbifhy foil, ob-
lerving to fhade them from the fun, and water them
till they have taken new root; after which they will
require no other culture but to keep them clean from
weeds. My adviling thefe and many other aromatic
plants, which are natives of the warmer parts of Eu-
rope, to be planted in rubbilh, isbfounded upon long
experience of their abiding much longer, and refill-
ing the cold of our winters much better, than when
they are growing in better ground, where they grow
much freer, are fuller of moifture, and therefore more
liable to be killed by froft.

The other part of the plants may be planted in fmall
pots, filled with fre(h, light, undunged earth, and
placed in the (hade till they have taken new root ;
then they may be removed into an open fituation,
where they may remain till the beginning of Novem-
ber, when they (hould be placed under a common
frame, to fecure them from the froft in winter, which
fometimes deftroys thefe plants ; by this method the
fpecies may be preferved.

Thefe plants may be difpofed in a garden, fo as to af-
ford pleafure, by mixing them with Marum, Maftich,
and feveral other aromatic plants, upon the Hoping
fides of banks, which are expofed to the fun, or upon
little hillocks raifed in a fheltered fituation, where, by
the diverfity of their hoary branches, being of various
fiiapes, they will make a pretty appearance and in
fuch places they will refill the, cold much better, than
when they are planted in a good foil.

They may alfo be propagated by cuttings or flips,
v/hich (hould be planted the beginning of April, juft
before they (hoot, upon a border expofed to the Eaft
and if the feafon proves dry, they muft be watered and
(haded until they have taken root, and afterward they
will require no other care but to keep them clean
from weeds, and at Michaelmas the plants (hould be
removed where they are defigned to remain ; but it
will be proper to put a plant of each fort in pots, that
they may be (heltered in winter to preferve the kinds.
The fourth and fifth forts are fometimes ufed in me-
dicine.

POLYANTHUS. See Primula.
POLYGALA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 174. tab. 79.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 761. [This plant is fo called, of •etoaJ,
much, and yd\x, milk, becaufe if cattle are fed in
marfhes that produce this plant, they give a great
quantity of milkV it is alfo called Ambarvalis, of
Ambiendis Arvis, from luftrating the fields ; becaufe

POL

ttie ancients ufed to crown virgins with the flowers of
this plant, when they perambulated the fields, to im-
plore fertility thereto j it is alfo called Amarella, be-
caufe it has a bitter tafte.] Milkwort.

The Characters are,

Ike flower has a j mall permanent empale, meni cf three
leaves , which are oval and acute ; two of thefe are be-
low the petals , and one is above. T he flower is fhaped
like thofe of the butterfly kind, the number of petals is in-
determinate. ‘The wings are large , plain , and extend be-
yond the other petals , the ftandard is tubulous , floor t, and
reflexed at the brim , where it is bifld. The keel is con-
cave, compreffed. , and bellied toward the top. It hath
eight ftamina in two bodies , included in the keel, termi-
nated by Jingle fummits ; and an oblong germen [upper ting
an ere ft ftyle , terminated by a thick bifid ftigma. The
germen afterward becomes a keart-Jhaped capfuls having
two cells , each containing one feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linnaeus’s feventeenth dais, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have eight (lamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

r. Polygala ( Vulgaris ) floribus criftatis racemofis,
caulibus herbaceis fimplicibus procumbentibus, foliis
lineari-lanceolatis. Amcen. Acad. 2. p. 136. Milkwort
with branching crefted flowers , Jingle , trailing , herbaceous
flalks , and linear fpear-Jhaped leaves. Polygala vulga-
ris. C. B. P. 215. Common Milkwort.

2. Polygala ( Monjpeliaca ) floribus criftatis, racemofis,
caule eretfto, foliis lanceolato-linearibus acutis. Sauv.
Monfp. 53. Milkwort with branching crefted flowers ,
an ereft Jlalk , and acute , fpear-Jhaped , linear leaves .
Polygala vulgaris coloris obfoleti, foliis anguftiffimis.
J. B. 3. p. 338. Common Milkwort with a worn-out
flower , and the narroweft leaves.

3. Polygala ( Myrtifolia ) floribus criftatis, carina In-
nulata, caule fruiicolo, foliis kevibus oblongis obtufis,
Amoen. Acad. 2. p. 138. Milkwort with crefted flowers,
a moon-Jhaped keek and a Jhrubby jlalk bearing oblong
leaves , which end in obtuje points. Polygala frutefeens,
folio buxi, (lore maximo. Tourn. Inft. 175. Shrubby
Milkwort , with a Box-tree leaf and a large flower.

4. Polygala. (< Chamcsbuxus ) floribus imberbibus fparfis,
carinae apice fubrotundo, caule fruticofo, foliis lance-
olatis. Amcen. Acad. 2. p. 140. Milkwort with flowers
growing thinly and without beards , the point of the keel
roundijh , a Jhrubby Jlalk, and fpear-Jhaped leaves. Cha-
mrebuxus flore colutese. C. B. P. 471. Low Box with
a flower like Bladder Sena.

5. Polygala ( Senega ) floribus imberbibus fpicatis,
caule erefto herbaceo fimpliciffimo, foliis lato-lance-
olatis. Amoen. Acad. 2. p. 139. Milkwort with
f piked flowers having no beards , an erect. Jingle , herba-
ceous Jlalk, and broad fpear-Jhaped leaves. Polygala
Yirginiana, foliis oblongis, floribus in thyrfo candidis,
radice alexipharmica. Edit. Prior. Milkwort of Vir-
ginia with oblong leaves, white flowers ranged in a loofe
Jpike, and an alexipharmic root, commonly called Senega
Rattle Snakeroot.

6. Polygala ( Mariana ) floribus imberbibus, oblongo-
capitatis, caule erefito ramofa, foliis linearibus. Milk-
wort with beardlefs flowers growing in oblong heads, an
ere ft branching Jlalk , and linear leaves. Polygala Ma-
riana, anguftiori folio, flore purpureo. Pluk. Man-
tiff. 153. tab. 438. fig. 5. Maryland Milkwort with
a narrower leaf and a purple flower .

7. Polygala ( Americana ) floribus criftatis, race mo
terminali, caule ereflo ramofa, foliis lanceolatis to-
mentofis. Milkwort with crefted flowers, an ereft branch-
ing Jlalk , terminated by a loofe Jpike of flowers , and
woolly fpear-Jhaped leaves. Polygala Americana erefita,
flore purpuro-aeruleo, folio nfiolli incano. HoufL
MSS. Upright American Milkwort , with a purplijh blue
flower and a J'oft hoary leaf.

There are feveral other fpecies of this genus, fome of
which grow naturally in Europe, and others in Ame-
rica, but as they are feldom cultivated in gardens,
it would be to little purpofe to enumerate them here.

R The

10

The firft fort grows naturally in paftures, and upon
heaths in many parts of England ^ 'of this there are
•three varieties, one with a blue, another with a pur-
ple, and a third with white flowers, which are fre-'
quently found intermixed ; and there is another which
is larger,, and fuppofed to be a diftinct fpecies ; but
I rather bAieve this difference is owing to the foil in
which- they grow--, for the large one is generally found
growing in moift paftures, and the finall one upon dry
heaths. This hath a perennial root, from which come
out three or four (lender, trailing, herbaceous (talks,
about, fix inches long, garnifhed with linear fpear-
fhaped leaves, about half an inch long, and an eighth
part of an inch broad in the middle, terminating in
points at both ends. The flowers are produced at
the top of the (talks, branching out ; they are fmall,
and of a blue, purple, or white colour, having two
wings, a keel and (land arcl like the butterfly (lowers.
T’hefe appear in June, and are fucceeded by flattiih
heart-fhaped capfules, divided into two cells, each
containing one feed.

The fecond fort grows naturally upon fterile ground
about Montpelier j this fort is annual ; it rifes with an
upright (talk about fax inches high, which is garnifhed
with narrow leaves placed alternate, ending in acute
points. The flowers are fmall, of a worn-out purple
colour ; the keel is bearded like the common fort.
This flowers in July, and has feed-veilels like the
firft fort, but fmaller ; the feeds ripen in autumn.
Thefe forts are very rarely admitted into gardens, nor
do they thrive fo well when (own or tranfplanted there,
as in their natural fituation. If thefe are cultivated,
their feeds fhould be fown (bon after they are ripe,
otherwife they rarely grow.

The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this hath a (brubby ftaik, covered with a
finooth brown bark, which riles four or five feet high,
fending out feveral fpreading branches toward the
top, which are clofely garnilhed with oblong, blunt-
pointed, fmooth leaves, about an inch long, and a
quarter of an inch broad, of a lucid green, fitting
clofe to the branches. The flowers are produced at
the end of the branches •, they are large, white on
their outfide, but of a bright purple within ; the keel
of the flower is hollowed like a halfmoon, and is
bearded j the wings are expanded wide, and the ftan-
dard is incurved ; this plant continueth flowering
mod; part of fummer. The flowers are fucceeded
by compreffed heart-ffiaped feed-veffels, having two
cells, each containing one hard, fmooth, Aiming feed.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which (hould be
fown in fmall pots, filled with light loamy earth ;
foon after they are ripe, thefe pots may be placed where
they may have the morning fun only till October,
when they fhould be placed under a hot-bed frame,
and plunged into old tanners bark, which has loft its
heat, where they may be defended from froft during
the winter, and in the fpring the pots (hould be
plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will bring up
the plants. When thefe appear, they fhoulcl not be
too tenderly treated, but muft have a large (hare of
free air admitted to them when they are fit to trani-
plant, they (liould be carefully fhaken out of the pots,
and feparated, planting each into a fmall pot filled with
foft loamy earth, and plunged into a very moderate
hot-bed to forward their taking new root, obferving
to (hade them from the fun, and gently refrefh them
with water as they may require it, but they muft not
have too much wet. When they are rooted, they
mufti be gradually inured to the open air, and in June
they may be placed abroad in a dickered fituation,
where they may remain till the middle or latter end of
Qdober, according as the feafon proves favourable •,
then- they muft be removed into the green-houfe, and
treated in the feme way as Orange-trees, being care-
ful not to give them too much wet during the winter
feafon. In the Cummer they muft be placed abroad
with other green-houfe plants, where, by their long
continuance in flower* they will make a fine appear-

r*~\

l

fof*

iiv.

management of this plant
feme as for the Orange-tree. - ....

neariy me

The fourth fort grows-naturally. o.n the Alps, and aU
fo upon the mountains in Auftria and Hungary j this
rifes with a (lender, branching, ligneous • ftaik about a
foot high, when it grows upon -good ground, but on
a rocky foil feldorn more than half that height. The
branches are clofely garnifhed with jftiff, fmooth, fpear-
fhaped leaves of a lucid green. From between the
leaves, toward the top of the branches', the flowers'
come out upon very ihort foot-ftalks ; they are white
on their outfide, but within are of a purpiiih colour
mixed with; yellow, and have a grateful odour. Thefe
appear in May, and are fucceeded by feed-yell

Is

like thole of the former fort.

This plant is very difficult to cultivate in gardens, for
it commonly grows out of the flffiur.es of rocks,, fo
cannot be eafily tranfplanted, and the feeds are with
difficulty obtained from abroad , nor do thefe vege-
tate till they have been a whole year in the ground,
unlefs they are fown foon after they are ripe, when
the plants will come up the fpring following ; when
the plants firft come up, they make very little prd-
grefs here, and are as difficult to tranfplant as aim oft
any plant at prefect known, which occafions its pre-
fent (carcity in England.

The bed method of cultivating this is by feeds, which
. fhould be procured as frefh as poffible from the places
of its natural growth, and fown in pots as foon as it
arrives ; the pets may be plunged into the ground,
where they may have only the morning fun. If thefe
are fown before Chriftmas, there will be a chance of
the plants coming up the following fpring but thofe
which are not fown till toward fpring, will remain in
the ground a year ^ therefore the pots fhould be
plunged into the ground, where they may have but
little fun the following fummer, and in autumn they
may be removed, and plunged into an old tan-bed
under a hot-bed frame, where they may be protected
from fevere froft for although this plant is a native
of the Alps and other cold mountains, yet as the feeds
• will not be covered with fnow here, as they are in
their native foil and fituation, they are frequently
fpoiled here by the inconftancy of the weather in Eng-
land. When the plants come up, they (hould be
placed in (hade during fummer ; and in autumn they
may be turned out of the pots, and planted in a bor-
der where they may have only the morning fun, for
this plant will not thrive long in pots. If the win-
ter proves very fevere, it will be proper to cover
the furface of the ground about their roots with mulch
to keep out the froft. If the plants take root in the
border, they (hould remain there undifturbed, and
be only kept clean from weeds, for the ground about
their roots (hould not be dug or dunged.

The fifth fort grows naturally in moft parts of North
America. This hath a perennial root compofed of
feveral fleffiy fibres, from which arife three or four
branching (talks, which grow erect, and are more than
a foot high ; thefe are garniftied with fpear-fhaped
leaves placed alternately. The flowers are produced
in loofe fpikes at the end of the branches j they are
fmall, white, and (haped like thofe of the common
fort, but their keels have no beards. It flowers here
in July, but the plants do not produce feeds here.

The root of this fort hath been long ufed by the
Seneka Indians to cure the bite of the rattle-fnake,
which,; if taken in time, is an infallible remedy. And
of late years it has been ufed by the inhabitants of
Virginia in many diforders, which are occaftoned by a,
thick flzy blood y fo that the root of this plant, when,
its virtues are fully known, may become one of the
moft ufeful medicines yet difeovered. The Seneka
Indians ufe this root, which they powder, and gene-,
rally carry about them when they travel in the woods,
left they (hould be bit by the rattle-fnake and when-
ever this happens, they take a quantity of the powder
inwardly, and apply forne of it to the part bitten,
which is a lure remedy.

The

POL

The fix th fort grows naturally in Maryland this hath
a perennial root, from which arife two or three ftalks'
about eight inches high, which divide into feveral
ere61 branches, garniftied with fmall linear leaves of a
dark oreen colour. The flowers are collected into ob-
long heads at the end of the ftalks ; they are fmall,
and of a purplifh blue colour.

Both thefe forts are difficult to obtain, for the feeds
rarely fucceed, fo the beft way is to procure their roots
from America, and when they arrive plant them in a
bed of light earth in a fheltered fituation. Iniummer
they inuft be kept clean from weeds, and it the fur-
face of the ground about their roots is covered with
old tanners bark, or any other kind ct mulch in win-
ter, to keep out the froft, it will be aiecure method
topreferve them.

The ieventh fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun growing naturally at La "V era Cruz : this hath
a taper perennial root which runs deep in the ground,
from which arife feveral {lender branching ftalks about
fix or {even inches high, garniftied with downy fpear-
Ihaped leaves an inch long, and halt an inch broad
in the middle, drawing to a point at both ends, i he
flowers are produced in loofe fpikes at the end of the
branches *, they are larger than thofe of the common
fort, and are of a bluifh purple colour. The keel of
the flower is bearded, as in the common fort.

This is too tender to live in the open air in England,
and it is one of thofe plants which will not thrive in
pots, fo is difficult to preferve here. It is propagated
by feeds, which mult be procured from abroad. The
feeds, which I received from Dr. Houftoun, remained
a year in the ground before the plants appeared, and
the plants lived one year ; but when their roots
reached the bottom of the pots, they decayed •, and
thofe which were tranfplanted into larger pots did not
furvive their removal, though it was performed with
great care.

POLYGON ATUM. See Convallaria.

POLYMNTA. Lin. Gen. 987. Hard-feeded Chry-
fanthemum.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a double emf dement -, the outer is corn-
pofed of five large fpreading leaves, the inner of ten ere 51
fpear-floaped leaves-, it hath a radiated flower, whofe
dtjk is compcfed of hermaphrodite florets, and the border ,
or rays, of five female half florets, which are tongue-
[haped and trifid. The hermaphrodite florets are funnel -
fhaped, have each five fiamina terminated by cylindrical
fimmits, which are longer than the petals they have a
a fmall ger men, fupporting a fender fly le, crowned by an
cat ufe fligrna -, thefe are barren. The female half florets
have a large gcrmen, with a fender ftyle the length of
the tube , crowned by two pointed fligmas thefe have
each one oval gibbous feed lodged in the fcaly receptacle ,
fucceeding them.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fection
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, intitled Syngenefia
Polygamia neceftaria, the plants having hermaphro-
dite and female florets ; the former having five {ta-
rn ina whole fummits are connected, the latter are
fruitful.

The Species are,

1. Polvmnia ( Uvedalia ) foliis oppofitis haftato-fmuatis.
Lin. So. 1303. Hard-feeded Chryfanthemum , with finu-
ated leaves placed cppofite. Chryfanthemum angulofis
platan! foliis Virginianum. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 83. f. 3.

2. Po l y mn i a ( Can-adenfis ) foliis alternis haftato-fmuatis.
Lin. Sp. 1303. Hard-feeded Chryfanthemum, with finu-
ated leaves placed alternate.

The firft fort grows naturally in Virginia, from whence
I have received the feeds ; this hath a perennial root,
which runs deep in the ground, fending up in the
fpring many ftalks in proportion to their fize ; thefe
in moift good ground will rife near ten feet high, and
are garniftied with large, angular, fmuated leaves eight
or ten inches over, of a light green, placed oppofite •,
the ftalks are terminated by a clufter of yellow
flowers fitting dole, having very ftort foot-ftalks ;
each having five female half florets in their borders.

and feveral hermaphrodite, florets in their middle;
which are encompafled by a double empalemenr;
the outer having five fpreading leaves, the inner ten
ereft ones ; the flowers appear in October, which is
too late to be fucceeded by feeds in England % the
ftalks decay in winter,, and. new ones arife in the
fpring.

The fecund fort
North America ;

grows natural'/ in feveral
this has alfo an -abiding roo

parts of
t, which

fends up many tall ftalks in the luring, which rife ai-
med: as high as thofe of the other fort thefe are gar-
niftied with large, angular, fmuated leaves, of a deeper
green than thofe of the former, which are placed al-
ternately-, the flowers are of a paler yellow colour,
and fit clofe on the top of the ftalks thefe appear
late in the autumn, fo are not fucceeded by feeds in

England.

Thefe plants are both propagated by feeds, which
mu ft be procured from the countries where the plants
grow naturally, fo that the feeds feldom arrive here
tiil toward the fpring and being town at that ieafpn,
the plants feldom come up until the following fpring j
whereas, if the feeds could be obtained in November,
and were immediately iown, the plants. would appear
the following fpring, whereby a year would behaved.
The feeds foouid be fown in a bed of light ground in
the open air and when the plants come up, they
fhould be thinned if they are too clofe, and kept clean
from weeds till the following autumn, when the roots
fhould be carefully taken up, and tranfplanted to the
places where they are to remain, allowing each plant
at leaft three feet room to grow, obferying to keep
them clean from weeds, and to dig the ground about
them every fpring.

P O L Y P O D I U M. Tourn Inft. K, H. 540. tab. 3 1 6.
Lin. Gen. Plant, [of zroxf many, and zrcvg a foot,
q. d. many feet. This kind of plant ftrikes its roots
into every part it can lay hold of, whether it be ftone,
earth, or tree, it is the fame thing, efpeeeially if it
be a tree of the Oak kind.] Polypody.

The Characters are,

This is one of the Fern tribe, which is clifiinguijhed from
the others, by the fructification being in reimdtfh fpots,dif-
tributed on the under Jur face of 4he leaf.

It is ranged in the firft fection of Tournefort’s fix-
ttenth clafs, which includes the herbs, which haye
no vifible flower, whofe fruit is fattened on the leaves.

The Species are,

1. Polypgdium ( Vulgare ) frondibus pinnatifidis, pin-
nis oblongjs fubferratis obtufis, radice fquamata. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 1085. Polypody with wing-pointed leaves hav-
ing oblong obtufe lobes, which are fomewhat fawed, and
a fcaly root. Poly podium vulgare. C. B. P. 359.
Common Polypody.

2. Poly podium ( ' Cambrhim: ) frondibus pinnatifidis, pin-
nis lanceolatis lacero-pinnatifidis ferratis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 1086. Polypody with wing-pointed leaves, whofe
lobes are fpear-fhaped , and the jags wing-pointed and
fawed. Polypodium Cambro-Britannicum, pinnulis
ad margines laciniatis. Rail Syn. Wejh Polypody wii\

jagged leaves.

There are many other fpecies of this plant which are
natives’ of America, forne of which are preferved in.
the curious botanic gardens for variety ; but as they

- are rarely cultivated in other gardens, it may not be
thought neceffary to enumerate them in this place.
The firft fort is that which is ufed in medicine, and
is found growing upon old walls and fhady banks in
divers parts of England. The fecond fort was brought
from Wales, where it grows in great plenty, and is
the moft beautiful of all the forts. Thefe plants may
be propagated by parting of their roots in the fpring
before they fnoot, and fhould be planted in a very poor
moift foil under the fliade of a wall •, for if they are
expofed to the fun, they will not thrive. They chiefly
delight to grow out of the joints of walls and old
buildings, but are commonly found expofed to the
North.

POMGRANA T E. See Punica.

P O M U M ADA M I. See Aurantium,

/

P O N-

^ ON T E DERI A. Lin. Gen, Plant. 291., Micheiia.
Houft. MSS.

The Characters are,

The flowers arc included in an oblong Jheath , which opens
on one fide, and hath fix petals, which are divided-, the
three upper are erect, and form a kind of lip the three
under are reflexed. It hath Jix flamina which are in-
fer ted to the petals the three which are longefl , arefafl-
ened to the mouth of the tube, the other are infer ted in
the bafle they are terminated by profir ate fummits. Under
the petals is Jituated an oblong ger men, Juppo'rting a Jingle
fiyle which declines, and is crowned by a fingle ftigma. The
germen afterward turns to a foft fruit divided into fix cells,
each containing fever al fmall rounaijh feeds .

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedlion of
Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which includes the plants whofe
■flowers have fix (lamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. P ONTEDERi a ( Cordata ) foliis cordatis, floribus fpi-
catis. Pontederia with heart-f japed leaves and fpiked
flowers. Sagittae fimilis planta paluftris Virginiana,
fpica flora m caerulea. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 618. Virgi-
nian marflo plant, like Arrow-head , having a fpike of
blue flowers.

2. Pontederia ( Hafiata ) foliis haftatis, floribus um-
bellatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 412. Pontederia with flpear-
pointed leaves, and flowers growing in umbels. Sagitta-
riae quodammodo fimilis planta Maderafpatana, fio-
ribus medio caule quafi ex utriculo prodeuntibus.
Pink. Phyt. tab. 220. A plant from Madras, flomewhat
like Arrow-head, with flowers proceeding from the middle
of the ftalk.

The firft fort grows naturally in marfhy places in Vir-
ginia, and moft parts of North America, and the
late Dr. Houftoun found it growing plentifully at La
Vera Cruz. This hath a perennial root, from which
arife two or three herbaceous thick (talks a foot high,
each having one heart-fhaped leaf about five inches
long, and two and a half broad, of a pretty thick
confluence. The bafe is deeply indented, and the
two ears are rounded ; the foot-ftalk of the leaf clofe-
ly embraces the ftalk like a fpathaor fheath, for near
three inches in length •, above this is another (heath
which inclofes the fpike of flowers ; this opens on
one fide, and the ftalk rifes near two inches above it,
where the fpike of flowers begin. The fpikes are
about three inches long •, the flowers are blue, fit very
ciofe together, and have the appearance of lip flowers.
Thefe appear in June, but are not fucceeded by feeds
in England.

As this plant grows naturally in moift boggy places,
it is very difficult to be preferved in England •, nor
does the plant arile from feeds here, for 1 have low-
ed the feeds in various fituations, and managed them
different, but could never get up any of the plants ;
but I had three or four of the plants lent me, inclofed
in large clods of earth from New England, which I
planted in pots, covering them with Mofs, and con-
ftantly fupplied them with water. With this ma-

• nagement two of them flowered, but the following
winter deftroyed them, as they were not put under
fhelter ; fo that to preferve them, they ffioukl be
placed under a hot-bed frame in winter, where they
may be expofed to the open air at all times when the
weather is mild.

The fecond fort grows naturally about Madras in
watery places. This rifes with a fingle ftalk eight or
nine inches high, having one arrow-pointed leaf, whofe
bafe embraces the ftalk like a ffieath, and from the
open fide of the fheath comes out the flowers, which
are at firft inclofed in another fmaller fheath •, thefe
grow in a fmall kind of umbel •, they are compofed of
fix acute-pointed petals which fpread open.. Each
flower (lands upon a (Lender foot-ftalk about an inch
long •, the foot ftalk of the leaf rifes a confiderable
height above the flowers, fo that they appear to come
out from the middle of the ftalk.

This fort is much more difficult to preferve in Eng-
land, becaufe it grows naturally in a hot country, and
always in places flowed with water. There was for- [

merry one of thefe plants brought over to Charles
Duboiic, E<q, at Mitcham, but it was not long- lived
here.

P O P U L A GO. See Caltha.

POPULUS. fourn. Inft. R. II. 592, tab. 364.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 996. The Poplar-tree j in French,
Peuplier.

The Characters are.

The male and female flowers grow upon feparate trees.
The male flowers or katkins have one. oblong, loofe , cylin-
drical empalement , which is imbricated. Under each fleale ,
which is oblong, plain, and cut on the border , is fituai-

. ed a fingle flower without any petal , having a netlarhm
of one leaf, turbinated at the bottom , and tubulcus at the
top, and eight flamina terminated by large four-cornered
fummits. The female flowers are in katkins like the male ,
but have no flamina they have an oval acute-pointed
germen, with fear ce any fiyle, crowned by a four-pointed
ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval capfnle
with two cells , including many oval feeds having hairy
down. ' J

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh feftion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe male flowers have eight (lamina, and
grow upon diftindt plants from the fruit.

The Species are,

1. Populus {Alba) foliis fubrotundis dentato-ano-ulatis
fubtus tomentofis. Elort. Cliff. 460. Poplar-tree with
rmindijh angular leaves, which are downy on their under
fide. Populus alba majoribus folii. C. B. P. 429.
White Poplar with larger leaves, commonly called the
Abele-tree.

2. Populus {Tremula) foliis fubrotundis, dentato-angu-
latis utrinque glabris. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar-tree

■ with round! Jh leaves , which are angularly indented, and
fimooth on both Jides. Populus tremula. C. B. P. 429.

3. Populus {Nigra) foliis deltoidibus acuminatis ferra-
tis. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar with pointed flawed leaves,
fljaped like the Delta. Populus nigra. C. B. P. 429.
Black Poplar.

4. Populus {Major) foliis angulatis ferratis, fubtus to-
mentofis fuperne virentibus. Poplar with larger angu-
lar Jawed leaves, downy on their under fide , and dark

• green on their upper. Populus alba majoribus foliis.
C. B. P. 429. Greater white Poplar, or Abele-tree.

5. Populus ( Balfamifera ) foliis lubcordatis oblongis cre-
natis. Hort. Cliff. 460. Poplar-tree with oblong leaves
which are crenated, and almoft heart-Jhaped. Populus
nigra folio maximo, gemmis balfamum odoratiffimum
fundentibus. Catefb. Carolin. 1. p. 34. The Carolina
Poplar-tree.

6. Populus {Tacamahacca) foliis fubcordatis, infernein-
canis, fuperne atroviridis. Poplar with leaves which
are almoft heart -fljaped, hoary on their under fide, and of
a dark green above. Populo fimilis arbor refinofa altera.
C. B. P. 430. Another refinous tree like the Poplar, com-
monly called Tacamahacca.

The firft fort grows naturally in the temperate parts
of Europe this and the fourth fort are frequently
confounded together, but they are certainly different
lpecies. The fourth fort is commonly called Abele-
tree here, and the firft white Poplar. The leaves of
the fourth fort are large, and divided into three, four,
or five lobes, which are indented on their edges ; they
are of a very dark colour on their upper fide, and
very white and downy on their under, (landing upon
foot-ftalks which are about an inch long. The young
branches of this tree have a purple bark, and are co-
vered with a white down, bur the bark of the ftem
and older branches is gray. In the beginning of April
the male flowers or katkins appear, which are cylin-
drical, lcaly, and three inches long, and about a week
after come out the female flowers on katkins, which
have no (lamina like thofe of the male. Soon after
thefe come out, the male katkins fall off, and in five
or fix weeks after, the female flowers will have ripe
feeds inclofed in a hairy covering, when the katkins
will drop, and the feeds will be wafted by the winds
to a great diftance.- ' * ■

The

FOR

The leaves of the firft fort are rounder, and not much
above half the bee of thofe of the fourth ; they are
indented on their edges into angles, and are downy
on their under fide, nor are their under furfaces of fo
dark green. The (hoots of this are paler, the kat-
kins are longer, and the down of the feeds is whiter
and longer.

The leaves of the third fort are oval, heart-fhaped,
and (lightly crenated on their edges ; they are fmooth
on both tides, and of alight green colour. The kat-
kins of this are fhorter than thofe of the two former.
The fifth fort grows naturally in Carolina, where it
becomes a very large tree. The (hoots of this lort
are very ftrong in England, and are generally cor-
nered; they have a light green bark like fome forts
of the Willow. The leaves upon young trees, and
alfo thofe upon the lower (hoots, are very large, ai-
med heart-fcaped, and crenated, but thofe upon the
older trees are (mailer ; and as the trees advance, their
bark becomes lighter, approaching to a grayifh co-
lour. The katkins of this fort are like thofe of the
black Poplar, and the fummits of the ftamina are
purple.

The (hoots of this tree while young, are frequently
killed down a confiderable length by the froffc in
winter ; but as the trees grow older, their (hoots are
not fo vigorous, and become more ligneous, fo are
not liable to the fame difafter ; but the trees fhould
be planted in a (heltered fituation, for as their leaves
are very large, the wind has great power over them,
and the branches being tender, they are frequently
broken or fplk down by the winds in the fummer fea»
fon, where they are much expofed.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Canada, and in other
parts of North America ; this feems to be a tree of
middling growth, and does not fpire upward, but
fends out many (hort thick (hoots on every fide, which
are covered with a light brown bark, and garnifhed
with leaves differing from each other in fhape and
fize, moff of them almoft heart-lhaped, but fome are
oval, and others near to fpear-fhaped ; they are whi-
tifh on their under fide, but of a dark green on their
upper. The katkins are like thofe of the black Pop-
lar, but the number of (lamina in the male (lowers is
uncertain, from eighteen to twenty-two. The female
flowers I have not fully examined, but by the male
katkins I have been induced to place it in this genus.
Thefe trees may be propagated either by layers or
cuttings, which will readily take root, as alfo from
fuckers, which the white Poplars fend up from their
roots in great plenty; but thefe are lefs valuable than
thofe propagated by cuttings, being more liable to
fend up fuckers. The bed time for tranfplanting
thefe fuckers is in October, when their leaves begin
to decay. Thefe may be placed in a nurfery for two
or three years to get ftrength, before they are planted
out where they are defigned to remain ; but if you
intend to propagate them from cuttings, it is better
to defer the doing of that until February, at wrhich
time you may plant truncheons of two or three feet
long, thru (ting them about a foot and a half into the
ground. Thefe v/ill readily take root, and if the foil
be moift in which they are planted, they v/ill arrive
to a confiderable bulk in a few years.

The black Poplar is not fo apt to take root from
large truncheons, therefore it is the better method to
plant cuttings about a foot and a half in length,
thrufting them a foot deep into the ground ; thefe
will take root very freely, and may be afterward
tranfplanted where they are to remain. This fort will
grow upon almoft any foil, but will thrive bed in moift
places.

I have planted cuttings of this tree, which in four
years have been bigger in the trunk than a man’s
thigh, and near twenty feet in height, and this upon
a very indifferent foil ; but in a very moift foil, it is
common for thefe trees to (hoot eight or ten feet in a
(eafon ; fo that where a perfon hath a mind to make a
(belter in a few years, there is fcarce any tree fo proper
for that purpofe as this ; but they fhould not be plant-

R

ed too near the pleafure-garden, becaufe the katkins
and down which fall from thefe trees, will make a
prodigious litter in the fpring,

The white forts, as alfo the Afpen-tree, likewife caufe
a greater litter in the fpring, when their katkins and
down fall off ; and their roots being very apt to pro-
duce a large quantity of fuckers, but efpecially thoie
trees that came from fuckers, which renders them un-
fit to be planted near a houfe or garden • but when
they are interfperfed with other trees in large planta-
tion?, they afford an agreeable variety, their leaves
being very white on their under fides, which, when
blown with the wind-, are turned to fight.

A confiderable advantage may be made by planting
thefe trees upon moift boggy foils, where few other
trees will thrive. Many fuch places there are in Eng-
land, which do not at prefent bring in much money
to their owners ; whereas, if they were planted with
thefe trees, they would, in a very few years, over
purchafe the ground, clear of all expence ; but
there are many perfons, who think nothing except
Com worth cultivating in England ; or if they plant
timber, it mull be Oak, Afn, or Elm ; and if their
land be not proper for either of thefe, it is deemed
little worth ; whereas if the nature of the foil was
examined, and proper forts . of plants adapted to it,
there might be very great advantage made of feveral
large traits of land, which at this time lie neglected.
The wood of thefe trees, efpecially of the Abele, is
very good to lay for doors, where it will laft many
years ; and for its exceeding whitenefs, is by many
perfons preferred to Oak ; but being of a fo ft contex-
ture, is very fubjeCc to take the impreffion of nails,
&c. which renders it lefs proper for this purpofe : it
is alfo very proper for wainfeotting of rooms, being
lefs fubjeCt to (well or (brink, than moft other forts
of wood ; but for turnery ware, there is no wood
equal to this for its exceeding whitenefs, fo that trays,
bowls, and many other utenfiis, are made of it ; and
the bellows-makers prefer it for their ufe, as do alfo
the fhoemakers, not only for heels, but alfo for the
foies of (hoes ; it is alfo very good to make light
carts, and the poles are very proper to fupport Vines,
Hops, &c. and the lopping will afford good fuel,
which in many countries is much wanted.

The Carolina Poplar may alfo be propagated by cut-
tings or layers ; the latter is generally praftifed by the
nurfery gardeners, being the fureft method ;,and thefe
plants are not fo full of moifture as thofe railed by cut-
tings, fo are lefs liable to be cut down by the froft
when young. There has been no trials made here of
the wood of this tree, fo I cannot give any account of
its worth.

The Tacamahacca fends up a great number of fuck-
ers from the roots, by which it multiplies in plenty,
and every cutting which is planted will take root ;
fo that when a plant is once obtained, there may
foon be plenty of the plants raifed. The buds of this
tree are covered with a glutinous refin, which finells
very ftrong, and this is the TacamahaCca ufedin the
(hops.

PORRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 382. tab. 204. Al-
lium. Lin. Gen. Plant. 370. [inGreekis called zxpd-
crov, from Tffpdto, to enkindle, as being a plant that
excites a v/armth in the body.] Leek.

The Characters are,

The flower hath fix bell-jhaped petals , which are collected
into a fpherical head , covered by a common roundifh fpa-
tha or Jheath , which opens on one fide, and withers. Thefe
have fix ftamina , three of which are alterndtely broader
than the other _ , and have forked fummits in their middle.
They have a /hort , round , three-cornered germen , f up-
porting a jingle ftyle , crowned by an acute fiigma. The
germen afterward becomes a floor t broad capfuls with three
lobes , having three cells filled with angular feeds.

This genus of plants is joined to Linnaeus’s genus of
Allium, which is ranged in the firft flection of his
fixth clafls, including the plants whole flowers have
fix ftamina and one ftyle. The joining of thefe ge-
nera together is allowable in a fyftem of botany, but

10 S in

433

I

' FOR

in a treatife upon gardening, it would not To well
pleafe 5 for as the Leek has' always been ■diftinguifh-
ed from Gariick and Onion by gardeners, fo it
would rather confufe than inftruti the practitioners,
if they were joined ; and as the fpecies of Gariick
are numerous, fo where their fpecies are leflfened, by
dividing them into genera, it will be no lefs uleful
to bota'nifts.

The Species are,

1. For rum (Sqtivum) radice oblonga tunicata, caule
planifolio, ftoribus capitatis, ftaminibus tricufpidatis.
Leek with an oblong coated root , a plain leaf on the J, talk ,
flowers colledled in heads* and three-pointed flamina. Por-
rurh commune capitatum. C. B. P. 72. Common-headed
Lei f, commonly called London Leek.

2. Porrum ( Ampeloprafum ) caule planifolio umbellife
ro, imibella.globosa, ftaminibus corolla longioribns.
Leek with a plain leaf on the ftalk , which - fupp or ts a glo-
bular umbel of flowers , whofe flamina are longer than the
petals. Porrum Si berienfe, ftoribus purpurafcentibus.
Gmel. Siberian Leek having purplifh flowers.

The . ftrft, fort is commonly cultivated' in the Englifh
gardens ; of this there has been generally fuppofed
two forts, but I have made trial of them both, by
' lowing their feeds feveral times, and find they are the
fame ; the difference which has rifen between them,
has been occafioned by fome perfons having laved
the feeds from old roots, and not from the leeching
Leeks, whereby they have degenerated them, and
rendered them fmaller and narrower leaved j but by
care this may be recovered again, as I have expe-
rienced.

The other fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this hath
narrower leaves than the common fort, the Italics are
fmaller, and do not rife fohigh •, the heads of flowers
are alfo fmaller, and of a purplifh colour j the (lami-
na ftands out beyond the flower.

Leeks are cultivated by fowing their feeds in the
' fpring, in the fame manner as was directed for Oni-
ons, with which thefe are commonly fown, the two
forts of feeds being mixed according to the proportion
which is defired of either fort; though the moft com-
mon method is, to mix an equal quantity of both,
for the Onions will greatly out-grow the Leeks in the
fpring ; but thefe being drawn off early in Auguft,
the Leeks will have time to grow large afterwards, fo
that there may be a moderate crop of both forts.
The management of Leeks being exaftly the fame
with Onions, l fhall not repeat it in this place ; but
fhd.ll only add, that many perfons fow their Leeks
very thick in beds- in the fpring ; and in June, after
fome of their early crops are taken off, they dig up
the ground, and plant their Leeks out thereon, in
rows a f6ot apart, and fix inches afunder in the rows,
obferving to water them until they have taken root ;
after- which they will require no further culture, but
to clear the ground from weeds. The Leeks thus
planted will grow to a moderate fize, provided the
ground be good, and this method is very proper for
fuch perfons who have little room.

* If you would fave the feeds of this plant, you fihould
make choice of fome of the largeft and beft Leeks
you have, which mull remain in the place where they
grew until February, when they fhould be transplant-
ed in a row againft a warm hedge, pale, or wall, at
about eight inches afunder; and when their Items
advance, they Ihould be fupported by a firing, to
prevent their being broken down, to which they are
very liable, efpecially when in head ; and the defer
they are drawn to the fence in autumn, the better
the* feeds will ripen ; for it fometimes happens in cold
futnmers or autumns, that thofe which grow in the
open garden, do not perfect their feeds in this coun-
try, efpecially if there fhould be (harp frofts early in
autumn, which will entirely ipoil the feed.

"yy hen it is ripe (which may be known by the heads
' changing brown) you fhould cut off their heads with
about a foot or more of the ftalk to each, and tie them
iiV bundles, three or four heads in each, and hang
them up in a dry place, where they may remain till

FOR

Chriftmas or after, when you may threfh out theTeeds
for ufe. The hulk of thefe feeds is very tough, which
renders it very difficult to get out the feeds ; there-
fore fome perfons who have but a fmali quantity, rub
it hard againft a rough tile, which will break the hulks,
and get the feeds out better than moft other methods
I have known ufech

PORTULACA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 236. tab.
1 T 8. Lin. Gen. Plant. 531. Purllane ; in French,
Pourpier.

The Characters are,

Lhe empalemcnt of the flower is fmali \ bifid , ' and per-
manent, fitting upon the germen. 1 loe flower has five
plain , eredi , obtufle petals , and many hair-like fiamina ,
about half the length of the petals , terminated by Jingle
Jummits ; and a 'roundijh germen , fupporting a Jhort ftyle ,
crowned by five oblong fiigmas. the germen afterward
becomes an oval capfule with one cell , containing mam
fmali feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the ftrft fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s eleventh clafs, which contains the plants
whofe flowers have from eleven to nineteen fiamina
inclufive, and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Portulaca ( Oleracea ) foliis cuneiformibus, ftoribus
feffilibus. Prod. Leyd. 473- Purflane with wedge-Jhap-
ed leaves, and flowers growing clofe to the folks. Portu-
laca latifolia feu fativa. C. B. P. 288. Broad-leaved , or
Garden Purflane.

2. Portulaca (. Pilofa ) foliis fubulatis alternis, axillis
pilofts, ftoribus feffilibus termi'nalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
445. Purflane with awl- flo aped leaves placed alternately ,
hairy joints , and flowers fitting clofe to the jialks. Por-
tulaca Curaffavica angufto longo lucidoque folio,
procumbens. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 2. Trailing Purflane
of Curajfo , with long , narrow , Jhining leaves.

3. Portulaca ( Anacampfcrcs ) foliis ovatis gibbis, pe-
dunculo multifloro, caule fruticofo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
445. Purflane with oval gibbous leaves , foot-ftalks hav-
ing many flowers, and a Jhrubby ftalk. Telephiaftrum
folio globoid. Hort. Elth. 376. Baftard Orpine with a
globular leaf.

The ftrft fort grows qatu rally in America, and moft
of the hot parts of the globe. This is the common.
Purflane which is cultivated in the gardens, and is fo
generally known as to need no defeription. There
are two varieties of this, one with deep green leaves,
and the other hath yellow leaves, which is called
Golden Purflane ; but as both thefe arife from the
fame feeds, fo they are only feminal variations. There
is alfo a third variety with fmaller and lefs fuc-
culent leaves, which is called wild Purflane, becaufe
wherever it is once fown in a garden, and the plants
permitted to icatter feeds, the plants will come up as
weeds the following year ; but this I am fure is a de-
generacy from the Garden Purflane, for I have fown
it feveral times and let the plants fired their feeds, and
it has come up from thofe feeds in two years, dege-
nerated to the wild fort.

Purflane is propagated from feeds, which may be
fown upon beds of light rich earth during any of the
fummer months ; but if you intend to have it early in
the feafon, it fhould be fown upon a hot-bed ; for it
is too tender to be fown in the open air before April,
and then it muft be in a warm fituation. This feed is
very fmali, fo that little of it will be fufticient to lim-
ply a family. There is no other culture which this
plant requires, but to keep it clear from weeds, and
in dry weather to water it two or three times a week.

In warm weather this plant will be fit for ufe in fix
weeks after fov/ing, fo that 'in order to continue z
fuccefiion of it, you fhould fow it at three or four dif-
ferent feafons, allowing a fortnight or three weeks
between each fowing, which will be fufticient to laft
the fummer, fo long as, it is proper to be eaten ; for
being of a very cold nature, it is unfafe to be eaten,
except in the heat of fummer in England ; for which
reafon, it is not to any purpofe to fow it upon a
hot-bed, fince it will come early enough for ufe in
the open air.

If

I

If the feeds are intended to be fayed, a fuflicient num-
ber of the eariieft plants Ihould be left for this pur-
pofe, drawing out all thole which are weak, or have
imali leaves, from among them ; and when the feeds
are ripe, the plants fhould be cut up, and fpread up-
on cloths in the fun to dry, and then the feeds may-
be eallly beaten cut and Med, to clear it from the
leaves and feed- ve Mis.

The fecond fort grows naturally in moft of the i-iands
of the Weft Indies , this is annual ; the ftalks are ve-
ry fuccuient, of a purple colour, and branch out
greatly ; the lower branches lie near the ground, but
thole above them are more eredt ; the leaves are nar-
row, awl-lhaped, and of a lucid greeny they are
placed alternatelyon the branches. At the joints there
come our tufts of white hairs, and between thefecome
out the flowers fitting clofe to the branches ; they are
of a fine Pink colour, but of fhort duration, feidom
continuing open longer than five or fix hours ; thefe
are fucceeded by fliort roundilh capfules, filled with
Mali black feeds. It flowers from the middle of June
till autumn.

The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this is a perennial plant with a fnrubby ftalk,
which rifes four or five inches high, garnifhed with
thick, globular, fuccuient leaves ; at the top of the
italic comes forth a flender foot-ftalk about two
■ inches long, fuftaining four or five Rofe-fhaped flow-
ers of a red colour. Thefe appear in July, but are
not fucceeded by feeds in England. This plant is
too tender to live in the open air in winter, fo it mu ft
be kept in pots, and treated in the fame way as the
moft fuccuient kinds of Aloes. It is propagated by
cuttings.

POTENTILLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 559. Quin-
quefolium pentaphylloides. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 296.
tab. 153, 298. Cinquefoil ; in French, Quint e-feuiile.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the fewer is of one leaf. \ which is
jlightly cut into ten parts ; the ftegments are alternately lefs
and reftexed. The flower is cotnpofled of five petals , which
are infer ted into the empalement , and fpread open. It hath
twenty awl-flhaped ftamina inferted in the empalement ,
terminated by moonfloaped fummits. In the center of the
flower there are fever al germen collected into one head ,
with very flender flyles inferted in the fide of the germen ,
crowned by obtufls JligmaS. After the flower is pafl , the
germen becomes a head of roundijh feeds , included in the
empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fedtion of
Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have about twenty ftamina inferted in
the empalement, and have many germen.

The Species are,

1. Potentilla ( Anferina ) foliis pinnatis ferratis, caule
repente. Flor. Lapp. 210. Potentilla with winged flawed
leaves, and a creeping ftalk. Pentaphylloides argente-
mn alatum, feu potentilla. Tourn. Inft. 298. Silver
Weed, or Wild Tanfly.

2. Potentilla ( Rupcftris ) foliis pinnatis alternis, fo-
lioiis quinis ovatis crenatis, caule eredlo. Hort. Cliff.
193. Potentilla with alternate winged leaves , having
five oval crenated lobes , and an erect ftalk. Pentaphyl-
loides erectum-. J. B. 2. p. 398. Upright Cinquefoil.

n, Potentilla IfFruticofla) foliis pinnatis, caule fruti-
coib. Hort. Cliff. 193. Potentilla with winged leaves
and a Jhrub'by ftalk. Pentaphylloides redlum frutico-
ium Eboracerffe. Mor. Hift. 2. 193. Upright fhrub-
by Cinquefoil of Torkfloire , commonly called Jhrubby
Cinquefoil.

4. Potentilla {Re A a) foliis feptenatis lanceolatis fer-
ratis utrinque fubpilofis, caule eredlo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
7 1 1 . Potentilla with [even fpear-fhaped, flawed , hairy
leaves , and an ere A ftalk. Quinquefolium erectum
luteum. C. B. P. 325. Yellow upright Cinquefoil.

r. Potentilla {Ar gen tea) foliis quinatis cuneiformibus
incirs fubtus tomentofis, caule eredlo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
497. Potentilla with five wedge-Jhaped cut leaves , which
are woolly on their under fide, and have an ere A ftalk.

Quinquefolium folio argenteo. C. B. P. 325, Cinque-
foil with a J livery leaf

6. Potentilla ( Cauleftcens ) foliis quinatis apice conni-
venti-ferratis, caulibus mukifloris eredcis, .receptacu-
lis hirfiitis~. Hort. Cliff. 194. Potentilla with five leaves
whofe points arc fa-wed, ere A ftalks with many flowers,
and hairy receptacles. Quinquefolium album minus
alterum. C. B. P. 325. Another fmaller white Cinque-
foil.

7. Potentilla ( Monfpelwifs ) foliis remaps, caule ra-
mofo credo, peduncuiis fupra genicula enatis. Hort.
Upfal. 134. Potentilla with leaves growing by threes ,
an upright branching ftalk, and fooi-ftalks rifling above
the joints. Fragaria fcerilis Alp in a caulefcens. Boerh.
Ind. alt. 1. p. 42. Stalky Alpine barren Strawberry. .

8. Potentilla ( Grandiflora ) foliis ternatis, dentatis
utrinque fubpilofis, caule decumbente foliis Ion gi ore.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 715. Potentilla with three hairy leaves ,
and a trailing ftalk longer than the leaves. Fragaria lle-
rilis ampliffimo folio & flore, petalis cordatis. Vailk
Parif. 55. tab. 10.

9. Potentilla {Heptaphylla) foliis feptenis quinatifque,
foliolis pinnato-incifis pilofls, caule credo ramofo.
Potentilla with j 'even and five leaves, whofe lobes are
cut, winged, and hairy, and an upright branching ftalk .
Quinquefolium quod pentaphylluin feu potius hep-
taphyllum redum, caule rubro hirfutis. Hort. Cath.
Cinquefoil or Septfoil, with a red, upright , hairy ftalk.
There are many more fpecies of this genus, which
are preferved in botanic gardens for the lake of va-
riety, but as they are not cultivated in other places
either for ufe or beauty, I (hall not enumerate them
here.

The firft fort here mentioned, grows naturally upon
cold ftiff land in moft parts of England, and is a fure
mark of the fterility of the foil. It fpreads its ftalks
upon the ground, which fend out roots from their
joints, fallen in g into the ground, and thereby propa-
gates fo fall, as in a little time to fpread over and fill
the ground to a great diftance. The leaves are com-
pofed of feveral lobes (or wings) which are generally
placed alternately along the midrib, and terminated
by an odd one-, they are fa wed on their edges, and
are of a filvery colour* efpecially on their under fide.
The flowers are produced fingly upon very long foot-
ftalks, which arife from the root ; they are compofed
of five yellow petals, which expand in form of a
Rofe ; thefe have a great number of ftamina which
are inferted to the petals, and many germen colledted
in heads, which afterward become many acute-
pointed feeds wrapped up in the empalement. It
flowers great part of iummer. The leaves of this
plant are ufed in medicine, and are accounted re-
Ilringent and vulnerary. It is rarely cultivated in
gardens, being a very common weed in England.
The fecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, arid
mountains in Germany. This hath a perennial root,
which lends out feveral heads joined together; from
thefe arife the foot-ftalks of the leaves, which are
long, and fuftain three pair of roundifn lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one ; thefe are crenated on their
edges, and fit clofe to the midrib. Out of each
head arifes a hairy ftalk about nine inches high,
having at each joint one" or two trifoliate leaves,

' fhaped like thole below, but fmaller ; the upper part
of the ftalk divides into fmall foot-ftalks, each fuf-
taining two or three white flowers, very like thofe of
the Strawberry. Thefe appear in June, and are fuc-
ceeded by feeds like thofe of the former. It is
eafily propagated by feeds, or parting of the roots ;
the bell time of fowing the feeds is in the autumn,
and that is alfo the feafon for parting and tranfplant*
ing the roots; it loves a moift foil and a ihadv
fituation.

The third fort grows naturally in the northern coun-
ties of England, and in many of the northern parts
of Europe. This hath a fnrubby ftalk, which rifes
about four feet high, dividing into many branches,
which are garnifhed by winged leaves, compofed of

two

I

POT

two or three pair of narrow, acute-pointed, entire
lobes, which are hairy, and pale on their under fide.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in clutters ; they have five yellow petals fpreading
open in form of a Rofe, with many germen and fta-
mina within. Thefe appear in July, and are fame-
times fucceeded by feeds inclofed in the empale-
pient. This plant is commonly cultivated in the
nurfery-gardens as a flowering fhrub, by flickers, or
laying down the tender branches, which will take
root in one year, and may then be taken off from
the old plants, and planted in a nurfery for a year
or two to get ftrength, before they are planted
where they are defigned to remain. It may alfo be
propagated by cuttings, which may be planted in
autumn in a moift fhady border, where they will
take root the next fpring, and the Michaelmas fol-
lowing may be tranfplanted into the nurfery.

The beft feafon for tranfplanting of thefe plants is in
Qdtober, that they may get new roots before the
hard froft fets in •, for as this plant grows naturally
upon moift boggy land, fo when it is removed in
the fpring, if due care is not taken to water it in dry
weather, it is apt to mifcarry ; nor will this plant
live in a hot dry foil, but in a fhady fituation and on
a cool moift foil it will thrive exceedingly.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France and Italy; this hath hand-fhaped leaves, com-
pofed of five or (even lobes which join at their bafe,
where they meet the foot-ftalk ; they are deeply cre-
nated on their fides, and are hairy on both hides. The
ftalks rife nine or ten inches high, branching toward
the top, and garnifhed at each joint with one leaf,
of the fame form as thole below, but fmaller. The
flowers grow at the top of the ftalk ; they are white,
and fhaped like thofe of the former fort, appearing
about the fame time, and are fucceeded by feeds like
thofe. This is a biennial plant, which dies foon after
the feeds are ripe. It may be propagated as the fe-
cond fort.

The fifth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and in
other rough hilly parts of Europe. This hath a thick
fiefhy root which ftrikes deep in the ground, from
which arife feveral purple branching (talks about a
foot high, garnifhed with leaves compofed of five
wedge-fhaped lobes, which are deeply cut on their
edges, and are very hoary on their under fide. The
flowers grow at the top of the ftalk, which branches
out into many foot-ftalks ; they are yellow, and fhap-
ed like thofe of the fourth fort, but fmaller. The
root is perennial, and the plant may be propagated
as the fecond fort.

The fixth fort grows on the mountains in Auftria ;
this hath a perennial root; the leaves ftand upon
foot-ftalks which arife from the root, and are very
long ; they are compofed of five oblong lobes which
are a little fawed at their ends, very hoary and fllky
on their tinder fides, but green on their upper. The
flowers are produced upon long (lender foot-ftalks,
which arife immediately from the root ; they are
white, and fhaped like thofe of the other fpecies, ap-
pearing in May, but are leldom fucceeded by feeds in
England. It may be eafily propagated by runners in
the fame manner as the Strawberry ; the beft time to
tranfplant them is in autumn. It loves a cool foil
and a fhady fituation.

The feventh fort grows naturally near Montpelier ;
this is a perennial plant; the ftalks grow erecft, about
a foot high ; they are very hairy, and garnifhed with
trifoliate oblong leaves, fawed on their edges. The
flowers are produced upon foot-ftalks, which come
out above the joints of the ftalk ; they are white,
and large. This plant flowers in June, and the feeds
ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to fcatter, will
produce plants in plenty the following fpring, which
will require no other culture but to keep them clean
from weeds.

The eighth fort is alfo a perennial plant, but differs
from the other in having trailing ftalks ; the lobes
of the leaves are oval, obtufe, and bluntly indented

POT

on their edges ; the flowers are larger, and the whole
plant is of a deeper green. It flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in autumn. It propagates itfelf like
the former fort.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy and Sicily ;
this is a perennial plant ; the ftalks rife near two feet
high, they are purple and very hairy, garnifhed with
leaves compofed of five or fevcn narrow lobes, which
are deeply cut on their Tides, fo as to referable thofe
of winged leaves ; the ftalks branch out greatly to-
ward their top. The flowers are yellow, and fhaped
like thofe of the fourth fort. It flowers in June, and
the feeds ripen in autumn. It may be propagated as
the fourth fort.

I O T E R I U M. Lin. Gen. Tlant. 948. Pimpinella.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 156. tab. 68. Burnet ; in French,
Pimprenelk.

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers in the fame fpike. The
male flowers have a three-leaved empakment ; they have
one petal, which is cut into flour parts ; thefe are oval \
concave , and permanent , and a great 'number of long hair-
line fiamina , terminated by roundifh twin fummits. The
female flowers have one wheel-floaped petal with a fhort
tube , cut at the brim into jour parts ; thefe have no fia-
mina, but two oblong oval germen, with two hairy ftyles
the length of the petal, crowned by coloured pencil-Jhaped
jtigmas. The germen afterward becomes two hard feeds,
inclofed in the petal of the flower.

This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth fedion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-firft dais, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers are male and female in the
lame fpike, and the male flowers have many ftamina.

The Species are,

1. Poterium (, Sanguiforba ) inerme, caulibus fubangu-
lofis. Hort. Cliff. 446. Unarmed Poterium with angular
ftalks. Pimpinella fanguiforba minor hirfuta. C. B. P.

1 60. Smaller hairy Burnet.

2. Poterium ( Hybridum ) inerme, caulibus teretibus
ftridtis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 994- Unarmed Poterium with
a narrow taper ftalk. Pimpinella agrimonoides odo-
rata. H. R. Par. Sweet-fmelling Burnet refembling
Agrimony.

3. Poterium. ( Spinofum ) fpinis ramofis. Hort. Cliff.
445. Poterium with branching fpines. Pimpinella fpi-
nofa, feu fempervirens. Mor. Umb. 57. Prickly or
evergreen Burnet.

The firft fort is the common Burnet, which grows
naturally upon chalky lands in many parts of Eng-
land ; of this there are two or three varieties, one of
them is much fmootherthan the other, and the third
hath larger feeds than either of the former ; but thefe
differences are not conftant, being only feminal va-
riations. This is a perennial plant, from whofe root
arife a great number of leaves, (landing on pretty long
foot-ftalks ; they are compofed of five or fix pair of
lobes, terminated by an odd one. The lobes are ge-
nerally ranged a little alternate on the midrib, but
fometimes ftand by pairs ; they are fawed on their
edges, and are fometimes fmooth, and at others hairy.
The ftalks rife a foot and a half high, branching out
pretty much, and are terminated by long ftender foot-
ftalks, each fuftaining an oblong fpike of flowers; in
which there are fome male ancT others female ; they
are of a purplilh red colour, and appear in June. The
female flowers are each fucceeded by two hard feeds,
which ripen in autumn.

This plant is propagated in gardens ; the young ten-
der leaves are put into fallads in winter and fpring,
and the leaves are ufed for cool tankards in hot wea-
ther. It is ufed in medicine, and is reckoned to be
cordial and alexipharmic. The powder of the root is
commended againft fpitting of blood.

This plant is eafily propagated by feeds, which fhbuld
be fown in autumn foon after they are ripe ; for if it
is fown in fpring, the feeds frequently lie in the
ground till the fpring following. If the feeds are
permitted to fcatter, the plants will come up in plenty ;
and if thefe are tranfplanted out in a bed of undunged
earth, at about a foot cliftance every way, and kept

clean

PR A .

clean from weeds, they will continue lome years, ef-
pecially if the foil is dry, and will require no other
care. It may alio be propagated by parting the roots
in autumn ; but as the plants arife fo freely from
fcatfcered feeds, the latter method is feidom p radii fed.
This plant has been of late recommended by perfons
of little fkiil, to be fown as a winter pabulum for cat-
tle ; but whoever will give themfelves the trouble to
examine the grounds where it naturally grows, will
find die plants left uneaten by the cattle, when the
Grafs about them has been cropped to the roots-, be*
fide, in wet winters and on ftrong land, the plants
are of fhort duration, therefore very unfit for the pur-
pofe, nor is the produce fufficient to tempt any per-
ions of fkiil to engage in its culture ; therefore I wifh
thofe perfons to make trials of it in fmall quantities,
before they embark largely in thefe new fchemes.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy this is a biennial plant, which decays foon
after the feeds are ripe. The leaves of this are like
thofe of Agrimony, and are compofed of three or four
pair of oblong lobes, placed a little alternate on the
midrib, and terminated by an odd one : they are
deeply fawed on their edges, and have an agreeable
fcent ; the (talks rife two feet high, and are garnifhed
at each joint with one of thofe winged leaves, which
gradually diminifh in their fize at the top, and juft
above the leaf arifes a long foot-ftalk, which fupports
two or three fmall ones, each fuftaining a fmall round-
ifli lpike of flowers. Thefe appear in July, and are
fucceeded' by feeds which ripen in autumn. It is
propagated by feeds, which, if fown in autumn, the
plants will come up the following fpring. Thefe re-
quire no other culture than to thin them where they
are too clofe, and keep them clean from weeds the
fecond year they will flower and ripen their feeds, and
foon after decay.

The third fort grows naturally in Crete, and in many
of the iflands of the Archipelago. This hath a
fhrubby perennial ftalk, which rifes about three feet
high, dividing into feveral (lender branches, which are
armed with branching (harp thorns the leaves are
very fmall •, they are winged, and have fix or feven
pair of very fmall lobes, ranged oppofite along the
midrib, terminated by an odd one they are of a
lucid green, and continue all the year. The flowers
are produced in fmall heads at the end of the branches,
and are of an herbaceous colour they appear the be-
ginning of June,' and there is a fucceffion of them
moft part of fummer but thofe only which come
early, are fame times fucceeded by feeds in England.
This plant is too tender to live through the winter in
the open air ; but if it is dickered under a common
hot-bed frame in winter, where it may have the free
air at all times when the weather is mild, and fhekered
from hard froft, it will thrive better than when it is
more tenderly treated. It may be propagated by
flips or cuttings during any of the fummer months,
which, if planted in a bed of light earth, and covered
down dole with a hand or bell-glafs, and (haded from
the fun, will take root and may then be taken
up, and planted each into a Separate fmall pot, filled
with frefli undunged earth, and placed in the (hade
till they have taken new root, and then removed to a
fhekered fituation, where they may (land till the froft
comes on, when they fhould be placed under the hot-
bed frame. It requires but little water, efpecially in
cool weather, and wants no particular culture.

PRASIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 655. Galeopfis. Tourn.
Inft, R. H. 186. Shrubby Hedge-nettle.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a hell-Jhaped empalernent cf one leaf. \ di-
vided into two lips ; [the upper Up is broad , and ends in
three acute points ; the lower Up is cut into two parts.
'The flower is of the lip kind , it hath one petal-, the
tipper lip is oval, eredi, and indented at the end. The
lower lip is broad , reflexed , and ends in three points , the
middle one being broadefi. It has four awl Jhaped jlamina
tinder the upper Up , two of which are f barter than the
other, having oblong fummits on their fide, and a four-

P R A '

pointed germen fuflaining a /lender ftyh the length of
the / lamina , crowned by a bifid ftigma. The germen af-
terward become four berries, each containing a Jingle
roundijh feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fir ft feclion of
Ljpnaeus’s ' fourteenth ckfs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers, have two long and two (hotter
ftamina, andthe feeds are naked.

The Species are,

1. Prasium ( Majus ) foliis ovato-oblongis ferratis. Lin.
Hort. Cliff. 309. Shrubby finking Hedge-nettle , with
oblong , oval , fawed leaves. Galeopfis Hifpanica fru-
tefcens, teucrii folio. Tourn. Inft. 186. Spanifh , fhrub-
by, finking Hedge-nettle , with a Tree Germander leaf.

2. Prasium (Minus) foliis ovatis duplici utrinque crena
notatis. Lin. Hort, Cliff. 309. Shrubby finking Hedge-
nettle, with oval leaves which are indented on every fide.
Lamium fruticans, teucrii folio lucido, caly'ce & (lore
magno candido : tantilla purpura vane notato. Hort.
Cath. 106. Shrubby Dead-nettle, with a lucid Tree Ger-
mander leaf, and a large white flower with fame fpots of
purple.

The firft fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk two . feet high, co-
vered with a whiufh bark, and divides into many
branches, which are garnifhed with oblong oval
leaves, fawed on their edges. The flowers come out
from the boforn of the leaves in whorls round the
ftalks they are white, and have large permanent em-
palements, cut into five points. The flowers are of
the lip kind ; they appear in June and July, and are
fucceeded by four fmall berries fitting in the em-
palement, which turn black when they are ripe, and
have a fingle roundifh feed in each.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this hath
a fhrubby ftalk like the former, but rifes a little
higher ; the bark is whiter, the leaves are ftiorter and
oval, and are doubly crenated on each fide ; they are
of a lucid green. The flowers come out in fmall
whorls from the bofom of the leaves, like the former ;
they are fomewhat larger, and are frequently marked
with a few purple fpots ; thefe are fucceeded by fmall
berries like the other fort, which ripen at the fame time.
Thefe plants may be propagated either by cuttings,
or from the feeds : if they are propagated by cuttings,
they fhould be planted on a fhady border toward the
end of April ; but the cuttings fhould not be taken,
from fuch plants as have been drawn weak, but rather
from thofe which have been expofed to the open air,
whofe (hoots are fhort and ftrong and if a joint of
the former year’s wood is cut to each of them, they
will more certainly fucceed. Thefe cuttings may re-
main in the fame border till they are well rooted,
when they may be tranfplanted into the places where
they are to remain, or into pots, that they may be
fhekered in winter under a common frame, where
they may have as much free air as poffible in dry
weather, but only require to be fcreened from hard froft.
If they are propagated by feeds (which the plants
produce in plenty every year) they fhould be fown on
a bed of light earth- in April ; and in May the plants
will come up, when they require no other care but
that of keeping thejji clean from weeds ; and in the
autumn following, they may be tranfplanted in the
fame manner as. before directed for thofe raifed from,
cuttings, and may be afterward treated more hardily,
as they acquire (Length.

A plant or two of each of thefe fpecies may be al-
lowed to have a place where there are colleftions of the
different forts of ever-green fhrubs, for the fake of
variety; efpecially where the different forts of.Giftus,
Phlomis, Tree- worm wood, and Medicago, are ad-
mitted, becaufe thefe are equally hardy; and when a
fevere winter happens, which, deftroys the one, the
others are fure of the fame rate ; but in mild win-
ters they will live abroad, efpecially if they are planted
in a dry rubbifhy foil, and have a flickered fituation ;
but in rich wet ground, the plants' will grow vigo-
rous in fummer, fo are liable to injury from the. early
frofts in autumn.

10 T

FERE-

P R E

PRSMANTHES. Lin. Gen. Plant. Si 6. Vaill.
Mem. arm. 1721. Wild Lettuce.

The Characters are.

It hath a fmooth cylindrical empalement fip reading at the
foim, having many ./sales , which are equal , hut have
three at the bafe unequal. ’This common empalement in-
cludes from five to eight 'hermaphrodite florets , : difpofed in
a Jingle round order ■, they have one petal which is
fir etched out like a tongue , and indented in four parts at
the end • they have five Jhort hair-like ftamina, termi-
nated by cylindrical fummits. 'The germen is fituated un-
der the petal, fupporting a fender fiyle longer than the
■fiamina , crowned by a bifid refiexed ftigma. The germen
afterward becomes a Jingle heart-Jhaped feed , crowned with
hairy down.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feflion of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth ciafs, which includes the plants
with a flower composed of all hermaphrodite or fruit-
ful florets, w'bofe fiamina and ftyle are connected.

The Species, are,

1. Prenanthes {Mur alis) flofculis quinis, folias runci-
natis. Hort, Cliff. 383. Prenanthes with five florets and
Jpear-Jhaped leaves. Lactuca fylveftris murorum, flore
lilted. J. B. 2. p. 1004. IVild Wall Lettuce with a yel-
low fewer.

2. Prenanthes ( Purpurea ) flofculis quinis, foliis lan-
ceolatis identiculatis. Hort. Cliff. 383. Prenanthes with
five florets, and fpear-Jhaped indented leaves. Lactuca

. moQtana purpuro-caeruleo major. C.B.P. 123. Greater
purple , blue , Mountain Lettuce.

3. Prenanthes ( Altiffima ) fiofeuliis quinis foliis trilobis,
caule eredto. Lin. Sp. Plant. 797. Upright Pennant hes
with five florets , and leaves having three lobes. Prenanthes
Canadenfis altiffima, foliis variis, flore luteo. Vaill.
Adi. 1721. Tallefi Prenanthes of Canada, with variable
leaves and a yellow file flower.

4. Prenanthes {Amplexi caule) flofculis quinis, caule
ramofo foliis ovato-lanceolatis femiampkxicaulibus.
Prenanthes with five florets , a branching Jtalk , and oval
fpear-floaped leaves half embracing the Jtalk. Ladtuca
rnontana, purpuro-caerulea minor. C. B. P. 143.
Smaller purple , >■ blue , Mountain Lettuce.

The firft fort grows naturally upon walls and dry
fhady banks in many parts of England, fo is never
cultivated in gardens. The fecond fort grows natu-
rally upon the Helvetian Mountains •, this hath a
creeping root, which fpreads far in the ground, fo be-
comes a troublefome weed if admitted into gardens.
The italics of this rife four feet high ; the leaves are
fpear-fhaped, and a little indented toward their ends j
the flowers are of a purple blue colour, and are pro-
duced loofe in panicles from the Odes, and at the top
cf the ftalks. Thefe appear in July, and are fuc-
ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in molt parts of North
America, where it is called Dr. Witt’s Rattle-fnake
root j this feldom lives longer than two years. The
lower leaves are four or five inches long, and three
broad ; they are fometimes divided into five lobes,
but generally into three •, they are indented a little on
their edges, fmooth, of a dark green on their upper
fide, but pale on their under. The ftalks rife three
feet high, and are garnifhed With a few fmall leaves
which are entire ; the flowers come out from the fide
of the ftalk in fmall bunches ; thefe are of a pale
yellow colour, and appear in July. They are fucceeded
by feeds, crowned with hairy down, which ripen in
autumn. There is a variety of this with pale purple
flowers which arife from the fame feeds. The roots
of thefe plants are faid to be an antidote to expel the
venom of the rattle-fnake, which induced me to
mention thefe plants.

The fourth fort grows naturally on the mountains in
Germany ; this hath a perennial root. The ftalks rife
a foot high, and branch out on each fide ; the leaves
are fpear-fhaped and oval ; their bafe is broad, and
half furrOunds the ftalk *, the flowers grove loofely up-
on (lender foot-ftalks, which come out from the fide,
and at the end of the branches. Thefe appear in June,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. '

P Pv I

Thefe plants are feldom admitted into gardens, but if
any per fen is deftr.ous to cultivate them, if they flow
the feeds foon after they are ripe, in a flickered fitu-
ation, the plants will come up, and require no other
care but to keep them clean from weeds,

P R I M U L A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1 80. Primula veris.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 124. tab. 47. [This plant' is fo
called, becaufe it is the firft plant that appears in the
fpring.] The Primrofe 5 in French, Primevere.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a five-cornered tubulous empalement of
one leaf, ending in five acute points it hath one petal ,
with a cylindrical tube the length of the empalement , but
fpreads open above, where it is cut into five heart-Jhaped
figments. It has Jive Jhort fiamina fituated in the neck of
the petal , terminated by erebt acute-pointed fummits, and
a globular germen fupporting a fender Jlyle , crowned by a
globular fiigma. The germen afteward turns to an oblong
capfuls with one cell , opening at the top, filled with fmall
angular feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feflion of
Linnseus’s fifth ciafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Primula {Vais) foliis dentatis rugofis, pedunculis
unifloris. Primrofe with rough indented leaves , and foot-
ftalks bearing one flower. Primula veris odorata, flore
luteo fimplici. J. B. 3. p. 495. Sweet-fmelling Primrofe
with a fingle yellow flower , or common Primrofe .

2. Primula {Elation) foliis dentatis rugofis, floribus
faftigiatis. Primrofe with rough indented leaves , and
flowers growing in bunches. Primula veris pallido flore
elatior. Ciuf. Hift. 301. Taller Primrofe with a pale
flower, called Cowflip.

3. Primula {Farinofa) foliis crenatis glabris, florum
limbo piano. Hort. Cliff. 50. Primrofe with fmooth
crenated leaves, and a plain border to the flower. Pri-
mula veris rubro flore. Cluf. Hift. 300. Primrofe with
a red flower , called Bird’ s-eyen.

4. Primula ( Polyantha ) foliis petiolatis fubcordatis
crenatis, floribus faftigiatis pedunculis longiffimis.
Primrofe cr Cowflip with heart-Jhaped crenated leaves
having foot-ftalks , and flowers growing in bunches on
very long foot-ftalks.

The firft fort of Primrofe grows wild in woods, and
other fhady places in moft parts of England, from
whence their roots may be eafily tranfplanted into the
garden, where, if they are placed under hedges, and
in fhady walks, they make a beautiful appearance
early in the fpring, when few other plants are in
flower.

This plant is fo well known as to need no deferip-
tion j the flowers and roots of this are ufed in medi-
cine.

There are feveral varieties of this which have been
accidentally obtained, as the paper-white Primrofe
with fingle and double flowers, the common Prim-
role with double flowers, the red Primrofe with fingle
and double flowers ; thefe have but one flower upon
a foot-ftalk.

The fecond fort is the Cowflip, or Paigle, or Para-
lyfis of the (hops •, this grows naturally in meadows
and moift paftures in many parts of England. The
flowers of this fort grow in bunches at the top of the
ftalk, fo are eafily diftinguiflied from the former ^
they are much ufed in medicine, and fometimes the
leaves. As thefe grow wild, their roots may be taken
up and tranfplanted into gardens.

The beft time to tranfplant them is at Michaelmas*
that their roots may have ftrength to produce their
flowers early in the fpring. Thefe delight in a ftrong
foil, but will grow in aimoft any fort of earth, pro-
vided they have a fhady fituation.

There are a great variety of this at prefent in the gar-
dens, as the Hofe in Hofe,. the double Cowflip, and
all the forts of Polyanthus, which have been fo much
improved within the laft fifty years, as to aimoft equal
the variety of the Auriculas ; and in feme parts of
England they are fo much efteemed as to fell for a
guinea a root, fo that there may be ftill a much

greater

greater variety raifed, as there are fo many perfons
en^ao-ed in the culture of this flower.

The lever a! varieties of Poiyanthufes are produced by
flowing of feeds, which fhould be flayed from fluch
flowers as have large upright Items, pioducing many
flowers upon a flfcalk, which are large, beau am Ly

ftriped, open fiat, and not pin-eyed, from tne feeds
of fluch flowers there is room to hope for a great va-
riety of pood forts, but there fhould be no ordinary
flowers ftand near them, left, by me mixture ui their
farina, the feeds fhould be degenerated.

Thefe feeds fhould be fown in boxes fh.ed v/ith light
rich earth in December, being very careful not to
bury the feed too deep for if it be only flightly co-
vered with light earth, it will be fufficient. Thefe
boxes fhould be placed where they may have the be-
nefit of the morning fun until ten of me clock, but
mult by no means be expoied to the heat of the day,
efpecialiy when the plants begin to appeal ; foi at
that time, one whole day’s fun will entirely deftroy
them. In the fpring, if the feafon fliould prove dry,
you rnuft often refrefh them with water, which fhould
be given very moderately •, and, as the heat incieai.es,
you fliould remove the boxes more in the fnad>. , for
the heat is very injurious to them.

By the middle of May thefe plants will be flrong
enough to plant out, at which time you fliould pm-
pare feme ftiady borders which fhould be made rich
with neats dung, upon which you muft fet the plants
about four inches afunder every way, observing to
water them until they have taken loot , after which
they will require no farther care but to keep them
clear from weeds, until the latter enci oi Auguft iol-
lowmg, when you fhould. prepare fome bolder^ which
are expofed to the eaft, with good light rich earth,
into which you muft tranfplant your Poiyanthufes,
placing them fix inches afunder equally in rows, ob-
ferving, if the feafon proves dry, to water them until
they have taken root ; in thefe borders your plants
wil flower the fucceeding fpring, at which time you
muft obferve to mark fuch of them as are fine to pre-
serve, and the reft may be traniplanted into wilder-
nefles, and other fhady places in the garden, where,
although they are not very valuable flowers, they will
afford an agreeable variety.

Thofle which you intend to preferve, may be remov-
ed foon after they have done flowering (provided you
do not intend to fave feeds from them), and may be
then tranfplanted into a frefh border of the liite nch
earth, allowing them the fame diftancc as before, ob-
fervins alfo to water them until they have taken root y
after which they will require no farther care, but on-
ly to keep them clean from weeds, and the following
fpring they will produce ftrong flowers, as their roots
will be then in full vigour-, fo that if the kinds are
good, they will be little inferior to a fhew of Auriculas.
Thefe roots fhould be conftantly removed and parted
every year, and the earth of the border changed,
otherwife they will degenerate, and lofe the greateft
part of their beauty.

If you intend to fave feeds, which is the method to
obtain a great variety, you muft mark fuch of them,
which, as I faid before, have good properties. Thefe
fhould be, if poffible,. feparated from all ordinary
flowers, for if they ftand furrounded with plain-co-
loured flowers, they will impregnate each other,
whereby the feeds of the valuable flowers will not be
Bear fo good, as if the plants had been in a feparate
border, where no ordinary flowers grew ; therefore
the beft way is to take out the roots of fuch as you
do not efteem as foon as the flowers open, and plant
them in another place, that thqre may be none left in
the border, but fuch as you would chufe for feeds.
The flowers of thefe fhould not be gathered, except
fuch as are produced fmgly upon pedicles, leaving
all fuch as grow in large bunches ; and if the feafon
fhould prove dry, you muft now and then refrefh
them with water, which will caufe their feed to be
larger, and in greater quantity, than if they were

PRO

entirely neglected. In June the feed will be ripe,
which may be eafily known by the pods changing
brown and opening ; fo that you fhould at that time
look over the plants three or four times a week, ga-
thering each time fuch of the feed-veffels as are ripe,
which fhould be laid upon a paper to dry, and may
then be put up until the feafon of fowing.

As the plants which arifefrom feeds, generally flow-
er much better than offsets, thofe who would have
thefe flowers in perfection, fhould annually fow their
I ccds

PRIMROS E-T R E E. See On aGr a .

P R I N O S. Lin. Gen. Plant. 398. Winterberry.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a permanent emp dement of one leaf‘s
which is cut into fix flm all plain fegments , and is perma-
nent ; it hath one wheel-floapei petal with no tube , cut
into fix plain flegrnents \ it hath fix awl-flhaped JlaMina
flhorter than the petal , terminated by obtufe fummits , and
an oval germen fitting upon the Jlyle , crowned by an obtufe
fiigma. The germen afterward turns to a round berry open-
ing in three parts, including one hard feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft faction of
Linnieus’s fixth dafs, which includes thofe plants whofe
flowers have fix ftamiita and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Prinos ( Verticillatus ) foliis longitudinaliter ferratis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 330. Prinos , or Winterberry, with leaves
fawed lengthways.

2. Prinos ( Glaber ) foliis apice ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
330. Prinos with leaves fawed at their points.

The firft fort grows naturally in Virginia, and other
parts of North America. This rifes with a fhrubby
ftalk to the height of eight or ten feet, fending out
many branches from the lides the whole length, which
are garnifhed with fpear-fhaped leaves about three
inches long, and one broad in the middle, terminating
in acute points 5 they are of a deep green, veined on
their under fide, and fawed on their edges, having
flender foot-ftalks {landing alternately on the branches.
The flowers come out from the fide of the branches,
fometimes fingle, at others two or three at each joint ;
they have no tube, but are wheel-fhaped, and cut
into fix parts ; they have fix awl-fhaped ereCfc ftamina,
terminated by obtufe fummits, and an oval germen
fitting upon the ftyle, crowned by an obtufe ftigrna ;
thefe are fucceeded by berries about the fize of thofe
of Holly, which turn purple when ripe. It flowers
in July, and the feeds ripen in the winter.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Canada ; this is of
lower growth than the former. The leaves are fhorter,
and fawed at their points, but the flowers of this I
have not feen.

They are propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
foon after they are ripe upon a bed of light earth, co-
vering them about half an inch with the fame fort of
earth. The feeds which are fo foon put into the
ground, will many of them come up the following
fpring whereas thofe which are kept longer out of
the ground, will remain a whole year in the ground
before the plants will appear in the fame manner as
the Holly, Hawthorn, and fome others ; therefore the
ground fhould not be difturbed, if the plants do not
come up the firft year. When the young plants come
up, they may be treated in the fame manner as hath
been directed for the American Hawthorns, for thefe
are full as hardy, but they delight in a moift foil and
a fhady fituation ; for in hot land they make but
little progrefs, and rarely produce any fruit.

PRIVET. See Ligustrum.

PRO TEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 104. Conocarpoden-
dron. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 195. Silver-tree.

The Characters are,

T he flowers are c oiled ed in an oval head ■, they have one
common imbricated flealy perianthium. The flower is of
one petal , having a tube the length of the empalement 5
the brim is cut into four parts , which fpread open, and
are equal. It has four brifily fiamina . the length of the
petal , terminated by incumbent fummits , and a roundiflh

germen

PRO

gefmen with an erect, briflly ftyk , crowned by an obtufe
fligrnq. ’The germen afterward turns a roundtfh naked
feed , fitting in a diftinbt cell of the cone.

This genus of plants is ranged in the Mft'fediori of
Linnaeus's fourth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle.

■ The Species are,

1. Protea ( Conifer a ) folds lineari-lanceolatis integer-
rimis acutis glabris obliquatis. Lin. Sp. 138. Protea
with linear fpsar-fhaped leaves , which are entire , Jharp-
pcinted , fmcoth and oblique.

2. Protea ( Argentea ) folds lanceolatis obliquis acutis
fparfis villofo-fericeis pianis, floralibus verticillatis.
Lin. 5p. 137- Protea with jpear-fh aped oblique-pointed
leaves , which are plain , Jilvery haired , and the flowers
growing in. whorls round the ftalks. Conocarpodendron
foliis argenteis fericeis latiffirriis. Boerh. Ind. 2. p. 195.
Silver-tree.

3. Protea ( Nitida ) foliis oblongo-ovatis hirfutis niti-
dis integerrimis. Protea with oblongs oval, hairy, Jhining
leaves , • which are entire. ' Lepidocarpodendron folio
faiigno lato, catile purpurafcente. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2.
138. Lepidocarpodendron , with a broad Willow leaf and
ctpurpliflj folk , otherwjfe called Wageboom.

Thefe plants are natives of the country near the Cape
of Good Hope in Africa, where there is a great num-
ber of fpecies. In the catalogue of the Leyden Gar-
den, there are upwards of twenty forts enumerated ;
not that they have them growing there, but they have
good drawings of them, which were made in the
country where they, are natives. The three forts
here mentioned are what I had lately growing in the
Chelfea Garden, but the third is now -left there.
Thefe plants are many of them well figured in the
index of the plants of- the Leyden Garden, which
was publifhed by Dr. Boerhaave in 1719, by the ti-
tles of Lepidocarpodendron, Conocarpodendron, and
Hypophyllocarpodendron ; and, by fome former wri-
ters oh botany, this genus was intitled Scolymo-ce-
phalus, from the refemblance which the cones of thefe
trees have to the head of an Artichoke.

As thefe plants are natives of the Cape of Good
Hope, they are too tender to live abroad through the
winter in England, but the firft fort is hardy enough
to live in a good green-houfe. This fort will grow
to the height of ten or twelve feet, and may be trained
up with a regular ftrait ftern, and the branches will
naturally form a regular large head. The leaves are
long and narrow, of a fhining filver colour-, and as
they remain the whole year, the plants make a fine
appearance, when they are intermixed with others
in the green-houfe. In the fu turner thefe may be
placed in the open air in a fheitered lituation for, if
they are expofed to winds, the plants will be torn,
and rendered unfightly, nor will they make any pro-
grefs in their growth. In warm weather they mult be
frequently but fparingly watered, and in cold weather
this mUft not be too often repeated, left it fhould rot
their fibres.

The fecond fort hath a ftrong upright ftalk covered
with a purplifh bark, dividing into feveral branches,
which grow erect, garnifhed with broad, fhining, fil-
very, ipeaf-ftsaped leaves placed on every fide, fo the
plants make a fine appearance, when intermixed with
other exotics. This fhould be placed in an airy dry
glafs-cafe, where it may be proteded from cold, and
have as much light as pofllble, and in winter fhould
have little water ; this fifes eafily from feeds, which
rftaft.be procured from the Cape of Good Hope,
where it grows naturally. The feeds will fonie times
remain in the ground fix or eight months, and at
other- times the plants will appear in fix weeks ;
therefore .the heft way- is to fow the feeds in imall
pots filled with foft iandy loam, and plunge them
into a moderate hot-bed ; and, if the plants fhould
not come' up fo foot! as expeded, the pots fhould re-
main im flicker till the following fpring, when, if
the feeds remain found, the plants will come up.
The pots in which the feeds are Town, fhould have
buyikde wet, for moifture frequently caules them to

P R U

rot. When the plants appear, they fhould' not be
too tenderly treated, for they muft not be kept 'too
warm, nor fhould they have much wet; but in warm
weather tlpy muft be expofed to the open air in a
fheitered fituatioii, and in winter protected from froft.

I he third fort I rafted from feeds, which, came
from the Cape of Good Hope ; thefe feeds were long
and bender, very different in fhape from thofe of
the fecond lort, but the plants have fonie refemblance
to thofe. The leaves are very fllky and white ; the
ftalks are purple, and grow ered, but have not- as
yet put out any branches.

The firft fort may be propagated by cuttings,
which fhould be cut off in April, juft before the
plants begin to fliootp thefe fhould be planted in
imall pots filled with light earth, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed, {hading them from the fun, and
now and then gently refrefhing them with water, but
it muft be fparingly given, for much wet will rot
them. Thefe cuttings will put out roots by Mid-
fummer, when they may be gently fhaken out of the
pots and parted, planting each in a feparate final!
pot filled with, light earth, and placed in a frame,
where they may be fhaded til they have taken new
root then they fhould be gradually inured to the
open air, into which they fftould be removed, and
treated in the fame way as the old plants.

PRUNING OF TREES. '

There is not any part of gardening which is of
more general ufe than that of Pruning, and yet
it is very rare to. fee fruit-trees fkilfully managed.
Almoft every gardener will pretend to be a fn after
of this bufinefs, though there are but few who
rightly underftand it; nor is it to be learned by-
rote, but requires a ftnet obfervation of the dif-
ferent manners of growth of the feveral forts of
fruit-trees, fome requiring to be managed one way,
and others muft be treated in a- quite different
method, which is only to be known from carefully
obferving how each kind is naturally difpofed to pro-
duce its fruit; for fome forts produce their fruit on
the fame year’s wood, as Vines ; others produce their
fruit, for the moft part, upon the former year’s
wood, as Peaches, Nedarines, &c. and others upon
curfons or fpurs, which are produced upon wood of
three, four, or five, to fifteen or twenty years old,
as Pears, Plums, Cherries, &c. therefore, in .order to
the right management of fruit-trees, there fhould
always be provifion made to have a fufficient quan-
tity of bearing wood in every part of the trees, and
at the fame time there fhould not be a fuperfluitv of *
ufelefs branches, which would exhauft the ftrength
of the trees, and caufe them to decay in a few years.

The reafons which have been laid down for Pruning
of fruit-trees are as follows : Firft, To preferve trees
longer in a vigorous bearing ftate ; the fecond is, To
render the trees more beautiful to the eye; and
thirdl y. To caufe the fruit to be larger and better tailed.

1. It preferves a tree longer in a healthy bearing
ftate ; for by pruning off all fuperfluous branches,
fo that there are no more left upon the tree than are
neceffary, or that can be properly nourifhed, the root
is not exhaufted in fupplying ufelefs branches, which
muft afterwards be cut out, whereby much of the
fap will be ufelefly expended.

2. By fkilful Priming of a tree it is rendered much
more pleafing to the eye ; but here I would not be
underftood to be an advocate for a fort of Pruning,
which I have feen too much pradifed of late, viz.
the drawing a regular line againft the wall, according
to the fhape or figure they would reduce the tree to,
and cutting all the branches, ftrong or weak, exadly
to the chalked line ; the abiurdity of which pradice
will foon appear to every one, who v/ill be at the pains
of obferving the difference of thofe branches fhooting
the fucceeding fpring. All therefore that I mean by
rendering a tree beautiful is, that the branches are
all pruned according to their feveral ftrengths, and
are nailed at equal diftances, in proportion to the
different fizes of their leaves and fruit, and that no

part

I

P R U

part. of the wall (fo far as the trees are advanced) be
left unfurnifned with bearing wood. A tree well
managed, though it does not reprefent any regular
figure, yet will appear very beautiful to the fight,
when it thus dreflfcd and nailed to the wall.

3. It is of great advantage to the fruit •, for the cutting,
away all ufelefs branches, and fhortening all the bearing
fhoots according to the ftrength of the tree, will render
the tree more capable to nourifh thofe fruit and
branches which are left remaining, fo that the fruit
will be much larger and better tailed. And this is the
advantage which thofe trees againft walls or efpaliers
have to fuch as are ftandards, and are permitted to
grow as they are naturally inclined ; for it is not
their being trained either to a wall or efpalier which
renders their fruit fo much better than ftandards, but
becaufe the roots- have a lefs quantity of branches
and fruit to nourifh, and confequently their fruit
will be larger and better tailed.

The reafons for Pruning being thus exhibited, the
next thing is the method of performing it •, but this
being fully handled under the feveral articles of the
different kinds of fruit, I fhall not repeat it again in
this place, and therefore fhall only add feme few
general inllruclions, which are neceffary to be un-
derftood, in order to the right management of fruit-
trees.

There are many perfons who fuppofe, that if their
fruit-trees are but kept up to the wall or efpalier
during the fummer feafon, fo as not to hang in very
great diforder, and in winter to get a gardener to
prune them, it islufficient, but this is a mrftake •, for
the greateft care ought to be employed about them
in the fpring, when the trees are in vigorous growth,
which is the only proper feafon to procure a quantity
of good wood in the different parts of the tree, and
to difplaee all ufelefs branches as foon as they are
produced, whereby the vigour of the tree will be
entirely diftributed to fuch branches only as are de-
figned to remain, which will render them ftrong, and
more capable to produce good fruit •, whereas, if all
the branches are permitted to remain which are pro-
duced, fome of the more vigorous will attract the
greateft (hare of the fap from the tree, whereby they
will be too luxuriant for producing fruit, and the
greateft part of the other fhoots will be ftarved, and
rendered fo weak, as not to be able to produce any
thing elfe but bloffoms and leaves (as hath been be-
fore mentioned •,) fo that it is impoffible for a perfon,
let him be ever fo well fkilled in fruit-trees, to reduce
them into any tolerable order by Winter-pruning on-
ly, if they are wholly neglected in the fpring.

There are others who do not entirely negleCt their
trees during the fummer feafon, as thofe before-men-
tioned, but yet do little more good to them by what
they call Summer-pruning •, for thefe perfons negleCt
their trees at the proper feafon, which is in April and
May, when their fhoots are produced, and only about
Midfummer go over them, nailing in all their branches,
except fuch as are produced fore-right from the wall,
which they cut out, and at the fame time often fhort-
en moft of the other branches •, all which is entirely
wrong practice, for thofe branches, which are intend-
ed for bearing the fucceeding year, fhould not be
ffnortened during the time of their growth, which will
caufe them to prodiice one or two lateral {boots from
the eyes below the place where they were flopped,
which fhoots will draw much of the ftrength from
the buds of the -firft (hoot, whereby they are often
flat, and do not produce their bloffoms ; and, if thofe
two lateral fhoots are not entirely cut away at the
Winter-pruning, they will prove injurious to the tree,
as the fhoots which thefe produce, will be what the
French call water fhoots ; and in buffering thofe luxu-
riant fhoots to remain upon the tree until Midfum-
mer before they are difplaced, they will exhaufl a great
fhare of the nourifnment from the other branches (as
was before obferved ;) and, by (hading the fruit all
the fpring feafon, when they are cut away, and the
other branches taftened to the wall, the fruit, by be-

PR U

ing fo fuddenly e.xpofed, will receive a very great
check, which. will caufe their (kins to grow tough,
and thereby render them lefs delicate. This is to be
chiefly underftood of done fruit and 'Grapes, but Pears
and Apples being much hardier, buffer not fo much,
though it is a great difadvantage to thofe alio to be
thus managed.

It tnuft alfo be remarked, that Peaches, Nectarines,
Apricots, Cherries, and Plums, are always in the
greateft vigour, when they are the leaft maimed by
the knife , for where thefe trees have large amputa-
tions, they are very fubjeCl to gum and decay ; fo
that it is certainly the moft: prudent method carefully
to rub off all ufelefs buds when they are firft produ-
ced, and pinch others, where new fhoots are wanted"
to fupply the vacancies of the wall, by which ma-
nagement trees may be fo ordered, -as to want but
little of the knife in Winter-pruning, which is the fur eft
way to preferve thefe trees healthful, and is perform-
ed v/ith lefs trouble than the common method.

The management of Pears and Apples is much the
fame with thefe trees in fummer, but in winter thev
muft be very differently pruned •, for as Peaches and
Nectarines for the molt part produce their fruit upon
the former year’s wood, therefore they muft have
their branches (hortened according to their ftrength,
in order to produce new fhoots for the fucceeding
year j fo Pears, Apples, Plums, and Cherries, on
the contrary, producing their fruit upon curfons or
fpurs, which come out of the wood of five, fix, or
feven years old, fhould not be fhortened, becaufe
thereby thofe buds, which were naturally difpofed to
form thefe curfons or fpurs, would produce wood
branches, whereby the trees would be filled with
wood, but never produce much fruit •, and as it often
happens that the bloffom buds are firft produced at the
extremity of the laft year’s fhoot, by fhortening the
branches the bloffoms are cut away, which fhould
always be carefully avoided.

There are feveral authors who have written on the
fubjeCl of Pruning in fuch a prolix manner, that it is
impoffible for a learner to underftand their meaning.
Thefe have deferibed the feveral forts of branches
which are produced on fruit-trees ; as wood branches,
fruit branches, irregular branches, fake branches, and
luxuriant branches, all which they affert every perfon,
who pretends to Pruning, fhould diflinguifh well ;
whereas there is nothing more in all this but a parcel
of words to amufe the reader, without any real mean-
ing y for all thde are comprehended under the de-
feription already given of luxuriant or ufelefs branches,
and fuch as are termed ufeful or fruit-bearing branches;
and, where due care is taken in the fpring of the year
to difplaee thefe ufelefs branches (as was before di-
rected,) there will be no fuch thing as irregular, falfe,
or luxuriant branches at the Winter-pruning ; there-
fore it is to mo purpofe to amufe people with a cant of
words, which, when fully underftood, fignify juft
nothing at all.

But finee I have explained the different methods of
Pruning the feveral forts of fruits under the refpec-
tive articles, I fhall forbear repeating it again in this
place, but fhall only give fome general hints for the
Pruning of ftandard fruit-trees, and fo conclude.
Firft, you mould never fhorten the branches of thefe
trees, unlefs it be where they are very luxuriant, and
grow irregular on one fide of the tree, attracting the
greateft' part of the fap of the tree, whereby the other
parts are unfurnifhed with branches,’ "or rendered very
weak •, in which cafe the branch fhould be fhortened
down as low as is neceffary, in order to obtain more
branches, to fill up the hollow of the trees ; but this
is only to be underftood of Pears and Apples, which
will produce fhoots from wood of three, four, or
more years old, whereas moil forts offlone fruit will
gum and decay after fuch amputations.

But from hence I would not have it underftood, that
I would direCt the reducing of thefe trees into an ex-
aCt fpherical figure, finee there is -nothing more de~
tellable than to fee a tree (which fhould be permitted

10 U to

1

P R U

to grow as it is naturally difpofed, with its branches
produced at proportionable diftances, according to
the /uze of the fruit,) by endeavouring to make' it ex-
actly regular at its head, focrouded with fmall weak
branches as to prevent the air from paffrng between
them, which will render the trees incapable to produce
fruit. All that I intend by this flopping of luxuriant
branches, is only when one. or two fuch happen on a
young, tree, where they entirely draw ail the lap
from the Weaker branches, whereby they ftarve them,
then it is proper to life this method, which fhould be
done in time, before they have exhaufted the roots
too much.

Whenever this happens to (tone fruit, which fuffer
much more by cutting than the former forts, it fhould
be remedied by (lopping or pinching thofe fhoots in
the fpritig, before they have obtained too much vi-
gour, which will caufe them to pufh out lide-
branches, whereby the fap will be diverted from af-
cending too faft to the leading branch (as hath been
directed for wall- trees,) but this muft be done with
caution.

You muft alfo cut out all dead or decayed branches,
which caufe their heads to look very ragged, efpe-
ciaily at the time 'when the leaves are upon the tree ;
thefe being deftitute of them, have but a defpicahle
appearance $ beftdes, thefe will attract noxious par-
ticles from the air, which are injurious to the trees,
therefore the fooner they are cut out the better. In
doing of this you fhould obferve to cut them clofe
down to the place where they were produced, other-
wife that part of the branch left will decay, and prove
equally hurtful to the tree •» for it feldom happens,
when a branch Begins to decay, that it does not die
quite down to the place where it was produced ; and,
if any part is permitted to remain long uncut, does
often infedc feme of the other parts of the tree. If
the branches are large which you cut off, it will be
very proper, After Having fmoothed the cut part ex-
actly even with a knife, chifel, or hatchet, to put on
a piafter of grafting clay, which will prevent the wet
from (baking into the tree at the wounded part.

All fuch branches as run crofs each other fhould alfo
be cut out, for thefe not only occafion a confufion in
the head of the tree, but, by lying over each other,
rub off their bark by their motion, and very often
occafion them to canker, to the great injury of the
tree •, and on old trees (efpecially Apples) there are
often young vigorous fhoots from the old branches
near the trunk, which grow upright into the head of
the trees. Thefe therefore fhould carefully be cut
out every year, left, by being permitted to grow, they
fill the tree too full of wood ; which fhould always be
guarded againft, finoe it is impoffible for fuch trees
to produce fo much, or fo good fruit as thofe, whofe
branches grow at a farther diftance, whereby the fun
and air freely pafs between them in every part of the
tree.

Thefe are the general diredlions which are proper to
be given in this place, fmce not only the particular
methods, but alfo the proper feafons for Pruning all
the different kinds of fruit, are fully exhibited under
their feveral articles.

PRUNELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 735. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. 84. Self-heal.

The Characters are,

Tjhe flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf. ‘
’with two lips ; the upper is plain, broody and Jlightly in-
dented in three parts ; the under is erect, acute-pointed ,
and cut into two fegments ; the flower is of the ringent
kind, having a flhort cylindrical tube with oblong chaps ;
the upper lip is concave , nodding , and entire j the under
is reflexed. , trifid, and obtufle. It hath flour awlfnaped
ftamina, two of which are longer than the other , with
flmple fummits inferted to the ftamina , and flour germen
with a fender ftyle , inclining to the upper lip of the flower,
crowned by an indented ftigma . The germen afterward
become flour feeds , flitting in the empalement of the flower.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, intitled Didynamia Gym-

P R U

nofpermia, from the flowers having two long and two
fhort ftamina, which are fucceeded by four naked
feeds fitting in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Prunella ( Vulgaris ) foliis omnibus ovato-oblonois
petiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 8,37. .Self-heal with all the
leaves oblong, oval,, having floot-ftalks. Brunella ma-
jor, folio non diffedo. C. B. P. 260. Greater Self-heal
with entire leaves.

2. Prunella ( Laciniato. ) foliis ovato-oblongis petiola-
tis, fupremis quatuor lanceolatis dentatis, Lin. Sp.
Plant. 837. Self-heal with oblong oval leaves having
floot-ftalks, whofe upper part of the leaves are cut into
flour fegments, Brunella folio laciniato. C. P. B. 261.
Self-heal with cut leaves .

3. Prunella ( Hyjflopifolia ) foliis lanceolato-linearibus
ciliatis fubfeffilibus. Sauv. Monfp. 141. Self-heal with
linear flpear-flhaped leaves fitting clofe to the ftalks. Bru-
nella Hyffopifolia. C. B. P. 261. Self-heal with an
Hyjflop leaf.

4. Prunella {Canadenjis) foliis linearibus feflilibus gla-
bris, internodiis longiffimis, fpicis interruptis. Self-
heal with linear flmooth leaves flitting clofe to the ftalks,
the J paces between the joints very long, and the flpikes of
flowers broken.

5. Prunella {Sulphured) foliis oblongis pinnato-incifis
viilofis, infimis petiolatis, fummis feflilibus. Self-heal
with oblong hairy leaves cut in form of winged leaves , the
lower having floot-ftalks , but the upper Jit clofe to the
ftalks. Brunella folio laciniato, Bore fuiphureo ele-
gantiffimo. Boerh. Ind. alt.

6 Prunella ( Caroliniana ) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis,
infimis petiolatis, fummis feflilibus, internodiis prse-
longis. Self-heal with entire flpear-Jhaped leaves, the
lower having^ long floot-ftalks, but the upper Jit clofe to
the ftalk, and the joints of the ftalk are diftant. Brunel-
la Caroliniana magno flore dilute cteruleo, internodiis
pradongis. Ad. Phil. N° 395.

7. Prunella {Nova Anglia) foliis oblongis mucronatis
petiolatis, fpicis fiorum crafliffimis. Self-heal with ob-
long pointed leaves having floot-ftalks, and very l thick
flpikes of flowers. Brunella Novae Anglke major, fo-
liis longius mucronatis. Hort. Chelf.

There are feme other varieties, if not diffind fpedes,
of this genus, than are here enumerated ; but it is
difficult to determine the fpecies, forr.e of them ap-
proaching fo near to others, as lcarcely to be diftin-
guifhed from them ; the firft fort grows naturally in
England, and is ufed in medicine ; the dried herb is
frequently imported from Switzerland, among thofe
which are called vulnerary herbs, of which this is fup-
pofed to be one of the beft.

The fecondfort is lefs common than the firft, and of
this there are two or three varieties, which fome wri-
ters on botany have enumerated as diftind fpecies ;
one of thefe has narrov/er leaves, which are cut into
finer fegments •, this is titled Verbennae folio ; but as
the plants raifed from the fame feeds are very fubjed
to vary, fo it is difficult to determine if it is really a
different plant.

The third fort grows naturally in Italy and the fouth
of France; the leaves of this fort are narrower than
thofe of either of the, former, and are covered on both
(ides with fine hairs, and have very fhort foot-ftalks ;
the fpikes of flowers are (lender, and are of a pale blue
colour ; this flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
the autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the leaves of this are pretty long and narrow, ihaped
like thofe of the third fort, but are fmooth, fitting
clofe to the ftalk ; the fpikes of flowers are longer,
and the whorls of flowers are feparated.

It is uncertain where the fifth fort grows naturally,
though I think Dr. Boerhaave, late profeiTor of bo-
tany at Leyden, told me, he received the feeds from
Auftria ; the ftalks of this fort generally fpr^ad open,
and proftrate near the ground ; thefe are hairy, and
garnifhed with oblong leaves, which are alfo hairy,
and cut on their edges fomewhat like winged leaves;
the ftalks are terminated by clofe fpikes of flowers, of

a fulphur

1

. PRU

a fulphnr colour ; this flowers arid ripens its feeds
about the fame time with the former.

The fixth fortgrows naturally in Carolina, from whence
I received the feeds •, the {talks of this fort rife more
than eight inches high, and are garnifhed with oblong
leaves ^riiofe toward the bottom have long foot-ftalks,
but thofe on the top fit clofe to the (talks •, the fpikes
of flowers are large and entire they are of a pale
• blue colour, appearing at the fame time with thofe
of the two former forts, and the feeds ripen in Sep-
tember.

The feeds of the feventh fort were firft fent me from
New England •, but fince then, I- have received more
from Virginia, fo I fuppofe the plant grows naturally
in feveral parts of North America. The leaves of
this are large, fmooth, and end in fbarp points •, the
(talks are brown j they rife eight or nine inches high,
and are terminated by thick fpikes of blue flowers,
which appear in July, and are fucceeded by feeds
which ripen in September.

Thefe plants are feldom cultivated in any gardens,
unlefs by fuch who have an inclination for the ftudy
of botany, as they are plants which mike little ap-
pearance however, thofe who are defirous to culti-
vate any of the fpecies, may do it by fowing the feeds
in the autumn, foon after they are ripe, when they
•will iucceed much fooner, and with greater certainty,
than if they are fown in the fpring ; for the feeds
which are fown at that feafon leldom grow till a twelve-
month after, and fometimesdo not iucceed. When
the plants come up, they require no other care but
to thin them where they are too clofe, and keep them
clean from weeds. They wiil thrive upon any foil
or fituation, but belt on a moift foil and a fhady fitu-
ation, where, if the ground is not too good, they will
live three or four years, but in rich land they feldom
continue longer than two years •, therefore to continue
the fpecies, it will be proper to fow their feeds every
year, or every other year.

PR UN US. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 622. tab. 398. Lin,
Gen. Plant. 546. The Plum-tree.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a bell-fhaped empalement of one leaf cut
into five parts it hath five large roundijh petals which
fpread open, and are infer ted in the empalement •, and from
twenty to thirty flamina , which are near as long as the
petals , and are alfo infer ted in the empalement , terminated
by twin fummits. It has a roundifh germen , fupporting a
/lender fiyle, crowned by an orbicular ftigma. The germen
afterward turns to a roundifio fruity inclojing a nut of
the fame form.

This genus of plants is ranged by Dr. Linnaeus in
the firft fedtion of his twelfth clafs, which includes
thofe plants whofe flowers have many ftamina inferred
to the empalement, and has joined to this genus the
Padus, Cerafus, and Armeniaca, making them only
fpecies of the fame genus ; which, according to his
iyftem of ranging the plants, may be allowed yet in
a treatife of this kind it would rather puzzle the prac-
titioners of the art of gardening to follow him, for
which reafon I have kept them feparate.

I (hall not abridge this article, but continue to men-
tion the varieties of this fruit which are cultivated in
the Englilh gardens.

The Species are,

1. Pr units ( Jaunhdtive ) frudtu parvo prtecoci. The
white Primordial 1. This is a fmall, longifh, white Plum,
of a clear yellow colour, covered over with a white
flew, which eafily wipes off. It is a pretty good
bearer, and, for its coming very early, one tree may
have a place in a large garden of fruit, but it is meal-
ly, and has little flavour. This ripens the middle or
latter end of July.

2. Prunus {Damas Noir) frudlu magno craffo fubacido.
Tourn. The early Damafk , commonly called the Morocco
Plum. This is a middle fized Plum, of a round Chape,
divided with a furrow in the middle (like Peaches.)
Tfie outfide is of a dark black colour, covered with
a light Violet bloom j the flefh is yellow, and parts

PRU

from the (tone. It ripens the end of July, and ii
efteemed for its goodnefs.

3. Prunus {Small Daftias) frudlu. parvo dulci atro-cseru-
leo. Tourn. The little black Damafk Plum. This is a
fmall black Plum covered with a light Violet bloom.
The juice is richly fugared ; the flefh parts from the
(tone, and it is a good bearer. Ripe the beginning
of Auguft.

4. Prunus ( Grofs Dumas') frudtu magno dulci atro-cse-
ruleo. Tourn. Grofs Damas Violet de Tours , i. e. great
Damafk Violet of Tours. This is a pretty large Plum,
inclining to an oval fhape. The outfide is of a dark
blue covered with a Violet bloom the juice is richly
fugared ■, the iiefh is yellow, and parts from the (lone.
Rape in Auguft.

5. Prunus ( Orleans ) fruftu rotundo atro rubente. The
Orleans Plum . The fruit is fo.well known to ai-
moft every perfon, that it is needlefs to deferibe it ;
it is a very plentiful bearer, which has occafioned its
being fo generally planted by thofe perfons who fup-
ply the markets with fruit, but it is an indifferent
Plum. It ripens iri Auguft,

6. Prunus ( Fotheringham ) frueftu oblongo atro-rubente.
The Fotheringham Plum. This fruit is fomewhat long,
deeply furrowed in the middle. The flefh is firm,
and parts from the (lone j the juice is very rich. This
ripens in Auguft.

7. Prunus ( Perdigron ) fru&u nigro, carne dura. Tourn*
The Perdigrcn Plum. This is a middle-fized Plum of an
oval fhape. The outfide is of a very dark colour, co-
vered over with a Violet bloom ; the flefh is firm, and
full of an excellent rich juice. This is greatly efteem-
ed by the curious. Ripe in Auguft.

8. Prunus ( Violet Perdigron ) fruit u magno e violaceo
rubente fuavifilmo faccharato. Tourn. The Violet Per-
digron Plum . Thi.s is a large fruit, rather round than
long, of a bluifli red colour on the outfide. The
flefh is of a yellowifh colour, pretty firm, and clofely
adheres to the (tone ; the juice is of an exquifite rich
flavour. This ripens in Auguft.

9. Prunus ( White Perdigron) frudtu ovato ex albo fla-
velcente. The white Perdigron Plum. This is a mid-
dling Plum, of an oblong figure. The outfide is
yellow, covered with a white bloom ; the flefh is
firm, and well tailed. It is a very good fruit to eat
raw, or for fweetmeats, having an agreeable fweet-
nefs mixed with an acidity. It ripens the end of
Auguft.

10. Prunus ( Imperial ) frudlu ovato magno rubente.
Tourn. The red imperial Plum, fometimes called the red
Bonum Magnum. This is a large oval-fhaped fruit,
of a deep red colour, covered with a fine bloom.
The flefh is very dry, and very indifferent to be eaten
raw, but is excellent for making fweetmeats ; this is
a great bearer. Ripe in September.

1 1. Prunus ( Bonum Magnum ) frudhi ovato magno fla-
vefcente. Tourn. White imperial Bonum Magnum ,
white Holland , or Mogul Plum. This is a large oval-
fhaped fruit, of a yellowifh colour, powdered over
with a white bloom. The flefh is firm, and adheres
clofely to the ftone •, the juice is of an acid tafte, which
renders it unpleafant to be eaten raw, but it is very
good for baking or fweetmeats. It is a great bearer,
and is ripe the middle of September.

12. Prunus ( Chefton ) fructu ovato casruleo. TheCheftcii
Plum. This is a middle-fized fruit of an oval figure.
The outfide is of a dark blue, powdered over with a
Violet bloom *, the juice is rich, and it is a great
bearer. Ripe the middle of September.

13. Prunus ( Apricot ) frudtu maximo rotundo flavo
& dulci. Tourn. Prune d’Abricot, i. e. the Apricot
Plum. This is a large round fruit of a yellow colour
on the outfide, powdered over with a white bloom.
The flefh is firm and dry, of a fweet tafte, and comes
clean from the ftone. This ripens the end of Sep-
tember.

14. Prunus ( Mditre Claud ) frudlu fubrotundo, ex rubra
& flavo mixto. The Mditre Claud. Although this
name is applied to this fruit, yet it is not what the

French

P Pv U

French fo call. This a middle-fized frttit, ra'tb’er-
round than long, of a fine mixed colour between red
and yellow. The fiefh is firm, parts from the ftone,
and has a delicate flavour. Ripe the end of Sep-
tember.

15, Prunus ifDiapree) fructu rubente dulciflimo. Tourn.
La Rccbecourbon, or Diapree rouge , i. e. the red Diaper
Plum. This is a large round fruit, of a reddifh co-
lour, powdered over with a Violet bloom ; the fie lb
adheres clofely to the ftone, and is of a very high
flavour. Ripe the end of Aug nfl:.

16, Prunus fru&u rottmdo flavefeente. La petite Reine
Claude , i. e. the little Queen Claudia. This is a fin ail j
round fsuit, of a whitilh yellow ifn colour, powdered
over with a pearl-coloured bloom ; the fiefh is firm
and thick, quits the ftone, and its juice is richly fu-
gared. Ripe the end of Auguft.

17, Pr unfits fructu rotundo nigro purpureo majori dul-
ci. Tourn. Myrobalan Plum. This is a middle-fized -
fruit, of a round fhape •, the outfide is a dark purple,
powdered over with a Violet bloom ; the juice is very
fvveet. It is ripe the end of Auguft.

1 3. Prunus frudu rotundo e viridi flavefeente, carne
duro fuavifilmo. La grojfe Reine Claude, i. e. the large
■Queen Claudia, by fome the Dauphiny. At Tours it is
called the Abricot verd, i. e. green Apricot •, at
Rouen, Le verte bonne, i. e. the good green ; and

■ in other places, Damas verd, i. e. green Damafk, or
Tramp-valet, the Servants Cheat. This is one of
the beft: Plums in England; it is of a middle fize,
round, and of a yellowifh green colour on the out-
fide ; the fiefh is firm, of a deep grden colour, and
parts from the ftope ; the juice has an exceeding rich
flavour, and it is a great bearer. Ripe the middle

O &
A

C

Oi

September. This Plum is confounded by moft
people in England, by the name of Green Gage
but this is the fort which fhould be chofen, although

. there are three or four different forts of Plums gene-
rally fold for it, one of which is fmall, round, and
dry •, this quits the ftone, and is later ripe, fo not
worth preferving.

19. Prunus frudu amygdalino. Tourn. Rognon de Coq,
^ i. e. Cock's Pefiicles. This is an oblong fruit, deeply

furrowed in the middle, fo as to refembie the tefticles ;
It is of a whitifh colour on the outfide, ftreaked with
red ; the fiefh of it adheres firmly to the ftone, and it
is late ripe.

20. Prunus fructu rotundo fiavo dulciflimo. Drap d'Or ,
i. e. the Cloth of Gold Plum. This is a middle fized
fruit, of a bright yellow colour, fpotted or ftreaked
with red on the outfide ; the fiefh is yellow, and full
of an excellent juice. It is a plentiful bearer, and
ripens about the middle of September.

21. Prunus fructu cerei coloris. Tourn. Prune de Saint e
Catharine , i. e. St. Catharine Plum. This is a large
oval-fliaped fruit, fomewhat flat ; the outfide is of an
amber colour, powdered over with a whitifh bloom,
but the fiefh is of a bright yellow colour, is dry and
firm, adheres clofely to the ftone, and has a very
agreeable fweet tafte. This ripens at the end of Sep-
tember, and is very fubjed to dry upon the tree, when
the autumn proves warm and dry. This makes fine
fweetmeats, and is a plentiful bearer.

22. Prunus fruftu ov-ato rubente dulci. The Royal Plum.
This is a large fruit of an oval fliape, drawing to a
point next the ftalk ; the outfide is of a light red co-
lour, powdered over with a whitifh bloom j the fiefh
adheres, to the ftone, and has a fine fugary juice.
This ripens the middle of September.

2 2. Prunus fructu parvo ex viridi flavefeente. Tourn.
~\Lu Mirabelle. This is a fmall round fruit, of a green-
j fo yellow on the outfide ; the flefli parts from the
ftone, is of a bright yellow colour, and has a fine fu-
gary juice. This is a great bearer, ripens the end
of Auo-uft, and is*excei!ent for fweetmeats.

24. Prunus Brigonienfis, fructu fuavifiimo. Tourn.
r Prune de Brignole , i. e. the Brignole Plum. This is a
hr<?e oval-fhaped fruit, of ayellowifn colour, mixed
with red on the outfide ; the fiefh is of a bright yel-
low colour, is dry, and of an excellent rich flavour.

P r u

This ripens the middle of September,' and isMeemed
the beft Plum for fweetmeats yet known.

Prunus fructu rnagno e violaceo rubente ferotino.
Tourn. Imp eratri.ee, i. e. the Emprefs. This is a large
round fruit, of a Violet red colour, very much pow-
dered with a whitifh bloom ; the flefli 'is: yellow,
cleaves to the ftone, and is of an agreeable flavour.
This ripens about the beginning of October.

26. Prunus fru&u ovato maxi-mo fiavo. Tourn. : Prime
de Monjieur, i. e. Monfteur'sPlum. This is Ibmetim-es
called the Wentworth Plum. It is a large oval-
fhaped fruit, of a yellow colour both within and
without, very much refembling the Bonum Mag-
num, but' the flefli of this parts from the ftone, which
the other doth not. This ripens towards the latter
end of September, and is very good to-preferve, but
the juice is too fliarp to be .eaten raw. It is a great bearer.

27. Prunus frudu majori rotundo rubra. Tourn. Prune
Cerizette , i. e. the Cherry Plum. This fruit is com-
monly about the fize of the Ox-heart Cherry, is round,
and of a red colour ; the ftalk is long like that of a
Cherry, which this fruit fo much refembles, as not to
be diftinguifhed therefrom at fome diftance. --The
biofioms of this tree come out very early in the fpring,
.and being tender, are very often deftroyed by cold,
but it affords a very agreeable profped in the {bring ;
for thefe trees are generally covered with flowers,
which open about the fame time as the Almonds ; fo
that when they are intermixed therewith, they make
a beautiful appearance before many other forts put
out ; but by this bloffoming fo early, there are few
years that they have much fruit.

28.

Prunus fructu

albo

ooiongiuicuio

Phe white Pear Plum.

ferving, but is very unpleafimt n eaten raw

ido. Tourn.
This is a good fruit for pre-
6, ^ .v. j -..plealant if eaten raw ; it is ve-

ry late ripe,, and leidom planted in gardens, unlefs
for ftocks to bud fome tender forts of Peaches upon,
for which purpofe it is efteemed the beft arriongft all
the forts of Plums.

29. Prunus Mytellinum. Park. Phe Mufcle Plum.
This is an oblong fiat Plum, of a dark red colour;
the ftone is large, and the fiefh but very thin and not
well tailed, fo that its chief ufe is for ftocks, as the
former.

30. Prunus fructu parvo violaceo. Phe St. Julian Plum .
This is a fmall fruit, of a dark Violet colour, pow-
dered over with a meally bloom ; the fiefh adheres
clofely to the ftone, and in a fine autumn will dry
upon the tree. The chief ufe of this Plum is for
ftocks, to bud the more generous kinds of Plums and
Peaches upon; as alfo for the Bruxelles Apricot,
which will not thrive fo well upon any other ftock.

31. Prunus fylveftris major. J. B. Phe black Bullaee-
tree. This grows wild in the hedges in divers parts
of England, and is rarely cultivated in gardens.

32. Prunus fylveftris, frudu majore albo. Raii Syn.
Phe white Bullace-tree. This grows wild as the for-
mer, and is leidom cultivated in gardens.

33. Prunus fylveftris. Ger. Emac. Phe Black-thorn , or
Sloe-tree. This is very common in the hedges aftnoft
every where; the chief ufe of this tree is to plant for
hedges, as White-thorn, &c. and being of Quick
growth, is very proper for that purpofe.

All the forts of Plums are propagated by budding or
grafting them upon ftocks of the Mufcle, White Pear,

St. Julian, Bonum Magnum, or any other forts of
free-fhooting Plums. The manner of railing thefe
ftocks hath been already exhibited under the article of
Nurseries, therefore need not be repeated again in
this place ; but I would obferve, that budding is
much preferable to grafting for thefe Torts of ftone
fruit-trees, which are very apt to gum, wherever
there are large wounds made on them.

The trees fhould not be more than one year's growth
from the bud when they are tranfplanted, for if they
are older, they leidom Succeed fo well, being very
fubjeflt to canker ; or if they take well to the ground,
commonly produce only two or three luxuriant
branches, therefore it is much more advifable to chufe
young plants.

The

/

P R U

The manner of preparing the ground (if for walls) is
the fame as for Peaches s as is alfo pruning the roots
and planting, therefore I fhail forbear repeating
it aoain. The diftance which thefe trees fhould be
planted at, mult not be lefs than twenty-four feet
againft high walls ^ and if the wall is lovr, they fhould
be placed thirty feet afunder.

plums fhould have a middling foil, neither too wet
and heavy, nor over light and dry, in either of which
extremes they feldom do fo well •, and thofe forts
which are planted againft walls, fhould have an eaft
or fouth-eaft afpeft, “which is more kindly to thefe
fruits than a full fouth afpeft, on which they are fob-
bed to fhrivel, and be very dry •, and many forts will
be extreme mealiy, if expoiedtoo much to the heat of
the fun •, but mod forts will ripen extremely well on
efpaliers, if rightly managed.

There are fome perfons who plant Plums for ftand-
ards, in which method fome of the ordinary forts will
bear very well •, but then the fruit will not be near fo
fair as thofe produced on efpaliers, and will be more
in danger of being bruiled or blown down by flrong
winds." The diftance of placing them for efpaliers
muft be the fame as againft walls, as muft alfo their
pruning and management * fo that whatever may be
hereafter mentioned for one, fhould be likewife un-
derftood for both.

Plums do not only produce their fruit upon the lad
year’s wood, but alfo upon curfons or fpurs, which
come out of wood that is many years old ; fo that
there is not a necefiity of fhortening the branches, in
order to obtain -new (hoots annually, in every part of
the tree (as in Peaches, Ne&arines, &c. hath been di-
rected1) fince the more thefe trees are pruned, the more
luxuriant they grow, until the ftrength of them is
exhaufted, and then they gum and fpoil ; therefore the
fafeft method to manage thefe trees is, to lay in their
fhoots horizontally, as they are produced, at equal
diftances, in proportion to the length of their leaves *
and where there is not a diffident quantity of branches
to fill up the vacancies of the tree, there the (hoots
may be pinched the beginning of May (in the manner
as hath been directed for Peaches, &c.) which will
caufe them to produce fome lateral branches to fup-
ply thofe places ; and during the growing feafon, all
fore-right (hoots (hould be difplaced, and fuch as are
to remain muft be regularly trained in to the wall or
efpalier, which will not only render them beautiful,
but alfo give to each part of the trees an equal ad-
vantage of fun and air *, and hereby the fruit will be
always kept in a dutftile growing ftate, which they
(eldom are, when overfhaded with (hoots fome part
of the feafon, and then fuddenly expofed to the air, by
taking off, or training thofe branches in their proper
pofition.

With thus carefully going over thefe trees in the grow-
ing feafon, there will be but little work to do to them
in winter ; for when the branches are (hortened, the
fruit is cut away, and the number of (hoots in •
creafed ; for whenever a branch is (hortened, there
are commonly two or more (hoots produced from the
eyes immediately below the cut-, fo that by thus un-
fkilfully pruning, many perfons crowd their trees with
branches, and thereby render what little fruit the
trees produce, very (mail and ill-tafted ; which is very
commonly found in too many gardens, where the ma-
nager, perhaps, thinks himfelf a complete mafter of
his bufinefs ; for nothing is more common than to fee
every branch of a fruit-tree pafs the difcipline of the
knife, however difagreeable it be to feveral forts of
fruits. And it is common to fee thefe trees planted at
the diftance of fourteen or fixteen feet, fo that the walls

are in a few years covered with branches : and then
*

all the (hoots are cut and mangled with the knife, fo
as to appear like a (lumped hedge, and produce little
fruit, i therefore the only way to have Plum-trees in
good order, is to give them room, and extend their
branches at full length.

Thofe few rules before laid down, will be fumcient,
if due observation, be joined therewith, to inftruct any

P S I

perfonin the right management of thefe forts of fruit-
trees , therefore I (hall not fay any more on that (ab-
ject, left by multiplying mftruftions, it may render it
more oblcure to a learner.

PSEUDOACACIA. See Robinia.
PSEUDODICTAMNUS. See Marrubium.

PSIDIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 541. Guajava. Tourm
Inft. R. K. 660. tab. 443. The Guava-tree.

The Characters are.

The 'flower has a bell-fioaped empakment of one leaf , divided
into five oval points^ at the top. It hath five ovaf concave ,
fpreading petals , indented in the empakment , with a great
number of flamina which are fhorter than the petals , and
are inferted in the empakment , terminated by [mall fmimits.
It has a romdijh germen fituated under the flower , [up-
porting a long awl-Jhaped fiyle , crowned by a fimple JHg-
ma the germen afterward becomes a large oval fruit
crowned by the empakment , inclofing a great number of
fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s twelfth ciafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have many (lamina which are in-
ferted in the empalement, and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Psidium (Pyriferum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis, pedun-
culis unifloris; Pfidium with oval fpear-Jhaped leaves ,
and one flower on each fcot-Jialk. Guajava alba dulcis.
Hort. Amft. vol. i. p. 1 2 1 . The fiweet white Guava .

2. Psidium ( Pomiferum ) foliis ovatis, pedunculis tri-
fioris. Pfidium with oval leaves and foot-jlalks with three
flowers. Guajabo pomifera Indica, pomis rotundis.
C. B. P. 437. The red Guava.

Both thefe forts grow naturally in the Eaft and W eft-
Indies and there is alfo a third with a large white
fruit, but 1 do not know whether this is a variety of
the common Guava, or of that with the fmall white
fruit though I am inclined to believe it is the former,
becaufe I have raifed many plants from the feeds of
the fmall white Guava, which have produced fruit
in the Chelfea Garden, and have not varied from their
parent plant.

The common red Guava hath a pretty thick trunk,
which rifes twenty feet high, covered with a fmooth.
bark, and divides into many branches toward the top
thefe are angular, and garnifned with oval leaves two
inches and a half long, and one inch and a half broad
in the middle, rounded at both ends they have a
ftrong midrib, and many veins running toward the
(ides, of a light green colour, (landing oppofite upon
very ihort foot-ftalks. From the wings of the leaves
the flowers come out upon foot-ftalks, about an inch
and a half long they are corapofed of five large,
roundilh, concave, white petals, which are inferted in
the empalement, and within thefe are a great number
of (lamina which are (horter than the petals, terminated
by fmall fummits ; thefe (lamina are alfo inferted in the
empalement. Under the flower is fituated a roundifti
germen, fupporting a very long awl-fhaped ftyle,
crowned by a Ample ftigma. After the flower is pad,
the germen becomes a large oval fruit, fhaped like a
Pomegranate, having one cell, crowned by the em-
palement of the flower, and filled with fmall feeds i
the fruit, when ripe, has an agreeable odour. They
are much eaten in the Weft-Indies, both by men and
beafts j and the feeds, which pafs whole through the
body, and are voided with the excrement grow,
whereby the trees are fpread over the ground where
they are permitted to grow. This fruit is very
aftringent, and nearly of the fame quality with Pome-
granate, fo (hould be avoided by thofe perfons who
are fubjeft to be colli ve.

The large white fort grows naturally in the i hands of
the Weft-Indies, and is often found intermixed with
the former, fo is fuppofed to be only an accidental
variety arifing from the fame feeds. This differs from
the former in the colour of the midrib of the leaves,
which in this are pale, but thofe of the former are red.
The flowers and fruit of this are larger, and the infide
of the fruit is white.

10 X The

The leaves of the fmall white Guava are like thofe of 1
the larger, but the branches of the tree are not io an-,
gular •, the flowers are much fmaller, .and the fruit ijs
no larger than a middling Goofeberry, but when ripe
has a very ftrong aromatic flavour. This flowers in
June, and the fruit ripens in autumn.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which mbit be
procured from the countries where they naturally
grow • if thefe are brought over in the entire fruit, ga-
thered full ripe, the feeds will more certainly fuccecd- ;
thefe fhould be fown in pots filled with rich kitchen-
garden earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bark, giving them water from time to time as the
earth dries 5 in about fix weeks the plants will appear
(if the feeds are good) and mult have free air admit-
ted to them in proportion to the warmth ot the feafon ^
when the plants have obtained ftrength enough to be
removed, they fhould be each planted in a fmall pot,
filled with the like rich earth, and plunged into a frefh
hot- bed, {fading them from the fun until they have
taken new root •, then they fhould have a large ihare
of free air admitted to them every day in warm wea-
ther, to prevent their drawing up weak ; they mull
alfo be frequently refrefhed with water in hummer.
When the plants have filled thefe fmall pots with their
roots, they fhould be fhaken out and their roots
pared, then put into larger pots filled with the fame
fort of earth, and plunged into the hot- bed again,
where they fhould remain till autumn, when they
muft be plunged into the tan-bed in the ftove : during
the winter they fhould have a moderate warmth, and
not; too much water, and in ftimmer they will require
plenty of wet, and in hot weather a great fhare of air f
with this management the plants will produce flowers
and fruit the third year, and may be continued a long

1 1 Jpg 0

PS OR ALE A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 801. Flor.'Leyd.
Prod. 372. Barba Jovis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 40.

The Characters are.

The emp, dement cf the flower is of one leaf. ', cut into five
parts, the lower fegments being twice the length of the
ether. The flower is of the butterfly kind, it hath five
petals-, the ftandard is roundijh, and indented at the top.
The wings are fmall, obtufe , and moon-floaped the keel is
moon-Jhaped, and cempofed of two petals. It hath nine
flamina joined together , and one bnftly flamina ft andingfe-
parate, terminated by roundijh flummits , with a linear ger-
i men fupporting an awljhaped rifling ftyle, crowned by an
obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward turns to a fender
comprejfled pod, inclofing one kidney-Jhaped feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third iedion of
Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten flamina joined ip two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Psoralea ( Pinnata ) foliis pinnatis, fioribus axillari-
bus. Hort. Upfal. 225. Pforalea with winged leaves,
and flowers proceeding from the fides of the fialks. Bar-
ba Jovis Africana, foliis viridibus pinnatis, flore cse-
ruleo. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 40. African Jupiter's
Beard, with green winged leaves and a blue flower.

2. Psoralea ( Hirta ) foliis ternatis foliolis ovatis, caule
fruticofo hirfuto, fioribus fpicatis terminalibus. Pfo-
ralea with trifoliate oval leaves, a hairy fljrubby ftalk,
and flowers growing in fpikes terminating the branches.
Barba jovis Americana frutefcens, foliis fubrotundis,
fioribus fpicatis purpureis. Houft. MSS. Shrubby
American Jupiter's Beard, with roundijh leaves, and pur-
ple fpiked flowers.

3. Psoralea (Procumbens) foliis pinnatis argenteis, cau-
hbus procumbentis, fioribus axillaribus. Pforalea with
Jit-very winged leaves, trailing ftalk s, and flowers proceed-
in'? from the fides of the fialks. Barba jovis Malaba-
rica/ annua procumbens argentea, fioribus minimis
purpureis. Ed. Prior. Annual,' trailing, JiMry Jupi-
ter's Beard of Malabar, with the leafi purple flowers.

4. Psoralea ( Beardens ) foliis pinnatis, caule ramofo
fcandente, fioribus aiaribus fefiilibus. Pforalea with
winged leaves a climbing branching ftalk- , and flowers
firing clofe at the wings cf the ftalk. Barba jovis Ame-

PSO

ricana fcar.dens, fioribus cseruleis, ad alas foliorurn
conglomeratis. Houft. MSS. 'Climbing American Jupi-
ter s Beard , with blue flowers growing in chflers at the
wings of the leaves .

5. Psoralea ( Capitata ) foliis ternatis, caule fruticofo
ramofiffimo, fioribus capitatis pedunculatis aiaribus.
Pforalea with trifoliate leaves , a very branching Jhrubby
ftalk, and flowers growing in heads , which hav^ foot -fialks
proceeding. from the wings of the leaves.- Barba Jovis
Americana frutefcens hirfuta, fioribus c^ruleis con-
glomerate. Houft. MSS. Shrubby , hairy, American
Jupiter's Beard , with blue cluftercd flowers*

.6. Psoralea (Annua) foliis pinnatis, fpicis terminali-
bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 764. Pforalea with winged leaves,
and flowers growing in fpikes terminating the branches ,
Barba jovis Americana annua, hum ills, ramofiffima,
fioribus cseruleis fpicatis. Houft. MSS. Low, very
branching , annual, American Jupiter's Beard , with blue
fpiked flowers.

7. Psoralea ( Humilus ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis rotundi-
oribus villofis, fioribus capitatis aiaribus terminali-
bufque, caule fruticofo. Pforalea with winged leaves
having hairy round lobes, flowers growing in heads from
the wings of the leaves, and at the end of the branches ,
and a jhrubby ftalk. Barba jovis Americana, humilis
romndifolia & villofa, flore -vario, Kouft. MSS. Low
American Jupiter's Bear a ", with a round hairy leaf and
a variable flower.

8. Psoralea ( Bitmninofa ) foliis omnibus ternatis, pe-
dunculis capitatis. Hort. Upfal. 225. Pforalea with
trifoliate leaves , and flowers growing in heads-. Trifo-
lium bitumen rcdolens. C. B. P. 327. Trefoil with a
bituminous fleet r . -

9. Psoralea ( Angufti folia ) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovato-
lanceolatis, fioribus capitatis. Pforalea with trifoliate
leaves having oval flpear -floaped lobes, and flowers growing
in heads. Trifolium bitumen reddens anguflifolium
ac fempervirens. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 32. Trefoil
flmelling like Bitumen, with a narrow evergreen leaf.

10. Psoralea (Corylifolia) foliis fimplicibus ovatis.
Hort. Upfal. 225. Pforalea with oval feniple leaves. Loro
affinis coryli folio. Dodart. Acad. Scien. 4. p. 289.
The firft fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence I have frequently received the
feeds. This rifes with a foft fbrubby ftalk four or five
feet high, dividing into feveral branches, which are
garnifhed with deep green winged leaves, compofed
of three or four pair of very narrow linear lobes,
terminated by an odd one, Handing upon fhort foot-
ftalks, which come out without any order on every
fide the branches. The flowers fit very clofe to the
branches, coming out from the wing’s of the leaves ;
they are often in clufters. The ftandard, which is
eredl and reflexed at the top, is cf a fine blue j the
wings are pale, and the keel white ^ thefe are fuc-
ceeded by fhort pods the length of the empaiemenr,
each containing one kidney-fhaped feed. It flowers
great part of fummer, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
This is eafily propagated by feeds, which fhould be
fown upon a moderate hot-bed •, and when the plants
come up, they muft not be drawn weak, for as they
are net tender, fo they fhould have air and but little
heat. When they are fit to remove, they fhould be
planted in feparate fmall pots, filled with light earth,
and plunged again into the bed, fhading them from
the fun till they have taken new root •, then they
fhould be gradually inured to the open air, into which,
they fhould be removed about the end of May, and
kept abroad till October then they muft be placed
in the green-houfe, and treated in the fame way as
other, plants from the fame country. It may alfo be
propagated by cuttings, which may be planted during
any of the fummer months, on a bed of light earth,
covering them clofe with either bell or hand-glades,
fhading them from the fun, and gently refrefhing
them with water as the ground dries ; when they have
taken root, they muft be hardened gradually, and then
tranfplanted into fmall pots, and treated like the leed-
iing plants.

The

The fecond fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Elouf-
toun at La Vera Cruz ^ this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk
three or four feet high, fendingout a few fide branches,
which are garnifhed with oval trifoliate leaves which
are hairy, handing upon fender foot-ftalks. The
bowers are collected in fpikes at the end of the
branches', they are of a purpliih colour, and are fuc-
ceeded- by fhort pods, each containing one kidney-
fhaped feed. It is propagated by feeds, which mini
be fov/n upon a hot- bed, and the plants afterward
treated in the fame way as plants from hot countries ,
but as this is an abiding plant, fo they muft be re-
moved into the ftove in autumn,, and kept in a mode-
rate warmth in winter-, and in • fummer they muft
have a large fhare of free air, but fhould conftantly
remain in the ftove ; the fecond year they will produce
fowers, and lometimes their feeds will ripen in Eng-
land.

The feeds of the third fort were brought me from
Malabar •, this is an annual plant, with trailing ftalks
about-eight inches long, garnifhed with filvery leaves,
compofed of three or four pair of narrow lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one. The flowers grow in fmall
clutters at the wings of the leaves •, they are fmall,
and of a purple colour ; the feed-pods are fhort, and
have one fmall kidney-fhaped feed in each. This is
propagated by feeds, in the fame manner as the fecond
fort.

The fourth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun at Campeachy, where it grows naturally. This
hath ftender, fhrubby, climbing ftalks, which twine
about any neighbouring fupport, and rife to the
height of fix or feven feet, garnilhed with winged
leaves, compofed of three pair of fmall, oval, obtule
lobes, terminated by an odd one. The flowers come
out in fmall clutters from the wings of the leaves ;
they are fmall, of a bright blue colour, and are fuc-
eeeded by fhort pods, including one kidney-fhaped
feed.

The fifth fort was difcovered by the fame gentleman,
growing naturally at Campeachy. This rifes with a
ihrubby ftalk feven or eight feet high, fending out
many long fiender branches on every fide, garnifhed
with trifoliate leaves, whofe lobes are fmall and
wedge-fhaped. The flowers are produced from the
wings of the leaves in clofe fmall heads, ftanding upon
pretty long foot-ftalks ; they are blue, and are luc-
ceeded by fhort pods, each containing a Angle kid-
ney-fhaped feed.

Thefe two forts are propagated by feeds, which muft
be fov/n upon a hot-bed ; and when the plants come
up, they muft be treated in the fame way as the third
fort.

The fixth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun at La Vera Cruz •, this is an annual plant, with
a very branching herbaceous ftalk, rifing a foot and
a half high, fpreading wide on every fide, garnifhed
with winged leaves, compofed of five or fix pair of
narrow wedge-fhaped lobes, terminated by an odd
one. The flowers are collected in clofe oblong fpikes,
terminating the branches ; they are fmall, and of a
bright blue colour, and are fucceeded by fliort pods,
each containing a Angle kidney-fhaped feed. This is
propagated by feeds, and requires the fame treatment
as the fourth fort.

The feventh fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
from whence the late. Dr. Houftoun fent the feeds.
This hath an upright fhrubby ftalk, which rifes five
or fix feet high, having a few fide branches, which
are clofely garnifhed with winged leaves, compofed of
three or four pair of fmall, roundifh, hairy lobes, ter-
minaled by an odd one. The flowers are collefted
in fmall heads, coming out from the wings of the
leaves, and at the end of the branches ; they are yel-
low and red intermixed, and are fucceeded by fhort
pods, containing one kidney-fhaped feed. This fort
requires the fame treatment as the third.

The eighth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy ; the root of this is perennial, but the ftalk
is not cf long duration, field om falling more than two

years ; it rifes about two feet high, fending out ewd
or three fiender branches, garnifhed with trifoliate
leaves, whofe Jobes are oval, about two inches long,
and one inch and a quarter broad, ftanding upon long
foot-ftalks ; thefe, if handled, emit a ftrong fce-nt of
bitumen. The flowers are colle&ed in heads, and
have foot-ftalks feven or eight inches long •, they are
blue, and are fucceeded by fhort pods containing one
feed.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Sicily,- and alfo in
Jamaica, from both which countries I have received
the feeds. This has been fuppofed to be the fame with
the former, but I have many years propagated both
by feeds, arid have never found either of them vary.
The leaves of this are much longer and narrower
than thole of the former fort, and are rounded at
their bale; the Talks are fhrubby, and are of longer
duration ; the heads of the flowers are fmall er, and
the leaves have not fo ftrong an odour. Thefe are
propagated by feeds, which fhould be fawn on a bed
of light earth in April, and in May the plants will
come up, when they fhould be kept clean from weeds,
and as foon as they are fit to remove they fhould be
tranfplanted. Thofe of the eighth fort will live thro’
the winter in the open air, if they are planted in a
warm dry border; but the ninth fort requires fome
fhelter in winter, fo thefe fhould be planted in pots,
and put into a common frame in winter, where they
may be fcreened from hard froft. Thefe plants flower
from June to autumn, and perfedt their feeds annu-
ally.

The tenth fort grows naturally in India ; this is an an-
nual plant ; the ftalks rife two feet high, and are
garnilhed at each joint by one oval leaf about two
inches long, and one inch and a half broad, having
one ftrong midrib, from which come out feveral veins,
which run toward the top of the leaf. The flowers
ftand upon long fiender foot-ftalks, which come out
at the wings of the leaves ; they are collected into
fmall round heads, and are of a pale fiefh colour. It
flowers in July, and thefteds ripen in autumn. This
is propagated by feeds, which muft be fown upon a
hot-bed in the fpring ; and when the plants are fit to
remove, they fhould be planted into feparate fmall pots
filled with light earth, and plunged into a moderate
hot-bed of tanners bark, fhading them from the fun
till they have taken new root, after which they muft
have free air admitted to them in warm weather, and
gently watered as often as they require it. "When the
plants have filled the pots with their roots, they
fhould be removed into larger, and the beginning
of July they may be removed into an airy glafs-cafe,
where they may be defended from cold, but fhould
have free air in warm weather ; with this care the
plants will flower and ripen their feeds.

P S Y L L I U M. See Plantago.

P T R A M I C A. See Achillea.

PTELEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 141. Shrub Trefoil.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is fmall , and cut into four
acute fegments . The flower has four oval fpear-jhaped
j -petals , which fpread open flat ; it hath four awl-floaped
ftamina terminated by roundifh fummits , and an orbicular
comprejfed germen , fupp'orting a fhort ftyle , crowned by
two obtufe fligmas. The germen afterward becomes a
roundifh membranaceous capfule with two cells., each con-
taining one obtufe feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the' nrft fedtion of
• Linnaeus’s fourth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1 Ptele a ( Trifoliata )- folds ternatis. Lin. $p. Plant.

1 1 8 Ptelea with trifoliate leaves. Frutex Virginianus
trifolius, ul mi famaris. Pink. Aim. 159. Virginia
Trefoil Shrub , with feeds like Elm , commonly called Caro-
lina Shrub Trefoil.

2. Ptelea ( Vifcofa ) folds fimplici-bus. Lin. Sp. Plant.

1 1 8. Ptelea with Jingh leaves. Carpinus vifcofa, fall-
cis folio integro oblongo. Burm. Zeyl. 55. tab, 2-3.
Vifcous Hornbeam with an entire oblong Willow leaf Plu-
nder

PTE

mier has titled it Staphyllodendron Americanurn iVliis
lauri anguftis. Cat, 18. American Bladder Nut, with
narrow Bay leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in North America ; it
was firft difcoVered in Virginia by Mr, JJanifter, who
lent the feeds to England, from which fome plants
were raifed at Fulham, and fome other curious gar-
dens j but being planted in the open air, they were
defrayed by a fevere winter, fo that there were fcarce
any of the plants left in England. In 1724, Mr.
Catefby lent over a good quantity of the feeds from
Carolina, which fucceeded fo well as to furnifh many
gardens with the plants. This rifes with an upright
woody ftem ten or twelve feet high, dividing upward
into many branches, covered wdth a fmooth grayilh
bark, garnilhed with trifoliate leaves Handing upon
long foot- (talks. The lobes are oval, fpear-fhaped,
fmooth, and of a bright green on their upper fide,
but pale on their under •, thefe come out late in the
fpring, foon after which the bunches of flower-buds
appear, which is generally in the beginning of June,
the leaves being then but fmall, and afterward in-
creafe in their fize, but are not fully grown till the
flowers decay. The flowers are produced im large
bunches at the end of the branches ; they are of an
herbaceous white colour, compofed of four or five
fhort petals, ending in acute points ; thefe are faftened
at their bale to afnort empalement, cut into four feg-
ments almoft to the bottom. In the center is fltuated
an orbicular comprefled germen fupporting a fhort
ftyle, which is attended by four awl-fhaped ‘ftamina ;
the germen afterward turns to a capfule furrounded
by a leafy border, having two cells, each containing
one feed.

Thefe fhrubs may be propagated by cuttings, which
(hould be planted in pots of frefh rich earth, and
plunged into a moderate hot-bed. The belt time
for planting them is in the beginning of March, but
they muft be carefully managed fo as not to have
too much heat, and (haded from the fun in the mid-
dle of the day, otherwife they will not fucceed. They
may alfo be propagated by layers, but thefe are often
two years before they take root*, but if good feeds
can be procured either here or from abroad, the
plants raifed from thofe will be much ftronger
than thofe which are propagated by- either of the for-
mer methods.

Thefe feeds may be fawn in the beginning of April,
on a bed of light earth, in a warm Sheltered fituation,
where, if the ground is moiftened in dry weather, the
plants will come up in fix weeks *, but if the feeds are
fown in pots, and placed on a very moderate hot-bed,
the plants will come up fooner, and make greater
progrefs the firft year , but they muft not be forced or
drawn, for that will make them very tender ; therefore
In June the plants fhould be expofed to the open air,
in a flickered fituation, where they may remain till the
froft comes on, when thofe in the pots fliould be ei-
ther placed under a common frame, to flicker them
from fevere froft, or the pots plunged into the ground,
near a hedge, that the froft may be prevented from
penetrating through the fides of the pots to the roots
of the plants. The following fpring the plants may
be planted into a nurfery-bed, at about one foot dis-
tance, where they may grow two years, by which
time they will be fit to tranfplant where they are de-
figned to remain.

Thefe plants are a little tender while they are young,
therefore will require fome protection the firft and fe-
cond year, but particularly from the early frofts in
autumn, which frequently kills the tops of the ten-
der (hoots before they are hardened ; and the more
vigorous the plants have grown the preceding fum-
tner, the greater danger there is of their being killed,
therefore they fliould be fcreened either with mats or
fome other covering *, but as they advance in ftrength,
they become more hardy, and are rarely injured by
froft.

The fecond fort grows naturally in both Indies * it is
very common in rnoft of the iflands in the Weft-In-

P U L

dies.^ I nis fends up feveral (talks from the root, about
the fize of a man3 s arm, fending out feveral upright
branches, covered with a light brown bark, which fre-
quently feparates from the wood, and hangs loofe s
they are garnilhed with ftift leaves, which vary greatly
in their fliape and fize, fome being four inches long,
and an inch and a half broad *, others are not three
inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad 5 they
are lpear-fhaped, entire, and of a light green, growing
with their points upward, and have very fhort foot-
ftaiks. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches in a fort of racemus, each (landing upon a
(lender foot- (talk about an inch long ; they have four
folid channelled petals of an herbaceous colour, hav-
ing four ftamina which fpread open, and in the cen-
ter is fituated a roundifh comprefled germen, which
afterward turns to a comprefled capfule with three
cells, furrounded by a broad leafy border, each cell
containing one or two roundifh feeds.

This plant is propagated by feeds, which, if ob-
tained frefli from abroad, will rife eafily upon a hot-
bed : when the plants are fit to remove, they fhould
be each planted in a feparate fmall pot filled with light
loamy earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bark, (hading them from the fun till they have taken
new root ; then they (hould have free air admitted to
them every day in proportion to the warmth of the
feafon, for they muft -not be drawn up weak, nor
(hould they have too much water. In the autumn
the plants muft be removed into the ftove, where they
(hould have a temperate warmth in winter, but du-
ring that feafon little water (hould be given them *, nor
(hould they have too much heat, for either of thefe
will loon deftroy them ; as the plants obtain ftrength,
they will become more hardy, and may be fet abroad
in the open air for two or three months in the heat of
fummer, but it (hould be in a fheltered fituation ; in
winter they muft be placed in a ftove, kept to a mo-
derate temperature of warmth, for the plants will'not
live in a green-houfe here.

This was formerly (hewn for the Tea-tree in many of
the European gardens, where it many years palled for
it among thofe who knew no better.

PULEGIUM. Raii Meth. Plant. 6r. Mentha.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 189. Lin. Gen. Plant. 633. [This
plant takes its name from Pulex, a flea ; becaufe
being burnt, it is faid to drive away fleas.] Penny-
royal, or Pudden-grafs.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , of one leaf
cut into five parts. The flower is of the lip kind-, it hath
one petal with a fhort tube , divided at the brim into four
'parts -, the helmet , or upper lip of the flower , is entire ,
the lower is cut into three equal fegments. It hath four
ftamina, two being longer than the other , terminated by
roundifh fummits , and a four-pointed germen , fupporting
an eredl ftyle, crowned by a bifid ftigma. The germen af-
terward become four fmall feeds , fitting in the empalement
of the flower.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fefrion
of Mr. Ray’s fourteenth clafs, which includes the herbs
with whorled flowers which have fcarce any helmet,
but are cut into equal fegments. Tournefort and
Linnaeus place this under the genus of Mentha, to
which it may properly be joined ; but as this is a ti-
tle which has been long known in the (hops and gar-
dens, fo I have chofe to continue it.

The Species are,

1. Pulegium ( Vulgar e ) foliis ovatis obtufis, ftaminibus
corollam aequantibus, caule repente. Pennyroyal with
oval obtufe leaves, ftamina equalling the petal, and a creep-
ing ftdk. Pulegium latifolium. C. B. P. Common or
broad-leaved Pennyroyal.

2. Pulegium ( Eredlmp ) foliis laneeolatis, ftaminibus
corolla longioribus, caule ere fro. Pennyroyal with
fpear-fhaped leaves , ftamina longer than the petal, and an
upright ftalk. Pulegium Hifpanicum erefrum, ftami-
nibus florum extantibus. Afr. Phil. London. Upright
Spanifh Pennyroyal, whofe ftamina ftand out from the
flowers,

3. Pu-

■$. Tulegium ( Cervinum ) foiiis linearibus, floribus yer-
ticillatis terminaiibufque. Pennyroyal with linear leaves ,
and jiowers growing in whorls at the ends of the ftalks.
Pulegium anguftifolium. C. B. P. Narrow-leaved

■Pennyroyal, , .......

The firft fort grows naturally upon moift commons,
where the water Hands in winter, in many parts of
England. The root is fibrous and perennial; the
ftalks are fmooth and trail upon the ground, putting
out roots at every joint, whereby it fpreads and pro-
pagates very faft ; the ftalks are garni.fhed at each
joint by two oval leaves, which are for the moft part
entire. The flowers grow toward the upper part of
the branches, coming out juft above the leaves at
each joint, in whorls ; they are of a pale purple co-
lour, fmall and galeated, the helmet being entire ;
whereas in the Mint, this is indented at the point.
The ftamina of the flowers are of the fame length with
the petal, but the ftyle is fomewhat longer ; the
whole plant has a very ftrong fmell, and a hot aroma-
tic tafte. There is a diftilled water of this plant 2nd
alfo an oil, which is kept in the fhops for medicinal
ufe. There is a variety of this with a white flower,
which is fometimes found growing naturally in Eng-
land. ■ . , ...

The feeds of the fecond fort were fent me from Gi-
braltar, which lucceeded in the Chelfea Garden, but
had been before introduced into feveral gardens,
where it had been cultivated to fupply the markets.
The ftalks of this grow eredt and near a foot high ;
the leaves are longer and narrower than thofe of the
common fort, the whorls of flowers are much larger,
and their ftamina are longer than the petals. This
fort hath almoft fuperfeded the fjrft in the markets,
for as the ftalks grow erect, fo it is much eafler to
cut and tie in bunches than the common fort; it al-
fo comes earlier to flower, and has a brighter appear-
ance, but whether it is as good for ufe, I fhall leave
to be determined by thofe whofe province it be-
longs to. „

The third fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy, it is called Hart’s Pennyroyal. This is
by fome preferred to the common fort for medici-
nal ufe ; the ftalks of this grow eredl, near two feet
high, fending out fide branches all their length ; the
leaves are very narrow, and of a thicker lubftance
than thofe of the common fort, the whorls of flowers
are rather larger ; the fcent is not quite fo ftrong as
that of the firft fort, and the ftalks are frequently
terminated by whorls of flowers. This is cultivated
in gardens here, and flowers about the fame time as
the common fort. There is a variety of this with
white flowers, which grows taller than that with pur-
ple flowers, but I do not believe it is a different fort.
All thefe plants propagate themfelves very faft by
their branches trailing upon the ground, which emit
roots at every joint, and fallen themfelves into the
earth, and fend forth new branches ; fo that no more
Is required in their culture, than to cut off any of
thefe rooted branches, and plant them out in frelh
beds, allowing them at leaft a foot from plant to plant
every way, that they may have room to grow ; or
the young fnoots of thefe planted in the fpring, will
take root like Mint.

The beft time for this work is in September, that the
plants may be rooted before winter ; For if the old
roots are permitted to remain fo dole together, as
they generally grow in the compafs of a year, they
are fubjed to rot in winter ; befides the young plants
will be much ftronger, and produce a larger crop the
fucceeding fummer, than if they were removed in the
fpring. Thefe plants all love a moift ftrong foil, in
which they will fiourilh exceedingly.

PUL MON ARIA. Tourn. inft. R. H. 136. tab.
55* Lin. Gen. Plant. 184. [fo called from Pulmones,
Lat. the lungs, becaufe fuppofed to be a very good
medicament for the lungs.] Lungwort; in French,
Puhnonaire.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a cylindrical , five-cornered , permanent

empalement of one leaf , cut into five fegments at the top.
Phe flower is of one .petal, having a cylindrical tube the
length of the empalement , cut at the top into five farts ,
which-. fpread open , .but the chaps are pervious. It hath
five floor i ftamina , terminated by eredt Summits which clofe
t Qgether , and four gerrnen fupporting a [hart ftyle , crown-
ed by an obtufle indented ftigrna, Phe gernien afterward
turn to four roundijb feeds , fitting in the bottom of the- em-
palement..

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus s fifth clais, which contains these plants whofe
flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are?

1. Pulmonaria ( Officinalis ) foiiis radicalibus ovate-
cordatis fcabris. Port. Cliff. 44. Lungwort whofe
lower leaves ate oval , heart -Jhaped , and rough. Pul-
monaria vulgaris, maculofp folio. Cluf. Hift. 169.
Common [potted Lungwort , or Jerufalem Cowflip.

2. Pulmonaria (. Alpina ) foiiis cauiinis ovatis glabris,

floribus patulis, iegmentis obtufmfeulis. Lungwort
with ova. I Jmooth leaves to the ftalks , fpreading flowers ,
and obtufle fegments. Pulmonaria Alpina, ■ foiiis molli-

bus fubrotundis, fiore cseruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. LL
136. Lungwort of the Alps, with feft roundijb leaves ,
and a blue flower.

3. Pulmonaria. (Saccharata) foiiis lanceolatis bafi femi-
amplexicauhbus, calycibus abbreviatis. Lungwort
with fpear -Jhaped leaves , whofe bafe half embrace the ftalk ,
and the empalement [sorter than the jube of the flower .
Pulmonaria maxima foiiis quafi faccharo incruftatis.
Pluk. Aim. 359. Greateft Lungwort with fpotted leaves ,
as if they were incruft ed with flugar.

4. Pulmonaria ( Anguftifolia ) folks radicalibus lanceo-
latis. Hort. Cliff. 44. Lungwort with the lower leaves
fpear-Jhaped. Pulmonaria anguftifolia caeruleo flore.

. J. B. 3 . 59 6. Narrow-leaved Lungwort with a blue flower. .

5. Pulmonaria ( Orientals ) caulibus procumbentibus,
floribus fingularibus alaribus, calycibus inflatis corol-
la longioribus. Lungwort with trailing ftalks , flowers
growing fingly from the fides , and fwollen empalement s
which are longer than the. petals. Pulmonaria Orien-
talis, calyce veficario, foiiis ecnii, fiore purpurea in-
fundibuliformi. Tourn. Cor. 6. Eaftern Lungwort with
an empalement like a bladder , a Viper’s Buglofs leaf, and
a purple funnel-Jhaped flower.

6. Pulmonaria ( Virginica ) calycibus abbreviatis, foiiis
lanceolatis. obtufiufculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 135. Lung-
wort with Jhort empalements to the flowers, and fpear-
Jhaped obtufle leaves. Symphytum five pulmonaria non
maculata, folks glabris acuminatis flore patul'o cae.ru-
leo. Pluk. Aim. 359. Lungwort with fmooth, unfpot-
ted, acute-pointed leaves, and a blue Jpueadinv flower.
The firft fort grows naturally in woods and fhady
places. in Italy and Germany, and is Cultivated in the
Englifh gardens chiefly for medicinal ufe. It hath a
perennial fibrous root ; the lower leaves are rough,
of an oval heart-fnape, about fix inches long, and
two inches and a half broad, of a dark green on their
upper fide, marked with many broad whitifli fpots,
but pale and unfpotted on their under fide ; the ftalks
rife almoft a foot high, having feveral fmaller leaves
on them, ftanding alternately. The flov/ers are pro-
duced in fmall bunches at the top of the ftalks, each
having a tubulous hairy empalement as long as the
tfibc of the flower ; the brims of the petal are fpread
open, and are fhaped like a cup ; thefe are red j pur-
ple, and blue, in the fame bunch; They appear in
April, and are fucceeded by four naked feed's, which
ripen in the empalement. It is accounted a pedoral
balfamic plant, and good for coughs andconfumptions,
{pitting of blood, and the like diforders of the lungs ;
it is likewife put into wound drinks.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
hatha perennial fibrous root ; the leaves are large,
fmooth, and fpotted on their upper fide ; the ftalks
rife nine indies high, and are garnifhed with oval
leaves whofe bafe join the ftalks; The flowers grow
in fmall bunches on the top of the ftalk ; they are
purple, and fpread open wider than thofe of the
common fort.

10 Y

P R U

The third fort grows naturally upon the Helvetian
Mountains ; this is a perennial plant, whole leaves
are large, fpear-fhaped, and rough. The foot-ftalks
of the lower leaves are broad •, the dalles rife a foot
high, and are garni fired with fpear-fhaped leaves,
whofe bafe half embrace the ftalks ; the leaves are
greatly fpotted with white, appearing as if they were
incrufted with fugar-candy •, the flowers grow in
large bunches on the top of the ftalk ; their tubes
are longer than the empalement, and their brims are
fpread more than thofe of the common fort. They
are of a bright blue, and appear in April and May.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Auftria and Hun-
gary , this hath leaves much narrower than thofe of
the common fort, which are covered with foft hairs.
The ftalks rife a foot high, and are garniihed with
narrow leaves of the fame (hape with thofe below, but
fmaller-, thefe almoft embrace the ftalk with their bafe.
The flowers are produced in bunches on the top of
the ftalks like the others ; thefe appear of a red co-
lour before they expand, but when they are fully
blown, are of amoft beautiful blue colour. This fort
flowers early in the fpring, but is very rare in Eng-
land at prefent.

The fifth fort was difcovered in the Archipelago by
Dr. Tournefort, who fent the feeds to the Royal Gar-
den at Paris •, this is an annual plant. The lower
leaves are oblong and hairy ; the ftalks trail upon the
ground, and are a foot and a half long, garniihed
with oblong hairy leaves fitting clofe, to the ftalks ;
juft above each leaf comes a Angle flower of a fullen
purple colour, funnel-fhaped, the brims not fpread -
ing •, the empalement is fwollen like an inflated blad-
der, and covers the petal of the flower, fo as not to
be feen without a near infpedion. This plant flowers
in May, if the plants come up in autumn, and after
the flowers are paft, the four feeds ripen in the em-
palement.

The fixth fort grows naturally upon mountains in
moft parts of North America. The feeds of this
plant were font many years flnce by Mr. Banifter from
Virginia, and fome of the plants were raifed in the
gardens of the Bilhop of London, at Fulham, where
for feveral years it was growing, and was communi-
cated to feveral other curious gardens •, this hath a
thick, Belhy, perennial root, fending out many fmall
fibres. The ftalks rife a foot and a half high, and
divide at the top into feveral ihort branches ; the leaves
which are near the root are four or five inches long,
and two inches and a half broad ; they are fmooth,
obtufe, and of a light green, having fhort foot-ftalks
thofe upon the ftalk diminifh in their fize upward,
but are of the fame (hape, and fit clofe to the ftalk.
Each of the fmall branches at the top of the ftalk is
terminated by a clufter of flowers, each (landing up-
on a feparate fhort foot-ftalk ; their empalements are
very (hort, and are cut into five fegments almoft to
the bottom ; the tube of the flower is long, and at
the top fpreads open in (hape of a funnel, the brim
being entire, but appears five-cornered from the fold-
ing of the petal. The moft common colour of thefe
flowers is blue, but there are fome purple, others red,
and fome white. They appear in April, and, if they
have a fhady fltuation, will continue in beauty great
part of May, and fometimes they are fucceeded by
feeds in England. The leaves and ftalks entirely de-
cay in Auguft, and the roots remain naked till the
following fpring.

There are fome other fpecies of this genus, which are
preferved in botanic gardens for the fake of variety,
but, having little beauty, they are feldom cultivated
in other places.

The firft, fecond, third, fifth, and fixth forts have
perennial roots, fo may be cultivated by parting of
their roots, which may be done either in the fpring,
or autumn j but if the ground be moift into which
they are planted, it is better to be done in the fpring,
otherwife the autumn is the more preferable feafon,
that the plants may be well rooted before the dry wea-

PUL

ther comes on in the fpring, which will caufe them to
flower much (Longer.

The foil in which they are planted (hould not be
- rich, but rather a frefli light Tandy ground, in which
they will thrive much better than in a richer foil, in
which they are very fubjed to rot in the winter,
l hey (hould have a Toady fltuation, and the firft
and third forts thrive bed in a moift foil, for in a hoc
dry foil they burn and decay in fummer, unlefs they *
are duly watered in dry weather. All thefe early
forts are better tranfplanted, and parted in autumn,
that they may be well rooted to flower (Irons the
following fpring. The fixth fort (hould not have a
foil too moift, for as the roots run deep in the ground,
they will be in danger of rotting by much wet.

The other fort is annual, and propagated by feeds
only. The bed time to fow thefe is in autumn, foon
after they are ripe, for the plants will refift the cold
of our winters very well, fo will flower early the
following fummer, and good feeds may be obtained ;
whereas thofe which are fown in the (pring fometimes
mifoarry, or lie a year in the ground. Thefe feeds
(hould be fown where they are defigned to remain,
for the plants do not fucceed very well when they
are tranfplanted. When the plants come up, they
require no other culture but to keep them clear
, from weeds ; and, where they are too clofe, to thin
them. If thefe plants are permitted to fcatter their
feeds, the plants will come up better than when they
are fown.

PULSATILLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 2 84. tab.
148. Anemone. Lin. Gen. Plant. 614. [fo called of
Pulfando, Lat. becaufe the feeds of this plant are
blown, and fly away with the lead wind.] Pafque-
flower ; in French, Coquelourde .

The Characters are,

The flower hath a leafy involucrum ending in many pints ;
it hath two orders of petals, three in each which are oblong
and pointed, and a great number of fender flamina about
half the length of the petals, terminated by erebt twin fum-
vnits, and a great number of germen collebled in a head ,
with acute flyles crowned by obtufe fligmas. The germen
afterward become fo many feeds, having long hairy tails
fitting upon the oblong receptacle.

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fection
of Linnaeus-s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have many (lamina and (lyles,
and joins this genus to the Anemone in the later edi-
tions of his works.

The Species are,

1. Pulsatilla ( Vulgaris ) foliis decompofitis pinnatis,
(lore nutante, limbo eredlo. Hort. Cliff. 223, Pafque-
flower with decompounded zvinged leaves, and a nodding
flower having an erebl rim. Pulfatilla folio craffxore &
majore (lore. C. B. P. 177. Pafque -flower with a thick-
er leaf, and a larger flower.

2. Pulsatilla ( Pratenfis ) foliis decompofitis pinnatis,
(lore pendulo, limbo reflexo. Hort. Cliff. 223. Paflque-
flower with decompounded winged leaves, and a pendulous
flower whofe border is reflexed. Pulfatilla (lore minore
nigricante. C. B. P. 177. Pafque-flower with a fmaller
darkijh flower.

3. Pulsatilla (Vernalis) foliis fimpliciter pinnatis, foli-
olis lobatis, (lore eredlo. Flor. Suec. 448. Pafque-
flower with fimple winged leaves, whofe wings have lobes
and an erebl flower. Pulfatilla lutea apii hortenfis fo-
lio. C. B. P. 177. Yellow Pafque-flower with a Parfley
leaf.

4. Pulsatilla ( Patens ) foliis digitatis multifidis, (lore
eredlo patente. Pafque-flower with hand-jhaped leaves
having many points, and an erebl flpreading flower. Pul-
fatilla anemones folio diffedo lanuginofa, (lore majore
dilute luteo patente. Amman. Ruth. 104. P afque-flower
with a cut Anemone leaf which is downy, and a larger pale,
yellow flpreading flower.

The firft of thefe plants is common in divers parts of
England ; it grows in great plenty on Gogmagog-hills
on the left-hand of the highway leading from Cam-
bridge to Haveril, juft on the top of the hill , alfo

about

PUL

about Hilderfham, fix miles from Cambridge, and
on Bernack Heath not far from Stamford, and on
Southrop Common adjoining thereto ; alfo on moun-
tainous and dry paftures juft by Leadftone Hall near
Pontefract in Yorkfhire. It flowers in April.

This hath a flefhy taper root which runs deep in the
ground ; the leaves are hairy, and finely cut, like
thole of the wild Carrot, and fpread near the ground ;
the ftalk rifes near a foot high, is pretty thick and
hairy, and naked at the top, where there is a_ leafy
involucrum to the flower, which is hairy, ending in
many points ; it is terminated by one flower compof-
ed of fix petals ranged in two orders, three without,
and three within ; they are oblong, thick, and of a
bright purple colour ; they form a fort of bell-ihaped
flower nodding on one fide, and their points turn up-
ward. Within the petals are a great number of flen-
der yellowilh ftamina terminated by ereft fummits,
and in the center a great number of germen are col-
lected in a head, which afterward become feeds, each
having a long tail, by which they are diftinguilhed
from Anemone.

There is a variety of this with double, and another
with white flowers, but thefe have been obtained from
feeds of the other.

The fecond fort hath Ihorter leaves than the firft ; the
ftalks do not rife fo high 5 the flowers do not expand
fo wide, and hang downward, but their brims are re-
flexed j they are of a very dark purple colour. This
grows naturally in the meadows in Germany.

The third fort grows naturally on the Alps and Hel-
vetian Mountains ; this hath a perennial root. The
leaves are like thofe of Smallage, and are Amply
winged ; the ftalk rifes near a foot high, is naked al-
moft to the top, where comes out a neat hairy invo-
lucrum, and above that one yellow flower lhaped like
the perennial yellow Adonis, Handing ere<5t Thefe
appear about the fame time with the former, and are
fucceeded by feeds which ripen at Midfummer.

The fourth fort grows in Siberia this hath a thick
fielhy root which fends out many ftrong fibres. The
leaves are hand-fhaped, compofed of feveral round-
ifh lobes, like fome of the forts of Ranunculi ; they
are downy, and cut into feveral fegments. The ftalk
rifes nine or ten inches high, having a hairy involu-
crum a confiderable diftance below the flower ; it is
terminated by one flower, which is large, fpreading,
and of a whitifh yellow colour, with deep yellow fta-
mina. This flowers early in the fpring.

There are fome other fpecies of this plant, but thofe
here mentioned are all the forts which I have feen
growing in England, and therefore I have not enu-
merated more, as it would be to little purpofe, fince
it is difficult to procure them from the countries where
they naturally grow.

Thefe plants may be propagated by feeds, which
fhould be fown in boxes or pots filled with very light
fandy earth, obferving not to cover the feeds too
deep with mould, which will prevent their rifling,
for they require no more than juft to be covered.
Thefe boxes fhould be placed where they may have
the morning fun until ten of the clock, but mull
be fcreened from it in the heat of the day and, if
the feafon proves dry, the earth Ihould be often re-
frelhed with water. The beft time for flowing of
thefe feeds is in July or Auguft, foon after they are
ripe, for if they are kept till fpring, they feldom
grow.

Thefe boxes or pots, in which the feeds are fown,
fhould remain in this fhady fituation until the begin-
ning of October, when they fhould be moved where
they may enjoy the full fun during the winter feafon.
About the beginning of March the plants will be-
gin to appear, at which time the boxes fhould be
again removed where they may have only the forenoon
fun ; for if they are too much expofed to the heat,
the young plants will foon be deftroyed. They
fhould alfo be refrefhed with water in dry weather,
which will greatly promote their growth, and fhould
be carefully kept clean from weeds, which, if fuf-

P U N

Ik red to grow among them, will in a fhort time over-
bear them.

When the leaves of this plant are entirely decayed
(which is commonly in July,) you fhould then take
up all the roots, which being nearly of the colour of
the ground, will be difficult to find while final! ,
therefore you fhould pafs the earth through a fine
wire fieve, which is the beft method to feparate the
roots from the earth, (but notwithftanding all pofli-
ble care taken, yet there will be- many fmall roots
left j fo that the earth fhould either be put into the
boxes again, or fpread upon a bed of light earth, to
fee what plants will arife out of it the fucceeding
year.) The roots being taken up, fhould be imme-
diately planted again on beds of light, freffi, fandy
earth, about three or four inches afunder, covering
them about three inches thick with the fame light
earth. The fpring following moil of thefe plants will
produce flowers, but they will not be fo large and
fair as in the fucceeding years, when the roots are
larger.

The roots of thefe plants generally run down deep in
the ground, and are of a rlefhy fubftance, fomewhat
like Carrots, fo will not bear to be kept long out of
the ground •, therefore, when they are removed, it
fhould be done early in the autumn, that they may
take frefh root before the froft comes on ; for if they
are tranfplanted in the fpring, they will not produce
ftrong flowers. Thefe plants thrive beft in a loamy
foil, for in very light dry ground they are apt to de-
cay in fummer.

PUMP I ON. SeePEPo.

PUNIC A. Tourn. Inft, R. H. 633. tab. 407,
Lin. Gen. Plant. 544. [This plant takes its name
from its punicean or red appearance, for its flowers
and fruit are of that colour. It is called Granatum,
from the word Granis, becaufe the fruit has many
grains ; or, as fome fuppofe, of Granata, or Grana-
da, becaufe it grows in great plenty in that country.]
The Pomegranate-tree j in French, Grenadier.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , hell-jhaped ,
coloured , and of one leaf , cut into fix parts at the top „
The flower has five roundijh , ere£l, fpreading petals which
are inferted in the empalement , and a great number of
fender ftamina , which are alfo inferted in the empalement ,
terminated by oblong fummits. The germen is fitua ted un-
der the flower , fupporting a fingle fly le crowned. by a head-
ed ftigma it afterward becomes a large alrnofl globular
fruit , crowned by the empalement . The fruit is divided
into feveral cells by membranous partitions , which are
filled with roundijh fucculent feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, in which he places thofe
plants whofe flowers have more than twenty ftamina,
which are inferted either in the petals or empale-
ment, and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Punica ( Granatum ) foliis lanceolatis, caule arboreo,
Hort. Cliff. 134. Pomegranate with linear fpear-Jhaped
leaves , and a tree-like ftalk. Punica quae malum gra-
natum fert. Caefalp. Punica which bears the Pome-
granate

2. Punica {Nana) foliis linearibus, caule fruticofo.
Pomegranate with linear leaves , and a Jhrubby ftalk »
Punica Americana, nana feu humillima. Lig. Tourn.
Inft. 636. The American Dwarf Pomegranate.

There are the following varieties of the firft fort,
which are iu pooled to be accidental variations obtain-
ed by culture from the feeds, therefore I have not
enumerated them as fpecies; but as many curious per-
fons will expect to find them inferted here, I (hall
juft mention them.

The wild Pomegranate with Angle and double flowers.
The fweet Pomegranate.

The, fmall flowering Pomegranate with Angle and
double flowers.

The Pomegranate with ftriped flowers.

Thefe plants grow naturally in Spain, Portugal, Ita-
ly, and Mauritania. There are alfo many of them

in

5oL

P IJ N

In the Weft-Indies, but they are fuppoled to have
been tranfplanted there from, Europe; but they are
fo much improved there, as to be much preferable
to any in Europe, the fruit being larger and finer
flavoured.

This tree rifes with a woody ftem eighteen or twenty
feet high, fending out branches the whole length,
which likewife put out many (lender twigs, fo as to
render them very thick and bufhy. Some of thefe
are armed with (harp thorns ; they are garni (he'd with
fpear-fhaped leaves about three inches long, and half
an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
each end •, they are of a light lucid green, and (land
oppofite. The flowers come out at the end of the
branches, fometimes fingly, and at others three or four
together ; one of the largeft terminates the branch,
and immediately under that are two or three fmaller
buds, which, after the flower is pad* fwell larger
and expand, whereby there is a continued fucceflion
of flowers for fame months. The empale men t of
the flower is very thick, flefhy, and of one piece, cut
at the top into five fegments ; it is of a fine red co-
lour, and within are included five in the Angle flow
ers, but in the double a great number of fcarlet pe-
tals, which are inferted in the empalement, In the
center is fituated the ftyle, arifirig from the germen,
encompaflfed by many (lender (lamina, which are ter-
minated by oblong yellowifn fummits. After the
flower decays, the germen fwells to a roundifli fruit
crowned by the empalement, having a hard (hell, in-
cluding a pulp filled with angular feeds. This tree
flowers in July, Auguft, and September, and the fruit
ripens late in autumn.

The Balauftia of the (hops is the empalement of the
flower of the double flowering Pomegranate.

The firft of thefe trees is now pretty common in the
Englifh gardens, where formerly it was nurfed up in
cafes, and preferved in green-houfes with great care
(as was alfo the double flowering kind •,) but they are
both hardy enough to refill the fevered cold of our
climate in the open air •, and, if planted againft warm
walls in a good fltuation, the firft fort will often pro-
duce fruit, which in warm feafons will ripen tolera-
bly well •, but as thefe fruits do not ripen till late in
the autumn, they are feldom well tafted in England,
for which reafon the fort with double flowers is com-
monly preferred to it. The fort with fweet fruit, as
alfo the wild fort, are lefs common in the Englilh gar-
dens than the former two.

Thefe plants may be eafily propagated by laying down
their branches in the fpring, which in one year’s time
will take good root, and may then be tranfplanted
where they are defigned to remain. The beft feafon
for transplanting of thefe trees is in fpring, juft before
they begin to (hoot •, they fhould have a ftrong rich
foil, in which they flower much better, and produce
more fruit than if planted on dry poor ground; but in
order to obtain thefe in plenty, there fhould be care
taken in the pruning of thefe trees, for want of which
we often fee thefe trees very full of frnall fhoots, but
do not find many flowers produced upon them-,
therefore I (hall fet down directions for pruning of
thefe trees, fo as to obtain a great quantity of flowers
and fruit.

The flowers of this tree, always proceed from the ex-
tremity of the branches which are produced the fame
year. This therefore direfts, that all weak branches
of the former year fhould be cut out, and that the
ftronger fhould be fhortened in proportion to their
ftrength, in order to obtain new fhoots in every part
of the tree. The branches may be laid in againft
the wall about four or five inches afunder ; for, as
their leaves are frnall, there is not a neceffity of al-
lowing them a greater diftance. The beft time for
this v\ ork is about Michaelmas, or a little later, ac-
cording to the mildnefs of the feafon, for if they are
left until fpring before they are pruned, they feldom
put out their fhoots fo early, and the earlier they come
out, the fooner the flowers will appear, which is of
great confequence where fruit is defired. In fummer

PYR

they will require no other dreffing, but to cut off all
vigorous fhoots which grow from the wall, and ne-
ver produce flowers (for it is the middling fhoots on-
ly which are fruitful ;) and when the fruit is formed,
the branches on which they grow fhould be fattened
to the wall to fupport them, otherwife the weight of
the fruit, when grown large, will be apt to break,
them down.

Though, as I faid before, the fruit of this tree fel-
dom arrives to any perfection in this country, fo as
to render it valuable ; yet, for the beauty of its fcar-
let-coloured flowers, together with the variety of its
fruit, there fhould be one tree planted in every good
garden, fince the culture is not great which they re-
quire the chief care is to plant them upon a rich
ftrong foil, and in a warm fltuation. Upon feme
trees which had thefe advantages, I have obtained a
great quantity of fruit which have arrived to their full
magnitude, but I cannot fay they were well flavour-
ed ; however, they made a very handfome appear-
ance upon the trees.

The double flowering kind is much more efteemed
than the other in this country for the fake of its
large, fine, double flowers, which are of a rrioft beau-
tiful fcarlet colour ; and, if the trees are fupplied
with nourifhfnent, will continue to produce flowers',
for two months fucceffivdy, which renders it one of
the moft valuable flowering trees yet known; This
muft be pruned and managed in the fame mariner as
hath been already directed for the fruit-bearing kind,
but this fort may be rendered more productive of its
beautiful flowers by grafting it upon flocks of the
Angle kind, which will check the luxufiancy of the
trees, and caufe them to produce flowers upon alrnoft
every fhoot ; by which method I have had a low tree,
which was planted in the open air, extremely full of
flowers, which made a very fine appearance.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies,
where the inhabitants plant it in their gardens to form
hedges. It feldom rifes more than five or fix feet
high in thofe countries, fo may be kept within corn-
pals, and there the plants continue flowering great
part of the year. The flowers of this kind are much
fmaller than thofe of the common fort; the leaves
are fhorter and narrower, and the fruit is not larger
than a Nutmeg, and has little flavour, fo it is chiefly-
propagated for the beauty of its flowers. This is un-
doubtedly a diftinCt fpecies from the common fort,
and is much tenderer.

This plant may be propagated by layers in the fame
manner as the former forts, but muft be planted in
pots filled with rich earth, and preferved in a green-
houfe, otherwife it is too tender to endure the cold of
our winters ; and in the fummer, when the flowers
begin to appear, if the plants are expofed to the open
air, the buds will fall off, and never open ; fo that
they fhould not be expofed to the open air, but placed
in an airy glafs-cafe, giving them a large (hare of air
every day in mild weather. As they will be covered
at the top by the glafies, the flowers will expand,
and- the fruit will grow to the full fize in England
with this management, though they are not very
defirable ; but hereby the plants may be continued
in flower upward of two months, and will make a fine
appearance.

PURSLAIN. See Portulaca.

PYR AC A NTH A. See Mespilus.

PYR OLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 256. tab. 132. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 490. Winter-green.

The Characters are,

The fiower hath a [mall permanent empalement cut into
free fegments ; it hath five roundifh , concave , fpreading
petals , and ten awl-fisaped Jiamina terminated by large
nodding fummits with two rifing horns , and a roundifh
germen Supporting a [lender fty le , which is permanent and
longer than the J, lamina , crowned by a thick ftigma. The
germen afterward becomes a roundifh , depreffed , five-cor-
nered capfule , with five cells opening at the angles , filled
with feeds.

This

This genus of plants is ranged in the fird flection of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which contains thole plants
whole flowers have ten ftamma and one ftyie.

The Species are,

1. Pyrola (Rotuniifolia) ftaminibus adfcendentibus, pif-
tillo declinato. Flor. Suec. 330. Winter-green with fi-
fing jiamina , and a declining pointal. Pyrola rotundi-
folia major. C. B. P. 19 1. Greater round-leaved Whi-
ter-green.

2. Pyrola ( Secunda ) racemo unilateral!. Flor. Suec.
332. Winter-green with a bunch of flowers ranged on one

fide the foot-fialk. Pyrola folio mucronato fer-rato. C.

B. P. 1 9 1 . Winter-green with a [awed pointed leaf ,

3. Pyrola {Uniflora ) fcapo unifloro. Flor. Lapp. 167.
Winter-green with one flower in a [heath. Pyrola rotun-
difolia minor. C. B. P. 19 1. Smaller round-leaved
Winter-green.

4. Pyrola ( Maculata ) pedunculis bifloris. Lin, Sp.
Plant. 396. Winter-green with two flowers on a foot-
fialk. Pyrola Marylandica minor, folio mucronato
arbuti. Pet. Muf. 675. Smaller Winter-green of Mary-
land, with a pointed Strawberry leaf '.

The fird fort grows wild in many places in the North
cf England, particularly near Hallifax in Torkfhire,
on rocky hills and heaths, as alio in fhady woods ; fo
it is very difficult to preferve in gardens in the louth-
ern parts.

This hath a perennial root, from which fpring out five
or fix roundifh leaves, about an inch and a half long,
and almod as broad, of a thick confidence, of a deep
lucid green, and entire, Handing upon pretty long
foot-daiks. Between thefe rife a (lender upright
(talk near a foot high, naked great part of the length,
ending in a loofe fpike of flowers, which are com-
compofed of five large concave petals, fpreading
like a Rofe, but the two upper leaves are formed
into a. kind of helmet. In the center is fituated a
crooked pointal, bending downward, attended by ten
flender ftamina, terminated by Saffron-coloured fum-
mits. It flowers in July, and the flowers are fuc-
ceeded by cornered comprefied capfules, having five
cells, filled with fmall feeds.

The fecond fort grows naturally upon mountains in
Italy, particularly near Verona and Genoa, and I have
found it growing in Wefimoreland. This hath a (len-
der, creeping, perennial root, from which arife two
or three very (lender ligneous (lalks about five inches
high, fuftaining at the top four or five oval acute-
pointed leaves, an inch and a half long, and one broad,
of a thinner confidence, and a brighter green than
thofe of the former, each Handing upon a fhort foot-
dalk •, and between thefe, on the fide of the dalk,
comes out the foot-Halk of the flowers, upon which
they are ranged along one fide •, they are fhaped like
the other, but are fmaller, as are alio the capfules. It
flowers about the flame time with the fird fort.

The third fort grows naturally in fhady woods in the
northern parts of Europe. This hath a perennial
creeping root, from which come forth four or five
roundifh leaves of a pretty thick confidence, and be-
tween thefe arifes a foot-dalle about four inches high,
fudaining one large white flower on the top, of the
fame fhape as the others. It flowers in June.

The fourth fort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath a ligneous perennial root, from which arife
two or three ligneous dalks a foot and a half high,
garnifned with diff leaves two or three inches long,
one broad near the bafe, ending in acute points, and
have fome fharp indentures on their borders i the
midrib is remarkably broad, and very white, as are
alfo the veins which run from it. The dowers are
produced at the end of the dalk on flender foot-dalks
about three inches long, each fudaining two fmall
pale-coloured flowers at the top. It flowers in June.
Thefe are all of them very difficult to cultivate in gar-
dens, for as they grow on very cold hills, and in moffy
moorifh foil, when they are removed to a better foil,
and in a warmer fituation, they feldom continue long.
The bed time to tranfplant thefe plants into gardens
is about Michaelmas, provided the roots can then be
found, when they fhould be taken up with balls of

PY1

earth to their roots, and planted in a fhady fituatio%
and on a modi undunged foil, where they fiiould be
frequently watered in dry weather, otherwife they
will not thrive. Some of thefe plants may be planted
in pots, which fiiould be filled with earth as nearly
refembling that in which they naturally grow as pof-
Able, and place them in a fhady fituation, where,
if they are condantly watered in dry weather, they
will thrive very well.

The fird fort is ordered by the College of Phyficians
to be ufed in medicine, and is generally brought over
from Switzerland amongd other vulnerary plants,
amongd which clafs this plant is ranged, and by fome
hath been greatly commended.

PYRLJS. Tourn. Ind. R. H. 628. tab. 404. Lim
Gen. Plant. 550, The Pear-tree •, in French, Poirier*

' The Characters are,

The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, ’
which is concave , and divided into five parts at the top it
hath five roundiflj concave petals, which are infer ted in the
empalement , and many awl-fhaped ftamina floor ter than the
petals , which are alfo infer ted in the empalement, and termi-
nated by Jingle fummits. The germen is fituated under the
flower , fuppor ting four or five ftyles crowned by Jingle fig-
mas •, it afterward becomes a pyramidal flefloy fruit in-
dented at the top , but produced at the bafe, having five
membranaceous cells , each containing one flmooth oblong
feed pointed at the bafe.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth febtion.
of Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe (lowers have more than twenty damina
inlerted in the empalement, and five dyles. To this
genus he has joined the Malus and Cydonia.
ThePearand Quince may be joined together withmore
propriety than the Apple with either, for the fruit of the
the two former are produced at their bafe, whereas the
Apple is indented both at the top and bottom j nor will
the Apple grow upon either of the other two, or they
upon the Apple, when grafted or budded ; but the
Quince and Pear will grow upon each other, fo there is a
boundary fet by nature between thofe and the Apple.
The feveral varieties of Pears, which are now culti-
vated in the curious fruit-gardens, have been acci-
dentally obtained by feeds, fo mud not be deemed
didinbt fpecies •, but, as they are generally diitin-
guifhed in the fruit-gardens and nurfery, by the fhape,
fize, and flavour of their fruit, I (hall continue thofe
diftinbtions, that the work may not appear imperfebt
to fuch as delight in the cultivation of thefe fruits.

The Species are,

1. Pyrus ( Mufk ) fativa, frubtti asdivo parvo racemofo
odoratiffimo. Tourn. Petit Muf cat, i. e. Little Mufk
Pear , commonly called the Supreme. This fruit is gene-
rally produced in large cinders ; it is rather round
than long, the dalk diort ; and, when ripe, the fkin
is of a yellow colour ; the juice is fomewhat mu (ley,
and, if gathered before it is too ripe, is a good Pear.
This ripens the middle cf July, and will continue
good but for a few days.

2. Pyrus ( Chio ) fativa, frubtu asdivo minimo odora-
tiffimo. Tourn. Poire de Chio , i. e. the Chio Pear ,
commonly called the little Bollard Mufk Pear. This is
fmailer than the former, but is in fhape pretty much
like that. The fkin, when ripe, has a few dreaks of
red on the fide next the fun, and the fruit feldom
hangs in cluders as the former, but in other refpedts
is nearly like it.

3. Pyrus ( Citron des Cannes) fativa, frubtu tedivo parvo,
e viridi albido. Tourn. Poire Hdtiveau , i. e. the
Rafting Pear •, Poire Madeleine, ou Citron des Car me s ,
called commonly the green Chifel. This is a larger Pear
than either of the former, and is. produced more to-
ward the pedicle. The fkin is thin, and of awh'itifh
green colour when ripe j the flefh is melting, and, if
not too ripe, of a fugary flavour, but is- apt to be
meally. This ripens in the end of July.

4. Pyrus ( Muf caddie ) fativa, frubtu sritivo partial fa-
turate rubente, partim flavefeente, Tourn. Mufcadclles
Rouges , i. e. the red Mufcadelle. It is alfo called
La Bejliffime, i. e. the Faired or Supreme This is a
large early Pear, of great beauty j the fkir. is of a fine

P Y R

yellow colour, when ripe, beautifully ftripecl with *
red; the fiefn is half melting, and has a rich flavour, I
if gathered before it be, to too ripe, but it is apt to be
meally. This generally produces two' crops of fruit
in a, year; the firft is commonly ripe about the end
of July, and the fecond ripens in September, but this
late crop is feldom well tailed.

'5P Pyrus ( Mufcat ) fativa, frudu seftivo parvo fiave-
fcente mofchato. Tourn. Petit Mufcat, i. e. the Little
Mufcat. This is a fmali Pear, rather round than long ;
the ;fkin is very thin, and, when ripe, of a yellawifh
colour ; the flefh is melting, and of a rich mufky
flavour, but will not keep long when ripe. - This
comes the end of July.

6. Pyrus {Cuiffe Madame ) fativa, frudu a-^ftivo oblongo
ferrugineo, came tenera mofchata. Tourn. Cuiffe
Madame , t Lady's Thigh, in England commonly called Jar-
gonelle. This is a very long Pear, of a pyramidal
fhape, having a long foot-ftalk ; the fkin is pretty
thick, of a ruffet green colour from the fun, but to-
wards the fun it is inclined to an iron colour; the
fleUi is breaking, and has a rich mufky flavour ; ripe
the beginning of Auguft. This is one of the belt early
fummer Pears yet known, and is certainly what all the
French gardeners call the Cuiflfe Madame, as may be
eafily obferved by their defcription of this Pear ; but
I fuppofe the titles of this and the Jargonelle were
changed in coming to England, and have been con-
tinued by the fame names.

7. Pyrus ( Windjor ) fativa, frudu oblongo, e viridi
flavefcente. The Windfor Pear. This is an oblong
fruit, which fwells toward the crown, but near the
fralk is drawn toward a point ; the Ikin is fmooth, and,
when ripe, of a yellowifh green colour ; the flefh is
very foft, and, if permitted to hang but two or three
days aft'er it is ripe, grows meally, and is good for
nothing.

8. Pyrus ( Jargonelle ) fativa, frudu aeftivo oblongo, e
viridi albo. The Jargonelle , now commonly called Cuijfe
Madame . This is certainly what the French garden-
ers call the Jargonelle, which, as I have before ob-
ferved, is now in England, given to another fruit
much preferable to this, fo that the two names are
changed ; for the Jargonelle is always placed amongft
thofe which the French call bad fruit, and the Cuiffe
Madame is fet down amongft their beft fruit, which
is certainly the reverfe with us, as they are now named.
This Pear is fomewhat like the Windfor, but is notfo
fwelling toward the crown, and is fmaller toward the
{talk ; the fkin is fmooth, of a pale green colour ; the
flefh is apt to be meally if it ftands to be ripe, but,
being a plentiful bearer, is much propagated for the
London markets.

9. Pyrus ( Orange Mujk) fativa, frudu aeftivo globofo
feflili mofchato, mac lifts nigris confperfo. Tourn.
Orange Mofquee , i. e. the Orange Mujk. This is a raid-
dle-fized Pear, of a fhort globular form ; the fkin is
of a yellowifh colour, fpotted with black ; the flefh
is mufky, but is very apt to be a little dry and choaky.
It ripens in Auguft.

10. Pyrus (. Blanquet ) fativa, frudu aeftivo albido ma-
jor!. Tourn. Gr os Blanquet, i. e. Great Blanket. This
is aifo called La Mufiette d’ Anjou, i. e. the Bagpipe
of Anjou. It is a large Pear approaching to a round
form ; the fkin is fmooth, and of a pale green co-
lour ; the flefh is foft, and full of juice, which hath
a rich flavour ; the ftalk is fhort, thick, and fpotted ;
the wood is flender, and the leaf is very much like
that of the tree called the Jargonelle. This ripens
the beginning of Auguft.

1 1 . Pyrus ( Mujk Blanquet ) fativa, frudu aeftivo albido
faccharato odoratiffimo. Tourn. The Blanquette , or
Mufti Blanquette ; the little Blanket Pear. This Pear
is much lefs than the former, and more pinched in

- near the ftalk, which is alfo fhort, but flenderer than
that of the former ; the fkin is foft, and of a pale
green colour ; the flefh is tender, and full of a rich
mufky juice ; the wood of this tree is much ftronger
than that of the former, and the fhoots are commonly
{Harter. This ripens the middle of. Auguft,,

. P Y R '

12. Pyrus ( Long ftalk Blanquet ) fativa, fruftu seftivo
albido, pediculo longo donate. Tourn. Blanquette d
longue queue, i. e. Long-fialked Blanket Pear. This
Pear is in fhape fomewhat like the former, but the
eye is larger, and more hollow at the crown ; toward
the ftalk it is fomewhat plumper, and a little crooked ;
the fkin is very fmooth, white, and fome times, to-
ward the fun is a little coloured ; the flefh is between
melting and breaking, and is full of a rich fugary
juice. This ripens the middle of Auguft.

13. Pyrus ( Skinlefs ) fativa, frudu seftivo oblongo rti-
fefeente faccharato. Tourn. Poire fans Pern , i. e. the
Skinlefs Pear . It is alfo called Fleur de Guigne, i. e.
Flower of Guigne ; and by fome, Roufielet hfitif, i. e,
the early Ruflelet. This is a middle-fized fruit, of
a long fhape, and a reddifh colour, fomewhat like
the Ruflelet ; the fkin is extremely thin ; the flefh is
melting, and full of a rich fiagary juice ; the fhoots
are long and ftrait. This ripens the middle of Auguft.

14. Pyrus ( Iiobine ) fativa, frudu seftivo turbinato,
carne tenera faccharato. Mufchat Robine , i. e. the Mufk
Robine Pear. This is alfo called Poire ala Reiue, i. e.
the Queen’s Pear ; Poire d’Ambre, i. e. the Am-
ber Pear ; and Pucelle ,de Xaintonge, i. e. the Vir-
gin of Xaintonge. This is a fmali" round Bear, of a
yellowifh colour when ripe ; the fiefn is between
melting and breaking. It hath a rich mufky flavour,
and is a great bearer ; it ripens the middle of Auguft.

15. Pyrus {Drone) fativa, frudu seftivo turbinato mof-
chato. Le Bourdon Mofque , J. e. the Mujk Drone
Pear. This is a middle-fized round fruit, whofe fkin
is of a yellowifh colour when ripe ; the flefh is melt-
ing, and has a high mufky juice, but it mull not hang
too long on the tree, for it is fubjed to grow meally
in a fhort time. This ripens the end of Auguft.

16. Pyrus {Orange) fativa, frudu sftivo globofo feflili,
e viridi purpurafeente faccharato odorato. Tourn.
Orange Rouge, i.e. the red Orange Pear. This Pear
hath been the.moft common of all the forts in France,
which was occafioned by the general efteem it was in
fome years fince. This is a middle-fized round fruit,
of a greenifh colour, but the fide next the fun changes
to a purple colour when ripe ; the flefh is melting,
and the juice is fugared with a little perfume ; the
eye is very hollow, and the ftalk is fhort. This ripens
the end of Auguft.

1 7. Pyrus {Caffolette) fativa, frudu seftivo oblongo rrsi-
nori cinereo odorato. Tourn. Caffolette Triolet, Mufcat
VerdLechefrion. This is fo called from its being fhaped
like a perfuming-pot. It is along fruit, in fhape like
the Cuiffe Madame, of an Afli colour ; its flefh is
melting, and full of a perfumed juice, but it is very
apt to rot in the middle as foon as ripe, otherwife it
would be efteemed an excellent Pear. It is ripe the
end of Auguft.

18. Pyrus {Orange Mufk) fativa, frudu seftivo turbi-
nato e viridi albido. Orange Mufquie, i.e. the Mufk
Orange Pear. This is a large round Pear, in fhape
like a Bergamot ; the Ikin is green, and the flefh is
melting, but it is very fubjed to rot upon the tree,
which renders it not near fo valuable as fome others.
It ripens the end of Auguft.

19. Pyrus {Oignomet) fativa, frudu seftivo globofo e
viridi purpurafeente. Tourn. Gres Oignomet , i. e-. the
Great Onion Pear. It is alio called Amire-roux, 5. e.
Brown Admired ; and Roy d’Ete, i. e. King of Sum-
mer ; Archiduc d’Ete ; i. e. the Summer Archduke.
This is a middle-fized round Pear, of a brownifh
colour next the fun; the flefh is melting, and the
juice is pafiably good. This ripens the end of Auguft.

20. Pyrus {Avorat) fativa, frudu aeftivo giooofo fef-
fili ex albido flavefcente faccharato odorato. Tourn.
Robine. It is alfo called Mufcat d’Aouft, i. e. the
Auguft Mufcat; Poire d’Averat, i.e. the Averat
Pear ; and Poire Royale, i. e. the Royal Pear. This
is a roundifh flat Pear, in fhape very like a Berga-
mot ; the ftaik is long, ftrait, and a little fpotted,
and the eye is a little hollowed ; the fkin is fmooth,
and of a whitifh yellow colour ; the flefh is breaking,
but not hard, and its juice is richly fugared and per-
fumed.

P YR

fumed. It is a great bearer, and is efteemed one of
the beft fummer Pears yet known it ripens the end
of Auguft.

21. Pyrus (Rofe) fativa, frudu seftivo globofo feflilr
odorato. Tourn. Poire-rofe , i. e. the Rofe-Pear ; and
U Epine-rofe, i. e. the Thorny- Rofe. This is a fhort
round fruit, fliaped like the great Onion Pear, but
much larger ; of a yellowifh green colour, but a lit-
tle inclining to red on the fide next the fun •, the ftalk
is very long and fiender ; the flefh is breaking, and
the juice is muficy : thjs ripens the end of Auguft.
The fhoots and the leaves of this tree are large.

22. Pyrus ( pouchet ) fativa, frudlu seftivo globofo al-
bido faccharato. Tourn. Poire du Pouchet. This is a
large, round, whitifh Pear, iliaped fomewhat .like
the° Befideri •, the flefh is foffi and tender, and the
juice is fugary •, this ripens the end of Auguft.

23. Pyrus ( Parfume ) fativa, frudlu seftivo turbinato fef-
fili faturatius rubente pundato. Tourn. Poire de Par-
fume, i. e. the perfumed Pear. This is a middle-fized
round fruit, whole fkir. is fomewhat thick and tough,
and of a deep red colour, fpotted with brown ; the
fieih is. melting, but dry, and has a perfumed flavour.
This ripens the end of Auguft.

24. Pyrus ( Boncretien ) fativa, frudu seftr/o oblongo
magno, partim rubro, partim albido odorato. Tourn.
Boncretien d’Ete, i. e. the Summer Boncretien , or Good
Chrijlian. This is a large oblong fruit, whofe (kin is
fmooth and thin ; the fide next the fun is of a beauti-
ful red colour, but the other fide is of a whitifh
green ; the flefh is between .breaking and tender, and
is very full of juice, which is of a rich perfumed fla-
vour. It ripens the beginning of September.

25. Pyrus ( Sahiati ) fativa fruftu aeftivo glohofo, ex
rubro albidoque flavefcente faccharato odorato. Tourn.
Sahiati. This Pear is pretty large, round, and flat,
very much like the Befideri in fnape, but not in co-
lour *, the ftalk is very long and {lender, and the fruit
is a little hollowed both at the eye and ftalk ; the
colour is red and yellow next the fun, but on the
other fide is whitifh *, the fkin is rough, the flefh is
tender, but a little foft, and has no core ; the juice
is fugary and perfumed, fomewhat like the Robine,
but is not near fo moift. This ripens the beginning
of September.

26. Pyrus ( Caillot-rofat ) fativa, fruclu seftivo globofo
feflili rufefcente odorato. Tourn. Caillot-rofat, i.e. the
Rofe-water Pear. This is a large round Pear, fome-
what like the Meflire Jean, but rounder •, the ftalk is
very ftiort, and the fruit is hollowed like an Apple,
where the ftalk is produced ; the {kin is rough, and
of a brown colour •, the ftefn is breaking, and the
juice is very fweet. This ripens the middle of Sep-
tember.

27. Pyrus ( Choak-Pear ) fativa, frucftu seftivo longo,
acerbitate ftrangulationem minicante. Tourn. Poire
a Etrangilion., i. e. the choaky Pear. The flefti is red.
This is feldom preferved in gardens, fo there needs
no defcription of it.

28. Pyrus ( Rouffeiet ) fativa, fru£lu seftivo oblongo e
ferrugineo rubente, nonnunquam maculato. Poire du
Rouffeiet , i. e. the Ruffelet Pear. This is a large ob-
long Pear ; the {kin is brown, and of a dark red co-
lour next the fun •, the fieih is foft and tender, with-
out much core-, the juice is agreeably perfumed, if
gathered before it be too ripe. This produces lar-
ger fruit on an efpalier than bn ftandard trees : it ri-
pens the middle of September.

29. Pyrus (Princ/s Pear ) fativa,' fruftu seftivo fubro-
tundo, partim rubro, partim flavefcente, odorato.
Poire de Prince , i. e. the Prince’s Pear. This is a
finall roundifh Pear, of a bright red colour next the
fun, but a yellowifh colour on the oppofite fide ; the
flefh is between breaking and melting the juice is
very high-flavoured : it is a great bearer. This ripens
the middle of September, but will keep a fortnight
good, which is what few fummer-fruits will do.

30. Pyrus ( Moiiille-bouche ) fativa, fructu seftivo glo-
bofo viridi, in ore liquefcente. Gros Mouille-bouche^i. e.
the great Mouthwater Pear. This is a large round

P Y R

Pear with a fmooth green fkin ; the ftalk is fhort and
thick ; the fieih is melting, and full of juice, if ga-
thered before it be too ripe, otherwife it is apt .to
grow meally. This ripens the middle of September.

31. Pyrus (, Bergamot d'Ete) fativa, frudlu seftivo ro-
tu ndo fefiili faccharato, e viridi flavefcente. Bergamot te
d’Etf i. e. Summer Bergamot. This is by home called
the Hamden's Bergamot. It is a pretty large, round,
flat Pear, of a greenifli yellow colour, and hollowed
a little at both ends like an Apple ; the fieih is melt-
ing, and the juice is highly perfumed. This ripens
the middle of September.

32. Pyrus ( Bergamot Autumn ) fativa, frudlu autumnal!
fefiili faccharato odorato e viridi flavefcente, in ore li-
quefcente. Tourn. Bergamot te d1 Automate, i. e. the Au-
tumn Bergamot. This is a fin all er Pear than the for-
mer, but is nearly of the fame ftiape ; the ikin is of
a yellowifh green, but changes to a faint red on the
fide next the fun the flefh is melting, and its juice
is richly perfumed. It is a great bearer, ripens the
end of September, and is one of the beft Pears of the
feafon.

33. Pyrus [Swlfs Bergamot ) fativa, fruftu autumnal!
turbinato viridi, ftriis fanguineis diftindta. Tourn;
Bergamot te de Suijfe , i. e. the Swifs Bergamot. This
Pear is fomewhat rounder than either of the former ;
the fkin is tough, and of a greenifli colour, ftriped
with red •, the flefh is melting, and full of juice, but*
is not fo richly perfumed as either of the former.
This ripens the end of September.

34. Pyrus [Beurre Rouge)' fativa, frudlu autumnali fua-
viflimo, in ore liquefcente. Tourn. Beurre Rouge, i. e.
the red Butter Pear. It is called I’Amboife, and in
Normandy Ifambert ; as alfo Beurre gris, i. e. the
gray Butter; and Beurre vert, i.e. the green But-
ter Pear. All thefe different names of Beurres have
been occafioned by the difference of the colours of
the fame fort of Pear, which is either owing to the
different expofure where they grew, or from the flock,
thofe upon free flocks being commonly of a browner
colour than thofe which are upon Quince flocks,
whence fome perfons have fuppofed them to be diffe-
rent fruits, though in reality they are the fame. This
is a large long fruit, for the moft part of a brown co-
lour. The flefh is very melting, and full of a rich
fugary juice. It ripens the beginning of October,
and, when gathered from the tree, is one of the very
beft fort of Pears we have.

35. Pyrus [Doyenne) fativa, fruftu autumnali turbina-
to feflili flavefcente, & in ore liquefcente. Tourn.
Le Doyenne , i. e. the Dean’s Pear. It is alfo called by
all the following names ; Saint Michel, i. e. Saint Mi-
chael ; Beurre blanc d’Automne, i. e. the white Au-
tumn Butter Pear ; Poire de Neige, i. e. the Snow

. Pear Bonne Ente, 1. e. a good Graft ; the Carlifle,
and Valentia. This is a large fruit, in ftiape fome-
what like the gray Beurre, but is fhorter and round-
er the fkin is fmooth, and, when ripe, changes to a
yellowiih colour ; the flefh is melting, and full of
juice, which is very cold, but it will not keep good
much more than a week after it is gathered, being
very fubjefl to grow meally ; it is a very indifferent
fruit. This is a great bearer, and ripens the begin-
ning of Gbtober.

36. Pyrus [Verte -longue) fativa, frudlu autumnali longo
viridique odorato, in ore liquefcente. Tourn. La
Vert e-longue, i.e. the long green Pear. It is alfo called
Moiiille bouche d’Automne, i. e. the Autumn Mouth-
water Pear. This is a long fruit, which is very green
when ripe; the flefh is melting, and very full of juice,
which, if it grows upon a dry warm foil, and a free
flock, is very fugary, otherwife it is but a very indif-
ferent Pear. It ripens the middle of October, but
fome yea,rs they will keep till December.

37. Pyrus (Mejfvre Jean) fativa, frudtu autumnali tu-
berofo feflili faccharato, carne dura. Tourn. Mcfftre
Jean blanc & gris , i. e. the white and gray Monfieuf
John. Thefe, although made two forts of fruit by
many perfons, are indubitably the fame ; the diffe-
rence of their cojour proceeding from the different

fells and fituatio'ns where they grow, or the ftocks on
which they are grafted. This Pear, when grafted on
■ a free (lock, and planted' on a middling foil, neither
too wet nor over dry, is an excellent autumn Pear ;
but when it is grafted on a Quince flock, it is very apt
to be flony ; or if planted on a very dry foil, is very
apt to be imafl and good for little, unlefs the trees
are watered in dry feafons, which has rendered it lefs
eft’eemed by feme perions, who have not confidered
the eaufe of their hardnefs ; for when it is rightly
managed, there are not many Pears in the fame fea-
fon to be compared with it. This is a large roundifh
fruit, the fkin is rough, and commonly of a brown
colour ; the field is breaking, and full of a rich fu-
gared juice. It ripens the end of October, and will
continue good near a month.

38. Pyrus {Mufcat fiueri) fativa, fructu autumnali glo-
bofo ferrugineo, carne tenera fapidiffima. To urn.
Mufcat fleuri , i. e. the flowered Mufcat. It is alfo
called Mufcat a longue queue d’Automne, i. e. the
long-ftalked Mufcat of the Autumn. This is an ex-
cellent Pear, of a middling fize, and round •, the fkin
is of a dark red colour; the fiefh is very tender, and
of a delicate flavour. It ripens the end of Gfitober.

30. Pyrus ( Poire de Vigne ) fativa, frufitu autumnali
globofo ferrugineo, carne vifcida. Tourn. Poire de
Vigne , i. e. the Vine Pear. This is a round fruit, of
a middling fize ; the fkin of a dark red colour; the
flefh is very melting, and full of a clammy juice ; the
ftalk is very long and (lender. The fruit fhould be
gathered before it be full ripe, otherwife it grows
meally and loon rots. It ripens the end of Ofitober.

40. Pyrus (Roujfeline) i ativa, fructu autumnali oblongo,
dilute rufefcente, faccharato, odoratiffirno. Tourn.
Poire Rouffeline , i. e. the Roujfeline Pear. It is alfo
called in Touraine, Le Mufcat a longue queue de la
fin d’automne, i. e. the long- (talked Mufcat of the
end of autumn. This is by fome Englifh gardeners
called the Brute- bonne, but that is a very different
fruit from this. It is fhaped fomewhat like the Rouffe-
let, but the fkin of this is fmooth, and of a greenifh
yellow from the fun, but the fide next the fun is of
a deep red colour, with fome fpots of gray ; the flelh
is very tender and delicate ; the juice is very fweet,
with an agreeable perfume. It ripens the middle of
October, but muff not be long kept, left it rot in the
middle.

41. Pyrus {Pendar) fativa, fructu autumnali oblongo
majori cinereo. Tourn. Poire Pe'ndar, i. e. the Knave’s
Pear. This is very like the CaiTolette Pear, but is
fomewhat larger ; the flefh is fine and tender ; the
juice is very much fugared. It ripens the end of
Ofitober.

4 x. Pyrus {Sucre vert) fativa, frufitu autumnali turbi-
nato tuberofo viridi faccharato, in ore liquefcente.
Tourn Sucre vert, i. e. The green Sugar Pear. This
Pear is fhaped like the Winter Thorn, but is fmaller;
the fkin is very fmooth and green ; the flefh is very
buttery ; the juice is fugared, and of an agreeable fla-
vour ; but it is fometimes fubject jto be ftony in the
middle, efpecially if grafted on a Quince flock.

43. Pyrus ( Marquis ) fativa, fructu autumnali tuberofa
feffili, e viridi flavefcente, maculis nigris confperfo,
carne tenera faccharata. Tourn. La Marquife , i. e.
the Marquis’s Pear. This is often of two different
fhapes, according to the nature of the foil where they
are planted ; for when the foil is dry, the fruit very
much refembles a fine Blanquet ; but when the foil is
very rich and moift, it grows much larger. It is a
well-fhaped Pear, fiat at the top ; the eye is fin all and
hollowed ; the fkin is of a greenifh yellow, a little in-
clining to red on the fide next the fun. If this Pear
does not change yellow in ripening, it is feldom
good ; but if it does, the flelh will be tender and de-
licate, very full of juice, which is fugared. It ripens
the beginning of November.

44. Pyrus ( Chat-bruli ) fativa, frufitu autumnali ob-
longo, partim albido, parti ni rufefcente. The Chat-
hrulc, i. e. the Burnt Cat. It is alfo called Pucelle de
Xaintogne, i. e. the Virgin of Xaintogne. This is a

ftnall oblong Pear, fhaped much like the Martin Sec,
but. differs from it in colour, this being of a pale co-
lour on one fide, but of a dark brown on the other %
the fkin is fmooth; the flelh is tender, but. dry, and,
if kept a ihort time, is apt to grow meally. It is in
eating the beginning of November.

45. Pyrus (. Beftderi ) fativa, fructu autumnali globofo
feffili, ex albido flavefcente. Le Bejideri. It is,fo called
from Fieri, which is a foreft in Bretagne, between
Rennes and Nantes, where this Pear was found. This
is a middle-fized round Pear, of a pale green, in-
clining to a yellowifh colour ; the ftalk is very loner
and (lender ; the flefh is dry, and but very indifferent
for eating, but it bakes well. It ripens the middle
of November.

46. Pyrus ( Crafane ) fativa, frufitu brumali feffili, e vi-
ridi flavefcente, maculato, utrinque umbilicato, in
ore liquefcente. Tourn. The Crafane , or Bergamot Cra-
fane. It is alfo called Beurre Plat, i. e. the flat But-
ter Pear. This is a middle-fized Pear, hollowed at
the crown like an Apple ; the ftalk is very long and
crooked ; the fkin is rough, of a greenifh yellow co-
lour when ripe, covered over with a ruffet coat •„ the
flefh is extremely tender and buttery, and is full of a
rich fugared juice, and is the very bed Pear of the
feafon. This is in eating the middle of November.

47. Pyrus ( Dauphine ) fativa, frufitu brumali turbinato
feffili flavefcente faccharato odorato, in ore lique-
fcente. Tourn. Lanfac ou la Dauphine, i. e. the Lan-
fac or Dauphine Pear. This Pear is commonly about
the fize of a Bergamot, of a roundifh figure, flat to-
wards the head, but a little produced towards the
ftalk ; the fkin is fmooth, and of a yellowifh green
colour ; the flefh is yellow, tender, and melting ; the
juice is fugared, and a little perfumed ; the eye is
very large, as is alfo the flower, and the ftalk is long
and ftrait. When this Pear is upon a free flock, and
planted on a good foil, it is one of the beft fruits of
the feafon ; but when it is on a Quince flock, or upon
a very dry foil, the fruit will be fmall, ftony, and worth
little. It ripens the end of November.

48. Pyrus ( Martin Sec) fativa, frufitu brumali oblongo,
partim intense, partim dilute ferrugineo, faccharato,
odorato. Tourn. Martin Sec , i. e. the Dry Martin.
This is fometimes called the Dry Martin of Cham-
pagne, to diftinguffh it from another Dry Martin of
Burgundy. This Pear is almoft like the Rouffelet in
fhape and colour, which has occaftoned fome perfons
to give it the name of Winter Ruffelet. It is an ob-
long Pear, whofe fkin is of a deep ruffet colour on one
fide, but the other fide is inclining to a red ; the flefh
is breaking and fine ; the juice is fugared, with a lit-
tle perfume, and if grafted on a free (lock, is an ex-
cellent Pear, but if it be on a Quince flock, it is very
apt to be ftony. It is in eating the end of Novem-
ber, but if they were permitted to hang their full
time on the tree, will keep good two months.

49. Pyrus ( Bigarrade ) fativa, frufitu brumali magno fef-
fili, e cinereo flavefcente. Tourn. La Villaine d’ Anjou,
i. e. the Villain of Anjou. It is alfo called Poire Tuli-
pee, i. e. the Tulip Pear, and Bigarrade, i. e. the
Great Orange. This is a large round Pear, with a very-
long flender ftalk ; the fkin is of a pale yellow co-
lour ; the flefh is breaking, but not very full of juice.
This is in eating the end of November.

50. Pyrus {Poire de gros queue) fativa, frufitu brumali
flavefcente odoratiffirno, pediculo craffiori. Tourn.
Poire de gros queue, i.e. the large flalked Pear. This is
a large roundifh Pear, with a yellow (kin ; the ftalk
is very thick, from whence it had the name ; the flefh
is breaking and dry, and has a very mufky flavour
but it is apt to be ftony, efpecially if it be planted
in a dry foil, or grafted on a Quince-ftock, as are
mo ft of the perfumed Pears.

51. Pyrus {Amadote) fativa, frufitu brumali turbinato
rufefcente odorato. IT Amadote, i. e. The Amadot Pear.
This is a middle-fized Pear, fomewhat long, but flat
at the top ; the fkin is generally rough, and of a ruf-
fet colour ; the flefh is dry and high flavoured, if
grafted on a free dock. The wood of this tree is

generally-

I

generally thorny, and is efteemed the beft fort of
Fear for flocks to graft the melting Pears upon, be-
caufe it gives them fome of its fine mufky flavour.
It is in eating the beginning of December, but will
keep good fix weeks.

52. Pyr.us ( Bouvar ) fativa, frudu brumali, globofo,
dilute virente, tuberofo, pundato, in ofe liquefcente.
Tourn. Petit Oin , i. e. Little Lard Pear. It is alfo
called Bouvar and Roulette d* Anjou, i. e. the Ruffet
of Anjou ; and Amadont, and Marveille d’Hyver,
i. e. the Wonder of the Winter. This Pear is of
the fize and fhape of the Ambret or Lefchaflerie, but
the fkin is of a clear green colour, and a little fpotted ;
the Italic is pretty long and {lender ; the eye is large,
and deeply hollowed ; the flefh is extremely fine, and
melting-, the juice is much fugared, and has an
agreeable mufky flavour. It is in eating the middle
of December, and is efteemed one of the beft fruits
in that feafon. This is better on a free flock than
upon the Quince.

53. Pyrus ( Louifebonne ) fativa, frudu brumali, longo,
e viridi albicante, in ore liquefcente. Tourn.
Louifebonne , i. e. the Good Lewis Pear. This Pear is
fiiaped fomewhat like the St. Germain, or the Au-
tumn Verte-longue, but is not quite fo much point-
ed; the ftalk is very fhort, flefhy, and fomewhat
bent ; the eye and the flower are fmall ; the fkin is
very fmooth ; the colour is green, inclining to a pale
colour when ripe ; the flefti is extremely tender and
full of juice, which is very fweet, efpecially when it
grows upon a dry foil, otherwife it is apt to be very
large and ill tailed. It is in eating the beginning of
December.

54. Pyrus ( Colmar ) fativa, frudu brumali, tuberofo, e
viridi flavefcente, pundato, faccharato. Tourn. Poire
de Colmar , i. e. the Colmar Pear. It is alfo called
Poire Manne, the Manna Pear, and Bergamotte tar-
dive, the late Bergamot. This Pear is fomewhat
like a Boncretien in fhape, but the head is flat -, the
eye is large, and deeply hollowed; the middle is
larger than the head, and is floped toward the ftalk,
which is fhort, large, and a little bent ; the fkin is
green, with a few yellowifh fpots, but is fometimes
a little coloured on the fide next the fun -, the flefh is
very tender, and the juice is greatly fugared. It is in
eating the latter end of December, but will often
keep good till the end of January, and is efteemed
one of the beft fruits of that feafon.

55. Pyrus (Id Efchajferie) fativa, frudu brumali, glo-
bofo, citriformi, flavefcente, pundato, in ore liquef-
cente, faccharato, odoratiflimo. Tourn. Id Efchajferie.
It is alfo called Vertelongue d’Hyver, i. e. the Win-
ter long green Pear, and Befideri Landri, i. e. the
Landry Wilding. This Pear is fhaped like a Citron;
the fkin is fmooth, and of a green colour, with fome
fpots while it hangs on the tree, but as it ripens it
becomes of a yellowifh colour ; the ftalk is ftrait and
long ; the eye is fmall, and not hollowed ; the flefh
is melting, and buttery ; the juice is fugared, with
a little perfume. It is in eating the latter end of
December.

56. Pyrus ( Virgouleufe ) fativa, frudu brumali longo,
e viridi flavefcente, in ore liquefcente, faccharato.
Tourn. Le Virgoule , or La Virgouleufe. It is alfo call-
ed Bujaleuf, and Chambrette ; and Poire de Glafle,
b e. the Ice Pear in Gafcoigne ; but it is called Vir-
goule, from a village of that name in the neighbour-
hood of St. Leonard in Limoufin, where it was raifed
and fent to Paris by the Marquis of Chambret. This
Pear is large, long, and of a green colour, inclining
to yellow as it ripens ; the ftalk is fhort, flefhy, and
a little bent ; the eye is of a middling fize, and a
little hollowed 5 the fkin is very fmooth, and fome-
times a little coloured towards the fun ; the flefh is
melting, and full of a rich juice. It is in eating the
latter end of December, and will continue good till
the end of January, and is efteemed one of the beft
fruits of the feafon ; but the tree is very apt to pro-
duce vigorous fhoots, and the bloffoms being gene-
rally produced at the extreme part of the fhoot, when

PYR

they are fhortened, the fruit will be entirely cut
away, which is the reafon it is condemned as a bad
bearer ; but when it is grafted on a free ftock, it ought
to oe allowed at lead forty. feet to fpread ; and if up-
on a Quince ftock, it lhouki be allowed upwards of
thirty feet, and the branches trained in againft the
efpalier or wail, at full length, in a horizontal poft-
tion, as they are produced. Where this tree is thus
treated, it will bear very plentifully, and the fruit will
be good.

57. Pyrus ( Ambret te ) fativa fpinofa, frudu globofo,
feffiii, ferru gineo, in ore liquefcente, faccharato,
odoratiffimo, Tourn. Poire d3 Ambret te-. This is fo
called from its mufky flavour, which refembles the
fmell of the Sweet Sultan Flower, which is called
Ambrette m France. This Pear is like the Lefchaf-
ferie in fhape, but is of a ruffet colour ; the eye is
larger, and more hollowed ; the flefti is melting, and
the juice is richly fugared and perfumed ; the feeds
are large and black, and the cells in which they are
lodged are very large ; the wood is very thorny, efpe-
cially when grafted on free flocks. The fruit is in
eating the latter end of December, and continues good
till the latter end of January, and is efteemed a very
good fruit by moft people.

58. Pyrus {Epine d’Hyver) fativa, frudu' brumali, mag-
no, pyramidato, albido, in ore liquefcente, faccha-
rato, odorato. Tourn. Epine d’Hyver , i. e. Winter-
thorn Pear. This is a large fine Pear, nearly of a
pyramidal figure ; the fkin is fmooth, and of a pale
green colour, inclining to yellow as it ripens ; the
ftalk is fhort and flender ; the flefh is melting and
buttery ; the juice is very fweet, and in a dry feafon,
is highly perfumed ; but when it is planted on a moift
foil, or the feafon proves wet, it is very infipid, fo
that it fhould never be planted on a ftrong foil; It
ripens the end of December, and will continue good
two months,

59. Pyrus {Saint Germain ) fativa, frudu brumali lon-
go, e viridi flavefcente, in ore liquefcente, Tourn. La
Saint Germain , i. e. the St. Germain Pear . It is alfo
called L’lnconniie de la Fare, i. e. the Unknown of
La Fare ; it being firft difcovered upon the banks of
a river which is called by that name, in the parifh of
St. Germain. This is a large long Pear, of a yellow-
ifh green colour when ripe ; the flefh is melting, and
very full of juice, which in a dry feafon, or if plant-
ed on a warm dry foil, is very fweet ; but when it is
planted on a moift foil, the juice is very apt to be
harfh and auftere, which renders it lefs efteemed by
fome perfons, though in general it is greatly valued.
This is in eating from the end of December till Fe-
bruary.

60. Pyrus ( Saint Aufiin) fativa, frudu brumali tube-
rofo fubacido flavefcente pundato. Tourn. Saint
Aufiin. This is about the fize of a middling Vir-
goule Pear, but is fomewhat fhorter and flenderer
near the ftalk ; the fkin is of a fine Citron colour,
fpotted with red on the fide next the fun ; the flefh is
tender, but not buttery, and is pretty full of juice,
which is often a little fharp, which to fome perfons is
difagreeable, but others value it on that account.
This is in eating in December, and will continue good
two months.

61. Pyrus {Boncretien d’Efpagne) fativa, frudu brumali
pyramidato, partim purpureo, pundis nigris confper-
fo, flavefcente. Tourn. Boncretien d’Ejpagne , i. e. the
Spanifh Boncretien . This is a large Pear, of a pyra-
midal form, of a fine red or purple colour on the fide
next the fun, and full of fmall black fpots ; the other
fide is of a pale yellow colour, the flefti is breaking,
and when it is on a light rich foil, and grafted on a
free ftock, its juice is very fweet. It ripens in the
end of December, and wi*ll continue good a month of
fix weeks. If this be grafted on a Quince ftock, it
is very apt to be dry and (tony. This is a very good
fruit for baking.

62. Pyrus {Poire de Livre) fativa, frudu brumali, mag-
no, oblongo, turbinato, ferrugir.ee, urrinque umbi-
lical). Tourn. Poire de Lrore2 i. e, the Pound Pear .

11 A It

£0$

P Y R

It is aifo called GrosRatteau Gris, i. e. the gray raked
Pear and Poire d5 Am our, i. e. the lovely Pear. In
England this is called Parkinfon’s Warden, or the
Black Pear of Worcefter. This is a very large Pear,
each of which commonly weighs a pound or more j
the fkin is rough, and of an obfcure red colour on
the fide next the fun, but fomewhat paler on the
other fide *, the ftalk is very short, and the eye is
greatly hollowed. This is not fit for eating, but bakes
or flews exceeding well, and is in feafon from De-
cember to March.

63. Pyrus {Bef, de Cajfoy) fativa, frudu brumali parvo
fiavefcente, maculis rubris confperfo. Tourn. Beji de
Cajfoy , i. e. the Wilding of Cajfoy, a foreft in Bretagne,
where it was difcovered, and paffes under the name
of RoufTet d’Anjou. It is alfo called Petit Beurre
d’Hyver, i. e. Small Winter Butter Pear. This is
a fmall oblong Pear, of a yellowifh colour, fpotted
■with red ; the flefh is melting, and the juice is very
rich. It is in eating in December and January. This
is a prodigious bearer, and commonly produces its
fruit in large clufters, provided it be not too much
pruned •, for it generally produces its bloffom-buds
at the extremity of its fhoots, which if fhortened,
the fruit would be cut &way. There was a tree of
this kind in the gardens of Camden-houfe near Ken-
fington, which generally produced a great quantity
of fruit.

64. Pyrus ( Martin-fire ) fativa, frudu brumali turbina-
to inaequali, ventre tumido, partiin purpureo, par-
tial fiavefcente. Tourn. Ronville. It is alfo called
Hocrenaille and Martin-fire, i. e. the Lord Martin
Pear. This Pear is about the fize and fhape of a
large Rouffelet the eye is of a middling fize, and
hollowed a little ; the middle of the Pear is generally
fwelled more on one fide than on the other, but is
equally extended towards the ftalk ; the Ikin is very
fmooth and foft, and is of a lively red colour next
the fun, but on the other fide it changes yellow as it
ripens. The flelh is breaking and full of juice, which
is very fweet and a little perfumed ; but if grafted on
a Quince flock, is very apt to be ftnall and ftony.

65. Pyrus / (Citron d’Hyver) fativa, frudu brumali ci-
triformi fiavefcente duro mofchato odoratiftimo.
Tourn. Citron d’Hyver , i. e. the Winter Citron Pear.
It is alfo called the Mufk Orange Pear, in fome
places. This is a pretty large Pear, in fhape and
colour very like an Orange or Citron, from whence
it had its name. The flefh is hard and dry, and very
fubjed to be ftony, for which reafons it is not valued
as an eating Pear, but will bake very well. It is in
feafon from December to March.

66. Pyrus ( Rouffelet d’Hyver ) fativa, frudu brumali
oblongo, e viridi fiavefcente, faccharato, faporis auf-
teri. Tourn. Rouffelet d’Hyver , i. e. the Winter Ruf-
felet. This is by fome fuppofed to be the fame Pear
as is called the Dry Martin, but it is very different
from that in feveral particulars. The colour of this
is a greenifh yellow, inclining to brown ; the ftalk is
long and {lender, and the flefh is buttery and melt-
ing, and generally full of juice, which is very fv/eet,
but the fkin is apt to contain an auftere juice, fothat
if it be not pared, it is apt to be difagreeable to ma-
ny perfons palates. It is in eating in January and
February.

67. Pyrus ( Portail ) fativa Pidavienfis, frudu brumali
globofo feffili faccharato odorato. Tourn. Poir Por-
tail, i- e. the Gate Pear. This Pear was difcovered
in the province of Poidou, where it was fo much
efteemed, that they preferred it to moft other fruit,
though in the opinion of the moft curious judges, it
does not deferve the great charader which is given to
it •, for it rarely happens that it proves good for eat-
ing, being generally dry, ftony, and hard, unlefs in
extraordinary feafons, and upon a very good foil.
This muft always be grafted on a free flock, and
ftiould be planted on a light rich foil ; and in very dry
feafons the trees Ihould be watered, otherwife the fruit
will be ftony. It is in feafon from January to March,
and bakes well

PYR

68. PysLus ( Franc-real ) fativa, fractal brumali ifiagno
globofo fiavefcente, pundis rufis confperfo. Tourn,
Franc-real. It is alfo called Fin-or d’Hyver, i. e. the
Golden End of Winter. This is a very large Pear,
altnoft of a globular figure ; the fkin is yellow, fpotted
with red 1 the ftalk is fhort, and the wood of the tree
meaily. The flefh of "this Pear is dry,, and very apt
to be ftony, but it bakes exceeding well, and conti-
nues good from January till March.

69. Pyrus ( Eafier Bergamot) fativ a, frudu brumali tur-
binate feffili fubacido fiavefcente, pundis afperioribus
confperfo. Tourn. Burgamotte Bugi. It is alfo called
Bergamotte de Pafq.ue, i. e. the Eafier Bergamot. It
is a large Pear, almoil round, but is a little produced
in length, towards the ftalk ^ the eye is flat and the
fkin is green, having many rough protuberances like
fpots difperfed all over, but, as it ripens, becomes
yellowifh •, the flefh is breaking, and in a good feafon
the juice is fweet-, but it muft have a free frock, a
fouth-eaft wall, and have a good foil, otherwife it is
apt to be ftony and auftere. It is in eating from Fe-
bruary till April.

70. Le ( Mufcat of Germany) Muscat d’Alaman, i. e.
The German Mufcat. This is an excellent Pear, more
long than round, of the fhape of the Winter-royal,
but is lefs toward the eye, and is more ruffet, and
of a red colour next the fun it is buttery, melting,
and a little mnfky. This is in eating in March,
April, and fometimes in May, if it is well preferved.

71. Le Bergamotte {Holland Bergamot) d’Hollandt,
i. e. Phe Holland Bergamot. It is large and round,
of the fhape of the ordinary Bergamot. The colour
is greenifh, the flefh is half buttery and tender, the
juice is highly flavoured. This is a very good Pear,
and will keep till April.

72. Le Poire ( Naples Pear) de Naples, i. e. Phe Pear
of Naples. This is a pretty large, long, greenifh
Pear ; the flefh is half breaking the juice is fweet,
and a little vinous. It is in eating in March. I am in
doubt whether this Pear is not in fome places taken
for a Saint Germain, for there is a Pear in fome gar-
dens, very like the Saint Germain, which will keep
till April, and this Pear agrees with the characters
of that. It is called in England the Eafier St. Ger-
main.

73. Pyrus {Boncretien d’Hyver) fativa, frudu brumali
magno pyramidato, e flavo nonnihil rubente. Tourn.
Boncretien d’Hyver , i. e. the Winter Boncretien Pear.
This Pear is very large and long, of a pyramidal fi-
gure ; the fkin is of a yellowifh colour, but the fide
next the fun inclines to a foft red ; the flefh is tender
and breaking, and is very full of rich fugared juice.
This is efteemed in France one of the befl winter
Pears, but in England it is feldom fo good ^ though
I am fully fatisfied, if it were grafted on a free flock,
and planted in a good foil, againft a wall expofed to
the fouth-eaft, and the branches trained at full length,
it might be rendered more acceptable than it is an
prefentin England.

74. Pyrus {Cadillac) fativa, frudu brumali magno, cy-
donias facie, partim flavo, partim purpurea. Tourn.
Catillac , or Cadillac. This is a large Pear, fhaped
fomewhat like a Quince ; the fkin is for the moft part
of a yellow colour, but changes to a deep red on the
fide next the fun the flefh is hard, and the juice
auftere, but it is a very good fruit roqbaking, and
being a plentiful bearer, deferves a place in every good
colledion of fruit. It Will be good from Chriftmas to
April, or longer.

75. Pyrus {Pafiorelle) fativa, frudu brumali oblongo
fiavefcente, pundis rubris confperfo. La Pafiorelle.
This Pear is of the fize and fhape of a fin'e Rouffelet •„
the ftalk is fhort and crooked j the fkin is fomewhat
rough, of a yellowifh colour, fpotted with red the
flefh is tender and buttery, and when it grows on a
dry foil, the juice is very fweet ; but on a wet foil,
or in moift years, it is fubjed to have an auftere tafte.
This Pear is in eating in February and March.

76. Pyrus {Double Fleur) fativa, frudu brumali feffili,
partim flavefcente? partim purpurafeente. Tourn.

La

a

P Y R

La Double Fleur. u.e. the double-flowering Pear. This
is fo called, becaufe the flowers have a double range
of petals or leaves. It is a large fhort Pear ; the ftalk
is long and ftrait ; the fkin is very fmooth, and of a
yellowifli colour, but the fide next the fun is common-
ly of a fine red or purple colour. 1 his is by fome
efteemed for eating, but it is generally too auftere in
this country for that purpofe. It is the bell Pear in
the world for baking or comp offs. It is good from
February to May.

77. Pyrus ( Saint Martial ) fativa, fructu brumali ob-
longo, partim flavefcente, partim purpurafcente. Saint
Martial. It is alfo called in fome places Poire Ange-
Jique, i. e. the Angelic Pear ; and in the fouth of
France, Poire Douce. This Pear is oblong, in fliape
like the Boncretien, but not fo large, and a little flat-
ter at the crown •, it has a very long ftalk ; the Ikin is
fmooth and yellowifli, but on the fide next the lun it
turns to a purplifh colour ; the flefli is tender and but-
tery, and the juice is very fweet. This is in eating
in February and March.

78. Pyrus {Befi ChaumonteUe ) fativa, fru&u brumali
oblon go, partim albido, partim purpureo odorato,
faccharato. La Poire de Chaumontelle , or Befi de Chau-
montelle, i. e. the JVilding of Chaumontelle. This Pear
is in fliape fomewhat like the Autumn Beurre, but is
flatter at the crown ; the (kin is a little rough, of a
pale green colour, but turns to a purplifh colour next
the fun ; the fleih is melting; the juice is very rich,
and a little perfumed. It is in eating from November
to January, and is efteemed by fome as the belt late
Pear yet known.

79. Pyrus ( Carmelite ) fativa, fruclu brumali globofo
feffili cinereo maculis amplis obfcurioribus confperfo.
Tourn. Carmelite. This is a middle- fized Pear, of a
roundifti form •, the fkin is of a gray colour on one
fide, but is inclining to a red on the other, having
fome broad fpots of a dark colour all over •, the flefh
is commonly hard and dry, fo that it is not very much
efteemed. It is in feafon in March.

80. Pyrus {Union) fativa, fruClu brumali maximo py-
ramidato, dilute virente. Fhe Union Pear , otherwife
called Dr. Uve dale's St. Germain. This is a very large
long Pear, of a deep green colour, but the fide next
the fun doth fometimes change to a red as it ripens.
This is not fit for eating, but bakes very well ; and
being a great bearer, and a very large fruit, deferves
a place in every good collection. It is in feafon from
Chriftmas to April.

There are many other forts of Pears, which are ftill
continued in fome old gardens; but as thofe here
mentioned are the beft forts known at prelent, it
would be needlefs to enumerate a great quantity of
ordinary fruit ; fince every one who intends to plant
fruit-trees, would rather chufe thofe which are the |
moft valued, the expence and trouble being the fame
for a bad fort of fruit as a good one. Indeed I have
inferted many more than are really worth planting,
in order to pleafe fuch who are fond of great varie-
ty ; but whoever hath a mind to make choice of fuch
only as are good, may eafily diftinguilh them, by at-
tending to the account given of each fort, and here-
by every perfon is at liberty to pleafe himfelf ; for it
is not every one who prefers a Beurre Pear, though
that is generally efteemed the very beft in its proper
feafon ; there are fome who admire the Meffire Jean,
for the firmnefs of its fleih, which to others is a great
objection againft it ; fo that as fome efteem the break-
ing, and others the melting Pears, I have diftinguiih-
ed them by their defcriptions in fuch a manner, that
every one may make choice of the kinds of fruit
which are agreeable to their palates ; and the different
feafons in which each kind is in eating, being exhi-
bited (allowing a little for the difference of feafons,
which are earlier fome years than others) it is not very
difficult for a perfon to make a collection of good
Pears to fucceed each other throughout the feafon of
thefe fruits, both for eating and baking.

The time of each fruit ripening, as here fet down, is
taken at a medium for feven years, and in the neigh-

P Y R

bourhood of London, where all forts of fruit gene-
rally ripen a fortnight or three weeks earlier than in
almoft any part of England ; and it is very obvious
to every perfon who will attend to the culture of fruit-
trees, that their time of ripening is accelerated by
long cultivation ; for many of the forts of Pears,
which fome years paft rarely became ripe in England,
unlefs they grew againft the beft afpected walls, are
now found to ripen extremely well on efpaliers and
dwarfs ; and thofe Pears which feldom were in eating
till January, are ripe two months earlier. There is
alfo a very great difference in their rime of ripening
in different feafons, for I have known the fruit of a
Pear-tree in one year all ripe and gone by the middle
of Odober, and the very next year the fruit of the
fame tree has not been fit to eat till the end of Decem-
ber, fo that allowance fhould be made for thefe acci-
dents. The Befi de Chaumontelle Pear, about forty
years paft, was feldom fit to eat before February, and
has continued good till the middle of April, but now
this Pear is commonly ripe in November ; and when
it is planted on a warm foil, and againft a good af-
peded wall, it is in eating the middle or end of Oc-
tober. This forwarding of the feveral kinds of Pears,
may be in' fome meafure owing to the flocks upon
which they are grafted ; for if they are grafted upon,
early fummer Pear flocks, they will ripen much earlier
than when they are upon hard winter Pear flocks %
and if fome of the very foft melting Pears were grafted
upon fuch flocks as are raifed from the moft auftere
fruit, fuch as are never fit to eat, and of which the
beft perry is made, it would improve thofe fruits, and
continue them much longer good ; or if the common
free flocks were firft grafted with any of thefe hard
winter Pears, and when they have grown a year,
then to graft or bud thefe foft melting Pears upon
them, it would have the fame effed ; but the Pears
fo raifed will require a year’s more growth in thenur-
fery, and confequently cannot be fold at the fame
price as thofe which are raifed in the common me-
thod, thefe requiring to be twice budded or grafted,
fo that there is double labour, befide Handing a full
year longer ; but this difference in the firft expence
of the trees, is not worth regarding by any perfon who
is defirous to have good fruit ; for the fetting out in
a right way is that which every one fhould be the
moft careful of, fince by miftaking at firft, much
time is loft, and an after expence of new trees often
attends it.

Another caufe of fruits ripening earlier now than they
formerly did, may be from the length of time they
have been cultivated ; for it is very certain, that moft
forts of plants have been greatly forwarded and im-
proved by culture, within the fpace of thirty or forty-
years, as may be known from the feveral forts of ef-
culent plants, which are cultivated in the kitchen-
gardens, and of which forts there are many which are
annually improving : and if we look back to the beft
French authors who have written on the lubjeCt of
fruit-trees, we fhall find, that the times of ripening
of many forts of Pears are put down a month or fix
weeks later about fifty or fixty years ago, than they
are now found to ripen about Paris ;. and here about
London it is much the fame, for I cannot find they
are the leaft forwarder in the times of their ripening
at Paris than at London. <

The ripening of thefe fruits may alfo be accelerated
by the method of pruning and managing thefe trees,
which are greatly improved within the fpace of a few
years paft ; for if we look into the directions which
are given by the beft writers on this fubjeCt, we fhall
foon difcover how little they knew fifty years ago, of
the true method of pruning and managing moft forts
of fruit-trees, fcarce one of them making any diffe-
rence in the management of the different kinds of fruit*
Pears are propagated by budding or grafting them
upon flocks of their own kind, which are commonly
called free flocks, or upon Quince flocks, ' or White-
thorn, upon all which thefe fruits will take ; but the
latter fort of flock is now feldom yfed, becaufe they

never

I'

P V R

never keep pace in their growth vfi.tH the fruit bud-
ded or grafted upon them j as alfo becaufe the fruit
upon fuch (locks are commonly drier, and mo id apt
to be (tony, than when they are upon Pear docks.
Quince (locks are greatly ufed in the nurferies for all
forts of Pears which are defigned For dwarfs or walls,
in order to check the luxuriancy of their growth, fo
that they may be kept within compafs better than up-
on free (locks. But againft the general ufe of thefe
(locks, for all forts of Pears indifferently, there are
very great objedtions : i ft, Becaufe feme forts of Pears
will not thrive upon thefe (locks, but in two or three
years decay, or at mod will but juft keep alive. 2dly,
Mod of the forts of hard breaking Pears are rendered
ftony, and good for little •, fo that whenever any of
thefe forts are thus injudicioufly raifed, the fruit, al-
though the kind be ever fo good, is condemned as
good for nothing by fuch as are not well acquainted
with it, when the fault is entirely owing to the dock
on which it was grafted. On the contrary, mod melt-
ing buttery Pears are greatly improved by being upon
Quince docks, provided they are planted on a ftrong
foil ; but, if the ground be very dry and gravelly, no
fort of Pear will do well upon Quince docks in fuch
places.

Thefe general directions being given, there is no oc-
cafion to repeat any part of the method in which thefe
docks are raifed, and the fruits budded or grafted
thereon, which has been already mentioned under the
article of Nurseries.

The diftance which thefe trees (hould be planted ei-
ther againft walls or efpaliers, mud not be lefs than
forty feet ; for if they have not room to fpread on
each fide, it will be impoifible to preferve them in
good order, efpecially thofe on free docks, for the
more thele trees are pruned, the more they will (hoot ;
and, as I faid before, many forts of Pears produce
their bloflbm-buds firft at the extremity of the former
year’s (hoots, fo that when they are (hortened, the
fruit will be cut away, and this cannot be avoided,
where the trees have not room allowed in their firft
planting.

This diftance, I doubt not, will be objeded to by
many who have not fully attended to the growth of
thefe trees, efpecially as it hath been the general
pradice of mod gardeners to plant thefe trees at lefs
than half the diftance which is here mentioned i but,
whoever will be at the trouble to view any of thefe
trees which have been fome years ftanding, they will
always hnd, if by accident, one of thefe trees has been
planted againft a building, where the branches have
had room to fpread, that this tree has produced more
fruit than twelve trees which have been crouded clofe,
and have not room for their branches to extend. There
are fome Pear-trees now growing, which fpread more
than fifty feet in length, and are upward of twenty
feet high, which produce a much greater quantity of
fruit than if there had been three trees in the fame
room they would have done, as there are examples
enough to prove, where trees are planted againft
houfes and the ends of buildings at about twelve
feet, or much lefs diftance, becaufe there is height
of walling for them to grow, which is the reafon com-
monly given by thofe who plant thefe trees fo clofe to-
gether. But one tree will bear more fruit, when the
branches are trained horizontally, than three or four
trees, whofe branches are led upright, and there ne-
ver can be any danger of the upper part of the wall
being left naked or unfurnifhed j for I have feen a
Pear-tree which has fpread more than fifty feet in
width, and covered the wall upward of thirty-fix feet
in height -, this was a fummer Boncretien Pear, and
was extremely fruitful, which rarely happens to this
fort when they are not allowed a large (hare of room.
The fined tree of this fort of Pear, which I have ever
feen, was a large (landard-tree in my own poffefiion,
whofe ftem was not more than ten feet high, where
the branches came out regularly on every fide, and
extended near thirty feet from the trunk, many of
which were by the weight of the fruit in fummer

PYR

brought down to the ground, fo they were obliged
to be fupported with poles all around the tree "to-
ward the extremity of the branches, to prevent then-
lying upon the ground * and this tree had its branches
fo difpofed as to form a natural parabola of forty
feet in height, bearing from the lowed to the higheft
branches-, fo that in a kindly feafon, when the blolibms
efcaped the froft, it- hath produced upward of two
thoufand Pears, which Were much better flavoured
than any ot the fame fort which 1 have yet tailed.
This inftance I mention, only to (hew how much one
of thefe trees will fpread, if proper room be allowed
it ; and alfo to obferve, that as the branches of this
tree had never been (horteried, they were fruitful to
their extremities. This (hews the abfurdity of the
French gardeners, who do not allow more than ten or
twelve feet diftance to thefe trees ; and fome of their
mod improved writers on this fubjedt have advifed
the planting an Apple-tree between the Pear-trees,
where they are allowed twelve feet-, and yet thefe au-
thors afterward fay, that a good Pear-tree will (hoot
three feet each way in one year • therefore, accord-
ing to their own observation, the trees fo planted will
have their branches meet together in two or three
years at mod, and what mud be the cafe with fuch
trees in five or fix years is not difficult to know. But
this method of planting has not been peculiar to the
French, for mod of the gardens in England have
been little better planted. Indeed, thofe perfons who
were intruded with the making and planting mod of
the Englilh gardens, had little (kill of their own, fo
were obliged to follow the directions of the French
gardeners ; of whom they had fo great an opinion, as
to get their books tranflated, and to thefe have added
fome trifling notes, which rather betray their weak-
nefs for, where they have objected to the little room
which their authors had allowed to thefe trees, they
have, at the mod, allowed them but three feet more ;
from which it is plain, they had not confidered the
natural growth of the trees, and whoever departs
from nature, may be iuftly pronounced an unikilful
gardener.

As mod of the Englilh gardens have been made and
planted by perfons of little judgment, it is very rare
to find any of them which produce much fruit ; for
although many of thefe gardens have been totally al-
tered and new planted, yet they have feldom been
much altered for the better j and the poffeffors have
been put to the expence of removing the old trees,
alfo the earth of their- borders, and to purchafe new
trees, which have been planted perhaps a foot or two
farther afunder, than the old trees which were re-
moved ; fo that when the young trees have grown a
few years, they were in the fame condition as the old,
and it will be the lofs of fo many years to the owner :
but this will conllantly be the cafe, when it is the
intereft of the perfons employed, who can fell fo ma-
ny young trees ; and the planting of three times the
number of trees in a garden, more than is proper,
may in fome meafure be afcribed to the fame, though
in many inftances I (hall be inclinable to think they
have proceeded from ignorance, rather than defign.
But where fruit-trees have been thus injudicioufly
planted, if the (locks are healthy and good, the beft
v/ay to recover this lofs is to dig up two or three, and
leave every third or fourth tree, according to the
diftance which they were planted, and fpread down
the branches of thofe which are left horizontally I
mean, all fuch as are capable of being fo brought
down : but thofe which are too ftubborn for this,
(hould be cut off near the ftem, where there will be
new (hoots enough produced to furnifh the wall or
efpalier ; and if the fort of fruit is not the fame as de-
fired, the young branches may be budded the fame
fummer, or grafted the following fpring with any
other fort of Fear, and hereby many years may be
faved j for one of thefe old trees fo budded or graft-
ed, will fpread to a much greater length, and pro-
duce more fruit, when thus managed, in three years,
than a new tree will in ten or twelve, efpecially if the

ground

i

P Y R

ground is mended. This is a method which I have
pr added with great fuccefs, where I have been em-
ployed to mend the blunders of thefe great garden-
ers, as they are filled, and hereby the walls and ef-
paliers have been well furnifhed in a few years.

But the next thing to be done, after being furnifhed
with proper trees, is the preparing the ground to re-
ceive them •, in the doing of which, there fhould be
great regard had to the nature of the foil, where the
' trees are to grow for, if it is a ftrong fluff land, and
(object to wet in the winter, the borders fhould be
railed as much above the level of the ground as you
conveniently can. And if under the good foil there
is a fufficient quantity of lime, rubbiih, or (tones
laid to prevent the roots of the trees from running
downward, it will be of great fervice to the trees.
The borders for thefe fhould not be lefs than eight
feet broad, but, if they are twelve, it will be (till
better. And as thefe borders may be planted with
fuch. forts of efculent plants as do not grow large, or
whofe roots do not grow deep, or mat together on the
furface, thefe will do no harm to the Pear-trees ; for
thefe are not fo nice in their culture as Peach and
Nectarine-trees, fo the turning the ground, and mend-
ing it for thele crops, will rather improve than injure
the trees, provided the plants do not {hade the trees,
or are not fuffered to (tana too long upon the bor-
ders. But ail the Cabbage kind, as alfo Beans, fhould
be excluded from thefe borders, becaufe they root
deep in the ground, and draw much nouriihment
from the trees.

But if the foil is (hallow, and the bottom is either
gravel or chalk, there muff be a fufficient depth of
good earth laid upon the borders, fo as to make them
two feet and a half deep ; for if the ground is not
of this depth, the trees will not thrive well. And,
in doing of this, I mud caution every perfon not to
dig out the gravel or chalk in a trench, (as is by fome
pradtifed) and fill this trench with good earth •, for by
fo doing, when the roots of the trees are extended to
the width of the trench, they will meet with the gra-
vel which will flop them, fo that they will be con-
fined, as if they were in tubs of earth, whereby the
trees will loon fiiew their didrefs therefore, when
the gravel or chalk is removed, it fhould be entirely
taken away over the whole border, otherwife it will
be better to raile the whole border above it.

3f the garden is to be new-made from a field, then all
the good earth on the furface ihould be carefully pre-
served ; and, if the good ground is taken out where
the walks are defigned to be made, and laid upon
the borders, or in the quarters, it will add to the
depth of the foil, and fave expence in bringing in of
new earth. If the ground can be prepared one year
before it is planted, the trees will thrive the better ;
lor by laying the ground in ridges, and turning it over
two or three times, if will looien the foil, and render
it much better for planting •, but in trenching or
ploughing of the ground, there fhould be great care
taken not to go deeper than the ground is good, other-
wile all the good foil will be buried below the roots,
and the bad ground will be turned on the top, which
is what I have known done at a great expence by
perfons, who have been at the top of their profef-
iion, and have thereby entirely ruined the gardens.
Where there is a neceflity of bringing any frefh earth
for the borders, it v/ill be proper to do it as foon as
poflible, and to mix this with the furface of the earth
of the borders, that it may be turned over two or three
times, that the parts may be well mixed and incorpo-
rated before the trees are planted ; and, if fome very
rotten dung is added to this, it v/ill greatly improve
it. In chiding of the earth which is to be brought
into the garden, there fhould be this care, viz. That
if the natural foil of the garden is light and dry, then
the new earth fhould' be loamy and (tiff; but where
the natural. ft ii is ftrong or loamy, then the new earth
Ihould be light andfandy, which will looien the parts
of the natural foil, and greatly mend it.

1 here are iome perfons who recommend laying the

P Y R

whole depth of the borders with what they call vkriri
earth, that is, fuch as is taken from a pailure where
the land has not been ploughed ; but if this is not
brought into the garden at leaft one year before
the trees are planted, that by turning it over often it
may be (weetened, it will not be fo good as that
which is taken from a kitchen-garden, where the land
is good, and has been well wrought •, for by often
turning and breaking the foil, it will be better pre-
pared to receive the trees.

Others recommend mixing a great quantity of rotten
dung with the earth of the borders,- but this is not fo
proper ; for, by making the ground too rich, it will
only encourage the luxuriant . growth of the trees ^
therefore it is always better to mend the borders from
time to time as they may require, and not to add fo
much dung in the firft making them.

Another care is required in making the borders on wet
ground, which is to contrive feme covered drains to
convey off the water in winter, otherwife, by this be-
ing detained about the roots of the trees, it will
greatly prejudice them ■, and in building the walls
round a kitchen -garden, where the ground is inclina-
ble to be wet, there fhould be fome arches turned in
the foundations of thofe walls which are in the lowed:
part of the garden, to let off the wet.

The manner of preparing thefe trees for planting is
the fame as hath been diredted for other fruit-trees,
viz. to cut off all the fmall fibres from the roots, and
to fhorten fome of the longed roots, and cut off all
the bruifed ones, or fuch as (hoot downright ; this
being done, you fhould plant them in the places in-
tended at the before-mentioned diftance. The beft:
time to plant thefe trees (if upon a middling or dry
foil) is in Qdtober or November, leaving their heads
on till fpring, which fhould be fattened either to the
walls or flakes, to prevent the wind from difturbing
their roots •, and in the beginning of March their heads
fhould be cut off in the manner already directed for
Peaches and other fruit-trees, obferving alfo to lay
fome mulch upon the furface of the ground about
their roots when they are planted, as hath been feve-
ral times already dire&ed for other trees ; but in wet
ground the trees may be planted in February, or the
beginning of March, at any time before the buds are
much fwelled, but thefe may be cut down when they
are planted.

The firft fummer after planting, the branches fhould
be trained to a wall or efpalier (againft which they
are planted) in a horizontal pofition, as they are pro-
duced, without Shortening them •, and the Michael-
mas following, fome of thefe (boots ihould be (hort-
ened down to five or fix eyes, in order to obtain a fuf-
ficient quantity of branches, to furnifh the lower part
of the wall or efpalier •, but the (hoots ought not to be
fhortened, unlefs where there is a want of branches to
(ill a vacancy • therefore the lefs a knife is ufed to thefe
trees, the better they will fucceed •, for, whenever the
(hoots are (lopped, it occafions the buds immediately
below the cut to fend forth two or more (hoots, where-
by there v/ill be a confuiion of branches, and rarely
any fruit, is produced with this management.

The diftance which the branches of Pears (houldrbe
trained, muft be proportioned to the fize of their fruit •,
therefore fuch forts, whofe fruit are fmall, may be
allowed five or fix inches, but the larger forts muft
not be lefs than feven or eight inches afunder. If this
be duly obferved, and the branches carefully trained
horizontally as they are produced, there will be no
occafion for fo much cutting as is commonly pradtifed
on thefe trees, which, inftead of checking their
growth, does, on the contrary, caufe them to (hoot
the ftronger.

It is very furprifing to read the tedious methods,
which moft of the writers on fruit-trees have directed
for pruning thefe trees ; for, by their prolix and per-
plexed methods, one would imagine they had endea-
voured to render themfelves as unintelligible as poffi-
ble and this, I am fure, may be affirmed. That
it is next to impoffible for a learner ever to arrive at

1 1 B any

P Y R

toy tolerable {kill in pruning by the tedious and per-
piexed directions which are publilhed by Monfieur
Quintiny, and thofe who have copied from him •,
for, as thefe have all fet out wrong in the beginning,
by allowing their trees lefs than half the diftance which
they fnould be planted, they have prefcribed rules to
beep them within that compafs, which are the mold
abfurd, and contrary to all reafon, therefore ihouid
not be ,p radii fed by; thofe perfons who are defirous of
having plenty of fruit.

I fhall therefore only lay down a few neceffary direc-
tions for pruning and managing thefe trees, which
fhall b'e done in as few words as poffible, that a learner
may the more eafily underhand it, and which (toge-
ther with proper observations) will be fufficient to m-
ftruCt any perfon in the right management of them.
Pear-trees generally produce their bloffom bud' tuft
at the extremity of the lad year’s flioots, fo that if
thefe are fhortened, the bloffoms are cut off ; but this
is not all the damage, for (as I before faid) this occa-
sions the buds immediately below the cut to put forth
two or more flioots, whereby the number of branches
will be increafed, and the tree crowded too much
with wood ; befides, thofe buds, which by this ma-
nagement produce flioots, would have only produced
cur foul or fpurs, upon which the bloffom-buds are
produced, if the leading branch had not been fliort-
erred ; therefore thefe fhould never be flopped, nnlefs
to furnifh wood to fill a vacancy.

It is not neceffary to provide anew fupply of wood in
Pear-trees, as muft be done for Peaches, Nectarines,
&c. which only produce their fruit upon young v/ood-,
for Pears produce their fruit upon curfons or fpurs,
which are emitted from branches which are three or
four years old j which curfons continue fruitful many
years, fo that, where thefe trees have been fkilfully
managed, I have feen branches which have been
trained horizontally upwards of twenty feet from
the trunk of the tree, and have been fruitful their
whole length. And if we do but carefully obferve
the branches of a healthy ftandard-tree, which has
been permitted to grow without pruning, we lhall find
many that are ten or twelve years old, or more, which
are very full of thefe curfons, upon which a good
number of fruit is annually produced.

During the fummerfeafon thefe trees Ihouid be often
looked over to train in the flioots, as they are pro-
duced, regularly to the wall or efpalier, and to dis-
place fore-right and luxuriant branches as they fhoot
out, whereby tae fruit will be equally expofed to the
air and fun, which will render them more beautiful
and better tailed than when they are fhaded by the
branches and by thus managing the trees in fummer,
they will always appear beautiful, and in winter they
will want but little pruning.

Where Pear-trees are thus regularly trained without
flopping their fnoots, and have full room for their
branches to extend on each fide, there will never be
any occafion for dilbarking the branches, or cutting
off the roots (as hath been directed by feveral writers
on gardening ;) which methods, however they may
anfwer the intention for the prefent, yet will certainly
greatly injure the trees, as muft all violent amputa-
tions, which fhould ever be avoided as much as pof-
fible on fruit-trees and this, I am fure, can never
be wanted, where trees have been rightly planted, and
regularly trained, while young.

The feafon for pruning thefe trees is any time after
the fruits are gathered, until the beginning of March •,
but the fooner it is done after the fruit is gathered,
the better, for reafons already given for pruning of
Peach-trees though indeed the deferring of thefe un-
til iprirfg, where there are large quantities of trees
to prune, is not fo injurious to them, as to fome ten-
der fruits but if the branches are regularly trained
in fummer, and the luxuriant Ihoots rubbed off, there
will be little left to do to them in winter.

All the forts of Summer Pears will ripen very well
either on ftandards, dwarfs, or efpaliers, as will all
Autumn Pears upon dwarfs or efpaliers but, where

\ '

P Y R

a perfon is very curious in his fruit, 1 would always
adviie the planting them againft efpaliers, in which
method they take up but little room in a garden, and,
if they are well managed, appear very beautiful - and
the fruit is larger and better tailed than thofe pro-
duced on dwarfs, as hath been already obferved , but
fome of the Winter Pears muft be planted againft eaft,
fouth-eaft, or fouth-weft walls, otherwife they will
not ripen well in England in bad feafons.

But although this may be the cafe with fome of the
late Winter Pears in very bad feafons, yet, in gene-
ral, moll forts of them will ripen extremely well in all
warm fituations, when they are planted in efpalier,
and the fruit will be better flavoured than that which
grows againft walls, and will keep much longer good ;
for, as the heat againft walls which are expofed to the
fun will be very great at fome times, and at others
there will be little warmth, all fruit which grow near
them, will be haftened unequally, and therefore is
never fo well flavoured as the fame forts are which ri-
pen well in the open air ; and all the fruit, which is
ripened thus unequally, will decay much fooner than
thofe which ripen gradually in the open air ; there-
fore thofe Winter Pears which grow in efpalier, may
be kept fix weeks longer than thofe which grow
againft walls, which is a very defirable thing for to
have plenty of thefe fruit at a feafon when it is very
rare to find any other fruit to fupply the table but
Apples, is what all lovers of fruit muft be greatly
pleafed to enjoy which is what may be ei ft fled by
planting many of the late forts in efpalier, where,
although the fruit will not be fo well coloured as
thofe from the walls, yet they will be found exceeding
good. When the Beli de Chaumontelle came firft to
England, the trees were planted in efpalier, and fome
of them not on a very good foil, or in a warm fituation,
and yet from thefe trees I have eaten this Pear in great
perfection in April, and fometimes it has kept till
May ; whereas, all thofe which have been fince
planted againft walls ripen their fruit by the begin-
ning of November, and are generally gone by the
middle of December ; nor are the latter fo well tailed
as thofe off the efpaliers.

The Yirgoleufe and St. Germain, as alfo the Colmar,
are efteemed the moll difficult forts to ripen their
fruit, yet thefe I have eaten in great perfection from
efpaliers, and often from ftandard-trees, where they
grew upon a warm foil ; but the fruit was much
fmaller on the ftandard-trees than thofe of the fame
forts which grew againft walls or efpaliers, but they
were full as well flavoured, and fome of thefe forts I
have eaten good.. in April, which is. two months later
than they ufnally keep but yet I would not advife
the planting thefe late Pears in ftandard-trees, be-
caufe they Ihouid hang very late on the trees in au-
tumn, at which feafon the winds are generally very
high ; and thefe ftandard-trees being much expofed,
the fruit is often blown off the trees before they
are ripe ; and thofe of them, which may hang on the
trees, are frequently bruifed by being forced againft
the branches by the winds, fo that they feldom keep
well. What I mentioned this for, is to prove, that
thefe Pears will ripen very well without the affiftance
of a wall ; fo that if they are planted in efpaliers
where the trees are kept low, the fruit will not be
fo much expoled to the ftrong winds in autumn as
thofe on the ftandards, therefore can be in no danger
of the fruit coming to perfection ; and as the trees
in efpaliers will be conftantly pruned, and managed
in the fame manner as thofe againft walls, the fruit
will be as large on thofe trees ; therefore, where a
perfon has a warm fituation and a kindly foil, 1
would not advife the being at an expence to build
walls on purpofe for Pears, but to plant them againft
efpaliers : and where there is any one who is very cu-
rious in having plenty of thefe fruit, and will be at
the expence to procure them, I Ihouid advife having
a fufficient quantity of Reed mats made to fix up
againft the back of the efpalier in the fpring, when
the trees are in blofTom3 which will fcreen them

from

PYR

from cold winds, and preferve the tender fruit until
they are paft danger, when the Reeds may be taken
down, and put under a fhed to preferve them from
the weather ; and if the autumn fliould prove bad,
thefe Reeds may be fixed up again, which will for-
ward the ripening of the fruit, and alio prevent the
winds from blowing down, and bruifing it. Thefe
Reeds may be purchafed for one {hilling per yard,
running meafure, at fix feet and a half high ; and
if they are carefully laid up, and kept from the wea-
ther, thefe Reeds will iafi feven or eight years, fo
that the expence will not be very great ; and when
the advantages which thefe are of to the fruit are con-
fidered, I believe no perfon will objed to the ufe of
them.

But after the fruit is fet and growing, there will be
farther care neceffary in order to have the fruit good ;
for it is not enough to have preferved a good crop
of fruit on the trees, and then leave them entirely to
nature during the fedfon of their growth, but there
will require fome fkili and attendance on the trees
to help nature, or iupply the deficiency of feafons
for befide the pruning and training trees in the
manner before directed, there will alfo be wanting
fome management of their roots, according to the
nature of the foil, and the difference of feafons. In
all firong land, where the ground is apt to bind very
hard in dry weather, the furface of the borders lhould
be now and then forked over to loofen the earth,
which will admit the fhowers and large dews to pe-
netrate and moifien the ground, and be of great fer-
vice to the trees and fruit, and alfo prevent the growth
of weeds. And if the foil is light and dry, and the
feafon lhould prove hot and dry, there fhould be large
hollows made round the Items of the trees to hold
water ; and into each of thefe there fhould be poured
eight or nine pots of water, which fhould be repeated
once in a week or ten days during the months of June
and July, if the feafon fhould continue dry. There
fhould alfo be fome mulch laid over the furface of
thefe hollows, to prevent the fun and air from drying
the ground. Where this is pradifed, the fruit will
be kept confiantly growing, and prove large and
plump; whereas, if this is omitted, the fruit will of-
ten be frnall, grow crooked, crack, and fall off from
the trees. For if the fruit is once Hinted in their
growth, and rain fhould fall plentifully after, it will
occafion a great quantity of fruit to fall off the
trees, and thofe which remain to ripen will not keep
fo long as thofe which never receive any check in
their growth •, and it is from this' caufe, that fome
years the fruit in general decays before the ufual
time. For after it has been for fome time Hinted in
its growth, and then the feafon proves favourable,
whereby it receives a fudden growth, it becomes fo
replete with juice, as to diHend the veffels too fud-
denly, fo that they will not be firm, which occafions
their decay ; therefore it is always beH to keep the
fruit confiantly in a growing Hate, whereby it will
acquire a proper fize, and be rendered better fla-
voured.

There will alfo be required fome drefling to the
ground near the fruit-trees ; but this fhould be laid
on in autumn, after the trees are pruned. This
drefling fhould be different, according to the nature
of the foil ; if the land is warm and dry, then the dreff-
ing lhould be of very rotten dung, mixed with loam;
and if this is mixed fix or eight months before it is
laid upon the borders, and three or four times turned
over, it will be the better; as will alfo the mixture,
if it is made with neat’s or hog’s dung, both which
are colder than horfe dung, fo more proper for hot
land. But in cold HifF land, rotten horfe dung,
mixed with light Tandy earth, or fea-coal aflies, will
be the moft proper, as this will loofen the ground
and add a warmth to it.

Thefe dreffings fhould be repeated every other year,
other wif| the trees will not thrive fo well, nor will the
fruit be fo good. For, notwithftanding what many
perfons have advanced to the contrary, yet experience

P Y R

is againft them ; for the finefl fruit in England, both
as to fize and flavour, is produced on land which is
the moH dunged and worked. Therefore I would ad-
vife trenching the ground about the fruit-trees very-
well every winter, for I am Hire they will find it an-
fvyer their expeditions who (hall pradife this method.
And where the ground in the quarters is well dreffed
and trenched, the fruit-trees will partake of the be-
nefit ; for as the trees advance in their growth, fo
their roots, are extended to a great difiance from their
Hems ; and it is chiefly from the difiant roots that the
trees are fupplied with their nourifhment ; therefore
drefling the borders only, will not be fufficient for
fruit-trees which are old.

In gathering of Pears, great regard fhould be had to
the bud which is formed at the bottom of the foot-
fialk, for the next year’s bloflbms ; which, by forcing-
off the Pear before it be mature, is many times fpoiled;
for while the fruit is growing, there is always a bud
formed by the fide of the foot-Halk upon the fame
fpur, for the next year’s fruit ; fo that when the Pears
are ripe, if they are gently turned upward, the
foot-Halk will readily part from the fpur, without in-
juring the bud.

The feafon forgathering all Summer Pears is jufi as
they ripen, for none of thefe will-remain good above
a day or two after they are taken from the tree ; nor
will many of the Autumn Pears keep good above
ten days or a fortnight after they are gathered. But
the winter fruits lhould hang as long upon the trees
as the feafon will permit ; for they mufi not receive
the frofi, which will caufe them to rot, and render
their juices flat and ill tafied ; but if the weather con-
tinue mild until the end of Odober, it will then be
a good feafon for gathering them in, which mufi al-
ways be done in dry weather, and when the trees are
perfedly dry.

In the doing of this you ought carefully to avoid
bruifing them, therefore you lhould have a broad flat
balket to lay them in as they are gathered ; and when
they are carried into the fiore-room, they lhould be
taken out fingly, and each fort laid up in a clofe heap
on a dry place, in order to fweat, where they may re-
main for ten days or a fortnight ; during which time
the windows lhould be open to admit the air, in or-
der to carry olf all the moifiure which is perfpired
from the fruit ; after this, the Pears lhould be taken
fingly, and wiped dry with a woollen cloth, and then
packed up in clofe bafkets, obferving to put fome
Wheat Hraw in the bottoms, and round the Tides of
the bafkets, to prevent their bruifing againfi the baf-
kets. And if fome thick foft paper is laid double or
treble all round the balket, between the Hraw and
the Pears, this will prevent the Pears from imbibing
the mufiy tafie which is communicated to them by the
Hraw, when they are contiguous ; which tafie often
penetrates through the fkin fo firongly, that when
the fruit is pared, the tafie will remain. You lhould
alfo obferve to put but one fort of fruit into a balket,
lefi by their different fermentations, they lhould rot
each other ; but if you have enough of one fort to
fill a balket which holds two or three bulhels, it will be
Hill better. After you have filled the bafkets, you mull
cover them over with Wheat Hraw very clofe, fir It
laying a covering of paper two or three times double
over the fruit, and fallen them down ; then place thefe
bafkets in a clofe room, where they may be kept dry
and from frofi ; but the lefs air is let into the room,
the better the fruit will keep. It will be very necef-
fary to fix a label to each balket, denoting the fort
of fruit therein contained, which will fave the trou-
ble of opening them, whenever you want to know
the forts of fruit ; befides, they ought not to be
opened before their feafon to be eaten, for the off
tener they are opened and expofed to the air, the
worfe they will keep. I do not doubt but this will
be objeded to by many, v/ho imagine fruit cannot
be laid too thin ; for which reafon, they make fhelves
to difpofe them fingly upon, and are very fond of
admitting frelli air, whenever the weather is mild,

fuppofing

59 &

PYR

fuppofing It very neceffary to preferve the fruit % but
the contrary of this is found true, by thofe perfons
who have large ftocks of fruit laid up in their ftore-
iioufes In London, which remain clofely fhut up for
feveral months, in the manner before related •, and
whe'h thefe are opened, the fruit is always found
plumper and founder than any of thofe fruits which
Were preferred fingly upon Ihelves, whofe fkins are
always fhrivelled and dry.- For (as Mr. Boyle ob-

\

<LU E

U A M O C L I T. See Ipomoe a.
QJJERCUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 582.
tab. 349. Lin. Gen. Plant. 949. [fo called
of jew Gr. to make rough ; either from
the roughnefs of its bark, or becaufe of its aufterity.]
The Oak-tree ; in French, Chene.

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers on the fame tree the
male flowers are difpofed in a loofe katkin •, thefe have an
empalement of one leaf, divided into four or five flegments ;
they have no petals , but many Jhort flamina , terminated
by large twin fmmits . 5 The female flowers which Jit

clbje to the buds , have a hemiflpherical thick empalement
of one leaf which is rough and entire , almoft hiding the
flower , which has no petal , but a fmall oval germen , fup-
porting a Jingle five-pointed ftyle , crowned by Jingle per-
manent ftigmas. Phe germen afterward becomes an oval
nut (or acorn ) with a thick cover , having one cell , whofe
bafe is fixed into the empalement or cup.

This genus is ranged in the eighth fedtion of Lin-
nasus’s twenty- firft clafs, which includes thofe plants
which have male and female flowers on the fame plant,
whofe male flowers have many flamina. He joins to
this genus the Ilex and the Suber of Tournefort,
whofe characters are the fame as the Oak.

The Species are,

1. Quercus ( Robur ) foliis deciduis oblongis, fuperne
latioribus finubus acutioribus, angulis obtufis petiola-
tis glandibus feffilibus. Oak with oblong deciduous leaves,
broader toward the top , having acute indentures, with ob-
iufe angles, which have long foot-ftalks , and acorns fitting
clofle to the branches. Quercus latifolia mas, qus
hrevi pediculo eft. C. B. P. 419. Broad-leaved male
Oak, the fruit of which has Jhort foot-fialhs , or common
Oak.

2. Quercus ( Fcemina ) foliis deciduis oblongis obtufis,
pinnato-finuatis petiolis breviffimis, pedunculis glan-
dorum Ion gift! unis. Oak with oblong , obtufe, deciduous
leaves , vshich are winged , finuated , and have very

. jhort foot-flalks , with a fruit growing upon long foot-
fialks. Quercus cum longo pediculo. C. B. P. 429.
Oak with long foot-flalks to the Acorn.

3. Quercus ( Sempervirens ) foliis oblongis finuatis ob-
tufis perennantibus, pedunculis glandorum longiffi-

. fnis. Oak with oblong , obtufe, indented leaves "which are
evergreen, having very long foot-fialks to the Acorns.
Quercus latifolia perpetuo virens. C. B. P. 420.
Broad-leaved evergreen Oak.

4c Quercus ( Humilis ) foliis oblongis obtuse dentatis,
frudtibus feffilibus conglomeratis. Dwarf Oak with
oblong obtufely indented leaves , and fruit growing in chflers
fitting clofe to the branches. Quercus humilis gallis bi~

PYR

ferves) the air is the caufe of putrefaction 4 and, in
order to prove this, that honourable perfon put fruits
of feveral kinds into glaffes where the air was ex~
haufled, in which places they remained found for fe-
veral months, but, upon being expofed to the air, rot-
ted in a very ffaort time after ; which plainly fhews the
abfurdity of the common method now tiled, to pre-
ferve fruit.

II

©

<TU E

nis ternis aut plurimis fimul jundlrs. C. B. P. 420.
Dwarf Oak with galls growing together by fairs, by
threes, or in larger clufiers.

5. Quercus (Denis) foliis oblongis lyrato-pinnatifidis.,
laciniis tranfverfis acutis, fubtus fubtomentofis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 997* h)ak with oblong leaves which are lyre-
Jhaped, wing-pointed, and have tranfuerfe acute jags which
are downy on their under fide. Quercus calyce hifpido,
glande minore. C. B. P. 420. Oak with prickly cups
and fmaller Acorns.

6. Quercus (Efculus) foliis pinnato-finuatis lsevibus
frubtibus feffilibus. Prod. Leyd. 80. Oak with fmootb
wing-indented leaves, and fruit fitting clofe to the
branches. Quercus parva five Phagus Grtecorum &
Efculus Plinii. C. B. P. The fmall Oak or Phagus of the
Greeks, and the Efculus of Pliny, commonly called the cut-
leaved Italian Oak.

7. Quercus ( ABgilops ) foliis ovato-oblongis glabris,
ferrato dentatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1414. Oak with oblong ,
oval, fmootb, flawed, indented leaves. Quercus calyce
echinato, glande majore. C. B. P. 420. Oak with a
prickly cup and a larger Acorn.

8. Quercus (Rubra) foliis obtuse-finuatis fetaceo-mu-
cronatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 996. Oak voith obtufe finu-
ated leaves , terminated by brifily points. Quercus Efculi
divifura, foliis amplioribus aculeatis. Pluk. Aim. 309.
tab. 54. fig. 4. Oak with broad [piny leaves, which are
divided like the Efculus.

9. Quercus (Prims) foliis obovatis utrinque acumina-
tis finuato-ferratis, denticulis rotundatis uniformibus.
Hort. Cliff. 448. Oak with oblong oval leaves which are
pointed on both fides , and have flawed fnufes, with uni-
form roundjfh indentures. Quercus caftaneae foliis pro-
cera arbor Yirginiana. Pluk. Aim. 309. Phe American
Cheflnut-leaved Oak.

10. Quercus (Nigra) foliis cuneiformibus obfolete tri-
lobis. Flor. Yirg. 1 1 7. Oak with wedge-Jhaped leaves,
having three worn-out lobes. Quercus folio non ferrato
in fummitate quafi triangulo, Catefb. Car. 1. p. 20. Eke
Black Oak.

11. Quercus (Alba) foliis oblique pinna’tifidis, finu-
bus angulifque obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 996. Oak with
oblique many-pointed leaves , having obtufe .fnufes and
angles. Quercus alba Yirginiana. Catefb. Car. 1.
p. 21. tab. 21. Phe white Oak of Virginia.

12. Quercus (P hellos) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis
glabris. Flor. Virg. 149. Oak with fpear-fhaped, entire ,
fmootb leaves. Quercus foliis oblongis non finuatis.
Catefb. Car. 1. p. 17. Phe Willow-leaved Oak.

13. Quercus (Ilex) foliis oblongo-ovatis fubtus tomento-
fis integerrimis. Prod. Leyd. 81. Oak with oblong , oval,
entire leaves, which are downy on their under fide. Ilex

, folio

folio angufio non ferrato. C. B. P. 424. The narrow-
leaved evergreen Oak.

14. Quercus (Gramuntid) foliis ohlongo-ovatis finuato-
fpinoiis fubtus tomentofis, glandibus pedunculatis.
Sauv. Monfp. 9 6. Evergreen Oak with oblong, oval ,
prickly , indented leaves , which are woolly on their under
fide , and bears Acorns with foot -folks. Ilex folio agri-
folii. Bot. Monfp. 140. T he Holly-leaved evergreen Oak.

1 4 Quercus (Coccifera) foliis ovatis indivifis, fpinofo-
"dentatis glabris. Prod. Leyd. 80. Oak with oval, un-
divided, fmooth leaves , which are prickly and indented.
Ilex aculeata, cocciglandifera. C. B. P. 425. Prickly
Kermes Oak.

1 6. Quercus (Virgtniana) foliis lanceolato-ovatis inte-
gerrimis petiolatis fempervirentibus. Oak with fpear-
fhaped, oval, entire leaves , which are evergreen , and
have foot-fialks. Quercus fempervirens foliis oblon-
gis non finuatis. Ban id. Evergreen Oak with oblong
leaves which are not finuated , commonly called Live Oak
in America.

17. Quercus ( Suber ) foliis ovato-oblongis indivifis fer-
ratis fubtus tomentofis, cortice rimofo fungofo. Hort.
Cliff. 448. Oak with oval, oblong , undivided leaves ,
which are Jawed and woolly on their under fide , and have
a fungous cleft bark. Suber latifolium perpetuo vi-
rens. C. B. P. 424. The broad-leaved evergreen Cork-
tree.

The firft fort here mentioned, is the mod common
Oak of this country, which is fo well known as to
need no defeription ; the leaves of this have pretty
long foot-dalks, and the Acorns have none, but fit
clofe to the branches.

The fecond fort is not fo common here as the firft,
but in the wilds of Kent and Suffex I have feen many
large trees of this kind. The leaves of this are not
fo deeply finuated as thofe of the firfi, nor are they fo
irregular, but the indentures are oppofite, like the
lobes of winged leaves ; thefe have fcarce any foot-
dalks, but fit clofe to the branches ; the Acorns dand
upon very long foot-dalks, in which they differ from
the common fort. The timber of this fort is account-
ed better than that of the fird, and the trees when
growing have a better appearance. Thefe have been
generally fuppofed to be feminal varieties, which have
accidentally come from Acorns of the fame trees ; I
was long of this opinion' myfelf, but having lately
feen fome young trees with Acorns upon them, which
were raifed from Acorns of the fecond fort, and find-
ing they retain their difference, I am inclined to be-
lieve they are different.

The third fort grows upon the Apennines, and alfo
in Swabia and Portugal. The leaves of this are
broader, and not fo deeply finuated as thofe of the
common Oak ; they are of a lighter green on their
upper fide, and pale on their under ; they have very
Ihort foot-dalks, and their points are obtuie the
Acorns have very long foot-dalks, which frequently
fudain three or four growing in a cluder.

The fourth fort grows in the fouth of France and
Italy ; this is a low bulky Oak, which rifes but fix or
feven feet high, fending out many llender branches
the whole length, garnifhed with oblong leaves which
are obtufely indented ; they are about three inches
long, and one and a half broad, Handing upon (len-
der foot-dalks ; the Acorns are fmall and grow in
cinders, and the galls grow three or four together.
The fifth fort grows in Burgundy ; the leaves of this
are oblong and pointed, and are frequently indented
in the middle like a lyre ; they are jagged and acute-
pointed, a little hoary on their under fide, danding
upon llender foot-dalks. The Acorns are fmall, and
have rough prickly cups.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy *, the
leaves of this tree are fmooth, and deeply finuated
like winged leaves •, fome of the finufes are obtufe,
and others end in acute points ; they have very Ihort
foot-dalks -, the branches are covered with a purplilh
bark when young ; the Acorns are long and llender,
the cups rough and a little prickly, fitting clofe to the
branches. The Acorns of this fort are fweet, and are

frequently eaten by the poor in the fouth of France,
who in times of fcarcky grind them and make bread

with the flour.

The feventh fort grows naturally in the Levant, from,
whence the A.corns are annually brought to Europe,
where they are ufed for dyeing thefe are called Ye-
lani, and the tree Velanida by the Greeks. It is one
of the faired fpecies of Oak in the world : the trunk
of this rifes as high as the common Oak ; the branches
extend very wide on every fide, and are covered with
a grayiih bark, intermixed with brown foots •, the
the branches are clofely garnifhed with oblong oval
leaves, about three inches long, and alrffoft two
broad, which are deeply fawed on their edges ; molt
of the laws or teeth turn backward, and terminate in
acute points. The leaves are ffiff, of a pale green on
their upper fide, and downy on their under; the Acorns
have very large fcaly cups which almoft cover them ;
the feales are ligneous and acute-pointed. Handing
out a quarter of an inch ; fome of the cups are as
large as middling Apples.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and in.
other parts of North America. This arrives to &
large fize in the countries where it naturally grows ;
the bark is fmooth, of a grayifh colour, but that of
the younger branches is darker ; the leaves are fix
inches long, and two and a half broad in the middle,
where they are broadeft ; they are obtufely finuated^
each linus ending with a briftly point, of a bright
green, Handing upon Ihort foot-Halks. The leaves
continue their verdure very late in autumn, fo that
unlels hard froft comes on early, they do not fall till
near Chriffmas, and they do not change their colour
long before. The Acorns of this fort are a little long-
er, but not fo thick as thofe of the common Oak.

The ninth fort grows naturally in North America ;
of this there feems to be two kinds, one of which
grows to a much larger fize than the other, though
this may be occafioned by the foil in which they grow;
for the largefi fort grows in the rich low lands, where
it becomes the large!! tree of any of the Oaks in
thofe countries. The wood is not of a fine grain,
but is very ferviceable *, the bark is graydtnd fcaly ;
the leaves are five or fix inches long, and two inches
and a half broad in the middle, indented on the
edges, and have many tranfverfe veins running from
the midrib to the borders ; they are of a bright green,
and lb nearly refemble thofe of the CheHnut-tree, as.
fcarcely to be diHinguiihed from it. The Acorns of
this fort are very large, and their cups are ihort. The
leaves of the other variety are not fo large, nor fo
Hrongly veined, and the Acorns are fmaller and a little
longer, which may arifefrom the foil.

The tenth fort grows naturally on poor land in molt
parts of North America, where it never grows to a
.large fize, and the wood is of little value. °The bark
is of a dark brown colour •, the leaves are very broad
at the top, where they have two waved indentures,
which divide them almoH into three lobes ; they di-
minifh gradually to their bafe, where they are narrow ;
they are fmooth, of a lucid green, and have ihort
foot-Halks. The Acorns are fmaller than thofe of the
common Oak, and have Ihort cups.

The eleventh fort grows riaturally in North America,
where the wood is efteemed preferable to any of their
other forts for building, being much more durable
than any of them. The bark of this tree is grayiftp
the leaves are of a light green fix or feven inches long,;
and four broad in the middle ; they are regularly in-
dented almoH to the midrib ; the indentures are ob-
tufe, and have Ihort foot-Halks. The Acorns of this
greatly refemble thofe of the common Oak.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in North America,
where they diftinguilh two forts ; one of them is call-
ed the Highland Willow Oak, which grows upon,
poor dry land the leaves are of a pale green and en-
tire, lhaped like thofe of the V/illow-tree. The Acorns
are very fmall, but have pretty large cups.

The other grows in low moift land, and rifes to a
much greater height ; the leaves are longer and nar-

n G rower*

509

rower, and the Acorns are of the fame fize and fhape,
fo that I fuipeft their difference is owing to the foil
in which they grow.

The thirteenth fort is generally known by the title of I
Ilex, or evergreen Oak ; of this there are feveral va-
rieties, which differ greatly in the fize and fhape of
their leaves ; but thefe will all arife from Acorns of the
fame tree, as I have feveral times experienced •, nay,
the lower and upper branches of the fame tree are
frequently garnilhed with leaves, very different in fize
and fhape from each other ; thofe on the lower
branches being much broader, rounder, and then-
edges indented and let with prickles, but thofe on the
tipper are long, narrow, and entire •, fo that I verily
believe they are all but one fpecies, except the Kermes
Oak, which is undoubtedly a diftinft fort. The leaves
of the Ilex are from three to four inches long, and
one broad near the bafe, gradually leffening to a point j
they are of a lucid green on their upper fide, but
whitifh and downy on their under, and are entire,
Handing upon pretty long foot-ftalks thefe remain
green all the year, and do not fall till they are thruft
off by young leaves in the fpring. The Acorns are
fmaller than thofe of the common Oak, but of the
fame fhape.

The fourteenth fort is fuppofed to be a different fpe-
cies, but of this I much doubt, having raifed fome
plants from the Acorns of the thirteenth, whofe leaves
are fo like thofe of this, as not to be diftinguiflied
from them ; thefe are flhorter and broader than the
other, and approach in fhape to thofe of the Holly-
tree, and are alfo fet with prickles on their edges.

The fifteenth fort is the Oak, from which the kermes,
or what is called fcarlet grain is collected, which is an
infedl that harbours on this tree. It grows naturally
in Provence and Languedoc, where it is known by
the title d’Avaux. This is of fmall growth, feldom
rifing above twelve or fourteen feet high, fending out
branches on every fide the whole length, fo as to form
a bufhy fhrub ; the leaves are oval and undivided ;
they are fmooth on their furface, but indented on
their edges, which are armed with prickles like thofe
of the Holly-tree. The Acorns are fmaller than thofe
of the common Oak.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Carolina and
Virginia, where it rifes to the height of forty feet.
The grain of the wood is hard, tough, and coarfe ;
the bark is grayifh j the leaves are ovally ipear-fhaped,
about three inches long and one and a half broad,
entire, and of a dark green, Handing upon fhort foot-
Halks ; they are of a thick confidence, and continue
green all the year. The Acorns are fmall, oblong,
and have fliort cups ; they are very fweet, fo are eaten
by the Indians, who lay them up in Hore for the
winter ; they alfo draw a very fweet oil from them,
little inferior to that of fweet Almonds. This is call-
ed the Live Oak in America.

The feventeenth fort is the tree whofe bark is the
cork ; of this there are two or three varieties, viz.
one with a broad, another with a narrow leaf, which
are evergreen •, and there is one or two which caH
their leaves in autumn, but the broad-leaved ever-
green is the moH common *, the other may probably
be only varieties arifing by accident. The leaves of
this are entire, of an oblong oval, about two inches
long, and one and a quarter broad, fawed on their
edges, and have a little down on their under fides ;
their foot-ftalks are very fliort ; thefe leaves continue
green through the winter till the middle of May, when
they generally fall off juft before the new leaves come
out, fo that the trees are very often almoft bare for a
fliort time. The Acorns are very like thofe of the
common Oak.

The exterior bark of this tree is the cork •, this is
taken off from the trees every eight or ten years, but
there is an interior bark which nouriflies the trees, fo
that the ftripping off the outer is fo far from injuring
them, that it is neceffary to continue the trees ; for
thofe whofe bark are not taken off, feldom laft longer
than fifty or fixty years in health j whereas the trees

which are barked every eight or ten years, will live
a hundred and fifty years and more. The bark of
the young tree is porous and good for little, however
it is neceffary to take it off when the trees are twelve
or fifteen years old, without which' the bark will not
be good, and after eight or ten years, the bark will
be fit to take off again •, but this fecund peeling is
of little ufe, but the third peeling the bark wilf be
in perfection, and will continue fo many years, for
the beft cork is taken from the old trees. "The time
of year for ftripping off this bark is in July, when
the fecond fap flows plentifully •, this is performed
with an inftrument, like that ufed for difbarking
Oaks. The allies of burnt cork mixed with frefh.
butter, and made into an ointment, is much recom-
mended for the piles.

All the forts of Oaks are propagated by Towing their
Acorns, and the fooner they are put into the ground
after they are ripe, the better they will fucceed ; for
they are very apt to fprout where they are fpread thin,
and if they are laid in heaps, they ferment and rot in
a little time ; therefore the beft fealon for Towing them
is in the beginning of November, by which time they
will be fallen from the trees.

I fhall firft give fome directions for raifing the feveral
forts of Oaks in a nurfery, which are intended to be
planted out for ornament, where their timber is not
to be regarded. Thefe Acorns may be fown in beds
about four feet wide, with paths of two feet broad
between them ; in thefe beds there may be four rows
fown, at about nine inches diftance from each other •,
when the beds are marked out, there fliould be drills
drawn with a hoe in a ftrait line, into which the
Acorns fliould be dropped at about two or three inches
diftance •, then they muft be carefully covered over
with the earth two inches thick, leaving none of them
uncovered, which might tempt the vermin, for if
they once find them out, they will make fad havock
of the Acorns.

In the fpring, when the plants begin to appear, you
muft carefully clear them from weeds ; and if the
feafon proves dry, you fliould refrefli them now and
then with a little water, whic'lr’'Wtlk greatly promote
their growth. In thefe beds the plants fliould remain
until the following autumn (obferving conftantly to
keep them clear from weeds at which time you
fliould prepare a fpot of good frefli earth (in fize pro-
portionable to the quantity of plants,) which fliould
be well trenched and levelled ; then toward the mid-
dle or latter end of OCtober, you fliould carefully
take up the plants, fo as not to injure their roots,
and plant them out in rows three feet afunder, and
eighteen inches diftance plant from plant ; obferving
never to fuffer the plants to abide long out of the
ground, becaule their rcots would dry and endanger
their growth.

When the plants have taken root in this nurfery,
they will require little more care than to keep them
clear from weeds, and dig the ground between the
rows every fpring ; in doing of which, you fliould
cut off fuch roots as extend very far from the trunk
of the trees, which will render them better for tranf-
planting again •, you fliould alfo prune off fuch fide-
branches as extend themfelves very far, and would
retard the upright llioot ; but you fliould by no
means cut off all the fmall lateral branches, fome of
which are abfolutely necefiary to be left on, to de-
tain the fap for the augmentation of the trunk ; for
I have often obferved, where trees have been thus
clofely pruned, that their heads have overgrown their
bodies, fo that they have bent downward and become
crooked.

When thefe trees have remained in the nurfery three
or four years, they will then be large enough to
tranfplant to the places where they are to remain _
for it is not proper to let them grow very large before
they are planted out, becaufe thefe are very hazard-
ous trees to remove when old, or after they have taken
deep root.

The

The feafon for this work is (as 1 faid before) in the
autumn ; at which time, if they are carefully taken
up, there v/ill be little danger of their fucceeding. In
tranfplanting thefe trees, you fnould by no means
cut their heads, which is too much pra&ifed ; all that
fhould be done, muft be only to cut off any bruifed
or ill-placed branches, which fhould be taken off dole
to the place where they are produced •, but there can
be no greater injury done to thefe trees, than to fhorten
their (hoots ; for when the leading bud (which is ab-
folutely neceffary to draw and attrad the nourifh-
ment) is taken off, the branch often decays entirely,
or at lead down to the next vigorous bud.

' The trees thus raifed and managed, will, (if planted in
a proper foil) grow to a confiderable magnitude, and
are very proper for a wildernefs in large gardens, or
to plant in clumps in parks, &c. but if they are de-
figned for timber, it is much the better method to fow
the Acorns in the places where they are to remain ; in
order to which, you (hould provide yourfelf in autumn
with a fuffident quantity of Acorns, which fhould be
always taken from ftrait, upright, vigorous growing
trees ; thefe fnould be gathered from under the trees
as foon as may be after they are fallen •, and, if poffi-
ble, in a dry time, laid thin in fome open room to
dry ; after which they may be put into dry fand, and
preferved in a dry place until the beginning of No-
vember, when you (hould prepare the ground for
planting them.

The diredtions before given are defigned only for
fmall plantations in a garden or park, which are only
for pleafure ; but where thefe trees are cultivated with
a view to profit, the Acorns (hould be fown where the
trees are defigned to grow •, for thofe which are tranf-
planted will never grow to the fize of thofe which
(land where they are fown, nor will they laft near fo
long found. For in fome places, where thefe trees have
been tranfplanted with the greateft care, and they have
grown very fait for feveral years after, yet they are
now decaying, when thofe which remain in the place
where they came up from the Acorns, are dill very
thriving, and have not the lead: fign of decay. There-
fore, whoever defigns to cultivate thefe trees for tim-
ber, (hould never think of tranfplanting them, but
fow the Acorns on the fame ground where they are to
grow •, for the timber of all thofe trees which are
tranfplanted, is not near fo valuable as that of the trees
from Acorns. I (hall therefore add fome plain direc--
tions for fowing Acorns, and managing young trees
during their minority, until they are out of danger,
and require no farther care.

The firft thing to be done is, that of fencing the
ground very well, to keep out cattle, hares, and rab-
bets •, for if either of thefe can get into the ground,
they will foon deftroy all the young trees. Indeed
they will in a few years grow to be out of danger
from hares and rabbets, but it will be many years be-
fore they will be pad injury from cattle, if they are
permitted to get into the plantation, therefore durable
fences ffiould be put round the ground : if in the be-
ginning a pale fence is made about the land, which
may be clofe at the bottom and open above, and
within the pale a Quick-hedge planted, this will be-
come a good fence by the time the pale decays,
againft all forts of cattle •, and then the trees will have
got above the reach of hares and rabbets, fo that they
cannot injure them, for the bark of the trees will be
too hard for them to gnaw.

After the ground is well fenced, it fhould be pre-
pared, by ploughing it three or four times, and after
each ploughing to harrow it well, to break the clods,
and cleanfe the ground from Couch, and the roots of
all bad weeds. Indeed if the ground is green fward,
it will be better to have one crop of Beans, Peas, or
Turneps off the ground, before the Acorns are fown,
provided thefe crops are well hoed to dir the furface
and deftroy the weeds ; for if this is obferved, the
crop will mend and improve the land for fowing ; but
in this cafe the ground (hould be ploughed as foon
as poffible, when the crop is taken off, to prepare it

for the Acorns, which fnould be fown as foon as mav
be after the Acorns are ripe ; for although thefe may
be preferved in fand for fome time, yet they will be
apt to fprout ; and if fo, the flioots are in danger of
being broken and fpoiied ; therefore I fhould advife
fowing early, which is certainly the beft method.

In making choice of the Acorns, all thofe (hould be
preferred, which are taken from the largeft and moil
thriving trees ; and thofe of pollard-trees ffiould al-
ways be rejedted, though the latter are generally the
mod produdive of Acorns, but thofe of the large
trees commonly produce the ftrongeft and moft thriv-
ing plants.

The feafon for fowing the Acorns being come, and
the ground having been ploughed and levelled
fmooth, the next work is to fow the Acorns, which
muft be done by drawing drills acrofs the ground, at
about four feet afunder, and two inches deep, into
which the Acorns ffiould be fcattered at two inches
diftance. Thefe drills may be drawn either with &
drill plough, or by hand with a hoe ; but the former
is the moft expeditious method, therefore in large
plantations ffiould be preferred. In drawing the
drills, if the land has any dope to one fide, thefe
ffiould be made the fame way as the ground (lopes,
that there may be no ftoppage of the wet by the rows
of plants crofting the hanging of the land. This ffiould
be particularly obferved in all wet ground, or where
the wet is lubjedt to lie in winter, but in dry land it is
not of much confequence. When ,the Acorns are
fown, the drills ffiould be carefully filled in, fo as to
cover the Acorns fecurely ; for if any of them are ex-
pofed, they will entice the birds and mice ; and if ei-
ther of thefe once attack them, they will make great
havock with them.

The reafon of my diredling the drills to be made at
this diftance, is for the more convenient ftirring the
ground between the rows, to keep the young plants
clear from weeds ; for if this is not carefully done, it
cannot be expedted that the young plants ffiould make
much progrefs ; and yet this is generally negledted
by many who pretend to be great planters, who are
often at a large expence to plant, but feldom regard
them after ; fo that the young plants have the diffi-
culty to encounter the weeds, which are frequently
four or five times the height of the plants, arid not
only (hade and draw them, but alfo exhauft all the
*♦ goodnefs of the ground, and confequently ftarve the
plants. Therefore, whoever hopes to have fuccefs
in their plantations, ffiould determine to be at the ex-
pence of keeping them clean for eight or ten years af-
ter fowing, by which time the plants will have ob-
tained ftrength enough to keep down the weeds ; the
negledling of this has occafioned fo many plantations
to mifearry, as are frequently to be met with in di-
vers parts of England.

About the middle of April the young plants will ap-
pear above ground ; but before this, if the ground
(hould produce many young weeds, it will be good
hufbandry to feuffle the furface over with Dutch hoes,
in a dry time, either the latter end of March or the
beginning of April, to deftroy the weeds, whereby
the ground will be kept clean until all the plants are
come up fo as to be plainly difcernecl ; by which time
it may be proper to hoe the ground over again, for
by doing it early, while the weeds are fmall, a mail
will perform more of this work in one day than he
can in three or four when the weed s are grown large;
befides, there will be great hazard of cutting off or
injuring the young plants when they are hid by the
weeds ; and fmall weeds being cut, are foon dried
up by the fun •, but large weeds often take frefh root
and grow again, eipecially if rain ffiould fall foon
after, and then the weeds will grow the fafter for
being ftirred ; therefore it is not only the beft me-
thod, but alfo the cheapeft hufbandry, to begin
cleaning early in the fpring, and to repeat it as often as
the weeds are produced

The firft fummer, while the plants are young, it will
be the beft way to perform thefe hoeings by hands,

but

Q^U E

but afterward it may be done with the hoe-plough »
for as the rows are four feet afunder, there will be
room enough for this plough .to work *, and as this
will ftir and loofen the ground, it will be of great ter-
vice to the plants ; but there will require a little hand-
labour whefe the plough is ufed, in order to deftroy
the weeds, which will come up in the rows between
the plants •, for thefe will be out of the reach of the
plough, and if they are not deftroy ed, they will foon
overgrow and bear down the young plants.

After the plants have grown two years, it will be pro-
per to draw out fpme of them, where they grow too
clofe ^ but in the doing of this, great care ftiould be
had. not to injure the roots of thofe left •, for as the
plants which are drawn out are only fit for planta-
tions defigned for pleafure, fo thefe ftiould not be fo
much regarded in their being removed, as to facrifice
any of thofe which are defigned to remain. In the
thinning of thefe plantations, the plants may at the
firft time be left about one foot afunder, which will
give them room enough to grow two or three years
longer, by which time it may be eafy to judge which
are likely to make the beft trees ^ therefore thefe
may be then fixed on as ftandards to remain, though
it will be proper to have a greater number at this time
marked than can be permitted to grow, becaufe fome
df them may not anfwer the expectation ; and as it
will be improper to thin thefe trees too much at one
time, fo leaving double the number intended at
the fecond thinning will not be amifs. Therefore, if
they are then left at about four feet diftance in the
rows, they will have room enough to grow three or
four years longer ; by which time, if the plants have
made good progrefs, their roots will have fpread over
the ground, therefore it will be proper to take up
every other tree in the rows. But by this I do not
mean to be exad in the removing, but to make choice
of the beft plants to ftand, which ever rows they may
be in, or if they ftiould not be exadly at the diftance
here afiigned j all that is defigned here, is to lay down
general rules, which ftiould be as nearly complied
with as the plants will permit ; therefore, every perfon
ftiould be guided by the growth of the trees in the
performance of this work.

When the plants have been reduced to the diftance of
about eight feet, they will not require any more thin-
ning. But in two or three years time, thofe which
are not to remain will be fit to cut down, to make
ftools for under- wood ; and thofe which are to remain,
will have made fuch progrefs as to become a fhelter
to each other ; for this is what ftiould be principally
attended to, whenever the trees are thinned j therefore
in all fuch places as are much expofed to the wind,
the trees ftiould be thinned with great caution and by
flow degrees ; for if the air is let too much at once
into the plantation, it will give a fudden check to
the trees, and greatly retard their growth ; but in Ihel-
tered fituations, there need not be fo great caution
ufed as in thofe places, for the plants will not be in
fo much danger of fuffering.

The diftance which I ftiould chufe to allow to thofe
trees which are defigned to remain for timber is, from
twenty-five to about thirty feet, which will not be too
near, where the trees thrive well ; in which cafe their
heads will fpread, fo as to meet in about thirty or
thirty-five years ; nor will this diftance be too great,
fo as to impede the upright growth of the trees. This
diftance is intended, that the trees ftiould enjoy the
whole benefit of the foil •, therefore, after one crop of
the under-wood, or at the moft two crops are cut, I
would advffe the ftubbing up the ftools, that the
ground may be entirely clear, for the advantage of
the growing timber, which is what ftiould be princi-
pally regarded j but in general, moft people have
more regard for the immediate profit of the under-
wood than the future good of the timber, and fre-
quently by fo doing fpoil both for if the under-
wood is left after the trees have fpread fo far as that
their heads meet, the under-wood will not be of

QL.U I .

much worth *3 and yet, by their ftools being, left, they
will draw away a great ftiare of nourishment from the
timber-trees, and retard them in their progrefs.

The foil in which the Oak makes the greatest pro-
grefs, is a deep rich loam, in which the trees grpw to
the largeft fize ; and the timber of thofe trees which
grow upon this land, is generally more pliable than
that which grows on a fhallower or drier ground, but

■ the wood of the latter is much more compact and
hard. Indeed there are few foils in England, in which
the Oak will not grow, provided there is proper care
taken in their cultivation, though this tree will not
thrive equally in all foils ^ but yet it might be culti-
vated to a national advantage upon many large waftes
in feveral parts of England, as aifo to the great profit
of the eftates where thefe crafts of land now lie uncul-
tivated, and produce nothing to the owner. And
fliould the prefent temper of deftfoying the timber
of England continue in practice fome years longer,
in the fame degree which it has for fome years paft,
and as little care taken to raife a fupply, this country
which has been fo long efteemed for its naval ftrength,
may be obliged to feek for timber abroad, or be con-
tent with fuch a naval ftrength, as the poor remains of
fome frugal eftates may have left growing ; for'as to
the large forefts, from whence the navy has been fo
long fupplied, a few years will put an end to the tim-
ber there ; and how can it be otherwile, when the
perfons to whofe care thefe are committed, reap an
advantage from the deftruction of the timber ?

Before I quit this fubjeft, I muft beg leave to take
notice of another great evil, which is of fo much
confequence to the public, as to deferve their utmoft
attention •, which is, that of cutting down the Oaks
in the fpring of the year, at the time when the lap is
flowing. This is done for the fake of the bark, which
will then eafily peel off-, and for the fake of this, I
think, there is a law, whereby people are obliged to
cut down their timber at this feafon. But by fo do-
ing, the timber is not half fo durable as that which is
fallen in the winter, fo that thofe ftiips, which have
been built of this fpring-cut timber, have decayed
more in feven or eight years, than others which were
built with timber cut in winter *, have done in twenty
or thirty. And this our neighbours the French have
experienced, and therefore have wifely ordered, that
the bark fhould be taken off the trees Handing, at the
proper time, but the trees are left till the next, and
fometimes until the fecond winter, before they are
cut down ; and the timber of thefe are found to be
more durable and better for ufe, than that of any trees
which have not been peeled. Therefore I wifin we
were wife enough to copy after them in thofe things
which are for public good, rather than to imitate them
in their follies, which has been too much the fafhion
of late years. -

QU I C K. By the word Quick is generally underftood
all live hedges, of whatever fort of plants they are
compofed, to diftinguilh them from dead hedges j
but, in the more ftridfc fenfe of this word, it is gene-
rally applied to the Hawthorn, or Mefpilus Sylvef-
tris ; under which name the young plants or fees, are
commonly fold by the nurfery-gardeners, who raife
them for Tale. >

In the choice of thefe fets, thofe which are raifed in
the nurfery, are to be preferred to fuch as are drawn
out of the woods, becaufe the latter have feldom good
roots ; though as they are larger plants than are com-
monly to be had in the nurfery, many people prefer
them on that account ; but from long experience I
have found, that thofe hedges which have been plant-
ed with young plants from the nurfery, have always
made the beft hedges. Indeed, if perfons would have
patience to wait for thefe from feed, and to fow the
Haws in the place where the hedge is defigned, thefe
unremoved plants will make a much ftronger and more
durable fence, than thofe which are tranfplanted ; but
I am aware that moft people will be for condemning
this praftice, as tedious in raffing j but if the Haws

are

0.U i

are buried one year in the ground, to prepare them
for vegetation before they are fown, it will not be fo
long before this will become a good fence, as is ge-
nerally imagined, ^ay, from fome trials of this kind,
which I have made, I have found, that thole plants
which have remained where they came up from feed,
have made fnch progrefs as to overtake, in fix years,
plants of two years growth, which were transplanted
at the time when thefe feeds were fown.

And if the hedges are raifed from feed, it will not be
amifs to mix Holly berries with the Haws ; and if
fo, thefe berries Should alfo be buried one year, to
prepare them, fo that then both will come up toge-
ther the following fpring; and this mixture of Holly
with the Quick, will not only have a beautiful ap-
pearance in the winter, but will alfo thicken the hedge
at the bottom, and make it a better fence.

But where the hedge is to be planted, the fets fiiould
not be more than three years old from the Haws •, for
when they are older, their roots will be hard and
woody •, and as they are commonly trimmed off be-
fore the fets are planted, fo they very often mifcarry •,
and fuch of them as do live, will not make fo good
progrefs as younger plants, nor are they fo durable ;
for thefe plants will not bear tranfplanting fo well as
many others, efpecially when they have ltood long in
the feed-bed unremoved.

The method of planting, as alfo of plafhing and
pruning of thefe hedges, paving been fully explained
under the article of Hedges, I fhail not repeat that
here, but Shall only beg leave to add the method
which is prefcribed by Thomas Franklin, Efq-, which
he had long pradtifed in planting qf thefe hedges,
■which is as follows :

He firft Set out the ground for ditches and Quick ten
feet in breadth •, he Subdivided that, by marking out
two feet and a half on each fide (more or lefs at plea-
fure) for the ditches, leaving five in the middle be-
tween them ; then digging up two feet in the midft
of thofe five feet, he planted the fets in •, which al-
though it required more labour and charge, he fays,
he foon found it repaid the coft. This done he began
to dig the fofxes, and to fet up one row of turfs on
the outfide of the Said five feet ; namely, one row on
each fiaAthercof, the green fide outmoft, a little re-
clining, fo as the Grafs might grow.

After this, returning to the place he began at, he
ordered one of the men to dig a fpit of the under-turf
mould, and lay it between the turfs placed edgewife,
as before defended, upon the two feet, which was
purpofely dug in the middle, and prepared for the
Sets, which the planter fet with two Quicks upon the
furface of the earth almoft upright, whilft another
workman laid the mould forwards about twelve inches,
and then fet two more, and fo continued.

This being finished, he ordered another row of turfs
to be placed on each fide upon the top of the former,
and filled the vacancy between the fets and turfs as
high as their tops ; always leaving the middle, where
the fets were planted, hollow, and fome what lower
than the fides of the banks by eight or ten inches,
that the rain may defcend to their roots •, which is of
great advantage to their growth, and by far better
than by the old method, where the banks are made
too much Hoping ; and the roots of the fets are fel-
dom wetted, even in a moift feafon, the Summer fol-
lowing •, but if it prove' dry, many of the fets, espe-
cially the late planted, will perifh. ; and even few of
thofe that had been planted in the beginning of
April (the fummer happening to be fomewhat dry)
efcaped.

The planting being thus advanced, the next care is
fencing, by fetting a hedge of about twenty inches
high upon the top of the bank on each fide thereof,
leaning a little outwards from the fets, which will
protect them as well (if not better) than a hedge of
three feet or more, Handing on the furface of the
ground ; for as thefe are raifed with the turfs and fods
about twenty inches, and the hedge about twenty

ow 1

inches more, It will make three feet four inches, fd
as no cattle can approach the dead hedge to prejudice
it, unlefs they fet their feet in the ditch itfelf, which
will be at leaft a foot and a , half deep ; and from the
bottom of the fofs to the top of the hedge, about four
feet and a half, which they can hardly reach over to
crop the Quick, as they might in the old way ;
and befides, fuch a dead hedge will endure a year
longer.

He fays, he had a hedge which had flood five years $
and though nine or ten feet were Sufficient for both
ditches and banks, yet where the ground is but in-
different, it is better husbandry to take twelve feet,
which will allow of a bank at leaft fix feet broad, and
gives more fcope to place the dead hedges farther from
the fets, and the ditches being Shallow, will in two
years time graze.

As to the objection, that taking twelve feet waftes
too much ground, he affirms, that if twelve feet in
breadth be taken for a ditch and bank, there will no
more ground be wafted than by the common way ;
for in that a Quick is rarely fet, but there are nine
feet between the dead hedges, which is entirely loft
all the time of fencing ; whereas with double ditches,
there remain at leaft eighteen inches cn each fide
where the turfs were fet on edge, that bear more
Grafs than when it lay on the fiat.

But, admitting it did totally lay wafte three feet of
ground, the damage would be very inconfiderable ;
fince forty perches, in length, two hundred and
twenty yards will make perches 7, 25", 9', or 7 poles
4-s which at 13 s. and 4d. the acre, amounts not . to
yd. ~ per annum.

Now that this is not only the beft, but cheapeft way
of Quick-fetting, will appear by comparing the charge
of both.

In the ufual way, the charge of a three feet ditch is
4d. per pole, the owner providing fets •, if the work-
man finds them, he will have for making the faid
ditch and fetting them, 8 d. per pole ; and for hedg-
ing, 2d. that is, for both fides, 4d. the pole j
which renders the charge of hedging, ditching, and
fets, 12 d. the pole ; that is, for forty rods in length
40 s.

Then one load of wood out of the copfe cofts (with
the carrriage, though but two or three miles diftancej
1 os. which will feldom hedge above eight poles
(Angle hedge;) but allowing to do ten, to fence
forty poles, there mu ft be at leaft eight loads of wood,
which cofts 4I. making the whole expence for ditch-
ing, fencing, and fetting forty poles, to be 6 1. reck-
oning with the leaft ; for fcarce any will undertake to
do it for lefs than 3 s. 6 d. per pole, and then the
forty poles coft 7 1.

"Whereas with double ditches, both of them, with
the plants included, will be done for 8 d. the pole,
and the hufbandman get as good wages as with the
fingle ditch (for though the labour about them is
more, yet the making the table is faved,) which cofts
1 1. 6 s. 8 d. and the hedges being low, they will
make better v/ages at hedging for a penny a pole,
than at 2 d. for common hedges, which comes to 6's-
8 d. for hedging forty poles on both fides. Thus
one load of wood will fence thirty poles at leaft, and
forty hedged with two thirds of wood lefs than in the
other way, and coft but 1 1. 6 s. 8 d. which makes
the other whole charge of fets, ditching, fencing,
and wood, but 3 1.

QJJ I C K-B E A M. See Sorbus Sylvestris.

QU INCE-TREE. See Cydonia.

QU INCUNX ORDER isa plantation of trees,
difpofed originally in a fquare, confifting of five trees,
one at each comer, and a fifth in the middle, which
difpofition, repeated again and again, forms a regu-
lar grove, wood, or wildernefs, and, when viewed
by an angle of the fquare or parallelogram, prefents
equal or parallel alleys.

Or, the Quincunx is the figure of a plantation of
trees difpofed in feveral rows, both length and

j 1 D breadth^

OJ1 I

breadthwife, in fuch manner, that the firft tree of
the fecond row commences in the centre of the fquare
formed by the two firft trees of the firft row, and the
two firft of the third, refembling the figure of the
five at cards. This regular difpofition of trees was
formerly more regarded than at prefent, and is ftill
much in pradice in France for planting trees to form
a grove.

• , QJJ I

Trees planted in Quincunx are fuch as are planted in
the following form :

* # « % *

* * « . Hfv:-

QJJ I N QJJ E F O L I U M. See Pqtentilla,1

s

R A I

R A I

RACEMIFEROUS fignifies bearing in
clufters.

RACEMUS, a clufter, is a ftalk divided
or branched into feveral foot-ftalks, fuftain-
ing the flowers or fruit fet together, as are the
bunches of Grapes, Currants, &c. The firft of thefe
conditions diftinguifhes it from a fpike, the laft from
a panicle.

RADIATED FLOWERS are fuch as have
feveral femiflorets fet round a difk in form of a ra-
diant ftar, as are the flowers of Daify, Cammomile,
&c. Thefe are called radiated difcous flowers ; thofe
which have no fuch ray, are called naked difcous
flowers, as the Wormwood, Mugwort, Tanfey, &c,
RADICLE denotes that part of the feed of a plant,
which, upon its vegetation, becomes a little root, by
which the tender plant at firft receives its nourifhment
before the after-root be formed. This is that part
of the feed, which, in making malt, fhoots forth, and
is called the come or comb.

RADISH. See Raphanus.

RADISH (HORSE.) See Cochlearia.
RAIN is generally accounted to be a crude vapour
of the earth, but more efpecially of the fea, drawn
up from thence by the attractive power of the fun, or
carried thitherward by pulfion, and wafted by the
winds into the aerial region, by which fublimation
and rarefaction, and the virtual qualities of the fun
and air, it is formed into clouds.

The crudities are difpelled, and thefe clouds fufpend
and hang in the air, and though it may be thought
impoffible that they fhould be fo fufpended in the air
by reafon of their great weight and prefTure, yet it
will not appear fo on confideration.

When thefe vapours are thus drawn up to any confi-
derable height by the ftrength of the air which is un-
derneath them, and which ftill grows greater and
greater, and by its motion, undulating this way and
that way, they rife gradually through the air.

This is demonftrable by paper kites, which, after they
are raifed to about fixty feet high, rife eafier and with
greater fwiftnefs, and the higher, ftill the better and
ftronger they fly.

Thefe vapours, being this arrived into the upper re-
gions of the air, are Toon aggregated and condenfed
into bodies and clouds.

And though they are blown here and there, they are
ftill fufpended, till they are releafed from their im-
prifonment by the genial difpofition of the fun, or by
the natural warmth, humidity and rarefaction of the
air.

- It is not to be doubted, but that the Rain drops out

of the clouds, becaufe we do not find it rain, but
where clouds are to be feen, and by how much the
fairer the weather is, the feldomer it rains.

Rain is a very frequent and ufeful meteor, defeend-
ing from above in form of drops of water.

Rain feems to differ from dew only in this, that dew
falls at fome particular times, and in very fmall drops,
fo as to be feen when it is down, but is fcarce per-
ceivable while it is falling j whereas Rain is grofler,
and falls at any time.

Rain is apparently a precipitated cloud, as clouds
are nothing but vapours raifed from moifture, waters,
&c. and vapours are demonftratively nothing elfe blit
little bubbles, or veficulas detached from the waters
by the power of the folar or fubterraneous heat,
or both.

Thefe veficulas, being fpecifically lighter than the at-
mofphere, are buoyed up thereby till they arrive at
a region where the air is a juft balance with them ;
and here they float, till by fome new agent they are
converted into clouds, and thence into either Rain,
fnow, hail, mift, or the like.

But the agent in this formation of clouds, &c. is a
little controverted : the generality will have it the
cold, which, conftantly occupying the fuperior re-
gions of the air, chills and condenfes the veficute at
their arrival from a warmer quarter, congregates them
together, and occafions feveral of them to coalefce
into little mafies ; by this means their quantity of
matter increafing in a greater proportion than their
furface, they become an overload to the lighter air,
and defeend into Rain.

The coldnefs of the air may caufe the particles of the
clouds to lofe their motions, and become lefs able to
refift the gravity of the incumbent air, and confequent-
ly to yield to its prefTure, and fall to the ground.

The wind may colled; the vapours in fuch abundance,
as firft to form very thick clouds, and then to fqueeze
thofe clouds together, till the watery particles make
drops too big to hang in the air.

But the grand caufe, according to Monf. Rohault,
is ftill behind ; he conceives it to be the heat of the
air, which, after continuing for fome time near the
earth, is at length carried up on high by a wind, and,
there thawing the frozen villi or flocks of the half-
frozen veficulas, reduces them into drops, which,
coalefcing, defeend, and have their diffolution per-
fected in their progrefs through the lower and warm-
er ftages of the atmofphere.

Monfieur Le Clerc and others aferibe this defeent
of the clouds rather to an alteration of the atmo-
fphere than of the veficulas, and fuppofeitto proceed

from

R A I

from a diminution of the fpring, or elaftic force of I
the air.

This elafticity, which depends chiefly or wholly upon
the dry terrene exhalations, being weakened, the at-
mofphere finks under its burden, and the clouds fall
upon the common principle of precipitation.

Now the little veficulm, by any or all of thefe means
being once upon the defcent, will perfift therein, not-
withltanding the increale of refiftance they every mo-
ment meet withal in their progrefs through ftill den-
ier and denfer parts -of the atmofphere.

For as they all tend towards the fame point, viz. the
center of- the earth, the farther they fall, the more
coalitions will they make ; and the more coalitions,
the more matter there will be under the fame furface,
the furface not only increafing as the fquares, but the
folidity as the cubes •, and the more matter under the
fame furface, the lefs friftion or refiftance there will
be to the fame matter.

Thus, if the cold, the wind, &c. happen to aft early
enough to precipitate the veficulse, ere they are ar-
rived to any confiderable height, the coalitions being
few in fo fhort a defcent, the drops will be propor-
tionably fmall, and thus is formed what we call dew.
If the vapours prove more copious, and rife a little
higher, we have a mift or fog.

A little higher ftill, and they produce a fmall Rain.

If they neither meet with cold or wind enough to con-
denfe or diftipate them, they form a heavy, thick, dark
Iky, which laft fometimes feveral days or weeks.
Hence we may accoun t for many of the phenomena of
the weather, e. g. Why a cold is always a wet fum-
mer, and a warm a dry one, becaufe the principle of
precipitation is had in the one cafe, and wanting in the
other :

Why we have ordinarily moft Rain about the equi-
noxes, becaufe the vapours arife more plentifully than
ordinary in the fpring, as the earth becomes loofened
from the brumal conftipations, and becaufe, as the
fun recedes from us in autumn, the cold increafing,
the vapours that had lingered above, during the fum-
mer heats, are now difpatched down.

Why a fettled, thick, clofe Iky feldom ever rains,
till it has been firft cleared, becaufe the equally con-
fufed vapours muft firft be condenfed and congregated
into feparate clouds to lay the foundation of Rain, by
which means the reft of the face of the heaven is left
open, and pervious to the rays of the fun, &c.

Monf. Le Clerc obferves, that all winds do not pro-
duce Rains, but only fuch as colleft a great quantity
of vapours. Thus in Holland weft winds are rainy,
becaufe they come from the ocean, and blow up the
vapours ; eaft winds blow clear, becaufe they come
over vaft trafts of land ; north winds are rainy, be-
caufe they come from the north fea, but not fo rainy
as the weft, becaufe the cold north doth not yield fuch
a quantity of vapours as the kinder climate of the
Britannic ocean ; fouth winds bring Rain too, for
that they, conftfting of vapours raifed by the heat of
the fun in a hot quarter, and fo being elevated above
others in the air, feem to lie upon our clouds, and
prefs them down towards the earth.

Again : Rain may be produced after this manner. If
the vapours rife in fo great abundance as to reach and

R A I

mingle with the clouds above them, then they caufe
Rain in very large drops, and this may happen in
ftill fultry weather, for then the clouds, which are
over our heads, have no fenfible motion, and in the
mean time the heat fills the air with vapours, which,
joining v/ith the clouds, and fo being flopped in their
progrefs, open a paffage for the flares in the clouds
to defcend upon the earth.

Sometimes alfo the warm wind thaws the clouds into
drops, as we fee lnow diflblved by heat ; now by how
much the thicker and fooner any fuch cloud was ga-
thered, the larger are the drops that come from it,
becaufe a greater flore of vapours was condenfed,
there. From thence it is, that in fummer time we
have fudden fhowers of Rain in very large drops.

It ought alfo to be remembered, that in thofe coun-
tries which lie between the tropics, where they have
the fun vertical, the Rain pours down for feveral weeks
together more like pailfuls than drops. And it is ve-
ry probable that this is the caufe ; viz. becaufe at that
time the fun draws up abundance of vapours, and ra-
refies them extremely, fo that they are elevated as high
as poffible, and then are precipitated at once, being
too copious and heavy to hang in the air; and befides,
there may fometimes be a concurrence of neighbour-
ing vapours, which will be ready to croud into that
part of the air, which is moft rarefied by the heat of
the fun meeting with the vapours, which are raifed
in that place, and produce very great clouds and
Rain.

If any afk, How the drops of falling water come to
be round, as in Rain ? it is anfwered. That this does
not happen by any difpofition peculiar to the water,
but becaufe the drops are equally prefled by the air
on every fide, and thereby forced into a round figure,
the refiftance of the air being equal every way ; but
others give other reafons for it.

In Rain there are two diftinft properties or fpecies ;
the one which ferves for the diffolution of the falts of
the earth, and the other is a terreftrial matter, which
it meets with in its fublimation, which may with fome
propriety be called either fait or nitre, and both thefe
are ufeful in the bufinefs of vegetation.

Rain is operative in difTolving the falts that are in the
earth, and cools and bathes the cortex or fkin of all
vegetables, and, by a fort of relaxation, caufes the
fap to pafs up more freely, and by that means to
grow, and fhoot the better.

Thefe foggy humid vapours arifing out of the ground,
&c. of which Rain is formed, would inevitably flag-
nate and poifon the whole face of the earth, were
they not fublimated by the air, and drawn up by the
afiiftance of the fun into the upper regions, but, be-
ing there rarefied, they are made of fecond ufe in
vegetation.

As to the quantity of Rain that falls, its proportion
in feveral places at the fame time, and in the fame
place at feveral times, we have ftore of obfervations,
journals, &c. in the Memoires of the French Acade-
my, the Philofophical Tranfaftions, & c. an idea of
which take as follows :

Upon meafuring then, the Rain falling yearly, its
depth, at a medium, is found as in the following
table :

Proportion

Proportion of Rain falling yearly, and its proportion in feveral places.

At Townly in Lancafhire, obferved by Mr. Townly - - - - 42 4 Inches

Upminfter in Effex, by Mr. Derham -------- ipi.

Zurich in Switzerland, by Dr. Sceutcher ------- 32 A

Pifa in Italy, by Dr. Mich. Angl. Tilli ------- 43

Paris in France, by M. de la Hire -------- ip

Lifle in Flanders, by M. de Vaubin -------- 24

Proportions of the Rain of feveral years to one another.

At Upminster.

1700 19 Inches 03 Cent.

1701 18 69

1702 20 38

1703 23 99

1704 15 81

1705 16 93

At Paris.

2i Inches 38 Cent.

27 78

15 42

18 51

21 20

14 82

Proportion of the Rain of the feveral feafons to one another.

1708

January

February

March

April

May

June

Depth at
Pifa.

Depth at
Upminfter

Depth at
Zurich.

1708

July

Auguft

September

Odober

November

December

Depth at
Pifa.

Depth at
Upminfter

Depth at
Zurich.

Inch.

6’ 41

3 28

2 65

1 25

3 33

4 9°

Inch.

2 28

0 46

2 03

0 96

. 2 02

2 32

Inch.

I 64
1 65

1 5i

4 69

1 91

5 9r

Inch.

0 00
2 27

7 21

5 33
0 13

0 00

Inch.

1 11

2 94

1 46

0 23

0 86

11 97

Inch.

3 50

3 i5
3 02

2 24

0 62

2 62

Half year

28 82

16 67

17 3i

Half year

14 94

8 57

35

The Reverend Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatife of
Vegetable Staticks, tells us, that the quantity of
Rain and dew that falls in a year is, at a medium,
22 inches, and that the quantity of the earth’s eva-
poration in a year is at leaf!: 9+4 inches, fmce that
is the rate at which it evaporates in a hummer’s day,
from which 9 + 4 Inches is to be deducted 3. 39
inches, for circulating daily dew, there remains 6. 2
inches, which 6. 2 inches deduded from the quan-
tity of Rain which falls in a year, there remains at
leaft 16 inches depth to replenifh the earth with
moifture for vegetation, and to fupply fprings and
rivers.

Hence we find that 22 inches depth of Rain in a
year is fufficient for all the purpofes of nature in fuch
fiat countries as is that about Teddington near Hamp-
ton-Court j but in the hill countries, as in Lancafhire,
there falls 42 inches depth of Rain water, from
which deducing feven inches for evaporation, there
remains 35 inches depth of water, befides great fup-
plies from much more plentiful dews than fall in plain
countries.

Which vaft ftores feemfo abundantly fufficient to an-
fwer the great quantity of water which is conveyed
away by fprings and rivers from thofe hills, that we
need not have recourfe for fupplies to the great abyfs,
whofe furface at high water is furmounted fome hun-
dreds of feet by ordinary hills, and fome thoufands
of feet by thofe vaft hills, from whence the longeft
and greateft rivers take their rife.

R A I N B O W, a meteor in form of a particoloured
arch or femicircle, exhibited in a rainy Iky oppofite
the fun, by the rarefadion of his rays in the drops
of falling rain.

The Rainbow, Sir Ifaac Newton obferves, never ap-
pears but where it rains in the funffiine, and may
be reprefented artificially by contriving water to fall
in little drops like rain, through which the fun fhining
exhibits a bow to the fpedator’s eye placed between
the fun and the drops, efpecially if a dark body, e. g.
a black cloth be difpofed beyond the drops.

Anton, de Dominis firft accounted for the Rainbow in
1 61 1, he explained at large how it was formed by re-
fradion and reflexion of the fun-beams in fpherical
drops of water, and confirmed his explication by ex-
periments made with glafs globes, &c. full of water,
wherein he was followed by Des Cartes, who mended
and improved upon his account.

But as they were both in the dark as to the true ori-
gin of colours, their explications are defedive, and
in fome things erroneous, which, it it is one of the
glories of the Newtonian dodrine of colours, to fup-
ply and corred.

The following properties are afcribed to the Rain-
bow :

1. That it never appears but in a place oppofite the
fun ; fo that, when we look diredly at it, the fun is
always behind us.

2. That when the Rainbow appears, it always rains
fome where.

3. That the conftant order of the colours is, that the
outmoft is red or Saffron colour ; the next is yellow ;
the third is green ; the fourth or inmoft is Violet or
blue ; bur thefe colours are not equally bright.

4. Two Rainbows appear together, one of which is
higher and larger than the other, and fhews the afor6-
faid colours, but in an inverted order.

5-_ The Rainbow is always exadly round, but does
not always appear equally entire, the upper or lower
parts being very often wanting.

6. Its apparent breadth is always the fame.

7. That thofe, who ftand upon plain low ground,
never fee above half its circle, and oftentimes not fo
much.

8. The higher the fun is above the horizon, the lefs
of the circle is feen, and, if there be no cloud to
hinder, the lower, the more of it.

9. That never any Rainbow appears, when the fun is
above 41 degrees 46 minutes high.

Lunar (Rainbow :) The moon alio fometimes exhibits
the phenomena of an iris or bow by the refradion of
her rays in the drops of rain in the night time.

Ariftotle

RAN

Ariftotle fays, he was the firft that ever obferved it;
and adds, that it never happens, i. e. vifible, but at
the time of the ful] moon, "her light at other times
being too faint to refleft the fight. After two re-
fradions and one reflexion, the lunar iris has all the
colours of the folar very diftincl and pleafant, only
faint, in companion of the other, both from the dif-
ferent intenfity of the rays, and the different difpofi-
tion of the medium.

Marine (Rainbow) is a phenomenon fometimes ob-
ferved in a much agitated fea, when the wind, fweep-
ing part of the tops of the waves, carries them aloft,
fo that the fun’s rays falling upon them, are refraded,
&c, as in a common fhower, and paint the colours
of the bow.

F. Bourzes, in the Philofophical Tranfadions, ob-
ferves that the colours of the Marine Rainbow are
lefs lively, diftind, and of lefs duration, than thofe
of the common bow ; that there are fcarce above
two colours diftinguifhable, a dark yellow on the fide
next the fun, and a pale green on the oppofite fide.
But thefe bows exceed as to number, there being
fometimes twenty or thirty feen together ; they ap-
pear at noon-day, and in a pofition oppofite to that
of the common bow, i. e. the concave fide is turned
upwards, as indeed it is neceffary it fhould be, from
what may be faid in accounting for the appearance of
the folar bow.

RAMPIONS, See Campanula radice esculenta.

RAMSONS. See Allium.

RAMUS, a branch, is the divifion of a flalk ; in
trees it is often called a bough.

R A NDI A. Houif. Gen. Nov. 28. Lin. Gen. Plant.
194.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is permanent , of one leaf
cut into five floor t fegments at the brim. The flower is
funnel-floaped, of one petal , cut into five parts at the top ;
it hath five floort ftamina terminated by oblong ere hi fum-
mits , and an oval germen fupporting a cylindrical ftyle ,
the length of the tube divided into two parts at the top ,
crowned by two obtufe unequal ftigmas. The germen af-
terward becomes an oval capfule with one cell , having a
hard cover , including many comprefjed cartilaginous feeds
furrounded with pulp.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

We know but one Species of this genus at prefent
in the Englifh gardens, viz.

Randia ( Mitis ) foliis ovatis emarginatis, fpinis gerni-
natis, caule fruticofo. Randia with oval leaves which
are indented at the top , fpines growing by pairs , and a
Jhrubby flalk. Randia frutefcens, fpinis bijugis, foliis
fubrotundis floribus albis. Hon ft. MSS. Shrubby
Randia with double fpines , roundifh leaves , and white
flowers. Sir Hans Sloane titles it in the Hiftory of Ja-
maica, Lycium forte, foliis fubrotundis integris, fpi-
nis & foliis ex adverfo fitis. Vol. i. p. 40. Boxthorn
with roundifh entire leaves , which , as well as the fpines ,
are placed by pairs.

This plant grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, where
the late Dr. Houftoun found it in plenty, and fent
the feeds to Europe ; he gave this title to the genus
in honour of Mr. Ifaac Rand, who was a curious bo-
tanift. It was difcovered by Sir Hans Sloane in the
Hand of Barbadoes.

It rifes with a fhrubby ftalk to the height of ten or
twelve feet, covered with a whitilh bark. The
branches come out oppofite from the fide of the ftalk,
each pair crofting the other ; the leaves are of a thick
confiftence, about an inch long, and three quarters
broad, a little indented at the top, and are placed by
pairs Handing upon fhort foot ftalks. At the joints
immediately under the leaves are produced two ftiort
fpines' Handing oppofite. The flowers are produced
from the fide of the branches ; they are fmall, white,
tubulous, and divided at the brim flightly into five
parts. Thefe are fucceeded by oval berries about the

R A N

fize of a marble, having a brittle (hell under, a tlfia
fkin, with one cell, inclofing many comprefted feeds
furrounded with a black pulp; It is propagated by
feeds, which fhould be fown early in the fpring in
pots filled with light frefli earth, and plunged into a
hot-bed of tanners bark, obferving to water the earth
frequently but gently, to promote the vegetation of
the feeds. When the plants come up," they muff
have frefli air admitted to them every day when the
weather is warm, and fhould be often refreftied with
water. In about a month’s time after the plants are
up, they will be fit to tranfplant, when they fhould
be carefully fhaken out of the pots, and each plant-
ed into a feparate fmall pot filled with light frefh
earth, and then plunged into the hot-bed again,
where they muft be fcreened from the fun until they
have taken new root; after which time, they muft
have air and moifture in proportion to the warmth of
the feafon. The plants may remain in the hot-bed
till toward Michaelmas, when the nights begin to be
cold, at which time they fhould be removed into the
ftove, and if they are plunged into the bark- bed, it
will greatly forward their growth, though they will
live in the dry ftove, if they are kept in a moderate
temperature of heat. During the two firft feafons,
while the plants are young, it will be proper to keep
them conftantly in the ftove, but their leaves muft be
walked whenever they contract filth ; this will bring
them forward ; but, after the plants have obtained
ftrength, they may be expofed every fummer to the
open air in the warmeft part of the year for two or
three months, provided they are placed in a warm
fltuation, but in winter they muft be conftantly placed
in a ftove, and kept in a moderate warmth, other-
wife they will not live in this country.

The leaves of this plant continue green throughout
the year, which renders the plant valuable, becaufe
it makes an agreeable variety in the winter feafon,
when mixed with other tender plants.

RANUNCULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 285. tab.
149. Lin. Gen. Plant. 619. [fo called, asfomefay,
from Rana, Lat. a frog, on account of its delighting
to grow in moift places, which frogs frequent.] Crow-
foot.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is compofled of five oval
concave leaves ; the flower has five obtufe petals , which
have a narrow bafe ; each of thefe have an open netia-
rium upon their tails. It hath many ftamina , about
half the length of the petals , terminated by oblong , erett,
twin flummits , and numerous germen colie tied in a head
having no flyles , but are crowned by fmall reflexed ftig-
mas. The germen afterward become feeds of uncertain
irregular figures , faftened to the receptacle by very floort
floot-ftalks.

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fedtion
of Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have many ftamina and germen.
I fhall not here enumerate all the fpecies of this ge-
nus, many of which are common weeds in moft parts
of England, and others are fo in feveral parts of
Europe, fo are rarely admitted into gardens, there-
fore I fhall only mention thofe forts which are culti-
vated in gardens, or have double flowers.

The Species are,

1. Ranunculus ( Acris ) calycibus patulis, pedunculis
teretibus, foliis tripartito-multifidis, fummis lineari-
bus. Lin. Flor. Suec. 466. flore plena. Ranunculus
with a fpreading empalement , a taper foot -ftalk , many-
pointed leaves divided by threes , and thofe at the top li-
near and bearing a double flower. Ranunculus hortenfis
ere&us, flore pleno. C. B. P. 179. Upright Garden
Ranunculus with a double flower.

2. Ranunculus ( Repens ) calycibus patulis, pedunculis
fulcatis, repentibus, foliis compofitis. Flor. Suec. 468.
flore pleno. Ranunculus with a fpreading empalement
furrowed foot -ftalks, creeping fhoots , and compound leaves
with a double flower. Ranunculus hortenfis inclinans.
C. B. P. 179. Inclining Garden Ranunculus.

11 E

3. Ranun-,

RAN

3- Ranunculus ( Creticus ) foliis radicalibus renifrirmi-
bus crenatis fublobatis, caulinis tripartitis lanceolatis
integerrimis, caule multifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant. 550.
Ranunculus with kidney-jhaped lower leaves, which are
crenated and almoft divided into lobes, but thofe upon the
/talks divided into three fpear-Jhaped lobes which are entire,
bearing many flowers on a ftalk. Ranunculus afphodeli
radice Creticus. C. B. P. i8t. Afpho del-rooted Ranun-
culus of Crete.

4. Ranunculus ( Aconitifolius ) foliis omnibus quinatis
lanceolatis incifo-ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 229. flore
pleno. Ranunculus with all the leaves divided into five
fpear-Jhaped figments which are flawed, and bear a dou-
ble flower. Ranunculus folio aconiti, flore albo mul-
tiplied C. K. P. 179. Ranunculus with a Wolflfbane leaf
and a double white flower , commonly called Mountain
Ranunculus .

5. Ranunculus ( Gramineus ) foliis lanceolate -linearibus
feffilibus, caule ereefto radice bulbofo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
773. Ranunculus with linear leaves fitting clofle to the
ftalk , which is erebl, having very long foot-ftalks to the
flowers. Ranunculus montanus, folio gramineo.
C. B. P. 1 8 1 . Mountain Ranunculus with a Grafs leaf.

6. Ranunculus ( Rutafolius ) foliis fupra decompofitis,
caule fimpliciiTimo unifolio; radice tuberofa. Hort.
Cliff. 230. flore pleno. Ranunculus with leaves which
arc decompounded above, a Jingle ftalk bearing one leaf,
and a tuberous root with a double flower. Ranunculus
rutaceo folio, flore pleno, luteo, minori. Flor. Bat.
2, 3. Rue-leaved Ranunculus with a f mailer double yel-
low flower.

7. Ranunculus i^Auricomus) foliis radicalibus renifor-
mibus crenatis incifis, caulinis digitatis linearibus,
caule multifloro. Hort. Cliff. 229. flore pleno. Ra-
nunculus with kidney-jhaped , crenated, lower leaves, thofe
on the ftalks hand-Jhaped and linear , and ftalks bearing
many flowers. Ranunculus dulcis multiflorus. Tab.
Icon . 53. Sweet-fmelling Ranunculus bearing many flowers.

8. Ranunculus ( Amplexicaulis ) foliis ovatis acuminatis
amplexicaulibus, caule radice fafciculata. Hort. Cliff.
229. Ranunculus with oval, acute-pointed leaves which
embrace the ftalks, many flowers upon a ftalk, and roots
grovoing in bunches. Ranunculus montanus, folio plan-
taginis. C. B. P. 180. Mountain Ranunculus with a
Plantain leaf.

g. Ranunculus ( Grandiflorus ) caule erefto bifolio, fo-
liis multifidis, caulinis alternis feffilibus. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 492. Ranunculus with an erebl ftalk, having two
leaves which are many-pointed, and thofe upon the ftalks
alternate fitting clofe. Ranunculus Orientalis, aconiti
folio, flore maximo. Tourn. Cor. 22. Eaftern Ranun-
culus 'with a JVolfJbane leaf and a large flower.

10. Ranunculus ( Sanguineus ) foliis ternatis biternatif-
que, foliolis trifidis obtufis, caule fimplici. Ranuncu-
lus with leaves placed by threes, which are divided again
into twice trifoliate leaves, ending in three obtufe points ,
with a fimple ftalk. Ranunculus afphodeli radice, flore
fanguineo. C. B. P. 281. Afphodel-rooted Ranunculus
with a bloody flower.

11. Ranunculus ( Afiaticus ) foliis ternatis biternatifque,
foliolis trifidis incifis, caule inferne ramofo. Lin. Sp.
552. Ranunculus with trifoliate and twice trifoliate leaves,
whofe lobes are trifid, cut , and a ftalk branching at the
bottom. Perfian Ranunculus.

The firft fort is a variety of the common upright
Meadow Ranunculus, which grows naturally in eve-
ry pafture ”, but as this hath double flowers, fo it
is cultivated in gardens. The ftalks of this are
ereft, and rife more than a foot high ; the lower
leaves have very long foot-ftalks ; they are divided
into feveral fegments, refembling thofe of the Aco-
nite, or Monk’s- hood ; the leaves toward the top of
the ftalk are cut into linear fegments to the bottom ;
the ftalk branches at the top into feveral foot-
ftalks, which are terminated by double yellow flow-
ers. Thefe appear in May, arid if they ftand in a
fhady fituation, will continue a month in flower •,
and many times in moift feafons, there are fmall
flowers rifing out of the middle of the others. This
is propagated by parting of the roots in autumn,

RAN

and fliould be planted in a moiPc foil and a fliadtr

fituation. ;

The fecond lort is a variety of the common creeping
Crow-foot, which grows naturally in cultivated fields
in moft parts of England. T he (hoots from the root
of this fort trail upon the ground, and put out roots
from every joint in the manner of the Strawberry, fo
that when it is once introduced into a garden, it will
multiply faft enough ; the leaves and ftalks are hairy,
the flowers are yellow and double, but fmall. It
flowers the latter end of May.

The third fort grows naturally in Crete • this hath an
Afphodel root ; the lower leaves are large, kidney-
fhaped, and a little hairy, about three inches long
and four broad ; they are deeply crenated on them
borders, and are divided almoft into five lobes, and
have long foot-ftalks which are hairy. The ftalks
rife about nine or ten inches high, and are garnifhed
with two or three leaves, which are cut into three fer-
ments, and are entire ; the top of the ftalk divides into
feveral foot-ftalks, each fuftaining one large, pale,
yellow flower. This fort flowers the beginning of
June. It is propagated by offsets from the roots, in
the fame way as the Garden Ranunculus, and fhould
be planted in a warm border, otherwife the froft will
deftroy the roots.

The fourth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, with'
a Angle flower, but the double has been obtained by
feeds, and is preferved in many curious gardens for
the beauty of its flowers. This is by fome gardeners
called the Fair Maid of France; it hath a perennial
root, compofed of many ftrong fibres ; the leaves are
divided into five fpear-fhaped lobes ; the four fide
lobes are. upon foot-ftalks coming from the fide of
the principal ftalk, and the middle one terminates it ;
they are deeply fawed on their edges, and have feve-
ral longitudinal veins. The ftalks rife a foot and a
half high, and branch out at the top into three or
four divilions, at each of which there is one leaf, of
the fame fhape with the lower, but fmaller. The
flowers are pure white, and very double, each (land-
ing upon a fhort foot-ftalk. It flowers in May. This
is propagated by parting the roots in autumn, as foon
as the leaves decay, and fhould be planted in an eaft
border and a loamy foil, not too ftiff.

The fifth fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this has
a perennial root ; the leaves are long and narrow like
thofe of Grafs, fitting clofe to the ftalks, which rife
a little more than a foot high, dividing at the top into
three or four (lender foot-ftalks, which are terminated
by Angle yellow flowers like thofe of the common But-
terflower. This flowers the beginning of May. There
is a double flower of this kind in the Paris Garden,
but we have not yet got it in England.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Auftria, and alfo
in the Levant. This hath a tuberous root, the leaves
decompounded and fmooth ; the ftalks rife near a foot
high, and have one leaf of the fame fhape with the
lower, but fmaller ; the ftalk is terminated by one
double flower, about the fize of the common Butter-
flower, but of a fine bright yellow colour. This
flowers in the end of May. It is propagated by off-
fets from the roots in the fame way as the Garden Ra-
nunculus, and muft be planted in a warm border,
otherwife the froft will deftroy the roots in winter.

The feventh fort is a variety of the common fweet
Wood Ranunculus, which hath a double flower. This
is a very hardy plant ; it may be eafily propagated by
the root, and fhould have a loamy foil and a fhady
fituation.

The eighth fort grows naturally upon the Alps and
Apennine Mountains, where it feldom riles more than
fix inches high ; the leaves are narrow, and but one
flower upon a ftalk ; but when it is planted in a gar-
den, the ftalks rife a foot and a half high, and are gar-
nifhed with oval acute-pointed leaves, three inches
long, and one inch and a half broad, fmooth, of a
grayifh colour, embracing the ftalks with their bafe ;
this branches out at the top into feveral foot-ftalks,
each fuftaining one white flower. This flowers in the

middle

RAN

middle of April, and continues near a month id
beauty, if planted in a fhady place. It is propagated
by parting of the roots in autumn, foon after the
leaves decay, and may be planted on a fnady border,
where it will thrive exceedingly.

The ninth fort was dffcovered by Dr. Tournefort in
the Levant ; this hath a perennial root, from which
arife feveral leaves, cut into many points like thofe of
Wolffbane ; the ftalk rifes a foot high, and is garnifhed
with two leaves which fit clofe together, and are al-
ternate. This is terminated by one fingle yellow
flower, much larger than that of the Butterflower, and
blows in May. It is propagated by parting the roots
in autumn, and fhould be planted in a light loamy
foil.

The tenth fort is common in the Englifh gardens, and
was fome years paft more fo than at prefent ; for flnce
the Perfian Ranunculus has been introduced here, and
fo many fine varieties have been obtained from feeds,
they have almoft banifhed this fort out of the gardens.
It hath a grumous root like the Perfian fort ; the
leaves are divided by threes, and thofe are twice
again divided by threes, and are obtufe-pointed ; the
ftalk rifes about nine inches high, terminated by one
large double red flower. This appears the latter end
of April, and have fometimes one or two very fmall
flowers branching out from the fide.

The eleventh fort was originally brought from Perfia,
but flnce it has been in Europe, has been greatly im-
proved by culture, and many new flowers obtained
from feeds, amongft which are many with femidouble
flowers, which produce feeds ; and from thefe there
are fuch prodigious varieties of new flowers annually
obtained, which are fo large, and of fuch variety of
beautiful colours, as to exceed all other flowers of that
feafon, and even vie with the moft beautiful Carna-
tions ; thefe are many of them finely fcented, and the
roots, when ftrong, generally produce twenty or
thirty flowers upon each ; which, fucceeding each
other, continue in beauty a full month or longer, ac-
cording to the heat of the feafon, or the care taken to
defend them from the injuries of the weather ; all
which excellent qualities have rendered them fo valu-
able, that the old forts are almoft difregarded except
In fome old gardens.

All the very double flowers never produce feeds, fo
that they are only multiplied by offsets from their
roots, which they generally produce in great plenty,
if planted on a good foil, and duly attended in winter.
The feafon for planting their roots is any time in Oc-
tober, for if they are planted fooner, they are apt to
come up in a fhort time, and grow pretty rank before
winter, whereby they will be in greater danger of fuf-
fering by froft ; and if they are planted much later,
they will be in danger of perifhing under ground ; fo
that you fhould not keep them out of the ground
any longer than the beginning or middle of O&ober.
The beds in which the Perfian Ranunculus roots are
planted, fhould be made with frefh, light, fandy
earth, at leaft three feet deep : the beft foil for them
may be compofed in this manner, viz. Take a quan-
tity of frefh earth from a rich upland pafture, about
fix inches deep, together with the green fward ; this
fhould be laid in a heap to rot for twelve months be-
fore it is mixed, obferving to turn it over very often,
to fweeten it and break the clods ; to this you fhould
add a fourth part of very rotten neats dung, and a
proportionable quantity of fea or drift-fand, according
as the earth is lighter or ftiffer •, if it be light and in-
clining to a fand, there fhould be no fand added ;
but if it be a hazel loam, one load of fand ’will be
fufficient for eight loads of earth ; but if the earth is
ftrong and heavy, the fand fhould be added in a
greater proportion •, this fhould be mixed eight
months or a year before it is ufed, and fhould be of-
ten turned over, in order to unite their parts well to-
gether before it is put into the beds.

The depth which this fhould be laid in the beds, muft
be about three feet, and fhould be below the furf ace,
in proportion to the drynefs or moifture of the place

where Ihe beds are lituated ; for in dry ground it fhould-
be two feet eight indies below the iurface, and the
beds raifed four inches above $, but in a moift place
they fhould be two feet below, and one foot above
the ground ; and in this cafe, it will be very proper
to lay fome rubbifh and {tones in the bottom of each
bed, to drain off the moifture ; and if upon this, at
the bottom of the beds, fome very rotten neats dung
is laid two or three inches thick, the roots will
reach this in the fpring, and the flowers will be the
fairer. This earth I would by no means advife to
be fcreened very fine, only in turning it over each
time, you fhould be careful to break the clods, and
throw out all large ftones, which will be fufficient ;
for if it is made very fine, when the great rains in
winter come on, it will caufe the earth to bind into
one folid lump, whereby the moifture will be detained,
and the roots, not being able to extend their tender
fibres, will rot. Of this I have had many examples, but
one particularly to my coil : when I had procured a
fine parcel of thefe roots from abroad, and being
defirous of having them thrive very well, I took
great pains to fcreen the earth of my beds very fine,
which I had laid above two feet deep, and planted ^
good part of my roots therein but the feafon ad-
vancing, and having a great deal of other bufinefs
upon my hands, I did not fcreen the earth of all my
beds, but planted fome of them without doing any
thing more than raking them ; and the fuccefs was,
that the roots in thofe beds which were fcreened did,
great part of them, entirely rot ; and the remaining
part were fo weak, as not to produce any good flowers ;
whereas thofe which were planted in the beds which
were not fcreened, did thrive and flower very well,
and fcarce any of the roots failed, though the earth of
all the beds was the fame, and were in the fame fitu-
ation, both with regard to wind and fun ; fo that the
damage which thofe roots fuftained, was owing en-
tirely to the finenefs of the earth j and this I have fe-
veral times flnce obferved in other gardens.

I am aware that this depth of three feet, which I have
here directed to make the beds of thefe flowers, will
be obje&ed to by many perfons, on account of the ex-
pence and trouble of preparing them, as alfo fup-
pofing it neceffary to make the beds fo deep, for
flowers whofe roots are fmall but if they will give
themfelves the trouble of making the experiment, by
preparing one bed in this manner, and another in the
common way, and plant them both with the fame
flowers, they will foon be convinced of their error,
by the fuccefs of the flowers. For in the beds which
have been prepared of this depth, I have feen one
root produce upward of fifty flowers, each of which
grew near a foot high, and were extremely large and
fair ; whereas in the common method of culture, they
are thought to do very well when they produce eight
or ten flowers on each root, and thefe grow fix inches
high ; but if a perfon will trace the length of the
fmall fibres of thefe roots, he will find them extend
three or four feet downwards. And as it is by thefe
diftant fibres that the nourifhment is taken in, for the
increafe and ftrength of the flowers ; fo if thefe meet
with a poor barren foil below, they fhrink, and the
flowers are ftarved for want of proper nourifhment
in the fpring, when it is moft required.

The beds being thus prepared, fhould lie a fortnight
to fettle before the roots are planted, that there may
be no danger of the earth fettling unequally after they
are planted •, which would prejudice the roots, by
having hollow places in fome parts of the bed, to which
the water would run and lodge, and fo rot the roots
there. Then having levelled the earth, laying the
furface a little rounding, the beds fhould be marked
out in rows by a line, at about fix inches diftance each
way, fo that the roots may be planted every way in
ftrait lines ; then you fhould open the earth with your
fingers at each crofs, where the roots are to be plant-
ed, at about two inches deep, placing the roots ex-
actly in the middle, with their crowns upright , then
with the head of a rake you fhould draw the earth up-
on

5/4-

RAN

on the furface of the bed level, whereby the top of
the roots will be covered with earth near two inches,
which will be fufficient. This work fhould bedone
in dry weather, becaufe the earth will then work bet-
ter than if it were wet •, but the fooner after planting
there happens to be rain, the better it will be for the
roots ; for if it fhould prove dry weather long after,
and the earth of the beds be very dry, the roots will
be fubject to mould and decay ; therefore in fuch a
cafe it will be proper to give a little water to the beds,
if there fhould no rain happen in a fortnight’s time,
which indeed is very rare at that feafon of the year, fo
that they will feldorn be in danger of buffering that way.
When the roots are thus planted, there will no more be
required until toward the end of November, by which
time they will begin to heave the ground, and the buds
of their leaves appear •, when you fhould lay a little of
the frefh earth, of which the beds were compofed,
about half an inch thick over the beds, which will
greatly defend the crown of the root from froft ; and
when you perceive the buds to break through this fe-
eond covering, if it fhould prove very hard froft, it will
be very proper to arch the beds over with hoops, and
cover them with mats, but efpecially in the fpring,
when the flower-buds will begin to appear ; for if
they are expofed to too much froft, or blighting winds
at that feafon, their flowers feldorn open fairly, and
many times their roots are deftroyed.

In the beginning of March the fiower-ftems will be-
gin to rife, at which time you fhould carefully clear
the beds from weeds, and ftir the earth with your
fingers between the roots, being very chreful not to
injure them •, this will not only make the beds appear
handfome, but alfo greatly ftrengthen their flowers in
blowing •, and if the nights prove frofty, the beds fhould
be covered with mats every evening, and fhaded from
the fun in the heat of the day. When the flowers
are paft and the leaves are withered, you fhould take
up the roots, and carefully clear them from the earth ;
then fpread them upon a mat to dry, in a fhady place ;
after which they may be put up in bags or boxes in a
dry room, until the October following, which is the
feafon for planting them again.

Thefe Perfian forts are not only propagated by offsets
from the old roots, but are alfo multiplied by feeds,
which the femi- double kinds produce in plenty ;
therefore, whoever is defirous to have thefe in perfec-
tion, fhould annually fow their feeds, from which new
varieties will be every year produced ; but in order
thereto, you fhould be careful in laving your feed,
or in procuring it from fuch perfons as underftand
how to fave it •, that is, who will be careful not to
leave any flowers for feeds, but fuch as have five or
fix rows of petals at leaft, and are well coloured •,
for fince thefe flowers increafe plentifully, it is not
worth the trouble to low any indifferent feeds, be-
caufe there can be but little hopes of obtaining any
good flowers from them.

Being prepared with feeds, about the middle of Au-
guft, which is the proper feafon for fowing them, you
fhould get fome large pots, fiat feed-pans, or boxes.
Thefe fhould be filled with light rich earth, levelling
the furface very even •, then fow the feeds thereon
pretty thick, and cover it about a quarter of an inch
thick with the fame light earth ; after which, you
fhould remove thefe pots, pans, or boxes, into a
fhady fituation, where they may have the morning
fun until ten of the clock ; and if the feafon prove
dry, you muft often refrefh them gently' with water,
being very careful in doing of this, not to wafh the
feeds out of the ground. In this fituation the pots
fhould remain until the beginning of Oftober, by
which time the plants will fometimes begin to come
up, (though often the feeds will remain in the earth
until the end of November, before the plants ap-
pear;) but then you fhould remove the pots into a
more open exposure, where they may have the full
fun, which at that time is neceffary to exhale the
moifture of the earth ; but toward the middle of No-
vember, when you are apprehenfive of froft, the pots |

RAN

fhould be removed under a common hot-bed frame*
where they may be covered with the glaffes in the
night time, and alfo in bad weather ; but in the day,
when the weather is mild, they fhould be entirely
opened, otherwife the plants will draw up too weak.
The only danger they are in, is violent rains and
frofts ; the firft often rotting the tender plants, and
the froft will often turn them out of the ground,,
therefore they fhould be carefully guarded againft
both thefe.

In the fpring, as the feafon grows warm, thefe pots
fhould be expofed to the open air, placing them at
firft near the flielter of a hedge, to prated them from
the cold winds ; but toward the beginning or middle
of April, they fhould be removed again into a more
fhady fituation, according to the warmth of the feafon;
and if it fhould prove dry, they muft be fometimes
refrefhed with water ; but you fhould be careful not
to give it them in great quantities, which is very apt
to rot thefe tender roots ; and in the latter end of
April or beginning of May, they fhould be placed
where they may have only the morning fun ; in which
place they may remain till their leaves decay, when
they may be taken out of the earth, and the roots
dried in a fhady place ; after which they may be put
up in bags, and preferved in a dry place till the Oc-
tober following, when they muft be planted in the
manner before directed for the old roots
The fpring following thefe roots will flower, at which
time you fhould carefully mark fuch of them as are
worthy to be preferved, and the Angle, or bad co-
loured flowers may be pulled and thrown away, which
is the fureft method of removing them from the good
forts ; for if they are permitted to remain together
until their leaves decay, there may be fome offsets of
the bad forts mixed with the good flowers. You
fhould not fuffer thofe flowers, which you intend to
blow fine the fucceeding year, to bear feeds, if they
are inclinable fo to do, but cut off the flowers when
they begin to decay ; for thofe roots which have pro-
duced feeds, feidom flower well afterwards ; nor
will the principal old root, which has flowered
ftrong one year, ever blow fo fair as will the offsets,
which is what fhould be principally obfetved, when a
perfon purchafes any of thefe roots ; for a great part
of the complaints made by thofe who have bought
thefe roots at a dear rate, is principally owing to this.
For the perfons who fold them, being apprifed of this
matter, have parted with their old roots to their pur-
chafers, and referved the offsets for their own ufe j
which old roots have fo much degenerated from
what they were the preceding year, as to caufe a fuf-
picion, whether the perfons they were purchafed from:
had not changed the roots : and this degeneracy al-
ways attends thefe flowers, after having flowered ex-
tremely large and fair, or that they have been per-
mitted to feed ; fo that it is abfolutely necefiary to
fow feeds every year, in order to preferve a fucceffion
of good flowers.

The manner of preparing the beds, and the diftance
and method of planting the roots, having been alrea-
dy directed, I fhall not repeat it here, but only ob-
ferve, that thefe flowers being tender, muft be pro-
tected from hard frofts, and cutting fharp winds, ef-
pecially after Chriftmas, when their flower-buds are
forming ; for if they are neglected at that feafon,
their flowers will rarely prove fair ; nor fhould you
fuffer them to receive too much wet in winter or
fpring, which is equally as injurious to them as froft.
In planting thefe roots you ftiould obferve to place
the femi-double kinds, from which you intend to fave
feeds, in feparate beds by themfelves, and not inter-
mix them with the double flowers, becaufe they will
require to be treated in a different manner ; for when
the flowers of the femi-double kinds begin to fade,
you fhould carefully guard them from too much wet ;
for if they are permitted to receive hard rains, or are
watered at that feafon, the feeds rarely come to
maturity, or they are fo weak, that fcarce one in
fifty of them will grow.

When

RAP

When the feed begins to ripen (which may be eafily
known by feparating from the axis and falling) you
Ihould look it over every day, gathering it as it ri-
pens •, for there will be a confiderable diftance in the
feeds of the fame bed coming to maturity, at dealt a
fortnight, and fometimes three weeks or a month.
When you gather the feed, it Ihould not be expofed
to the fun, but fpread to dry in a fhady place ; af-
ter which, you muft put it up where the vermin can-
not come to it, until the time of fowing it.

By this method of fowing feeds every year, you will
not only increafe your ftock of roots, but alfo raife
new varieties, which may be greatly mended by
changing the feeds into frefti ground ; for if a perfon
continually fows his feed in the fame garden many
years, they will not produce near fo fine flowers as if
he procured his feeds at fome diftance, which is alfo
the cafe with moft other plants.

It will alfo be neceffary to take away all the earth
out of the beds in which the roots were blown the
preceding vear, and put in new, if you intend to plant
Ranunculufes there again ; otherwife they will not
thrive near fo well, notwithftanding you may add
fome new compoft to the beds, and this is what all
the curious fionfts continually obferve.

RAPA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 228. tab. 112. Brafiica.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 734. Turnep; inFrench, Navet.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is three-leaved , coloured , and
eredi. The flower hath four plain fpreading petals , which
are narrow at their bafe and entire. It has four oval
honey glands , fituated between the ftamind and ftyle , and
fix eredi awl-fhaped ftamina the two which are oppofite
are the length of the empalement , the other four are lon-
ger, terminated by eredt acute-pointed fummits. It hath a
taper germen , fupporting a fhort thick ftyle, crowned by
an enure headed fligma. The germen afterward becomes
a long taper pod deprejfed on the fides , opening in two
hells, which are filled with roundijh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feftion
of Linnaeus’s fifteenth clafs, which includes thole
plants whole flowers have two Ihort and four longer
ftamina, and the feeds are in oblong pods ; and he joins
this genus to the Brafiica, which, in a lyftem of botany
may be allowable, though not in a treatife of gar-
dening.

The Species are,

1. Rapa ( Rotunda ) radice caulefcente orbiculata de-
preffa carnosa. Turnep with an orbicular , deprejfed, flefhy
root. Rapa fativa rotunda radice Candida. C. B. P.
89. Garden Turnep with a white root.

2. Rapa ( Oblonga ) radice oblonga carnosa. Turnep with
an oblong flefhy root. Rapa fativa, oblonga, feu foe-
mina. C. B. P. 90. Turnep with an oblong root , or fe-
male Turnep.

3. Rapa ( Napus ) radice caulefcente fufiformi. Turnep
with a fpindle-Jhaped root. Napus fativa, radice alba.
C. B. P. 95. Garden Naphew with a white root , com-
monly called French Turnep.

The firft is the Turnep which is commonly cultivated
in the fields, of which there are the following varie-
ties, viz. The round, red, or purple-topped Turnep,
the green-topped Turnep, the yellow Turnep, the
black-rooted Turnep, and the early Dutch Turnep.
The laft fort is commonly fawn early in the fpring,
to fupply the markets in May and June, but is never
cultivated for a general crop. The red-rooted Tur-
nep was formerly more cultivated in England than at
prefent ; for fince the large green-topped Turnep has
been introduced, all the fkilful farmers prefer it to
the other forts ; the root of this will grow to a large
fize, and continue good much longer than the other
forts. The next to this is the red or purple-topped
Turnep, which will alfo grow large, and are ex-
tremely good for fome time ; but the roots of this
will become ftringy much fooner than thofe of the
green-topped. The long- rooted Turnep, the yellow
Turnep, and the blackilh-rooted Turnep, are now
rarely cultivated in England, neither of them being
fo good for the table or for fee,d as the red, and par-

ti ciilarly the green-topped Turnep, though there are
fome few perfons who fow them for the fake of vari-
ety. The early Dutch Turnep is chiefly fown in the
fpring, to fupply the table before any of the forts can
be procured , and when they are drawn off young,
are tolerably good ; but if they are left to grow large,-
they are ftringy and very rank, fo are unfit for ufe.
The French Turnep is not much cultivated in Eng-
land, but in France and Holland they are- in great
efteem, efpecially for foups ; their roots being fmall,
are boiled whole in the foup, and fo ferved up to the
table ; thele muft alfo be ufed while they are young,
otherwife they will become rank and ftringy.

Thefe are by fome fuppofed to be only varieties
which have been accidentally obtained from feeds,
therefore I have not enumerated them as diftindt fpe-
cies ; but yet I am certain they are conftant where
care is taken in the laving of their feeds, not to fuffer
any mixture of plants to Hand for feeds : I have fown
of three or four forts feveral years, and have always
found them retain their differences •, however, it is
not eafy to determine, if fome of thefe were not by
culture firft obtained from the feeds of the common
white Turnep. The yellow Turnep feems moft un-
likely to have been an accidental variety, for I have
never known this alter, and the roots are yellow
within, whereas all the other have white flefti, not-
withftanding their outfides are of very different co-
lours.

The long- rooted Turnep is, I think, a cliftindt fpe-
cies, the form of the root, and its manner of growth
being totally different from the other forts. I have
feen thefe roots as long as thofe of fome Parfneps, and
nearly of the fame fhape •, thefe run deep into the
ground, fo are unfit for feeding cattle ; and unlefs
they are ufed very young, become ftrong, fo not pro-
per for the table, which has occaftoned their being
rejedted of late years.

The green-topped Turnep grows above the ground
more than any of the other, which renders it prefer-
able for feeding cattle, and being the fofteft and
Iweeteft root when grown large of any of the kinds, is
moft efteemed for the table ; but in very fevere win-
ters, they are in greater danger of fuffering by froft,
than thofe whofe roots lie more in the ground, efpe-
cially if they are not covered by fnow ; for when they
are frequently hard frozen and thawed, it caufes them
to rot fooner than thofe whofe flefti is Ids tender and
fweet. I have feen the roots of this fort, which were
more than a foot diameter boiled, and were as fweet
and tender as many of the fmalleft roots.

Turneps delight in a light, fandy, loamy foil, which
muft not be rich, for in a rich foil they grow rank
and are fticky ; but if it be moift, they will thrive the
better in fummer, efpecially in frefh land, where they
are always fweeter than upon an old worn out, or a
rich foil.

The common feafon for fowing of Turneps, is any
time from the beginning of June till the middle of
Auguft, or a little later, though it is not advifeable to
low them much after ; becaule, if the autumn ihould
not prove very mild* they will not have time to ap-
ple of a proper fize before winter ; nor will the roots
of thofe which are fown after the end of July grow
very large, unlefs the froft keeps off long in autumn.
But, notwithftanding this is the general feafon in which
the greateft part of Turneps are fown in the country,
yet about London they are fown fuccefiivdy from
March to Auguft, by thofe who propagate them to
fupply the markets with their roots ; but there is a
great hazard of lofing thofe which are fown early in
the year, if the feafon Ihould prove dry, by the fly,
which will devour whole fields of this plant while’
young j fo that where a fmall quantity for the fupply
of a family is wanted, it will be abfolutely neceffary
to water them in dry weather ; and where a perfon
fows thofe feeds in April and May, it fhould always
be upon a moift foil, otherwife they feldom come to
good, the heat of the weather at that feafon being
too great for them upon a dry foil • but thofe which

11 F art'

R A P

are intended for the general crop, are [own toward the
latter end of June, when they commonly receive home
refrefhing (bowers to bring them forward ; without
which, ic is very common to have them all deftroyed.
Thefe feeds fliould always be fown upon an open
fpot of ground ; for if it is near hedges, walls,
buildings, or trees, they will draw up, and be very
long topped, but their roots will not grow to any fize.
They are fown in great plenty in the fields near Lon-
don, not only for the ufe of the kitchen, but for cat-
tle in winter, when there is a fcarcitv of other food ;
and by this way is become a great improvement to
barren fandy lands, particularly in Norfolk, . where,
by the culture of Turneps only, many perfons have
doubled the yearly value of their ground.

The kind upon which this feed is fown, fliould be
ploughed in April, and twy-fallowed in May, that is,
once more ploughed, and twice well harrowed, and
made very fine ; then the feed fliould be fown pretty
thin (for it being fmall, a little will fow a large piece
of ground ; two pounds of this feed is full fufficient
for an acre of any land, but one pound is the com-
mon allowance.) The feed muft be harrowed in as
foon as it is fown, with a iliort tined harrow, and the
ground rolled with a wooden roll, to break the clods
and make the furface even. In ten days or a fort-
night after fowing, the plants will come up, at which
time, if the feafon fhould prove dry, they will be
in great danger of being deftroyed by the fly, which
is too often the cafe with this crop; but if it fo hap-
pen, the ground muft be fowed again ; for the feed
being cheap, the chief expence is the labour; but
the ground fliould be firft harrowed to loofen it, ef-
pccially if it is ftifF land ; there have been many di-
rediions given for to prevent this deftrudion, but
fcarce one has fucceeded on trial.

"When the plants have got four or five leaves, they
fhould be hoed to deftroy the weeds, and to cut up
the plants where they are too thick, leaving the re-
maining ones about fix or eight inches afunder
each way, which will be room enough for the plants
to ftand for the firft hoeing ; and the fooner this is
performed, when the plants have four leaves, the
better they will thrive ; but in the fecond hoeing,
which muft be performed about a month after the firft,
they fliould be cut up, fo that the remaining plants
may ftand fourteen or fixteen inches diftance, or more,
efpecially if they are defigned for feeding of cattle ;
for where the plants are allowed a good diftance, the
roots will be proportion ably large, provided the
ground is good ; fo that what is loft in number, will
be overgained by their bulk, which is what I have
often obferved. But in fuch places where they are
fown for the ufe of the kitchen, they need not be left
at a greater diftance than a foot, becaufe large roots
are not fo generally efteemed for the table.

It is not many years fince the practice of fowing
Turneps for feeding of cattle has been of general ufe;
how it happened that this improvement fhould have
been fo long negleded in every part of Europe, is
not eaiy to determine ; fince it is very plain, that
this piece of hufbandry was known to the an-
tients. For Columella, in treating of the feveral
kinds of vegetables which are proper for the field,
recommends the cultivating Rapa in plenty ; becaufe
(fays he) thofe roots which are not wanted for the ta-
ble, will be eaten by the cattle. And yet this plant
was not much cultivated in the fields till within a
century paft ; nor is the true method of cultivating
Turneps yet known, or at lead not pradifed, infome
of the diftant counties of England at this time. For
in many places the feed is fown with Barley in the
fpring, and thofe plants which come up, and live till
the Barley is cut, produce a little green for the
fheep to pick up, but never have any roots. In other
places, where the Turnep-feed is fown by itfelf, the
method of hoeing them is not underftood, fo that
weeds and Turneps are permitted to grow together,
and where the Turneps come up thick in patches, they
are never thinned ; lb that they draw up to have

•R A P

long leaves, but never can have good roots, which
is the principal part of the plant, therefore fhould be
chiefly attended to

The general method now pradifed in England, for
cultivating this plant in the fields, is the lame as is
pradifed by the farming gardeners, who fupply the
London markets with thefe roots, which is as before
direded. But it is only within the eompafs of half a
century, that the country people have been acquainted
with the method of hoeing them ; fo that the farmers
ufually employed gardeners, who had been bred up
in the kitchen-gardens, to perform this work. And
the ufual price given per acre, for twice hoeing and
leaving the crop clean, and the plants fet out pro-
perly, was feven fhillings ; at which price the gar-
deners could get fo much per week, as to make it
worth their while to leave their habitations, and prac-
tife this in different counties during the feafon for
this work, which always happens after the greateft
hurry of bufmels in the kitchen-garden is over ; fo
that they ufually formed themfelves in fmall gangs
of fix or feven perfons, and fet out on their different
routs, each gang fixing at a diftance from the reft,
and undertaking the work of as many farmers in
the neighbourhood as they could manage in the fea-
fon ; but as this work is now performed by many
country labourers, that practice is loft to the kitchen-
gardeners, the country labourers doing it much
cheaper.

There has alfo been another method pradifed very
lately, by fome very curious farmers, in cultivating of
Turneps ; which is, by fowing the feed in rows with
the drill plough. In fome places the rows have been
Town three feet afunder, in others four, in fome five,
and fome fix. The latter has been commended by
fkilful perfons as the moft proper diftance ; for al-
though the intervals are fo large, yet the crop pro-
duced on an acre has been much greater than upon
the fame quantity of land where the rows have been
but half this diftance ; and upon all the fields which
have been cultivated for Turneps, the crops have
greatly exceeded thofe which have been hand-hoed.
The late Lord VifcountTownfhend was at the expence
of making the trial of thefe two different methods
of hufbandry, with the greateft care, by equally di-
viding the fame fields into different lands, which
were alternately fown in drills, and the intermediate
lands in brgad-caft. The latter were hoed by hand,
in the common method, and the other cultivated by
the hoeing plough ; and when the roots were fully
grown, his Lordfhip had an equal quantity of land,
which had^ been fown indifferent methods, meafured,
and the roots drawn up and weighed ; and thofe
roots which had been cultivated by the plough, were
fo much larger than the other, that the crop of one
acre, weighed a ton and a half more than that of an
acre in the other hufbandry.

But when the Turneps are fown in drills, they will
require to be hoed by hand, to feparate and cut out
the plants where they are too near together in the
rows, as alfo to cut up the weeds between the plants,
where the plough cannot reach them. If this is care-
fully performed, the ploughing of the intervals will
encourage the growth of the roots, by thus ftirring
of the ground, and prepare it much better for the
crop of Barley, or whatever elfe is fown the following;
fpring. This method of culture may be fuppofed to
be more expenfive than that commonly pradifed, by
thofe unacquainted with it ; but thofe who have made
trials of both, find the horfe-hoeing to be much the
cheapeft, and by far the beft. For the country peo-
ple, who are employed in hand-hoeing of Turneps,
are very apt to hurry over their work, fo that half
the weeds are left growing, and the plants are feldom
fingled out fo well as they fhould be ; nor are they
curious enough to diftinguifh the Charlock (which is
one of the moft common weeds in arable land) from
the Turneps ; fo that about the middle of September,
it is very common to fee the fields of T urneps full of
the yellow flowers of the Charlock. Nov/, in the

horfe-

l

RAP

horfe-hotng, all the weeds in the intervals will be en-
tirely deftroyed ; fo that if a few plants of Charlock
in the rows of Turneps fhould be overlooked, they
may be eafily drawn out when they appear vifible ;
and by this method, the land will be fooner and better
cleaned from weeds. .

The greatefl evil which attends a crop of Turneps,
is that of their being deftroyed by the fly, which
ufuaily happens foon after the plants come above
ground, or while they are in the feed leaf ; for, after
they have put out their rough leaves pretty ftrong,
they will be paft this danger. This always happens
in dry weather, fo that if there fhould be rain when
the Turneps come up, they will grow fo fall, as to
be in a few days out of danger from the fly ; and it
hath been found, that thofe, which have been fown in
drills, have efcaptd the fly much better than thofe
fbwn in broad-caft ; but if foot is fown along the fur-
face of each drill, it will be of great fervice to keep
off the fly, and a fmall quantity of it will be fuf-
ficient for a large field, where the drills only are to be
covered.

Another danger of the crops being deftroyed is from
the caterpillars, which very often attack them, when
they are grown fo large as to have fix or eight leaves
on a plant. The fureft method of deftroying thefe
infe&s is to turn a large parcel of poultry into the
field, which fhould be kept hungry, and turned ear-
ly in the morning into the field ; thefe fowls will foon
devour the infedts, and clear the Turneps.' To this
evil the Turneps, which are fown in drills, are not
fo much expofed, for as the ground between the rows
will be kept ftirred, the plants will be kept growing,
fo will not be in danger of fuffering from thefe in-
feels ; for the parent infedts never depofit their eggs
upon any plants which are in health, but as foon as
they are ftinted, they are immediately covered with
the eggs of thefe infedts •, and this holds in general
with the vegetables as with animals, who are leldom
attacked by vermin when they are in perfect health •,
whereas, when they become unhealthy, they are foon
overfpread with them, fo that it is the difeafe which
occaficns the vermin, and not the vermin the difeafe,
as is commonly imagined. Therefore as the plants
will always be na greater health when the ground is
well ftirred about them, there will be lefs danger of
their fuffering from thefe enemies, when they are cul-
tivated by the horfe-hoe, than in the common way.
When the Turneps are fown in drills, it will be the
beft way to hoe between every other row at firft, and
ibme time after to hoe the alternate intervals, by
which method the plants will receive more benefit
from the often ftirring the ground, than they would
do if all the intervals were hoed at one time, and the
plants will be in Ids danger of fuffering from the
earth being thrown up too high on fome rows, while
others may be left too bare of earth ; but, when the
earth has been thrown up on one fide of the drill, it
may be turned down again when the next interval is
hoed, and this alternate moving of the earth will
prepare the ground very well for the fucceeding crop,
as well as greatly improve the Turneps * but, as this
plough cannot well be drawn nearer to the drills than
two or three inches, the remaining ground fhould be
larked to loofen the parts, and make way for the
fibres of the roots to ftrike out into the intervals,
otherwife, if the land is ftrong, it will become fo
hard in thole places which are not ftirred, as to Hint
the growth of the Turneps, and this maybe done at
a Imall expence *, a good hand will perform a great
deal of this work in a day, and, whoever will make
the trial, will find their account in praftifmg it, ef-
pecially on all ftrong land, where the Turneps are
much more liable to fuffer from the binding of the
ground, than they will be on a loofe foil ; but yet, in
all lores of ground, it will be of great fervice to prac-
tife this.

When the ground, is thus ftirred in every part, one
ploughing will be Efficient, after the Turneps are
eaten off the ground, to prepare it for the lowing of

RAP

Parley, or any other crop; fo that there will be an
advantage in this, when the Turneps are kept late ori
the ground, as will often b,e the cafe, especially when
they are cultivated for feeding of ewes, became it is
often the middle of April before the ground will be
cleared ; for late feed in the fpring, before the natu-
ral Grafs comes up, is the moft wanted, where num-
bers of fheep and ewes are maintained, ,and one acre
of Turneps will afford more feed than thirty acres of
the beft pafture at that feafom

In Norfolk and fome other counties, they cultivate
great quantities of Turneps for feeding of black cat-
tle, which turn to great advantage to their farms,
for hereby they procure a good dreffing for their
land ; fo that they have extraordinary good crops of
Barley upon the fame ground, which would hot have
been worth the ploughing, if it had not been thus
hufbanded.

When the Turneps are fed off the ground, the cattle
fhould not be fuffered to run over too much of it at
one time ; for if they are not confined by hurdles to
as much as is fufficient for them one day, the cattle
will fpoil three times the quantity of Turneps as they
can eat, fo that it is very bad hufbandry to give therri
too much room ; therefore the hurdles fhould be
once or twice every day removed forward, and, if the
Turneps are drawn out of the ground before the cat-
tle or fheep are turned into the new inclofure, there
will be lefs wafte made, for they will then eat up the
whole roots ; whereas, if they are turned upon the
Turneps growing, they will fcoop the roots, and
leave the rinds, which being hollow, the urine of the
fheep will lodge in them ; fo that when they are
forked out of the ground, the fheep will not eat any
one of thofe roots which are thus tainted.

I cannot omit taking notice of a common miftake,
which has generally prevailed with perfons who have
not been well informed to the contrary, which is, in
relation to the mutton which is fattened with Turneps,
moft people believing it to be rank and ill tafted,
whereas it is a known faff, that the beft mutton this
country affords is all fattened on Turneps ; and that
rank mutton, whofe fat is yellow, is what the low
marfhy lands of Lincolnfhire, and other rank paftures,
produce.

In order to fave good Turnep-feeds, you fhould trans-
plant fome of the faireft roots in February, placing
them at leaft two feet afunder each way, obferving to
keep the ground clear from weeds, until the Turneps
have fpread fo as to cover the ground, when they will
prevent the weeds from growing ; and when the feed-
pods are formed, you fhould carefully guard them
againft the birds, otherwife they will devour it, efpe-
cially when it is near ripe ; at which time you fhould
either fhoot the birds as they alight upon the feed, or
lay fome birdlimed twigs upon it, whereby fome of
them will be caught ; and, if they are permitted to
remain fome time, and afterwards turned loofe, they
will prevent the birds from coming thither again for
fome time, as I have experienced. When the feed is
ripe, it fhoufd be cut up, and fpread to dry in the
fun ; after which it may be threfhed out, and preferved
for ufe.

There have been many receipts for preventing the fly
taking Turneps, but few of them deferve notice,
therefore I fhall only mention two or three which I
have feen tried with fuccefs. The firft was fteeping
the feeds in water with flower of brimftone mixed, fo
as to make it ftrong of the brimftone : another was
fteeping it in water with a quantity of the juice of
Horfe- Aloes mixed ; both which have been found of
ufe. The fowing of foot or Tobacco-duft over the
young plants as foon as they appear above ground,
has alio been found very ferviceable ; in Abort, what-
ever will add vigour to the young plants will prevent
their being deftroyed by the fly, for thefe never at-
tack them till they are ftinted in their growth.

R AFFIANTS. Tourn. Inft. R. Ho 229. tab.. xrq.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 736. [of eafy, and to

appear 5 q. d. a plant eafily appearing, for tips plant

RAP

RAP

being fown, quickly puts forth out of the ground.] ,
Radifh ; in French, Raifort.

The Characters are.

The e?Hpalement of the flower is ereSi , and compofed of
four oblong leaves. The flower has four heart Jhaped pe-
tals , placed in form of a crofs , which fpredd open , and
■are narrow at their bafe ; it hath four honey glands , one
on each fide the floor t ft amina between them and the flyle,
and one between each of the long ft amina and the empale-
ment ; it hath fix flhort ftamina which are eredl ; two
which are cppofite , are the length of the empalement , the
other four are as long as the bafe of the petals , terminated
by Jingle fimmits , and an oblong fwelling germen nar-
rowed the length of the ftamina , with fcarce any flyle,
crowned by a headed ftigma. The germen afterward be-
comes an oblong , fnooth , flpongy pod having an acute
point , fwelling and almoft jointed , having two cells di-
vided by an intermediate partition , and filled with round-
ifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fection
of Linnteus’s fifteenth clais, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have four long and two fhorter
ftamina, and their feeds are included in pods.

The Species are,

1. Raphanus ( Sativus ) filiquis teretibus torofis bilocu-
laribus. Hort. Clift'. 340. Radiflo with taper pods, hav-
ing two cells. Kaphanus minor oblongus. C. B. P. 96.
Smaller oblong Radijh , or the common Radijh.

2. Raphanus {Rotundas') radice rotunda. Round-rooted
Radijh , or fmall , round , Naples Radijh.

3. Raphanus {Orbiculatis) radice orbiculata deprefsa.
Radijh with an orbicular deprejjed root. Raphanus
major, orbicularis vel rotundus. C. B. P. 96. Greater
orbicular , or round Radijh , commonly called Turnep-
r 00 ted, or white Spanijh Radiflo.

4. Raphanus {Niger) radice fufiformi. Radiflo with a
fpindle-floaped root. /Raphanus niger. C. B. P. 96. The
black Spanijh Radijh.

5. Raphanus ( Chincnjus ) oleiferus. Lin. Sp. 935. Chi-
na oily Radiflo.

6. Raphanus {Raphaniftrum) filiquis teretibus articula-
tis Itsvibus unilocularibus. Hort, Cliff. 340. Radiflo
with flmooth, toper, jointed pods having one cell. Ra-
piftrum fiore albo, filiqua articulata. C.B.P. 95. White
floivering Charlock with a jointed pod.

The laft fort grows naturally on arable lands in many
parts of Europe, fo isfeldom admitted into gardens.
The other five forts are luppofed to be only femi-
nal variations •, but from forty years experience, I have
never found either of theie to vary from one to the
other fort ; and I am certain whoever will make the
trial, by faving the feeds of each carefully without
mixture, will always find the plants prove the fame
as the feeds were faved from.

The firft fort here mentioned is that which is common-
ly cultivated in kitchen-gardens for its root, of which
there are feveral varieties, as the fmall-topped, the
deep red, the pale red or falmon, and the long-top-
ped ftriped Radifh ; ail which are varieties arifing
from culture. The fmall-topped fort is rnoft com-
monly preferred by the gardeners near London, be-
caufe they require much lefs room than thofe with
large tops, and may be left much clofer together;
and, as the forward Radifhes are what produce the
greateft profit to the gardener, thefe being com-
monly fown upon borders near hedges, walls, or
pales, if they are of. the large-topped fort, will be
apt to grow moftly to a top, and not fwell fo much
in the root as the other, efpecially if they are left
pretty clofe.

The feafons for fowing this feed are various, accord-
ing to the time when they are defigned for ufe ; but
the earlieft feafon is commonly the end of October,
or beginning of November, that the gardeners near
London fow them to fupply the markets •, and thefe,
if they do not mifcarry, will be fit for ufe in the
beginning of March following, which is full as foon
as moft people care to eat them. Thefe are com-
monly fown on warm borders near walls, pales, or
hedges, where they may be defended from the cold

winds ; biit there are forne who fow Radiih-feeds
among other crops the middle of September, and, if
theie are not deftroyed by froft, they will be fit for
ufe early in February ; but thefe muff be eaten while
they are young, for they foon grow fticky and ftrong.
The fecond fowing is commonly about Chriftmas,
provided the feafon be mild, ancl the ground in a fit
condition to work ; thefe are alfo fowed near flicker,
but not fo near pales and hedges as the firft fowing.
If thefe are not deftroyed by froft, they will be fit
for ufe the beginning of April ; but in order to have
a fuccefiion of thefe roots for the table through the
feafon, you fhould repeat fowing of their feeds once a
fortnight, from the middle of January till the beginning
of April, always obferving to fow the latter crops up-
on a moift foil and in an open fituation, otherwise
they will run up and grow ftieky before they are fit
for ufe.

Many of the gardeners near London fow Carrot-feed
with their early R.adifhes, fo that when their Radilhes
are killed, which fometimes happens, the Carrots will
remain ; for the feeds of Carrots commonly lie in the
ground five or fix weeks before they come up, and
the Radifhes feldom lie above a fortnight under
ground at that feafon, fo that thefe are often up and
killed, when the Carrot-feed remains fafe in the
ground ; but, when both crops fucceed, the Radifhes
muft be drawn off very young, otherwife the Carrots
will be drawn up fo weak, as not to be able to fup-
port tnemfelves when the Radifhes are gone.

It is alfo a conftant praftice with thefe gardeners to
mix Spinach-feed with their latter crops of Radifhes,
fo that when the Radifhes are drawn off, and the
ground cleaned between the Spinach, it will grow
prodigioufly, and in a fortnight’s time will as com-
pletely cover the ground, as though there had been,
no other crop. And this Spinach, if it be of the
broad-leaved kind, will be larger and fairer than it
commonly is when fown by itfelf ; becaufe where peo-
ple have no other crop mixed with it, they commonly
low it too thick, whereby it is drawn up weak, but
here the roots ftand pretty far apart, lb that after the
Radifhes are gone, they have full room to fpread ^
and if the foil be good, it is a prodigious fize this
Spinach will grow to before it runs up for feed ; but
this hufbandry is chiefly praftifed by fuch gardeners
as pay very dear for their land, and are obliged to
have as many crops in a year as poftible, otherwife
they could not afford to pay fuch large rents.

When the Radifnes are come up, and have got five
or fix leaves, they muft be pulled up where they are
too clofe, otherwife they will draw up to a top, but the
roots will not increafe their bulk. In doing of this,
fome only draw them out by hand, which is a tedious
method; but the belt way is to hoe them with a fmall
hoe, which will ftir the ground, and deftroy the
young weeds, and alfo promote the growth of the Ra-
dilhes and Spinach. The diftance which thefe fhould
be left, if for drawing up fmall, may be three inches,
but if they are to ftand until they are pretty large, fix
inches are full near enough, and a fmall fpot of ground
will afford as many Radifhes at each fowing, as can
be fpent in a family while they are good.

If you intend to fave feeds of your Radifhes, you
fhould, at the beginning of May, prepare a fpot of
ground in proportion to the quantity of feeds in tended
(but you fhould always make allowance for bad fea-
fons, becaufe it often happens, in a very dry feafon,
that there will not he a fourth part of the quantity of
feeds upon the fame proportion of ground as there
will be in a moift feafon, though in a dry year the
feeds will ripen belt.) This ground fhould be well
dug and levelled ; then you fhould draw up fome
of the ftraiteft and beft coloured Radifhes (throwing
away all fuch as are {hort, and that branch out in their
roots ;) the Radifhes fhould be planted in rows three
feet diftance, and two feet afunder in the rows, ob-
ferving, if the feafon be dry, to water them until they
have taken root ; after which they will require no far-
ther care> but only to hoe down the weeds between

them

R A P

them, until they are advanced fo high as to fpread
over the ground, when they will prevent the growth
of weeds.

When the feed begins to ripen, you fhould carefully
guard it againft the birds, for thefe will otherwile
defcroy it. When- it is ripe (which you may know
by the pods changing brown,) you fhould cut it,
and fpread it in the fun to dry, after which you
fhould threfh it out, and lay it up for ufe, where the
mice cannot come to it, otherwife they will eat it up.
The finall round-rooted Radifh is not very common
in England, but in many parts of Italy it is the only
fort cultivated ; the roots of this kind are very white,
round, fmall, and very fweet. This may be propa-
gated in the fame manner as the common fort, but
with this difference only, viz. That this muff not be
fown till the beginning of March, and theplants fhould
be allowed a greater diftance. The feeds of this
kind are very fubjedt to degenerate, when faved in
England, unlefs thofe which are planted for feeds arc
at fuch a diftance from the common fort, as that the
farina of one cannot mix with the other.

The other round-rooted Radifhes are feldom cul-
tivated in England, but thofe who have a mind to
have them, may fow them in the fame manner as
the laft.

The black and white Spanifh Radifhes are common-
ly cultivated for medicinal ufe, though there are
fome perfons who are very fond of them for the ca-
ble. Thefe are commonly fown about the middle of
July, or a little earlier, and are fit for the table
by the end of Auguft, or the-beginning of Septem-
ber, and will continue good till the froft fpoils them.
Thefe muft be thinned to a greater diftance than the
common fort, for the roots of thefe grow as large as
Turneps, therefore fhould not be left nearer together
than fix cr eight inches.

Some perfons who are very curious to have thefe roots
in winter, draw them out of the ground before the
hard froft comes on, and lay them up in dry fand in
the fame manner as is pradifed for Carrots, being
careful to guard them from wet and froft, and by this
method they preferve them till the fpring.

RAPISTRUM. See Sinapis.

RAPUNCULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 1 13. tab.
38. Phyteuma. Lin. Gen. Plant. 203. Rampion.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is of one leaf \ divided into
five acute parts fitting upon the germen. The flower hath
one petals which is fiarry , fpreading open , and cut into
five linear fegments which are recurved ■, it hath five fta-
mina which are /sorter than the petal, terminated by
oblong fummits. The germen , which is fituated under
the flower , fupports a fender recurved flyle crowned by
an oblong , twifted, three-pointed fiigma. It afterward
becomes a roundifh capfule with three cells , filled with
fmall roundifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, in which thofe plants
are placed, whofe flowers have five ftamina and one
ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Rapunculus (. Spicatus ) fpica oblonga, capfulis bilo-
cularibus, foliis radicalibus cordatis. Rampion with an
oblong fpike of flowers, capflules containing two cells , and
the lower leaves heart-fhaped. Rapunculus fpicatus.
C. B. P. 92. Spiked Rampion .

2. Rapunculus ( Comoflus ) fafciculo terminali fefiili, fo-
liis dentatis, radicalibus cordatis. Rampion with flow-
ers growing in bunches terminating the flalks , indent-
ed leaves , and thofe at the bottom heart-fhaped. Ra-
punculus Alpinus corniculatus. C. B. P. 93. Horned
Alpine Rampion.

3. Rapunculus ( Hemifphericus ) capitulo fubrotundo,
foliis linearibus integerrimis. Rampion with roundifh
heads , and linear entire leaves. Rapunculus folio gra-
mineo. Tourn. Inft. 113. Rampion with a Grafs leaf.

4. Rapunculus (Pauciflorus) capitulo fubfoliofo, foliis
omnibus lanceolatis. Rampion with heads which are
leafy , and all the leaves flpear-fhaped. Rapunculus Al-

R A P

pinus parvus comofus. J. B. 2. p. 811. Small, Alpine 1,
hairy Rampion.

5. Rapunculus ( Orbicularus ) capitulo fubrotundo, foliis
ferratis radicalibus cordatis. Rampion with roundifh
heads and flawed leaves , the lower ones of which art
heart-fhaped. Rapunculus flore globofo, purpurea,
J. B. 2. 810. Rampion with a purple globular flower.
Thefe are all of them hardy plants, which will thrive
in the open air. They are propagated by feed,
which fhould be fown in autumn, for if they are kept
out of the ground till the fpring, they frequently
fail, or at leaft lie a year in the ground. Thefe feeds
.fhould be fown on a bed of frefh undunged earth
where they are defigned to remain, for they do not
thrive fo well when they are tranfplanted j therefore
the beft method is to make fmall drills crofs the
bed about eighteen inches afunder, and fow the feeds
therein then cover them lightly over with earth, for
if they are buried too deep, they will rot in the
ground. In the following fpring the plants will
come up, when they fhould be diligently weeded,
which is all the care they require ; only they fhould be
thinned where they are too clofe, fo as to leave them
fix or feven inches apart in the rows, and afterward
they require no farther attention but to keep them
clear from weeds. In Jufie the plants will flower,
and if the fu mirier prove favourable, they will pro-
duce ripe feeds.

As thefe plants do not continue above two or three
years, there fhould be feeds fown every other year
to continue the forts, for they are plants which re-
quire little trouble to cultivate them, and their Bow-
ers make a pretty variety in large gardens, therefore
they may be allowed a place amongft other hardy
flowers.

RAPUNTIUM. Toucn. Inft. R. H. 163. tab5r.
Lobelia. Lin. Gen. Plant. 897. Rampions, or Cardi-
nal’s-flower.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flozver is of one leaf. \ cut into five
linear fegments , the two upper being larger than the other.
The flower is of one petal ■, it hath a long cylindrical tube
which is a little curved , and divided at the brim into five
fegments , two of which compofe the upper lip , and are
/matter than the three lower which compofe the under j
it hath five awl-fhaped ftamina the length of the tube , ter-
minated by oblong fummits which toalefce at the top in
form of a cylinder , but open in five parts at their bafe ,
having an acute germen fituated below the flower, fupporting
a cylindrical ftyle crowned by a hairy obtufe ftigraa. The
germen afterward becomes an oval capfule opening at the
top , filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Tournefort’s third clafs, which includes the herbs
with an anomalous flower of one petal, having a tube
ending in a tongue. Dr. Linnasus has joined the
plants of this genus to that of Plumier’s Lobelia,
making them but one genus ; but, as the Lobelia of
Plumier has a flefhy berry inclofing a ftone with two
feeds, and the Rapuntium hath a dry capfule, they
fhould be feparated.

The Species are,

r. Rapuntium (Cardinals) caule eredto, foliis lanceola-
tis ferratis, fpioa terminali. Cardinal s- flower with an
ere A folk, flpear-fhaped flawed leaves, and a fpike of flow-
ers terminating the ftalk. Rapuntium maximum, coc-
cineo fpicato flore. Col. in Rech. 880 .The larged
Rapuntium with a fpike of ftarlet flowers , commonly call-
ed fcarlet Cardinal3 s-flower.

2. Rapuntium ( Siphiliticum ) cauie erecto, foliis ovate-
lanceolatis crenatis, calycum flnubus reflexis. Cardi-
nal3s-flower with an ere A ftalk , oval, ftp ear -ft japed, cre-
nated leaves , and the finufles of the empalements reflexed. I
Rapuntium Americanum, flore dilute cseruleo. H.R.
Par. 105. American Cardinal s flower with a pale blue
flower, commonly called the blue Cardinals -flower.

3. Rapuntium ( Cliffortiamm ) cable erecto, foliis cor-
datis obfolete dentatis petiolatis, ftoribus fparfis thyrfo
longiflimo. Cardinal3 s-flower with an ereA ftalk, heart-
fhaped leaves which are flomewhat indented , zvith foot-

1 1 G Mksv

I

RAP

ftalks , and the longejl J pike of flowers which are placed
thinly. Rapuntium Amcricanum trachelii folio, flore
purpurafcente. Plum. Car. 5. American Cardinal's -
flower , with a Lhroatwort leaf and a purplifh flower.

4. Rapuntium (JJrpis) caule erebto, foliis inferioribus
iubrotundis crenatis, fuperioribus lanceolatis ferratis,
fpica’termi'n.aii. Rapuntium with an er'eB ftalk , the lower
leaves roundijh and crenated , the upper fpear-Jhaped and
jawed, and a fpike of flowers terminating the ftalk. Ra-
pu-nrinm urens, folonienfe. H. R. Bices. Stinging Car-
dinahs flower of Blois.

5. Rapuntium (. Inflatum ) caule erebio, foliis ovatis fub-
ferratis, pedunculo longioribus, capfulis inflatis. Car-
dinal's-flower with an ereffi jlalk , oval leaves which are
fomewbat fawed and longer than the fobt-ftalks , and

_ [welling feed-vefels. Lobelia caule erebto brachiato,
foliis ovato-lanceolatis obfolete incifis, capfulis infla-
tis. Hort. Cliff. 500. Lobelia with an ere A branching
ftalk , oval fpear-floapcd leaves a little cut , and fwollen
jeed-vcjfels. .

6. Rapuntium ( Hirtum ) foliis ovalibus crenatis lanatis,
floribus lateralibus folitariis. Cardinal’ s-flower with
oval crenated leaves which are downy, and flowers grow-
ing ftngly from the- fades of the ftalks. Rapuntium foliis
fubro.tundis hirtis, flore ex alls folitario. Burm. Afr.
105. tab. 40. Rapuntium with roundijh hairy leaves , and
folitary flowers proceeding from their wings.

7. Rapuntium (. Eongiflorum ) foliis lanceolatis dentatis,
pedunculis breviflimis lateralibus tubo corolke lon-
giffimo. Cardinal’ s-flower with flpear-floaped indented
leaves, very floor t foot-ftalks to the flowers which proceed
from the fides of the ftalks , and a very long tube to the
petal. RapunCulus aquaticus, foliis cichorii flore
aibo tubo longiflimo. Sloan. Hift. Jam. 1. p. 158.
Aquatic Lampion with a Cleary leaf, and a white flower
having the longejl tube.

■8. Rapuntium ( Erinum ) caule patulo ramofo foliis lan-
ceolatis fubdentatis, pedunculis longifiimis. Rapun-
tium with a fpr ending branching ftalk , flpear-floaped leaves
which are fomewbat indented , and very long foot-ftalks to
the flowers. Campanula minor Africana, erini facie,
flore violaceo, caulibus erectis. H. L. no. Smaller
African Bell-flower with the appearance of Erinus , a Vio-
let flower, and an upright ftalk.

9. Rapuntium ( Erinoides ) caulibus procumbentibus,
foliis lanceolatis ferratis, pedunculis lateralibus. Car-
dinal’ s-flower with trailing ftalks, flpear-floaped flawed
leaves , and foot-ftalks proceeding from their fides. Cam-
panula minor Africana, erini facie, caulibus procum-
bentibus. H. L. 108. Smaller African Bell-flower with
the appearance of Erinus , and trailing ftalks.

The firft fort grows naturally by the fide of rivers
and ditches in great part of North America, but has
been many years cultivated in the European gardens
for the great beauty of its fcariet flowers. The root
is compofed of many white fiefhy fibres •, the lower
leaves are oblong, a little fawed, and of a dark pur-
plifh colour on their upper fide •, the ftalks are erebt,
and rife about a foot and a half high ; they are gar-
ni filed with fpear-fhaped leaves about three inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle, a little
fawed on their edges, having very ftiort foot-ftalks,
and are placed alternately ; the ftalk is terminated by
a fpike of flowers of an exceeding beautiful fcariet
colour j thefe have a pretty long tube, which is a
little incurved, but at the top is cut longitudinally in-
to five fegments ; two upper, which are the fmalleft,
are greatly reflexed, the three under which form the
lower lip, are larger, and fpread open. Titefe appear
the latter end of jtrly and in Auguft, when they make
a fine appearance for a month or more, and when the
autumn proves favourable, they will produce good
feeds here.

This is propagated by feeds, which, when they ripen
in England, ftiould be fown in autumn in pots filled
with rich kitchen-garden earth, and placed under a
common hot-bed frame ; or, if the feeds come from
the country where the plants grow naturally, they
ftiould be fown in the fame way as foon as they ar-
rive, for if they are kept out of the ground till fpring,

RAP

. /

they will lie .a year in the ground before they vege-
tate. The pots in which thefe feeds are fown fliould
be expofed to the open air at all times when the wea-
ther is mild, but they mu ft be fereened from the
froft, and the very hard rain in winter. In the fpring
the plants will appear, when they ftiould have as
much free air as pollible in mild weather,- and if the
fpring proves dry, they muft be frequently refrefhed
with water. As foon as they are fit to remove, they
fttould be each planted in a feparate finall pot 'filled
; with the fame rich earth, and placed in the ftiade
till they have taken new root •, then they may be
placed where they may have the morning fun, in
which fituation they may remain till autumn. During
the fummer, they muft be duly watered in dry wea-
ther, and when the roots have filled the pots, they
ftiould be removed into larger. In autumn they muft
be placed under a common frame to fereen them,
from hard froft, but they fhould enjoy the open air
at all times when the weather is mild. The fpring
following they ftiould be new potted, and placed
where they may have the morning fun, always ob-
ferving to water them duly in dry weather, which
will caufe their ftalks to be ftronger, and produce
larger fpikes of flowers in Auguft. Thefe will conti-
nue long in beauty, if they are not too much ex-
pofed to the fun, and, if the autumn proves warm,
the feeds will ripen well in England. The roots of
this plant will fometimes laft two or three years, and
produce offsets for increafe, but they will riot flower
lb ftrong as the feedling plants, therefore an annual
fupply of them fliould be raifed. There are. many
who propagate this plant by cutting their ftalks into
proper lengths, and plant them in pots filled with
good earth, or into an eaft border, covering them
clofe with glafles. Thefe frequently take root, fo
produce young plants, but they are not fo good as
the feedlings.

The plants of this fort will live in the full ground if
they are protebted from hard froft in winter, and they
will flower ftronger than thofe in pots.

The fecond fort grows naturally atCampeachy, from
whence the late Mr. Robert Millar fent the feeds ;
this hath a fibrous root like the firft. The ftalks are
much larger, and rife a foot higher *, they are clofe -
ly garniftied with leaves which are above four inches
long, and half an inch broad, very fmooth and en-
tire, ending in acute points they are terminated
by fliort fpikes of flowers which are larger than thofe
of the firft fort, but are of the fame beautiful fcariet
colour, and appear about the fame time with them.
This is propagated by feeds in the fame way as the
firft, but the plants are not fo hardy, therefore require
to be placed in a moderate ftove in winter, and in
fummer they ftiould be placed in a deep frame, where
they may be covered with glafles in bad weather, but
enjoy the free air at all times when the weather is
favourable. With this management the plants flow-
ered very well in the Chelfea Garden, but they did
not perfect feeds.

The third fort grows naturally in Virginia, but has
been long an inhabitant of the Englifli gardens ; this
hath a perennial fibrous root. The leaves are fmooth,
oval, fpear-fhaped, and a little indented on their
edges •, the ftalks rife a foot and a half high, and are
garniftied with leaves like thofe at the bottom, which
are gradually fmaller to the top, fitting clofe to the
ftalk. The flowers come out from the wings of the
leaves ; they are of a pale blue colour, and have
large empalements whofe edges are reflexed j they
appear a little earlier in July than the firft fort, and
the feeds frequently ripen in England.

It is propagated in the fame way as the firft fort, and
the plants require the fame culture.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, rrom
whence the late Dr. Houftoun fent the feeds ; this is
an annual plant. The ftalk rifes about a foot high,
then divides into four or five fmaller, which grow
erebt. The lower part is garniftied with heart-fiiaped
fmooth leaves, about one inch and a half long, and

three

RAP

three quarters of an inch broad at the bafe, Ieflening
to a point at the end •, they have fmail indentures on
their borders, and ftand upon fhort foot-ftalks. The
upper (lender ftalks are thinly garnifhed with fmail
purplifti flowers to the top, and thefe are fucceeded '
by fmail feed-veflels which ripen in autumn. When
the feeds are permitted to fcatter on the pots which
ftand near them, and thofe are (heltered from the
froft, the plants will come up plentifully the fallow-
ing (bring or, if they are fown in pots in autumn,
and. (heltered in the winter, the plants will arife the
following fpring; and thefe fhould be tranfplanted in-
to feparate fmail pots, placing them under a frame,
where they will flower in June and July, and their
feeds will ripen in September, and the plants will
then decay.

The fifth fort grows naturally in the forefts about Blois
in France ; this is an annual plant. The root is com-
pofed of many flelhy fibres ■, the ftalk rifes about two
feet high, and is garnifhed with fpear-fhaped leaves
near three inches long, and one broad in the middle ;
they are very thin, and are fawed on their edges, fit-
ting clofe to the ftalk ; the upper part of the ftalk is
garnifhed with very fmail leaves, and from their bafe
arife the flowers, which are of a bright blue colour.
Thefe appear in July, and arefucceeded by roundifli
feed-veflels with holes at the top, which are filled
with fmail red feeds.

The feeds of this plant fhould be fown in autumn in
pots filled with loamy earth, and placed under a hot-
bed frame in winter, and when they come up in the
fpring, they fhould be tranfplanted either into a bor-
der of foft loamy earth, or into feparate pots, (hading
them till they have taken new root ; and afterward
the muft be duly watered in dry weather, which will
caufe them to flower ftrong, and produce good feeds
annually.

The fixth fort grows naturally in North America ;
this is a biennial plant in England, which rarely
flowers the fame year as the plants come up, but de-
cays foon after the feeds are ripe. The ftalks of this
are channelled and hairy ; they grow erebt to the
height of two feet, and are garnifhed with thin oval
leaves about -two inches long, and one broad in the
middle, fitting clofe to the ftalk ; they are of a light
green, and a little fawed on their edges. The flow-
ers ftand upon long (lender foot-ftalks which come
out from the wings of the leaves, and form a loofe
fpike which terminate the ftalk ; they are fmail, and
of a light blue colour. This flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in September. This is propagated by
feeds, which fhould be fown in autumn, in pots filled
with rich earth, and treated in the fame way as the
firft fort.

The feventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this is a biennial plant ; the ftalks rife a foot
and a half high, they are covered with a hairy down,
and are purplifh toward the bottom ; the leaves are
oval, two inches and a half long, and an inch and a
quarter broad, of a deep green colour, a little hairy
on their under fide, and fit clofe to the ftalks. The
flowers ftand upon long (lender foot-ftalks, which
come out from the bofom of the leaves, fometimes
one proceeding from a joint, and at others they come
out oppofite on each fide the ftalk, each foot-ftalk
fuftaining one pale blue flower, which being fmail
makes but little appearance. This flowers about the
fame time with the former, and may be propagated
in the fame way.

The eighth fort grows naturally in moift places, on
moft of the iflands in the Weft-Indies. This is alfo
a biennial plant, whofe root is compofed of a few
ftrong ligneous fibres, which ftrike deep in the ground;
the ftalk rifes about eight or nine inches high, and is
clofely garnifhed with leaves on every fide ; thefe are
four inches long and half an inch broad, very deeply
indented on their edges ; they are hairy, of a deep
green, and fit clofe to the ftalks. The flowers come
out at every joint from the wings of the leaves, (land-
ing upon very fhort foot-ftalks ; the tube of the

flower is from three to four inches long, very (lender',-
and is deeply cut at the top into five legments, which
fpread open ; they are white, and appear in June, and
are fucceeded by turgid feed-veflels, crowned by the
five legments of the petal, having three holes at the
top, and filled with fmail grayifh feeds. The feeds
of this fort fhould be fown foon after it is ripe, in
pots filled with rich earth, and plunged into the tan-
bed in the ftove, obferving to refrelh the earth fre-
quently with water. In the fpring, thefe pots may be
removed, and plunged into a hot-bed, which will
foon bring up the plants : when thefe are fit to re-
move, they fhould be each tranfplanted into a fepa-
rate fmail pot filled with rich earth, and plunged in-
to a frefh hot-bed, (hading them from the fqn till they
have taken new root ; then they may be treated in
the fame way as other tender plants from the fame
country, giving them a large fhare of air in warm
weather, and frequently refrefhing them with water.
In autumn the plants muft be plunged into the tan-
bed of the ftove, where they will flower the follow-
ing fummer and produce ripe feeds, foon after which
the plants will decay. If the feeds of this plant are
brought from the Weft-Indies, they fhould be fown
as foon as they arrive, in pots filled with rich earth ;
and if it happens in the winter, the pots fhould be
plunged into the tan-bed in the ftove •, but if it is in
the fpring or fummer, they may be plunged- into a
hot-bed in the common frames. Thefe feeds when
fown in the fpring, feldom grow the fame year, there-
fore the following autumn the pots fhould be remov-
ed into the ftove, and managed according to the above
directions.

The ninth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this is an annual plant ; the ftalks are (lender,
branching, and fpread out on every fide ; they rife
about a foot high, and are garnifhed with fmail fpear-
fhaped leaves which are indented on their edges,
and fit clofe to the branches. The flowers are (mail
and blue ; they ftand upon very (lender long foot-
ftalks, and appear in July ; thefe are fucceedcd by
fmail roundifli feed-veflels, filled with fmail feeds
which ripen in September. If the feeds of this fort
are fown in autumn, they will fucceed much better
than when they are fown in fpring : thefe may be
fown in pots, and (heltered under a common hot- bed
frame in winter, expofing them to the open air at all
times in mild weather, but fereening them from the
froft ; and in the fpring, the pots fhould be plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, which will foon bring up
the plants ; when thefe are fit to remove, they fhould
be each planted in a feparate fmail pot filled with
rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot- bed
again, (hading them from the fun till they have taken
new root ; then they muft have a large (hare of free
air at all times when the weather is mild ; and as the
plants grow ftrong, they fhould be gradually harden-
ed to bear the open air, into which they fhould be
removed in June, placing them in a (heltered fttua-
tion, where they will flower in July, and if the feafen
proves favourable, the feeds will ripen in September §
but if the feafon fhould prove cold, it will be proper
to remove one or two plants into a glafs-cafe, to ob-
tain good feeds.

The tenth fort comes from the Cape of Good Hope ;
this hath trailing ftalks, and the leaves are fawed on
their edges, and the foot-ftalks come out from the
fide of the branches, in which it differs from the laft
fort. It may be propagated by feeds, and treated in
the fame manner as the laft.

RAUVOLFIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19. tab. 40,
Lin. Gen. Plant. 259.

The name was given to this genus of plants by Fa-
ther Plumier, who was the perfon that d ifeo;vered it
in America, in honour of Leonard Rauvolf, who was
a curious botanift, and fiourifiiecl about the year 1 58 3.
He travelled into the Holy Land, and feveral other
places in the eaft, and publuhed his travels m High
Dutch, which were tranflated into Englifh under the
inipebtion of the great Mr. Ray..

The

I

R A U ,

The Characters are,

'The flower has a fmall permanent ernpalement of one leaf,
cut into five fegments at the top. The petal is funnel-
fhaped ; the tube is cylindrical , globular at the bafe , and
is cut at the brim into five parts. It has five ftamina
whi h are a little floor ter than the tube, terminated by
ere It fummits , and a romdijh ger men fupporting a floor t
jlyle , crowned by a headed Jligma. The ger men afterward
becomes a globular bsrrj with two cells, inclofing one com -
preffed feed in each.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fir ft feel; ion of
Linri'jbus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five fiamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Rauvolfia ( Canefcens ) fubpubefeens. Lin. Sp. Plant.

. 303. Hairy Rauvolfia. Rauvolfia tetraphylla latifo-

lia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19. Broad four-leaved Rauvolfia.

2. Rauvolfia ( Nitida ) giaberrima nitidiffima. Lin. Sp.
303. Smooth neat Rauvolfia. Rauvolfia tetraphylla
anguftifolia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 19. Narrow four-leaved
Rauvolfia.

Both thefe forts grow naturally in the warmed: parts
of America ; Mr. Robert Millar fent the feeds of
them from Garthagena in New Spain, where he ob-
ferved the ihrubs growing in great plenty. Thefe rife
with feveral ligneous ftalks from the foot, which grow
feven or eight feet high, fending out a few fmall fide
branches, covered with a fmooth green bark when
young, but as they are older their bark changes to a
gray. The leaves are placed by fours at each joint
round the branches •, thofe of the firft fort are two
inches and a half long, and an inch and a half broad
in the middle, a little hairy, of a light green, and
have a few Right indentures on their edges ; the
leaves of the other fort are full as long, but are a
third part narrower, of a thinner fubftance, and much
fmoother. Thefe differences continue in the plants
which are railed from feeds, for I have feveral times
propagated them both from feeds, and have con-
ttantly found the feeds produce the fame as the
plants from which they were taken. The flowers are
produced on (lender foot-ftalks, which arife from the
wings of the leaves •, they are tubulous, and globular
at their bafe, and are fucceeded by roundifli berries
about the fize of thofe of the Privet, which turn black
when they are ripe. Thefe plants flower moft part
of the fummer, and the fruit ripens in autumn and
winter •, the leaves and ftalks of thefe plants have a
milky juice, which flows out if they are broken.
Thefe are propagated by feeds, which fhoukl be fown
in autumn foon after they are ripe ; for if they are
kept out of the ground till fpring, the plants rarely
come up the fame year ; and this is frequently the cafe
with thofe feeds which are brought to England.

The feeds of thefe plants fhould be fown in pots fill-
ed with frefh earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of
tanners bark ; for as they are very hard, fo they fre-
quently remain a long time in the ground ; therefore
when they are in pots, they may be fhifted from one
bed to another as their heat decays. When the
plants come up, they muft be frequently refrefned
with water, but it muft not be given them in large
quantities ; for as the plants are fucculent and full of
a milky juice, fo they are in danger of rotting with
too much moifture. They fhould alfo have a large
fiiare of frefh air admitted to them in warm weather,
and when they are about two inches high, they fhould
be transplanted each into a feparate fmall pot filled
with frefh light earth, and plunged into a hot-bed
again, obferving to fhade them from the fun until
they have taken new root ; after which time they
fhould have free air admitted to them every day, in
proportion to the warmth of the feafon. In this
hot -bed the plants may remain till toward Michael-
mas, when they fhould be removed into the ftove,
and plunged into the tanners bark, where they muft
be kept warm, and not have too much moifture in
cold weather.

As thefe plants are natives of very hot countries, they
will not live in the open air in England, therefore

RES

they fhould conftantly remain in the ftove; and if ■
they are continued in the bark-bed, they will thrive
much fafter than when they are placed on ftands in a
dry ftove. But in the fummer feafon they fhould
have a large (hare of frefh air admitted to them, arid
the leaves of the plants muft be now and then waflied
with a fponge, to clear them from the filth they are
apt to contract ; which, if fuffered to remain, will
retard the growth of the plants. Where due care is
taken of them, they will thrive very fail, and the
fecond year will produce flowers, and continue fo to
do for many years, and will perfect their feeds in
England. They may alfo be propagated by cuttings,
which fhould be laid to dry for two or three days
before they are planted ; and then fhould be plunged
into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obferving
to fhade them until they have taken root, after which
time they may be treated as the feedling plants.

RESEDA. Tourn. Inft. R. II. 423. tab. 238. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 535. Baftard-rocket.

The ChaPvActers are,

The ernpalement of the flower is of one leaf , cut into fe-
veral fegments almofl to the bottom , and is permanent .
The petals of the flower are unequal , and generally trifid ,
having a honey gland on their bafe the length of the em-
palement . The honey glands are plain , erect, and produced
from the upper fide of the receptacle , between the /la-
mina and the place of the upper petal, joining with the bafe
of the petals , dilating from the Jides. It hath fifteen or
fix teen floor t ftamina, terminated by erect obtup fummits ;
and a gibbous ger men fitting upon very floort fifes, crowned
by a Jingle Jligma. The germen afterward becomes a gib-
bous angular cap fide of one cell, with an aperture between
the ftyles, filled with kidney -/leaped feeds faftened to the an-
gles of the capfuls.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fed ion of
Linnaeus’s eleventh clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have from eleven to nineteen ftamina,
and three ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Reseda ( Vulgaris ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis integris al-
ternis floribus tetragynis. Baftard-rocket with winged
leaves, whofe lobes are entire, placed alternate, and have
four ftyles to the flower. Refeda vulgaris. C. B. P. 100.
Common Baftard-rocket.

2. Reseda ( Crifpa ) foliis omnibus trifidis, inferiortbus
pinnatis. Hort. Cliff. 213. Baftard-rocket with all the
leaves trifid, and the lower ones winged. Refeda crifpa
Gallica. Bocc. Sic. 77. French curled' Baftard-rocket.

3. Reseda (. Phyteuma ) foliis integris trilobifque, calyci-
bus fexpartitis maximis. Hort. Cliff. 412. Baftard-
rocket with entire and trifid leaves, and the largeft em-
palement to the flower. Refeda minor vulgaris. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 413. Lejfier common Baftard-rocket.

4. Reseda ( Undata ) floribus trigynis, tetragynifque ca-
lycibus quinquepartitis, foliis pinnatis undulatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 644. Baftard-rocket with trifid and quadrifid
flowers, whofe empalements are cut into five parts , and .
winged waved leaves. Refeda minor alba, dentatis fo-
liis. Barrel. Icon. 588. Smaller white Baftard-rocket
with indented leaves.

5. Reseda {Alba) foliis pinnatis, floribus tetragynis, ca-
lycibus fexpartitis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 645. Hort. Upfal.
149. Baftard-rocket with winged leaves , flowers having
four ftyles, and an ernpalement cut into fix parts. Refeda
foliis calcitrapis flare albo. Mor. Hort. R. Bl. Baf-
tard-rocket with Star Thiftle leaves , and a white flower.

6. Reseda ( Odorata ) foliis integris trilobifque, calycibus
fiorum aequantibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 646. Baftard-
rocket with entire three-hbed leaves, whofe ernpalement is
equal with the petals of the flower, commonly called fweet
Refeda, or Mignonette d Egypt.

7. Reseda ( Canefcens ) foliis fubulatis fparfts. Sauv., ,
Monfp. 41 . Baftard-rocket with awl-Jhaped halves placed
thinly. Sefamoides flore albo, foliis canefcentibus.
Tourn Inft. R. H. 424. Baftard Sefamum with a white
flower and hoary leaves.

8. Reseda (. Luteola ) foliis lanceolatis iritegris, calycibus
quadriftdis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 448. Baftard-rocket with
fpear-Jhapsd entire leaves, and quadrifid emp elements. Lu-
teola

I

RES

teola herba falicis folio. C. B. P. ioo. Dyer's Weed ,
or wild Woad. , by feme called Weld.

The firft fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
Italy, and Spain. This is a biennial plant, which
flowers and feeds the fecond year, and perifhes foon
after. The root is long, white, and a little ligneous ;
the leaves are unequally winged, and the lobes are
entire ; the ftalks are channelled, rifling two feet high,
garnifhed with leaves like thofe below, but are fmall-
er, and are terminated by long loofe fpikes of pale
yellow flowers, compofed of feveral unequal petals ;
the two upper are the larger!, the fide ones lels, and
the lower are fo fmall as to be fcarce confpicuous ;
they are all of a Angular figure, and appear as if one
leaf came out of two others. In the middle are fi-
tuated many ftamina terminated by yellow fummits,
and at the bottom a three-cornered germen, which
afterward turns to a three-cornered feed-veffel, hav-
ing three or four holes at the top, and filled with
black feeds.

The fecond fort grows naturally in chalky land in
many parts of England, and has been fuppofed to be
the common fort, it being our common fort in Eng-
land, but the former is more common abroad, and
is fo titled ; the lower leaves of this are winged, and
every lobe is cut into three fmall parts, and are
curled, having fome fmall indentures on their edges.
The ftalks rife about the fame height as thofe of the
former, and are terminated by longer and loofer
fpikes of flowers •, the flowers are paler and approach
to a white. This flowers in June, and the feeds ripen
in September.

The third fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy •, this is an annual plant, which has general-
ly a Angle flefhy tap-root running deep in the ground,
fending out feveral trailing ftalks near a foot long,
which divide into fmaller branches, garniihed with
fmall leaves, fome of which are wedge-fhaped and
entire, others are cut into three obtufe fegments. The
ends of the branches are terminated by loofe fpikes of
flowers, ftanding upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The
empalement of the flower is large, divided into Ax
fegments almoft to the bottom ; the flowers are white,
and fhaped like thofe of the other forts. It flowers in
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain •,
this is a biennial plant, the lower leaves are unequally
winged, fome of the intermediate lobes or fegments
being much lefs than the others, and of different
fhapes. The ftalks rife two feet and a half high, gar-
nifhed with fmaller difformed winged leaves, indented
on their edges. The flowers are produced in Aender
loofe fpikes at the top of the ftalks ; they are fmall
and white, of the fame fhape with the others, appear-
ing in June, and the feeds ripen in September.

The fifth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France ;
it is a biennial plant •, the lower leaves are large,
winged, and compofed of many narrow lobes or feg-
ments placed alternate, which are of a grayifh co-
lour the ftalks rife two feet and a half high, and
are garnifhed with the like leaves, which diminifh in
their fize to the top ; the ftalks are terminated by
ihorter and thicker fpikes of flowers than either of the
former, which are white, and fhaped like thofe of the
other fpecies. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen
in Auguft.

The fixth fort is fuppofed to grow naturally in Egypt •,
the feeds of this were fent me by Dr. Adrian Van
Royen, the late profeflbr of botany at Leyden. The
root of this plant is compofed of many ftrong fibres,
which run deep in the ground, from which come out
feveral ftalks about a foot long, which divide into
many fmall branches -, thefe are garnifhed with ob-
long leaves, fome of which are entire, and others are
divided into three parts ; they are about two inches
long, and three quarters of an inch broad in the mid-
dle, ending in oval points, of a deep green colour.
The flowers are produced in loofe fpikes at the end
of the branches j they ftand upon pretty long foot-

RES

ftalks, have large empalements, and are of an her-
baceous white colour, and fmell very like frefn Rafp-
berries, which occafions its being much cultivated in
the Englifh gardens. This plant is fo like the third
fort, as to be taken for the fame by fome, but the
flowers of the third have no feent -, fo that thofe who
have been impofed on, by having the feeds of the third
fort fent them for this, have fuppofed the plant was
degenerated.

The feventh fort grows naturally upon the mountains
in Spain ; this hath a perennial root, from which
arife a few flender ligneous ftalks a foot and a half
high, which are thinly garniihed with linear obtufe
leaves, of a grayifh colour the upper part of the
ftalk is garnifhed for a good length with fmall, whitifh,
purple flowers, ranged in a very loofe fpike, fitting
clofe to the ftalk. Thefe appear the latter end of May,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The eighth fort grows naturally upon dry banks and
old walls in many parts of England, but is cultivated
in fome places for the dyer’s ufe. This is now gene-
rally believed to be the plant, with which the ancient
inhabitants of this ifland painted themfelves, and not
the Woad, as has been by fome fuppofed ; for the
Dyer’s Weed is a native here, whereas the Woad has
been fince introduced into this country. This is a bi-
ennial plant ; the root is compofed of a few ligneous
fibres ; the leaves are four inches long, and half an
inch broad, entire, and ending in obtufe points ; thefe
the firft year fpread circularly near the ground, and
have fome gentle wavings on their edges ; the ftalks
rife three feet high, and are garniihed with leaves of
the fame lhape with thofe at bottom. They are ter-
minated by long loofe fpikes of yellowilh flowers,
which appear the latter end of June, and the feeds
ripen in September.

The five forts firft mentioned, and alfo the feventh,
are feldom cultivated in gardens except for the fake
of variety, having very little beauty to recommend
them, and being of no ufe but whoever has a mind
to have them, need only fow their feeds in autumn,
and when the plants come up, if they are thinned and
kept clean from weeds, it is all the culture they re-
quire ; and if their feeds are permitted to fcatter, the
plants will come up in plenty, and fometimes become
troublefome weeds.

The feeds of the fixth fort Ihould be fown on a mo-
derate hot-bed in March, and when the plants are
ftrong enough to tranfplant, they Ihould be pricked
out upon another moderate hot-bed to bring them
forward ; but they Ihould have a large lhare of air in
warm weather, otherwife they will draw up weak*
About the latter end of May the plants may be plant-
ed out, fome into pots, to place near the apartments,
and others into warm borders, where they may remain
to flower and feed. For the plants which grow in the
full ground, often produce more feeds than thofe which
are in pots but at the time when the feed-veffels be-
gin to fwell, the plants are frequently infefted with
green caterpillars, which, if they are not deftroyed,
will eat off all the feed-veffels.

If the feeds of this plant are fown on a bed of light
earth in April, the plants will come up very well,
and when they are not tranfplanted, will grow larger
than thofe which are raifed in the hot-bed, but they
will not flower fo early, and in cold feafons will
fcarce ripen their feeds. The plants may alfo be
preferved through the winter in a green-houfe, where
they will continue flowering mod part of the year,
but the fecond year they will not be fo vigorous as
the firft.

The eighth fort is the Weld, which is accounted a
rich commodity for dyeing ^ where this is cultivated,
the feeds are commonly fown with Barley in the fpring,
and after the Barley is taken off the ground, the
Weld begins to make fome progrefs, and the next
feafon is pulled up for ufe. This has been long prac-
tifed, and it will be difficult to prevail on the culti-
vaters of this plant to depart from their old cuftoms j

ii H but

*

RH A

but if any perfons will follow the dire&lofts hereafter
given, I can from experience promife them much
better fuccefs.

As the Weld will grow upon very poor foil, yet the
crop will be in proportion to the goodnefs of the land ;
for upon very poor ground, the plants will not rife
more than a foot high, whereas upon good ground I
have meafured them upward of three feet, and the
(talks, leaves, &c. have been in proportion •, fo that
the better the foil is upon which it is fown, the greater
will be the produce.

The bell v/ay to cultivate this plant, is to fow it
■without any other crop •, if the ground is ready by
the beginning or middle of .Auguft, that will be a
good feafon ; the land fhould be well ploughed and
harrowed fine, but unlefs it is very poor, it will not
require dung ; when the ground is well harrowed
and made fine, the ieeds fhould be fown ; one gallon
of the feeds is fufficient to fow an acre of land, for
they are fmall. If rain falls in a little time after the
feeds are fown, it will bring up the plants, and in
two months time they will be fo far advanced as to
be eafily diftinguifhed from the weeds ; then they
fhould be hoed in the like manner as Turneps, al-
ways obferving to do it in dry weather, for then the
weeds will foon die after they are cut up •, at this
time the plants may be left about fix inches diftance ;
if this is done in dry weather, and the work well
performed, the plants will be clean from weeds till
the fpring •, but as young weeds will come up in
March, fo if in dry weather the ground is hoed again,
it may be performed at a fmall expence while the
weeds are young, and then they will foon decay ; and
if after this there fhould be many more weeds appear,
it will be proper to hoe it a third time, about the be-
ginning of May, which will preferve the ground
clean till the Weld is fit to pull. The befl time to
pull the Weld for ufe, is as foon as it begins to flow-
er, though moft people flay till the feeds are ripe,
being unwilling to lofe the feeds but it is much
better to fow a fmall piece of land with this feed, to
remain for a produce of new feeds, than to let the
whole ftand for feed ; becaufe the plants which are
permitted to ftand fo long will be much lefs worth
for ufe, than the value of the feeds ; befides, by
drawing off the crop early, the ground may be fown
with Wheat the fame feafon ; for the plants may be
drawn up the latter end of June, when they will be
in the greateft vigour, fo will afford a greater quantity
of the dye.

When the plants are pulled, they may be fet up in
fmall handfuls to dry in the field, and when it is dry
enough, it may be tied up in bundles and houfed dry,
being careful to flack it loofely, that the air may pafs
between to prevent its fermenting.

That which is left for feeds fhould be pulled as foon
as the feeds are ripe and fet up to dry, and then beat
out for ufe ; for if the plants are left too long, the
feeds will fcatter. The ufual price of the feed is ten
fhillings a bufliel.

RHABARBARUM. See Rheum.

RH A BAR BA RUM MONACHORUM.
See Rumex.

RHAGADIOLUS. See Lapsana.

RHAMNOIDES. See Hippophae.

RHAMNUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 593. tab. 366.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 235. the Buckthorn; in French,
Nerprun .

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers on different plants -,
thefle have no empalements according to feme, nor petals
according to others . The cover of the flexes is flunnel-
Jhaped , and cut into flour parts at the top , which fpread
open. ’The male flowers have five ftamina the length
of the tube, terminated by fmall fummits. The female
flowers have a roundiflo germen , fupporting a floort ftyle ,
crowned by a quadrifid ftigma. The germen afterward
becomes a roundiflo berry , inclofing flour hard feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged, in the firft fedtion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants

R H A-

whole flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle •„ but ac-
cording to his fyftem, it fhould be placed in the firft
fedlion of his twenty-fecond clafs -, but as he has
joined to this genus the Frangula, Paliurus, ATater-
nus, and Ziziphus of Tournefort, fo to comprehend
them all he has placed them in his fifth clafs, which
had much better be kept feparate.

The Species are,

1. Rhamnus ( Catharticus ) ftoribus axillaribus, foliis

ovato-lanceolatis ferratis nervofis. Buckthorn with

flowers proceeding from the fides of the branches , and
oval, fpear-Jhaped, flawed, veined leaves. -Rhamnus ca-
tharticus. C. B. P. 478. Purging or common Buck-
thorn.

2. Rhamnus {Minor) floribus axillaribus, foliis ovatis
acuminatis nervofis integerrimis. Buckthorn with
flowers proceeding from the fides of the branches , and oval,
acute-pointed, entire leaves , having veins. Rhamnus ca-
tharticus minor. C. B. P. 478. Smaller purging or
common Buckthorn , commonly called Dwarf Rhamnus.

3. Rhamnus ( Longifolia ) foliis ianceolatis, floribus ax-
illaribus. Buckthorn with fpear-Jhaped leaves , and flowers
growing from the fides of the fialks. Rhamnus cathar-
ticus minor, folio longiori. Tourn. Inft. 593. Smaller
purging Buckthorn with a longer leaf.

4. Rhamnus (. Africana ) foliis cuneiformibus confertis
perennantibus, floribus corymbofis alaribus. Buck-
thorn with wedge- fo aped evergreen leaves growing in cluf-
ters, and flowers growing in roundiflo bunches from the fides
of the branches. Rhamnus Afer, folio pruni longiore
fubrotundo, flore candicante, fpinis longifiimis. Boerh.
Ind. alt. 2i2. African Buckthorn with a longer roundiflo
Plum leaf, a very white flower, and long fpines.

The firft fort grows naturally in the hedges in many
parts of England ; it rifes with a ftrong woody ftalk
to the height of twelve or fourteen feet, fending; out
many irregular branches the young fhoots have a
fmooth, grayifh, brown bark, but the older branches
have a darker and rougher bark, and are armed with

V— •

a few fhort thorns. The leaves ftand upon pretty
long flender foot-ftalks they are of the oval fpear-
fhape, about two inches and a half long, and one
and a quarter broad, (lightly fawed on their edges, of
a dark green on their upper fide, but of a pale or
light green on their under, having a pretty ftrong
midrib, and feveral veins proceeding from it, which
diverge toward the fides, but meet again near the
point of the leaf. The flowers come out in clufters
from the fide of the branches -, thole of the male have
as many ftamina as there are divifions in the petal
thofe of the female have a roundifh germen, which
afterward turns to a pulpy berry of a roundifh form,
inclofing four hard feeds. It flowers in June, and the
berries ripen in autumn.

The berries of this are ufed in medicine-, for with them
there' is a purging fyrup made, called Syrupus e fpina
cervina, or fyrup of Buckthorn -, which is reckoned
a good medicine to purge watery humours, and
againft the dropfy, jaundice, itch, and all manner
of eruptions on the (kin : of late years, the people
who fupply the market with thefe berries, have mix-
ed feveral other forts with them, fo that when the
fyrup is made by perfons who have not (kill to diftin-
guifh the berries, it is often very bad ; fo that two
ounces of the fyrup of one (hop will not purge fo well
as one from another, which has brought this medi-
cine into difrepute with many perfons. Thefe ber-
ries may be eafily known by examining their feeds, to
fee if there are four in each, and alfo by rubbing the
juice upon white paper, which it will ftain of a green
colour.

From the juice of thefe berries is made a very fine
green colour, called by the French Verd-de-veflie,
which is much efteemed by the painters in miniature.
The fecond fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France -, this is an humble (hrub, feldom rifing more
than three feet high, fending out many irregular
branches, covered with a dark brown bark, garniflied
with oval leaves ending in acute points they, are
about three quarters of an inch long, and half an inch

broad

4

R H A

broad in the wideft part, which is near the bafe ;
they are of a yellowifh green, and a thin confidence,
having feveral veins diverging from the midrib to-
ward the fides, which converge again toward the
point. The flowers come out upon fmall curfons or
ipurs on the fide of the branches, each Handing upon
a feparate fnort foot-ftalk ; they are of a yellowifh
herbaceous colour, having fhort fwelling tubes, and
are cut into five acute fegments at the top, which
ipread open •, they appear in June, but are not fuc-
ceeded by berries here.

Mr. Du Hamel de Monceaux, of the Royal Academy
of Sciences at Paris, lays, that the fruit of this fpecies
gathered green is the Grain d’Avignon, or Avignon
berries, which are uled in dyeing of yellow •, but I have
been allured by a gentleman of fkill, who refided long
in the fouth of France, that the Avignon berries
were the fruit of the narrow-leaved Alaternus ; and in
order to be better fatisfied of the truth, I gathered a
quantity of the berries of the narrow-leaved Alaternus
before they were full ripe, and carried them to two
eminent dealers in this commodity, and afked them if
they knew what thefe berries were ; they both allured
me, after making trial of them, that they were Avig-
non berries, and if I had a large quantity of them,
they would purchafe them all : therefore, as the Ala-
ternus before-mentioned is one of the rnoft common
Ihrubs in the fouth of France, from whence the Avig-
non berries are brought, we may fuppoie Mr du Ha
mel has been ill informed.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this grows to a larger fize than thefecond, but not fo
high as the firft. The branches are ftronger, and are
armed with a few long fpines ; the leaves are like
thofe of the wild Plum, but are a little longer and
narrower ; the flowers are fmall, of a yellowilh co-
lour, and are produced from the fide of the branches ;
thefe appear in June, but are not fucceeded by berries
in this country.

The firft: fort is fo common in the hedges in many
parts of England, that it is feldom cultivated in gar-
dens ; this riles eafily from feeds, if they are fown in
autumn foon after the berries are ripe ; but, if they
are kept out of the ground till fp ring, the plants will
not come up till the year after; thefe will require no
particular treatment, but may be managed in the fame
way as young Crabs, or any other hardy deciduous tree ;
it may alfo be propagated by cuttings or layers. If
the young fhoots are layed in autumn, they will put
out roots by the following autumn, when they may
be taken off from the plants, and either planted in
a nurfery to remain there to get ftrength for a year or
two, or they may be planted where they are defigned
to remain. This is not fo proper for hedges as the
Hawthorn or Crab, fo thofe lliould be preferred to it.
The fecond and third forts are preferved in botanic
gardens for the fake of variety ; but as they are not
beautiful, few perfons cultivate them here, efpecially
as thefe do not produce fruit in England. They may
be propagated either by laying down the young
branches in autumn, or by planting the cuttings in
the fpring, before the buds begin to fwell. Thefe
will put out roots in the fame manner as the common
fort, and may be treated in the fame way, for they
are both hardy plants, and will thrive in the open air.
The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, fo is too tender to thrive in the open air in
England ; but if it is placed in a common green-houfe
with Myrtles, Olives, and the hardier kinds of exotic
plants in winter, and removed to the open air in fum-
mer, it will thrive very well. This rifes with a fhrubby
ftalk to the height of four or five feet, fending out
many fide branches, which, when young, are covered
with a green bark, but as they advance, the bark
changes to a dark brown ; they are armed with a
few long (lender thorns, and garnilhed with wedge -
fnaped leaves, which come out in duffers at each
joint, four, five, or fix rifing from the fame point,
which differ in fize, the largeft being about an inch
long, and three quarters broad, and the fmalleft about

R H E

half as large ; they are of a deep green, and continue'
all the year 5 their points are broad and rounded,
growing narrower to their bafe, fitting dole to the
branches. The flowers are produced on the fide of
the branches at each joint; they are collected into
roundifh bunches, Handing upon foot-ftalks an inch
long ; they are white, and have fhort tubes ; their
upper part is cut into five acute fegments, which
ipread open inform of a ffar. Thefe appear in June,
at which time the whole fhrub feems covered with
flowers, fo as to make a fine appearance ; and as the
leaves continue green all the year, it deferves a place
where there is a conveniency to lhelter them in winter.
This fort has not as yet produced feeds in England,
but it may be eafily propagated by cuttings, which
fhould be planted in pots filled with loamy earth the
beginning of April. The pots fhould de plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, , and the cuttings lliould be
fhaded from the fun in the heat of the day ; they muff
alfo be fprinlded with water two or three times a week,
according as the earth in the pot dries, but they muff
by no means have too much wet. Thefe cuttings
will put out roots in two months, and foon after will
begin to make (hoots at the top ; then they muff have
a large (hare of air admitted to them, and gradually
inured to bear the open air, into which they fhould
be loon after removed ; and when they are well hard-
ened, they may be fhaken out of the pots, and
feparated, being careful to preferve a ball of earth,
to each, and plant them into fingle pots filled with
loft loamy earth, placing them in the lhade till they
have taken new root ; then they may be removed
into a fheltered fituation, where they may remain
till the froft comes on in autumn, at which time they
muff be houfed, and treated in the fame way as the
other hardier kinds of green-houfe plants.

RHEUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 454. Rhabarbarum.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 89. tab. 18. The Rhubarb.

The Characters are.

The jlower has no empdement ; it hath one petal , which
is narrow at the bafe , and impervious. The brim is cut
into fix parts , which are obtufe and alternately J mailer ;
it hath nine hair-like Jlamina infertcd in the petal , and is
of the fame length , terminated by oblong twin fummits
which are obtufe , and a fhort three-cornered germen , with
fcarce any Jlyle , crowned by three feathered figmas which
are reflexed. The germen afterward becomes a large three-
cornered feed, with acute membranceous borders.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedion.
of Linnaeus’s ninth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have nine ftamina or ftigmas, and three
ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Rheum ( Rhaponticum ) foliis cordatis glabris fpicis
obtufis. Rhubarb with flmooth heart-fhaped leaves , and
obtufe [pikes of flowers. Rhaponticum. Prof. Alp. Exot.
187. The Rhapontick , commonly called EnglifJo Rhubarb .

2. Rheum (Undulatum ) foliis fubvillofis undulatis peti-
olis aequalibus. Lin. Diff 1. tab. 1. Sp. Plant. 372.
Rhubarb with hairy waved leaves , having equal foot-
fialks. Rhabarbarum folio longiori hirfuto crifpo,
florum thyrfo longiori & tenuiori. Amman. Ruth. 9.
Rhubarb with a longer hairy curled leaf , and a longer and
fender fpike of flowers.

3. Rheum ( Compafturn ) foliis cordatis glabris, margi-
bus finuatis, fpicis eredis compadis. Tab. 218. Rhu-
barb with heart-fhaped fmooth leaves , which are ft mated
on their borders , and ere id compact fpikes of flowers.

4. Rheum (fPalmatum ) foliis palmatis acuminatis, Lin.
Sp. 531. Rhubarb with pointed hand-Jhaped leaves.

5. Rheum ( Ribes ) foliis granulatis, petiolis aequalibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 372. Rhubarb with granulated leaves
having equal foot-ftalks. Lapathum Grientale afpero
& verrucofo folio, Ribes Arabium didum. Hor-c.
Elth. 19 1. tab. 1 58, Eaftern Dock with a rough wanted
leaf. , called by the Arabians Ribes.

The firft fort grows naturally near the Pontic Sea,
but has been long an inhabitant of the Englifh gar-
dens. When the feeds were firft brought to Europe,
they were fuppofed to be of the true Rhubarb, bur

upon

£ZQ

4

R H E

upon making trial of the roots, they were found to
be greatly inferior to thofe of the true Rhubarb, and
upon farther trials and examinantion, it was found
to be the Rhapontick of Profper Aipinus, commonly
called Pontick Rhubarb. This hath a large thick
root, which divides into many ftrong flefhy fangs,
running deep in the ground •, the outfide is of a
reddifli brown colour, and the infide yellow, from
which arife feveral leaves, in number according to the
fze of the root ; thefe come up folded in the fpring,
and afterward expand themfelves ; they are fmooth,
of a roundifh heart-fhape, having very thick foot-
ftalks of a reddifli colour, which are a little channelled
on their lower part, but flat at the top. When the
plant grows in rich land, the foot-ftalks of the leaves
are near two feet long, and thicker than a man’s
thumb ; the leaves alfo are often two feet long, and
as much in breadth, having feveral ftrong longitudinal
veins running from the foot-ftalk to the borders, of
a deep green, and are waved on their edges, having
an acid tafte, but particularly the foot-ftalks, which
are now frequently ufed for making tarts. From
between the leaves arife the flower-ftem, which is of
a purple colour, garnifhed with one leaf at each
joint, of the fame fliape with thofe below, but fmaller,
and fit dole to the ftalk. The ftalks grow from two
to three feet high, according to the ftrength of the
ground, and are terminated by thick, clofe, obtufe
fpikes of white flowers, which appear the beginning
of June, and are fucceeded by large, triangular,
brown feeds, having a border or wing at each angle,
which ripen in Auguft.

The feeds of the fecond fort were fent me from Ley-
den by the late Dr. Boerhaave, by the title of Rhabar-
barum Chinenfe verum, or true China Rhubarb,
which fucceeded in the Chelfea Garden. The root
of this fort divides into a number of thick fibres,
which run deeper into the ground than thofe of the
firft, and are of a deeper yellow within. The leaves
appear much earlier in the fpring •, the foot-ftalks are
not fo much channelled on their under fide, and are
plain on their upper, not fo red nor fo thick as thofe.
The leaves are longer, running more to a point, and
are much waved on their edges, a little hairy on their
upper fide, and have many ftrong veins or ribs on
their under. The flower-ftem is of a pale brownifh
colour, rifing about four feet high, dividing into
feveral loofe panicles or bunches of white flowers,
which appear in May, and are fucceeded by tringu-
lap feeds like thofe of the firft fort, which ripen earlier
in the feafon.

The feeds of the third fort were fent me from Pe-
terfburgh, for the true Tartarian Rhubarb. The
roots of this fort are large, and divide into many
fangs *, they are yellow within ; the leaves appear early
in the fpring ; the foot-ftalks of thefe are of a pale
green, and almoft as large as thofe of the firft fort •,
they have fcarce any channels, and flat on their upper
fide ; the leaves are fmooth, heart-fbaped, and do not
run out to fo great length in a point as thofe of the
fecond, but are longer than thofe of the firft ; they
are very broad toward their bafe, and have very large
"pale green ribs on their under fide, a little waved on
their edges, having a fharp acid flavour. The flower-
ftalk is of a pale green ; it rifes five or fix feet high,
and are as large as a common walking cane, garnifh-
ed at each joint by one leaf of the fame fhape with
thofe below, but fmaller, fitting clofe to the ftalk ;
the upper part of the ftalk divides into fmall branches,
each fuftaining a panicle or fpike of white flowers
Handing ere<ft, which appear the latter end of May,
and are fucceeded by large triangular bordered feeds,
like thofe of the firft fort.

The roots of this laft approach nearer to thofe of the
foreign Rhubarb than either of the other, both in
fhape and quality ; and as thefe feeds which were fent
to Peterfburgh, were gathered from the plants grow-
ing on the fpot where the Rhubarb is taken up, fo
there is little reafon to doubt of its being the true
fort, though the roots which have grown in Eng-

R H E

land have not been equal in quality with thofe of the
foreign but this may have been occafioned for want
of age, or by being taken out of the ground at an
improper feafon, therefore farther trials may im-
prove it j and as the plants produce great plenty of
feeds here, fothey may be propagated with great cafe.
Dr. Linnteus feemed firft to think the fecond fort was
the true Rhubarb, but the roots of that which have
grown here are very little better than thole of the Rha-
pontick, and I have reafon to doubt if it is not a va-
riety of it •, for it is certain, thefe plants when grow-
ing near each other, are impregnated by each other’s
farina ; for from the feeds of the Rhapontick, which
grew clofe to the fecond fort, I had a mixture of
plants of both forts produced, though the plant of
the fecond fort did not produce any feeds, for the
ftalk decayed foon after the flowers faded •, and the
feeds of the Rhapontick were gathered by myfelf
from one plant, and were fown in his Grace the Duke
of Bedford’s garden at Wooburn Abbey, where there
had not been any of thefe plants before growing,
fo that there could be no mixture of feeds, and yet
a third part of the plants proved to be of the fe-
cond fort.

It has been learnedly controverted by the botanifts,
whether the Rhapontick of the antients, and the Rhu-
barb of the moderns, is one and the fame plant,
fome affirming, and others denying that there is any
agreement •, the reafonings on both Tides may be
feen in the Appendix to the fecond volume of John
Bauhin’s Hiftory of Plants.

The feeds of the fourth fort have been lately brought
to England, from which many plants have been
raifed ; thefe greatly differ in the form of their
leaves from all the other fpecies, for they are deeply
cut into many acute fegments, which fpread open in
form of a hand ; and I am informed by a fkilful
botanift, who has feen this fort in flower, that it fhould
be placed in the genus of Rumex, for there are but
fix ftamina in each flower ; but as the plant in the
Chelfea Garden has not as yet flowered, nor have I
feen any plants in that ftate, fo I cannot take upon
me to determine this.

However, I find the celebrated Linnaeus now fup-
pofes this to be the true Rhubarb, which farther ex-
periments muft fettle.

The fifth fort grows naturally on Mount Libanus,
and other mountainous parts of Syria. This hath a
thick flefhy root, which runs pretty deep in the
ground, from which arife feveral leaves in the fpring,
which come up folded together, and afterward ex-
pand •, they have very fhort foot-ftalks, fo fpread near
the ground •, but during the fpring, their borders are
eredr, and form a fort of hood having feveral folds,
and are curled and waved on their edges ; they are of
a purplifh green, and have purple veins and borders ;
theirfurface appears ftudded with rough protuberances,
and when the leaves are fully expanded in fummer,
they are a foot long, and above two feet broad j their
under fide is paler than the upper, and their borders
appear fringed. I have not feen this plant in flower,
but the feeds of it were brought from Mount Liba-
nus, by the Right Rev. Dr. Pocock, the late Biftiop
of Offory ; thefe were larger than thofe of the other
fpecies, and covered with a fucculent pulp, of a deep
red colour, and very aftringent tafte ; this fucculent
covering may have occafioned its being taken for a
berry, by many of the old writers ; the fliape of the
feed is like that of the other fpecies.

Thefe plants are all propagated by feeds, which fliould
be fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, and then
the plants will come up the following fpring ^ but if
they are kept out of the ground till fpring, the plants
feldom come up till the next fpring, fo that a whole
year will be loft. The feeds fliould be fown where
the plants are defigned to remain •. for as their roots
are large and flefhy, fo when they are tranfplanted,
they do not recover their removal foon ; nor will the
roots of thofe plants which are tranfplanted, ever
grow fo large and fair, as thofe which remain where

they were fown. When the plants appear in the
fpring, the ground fhould be hoed over to cut up
the weeds ; and where the plants are too dole, home
fhould be cut up, to allow room for the others to
grow, in the fame manner as is prabtifed for Car
rots and Parfneps, leaving them at the firft time of
hoeing fix or eight inches afunder, for fear of acci-
dents ; but at the fecond time of hoeing they may be
feparated to a foot and a half diftance, or more. Af-
ter this, the plants will require no other culture but
to keep them clean from weeds, fo that as foon as the
weeds appear, if the ground is feu filed over with a
Dutch hoe in dry weather, it may be done for a fmall
expence, and thereby the ground will be kept clean.
If this is begun early in the fpring before the weeds
are large, they will foon die, and by repeating.it two
or three times at proper intervals, during the fpring,
the ground will be made clean ; and when the plants
fpread out their leaves to cover the ground, they will
prevent the growth of v/eeds.

In' autumn the leaves of thefe plants decay, then the
ground fhould be made clean, and in the fpring, be-
fore the plants begin to put up their new leaves, the
ground fhould be either digged between the plants, or
be hoed and made clean again •, the fecond year after
the plants come up, many of the ftrongeft will pro-
duce flowers and feeds, but the third year moft of

1 them will flower. The feeds of thefe fhould be care-
fully gathered when ripe, and not permitted to fc af-
ter, left they fhould grow to injure the old plants.
The roots of thefe plants will remain many years
without decaying •, and I am informed, that the old
roots of the true Rhubarb are much preferable to
the young ones. They delight in a rich foil, not
too dry, nor over moift ; and where there is a good
depth for their roots to run down in fuch land, their
leaves will be very large, and their roots will grow to
a great fize.

The firft fort is now frequently cultivated in gardens
for the foot-ftalks of their leaves, which are peeled
and made into tarts in the fpring : it is alio kept in
gardens, to fupply the fhops with the roots, which are
ufed in medicine.

The true Rhubarb is now fown in many gardens, and
may probably fucceed fo well here in time, as that a
fufficienr. quantity of that valuable drug may be raifed,
to fupply our confumption.

RHEXIA. Gran. Flor. Virg. 41. Lin. Gen. Plant. 423.

The Characters are,

c['he emp element of the flower is permanent , oblong , tu-
bulotts , and of one leaf, fwelling below , but divided into
four parts at the brim. 'The flower has flour romdifh pe-
tals inferted in the empalement , which fpread open. It hath
eight fender ftamina which are inferted in the empalement ,
terminated by declining furrowed fummits, which are nar-
row, obtufe , and moveable. It has a roundiflj germen ,
fupporting a declining ftyle the length of the ftamina ,
crowned by a thick oblong ftigma. The germen afterward

* becomes a roundijh capfule with four cells in the fwollen
empalement , opening with four valves , and filled with
roundijh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft febtion of
Linnaeus’s eighth ckfs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have eight ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Rhexia ( Virginica ) foliis feflilibus ferratis calycibus
glabris. Fior. Virg. 41. Rhexia with fmooth empalement s ,
and Jawed leaves fitting clofe to the flalks. Lyfimachia
non pappofa Virginiana, tuberaris foliis hirfutis, flore
tetrapetalo rubello. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 202. f. 8, Vir-
ginian Loofeflrife without down , having a hairy leaf like
Tuber aria, with a red flower having four petals.

2. Rhexia ( Mariana ) foliis ciliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
346. Rhexia pith fins hairy leaves. Lyfimachia non

■ pappofa, terras Marians, leptoneuros, flore trepetalo
rubello, folio & caule hirfutis ferruginea hifpidis.
Pluk. Phyt. 428. f. 1. Loofeflrife of Maryland having
no down , but a reddifh flower with four petals, and a leaf
and folk covered with iron-coloured hairs.

The firft fort was difeovered by Mr. Baniiler in Vir-

ginia, from whence he fent the feeds to England,
which fucceeded in feveral gardens. This rifes with
an erect ftaik near a foot and a half high, which is
four- cornered and hairy, garnifned with fpear-fhaped
hairy leaves about two inches long, and half an inch
broad, which are entire, and placed oppofite, The ftaik
has two foot-ftalks coming out from the fideoppofite at
the upper joint, and is terminated by two other •, thefe
each fuftain two or three red flowers with heart-fhaped
petals, which fpread open in form of a crofs. Thefe
appear in June, but I have not feen any feeds pro-
duced here.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Maryland, from
whence I received the feeds. This fends up an erect
ftaik about ten inches high, garnifhed with fpear-
fhaped leaves about an inch long, and a third part of
an inch broad, fet on by pairs ; and from every
joint of the ftaik comes out two fhort fhoots oppofite,
garnifhed with fmall leaves of the fame fhape as the
other; the whole plant is thick, fet with flinging
iron-coloured hairs. The ftaik divides at the top into
two foot-ftalks, fpreading from each other, having
one reddifh flower on each ; thefe have four heart-
fhaped petals, which fpread open like the other.
It flowers about the fame time as the firft, but fel-
dom produces feeds here. Thefe plants are propa-
gated by feeds, which muft be procured from the
places where they grow naturally. If the feeds ar-
rive before the fpring, and are fown foon after they
arrive in pots filled with good frefli earth, and placed
under a garden frame to guard them from froft, the
plants will come up the following fpring ; but when
the feeds are fown in the fpring, the plants rarely
come up the firft year. When the plants come up
and are fit to remove, part of them fhould be planted
in an eaft border, where they may have only the
morning fun, and the others may be planted into
pots, that they may be flickered under a frame in
winter, for they are often deftroved by fevere froft,
though they will live abroad in the common winters
very well ; the fecond year the plants will flower, and
with care they may be continued three or four years.

RHINANTHUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 658. Pedi-
cularis fpecies. Tourn. Inft. 171. Elephas. Tourn.
Cor. 48. tab. 482. Rattle, or Loufewort.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf,
which is roundijh , compreffed , and blown up. It hath one
ringent petal, with a cylindrical tube the length of the ern-
palament, compreffed at the bafe, but opening at the top.
The upper lip is hooded , compreffed , and indented at the
point ; the lower lip is plain, fpreading, and cut into three
obtufe fegments at the point. It has four ftamina, which
are fhut up in the upper lip, two of which are fhorter
than the other , terminated by hairy incumbent fummits ,
and an oval compreffed germen fupporting a fender ftyle,
fituated with the ftamina, crowned by an inflexed obtufe
ftigma. The germen afterward turns to an oval com-
preffed capfule with two cells, opening on the fide, and
filled with compreffed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond febtion
of Linnteus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long, and two fhorter
ftamina and the feeds are lodged in a capfule.

1. Rhinanthus ( Crifta galli ) corollarum labio fuperi-
ore compreffo, breviore. Flor. Lap. 248. Rhinanthus
with a fhorter compreffed upper lip. Pedicularis pra-
tenfis lutea, vel crifta galli. C. B. P, 163. Yellow Mea-
dow Loufewort , yellow Rattle, or Cock’s-comb.

2. Rhinanthus ( Orientals ) corollarum labio fuperlore
fubulato incurvo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 603. Rhinanthus
with an aw l- f 3 aped incurved upper lip. Elephas Orien-
tal is, flore magno, probofeide incurva. Tourn. Cor.
48. Eaftern Elephanf s-head, with a large flower and an
incurved trunk.

3. Rhinanthus ( Elephas ) corollarum labio fuperlore
fubulato erebto. Prod. Leyd. 298. Rhinanthus with an
ereli awl-fhaped upper lip. Elephas Italica, flore mag-
no, probofeide furrebta. Tourn. Cor. 48. Italian Ele-
phant’ s-head, with a large flower and an erect trunk .

11 I The

I

K H Om-

The firft fort is a common weed in moil of the low
paftures and meadows in many parts of 'England
where it is one of the moft troublefome weeds among
the Grafs, fpreading itfelf over the whole ground, lb
that in many of the water meadows, there is more
of this plant than Grafs. It is an annual plant, which
flowers the latter end of May, fo that the feeds ripen
by the. time the Grafs of thefe meadows is mowed,
and the feeds Icatter and fill the ground with young
plants the following fpring ^ therefore, in order to
deftroy it, the Grafs fhould be cut as foon as the
flowers of this plant appear.

It is well known, fo requires no defcription • and as
it is never cultivated, fo it is mentioned chiefly to in-
troduce the others : but here I muftobferve, that the
Dutch carry on a trade with the feeds and feed-veffels
of one fpecies of this genus to Germany, whofe feed-
veffels appear very like thofe of this firft fort, they
call it Semen Savadillos ; the ufe of it is to kill ver-
min of every fort, efpecially bugs ; they boil a quan-
tity of the feeds and capfules in common water, with
which they wafh their- wainfcots, bedfteads, &c.
where any of thefe infects are lodged, and it effedtu-
ally deftroys them.

The fecond fort was difcovered by Dr. Tournefort on
the Tides of the Black Sea, growing in a fat foil and
fhady fituation. The flower being fhaped like an
Elephant’s-head, induced Fabius Columna to give
the title of Elephas to the third fpecies, which he
found growing naturally in the kingdom of Naples, ■
and Tournefort after him eftablifhed the genus with
that title. The ftalks of this rife a foot and a half
high ; they are hollow, four-cornered, and hairy, gar-
nifhed with leaves placed oppofite, having fiiort foot-
ftalks ; they" are about two inches long, and half an
inch broad, crenated on their edges, hairy, and veined.
The upper part of the ftalk is garnifhed with flowers
growing oppofite from the wings of the leaves •, thefe
have curved tubes, which divide into two lips ; the

< under lip is an inch long, broad, and cut into three
obtufe parts, the middle fegment being the broadeft ;
the upper lip is like a helmet, and is longer than the
lower. The flower is yellow, with a fpot of fille-
mort on the lower lip, and the upper lip has two red
fpots on the top the flowers have an agreeable fcent.
The third fort grows naturally in the kingdom of Na-
ples •, this is much like the former fort, but the pro
bofcis of the flower is ereft, and the lower lip has no
fpot.

Thefe plants defpife culture, fo are with great difficulty
kept in gardens $ they are biennial, fo are only pro-
pagated by feeds ; thefe fhould be fown foon after
they are ripe, otherwife they will not fucceed, nor
will the plants bear removing, fo they fhould be
fown where they are to remain, which fhould be in a
moift rich foil and a fhady fituation : when the plants
come up, they muft be thinned and kept clear from
weeds, which is all the culture they require. If the feeds
of thefe plants are permitted to fcatter, the plants will
come up better than thofe which are fown by band,
but they thrive belt amongft Grafs.

RHIZOPHORA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 524. Mangles.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 13. tab. 15. This is called Man-
grove by the inhabitants of the Weft-Indies ; there
are feveral fpecies of this kind, which grow in falt-
water rivers both in the Eafi: and Weft-Indies, but as
they will not grow upon land, it is needlefs to enu-
'tnerate them here.

R FI O D I O L A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 997. Anacampleros.
Tourn. Inft. R. PI. 264. Rofe-root.

The Characters are,

It hath male and female flowers in different plants the
male flowers have an empalement of one leaf , which is cut
into four or five fegment s almoft to the bottom \ they have
four obtufe petals, which are much longer than the em-
palernent , and four neftariums , which are erebl and fhorter
than the empalement , with eight awl-Jhaped flamina which
are longer than the petals , terminated by obtufe fummits.
They have four oblong acute germen without flyle or flig-
ma , fo are abortive . The female flowers have the fame

empalement as the male they have four obtufe petma -
nent petals equal with the empalement , and four neftariums
like the male-, they have four oblong acute -pointed germen
fitting upon an ere ft flyle, crowned by obtufe fiigmas. The
germen afterward become four horned capfules , compreffed
on their inner fide, filled with roundijh feeds .

This genus of plants is ranged in the ieventh fedtion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which contains
thofe plants whofe male and female flowers are upon
different plants, and the male flowers have eight fta-
mina.

The Species are, ;

1. Rhqdiola ( Rofea ) ftaminibus corolla duplo longio-
ribus. Rofe-root with flamina twice as long as the petals.
Anacampferos radice rofam fpirante major. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 264. Greater Orpine with a Rafe-fcented
root.

2. Rhodiola [Miner) ftaminibus corolla fere sequanti-
bus. Rofe-root with flamina fcarcely equalling the length
of the petals. Anacampferos radice rofam fpirante mi-
nor. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 264. Smaller Orpine with a
Rofe-fcented root.

The firft fort grows naturally in the clefts of the
rocks and rugged parts of the mountains of W ales,
yorkfhire, and Weftmoreland. This has a very thick
fiefhyroot, which, when bruifed or cut, fends out an
odour like Rofes ; it has many heads, from whence
in the fpring come out thick fucculent ftalks like thofe
of Orpine, about nine inches long, clofely garnifhed
with thick fucculent leaves of a gray colour, which
are an inch long, and half an inch broad, indented
on their edges toward the top, and are placed alter-
nately on every fide the ftalk. The ftalk is termi-
nated by a duller of yellowilh herbaceous flowers,
which appear early in May ; the male flowers have
ftamina twice the length of the petals. They have
a very agreeable fcent, but are not of long conti-
nuance.

The lecond fort grows naturally on the Alps *, the
roots of this are fmaller than thofe of the other fort,
the ftalks are fmall, and not above five inches long ;
the leaves are fmall, but fhaped like thofe of the other
fort, and end with a purple point ; the petals of the
flowers are purplifh, and the ftamina are but little
longer than the petals. This flowers later than the
other fort. I have cultivated both thefe plants in the
fame foil above thirty years, and have never found ei-
ther of them vary.-

Thefe plants are prefer ved in the gardens of the cu-
rious, for the fake of variety -, they are eafily propa-
gated, either by cuttings or partrhg of the roots. If
by cuttings, they fhould be planted the beginning of
April, foon after they come out from the head •, if
thefe are planted in a fhady border, and covered clofe
down with a glafs, keeping them dry, they will put
out roots in about fix weeks ; but the cuttings fhould
be laid in a dry room at leaft a week before they
are planted, that the wounds may be dried before
they are planted, otherwife they are fubjedt to rot.

If they are propagated by parting of the roots, that
fhould be performed in the beginning of September,
at v/hich time their ftalks begin to decay ; and if the
flefhy parts of the roots are cut or broken, they fhould
be laid to dry a few days before they are planted, for
the fame reafon as the cuttings. Thefe plants require
a fhady fituation and a dry undunged foil, in which
they will continue many years.

RHODODENDRON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 484.
Chamasrhododendros. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 604. tab.
373. Dwarf Rofe-bay.

The Characters are,

The flower has a permanent empalement cut into five feg-
ment s the flower hath one wheel funnel-fhaped petal. ,
fpreading open at the brim it has ten fender flamina
which decline, and are the length of the petals, terminated
by oval fummits, and a five-cornered germen, fupporting a
fender flyle the length of the petal, crowned by an obtufe
fligma. The germen afterward becomes an ovtfl capfule
with five cells, filled with fmall feeds ,

This

R H O

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft febtion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Rhododendron ( Hirfutum ) foliis ciliatis nudis, co-
rollis infundibuliformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 292. Rofe-
bay with naked hairy leaves , and funnel-Jhaped petals.
Chamasrhododendros Alpina, villofa. Tourn. Inlt. R.
PI. 604. Hairy Alpine Dwarf Rofe-bay.

2. Rhododendron ( Ferrugineum ) foliis glabris, fubtus
leprofis, corollis infundibuliformibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.
39 2. Rofe-bay with fmooth leaves which are hoary on their
under fide, and funnel-Jhaped petals. Chamaerhododen-
dros Alpina glabra. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 604. Smooth
Alpine Dwarf Rofe-bay.

The firft fort grows naturally on the Alps, and alfo
upon feveral mountains in Italy. This is a low fhrub,

. which feldom rifes two feet high, lending out many
fhort ligneous branches, covered with a light brown
bark, and garnifhed clofely with oval fpear-fhaped
leaves about half an inch long, and a quarter of an
inch broad, fitting pretty dole to the branches ; they
are entire, and have a great number of fine iron-
coloured hairs on their edges and under fide. The
flowers are produced in bunches at the end of the
branches ; they have one funnel-lbaped petal ; the
tube is about half an inch long ; the brim is cut into
five obtufe fegments, which fpread half open ; they
are of a pale red colour, and have ten ftamina in
each, which are the length of the tube ; after the
flowers are paft, the germen in the center turns to an
oval capfule with five cells, filled with fmall feeds. It
flowers in May, and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the Alps and
Apennines ; this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk near three
feet high, fending out many irregular branches, co-
vtred with a purplilh bark, and clofely garnlfhed
with fmooth fpear-fhaped leaves an inch and a half
long, and half an inch broad in the middle ; they
are entire, and their borders are reflexed backward ;
the upper fide is of a light lucid green, and their
under fide of an iron colour; they are placed all
round the branches without any order. The flow-
ers are produced in round bunches at the end of the
branches ; they are funnel-fhaped, having Ihort tubes,
which are cut into five obtufe fegments at the brim,
which fpread a little open ; they are of a pale Rofe
colour, and make a good appearance. This fort
flowers in June, but does not ripen feeds here.

There ,are fome other fpecies of this genus which grow
naturally in the eaftern countries, and others are na-
tives of America, but the two forts here mentioned are
all I have feen in the Englifh gardens •, and thefe are
difficult to propagate and preferve in gardens, for they
grow naturally upon barren rocky foils and in cold fi-
tuations, where they are covered with fnow great part
of the winter ; fo that when they are planted in better
ground, they do not thrive, and for want of their
ufual covering of fnow in winter, they are frequently
killed by froft ; but could thefe plants be tamed, and
propagated in plenty, they would be great ornaments
to the gardens.

They are propagated by feeds, but thefe are fo very
fmall, that if they are covered deep, they will not
grow. The feeds fhould be fown as foon as pofllble
after they are ripe, either in fhady borders or pots
filled with freffi gentle loamy earth, and very light-
ly covered with a little fine earth ; then the pots
fhould be plunged up to their rims in a fhady bor-
der, and in hard froft they 'fhould be covered with
bell or hand-glafies, taking them off in mild wea-
ther. If thefe feeds are fown early in autumn, the
plants will come up the following fpring •, thefe mnft
be kept fhaded from the fun, efpecially the firft
fummer, and duly refrefhed with water, and in au-
tumn following, they may be tranfplanted to a fhady
fituation and on a loamy foil, covering the ground
about their roots with Mofs, which will guard them
from froft in winter, and keep the ground moift in
fummer.

R H U

RHUS. Tourn. inft. R. H. 61 1. tab. 381. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 331. [pA takes its name from fA to flow,
becaufe it ftops dyfenterial fluxes of the bov/els.] Su-

vf-mach.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is permanent , ereEl, and
cut into five parts. The flower has five oval , erehl*
fpreading petals , and five Jhvrt ftamina terminated by
fmall fummits , floor ter than the petals ; it has a roilnd -
ifio germen as large as the petals , with ficarce any ftyle ,
crowned by three fmall ftigmas. The germen afterward
becomes a roundijh hairy %erry, inclofing a fingle hard feed
of the fame form.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feflion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants/
whofe flowers have five ftamina and three ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Rhus ( Coriaria ) foliis pinnatis obtufiufcule ferratis,
ovalibus fubtus villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 379. Sumach
with winged leaves which are obtufely flawed , oval, and
hairy on their under fide. Rhus folio ulmi. C. B. P.
4 1 4. Elm-leaved Sumach.

2. Rhus ( Typhinum ) foliis pinnatis lanceolatis, argute
ferratis fubtus tomentofis. Amcen. Acad. 4. p. 31 1.
Sumach with fpear-fhaped winged leaves which are
jharply flawed , and woolly on their under fide. Rhus
Virginianum. C. B. P. App. 517. Virginian Sumach.

3. Rhus ( Glabrum ) foliis pinnatis ferratis lanceolatis
utrinque glabris. Sumach with winged leaves which are
fpear-fhaped , and fmooth on both fides. Rhus Virgini-
cum, panicula fparia, ranks patulis glabris. Hort.
Elth. 323. Virginian Sumach with a loofe panicle, and
fmooth fpreading branches.

4. Rhus ( Carolinianum ) foliis pinnatis ferratis lanceolatis,
fubtus incanis, panicula compacfta. Sumach with faw-
ed, fpear floaped , winged leaves which are hoary on their
under fide, with a comp abl panicle. Rhus Carolinianum,
panicula fpeciofa coccinea. Catefb. Hift. Carol. Caro-
lina Sumach having a beautiful fcarlet panicle.

5. Rhus ( CanadenJ'e ) foliis pinnatis, obfolete ferratis,
lanceolatis, utrinque glabris, panicula compofita.
Sumach with winged fpear-fhaped leaves which are Jlight-
ly fawed , and a compound panicle. Rhus Canadenfe
folio longiori utrinque glabro. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
6 1 1 . Canada Sumach , with a longer leaf which is fmooth
on both fides.

6. Rhus ( Copallinum ) foliis pinnatis integerrimis, petio-
lo membranaceo articulato. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 24.
Sumach with entire winged leaves , and a jointed membra-
naceous footflalk. Rhus anguftifolium. C. B. P. 414.
Narrow-leaved Sumach.

7. Rhus ( Chinenfe ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis ovatis, obtuse
ferratis, petiolo membranaceo villofo. Sumach with
winged flalks, oval lobes which are bluntly fawed , and a
hairy foot-ftalk having jointed membranes or wings. Rhus
Sinarum labtefcens, cofta foliorum alata. Pluk. Am.
183. China milky Sumach , with winged membranes to the
leaves.

8. Rhus ( Incanum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis fubtus
tomentofis. Three-leaved Sumach , with oval leaves which
are downy on their under fide. Rhus Africanum ma-
jus folio fubrotundo integro, molli & incano. Pluk.
Phyt. tab. 219. fig. 8. Greater , three-leaved , Afri-
can Sumach , with a rounder entire leaf which is foft and
hoary.

9. Rhus ( Tomentofum ) foliis ternatis foliolis fubpetiola-
tis, rhombeis angulatis, fubtus tomentofis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 266. Three-leaved Sumach with angular rhomboid
lobes having foot-ftalks , and downy on their- under fide .
Rhus Africanum trifoliatum majus, foliis obtufis &
incifis hirfutis pubefcentibus. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 2jq.
fig.- 7. Greater , African , three-leaved Sumach , with ob-
tufe cut leaves which are covered with foft hairs.

10. Rhus ( Lucidum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis feffilibus
cuneiformibus laevibus. Vir. Cliff. 25. Three-leaved
Sumach whofe lobes are fmooth , wedge-foaped, and fit
clofe to the ftalk. Rhus Africanum, trifoliatum mi-
nus glabrum, fplendente folio, fubrotundo integro.,
Pluk. Phyt. -219. fig. 9. Three-leaved African Sumach,
with a fmooth , Jhining , roundijh , entire leaf which is j. mail,

ii, Rhus

1 1. Rhus ( Africa-mum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis ner-
vofis, marginibus fsepitis dentatis, utrinque viridi-
bus. Sumach with trifoliate leaves having oval veined
lobes which are generally indented on their edges , and green
on both fides. Rhus Africanum, trifoliatum majus
glabrum, fplendente utrinque folio fubrotundo me-
dio quandoque crenato. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 229.
Greater , African , three-leaved Sumach , with fmooth
roundifh leaves on both fides , which are fometmes crenated
in the middle.

12. Rhus ( Argent eum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis petiolatis
lineari-lanceolatis integerrimis fubtus tomentofis.
Hort. Cliff, hi. Sumach with trifoliate leaves , whofe
lobes ft and upon foot-ftalks, are linear, fpear-Jhaped, en-
tire, and downy on their under fide. Rhus Africanum
trifoliatum majus, foliis fubtus argenteis acutis &
margine incifis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 219. fig. 6. Greater
African three-leaved Sumach, with leaves which are fil-
very on their under fide, and cut on their edges.

13. Rhus ( Radalijawel ) foliis ternatis, foliolis ovatis
acuminatis integerrimis, petiolatis, floribus panicula-
tis terminalibus. Three-leaved Sumach , with oval acute-
pointed lobes which are entire, upon foot-ftalks growing
in panicles which terminate the branches. Phafeolus
arborefcens Zeylanicus monocarpos, Radtelijawel.
Plerm. Muf. Zeyl. 39. Tree Kidney-bean of Ceylon with
a fingle fruit, called Rad.alijawel.

14. Rhus ( Rigidum ) foliis ternatis linearibus integris ri-
gidis glabris. Sumach with three linear , entire , rigid,
fmooth leaves.

15., Rhus ( Cotinus ) foliis 'fimplicibus obovatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 267. Sumach with fingle, obverfe , oval leaves.
Cotinus Coriaria. Docl. Pemp. 780. Venice Sumach, or
Coccygria.

The firft fort of Sumach grows naturally in Italy,
Spain, and Turkey-, the branches of this tree are
ufed inltead of Oak bark for tanning of leather, and
I have been informed that the Turkey leather is all
tanned with this fhrub. It hath a ftrong ligneous

O O

ftalk which divides into many irregular branches,
which rife to the height of eight or ten feet ; the
bark is hairy, and of an herbaceous brown colour
while young ; the leaves are winged, and compofed of
feven or eight pair of lobes terminated by an odd one ;
the lobes are about two inches long, and half an inch
wide in the middle ; they are bluntly fawed on their
edges, and hairy on their under fide, of a yellowifh
green colour ; they are placed alternately on the
branches ; the flowers grow in looie panicles at the
end of the branches, which are of a whitilh herbaceous
colour, each panicle being compofed of feveral clofe
fpikes of flowers fitting clofe to the foot-ftalks ; thefe
appear in July, but are not fucceeded by feeds in
England. The leaves and feeds of this fort are ufed
in medicine, and are efteemed very reftringent and
ftiptick, and good for all kinds of fluxes and hae-
morrhages ; ufed both inwardly and outwardly, they
refill putrefaction, and flop gangrenes and mortifi-
cations.

The fecond fort grows naturally in almoft every part
of North America ; this hath a woody Item, from
which are fent out many irregular branches, which are
generally crooked and deformed. The young branches
are covered with a foft velvet like down, refembling
greatly that of a young ftag’s-horn both in colour and
texture, from whence the common people have given
it the appellation of Stag’s-horn ; the leaves are wing-
ed, compofed of fix or feven pair of oblong lobes,
terminated by an odd one, ending in acute points ;
they are entire, and hairy on their under fide, as is
alfo the midrib. The flowers are produced in clofe
tufts at the end of the branches, which are fucceed-
ed by feeds inclofed in purple, woolly, fucculent co-
vers, fo that the bunches are of a beautiful purple
colour in autumn, and the leaves before they fall,
change alfo to a purplilh colour firft, and before they
fall, to a feuillemort. This is ufed for tanning of
leather in America, and the roots are often prefcribed
in medicine in the countries where the plant grows
naturally.

The third fort grows naturally in many parts of North
America ; this is commonly titled by the gardeners
New England Sumach, The ftem of this fort is
ftronger, and riles higher than that of the former ;
the branches fpread more horizontally ; they are not
quite fo downy as thofe of the laft, and the down is
of a brownifti colour ; the leaves are compofed of
many more pair of lobes, which are fmooth on both
fides ; the flowers are difpofed in looie panicles, which
are of an herbaceous colour ; they appear about the
fame time with thofe of the former, but are not fuc-
ceeded by feeds in England.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Carolina ; the feeds
of this were brought from thence by the late Mr.
Catefby, who has given a figure of the plant in his
Natural Hiftory of Carolina. This is by the gardeners
called the fcarlet Carolina Sumach ; it riles common-
ly to the height of feven or eight feet, and divides
into many irregular branches, which are fmooth, of
a purple colour, and pounced over with a grayilh
powder, as are alfo the foot-ftalks of the leaves, which
are of a purplilh colour. The leaves are compofed
of feven or eight pair of lobes terminated by an odd
one ; thefe are not always placed exa&ly oppo-
fite on the midrib, but are fometimes alternate ; they
are three or four inches long, and almoft one broad
in the middle, ending in acute points, and are fawed
on their edges. The upper fide of the lobes are of
a dark green, and their under hoary, but fmooth.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in very clofe thick panicles which are large, and of a
bright red colour ; they appear in July and Auguft,
and continue till autumn, but the feeds do not ripen
in England.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Canada, Maryland,
and feveral other parts of North America ; this hath
fmooth branches, of a purple colour, covered with a
gray pounce. The leaves are compofed of feven or
eight pair of lobes terminated by an odd one ; the lobes
are fpear-ftiaped, four inches and a half long, and
one broad in the middle, terminating in acute points,
and are a little fawed on their edges ; they are of a
lucid green on their upper furface, but hoary on their
under, and are fmooth. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches in large panicles, which
are compofed of feveral fmaller, each Handing upon
leparate foot-ftalks ; they are of a deep red colour,
and the whole panicle is covered with a gray pounce,
as if it had been fcattered over them. This fort flow-
ers at the fame time with the fourth, but does not
ripen feeds here.

The fixth fort grows naturally in moft parts of North
America, where it is known by the title of Beech
Sumach, probably from the places where it grows.
This is of humbler growth than either of the former,
ieldom rifing more than four or five feet high, divid-
ing into many fpreading branches which are fmooth,
of a light brown colour, and are pretty clofely gar-
nilhed with winged leaves ; they are compofed of four
or five pair of narrow lobes terminated by an odd one ;
they are entire, about two inches long, and half an
inch broad, ending in acute points ; they are of a light
green on both fides, and in autumn change purplilh.
The midrib which fuftains the lobes, has on each fide
a winged or leafy border, which runs from one pair
of lobes to another, ending in joints at each pair, by
which it is eafily diftinguifhed from the other forts.
The flowers are produced in looie panicles at the end
of the branches ; they are of a yellowifh herbaceous
colour, and appear in July, but the feeds do not ripen
in England.

Thefe fix forts are hardy plants, and will thrive in
the open air in England. The firft and fourth forts
are not quite fo hardy as the others, fo muft have a
better fituation, otherwife their branches will be in-
jured by fevere froft in the winter; they are eafily
propagated by feeds, when obtained from the coun-
tries where they grow, which, if fown in autumn,
the plants will come up the following fpring ; but if
they are fown in the lpring, they feldom come up till

the

R H U

the next fpring *, they may be either fown in pots, or
the full ground. If they are fown in pots in autumn,
the pots (hould be placed under a common frame in
winter, where the feeds may be protected from hard
froft, and, if in the fpring the pots are plunged into
a very moderate hot-bed, the plants will foon rife,
and have thereby more time to get ftrength before
winter. When the plants come up, they muft have
a large (hare of air, and (hould be gradually harden-
ed to bear the open air, into which they fhould be
removed as foon as the weather is favourable, placing
them where they may have the morning fun, and
muft be kept clean from weeds-, and in dry weather,
if they are fupplied with water, it will greatly pro-
mote their growth *, but toward autumn it will be
proper to ftint their growth by keeping them dry,
that the extremity of their (hoots may harden; for if
they are replete with moifture, the early frofts in au-
tumn will pinch them, which will fometimes caufe
their ftioots to decay almoft to the bottom, if the
plants are fully expofed. If the pots are put under
a common frame again in autumn, it will fecure the
plants from injury, for while they are young, and
the upper part of the (hoots are (oft, fo they wiii be in
danger of buffering if the winter proves very fevere;
but in mild weather they muft always enjoy the open
air, therefore Ihould never be covered but in frofc.
The fpring following, juft before the plants begin to
(hoot, they (hould be (haken out of the pots, and
carefully feparated, fo as not to tear the roots, and
then tranfplanted into a nurfery in rows three feet
afunder, and about one foot diftance in the rows. In
this nurfery they may (land two years to get ftrength,
and then may be tranfplanted where they are to re-
main.

The feeds which are fown in the full ground, may be
covered the firft winter with fome old tanners bark
to keep out the froft, and in the fpring it may be
drawn off again after the danger of the hard froft is
over ; and when the plants come up, they muft be
kept clean from weeds, which is all the care they will
require the firft fummer; but as the plants in the full
ground are apt to grow luxuriant, and continue grow-
ing late in autumn, they (hould be covered to (creen
them from the early froft, which will otherwife kill
their tops, and this often occafions them to die down
a confiderable length, and frequently almoft to the
ground in hard winters. In the fpring following the
plants may be taken up carefully, and tranfplanfed
into a nurfery at the fame diftance as before diredted.
This method of propagating the plants from feeds is
feldom praflifed after a perfon is once pofleffed of
the plants, for they are very fubjedt to fend up a great
number of fuckers from their roots, whereby they
are eafily propagated. The fuckers of all the forts
may be taken up and planted in a nurfery for a year or
two to get ftrength, and then may be planted where
they are to remain.

Thefe fhrubs are generally planted in plantations of
flowering (hrubs in large gardens, where they make
a fine variety in autumn, especially the fecond, fourth,
and fifth forts, with their large purple, or red pani-
cles, which have a good effedt; but where thefe are
planted, their fuckers muft be every year taken off,
otherwife they will grow up to a thicket and deftroy
the neighbouring plants.

The feventh fort grows naturally in the eaft. The
feeds of this were lent to the Royal Garden at Paris,
where they fucceeded, and from thence I received the
plant, which grew very well in the open air at Chelfea
three years, but the fevere winter in 1740 deftroyed
it, fo that it is not quite fo hardy as the other forts.
This rifes with a fhrubby flalk five or fix feet high,
fending out many irregular branches. The young
(hoofs and foot-ftalks of the leaves are covered with
a foft brown hairy down the leaves are compofed
of three or four pair of oval lobes terminated by an
odd one ; the inner lobes are fmall, and the outer
large ; the firft are not more than an inch and a half
long, and three quarters of an inch broad, but the

outer are more than two inches long, and an inch
and a quarter broad ; the end lobe is heart-fhaped,
ending in an acute point, and is three inches long
and two broad at the bale ; they are fawed on their
edges, and hoary on their under fide ; the midrib
which fuftains the lobes, has two leafy membranes
running along the fides from joint to joint, which are
narrow below, and gradually increafe in their breadth
to the next joint. When the leaves are broken, they
emit a milky juice from the wound. As I have not
feen the flowers of this fort, I can give no account
of them.

This fort does not put out fuckers from the root like
the American kinds, fo muft either be propagated by
layers, or by cutting off fome of the roots, and plant-
ing them upon a gentle hot-bed in the fpring, by
which method there is great probability it may be pro-
pagated, but my plant was too weak for this purpofe
when it was deftroyed.

The eighth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this hath a ftrong woody ftalk which rifes ten
or twelve feet high, covered with a gray bark, fend-
ing out many fmooth branches on every fide, garniftied
with trifoliate leaves (landing upon pretty long foot-
ftalks. The lobes of the leaves are oval and entire,
about an inch long, and three quarters broad, hoary on
their under fide, but fmooth and of a lucid green on
their upper ; the flowers are produced from the wings
of the leaves in fmall panicles ; they are of an herba-
ceous colour, and appear in July, but fall away in
England without having any feeds fucceed them.

The ninth fort alio grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope ; this rifes with a woody (talk to . the
height of feven or eight feet, covered with a brown
bark, having many irregular branches, garniftied
with trifoliate leaves (landing upon long foot-ftalks.
The lobes of this fort are angular, and fhaped like a
rhombus; they are near two inches long, and one
broad, downy on their under fide, but of a dark green
on their upper. The flowers come out in (lender
bunches from the fide of the branches ; they are of a
whitifh herbaceous colour, and foon fall away.

The tenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this rifes with a woody ftalk like the eighth,
dividing into many branches covered with a brown
bark, garniftied with trifoliate leaves, whole lobes are
wedge or heart-fhaped, of a lucid green, and fit clofe
to the foot-ftalk. This fort does not flower here fo
far as I can find, for I have had fome of the plants in
my care almoft forty years, but they have not flower-
ed as yet.

The eleventh fort is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope. This hath fome refemblance of the former,
but the lobes of the leaves are twice as large and oval,
with fome indentures on their edges ; they have feve-
ral tranfverfe veins running from the midrib to the
edges, and are very ftiff, of a bright lucid green on
both Tides. This fort has not flowered here fo far as
I can learn.

The twelfth fort came from the Cape of Good Hope,
where it grows naturally. This rifes with a woody
ftalk feven or eight feet high, dividing into feveral ir-
regular branches, which are covered with a dark brown
bark, and garniftied with narrow, fpear-fhaped, trifo-
liate leaves, ftanding upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The
lobes are two inches long, and half an inch broad in
the middle, ending in acute points ; they are downy
on their under fide, but of a lucid green on their up-
per. The flowers are produced in (mall loofe bunches
from the fide of the branches ; they are fmall, of an
herbaceous colour, and fall off without having any
feeds fucceed them.

All thefe African forts are too tender to live through
the winter in the open air in England, fo they are
planted in pots or tubs, and honied in autumn, and
during the winter they muft be treated in the fame
way as other hardy green-houte plants. They all re-
tain their leaves through the year, 1b make a good
variety when intermixed with other plants in the green-
houfe in winter. They may be propagated by cut-

1 1 K tingss

RHU

tings, which fliould he planted in pots filled with
loamy earth the beginning of April, and plunged in-
to a very moderate hot-bed, covering them clofe with
hand or bell-glafies, and fcreening them from the fun
in the heat of the day. The cuttings fhould be now
and then refrelhed with water, but it fhould not be
given in too great quantity. With this manage-
ment they will put out roots in about two months,
and when they begin to (hoot, they fhould have air
admitted to them, and be gradually hardened to bear
the open air, into which they mull be removed,
placing them in a flickered fituation ; and when the
cuttings have filled the pots with their roots, they
fhould be fhaken out of the pots, and parted carefully,
planting each into a feparate fmall pot, placing them
in the fliade till they have taken new root, when they
may be intermixed with other exotic plants in a fhel-
tered fituation for the fummer, and in autumn re-
moved into the green-houfe.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally on the Ifland of
Ceylon •, this rifes with a woody ftalk ten or twelve
feet high, fending out many branches, which are
eloathed with trifoliate leaves, {landing upon pretty
long foot-ftalks. The lobes of the leaves are oval,
about two inches long, and an inch and a half broad,
terminating in acute points ; they are thick, fmooth,
and of a lucid green. The flowers are produced in
loofe panicles at the end 'of the branches ; they are of
a whitifh herbaceous colour, and fmall. They fel-
dom appear in England, but when they do they are
not fucceeded by feeds here.

This plant is tender, fo muft be placed in a moderate
ftove, otherwife it will not live through the winter in
England. It may be propagated by cuttings in the
fame way as the former forts, but requires a warmer
bed than thofe to promote their putting out roots.
When they have good roots they fhould be each tranf-
planted into a feparate fmall pot, and plunged into
the tan-bed, and treated in the fame way as other ten-
der exotic plants.

The fourteenth fort is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, where it grows to be a large fhrub, but in Eng-
land it feldom rifes more than five or fix feet high,
fending out many branches covered with a bright
brown bark, garnifhed with very narrow trifoliate
leaves, Handing on very long foot-ftalks *, the flowers
come out in loofe panicles at the ends of the branches,
and alfo from the wings of the ilalks, of an herbaceous
colour, but are fmall, and fall away, without pro-
ducing feeds in England.

This may be propagated by cuttings, which fliould
be planted in pots during the fummer feafon, plung-
ing them into a moderate hot-bed, covering them
clofe with hand-glaflfes •, when they have taken root,
they fliould be each planted in a feparate pot, fhading
them till they have taken new root, and in the au-
tumn they muft be removed to a green-houfe.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Spain, Italy, and
the Levant, where the leaves and branches are ufed
for tanning of leather ; this rifes with an irregular
fhrubby ftalk to the height of ten or twelve feet, fend-
ing out many fpreading branches covered with a
fmooth brown bark, garnifhed with ftngle, obverfe,
oval leaves about two inches long, and of the fame
breadth, rounded at their points, and Hand upon
long foot-ftalks •, they are fmooth, ftiff, and of a lu-
cid green, having a ftrong midrib, from whence fe-
veral tranfverfe veins run toward the border. The
flowers come out at the end of the branches upon
long hair-like foot-ftalks, which divide, and branch
into large hair-like bunches of a purplifh colour ;
they are fmall, white, and compofed of five fmall
oval petals which fpread open ; thefe appear in July,
but are not fucceeded by feeds in England.

This plant is cultivated for fale in the nurfery-gar-
dens near London •, it is propagated by layers, which
fhould be laid down in the autumn, and by next au-
tumn they will have taken root, when they may be
taken off from the old plants, and tranfplanted in a
nurfery, where they may grow a year or two to get

RIB

ftrength, and then be planted where they are to re-
main. This fhrub is fo hardy as to be feldom injured
by froftin England.

RIBES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 247. Groffularia. Tourn.
Inft. 639. tab. 409. Ribeftum. Dill. H. Elth. 246.
The Currant-tree.

The Characters are,

The flower has a bellied empahment of one leaf , cut at
the top into five concave obtufe fegments \ it hath five
fmall , obtufe , ereffi petals growing to the border of the cm -
palement , and five awl-fhaped fiatnina inferted in the em-
pakmenty terminated by incumbent comprefied fummits
opening at their border. The roundifh germen is fituated
under the flower , fupporting a bifid ftyle, crowned by ob-
tufe ftigmas i it afterward becomes a globular umbili-
cated fruit with one cell , containing many roundifh com-
preffed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feblion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants whofe
flowers have five flamina and one ftyle. Dr. Lin-
n^us and Tournefort both join this to the Goofeberry,
making them the fame genus, ' which in a fyftem of
botany is very right ; but, as they are always fepa^-
rated by gardeners, I have chofen to continue them
fo here.

The Species are,

1. Ribes (j Rubrum) inerme, racemis glabris pendulis,
floribus planiufculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 200. Currant
without thorns , having fmooth hanging bunches, and plain
flowers. Ribes vulgare acidum. J. B. 2. p. 97. ' Com-
mon four Currant.

2. Ribes ( Alpinum ) inerme, racemis erectis, br able is
fiore longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 200. Smooth Currant
with creel bunches , and braMea lenger than the flower .
Ribes Alpinum dulce. J. B. 2. p. 98. Sweet Alpine
Currant.

3. Ribes ( Nigrum ) inerme, racemis pilofis, floribus ob-
longis. Lin. Sp, Plant. 201. Currant without fpines ,
having hairy branches and oblong flowers. Ribes vul-
garis fruflu nigra. Rudb. Flor. Lapp. 99. Common
black Currant.

4. Rises ( Americamm ) inerme, racemis glabris, flori-
bus campanulatis. Currant with unarmed branches ,
and bell-Jhaped flowers. Ribes Americana fructu nigro.
Ed. prior. American Black Currant.

The firft fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of Europe, but has been long cultivated in the gar-
dens, and greatly improved, fo that at prefent there
are the following varieties in the Englifh garden ; the
common Currant with fmall red fruit, the fame with
white fruit, and another with pale fruit, which is com-
monly called the Champaign Currant ; but, fince the
two forts of Dutch Currants have been introduced,
and become plenty in the gardens, the old red and
white Currants have been almoft banifhed, fo that
they are rarely to be found in the Englifh gardens at
prefent.

The fecond fort is kept in a few gardens for the fake
of variety, but, as the fruit is very fmall and has lit-
tle flavour, it is not cultivated in the gardens.

The third fort grows naturally in Hel - etia, Sweden,
and other northern countries, and is fometimes culti-
vated in gardens for its fruit, of which is made
a rob, which is greatly efteemed for fore throats, from
whence the fruit has been called Squinancy Berries,
for their great ufe in quinfies. As this fruit has a
ftrong disagreeable flavour, it is rarely admitted to the
table.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Penfylvania, from
whence the plants were fent to Mr. Peter Collinfon fe-
veral years paft, and has been difperfed to moft parts
of England ; this has been by fome thought to be the
fame with the common black Currant, but thofe who
have long cultivated it, know it is very different ; the
fhoots of this being much fmaller and more com-
pa£t, the bark is of a darker colour, the leaves are
fmaller, thinner, fmoother, and have not a rank fmell
like thofe of the common fort. The flowers are
fmaller, bell-fhaped, and grow in thinner bunches ;
the fruit is fmaller, and not fo round j the plants of

this

R I B

this do not produce much fruit, nor is it fo good as
to merit cultivation, fo it is only kept by way of cu-
riofity. The fruit of the red and white Currants are
greatly efteemed for the table, and are alfo very good
in fevers j they are cooling and grateful to the fto-
mach, quench thirft, and are fomewhat reftringent.
The jelly made with the juice of this fruit and fugar,
is very grateful in fevers, and is ufed as fauce to the
table. This fruit may be procured good much longer
than others upon the plants, by planting them in dif-
ferent flotations ; for if they are planted againft pales
or walls expofed to the fouth, the fruit will ripen
in June ; and by planting fome againft north walls, if
they are fcreened from birds, and covered in autumn
from froft, they may be kept till November •, and as
the fruit is greatly ufed for tarts, it is very convenient
to have a fucceffion of it for fo long a time.
TheChampaign Currant differs from the other only
in the colour of the fruit, which is of a pale red or
fiefti colour. The tafte is fo near to the other, as
not to be diftinguilhed ; but this being of a different
colour, makes a variety on the table.

There are plants of all thefe forts with variegated
leaves, which are kept in fome gardens for the fake
of variety ; but as thefe variegations go off when the
plants are vigorous, they fcarce deferve notice.

Thefe forts may be ealily propagated by planting
their cuttings any time from the beginning of Sep-
tember to the middle of Odlober, upon a fpot of frefti
earth, either in rows at one foot afunder, or in beds,
which in the fpring muff be kept very clean from
weeds, and in very dry weather, if they are watered,
it will greatly promote their growth. Thefe may re-
main one or two years in the nurfery, during which
time they mult be pruned for the purpofes defigned,

i. e. either to clear Items about one foot high, if for
ftandards •, or if for walls, pales, or efpaliers, they
may be trained up flat.

Then they fhould be planted out where they are to
remain ; for the younger they are planted, the better
they will fucceed ; the belt feafon for which is foon
after the leaves begin to decay, that they may take
root before winter, fo that they may be in no danger
of fuffering from drought in the fpring.

Thefe plants are generally planted in rows at about
eight or ten feet afunder, and four diftance in the rows,
in thofe gardens where the fruit is cultivated for fale ;
but the beft method is to train them againft low efpa-
liers, in which manner they will take up much lefs
room in a garden, and their fruit will be much fairer.
The diftance they fhould be placed for an efpalier
ought not to be lefs than eight or ten feet, that their
branches may be trained horizontally, which is of
great importance to their bearing.

Thofe that are planted againft pales or walls fhould
alfo be allowed the fame diftance. If they are planted
againft a fouth-eaft wall or pale, it will caufe their
fruit to ripen at leaft a fortnight or three weeks fooner
than thofe in the open air ; and thofe which are planted
againft a north wall or pale will be proportionably
later, fo that by this method the fruit may be con-
tinued a long time in perfection, efpecially if thofe
againft the north pales are matted in the heat of the
day.

Thefe plants produce their fruit upon the former
year’s wood ; and alfo upon fmall fnags which come
out of the old wood, fo that in pruning them, thefe
fnags fhould be preferved, and the young jfhoots
fhortened in proportion to their ftrength. The only
method very neceffary to be obferved in pruning of
them is, not to lay their fhoots too clofe, and never
to prune their fnags to make them fmooth. This,
with a fmall care in obferving the manner of their
growth, will be fufficient to inftruCl any perfon how
to manage this plant, fo as to produce great quanti-
ties of fruit.

Thefe plants will thrive and produce fruit in almoft
any foil or fituation, and are often planted under the
fhade of trees ; but the fruit is always beft when they
are planted in the open air, and upon a light loamy foil.

R 1 G

RICINOIDES. SeelATRQPHA.

RICINUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 532. tab. 307. ' Lira
Gen. Plant. 962. [fo called, becaufe the feed refembles
(ricinus) the animal called by that name, i. e. a tick
which infefts dogs and oxen. It is alfo called Palma
Chrifti, becaufe its leaves are faid to referable the palm
of the hand.] Palma Chrifti, vulgb.

The Characters are,

It hath male and female flowers difpofed in the fame fpike.
'The male flower s, which are fituated on the lower part of
the fpike , have fwelling empalements of one leaf cut into
three parts . Thefe fegments are oval and concave \ the
flowers have no petals , but have a great number of fender
ftamina , which are connected in fever al bodies., and are
terminated by roundifh twin fainmits. The female flowers ,
which are fitimted on the upper part of the fpike , have
empalements of one leaf , which are cut into five fegments ,
and are armed with prickles •, they have no petals , but in
the center is fituated an oval gerraen , which is clofely flout
up in the empalements fupporting three floort flyles , which
are bifids crowned by Jingle jligmas. The gerraen after-
ward turns to a roundifh fruits having three furrows , di-
vided into three cells , opening with three valves , each cell
containing one almoft oval feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the ninth feftion of
Linnaeus’s twenty-firft clals, which contains thofe
plants which have male and female flowers on the
fame plant, whofe ftamina are joined in various
bodies.

The Species are,

r. Ricinus ( Vulgaris ) foliis peltatis ferratis, fubtu's glau-
cis, petiolis glanduliferis. Ricinus with target-fhaped
fawed leaves which are gray cn their under fiaSs and
foot-flalks bearing glands. Ricinus vulgaris. C. B. P.
432. Common Palma Chrifti.

2. Ricinus ( Americanus ) foliis peltatis fubferratis, lobis
amplLribus utrinque viren tibus. Ricinus with target-
fhaped leaveSs which are fawed, whofe lobes are large and
green on both fldes. Ricinus Americanus major. C.
B. P. 432. Great American Palma Chrifti.

3. Ricinus ( Urens ) foliis peltatis inasqualiter ferratis,
capfulis hifpidis. Tab. 219. Ricinus with target-fhaped
leaves which are unequally fawed , and prickly capfules
to the fruit. Ricinus Americanus major, caule vire-
feente. H. R. Par. Greater American Palma Chrifti with
a greeniflo ftalk.

4. Ricinus ( Rugofus ) foliis peltatis ferratis, capfulis ru-
gofis non echinatis. Tab. 220. Palma Chrifti with tar-
get-floaped fawed leaves, and rough capfules to the fruit
which are not prickly.

5. Ricinus (. Africanus ) foliis peltatis ferratis, lobis maxi*

mis, caule geniculato, capfulis echinatis. Ricinus with
target-floaped fawed leaves , having the largeft lobes , a
jointed ftalk , and prickly covers to the feeds. Ricinus
Africanus maximus, caule geniculato rutilante. H. R.
Par. Great eft African Palma Chrifti , with a reddifh

jointed ftalk.

6. Ricinus {Iner mis) foliis peltatis ferratis, lobis maxi-
mis, caule geniculata, capfulis inermis. Palma Chrifti
with fawed target-ftoaped leaves , having very large lobes ,
a jointed ftalk , and fmooth covers to the feeds.

7. Ricinus {Minor) foliis palmatis ferratis, profundius
divifis capfulis echinatis. Ricinus with kand-Jhaped faw-
ed leaves which are deeply divided , and prickly covers to
the feeds. Ricinus Americanus minor. C. B. P.432.
Small American Palma Chrifti.

The firft fort grows naturally in Sicily, and other
warm parts of Europe. This rifes with a ftrong her-
baceous ftalk to the height of ten or twelve feet ; the
joints are at a great diftance from each other ; the
ftalk and branches are of a gray colour ; the leaves
are large, and have long foot-ftalks ; they are deeply
divided into feven lobes which are fawed on their
edges, and are gray on their under fide •, at the di-
vifion of the lobes is a fort of navel, where the foot-
ftalk joins the leaves on their under fide. The flowers
are difpofed in long fpikes, which rife at the divifiori
of the branches •, the lower part of the fpikes are gar-
niftied with male flowers, which have fwollen-empale-
ments, divided into three parts which open, and fhew

a great

<w

R I C

a great number of flender ftamina, terminated by
whitifh fummits, and are connected at their bafe into
feveral fmall bunches. The female flowers which oc-
cupy the upper part of the fpike, have prickly em-
palements which inclofe the roundilh germen, upon
which fit three fhort ftyles, crowned by oblong ftig-
mas. The germen afterward becomes an oval capfule
with three deep channels, clofely armed with foft
fpines, and divided into three cells, each containing
one oblong ftriped feed.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the iflands of
the Weft-Indies, where it is called Agnus Caftus, or
Oil-tree. This is often confounded with the former,
molt of the botanifts fuppofing they are the fame plant ;
but as I have cultivated both more than thirty years,
in which time I have never obferved either of them
to vary, fo I think there can be no doubt of their be-
ing different plants. This hath brown ftalks which
divide into two or three branches, which rife fix or fe-
ven feet high; the leaves are broader, and not fo
deeply divided as thofe of the former ; they are of a
deep green on both fides, and are unequally fawed.
The fpikes of flowers are Ihorter, the feed-veffels
rounder, and of a brownifh colour, and the feeds are
much lefts, and of a brown colour.

The third fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies,
and is often confounded with the former, but is very
different. The ftalk of this fort is thick, herbaceous,
and of a grayifli green ; the joints are clofer than thofe
of the former forts; it rifes about four feet high, and
divides into three or four branches which fpread al-
moft horizontally ; the leaves are large, of a deep
green on their upper fide, but grayifti on their under ;
they are deeply cut into fix or feven lobes or fegments,
which are unequally fawed on their edges. The
fpikes of flowers are loofe, the covers of the capfules
are green, and clofely armed with foft fpines, and the
feeds are fmaller and lighter coloured than thofe of
the fecond fort.

The fourth fort grows naturally in both Indies, from
both which countries 1 have feveral times received the
feeds. This rifes with an herbaceous italk about
four feet high ; the lower part is purplifh, and the up-
per of a deep green ; the joints of this are pretty far
afunder ; the leaves are of a deep green on their up-
per fide, but are paler on their under ; they are not
fo deeply divided as fome of the other forts, and are
more regularly fawed, the fpikes of flowers are large.
The male flowers have more ftamina, and their fum-
mits are yellow ; the capfules are oval and rough,
but have no fpines ; the feeds are fmall, and of a brown
colour.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Africa, and alfo in
both the Indies ; this rifes with a large reddilh ftalk
to the height of ten or twelve feet, which has many
joints, and divides into feveral branches ; the leaves
are the largeft of any fpecies yet known, I have meat
fured fome of them which were more than two fee-
and a half diameter ; they are of a dark green, and
unequally fawed on their edges, and not fo deeply
cut as thofe of fome other forts. The fpikes of flowers
are large, the empalement of the flowers are brown,
the fummits on the ftamina of the male flowers are
whitifh ; the capfules are large, oval, and clofely
armed with foft fpines ; the feeds are very large, and
beautifully ftriped.

The ftxth fort grows naturally in the Spanifh Weft-
Indies, from whence the late Mr. Robert Millar fent
me the feeds. The plants of this fort are in every re-
fpedt like thofe of the fifth, but the capfules which
inclofe the feeds are fmooth; and this difference is per-
manent, therefore it may be put down as a diftinfl
fpecies.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Carolina, and fe-
veral other parts of America ; of this there are two
varieties, if not diftindt fpecies ; one of them has a
red ftalk, and the other a pale green ftalk ; they are
diftinguifhed by the inhabitants of America, by the
title of red and white Oil-feed. The ftalks of thel'e
feldom rife more than three feet high, they fome-

R I c

times divide at the top into two or three branches j
the leaves are much lefs than thofe of the other forts,
and are deeper divided ; their borders are unequally
fawed, and the fegments of the leaves are frequently
cut on their fides. The fpikes of flowers are fmaller
and more compact than thofe of the former forts ; the
capfules are fmaller, rounder, and of a light green,
and are clofely armed with foft fpines ; the feeds are
fmall, and are finely ftriped.

There are fome other fpecies which grow naturally in
both Indies, but have not been examined by any cu-
rious botanift ; for I have received feeds of three or
four forts, which appeared to be very different from
any of the known forts, but the feeds of fome were
too old to grow, and the other were killed before
their feeds were ripe.

The forts here enumerated, I have cultivated feveral
years, and have always found they have kept their
difference, fo that I have no doubt of their being dil-
tindl fpecies ; and unlefs they are thus tried, there is
no poffibility of determining their fpecific difference j
for when the plants are found growing in different
foils and fituations, they have fuch different appear-
ances, as may deceive the moft Ikilful botanift.

Thefe plants are generally annuals in thefe countries,
though in their native places of growth they continue
longer ; and in England the planrs are often pre-
ferved through the winter (efpecially the firft fort)
but young plants are much preferable to thofe which
are thus preferved ; therefore few perfons are at the
trouble to keep them, unlefs when the feafons prove
fo bad as that their feeds do not ripen, whereby the
fpecies might be loft, if the plants are not preferved
through the winter.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which muff; be
fown upon a hot-bed in the fpring, and when the
plants are come up, they fhould be each planted into
a feparate pot filled with light frefh earth, and plunged
into a freih hot-bed, obferving to water and lhade
them until they have taken root ; after which they
muff; have a great fliare of free air when the feafon is
mild, otherwife they will draw up tall, and be very
weak ; and as thefe plants grow very faft, their roots
will in a fhort time fill the pots ; therefore they fhould
be fhifted into larger pots, filled with the like frefh
earth ; and toward the latter end of May, when the
feafon is warm, they may be hardened to endure the
open air by degrees ; and then if fome of the plants
are fhaken out of the pots* and planted out into a
very rich border, and in dry weather duly watered,

- they will grow to a very large fize, particularly the
firft and fifth forts, which I have feen upward of ten
feet high in one feafon, and thefe plants have produced
a great quantity of flowers and feeds : but if you in-
tend to preferve any of the plants through the winter,
they muff; not be planted in the full ground, becaufe
after their roots have been widely extended, there will
be no tranfplanting them with fafety ; therefore the
beft way is to fhift them into larger pots from time
to time, as their roots fhall require, placing them in
the open air during the fummer feafon in fome warm
fituation, where they may remain until October, when
they muff be removed into the houfe with other exo-
tic plants, obferving to water them fparingly in win-
ter, and alfo to admit the free air in mild weather ;
for they only require to be protected from froft and
cold winds, fo that they will endure the winter in a
warm green-houfe, without any addition of artificial
warmth.

Thefe plants deferve a place in every curious garden
for the lingular beauty of their leaves (notwithftand-
ing their flowers make no great appearance) efpecially
thofe forts which may be propagated every year from
feeds ; becaufe thofe perfons who have no green-houfe
to place them into in winter, may cultivate them as
other annual plants, amongft which thefe being placed,
either in pots or borders, afford an agreeable variety
but it muff; be obferved, as thefe are large-growing^
plants, never to place them too near other plants ot
lefs growth, becaufe they will overbear and deftroy

them i

them ; and thofe which are planted in pots fhould be
allowed room for their roots to expand, and muft be
frequently watered, Qtherwlb they will not grow very
large.

The inhabitants of the Weft-Indies draw an oil from
the feeds of thefe plants, which ferves for the ufe of
their lamps ; and as the plants come up as weeds in
thofe warm countries, fo they are at no trouble to
cultivate the plants, but employ their negroes to col-
left the feeds from the plants which grow naturally,
whereby they are furnilhed with the oil at a fmall ex-
pence. This’ oil is good to kill lice in children’s heads ;
and of late years it has been a molt effeftual remedy
for the dry belly-ach, which was a fatal diftemper in
the Weft-Indies ; it has alfo been found ferviceable
in England, in fuch diforders where no other medi-
cine will pafs through the body. Thi? oil is falfly
called Caftor Oil in the Weft-Indies, from the corrupt
title of Agnus Callus there given to the plant.

The feeds of the firft fort is the Cataputia major of
the (hops ; thefe have been formerly given by fome
perfons to purge watery humours, which they do both
upward and downward with great violence, fo that at
prelent thefe feeds are rarely ufed.

RIPENING of FRUIT.

The Method of producing Early Fruits.

In order to have early fruit, a wall ihould be erefled
ten feet high, and in length according to the number
of trees intended for three years forcing ; the method
of conftrudting thefe walls is fully explained under
the article Wall.

This being done, a border may be marked out about
four feet wide on the fouth lide of it, and fome fcant-
lings of wood, about four inches thick, muft be faft-
ened to the ground in a ftrait line, on the outfide of
the border, to reft the glafs lights upon ; which lights
are to (lope backward to the wall, to fhelter the fruit
as there fhall be occafion.

Bars about four inches wide, cut out of the whole
deal, muft be placed between thefe glaffes, fo that the
lights may reft on them. There muft alfo be a door
fnaped to the profile of the frame at each end, that it
may be opened at either of the ends, according as the
wind blows.

The frame before-mentioned Ihould be madefo, that
when the firft part has been forced, the whole frame
may be moved the next year forward, and the fuc-
ceeding year forward again, fo that the trees will be
forced every third year ; and having two years to re-
cover themfelves, will continue in vigour many years.
Thefe trees fhould be well grown before they are
forced, otherwife they will loon be deftroyed ; and the
fruit produced on grown trees will be much fairer and
better tailed, than on frefh planted trees.

The fruit that may be planted in thefe frames are ;
The Avant, the Albemarle, the Early Newington,
and Brown Nutmeg Peaches.

Mr. Fairchild’s Early, the Elruge and Newington
Nectarines ; the Mafculine Apricot ; the May Duke
and May Cherry.

As for Grapes, the Chaffelas and Black Clufter.
Goofeberries *, the Dutch White, the Dutch Early
Green, and the Walnut Goofeberries.

Currants ; the large Dutch White, the large Dutch
Red Currants.

It has been found by experience, that the trees will be
injured, if the heat be applied before the middle or
end of January ; and that the time for applying the
heat for bringing either Duke or May Cherries, is
about the middle of that month, and applying heat
at the fame time would do for Apricots ; fo that the
Mafculine Apricot will, by the beginning of March,
be as large as Duke Cherries, and will be ripe by
the beginning of May.

Cherries thus forced will not hold fo well as Apri-
cots, though the former will laft, perhaps, for leven
years in good plight, but Apricots will thrive and
prolper thus many years.

Fairchild’s Early Nectarine commonly ripens about

the end of May, if they are forced at the fametlme.j

and the Brugnon Nectarine will follow that. As to'
the forward forts of Plums, they ripen about the lat-
ter end of May.

Goofeberries will produce green fruit fit for tarts In
March, and probably will ripen about the beginning
or middle of April at the fartheft.

Currants might, by the lame heat that brings Cher-
ries in April, be forced to produce ripe fruit at the
fame time, if not fooner.

As for the diftance of thefe trees one from another,
it need not be fo great as is dire&ed for thofe planted
in the open air, becaufe they will never fhoot fo vi-
goroufly nor laft fo long, therefore eight or nine feel
will be fufficient.

The higher parts of the wall being furnifhed with
Apricots, Cherries, Nectarines* Peaches, and PlumS,-
the lower fmall fpace between them may be filled up
with Currants, Goofeberries, and Rofes.

The trees againft that part of the wall which is
defigned for forcing, Ihould be pruned as foon as
their leaves begin to decay, that the buds on the
branches which are left may be benefited, by receiv-
ing all the nourilhment of the branches, whereby they
will become turgid andftrong, by the time the walls
are heated.

As to the nailing of thefe trees.

Every branch or fhoot muft be laid as clofe to the
wall as can be ; for the fruit which is near the wall
will be ripe a month fooner than thofe that lie but
four inches from it.

Sometimes it happens, that the tops of fuch trees
have bloffoms above a month or fix weeks before the
bottom * and fometimes one branch has been full of
bloffoms, when there have been half a fcore or more
branches of the fame tree, which have not ftirred till
the fruit of the firft bloffoms has been almoft grown,
notwithftanding which the tree has done very well ;
and it is no uncommon thing for fuch trees to have
fruit ripening upon them for near three months con-
tinually.

As for Goofeberries, thofe plants which are planted in
thefe frames, Ihould be fuch as have been fpread and
trained, when as many Ihoots have been nailed to the
wall as may conveniently be done, others may be left
at a diftance from it, to fucceed them in ripening.

If they are taken up in autumn, and properly ma-
naged, they will bear fruit the firft year as well as if
they had not been tranfplanted, but thefe feldom laft
longer than, two or three years.

The Currants may be ordered after the fame manner,
and alfo the Rofes * and the beft kind of Rofe for this
purpofe, is the monthly Rofe, which ought always to
be topped about the end of July or the beginning of
Auguft, to make them put out a good number of
flower-buds.

As to the laying dung to the wall :

This, before it be laid to the back of the wall, fhould
be thrown up in a heap, and lie eight days, then
turned over, that it may be of an equal heat every-
where, and conftant.

When it has been thus prepared, it fhould be laid
about four feet thick at the bafe, and fo Hoping, till
it is but two feet wide at the top.

It fhould be laid at firft within four inches of the top
of the wall, for it will fink two feet in fix weeks
time •, and then fome frefh dung muft be laid, be-
caufe the firft heat will not do much more than fwell
the buds of the trees, or bring them to flower.

But, according as the frofts fhall have happened to
have had more or lefs influence over the buds, this
will happen fooner or later.

if thefe trees be covered with the glaffes a month be-
fore the dung is laid againft the wall, it will contri-
bute very much to forward their bloffoming ; for
though their bloffoms will not be deftroyed by the
frofts, yet the more the frofts come at them, they"
will be the drier and more hard to open.

If the weather is tolerably mild, the trees ought not
to be hindered from the benefit of the Flowers till

ii L the

R I V

the buds begin to ftir •, but afterwards the glaffes
ihould be kept conftantly over them, till the influence
of the fun is fomething confiderable.

But the doors which are at each end of the frame,
ihould imthe mean time be fet open, when the wind
does not blow too fharp, and the fun iliines warm •,
and if this does not happen in the fpace of a fort-
night, then the doors at both ends may be opened,
and mats of bafs or canvas ihould be hung up over
the door-ways to correct the winds, and give the air
leave to circulate in the frames.

As for Cherries about two changes of dung will be
fufficient to bring them to a due ripenefs in April,
fuppofing each parcel remains fix weeks at the back
of the wall.

But as for Apricots, Grapes, Nectarines, Peaches,
and Plums, if April proves cold, the forcing heat
rauft be continued till May is fettled ; but fome of
the glaffes ihould be opened in the morning in March
hnd April, when the wind is Hill, and the fun warm •,
and they ihould be permitted to receive the ihowers
that fall, while the fruit is growing ; but while they
are in bloffom, no rain ihould come near them, be-
caufe, if there ihould be any moifture lodged in the
bofom of the flowers, and the fun ihould ihine hot
through the glaffes, it would be apt to deitroy them.
The dung that comes from thefe frames, having loft
its heat, may be laid in heaps to rot, for the melio-
rating of ftubborn grounds ; or if it is thrown in
heaps and mixed with new dung, it will ferment
again, and may be ufed for hot-beds.

Another thing which ought to be obferved in plant-
ing fruit, in thefe frames is, to plant thofe fruits which
come forward together, and thofe which come late by
themfelveSjbecaufe it will be prejudicial to the forward
fruit, to give them any more heat when they have
done bearing, when at the fame time the later fruits
fet amongft them may require more heat, and to be
continued longer, fome of them perhaps requiring
an artificial heat till May.

There may alfo a row or two of Scarlet Strawberries
be planted near to the back of this frame, and thefe
you may expeCt will be ripe by the end of March, or
beginning of April.

As for the Vines, they may probably be brought to
bloffom in April, and have ripe Grapes in June.
There may alfo be here and there planted a monthly
Role-tree, and Hyacinths, Jonquils, Narciffufes, Po-
lyanthui'es j alfo early Tulips might be placed in the
borders.

The method of forcing fruit-trees by the help of fire-
walls, is fully treated under the article Walls.

R I V I N I A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 48. tab. 39.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is permanent , and is com-
pofed of four oval , concave , coloured leaves. The flower
has no petals ■, it has eight ftamina which are longer than
the empalement , terminated by j mall oval fummits , and a
large roundi/h germen fupporting a Jhort ftyle , crowned by
an cbtufe ftigma. The germen afterward turns to a round-
flj berry fitting in the empalement, including one hard
feed.

The title of this genus was given to it by Father Plu-
mier, who difcovered thefe plants in America, in ho-
nour of Auguftus Quirinus Rivinus, a famous bota-
nift of Leipfick, who publifhed two volumes of plants
in folio, in which the figures of the plants are en-
graven1 on copper plates. Thefe were publifhed in
1690.

Dr. Linnaeus has applied the title of this genus to
the Solanoides of Tournefort, which is totally diffe-
rent from Plumier’s plants ; and the DoCtor has
• charged Father Plunder with an error in the engraving
of the characters of this genus, with eight ftamina in-
ftead of four, whereas Plumier’s plants have eight
ftamina ; but the plant which the DoCtor has ap-
plied to this title has but four, therefore the miftake
is the Doctor’s and not Father Plumier’s.

The Species are,

1. Rivinia ( Humilis ) foliis lanceolatis petiolatis inte-

R IV

gerrimis, caule fruticofo ramofo. Rivinia with fpear-
floaped entire leaves having foot-ftalks , and a jhrubby
branching ftalk . Rivinia humilis racemola, baccis
puniceis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 48. Dwarf branching Ri-
vinia with flcarlet-coloured berries , fometimes called Cur-
rant-tree.

2. Rivinia ( Scandens ) fcandens racemofa, amplis fo-
lani foliis baccis violaceis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 48.
Climbing branching Rivinia , with Nigh tflja.de leaves and
Violet-coloured berries , commonly called Roopwith in the
Weft-Indies.

The firft fort rifes with fhrubby {talks about fix or
eight feet high, dividing into feveral fpreacling
branches, covered with a gray fpotted bark, garnifhed
with fpear-fliaped entire leaves, {landing upon long
{lender foot-ftalks ; thefe are two inches and a half
long, and one broad in the middle, drawing to a point
at each end ; they are fmooth, of a lucid green, and
pretty thick confiftence. Handing alternate, at pretty
great diftances on the branches. The flowers are pro-
duced in long bunches from the fide and at the end
of the branches, each Handing upon a {lender foot-
ftalk near half an inch long ; they have no petals, but
their empalements are of a fcarlet colour ; within
thefe are fituated eight ftamina which are longer than
the empalement, terminated by fmall oval fummits ;
in the center is fituated a roundifh germen, termi-
nating in a point, fupporting aftiort ftyle. The ger-
men turns to a roundifh berry with a thin pulp, fur-
rounding one roundifh hard feed ; thefe berries are of
a fcarlet colour when ripe, and afterward change to
a purple ; they are by the inhabitants called Currants,
but are generally efteemed poifonous.

The fecond fort rifes with a climbing woody ftalk to
the height of twenty feet, covered with a dark gray
bark, and is garnifhed with oval fpear-fhaped leaves
near three inches long, and an inch and a half broad,
{landing upon fhort foot-ftalks ; they are fmooth and
entire. The flowers come out in long bunches from
the fide of the branches, and are fliaped like thofe of
the other, and are fucceeded by blue berries about the
fame fize as thofe of the former. This fort grows na-
turally in Antigua, from whence I have received the
feeds ; it was alfo found growing at the Havannah,
by the late Dr. Houftoun, who found the firft grow-
ing in Jamaica.

They are both propagated by feeds, which remain
long in the ground before they vegetate \ I have had
them lie two years before the plants have appeared,
but they never rife the fame year the feeds are fown.
Thefe berries muft be procured from the countries
where they naturally grow, and when they arrive,
ftiould be fown in pots filled with frefh earth, and
plunged into a moderate hot-bed. If this happens
late in the autumn or winter, the pots muft be
plunged into the tan-bed of the Hove ; but if in the
fpring, they may be plunged in a common hot-bed
under a frame. The earth muft be moiftened frequent-
ly in fummer, to promote the vegetation of the feeds,
but as they will not come up the fame year, fo the pots
Ihould be removed into the ftove before winter, and
plunged into the tan-bed ; during the winter feafon,
the earth muft be fometimes refrefhed, but muft not
be too moift. In the fpring the pots may be taken
out of the ftove, and plunged into a frefh hot-bed to
bring up the plants but if they fhould not then rife,
the earth muft not be difturbed, becaufe the plants
may come up the following feafon.

When the plants come up and are fit to remove,
they fhould be each tranfplanted into a feparate fmall
pot, filled with light loamy earth, and plunged into a
hot-bed, obferving to fhade them from the fun till
they have taken new root ; after which they muft be
treated in the fame way as other plants from the fame
countries.

Thefe plants are tender, fo cannot be preferved in
this country, unlefs they are kept in a warm ftove,
efpecially while they are young ; but when they have
obtained ftrength, they will live in a moderate warmth
in winter, and in fummer they may be removed into

/

ROB

the open air, placing them in a flickered fituation,
where they may remain for near three months in the
warmed part of fummer : during the winter feafon,
thefe plants fhould be fparingly watered, for as they
grow naturally on a dry foil, much wet will deftioy
them, efpecially in cold weather.

They retain their leaves all the year, fo make a varie-
ty in the ftove in winter, and when they flower, make
a fine aDDearance, though their flowers are but itnall •,
for as they are produced in long bunches, from al-
moft every joint toward the end of the branches, fo
the whole plant is well adorned during their conti-
nuance •, and if they do produce fruit, as that will re-
main long before it is ripe, fo their beauty will be of
longer duration.

ROB IN I A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 775. Pfeudoacacia.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 649. tab. 417. Falfe Acacia.

The Characters are,

■ The empalement of -the flower is [mall , of one leaf, and
divided into four parts, the three under fegments being
narrow, but the upper one is broad. The flower is of
the Pea bloom kind : the ftandard is large, roundijh, ob-
tufe, and fpreads open. The two wings are oval , and
have floor t appendixes which are obtufe . The keel is
roundijh, comprejfed , obtufe, and is extended the length of
the wings. In the center is fituated ten ftamina , nine of
them being joined together, and the other ftanding fingle ,
terminated by roundijh fummits. It hath an oblong cy-
lindrical germen, fupporting a flender ftyle , crowned by a
hairy fiigma ■, thefe are inclofed by the keel. The germen
afterward becomes an oblong comprejfed pod, incloflng kid
ney-Jhaped feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedlion of
Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Robinia ( Pfeudoacacia ) racemis pedicellis unifloris,
foliis imp'ari-pinnatis, ftipulis fpinofis. Hort. Upfal.
212. Robinia with branching foot-ftalks each fupporting
one flower, unequal winged leaves , and prickly ftipula.
Pfeudoacacia vulgaris. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 649. Com-
mon Baftard Acacia, or American Acacia , called in Ame-
rica Locuft-tree.

2. Robinia {Echinata) pedunculis racemofis, foliis im-
pari-pinnatis, leguminibus echinatis. Robinia with
foot-ftalks fupporting long bunches of flowers , unequal
winged leaves, and prickly pods. Pfeudoacacia Ameri-
cana, filiquis echinatis. Boerh. Ind. alt. 11. 39. Ame-
rican Acacia with prickly pods.

3. Robinia ( Hifpida ) fohis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ova-
tis, ramis pedunculifque hifpidis. Robinia with unequal
winged leaves having oval lobes, and the branches and
foot-Jialks of the flowers armed with flinging [pines.
Pfeudoacacia hifpida, fioribus rofeis. Catefb. Car. 3.
p. 20. Stinging falfe Acacia , with a Rofe- coloured flower.

4. Robinia ( Rofea ) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ova-
tis acuminatis, ramis nodofis glabris, pedunculis ra-
cemofis. Robinia with unequal winged leaves, vshofe
lobes are oval, acute-pointed, knobbed fniooth branches ,
and flowers growing in long bunches. Pfeudoacacia flore
rofeo. Plum. Cat. Baftard Acacia with a Rofe-coloured
flower.

5. Robinia ( Glabra ) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ob-
longo-ovatis, pedunculis racemofis confertis. Robinia
with unequal winged leaves having oblong oval lobes, and
foot-ftalks with long bunches of flowers growing in clitfters.
Pfeudoacacia arborea fioribus racemofis, filiquis
compreflis glabris. Llouft. MSS. Tree-like Baftard
Acacia, with flowers growing in long bunches , and flat
ftnooth pods.

6. Robinia ( Alata ) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ob-
verse-ovatis, racemis aggregatis axiliaribus, legumi-
nibus membranaceo-tetragonis. Robinia with unequal
winged leaves, whofe lobes are obverfeiy oval , long bunches
of flowers growing in clufters from the Jides of the branches
and pods having four-winged membranes. Pfeudoacacia
filiquis alatis. Plum. Cat. 19. Fafle Acacia with wing-
ed pods. Linnaeus titles it Erythrina foliis pinnatis,
leguminibus membranaceo-tetragonis. Sp. Plant. 707

v

Coral-tree with winged leaves and pods, having four Mem-
branaceous wings. .

7. Robinia. ( Pyramidatp, ) folks duplicato-pinnatis, foli-

olis ovatis fefliiibus, fioribus fpicatis terminalibus. Ro-
binia with doubly-winged leaves , whofe lobes are oval and
fit clofe to the midrib , and [pikes of flowers terminating
the branches. Pfeudoacacia flore pyramidato coccineo.
Plum. Cat. 19. Falfe. Acacia with a fcarlet- coloured
flower growing pyramidally. _

8. Robinia ( Violacea ) folks pinnatis, foliolis lanceolatis

oppofitis, racemis axiliaribus pedunculis longioribus.
Robinia with winged leaves having fpear-Jhaped lobes
placed oppofite, and long bunches of flowers .on the fides
of the branches , with longer foot-Jlalks. . Pfeudoacacia
fraxini folio, fioribus violaceis. Plum. Cat. 19. Falfe
Acacia with an AJh leaf, and Violet-coloured flowers \ .

9. Robinia ( Latifolia ) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis ob-^
longis acuminatis, racemis axiliaribus, leguminibus
oblongo-ovatis. Robinia with unequal winged leaves,
having oblong acute-pointed lobes, and bunches of flowers
proceeding from the Jides of the branches. Pfeudoacacia
latifolia, filiquis latis. Houft. MSS. Falfe Acacia with
broad leaves and pods.

10. Robinia (. Frutefeens ) pedunculis fimplicibus, folks
quaternatis fubpetiolatis. Hort. Upfal. 212. Robinia
with fingle foot-ftalks, and leaves growing by fours upon
Jhort foot-ftalks. Afpalathus frutefeens major latifolius

cortice aureo. Am. Ruth. 283. Greater , broad-leaved ,
fhrubby Afpalathus, with a golden bark.

11. Robinia (Caragana) pedunculis fimplicibus, foliis
abrupte pinnatis. Hort. Upfal. 212. Robinia with
flmple foot-ftalks, and abrupt winged leaves. Afpala-
thus arborefeens, pinnis foliorum crebrioribus oblon-
gis. Amman. Ruth. 285. Tree-like Afpalathus with
oblong lobes.

12. Robinia ( Pygmaa ) pedunculis fimplicifiimis, folks
quaternatis fefliiibus. Hort. Upfal. 2 12. Robinia with
the moft frnple foot-ftalks , with . four leaves fitting clofe
to the ftalks. Afpalathus frutefeens minor anguftifo-
lius, cortice aureo. Amman. Ruth. 282. tab. 35.
Smaller flerubby Afpalathus, with narrow leaves and a yel-
low bark.

The firft fort is the common Pfeudoacacia, which is
a native of North America * the feeds of this were
firft brought to Paris from Canada by Monf. Robine,
and foon after the feeds were brought from Virginia
to England, and many of the trees were raifed in fe-
veral gardens, which for fome years, v/hile young,
were in great efteem *, but as they grew larger, their
branches were frequently broken by ftrong winds in
the fummer, which rendered them unfightly, io that
for feveral years they were feldom planted in gardens ;
but of late years it is become fafhionable again, and
great numbers of the trees have been raifed in moft
parts of England, within a few years paft, fo that
there are few gardens in which there are not fome of
thefe trees planted.

This fort grows to a very large flze in America,
where the wood is much valued for its duration , moft
of the houfes which were built at Bofton in New
England, upon the firft fettling of the Englifh, was
with this timber, which continues very found at this
time.

It grows very fail while young, fo that in a few years
from feed, the plants rife to eight or ten feet high ;
and it is not uncommon to fee fhoots of this tree fix
or eight feet long in one fummer. The branches are
armed with ftrong crooked thorns, and garnifhed
with winged leaves compoled of eight or ten pair of
oval lobes, terminated by an odd one ; they are of a
bright green, entire, and fit clofe to the midrib. The
flowers come out from the fide of the branches in
pretty long bunches, hanging downward like thofe of
Laburnum, each flower ftanding on a flender foot-
ftalk. They are of the butterfly or Pea blofibm kind,
are white, and fmell very fweet. They appear in
June, and when the trees are well charged with flow-
ers, they make a fine appearance, and their odour
perfumes the circumambient air ; but they are of
(hort duration, feldom continuing more than one week

la

51^

lOB

in beauty *, after the flowers fade, the germen becomes
an oblong compreffed pod, which in warm feafons
comes to perfection in England ; thefe ripen pretty late
in the autumn.

The leaves of this tree do not come out till late in
the fpring, and they fall off pretty early in the au-
tumn, which renders it Ids valuable than it would
otherwife be, were thefe leaves to come out early in

the fpring.

The fecond fort is lefs common than the firfc. There
was a large tree of this kind fome years paft, grow-
ing in the garden of the Bifhop of London at Ful-
ham, which produced plenty of feeds. The pods of
this fort are much fhorter, and clofely belet with
ihort prickles, but in other refpedts agrees with the
fir it fort.

The third fort grows naturally in Carolina, where it
fometimes rifes to the height of twenty feet, but in
England at prefent it feems to be of low growth •, the
branches fpread out near the ground, and produce
their flowers very young, which is a fure fign of its
not growing tall here. The branches of this tree, and
alfo the foot-ftalks of the flowers, are clofely armed
with fmall brown fpines, like fome forts of Rofes •,
the leaves are like thofe of the firft fort, but their
lobes are larger and rounder. The flowers come out
in bunches like thofe of the former, but are larger and
of a deep Rofe colour. It flowers about the fame
time with the firft, but has not as yet produced any
pods in England.

The fourth fort grows naturally at Campeachy, from
whence the late Dr. Houftoun fent the feeds. This
rifes with a ftrc-ng woody ftem to the height of thirty
or forty feet, fending out many ftrong branches on
every fide, which have large fwelling knots, and are
clofely garnifhed with Angle winged leaves, compofed
of eight or nine pair of oval lobes ending in points,
terminated by an odd one •, thefe are curioufly marked
with purple fpots on their under fide, which appear
faintly on their upper. The flowers are produced in
long clofe fpikes, Handing almoft eredt ; they are
about half the fize of the flowers of the laft fort, and
are of a fine Rofe colour.

The fifth fort was found growing naturally at Cam-
peachy by the late Dr. Houftoun ; this rifes with a
woody branching ftalk twelve or fourteen feet high ;
the old branches are covered with a dark brown bark,
but the yoijng ftsoots and the foot-ftalks of the flow-
ers are covered with an iron-coloured down ; the
leaves are unequally winged ; the lobes are oblong,
obtufe, and of a pretty thick confiftence ; they are
frnooth on their upper fide, but have feveral tranf-
verfe veins on their under. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches in long clofe bunches ;
there are fix or feven of them gathered together in
ciufters. The flowers are but fmall, and are of a
yellowifh red colour ; the pods of this are like thofe
of the firft fort.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, where the
inhabitants give it the appellation of Dogwood. This
hath a ftrong woody ftem which rifes forty feet high,
and divides into many branches, which are covered
with a dark brown fpotted bark, and garnifhed with
unequal winged leaves, compofed of three or four
pair of obverfe oval lobes, terminated by an odd one ;
they are two inches and a half over, frnooth on their
upper fide, but are veined on their under, which are
of a buff colour. The flowers come out in branch-
ing- bunches from the fide of the branches ; thefe ge-
nerally appear at a time when the trees are deftitute
of leaves, and as they have large ciufters of flowers
at every joint, fo the trees feem covered with them.
The bunches at the extremity of the branches are
the largeft, and are formed pyramidally. The flow-
ers are but fmall, and do not open fo fully as thofe
of the firft fort, but are of a pale Rofe colour, fo
make a fine appearance thefe are fucceeded by pods,
having four broad membranaceous wings running
longitudinally at the four corners of the pods, and
thefe join at their bafe5covering the pods entirely ; each

i

R O fi •

of the pods contain four or five oblong kidney-fhap-
ed feeds'.

The feventh fort was difcovered by Plunder, in fome
of the French fettlements of the Weft-Indies, and it
was afterward found by the late Dr. Houftoun grow-
ing naturally at Campeachy. This rifes with a ftrong
woody ftem near thirty feet high, fending out many
fpreacling branches, which are covered with a light
gray bark fpotted with white, and garnifhed with
double winged leaves, whofe lobes are oval and fit
clofe to the midrib ; they are of a lucid green on
their upper fide, but of a pale green on their under.
The flowers are produced in long loofe pyramidal
bunches toward the end of the branches, thofe on the
lower part of the bunch having long foot-ftalks,
which diminifh gradually to the top, fo as to form a
pyramid ; thefe bunches are almoft eredt. The flow-
ers are of a fcarlet colour, fo make a fine appearance.
The eighth fort was found growing naturally at Cam-
peachy by the late Dr. Houftoun ; this rifes with a
woody ftem to the height of twenty feet, dividing at
the top into feveral fpreading branches, which are
covered with a very light gray bark, and garnifhed
with equal winged leaves, compofed of ten or eleven
pair of oval lobes placed oppofite ; they are of a
lucid green on the lower part of the branches, but
thofe toward the end are covered with a foft iron-
coloured down. The flowers come out in long
bunches from the fide of the branches, they are blue,
and ftand upon long foot-ftalks ; thefe are fucceeded
by pods fhaped like thofe of the firft fort, but are
downy.

The ninth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun, growing naturally at Campeachy. This fort
rifes with a ftrong woody ftem upward of thirty
feet high, dividing at the top into many ftrong
branches, covered with a dark grayifh bark, fpotted
with white, and are garnifhed with winged leaves,
compofed of fix or feven pair of lobes, terminated
by an odd one •, they are two inches and a half long,
and an inch and a half broad, ending in a point, of
a lucid green on their upper fide, but pale on their
under. The flowers are produced in long loofe
bunches from the fide of the branches *, they are of
a pale Rofe colour, and have very long foot-ftalks ;
thefe are fucceeded by oval pods two inches and a
half long, and one inch and a half broad, fwelling
in the middle, where is lodged one or two kidney-
fhaped feeds.

The tenth fort grows naturally in Siberia and Tartary ;
this grows with a fhrubby ftalk eight or ten feet high,
fending out feveral branches which grow eredt, cover-
ed with a frnooth yellowifh bark •, the leaves have each
two pair of oval pointed lobes, which ftand upon fhort
foot-ftalks. The flowers are produced upon Angle
foot-ftalks which come outatthejointsof the branches;
they are yellow, and fhaped like thofe of the Labur-
num, but are fmaller ; thefe appear in May, and if
the plants ftand in a moift foil and fhadyfituation, their
pods will fucceed the flowers, and the feeds will ripen
the end of Auguft.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Siberia, from
whence the feeds were fent to the Imperial Garden at
Peterfburgh, where they fucceeded and perfected
feeds, which were afterward tranfmitted to many parts
of Europe. This rifes wit|a a tree-like ftem near
twenty feet high, fending out many fide branches,
garnifhed with abrupt winged leaves compofed of four
or five pair of oval lobes placed oppofite ; the flowers
are produced from the wings of the leaves, each
foot-ftalk having one yellow Pea-bloffomed flower,
which in a moift feafon is fucceeded by oblong taper
pods, containing three or four feeds in each.

The twelfth fort is alfo a native of Siberia ; this is a
weak low fhrub, feldom rifing more than three feet
high in England. The branches are flender, and
have a light bark, garnifhed with leaves compofed of'
four oblong lobes which fit clofe to the branches ;
the flowers are produced fmgly upon foot-ftalks which
arife from the wings of the, leaves ; they are yellow.

ROB

and appear in April, but are rarely fucceeded by feeds
in England.

The firft fort is generally propagated in the Englifti
nurferies, by lackers taken from the roots of the old
trees, or by cutting off fome of the roots, and plant-
ing them upon a gentle hot- bed ; thefe will put out
fhoots, and become plants ; but thefe are not fo va-
luable as thofe which are raifed from feeds, becaufe
they do not make near fo great progrefs in their
growth, and are very fubject to fend forth many
fuckers from their roots, whereby the ground will be
filed with them to a great diftance •, and thefe fuckers
will draw away the nourifhment from the old plants,
whereby their growth will be greatly retarded.

If this is propagated by feeds, they fhould be fown
on a bed of light earth about the latter end of March
or the beginning of April •, and if the bed is well ex-
pofed to the fun, the plants will appear in about five
or fix weeks, and will require no farther care but to
keep them clear from weeds. In this bed the plants
may remain till the following fpring, when they
fhould be tranfplanted into a nurfery about the latter
end of March, placing them in rows at three feet
diftance row from row, and a foot and a halfafunder
in the rows. In this nurfery they may remain two
years, by which time they will be fit to tranfplant
where they are defigned to grow ; for as thefe trees
fend forth long tough roots, fo if they ftand long un-
removed, the roots will extend themfelves to a great
diftance •, therefore they muft be cut off when the
plants are tranfplanted, which fometimes occafions
their mifearrying.

Thefe trees will grow well upon almoft every foil,
but beft in a light fandy ground, in which they will
fhoot fix or eight feet in one year ; and while the
trees are young, they make an agreeable appearance,
being wpll furnifhed with leaves ; but when they are
old, the branches being frequently broken by winds,
render them unfightly, efpecially if they ftand in an
expofed place ^ and when the trees grow old, their
branches decay, which renders them very difagreea-
ble, and has occafioned their being rooted out of fe-
veral gardens fome years paft. This is commonly
known by the title ofLocuft-tree in America, and
there are quantities of the feeds annually lent to Eng-
land with that title.

The fecond fort is propagated in the fame manner as
the firft, and the trees grow to the fame fize.

The third fort is at prelent fcarce in the gardens about
London, but in Devonfhire it is in greater plenty,
where the inhabitants give it the title of Rafpberry
plant, from the young {hoots being covered with
briftly hairs like the Rafpberry plants •, this does not
produce feeds in England, fo it is propagated by cut-
ting off part of the roots, and planting them upon a
gentle hot-bed, where they will put out fibres and
fhoots, and become new plants. This fort fhould
have a warmer fituation than the two former, though
the ordinary winters in this country never injure it,
but in very fevere winters their young fhoots are fome-
times killed in expofed places. It loves alightmoift
foil.

The fourth, fifth, fixth, feventh, eighth, and ninth
forts, are tender, fo cannot be maintained in England,
unlefs they are placed in a ftove in winter. Thefe are
propagated by feeds, which muft be procured from
the countries where they naturally grow, for they do
not produce any iiere ; thefe fhould be fown in fmall
pots filled with earth from the kitchen-garden, and
plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark if the feeds
are good, the plants will appear in fix weeks or two
months ; when thefe are fit to tranfplant, they fhould
be carefully fliaken out of the pots, and their roots
feparated ; then each plant fhould be put into a fmall
pot filled with the like earth, and plunged into a hot-
bed of tanners bark, obferving to fhade them till they
have taken new root, and then they muft have the
fame treatment as. other tender plants from the fame
countries.

RON

While the plants are young, they are more tender*
than afterward, therefore it will be proper to keep
them in the tan-bed in the ftove the two or three firft
years j but when they have obtained ftrength, they
may be kept in a dry ftove of a temperate heat in
winter, and in fummer they may be expofed to the
open air in a fheltered fituation 5, with this manage-
ment I have kept feveral of the fpecies, fome of which
have produced flowers in the 'Chelfea Garden, and
fome of the forts I have propagated by cuttings.

The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth forts, are propa-
gated from feeds, which fhould be fown in a fhady
fituation in autumn, and then the plants will come
up the following fpring ; but if the feeds are fown in
the fpring, the plants feldom rife the fame feafon.
When the plants come up, they will require no other
care but to keep them clean from weeds till autiimn,
when, if they have made any progrefs, they fhould
be tranfplanted on a north border, at about fix inches
diftance, where they may grow two years, and then
fhould be planted where they are to remain, which
fhould be in a cool moift foil, not too much expofed
to the fun.

RONDELETIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 13. tab. 12.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 206.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf , fit-
ting upon the germen , cut into five acute points. It has
one funnel-Jhaped petal , with a cylindrical tube longer than
the empalement , bellied toward the top , and cut into five
roundifh fegments at the brim , which are refiexed. It has
five awl-Jhaped fiamina , terminated by Jingle Jumrnits , the
roundifh germen is fituated under the ' flower, fupporting a
fender ftyle the length of the tube , crowned by an obtufie
ftigma. The germen afterward becomes a roundifij crown-
ed capfule with two cells , inclofing two or three angular
feeds in each.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feflion of
Linnteus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Rondeletia (. Americana ) foliis feffilibus, panicula
dichotoma. Lin. Sp. Plant. 243. Rondeletia with leaves
fitting clofie to the branches , and a forked panicle. Ron-
deletia arborefeens, tini facie. Plum. Nov. Gen. 15.
Tree-like Rondeletia having the appearance of Tinus.

2. Rondeletia {Afatica) foliis petiolatis, oblongis acu-
tis. Flor. Zeyl. 80. Rondeletia with oblong leaves grow-
ing upon foot-falks. Cupi. Hoit. Mai. 2. p. 37.

The firft fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies,
where Plumier difeovered it, and gave it this title in
honour of Gulielmus Rondeletius, a famous phyficiari
and natural hiftorian of Montpelier.

The feeds of this plant were firft fent me by Mr.
Robert Millar, who collected them on the north fide
of the ifland of Jamaica ; he alfo obferved the trees
growing plentifully in the Spanifh Weft-Indies ; I
• have alfo fince received the feeds from Barbadoes*
which have fucceeded at Chelfea. This rifes with a
woody ftalk ten or twelve feet high, branching out
on every fide ; the branches are covered with a finooth
greenifh bark, and are garnifhed with oblong leaves
ending in acute points ; they are entire, and fit very
clofe to the branches ; the upper furface is of a lucid
green, and the under of a pale green ; they are a lit-
tle crumpled on their furface, and ftand alternate.
The flowers come out in bunches at the end of the
branches, they are white and have little feent. Thefe
appear in autumn, and are not fucceeded by feeds in
England.

The fecond fort grows naturally at Malabar ; this
rifes with a woody ftalk fix or feven feet high, divid-
ing into feveral branches, which are covered with a
finooth bark, and garnifhed with ftiff oblong leaves
of a lucid green, ftanding alternate on the lower part
of the branches, but by pairs toward the extremity j
they have fhort foot-ftalks, and are entire. The
flowers are produced in large bunches at the end of ijic
branches ; they are of a yeliowilh white colour, and

1 1 M have

)

-jbave. a fragrant odour : thefe are fucceeded by round-
ull capfdles having two cells, each containing three
or four angular feeds.

Thefe plants being very tender, cannot be preferved
in England, unlefs they are kept in a warm ftove.
'They are propagated by feeds, which fhouid be fown
on a hot-bed early in the fpring ; and when the plants
are come up and fit to remove, they mult be tranf-
planted into feparate fmall pots, and plunged into a
moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, where they mull
be treated in the fame manner as hath been directed
for other tender plants from the fame country ; in
winter they mule be placed in the tan-bed in the ftove,
where thefe plants will thrive, and in two or three
years will flower, when they will make an agreeable
variety am on git other tender exotic plants, for they
retain their leaves all the year ; and thole cf the fe-
cond fort being of a lively green, make a fine appear-
ance at all ieaibns.

Rod t, in Latin Radix.

A Root is that part of a plant, by which it naturally
draws in its nourifhment. The Roots of plants be-
ing of various forms, and each diftinguifhed by a
different name, it will not be improper, in this place,
to infert the principal of thofe which are thus diftin-
■guiflied. Arid firft,

A fibrous Root, Radix fibrofa, is that which confifts
wholly of fmall fibres, as molt forts of Grafs, Pinks,
&c.

A tuberous Root, Radix tuberofa, is that which con-
fids of an uniform fiefny fubftance, and is of around-
ifh figure, as Turneps, Potatoes, &c.

A bulbous Root, Radix bulbofa, is that which con-
ilfts either of feveral coats involving one another, as
Onions, Tulips, &c. or of feveral feales 'lying over
one another, as Lilies, Crown Imperials, &c. The
firft of thefe is called a tunicated Root, the laft a fqua-
rnous Root.

A tefticulated Root, Radix tefticulato, is a double
tuberofe Root, for it confifts of two knobs, refembling
a pair of tefticies, as in the Orchis.

A handed Root, Radix palmata, is a tuberofe Root
divided, as it were, into feveral fingers, as in the
handed Satyrions.

, A grumous Root, Radix grumofa, is that which is
compoied of feveral knobs, as the Anemone, &c.

A granulous Root, Radix granulata, is a kind of
grumous Root, with fmall knobs refembling fo many
grains of Corn, as in the white Saxifrage.

A tap Root is a tuberofe Root extended in length, as
in Parfneps, Carrots, &c.

ROSA. Tourn. Xnft. R.H. 636. tab. 408. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 556. The Roie-tree.

The Characters are,

« T'he empalement of the flower is of one leaf \ divided into
five parts at the top , but the bafe is globular and bell-
jhaped. cThe flegments are fpear-fhaped , two of thefe al-
ternately have appendixes on their fides , two other alter-
nately are naked, and the fifth has often an appendix ,
and femetimes none. ’The flower hath five oval heart-
(haped petals infert ed in the empalement, and a great num-
ber of flsort hair -like ft amina infer ted in the neck of the em-
palement , terminated by three-cornered funmits. It hath
many germen fituated in the bottom of the empalement , each
bavin? a fiort hairy ftyle , infer ted to the fide of the ger-
men., 1 crowned by obtufe ftigmas. The flefloy bafe of the
empalement afterward becomes a top-Jhaped coloured fruit
with one cell , including many hairy oblong feeds faftened
pn each fide to the empalement.

This o;en us of plants is ranged in the fifth fection of
LinnsSus’s twelfth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have many ftamina inferred in the em-
palement, and many ftyles.

The Species are,

3,, Rosa ( Canina ) germinibus ovatis pedunculifque gla-

" bris, caule petiolifque aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 704.
Wild Rofe with an oval fruit , having a fmooth foot -ft alk
and prickly branches. Rofa fylveftris vulgaris, flore
odorato . incarnate. C B. P. -483. Common wild Rofe ,

with a fiejh-coloured fweet flower* commonly called
Briar , Dog Rofe , or Hep-tree.

2. Rosa {Spinqftfiima) . germinibus ovatis glabris* pe-
dunculis caule petiolifque aculeatifilrnis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 705. Wild Rofe with oval fmooth fruit , but the
fialks and foot f talks extremely armed with fpmes. Rofa
campeftris fpinoftffima, flore albo odorato. C. P.
483. Wild prickly Rofe wiih -a white fweet flower , com-
monly called the Burnet-leaved Rofe.

3. Rosa fVillofa) germinibus globofis aculeatis, pedun-
culis hiipidis, came acuieis iparfis, petiolis aculeatis,
foiiis tomentofis. Lin. Sp. 704. Rofe with a globular
prickly fruit and foot -ft alk, and woolly leaves whofe foot-
fialks are prickly . Rofa fylveftris pomifera major.
C. B. P.484. The greater, wild , Apple- bearing Rofe.

4. Rosa ( Eglanteria ) germinibus globofis pedunculif-
que glabris, caule acuieis fparfis rectis, petiolis fca-
bris, foliolis aernis. Lin. Sp. 703. Rofe with a globu-
lar fruit, a fmooth foct-ft alk, the ftalk armed with ere A
fpmes, the leaves pointed, having rough foot -ft alks. Rofa
fylveftris, foiiis odoratis. C.B.P. 483. Wild Rofe with
fweet feented leaves , commonly called Sweet Briar.

5. xCos a ( Scotica ) caule petiolifque aculeatis, foiiis pin-
natis, foliolis apice incifis, fruTu globoid. Rofe with
the ftalk and foot -ft alk armed with f pines, winged leaves
whofe lobes are cut at their points, and a globular fruit .
Rofa pimpinclla minor Scotica, flore livide rubente.
Edit, prior. Small , Scotch , Burnet-leaved Rofe, with a
livid red flower.

6. Rosa (. Inermis ) caule inermi, pedunculis hifpidis,
calycis foliolis indivifis, fru dibits oblongis. Rofe with
a fmooth ft alk, a prickly fcot-ftalk to the flower, the fmall
leaves cf the empalement undivided, and • oblong fruit.
Rofa campeftris, ipinis carens, biflora. C. B. P. 484.
Unarmed Rofe having two flowers.

7. Rosa ( Hijpanica ) foiiis utrinque villofis, calycis fo-
liolis acute ferratis, frudtu glabro. Rofe with leaves
which are hairy on both fides, the fmall leaves of .the em-
palement Jharply fawed, and a fmooth fruit.

8. Rosa ( Scandens ) caule aculeato, foiiis perennantibus
lucidis, flore odorato. Climbing Rofe with a prickly
ftalk, Jhining evergreen leaves, and a fweet flower. Rofa
fylveftris dumetorum fcandens fempervirens, myrti
folio lucido, flore albo odorato, frudu parvo rotun-
do & hifpido. Mich. Cat. PI. Ag. Flor. Wild, woody,
climbing Rofe , with a fining evergreen Myrtle leaf, a
white fweet feented flower, and a fmall, round, prickly fruit.

9. Rosa [Sempervirens) germinibus ovatis pedunculifque
hifpidis, caule petiolifque aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
704. Evergreen Rofe with an oval germina, whofe foot-
ftalks are prickly. Rofa mofehata fempervirens. C.B.P.

482. Evergreen Mufk Pwfe.

10. Rosa ( Virginiana ) inermis, foiiis pinnatis, foliolis
ovatis ferratis utrinque glabris, calycis foliolis indivi-
fis. Rofe without thorns, having winged leaves which are
fmooth on both fides, and the leaves cf the empalement
undivided. Rofa fylveftris Virginiana pimpinelhs ma-
joris foiiis. Raii Hift. Wild Virginia Rofe with greater
Burnet leaves.

11. Rosa ifLutea) caule aculeato, foiiis pinnatis, foli-
olis ovatis ferratis utrinque glabris, pedunculis bre-
viffimis. Rofe with a prickly ftalk , winged leaves having
oval fawed lobes which are fmooth on both fides, and Jkort
fooi-ftalks to the fewer. Rofa lutea fimplex. C. B. P.

483. The fingle Yellow Rofe.

12. Rosa ( Punicea ) caule aculeato, foiiis pinnatis, fo-
liolis fotundioribus ferratis, petalis emarginatis bico-
loribus. Rofe with a prickly ftalk, winged leaves having
rounder fawed lobes , the petals of the flower indented at
the top, and cf two colours. Rofa punicea. Corn. Can.

1 1 . The Auftrian Rofe.

13. Rosa ( Mofehata ) caule aculeato fcandente, foiiis
fenis glabris, floribus umbellatis. Rofe with a prickly
climbing ftalk, leaves having feven fmooth lobes, and
flowers growing in umbels. Rofa mofehata major. J. B.
1. p. 45. Greater Mufk Rofe.

14. Rosa [Centifolia ) germinibus ovatis pedunculifque
hifpidis, caule hifpido aculeato, petiolis inerrnibus,
Lin. Sp. 704. Rofe with an oval germen , flinging foot-

flalks.

*

R O S

' v

ftalks , and the foot-flalks of the leaves fmooth. Rofa
entifolia_Batavica. Cluf. Hift. !• p* IJ:4- The Dutch
undred-leaved Rofe.

15'. Rosa {Damafcena) caule aculeafcfo, pedunculis hif-
pidis, calycibus pinnatifidis hirfutis. Rofe with a prick-
ly ftalk , brifify footstalks to the flowers , W wing-point-
ed hairy empalements. Rofa Damafcena. Lob. Icon.
206. Damafk Rofe.

16. Rosa {Alba) germinibus ovatis glabris, pedunculis
hifpidis, caule petiolifque aculeatis. Lin. Sp. 705.
Rofe with a fmooth oval germen , whofe foot-flalks are
flinging and the branches prickly. Roia alba vulgaris
major. C. B. P. 48 2. Common great White Rofe.

17. Rosa ( Belgica ) caule aculeate, foliis fubtus hirfu-
' tis, calycibus femipinnatis viliofis. Rofe with a prickly
ftalk, leaves which are hairy on their under fide, and half-
winged hairy empalements to the flowers. Rofa Belgica
five vitrea flore rubicante. Rea. Flor. The Blufh Bel-
gick Rofe.

18. Rosa ( Provincial^ ) caule petiolifque aculeatis, fo-
liis fubtus viliofis, calycibus femipinnatis hilpidis.
Rofe with prickly ftalks and foot-flalks , leaves hairy on
their under fide , and briftly half winged empalements.
Rofa Provincialis major, flore pleno ruberrimo.
Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. 252. Larger Provence Rofe, with
a very red double flower , commonly called Provence Rofe.

ip. Rosa ( Incarnala ) caule inermi pedunculis aculea-
tis, calycibus femipinnatis. Rofe with an unarmed
ftalk , prickly foot-flalks , and half-winged empalements
to the flowers. Rofa incarnata. Park. Par. The Blufh
Rofe. '

20. Rosa ( Gallica ) caule fubinermi, foliis quinis fub-
tus viliofis, calycis foliolis indivifis. Rofe with a ftalk
almoft unarmed , leaves having five lobes , hairy on their
under fide , and the leaves of the cmpalement undivided.
Rofa rubra. Ger. The Red Rofe.

zi. Rosa {Cinnamomea) germinibus globofis peduncu-
lifque glabris, caule aculeis ftipularibus, petioiis fub-
inermibus. Lin, Sp. 703. Rofe with a fmooth globular
fruit , prickly branches , and fmooth foot-flalks to the leaves.
Rofa odore cinnamomi, flore pleno. C. B. P. 483.
The double Cinnamon Rofe.

22. Rosa {Mufcofa) caule petiolifque aculeatis, pedun-
culis calyctbufque pilofiffimis. Rofe. with armed ftalks,
the foot-flalks of the leaves and the empalements of the
fiGwer very hairy. Rofa rubra plena, fpinofiflima, pe-
dunculo mufeofo. Boerh, Ind. alt. 2. p. 252. The moft
thorny , double. Red Rofe, with a mojfy foot-ftalk , com-
monly called Mofs Provence Rofe.

There are a great variety of double Rofes now culti-
vated in the Englifh gardens ; molt of them have
been accidentally obtained from feeds, fo that they
muft not be efteerned as diftind fpecies, therefore I
fhall only infert their common names, by which they
are known in the gardens, that thofe who are inclined
to colled all the varieties, may be at no lofs for their
titles. The forts before enumerated, I believe, are
diftind fpecies, as their fpecinc charaders are diffe-
rent, though it is difficult to determine which of
them are really fo •, therefore I uo not pofitively affert
they are diftind fpecies, though I have great reafon
to believe they are fo.

The varieties of Garden Rofes which are not before
mentioned :

The Monthly Rofe,

The ftriped Monthly Rofe,

The York and Lancafter Rofe,

Mrs. Hart’s Rofe,

The red Belgick Rofe is fuppofed a variety of the
Blufh Belgick.

i he Angle Velvet Rofe, | Thefe three are all varieties ;
The double Velvet Rofe, > the (aft I railed from the feeds
The Royal Velvet, j of the pale Provence Rofe.

The Childing Rofe, 1 , r .

n., ft.T , , 9 D r Tneie three have great af-

i he Marbled Role, c • • , , & ,

'r-u a ui • to r unity with each other,
l he double Virgin Role, 1

The Cabbage Provence is only a variety of the Com-
mon Provence.

The Blufti or Pale Provence is a variety of the Red
Provence.

ROS

Thefe are all fuppof-
ed to be varieties of
the Damafk Rofe.

The white Monthly 1 are varieties of the £)V
The white Damafk 3 mafic Rofe.

The Frankfort Rofe may be a diftind fpecies, but is
of little value ; the flowers rarely open fair, and, have
no odour.

The double Sweet Briar

The evergreen Sweet Briar

are varieties of the
common fort.

The double blufh Sweet Briar,

The Auftrian Rofe with red and yellow flowers is
only an accidental variety.

The double Yellow Rofe is a variety of the Angle
yellow.

The Rofa Mundi is a variety of the Red Rofe.

The fmall, white, and femidoubfe white, are varieties
of the common white.

The firft here enumerated is very common in hedges
in moft parts of England, fo is not cultivated in gar-
dens. The Pleps of this are ufed in medicine for
making a conferve. The Bedeguar, which is a hairy
fpongy excrefcence occafioned by the bite of fm ail.
ichneumon flies, grows upon the ftalks and branches
of this plant, and fome titties upon other forts of
Rofes. There are two or three varieties of this Rofe
commonly met with in hedges, one with a white, ano-
ther with a red flower, and one with fmooth leaves ;
the two firft are evidently varieties, but I doubt if the
laft is not a diftind fpecies.

The fecond fort grows naturally in many parts, of

England

this feldom riles above three feet high.

The ftalks are (lender, and clofely armed with fmall
fpines ; the leaves are fmall, and are compofed of
three pair of roundiih lobes terminated by an odd one;
the flowers are white, and have an agreeable mulky
feent. This propagates faft by its creeping roots.
The third fort grows naturally in the northern coun-
ties in England ; this rifes with ' ft rong ftalks to the
height of feven or eight feet. The young branches
are covered with a lmooth brown bark ; the Ipines
are but few, and are very ftrong ; the leaves are large,
and hairy on both fides ; they are compofed of three
pair of oblong oval lobes terminated by an odd one ;
thefe are deeply flawed on their edges ; the flowers are
large, Angle, and of a red colour ; they appear the
beginning of June, and are fucceeded by large round-
ifh Heps or fruit, which are fet with foft prickles ;
they have a pleafant acid pulp furrounding the feeds,
therefore are by fome perfons preferved, and made
into a fweetmeat, which is ferved up in deferts to the
table.

The fourth fort is the common Sweet Briar, which is
fo well known as to need no defeription ; this is found
growing naturally in fome parts of Kent.

The fifth fort is the Dwarf Burnet-leaved Scotch
Rofe, of which there are two varieties, one with a
variegated flower, and the flowers of the other are of
a livid red colour ; the latter is the Tame with the
Rofa Alpina, pumila, montis rofarum, pimpinellte
foliis minoribus ac rotundioribus flore minimo livide
rubente. Hort. Cath. for I have dried fpecimens of
(his which were fent me from Italy, and by compar-
ing them with the Scotch Rofe, I find they are the
fame. This fort feldom rifes more than a foot high.
The ftalks are covered with a brown bark, and are
clofely armed with fmall fpines ; the leaves are very
fmall, and have a refemblance to thofe of Burnet ; the
flowers are fmall, and fit clofe to the branches ; the
fruit is round, and of a deep purple colour, inclining
to black when ripe.

The fixth fort rifes to the height of fix or feven feet.
The ftalks and branches have no fpines, but are co-
vered with a fmooth red diin bark •, the leaves are
compofed of three pair of thin oval lobes, terminated
by an odd one ; they are very fmooth, of a bright
green, and very (lightly fawed on their edges, Hand-
ing pretty far afunder upon the midrib ; the foot-ftalks
of the flowers are armed with briftly hairs ; the five
leaves of the empalement are long, (lender in the
middle, but terminate in an oval leafy point ; the
flowers are Angle, of a bright red Colour, and appear
the beginning of May-; thefe are fucceeded by long

(pear-

£26

ROS

fpear-fhaped Heps, which are fmooth. The plants
produce a fecpnd crop of flowers about the end of
Auguft, but thefe fall off, and are not lucceeded by
Heps.

The feeds of the feventh fort were fent me by Robert
More, Efqy from Spain, where he found the plants
growing naturally this riles with ffrong upright
ftalks about four feet high, armed with ffrong thorns.
The leaves are hairy on both fides y the lobes are
roundifh, and fawed on their edges y the fniall leaves
of the empalement are acutely fawed y the flowers are
fingle, of a bright red. colour, and appear early in
May y thefe are lucceeded by large, ffnooth, round-
i(h Heps, which ripen the end of Auguft.

The eighth fort was difcovered by Signior Micheli,
growing naturally in the woods near Florence, who
fent it to Dr. Boerhaave of Leyden, in whole curious
garden I faw it growing in the year 1727 : this hath
fiender ftalks which trail upon the ground, unlefs they
are fupported, and, if trained up to a pole or the
ftem of a tree, y/ill rife twelve or fourteen feet high y
they are armed with crooked reddilh fpines, and gar-
niftied with fmall leaves, . compofed of three pair of
oval acute-pointed lobes, terminated by an odd one y
they are of a lucid green, and are fawed on their edges y
they continue green all the year y the flowers are fmall,
fingle, white, and have a mulky odour y thefe in
their natural place of growth continue in fucceffion
great part of the year, but their time of flowering in
England is in June.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Spain y the feeds of
this were fent me by Robert More, Efqy who found
the plants growing there naturally. This rifes with
crept ftalks four or five feet high, which are covered
with a green bark, and armed with ftrong crooked
white fpines. The leaves are compofed of five oval
lobes ending in acute points y they are ffnooth, of a
lucid green, and are flightly fawed on their edges y
thefe continue all the year, and make a goodly ap-
pearance in winter. The flowers grow in large
bunches or umbels at the end of the branches y they
are fingle, white, and have a ftrong mufky odour y
they appear in Auguft, and if the autumn proves
favourable, will continue in fucceffion till Obtober.
The tenth fort grows naturally in Virginia and other
parts of North America y this rifes with feveral ffnooth
ftalks to the height of five or fix feet. The young
branches are covered with a ffnooth purple bark y the
leaves are compofed of four or five pair of fpear-
fhaped lobes, terminated by an odd one y they are
fmooth on both fides, of a lucid green on their upper
fide, but pale on their under, and are deeply fawed
on their edges y the flowers are fingle, of a livid red
colour, and appear in July y the empalement is divided
into five long narrow fegments which are entire. This
is kept in gardens for the fake of variety, but the
flowers have little fcent.

The eleventh fort is the fingle Yellow Rofe y this hath
weak ftalks which fend out many ftender branches,
clofely armed with fhort, crooked, brown fpines. The
leaves are compofed of two or three pair of oval thin
lobes, terminated by an odd one y they are fmooth,
of a light green, and are fharply fawed on their
edges y the flowers grow upon fhort foot-ftalks y they
are fingle, and of a bright yellow colour, but have
no fcent.

The twelfth fort is commonly called the Auftrian
Rofe. The ftalks, branches* and leaves are like tbofe
of the laft, but the leaves are rounder y the flowers
are larger y the petals have deep indentures at their
points y they are of a bright yellow within, and of a
purplifh copper colour on the outfide y they are
fingle, have no fcent, and foon fall away. There is
frequently a variety of this with yellow flowers upon
one branch, and copper colour upon another. This
fort of Rofe loves an open free air and a northern
afpebt.

The thirteenth fort is the Mufk Rofe y this rifes with
weak ftalks to the height of ten or twelve feet, co-
vered with a fmooth green ifn bark, and armed with

ROS

ftiort ftrong fpines. The leaves are fmooth, and com-
pofed of three pair of oval fpear-fhaped lobes, termi-
nating in points ending with an odd one y they are of
a light green colour, and fawed on their edges y the
flowers are produced in large bunches, in form of um-
bels, at the end of the branches ; thefe appear in Au-
guft, and continue in fucceffion till the froft flops
them y they are white, and have a fine murky odour.
There is one with fingle, and another with double
flowers of this fort. The ftalks of thefe plants are
too weak to fupport themfelves, fo the plants ihotild
be placed where they may have fupport.

The fourteenth fort is the Dutch hundred-leaved
Rofe y this rifes with prickly ftalks about three feet
high. The leaves have fometimes three, and at others
five lobes y the lobes are large, oval, fmooth, and of
a dark green with purple edges y the foot-ftalk of the
flower is fet with brown briftly hairs y the empalement
of the flower is fmooth, and half winged y the flowers
are very double, and of a deep red colour, but have
little fcent.

The fifteenth is the Damafk Rofe ; this rifes with
prickly ftalks eight or ten feet high, covered with a
greenifti bark, and armed with fhort fpines. The
leaves are compofed of two pair of oval lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one y they are of a dark green on
their tipper fide, but pale on their under y the borders
frequently turn brown, and are flightly fawed • the
foot-ftalks of the flowers are fet with prickly hairs;
the empalement of the flower is. wing-pointed and
hairy : the flowers are of a foft pale red, and not
very double, but have an agreeable odour y the Heps
are long and ffnooth.

The fixteenth is the common large White Rofe, $0
well known as to need no defcription. Of this there
are two varieties, one with a half double flower,
having but two or three rows of petals, and the
other has a ffnaller flower, and the ftirub is of lower
growth.

The feventeenth fort is called the Blufh Belgick
Rofe y this rifes about three feet high, with- prickly
ftalks. The leaves are compofed either of five or feven
lobes, which are oval, hairy on their under fide, and
flightly fawed on their edges y the foot-ftalks of the
flowers and the empalements are hairy, and without
fpines y the empalements are large and half-winged y
the flowers are very double, of a pale flefh colour,
and have but little fcent. It generally produces great
quantities of flowers. The red Belgick Rofe differs
from this only in the colour of the flower, which is
of a eep red.

The eighteenth fort is the common Provence Rofe,
which is well known in the Englifh gardens, being
cultivated in great plenty in the nurferies, and is one
of the molt beautiful forts yet known. The flowers
of this fort are fometimes very large, and the petals
are clofely folded over each other like Cabbages,
from whence it is called the Cabbage Rofe. The
flowers of this fort of Rofe have the moft fragrant
odour of all the forts, therefore is better worth pro-
pagating.

The nineteenth fort is the Blufh Rofe. The ftalks
of this rife from three to four feet high, and are not
armed with fpines y the leaves are hairy on their under
fide y the foot-ftalks of the flowers are armed with
fome fmall fpines y the empalement of the flower is
half-winged y the flowers have five or fix rows of
petals which are large, and fpread open y they are of
a pale blufh colour, and have a mufky fcent.

The twentieth fort is the common Red Rofe, which
is ufed in medicine. The ftalks of this fort grow
erefl, and have fcarce any fpines y they rife from three
to four feet high y the leaves are compofed of three or
five large oval lobes, which are hairy on their under
fide y the fmall leaves of the empalement are undi-
vided y the flowers are large, but not very double,
fpread open wide, and decay foon y they are of a
deep red colour, and have an agreeable fcent. The
Rofa Mundi is a variety of this with ftriped flowers.

The

/

The twenty-firft fort is the double Cinnamon Rofe 5 ,
this is one of the (mailed flowers, and the earlieft of
all the kinds. The (talks rife about four feet high, are
covered with a purplifh fmooth bark, and have no
fpines, but at the joints immediately under the
leaves, where they are placed by pairs 3 they are
ftiort and crooked. The leaves are compofed of
three pair of oval lobes terminated by an odd one •,
they are hairy on their under flde, and are (awed on
their edges 3 the leaves of the empalernent of the
flower are narrow and entire •, the flower is frnall,
double, and has a fcent like Cinnamon, from whence
it had the title of Cinnamon Rofe.

The twenty-fecond fort is called the Mofs Provence
Rofe, from the reiemblance which the flowers of this
have to thofe of the common Provence Rofe, yet it is
undoubtedly a diftinft fpecies 3 for although the (talks
and (hoots of this are very like thole of the common,
yet the plants are difficult to propagate, which the
common fort is not. This very rarely fends up fuckers
from the root, and when the branches are layed down,
they are long before they put out roots, fo that this
fort has been frequently propagated by budding it
upon (docks of other forts of Rofes, but the plants fo
railed are not fo durable as thofe which are propa-
gated by layers.

The (talks and branches of this fort are clofely armed
with brown fpines 3 the foot-ftalks of the flowers and
the empalernents are covered with long hair like
Mofs 3 the flowers are of an elegant crimfon colour,
and have a mod agreeable odour.

Mod of the forts of Rofes are of foreign growth, and
have been at various times introduced into the Eng-
lifh gardens, but they are generally natives of northern
countries, or grow upon the cold mountains in the
warmer parts of Europe, lb they are very hardy in
refpedl to cold, but love an open free air, efpecially
the Yellow Rofe, the Audrian Rofe, and the Monthly
Rofe. The two former will not flower in a warm
foil and fltuation, nor near the fmoke of London, and
the Monthly Role will flower much better in a free
open air, than within the reach of the fmoke of
London.

The ufual time ' of thefe flirubs producing their
flowers is from the middle, or latter end of May, till
the middle of July.

But in order to continue thefe beauties longer than
they are naturally difpofed to lad, it is proper to plant
fome of the Monthly Rofes near a warm wall, which
•will occaflon their budding at lead three weeks or a
month before thofe in the open air 3 and, if you give
them the help of a giafs before them, it will bring
their flowers much forwarder, efpecially where dung
is placed to the back fide of the wall (as is praftifed
in railing early fruits 3) by this method I have feen
fair Rofes of this kind blown in February, and they
may be brought much fooner againfi hot walls or in
doves, where people are curious this way.

You may alfo cut off the tops of fuch fhoots which
have been produced the fame fpring early in May, from
fome of thefe forts of Rofes which are planted in the
open air, and upon a ftrong foil •, this will caufe them
to make new fhoots, which will flower late in autumn,
as will alfo the late removing the plants in fpring, pro-
vided they do not differ by drought, as I have feveral
times experienced 3 but particularly in the year 1718,
when I had occaflon to remove a large parcel of
thefe plants in May, jufc as they were beginning to
flower 3 in doing of which I cut off all the flower-
buds, and, after having opened a trench where they
were to be planted, I poured a large quantity of wa-
ter, fo as to render the ground like a pap 3 then I
took up the plants, and placed them therein as foon
as poffible, that their roots might not dry 3 and, af-
ter planting them, I watered the ground well again,
and covered the furface over with mulch to prevent
the drying •, after this I repeated watering the plants
all over two or three times a week, in the evening,
until they had taken root. In three weeks or a month
after, the plants (hot out again, and produced a

great Quantity of flowers in Augud and September,
which were as fair as thofe produced in June. The
Monthly Rofe is the bed fort for this purpofe, there
being no other fort which will flower both early and
late fo well as this.

The next fort of Rofe which flowers in the open air,
is the Cinnamon, which is immediately fos lowed by
the Damaik Rofe, then the Bluffi, York, and
Lancafter come 3 after which, the Provence, Dutch,
Hundred-leaved, ’White, and mod other forts or
Rofes follow 3 and the lateft forts are the Virginia
and Mufk Rofes, which, if planted in a fhady iitua-
tion, feldom flower until September 3 and, if the au-
tumn proves mild, will continue often till the mid-
dle of O&ober.

The plants of the two forts of Mu fit Rofes, fhould
be placed againfi a wall, pale, or other build-
ing, that their branches may be fupported, other-
wile they are fo (lender and weak as to trail upon the
ground. Thefe plants fhould not be pruned until
fpring, becaufe their branches are fomewhat tender 3
fo that when they are cut in winter, they often die
after the knife 3 thefe produce their flowers at the
extremity of the fame year’s (hoots in large bunches,
fo that their branches mud not be (hastened in the
dimmer, led thereby the flowers fhould be cut off.
The (hrubs will grow to be ten or twelve feet high,
and mud not be checked in their growth, if you in-
tend they fhould flower well, fo that they fhould be
placed where they may be allowed room.

The lowed (hrub of all the forts here mentioned is
the Scotch Role, which rarely grows above a foot
high, fo that this mud be placed among other (hrubs
of the fame growth, which fliould have a mold foil
and a fhady fltuation. The Red Rofe, and the Rofa
Mundi, commonly grow from three to four feet high,
but feldom exceed that 3 but the Darnafk, Provence,
and Frankfort Rofes grow to the height of feven or
eight feet 3 fo that in planting them, great care fhould
be taken to place their feveral kinds, according to
their various growth, amongft other (hrubs, that they
may appear beautiful to the eye.

The Yellow Rofe, as alfo the Audrian Rofe, are both
natives of America 3 thefe were originally brought
from Canada by the French 3 the other varieties,
which are now in the gardens, of thefe forts, have
been accidentally obtained, and are prelerved by bud-
ding them on the other forts. The (hrubs of thefe
Rofes feldom (hoot fo drcng as mod of the other
forts, efpecially in the light land near London, where
they feldom produce their flowers. Thefe are edeemed
for their colour, being very different from all the
other forts of Rofes 3 but as their flowers have no
fcent, and are of (hort duration, they do not merit
the price they are generally (old at.

The Frankfort Rofe is of little value, except for a
dock to bud the more tender forts of Rofes upon, for
the flowers feldom open fair, and have no fcent 3 but
it being a vigorous (hooter, renders it proper for
docks to bud the Yellow and Audrian Roles, which
will render them dronger than upon their own docks 3
but the Yellow Rofes feldom blow fair within eight
or ten miles of London, though in the northern parts
of Great-Britain they flower extremely well. T his
fort mud have a northern expofure, for if it is planted
too warm, it will not flower.

The Damafk and Monthly Rofe feldom flower well in
frnall confined gardens, nor in the fmoke of London,
therefore are not proper to plant in fuch places, tho*
they frequently grow very vigoroufly there. Thefe
always begin to (hoot the fird of any of the forts in
the fpring, therefore frequently differ from frods in
April, which often dedroys all their flowers.

All the forts of Rofes may be propagated either from
fuckers, layers, or by budding them upon docks of
other forts of Rofes 3 which latter method is only prac-
tifed for fome peculiar forts, which do not grow very
vigorous upon their own docks, and fend forth
fuckers very fparingly, or where a perfon is willing
to have more forts than one upon the fame plant 3

1 1 N but

/

ROS

but where this is defigned, it muft be obferved to bud
only fuch forts upon the iame ftock as are nearly equal
in their manner of growth •, for if there be a bud of
a vigorous growing fort, and others of weak growth
budded in the iame ftock, the ftrong one will draw
all the nourilhment from the weaker, and entirely '
ftarve them.

If thefe plants are propagated by fuckers, they ihould
be taken off annually in October, and traniplanted
out either into a nurfery in rows (as hath been di-
rected for feveral other forts of flowering-ihrubs) or
into the places where they are to remain ; for if they
are permitted to ftand upon the roots of the old
plants more than one year, they grow woody, and do
not form fo good roots as if planted out the firft year,
fo there is more danger of their not fucceeding.

But the belt method to obtain good-rooted plants is
to lay down the young branches in autumn, which
will take good root by the autumn following (efpeci-
ally if they are watered in very dry weather,) when
they may be taken from the old plants, and tranf-
planted where they are to remain. The plants, which
are propagated by layers, are not fo apt to fend out
fuckers from their roots as thole which are from
fuckers, therefore Should be preferred before them •,
becaufe they may be much eafier kept within compafs,
and thefe will alfo flower much ftronger. Thefe plants
may be tranfplanted any time from October to April •,
but when they are defigned to flower ftrong the firft
year after planting, they Ihould be planted early ;
though, as I laid before, if they are planted late in
the fpring, it will caufe them to flower in autumn,
provided they do not fuffer by drought.

Molt of thefe forts delight in a rich moift foil and an
open fituation, in which they will produce a greater
quantity of flowers, and thofe much fairer, than when
they are upon a dry foil or in a fhady fituation.
The pruning which they require, is only to cut out
their dead wood, and take off all the fuckers, which
fhould be done every autumn ; and if there are any
very luxuriant branches, which draw the nourilhment
from the other parts of the plant, they fhould be taken
out, or fliortened, to caufe them to produce more
branches, if there be occaflon for them to fupply
a vacancy •, but you muft avoid crowding them with
branches, which is as injurious to thefe plants as to
fruit-trees ; for, if the branches have not equal be-
nefit from the fun and air, they will not produce their
flowers fo ftrong, nor in fo great plenty, as when
they are more open, and better expofed to the fun,
fo that the air may circulate the more freely between
them.

ROSA SINENSIS. See Hibiscus.

ROSE THE GUELDER. See Opulus.

ROSMARINUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 195. tab. 92.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 35. [fo called of Ros, Dew, and
Marinus, Lat. belonging to the fea, q. d. Sea Dew,
as fome fay, becaufe formerly growing in great plenty
near the fhore of the Mediterranean Sea *, the vapours
thence arifing, ufed to fall on it in the manner of Dew.]
Rofemary.

The Characters are,

The flower has a tubulous empalement of one leaf. com-
preffed at the top , the mouth erect, and divided into two
lips \ the upper lip is entire , and the under bifid. It
hath one petal ; the tube is longer than the empalement
the brim is ringent •, the upper lip is floor t, ere It, and
divided into two parts , whofc borders are reflexed the
lower lip is reflexed , and cut into three parts , the middle
fegment being larger and concave. It hath two awl-floaped
ftamina inclining toward the upper lip , terminated by
fingle fummits , and a four-pointed germen , with a ftyle
the /hope, length , and in the flame fituation with the fta-
mina, crowned by an acute ftigma . The germen after-
ward become four oval feeds fitting in the bottom of the
empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fection of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle ; fo
that this genus, by his fyftem, with fix or feven more,

ROS

are lemoved to a great chftance froth their conge-
ners, which are ranged in his fourteenth clafs.

The Species are,

1. Rosmarinus ( Anguftifolia ) foiiis linearibus margini-
bus reflexis, fubtus incanis. Rofemary with linear leaves
which are reflexed on their cages, and hoary on their un-
der fide . Rofmarinus hortenfis, anguftiore folio. C.
B. P. 217. Garden Rofemary with a narrower leaf.

2. Rosmarinus ( Latifolia ) foiiis linearibus obtufis, utrin-
que virentibus. Rofemary with obtufe linear leaves which
are green on both Jides. Rofmarinus fpontaneus latiore
folio. C. B. P. 217. Broad-leaved wild Rofemary.

Thefe two forts have been frequently fuppoied the
fame, and the difference accidental ; but I have long
cultivated both, and have raifed them from leeds
without finding them vary, fo I believe they are dif-
tinft fpecies. The leaves of the fecond fort are broader
than thofe of the firft, and their points are obtufe ;
the flowers are alfo much larger, and of a deeper co-
lour, and the ftalks grow larger, and fpread out their
branches wider, and the whole plant has a ftronger
feent. Thefe differences the gardeners, who culti-
vate the plants for the market, obferve.

There are two other varieties of thefe plants, one of
the firft fort with ftriped leaves, which the gardeners
call the Silver Rofemary, and is at prefent rare in the
Englifh gardens ; all the plants of this which were
here before the fevere winter in 1740, having been
then killed ; the other is of the fecond fort, which is
ftriped with yellow; this the gardeners called the Gold
ftriped Rofemary. The plants of this fo t ..re pretty
hardy, fo will live in the open air through our com-
mon winters if they are upon a dry foil.

Thefe plants grow plentifully in the fouthern parts of
France, in Spain and Italy, where, upon dry rocky
foils near the fea, they thrive prodigioufly, and per-
fume the air, fo as to be fmelt at a great diftance
from the land ; but, notwithftanding they are pro-
duced in warm countries, yet they are hardy enough
to bear the cold of our ordinary winters very well
in the open air, provided they are planted upon
a poor, dry, gravelly foil, on which they will en-
dure the cold much better than upon a richer foil,
where the plants will grow more vigoroufly in fummer,
and fo be more fubjedt to injury from froft, and they
will not have fo ftrong an aromatic feent as thofe upon
a dry barren foil.

Thofe forts with ftriped leaves are fomewhat t n er,
efpecially that with filver ftripes, fo fhould either
be planted near a warm wall, or in pots filled with
light frefh earth, and fheltered in winter under a
frame, otherwife they are fubject to die in frofty
weather.

Thefe forts may be propagated by planting flips or
cuttings of them in the fpring of the year, juft before
the plants begin to fhoot, upon a bed of light frefh
earth ; and when they are rooted, they may be tranf-
planted into the places where they are defigned to
grow ; but it will be proper to do this about the be-
ginning of September, that they may take new root
before the frofty weather comes on for if they are
planted too late in the autumn, they feldom live thro’
the winter, efpecially if the weather proves very cold ;
fo that if you do not tranfplant them early, it will
be the better method to let them remain unremoved
until March following, when the froft is over, obferv-
ing never to tranfplant them at a feaion when the dry
eaft winds blow, but rather defer the doing of it un-
til the feafon is more favourable ; for, if the/ are
planted when there are cold drying winds, their leaves
are apt to dry up, which often kills them ; but, if there
happen to be fome warm fhowers foon after they are
removed, it will caufe them to take root immediately,
fo that they will require no farther care but t;o keep
them clear from weeds.

Although thefe plants are tender when planted in a
garden, yet when they are by accident rooted in a
wall (as I have feveral times foen them,) they will
endure the greateft cold of cur winters, though ex-
pofed much to the cold winds ; which is occasioned by
4 the

I

*

»• .

I ft

*>-

'

,

*

>' - ' ■ ■ ,

-

. .

- ,

* '

' . •

• Bvi

-

.

. : v. . ' ' . ' '

■ ' ■ ■ '

■

* ' '

'

. - h\

* ■

*

\

'

'

■ *»* '

. - ; . • ' 1 • ' i . ,•> , > 1

■

' ' - r

• ■

■

- •

- v . *

■0

ROY

the plants being more ftinted and ftrong, and then-
roots being drier.

The flowers of the narrow-leaved garden fort are ufed
in medicine, as are alfo the leaves and feeds.

ROY ENA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 491.

The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Lin-
naeus, in honour of Dr. Adrian Van Royen, latepro-
feflfor of botany at Leyden in Holland.

The Characters are,

The flower has a bellied permanent empalement of one leaf ,
whofe mouth is obtufe and five-pointed. It is of one pe-
tal, having a tube the length of the empalement , but the
brim is divided into five fegments which turn back. It
hath ten port Jlamina growing to the petal terminated by
oblong , erect, twin fummits the length of the tube , and
an oval hairy germen fitting upon two Jlyles a little longer
than the Jlamina , crowned by Jingle fligmas. The empale-
ment afterward turns to an oval capfule with four fur-
rows, having one cell with four valves, containing four
oblong triangular feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have ten ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Royen a ( Lucida ) foliis ovatis fcabriufculis. Hort.
Cliff. 149. Roycna with oval rough leaves. Staphylo-
dendrum Africanum, folio fingulari lucido. Herrn.
Farad. 232. African Bladder-nut with a Jingle pining leaf.

2. Royena ( Glabra ) foliis lanceolatis glabris. Prod.
Leyd. 441. Royena with fnooth fpear-paped leaves.
Vitis Idaea fEthiopica, buxi minoris folio, floribus
albis. Hort. Amft. i.p. 125. Ethiopian Whortleberry,
with a fmaller Box leaf and white flowers.

3. Royena (. Hirfuta ) foliis lanceolatis hirfutis. Prod.
Leyd. 441. Royena with hairy fpear-paped leaves. Sta-
phylodendrum Africanum, folio lanuginofo rolfnarini
latiori. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 235. African Bladder-
nut, with a broader, downy, Rofemary leaf.

The firft fort has been long an inhabitant of fome cu-
rious gardens in England, but it is not very common
here, being very difficult to propagate.

This plant grows eight or ten feet high, and puts out
its branches on every fide, fo may be trained up to a
regular head : the branches are cloathed with oval
ffiining leaves, which are placed alternately, and con-
tinue all the year, fo make an agreeable variety among
other exotic plants in the green-houfe, during the
winter feafon. The flowers are produced from the
wings of the leaves along the branches, but as they
have little beauty, few perfons regard them. I have
not obferved any fruit produced by thefe plants in
England.

The fecond fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope j this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk five or fix feet
high, fending out many {lender branches, covered
with a purpliili bark, and garnifhed with ftnall oval
leaves lels than thofe of the Box-tree •, they are fmooth,
entire, and of a lucid green, continuing all the year.
The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves
round the branches, they are ffiaped like a pitcher,
and are white ; thefe are fucceeded by roundiffi pur-
ple fruit, which ripen in the winter.

The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope *, this rifes with a ftrong woody ftalk leven or
eight feet high, covered with a gray bark, fending
out many ftnall branches alternately, which are gar-
niffied with fpear-fhaped leaves about an inch long,
and a quarter broad in the middle ; they are hoary,
and are covered with foft hairs. The flowers come
out upon fhort foot-ftalks from the fide of the
branches ; they are of a worn-out purple colour and
fmall. They appear in July, but are not fucceeded
by feeds in England.

Thefe plants are too tender to live through the win-
ter in the open air in England, therefore they muft
be removed into the green-houfe in autumn, and
treated in the fame way as Orange-trees, with which
culture the plants will thrive. The firft and third
forts are difficult to propagate here, for the branches
which are laid down feldom put out roots, and thofe

which do, are two or three years before they wilt
have made roots fufficient to tranfplant, and their
cuttings very rarely fucceed ; and thefe being the
only methods by which they can be increafed in thofe
countries, where they do not produce feeds, are ufu-
ally pradtifed. The beft time to plant the cuttings,
is early in the fpring ; thefe ffiould be planted in
fmall pots filled with foft loamy earth, and plunged
into a very moderate hot- bed. The pots ffiould be
clolely covered down with hand-glaffes to exclude
the external air, and the cuttings refrefhed with a
little water every eighth or tenth day, according as
the earth becomes dry, for much moifture will kill
them. If the cuttings flioot, they muft be gradually
inured to bear the open air, and when they are well
rooted, they fhould be each planted in a feparate fmall
pot, and afterward treated as the old plants.

If the plants put out any young ffioots from the bot-
tom, they fhould be carefully laid down in the ground
while young, becaufe when the fhoots are tender they
are more apt to put out roots, than after they are be-
come woody and hard $ thefe branches ffiould be flit
in the fame manner as is praftifed in laying of Carna-
tions : they muft be frequently, but gently watered,
during the warm weather in fumrher, but in cold wea-
ther it muft be fparingly given them *, when thefe are
rooted, they may be taken off, and treated in the fame
way as the cuttings.

The fecond fort is very apt to fend up fuckers from
the roots, which may be taken off with the roots, and
thereby increafed ; or thofe which do not put out roots,
may belaid down in the fame manner as the former ,
and the cuttings of this more frequently fucceed than
thofe of the other, fo that this fort is much eafier
propagated.

RUBEOLA. See Asperula, Gallium, and She-
rardia.

RUBIA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 113. tab. 38. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 1 19. [takes its name from its red colour,
becaufe the root of this plant is ufed in dyeing a red
colour.] Madder •, in French, Garance.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is fmall, cut into flour
fegments , and fits upon the germen. The flower has one
bell-paped petal having no tube , but is divided into flour
parts. It hath flour awl-paped Jlamina which are port-
er than the petals, terminated by Jingle fummits ; and a
twin germen under the flower, fupporting a Jlender flyle
divided into two parts upward, and crowned by two head-
ed fligmas. The germen afterward become two fmooth
berries joined together, each having one roundip feed with
a navel.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feeftion of
Linnteus’s fourth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Rubia ( Tindtorum ) foliis fenis lanceolatis fuperne gla-
bris. Madder with fix fpear-paped leaves in whorls ,
whofle upper furf aces are fmooth. Rubia tinclorum fati-
va. C. B. P.333. Cultivated Dyer s Madder.

2. Rubia ( Sylveflris ) foliis inferioribus fenis, fuperne
quaternis binifve, utrinque afperis. Madder with the
lower leaves growing by fixes round the ftalks, and the
upper ones by fours or pairs, which are rough on both
fides. Rubia fylveftris afpera, quae fylveftris Diofco-
ridis. C. B. F. 333. Rough wild Madder of Dioj corides.

3. Rubia ( Peregrina ) foliis quaternis. Prod. Leyd. 254.
Madder with flour leaves which are placed round the
flalks. Rubia quadrifolia afperrima lucida peregrina.
H. L. 523. Foreign four-leaved Bladder, with (hinin?
rough leaves.

The firft fort which is cultivated for the root, which
is ufed in dyeing and flaining of linens, grows natu-
rally in the Levant. This hath a perennial root and
an annual ftalk ■, the root is compofed of many long,
thick, fucculent fibres, almoft as large as a man’s lit-
tle finger j thefe are joined at the top in a head, like
the roots of Afparagus, and root very deep into the
ground j I have taken up roots, whofe ftrong fibres
have been more than three feet long * from the upper

part

RUB

part (or head of the root) come out many fide roots,
which extend juft under the furface of the ground to
a great diftance, whereby it propagates very faft •, for
thefe fend up a great number of fhoots, which, if
carefully taken oif in the fpring, foon after they are
above ground, become fo many plants. Thefe roots
are of a dark colour on their outfide, fomewhat tranf-
parent, and have a yeliowifti red pith in the middle,
which is tough and of a bitterifh tafte j from the root
arife many large, four-cornered, jointed ftalks, which
in good land will grow five or fix feet long, and, if
fupported, fometimes feven or eight •, they are armed
with fhort herbaceous prickles, and at each joint are
placed five or fix fpear-fhaped leaves, about three
inches long, and near one broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end j their upper furfaces
are fmooth, but their midrib on the under fide are
armed with rough herbaceous fpines ; the leaves fit
clofe to the branches in whorls. From the joints of
' the ftalk come out the branches, which fuftain the
flowers •, they are placed by pairs oppofite, each pair
crofling the other ; thefe have a few fitiall leaves to-
ward the bottom, which are by threes, and upward
by pairs oppofite ; the branches are terminated by
loofe branching fpikes of yellow flowers, which are cut
into four fegments refembling ftars. Thefe appear in
June, and are fometimes fucceeded by feeds which
feldom ripen in England.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain, and in the
fouth of France ; this hath perennial roots like thofe
of the firft fort, but are much larger •, the ftalks of
this are fmaller than thofe of the firft fort, and are al-
moft fmooth ; their lower parts are garnifhed with
narrow leaves, placed by {evens in whorls round the
ftalks, but upward they diminifh to four, three, and
two toward the top ; thefe are rough on both fides
at each joint of the ftalk comes out two fhort foot-ftalks
oppofite, having two fmall rough leaves, and end with
branching foot-ftalks, fuftaining fmall yellow flowers.
This fort flowers the latter end of June, but does not
produce feeds here.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and the Ba-
leriac Iflands ; I received the feeds of this fort from
Gibraltar, and alfo from Minorca, where the plants
grew out of the crevices of the rocks. The roots of
this fort are much fmaller than thofe of the wo for-
mer, but are lefs fucculent ; they ftrike deep into the
ground, and fend up feveral {lender four-cornered
ftalks which are perennial ; they grow a foot and a
half long, and divide into many branches, whole
joints are very near each other ; they are garnifiied
with fhort ftiff rough leaves, placed by fours round
the ftalk •, they are about an inch long, and half an
inch broad in the middle, of a lucid green, and con-
tinue all the year. This hath not produced flowers in
England.

There is a fort which grows naturally in Wales, and
alfo upon St. Vincent’s rock, which has four leaves
at each joint, but thefe are narrower and longer than
thofe of the third fort •, the ftalks of this are peren-
nial, and the leaves evergreen •, fo that Mr. Ray has
miftaken this plant, having fuppofed it to be the
fecond, which hath annual ftalks riling much higher,
therefore I ftiould rather think it might be the third
fort, if they were equally hardy •, but the third fort is
fo tender, as to be always killed by fevere frofts in
England, if expofed to the open air.

The firfb fort is that which is cultivated for the ufe
of the dyers and callico printers, and is fo effential to
both manufactories, as that neither of thofe bufmeffes
can be carried on without this commodity ; and the
confumption of it is fo great here, as that upon a mo-
derate computation, there is annually fo much of it
imported from Holland, as the price of it amounts
to more than one hundred and eighty thoufand pounds
fterling ", which might be faved to the public, if a
fufficient quantity of it were planted in England,
where it might be cultivated to greater advantage
than in Elolland, the lands here being better adapted
to grow this plant. But as the growing of this plant

f

RUB

in quantity, has been for feveral years difcontintied,
fo the method of culture is not well known to many
perfons here ^ and as there is at prefent an inclination
in the public to regain this loft branch of trade (for
formerly there was not only enough of this commo-
dity railed in England for our own confumption, but
alfo great quantities of it were fent abroad,) lb we
fhall here give a full account of the culture of the
plant, and alfo of the method of preparing the root
for ufe ; and fhall begin with the method now prac-
tifed in Zealand, where the beft and greateft quantity
of Madder is now raifed.

In all the Netherlands, there is no where better
Madder cultivated, than in Schowen, one of the
iflands of Zealand, which is performed in the follow-
ing manner :

The land which is defigned for Madder, if it is
ftrong and heavy, is ploughed twice in autumn, that
the froft in winter may mellow it and break the clods j
then it is ploughed again in the fpring, juft before
the time of planting the Madder ; but if the ground
is light, then it is ploughed twice in the fpring ; at
the laft ploughing it is divided into lands of three feet
broad, with furrows between each land four or five
inches deep. Madder requires a loamy fubftantial
foil, not too ftiff and heavy, nor over light and Tandy ;
for although it may thrive tolerably well in the latter,
yet fuch land cannot have a fecond crop of Madder
planted upon it in lefs than eight or ten years inter-
val ; but in Schowen, where the land is fubftantial,
they need not ftay longer than three or four years,
in which interval the ground is fown with Corn, or
planted with any kinds of pulfe. It is granted, that
the beft land for producing of Madder is in Scho-
wen, where a gemet of land, which is three hun-
dred fquare rods of twelve feet each, will yield from
one thoufand pounds to three thoufand pounds weight,
according to the goodnefs of the land and the fa-
vourablenefs of the feafons ; but in light land, the
quantity is from five hundred to a thoufand pounds
, weight.

The time for planting of Madder begins toward the
end of April, and continues all May, and fometimes
in very backward fprings, there is fome Madder
planted the beginning of June. The young fhoots
from the fides of the root are taken off from the mo-
ther plant, with as much root as poffible ; thefe are
called kiemen, and are planted with an iron dibble in
rows at one foot afunder, and commonly four kiemen
in a row.

The quantity of thefe flips (or kiemen) as is required
to plant one gemet of land, are fold at different
prices, according to the price which Madder bears, or
to the demand for the plants j they are often fold
from fixteen to twenty guilders, and fometimes they
have been fold for ten to eleven pounds Flemifh, but
the lowefl price is from fifteen guilders to three pounds
Flemifh.

The expence of planting out a gemet, of land with
flips (or kiemen) cofts for labour only, from fixteen
to twenty guilders, according as the land is heavy or
light : there are generally employed fix men to plant,
two to rake the ground, thefe earn each a guilder a
day \ and five or fix women or boys, called carpers or
pluckers of the fhoots or kiemen, thefe earn twelve
Dutch pence a day, or two fchiliings.

The firft: year the Madder is planted, it is cuftomary
to plant Cabbages or Dwarf Kidney-beans, in the fur-
rows between the beds, but there is always great care
taken to keep the ground clean from weeds •, this is
generally contradfed for at two pounds Flemifh for
each gemet of land.

In September or Odlober, when the young Madder is
cleaned for the laft: time thatfeafon, the green haulm
(or ftalks) of the plants, is carefully fpread down over
the beds, without cutting any part off, and in No-
vember the Madder is covered over the haulm with
three or four inches of earth.

This covering of the Madder, is performed either
with the plough or with the fpade ; if it is done by

the

R U B

the firft, it cofts two guilders and a half, or three
guilders in ftrong land each gemet, and over and
above this, one guilder and a half to level the tops of
the beds, and make them fmooth ; but it is better
performed with the fpade, only it is more chargeable,
for that cofts from eight to ten guilders each gemet,
but at the fame time the clods are broken, and the
furface of the beds is made fmooth and even.

The fecondyear in the beginning of April, which is
about the time the kiemen or young Ihoots are be-
ginning to come out, the earth on the top of the beds
fhould be fcuffled over and raked, to deftroy the
young weeds, and make the furface fmooth and mel-
low, that the kiemen may lhoot out the eafier above
ground ; this labour cofts three fhillings each gemet.
The fecond fummer there muft be the fame care taken
to' keep the Madder clean as in the firft, and then
nothing is planted in the furrows, or fuffered to grow
there at the laft time of cleaning the ground, in
September or October, the green haulm is again
fpread down upon the beds ; and in November the
Madder is again covered with earth, in tfie fame man-
ner as the firft year.

By this method of culture, one can fee how neceffary
it is to plant the Madder in beds, for thereby it is
much eafier covered with the earth of the furrows ;
and hereby the earth of the beds is every time height-
ened, whereby the Madder roots will be greatly
lengthened, and the kiemen or young fhoots will have
longer necks, and by being thus deeply earthed, will
put out more fibres and have much better roots, with-
out which they will not grow ; and it is of equal ufe
to the mother plants, for by this method the roots
will be longer •, and in this confifts the goodnefs and
beauty of the Madder, for thofe which have but few
main roots, are not fo much efteemed as thofe which
are well furnifhed with fide roots called tengels a
Madder plant that has many of thefe roots, is called
a well bearded Madder plant ; therefore one muft
never cut off thefe fide roots, for by fo doing there
will be a lefs crop of Madder, and but few kiemen or
young fhoots can be produced ; befides, by the lofs
of moiflure, fometimes the plants will droop and be-
come weak ; and there is great profit in having a large
quantity of kiemen to draw in the fpring, which are
in plenty the fecond and third years.

The Madder roots are feldom dug up the fecond year,
but generally after it has grown three fummers, there-
fore the culture of the third year is the fame as in the
fecond, during the fpring and fummer.

Before the firft day of September, it is forbidden to
dig up any Madder in this ifland ; but on that day
early in the morning, a beginning is made, and the
perfon who carries the firft cart load to the ftove, has
a premium of a golden rider, or three ducats.

The digging up the Madder of a gemet of land, cofts
from thirty-fix to one hundred guilders, according to
the goodnefs of the crop, and the lightnefs or ftiff-
nefs of the ground, but in light land it cofts from
nine to ten pounds Flemilh; the perfons who are adroit
in this bufinefs, are generally paid five fhillings Fle-
mifli per day.

The Madder produces flowers in the middle of fum-
mer, and fometimes a few feeds, but they never ripen
here ; nor woukl they be of ufe to cultivate the plants,
frnce it is fo eafily done by the kiemen.

Some years paft they began to plant here the great
wild Madder, which was called French Madder, but
this was not efteemed fo good for ufe as the tame
Madder, from which it differs much, fo that was
not continued. The more bitter of tafte the roots
of the Madder are, when taken out of the ground
before it is brought to the ftove, the lefs it will loofe
of its weight in drying, and is the better afterward
for ufe.

When the Madder is dug out of the ground, it is
carried to the ftove, and there laid in heaps ; in that
which is called the cold ftove, and feparated with
hurdles made of wicker, and memorandums kept of
each parcel, and to what countryman it belongs, that

RUB

each may be dried in their turns, and prepared df
manufactured, for which turn generally lots are caff
beforehand. The Madder thus carried to the ftove
is relzyn.

This relzyn is carried about fix o’clock in the morn-
ing, into the tower or fteeple, hoifted in bafkets by
ropes to the rooms, and divided or fpread, where it
remains till the next day, two or three o’clock in the
morning, about twenty or twenty-one hours ; then
thofe roots which have lain in the hotteft places are
removed to cooler, and thole in the cooler are re-
moved to the hotter places nearer the oven. This is
continued for four or five days, according as there
has been more or lefs carried there ; but it is always
the goods of one perfon, that every one may have
his own, and of as equal quality as pofuble, when it
is delivered out.

When the Madder is fufficiently dried in the tower,
then it is threfhed on the threlhing-fioor, which is
made clean from dirt or filth, and then it is brought
to the kiln, and there fpread on a hair-cloth for
about twenty hours, during which time the kiln is
made more or lefs hot, according as the roots are
more or lefs thick, or the weather being more or lefs
• cold.

From the kiln theMadder is moved to the pounding-
houfe, and is there pounded on an oaken block made
hollow, with fix Hampers plated at the bottom with
iron bands ; thefe Hampers are kept in motion by a
mill very much refembling a grift mill, which is turn-
ed by three horfes •, the prefence of the pounding-
mafter is here always required, to ftir the Madder
continually with a ftiovei, to bring it under the Hamp-
ers. When the Madder is thus properly pounded, it
is lifted over a tub till there is enough to fill a calk :
this firft pounding, which chiefly confifts of the thin-
neft and fmalleft roots, and the outfide hufks with
fome earth, which by drying and threfhing could not
be feparated, is called mor mull.

What remains in the fleve is put on the block again,
and pounded a fecond time, and when the pounding-
m after gueffes a third part is pounded, then the Mad-
der is taken out again and fifted over another tub, and
put into a feparate cafk, and this is called gor gemeens;
that which remains in this fecond operation, not enough
pounded in the fleve, is for the third time put on the
block, and pounded till it is all reduced to powder,
which is called kor kraps.

When the Madder is cleanfed from the dirt and mull,
and is entirely pounded at once, then it is called oor
onberoofde, fo that this onberoofcle actually confifts
of the gemeens and kraps pounded together, and fift-
ed without feparating them from each other.

When there is two thirds of kraps, and one third ge-
meens, which was feparately prepared or manufactur-
ed, then they are called two and one, or marked
The fweepings of the ftove, as alfo of the ground and
beams being fwept together is not loft, but is put
amongft the mull, or fold by itfelf.

The fweepings of the mill, and every part of the
pounding-place, is alfo gathered together, and put
into a calk ; this is called den beer.

When the Madder is thus prepared and put into calks,
it is in Zealand examined by fworn affayers and tried,
if it is not faulty packed up ; that is, whether in the
preparing it is properly manufactured, or falfely
packed up, and to fee if every part of the calk is filled
with Madder of equal goodnefs and quality, not burn-
ed in the drying, or mixed with dirt ; which the af-
fayers by certain trials, and by weighing and walhing
of the Madder can know, if it is according to the fta-
tutes of the country.

There are fundry ftatutes made and publifhed by the
ftates of Zealand, concerning the preparing of Mad-
der ; as one of the 28th of July 1662, one on the
29th of September, and 31ft of October i6yr, ano-
ther on the 23d of September 1699, and the laft on
the 28th of April 1735: by which ftatutes, among
other things, it is ftristly forbidden. That no perfon
fhall prepare kraps, in which there lhall be more than

1 1 O two

l

5 it

IUB

kjto pounds of dirt in a hundred weight *, nor above
eight pounds in the like weight of onberoofde, or in
gemeens more than twelve pounds in a hundred
weight.

If the Madder upon trial is found good, the arms of
the city or village, and the fign of the ftove where
the Madder was prepared, is painted on the calk with
black paint. The trial of the Madder is in no place
more exact, or more religioufly obferved, than in the
city of Zirkzee 'j therefore the merchants in Germany,
who know this, always prefer the Madder of that
place to all others, and will not buy any which has
not the arms of Zirkzee painted upon the calks, if
they are to be had.

We before mentioned the tower, the kiln, &c. where
the Madder is dried and prepared for ufe, the draughts
of thefe are exhibited in the annexed plates, with
their explanation : but that a better judgment may
be formed of their ufe, wre fhall here take notice, that
the tower is the place where the Madder is firft dried.
This tower is heated by fifteen or lixteen pipes or flues
of brick-work, which run on each fide the tower un-
der the floor, and are covered with low burnt tiles,
fome of which are loofe ; fo that by taking up thefe,
the heat is moderated and conducted to any part of
the tower, the perfon who has the care of drying the
Madder pleafes.

The tower has four or live lofts made of ftrong laths-,
they are four or five feet above each other, upon
which the Madder is laid ; thefe are heated by an oven,
which is placed in the room where the work people
live, and is by them called the glory.

The kiln is in a room whofe length is equal to the
breadth of the ftove, and is entirely arched over at
the top : the oven by which the kiln is heated, is call-
ed the hog ; this is built upon a ftone wall, which
rifes a foot or two above ground ; and the fmali arch
by which the heat paftes through every part, has fe-
veral lquare little holes in the brick-work, that the
heat may come out over thefe holes, on the top of
the kiln, are laid wooden laths the whole length, and
upon them a hair-cloth, on which the Madder is laid
to dry, before it is carried to the pounding-place. In
the Madder-ftoves there is no other fuel ufed but
Friezland turf, which gives an equal and moderate
heat.

In the Madder-ftoves, the people work more by night
than day •, firft, becaufe at the time of the year when
the Madder is brought into the ltoves, the nights are
much colder than the days ; and feeondly, that the
mailer, who mult be always attentive to his work, may
not be interrupted by ' vifitors j and thirdly, becaufe
they fee lets dull } but principally, becaufe the Mad-
der which is pounded in the night is of a much better
colour than that which is pounded in the day.

In the Madder-ftoves are always conftant workmen,
one who is the drier, who has the care of drying the
Madder in the tower and the kiln ; for the right per-
formance of this, art and experience is required, the
goodnefs of the Madder greatly depending on the
right drying. This perfon is a fort of foreman, and
has the direction of ail the workmen ; his pay is five
ftivers, for every hundred weight of Madder which is
prepared in the ftove ; he has one perfon under him
for his affiftant, to perform part of the laborious work,
and to be always at hand ; this man is paid eighteen
or nineteen fhiliings per week Flemilh, which is the
conftant wages.

The third perfon is the pounder, who is always pre-
fent when the Madder is pounding, who with a par-
ticular fhovel which is fmali, and fitted to the cavity
of the pounding-block, ftirs the Madder from time to
time, to bring it under the Hampers ; he is paid four
ftivers for every hundred weight of Madder.

The fourth is a driver, who with a team of three
horfes, cauies the mill to turn and pound the Mad-
der ; his pay for himfelf and the three horfes, from
eight to nine ftivers per hundred weight, according as
he can bargain.

Befides. thefe four, there are five other afilftants, who

RUB

lay the Madder on and take it off-, this is often per-
formed by the wives and boys of the other workmen
thefe five have fifty ftivers for every three thoufand
pounds of Madder which is prepared, fo they have
each ten ftivers.

There are nineteen or twenty Madder-ftoves in the
ifland of Schowen, which, at an average, prepare in
one crop, that lafts from September to February, ten
thoufand weight of Madder each, which in the whole,
amounts to two million pounds weight ; and if we
fuppofe, that the Madder is fold at an average for four
pounds Flemilh per hundred weight, which is a mo-
derate price, one may foon reckon what advantage
the culture of this dyeing commodity produces to
this one ifland.

The countryipen pay to the owners of the Madder-
ftoves, two guilders for preparing every hundred
weight of mull, and for each hundred weight of hard
Madder-, that is, ofkraps, gemeens, or onberoofde,
three guilders, according as they will have them pre-
pared.

The building of a Madder-ftove quite new from the
foundation, colls in the whole about twenty-four
hundred pounds Flemilh, which is twelve hundred
pounds fterling.

PLATE I.

An explanation of the plan of the cold ftove.

Fig. i. Is the lower band, whofe thicknefs is four-
teen by fixteen inches.

2. The upper band, which is twelve by fourteen

inches.

3. The cap and band, which is ten by twelve

inches.

4. The upper cap, which is fix by feven inches.

5. The two main jambs, which are thirteen by

fifteen inches of ftone.

6. The half bands and polls, of nine by feven

inches.

7. The uppermoft half band, which is final!,,

fix by eight inches.

PLATE II.

A plan of the arched room cut through perpendicu-
larly in the middle where the kiln ftands, with a
reprefentation of the kiln.

AA Is the cut of the arch.

B The oven of the kiln, which is called the hog ; this
has no chimney ; when the fire is firft kindled ei-
ther with turf or other fuel, the finoke is let out
through a fmali window.

CCC A ftone foundation on which the oven and kiln
is built.

CC Is properly the kiln itfelf, which muft be obferved
in what manner it is built, with little holes to
let out the heat.

DD Stone bands made for the greater firmnefs, about
the kiln.

EEEE Iron bars placed to ftrengthen the kiln, and
alfo to lay the upper long lath upon.

F Small crofs laths over the kiln, which lie from one
end C to the other end C upon the kiln, but
there are few of thefe reprefented, that the fmali
holes of the kiln may better appear.

G The door of the entrance.

PLATE III.

A plan of the tower where the Madder is firft laid

to dry.

A Is the oven of the tower.

BB The pipes whereby the heat fpreads itfelf, is here
fhewn by the openings where the tyles are taken
off.

C A fort of flairs by which they climb.

DD The windlafs with its rope and hook, to hoift the
Madder to the lofts.

;

s

l

'

r ...

■

'

*

I

'

*1

*

‘

\

t

t

u

«

i

1

\

/■ . *.

.

, • -

'■ ■ ' '

,

. ' ‘ ' ' ' '

.

... • ,r .1,

‘ -v:

■

.

*

: - '

i

f

;

.

’ ,

'

\ Si

'

•' .

-

• i 1

, -

V

J

cl

/

RUB

EEEE The four lofts of the lath of the oven,

F The chimney above the roof,

G The door by which they enter.

PLATE IY.

An explanation of the plan of the fe&ion of the tower.

Tier. 1. 1. 1. r. The four bands of the tower which are
fixteen inches fquare.

2. The cap band, ten by twelve inches.

3. The fpringing band, fix by eight inches.

4. The in terftice to the tower, fix by feven

inches.

5. The fpaning plate, five by feven inches.

6. 6. The lower and fecond girder, fix by feven
inches.

7. The third girder, feven by nine inches.

8. The fourth girder, fix by eight inches.

9. The fifth girder, fix by feven inches.

10. The crown piece of the tower, five by fix
inches.

The ribs in the tower muft be laid fourteen inches
afunder from middle to middle, corner-ways, and the
laths between an inch and a half diftant.

PLATE V.

A plan of the pounding-houfe, in which is {hewn at
A, the driver, who, with his three horfes, caufes
the mill to turn, which works the {hampers : At B
is fhewn the pounder, who, with his {hovel, con-
tinually brings the Madder under the hampers.

Fig. 1. Is the beam which fupports the axle-tree,
which is fourteen by fifteen inches.

2. The hollow Oaken block or trough, twenty-

feven by twenty-nine inches.

3. The king poll, eighteen inches fquare.

4. The upper band, fix by feven inches.

5. The crofs bands, five by feven inches.

6. The crofs arms, fix by ten inches.

7. The fwaarden, fix by ten inches.

8. The axis, from fix to eight inches.

9. The feller, fix by eight inches of Elm wood.

10. The king beam, eleven by thirteen inches

Fir wood.

11. The drawers under the mill, five by fix

inches.

12. The plate for the running of the truckle,

three by fixteen inches.

13. The wooden knobs to the wheel of Afh.

14. The ftaves made of Box wood.

15. The fix Hampers, fix inches fquare, of Afh.

P L A T E VI.

An explanation of the fedion of the pounding-houfe.

Fig. 1. The under band, fixteen inches fquare.

2. The upper band, twelve by fourteen inches.

3. The band of the cap poll, ten by twelve

inches.

4. The fpringing band, fix by feven inches.

5. The fpaning plate, five by feven inches.

6. The firft girder, fix by feven inches.

7. The fecond girder, nine by eleven inches.

8. Th.e third girder, fix by eight inches.

9. The uppermoft girder, fix by feven inches.

10. The top or cap, four by five inches.

The above account is the method of cultivating Mad-
der in Zealand, where the belt Madder is now pro-
duced •, ta this I fhall add, what I have obferved of
the growing of Madder in other parts of Holland, as
alfo the experience I have had of the growth of Mad-
der in England, with an account of the method of
planting it here.

In the year 1727, I obferved a great quantity of this
plant cultivated in Holland, between ITelvoetfluys
and the Brill ; and it being the firft time I had ever
feen any confiderable parcel of it, I was tempted to

RUB

make feme enquiries about its culture, and take Tome
minutes of it down upon the fpot, which i fhall here
infert, for the ufe of fuch as may have curiofity to at-
tempt the culture of it.

In autumn they plough the land, where they intend
to plant Madder in the fpring, and lay it in high
ridges, that the fro ft may mellow it ; in March they
plough it again, and at this feafon they work it very-
deep, laying it up in ridges eighteen inches afunder,
and about a foot high ; then about the beginning of
April, when the Madder will begin to fhoot out of
the ground, they open the earth about their old roots,
and take off all the fide-fhoots which extend them-
felves horizontally, juft under the furface of the
ground, preferving as much root to them as pofilble;
thefe they tranfplant immediately upon the tops of
the new ridges, at about a foot apart, obferving al-
ways to do this when there are fame {bowers, be-
caufe then the plants will take root in a few days,
and will require no water.

When the plants are growing, they carefully keep
the ground hoed, to prevent the weeds from coming
up between them j for if they are {mothered by weeds,
especially when young, it will either deftroy or weaken
them fo much, that they ieldom do well after. In thefe
ridges they let the plants remain two feafons, during
which time they keep the ground very clean and at
Michaelmas, when the tops of the plants are decayed,
they take up the roots and dry them for fale. This is
what I could learn of their method of cultivating this
plant, to which I will fubjoin a few obfervations of my
own, which I have fince made upon the culture of
Madder in England.

The land upon which I have found Madder thrive
beft, is a foft fandy loam, and if it has been in til-
lage fome years, it will be better than that which is
frefh broken up. This ffiould have at leaf!: a depth
of two feet and a half, or three feet of good earth,
and muft be quite clear from Couch, or the roots of
any bad weeds ; for as the roots of Madder fhould
remain three years in the ground, fo where there
are any of thofe weeds which fpread and mul-
tiply at their roots, they will intermix with the Mad-
der roots, and in three years will have taken fuch pof-
feffion of the ground, as to greatly weaken the Mad-
der, and render it very troublefome to feparate when,
the Madder is taken up.

The ground fhould be ploughed deep before winter,
and laid in ridges to mellow , and if it is not too
ftrong, there will be no neceffitv for ploughing it
again, till juft before the time of planting the Mad-
der, when the land fhould be ploughed as deep as the
beam of the plough will admit ; and there Ihould be
men following the plough in the furrows, which
fhould dig a full fpit below the furrow, and turn it
up on the top •, by preparing the ground of this
depth, the roots of the Madder will ftrike down, and
be of greater length, in which the goodnefs of the
crop "chiefly confifts. The land being thus prepared
and made level, will be fit to receive the plants. The
beft time for planting of the Madder is about the mid-
dle or the latter end of April, according as the fea-
fon is more or lefs forward, which muft be deter-
mined by the young fhoots ; for when thefe are about
two inches above ground, they are in the beft ftate
for planting.

In the taking up of thefe {hoots for planting, the
ground fhould be opened with a fpade, that they may
be feparated from the mother plants with as much
root as poffible ; for if the roots are broken off, they
will not fucceed : thefe plants fhould be drawn up no
fafter than they are planted ; for if they lie long above
ground, they will ihrink and their tops will wither,,
and then they often mifearry j therefore if they are
brought from a diftant place, there fliould be great
care taken in the packing of them up for carriage ;
efpecial regard fhould be had not to pack them fo
clofe, or in fo great quantity, as to caufe them to heat,
for that will foon fpoil them but if they are a little

withered

R U B

withered by lying out of the ground, their roots.
Ihould be fet upright in water for a few hours, which
Will ftiffen and recover them again.

In the planting of Madder, there are fome who make
the rows but one foot afunder, others one foot and a
half, fome two feet, and others who allow them three
feet diftance ; I have made trial of the three laft dis-
tances, and have found when the roots have been left
three years in the ground, that three feet diftance row
from row is the belt •, but if it is taken up in two
years, two feet afunder may do very well and the
diftance in the rows, plant from plant, fhould be one
foot, or a foot and a half.

If there is no danger of the ground being too wet in
winter, the plants may be planted on the level ground ;
but if on the contrary, the ground Ihould be railed in
ridges where each row of plants is to be fet, that their
roots may not reach the water in winter, for if they do,
it will flop their downright growth -, and this is the
reafon why the Dutch, who plant Madder in the
Low Countries, raife their ridges fo high as two or
three feet-, and in Zealand, where the ground is drier,
they raife the beds four or five inches above the inter-
vals, that the wet may drain off from the beds where
the Madder is planted.

The method of planting is as follows: viz. the ground
being made fmooth, a line is drawn acrofs it to mark
out the rows, that they may be ftrait, for the more
convenient cleaning, and for the better digging or
ploughing of the ground betwen the rows ; then with
an iron-lhod dibble, holes are made, at the diftance
which the plants are to Hand from each other. The
depth of the holes muft be in proportion to the length
of the roots of the plants, which muft be planted the
fame depth they had been while they were upon the
mother plants for if any part of the root is left above
ground, the fun and winds will dry them, which
will retard the growth of the plants ; and fhould any
part of the green be buried in the ground, it will not
be fo well ; though of the two, the latter will be lefs
prejudicial, efpecially if there is not too much of
the green buried. When the plants are put into the
holes, the earth fhould be preffed clofe to them to
fecure them from being drawn out of the ground, for
crows and rooks frequently draw the new plants out
of the ground before they get new roots, where
there is not this care taken : fo that in two or three
days, I have known half the plants on a large piece of
land deftroyed by thefe birds.

If there happens to be fome fhowers of rain fall in
a day or two after the plants are planted, it will be
of great fervice to them, for they will prefently put
out new roots, and become ftrong ; fo that if dry
weather .fhould afterward happen, they will not be
in fo much danger of fuffering thereby, as thofe which
are later planted. There are fome who, from a co-
vetous temper of making moft ufe of the ground,
plant a row of Dwarf Peas or Kidney Beans between
each row of Madder, and pretend that thereby the
land is kept cleaner from weeds but I am very cer-
tain the crop of Madder is injured thereby much more
than the value of thofe things which grow between
the rows, as I have experienced ; therefore I advife
thofe perfons who plant Madder, never to fow or
plant any thing between the rows, but to keep the
Madder quite clean from weeds, or any other kind of
vegetable.

In order to keep the ground thus clean, it fhould be
fcuffied over with a Dutch hoe, as foon as the
young weeds appear. When a man can perform a
o-reat deal of this work in a day, and if it is done in
dry weather, the weeds will die as fail as they are cut
down ; whereas, v/hen the weeds are left to grow in
the fpririg, fo as to get ftrength, they are not fo foon
deftroyed, and the expence of hoeing the ground then
will be more than double -, befides, there will be dan-
ger of cutting down fome of the weaker plants with
die weeds, if the perfons employed to perform this
work are not very careful-, therefore it is much
cheaper, as alfo better for the Madder, to begin this l

RUB

work early in the fpring, and to repeat it as often as
the weeds render it neceffary ; for by keeping the
ground thus conftantly clean, the Madder will thrive
the better.

During the firft fumrner, the only culture which
the Madder requires, is that of keeping it dean in
the manner before directed ; and v/hen the floats or
haulm of the plants decay in autumn, it fhould be
raked off the ground qthen the intervals between the
rows fhould be either dug with a fpade or ploughed
with a hoeing plough, laying up the earth over the
heads of the plants in a roundifh ridge, which will be
of great fervice to the roots. The Dutch cover the
haulm of their Madder with earth, leaving it to rot
upon the ground ; this perhaps may be neceffary in
their country, tt> keep the froft out of the ground ; but
as I have never found that the fevered: winters in
England have injured the Madder roots, there is not
the fame neceffity for that praftice here.

The following fpring, before the Madder begins to
flioot, the ground fhould be hoed and raked over
fmooth, that the young fhoots may have no obftruc-
tion ; and if there fhould be any young weeds ap-
pearing on the ground, it fhould be firft fcuffied over
to deftroy the weeds, and then raked over fmooth j
after this, the fame care muft be taken in the follow-
ing fummer to keep the ground clean ; and if it is
performed by the hoe plough, the earth of the in-
tervals fhould be thrown up againft the fide of the
ridges, which will earth up the roots, and greatly in-
creafe their ftrength ; but before the ground of one
interval is fo hoed, the haulm of the plants fhould be
turned over to the next adjoining interval ; and if they
are permitted fo to lie for a fortnight or three weeks,
and then turned back again on thofe intervals which
were hoed, obferving firft to fcuffie the ground to
deftroy any young weeds which may have appeared,
fince the ftirring of the ground -, then the alternate
intervals fhould be ploughed in like manner, turning
the earth up againft the oppofite fides of the roots ;
by this method the intervals will be alternately
ploughed, and the plants earthed up, whereby the
ground will be kept clean, and ftirred, which will
greatly promote the growth of the roots and by
this method the fuperficial fhoots will be fubdued,
and the principal roots greatly ftrengthened. The
following autumn the ground fhould be cleared of
the haulm and weeds, and the earth raffed in ridges
over the roots, as in the foregoing year.

The third fpring the roots will furnifh a great fupply
of young plants -, but before thefe appear, the ground
fhould be cleaned and raked fmooth, that the fhoots
may have no obftrudtion to their coming up -, and
when the young plants are fit to take off, it fhould
be performed with care, always taking off thofe which
are produced at the greateft diftance from the crown
of the other plants, becaufe thofe are what rob them
moft of their nourifhment, and the wounds made by
feparating them from the old roots are not near fo
hurtful as thofe near the crown ; for the ftripping off
too many of the fhoots there, will retard the growth
of the plants.

The culture of the Madder in the third fummer muft
be the fame as the fecond ; but as the roots will then
be much ftronger, the earth fhould be laid up a
little higher to them at the times when the ground is
cleaned ; and if all the diftant fuperficial fnoots, which
come up in the intervals are hoed or ploughed off, it
will be of fervice to ftrengthen the larger downright
root ; and as the haulm will now be very ftrong and
thick, the frequent turning it over from one interval
to another will prevent its rotting ; for if it lies long
in the fame pofitiqn, the fhoots which are near the
ground, where there will be always more or lefs damp,
and being covered with the upper fhoots, the air will
be excluded from them, which will caufe them to rot,
for the fhoots of Madder are naturally difpofed to
climb up any neighbouring fupport -, and in places
where they have been fupported, I have feen them
more than ten feet high , but the expence of flaking
6 / the

/

R U D

the plants to fupport their fhoots would be much too
great to be pradiied in general ; therefore the other
method of turning the haulm over from one interval
to the other will be found of great ufe, for hereby it
is kept from decaying, and by fo doing the fun is al-
ternately admitted to each fide of the roots, which is
of more confequence to the growth of the Madder
than moil people conceive ; and from many repeated
trials I have found, that where the haulm has decayed
or rotted in fummer, it has greatly retarded the
growth of the roots. There have been fome igno-
rant pretenders who have advifed the cutting off the
haulm in fummer, in order to ftrengthen the roots ;
but whoever praftifes this, will find to their coft the
abfurdity of this method ; for I have fully tried this
many years ago, and have always found that every
other root, upon which this was praftifed, was at leaft
a third part fmaller than the intermediate roots, whole
haulm was left entire. The firft occafion of my making
this experiment was, becaufe the plants had been fet
too near each other, and the feafon proving moift had
increafed the number and ftrength of the fhoots, fo
that they were fo thick, as that many of them began
to rot ; to prevent which, I cut off the fhoots of every
other plant to give room for fpreading the others
thinner, but loon after this was done, the plants pro-
duced a greater number of fhoots than before, but
they were weaker, and the effeCt it had upon the roots
was as before related ; fince which time I have fre-
quently repeated the experiment on a few roots, and
have always found the effeCt the fame.

As foon as the haulm of the Madder begins to decay
in autumn, the roots may be taken up for ufe, be-
caufe then the roots have done growing for that fea-
fon, and will then be plumper and lefs liable to fhrink
than if they are dug up at another feafon •, for I have
always found, that roots of every kind of plant,
which are taken out of the ground during the time of
their growing, are very apt to fhrink, and lofe more
than half their weight in a fhort time ; whereas, when
they are taken up foon after their leaves decay, they
will not foon after fhrink much.

When the feafon for digging up the Madder root is
come, it fhould be done in the following manner, viz.
a deep trench fhould be dug out at one fide of the
ground next to the firft row of Madder to make a fuf-
ficient opening to receive the earth, which muft be
laid therein in digging up the row of roots, fo that
it fhould be at leaft two feet broad, and two fpits and
two fhovellings deep, and fhould be made as clofe as
poffible to the roots, being careful not to break or cut
the roots in doing it •, then the row of roots muft be
carefully dug up, turning the earth into the trench
before-mentioned. In the doing of this there fhould
be to every perfon who digs, two or three perfons to
take out the roots, that none may be loft, and as
much of the earth fhould be fhaken out of the
roots as poffible ; and after the principal roots are
taken up, there will be many of the long fibres re-
maining below •, therefore, in order to get the roots
as clean as poffible* the whole fpot of grouud fhould
be dug of the fame depth as the firft trench, and the
pickers muft follow the diggers to get them all out to
the bottom. As the digging of the land to this
depth is neceffary, in order to take up the roots
with as little lofs as poffible, it is a fine preparation
for any fucceeding crop •, and I have always found ,
that the ground where Madder has grown, produced
better crops of all kinds than land of equal goodnefs,
which had not the like culture.

After the roots are taken up, the fooner they are car-
ried to the place of drying, the finer will be their co-
lour •, for if they lie in heaps, they are apt to heat,
which will difcolour them ; or if rain fhould hap-
pen to wet them much, it will have the fame effedt,
therefore no more roots fhould be taken up than can
be carried under fhelter the fame day.

The firft place, in which the roots fhould be laid to
dry, muft be open on the fides to admit the air, but
covered on the top to keep out the wet. If a build-

R U D

ing is to be ereCted new, fuch as the tanners have for
drying their fkins will be as proper as any, for thefe
have weather-boards from top to bottom at equal
diftances to keep out the driving rain, but the fpaces
between being open admit the air freely and if, in-*--
ftead of plank floors or ftages above each other, they
are laid with hurdles or bafket-work . upon which the
roots are laid to dry, the air will have freer paflkge
to the under fide of the roots, which will dry them
more equally.

In this place they may remain four or five days, by
which time the earth which adhered to the roots will
be fo dry as to eafily rub off, which fhould be done
before the roots are removed to the cold ftove, for
the flower the roots are dried, the Ids they will
fhrink, and the better will be the colour of the Mad-
der •, and the cleaner the toots are from earth, the
better the commodity will be for ufe when prepared.
After the roots have laid a fufficient time in this place,
they fhould be removed into another building called
the old ftove, in which there fhould be conveniencies
of flues palling through different parts of the floor
and the fide-walk ; in this the roots fhould be laid
thin upon the floors, and turned from time to time
as they dry, taking thofe roots away, which are neareft
to the flues which convey the greateft heat, placing
them in a cooler part of the room, and removing
fuch of them as had been in that fituation to the
warmer, from whence the other are taken. The con-
ftant care in this particular will be of great fervice &o
the quality of the Madder ; for when this is properly
conducted, the roots will be more equally dried, and
the commodity, when manufactured, will be much
fairer and better for ufe.

When the outfide of the roots have been fufficiently
dried in this cold ftove, they fhould be removed to
the threfhing floor, which may be the fame as in a
common barn where Corn is threlhed. The floor of
this fhoufd be fwept, and made as clean as poffible ;
then the roots fhould be threfhed to beat off their
fkins or outfide coverings ; this is the part which is
prepared feparately from the inner part of the root,
and is called mull, which is fold at a very low price,
being the worft fort of Madder, fo cannot be ufed
where the permanency or beauty of the colours are re-
garded j thefe hulks are feparated from the roots, and
pounded by themfelves, which are afterward packed
up in feparate cafks, and fold by the title of mull. If
this is well prepared, and not mixed with dirt, it may
be fold for about fifteen fhillings per hundred weight,
at the price which Madder now bears •, and this, as
is fuppofed, will defray the whole expence of drying
the crop.

After the mull is feparated from the roots, they muft
be removed to the warmer ftove, where they muft be
dried with care ; for if the heat is too great, the roots,
will dry too faft, whereby they will lofe much in
weight, and the colour of the Madder will not be
near fo bright ; to avoid which, the roots fhould be
frequently turned, while they remain in this ftove,
and the fires muft be properly regulated. If fome
trials are made by fixing a good thermometer in the
room, the neceffary heat may be better afcertained
than can be done any other way ; but this will require
to be greater at fome times than at others, according
as the roots are more or lefs lucculent, or the wea-*
ther more or lefs cold or damp •, but it will always
be better to have the heat rather lefs than over hot;
for, though the roots may require a longer time to
dry with a flow heat, yet the colour will be better.
When the roots are properly dried in this ftove, they
muft be carried to the pounding-houfe, where they
muft be reduced to powder in the manner before re-
lated ; but whether it is neceffary to feparate the kraps
from the gemeens, as is now praCtifed by the Dutch,
the confumers of Madder will be better judges than
myfelf.

There has been fome objections of late mentioned fio
the introducing, or rather retrieving the culture of
Madder in England, which it may be proper byre to

u P * take

^40

RUB

take notice of, left they fhould have fo much weight
as to prevent many perfons from engaging in it. The
firft which has been generally ftarted is, that the land
in this country is not fo well adapted for growing
Madder as that in Holland : to which I can with
truth affirm, that there are vaft tra&s of land here
much better adapted for producing Madder than the
beft land in Zealand •, and from the experience which
I have had of its growth, will produce a greater crop.
Another objedlion which I have heard, was the la-
bour in Holland being cheaper than in England. The
Dutch will always underfell us, fo confequently will
maintain this branch of trade-, but this is certainly a great
miftake : for though the labourers employed in cul-
tivating Madder may not earn fo great wages as is ge-
nerally paid in England, fure I am, that the difference
between an expert Englilh labourer and that of the
beft Dutchman, in the ploughing, hoeing, planting,
&c. of Madder, is much greater than that of their
pay ; for I am fure a good Englilh gardener or plough-
man will do more bufinefs, and perform it better, in
four days, than the beft workman in Holland can do
in fix. What I now fay is greatly within compals,
from my own knowledge ; fo that, fuppofing we were
to proceed in the fame manner now pradtifed by the
Dutch, this could be no objection to the cultivating of
Madder ; but we lhall foon find ways of performing
the moft laborious part, at much lefs expence, by
means of the hoeing plough, which may be ufed to
great advantage in the cultivation of Madder, whereby
the expence will be much lefiened ; and, when once
this is well eftablilhed in England, there can be no
doubt but that great improvements will be made both
in the culture and method of preparing the commo-
dity for ufe.

There has been objedtions made againft farther trials
of growing Madder, becaufe fome who have engaged
in it have not fucceeded : but in anfwer to this, it
muft be obferved, that their ill fuccefs was owing to
a want of fkill. Some of them continued to plant
repeated crops of Madder on the fame fpot of ground,
till the roots became fo fmall, as fcarce to pay the ex-
pence of digging up ; and here it is proper to obferve,
that Madder Ihould not be planted on the fame land,
till after an interval of feven or eight years during
which interval the ground may be fown with any
fort of grain, or kitchen vegetables, which it will pro-
duce to great advantage^ after Madder, becaufe the
land will be wrought fo deep. The Dutch always
fow grain upon their Madder ground in the intervals
of four years, and have great crops from it ; and
they are obliged, from the fcarcity of land fit for
this purpofe, to plant the fame ground after an inter-
val of four yeaas ; but, as we are not under the fame
necefiity, it will be much better to ftay eight years,
for the roots of Madder are very fimilar to thofe of
Afparagus, and draw much the fame nourifhment
from the ground •, and it is well known that, when
Afparagus roots are dug up, which have been grow-
ing three years, if the fame is planted with Afparagus
again in a fewr years, , it will not thrive equal to that
which is planted on ground upon which Afparagus
has not grown for feveral years ; and this is always
found to be the cafe even in kitchen-gardens near
London, where, by the well working and frequent
dunging the ground, it may be fuppofed changed in
three or four years, more than the fields can poflibly
be in eight or ten.

Madder fhould not be planted in very rich dunged
land, for in fuch there will be very large haulm, but
the roots will not be in proportion i and, where there
is much dung or fea-coal allies, the Madder roots
will be of a darker colour, as it will alfo where it is
cultivated in the fmoke of London, which is likewife
the cafe with Liquorice *, for that which grows in a
fandy loam at a diftance from London, is always much
brighter and clearer than that which grows in the rich
lands in the neighbourhood of London.

In Zealand the Madder is principally cultivated by

RUB

the kitchen -gardeners, who, in the change of their
crops, do every fourth or fifth year plant the Mad-
der upon the fame ground again, in like manner as
the gardeners in the neighbourhood of London plant
Afparagus for forcing in winter upon hot- beds. And
as they have public kilns in Holland for drying of
the Madder roots, fo they know the expence of ma-
nufadturing the commodity for fale, which renders
the cultivation fure and eafy to them.

If the cultivation of Madder is carried on properly
in England, it will employ a great number of hands
from the time harveft is over, till the fpring of the
year, which is generally a dead time for labourers,
and hereby the parilhes may be eafed of the poor’s
rate, which is a confideration worthy of public at-
tention.

RUB US. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 614. tab. 385. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 557. [This plant is fo called, of the red
colour of the fruit before it comes to maturity.] The
Bramble or Rafpberry-bufh ; in French, Ronce.

The Characters are,

*. The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
is cut into five fpear-fhaped fegments ; it hath five roundijh
petals , and a great number of ftamina which are infert.ed
in the empalement , and are Jhorter than the petals , ter-
minated by roundijh comprefifed fummits , with a great num-
ber of germen , having fmall hair-like fiyles on the fide of
the germen, crowned by a fingle permanent ftigma. 'The ger-
men afterward becomes a berry compofed of many acini col-
lected into a head , each having one cell , in which is con-
tained one oblong feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fedtion of
Linnasus’s twelfth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have many ftamina which are inferted in
the empalement, and many ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Rubus ( Fruticofus ) foliis quinato-digitatis ternatif-
que, caule petiolifque aculeatis. Flor. Suec. 409.
Bramble or Blackberry with hand-Jhaped leaves , having
five and three lobes , and the foot-flalk and branches
prickly. Rubus vulgaris five Rubus frudtu nigro.
C. B. P. 479. The common Blackberry.

2. Rubus ( Cafius ) foliis ternatis fubnudis lateralibus bi-
lobis caule aculeato. Hort. Cliff. 192. Bramble with
naked trifoliate leaves and a prickly ftalk. Rubus repens
frudtu ctefio. C. B. P. 479. The Dewberry.

3. Rubus ( Idaus ) foliis quinato-pinnatis ternatifque,
caule aculeato, petiolis canaliculatis. Flor. Suec. 408.
Bramble with winged leaves , having five and three lobes ,
a prickly ftalk , and channelled foot-ftalks. Rubus Idsus
fpinofis. C. B. P. 479. Prickly Rafpberry.

4. Rubus [Glabro') foliis ternatis fubtus tomentofis, caule
glabro. Rafpberry with trifoliate leaves , which are woolly
on their under fide , and have a fmooth ftalk. Rubus
Idasus kevis. C. B. P. 479. The fmooth Rafpberry.

5. Rubus ( Occidentals ) foliis quinato-pinnatis ternatif-
que, caule aculeato* petiolis teretibus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 493. Bramble with winged leaves having five and
three lobes , a prickly ftalk , and taper foot-ftalks. Rubus
Idteus frudtu nigro, Virginianus. Hort. Ekh. 327.
Virginia Rafpberry with a black fruit.

6. Rubus ( Odoratus ) foliis fimplicibus palmatis, caule
inermi multifolio multifloro. Hort. Cliff. 192. Rafp-
berry with fingle hand-Jhaped leaves , and an unarmed ftalk
having many leaves and flowers. Rubus odoratus.
Cornut. 153. Sweet panada Rafpberry, commonly called
flowering Rafpberry.

7. Rubus ( Hifpidus ) foliis ternatis nudis, caulibus peti-
olifque hifpidus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 493. Bramble with
naked leaves growing by threes , and hairy ftalks and foot-
Jlalks. '

8. Rubus ( Saxatillus ) foliis ternatis nudis, flagdlis re-
pentibus herbaceis. Flor. Suec. 411. Bramble with
naked trifoliate leaves , and creeping herbaceous ftalks.
Chamrerubus faxatillus. C. B. P. no. Dwarf Rock
Bramble.

9. Rubus ( Artticus ) foliis ternatis, caule inermi uni-
floro. Flor. Suec. 412. Bramble with trifoliate leaves »

and an unarmed ftalk having one flower ... Rubus hu mi-
lls,

I

RUB

lis, flore purpureo. Buxb. Cent. p. 13. Dwarf Bram-
ble with a purple flower.

10. Rueus ( Cham amor us ) foliis fimplicibus lobatis, cau-
le unifloro. Flor. Suec. 413. Bramble withfingle leaves
having lobes , and a ftalk bearing one flower. Chamse-
morus. Cluf. Hift. 118. The Dwarf Mulberry , or

Cloudberry.

11. Rubus (DaUbarda) foliis fimplicibus cordatis indi-
vifis crenatis, fcapo aphyllo unifloro. Lin. Sp. Plant.
708. Bramble with fingle,heart-jhaped , undivided leaves,
and one flower on each ftalk.

The firft fort grows naturally on the fide of banks,
and in hedges, in molt parts of England, fo is not
cultivated in gardens *, this is fo well known as to
need no defcription. Of this there are the following
varieties :

1. The common Bramble with white fruit, which was
found in a hedge near Oxford by Mr. Jacob Bobart.
The branches of this fort are covered with a light
green bark ; the leaves are of a brighter green than
the common fort, and the fruit is white, but it fel-
dom produces fruit in gardens.

2. The Bramble without thorns ; this is in every re-
fpeft like the firft, but the branches and foot-ftalks
have no thorns.

3. The Bramble withe legant cut leaves •, this differs
from the firft in the leaves, being finely cut.

4. The Bramble with double flowers ; this differs from
the firft in having very double flowers, fo is frequent-
ly planted in gardens for ornament.

5. The Bramble with variegated leaves. This is by
fome preferved in gardens, but is very apt to become
plain, if planted in good ground.

Thefe forts are eafily propaged by laying down their
branches, which will put out roots at every joint very
freely. They may be tranfplanted any time from
September to March, and will grow in almoft any
foil or fituation.

The fecond fort hath weaker trailing ftalks than the
firft ; the leaves are trifoliate, and the lobes are larger
than thofe of the other ; the fruit is fmaller, the acini
larger, and but few in each fruit, which are of a
deeper black colour. This grows naturally in Eng-
land, and is known by the title of Dewberry.

The third fort is the Rafpberry, which grows natu-
rally in the woods in the northern parts of England,
but is cultivated in gardens for its fruit, which fup-
plies the table at the feafon when they are ripe.
There are two or three varieties of this, one with a
red, and the other with a white fruit, and the third
generally produces two crops of fruit annually ; the
firft ripens in July, and the fecond in Oftober, but
thofe of the latter feafon have feldom much flavour.
Thefe are accidental varieties, but the fourth fort I
believe to be a diftinft fpecies, for the leaves are tri-
foliate, larger than thofe of the common fort, wool-
ly on their under fide, and the branches and ftalks
have no thorns. This produces but few fruit, and
thofe are fmall, which has occafioned its being ne-
glefted.

The Rafpberry is generally propagated by fuckers,
though I Ihould prefer fuch plants as are raifed by
layers, becaufe they will be better rooted, and not fo
liable to fend out fuckers as the other, which generally
produce fuch quantities of fuckers from their roots,
as to fill the ground in a year or two ; and where they
are not carefully taken off or thinned, will caufe the
fruit to be fmall, and in lefs quantities •, efpecially
when the plants are placed near each other, which is
too often the cafe, for there are few perfons who al-
low thefe plants fufficient room.

In preparing thefe plants, their fibres fhould be fhort-
ened ; but the buds which are placed at a fmall dif-
tance from the Item of the plant, muft not be cut off,
becaufe thofe produce the new fhoots the following
fummer. Thefe plants fliould be planted about two
feet afunder in the rows, and four or five feet diftance
row from row ; for if they are planted too clofe, their
fruit is never fo fair, nor will ripen fo kindly, as when

R U D

they have room for the air to pafs between the rows.
The foil in which they thrive belt, is a frelh ftrong
loam, for in warm light ground they do not produce
fo great plenty of fruit, for they naturally grow in
cold land and in fhade •, therefore when they are
planted in a warm fituation and a light foil, they do
not fucceed.

The feafon fordrefling them is in Oftober, at which
time all the old wood that produced fruit the pre^
ceding fummer, fhould be cut down below the fur-
face of the ground, and the young fhoots of the fame
year muft be fhortened to about two feet in length 5
then the fpaces between the rows fhould be well dug,
to encourage their roots ; if you bury a very little
rotten dung therein, it will make them fhoot vigo-
roufly the fummer following, and their fruit will be
much fairer. During the fummer feafon they fhould
be kept clean from weeds, which, with the before-
mentioned culture, is all the management they will
require •, but it is proper to make new plantations
once in three or four years, becaufe when the plants
are buffered to remain long, they will produce few
and fmall fruit.

The Virginian flowering Rafpberry, is commonly
propagated in the nurferies as a flowering fhrub. The
flowers of this fort are as large as fmall Rofes, and
there is a fuccefiion of them for two months or more,
fo that they make an agreeable variety during their
continuance. This fort frequently produces fruit in
England, which are not fo large as thofe of the com-
mon fort, and have little flavour. Thefe ripen in
September or the beginning of Oftober.

The Virginian Rafpberry rifes with purplifh ftalks a
little higher than the common fort ; the leaves are of
a lucid green on their upper fide, but hoary on their
under ; their foot-ftalks are taper -, the fruit is fhaped
like thofe of the common Blackberry, and are of a
deep black when ripe ; the fruit has little flavour, fo
the plants are never cultivated for their fruit here. It
ripens late in autumn.

The eighth fort grows naturally upon rocky hills in
the northern counties of England, and moft of the
northern parts of Europe. This hath trailing herba-
ceous ftalks, which put out roots at their joints,
whereby it propagates in plenty •, the leaves are trifo-
liate, the lobes are large, and of a lucid green j the
fruit are fmall, fo not worth cultivating.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Norway, Sweden,
and Siberia •, this hath an upright ftalk about three
inches high, garniflied with fmall trifoliate leaves j
the ftalk is terminated by one purple flower, which is
fucceeded by a fmall red fruit, having the fcent and
flavour of Strawberries. This plant grows naturally
upon mofly bogs, fo cannot be cultivated to any pur-
pofe on dry ground, and is preferved in a few gardens
for the fake of variety.

The tenth fort grows naturally upon fome of the high-
eft hills in the north of England and Scotland, alfo
upon high boggy places in the northern parts of Eu-
rope. This plant cannot be tranfplanted into gar-
dens fo as to thrive ; the ftalks rife about fix or eight
inches high, and are generally garnilhed with two
lobated leaves, Handing at a diftance from each other.
The ftalk is terminated by a fingle flower, which is
fucceeded by a fmall black fruit, not much unlike
that of the Dewberry, and is by fome perfons much
efteemed ; the red and black game feed much upon
it in the feafon.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Canada ; it has
a creeping herbaceous root, fending out trailing her-
baceous ftalks, which frequently put out roots •, the
leaves are for the moft part compofed of three heart-
fhaped lobes, which are veined and hairy •, the flowers
have five white petals : the flowers are male and fe-
male on the fame plant, and the fruit is fomewhat
like the laft.

RUDBECKIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 878. Obelifco-
theca. Vaill. Aft. Par. 1720. Bobartia. Pet. Muf,
Dwarf Sunflower, vulgo.

The

f

The Characters are,

It hath female and her/m aphrodite florets inclofled in one
common empalement , compefled of two orders of leaves ,
the flcales of which are plain , broad, and floort. “The
rays or border of the flower is compofed of female half
florets , which are fir etched out on one fide like a tongue ,
and end with two or three Indentures •, thefe have ger-

' men fitting upon proper receptacles , but have neither
ftyle or ftamina „ and are barren. The hermaphrodite
florets are tnbulous , funnel-jhaped , and indented in five
parts at the brim. Dhey have five fhort hair-like ftami-
na in each , terminated by cylindrical fummits , and ager-
men fitting in the common empalement , having a fender
ftyle crowned by a reflexed ftigrna, divided into two parts,
ft he germen afterward become Jingle , oblong , four-corner-
ed feeds , crowned by their proper cup , which has four
indentures.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fetftion
of -Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes the
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
fruitful florets, and female barren half florets.

The Species are,

1. Rudbeckia ( Hirta ) foliis indivifis fpatulato-ovatis,
radii petalis emarginatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 907. Rud-
beckia with oval , flpattle-fhaped , undivided leaves , and
the petals of the rays indented. Chryfanthemum hele-
nii folio, umbone floris, grandiuicula prominente.
Pluk. Aim. 99. tab. 242. Corn Marygold with an
Elecampane leaf , and a large prominent middle to the flow-
er, commonly called Dwarf A?nerican Sunflower.

2. Rudbeckia ( Purpurea ) foliis lanceolato-ovatis alter-
nis indivifis, petalis radii bifidis. Flor. Virg. 104.
Rudbeckia with oval , fpear-jhaped, undivided leaves ,
placed alternate , and the petals of the ray bifid. Chry-
fanthemum Americanum, doronici folio, flore per-
lici coloris, umbone magno prominente ex atro pur-
pureo viridi & aureo fulgente. Pluk. Aim. 99. Ame-
rican Corn Marygold with a Leopardfbane leaf , a Peach-
coloured flower , and a large prominent middle of a dark
purple , green , and fhining gold colour , commonly called
Dwarf Carolina Sunflower.

3. Rudbeckia ( Triloba ) foliis fpatulatis, eaulinis qui-
bufdam trilobis, ramis indivifis. Hort. UpfaL 269.
Rudbeckia with under leaves flpattle-fhaped , and the upper
ones with three lobes. Chryfanthemum cannabinum
Virginianum hirfutum, difeo magno, petalis aureis
radiato. Pluk. Aim. 100. tab. 22. fig. 2. Virginian
Hemp Agrimony , with a large difk to the flower , and the
petals of the rays of a gold colour.

.4. Rudbeckia ( Laciniata ) foliis inferioribus compofitis
acute dentatis, eaulinis fimplicibus integris dentatif-
que. Rudbeckia with compound , indented , lower leaves ,
thofe upon the fltalks Jingle , entire , and indented. Corona
foils foliis amplioribus laciniatis. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
490. Sunflower with large jagged leaves.

5. Rudbeckia ( ffluinata ) foliis omnibus quinatis, acute
dentatis exterioribus trilobatis. Rudbeckia with all the
leaves compofed of five lobes which are fharply indented ,
and the outer ones divided into three. Corona fobs foliis
anguftioribus laciniatis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 490. Sun-
flower with narrow jagged haves.

6. Rudbeckia (. Digitalis ) foliis inferioribus compofitis,
eaulinis quinatis ternatifque, fummis fimplicibus.
Rudbeckia with compound lower leaves , thofe on the ftalks
quinque foil ate and trifoliate , and the top ones Jingle. Obe-
lifcotheca petalis florum peranguftis longis, foliis di-
gitalis, caule glabro ferrugineo. Amman. Sunflower
with long narrow petals to the flower, hand-fhaped leaves ,
and a fmooth iron-coloured ftalk.

.7. Rudbeckia jAngnfti folia ) foliis oppofitis integerri-
mis. Gron. Virg. 181. Rudbeckia with linear entire
leaves placed oppofite.

The firft fort grows naturally in Virginia, and feveral
other parts of North America. The root of this will
continue four or five years, but unlefs there is care
taken to fhelter it in winter, the plants are fometimes
deftroyed by cold or too much wet. This fort fends
out heads by which it may be propagated ; the leaves
are oblong, oval, and hairy ; the ftalks rife a foot
and a half high, and have one or two leaves near the

R U D

bottom. The foot-ftalk which ftipports the flower,
is naked near a foot in length, and is terminated by
one pretty large yellow flower, fhaped fomewhat like
the Sunflower, from whence it was titled Dwarf Sun-
flower. The petals or rays of the flower are very
ftiff, and are (lightly indented at their points ; the
middle or difk of the flower is very prominent, py-
ramidal, and of a dark purple colour. Thefe flowers
are of long duration ; I have frequently obferved one
flower has continued in beauty near fix weeks, and
as the plants produce many flowers, fo there is a fuc-
cefllon of them on the fame plant, from the middle
of July till the froft puts a flop to them, which ren-
ders them more valuable. This fort will fometimes
produce good feeds in England, when the feafons are
very favourable ; but they are generally propagated
here by offsets or flips, unlefs when good feeds can be
procured from America, The beft time to feparate
the offsets is in the fpring, becaufe the plants continue
td flower fo late in autumn, as to render it impracti-
cable to perform it till the fpring, fo that the flips will
flower but weak the fame year. The plants will live
abroad in the open air through the winter, if they are
planted in a dry foil and a warm fituation ; but it will
always be prudent to fhelter two or three plants un-
der a common hot-bed frame in winter to preferve
the kind, becaufe in very fevere winters they are often
killed.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Carolina, andalfo
in Virginia. This is a perennial plant like the former,
but very rarely produces feeds in England ; nor do
the plants put out heads whereby it may be propa-
gated like the other, fo that it is at prefent not very
common here. The leaves of this fort are longer and
broader than t thofe of the other, and are fmooth,
having three veins ; the ftalks which fupport the
flowers are taller, and have two or three narrow leaves
on each, which are placed alternate : on the top is
one flower with long, narrow. Peach-coloured petals,
which are reflexed ; the middle or difk of herma-
phrodite florets is very prominent, and of a dark
purple colour, but the fummits upon the ftamina be-
ing of a gold colour, adds a luftre to the other. This
fort may be treated in the fame manner as the other,
by fheltering of it in winter ; it flowers at the fame
feafon, but the flowers are not of fo long duration as
thofe of the former.

The third fort grows naturally in feveral parts of North
America ; this is a biennial plant, which in warm
fummers perfects its feeds in England ; the lower
leaves of this fort are divided into three lobes, but
thofe upon the ftalks are undivided ; they are hairy,
and fhaped like thofe of the firft fort ; the ftalks
branch out on their fldes, and are better garnifhed
with leaves than either of the other. The flowers are
very like thofe of the firft fort, but are fmaller ; the
plants will live through the winter in the open air in
mild feafons, and may be propagated by flips or heads;
but the beft way is to raife the plants from feeds, be-
caufe thofe will flower much better than fuch as are
procured by flips ; the fecond year the feedling plants
will flower, and produce ripe feeds.

The fourth fort grows naturally in mod parts of
North America, and has been long an inhabitant in
the European gardens, where it was generally known
by the title of Sunflower. The root of this is peren-
nial, but the ftalk is annual ; the lower leaves are
compofed of five broad lobes, which are deeply cut in-
to acute points, and fome of them are jagged almoft
to the midrib ; the outer lobe is frequently cut into
three deep fegments. The ftalks rife feven or eight
feet high, and divide upward into feveral branches ;
they are fmooth, green, and garnifhed with Angle
leaves, which are oval and heart-fhaped ; fome of
thefe are indented on their edges, others are entire.
The foot-ftalks which fuftain the flowers are naked,
and terminated by a Angle flower with yellow petals
or rays, fhaped like thofe of the Sunflower, but
fmaller. This does not produce feeds here, but is
eafllv propagated by parting of the roots, in the fame

manner

RUE

manner as the perennial Sunflower. It is very hardy
in refped to cold, but loves a moift foil.

The fifth fort has a perennial root like the former,
and is a native of the fame country. This hath
fmooth green {talks, which rife higher than thole of
the former •, the leaves are all compofed of five lobes
which are much narrower, and end with {harper
points than thofe of the former, and are very acute-
ly indented on their fides. The flowers are fmaller,
and the petals narrower than thofe of the former fort,
but appear at the fame feafon. It is equally hardy
with the former, and may be propagated in the
fame way.

The fixth fort grows naturally in North America, arid
alfo in Siberia, from both which countries I have re-
ceived the feeds. This hath a perennial root like
the two former ; the leaves at bottom are compofed
of feven or nine lobes, fome of which are entire, and
others are jagged to the midrib, they are of a dark
green and fmooth ; the ftalks rife fix feet high, and
divide into many branches. They are of a purple or
iron colour, and are very fmooth ; thefe are garnilhed
with leaves, which toward the bottom are hand-fhaped,
and compofed of five lobes ; higher up they have but
three, and at the top the leaves are Angle. The flow-
ers are fmaller than thofe of the two former forts, but
are of the fame ihape and colour.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Virginia. This
hath a perennial root ; the ftalks rife four or five feet
high ; the leaves are narrow, fmooth, and placed op-
pofite •, the rays of the flower are long, yellow, and
are twelve in number ; the difk of male florets are of
a dark red, and the fcales of the empalement fpread,
and are almoft awl-fhaped.

Thefe four laft mentioned forts may be propagated in
plenty, by parting of their roots •, the beft time for
this is in O&ober, when the ftalks will begin to decay*,
for if they are removed in the fpring, they will not
produce many flowers the fame year. They love a
moift foil, and fhould be allowed room, for if they
are too near other plants, they will rob them of their
nourifhment and deftroy them. They are proper fur-
niture for large gardens, where they may be allowed
room, or in walks round fields, becaufe they require
little culture.

RUELLIA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 12. tab. 2. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 702.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf \ which
is cut into five narrow acute fegments at the top , which
are erebi. It has one petal , with a tube the length of the
cup , which fpreads and inclines at the neck , but the brim
fpreads open , where it is cut into five fegments , the two
upper being large and reflexed. It hath four fiamina fii-
tuated in the fpr ending part of the tube , connected in
pairs , terminated by jhort fummits , and a roundifl: ger-
men fupporting a fender ftyle , crowned by a bifid ftigma.
The germen afterward becomes a taper capfule , pointed at
each end , having two cells , inclofing roundifh compreffed
feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fhort fta-
mina, and the feeds are included in a capfule.

The Species are,

1. Ruellia ( Tuber of a ) foliis ovatis crenatis, peduncu-
lis bifloris. Ruellia with oval crenated leaves , and foot -
ftalks bearing two flowers. Ruellia humilis, flore cae-
ruleo, afphodeli radice. Plum. Nov. Gen. 12. Dwarf
Ruellia , with a blue flower and an Afphodel root.

2. Ruellia ( Strepens ) foliis petiolatis, floribus verticil-

lads fubfeffilibus. Hort. IJpfal. 178. Ruellia with
leaves having foot-ftalks , and flowers growing in whorls ,
fitting clofe to the ftalks. Ruellia ftrepens, capitulis
comofis. Hort. Elth. 328. Snapping Ruellia with hairy
heads. '

3. Ruellia ( ClandeJUna ) foliis petiolatis, pedunculis
longis fubdivifis nudis. Lin. Hort. Upfal. 179. Ru-
ellia with leaves having foot-ftalks p and long naked foot-
ftalks to the flowers , which are divided. Ruellia cap-

RUE

fulis tefetibus. Hort. Elth. 3281 Ruellia with taper
cap files. \

4. Ruellia ( Crifpa ) foliis fubcrenatis lanceolato-ova-
tis, capitulis ovatis, foliofis hifpidis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
635-. Ruellia with oval fpear-fhaped leaves which are
fomewhat crenated , oval pods, and prickly , hairy , fmall
leaves.

5. Ruellia ( Paniculata ) foliis integerrimis pedunculis
dichotomis lateralibus calycibus felfilibus, lacinia fu-
prema majore. Lin. Sp. Plant. 885. Ruellia with en-
tire % leaves, a forked ftalk , and the upper fegment of
the flower large. Speculum veneris majus impatiens.
Sloan. Hift. Jam. 1. p. 158.

The firft fort grows naturally in many of the iflands in
the Weft-Indies ; the roots of this are compofed of
many fwelling fiefhy tubers, which run deep into the
ground, and are like thofe of the Day Lily, but
fmaller. The ftalk rifes about four or five inches
high, and fends out two or three fhort fide branches,
which are garnilhed with leaves placed oppofite •, fome
of thefe are fmall and lhaped like a fpatula, others are
much larger ; they have fhort foot-ftalks, and are a
little crenated on their edges. The flowers are pro-
duced on the fide, and at the erid of the ftalk ; thofe;
on the fide have two flowers upon each foot-ftalk,
which come out oppofite at each joint, but thofe at
the top fuftain three. The flowers have narrow tubes
about an inch long, then they fpread out to a fort of
bell-lhape, and at the top they are cut into five ob-
tufe fegments, which are large and fpread open ; they
are of a fine blue, but of fhort duration, each flower
feldom lafting in beauty one day •, after the flowet4
fades, the germen becomes a taper pod one inch and
a half long, having two cells, which, when ripe, burft
with a touch, and caft out the feeds to a diftance. It:
flowers in July, and the feeds ripen the beginning of
September.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Carolina ; the root
of this is fibrous and perennial ; the ftalks rife about
a foot high, they are four-cornered, and have two
longitudinal furrows, one on each fide ; the joints are
three or four inches afunder, at each ftand two oval
leaves upon very fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers corfie
out from the wings of the leaves on each fide, two or
three rifing from the fame point, fitting very clofe to
the ftalks ; they are fmall and of a pale purple co-
lour, but are very fugacious ; they open early in the
morning, but are gone by ten or eleven o’clock in the
forenoon ; thefe are fucceeded by {hort taper pods,
furrounded by the hairy fegments of the empalement.
It flowers and perfedts its feeds about the fame time
as the former.

The third fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies ;
this hath a perennial root, compofed of many fiefhy
fibres ; the leaves and ftalks lie clofe to the ground ;
the ftalks grow five or fix inches high ; the leaves are
placed by pairs at each joint ; they are two inches
long, and one inch and a quarter broad, {landing up-
on foot-ftalks half an inch long. The foot ftalks
which fuftain the flowers are naked, and divide into
two fmaller, each fuftaining one fmall purple flower,
which is very fugacious ; their empalements are cut
into very narrow fegments to the bottom. After the
flowers are paft, the germen becomes a taper capfule
about an inch long, including roundifti comprefled
feeds.

The fourth fort grows naturally in both Indies; de-
ceived the feeds of this from Carthagena in New
Spain. This hath a ligneous creeping root ; the ftalks
rife about five or fix inches high, they are Angle, ta-
per, and jointed ; the leaves are oval, fpear-fhaped,
and have very {hort foot-ftalks ; they are a little wav-
ed on their edges, are hairy and curled. The flowers
are produced from the fide of the ftalk at their joints 5
thele fuftain one fmall yellow flower, coming out be-
tween rough, hairy, fmall leaves. It flowers in July,
and the feeds ripen in September.

The fifth fort hath a perennial root ; the ftalks rife
four or five feet high, are very diffufed and forked,
and garnifiied with oblong, oval, entire leaves placed

n oppofite.

bppofite, Handing on {hort foot-ftalks which are hairy ;
the flowers are produced at the divifions of the {talks •,
they are fmall', purple, and of ihort duration.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which mtift be
fown early in the fpring in pots filled with light rich
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed-, and
when the plants come up, they nuift be tranfplanted
each into a feparate fmall pot filled v/ith rich earth,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, where
they mufi be fhaded from the fun until they have
taken new root , after which time they muft have free
air admitted to them everyday in warm weather, and
be conftantly watered three or four times a week du-
ring the fummer feafon. If the plants thrive well,
thole of the firft and third forts will produce flowers
the July following, and will perfect their feeds in Au-
guft j but the roots will continue, provided they are
plunged into the bark-bed in the ftove, and kept in
a moderate temperature of heat.

The fecond fort is not a plant of long continuance,
feldom abiding longer than two years but if it is
treated in the fame manner as the two other, it will
ripen feeds the fecond year, fo may be propagated
eafily.

The fourth fort does not fo conftantly produce feeds
as the three others, fo it is not fo common in England
at prefent. This requires the fame treatment as the
other forts.

If the feeds of thefe forts are permitted to fcatter, as
their pods difcharge them with a violent fpring into
the neighbouring pots, the plants will come up with-
out care, fo may be tranfplanted into pots filled with
frefh loamy earth, and plunged into the tan-bed.

RUMEX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 407. Lapathum. Tourn.

• Lift. R. H. 504. tab. 287. Dock,

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is permanent , compofed of
three ohtufle reflexed leaves. The flower has three petals
which are larger than the empalement , to which they are
very like. It hath fix Jhort hair-like ftamina , terminated
by ere El twin fummits , and a three-cornered germen fup-
porting three hair-like reflexed ftyles , thrufting out of the
clefts of the petals, crowned by large jagged ftigmas. The
germen afterward becomes a three-cornered feed , included
in the petals of the flower.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fecftion of
Linnseus’s fixth clafs, which includes thofe plants whofe
flowers have fix ftamina and three ftyles to which
he has joined the Acetofa, or Sorrel of Tournefort,
whole chara&ers agree with thofe of the Dock ; but
as in the gardens and {hops they are diftinguifhed un-
der different titles, I have feparated the Sorrel from
the Docks, and have placed them under their old
title of Acetofa.

The Species are,

1. Rumex ( Patientiu ) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis
integerrimis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis. Dock with
hermaphrodite flowers having entire valves , and oblong
fpear-floaped leaves. Lapathum hortenfe, folio oblon-
go, five fecundum Diofcoridis. C. B. P. 114. Garden
Dock with an oblong leaf , commonly called Patience , or
Patience Rhubarb.

2. Rumex ( Alpinum ) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis
integerrimis graniferis, foliis cordatis obtufis. Rumex
with hermaphrodite flowers having entire valves bearing
grains , and obtufe heart-fhaped leaves. Lapathum folio
•rotundo Alpinum. J. B. 2. 987. Round-leaved Alpine
Dock , called Monks Rhubarb.

3. Rumex ( Aquaticus ) floribus hermaphroditis pedicel-
latis, foliis lanceolatis longiflimis. Rumex with herma-
phrodite flowers growing upon fmall foot-ftalks , and the
longeji fpear-fhaped leaves. Lapathum aquaticum, fo-
lio cubkali. C. B. P. 1 1 6. Water Dock with a leaf a
cubit long , commonly called Herba Britannica.

4. Rumex ( Acutus ) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis
dentatis graniferis, foliis cordato-oblongis acuminatis.
Hort. Cliff. 138. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers ,
indented grain-bearing valves , and oblong heart fhaped
leaves. Lapathum folio acuto, piano. C, B. P. 11 5.
Plain fljarp-pointed Dock.

5. Rumex ( Crifpus ) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis
integris graniferis, foliis lanceolatis undulatis acutis.
Lin. Sp. Elant. 335. Rumex with hermaphrodite flow-
ers, entire grain-bearing valves , and acute, fpear-fhaped,
waved leaves. Lapathum folio acuto, crifpo. C. B. P.
115. Curled fljarp-pointed Dock.

6. Rumex ( Sanguineus ) floribus hermaphroditis, valvulis
integerrimis, unica granifera foliis cordato -lanceolatis.
Hort. Cliff. 13S ._ Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers,
entire valves , one only bearing a feed , 'and heart-formed
fpear-fhaped leaves. Lapathum folio acuto rubente.
C. B. P. 11 4. The bloody Dock.

7. Rumex {Aureus') floribus hermaphroditis verticillatis,
valvulis acute dentatis, foliis lanceolatis. Rumex with
hermaphrodite flowers growing in whorls , acutely indented
valves , and fpear-fhaped leaves. Lapathum folio acu-
to, floreaureo. C. B. P. 114. Sharp-pointed Dock with
a golden flower.

8. Rumex [Obtufifolius ) floribus hermaphroditis, valvu-
lis dentatis, foliis cordato-oblongis, obtufiufculis cre-
nulatis. Lin. Sp. 335. Rumex with hermaphrodite
flowers , indented valves , and blunt , oblong , heart-fhaped
leaves. Lapathum vulgare, folio obtufo. J. B/2.985.
Common broad-leaved Rumex , or Butter Dock.

9. Rumex ( Pulcher ) floribus hermaphroditis, foliis ly-
ratis. Guet. Stamp. 1. p. 7. Rumex with hermaphro-
dite flowers , and lyre-fhaped leaves. Lapathum pul-
crUtn Bononienfe finuatum. J. B. 2. p. 988. The Fid-
dle Dock.

10. Rumex ( Maritimus ) floribus hermaphroditis, val-
vulis dentatis graniferis, foliis linearibus. Lech. Scan.
26. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers , indented grain-
bearing valves, and linear leaves. Lapathum aquaticum
luteolas folio. Bocc. Muf. 2. tab. 184. Water Dock
with a Weld leaf.

1 1. Rumex ( Chalepenfus ) floribus hermaphroditis pedun-
culis longioribus, valvulis profunde dentatis, foliis
cordato-oblongis. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers
growing upon longer foot-ftalks, valves which are deeply
indented, and oblong heart-fhaped leaves. Lapathum
chalepenfe folio acuto, feminum involucris profunde
dentatis. Mor. Hift. 2. 58. Aleppo Dock with an acute
leaf, and the covers of the feeds deeply indented.

12. Rumex (AEgyptiacus) floribus hermaphroditis, val-
vulis trifido i'etaceis, unica granifera. Hort. UpfaJ,

89. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers, and briftly three-

pointed valves, one of which bears the feed. Lapathum
fEgyptiacum annuum, parietarim folio, capfula fe-
minis, longius barbata. Hort. Piff Annual Egyptian
Dock , with a Pellitory leaf, and long beards to the fleed-
vejfels. *

13. Rumex ( Lunaria ) floribus hermaphroditis valvulis
lasvibus, caule arboreo, foliis fubcordatis. Vir. Cliff
32. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers , flmooth valves ,
a tree-like ftalk , and leaves which are almoft heartfloaped.
Acetofa arborelcens fubrotundo folio, ex infulis for-
tunatis. Pink. Phyt. tab. 252. fig. 3. Tree Sorrel from
the Fortunate Iflands, with a roundiflh leaf.

14. Rumex ( Bucephalophorus ) floribus hermaphroditis,
valvulis dentatis nudis planis reflexis. Hort. Upfal.

90. Rumex with hermaphrodite flowers , and plain, naked,
indented, reflexed valves. Acetofa ocymi folio, Nea-
politana. C. B. P. 1 14. Naples Sorrel vsith a Bajil leaf.

15. Rumex (Veftcarius) floribus hermaphroditis gemina-

tis, valvularum alis maximis membranaceis reflexis,
foliis indivifis. Hort. Cliff. 130. Rumex with herma-
phrodite flowers growing by pairs , very large membrana-
ceous wings to the valves which are reflexed , and undivid-
ed leaves. Acetofa Americana foliis longiflimis pedi-
culis donatis. C. B. P. 114. American Sorrel, with very
long leaves having foot-ftalks. ■

1 6. Rumex ( Rofeus ) floribus hermaphroditis diftinctis,
valvularum alis maximis membranaceis reflexis, foliis
erofis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 230. Rumex with hermaphro-
dite flowers growing upon diftinA flpikes, very large mem-
branaceous wings to the valves, and leaves appearing as
if bitten. Acetofa XEgyptia rofeo feminis involucro,
folio lacero. Lipp. Egyptian Sorrel with a Rofe-coloured
cover to the feed , and a torn ■ leaf.

The

The fir ft fort was formerly much more cultivated in
the Englifti gardens than at prefent •, this has been
generally ufed for the Monks Rhubarb, and has been
thought the true, but others fuppofe the fecond fort
Ihould be ufed as fuch ; the herb was formerly ufed
in the kitchen, by the title of Patience. The root, is
large, and divides into many thick fibres which run
downward ; their outer cover is brown, but they are
yellow within, with fome reddifh veins ; the leaves
are broad, long, and acute-pointed ; their foot-ftalks
are of a reddifh colour ; the ftalks rife from tour to
fix feet high, and divide toward the too into feveral
erect branches, which are garnifhed with a few nar-
row leaves, terminating with fpikes of large ftamine-
ous flowers. Thefe appear in June, and arefucceed-
ed by pretty large three-cornered feeds whofe cover-
ings are entire, which ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, but has
been long cultivated in the Englifh gardens. This
hath large roots, which fpread and multiply by their
offsets ; they are fhorter and thicker than thofe of the
firft fort, of a very dark brown on their outfide, and
vellow within. The leaves are of the round heart-
fhape, about nine inches long, and as much in breadth
near their bafe, having pretty long foot-ftalks. The
ftalks rife from two to three feet high ; they are very
thick, and have a few frnall roundifh leaves on the,
lower part, but the upper part clofely garnifhed with
'fpikes of white flowers, ftanding eredt, clofe to the
ftalks. Thefe appear the latter end of May, and are
fucceeded by large triangular feeds, which ripen in
Auguft.

The third fort grows naturally in ponds, ditches, and
ftanding waters, in many parts of England •, this is
fuppofed to be the Britannica of the antients. It hath
large roots which ftrike deep into the loofe mud,
fending out leaves which are three feet long, and
four inches broad in the middle, drawing to a point
at each end. The ftalks rife four feet when growing
in water, but in dry land not more than two; thele
are garnifhed with narrow leaves among the fpikes of
flowers, to the top. The flowers ftand upon (lender
foot-ftalks which are reflexed ; they are of an herba-
ceous colour, appear in June, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in rnoift places in
many places of England ; this is the Oxylapathum of
the (hops, which is directed by the College to be
ufed in medicine ; but the markets are fupplied with
roots of the common Docks, which are indifferently
gathered by thofe who collect them in the fields,
"where the eighth fort is much more common than
this. The roots of this fort are (lender and run down-
right, fending out a few (mail fibres ; the ftalks rife
about two feet high, which are garnifhed with leaves
below, about four inches long, and one and a half
broad in the middle ; they are rounded at their bafe,
where they are (lightly indented, but end in acute
points ; they are plain, and (lightly crenated on their
edges. From the joints of the (talk come out alter-
nately (lender long foot-ftalks, which fuftain the
fpikes of flowers, which grow in frnall whorls round
the ftalks, at about an inch diftance; thefe have fcarce
any leaves upon the foot-ftalks between the whorls of
flowers, fo may be eafily diftinguiftsed from the frnall
Water Dock, which has many. This flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fifth fort is more commonly found growing na-
turally about London than the fourth ; the leaves of
this are much longer than thofe of the former, and
are indented on their (ides, which are alfo waved ; the
ftalks rife about the fame height as thofe of the for-
mer. The fpikes of flowers from the fide are fhorter,
and clofer garnifhed with flowers on pretty long foot-
ftalks ; the covering of the feed is entire. . It flowers
and feeds about the fame time with the former.

The fixth fort is very like the fourth in appearance,
but the leaves have deep blood-coloured veins, and
fome frnall fpots of the fame on their furface ; the
ftalks are red, and rife about the fame height as the

fourth, but the covering of the feed is entire ; whereaS
thofe of the fourth are indented, fo may be readily
diftinguifhed. It grows naturally in many parts of
' England.

The feventh fort grows naturally in feveral parts of
England ; this is a biennial plant, which perifhes foon
after the feeds are ripe; the ftalks rife near two feet
high ; they are of a deep purple colour, and are gar-
niftied with fpear-fhaped leaves toward the bottom,
which are four inches long, and almoft one broad in
the middle, but thofe on the upper part of the ftalk
are very narrow, and not more than two inches long;
the fpikes of flowers come out from the fides of the
ftalks alternately. The flowers grow in thick whorls
which fit clofe to the ftalks ; thefe are of a bright
yellow colour, and the covers of the feeds are fharply
indented.

The eighth fort is the moft common Dock by the
fides of roads and banks in every part of England ;
the leaves of this fort are broad and rounded at .their
points, though fome of them end more acutely than
others ; they are near a foot long, and five inches
broad toward their bafe, having many tranfverfe veins
running from the midrib to their borders. The ftalks
rife from two to three feet high, branching out on
their fides, having a few leaves on their lower part of
the fame fhape with the other, but fmallen The
flowers grow in whorls, fitting very clofe to the ftalks ;
fome plants have indented coverings to their feeds,
and others have entire coverings ; both thefe are fre-
quently found intermixed, fo that I doubt of their
being diftinbt fpecies. The leaves of this Dock were
formerly much ufed for wrapping up of butter, and
from thence the plant was called Butter Dock.

The ninth fort grows naturally in many places near
London ; this is a biennial plant, which perifhes foon
after the feeds are ripe. The ftalks of this rife about
a foot high, and branch out from the bottom ; the
leaves grow near the root ; they are about two inches
and a half long, and are hollowed on their fides, fo
as to refemble the fides of a fiddle ; the fcalks are 2e-

# O

nerally bent at their joints. The flowers grow in
whorls' round the ftalks, to which they (it very clofe ;
they are hermaphrodite ; the covers of the feeds are
fharply indented.

The tenth fort is fometimes found growing naturally
in England, upon places where the water has flood
in winter. This feldom riles more than five or fix
inches high, but divides into two or three branches;
the leaves are about three inches long, and a quarter
of an inch broad ; they are fmooth, and ftand upon
fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers grow in whorls round
the branches, to which they fit very clofe ; thefe are
fucceeded by frnall triangular feeds, having indented
covers.

The eleventh fort came originally from Aleppo ; this
is a biennial plant ; the leaves are nine or ten inches
long, fmooth, and of a light green ; they are three
inches broad at their bale, where they are indented,
and end in acute points. The ftalks rife from two to
three feet high, fending out many branches from their
fides, which are garnifhed with large whorls of .her-
baceous flowers, ftanding upon pretty long foot-ftalks;
thefe are fucceeded by three-cornered feeds, whofe
. coverings are deeply indented.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Egypt ; this is an
annual plant ; the ftalk riles about ten inches high,
fending out a few horizontal branches toward the bot-
tom ; the leaves are about two inches long, and half
an inch broad at the broadeft part. The flowers grow
in whorls round the ftalks, they are very frnall, and
the hair-like beards which adhere to the covering of the
feed being long, obfcure the flowers, fo they are
fcarce vifible to the naked eye.

All thefe forts of Docks rife eafily from feeds, and if
introduced into a garden, will become troublefome
weeds, if their feeds are permitted to fcatter ; there-
fore few perfons care to propagate any of them, except
the two firft forts, which are cultivated for their ufe
in medicine. The feeds of all the Docks fhould be

fown

R U S

fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, for thofe
feeds which are fown in the fpring rarely grow the
fame year : when the plants come up, they will re-
quire no other care but to thin them where they are
too clofe, and keep them clean from weeds. They
all delight in a moift rich foil.

The thirteenth fort is commonly known among the
gardeners by the title of Sorrel-tree. This came
originally from the Fortunate, or Canary Iflands, but
has been long an inhabitant in feme Engliih gardens •,
it rifes with a ligneous ftalk ten or twelve feet high,
covered with a fmooth brown bark, fending out ma-
ny (lender branches •, thefe are garnifhed with fmooth,
roundifti, heart-lhaped leaves two inches long, and
an inch and a half broad, Handing alternately upon
pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers come out in
loofe panicles toward the end of the branches *, they
are of an herbaceous colour, and are fometimes fuc-
ceeded by triangular feeds with fmooth covers, but
they rarely ripen in England. This plant is eafily
propagated by cuttings, which may be planted in any
of the fummer months, in a bed of loamy earth, and
fhaded from the fun until they have taken pretty good
root •, then they fhould be taken up, and planted in
pots filled with kitchen-garden earth, placing them
in the (hade till they have taken new root ; after which
they may be moved to a flickered fituation, and placed
with other hardy green-houfe plants till autumn, when
they mud be removed into the green-houfe, and
treated in the fame way as other hardy kind of plants,
which only want protedlion from froft.

The fourteenth fort is a low annual plant, which
grows naturally in Italy and Spain ; this is generally
found on fwampy moift ground ; the (talks are (len-
der, branching at the bottom, and rife about four
inches high •, the lower part is garnifhed with fmall,
oval, fucculent lobes ; their upper part is furniftied
with fmall herbaceous flowers growing in whorls, and
have no leaves between them •» they are fucceeded by
fmall feeds, whofe covers are fharply indented and re-
flexed. Thefe appear in June, and the feeds ripen
in Auguft, which, if permitted to fcatter, will fur-
nifti a fupply of young plants the following fpring ;
or if the ieeds are then fown, the plants will come up
the following fpring, and require no other care but to
thin them, and keep them clean from weeds.

The fifteenth fort is an annual plant ; this hath pretty
thick fucculent (talks, which rife a foot high, and di-
vide into many branches ■, the leaves are of the round
heart-ftiape and undivided, having very long foot-
ftalks. The flowers grow in loofe fpikes at the end
of the branches •, thefe are herbaceous, and are fuc-
ceeded by large covers to the feeds, which are in-
flated, and have broad membranaceous borders j the
feeds are triangular, and ripen in autumn.

The fixteenth fort grows, naturally in Egypt ; this is
alfo an annual plant, whofe (talks rife a foot and a
half high, dividing upward into feveral branches ; the
(talks are garnifhed with arrow-pointed leaves about
three inches long, whofe Tides are irregularly torn,
as if they had been gnawed by infedls ; they ftand
upon pretty long foot-ftalks, and have fmooth fur-
faces the flowers are difpofed in loofe fpikes ; fome
fpikes have only male flowers, and others have all
hermaphrodite flowers, and fome plants have only
male, and others hermaphrodite flowers. The latter
are fucceeded by triangular feeds, inclofed in large
inflated covers of a deep red colour, having mem-
branaceous borders. The feeds of this ripen in
autumn.

The feeds of both thefe forts grow very freely, if
fown in a bed of light earth in the fpring, where the
plants are defigned to remain. When they come up,
they will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds, and thin them where they are too
clofe.

RUSCUS. Tourn. In ft. R. H. 79. tab. 15. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 1008. [fo called of rufticus, becaufe
rough and prickly. It is alfo called Laurus, becaufe
fit for the making, of Laurel garlands •> and. Alexan-

R U S

china, from one of the forts growing in Alexandria.]
Knee-holly, or Butcher’s-broom ; in French Houx-
frelon.

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers in diftinbl plants \ the
male flowers have erebt fpreading empalements , compofed
of fix oval convex leaves , whofe borders are reflexed
they have no petals , but have an oval neblarium the Jize
of the empalement, which is erebt and inflated , opening
at the mouth ■, they have no flamina , but each has three
fpreading fummit a, fitting on the top of the nebttarium,
which are joined at their bafe. The female flowers have
empalements but no petals, and neblariums like the male :
they have no flamina , but have an oblong oval germen hid
within the nebiarium , fupporting a cylindrical ftyle , crown-
ed by an obtufe fligma , fianding above the mouth of the,
nebiarium. The germen afterward becomes a globular
berry with two or three cells , inclofing two globular feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the twelfth iedtion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which contains
the plants which are male and female in diftindt
plants, and the (lamina or fummits are joined to-
gether.

The Species are,

1. Rtrscus ( Aculeatus ) foliis fupra floriferis midis. Hart,
Cliff. 465. Rufus with leaves which bear flowers on their
upper fide , and are naked. Rufcus myrtifolius aculea-
tus. Tourn. Inft. 79. Knee-holly , or Butcher* s-broom,
with prickly Myrtle leaves.

2. Ruscus ( Hypophyllum ) foliis fubtus floriferis nudis.
Hort. Cliff. 465. Rufcus with leaves which bear flowers
cn the under fide of the leaves , which are naked. Rufcus
latifolius, frudtu folio innafcente. Tourn. Inft. 79.
Butcher* s-broom with broad leaves , upon which the fruit
grows.

3.. Ruscus ( Hypoglcjfum ) foliis fubtus floriferis fub foli-
olo. Hort. Cliff. 465. Rufcus with flowers under the
leaves. Rufcus anguftifolius, frudtu folio innafcente.
Tourn. Inft. 79. Butcher* s-broom with narrow leaves ,
and fruit fitting upon the leaves.

4. Ruscus ( Racemofus ) racemo terminali hermaphrodi-
tico. Hort. Cliff. 469. Rufcus with hermaphrodite
flowers in long bunches terminating the flalks. Rufcus
anguftifolius, frudtu fummis ramulis innafcente.
Tourn. Inft. 79. Butcher* s-broom with narrow leaves ,
and fruit growing at the top of the branches.

5. Ruscus ( Trifoliatum ) foliis ternis ovatis acuminatis*
fupra floriferis nudis. Rufcus with oval acute-pointed
leaves which are placed by threes , and flowers on their up-
per fide.

6. Ruscus ( Flexuofus ) foliis ovatis acuminatis, fupra
floriferis nudis, caulibus fiexuofis. Rufcus with acute-
pointed leaves bearing flowers cn their upper fide , and flex-
ible flalks. Rufcus latifolius major frudtu folio inna-
fcente. Michel. Greater broad-leaved Rufcus with fruit
fitting upon the leaf.

7. Ruscus ( Androgynus ) foliis margine floriferis. Hort.
Cliff. 464. Rufcus with flowers growing on the borders of
the leaves. Rufcus latifolius e foliorum finu florifer
& frudkifer. Hort. Elth. 532. tab. 250. Broad-leaved
Rufcus , with flowers and fruit growing on the edges of the1:
leaves.

8. Ruscus ( Frutefcens ) caule fruticofo ramofo, foliis lan-
ceolatis rigidis, floribus pedunculatis terminalibus.
Rufcus with a Jhrubby branching flalk, fpear-fhaped ftijf
leaves , and flowers growing upon foot-ftalks terminating
the branches. Rufcus latifolius frutefcens, floribus ra-
cemofis rubris. Houft. MSS. Shrubby broad-leaved
Rufcus , with branching red flowers.

The firft fort is very common in the woods in divers
parts of England, and is rarely cultivated in gar-
dens. The roots of this kind are fometimes ufed in
medicine, and the green (hoots are cut, bound into
bundles, and fold to the butchers, who u(e it as be-
foms to fweep their blocks, from whence it had the
name of Butcher’s-broom. It is alfo called by fome
Knee-holly.

This hath roots compofed of many thick white fi-
bres, which ftrike deep in the ground, and twine
about each other, from which arife feveral (tiff green
4. flalks,

R U S

{talks, which rife about three feet high, fending out
from their fide feveral fliort branches, which are gar-
nifhed with ftiff, oval, heart-fhaped leaves, placed al-
ternately on every part of the (talk ; they are about
half an inch long, and one third of an inch broad
near their bale, ending with fharp prickly points. The
dowers are produced on the upper fide of the leaves
juft- in the middle; thefe are male in fome, and fe-
male in other plants ; they are fmall, and cut into fix
parts, of a purple colour, fitting clofe to the midrib ;
they appear in June, and the female flowers are fuc-
ceeded by berries almoft as large as Cherries, of a
iweetifh tafte, which ripen in winter, when they are
of a beautiful red colour.

As this plant grows wild in in oft parts of England,
it is rarely admitted into gardens ; but if fome of the
roots are planted under tall trees in large plantations,
they will fpr.ead into large clumps ; and as they retain
their leaves in winter, at that feafon, they will have
a good effect. The feeds of this plant generally lie
a year in the ground before they vegetate, and the
plants fo raffed are long before they arrive to a fize
enough to make any flgure, fo it is not worth while
to propagate them that way, efpecially as the roots
maybe eafily tranfplanted from the woods. The
roots and feeds of this plant have been ufed in medi
cine ; the roots are aperitive, and efteemed good for
removing obftrubtions ; the feeds are an ingredient in
the compofition of the benedibta laxativa : the young
fhoots of this plant in the fpring are fometimes ga-
thered and eaten by the poor like thofe of Afparagus ;
the branches of this plant, with their ripe fruit upon
them, are frequently cut, and put into bafonsof fand,
mixingthem with the ftalksof ripe feeds of malePiony,
and thofe of the wild Iris or Gladwyn, which toge-
ther make a pretty appearance in rooms, at a feafon
of the year when there are few flowers, and thefe will
continue a long time in beauty.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the mountainous
parts of Italy, but is preferved for the fake of vari-
ety in many Englilh gardens. The roots of this
have large knotty heads, with long thick fibres like
thofe of the former fort, from which arife many tough
limber italics near two feet high •, thefe are garnifhed
by ftiff, oblong, oval leaves ending in points, which
are more than two inches long and almoft one broad ;
they are placed alternately on the ftalks the flowers
are produced on the under furface of the leaves' near
the middle, fitting clofe to the midrib ; they are fmall,
and of an herbaceous white colour ; the female
flowers are fucceeded by fmall red berries about the
fize of thofe of juniper. This flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in winter.

It fi:ands in molt dilpenfaries among the plants ufed
in medicine, and has been commended for opening
obftruftions of the kidneys, and to provoke urine.
The third fort grows naturally upon fhady mountains
in Italy, Hungary, and other parts of Europe. The
root of this is compofed of many thick fibres like
thofe of, the former, from which arife many tough
limber ftalks which are about ten inches high, gar-
nifhed with fpear-fhaped leaves about three inches
long and one broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends ; they have feveral longitudinal
veins, which run from the foot-ftalk to the point,
diverging from the midrib in the middle, but join
again at the point ; the leaves are for the rnoft part
alternate, but fometimes they are oppofite. On the
middle of the upper furface of thefe, comes forth a
fmall leaf of the fame fhape ; and at the fame point,
from the bofom of the fmall leaves, come out the
flowers, which are of a pale yellow colour. The
female flowers are fometimes fucceeded by berries
almoft as large as thofe of the firft fort, which ripen
in winter, and are red. This is fometimes called
Biflingua, or Double Tongue, from the leaves grow-
ing one out of another. It ftands in difpenfaries as a
medicinal plant, but is feldom now ufed.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the Archipelago,
but is frequently planted in the Englilh gardens ; it

R U S

is called Laurus Alexandria, i. e. Alexandrian Bay?
and is luppofed to be the plant with which the ancient^
crowned their vidlors and poets. The ftalks of this
being very pliable, may be eafily wrought into co-
ronets for this purpofe •, and the leaves of this plant,
having a great refemblance to thofe which are re-
prefented on the antient bufts, feern to confirm this
opinion.

The roots of this are like thofe of the former fpecies -,
the ftalks are (lender, and much more pliable ; they
rife about four feet high, and fend out many fide
branches, which are garnifhed with oblong acme-
pointed leaves about two inches long, and one-third
of an inch broad, rounded at their bale, but end in
acute points ; they are fmooth, and of a lucid green,
placed alternately, and fit clofe to the branches. The.
flowers are produced in long bunches at the end of
the branches ; thefe are hermaphrodite, of an herba-
ceous yellow colour, and are fucceeded by berries
like thofe of the firft fort, but ifnaller, which ripen
in winter.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Zant, and fome of
the other iflands in the Morea. The roots of this are
like thofe of the former forts •, the ftalks rife about two
feet high, they are (lender, pliable, and garnifhed
with oval leaves placed by threes round the ftalk ;
they are about two inches long, and one broad,
rounded at both ends, terminating in acute points,
and have feveral longitudinal diverging veins run-
ning from the foot-ftalk to the point. The flowers
grow on the under fide of the leaves, faftened to the
midrib ; they are naked, and have pretty long foot-
ftalks •, the fegments or petals are very narrow ; the
fruit I have not feen, fo can give no account of it.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Italy, where it was
difcovered by Signior Micheli of Florence. The roots
of this are much longer than thofe of the firft fort ; the
ftalks rife near five feet high ; they are very pliant,
fend out feveral fide branches their whole length,
which are garnifhed with ftiff oval leaves ending int
acute points ; they are one inch long, and half an inch
broad. The flowers are produced on the upper
furface of the leaves, fitting clofe to the midrib ; they
are fmall, and of an herbaceous white colour. Thefe
are fucceeded by berries which are fmaller than thofe
of the firft fort, and are of a pale red when ripe.

All thefe forts are very hardy, and will thrive in al-
moft any foil or fttuation, fo are very proper for
planting round the verges of clofe woods, or under
large trees in wildernefs quarters ; for, as they are al-
ways green, they make a good appearance in win-
ter, after the deciduous trees have caft their leaves ;
they are eafily propagated by parting of their roots.
The beft time for this is in autumn ; but, when this
is performed, the roots (hould not be divided into
fmall parts, becaule that will weaken them fo much,
that they will make but little figure, until they have
had two or three years growth ; they may alfo be pro-
pagated by flowing of their feeds, but this is a very
tedious method, fo is feldom prabtifed.

The feventh fort grows naturally in the ifland of Ma-
deira ; this fends out pliant ftalks, which rife feven
or eight feet high, and have feveral fliort branches
proceeding from their Aides, which are garnifhed
with ftiff leaves about two inches long, and one broad
toward their bafe, where they are rounded to the foot-
ftalk, but end in acute points ; they have a great num-
ber of longitudinal veins running from the foot-ftalk
to the point. The flowers are produced in clufters
on the edges of the leaves ; they are white, and are
fucceeded by berries of a yellowifh red colour, not fo
large as thofe of the firft fort.

This fort is tender, and muft therefore be planted in
pots filled with frefh earth, and in winter removed
into the green-houfe, but it ftiould be placed where
it may have free air in mild weather ; for it only re-
quires to be fcreened from froft, and in the fummer
it muft be fet abroad with other hardy green-houfe
plants. With this management the plants will fend
forth Items fix or eight feet high, furnffhed with

n R leaves

\

RUT

leaves from bottom to top, and in June will be clofely
fet with flowers upon their edges, which make a very
beautiful and odd appearance, and renders it worthy
of a place in every good coiledion of plants. This
is alfo propagated by parting the roots as the former,
which ihould not be done very often ; becaufe, if the
roots are not permitted to remain fome time to get
fcrength, they will produce but weak floats, and
very few flowers ; and in the ftrength of their
fhoots and number of flowers, the greateft beauty of
thefe plants confift. This fort grows plentifully at
Madeira, from whence the feeds may be procured ;
but thefe commonly lie in the ground a year before
the plants come up, fo Ihould be fown in pots filled
with frefh earth, and placed under a hot-bed frame
in winter to fcreen the feeds from the froft, and the
following fpring the plants will appear.

The eighth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun, growing naturally at Carthagena in New Spain •,
this rifes with fhrubby ftalks eight or ten feet high,
which divide into many branches, and are garnifhed
with (tiff fpear-fhaped leaves three inches long, and
one broad in the middle, ending in acute points ;
they are fometimes ranged in whorls round the
ftalks, and at others they are oppofite. The flowers
are produced in loofe bunches at the end of the
branches, handing upon flender foot-ftalks ; they are
fmall, of a red colour, and fhaped like thofe of the
firft fort.

This plant is tender, fo muft be kept in a ftove
during the winter, otherwife it will not live in England.

RUTA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 257. tab. 133. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 469. [This plant is called Ruta, of pud to
preferve, becaufe it is a plant very good to preferve
health.] Rue.

The Characters are.

The flower has a floort permanent empalement cut into
five parts ; it has four or five oval petals which fpread
open , and are narrow at their hafe , and eight or ten awl-
Jhaped fpreading ftamina the length of the petals , crowned
by floort eredt fummits , with a gibbous germen having a
crofs furrow , marked with ten [pots , fupporting an eredi
awljhaped ftyle crowned by a Jingle fiigma. The germen
afterward becomes a gibbous capfule with five lobes and five
cells opening in five parts at the top , and filled with rough
angular feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fetftion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Ruta ( Hortenfis ) foliis decompofitis, floribus o&an-
dris, ftaminibus corolla longioribus. Rue with decom-
pounded leaves , and flowers having eight ftamina which
are longer than the petals. Ruta hortenfis latifolia.
C. B. P. 336. Broad-leaved Garden Rue.

2. Ruta ( Altera ) foliis decompofitis, foliolis oblongo-
ovatis, ftaminibus corolla sequantibus. Rue with de-
compounded leaves , the fmall leaves oblong and oval , and
ftamina equalling the petals. Ruta hortenfis altera. C.
B. P. 336. Another Garden Rue.

3. Ruta ( Sylveftris ) foliis inferioribus decompofitis, fo-
liolis linearibus, fummis quinquefidis trifidifque. Rue
with decompounded linear leaves below , and the upper ones
five or three-pointed. Ruta fylveftris minor. C. B. P.
336. Smaller wild Rue.

4. Ruta ( Chalepenfis ) foliis decompofitis, floribus de-
candris marginibus petalorum ciliatis. Rue with de-
compounded leaves , flozvers having ten ftamina , and the
borders of the petals of the flower hairy. Ruta Cha-
lepenfis latifolia, fiorum petalis villis fcatentibus.
H. L. Broad-leaved Aleppo Rue with hairy petals to the
flower.

5. Ruta ( Ciliatis ) foliis compofitis, floribus decandris,
petalis fiorum ciliatis. Rue with compounded leaves ,
flowers having ten ftamina , and hairy petals to the flower.
Ruta Chalepenfis tenuifolia, fiorum petalis villis fca-
tentibus. Mor. Hift. 2. 508. Narrow -leaved Aleppo
Rue , with hairy petals to the flower.

6. Ruta ( Linifolia ) foliis fimplicibus indivifis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 384. Rue with fingle undivided leaves. Ruta

RUT

fylveftris linifolia Hifpanica. Bocc. Muf. 2. p. 82.
Wild Spanijh Rue with a Flax leaf.

7. Ruta {Montana) caule eretfto corymbofo, foliis com-
pofitis, floribus decandris, ftaminibus corolla longi-
oribus. Rue with an erebl corymbus ftalk, compound
leaves , and flowers having ten ftamina which are longer
than the petals. Ruta fylveftris montana. Cluf. Hift.
Wild Mountain Rue.

8. Ruta ( Patavina ) foliis terminatis fefillibus. Lin. Sp.
549. Ru'e with leaves without foot-ftalks terminating the
branches. Pfeudo Ruta patavina trifolia, floribus lu-
teis umbellatis. Michel. Gen. 22. tab. 19. Baftard
Rue with trifoliate leaves , and yellow flowers in umbels.
The firft fort is the common Rue, which has been
long cultivated in the gardens, and is that which is
dire&ed to be ufed in medicine, but of late years the
fecond fort has fo generally prevailed, as almoft to
fupplant the firft in the gardens about London ; that
being hardier than the firft, is not fo liable to be
killed by fevere froft.

The firft rifes with a fhrubby ftalk to the height of
five or fix feet, fending out branches on every fide,
garnifhed with decompounded leaves, whofe fmall
leaves (or lobes) are wedge-fhaped ; they are of a
gray colour, and have a ftrong odour. The flowers
are produced at the end of the branches, in bunches
almoft in form of umbels ; they are compofed of
four yellow concave petals, which are cut on their
edges, and eight yellow ftamina which are longer
than the petals, terminated by roundifh fummits.
The germen becomes a roundifh capfule, with four
lobes punched full of holes, containing rough black
feeds. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.

The fecond fort hath a fhrubby ftalk which rifes three
or four feet high, fending out many branches gar-
nifihed with decompounded leaves, which are nar-
rower than thofe of the former fort •, they are of a
bluifh gray colour, and have a ftrong odour. The
flowers grow in longer and loofer bunches than the
former ; they have four fhort, concave, yellow pe-
tals, and eight fhort ftamina of equal length with
the petals. The feed-veflel is like that of the former,
but fmaller. This fort is more commonly to be found
in gardens than the firft.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain. The lower
leaves of this are compounded of feveral parts, which
are joined to the midrib in the fame manner as other
branching winged leaves, and are garnifhed with fmall
linear leaves, ftanding without order. The ftalks
rife from two to three feet high, branching out from
the bottom ; thefe are garnifhed with leaves which
are divided into five parts, and thofe at the top into
three, which are as fmall and narrow as thofe at the
bottom ; they are of a gray colour, but are not fo
ftinking as thofe of the other. The flowers grow at
the end of the branches in loofe fpikes, which are ge-
nerally reflexed ; the petals of the flower are yellow,
and appear in June-, thefe are fucceeded by fmall
feed-vefiels filled with angular black feeds. It flowers
in June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The feeds of the fourth fort came from Aleppo, and
it has alfo been brought from the Cape of Gocd,
Hope ; this hath ftrong fhrubby ftalks which rife
about three feet high, dividing into many branches,
which are garnifhed with decompounded leaves lar-
ger than thofe of the common fort, and have a ftronger
odour. The flowers are difpofed almoft in form of
an umbel at the end of the branches they have five
concave yellow petals, whofe borders are fee with fine
hairs, and ten ftamina which are of equal length with
the petals. This fort flowers in June, and the feeds
ripen in autumn. The feed-veffels of this are much-
larger than thofe of the common fort.

The fifth fort grows naturally at Aleppo ; this hath
fhrubby ftalks, which are fmaller, and do not rife fo
high -as thofe of the former fort. The leaves are
much narrower and grayer than thofe, but have the
fame ftrong odour; the flowers are fmaller, and have
five petals, which are pretty clofe fet with fmall

hairs ;

RUT

hairs ; they have ten thick ftamina, five of which
are alternately longer than the petals. ; the feed-veffels
are like thofe of the firft fort.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this rifes
with feveral Angle (talks from the root near a foot and
a half high, which are garnifhed with (ingle leaves
about three quarters of an inch long, and one eighth
cf an inch broad ; they are of a yeilowifh green co-
lour, and are placed alternately on the (talks, to which
they fit pretty dole •, at the bate of thefe come out
one or tv/o very fmall leaves, of the fame (hape and
colour. The (lowers grow in fmall clufters at the end
of the (talks ; they have each five oblong yellow pe-
tals, and ten ftamina of equal length with them, ter-
minated by awl-lhaped fummits. This flowers in
June, and the feeds ripen in autumn ; the plants are
generally biennial in England.

The feventh fort rifes with an eredt (talk about two
feet high, garnifned with compound leaves, whofe
fmaller leaves are narrow and obtufe, of a grayifti
colour, but have notfo (trong an odour as the former.
The upper part of the (talk divides in form of a
corymbus, fuftaining upon naked foot-ftalks fmall
bunches of yellow flowers, which have five concave
petals, and ten ftamina which are much longer than
the petals, terminated by roundifti fummits.

The eighth fort grows near Padua ; this feems to be
a plant of fliort duration •, the (talk rifes fingly from
the root, is about a foot high, herbaceous, and gar-
niftied with narrow trifoliate leaves placed alternately
on the (talk, to which it clofely adheres •, the ftalk
branches at the top in form of an umbel, fuftaining
many yellow flowers, compofed of five plain petals,
having no hairs on their borders. It is propagated by
feeds, which if fown in the autumn, foon after it is
ripe, the plants will come up the following fpring ;
but when the feeds are fown in the fpring, the plants
feldom rife the fame year. If thefe grow upon poor
ground, or in rubbifii and in a warm fituation, they
will live in the open air without covering, but in rich
ground they are frequently killed in winter.

All thefe plants may be propagated either by fowing
of their feeds, or by planting flips or cuttings ; both
of which may be done in the fpring. The manner of
propagating them from cuttings being the fame as for
Lavender, Staechas, and other hardy aromatic plants,
need not be here repeated ; and if they are propa-
gated by feeds, there needs no farther care but to dig
a bed of frefh earth in the fpring, making it level ;
then to fow the feed thereon, and rake the ground
fmooth ; after which, you muft obferve to keep the
bed clear from weeds until the plants are come up
about two inches high, when they (hould be trans-
planted out into frelb beds, where they may remain
for ufe. All thefe plants muft have a dry foil, other-
wife they are very fubjedt to be deftroyed in winter.
The two Aleppo Rues, and the wild Rues are ten-
derer than the common fort, fo require ftielter in win-
ter; but the Aleppo Rues will endure our ordinary
winters very well in the open air, efpecially if they
are planted on a dry foil.

The fixth and feventh forts are tenderer than either of
the other, and are of fhorter duration. The feeds of
the feventh fort were fent me from Gibraltar Hill,
where the plant grows naturally ; this doth not ripen
its feeds here, unlefs the fummers are warm •, and in
hard winters the plants are generally killed, unlefs they
are removed into (helter.

The fixth fort will live through the winter in the open
air, provided it is planted in a poor dry foil, and the
fecond year it will perfect feeds ; but as it is of a (hort
duration, young plants (hould be annually raifed to
fucceed the others.

All the forts of Rue will live much longer, and are
lefs liable to be injured by froft in winter, when they
grow in a poor, dry, rubbifhy foil, than in good
ground; for in rich moift land the plants grow very
vigoroufiy in furnmer, and are fo replete with moifture,
that a fmall froft will kill their tender (hoots ; where-

ft U Y

as in poor dry ground, or when they grow upon old
walls, their growth will not be great, but their (hoots
will be hard and compact, fo are more able to refift
the cold.

The firft fort was formerly died to plant for edgings
on the fides of borders ; it was then called Herb
of Grace, but was by no means proper for this ufe,
for the plants (hoot fo vigoroufiy, that there is no
keeping them within the bounds of an edging ;
befides, when they are kept clofely fheered, they
appear to be very ragged and ftumpy, and their
roots fpread fo far as to exhauft the goodnefs of
the foil, fo that the other plants would be deprived
of their nourishment, which reafons have caufed
them to be wholly neglefted for this purpofe ; fo that
at prefent they are chiefly cultivated for medicinal
ufe, or to furnifti the balconies for the citizens in the
fpring, efpecially that with a variegated leaf.

RUTA CAN IN A. See Scrophularia.

R U T A MURARI A, Wall-rue, or white Maiden-
hair.

This plant is found growing out of the joints of old
walls in divers parts of England, where it is gathered
for medicinal ufe ; but as it cannot be cultivated in
gardens, fo as to grow to advantage, I (hall not fay
any thing more of it in this place.

RUYSCHIANA. Boerh. Ind alt. i. p.172. Dra-
cocephalum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 648.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
is tuhulous , and is cut into five fegments pit the top, the
upper one being broader and blunter than the other ; it is
of the Up kind , having one petal which has a tube longer
than the empalement. The chaps are large and j welling ;
the upper lip is ereUl and arched ; it is gently indented at
the top ; the lower lip is trifid ; the two fide fegments are
narrow, and fland ereUl ; the middle is broad, reflexed ,
and indented at the point. It hath four ftamina , two of
which are long, and fituated under the upper lip ; the
other two are fhorter , and fituated juft below them ; they
are terminated by oblong fummits fafiened in the middle i
it has four germen fituated at the bottom of the em-
palement, fupporting a fender ftyle the length of the fia-
mina , crowned by a bifid reflexed ftigma. The germen
afterward become four oblong feeds which ripen in the
empalement.

This genus of plants is joined to the Dracocephalum
by Dr. Linnteus, which is ranged in the firft feflion
of his fourteenth clafs, containing the plants whofe
flowers have two long and two fhorter ftamina, and
are fucceeded by naked feeds ripening in the erm
palement.

The Species are,

1. Ruyschiana f pic at a) floribus fpicatis, foliis brac-
teifque linearibus glabris indivifis. Ruyfchiana with
fpiked flowers, linear leaves, and brallea which are fmooth
and undivided. Ruyulchiana (lore cacruleo magno.
Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 172. Ruyfchiana with a large blue
flower.

2. Ruyschiana ( Laciniata ) floribus fpicatis, foliis li-
nearibus trifidis hirfutis. Ruyfchiana with fpiked flowers^
and hairy, linear, three-pointed leaves. Ruyfchiana
hirfuta, foliis laciniatis. Amman. Ruth. 50. Hairy
Ruyfchiana with jagged leaves.

3. Ruyschiana ( Verticillata ) floribus axillaribus, foliis
lanceolatis dentatis glabris. Ruyfchiana with flowers
growing at the wings of the folks , and fmooth, indent edi
fpear-fhaped leaves. Dracocephalon foliis ex lanceolato-
linearibus rarius dentatis fpinulpfis, floribus gemellis.
Gmel. Dragon'' s-head with linear fpear-fhaped. leaves
which are rarely indented, and fomewhat prickly , and
flowers growing by pairs.

The firft fort grows naturally in Auftria and Hun-
gary ; this hath a perennial root, and an annual
ftalk, which is four-cornered, and rifes about two
feet high, garnifhed with two fmooth linear leaves
at each joint, about one inch long, and one-eio-hth
of an inch broad, with a deep furrow along the
middle ; and at each joint, at the other fides of the

ftalk.

R U Y

ftaik, come one two or three very narrow fmall
leaves of the fame fhape. The flowers are produced
in whorled fpikes at the top of the ftalks, having
fmall narrow leaves under each whorl. The flowers
have fabulous empalements of one leaf, which are
cut into five fegments at the top, four of which are
narrow, and end in acute points ; the other, which
is on the upper fide of the flower is broader, and is
rounded at the point. The tube of the flower is
longer than the empalement, and is fwelling and
large at the chaps ; the upper lip is broad, erebt, and
arched over the tube ; the lower lip is fhorter, and
has two fhort fide fegments which are erebl, but
the middle fegment is broad, rounded, and indented
at the point, and is reflexed back to the tube. It has
four (lamina which lie clofe under the upper lip,
and are arched in the fame manner ; two of thefe
are as long as the ftyle, which (lands in the fame
pofition ; the other two are fhorter, and are fituated
juft below the other-, they are terminated by ob-
long fummits, which are fattened in the middle to
the (lamina. The ftyle is crowned by a bifid, re-
flexed, narrow ftigma ; the flowers appear in June,
and are of a fine blue colour ; thefe are each fucceeded
by four oblong feeds, which ripen in the empalement.
The fecond fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this was
fent me by the late Dr. Amman, who was profeffor
of botany at Peterfburgh ; it hath a perennial root.
The ftalks are four-cornered, hairy, and rife a foot
and a half high, fending out feveral fide branches,
which are garnifhed with hairy linear leaves, cut into
three parts*, the flowers grow in (hort whorled fpikes
at the end of the (talk, having fome verv narrow
leaves under each whorl ; the tube of the flower is
longer, and more equal in fize than that of the for-
mer, and the middle fegment of the lower lip is not
fo much reflexed. In other refpebts, the flowers are
the fame as thofe of the former.

The third fort grows naturally in Tartary; this hath
a perennial root, and annual ftalks which do not grow
erebt like the firft, but fpread nearer to an horizon-
tal pofition ; they divide into feveral branches, which
have two large leaves oppofite at each joint, and four
fmaller, two on each fide between the larger ; they
are fmooth, have fharp indentures on their edges,
and (land erebt. The flowers come out from the
fide of the ftalks at the bafe of the leaves, two or
three (landing together on each fide the ftaik ; their
empalements are purple, and are cut into five acute
fegments at the top, the upper lip having three broad,
and the lower two narrower. The upper lip of the
flower is broad, indented at the point, and ere£t
the lower is trifid, but the middle fegment is not fo
much refiexed as that of the firft fort, and the flowers
are of a paler blue than thofe. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.

SAC

ABINA. See Juniperus.

SACCHARUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 68.
Arundo. C. B. P. 18. The Sugar Cane.

The Characters are,

It hath no empalement , hut a ■woolly down longer than the
flower inclofes it. The flower is bivalve ; the valves are
oblong , acute-pointed , concave and chaffy. It has three
hair-like ftamina the length of the valves , terminated by

6

R U Y

This name was given to this genus of plants by the'
learned Dr. Boerhaave, profeffor of botany at Ley-
den, in honour of Dr. Ruyich, who was profeffor of
anatomy and botany at Amfterdam.

The plants are propagated by feed, which fhould be
fown the latter end of March, in a bed of frefh.
light earth in an open expolure, and in about five or
fix weeks after the plants will appear, when they
fhould be carefully cleared from weeds ; and if the
feafon fhould prove dry, they mud be refrefhed now
and then with water, which will greatly promote their
growth. When the plants are about two inches high,
they fhould be carefully tranfplanted into a bed or bor-
der of frefh, light, undunged earth, obferving to (hade
them from the fun until they have taken root, as alfo
to refrefh them from the fun until they are well efta-
blifhed in this bed ; after which time they will re-
quire no farther care, but to keep them conftantly
clear from weeds till Michaelmas, when they are to
be removed into the places where they are defigned
to remain for good.

When the plants are firft tranfplanted from the feed-
bed into the nurfery-bed, they fhould be planted
about fix inches afunder every way, which will be
fufficient room for them the firft feafon ; and this
will admit of the hoe to come between the plants
to deftroy the weeds, which is by much a better me-
thod than pulling out the weeds by hand, and is
much fooner performed. For as the hoe ftirs the
ground between the plants, it not only cuts down
the weeds which were up and vifible, but alfo de-
ftroys all thofe whofe feeds were fprouted, and would
have foon after appeared ; fo that one hoeing, if
well performed, and in dry weather, will more ef-
fectually deftroy the weeds, than two hand-weedings
would do, were they performed ever fo carefully ;
befides, the (lining the ground is of great fervice to
the plants.

At Michaelmas, when the plants are tranfplanted for
good, they fhould be carefully taken up with balls
of earth to their roots and they muft be planted in
the middle of the borders in the pleafure-garden, in
frefh light earth, intermixing them with other hardy-
plants of the fame growth, where they will make a
pretty appearance when they are in flower, and will
continue three or four years ; and in fome poor ftony
foils I have known the roots live fix or feven years,
but thefe did not produce fo large fpikes of flowers, v
as thofe which were younger and more vigorous plants.
Therefore, as thefe plants do not continue many
years, it will be proper to raife a fupply of young
plants to fucceed them, for the old plants will pro-
duce feeds plentifully, which are ripe the latter end
of Auguft or the beginning of September, when they
fhould be gathered in dry weather, and kept in a
warm dry room till the time for fowing them.

SAC

*

oblong fummits, and an awl-Jhaped germen fupporting two
rough ftyles crowned by Jingle ftigmas. The germen af-
terward becomes an oblong acute-pointed feed, invefted by
the valves.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond febtion
of Linnaeus’s third clafs, which includes the plants
whofe flowers have three ftamina and two ftyles.

We

i

SAC

We have but one Species of this genus at prefent,
viz.

Saccharum ( Officinarum ) floribus panicuiatis. Hort.
Cliff. 26. Sugar Cane with flowers growing in panicles.
Arundo faccharifera. C. B. P, 18. SChe Sugar Cane.
This plant grows naturally in both Indies, and is
there cultivated alfo for its juice, which, when boiled,
affords that fweet fait which is called Sugar.

The Canes were formerly cultivated in the fouth of
France for the fame purpofe, but it was in fmall quan-
tities only, for in fharp winters they were killed, un-
lefs they were covered, fo that they had only the
fummer for their growth, which was too fhort time
for their getting fufficient ftrength to produce Sugar
enough to anf'wer the expence, fo the planting of
thefe Canes there has been long difcontinued ; they
were alfo planted in feveral parts of Spain before
they were introduced to France, and are at prefent
cultivated in plenty in Andalufia, from whence
great quantities of Sugar are annually fent to Madrid,
but there are few now planted in the other parts of
Spain.

The root of this plant is jointed like thofe of the
other forts of Cane or Reeds, from which arife four,
five, or more fhoots in number, proportionable to the
age or ftrength of the root. Thefe rife eight or ten
feet high, according to the goodnefs of the ground in
which they grow ; for in fome moift rich foils there
have been Canes mealured, which were near twenty
feet long ; but thefe were not near fo good as thofe
of middling growth, as they abounded with juice,
which had but a fmall quantity of the eflential fait in
it, fo that the expence of fuel and trouble of boiling,
was more than the Sugar would defray. The Canes
are jointed, and thefe joints are more or lefs dillant
from each other, in proportion to the foil. The leaves
are placed at each joint, and the bale or lower part
of the leaf embraces the ftalk or Cane to the next
joint above its infertion, before it expands ; thefe
are three or four feet long from the joint where
they unfold to their point, according to the vigour of
the plant ; they have a deep whitifh furrow, or hol-
lowed midrib, which is' broad, and prominent on the
under fide ; the edges of the leaves are thin, and arm-
ed with fmall fharp teeth, which are fcarce to be
difcerned by the naked eye, but will cut the fkin of
a tender hand if it be drawn along it. The flowers
are produced in panicles at the top of the ftalks ; thefe
are from two to three feet long, and are compofed of
many fpikes, which are nine or ten inches long, and
are again fubdivided into fmaller fpikes ,; thefe have
long down which inclofe the flowers, fo, as to hide them
from fight •, afterward the germen becomes an ob-
long-pointed feed, which ripens in the valves of the
flower.

This plant is preferved by way of curiofity in feveral
gardens in England, but being too tender to thrive
here, unlefs it is preferved in a warm ftove, fo it can-
not be brought to any great perfection. I have feen
fome of the plants growing which were feven or
eight feet high, and at the bottom as large as a com-
mon walking Cane, but they have not produced
their panicles of flowers here.

It is here propagated by flips taken from the fides of
the older plants ; thofe which grow near the root and
have fibres to them, will moft certainly grow ; fo that
when the flioots are produced at fome diftance from
the ground, the earth fhould be raifed about them,
that they may put out fibres before they are feparated
from the mother plant. Thefe flips fliould be planted
in pots filled with rich kitchen-garden earth, and
plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, be-
ing careful to fhade them from the fun until they have
taken new root, after which they muft be treated in the
fame way as other tender plants from the fame coun-
tries. They muft be conftantly kept plunged in the
tan-bed in the ftove ; and as their roots increafe in
fize, fo the plants fliould from time to time be fliifted
into larger pots ; but this muft be done with caution,
for if they are over-potted they will not thrive : they

will require to haye water frequently in warm weafhef*
but it muft not be given them in too great plenty, eft
pecially in cold weather. As the leaves of the plants
decay, they fliould be cleared from about the ftalks 3
for if thefe are left to dry upon them, it will greatly
retard their growth. The ftove in which this plant
is placed, fliould be kept in winter to the fame tem-
perature of heat as for the Pine-apple, and in hot
weather there fliould be plenty of free air admitted to
the plants, otherwife they will not thrive.

I fhall here fubjoin fome account of the method of
propagating and cultivating the Sugar Cane in Ame-
rica, with fome obfervations and experiments which
have been made by a few curious perfons in the Bri-
tifh iflands, and fliall propofe fome farther trials to be
there made, in the culture apd management of this
ufeful plant, which are founded upon the experience
I have had in the culture of fome plants which are fi-
milar in their growth with the Sugar Cane.

The land which is moft proper for the growth of Su-
gar Canes, is fuch as hath a fufficient depth of foil,
and is not too moift and ftrong, but rather light and
eafy to work •, for although ftrong moift ground will
produce much taller and bigger Canes than the other,
yet the quantity of Sugar will be much lefs, not near
lo good, and will require a greater quantity of fuel,
and a longer time to boil, before the Sugar can
be made ; which is alfo the cafe with all frefti land,
where there has not been any Canes growing before;
therefore many of the moft expert planters burn their
land when it is firft cleared for planting of Canes, to
abate its fertility ; but if when land is firft cleared of
the wood, and the roots of bad weeds, it is fown
with Indigo, which fuch frefti ground will produce
much better than the old, or fuch as has been long
cultivated, there may be two or three crops of this
taken, which will prepare the land for the Sugar
Canes, without being at the trouble of burning it;
but the growing of Indigo has been fo little praftifed
in the Britifh Iflands oi America for many years paft,
as to be efteemed unworthy the notice of a Sugar
planter ; whereas if they would fometimes change
their crops to other fpecies, they would foon find an
advantage in the growth, not only of their Canes,
but alfo of their other crops: however, the ufual
praftice is to continue the Canes always upon the
fame land as long as it will produce them, without
changing the fpecies, or allowing the ground a fal-
low to reft and recover itfelf. By this method there
are fome plantations fo much exhaufted, as that the
crop of Sugar will fcarce defray the expence of culture.
Another thing fliould always be obferved in the plant-
ing of frefti land with Canes, which is to allow them
more room than is generally done ; for as the ground
is ftrong, fo there will a greater number of flioots
come out from each plant, and not having room to
fpread at bottom, they will draw each other up to a
great height, and be full of watery juice, the fun and
external air being excluded from the Canes by the
multiplicity of leaves, which are both abfolutely ne-
ceflary to ripen and prepare the falts during the growth
of the Canes.

If the ground is proper for the Sugar Canes, and
they are planted at a good diftance from each other,
and the land is carefully managed, the fame planta-
tion may be continued above twenty years without re-
planting, and produce good crops the whole time ;
whereas in the common method, they are generally
replanted in fix or feven years, and in fome of the
poor land they are continued but two or three.

The Canes aie in thofe warm countries propagated
by cuttings or joints, of proper lengths ; thefe are
from fifteen to twenty inches long, in proportion to
the nearnefs of their joints or eyes. Thefe cuttings
are generally taken from the tops of the Canes, juft
below the leaves ; but if they were chofen from the
lower part of the Canes, where they are lefs fucculent
and better ripened, they would not produce fo luxu-
riant flioots, and their juice would be lefs crude, and
contain a greater quantity of falts, which will be oh-

1 1 S tained

£44

4

1

SAC'

tamed by lefs boiling than thofe Canes in the clofe
manner they are commonly planted : this is well
known to the judicious to be the cafe, in moft kinds
of vegetables ; and it is by thus carefully propagating
all kinds of efculent plants, either in the choice of the
belt feeds or cuttings, that moft of the kinds have
been fo greatly improved of late years.

The diftance which the Canes are ufually allowed in
planting, is from three to four feet, row from row,

• and the hills are about two feet afunder in the rows ;
in each of thefe hills they plant from four to feven or
eight cuttings, which is a very great fault, and is the
caufe of moft of their blights fo much complained of
lately ; for if all thefe grow, which is often the cafe,
they rob each other of their nourishment ; and if a
dry feafon happens before they have acquired ftrength,
they are very loon Hinted in their growth, and are
then attacked by infefts, which fpread and multiply
fo greatly, as to cover a whole plantation in a little
time : when this happens, the Canes are feldom good
after, fo that it will be- the better way to root them
entirely ,up when they are fo greatly injured, for they
very rarely recover this diforder *, for although the in-
fers are not the caufe of the difeafe, yet they confirm
it, and caufe it to fpread.

Therefore, if inftead of planting fo many, there was
but one good cutting planted in each hill, or to pre-
vent mifcarriage, two at moft •, and if both fucceeded,
the weakeft were drawn out foon after they had
taken root, if will be found of great fervice to pre-
vent thefe blights ; and although the number of
Canes will not be near fo great from the fame fpace of
ground, yet the quantity of Sugar will be full as much,
and will require little more than a fourth part of fuel
to boil it.

I have been allured by two of the moft fenfible and
judicious planters of Sugar in America, that they have
made fome experiments of the horfe-hoeing culture
for their Canes, which anfwered much beyond their
expectations •, one of thofe gentlemen told me, he
planted one acre in the middle of a large piece of
Canes, in rows at five feet afunder, and the hills were
•two feet and a half cliftant, and but one cutting to
each hill. The ground between the rows was from
time to time ftirred with the horfeplough, todeftroy
the weeds and earth the plants ; with this culture the
Canes were double the fize of thofe in the fame piece,
which were cultivated in the ufual way ; and when
the Canes were cut, thofe which had been thus plant-
ed and managed were ground and boiled feparately ;
the produce of Sugar was full as great as the belt acre
in the fame piece, and the expence of boiling was little
more than a fixth part of the other, and he fold the
Sugar for fi^ drillings per hundred weight more than
he could get for the other.

The time for planting the Canes is always in the
rainy feafons, and the looner they are planted after the
rains have begun to fall, the more time they will
have to get ftrength before the dry weather fits in *,
for when they have put out good roots, and are well
eftablifhed in the ground, they will not be fo liable to
fuffer by the drought, as thofe which have but newly
taken root.

The feafon being come for planting, the ground
fhould be marked out by a line, that the rows of
Canes may be ftrait, and at equal diftances ; but firft
it will be proper to divide the piece into lands of fixty
or feventy feet broad, leaving intervals between each
of about fifteen feet ; thefe will be found of great ufe
when the Canes are cut, for roads in which the car-
riages may pafs to carry off the Canes to the mill j
for where there is not fuch provifion made, the car-
riages are obliged to pafs over the heads of the Canes
to their no fmall prejudice : befides, by thefe inter-
vals, the fun and air will have freer paffage between
the Canes, whereby they will be better ripened, and
their juice will be fuller of falts •, therefore when the
Canes are ground, they will not require fo much fuel
to boil their juice. The middle of thefe intervals
may be planted with Yams, Potatoes, or other efcu-

4

SAC

lent plants, which may be taken off before the Canes
are cut, that the paffages may be clear for the car-
riages but a path fhould be left on the fides of each
land, for the more convenient riding or walking of
the overfeer of the plantation, to view and obfervc
how the labour is performed.

The common method now pra&ifed in planting of
the Canes is, to make a trench with a hoe, which is
performed by hand ; into this one negro drops the
number of cuttings intended for planting, at the dif-
tance the hills are defigned *, thefe are by other ne-
groes placed in their proper pofition, then the earth is
drawn about the hills with a hoe, all this is performed
by hand; but if the right ufe of ploughs was well
known in thofe countries, the work might be much
better performed, and for lefs than half the ex-
pence ; therefore inftead of making a trench with a
hoe, a deep furrow is made with a plough, and the
cuttings . properly laid therein, the ground will be
deeper ftirred, and there will be more depth for placing
the Canes.

If the ground is to be afterward kept clean with the
horfe hoe, the rows of Canes fhould be planted five
.feet afunder, that there may be room for the horfe
and plough to pafs between them*, and the diftance of
the hills from each other fhould be two feet and a
half, and but one Cane fhould be permitted to re-
main in each hill. After the Canes are planted and
have made fome ftioots, the fooner the horfe plough
is ufed the better will the Canes thrive, and the
ground will be eafier kept clean from weeds for if
thefe are torn up when they are young, they will pre-
sently die ; whereas when they are buffered to grow
large before they are disturbed, they are with great
difficulty deftroyed.

As the growth of the Canes is promoted according
to the cleannefs of the ground, fo there cannot be
too' much care taken to keep the Canes perfectly
clear of weeds ; and the beginning of this work foon
will render it lefs- troublefome, and it may be per-
formed at a lefs expence, than when it is negleded
for fome time. When this is performed with a
plough, the earth in the interval fhould be thrown up
to the rows of Canes, firft on one fide of the row,
being careful not to difturb the roots of the Canes, as
alfo not to bury their new fhoots *, and in the fecond
operation, the earth fhould be turned over to the
other fide of the rows, with the fame care as before.
By this turning and ftirring of the land, it will be
rendered loofer, and the earthing of the plants will
greatly ftrengthen them ; fo that from each hili there
will be as many fhoots produced as can be well nou-
rifhed, and the fun and air will have free ingreft
among the rows, which will be of the greateft fervice
to the Canes.

When the Canes are from feven to ten feet high, and
of a proportionable fize, the fkin fmooth, dry, and
brittle, if they are heavy, their pith gray, or inclina-
ble to brown, the juice iweet and glutinous, they are
efteemed in perfection.

The time for cutting of the Canes is ufually after they
have grown fix months ; but there fhouid not be a
fixed period for this, for in fome feafons and in diffe-
rent foils, there will be more than a month’s difference
in their maturity ; and thofe who have made the ex-
periments of cutting their Canes before they were ripe,
and letting others ftand till after they were ripe, have
found the Sugar made from the latter, was much
finer than that of the former, though the quantity
was not quite fo great •, however, it will always be belt
to let them ftand till they are in perfection before they
are cut, but not longer.

They have alfo found thofe Canes which are cut to-
ward the end of the dry feafons, before the rains be-
gin to fall, have produced better Sugar than thofe
which are cut in the rainy ieafons, when they are
more replete with watery juice *, and there has been
much lefs expence of fuel to boil it, which is a ma-
terial article in large plantations ; therefore the better
the Canes are nourished in their growth, and the more

air

‘SAG

air and ftm is admitted to pafs between the rows, the
Ids expence it will be in the boiling and preparing of

the Sugar. _ i

In the bailing of Sugar, they ufe a mixture of wood
afnes and lime, which is called temper, without which
the Sugar will not granulate. The quantity of this
mixture is proportioned to the quality of the ground
on which the Canes grew.

SAFFRON. See Crocus.

SAGE. See Salvia.

SAGITTARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 946. Sagitta.
Diilen. Gen. 4. Ranunculus. Tourn. Inlt. R. H. 287.

. Arrow-head.

The Characters are,

It hath male and female flowers on the fame 'plant the
male flowers have a permanent empalement of three oval
concave leaves they have three roundifh petals which
fpread open , and are larger than the empalement , and
many awl-jhaped flamina colie hied in a head , terminated
by erect fummits. The female flowers are flituated below
the male-, thefe have a three-leaved empalement , and three
petals as the male, but no flamina they have many com-
r/reffed germen collehled in a head , fitting upon very floor t
flyles , and have permanent acute ftigmas. The ger men af-
terward become oblong compreffed feeds having longitudinal
borders , and are collebled in globular heads.

This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth fedion
of Linnsus’s twenty-firft clals, which includes thole
plants which have male and female flowers on the
fame plant, whofe male flowers have many flamina.

The Species are,

1. Sagittaria ( Sagittifolia ) foliis omnibus fagittatis
acutis petiolis iongiffimis. Arrow-head with all the
leaves arrow-pointed, and long foot-ftalks. Sagitta aqua-
tica major. C. B. P. The greater Arroiv-head.

2. Sagittaria {Minor) foliis fagittatis fpatuliique, pe-
tiolis longioribus. Arrow-head with arrow-pointed and
fpattle-fhaped leaves , having longer foot-ftalks. Sagitta
aquatica foliis variis. Loefl. PruflT. 234. JVater Arrow-
head with variable leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in Handing waters in
moft parts of England ; the root is compofed of ma-
ny ftrong fibres, which ftrike deep into the mud ;
the foot-ftalks of the leaves are in length proporti-
onable to the depth of the water in which they grow,
fo they are fometimes almoft a yard long •, they are
round, thick, and fungous ; the leaves which float
upon the water are Ihaped like the point of an ar-
row, the two ears at their bafe fpreading wide afun-
der, and are very fharp-pointed. The flowers are
produced upon long ftalks which rife above the leaves,
and ftand in whorls round them at the joints ; they
have each three broad white petals which fpread
open, and in the middle is a clufter of flamina with
purple fummits. It flowers in July. The flowers
are fucceeded by rough heads, containing many fmall
feeds.

The fecond fort grows plentifully in Handing waters
near Paris, bur has not been found wild in England.
This never grows fo large as the former ; the leaves
vary greatly, lome of them are oblong, round-point-
ed, and ftiaped like afpatula ; others are arrow-point-
ed, but thefe have their points lefs acute than thofe
of the former, and the flowers are fmaller, in which
it differs from the former ; and as all the plants where
this grows retain their difference, fo it may be fup-
pofed a different fpecies.

There is alfo a third fort mentioned by Dr. Plukenet,
under the title of Sagitta aquatica omnium minima,
or the leaft Arrow-head. This grows plentifully on
the borders of the Thames about Lambeth, and alfo
at Chelfea j the foot-ftalks of the leaves of this are
very fhort, the leaves are much lefs, and the ftalks
which fupport the flowers are alfo very fhort •, but
thefe differences may be occafioned by the fltuation
of their growth, for it is always found growing in
the mud, which the water ebbs from every tide, fo
it is only covered in high water, which may flint
the growth of the plants, and give them this ap-
pearance.

\

SALXCARiA. See Lythrum.

SALICORNIA. Tourn. Cor. App. 51. tab. 4$5°
Lin. Gen. Plant. 10, Jointed Glaffwort, or Saltwort.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a rugged , /welling, four-cornered em-
palement, which is permanent. It has no petal, and bui
one flamina the length of the empalement , croivned by .an
oblong twin fummit, and an oblong oval gsrmen fupport -
ing a fingle ftyle, crowned by a bifid ftigma. The ger men
afterward becomes a ftngle feed, inclofed in the f 'welling
empalement.

This genus of plants Dr. Linnsus places in the firft
feftion of his firft clals, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have but one flamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Salicornia ( Fruticofa ) articulis apice craffioribus
obtufis. Lin. Mat. Med. 8. Jointed Glaffwort with
thiik obtufe points. Kali geniculatum. Ger. Emac.
535. Common jointed Glaffwort.

2. Salicornia (. Perenne ) articulis apice acutiorlbus,-
caule fruticofo ramofo. Glaffwort with acute points to
the joints , and a fhrubby branching ftalk. Kali geni-
culatum perenne fruticoftus procumbens. Raii Syn.
Ed. 2. p. 67. Trailing, fhrubby , perennial , jointed
Glaffwort.

The firft fort grows plentifully in moft of the falt-^
marfhes which are overflowed by the tides, in many
parts of England. This is a trailing plant, with
thick, fucculent, jointed ftalks, which trail upon the
ground, and divide into feveral branches. The
flowers are produced at the ends of the joints toward
the extremity of the branches, which are fmall, and
fcarce difcernible by the naked eye. It flowers the
latter end of July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Sheepey Ifland ;
this hath a fhrubby branching ftalk about fix inches
long ; the points of the articulations are acute, the
ftalks branch from the bottom, and form a kind of
pyramid ; they are perennial, and produce their flow-
ers in the fame manner as the former.

The inhabitants near the fea-coaft where thefe plants
grow, cut them up toward the latter end of fummer,
when they are fully grown ; and after having dried
them in the fun, they burn them for their afhes, which
are ufed in making of glafs and foap. Thefe herbs
are, by the country people, called Kelp, and are pro-
mifcuoufly gathered for ufe.

From the afhes of thefe plants is ext rafted the fait,
called fal kali, or alkali, which is much ufed by the
chemifts.

The manner of gathering and burning of thefe herbs
is mentioned under the article of Salsola, fo I fhall
not repeat it in this place.

In fome parts of England thefe herbs are gathered and
pickled for Samphire, though that is a very different
plant from either of thefe.

SAL IX. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 590. tab. 364. Lim
Gen. Plant. 976. [takes its name from falio, to leap
or dance, becaufe of its quick growth.] The Sallow,
or Willow-tree ; in French, Saule.

The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers upon flepar ate plants the
made flowers are difpofed in one common , oblong , imbri-
cated katkin. The flaks have each one oblong fpreading
flower , which has no petal, but a cylindrical neliarious
gland in the center. It has two fender ere It flamina ,
terminated by twin fummits having four cells. The fe-
male flowers are difpofed in katkins as the male thefe
have neither petals or flamina, but an oval narrowed
germen, fcarce dijtinguifhable from the ftyle, crowned by
two bifid ereEl ftigmas. The germen afterward becomes
an oval awl-fhaped capfule with one cell, opening with
two valves , containing many fmall oval feeds, crowned
with hairy down.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feflion
of Linnreus’s twenty-fecond clals, which contains '
thofe plants which have male and female flowers on *
feparate plants, whofe male flowers have two ftamina.
There are feveral fpecies of this genus which grow
naturally in the northern parts of Europe, of little or

no

SAL

no ufe, being low creeping fhrubs, many of them fel-
dom rifing a foot high, foare never cultivated, there-
fore 1 fhall pafs them over, and only enumerate thofe
which are planted for ufe.

The Species are,

1. Salix ( Alba ) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis ferratis
utrinque pubefcentibus, ferraturis infimis glandulofis.
Hort. Cliff 473' Willow with [pear-floaped , acute-
pointed, [awed leaves, which are downy on both fides ,
and glands below the [aws. Salix vulgaris alba, arbo-
refcens. C. B. P. 453. Common white Tree Willow.

2. Salix {Triandra) foliis ferratis glabris, floribus trian-
dris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1015. Willow with [mooth [awed
leaves , and flowers having three J lamina . Salix folio
auriculato fplendente flexilis. Raii Hift. 1420. Willow
With lucid eared leaves and flexible branches.

3. Salix ( Pentandra ) foliis ferratis glabris, flofculis
pentandris. Hort. Cliff. 454. Willow with [mooth [aw-
ed leaves , and flowers having five ftamina. Salix folio
laureo feu lato glabro odorato. Raii Hift. 1420.
Willow with a Bay leap, or broad-leaved , [mooth, [weet
Willow.

4. Salix ( Vitellina ) foliis ferratis ovatis acutis glabris,
ferraturis cartilagineis, petiolis callofo pun&atis.
Hort. Upfal. 295. Willow with [mooth, oval, acute ,
[awed leaves, having cartilaginous indentures, and [oot-
fialks with callous punctures. Salix fativa lutea, folio
crenato. C.B.P. 473. Tellow cultivated Willow with a
crenated lea[.

5. Salix ( Amygdalina ) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolatis
petiolatis, ftipulis trapeziformibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod.
83. Willow with [mooth, [pear-floaped, [awed leaves
having [oot-flalks, and trapezium-Jhaped ftipulce. Salix
folio amygdalino, utrinque virente aurito. C. B. P.
43. Almond-leaved Willow with leaves which are eared,
and green on both [ides.

6. Salix ( Fragilis ) foliis ferratis glabris ovato-lanceola-
tis, petiolis dentato-glandulofis. Flor. Lapp. 349.
Willow with oval, [pear-Jhaped, [mooth, [awed leaves ,
and indented glandules to the [oot-ftalk. Salix folio lon-
go latoque fplendente fragilis. Raii Syn. 3. p. 448.
The Crack Willow.

7. Salix ( Purpurea ) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolatis,
inferioribus oppofitis. FI. Scan. 252. Willow with
[mooth, [pear-Jhaped, Jawed leaves , the lower o[ which
grow oppofite. Salix folio longo fubluteo non auricu-
lata, vi minibus rubris. Raii Syn. The long-leaved red
Willozv.

8. Salix ( Viminalis ) foliis ftibintegerrimis lanceolato-
linearibus longiflimis acutis fubtus fericeis, ramis
virgatis. Flor. Suec. 813. Willow with the longeft, li-
near, [pear-Jhaped, acute leaves , which are almofl entire,
and [Iky on their under [de, and rod-like branches.
Salix foliis anguftis & longiffimis crifpis, fubtus al-
bicantibus. J. B. 1. p. 212. Willow with the longeft,
narrow, curled leaves, which are white on their under
[de.

9. Salix {Auriculato) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolatis,
omnibus alternis. Willow with [mooth, [pear-floaped,
[azved leaves, all graving alternate. Salix folio amyg-
dalino utrinque aurito, corticem abjiciens. Raii Syn.
3. p. 448. Almond-leaved Willow which is eared on both
[des, and cafts its bark.

10. Salix {Rubra) foliis integris, glabris lineari lanceola-
tis acutis. Hudf. Flor. Angl. 364. Willow with linear ,
[pear-floaped, [mooth leaves. Salix minime fragilis, fo-
liis longiffimis, utrinque viridibus non ferratis. D.
Sherard. Raii Syn. 2. p. 293. The leaft brittle Willow,
with very long leaves which are green on both [des, and
net [awed.

11. Salix {Babylonica) foliis ferratis glabris lineari-lan-
ceolatis, ramis pendulis. Hort. Cliff. 454. Willow
with [mooth, [awed, linear , [pear-Jhaped leaves, and
hanging branches. Salix Orientalis, flagellis deorfum
pulchre pendentibus. Tourn, Cor. 41. The Weeping
Willozv.

12. Salix {Helix) foliis ferratis glabris lanceolato-linea-
ribus, fuperioribus oppofitis obliquis. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 83. Willow with linear, [pear-floaped, [mooth.
Jawed leaves , the upper o[ which are placed obliquely op- 1

SAL

poflte. Salix Jiumilior foliis anguftis fubcaeruleis ex
adverfo binis. Raii Syn. 2. p. 297. The yellow Dwarfl
Willow .

13. Salix ( Caprea ) foliis ovatis rngofis, fubtus tomen-
tofis undatis fuperne denticulatis. Flor. Leyd. Prod.
83. Willow with oval rough leaves which are waved ,
woolly on their under [de, and indented towards the top.
Salix latifolia rotunda. C. B. P. 474. Broad round-
leaved Willow, or Sallow .

14. Salix {Acuminata) foliis oblongo -ovatis acuminatis
rugofis fubtus tomentofts. Willow with oblong , oval ,
acute-pointed, rough leaves, which are woolly on their un-
der [de. Salix folio ex rotunditate acuminato. C. B. P.
474. Willow with a rounded, acute-pointed leap. , or com-
mon Sallow .

The firft fort is the common white Willow, which is
frequently found growing on the fides of rivers and
ditches in many parts of England. It grows to a large
fize, if the branches are not lopped off-, the fhoots are
covered with a fmooth, pale, green bark the leaves
are fpear-fhaped, between three and four inches long,
and one broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
each end ; they are very white on their under fide,
and their upper fide is covered with ihort, white,
woolly hairs, though not fo clofely as the under the
katkins are Ihort and pretty thick. The wood of this
fort is very white, and poliffies fmooth.

The fecond fort grows to be a large tree, the young
branches are covered with a grayifh bark j .the leaves
are fmooth, of a lucid green, ending in acute points ;
they are eared at their bafe, and fawed on their edges,
and are green on both fides ; the branches grow pretty
ereeft and are flexible, fo this is frequently planted in
Ofier grounds for the bafket-makers. The katkins
of this are long, narrow, and the feales open, and are
acute-pointed.

The third fort hath thick ftrong fhoots, covered with
a dark green bark ; the leaves are broad, rounded at
both ends-, they are very fmooth, fawed on their
edges, and when rubbed have a grateful odour. It is
fometimes called the Bay-leaved Willow, and at others
the Sweet Willow ; it grows quick, and is a tree of
middling fize ; the branches are brittle, fo are not
proper for many purpofes.

The fourth fort has flender tough fhoots, which are of
a yellow colour ; the leaves are oval, acute-pointed,
fmooth, and fawed on their edges ; the faws are car-
tilaginous, and the foot-ftalks of the leaves have cal-
lous pun&ures. This is very pliable, fo is much plant-
ed in the Ofier-grounds for the bafket-makers, but it
never grows to a large fize.

The fifth fort grows to a pretty large fize ; the fhoots
are ere<5t,. they are covered with a light green bark ;
the leaves are fpear-fhaped, about two inches and a
half long, and three quarters of an inch broad in the
middle, drawing to a point at both ends ; they are of
a lucid green on both fides, fawed on their edges,
ftanding upon fhort foot-ftalks ; they have ftipulas in
form of a trapezium, at the bafe of the foot-ftalk.
The twigs of this fort are flexible, and fit for the ufe
of bafket-makers.

The fixth fort grows to a middling fize ; the fhoots of
this are very brittle, fo are unfit for the bafket-makers,
and are covered with a brownifh bark-, the leaves
are near five inches long and one broad ; they are of
a lucid green on both fides, and are fawed on their
edges ; the katkins are long and flender, and the feales
are pretty long, acute-pointed, and ftand open. It is
commonly called Crack Willow, from the branches
being very brittle.

The feventh fort is a tree of middling fize; the
fhoots are very pliable, and fit for the bafket-makers,
fo is much planted in the Ofier-grounds ; they are of
a reddilh colour ; the leaves are fpear-fhaped, fmooth,
and fawed on their edges ; thofe on the lower part of
the branches are placed oppofite, but on the upper
they are alternate, and are of a yellowifh green.

The eighth fort makes very long fhoots, but the tree
feldom grows to a large fize ; the leaves are very long
and entire, and arc fet clofe upon the branches ; they

are

♦

SAL

are of a dark green on their upper fide, but are very
woolly and white on their under, endingin acute points,
and ftand upon very fhort foot-ftalks : the young
branches of this fort are woolly, and their buds are
very turgid. This is pretty much planted in the Qfier-
grounds, for the ufe of bafket-makers.

The ninth fort is a tree of middling growth ; it cafts
its bark annually ; the moots are brittle, they have a
yellowiih bark ; the leaves are fpear-fhaped, and
jawed on their edges ; they are eared on both fides
at their bafe, and are all placed alternate, being of a
light green on both fides. This fort is not very com-
monly cultivated, the twigs being too brittle.

The tenth fort hath very pliant branches, fo is much
planted in the Ofier-grounds. The leaves of this are
very long ; they are fpear-fihaped and entire, and are
green on both fides. It grows to a middling fize, if
planted in moift land.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in the Levant, but
has been feveral years cultivated in the Englifh gar-
dens. This will grow to a middling fize ; the branches
are long, {lender, and hang down on every fide, fo
form natural arches ; the leaves are narrow, fpear-
fhaped, fmooth, and fawedon their edges. It is well
known in the gardens, by the title of Weeping
Willow.

The twelfth fort is a tree of lower growth •, the
branches of this are erect ; the leaves are fmooth,
narrow, fpear-fhaped, and fawed on their edges ; they
are of a dark or bluifti green, and toward the upper
part of the branches are placed oppofite. It is found
by the fide of ditches in many parts of England.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally upon dry land,
and on high fituations, but rarely is feen of a large
fize •, the bark is of a gray dark colour, and fmooth ;
the branches are brittle, fo are unfit for bafket-makers,
but it is frequently cultivated in hedges, and for fuel
in many parts of England : it is called Mountain
Qfier. The leaves are oval, rough, and woolly, and
are indented toward the top ; they are about an inch
and a half long, and one inch broad, rounded at both
ends, and have fhort foot-ftalks. There is a variety
of this in the gardens with variegated leaves.

The fourteenth fort is the common Sallow; this
differs from the laft, in having longer leaves which
end in acute points ; they are woolly on their under
fide, and fit clofe to the branches ; they are not dif-
tinguiflied by the farmers, who cultivate them
equally.

There are fome other forts of Willows which are
planted in the Ofier-grounds, and are diftinguiflied
by the bafket-makers and dealers in them, under ti-
tles which they have applied to them, which are little
known to others ; theie are annually cut down, and
always kept low, but when they are not cut down,
and have room to grow, will rife to a confiderable
height, and fome of them will become large trees ;
fo that they may be planted for the fame purpofes as
the firft fort, and will make a variety when intermix-
ed with it, though they are commonly cultivated for,
their twigs, which produce good profit to the owner
of the land.

All the Torts of Willows may be eafily propagated by
planting cuttings or lets, either in the fpring or au-
tumn, (but the fpring is the lureft ieafon) which rea-
dily take root, and are of a quick growth. Thofe
forts which grow to be large trees, and are cultivated
for their timber, are generally planted from fets,
which are about feven or eight feet long thefe are
fharpened at their larger end, and thruft into the
ground by the fides of ditches and banks, where the
ground is moift ; in which places they make a con-
fiderable progrefs, and are a great improvement to
fuch eftates, becaufe their tops will be fit to lop eve-
ry fixth or feventh year. This is the ufual method
now pradtifed in moft parts of England, where the
trees are cultivated, as they are generally intended for
prefent profit; but if they are defigned for large trees,
or are cultivated for their wood, they {hould be
planted in a different manner ; for thofe which are

SAL

planted from fets of feven or eight feet long always
fend out a number of branches toward the top, which
fpread, and form large heads fit for lopping, but
their principal item never advances in height ; there-
fore, where regard is paid to that, they fhould be
propagated by fhort young branches, which fhould
be put altnoft their whole length in the ground, leav-
ing only twro, or at moft but three buds out of the
ground ; and when thefe have made one year’s {hoot,
they fhould be all cut off, except one of the ftrongeft
and beft fituated, which muft be trained up to a ftem,
and treated in the fame way as timber trees. If thefe
are planted with fuch defign, the rows fhould be eight
feet afunder, and the fets four feet diftance in the
rows ; by planting them fo clofe, they wall naturally
draw each other upward, and, when they are grown
fo large, as to cover the ground and meet, they
fhould be gradually thinned, fo as at the laft to leave
the rows about twelve feet afunder, and the plants in
the rows eight. If they are fo treated, the trees will
grow to a large fize, and rife with upright ftems to
the height of forty feet or more.

When thefe cuttings are planted, it is ufual to fharp-
en thofe ends to a point which are put into the
ground, for the better thrufting of them in ; but the
beft way is to cut them horizontally juft below the
bud or eye, and to make holes with an iron inftrument
in the ground where each cutting is to be planted, 'and
when they are put in, the ground fhould be preffed
clofe about the cuttings with the heel to fettle it, and
prevent the air from penetrating deep into the ground.
The after care muft be to keep them clear from
weeds the two firft feafons, by which time they will
have acquired fo much ftrength, as to over-power
and keep down the weeds ; they will alfo require fome
trimming in winter to take off any lateral {hoots,
which, if fuffered to grow, would retard their up-
right progrefs.

There are great trads of land in England fit for this
purpofe, wliich at prefent produce little to the owners,
and might, by planting of thefe trees, turn to as good
account as the beft Corn land. The larger wood, if
found, is commonly fold for making wooden heels
for {hoes ; as alfo to turners for many kinds of light
ware.

The Sallows are commonly planted in cuttings made
from ftrong {hoots of the former year, about three
feet long; thefe are commonly thruft down two feet
deep into the ground, and are one foot above it. The
cuttings {hould be placed about five feet row from
row, and two feet afunder in the rows, obferving al-
ways to plant the rows the Hoping way of the ground
(efpecially if the tides overflow the place ;) becaufe,
if the rows are placed the contrary ways, all the filth
and weeds will be detained by the fets, which will
choak them up.

The beft feafon for planting thefe cuttings in the
Ofier-grounds is in February, for if they are plant-
ed fooner, they are apt to peel, if it proves hard
froft, which greatly injures them. Thefe plants are
always cut every year, and, if the foil be good, they
will produce a great crop, fo that the yearly produce
of one acre, has been often fold for fifteen pounds,
but ten pounds is a common price, which is much
better than Corn land ; fo that it is great pity thefe
plants are not more cultivated, efpecially upon moift:
boggy foils, upon which few other things will thrive.

S ALSO LA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 275. Kali. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 247. tab. 128. Glaffwort ; in French, Soude.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , and compofed
of five oval obtufe leaves ; the flower has no petals , but
hath five fhort ftamina which are inferted in the divifions
of the petals-, it hath a globular germen, with a fhort two-
pointed ftyle , crowned by recurved fiigmas. The germen
afterward becomes a globular cap fule with one cell , wrap-
ped up in the empalement , inclofing one large feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the iecond fedtion
of Linnaeus’s fifth dais, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

1 1 T The

I

The Species are,

Sa lsqla ( liali ) herbacea decumbens, folks fubula-
tis fpinofis, calycibus rnarginatis axillaribus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 222. Herbaceous trailing Salfola with awl-fhaped
prickly leaves , and e?npalements proceeding from the fides
of the folks . Kali fpinofum foliis craffioribus & bre-
vioribus. Tragum. Matth. 1035. Prickly Glajfwort
with fhort er and thicker leaves.

2. Salsola {Tragus) herbacea erects, foliis fubulatis
fpinofis lsevibus, calycibus ovatis. Plerbaceous Salfola
with dml-Jhaped prickly leaves , and oval empalements.
Kali fpinofum, foliis longioribus & anguftioribus.
Tourn. drift. R. H. 247. Pr ickly Glajfwort with longer
and narrower leaves.

3. Salsola (Soda) herbacea, foliis inermibus. Guett.
Stamp. 426. Herbaceous Salfola with fmooth leaves. Ka-
li majus cochleato femme. C. B. P. 287. Greater Glajf-
wort with a cochleated leaf.

4. Salsola (, Vermiculata ) frutefcens, foliis ovatis acutis
carnofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 223. Shrubby Salfola with
oval, fiejhy, acute-pointed leaves. Kali fruticofum Hif-
panicum, tamarifci folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 247.
Shrubby Spanijh Glajfwort with a T amarifk leaf.

h>. Salsola ( Rofacea ) herbacea, foliis fubulatis mu-
cronatis, calycibus explanatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 222.
Herbaceous Salfola with pointed awl-fhaped leaves , and
fpreading empalements. Kali humile, alis purpureis
fiorem rofaceum mentientibus. Buxb. Cent. 1. p. 9.
Dwarf Glajfwort , having purple wings which refemble a
Rofe flower .

The firft fort grow snaturally in the falt-marfhes in di-
vers parts of England •, it is an annual plant, which
rifes about five or fix inches high, fending out many
fide branches from the bottom, which fpread on every
fide ; thefe are garnifhed with fhort awi-fhaped leaves
which are flefliy, and terminate in acute fpines. The
flowers are produced from the fides of the branches,
to which they fit clofe, and are encompafled by fhort
prickly leaves ; they are fmall, and of an herbaceous
colour. The feeds are wrapped up in the empale-
ment of the flower, and ripen in autumn, foon after
which the plants decay.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the fandy fhores
of the fouth of France, Spain, and Italy ; this is alfo
an annual plant, which fends out many diffufed
ftalks a foot and a half long, which are garnifhed
with linear leaves an inch long, ending with fharp
fpines. The flowers come out from the fide of the
ftalks in the fame manner as thofe of the former ;
their empalements are blunt, and not fo clofely en-
compafled with leaves as thofe of the other.

The third fort rifes with herbaceous ftalks near three
feet high, fending out hoary branches their whole
length, which at bottom fpread out wide, but to-
ward the top they are fhort. The leaves on the
principal ftalk, and thofe on the lower part of the
branches, are long, flender, and have no fpines •, thofe
on the upper part of the ftalk and branches are flen-
der, fhort, and crooked. At the bafe of the leaves
are produced the flowers, which are fmall and hardly
perceptible ; the empalement of the flower afterward
encompafles the capiule, which contains one cochle-
ated feed. This fort in warm countries produces its
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft ; but
in this country the plants fcarce ever flower, unlefs
the fummer is very warm. This plant is cultivated
about Montpelier in falt-marfhes, in order to make
fal alkali.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain; this hath
fhrubby perennial ftalks which rife three or four feet
high, fending out many fide branches, which are gar-
nifhed with fieihy, oval, acute-pointed leaves, coming
out in c! niters from the fide of the branches ; they are
hoary, and have no ftiff prickles. The flowers are
produced from between the leaves toward the ends of
the branches ; they are fo fmall as fcarce to be dif-
cerned, unlefs they are clofely viewed. The feeds
are like thofe of the other kinds.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Tartary ; this is an

annual plant whole v ftalks are herbaceous, and feb
dom rife more than five or fix inches high. The
leaves are awl-fhaped, ending in acute points ; the
flowers are fmall, and of a Rofe colour, but foon fade ;
the feeds are like thofe of the other forts.

All the forts of Glaffwort are fometimes promifcu-
oufly ufed for making the fal alkali, but it is the
third fort which is efteemed beft for 'this purpofe.
The manner of making it is as follows : having dug
a trench near the fea, they lay laths acrofs it, on
which they lay the herb in heaps, and having made a
fire below, the liquor which runs out of the herbs
drops to the bottom, which at length thickening be-
comes fal alkali, which is partly "of a black, :and
partly of an A fit colour, very fharp and corrofive,’ and
of a fakifh tafte. This, when thoroughly hardened,
becomes like a ftone, and is there called foude or
fode. It is tranfported from thence to other coun-
tries for making of glafs.

SALT is a foffil body, fufible by fire, and congeala-
ble again, in the cold, into brittle glebes or cryftals ;
foluble withal in water, fo as to difappear therein ;
never malleable, and having fomething in it, which, to
the organ of tafte, affords a fenfation of acrimony and
fharpnefs.

Dr. Grew fuppofes. That the chief governing prin-
ciple in the juices of plants is the faline or Salt,
which faline principle is to be underftood as a gene-
ral term. The vegetable Salts feem to be four, viz.
the nitrous, the acid, the alkaline, and the marine.
The nitrous Salts feem by nature to be afllgned chiefly
to the growth of plants, and the other three Salts are
exhibited by the leveral ways of refolving the princi-
ples of a plant.

Salt is accounted a good drefling for cold lands, be-
caufe the nature of it is fuch, that the drier and hot-
ter it is kept, the more it keeps its own body, and
does not turn to water : but when it Hands in a cold
moift place, in a little time it diffolves to water, and,
when turned to water, is fit for the nourifhment and
feeding of plants, efpecially annuals.

The reafon why Salt, viz. Salt water, is accounted a
feeder of plants, is, that it has been often obferved
that Salt falling on a board, &c. will be long drying ;
and, if it has been dried by heat, dews, or rain, will
make it moift again, and then it fleams forth, and
that is it which nourifhes all plants ; but, if it be up-
on a hot and dry ground, late in the fpring, and dry
weather comes, it does not, nor can yield its fleam
or fume.

Pigeons dung is by many efteemed good for cold lands,
becaufe it is hotter and falter than any other dung, it
being natural to pigeons to eat Salt, for they fly to
the fea fide early on mornings to pick up the Salt,
which the heat of the fun makes by drying up the
Salt water, and leaves upon the fand.

The Rev. Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatife of Ve-
getation, obferves, that plants are of a lefs durable
texture, as they abound with a greater proportion of
Salt and water, which is not fo ftrongly attradled as
fulphur and air, fo they are the lefs able to endure the
cold ; and, as plants are obferved to have a greater
proportion of Salt and water in them in the fpring
than in autumn, they are moreeafily injured by cold
in the fpring, than in a more advanced age, when
their quantity of oil is increafed, with their greater
maturity.

Whence we find, that nature’s chief bufinefs in bring-
ing the parts of a vegetable, efpecially its fruit and
feed, to a maturity, is to combine together, in a due
proportion, the more adtive and noble principles of
fulphur and air, that chiefly conftitute oil, which in
its moft refined ftate is never found without fame de-
gree of earth and Salt in it.

Common Salt, if it could be obtained at a reafona-
ble rate, would be an excellent drefling for moft
lands, but the exorbitant duty which is laid upon it,
renders it too expenfive to be ufed for this purpofe,
fo that it is needlefs to mention its ufefulnefs.

SALVIA,

SALVIA. Tourn. Inft. R. rf.^iSo. tab. 83. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 36. [lb called from falvus, or falus vit$,

i. e. the health of life.] Sage ; in French, Sauge.

The Characters are,

5 'be. empalement of the flower is tubulous , of one leaf ,
Jlriated , and large at the mouth , where it is cut into
four farts. The flower is of the lip kind , of one petal ;
the lower part is tubulous , the upper is large and com-
preffed ; the upper lip is concave , incurved , and indented
at the point % the lower lip is broad and trifid , the mid-
dle fegrnent being large , romdifh , indented. It has two

fhort Jlamina which J, land tranfuerfe to the lip , and are
fixed in the middle to the tube , whofe tops are fixed

glands , th§ upper fide of which fit the Jummits ; it

has a four-pointed germen fupporting a long /lender fly le,
fiituated between the ftamina, crowned by ’ a bifid jligma.
The germen afterward becomes four roundijh feeds which
ripen in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fehlion of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle. To
this genus he has added the Horminum and Sclarea
of Tournefort, which, according to his fyftem, may
be joined together ; but as there is a difference in
the lips of the* flowers, I have chofen to keep the three
genera diflinft, becaufe they have always been known
by their different titles both in the gardens and {hops.

The Species are,

1. Salvia ( Ofjicinalis ) foliis lanceolatis-ovatis integris
erenulatis, floribus verticillato-lpicatis. Sage with
fpear-Jhaped , oval entire leaves , which are /lightly cre-
nated on their edges , and flowers growing in whorled
fpikes. Salvia major. C, B. P. The greater Sage.

2. Salvia ( Tomentofa ) foliis infimis cordatis, fummis
oblongo-ovatis ferratis tomentofls, floribus verticillato-
lpicatis. Sage with beart-fhaped lower leaves , the upper
are oblong , oval flawed , and woolly , and flowers grow-
ing in whorled fpikes. Salvia latifolia ferrata. C. B. P.
237. Broad leaved flawed Sage.

3. Salvia ( Auriculata ) foliis lanceolatis fepius articu-
latis fubtus tomentofis, floribus fpicato-verticillatis,
calycibus ventricofis. Sage with fpear-Jhaped leaves
which are frequently eared , and woolly on their under fide,
flowers growing in whorled fpikes , and bellied empale-
ment s. Salvia minor aurita & non aurita. C. B. P.
237. Smaller Sage with leaves earlefs and eared , commonly
called Sage of Virtue.

.4. Salvia ( Hifipanica ) foliis lineari-lanceolat’is integer-
rimis tomentofis, floribus fpicatis calycibus breviffi-
mis ventricofis acutis. Sage with linear , fpear-Jhaped ,
woolly , entire leaves , /piked flowers , and the fhort eft bel-
lied empalements ending in acute points. Salvia Hifpa-
nica Lavenduke folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 181. Spa-
nifh Sage with a Lavender leaf.

5. Salvia ( Fruticofa ) foliis infimis pinnatis, fummis
ternatis rugofis, floribus fpicatis, caule fruticofo to-
mentofa. Sage with winged lower leaves , the upper ones
trifoliate and rough , flowers growing in fpikes , and a
fhrubby woolly ftalk. Salvia orientalis Abfmthium redo-
lens, foliis pinnatis, flore carneo elatior. Sherard.
Act. Phil. Lond. 383. Taller Eaftern Sage with a
Wormwood flmell , winged leaves , and a fle/h- coloured flower.

6. - Salvia ( Pomifera ) foliis lanceolato-ovatis integris

' erenulatis, floribus fpicatis, calycibus obtufis. Hort.

Cliff. 12. Sage with fpear-Jhaped , oval , entire leaves
which are j lightly crenated , flpiked flowers , and blunt em-
palements, Salvia Cretica frutefeens pomifera, foliis
lengioribus incanis & crifpis. Tourn. Cor. 10. Shrubby
Apple-bearing Sage of Crete, with longer , hoary , and curled
leaves.

y. Salvia {Pinna to) foliis compofitis pinnatis. Hort.
Cliff. 13. Sage with compound winged leaves. Salvia
orientalis, latifolia, hirfutiffima, vifeofa, pinnata,
flore & calyce purpureis inodora. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1.
p. 1 67. Eaftern, broad-leaved , hairy, unflavoury Sage,
with clammy winged leaves, and the flowers and empale-
ments purple.

S. Salvia ( Orientalis ) foliis infimis pinnatis, fummis
flmplicihus crenatis, floribus verticillatis caulibus pro-
curnbentibus hirfudffimis. Sage with winged lower

leaves, the upper ones Jingle and crenated, flowers grow
ingin whorls, and the mofi hairy trailing ftalks. Salvia
orientalis, latifolia, Abfmthium redolens, flore carneo
magno. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 167. Eaftern , broad-
leaved, Wormwood Sage, with a large fle/h -coloured flower .

9. Salvia ( Dominica ) foliis cordatis obtufis crenatis
fubtomentofis, corollis calyce anguftioribus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 25. Sage with heart-fhap'ed, blunt, crenated leaves
which are [omewhat woolly, and the petals narrower Than
the empalement. Velezia Monier. The Velezia of Dr .
Monier.

10. Salvia {Aureal) foliis fubrotundis integerrimis, baft
truncatis dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 13. Sage with roundijh
entire leaves which are torn , and indented at their bafe.
Salvia Africana frutefeens, folio fubrotundo glauco,
flore magno aureo. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 183. Shrubby
African Sage with a roundijh gray leaf , and a large golden
flower,

11. Salvia ( Africana ) foliis fubrotundis ferratis, baft
truncatis dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 13. Sage with roundijh
flawed leaves which are torn, and indented at their bafe.
Salvia Africana frutefeens, folio fcorodonite, flore
violaceo. Hort. Amft. 2. p. 18. Shrubby African Sage,
with a W : wd Sage leaf and a Violet flower.

12. Salvia {Iniegerrima) foliis oblongo-ovatis integer-
rimis, calycibus patulis coloratis. Tab. 225. fig. 2.
Sage with oblong , oval, entire leaves , and ftp reading co-
loured empalements.

The firft fort is the common large Sage which is
cultivated in gardens, of which there are the follow-
ing varieties : 1. The common green Sage. 2. The

Wormwood Sage. 3. The green Sage with a varie-
gated leaf. 4. The red Sage. 5. The red Sage with a
variegated leaf •, thefe are accidental variations, and
therefore are not enumerated as fpecies. The common
Sage grows naturally in the fouthern parts of Europe,
but is here cultivated in gardens for ufe ; but that va-
riety with red or blackifh leaves is the moft common
in the Engiifh gardens, and the Wormwood Sage is
in greater plenty here than the common green-leaved
Sage, which is but in few gardens. The common
Sage is fo well known as to require no defeription.
The fecond fort is generally titled balfamic Sage by
the gardeners. The ftalks of this do not grow fo
upright as thofe of the common Sage ; they are very
hairy, and divide into feveral branches, which are gar-
nifhed with broad, heart- fhaped, woolly leaves, {landing
upon long foot-ftalks •, they are fawed on their edges,
and their upper furfaces are rough ; the leaves, which
are upon the flower-ftalks, are oblong and oval.
Handing upon fhorter foot-ftalks, and are very (lightly
fawed on their edges •, the flowers grow in whorled
fpikes toward the top of the branches ; the whorls
are pretty far diftant, and but few flowers in each ;
they are of a pale blue, and about the fize of thofe
of the common fort. It flowers in June, and in good
feafons the feeds ripen in autumn. This Sage is pre-
ferred to all the others for making tea.

The third fort is the common Sage of Virtue, which
is alfo well known in the gardens and markets. The
leaves of this are narrower than thofe of the com-
mon fort; they are hoary, and fome of them are in-
dented on their edges toward the bafe, which inden-
tures have the appearance of ears. The fpikes of flowers
are longer than thofe of the two former forts, and
the whorls are generally naked, having no leaves be-
tween them. The flowers are fmaller, and of a deep=
er blue than thofe of the common red Sage.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain. The leaves
of this are very narrow and entire, (landing in cluf-
ters on the fide of the ftalks ; they are very hoary,
and the branches are covered with a hoary down ; the
leaves on the upper part of the ftalk are narrower than;
thofe of Rofemary ; the flowers grow in clofer fpikes
than either of the former, and are of a light blue
colour.

The fifth fort grows naturally about Smyrna, from
whence the late Dr. William Sherard lent the feeds,
which fucceeded in the Chelfea Garden. This riles
with a fhrubby ftalk four orfive feet high, and divides

into

SAL

into feveral branches which grow ereft. The leaves
on. the lower branches are winged, being compofed
of two or three pair of fmall lobes, terminated by one
large one. Thofe which grow on the flowering
branches are / trifoliate, the two inner lobes being
fmall, and the outer one is large, ending in a point ;
they have the flavour of Wormwood, and their upper
iurface is rough. The flowers grow in long fpikes at
the end of the branches ; the whorls are pretty clofe
to each other, and have no leaves between them ; the
flowers are large, and of a fiefti colour. This flowers
in July, but never produces good feeds in England.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Crete •, this hath a
fhrubby ftalk which rifes four or five feet high, di-
viding into feveral branches, which are garniflied
with fpear-fhaped, oval, entire, woolly leaves, (lightly
crenated on their edges. The flowers grow in fpikes
at the end of the branches ; they are of a pale blue
colour, and have obtufe empalements. The branches
of this Sage have often pundtures made in them by
infefts, at which places grow large protuberances as
big as Apples, in the fame manner as the galls upon
the Oak, and the rough balls on the Briar.

The feventh fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this
is an annual or biennial plant, with trailing (talks .
The leaves on the lower part of the (talks are com-
pofed of two or three fmall pair of lobes, terminated
by one large one ; thofe farther up are trifoliate, the
outer lobe being four times the fize of the fide ones.
The flowers grow in whorls round the (talks ; they
are large, and of a deep blue colour, as are alfo
their empalements. This flowers in July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn, foon after which the plants
generally decay.

The eighth fort grows naturally about Smyrna, where
the late Dr. Sherard gathered the feeds •, this is a per-
ennial plant with trailing (talks, which grow near
two feet long, garniflied toward the bottom with
leaves compofed of two pair of fmall lobes termi-
nated by a large one, but thofe toward the top are
iingle and (land oppofite. The flowers are produced
in whorls round the (talks ; they are large, and of a
fle(h colour, but are not fucceeded by feeds here.

The ninth fort grows naturally at St. Domingo ; this
is an annual plant, which rifes with an eredt, four-
cornered, branching (talk three or four feet high,
garniflied with large heart-fhaped leaves of a bright
green colour, which are obtufely crenated on their
edges, having feveral veins on their lower fide, which;,
diverge from the midrib to the fides. Their foot-ftalks
are long and (lender •, the flowers are produced in
clofe fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are of a
fine blue colour, and their tubes are narrower than
the empalement. It flowers in July, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.

The tenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk feven or eight
feet high, covered with a light-coloured bark, fend-
ing out branches the whole length, which grow al-
moft horizontally •, they are garniflied with roundifh
gray leaves which are entire, and feem torn at their
bafe, where they are alfo indented. The flowers are
produced in thick (liort fpikes at the end of the
branches ; they are very large, and of a dark gold
colour ; they appear in May and June, but are not
fucceeded by feeds in England.

The eleventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope •, this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk four or
five feet high, dividing into branches, which are gar-
ni(hed with oval fawed leaves of a gray colour, and
have one or two indentures at their bafe that feem
torn. The flowers come out in whorls toward the
end of the branches •, they are of a fine blue colour,
and larger than thofe of the common Sage ; thefe ap-
pear in fucceffion moft of the fummer months, and
thofe which come early, are often fucceeded by feeds
which ripen in autumn.

The twelfth fort has been lately raifed in the Dutch
gardens, from feeds which were brought from the Cape
of Good Elope. It has great refemblance to the for-

SAL

v / /

mer, but the branches are (Longer and grow more
eredt ; the leaves are longer and not fo broad; their
edges are not fawed; the flowers grow in long lo die
fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are larger, and
of a paler blue than the other, and their empalements
are broader, fpread wider, and are of a pale blue
colour, in which confifts their difference.

All the forts of Sage may be propagated by feeds if
they can be procured ; but as fome of them do not
perfedt their feeds in England, and moft of the forts,
bur efpecially the common kinds for ufe, are eafily
propagated by (lips, it is not worth while to raife
them from feeds. The (lips of the hardy forts fhould
be planted the beginning of April on a lhady border,
where, if they are now and then refrefhed with water,
if the feafon (hould prove dry, they will foon take
root. When the (lips have made good roots, they
may be taken up with balls of earth, and tranlpianted
where they are to remain, which (hould always be
upon a dry foil, and where they may have the bene-
fit of the fun : for if they are planted on a moift foil,
or in a (hady fituation, they are very lubjed to be
deftroyed in winter ; nor will thefe plants endure the
cold fo well, when planted upon a rich foil, as thofe
which have a barren, dry, rocky foil, which is the cafe
of moft of the verticillate plants ; for thefe will often
grow upon walls, where, although they are more ex-
pofed to the cold than thofe plants in the ground,
they are always found to remain in fevere winters
when the others are deftroyed. The fide (hoots and
tops of thefe plants may be gathered in the fummer,
and dried, if defigned for tea, otherwife they are
bed taken green from the plants for moft other ufes.
The roots of the common forts of Sage will laft fe-
veral years, if they are in a dry warm foil ; but where
they are often cropped for ufe, the plants will become
ragged, fo there (hould be a fucceffion of young ones
raifed every other year.

The fifth, fixth, and eighth forts are fomewhat ten-
der, fo will not live through the winter in the open,
air in England, therefore thefe muft be planted into
pots filled with frefh, light, fandy earth, and in win-
ter they muft be removed under a hot-bed frame,
that they may have a great (hare of frefti air whenever
the feafon is mild ; for if they are too much drawn,
they feldom flower well, and make but an indifferent
appearance. In fummer they muft be expofed a-
mongft other exotic plants in fome well-flheltered fitu-
ation, for they are pretty hardy, and only require to
be fheltered from the froft. Thefe plants muft be
often refrelhed with water in warm weather, other-
wile they will (hrivel and decay ; and they (hould be
new-potted at lead: twice every fummer, becaufe their
roots will greatly increafe, which, if confined in the
pots too long, will turn mouldy and decay.

The feventh and ninth forts are annual plants, fo are
only propagated by feeds ; thefe may be fown upon a
bed of light earth in the places where they are to re-
main. The feeds of the feventh fort fhould be fown
in autumn, and then the plants will come up the
following fpring *, but, if they are kept out of the
ground till fpring, the plants will not come up till
the next year. Thole of the ninth fort may be fown
the beginning of April upon a warm border, where
the plants will appear in May, and require no other
care but to thin them where they grow too clofe, and
keep them clean from weeds ; and if they (hould
grow tall, they muft be fupported, otherwife the
ftrong winds will break them down ; but the feventh
fort fpreads its branches upon the ground, id will re-
quire no fupport, therefore this only requires to have
room, and to be kept clean from weeds.

The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth forts am natives of
a warmer country, fo thefe require protection in win-
ter ; they are e.afily propagated by cuttings in the
fpring and fummer months. If thefe are planted
early in the fpring, it will be the better way to plant
them in pots, which (hould be plunged into a very
moderate hot-bed ; and, if they are (haded from the
fun in the heat of the day, and gently refrefhed with

water

S A M

water as they may require it, they will have put out
good roots in about two months, when they fhould
be inured gradually to the open air, into which they
fhould be removed foon after. The cuttings, which
are raifed early in the fealbn, will become ftrong plants
before winter, lb will be in a better condition to refill
the cold than thole which are weak.

If the cuttings are planted in fummer, they will re-
quire no artificial heat, fo that if thefe are planted on
a bed of frefh loamy earth, and covered clofe down
with a bell or hand-glafs, and Shaded from the fun
in the heat of the day, giving them now and then a
little water, they will take root freely ; and when they
begin to fhoot, they fhould have free air admitted to
them by railing the glafs on one fide, and fo gradu-
ally expofed to the open air. When the plants are
well rooted, they Ihould be each tranfplanted into a
feparate fmall pot filled with frefh light earth, and
placed in a fhady fituation till they have taken new
root ; then they may removed to a fheltered fituation,
where they may remain till the approach of froft,
when they muft be carried into fhelter, and in winter
treated in the fame manner as other hardy green-lioufe
plants, which only require protection from froft, ob-
ferving not to over-water them during the cold wea-
ther, but in fummer, when they are in the open air,
they will require it often.

SALVIA AGRESTIS. See Teucrium.

SAMBUCUS. Tourn. Inft. R. IT. 606. tab. 376.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 334. [fo called of fambuca, a mu-
fical inftrument made of this wood, and ufed by the
ancients.] The Elder-tree •, in French, Sureau.

The Characters are,

The flower has a J, mall permanent empalement of one leaf, \
cut into five parts it has one concave wheel-flsaped pe-
tal, cut into five obtufe fegments at the brim , which are re-
fluxed, and five awl-fhaped ftamina the length of the petal,
terminated by roundifh fummits , with an oval germen
fituated under the flozver , having no jlyle , in room of
which is a fwelling gland, crowned by three obtufe ftigmas.
The germen afterward becomes a roundifij berry with one
cell, including three angular feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fection of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thole plants whofe
flowers have five ftamina and three ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Sambucus {Nigra) caule arboreo ramofo, floribus
umbellatis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 243. Elder with a
branching tree-like ftalk , and flowers growing in umbels.
Sambucus fructu in umbella nigro. C. B. P. 456.
Common Elder with blackberries growing in an umbel.

2. Sambucus ( Laciniata ) foliis pinnatifidis, floribus
umbellatis, caule fruticofo ramofo. Elder with wing-
pointed leaves , flowers growing in umbels , and a fhrubby
branching ftalk. Sambucus laciniato folio. C. B. P.
456. Cut-leaved Elder , commonly called Parfley-leaved
Elder.

3. Sambucus ( Racemofa ) racemis compofltis, ovatis,
caule arboreo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 270. Elder with oval
compound bunches of flowers, and a tree-like ftalk. Sam-
bucus racemofa rubra. C. B. P. 456. Red-berried
Mountain Elder.

4. Sambucus ( Ebulns ) caule herbaceo ramofo, foliolis
dentatis. Tab. 22 6. Elder with a branching herbaceous
ftalk , and the f mall leaves indented. Sambucus humi-
lis, five Ebulus. C. B. P. 456. Dwarf Elder, or Ebulus.

5. Sambucus ( Hnmilus ) caule herbaceo ramofo, foliolis
lineari-lanceolatis acute dentatis. Elder with an her-
baceous branching ftalk, and linear fpear-fhaped lobes whuh
are ft sar ply indented. Sambucus humilis, five Ebulus
folio laciniato. C. B. P. 456. Dwarf Elder , or Ebu-
lus, with a cut leaf.

6. Sambucus ( Canadenfis ) cymis quinquepartitis, foliis
fub-bipinnads, caule frutefcente. Lin. Sp. Plant.
385. Canada Elder with winged leaves, and a fhrubby
ftalk.

The firft fort here mentioned is the common Elder,
which is fo well known as to need no defcription * of
this there are the following varieties, viz. the white
and green berried Elder-, and the variegated leaved

SAM

Elder. The latter is undoubtedly a variety, but 1
much doubt if the white is not a diftindt fpecies, for
the lobes of the leaves are much lefs, and are very
{lightly fawed on their edges, whereas thofe of the
common fort are deeply fawed j they are alfo fmcoth-
er and of a lighter green, and the plants which
have been raifed from the berries have not altered,'
fo there is great reafon for fuppofing them different
fpecies * but as I have made but one trial of this, I
am unwilling to determine upon a Angle experiment,
but ftiall leave it as a doubt tilt further trial is made.
The fecond fort is generally titled Parfley-leaved El-
der, by the gardeners * this is by fame fuppofed to be
only a variety of the firft, but there can be little rea-
fon for doubting of its being a diftindl fpecies. The
lobes of thefe leaves are narrower than thofe of the
firft, and are cut into feveral fegments * thefe are
again deeply indented on their edges regularly, in
form of winged leaves. The ftalks of this are much
fmaller than thofe of the firft, and the fhoots are fhort y
the leaves have not fo ftrong an odour, and their ber-
ries are a little fmaller.

The third fort grows naturally upon the mountains in
Germany and Italy •, this fends up many fhrubby
ftalks from the root, which rife ten or twelve feet
high, and divide into many branches, which are co-
vered with a brown bark * the leaves come out oppo-
fite * thofe on the lower part of the branches are com-
poled generally of two pair of lobes, terminated by
an odd one * thefe are Ihorter and broader than thofe
of the common Elder, and are deeply fawed on their
edges * the leaves on the upper part of the branches
have frequently but three lobes * they are of a pale
green colour, and pretty fmooth. The flowers come
out at the end of the fnoots in oval bunches, which
are compoled of feveral fmaller * they are of an her-
baceous white colour, and appear in April* thefe are
fometimes fucceeded by berries in England, which are
red when ripe.

The fourth fort grows naturally in many of the mid-
land counties in England, where it is frequently a
troublefome weed in the fields ; this is called Dwarf
Elder, Danewort, and Walwort. It hath creeping
roots which fpread far in the ground on every fide, fo
propagates very fall; wherever the plant once gets pof-
fefllon.; the ftalks are herbaceous, and rife from three
to five feet high, in proportion to the goodnefs of the
ground, and fend out a few fide branches toward the
top * they are garnifhed with winged leaves, com-
pofed of fix or feven pair of narrow lobes, terminated
by an odd one * thefe are about four inches long, and
one broad near their bafe, ending in acute points *
they are of a deep green, a little indented on their
edges, and are placed by pairs along the midrib. The
flowers grow in umbels at the top of the ftalks * - they
are of the fame form with thofe of the common El-
der, but are fmaller, and are fpotted with red. Thefe
appear in July, and are fucceeded by black berries
like thofe of the common Elder, but are fmaller.
This plant is frequently ufed in medicine * it purges
ferous watery humours by ftool, and is therefore much
recommended for the droply, in which diforder I
have known the juice of this plant perform wonders
in a fhort time •, it was adminiftered three times a
week, two fpoonfuls was the dofe given at each time.
It is alio accounted a good medicine for the gout,
and fcorbutic diiorders. The young fhoots of the
common Elder are frequently fold for this in the mar-
kets, from which it may be eafily diftinguifhed, by
the number and fhape of the lobes on each leaf :
the common Elder has feldom more than five lobes to
each leaf, which are broader and much fhorter than
than thofe of the Dwarf Elder, and are pretty deeply-
fawed on their edges * but the leaves of the Dwarf
Elder have nine, eleven, or thirteen lobes to each leaf,-
which are long, narrow, and very ftightly indented
on their edges.

The roots of the fifth fort do not creep fo much in the
ground as thofe of the fourth * the ftalks are herba-
ceous, but do not rife fo high, and are clofely o-ar-

1 1 U nifhed

nifhed with leaves which have feldom more than fe-
ven lobes to each, and toward the top of the {talks
but five •, thefe are longer and narrower than thofe of
the former, and are deeply cut on their edges, ending
with winged acute points. The flowers are produced
in umbels at the top of the ftalks, which are fhaped
like thofe of the former, and are iucceeded by the
like berries.

The fixth fort grows naturally in North America,
where it rifes to the height of twenty feet, but in Eng-
land it is feldom feen much more than half that
height and while the plants are young and full of
fap, the froft frequently kill their young fhoots al-
moft to the ground •, and in wet autumns, when the
{hoots are replete with moifture, the early frofts fre-
quently injure them.

The leaves of this fort have generally feven or nine
lobes, which are longer and narrower than thofe of
the common Elder, and the berries are fmaller than
thofe of that fort, but of the fame black colour,
though not fo full of juice, nor have the leaves lb
ftrong a fcent.

The three firft forts may be eafily propagated from
cuttings, or by fowing their feeds •, but the former
being the molt expeditious method, is generally prac-
tifed. The feafon for planting of their cuttings is
any time from September to March, in the doing of
which, there needs no more care than to thruft the
cuttings about fix or eight inches into the ground, and
they will take root faft enough, and may afterwards
be tranfplanted where they are to remain, which may
be upon almoft any foil or fituation ; they are extreme
hardy, and if their feeds are permitted to fall upon the
ground, they will produce plenty of plants the fuc-
ceeding fummer.

Thefe trees are often planted for making fences, be-
caufe of their quick growth •, but as their bottoms be-
come naked in a few years, they are not fo proper for
that purpofe ; neither would I recommend them to
be planted near habitations, becaufe at the feafon when
they are in flower, they emit fuch a ftrong fcent, as
will occafton violent pains in the heads of thofe who
abide long near them ; befides, the crude parts which
are continually perfpired through their leaves, are ac-
counted unwholefome, though the leaves, bark, and
other parts, are greatly efteemed for many ufes in
medicine.

The fourth fort propagates itfelf faft enough where-
ever it is once planted, by its creeping roots, fo that
it is very difficult to keep it within bounds, therefore
is not a proper plant for gardens ; but thofe who are
inclined to keep it for medicinal ufe, need only plant
one or two of the roots in any abjedt part of a gar-
den or field, and the place will foon be fpread over
,with it.

The fifth fort is preferved in botanic gardens for the
fake of variety, but is feldom admitted into other gar-
dens. This propagates by the root, though not fo
faft as the other.

The fixth fort will put out roots from cuttings, al-
moft as well as the common Elder ; but as it is liable
to injury from fevere frofts, fo it ftiould be planted in
a fheltered fituation.

The common Elder will grow upon any foil or in
any fituation •, the trees are frequently feen growing
on the top, and out of the fide of old walls ; and
they are often feen growing clofe to ditches, and in
very moift places fo that wherever the feeds are fcat-
tered, the plants will come up, as they often do
from the hollow of another tree. The leaves and
ftalks of this plant are fo bitter and naufeous, that few
animals will browfe upon it. I have often feen the
trees growing in parks, where there has been variety
of animals, and have obferved they were untouched,
when almoft all the other trees within reach have been
cropped by the cattle.

The. young fhoots of this tree are ftrong and very full
of pith, but as the trees grow old, their wood be-
comes very hard, and will polilh almoft as well as that

of the Box-tree, fo is often ufed for the fame purpofes,
where Box- wood is fca'rce.

The bark, leaves, flowers, and berries of this tree,
are ufed in medicine. The inner bark is efteerned
good for dropfies, the leaves are outwardly ufed for
the piles and inflammations. The flowers are in-
wardly ufed to expel wind, and the berries are efteem-
ed cordial and ufeful in hyfteric diforders, and are
frequently put into gargariims for fore mouths and
throats.

SAMOLUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 143. tab. 60.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 205. Round-leaved Water Pim-
pernel.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , erepi, and
cut into five Segments. It has one petal , with a floort
fpreading tube the brim is plain , obtufie , and cut into
five parts. It has five fhort ftamina placed between each
fegment of the petal , terminated by Jummits which join
together. The germen is fituated under the flower , fup-
portblg a /lender flyle , crowned by a headed jligma. The
germen afterward becomes an oval capfiule with one cell ,
cut half through into five valves , filled with fmall oval
feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fe&ion of
Lin naeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this plant, viz.

Samolus (Vakrandi) valerandi. J. B. Round-leaved
Water Pimpernel.

This plant grows wild in fwampy places, where the
water ufually ftands in winter, and is feldom preferv-
ed in gardens. It is an annual plant which flowers in
June, and the feeds are ripe in Auguft ; at which
time, whoever hath a mind to cultivate this plant,
ftiould fow the feeds on a moift foil, where the plants
will come up, and require no farther care but to
keep them clean from weeds.

SAM YD A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 525. Guidonia. Plum.
Nov. Gen. 4. tab. 24.

The Characters are,

The flower has a rough bell-Jhaped empalement of one leaf,
which is cut at the brim into five points , which fpread
open. It has no petal , but has fifteen fhort awl-Jhaped
ftamina inferted in the empalement , terminated by oval
fummits , and a hairy globular germen , fupporting a cylin-
drical ftyle , crowned by a headed Jligma. The germen af-
terward becomes an oval berry with four furrows , having
four cells , including many kidney-fhaped feeds immerjed in
the oval receptacle.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnsus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Samyda ( Serrulata ) floribus dodecandris folds ova-
to-oblongis ferrulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 558. Samyda
with oblong , oval, fawed leaves , and flowers with twelve
ftamina. Guidonia ulmi foliis, flare roieo. Plum.
Nov. Gen. 4. Guidonia with Elm leaves , and a Rofe -
coloured flower.

2. Samyda {Parviflora) floribus decandris foliis, ovato
oblongis, utrinque glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 557. Sa-
myda with flowers having ten ftamina , and oblong , oval,
fimooth leaves. Guidonia nucis juglandis folio. Plum.
Nov. Gen. 4. Guidonia with a Walnut-tree leaf.

Thefe plants grow naturally in the Weft-Indies •, the
firft fort rifes with a fhrubby ftalk fix or eight feet
high, fending out feveral weak branches, which are
garnifhed with oval leaves drawing to a point ; they
are an inch and a half long, and one inch broad,
fawed on their edges, and of a light green colour.
The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves
upon fhort foot-italks j they have a five-leaved em-
palement, which is of a bright red within ; the ftami-
na which are about ten in number, are inferted in the
empalement, and ftand eredb ; and in the center is fi-
tuated an oval germen, which turns to a berry with
four cells, containing fmall feeds.

The

SAN

The other fort has leaves fhaped like thofe of the for-
mer, but are longer and fmooth •, the infide of the
empalement is or a purple coloui, in which, it dnieiS

from the firft. .

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which muft be
procured from the countries where they naturally
grow ; thefe muft be fown upon a hot-bed in the
Spring, and when the plants come up, they muft be
planted in fmall pots filled with good kitchen-garden
eartli, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark,
and treated in the fame way as other tender plants
from the fame countries. Thefe fhould be kept in the
bark-bed in theftove till they have acquired ftrength,
then they may be expofed in fummer, but in winter
they require a good green-houfe.

SAND, 'as Dr. Boerhaave defines it, is earth properly
fo called, which is a foflil body, neither diffolubie by
fire, water, nor air; infipid and untranfparent, more
fufible than (tone, ftill friable, and containing ufually
a (hare of fatnefs.

Dr. Lifter divides the Englilh Sands into two claffes ;
the firft, fharp or rag Sand, confifting of fmall tranf-
parent pebbles, naturally found on the mountains,
and not calcinable ; thefe he farther divides into fine
and coarfe, and fubdividcs each, according to the co-
lours, into white, gray, reddiffi, brown, &c.
Thefecond, loft or fmooth, which he fubdivides into
that with fiat particles broken from lime ftones, that
with fiiver-like particles, and that with gold-like par-
ticles.

As to Sand, its ufe is to make the clayey earth fertile,
and fit to feed vegetables, &c. for earth alone, we
find, is liable to coalelce, and gather into a hard co-
herent mafs, as is apparent in clay ; and earth thus
embodied, and as it were, glued together, is no ways
dii'pofed to nourifh vegetables ; but if with luch earth,
Sand, &c. i. e. hardcrvftals, which are not diffolva-
ble in water, and ftill retain their figure, be intermix-
ed, they will keep the pores of the earth open, and
the earth itfelf loofe and lncompadt, and by that means
give room for the juices to afcend, and for plants to
be nourifhed thereby.

Thus a vegetable, planted either in Sand alone, or in
a fat glebe, or earth alone, receives no growth or in-
crement at all, but is either ftarved or fuffocated ;
but mix the two, and the mafs becomes fertile. In
effeft, by means of Sand, the earth is rendered, in
forne manner, organical ; pores and interftices being
hereby maintained, fomething analogous to veffels,
by which the juices may be conveyed, prepared, di-
gefted, circulated, and at length excerned, and thrown
oft' into the roots of plants.

Grounds that are landy and gravelly, eafily admit
both of heat and moifture ; but then they are liable
to thefe inconveniencies, that they let them pafs too
foon, and lb contract no ligature, or elfe retain it
too long, efpecially where there is a clay bottom ;
and by that means it either parches or chills too
much, and produces nothing but Mol's and canker-
ous infirmities ; but if the Sand happens to have a
furface of good mould, and a bottom of gravel or
loofe ftone, though it do not hold the water, it may
produce a forward fweet Grafs ; and though it may
be fubieft to burn, yet it quickly recovers with the
leaft rain. r

Sea Sand is accounted a very good compoft for ftiff
ground, for it eftedts the two following things, viz.
it makes way for the tree or feed to root in ftiff ground,
and makes a fume to feed it.

Sand indeed is apt to pufh the plants that grow upon
it, early in the fpring, and make them germinate near
a month fooner than thofe that grow upon clay, be-
caufe the falls in the Sand are at full liberty to be
raifed and put into motion, upon the leaft approach
of the warmth of the fun ; but then as they are hafty,
they are foon exhaled and loft.

SAN GUIN ARIA. Dill. Hort. Elth. 252. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 570. Puccoon.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is compofed of two oval

SAN

concave' leaves, which fall away. It has eight oblongs
obtufe, fpr ending petals, which are alternately narrow.. It
has many fingle ftamina which are porter than the pe-
tals, terminated by fingle fummits, and an oblong comprefj-
ed germen having no fiyle , crowned by a permanent thick
fiigma with two channels. The germen becomes an oblong
bellied capfide with two valves, pointed at both ends, in -
clofimg round acute-pointed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fiction of
Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have many ftamina and one ftyle.
We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
Sanguinaria ( Qanadenfls .) Hort. Clift. 202. Puccoon.
Chelidonium majus, Canadenfe acaulon. Corn. Canad,
212,. Greater Celandine of Canada having no ftalks.

There are forne few other varieties of this plant men-
tioned in the Eltham Garden, but they are not dif-
tindl fpecies, for they vary annually, therefore it is
to no purpofe to mention their variations.

This plant was formerly ranged in the genus of Ce-
landine, by the title of Chelidonium maximum Ca-
naderne acaulon ; and this name of Sanguinaria was
applied to it by Dr. Billenius, who was profeffor of
botany at Oxford. We have no proper Englilh
name for this, but as the inhabitants of America call
it by the Indian name Puccoon, I have continued it
here.

It is a native of moft of the northern parts of Ame-
rica, where it grows plentifully in the woods ; and in
the fpring, before the leaves of the trees come out,
the furface of the ground is, in many places, cover-
ed with the flowers, which have fome refemblance
to our Wood Anemone, but they have fhort naked
pedicles, each fupporting one flower at the top.
Some of thefe flowers will have ten or twelve petals,
fo that they appear to have a double range of leaves,
which has occafioned their being termed double flow-
ers ; but this is only accidental, the fame roots in
dflferent years producing different flowers. The
roots of this plant are tuberous, and the whole plant
has a yellow juice, which the Indians ufe to paint
themfelves.

This plant is hardy enough to live in the open air
in England, but it fhould be planted in a loofe foil,
and a fheltered iituation, but not too much expofed
to the fun. It is propagated by the roots, which
may be taken up and parted every other year ; the
beft time for doing of this is in September, that the
roots may have time to fend out fibres before the
hard froft lets in. The flowers of this plant appear
in April, and when they decay, the green leaves
come out, which will continue till Midfu aimer ; then
they decay, and the roots remain unaftive till the
following autumn ; fo that unlefs the roots are mark-
ed, it will be pretty difficult to find them after their
leaves decay, for they are of a dirty brown colour
on the outfide, fo are not eafily difdnguiffied from
the earth.

This plant is very proper to mix with the Dog’s-
tooth Violet, Spring Cyclamen, Perfian Iris, Bulbo-
codium, Sifyrinchium, and fome other low growing
bulbous and tuberous-rooted flowers, which require
the fame culture, where thefe will add to the variety
when they are in beauty ; for when the roots are
ftrong and grow in a good foil, they will produce a
great number of flowers upon each root; the roots
may be planted about four or five inches afunder eve-
ry way.

SANGUIS DRACONIS. See Palma.
SANGUIS ORB A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 136. Pim-
pinella. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 156. tab. 69. Burnet,
called by the French Pimpernel.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is compofed of two port
leaves placed oppofite, which fall away. The flower hath
one plain petal , cut into four obtufe fegments, which join
at their bafe. It has four ftamina the length of the pe -
tal, terminated by fmall roundup fummits , and a four-cor-
nered germen fituated between the empalement and petal ,
fupporting a fhort /lender ftyle , crowned by an obtufe ftig-

ma.

ma. The germen afterward turns to a fmali capfule with
two cells , filled with fmali feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft febiion of
Linnaeus’s fourth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Sanguisorba ( Officinalis ) fpicis ovatis. Hort. Cliff.
39. Sanguiforba with oval fpikes. Pimpinella fangui-
forba major. C. B. P. 160. Greater Burnet.

2. Sanguisorba ( Subauda ) fpicis cylindricis, foliolis
cordato-oblongis, rigidis, ferratis. Sanguiforba with
cylindrical fpikes , the lobes of the leaves oblong , heart-
fhaped , ftiff, and fawed. Pimpinella major, rigida,
praealta, auriculata, fubauda. Bocc. Muf. 2. 19. Bailer ,
acid , great Burnet of Savoy , with eared leaves.

3. Sanguisorba ( Hifpanica ) fpicis orbiculatis compabtis.
Sanguiforba with round compact fpikes. Pimpinella ma-
jor Hifpanica altera, conglomerate flore. H. R. Par.
Another great Burnet of Spain, with a conglomerated flower.

4. Sanguisorba ( Canadenfis ) fpicis longiflimis. Hort.
Cliff. 39. Sanguiforba with the longeft fpikes. Pimpi-
nella maxima Canadenfis. Corn. 174. Greateft Canada
Burnet.

The firft fort grows naturally in moift meadows in di-
vers parts of England ; the ftalks of this rife from
two to near three feet high, branching toward the top,
and are terminated by thick oval fpikes of flowers, of
a grayifh brown colour, which are divided into four
fegments almoft to the bottom. Thefe appear in
June, and are each fucceeded by four oblong cornered
feeds, which ripen in Auguft. The leaves of this
fort are compoled of five or fix pair of lobes placed
along a midrib, terminated by an odd one ; the lobes
are about two inches long, and one broad at their
bafe, drawing narrower to their point; they are thin,
fawed on their edges, and a little dov/ny on their un-
der fide.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Piedmont ; this
rifes with ftiff upright ftalks more than three feet
high, branching out toward the top, each branch be-
ing terminated by a cylindrical fpike of brown
flowers, fhaped like thofe of the former fort, but are
fmaller. The leaves are long, the foot-ftalks are very
ftrong, and much longer than thofe of the firft fort ;
the leaves have feven or eight pair of ftiff lobes, ter-
minated by an odd one ; thefe are oblong, heart-
fliaped, deeply fawed on their edges, of a lucid green
on their upper fide, but pale on their under, having
pretty long foot-ftalks, at the bafe of which come out
two fmali roundifh leaves or ears, which are deeply
indented. This retains its difference when propa-
gated by feeds, fo is undoubtedly a dibtinbt fpecies.
The leaves of the third fort are fmaller than thofe
of the firft, having but four pair of lobes to each,
terminated by an odd one ; thefe are bluntly fawed
on their edges, and have very fiiort foot-ftalks ; they
are of a pale green on their upper fide, and hoary on
their under. The ftalks rife about two feet high, and
branch pretty much toward their top, and are termi-
nated by round heads or fpikes of reddifh flowers,
which appear in July, and are fucceeded by feeds
which ripen in autumn. It grows naturally in Spain.
The fourth fort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath leaves like thofe of the firft fort, but are
a little differ •, they are compofed of four or five pair
of lobes, terminated by an odd one ; thofe on the

. lower part of the midrib ftand alternate, but the two
upper pair are oppofite ; they are of a light green co-
lour, and deeply fawed on their edges. The ftalks
rife three feet high, dividing toward the top into
fmali branches, which ftand erebt, and are terminated
by long fpikes of flowers of an herbaceous white co-
lour, each Handing upon a fhort foot-ftalk.

There is another with long fpikes of red flowers,
which grows naturally in the fame countries, whofe
ftalks rife higher-, the fpikes of flowers are thicker,
the lobes of the leaves are broader, and are whiter
on their under fide but whether this is a diftinbt fpe-
cies, or an accidental variety of the fourth, I cannot
p yet determine.

All thefe forts are very hardy perennial plan ts.rr.d
will thrive in altnoft any foil or fituation. Th eymay
be propagated either by feeds or parting of the roots ;
if they are propagated by feeds, they fhould be fown
in the autumn, for when they are fown in the fpring,
they feldom grow the fame year : when the plants
come up, they muft be kept clean from weeds till
they are ftrong enough to tranfplant, when they may
be planted in a fnady border, at about fix inches dif-
tance each way, obferving to water them till they
have taken new root, after which they will require no
other care but to keep them clean from weeds till au-
tumn, when they may be tranfplanted to the place
where they are to remain ; the following fummer they
will produce flowers and feeds, but their roots will
abide many years.

If the roots are parted, it fhould be done in autumn,
that they may get good root before the dry weather
comes on in the fpring.

The other forts of Burnet are referred to the article
Poterium.

SANICULA. Tourn. Lift. R. EL 326. tab. 173. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 289. [fo called from fanando, healing, be-
caufe good in many diftempers.] Sanicle.

The Characters are,

It is a plant with an umbellated flower. LThe univer-
fal umbel hath but few rays , and the involucrum is fitu-
atedbut half round on the outfide ; the partial umbels have
many cluftered rays , and their involucrums flurround them
on every fide', the empalement of the flower is fcarce dif-
cernible ; the flowers have five compreffed petals which
are bifid, and turn inward -, they have five erect flamina
which are twice the length of the petals, terminated by
roundifh fummits , and a briftly germen fituated under the
flower , Jupporting two awl-Jhaped ftyles, which are re-
flexed, crowned by pointed ftigmas. 1 he germen after-
ward becomes a rough oval-pointed fruit , dividing into
two parts , each containing one feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond febtion
of Linnreus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

There is but one Species of this plant, which is
a native in England, viz.

Sanicula ( Europaa ) foliis radicalibus fimplicibus flof-
culis omnibus feflilibus. Flor. Suec. 235. Sanicle whofe
lower leaves are Jingle , and all the flowers fitting clofe
to the fialk. Sanicula ofiicinarum. C. B. P. Sanicle ,
or Self-heal.

This plant is found wild in woods and fhady places
in many parts of England, but being a medicinal
plant may be propagated in gardens for ufe. It may
be increased by parting the roots, any time from Sep-

■ tember to March, but it is beft to do it in the au-
tumn, that the plants may be well rooted before the
dry weather in fpring comes on ; they fhould have a
moift foil and a fhady fituation, in which they will
thrive exceedingly.

SANTOLINA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 460. tab. 260.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 847. [fo called, on account of its
great virtue; q. d. Sancta Herba, i. e. the Holy
Herb.] Lavender-cotton ; in French, Petit Cypres ,
or Garde-robe.

The Characters are.

It hath a compound flower with a flcaly hemiflpherical em-
palement. The flower is uniform, compofed of many her-
maphrodite flerets which are longer than the empalement ;
thefe are funnel-Jhaped, and cut into five parts at the top ,
which turn backward-, they have five fine very Jhort
hair-like ftamina terminated by cylindrical fummits , and
an oblong four-cornered germen, Jupporting a fender ftyle ,
crowned by two oblong , depreffed , torn ftigmas. Bhe ger-
men afterward becomes a flngle , oblong, four-cornered feed,
which is either naked, or crowned with very floort down,
ripening in the common empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft febtion of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed only of herma-
phrodite fruitful florets, and the ftamina are connected
with the ftyle.

The

SAN

S A

The Species are,

1. Santolina {Chamacypariffus) pedunculis unifloris,
foliis quadrifariam dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 397. Laven-
der-cotton with one flower upon a foot-ftaik , and leaves
indented four ways. Santolina foliis teretibus. Tourn.
Inft. 460. Common Lavender-cotton.

2. Santolina ( Villofa ) pedunculis unifloris, calycibus
globofis, foliis quadrifariam dentatis tomentofis. La-
vender-cotton zvith one flower upon a foot-ftalk , globular em-
palements , and woolly leaves which are indented four ways.
Santolina flore majore, foliis villofis & incanis. Tourn.
Inft. 460. Lavender-cotton with a larger flower and
hoary leaves.

3. Santolina ( 'Decumbent ) pedunculis unifloris, cauli-
bus decumbentibus, foliis linearibus quadrifariam
dentatis. Lavender-cotton with one flower upon a foot-
ftalk, declining foot-ftalks, and linear leaves which are
four ways indented. Santolina repens & canefcens.
Tourn. Inft. 460. Creeping hoary Lavender-cotton.

4. Santolina ( Virens ) pedunculis unifloris, foliis line-
aribus iongiftimis bifariam dentatis. Lavender-cotton
zvith one flower upon a foot-ftalk , and very long linear
leaves which are two ways indented. Santolina foliis
obfcure virentibus, flore aureo. Tourn. Inft. 461.
Lavender- cotton zvith dark green leaves , and golden
flowers.

5. Santolina ( Rofmarinifolia) pedunculis unifloris, ca-
pitulis globofis, foliis linearibus integerrimis. La-
vender-cotton with] one flower upon a foot-ftalk , globular
heads , and linear entire leaves. Santolina foliis rorif-
marini major. Tourn. Inft. 491. Great Lavender-
cotton with Rofemary leaves.

6. Santolina {Minor) pedunculis unifloris, foliis line-
aribus confertis obtufis. Lavender-cotton with one flower
upon a foot-ftalk^ and linear obtufe leaves growing in cluf-
ters. Santolina foliis rorifmarini minor. Tourn. Inft.
461. Smaller Lavender-cotton with Rofemary leaves .

7. Santolina {Chamamelifolia) pedunculis unifloris, fo-
liis longioribus tomentofis, duplicato dentatis. La-
vender-' otton with one flower up cm a foot-ftalk , and longer
woolly leaves which are twice indented. Santolina incana
chamtemeli odore l'uaviore. Boerh. Ind. alt. 123,
Hoary Lavender-cotton with a foft Chamomile fcent.

The firft fort is the common Lavender-cotton which
has been long known in the Englifh gardens ; it was
formerly titled Abrotanum fsmina, or Female South-
ernwood, and by the corruption of words was called
Brotany by the market-people ; it grows naturally in
Spain, Italy, and the warm parts of Europe. This hath
a flirubby ftalk dividing into many ligneous branches,
which are garnilhed with (lender hoary leaves, that
are four ways indented, and have a rank ftrong odour
when handled. The branches divide toward the top
into feveral {lender ftalks, whofe lower parts are gar-
nifhed with a few fmall leaves of the fame fhape as
the other, but are naked above, and terminated by a
Angle flower, compofed of many hermaphrodite florets
which are fiftular, and cut into five parts at the top
they are of a fulphur colour, and are included in one
common fcaly empalement, and have no borders or
rays. Thefe appear in July, and are fucceeded by
fmall, oblong, ftriated feeds, which are feparated by
fcaly chaff, and ripen in the empalement •, thefe will
rife near three feet high in a dry foil and a fheltered
fituation. The leaves, and fometimes the flowers, are
ufed in medicine, and are reputed good to deftroy
worms •, it is fometimes called Charnsecypariffus, or
Dwarf Cyprefs.

The fecond fort has a flirubby ftalk which branches
out like the former, but the plants feldom grow fo tall.
The branches are divided into a great number of
ftalks, which are fiiort, hoary, and garnifiied very
clofely below with leaves fnapecl like thofe of the other
fort, but are fliorter, thicker, and whiter ; the flowers
are much larger, and the brims of the florets are more
reflexed ; they are of a' deeper fulphur colour than
the other, but appear at the lame time. It grows na-
turally in Spain.

The third lore is of lower ftature than either of the

inches high. The branches fpread horizontally near
the ground, and are garniflied with iliorter leaves
than either of the former ; thefe are hoary, and finely
indented ; the ftalks are fhort, and are terminated by
Angle flowers of a bright yellow colour, which are
larger than thofe of the firft fort.

The fourth fort rifes higher than either of the former.
The branches are difpofed loofer, and are more dif-
fufed ; they are (lender, fmooth, and garnilhed with
very narrow long leaves* wdiich are of a deep green
colour, and but two ways indented ^ the ftalks are
(lender, naked toward the top, and terminated by
Angle flowers of a gold colour, which appear at the
fame time with the former.

The fifth fort hath flirubby ftalks which rife about
three feet high, fending out long (lender branches,
which are garniflied with Angle linear leaves about an
inch and a half long, of a pale green colour, and en-

£>

but the
garniflied
5 they

are

former, feldom rifing more than fifteen or fixteen

tire. The ftalks are terminated by large, Angle, glo-
bular flowers, of a pale fulphur colour, which appear
about the lame time as the former.

The fixthTort is fomewhat like the fifth
branches are fliorter, thicker, and defer
with leaves, which come out in c’iufters
fliorter, and have blunt points. The flower-ftalks
are fparfedly difpofed, and have leaves to their top 5
the flowers are fmall, and of a yellow colour.

The feventh fort hath flirubby ftalks which rife near
three feet high, and divide into many branches which
are hoary, and garniflied with broader leaves than ei-
ther of the former, whofe indentures are loofer, but
double ; they are hoary, and when bruifed have an
odour like Chamomile. The leaves are placed pretty
far afunder, and the ftalks are garniflied with them to
the top. The ftalks are divided like wife at the top
into two or three foot-ftalks, each fuftaining one pretty
large fulphur-coloured flower.

The firft of thefe plants is cultivated in gardens for
medicinal ufe, and the fix next are propagated by
the gardeners near London for furnifhing balconies*
and other little places in and near the city, by way of
ornament. Thefe feven forts are hardy plants, which
will thrive in the open air, provided they are planted
in a poor dry foil, for in fuch ground the plants will
be ftinted, fo will be hardy and better able to refifl: the
cold ; and they will have a better appearance than
thofe which are in rich ground, whole branches will
be long and diffufed, fo by hard rains or ftrong winds
are diiplaced, and fometimes broken down ; whereas,
in poor land, they will grow compaiSt, and the plants
will continue much longer.

Thefe plants may be cultivated fo as to become or-
naments to a garden, particularly in fmall bofquets
of evergreen flirubs, where, if they are artfully inter-
mixed with other plants of the fame growth, and
placed in the front line, they will make an agreeable
variety, efpecially if care be taken to trim them twice
in a fu miner to keep them within bounds, otherwife
their branches are apt to ftraggle, and in wet wea-
ther to be borne down and diiplaced, which renders
them unfightly ; but, when they are kept in order,
their hoary and different- coloured leaves will have a
pretty eftedl: in fuch plantations.

Thefe plants may be propagated by planting flips or
cuttings of any of the kinds during the fpring, which
fhould be put into a border of light frefh earth, and
watered and fhaded in dry weather until they have
taken root, after which they will require no farther
care, but to keep them clear from weeds till autumn,
when they fhould be carefully taken up, and tranf-
planted where they are defigned to remain ; but if
the ground is not ready by that time to receive them,
it will be proper to let them remain in the border un-
til fpring ; for if they are tranfplanted late in autumn,
they are liable to be deftroyed by cold in winter.
SANTOLINA. See Athanasia and Tanacetum.-
SAP: the notion of the Sap’s circulation was enter-
tained by feveral authors much about the fame time*
without any communication from one another, par-
ticularly M. Major, a phyfician of Hamburgh, M. Per-

1 1 X rank

/

S A P

'rault, Marictte, and Malpighi. It has met, howe-
ver, with fame confiderable oppoiers, particularly
the excellent M. Depart, who could never be recon-
ciled to it.

One of the great arguments for it is. That the fame
experiments of ligature and incifion, which evince a
circulation of the blood in animals, fucceed in the
like manner in plants, particularly in fuch as abound
with a milky fap, as the Great Tithymale, Milk-'
thiifle, &c. if the ligature be fattened tight round
them, the part above is found to fwell very confide-
rably, and that below it a little, whence it appears,
that there is a juice defeending from the branches, and
that the latter is thicker than the former, which qua-
drates exactly with the common fyftem, the juice be-
ing fuppofed to arife in capillary-veffels, in form of a
fubtile vapour, which condenfed in the extremes of
the plant by the neighbourhood of the cold air, turns
back in form of a liquor through the more patent
pipes of the inner bark.

M. Dodart, inftead of the fame juice’s going and re-
turning, contends for two feveral juices, the one im-
bibed from the foil digefted in the root, and from
thence tranfmitting from the extremes of the branches
for the nourifhing of the plant, the other received
from mcifture of the air entering in at the extremities
of the branches and furfaces of the leaves, fo that the
attending and defeending juices are not the fame.

One of his chief arguments is. That if two trees of
the fame kind be tranfplanted in one day, after firft
cutting' off- their roots and branches; and if, after
they have taken root, fome of the new fhoots put
forth each year be cu : off one of from them, it will
not thrive half fo well, notwithftanding its root and
trunk being entire as the other.

This he conceives to be a proof of the plant’s deriv-
ing nourifhment by the branches, and concludes it to
be of an aerial nature, becaufe formed of the moifture
of the air, dew, &c. whereas that imbibed from foil
is terreftrial, &c. Hitt, de l’Acad. Roy. Ann. 1 709.
But by this experiment we can only reafon for the
trees fo cut, that a great part of the increattng Sap is
deftroyed, which was contained in thefe young
branches, whereby the trees were deprived of this Sap,
fo could not make fo great progrefs.

The humour or Sap of a plant, then, is a juice fur-
nifhed by the earth, and changed into the plant, con-
fiding of fome fofiil parts, other parts derived from
the air and rain, and others from putrefied animals,
plants, &c. Confequently, in vegetables are contained
all kinds of fairs, oil, water, earth, &c. and probably
all kinds of metals too, inafmuch as the aides of ve-
getables always yield fomewhat which the loadftone
attracts.

This juice enters the plant in form of a fine and fub-
tile water ; which, the nearer it is to the root, the
more it retains of its proper nature, and the farther
from the root, the more action it has fuftained, and
the nearer it approaches to the nature of the vegetable.
Confequently, when the juice enters the root, the
bark whereof is furnifhed with excretory veffels, fitted
to dittharge the excrementitiouspart, it is earthy, wa-
tery, poor, acid, and ttarce oleaginous at all.

In the trunk and branches it is further prepared, tho’
it ftill continues acid, as we fee by tapping or perfo-
rating of a tree in the month of February, when it
diftils a wateryjuice apparently acid.

The juice, being here carried to the germs or buds,
is more conceded ; and here, having unfolded the
leaves, thefe come to ferve as lungs for the circula-
tion and further preparation of the juice.

For thefe tender leaves, being expofed to the alter-
nate adion of heat and cold, moift nights, and hot
fcorching days, are alternately expanded and con-
traded, and the more on account of their reticular
texture.

By fuch means is the juice ftill further altered and di-
gefted, as it is further in the petala or leaves of the
flowers which tranfinit the juice, now brought to a
greater iubfity, to the ftamina ; thefe communicate

SAP

it to the farina or duft in the apices, which is, as it
were, the male feed of the plant, where having under-
gone a further maturation, it is fhed into the piftil,
which performs the office of an uterus or womb, and
thus having acquired its laft perfection, it gives rife
to a new fruit or plant.

The root or part, whereby vegetables are conceded
to their matrix, and by which they receive their nu-
tritious juice, confifts of an infinite number of abforb-
ing veffels, which, being difperfed through the inter-
faces of the earth, attrad or imbibe the juices of the
fame. Confequently, every thing in the earth that
is diffolublein water, is liable to be imbibed, as air,
fait, oil, fumes of minerals, metals, &c. and of thefe
plants really confift.

Thefe juices are drawn from the earth very crude,
but by the ftrudure and fabric of the plant, and
the various veffels they are ftrained through, become
changed, further elaborated, fecreted, and affimilated
to the fubftance of the plant.

The motion of the nutritious juices of vegetables is
produced much like that of the blood in animals, by
the adion of the air ; in effed, there is fomething
equivalent to refpiration throughout the whole plant.
The difeovery of this is owing to the admirable Mal-
pighi, who firft obferved, that vegetables confift of
two feries or orders of veffels :

1. Such as receive and convey the alimental juices,
anfwering to the arteries, ladeals, veins, &c. of ani-
mals.

2. Tracheae or air- veffels, which are long hollow pipes,
wherein air is continually received and expelled, i. e.
infpired and expired; within which trachea he
fiiews all the former feries of veffels are contained.
Hence it follows, that the heat of a year, nay, of a
day, of a Angle hour, or minute, rauft have an ef-
fed on the air included in thefe tracheae, i. e. muft
rarefy it, and confequently dilate the tracheae, whence
arifes a perpetual fpring or fource of adion to pro-
mote the circulation in plants.

For by the expanfion of the tracheae, the veffels con-
taining the juices are preffed, and by that means the
juice contained is continually propelled, and fo acce-
lerated, by which propulfion the juice is continually
comminuted, and rendered more and more fubtile,
and fo enabled to enter veffels ftill finer and finer, the
thickeft part of it being at the fame time fecreted and
depofited into the lateral cells or loculi of the bark
to defend the plant from cold, arid other external
injuries.

The juice having thus gone its ftage from the root to
the remote branches, and even the flower, and hav-
ing, in every part of its progrefs, depofited fome-
thing both for aliment and defence, what is redun-
dant paffes out into the bark, the veffels whereof are
inottulated with thofe wherein the Sap is mounted,
and through thefe it re-defeends to the root, and
then to the earth again, and thus a circulation is
effe&ed.

Thus is every vegetable acted on by heat and cold,
during the day time efpecially, while the fun’s force
is confiderable, the Sap-veffels fqueezed and preffed,
and the Sap protruded and raifed, and at length eva-
cuated, and the veffels exhaufted ; and in the night
again, the fame tracheae being contracted by the colei
of the air, the other veffels are eafed and relaxed, ana
fo difpofed to receive frefh food for the next day’s
digeftion and excretion.

What courfe the juice takes after it is imbibed by
the roots is not very clear. The veffels that take it
up, to convey to the plant, are too fine to be traced,
and hence it has been controverted, whether it is by
the bark, or the pith, or the woody part, that the
plant is fed.

The more common opinion is for the bark. The
juice, raifed by the capillaries of the wood, is here
fuppofed to defeend by the larger fibres, placed in the
inmoft part thereof, immediately over the wood, in
which defeent, the Sap, now fufficiently prepared,
adds a part of its fubftance to the contiguous wood,
6 and

S A P

and thus increafes by apportion* ' aiid hence it may
be, that hollow, carious, or rotten trees, which have
neither pith nor wood, excepting juft enough to fuf-
tain the bark, grow and bear.

Some contend for the wood, which they obferve to
confift of fiender capillary tubes running parallel to
each other from the root up the trunk, being proper
to receive in a fine vapour in the afcent whereof
the fibres become open, and their fubftance increafed,
and thus the trunks of trees are faid to increafe in their
circumference.

As for the pith ; as the wroody fubftance of the trunk
becomes more woody, the pith is comprefied and
ftresghtened to fuch a degree, that in fome trees it
quite difappears, whence it feems, that its office in
vegetation is not very important, fince its ufe is not
perpetual. By its fpongious fubftance it fhould feem
fitted to receive any fuperfluous moifture tranfuding
through the pores of the woody fibres ; and, if by the
excefs of fuch moifture, or the like caufe, it corrupt
and rot, as it frequently happens in Elms, the tree
feems not to grow worfe for it, which is a convincing
proof it is of no great ufe.

The learned Dr. Boerhaave diftributes the juices of
plants into fix clafles :

1. The firft clafs comprehends the crude nutritious
juice, or the juices of the root and Item of plants,
which are little more than the mere matter of the ele-
ment, as drawn by the root from the body it adheres
to, whether it be earth, water, or the like.

This juice is found in every part of the plant, and
therefore may be held an univerfal juice •, yet he con-
siders it as the juice of the root and ftem, becaufe it is
chiefly found in them.

This he takes to be the fubacid watery lymph with-
out any fpecific tafte or fmell, as not being yet ar-
rived to the, maturity of oilinefs.

To this clafs belong thofe juices, which diftil in great
abundance from wounds or incifions made in the
woody parts of plants ; fuch, e. g. is that tart liquor
oufing from the root of the Walnut-tree, when cut off
in the month of May.

Such alfo is that limpid fubacid humour flowing out
very plentifully at an incifion in the Birch-tree, in the
month of March, to the quantity of feveral gallons in
a few days.

Such alio is the juice iffuing out of the Vine wounded
in the fpring time, which always taftes tardfh, and
ferments like the Grapes themfelves.

This juice may be efteemed as yet foffil, being gene-
rated of and in the earth ; for the juice of the earth,
being received into the canalsof thefe plants retains its
nature during two or three circulations, nor doth it
immediately commence a vegetable juice.

This clafs of juices therefore he accounts as the chyle
of the plant, being chiefly found in the firft order
of vefiels, viz. in the roots and the body of the plant,
which aniwer to the ftomach and inteftines of animals.

2. The fecond clafs of the juices is that of the leaves,
which are the real lungs of plants, and accordingly
make a further change of the juice, which they re-
ceive from the roots and ftem by force of the air.
The juice of leaves is different therefore from the
firft juice, as being more fulphureous, and farther
elaborated •, not that it derives any fulphur from the
fun, but that, its watery part exhaling, it becomes
more oily, and lels volatile.

•The juice of leaves he diftinguifln.es into three kinds :
The firft is the nutritious juice of the leaves, which
is that already defcribed, only further elaborated in
the minute veficulte of the leaves, and confequently
lefs watery, and more oily and faccharine.

The fecond is wax, which, exfuding out of the leaves,
adheres to the lurface, and is fcraped off by bees with
their rough thighs to build their combs withal. This
is chiefly afforded by Lavender and Rofemary, upon
the latter of which the wax may be plainly perceived
fticking to the leaves of it.

The third is manna, not that with which the Ifraelites
were fed in the defer t, but a drug fold among us j it

is an eflentiai faccharine fait exfuding chiefly by nigfity
•and in the fummer feafon, from the leaves of a fort of
Afh growing in Calabria and Sicily, and adhering
thereto in the form of a cruft, to be gathered the next
morning ere the fun is up.

The like fubftance is found to exfude from the leaves
of the Linden-tree and Poplar, in the heats of May
and June, at which time they have an honey tafte,
and are even feen with a fatty juice on them, which,
at the approach of the cold evening, gathers into
grains.

3. The third clafs of juices are tltofe of flowers, or
the genital parts of plants : in thefe are,

Firft, a pure elaborated volatile oil or fpirit, wherein
the particular fmell of the plant or flower refides, and
which, by reafon of its extreme volatility, exhales
fpontaneoufly, infomudi that if the flower be laid for
fome time in a warm place, the odorous juice or fpirit
will be all fled.

The fecond is the juice expreffed from the flower,
which in reality is the fame with that of the root and
leaves, only farther prepared •, it is thicker than the
former, and has fcarce any fmell at all. Thus, if you
bruife a Hyacinth, or other fragrant flower, and ex-
prefs the juice, it will be found altogether inodorous^
The third is the fweet juice called honey, which ex~
fudes from all flowers, Aloes, Colocynthus, and other
bitter flowers not excepted.

In all male flowers that have utricles at the bottom of
the petala, which Dr. Linnseus ftyles the neftarium,
is found a viicid, ruddy , fweet juice in fome plenty,
and accordingly we fee the children gather .Cowilips,
Dead Nettle, Honey fuckles, &c. and fuck the honey
from them. The bees too vifit thefe flowers, and
putting in their probofcides or trunks, fuck out the
honey, and load their ftomachs therewith to be after-
ward difcharged and laid up in their combs, fo that
honey is a vegetable juice.

4. The fourth clafs of juices are thofe of the fruit and
feed, the preparative whereof is nature’s final work,
which performed, the plants feem to die for a time, as
all animals are feen to languifh after the emiffion of
their femen.

The juice of the fruit is like that of the root, only
farther elaborated.

The juice of the feed is an eflentiai oil or balm elabo-
rated and exalted to its laft perfection. This juice or
oil is not found in the very point or embryo in the
center of the placenta ; all we meet with in that part
is a few fine watery particles fecreted from the placen-
ta, but it is in the placentuli or cotyledons them-
felves, which confift of innumerable little folliculi or
cells, wherein this juice is contained, ferving to de-
fend the embryo, and preferve it from being cor-
rupted by water, which, it is well known, will hardly
pals through oil.

Thus, if you take, e. g. Fennel-feed, cut it through
the middle, and apply it to the microfcope, you will
eafily perceive a clear (hining oil in the cells of each
lobe invefting the tender embryo. Without this oil it
were impofllble a feed fhould five a month, and much
lefs a year or two entire and uncorrupted in the
ground.

This oil is found in the feeds of all plants ; in fome,*
e. gr. in Almonds, Cocoa-nuts, &c. in very great
quanties ; in others lefs, as Pepper, Arum, &c. where
one would fcarce imagine any oil at all •, and thefe
feeds loofe their vegetative quality very foon.

5. The fifth clafs of juices are thofe of the bark, which
is an artful congeries or bundle of perfpirative du6ls*
and abforbent vefiels.

Of thefe juices there are divers fpecies, for the feve-
ral humours raifed and diftributed through the leaves*
flowers, and other parts of the plants, have all circu-
lated through the bark, and according^ are frequent-
ly found to diftil from wounds made therein. In fome
cafes, even the whole plant is no more than bark, the
pulp having been eaten out, as in Willows, Elms*
&c. which live a long time in that ftate,-

The

I

SAP

The bark ferves divers purpofes, for it not only tranf-
mits the nutritious juices of the plant, but alio con-
tains divers fat oily humours to defend the flefliy parts
from the injuries of the weather.

6. As animals are furnifhed with a panniculus adi-
pofus, ufually replete with fat, which inveft and covers
all the fiefhy parts, and fereens them from external
cold, fo are plants encompaffed with a bark replete
with fat juices, by the means whereof the cold is
kept out, and in winter time the fpiculas of ice pre-
vented from fixing and freezing the juices in their
vefiels ; whence it is, that fome forts of trees remain
evergreen the year round, by reafon their barks have
more oil than can be fpent and exhaled by the fun,
and their leaves are covered with a thick oily film
over their furface, which prevents their perfpiring fo
much as other plants, and alfo defends them from the
Cold, &C.

All the juices of barks are reducible to eight, viz.

1. The crude, acid, watery juice, called the chyle of
the plant.

2. An oily juice, which, burftingthe bark in the be-
ginning of the fummer, exfudes out of feveral plants,
asCyprefs, Pine, Fir, Savin, Juniper, and other ever-
greens, and fuch alone. This oil diffolves by the fmall-
eft degree of warmth, and is eafily inflamed, and is
that which defends the plant, which is the reafon why
moft of thefe plants will not thrive in very hot cli-
mates.

F'or balm, or fatty liquor, more glutinous than oil, is
nothing but the laft mentioned oily juice, which was
more fluid during the fpring time, but which, by the
greater heat of the fun, has evaporated all its molt
lubtile parts, and is converted into a denfer liquor.
Thus the finer part of oil of Olives being exhaled by
the fummer’s warmth, there remains a thick balfam
behind : thus alfo oil of turpentine, having loft its
more liquid parts by heat, becomes of the thick con-
fiftence of a balm.

3. A pithy juice, which is the body of the oil itfelf,
infpiflates, and turns black, when put into a great
warmth : this is the moft obferved in the Pine and Fir.

5. Refin, which is an oil fo far infpiflated, as to be-
come friable in the cold, may be procured from any
oil by boiling it much and long. Thus, if turpen-
tine be fet over a gentle fire, it firft diflolves, and be-
comes an oil, then a balfam, then pitch, and then a
refin, in which ftate it is friable in the cold, fuflble
by fire, withal inflammable and combuftible, difiolu-
ble in fpirit of wine, but not in water, which makes
the character of refin.

Hence the oil is muft abundant in the barks in the
winter time, the balfams in fummer, and the refin in
*• autumn.

6. Colophony, which is a refin ftill farther exhaufted
of its volatile part, being pellucid, friable, and ap-
proaching to the nature of glafs.

7. Gum, which is an humour exfuding out of the
bark, and, by the warmth of the fun, concofted, in-
fpifiated, and rendered tenacious, but ftill difloluble
in water,, and at the fame time inflammable, and
fearce capable of being pulverized. This oily muci-
lage ferves as a pigment to cover over, and defend
the buds of trees from the injuries of wet and froft in
winter, but will melt with a moift warmth, and eafily
run from them, when the gentle warmth of the fpring
approaches, nor is ever fo far hardened into a cruft, as
to do any injury to the inclofed fhoot. This oilyfub-
ftance always contains in it an acid fpirit, which is a
prefervative againft putrefaction.

8. A gummous refin, which is an humour fecreted in
the bark, and dried by the heat of the fun, and thus
conftituting a body that is partly gummous, and, as
fuch, tenacious, foluble in water, partly refinous, and
therefore friable, and foluble in oil, or fpirit of wine,
but not in water. .

Botanifts are now generally agreed, that all plants
are furnifhed v/ith organs and parts neceflary both
for chylification and fanguification, that they have
veins, arteries, heart, lungs, adipofe cellules, &c.

-SAP

If fo, it is obvious that there muft be fome difference
between the juices, which have not undergone the
addon of thole parts, and fuch as have already circu-
lated a number of times.

The feveral juices hitherto recounted are the firft or
nutritious juice, called alfo the chyle of the plant, un-
der fuch alterations, and new' modifications, as it un-
dergoes in being received, and kept fome time, in
parts of a peculiar ftrudture, as leaves, flower, feed,
&c. This laft juice, called the blood, is the fame nu-
tritious juice farther altered, by being divers times
pafied through each of thefe parts, and re-mixed, and
at length converted into a new juice, with properties
different from any of them all.

To prove the circulation of the Sap, in fiances are
brought from experiments made by Mr. Fairchild, as
his budding and inoculating of a Paffxon-tree, whofe
leaves are fpotted with yellow, into one of that fort of
Paffion-tree whofe leaves are plain , for though the
buds did not take, yet after it had been budded a
fortnight, the yellow fpots began to Ihew themfelves
about three feet above the inoculation, and in a little
time after that, the yellow fpots appeared on a fhoot,
which came out of the ground- from another part of
the plant, which has been accounted a plain proof of
the Sap’s circulation.

Another inftance is, another experiment of the fame
perfon, who grafted the evergreen Oak; or Ilex, up-
on the common Oak. The leaves of the common
Oak, which was the ftock, decayed, and fell off at
the nfual feafon of the year, but the evergreen Oak,
which was the cyon grafted upon it, held its leaves,
and continued fnooting in the winter ; from whence it
is concluded, that when trees drop their leaves, the
fap keeps full in motion, and is not gone into the
root, as fome perfons think.

There are alfo other experiments of the fame perfon,
which were fihewn before the Royal Society, as the
New-England Cedar, or rather Juniper, grafted on
the Virginian, and what is taken to prove the circu-
lation in it, is, the branch which was grafted was left
feveral inches below the grafting, which continued
growing as well as the upper part above the grafting.
And alfo another, which is the Viburnum, with the
top planted in the ground, which was become roots,
and the roots turned up, which were become branches ;
which plant was in as good a ftate of growing, as it
was in its natural ftate.

A third experiment of his was on a Pear-tree, which
he inarched upon two Pear ftocks in March 172 1-2,
having the roots out of the ground, and was in a
good fiourifhing ftate, with a branch in bloffom,
that receives no other nourifhment but by the juices
that return down the other two branches, which,
though it had been done above two years, continued
fhooting fuckers out of the root; which is efteemed
as a proof, that the branches are as ufeful to fupport
the roots, as the roots the branches, and thence he
infers, that it is not ftrange that fo many trees mif-
carry in planting, when there are no branches left to
the head to maintain the circulation to the roots.

A fourth experiment he made on the Cedar of Leba-
nus, grafted on the Larix, which drops its leaves in
the winter, yet maintained the Cedar in a fiourifhing
condition, as if it had been on a tree which held its
leaves all the winter, and the circulation of juices fup-
ported the graft below the grafting, and kept it in as
good health as above the grafting.

In oppofition to the notion of the circulation of
the Sap in trees like that in animal bodies, the Re-
verend Dr. Hales, in his excellent Treatife on Vege-
table Statics, prefents us with various experiments,
and fays,

When the Sap has firft pafied through that thick and
fine ftrainer, the bark of the root, we then find it
in greateft quantities in the moft lax part between the
bark and wood, and that the fame through the whole
tree.

And if in the early fpring, the Oak, and feveral other
trees, were to be examined near the top and bottom,

when

SAP

/

when the Sap firft begins to move, fo as to make the ,
bark run, and eafily peel off, he believes it would be
found , that the lower bark is firft moiftened, whereas I
the bark of the top branches ought firft to be moiften- I
ed, if the Sap defcends by the bark. As to the Vine,
he fays, he is pretty well affured, that the lower bark
is firft moiftened.

He adds. That it is to be feen in many of the exam-
amples of the experiments he has given in that book,
what quantities of moifture trees daily imbibe and
perfpire *, now the celerity of the Sap muft be very
great, if that quantity of moifture muft moft of it
afcend to the top of the tree, then defcend, and afcend
again, before it is carried off by perfpiration.

The defed of a circulation in vegetables feems, in
fome meafure, to be fupplied by the much greater
quantity of liquor which the vegetable takes in, than
the animal, whereby its motion is accelerated •, for,
by the firft example he gives, we find the Sunflower,
bulk for bulk, imbibes and perfpires feventeen times
more frefh liquor than a man every twenty-four hours.
Befides, nature’s great aim in vegetables being only
that the vegetable life be carried on and maintained,
there was no occafion to give its Sap the rapid motion
which was neceffary for the blood of animals.

In animals it is the heart which lets the blood in mo-
tion, and makes it continually circulate, but in vege-
tables we can difcover no other caufe of the Sap’s mo-
tion, but the ftrong attradion of the capillary Sap-
veffels, affifted by the brilk undulation and vibrations
caufed by the fun’s warmth, whereby the Sap is car-
ried up to the top of the talleft trees, and is there per-
fpired off through the leaves ; but, when the furface
of the tree is greatly diminilhed by the lofs of its
leaves, then alfo the perfpiration and motion of the
Sap is proportionably diminilhed, as is plain from
many of his experiments.

So that the afcending velocity of the Sap is princi-
pally accelerated by the plentiful perfpiration of the
leaves, thereby making room for the fine capillary-
veffels to exert their vaftly attrading power ; which
perfpiration is effeded by the brilk rarefying vibra-
tions of warmth, a power that does not feerri to be
any ways well adapted to make the Sap defcend from
the tops of vegetables, by different veffels, to the
root.

If the Sap circulated, it muft needs have been feen
defcending from the upper part of large galhes cut in
branches fet in water, and with columns of water
preffing on their bottoms in long glals tubes, in his
43d and 44th experiment.

In both which cafes it is certain that great quantities
of water paffed through the Item, lb that it muft
needs have been feen defcending, if the return of the
Sap downward were by .trillion or pulfion, whereby
the blood in animals is returned through the veins to
the heart, and that pulfion, if there were any, muft
neceffarily be exerted with prodigious force to be able
to drive the Sap through the finer capillaries.

So that if there be a return of the Sap downward, it
muft be by attradion, and that a very powerful one,
as may be feen by many of thefe experiments, and par-
ticularly by experiment the nth. But it is hard to
conceive what and where that power is, which can be
equivalent to that provifion nature has made for the
afcent of the Sap, in confequence of the great perfpi
ration of the leaves.

The inftances of the Jafmine-tree, and of the Paflion-
tree, have been looked upon as proofs of the circu-
lation of the Sap, becaufe their branches, which were
far below the inoculated bud, were gilded. But we
have many vifible proofs in the Vine, and other
bleeding trees, of the Sap’s receding back, and pulh-
ing forward alternately, at different times of the day
and night •, and there is great reafon to think that the
Sap of all other trees has luch an alternate receding
and progreflive motion, occafioned by the alternacies
of day and night, warm and cold, moift and dry.

For the Sap in all vegetables does probably recede,
in fome meafure, from the tops of branches, as the

SAP

fun leaves them, becaufe its rarefying pbwer tiled
I 'ceafing, the greatly rarefied Sap and air mixed with
f it will condenfe, and take up lefs room than they did*
and the dew and rain will then be ftrongly imbibed
by the leaves, as is probable from experiment 42, and
feveral others, whereby the body and branches of the
vegetable, which have been much exhaufted by the
great evaporation of the day, may at night imbibe Sap
and dew from the leaves.

For, by feveral experiments in the iff chapter of the
aforefaid book of Vegetable Statics, plants were
found to increafe confiderably in weight in dewy and
moift nights.

And by other experiments on the Vine, in the gel
chapter, it was found that the trunk and branches of
Vines were always in an imbibing ftate caufed by the
great perfpiration of the leaves, except in the bleeding
feafon ; but, when at night that perfpiring power
ceafes, then the contrary imbibing power will prevail,
and draw the Sap and dew from the leaves, as well
as moifture from the roots.

And we have a further proof of this in experiment 12,
where, by fixing mercurial gauges to the ftems of
feveral trees which do not bleed, it is found that they
are always in a ftrongly imbibing ftate, by drawing
up the mercury feveral inches •, whence it is eafy to
conceive, how fome of the particles of the gilded bud
in the inoculated Jafmine my be abforbed by it, and
thereby communicate their gilding miafma to the
Sap of the branches, efpecially when, fome months
after the inoculation, the ftock of the inoculated Jaf-
mine is cut off a little above thebud, whereby the ftock*
which was the counter-ading part of the ftem, being
taken away, the ftem attrads more vigoroufty from,
the bud.

Another argument for the circulation of the Sap is*
that fome forts of grafts will infed and canker the
ftocks they are grafted on, but by experiment 12
and 37, where mercurial gauges were fixed to freih-
cut ftems of trees, it is evident that thofe ftems
were in a ftrongly imbibing ftate, and confequently
the cankered ftocks might very likely draw Sap from
the graft, as well as the graft alternately from tlW
ftock, juft In the fame manner as leaves and branches
do from each other in the viciffitudes of day and
night.

And this imbibing power of the ftock is fo great,
where only fome of the branches of the ftock wifi, by
their ftrong attradion, ftarve thofe grafts, for which
reafon it is ufual to cut off the greateft part of the
branches of the ftock, leaving only a few fmall ones
to draw up the Sap.

The inftance of the Ilex grafted upon the Engliflh Oak
feems to afford a very confiderable argument agaiiift
a circulation, for if there were a free uniform circu-
lation of the Sap through the Oak and Ilex, why
Ihould the leaves of the Oak fall in winter, and not-
thofe of the Ilex ?

Another argument againft an uniform circulation of
the Sap in trees, as in animals, may be drawn from
Dr. Hale’s 37th experiment, viz. where it was found,
by the three mercurial gauges fixed to the fame Vine,
that while fome of its branches changed their ftate of
protruding Sap into a ftate of imbibing, others conti-
nued protruding Sap, one nine, and the other thir-
teen days longer.

That the Sap does not defcend between the bark and
the wmod, as the favourers of a circulation fuppofe,
feems evident from hence, viz. That if the bark be
taken off for three or four inches breadth quite round,
the bleeding of the tree above that bared place will
much abate, which ought to have the contrary effed,
by intercepting the courfe of the refluent Sap, if the
Sap defcended by the bark.

But the reafon of the abatement of the bleeding in
this cafe may be well accounted for, from the mani-
feft proof we have in thefe experiments, that the Sap
is ftrongly attraded upward by the vigorous opera-
tion of the perfpiring leaves, and attrading capilla-
ries $ but, when the bark is out off for fome breadth

ir Y below

\ ,

/

SAP

below the bleeding place, then theSap which is between
the bark and the wood below that difbarked place, is
deprived of the ftrong attrading power of the leaves,
&c. and confequently the bleeding wound cannot be
. fupplied lb fall with Sap, as it was before the bark
was taken off.

But the moil confiderable objedion againft this pro-
greffive motion of the Sap without a circulation, arifes
from hence, viz. That it is too precipitate a courfe
for a due digeftion of the Sap, in order to nutrition,
whereas in animals, nature has provided that many
parts of the blood fhall run a long courfe before they
are either applied to nutrition, or difcharged from
the animal.

But when we confider that the great work of nutrition
in vegetables, as well as animals (I mean, after the
nutriment is got into the veins and arteries of ani-
mals,) is chiefly carried on in the fine capillary vef-
fels, where nature feleds and combines, as fhall beft
fuit her different purpofes, the feveral mutually at-
tracting nutritious particles, which were hitherto kept
disjoined by the motion of their fluid vehicle. We
fhall find that nature has made abundant provifion for
this work in the ftrudure of vegetables, all whofe
compofition is made up of nothing elfe but innumera-
rable fine capillary veflfels, and glandulous portions
of veffels.

Upon the whole he thinks we have, from thefe experi-
ments and obfervations, fufficient ground to believe,
that there is no circulation of the Sap in vegetables,
notwithftanding many ingenious perfons have been
induced to think there was from feveral curious obfer-
vations and experiments, which evidently prove that
the Sap does in fome meafure recede from the top to-
ward the lower part of plants, whence they were, with
good probability of reafon, induced to think that the
Sap circulated.

SAPINDUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 659. tab. 440.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 448. The Sopeberry-tree.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is compofed of four plain ,
oval, coloured leaves , which fpread open and fall away.
T'he flower has four oval petals which are lefs than the
empalement \ it has eight ftamina which are the length
of the petals , terminated by ere hi fummits , and an oval
germen with three or four lobes , fupporting a floor t ftyle ,
crowned by a Jingle ftigma. The germen afterward be-
comes one , two, or three globular berries , including nuts of
the fame form. There is rarely above one of thefe preg-
nant, the other are abortive.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedion
of Linnaeus’s eighth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have eight ftamina and three
ftyles.

The Species are,

3. Sapindus ( Saponaria ) foliis impari pinnatis, caule
inermi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 526. Sopeberry-tree with une-
qual winged leaves. Sapindus foliis colts alatae innaf-
centibus. Tourn. App. 659. Sopeberry-tree with leaves
growing from the wings of the midrib.

2. Sapindus ( Rigidus ) foliis quaterno-pinnatis rigidis
acutis. Sopeberry-tree with winged leaves , which are com-
pofed of four ftiff acute-pointed lobes.

3. Sapindus ( Pinnatus ) foliis pinnatis fuperne alternis,
lobis ovato-oblongis. Sopeberry-tree with winged leaves,
whofe upper lobes are placed alternate.

The firft: fort grows naturally in the iflands of the
Welt-Indies, where it rifes with a woody ftalk from
twenty to thirty feet high, fending out many branches
toward the top, which are garnifhed with winged
leaves, compofed of three, four, or five pair of fpear-
fhaped lobes, which are from three to four inches
long, and an inch and a quarter broad in the middle,
drawing to points at both ends. The midrib has a
membranaceous or leafy border running on each fide
from one pair of lobes to the other, which is broadeft
in the middle between the lobes •, they are of a pale
green colour, and are pretty ftiff ; the flowers are
produced in loofe fpikes at the end of the branches •,
they are fmall and white, fo make no great appear-

S A P

ance. Thefe are fucceeded by oval berries as large as
middling Cherries, fometimes Angle, at others two,
three, or four are joined together ; thefe have a fa-
ponaceous fkin or cover which inclofes a very fmooth.
roundifh nut of the fame form, and of a fhining black
when ripe. Thefe nuts were formerly brought to
England for buttons to waiftcoats, fome were tipped
with filver, and others with different metals ; they
were very durable, as they did not wear, and feldom
broke. The Ikin or pulp which furrounds the nuts,
is uled in America to wafh linen, but it is very apt to
burn and deftroy it, if often ufed, being of a very
acrid nature.

The fecond fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New1
Spain ; this hath a ftrong woody ftalk which rifes
about twenty feet high, fending out manyfhort, ftrong,
ligneous branches, which are covered with a fmooth
gray bark, and are garnilhed with winged leaves,
compofed of two pair of fpear-lhaped lobes which are
very ftiff and fmooth ; the inner pair are fmall, being
feldom more than an inch and a half long, and half
an inch broad in the middle ; the two outer lobes are
near three inches long, and almoft an inch broad in
the middle, drawing to points at both ends ; they are
oblique to the foot-ftalk, the midrib running much
nearer to the border on one fide ; they are of a pale
green, and fit clofe to the midrib, which has no bor-
der or wing like the other. The end of the branches
are divided into two or three foot-ftalks, each fuftain-
ing a loofe fpike of flowers like thofe of the other fort;
thefe are fucceeded by roundifh berries like thofe of
the former, but there are generally two, three, or
four of them joined together.

The third fort grows naturally in India ; this rifes with
a ftrait jointed Item to the height of twenty feet,
fending out fome lateral branches at the top, covered
with a pale fmooth bark, which are garnifhed with
winged leaves compofed of eight or ten pair of ob-
long oval lobes, each near four inches long, and an
inch and a half broad at their bafe, of a light green
colour, having very fhort foot-ftalks ; thofe on the
lower part of the midrib are ranged oppofite, but on
the upper part of the midrib they are alternate, and
always end with two lobes. As the plants have not
as yet flowered in England, fo I can give no farther
account of them.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds (which muft be
obtained from the countries where they naturally grow,
for they have not produced fruit in Europe ;) the
feeds muft be put into fmall pots filled with richfrefti
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark.'
The pots muft be frequently watered, otherwife the
berries, whofe outer cover is very hard, will not ve-
getate. In five or fix weeks the plants will appear,
when the glaffes of the hot-bed fhould be raifed every
day in warm weather to admit frefh air to the plants.
In a month or fix weeks after the plants appear they
will be fit to tranfplant, when they muft be fhaken
out of the pots, and carefully parted, fo as not to in-
jure their roots, and each planted into a feparate fmall
pot filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into
the hot-bed again, obferving to fhade them from the
fun every day until they have taken new root ; after
which time they muft have free air admitted to them
every day when the weather is warm, and will require
to be frequently watered.

After the plants are well rooted, they will make great
progrefs, fo as to fill thefe pots with their roots in a
few weeks time, therefore they fhould be fluffed into
larger pots, and as the plants advance, they fhould
be inured to bear the open air by degrees ; for if they
are forced too much in fummer, they feldom live
thro’ the winter, efpecially the firft and fecond forts,
which are very fubjed to be loft in the firft winter. I
have frequently raifed thefe plants from feeds to the
height of two feet in one fummer, and the leaves of
thefe plants have been a foot and a half in length, fo
that they made a fine appearance ; but thefe plants
did not furvive the winter, whereas thofe which were;

6 expofed

/

1

SAP

expofed to the open air in July, and thereby dinted
in their growth, continued their leaves frefh all the
winter. Thefe were placed in a dove upon dielves,
where the warmth was very moderate, with which
thefe plants will thrive better than in a greater heat.
The third fort is much more hardy than either of the
other : this may be placed in a good green-houfe in
the autumn, where it will live through the winter,
and in dimmer fhould be expofed to the open air in
a Iheltered fituation, where it will thrive very well.

SAPONARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 449. Lychnis.
Tourn. Ind. R. H. 333. tab. 175. Sopewort.

The Characters are,

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
is cut into five points. It has five petals whofie tails are
narrow , angular, and the length of the empalement ;
their borders are broad , obtufe and plain. It has ten
awl-fhaped fiamina the length of the tube of the flower ,
which are alternately infer ted into the petals, and are ter-
minated by obtufe profir ate fimmits , and a taper germen
fupporting two ere It parallel flyles , crowned by acute flig-
rnas. floe germen afterward becomes a clofe capfule the
length of the empalement , having one cell filled with finall
feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linneeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten damina and two dyles.

The Species are,

1. Saponaria ( Officinalis ) calycibus cylindricis, foliis
ovato-lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 1 65. Sopewort with cy-
lindrical empalements, and oval fpear-fhaped leaves.
Lychnis fylvedris que faponaria vulgo. Tourn. Ind.
336. Wild Campion , vulgarly called Sopewort.

2. Saponaria (Hybrida) calycibus Cylindricis, foliis ova-
tis nervofis lemiamplexicaulibus. Sopewort with cylin-
drical empalement s, and oval veined leaves half embracing
the ftalks. Lychnis faponaria didta, folio convoluto.
RaiiSyn. 339. Campion , called Sopewort, withatwifl-
ed leaf.

3. Saponaria ( 'Vaccaria ) calycibus pyramidatis quin-
quangularibus, foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis fefli-
libus. Hort. Cliff. 166. Sopewort with pyramidal five-
cornered empalements, and oblong , oval , acute-pointed
leaves. Lychnis fegetum rubra, foliis perfoliatas.
C. B. P. 204. Red Corn Campion , with "Thorough-wax
leaves.

4. Saponaria ( Amplicimus ) calycibus pyramidatis quin-
quangularibus, foliis ovato-lanceolatis, femiamplexi-
caulibus. Sopewort with pyramidal five-cornered empale -
ments , and oval fpear-fhaped leaves , half embracing the
fialks. Lychnis fegetum rubra, foliis perfoliatae am-
plioribus. Juff. Red Corn Campion , with larger Thorough-
wax leaves.

5. Saponaria (Orientals) calycibus cylindricis villofls,
caule dichotoma eredto patulo. Hort. Upfal. 106.
Sopewort with cylindrical hairy empale ments, and ere It
fpreading fialks which are divided by pairs. Lychnis
Orientalis annua fupina, antirrhini folio, flore mini-
mo purpurafcente. Tourn. Cor. 25. Low annual Eafi-
ern Sopewort , with a Snap-dragon leaf, and the leaf pur-
plifh flower.

The fird fort is the common Sopewort of the diops ;
this grows naturally in many parts of England, and
is rarely admitted into gardens ; it has a creeping
root which fpreads far on every fide, fo as in a fnort
time to fill a large fpace of ground, from which arife
many purplifh dalks about a foot and a half high,
which are jointed, and garnifhed with oppofite leaves
at each ; thefe are oval, fpear-fhaped, and fmooth,
about three inches long, and an inch and a half broad,
ending in points ; they have three longitudinal veins
on their under fide, and are of a pale green. The
foot-dalks of the flowers arife from the wings of the
leaves oppofite they fudain four, five, or more pur-
plifli flowers each, which have generally two fmall
leaves placed under them. The dalk is alfo termi-
nated by a loofe bunch of flowers growing In form of
an umbel •, they have each a large fwelling cylindrical
empalement, and five broad obtufe petals which fpread
open, and are of a purple colour. Thefe appear in

SAP

July, and are fucceeded by oval capfules with one
cell, filled with fmall feeds.

The leaves of this plant are fometimes ufed in medi-
cine ; they are accounted opening and attenuating,
and fomewhat fudorfic, fo are by fome recommend-
ed againfi the lues venerea, and Qutwardly applied
they help hard tumours and whidoes. The decoc-
tion of this plant is ufed to cleanfe and fcour wooL
len cloths: the .poor people in fame countries ufe it
inffead of fope for waffling, from whence it had its
title.

There is a variety of this with double flowers, which
is preferved in gardens, but the roots are very apt to
fpread far on every fide if they are not confined, fo
thefe plants fhould not be placed in borders among
better flowers •, but as the flowers continue in fuc-
ceflion from July to the middle of September, fo a
few of the plants may be allowed a place in fome ab-
ject part of the garden, for they will thrive in any fi-
tuation, and propagate faff enough by their creeping
roots.

The fecond fort was found browing in a wood near
.Lichbarrow in Northamptonfhire, by Mr. Gerard.
It has been generally efteemed a lufus naturae, and
not a diftindt fpecies, but I have never found it alter
in forty years ; but as it doth not produce feeds, fo
there is no certainty of its being a diftindt fpecies.
The roots of this do not fpread like thofe of the firR,
the ftalks are fhorter, thicker, and do not grow fo
eredt ; they rife a foot or more in height, the joints
are very near and fwelling •, the leaves are produced
fingly on the lower part of their ftalks, but toward
the top they are often placed by pairs; they are oval-
fhaped, about three inches long and two broad, hav-
ing feveral longitudinal veins or plaits, and are hol-
lowed like a ladle. The flowers are difpofed loofely
on the top of the ftalk, they have large cylindrical
empalements ; they are of one petal, and fcarce any;
vifible ftamina ; they are of a purple colour, and
flower in July. This plant is preferved for the fake
of variety in fome gardens, but as there is little beau-
ty in the flowers, it does not merit a place in gardens
for pleafure. It is eafily propagated by parting of
the roots in autumn, and loves a moift Ihadp 1L
tuation.

The third fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally among Corn in the fouth of France and Italy.
This rifes with an upright ftalk near a foot and a half
high, branching our. upward into feveral divifions ;
thefe always are by pairs oppofite, as are alfo the
leaves, which are about an inch and a half long, and
half an inch broad at their bafe, ending in acute points %
they fit clofe to the ftalks, are fmooth, and of a gray
colour. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches, each branding upon a long naked foot-ftalk ;
their empalements are large, fwelling, and pyrami-
dal, having five acute corners or angles ; the petals
are but fmall ; they have long necks or tails, which
are narrow ; their upper part is obtufe, and of a red-
diih purple colour. Thefe appear in June and Julys
and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this is alfo
an annual plant; it rifes with a ftrong fmooth ftalk
about two feet high, garnifhed with" oval fpear-fhaped
leaves three inches long, and an inch and a half
broad near their bafe, drawing to a point at the end ;
they are flefliy, of a gray colour, and are very fmooth -
they are placed by pairs, and half embrace the ftalks
with their bafe ; the upper part of the ftalk divides
into many branches, which are again fubdivided into
long naked foot-ftalks, each fuftaining a fingle flow-
er ; the empalement of the flower is large, pyrami-
dal, and fwelling, having five acute angles. The
flowers are compofed of five obtufe red petals,
which fpread open flat above the empalement. Thefe
appear in June and July, and the feeds ripen in au-
tumn.

The fifth fort grows naturally in the Levant, -from
whence Dr. Tournefort font the feeds. This is a low
annual plant, feldom rifing more than four inches

SAP

high, but divides into branches by pairs from the j
bottom, which fpread afunder. The leaves are very
fmall, the flowers come out fingle from the wings of
the leaves •, they have hairy cylindrical empalements,
out of which the petals of the flower do but juft
peep, fo are not obvious at any diftance. The whole
plant is very clammy to the touch. As this plant
makes no figure, fo it is only kept for variety.

Thefe plants are eafily propagated by feeds, which
fhould be fown where the plants are to remain, and
will require no other care but to keep them clean from
weeds, and thin them where they are too clofe. If
the feeds are fown in autumn, or are permitted to fcat-
ter, the plants will come up without care.

S A P O T A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43. tab. 4. Acras. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 438. The Mammee Sapota.

The Characters are,

Hhe flower has a permanent empalement compofed of five
oval leaves , which are acute-pointed and eredt. It has
five roundijh heart foaped petals , which are conneEled at
their hafie , and end in acute points j and fix floor t ftami-
na the length of the tube , terminated by arrow-pointed
fummits , with an oval germen fupporting a Jhort ftyle ,
crowned by an obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward be-
comes an oval fucculent fruity indofing one or two oval
hard nuts or ftones.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fixth ciafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Sapota ( Achras ) foliis oblongo-ovatis, frudtibus tur-
binatis glabris. Sapota with oblong oval leaves , and
fimooth turbinated fruit. Sapota fructu turbinato mi-
nori. Plum. Nov. Gen. 43. Sapota with a fmaller tur-
binated fruit.

1. Sapota ( Mammofa ) foliis lanceolatis, frudtu maxi-
mo ovato, feminibus ovatis utrinque acutis. Sapota
with fpear-Jhaped leaves , a very large pval fruit, and oval
feeds which are pointed at both ends.

The name of Sapota is what thefe fruit are called by
the natives of America, to which fome add the ap-
pellation of Mammee * but there is no other name
given to thefe fruits by the Englilh, fince they have
fettled in the Weft-Indies, fo far as I can learn.

The firft of thefe trees is common about Panama,
and fome other places in the Spanifh Weft-Indies, but
is not tO' be found in many of the Englifh fettlements
in America. The fecond fort is very common in
Jamaica, Barhadoes, and molt of the iflands in the
Weft-Indies, where the trees are planted in gardens
for their fruit, which is by many perfons greatly ef-
teemed.

The fecond fort grows in America to the height of
thirty-five or forty feet, having a ftrait trunk, cover-
ed with an Afn-coloured bark. The branches are
produced on every fide, fo as to form a regular head ;
thefe are befet with leaves, which are a foot in length,
and near three inches broad in the middle, drawing
to a point attach end. The flowers which are pro-
duced from the branches, are of a cream colour *
when thefe fall away, they are fucceeded by large
oval or top-fhaped fruit, which are covered with a
brownilh fkin, under which is a thick pulp of a ruf-
fet colour, very lufeious, called natural marmelade,
from its likenefs to marmelade of Quinces.

As thefe trees are natives of very warm countries,
they cannot be preferved in England, unlefs they are
placed in the warmeft ftoves and managed with great
care. They are propagated by planting the ftones,
but as thefe will not keep good long out of the ground,
the fureft method to obtain thefe plants is, to have
the ftones planted in tubs of earth, as foon as they are
taken out of the fruit, and the tubs placed in a flota-
tion where they may have the morning fun, and kept
duly watered. When the plants come up, theymuft
be fecured from vermin and kept clear from weeds,
but fhould remain in the country till they are about
a foot high, when they may be fhipped for England ;
but they fhould be brought over in the fummer,
and, if poftible, time enough for the plants to

make good roots after they arrive. During their paf-
fage they muft have fome water, while they continue
in a warm climate * but as they come into colder
weather, they fhould have very little moifture *, and
they muft be fecured from fait water, which will foon
deftroy the plants if it gets at them.

When thefe plants arrive in England, they fhould be
carefully taken out of the tubs, preferving fome earth
to their roots, and planted into pots filled with frefh
earth, and then plunged into a moderate hot-bed of
tanners bark, obferving, if the weather is hot, to
fhade the glades with mats every day, to fereen the
plants from the fun, until they have taken new root ;
obferving alfo not to water them too much at firft,
efpecially if the earth in which they come over is
moift •, becaufe too much water is very injurious to
the plants before they are well rooted, but afterward
they muft be frequently refrefhed with water in warm
weather * and they muft have a large fhare of air ad-
mitted to them, otherwife their leaves will be infefted
with infedts and become foul ; in which cafe they muft
be wafhed with a fponge to clean them, without which
the plants will not thrive.

In the winter thefe plants muft be placed in the
warmeft ftove, and in cold weather they fhould have
but little water given to them, though they muft be
frequently refrefhed when the earth is dry ; efpecially
if they retain their leaves all the winter, they will re-
quire a greater fhare of water than when they drop
their leaves •, fo that this muft be done with difere-
tion, according to the ftate in which the plants are.
As thefe plants grow in magnitude, they fhould be
fhifted into pots of a larger fize, but they muft not be
over-potted, for that will infallibly deftroy them.

SARRACENA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 657. tab. 476.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 578. The Sidefaddle-flower.

The Characters are,

fhe flower has a double empalement -, the under is com-
pofed of three fmall oval leaves which fall away ; the upper
has five large coloured leaves , which are permanent. It
has five oval infexed petals which inclofe the ftamina ,
whofe tails are oblong , oval, and eredl , and a great num-
ber of fmall ftamina , terminated by target-jhaped fummits.
In the center is fituated a roundijh germen , fupporting a
jhort cylindrical ftyle , crowned by a target-jhaped five-
cornered ftigma covering the ftamina , and is permanent.
'The germen afterward becomes a roundijh capfule with five
cells , filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s thirteenth ciafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have many ftamina and one ftyle.

The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. Tour-
nefort, in honour of Dr. Sarrazin, a curious botanift,
who fent this and many other rare plants from Cana-
da to the Paris Garden.

The Species are,

1. Sarracena ( Purpurea ) foliis gibbis. Hort. Cliff.
427. Sarracena with gibbous leaves. Sarracena Cana-
denfis, foliis cavis & auritis. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
657. Sarracena of Canada, with hollowed and eared leaves.

2. Sarracena ( Flava ) foliis ftridtis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
510. Sarracena with clofed leaves. Sarracena foliis lon-
gioribus & anguftioribus. Catefb. Hift. Carol. 2. p.
69. Sarracena with longer end narrower leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally upon bogs in moft parts
of North America * this hath a ftrdng fibrous root,
which ftrikes deep into the foft earth, from which
arife five, fix, or feven leaves, in proportion to the
ftrength of the plant ; thefe are about fi e or fix inches
long, hollow like a pitcher, narrow at their bafe, but
fwell out large at the top \ their outer Tides are round-
ed, but on their inner fide they are a little compreff-
ed, and have a broad leafy border running longitu-
dinally the whole length of the tube ; and to the
rounded part of the leaf there is on the top a large,
appendage or ear Handing eredt, of a brown ifh co-
lour •, this furrounds the outfide of the leaves about
two thirds of the top, it is eared at both ends, and
waved round the .border. From the center of the
root, between the leaves, arifes a ftrpng, round* na-
ked

SAT

ked foot-ftalk about a foot high, fu flaming one nod-
ding flower at the top, which has a double empale-
ment ; the outer one is of one leaf, divided into five
parts to the bottom, where they are conneded to the
foot-ftalks ; thefe fegments are obtufe and bent over
the flower, fo as to cover the infide of it ; they are of
a purple colour on the outfide, but green within,
having purple edges ; the inner empalement, which is
compofed of three green leaves, falls off ; within thefe
are five oval petals of a purple colour, which are hol-
lowed like afpoon •, thefe cover theitamina and fum-
mits, with part of the ftigma alfo. In the center is
fituated a large, roundifh, channelled germen, fup-
porting a fhort flyle, crowned by a very broad five-
cornered ftigma, faftened in the middle to the ftyle,
and covering the ftamina like a target ; this is green,
and the five corners which are ftretched out beyond
the brim are each cut into two points, and are pur-
plifh. Round the germen are fituated a great num-
ber of fhort ftamina, joining the fides of the germen
clofely, which are terminated by target-fhaped furrow-
ed fummits, of a pale fulphur colour. When the flower
decays, the germen fwells to a large roundifh capfule
with five cells, covered by the permanent ftigma, and
filled with fmall feeds. It flowers in June, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Carolina, upon
bogs and in Handing fballow waters. The leaves of
this fort grow near three feet high, being fmall at the
bottom, but widening gradually to the top. Thefe
are hollow, and are arched over at the mouth like a
friar’s cowl. The flowers of this grow on naked pe-
dicles, rifing from the root to the height of three
feet ; thefe flowers are green.

Thefe plants are efteemed for the Angular ftrudure of
their leaves and flowers, which are lo different from
all the known plants, as to have little refemblance of
any yet difcovered; but there is fome difficulty in get-
ting them to thrive in England, when they are obtain-
ed from abroad ; for as they grow naturally on bogs,
or in fhallow Handing waters, fo unlefs they are con-
ftantly kept in wet, they will not thrive ; and although
the winters are very fharp in the countries where the
firft fort naturally grows, yet being covered with wa-
ter and the remains of decayed plants, they are de-
fended from froft.

The belt method to obtain thefe plants is, to procure
them from the places of their natural growth, and to
have them taken up with large balls of earth to their
roots, and planted in tubs of earth ; which muft be
conftantly watered during their pafiage, otherwife
they will decay before they arrive •, for there is little
probability of raifing thefe plants from feeds, fo as to
produce flowers in many years, if the feeds do grow 5
jb that young plants fhould be taken up to bring
over, which are more likely to Hand here, than thofe
which have flowered two or three times. When the
plants are brought over, they fhould be planted into
pretty large pots, which ffiould be filled with foft
fpongy earth, mixed with rotten wood, Mofs, and
turf, which is very like the natural foil in which they
grow. Thefe pots fhould be put into tubs or large
pans which will hold water, with which they muft be
conftantly fupplied, and placed in a fhady fituation in
fu miner •, but in the winter they muft be covered with
Mofs, or flickered under a frame, otherwife they
will not live in this country ; for as the plants muft be
kept in pots, fo if thefe are expofed to the froft, it
will loon penetrate through them, and greatly injure,
if not deftroy the plants j but when they are placed
under a common frame, where they may have the
open air at all times in mild weather, and be flicker-
ed from hard froft, the plants will thrive and flower
very well.

SASSAFRAS. See Laurus.

SATUREJA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 197. Thymbra.
Tourn. Inft. 197. JLin. Gen. Plant. 626. [fo 'called,
becaufe faid. to caufe a fatyriafmus, or priapifmus,
this herb exciting greatly to venery.j Savory ; in
French, Sarriette .

SAT

The Characters are.

The flower hath an erect, tubulous , flriated , permanent
empalement of one leaf indented at the brim in five
points ; it hath one ringent petals whofe tube is cylindri-
cal and fhorter than the empalement •, the chaps are Jingle,
the upper lip ere hi and obtufe , having an acute indenture
at the point. The under lip is fpreading , divided into
three parts, which are nearly equal. It has four brijily
ftamina, two of which are alniofl the length of the upper
lip ; the other two are fhorter, terminated by fummits
which touch each other, and a four-pointed germen ftp ~
porting a briftly ftyle , crowned by two brijily ftigrnas-i,

The germen afterward become four feeds, which ripen in
the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter ftamina,
and the feeds are naked in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Satureja ( Hortenfts ) pedunculis bifloris. Vir. Clift.

87. Savory with two flowers upon each foot-ftalk. Sa-
tureja fativa. J. B. 3. 272. Garden, or Summer Savory .

2. Satureja ( Thymbra ) verticillis fubrotundis hifpidis*
foliis oblongis acutis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 324. Savory
with whorled flowers, and oblong acute-pointed leaves .
Thymbra legitima. Cluf. Plift. 1. p. 358. The true
Thymbra.

3. Satureja (. Montana ) pedunculis dichotomis lateralr-
bus folitariis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis mucronatis. Lin,

Sp. Plant. 568. Savory with Jingle diverging foot-flalks
on the fides- of the branches , and linear fpear-Jhaped leaves .
Satureja montana. C. B. P. 218. Mountain , or Winter
Savory.

4. Satureja ( Virginiana ) capitulis terminalibus, foliis
lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plants 567. Savory with heads of
flowers terminating the ftalks, and fpear-Jhaped leaves .
Clinopodium pulegii angufto rigidoque folio, Virgi-
nianum, flofculis in cymis difpofitis. Pluk. Aim. 1 io*
tab. 54. fig. 2. Virginian Field Bafll with a ft iff, nar-
row, Pennyroyal leaf, and flowers difpofed om the tops of
the ftalks.

5. Satureja ( Origanoides ) foliis ovatis ferratis, corym-
bis terminalibus dichotomis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 568. Sa-
vory with oval flawed leaves, and flowers growing in a
divided corymbus , terminating the ftalks. Calamintha
ereda, Virginiana, mucronato folio glabro. Mor.
Hift. 3. p. 413. Upright Virginian Field Bafll, with a
fmooth acute-pointed leaf.

6. Satureja ( Juliana ) verticillis faftigiatis concatenatis

foliis lineari-lanceolatis. Iftn. Sp. Plant. 567. Savory
with bunched whorls of flowers , and linear fpear-Jhaped
leaves. Thymbra fandi Juliani five fatureja verior.
Lob. Icon. 245. §t. Julian’s Thymbra, or the true Sa-
vory. 4

7. Saturej4 ( Graca ) pedunculis corymbofis lateralibus
geminis, bradeis calvce brevioribus, Lin. Sp. Plant.
568. Savory with %orymbuJes of flowers upon foot-flalks,
growing by pairs from the wings of the leaves , and bratlets
Jhortcr than the empalement s'. Clinopodium Creticum.f
Alp. Exot. 265. Cretan Field Bafll.

8. Satureja ( Capitata ) floribus fpicatis, foliis carinatis, f
pundatis ciliatis. Lin. Mat. Med. 283. Savory with
fpiked flowers , and keel-Jhaped hairy leaves having fpots »
Thymum legitimum. Cluf. Hift. 1. p. 375. The legi-
timate Thyme.

The firft fort is generally known in the gardens by
the title of Summer Savory. This is an annual plant*
which grows naturally in the fouth of France and in
Italy, but it is cultivated in the Englilh gardens for
the kitchen, and alfo for medicinal ufe. It rifes with,
{lender ered ftalks about a foot high, fending out
branches at each joint by pairs, which are garnilhed
with leaves placed oppolite, which are about an inch
long, and one eighth of an inch broad in the middle 5
they are ftiff, a little hairy, and have an aromatic
odour if rubbed. The flowers grow from the wings
of the leaves toward the upper part of the branches,
each foot-ftalk fuftaining two flowers, which are of
the lip kind, having a fhort cylindrical tube; the
upper lip is ered and indented at the point ; the lower

556

is divided into three almoft equal parts ^ they are of
a pale flefh colour, and appear in July, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.

The fecond f<?rt grows naturally in Crete ; this rifes
with a fhrubby (talk about two feet high, dividing in-
to feveral (lender ligneous branches, which are gar
nifhed with fmall, ftiff, oval leaves, ending in acute
points, which emit an aromatic odour when bruifed.
The flowers grow in thick whorls round the ftalks
toward the top •, they have Ihort, hairy, five-pointed
empalements •, the tube of the petal is longer than the
cup, and the flower is Ihaped like that of the former,
but it is larger and of a brighter red colour. This
plant flowers in June, July, and Auguft, but rarely
ripens its feeds in England.

The third fort is well known in the gardens by the
title of Winter Savory j this is a perennial plant,
which grows naturally in the fouth of France and
Italy, but is here cultivated in gardens both for food
and phyfic. This hath a fhrubby, low, branching
ftalk ; the branches rife about a foot high ; they are
ligneous, and are garnifhed with two very narrow
leaves about an inch long at each joint ; they are ftiff,
and ftand oppoflte ; from the bafe of thefe come out
a few fmall leaves in clufters. The flowers grow from
the wings of the leaves upon fhort foot-ftalks ; they
are fhaped like thofe of the firft fort, but are larger and
of a paler colour. Thefe appear in June, and are
fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn, but the
plants will continue feveral years, efpecially if they
are planted in a poor dry foil.

The fourth fort grows naturally in North America •,
this hath a perennial root, but the ftalk is annual,
and rifes about a foot and a half high ; it is ftiff, an-
gular, and branches out toward the top. The leaves
are ftiff, fpear-fhaped, and pointed ; they are about
an inch and a half long, and a quarter of an inch
broad in the middle, pointed at both ends, and have
a ftrong fcent of Pennyroyal ; the ftalks are termi-
nated by white flowers colleded into globular heads.
Thefe appear in July, but are feldom fucceeded by
feeds in England.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain and fome parts
of Italy ; this hath very (lender ligneous ftalks which
grow ered, about nine inches high, fending out two
or three (lender fide branches toward the bottom ;
thefe are garnifhed with narrow, fpear-fhaped, ftiff
leaves, which are placed oppoflte. The flowers grow
in whorls above each other for more than half the
length of the ftalk, they feem as if they were bundled
together. The flowers are fmall and white ; they ap-
pear in July, but the feeds feldom ripen here ; the
whole plant has a pleafant aromatic fcent.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath
very (lender ligneous ftalks, which rife near a foot and
a half high, garnifhed with fmall, oval, ftiff, acute-
pointed leaves, whofe borders are reflexed. The
flowers grow in roundifh whorls upon foot-ftalks,
which rife by pairs from the wings of the leaves ;
thefe are fmall and white •, they appear in July, and
if the feafon proves warm, the feeds will ripen in
autumn.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this has a
low fhrubby ftalk, which fends out branches on every
fide, which grow about fix inches long, and are hoary ;
they are garnifhed with ftiff, narrow, acute-pointed
leaves, which are hollowed like the keel of a boat.
The flowers grow in fhort roundifh fpikes at the end
of the branches ; they are fmall and white ; the whole
plant is hoary, and very aromatic. This never pro-
duces feeds in England.

The firft fort is only cultivated by feeds ; thefe fhould
be fown the beginning of April, upon a bed of light
earth, either where they are to remain, or for tranf-
planting ; if the plants are to ftand unremoved, the
feeds fhould be fown thinly ; but if they are to be
tranfplanted, they may be fown clofer. When the
plants appear they muft be kept clean from weeds,
and afterward they may be treated in the fame way
as Marjoram.

The fecond, fixth, and eighth forts, are too tender
to live through the winter in the open air in England.
Thefe are generally propagated by flips or cuttings,
which take root very readily during any of the fummer
months if thefe cuttings or flips are planted in a
fhady border, or are fhaded from the fun with mats,
they will put out roots in two months, fit to be tranf-
planted, when they fhould be taken up carefully, and
each tranfplanted into a fmall pot, filled with frefh un-
dunged earth, and placed in the fhade till they have
taken new root •, then they may be placed in a fheb
tered fituation, where they may remain till the end of
Odober, when they fhould be placed under a com-
mon hot-bed frame, where they may be expofed to
the open air at all times when the weather is mild •, but
they muft be protected from hard froft, which will de-
ftroy them if expofed thereto.

As thefe plants feldom live above three or four years,
fo there fhould be a fupply of young plants railed to
preferve the fpecies, otherwise they may be foon
loft. In winter they fhould not have much wet, for
they are very fubjed to grow mouldy by moifture, but
efpecially if the free air is excluded from them ; or if
their branches are drawn up weak, they are very apt
to get mouldy, and then they foon decay.

The third fort is very hardy, fo if this is fown or
planted upon a dry lean foil, it will endure the greateft
cold of our winters. I have feen fome of the plants
growing upon the top of an old wall, where they
were fully expofed to the cold, and thefe furvived

the fevere froft, when moft of thofe which were grow-
m □

ing in the ground were deftroyed. This may be pro-
pagated either by feeds in the fame way as the firft
fort, or by flips, which, if planted in the fpring, will
take root very freely. Thefe plants will laft feveral
years, but when they are old, their (hoots will be
fhort and not fo well furnifhed with leaves, fo will
not be fo good for ufe as young plants, therefore it
will be proper to raife a fupply of young plants every
other year.

The fifth fort has a perennial root, but the ftalks
decay every autumn. There are two varieties of this,
one of them has narrower leaves and larger heads
than the other, and the leaves have very little fcent ;
whereas thofe of the common fort fmell fo like Pen-
nyroyal, as not to be diftinguifhed by thofe who do
not fee the plants. This fort lometimes produces good
feeds here, from which the plants may be eafily pro-
pagated ; they may alfo be increafed by planting cut-
tings in the fpring, in the fame manner as is pradifed.
for Mint ; thefe will take root freely, and if they are
afterwards planted in a moift foil, they will thrive ex-
ceedingly ; but as the plant is never ufed here, fo it
is only kept for variety in fome curious gardens.

SATYRIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 90 r. Orchis, Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 431. tab. 247, 248.

The Characters are.

It hath a fingle ftalk \ the flowers have no empalements
hut fit upon the germen : they have five oblong oval pe-
tals ^ three outer and two inner , rifling and joined in a hel-
met ; they have a one-leaved neBarium, fituated on the
fide between the divifon of the petals, faftened to the re-
ceptacle. The upper lip is fhort and erect. the under is
plain and hangs downward, their bafe reprefents the hinder
part of the fcrotum. They have two fhort fender ftamina
fitting upon the point al, having oval fummits which have
double cells flout in the upper lip of the neBarium , and an
oblong twifted germen fituated under the flower , having a
fhort ftyle , growing on the upper lip of the neBarium ,
crowned by an obtufe comprefled ftigma. The germen af-
terward becomes an oblong capfule with one cell , having
three keels and three cells , opening under the keels three
ways , and filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnasus’s twentieth clafs, which includes thofe plants
in whofe flowers the ftamina are connected to the
ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Satyrium ( Nigrum ) bulbis palmatis, foliis Iineari-
bus, floribus relupinatis nedarii labio indivifo ovato

acuminato

S A U

acuminato. A£t. Upfal. 1740. p. 19. Satyrium with
handed bulbs. Unear leaves, the flowers oval , bending down-
ward, and the neblarium undivided. Orchis palmata an-
guftifolia Alpina, nigro flore. C. B. P. 86. Narrow-
leavedhanded Orchis of the Alps, with a black flower.

2. Satyrium ( Hirfimm ) bulbis indivifis, foliis lanceo-
latis, neftarii labio trifido, intermedia lineari, obliqua
prsemorfa. Ad. Upfal. 1740. tab. 18. Satyrium with
an undivided bulb, fpear-Jhaped leaves , and the lip of the
nedarium trifid, the middle fegment being linear and ob-
liquely bitten. Orchis barbata foetida. J. B. P. 2.
p. 756. The Lizard-flower, or Great Goat-ft ones.

3. Satyrium ( Viride ) bulbis palmatis, foliis oblongis
obtufis, nedarii labio lineari trifido, intermedia ob-
foleta. Ad. Upfal. 1740. p. 18. Satyrium with handed
bulbs, oblong blunt leaves, and the lip of the nedarium
divided into three linear parts , the middle one being obfo-
lete. Orchis palmata minor, flore luteo viridi. Raii
Syn. 11. 239. Smaller handed Orchis with a green flower,
by fome called the Frog Orchis.

4. Satyrium (. Albidum ) bulbis fafciculatis*. foliis lan-
ceolatis, nedarii labio trifido, acuto, intermedia ma-
jore. Ad. Upfal. 1740. Satyrium with cluftered bulbs,
fpear-Jhaped leaves, and the lip of the nedarium divided
into three acute parts, the middle one being the largeft.
Orchis palmata Alpina, -fpica denfa albo-viridi. Hal-
ler. Helv. 68. Alpine handed Orchis , with a thick clofe
fpike of whitijh green flowers.

The firft fort grows naturally upon the Alps ; this
has a broad, handed, bulbous root; the ftalk riles about
nine inches high, and is garnifhed with very narrow
leaves ; thofe on the lower part are about four inches
long, but on the upper part they are fcarce one inch ;
their bafe embraces the ftalk. The flowers grow in a
thick Ihort fpike at the top, they are of a dark pur-
ple colour ; the lip of the nedarium has three lobes,
the middle one being the largeft. This flowers the
beginning of June.

The fecond fort grows naturally in feveral parts of
England ; this has a folid bulbous root, which is not
divided ; the ftalk is ftrong, and rifes fifteen inches
high ; the lower part is garnifhed with leaves near
five inches long and half an inch broad, which em-
brace the ftalk with their bafe. The fpike of flowers
which occupy the upper part of the ftalk, is fix inches
in length ; the flowers are of a dirty white, with fome
linear ftripes and fpots of a brown colour ; the beard
or middle fegment of the lip of the nedarium is two
inches long, and appears as if it was obliquely bitten
off. It flowers the latter end of June.

The third fort grows naturally on dry paftures, and
upon chalk hills in feveral parts of England. This
has a handed bulbous root ; the ftalk rifes near a foot
high ; the lower part is garnifhed with leaves three
inches long and half an inch broad, whofe bafes em-
brace the ftalk. The flowers grow in a long flender
fpike on the top of the ftalk ; the nedarium of this
varies in colour, it is fometimes of a dufky purple,
and at others of a yellowifh green colour. It flowers
the latter end of May, or the beginning of June.

The fourth fort grows near Verona, and upon the
Alps. This hath feveral fmall bulbs which are joined
together ; the ftalk rifes about eight inches high, the
lower part is garnifhed with fpear-fhaped leaves about
three inches long, which embrace the ftalk with their
bafe. The flowers are colleded in a fhort thick fpike
on the top of the ftalk, which are of an herbaceous
white colour. This flowers in June.

All thefe plants are difficult to propagate, fo the belt
way to obtain them is to take up their roots at a pro-
per feafon, and tranfplant them into the gardens, put-
ting the feveral forts into different foils, as near to
that in which they naturally grow as poffible, and to
leave the ground undifturbed ; for if their roots are
injured, the plants feldom thrive after. The ma-
nagement of this plant being the fame as for the Or-
chis, I ffiall not repeat it here.

S A VINE. See Juniperus.

S A V O R Y. See Satureja.

SAURURUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 414. Lizard’s-tail,

SAX

The Characters are.

The flowers are difpofed into a kat'kin or tail ; they have
an oblong permanent empalement of one leaf, coloured on
the fide. They have no petal , but have fix long hair -like
ftamina, placed three on each fide oppofite , terminated by
oblong ered fummits , and an oval germen with three lobes
having no fly le, but is crowned by three blunt per moment
ftigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval berry
with one cell, inclofing one oval feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedion of
Linnmus’s feventh clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have feven ftamina, and three ftyles or
ftigmas.

We have but one Species of this genus at prefent
in the Engliffi gardens, viz.

Saururus ( Cernuus ) foliis cordatis petiolatis, amen-
ds folitariis recurvis. Hort. Upfal. 91. Lizard’s -
tail with heart-Jhaped leaves having foot-ftalks , and ftngle
recurved fpikes of flowers. Serpentaria repens, flori-
bus ftamineis fpicatis, bryonise nigrae folio ampliore
pingui, Virginienfis. Pluk. Aim. 343. Creeping Snake-
wort of Virginia, with fpiked flamineous flowers , and a
large, fat , black, Briony leaf.

This plant grows naturally in moft parts of North Ame-
rica. The root is fibrous and perennial ; the ftalks ge-
nerally trail upon the ground, fo feldom rife more than
two feet high, having fome longitudinal furrows ; the
leaves are heart-ffiaped and fmooth ; they are about
three inches long, and two broad at their bafe, end-
ing in cbtufe points, and have feveral longitudinal
veins which join at the foot-ftalk, but diverge from
the midrib toward the borders in the middle, and join
again at the point ; thefe ftand upon foot-ftalks about
an inch long, which are placed alternately on the
ftalk. The fpike of flowers comes out from the
wings of the leaves toward the top of the ftalk, which
is taper, and about two inches long ; thefe appear
in July, but make but little appearance, and are not
fucceeded by feeds in England. The ftalk decays in
autumn.

This is preferved in botanic gardens for the fake of
variety ; but, as it has no beauty, it is very rarely
admitted into other gardens ; it is propagated by
parting of the root, which may be performed either
in autumn, foon after the ftalks decay, or in the
fpring, before the roots begin to flioot ; it loves a
moift foil and a fhady fituation.

The other plants, which in the former editions of
this work were placed in this genus, are now re-
moved to the genus of Piper.

SAXIFRAGA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 252. tab. 129.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 464. [fo called, q. faxa ftones, and
frangens. Lot. breaking, becaufe, as Bauhinus fays,
the juice of it being drank, breaks the ftone in the
reins and bladder, but the truth of it is doubted.
Others derive it from its growing on ftony moun-
tains, as growing out of the clefts of the ftones.]
Saxifrage.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a fhort, permanent, acute empalement of
one leaf, cut into five fegments ; it has five plain petals,
which are longer than the empalement, and ten awl-floaped
fiamina, terminated by roundijh fummits, with a roundiflj
acute-pointed germen fitting upon two flyles, crowned by ob
tufe ftigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oval cap -
fule with two horns opening between their tops , and filled
with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion of
Linna2us’s tenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Saxifraga ( Granulata ) foliis caulinis reniformibus
lobatis, caule ramafo radice granulata. Hort. Cliff.
167. Saxifrage with leaves upon the ftalks which are kid-
ney-Jhaped, and have lobes, a branching ftalk , and roots
like grains of Corn. Saxifraga rotundifolia, alba. C ,
B. P. 339. Round-leaved white Saxifrage.

2. Saxifraga ( Cotyledon ) foliis radicatis aggregatis lin- 1
gulatis cartilagineo-ferratis, caule paniculate. Lin.
Sp. 570. Saxifrage with tongue-Jhaped leaves at the root 5

which

S AX

tvlich are joined together , and have cartilaginous Jaws , j
and a pahicled jialk. Saxifraga folio fedi anguftiore, 1
ferrato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 252. Saxifrage with a nar- j
row Houfeleek leaf. \ which is Jawed on its edges.

3< Saxifraga [Paniculata ) foliis radicatis aggregates cu-
neiformibus cartilagineo-ferratis, caule paniculato.
Saxifrage with the lower leaves wedge-fhaped and joined
together , with edges having cartilaginous Jaws , and a pa-
niculated Jialk. Saxifraga foliis fubrotundis ferratis.
Tourn, Inft. 252. Saxifrage with roundifh Jawed leaves.

4. Saxifraga [Pyr ami data) foliis radicatis aggregatis
lingulatis,cartilageneo-ferratis, caulepyramidato. Saxi-
frage with the lower leaves joined together , which are
tongue-fhaped , and have cartilaginous Jaws , and a pyra-
midal Jialk. Saxifraga montana, pyramidata, folio
longiore. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 253. Mountain pyrami-
dal Saxifrage , with a longer leaf.

5. Saxifraga ( Rotundifolia ) foliis caulinis dentatis re-
niformibus petiolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 403. Saxi-
frage with kidney-Jhaped leaves on the Jialks , which
are indented and have foot -Jialks. Geum rotundifo-
lium majus. Tourn. Inft. 251. Greater round-leaved
Kidneywort.

6. Saxifraga ( Hirfuta ) foliis reniformibus dentatis,

caule nudo paniculato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 401. Saxifrage
with indented kidney-floaped leaves , and a naked panicu-
lated Jialk. Geum folio circinato, piftillo floris palli-

do. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 251. Round-leaved Kidneywort ,
with a pale point al to the flower.

7. Saxifraga ( Punttata ) foliis obovatis dentatis petiola-
tis, caule nudo paniculato. Lin. Sp. Plant. 401. Saxi-
frage with oblong , oval , indented leaves having foot -Jialks ,
and a naked paniculated Jialk. Geum folio fubrotundo !
majore, piftillo floris rubro. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 251.
Greater roundijh-leaved Kidneywort , with a red pointal
to the flower , commonly called London Pride , or None-fo-

, pretty.

8. Saxifraga {Penfylvanica) foliis lanceolatis denticu-
latis, caule nudo paniculato, floribus fubcapitatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 399. Saxifrage with fpear-Jhaped in-
dented leaves , a naked paniculated Jialk , and flowers col-
lected in heads. Saxifraga Penfylvanica, floribus muf-
cofls racemofis. Hort. Elth. 337. Saxifrage of Penfyl-
vania , with branching mojfy flowers.

9. Saxifraga ( Nivalis ) foliis obovatis crenatis fubfefli-
libus, caule nudo, floribus congeftis. Lin. Sp. Plant.

40 1 . Saxifrage with oblong , ovaf crenated leaves fitting
clofe to the root , a naked Jialk , and flowers growing in
clofe bunches. Saxifraga foliis oblongo-rotundis den-
tatis, floribus compa&is. Raii Syn. 3. 354. Saxifrage
with oblong , round , indented leaves , and compact flowers.

10. Saxifraga ( Autumnalis ) foliis caulinis linearibus
alternis ciliatis, radicalibus aggregatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.

402. Saxifrage with linear leaves on the Jialk which are
Jet with fine hairs , are alternate , and thofe at the root
joined together. Geum ansuftifolium autumnale, flore
iuteo guttato. Tourn. Irift. 252. Narrow-leaved au-
tumnal Kidneywort , with a yellow fpotted flower.

n. Saxifraga ( Oppofitifolia ) foliis caulinis ovatis op-
pofitis imbricatis, fummis ciliatis. Flor. Suec. 359.
Saxifrage with oval leaves on the Jialks which are oppojite ,
which lie over each other , and upper leaves having fine
hairs. Sedum Alpinum ericoides purpurafcens. C. B.
P. 284. Jlpine purplijh Houfleek like Heath.

12. Saxifraga {Hypnoides) foliis caulinis linearibus in-
tegris trifidifve, ftolonibus procumbentibus, caule
eredto nudiufcula. Lin. Sp. Plant. 405. Saxifrage with
linear leaves on the Jialks which are entire or trifid , trail-
ing Jide-Jhoots , and ere Cl Jialks which are almoft naked.
Saxifraga mufcofa trifido folio. Tourn. Inft. 252.
Mojfy Saxifrage with a trifid leaf or Mountain Sea-green
with jugged leaves , commonly called Ladies Cufhion.

There are many more fpecies of this genus than are
here enumerated, fome of which grow naturally in
Great-Britain •, but, as they are very rarely admitted
into gardens, it would be needlefs to mention them
all in this work.

The firft fort is the common white Saxifrage, which
grows naturally in the meadows in moft parts of Eng-
land. The roots of this plant are like grains of Corn,

6

SAX

of a reddifh colour without, from which arife kidney-
fhaped hairy leaves, ftanding upon pretty long foot-
ftalks. The ftalks are thick, a foot high, hairy, and
furrowed on two Tides j thefe branch out from the'
bottom, and have a few fmall leaves like thofe below,
which fit clofe to the ftalks ; the flowers terminate the
ftalk, growing in fmall clufters ; they have five fmall
white petals, inclofing ten ftamina and the two ftyles.
It flowers in April : the roots and leaves of this plant
are ufed in medicine.

There is a variety of this which was found wild by
Mr. Jofeph Blind, gardener at Barnes, who tranfplanted
it into his garden, and afterward diftributed it to fe-
veral curious perfons, finqe which time it has been
multiplied fo much, as to become a very common
plant in moft gardens near London, where it is com-
monly planted in pots to adorn court-yards, &c. in
the fpring, and is very ornamental at that feafon in
the borders of the flower-garden.

This plant is propagated by offsets, which are fent
forth from the old roots in great plenty. The belt
feafon for tranfplanting them is in July, after their
leaves are decayed, when they muff: be put into frefti
undunged earth, and placed in the fhade until au-
tumn j but in winter they may be expofed to the fun,
which will caufe them to flower fomewhat earlier in
the fpring. In April thefe plants will flower, and, if
they are in large tufts, will at that time make a very
handfome appearance ; for which reafon moft people
fuffer them to remain three or four years unremoved,
and when they are tranfplanted, always plant them in
bunches, that they may produce a greater number of
flowers. If thefe plants are put into the full ground,
they muft have a fhady fituation, otherwife they will
not thrive.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
hath a perennial fibrous root. The leaves grow round
in circular heads, embracing each other at their bafe,
after the fame manner as the common Houfleek ; they
are tongue-fhaped, about two inches long, and a
quarter of an inch broad, rounded at their points, and
have a white, cartilaginous, fawed border. The ftalk
rifes about afoot high ; it is of a purplifh colour, a
little hairy, and fends out feveral horizontal branches
the whole length. The flowers grow in fmall cluf-
ters at the end of the branches ; they are white, and
have feveral fmall red fpots on the infide. This flowers
in June.

It is eafily propagated by offsets, which are fent out
in plenty ; they may be taken off at almoft any feafon
when the weather is mild, and fhould be planted in a
very dry foil and a fhady fituation.

The third fort grows naturally on the Alps. The
leaves of this fort are gathered into circular heads like
the former, but are not more than half an inch long,
and are wedge-fhaped, the upper part being broad
and rounded, but they diminifh all the way to their
bafe, where they are narrow ; their borders are edged
and indented in the fame manner as thofe of the for-
mer. The ftalk, in the places where the plant grows
naturally, feldom rifes more than fix inches high,
but, when tranfplanted into gardens, is often more
than a foot ; thefe have fmall leaves fitting clofe to
them their whole length. The flowers are difpofed in
loofe panicles on the top of the ftalks ; they are
white and fpotted with red. This fort flowers in
June, and may be propagated in the fame manner as
the former.

The fourth fort grows naturally on the mountains in
Italy. The leaves of this are gathered into circular
heads like thofe of the two former ; they are two
inches long, and half an inch broad, tongue-fhaped,
rounded at their points, and have cartilaginous fawed
borders. The ftalk rifes a foot and a half high,
branching out near the ground, forming a natural py-
ramid to the top ; the flowers have five wedge-fhaped
petals which fpread open ; they are white, and have
ten ftamina placed circularly the length of the tube,
terminated by roundifh purple fummits. It flowers
in June. When thefe plants are ftrong, they pro-
duce

SAX

ddce very large pyramids of flowers, which make a
fine appearance, fo are very ornamental for halls, or
to place in chimneys, where, being kept in the fhade,
and fcreened from winds and rains, they will conti-
nue in beauty much longer than if kept in the open
air.

This plant is eaflly propagated by offsets, which are
put out from the fide of the old plants in plenty. Thefe
are ufually planted in pots filled with frefh light earth,
and in the fummerfeafon placed in the fhade, but in
the winter it fhould be expofed to the fun, and all the
offsets fhould be taken off, leaving the plants Angle,
which will caufe them to produce a much ftronger
idem for flowering-, for where there are offsets about
the old plant, they exhauft the nourifhment from it,
whereby it is rendered much weaker. Thefe offsets
muff be each planted in a feparate halfpenny pot,
filled with frefh earth, in order to fucceed the older
plants, which generally perifli after flowering ; the
offsets v/ill produce flowers the fecond year, fo that
there fhould be annually fome of them planted to fuc-
ceed the others.

The fifth fort grows naturally on the Helvetian
mountains ; this hath a perennial root. The ftalk is
ered, about a foot high, channelled and hairy it is
garnifhed with kidney-fhaped leaves which are fharply
indented, and puts out a few flender foot-ftalks from
the fide toward the upper part ; thefe, and alfo the
principal fdalks, are terminated by fmall clufters of
white flowers marked with feveral red fpots. This
fort flowers in May ; it is propagated by parting the
roots the bed time for this is in autumn, that the
plants may have good roots before the dry weather in
the fpring. It loves a fhady fituation and a loamy
foil.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Pyre-
nean mountains. The root is fibrous and perennial ;
the leaves are thick, kidney-fhaped, and crenated on
their edges •, they are of a deep green on their upper
fide, but pale on their under, Handing upon long,
thick, hairy foot-ftalks ; thefe branch out into a pa-
nicle, which fuftains feveral fmall white flowers mark-
ed with red fpots ; the ftamina of this fort are longer
than the petals. It flowers in June, and propagates
very faft by offsets, which fhould be taken off in au-
tumn, and planted in a fhady fituation, where they
will thrive faft enough.

The feventh fort is known by the titles of London
Pride, or None-fo-pretty it grows naturally on the
Alps, and alfo in great plenty upon a mountain called
Mangerton, in the county of Kerry in Ireland. The
roots of this are perennial ; the leaves are oblong,
oval, and placed circularly at bottom ; they have
broad, flat, furrowed foot-ftalks near two inches
long, deeply crenated on their edges, which are white ;
the ftalk rifes about a foot high, is of a purple co-
lour, ftiff, flender, and hairy ; it fends out from the
fide on the upper part feveral fhort foot-ftalks, which
are terminated by white flowers fpotted with red ; the
ftamina are longer than the petals of the flower, as are
alfo the two ftyles ; thefe have red ftigmas. It flowers
in June, and may be propagated in the fame way as
the former ; it loves a fhady fituation.

The eighth fort grows naturally in North America i
this is a perennial plant with a fibrous root, from
which arife feveral leaves which are fpear-fhaped ;
they are feven or eight inches long, and two broad to-
ward the top, having feveral fmall indentures on
their edges ; they are of a deep green, and thick con-
fluence, fpread ing' near the ground. The ftalk rifes
a foot and a half high, is naked, and branches at the
top in form of a panicle, fuftaining very fmall herba-
ceous flowers, which are colleded into fmall heads.
This fort flowers in June.

It is propagated by parting the root ; the beft time is
in autumn ; it loves a moift foil and a fhady fitua-
tion, and is never injured by cold.

The ninth fort grows naturally upon fome mountains
in Wales-, this hath a fibrous perennial root, from
which come out oblong, roundifh, indented leaves ;

S C A

they are near two inches long, and an inch and a half
broad, deeply indented* or rather fawed on their
edges, fitting very clofe to the root. The ftalk rifes
about five inches high * it is naked* and terminated
by a clofe compad duller of white flowers'; thefe'
appear in July, and if they are in a fhady fituation,
will continue almoft a month. This plant muff: have ^
a fhady fituation and a loamy foil, otherwife it will
not thrive.

The tenth fort grows naturally upon the Auflrian
mountains ; it has alfo been found growing in plenty
ori Knotsford Moor in Ghefhire ; this is a perennial
plant. The leaves are gathered in clufters at the bot-
tom ; they are fpear-fhaped, about two inches long,
and half an inch broad in the middle, drawing to a
point at both ends ; the ftalk rifes about fix inches
high, and is garnifhed with narrow leaves the whole
length, which are placed alternately, and fit clofe to
the ftalks ; the flowers are produced in fmall clufters
at the top of the ftalk ; they have five yellowifh
petals which fpread open, having feveral red fpots on
their infide. This plant flowers in Auguft. It is dif-
ficult to propagate in gardens, for it naturally grows
upon bogs ; fo that unlefs it is planted in fuch loofe
rotten earth, and kept conftantly moift, it will not
thrive.

The eleventh fort grows naturally upon the Pyrenean
and Helvetian mountains, as alfo upon Ingleborough-
hill in Yorkfhire, Snowden in Wales, and other high
places in the north of England : this is a perennial
plant, whofe ftalks trail upon the ground, and are
feldom more than two inches long ; thefe are gar-
nifhed with fmall oval leaves Handing oppofite, which
lie over each other like the fcales of fifh ; thev are of
a brown green colour, and have a refemblance of
Heath. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches ; they are pretty large, and of a deep blue,
fo make a pretty appearance during their continu-
ance, which is great part of March, and the begin-
ning of April.

This is propagated by parting of the roots ; the beft
time for doing it is in autumn: it muff: have a fhady
fituation and a moift foil, otherwife it will not thrive
in gardens.

The twelfth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, Py-
renees, and Helvetian mountains ; it is alfo found
growing plentifully onlngleborough-hill in Yorkfhire,
Snowden in Wales, and fome other places in the north ;
this is a perennial plant, whole branches fpread flat
upon the ground, and put out roots at their joints ;
thefe are garnifhed with fine foft leaves like Mofs,
fome of which are entire, and others cut into three
points. The branches join fo clofe together, as to
form a foft roundifh bunch like a pillow or cufhion,
from whence fome have given it the appellation of
Ladies Cufhion ; the ftalks rife three or four inches
high ; they are flender, ered, and have two or three
fmall leaves, fome are entire, and others trifid ; they
are of a bright green colour, and foft to the touch ; the
flowers grow in fmall bunches at the top of the ftalk ;
they are fmall, and of a dirty colour, fo make no
great appearance ; thefe come out in June.

This fort propagates faft enough by its trailing
branches, provided it is planted in a moift foil and a
fhady fituation, but it will not thrive in dry ground,
or where it is much expofed to the fun. The beft time
to remove any of thefe plants is in autumn, that
they may have the benefit of the winter’s rain to efta-
blifh them well before the dry weather of the fpring
comes on ; for when they are planted late, they are
very fubjed to die, unlefs they are fupplied with wa-
ter, and thofe which live feldom make any figure the
firft year.

SCAB I OS A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 463. tab. 263,

264. Lin. Gen. Plant. 108. [fo called from fcabies,

Lat. a fcab, becaufe this plant is faid to heal the fcab,]
Scabious.

The Characters are,

The common empalement is compofed of many leaves , is
fpreading , containing many flowers : it has feveral feries

1 2 A of

1

,/

S C A

tf leaves furrounding the receptacle on which they fit *,
the inner are gradually [mailer. 'The flowers have a dou-
ble empalement , and Jit upon the germen the outer is
jhort , membranaceous , folded , and permanent the inner
is divided into jive awl-jhaped capillary fegments. The
florets have one ere Si tubulons petal , cut into four or five
parts at the brim •, they have four weak , awl-jhaped ,
hair-like ftamina , terminated by oblong profir ate fummits.
The germen is fituated under the receptacle of the florets ,
fuppcrting a fi nder fiyle , ' crowned by an obtufe ftigma ,
which is obliquely indented •, it afterward becomes an ob-
long oval feed [fitting in the common empalement ,' and
crowned by the cup of the flower.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fourth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Scabios a ( Arvenfi.s ) corollulis quadrifidis radiantibus,
caule hifpido. Hort. Cliff. 3 1 . Scabious with quadrifid
radiated florets , and a rough hairy ftalk. Scabiofa pra-
tenfis hirfuta, que oflicinarum. C. B. P. 269. Hairy
Meadow Scabious of the [loops.

2. Scabios a ( Succifa ) corollulis quadrifidis sequalibus,
caule fimplici, ramis approximatix, foliis lanceolato-
ovatis. Hort. Cliff. 30. Scabious with quadrifid florets
which are equals a Jingle ftalk , and branches growing
near , with fpear-floaped oval leaves. Scabiofa integri-
folia, glabra, radice prasmorsa. H L. B. Scabious with
an entire flmooth leaf and a bitten root , called Devil3 s-bit.

3. Scabiosa ( Tranfylvanica ) corollulis quadrifidis asqua-
libus fquamis calycinis ovatis obtufis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
98. Scabious with quadrifid florets which are equal , and
the flaks of the empalement oval and obtufe. Scabiofa
altiffima annua, foliis agrimonke nonnihil fimilibus.
H. L. B. Tallefl annual Scabious , with leaves not unlike
Agrimony.

4. Scabiosa ( Centauroidcs ) corollulis quadrifidis fiftu-
lofis squalibus, fquamis calycinis acutis, caule pani-
culato, foliis rigidis pinnatifidis. Scabious with quadri-
fid jfiulous florets which are equal , acute J coles to the em-
palement., a paniculated ftalk , and ftijf wing-pointed leaves.
Scabiofa annua fiftulofa, centauroides. H. Cath. An-
nual jiflulous Scabious , refembling the greater Centaury.

5. Scabiosa ( Montana ) corollulis quadrifidis asqualibus,
ftaminibus longioribus, fquamis calycinis acutis, fo-
liis radicalibus lanceolatis integerrimis caulinis divifis.
Scabious with quadrifid equal florets , longer ftamina , acute
flaks to the empalement , and the lower leaves fpear-
floaped and entire , but thofe on the ftalks divided. Sca-
biofa montana glabra, foliis fcabiofe vulgaris. C. B.
P. 270. Smooth Mountain Scabious , with leaves like the
common fort.

6. Scabiosa ( Altiffima ) corollulis quadrifidis radianti-
bus caule hifpido, foliis lanceolatis pinnatifidis, foli-
olis imbricatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 99. Scabious with ra-
diated quadrifid florets , a rough hairy ftalk , and fpear-
floaped wing-pointed leaves , with lobes Jet over each other
in the manner of tiles. Scabiofa altiffima fegetum.
Triumf Raii Hift. App. 236. The tallefl Corn Scabious.

y. Scabiosa ( Rigida ) corollulis quadrifidis sequalibus,
calycinis ovatis obtufis, foliis pinnatifidis. Scabious
with equal quadrifid florets , neat, oval , obtufe empalements ,
and wing-pointed leaves. Scabiofa fruticans anguftifo-
lia. C. B. P. 270. Narrow-leaved fhrubby Scabious.

S. Scabiosa {Gramini folia) corollulis quinquefidis foliis
lineari-lanceolatis, caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp. 145. Sca-
bious with radiated quinquefid florets , linear leaves , and
an herbaceous ftalk. Scabiofa argentea anguftifolia.
C. B. P. 271. Silvery narrow-leaved Scabious.

9, Scabiosa [Virga paftoris) corollulis quinquefidis aequa-
libus, caule eredto hifpido, foliis lanceolatis denticu-
latis hirfutis, femi-amplexicaulibus. Scabious with equal
quinquefid florets , an erect ftalk which is rough and hairy ,
and fpear-floaped hairy leaves which are fomewhat in-
dented., and half embrace the ftalks. Scabiofa virgin
paftoris folio. C. B. P. 270. Scabious with a Shepherd's
Rod leaf.

10. Scabiosa \Alpina) corollulis quadrifidis aequalibus
floribns cernuis, foliis pinnatis foliolis lanceolatis ler-
ratis. Hort. Cliff, 30. Scabious with radiated florets ,

S C A

and winged flawed leaves. Scabiofa Alpina foliis cerk
taurii majoris. C. B. P. 270. Alpine Scabious , with
leaves like thofe of the greater Centaury.

11. Scabiosa ( Cretica ) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
lanceolatis confertiffimis iutegerrimis, caule fuffruti-
cofo. Scabious with radiated qumquefid florets, linear,
fpear-floaped , entire leaves , and an under fhrub fcalk.
Scabiofa frutefcens, foliis leucoii hortenfis. H. Cath.
Shrubby Scabious with a Stock Gilliflower leaf.

12. Scabiosa ( Frutefcens ) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
lanceolatis confertiffimis fubintegerrimis. Hort. Cliff.
3 1 . Scabious with quinquefid florets , and fpear-floaped
leaves in clufters , which are almoft: entire. Scabiofa ftel-
lata, folio non diffedto. C. B. P. 271. Starry Scabious
with an undivided leaf.

13. Scabiosa ( Ocroleuco ) corollulis pinnatis radicali-
bus bipinnatis petiolis perfoliatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 101.
Scabious with radiated quinquefid florets , and linear dou-
bly-winged leaves. Scabiofa mukifido folio, flore fia-
vefcente. C. B. P. 270. Scabious with a many-pointed
leaf and a yellowifh flovoer.

14. Scabiosa ( Argentea ) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
pinnatis, laciniis lanceolatis, pedunculis nudis lievi-
bus longiffirnis. Prod. Leyd. 190. Scabious with quin-
quefid florets , winged leaves having fpear-floaped figments,
and long , naked , fmooth foot-ftalks. Scabiofa Orienta-
lis argentea, foliis inferioribus incifis. Tourn. Cor. 34.
Silvery Eaftern Scabious , whofl lower leaves are cut.

1 5. Scabiosa ( Alropurpurea ) corollulis quinquefidis, fo-
liis diffedtis, receptaculis florum fubulatis. Hort.
Cliff. 31. Scabious with Jive-pointed florets , cut leaves ,
and awl-fhaped receptacles to the flowers. Scabiofa
peregrina, capitulo oblongo nigricante. C. B. P. 270.
Foreign Scabious , with an oblong head and black flowers.

16. Scabiosa (Stellata) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis dif-
fedtis, receptaculis florum fubrotundis. Hort. Cliff.
3 1 . Scabious with five-pointed florets , cut leaves , and
roundiflo receptacles to the flowers. Scabiofa ftellata fo-
lio laciniato major.. C. B. P. 271. Greater ftarry Sca-
bious with a cut leaf.

17. Scabiosa ( Africana ) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis
inferioribus integris crenatis, caulinis incifo- crenatis,
caule fruticofo. Scabious with five-pointed florets , the
lower leaves entire and crendted, thofe upon the ftalks
bluntly cut , and a florubby ftalk. Scabiofa Africana fru-
tefcens. Par. Bat. 219. Shrubby African Scabious.

18. Scabiosa (Incifus) corollulis quinquefidis, foliis in-
ferioribus crenatis, caulinis duplicato-pinnatis, caule
fruticofo hirfuto. Scabious with five-pointed florets , the
under leaves crenated , thofe on the ftalks doubly winged,
and a florubby hairy ftalk. Scabiofa Africana frute-
fcens, maxima, foliis tenuiffime incifis. Boerh. Ind.
alt. 1. 128. Great eft fhrubby African Scabious , with
leaves very Jlightly cut.

19. Scabiosa ( Fimbriatus ) corollulis multifidis, caly-
cibus florum longioribus, caule ramofo foliis diffedtis.
Scabious with many-pointed florets, longer empalements to
the flowers , a branching ftalk , and cut leaves. Scabiofa
Orientalis ftellata, foliis variis flore carneo, femiflofcu-
lis florum fimbriatis. Edit, prior. Eaftern ftarry Scabi-
ous, with various leaves , a fleflo- coloured flower, and the
half florets fringed.

The firft fort grows naturally in the fields in divers
parts of England j this hath a ftrong, thick, fibrous
root, which runs deep into the ground, fending out
many branching ftalks, which rife near three feet
high : the lower leaves are fometimes almoft entire,
and at others they are cut into many fegments almoft
to the midrib ; they are feven or eight inches long,
and from three to four broad in the middle, hairy,
and fit clofe to the root. The ftalks are covered
with ftiff prickly hairs, and garnifhed with fmaller
leaves at each joint, which are cut into narrow feg-
ments almoft to the midrib. The flowers are pro-
duced upon naked foot-ftalks at the end of the
branches ; thefe have a double empalement, which is
hairy, and are compofed of feveral tubulons florets,
cut into four points at the top, each having a particu-
lar empalement, refting upon the common placenta.

. The florets round the border are larger and deeper

cue

S C A

cut than thofe which compofe the clifk or middle,
their outer fegments being much longer than the two
fide ones, and thole are longer than the inner feg-
ment ; they have four weak framina, which boon
{brink after the flowers open. In the center is fituated
a ftyle which is longer than the floret, terminated
by a roundifh ftigma. The flowers are of a pale
purple colour, and have a ftrong faint odour •, they
appear in June, and the italics decay to the root every
autumn. This fort is intended by the College of
Phyficians for medicinal ufe, under the title of Sca-
biofa.

The fecond fort grows naturally in moiit woods and
paitures in molt parts of England, and is dire&ed by
the College of Phyficians to be ufed, under the title
of Morfus Diaboli, or Devil’s-bit ; this hath a fliort
tap-root, which appears as if the end of it were bitten
or cut off, from whence it had the title of Succifa,
and Morfus Diaboli. The leaves are oval, fpear-
fhaped, and fmooth ; they are four inches long, and
tv/o broad in the middle, drawing to a point at each
end ; the ftalks are Angle, about two feet high, gar-
niflied with two leaves at each joint, fhaped like thofe
below, but are fmaller •, they generally fend out two
fhort foot- ftalks from their upper joint Handing op-
pofite, which are each terminated by one fmall blue
flower, as is alfo the principal {talk with one larger.
Thefe are conftrudted in the fame way as the former,
and appear in Auguft. As thefe plants are to be
found plentifully in the fields and woods, fo they are
feldom admitted into gardens.

The third fort grows naturally in Tranfylvania •, this
is an annual plant, which is preferved in botanic gar-
dens for variety •, but as the flowers have little beauty,
fo it is rarely allowed a place in other gardens. The
ftalks rife four or five feet high, dividing into feveral
branches ; the leaves are hairy, and cut almoft to the
midrib. The flowers are fmall, of a pale purplifh
colour, and appear in July ; the feeds ripen in au-
tumn, when, if they are permitted to fcatter, the
plants will come up without care ; if thefe are thinned
and kept clean from weeds, it is all the culture they
require.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal ; it is an annual plant ; the ftalk is ftiff, and rifes
upward of three feet high, dividing toward the top in-
to feveral branches, which are again divided into na-
ked foot-ftalks, each fuftaining one fmall, pale, pur-
plifh flower, compofed of many florets ; the leaves
are ft iff, and cut into many winged points. It flowers
and feeds about the fame time as the former.

The fifth fort grows naturally upon the Alps and Ap-
penines •, this hath a perennial root, from which come
out many entire, fmooth, fpear-fhaped leaves •, the
ftalk is Angle, fending out two fhort naked foot-
ftalks from the upper joint ; the leaves upon the
ftalks are cut pretty deeply on their edges. The
flowers are nearly of the fame fize and form with
thofe of the firft fort ; it may be propagated by feeds,
and will thrive in a fhady moift border, requiring no
other care but to keep the ground clean, and allow
them room to fpreadr

The fixth fort is a biennial plant, which grows natu-
rally in fome parts of Italy, and alfo in Tartary. It
rifes with a ftrong branching ftalk four or five feet
high, clofely armed with ftiff prickly hairs ; the lower
leaves are fpear-fhaped, about feven inches long, and
near four broad in the middle, cut deeply on the Aides
in wingea points ; thofe upon the ftalks are more en-
tire, home of them are fharply fawed on their edges,
and thofe at the top are linear and entire. The flowers
grow from the fides and at the top of the ftalks ;
they are white, ahd each flower fits in a briftly em-
palement. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen
in autumn , it riles irons fcattered leeds, and requires
no care.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Iftria •, this hath
a perennial root ; the lower leaves are almoft entire,
and are fawed on their edges •, the ftalk is ftiff, and
rifes two feet high, dividing into two upward, which

S C A

fpread afunder, and in the divifion arifes a naked
foot-ftalk, which (as alfo the fide branches, are termi-
nated by fingle flowers, compofed of many white flo-
rets, which are inclofed in a icaly empalement, whofe
fcales are obtufe ; the leaves on the ftalks are wing-
pointed and ftiff. This flowers in July, but feldom
produces good feeds here ; it is propagated by part-
ing of the roots in autumn, and delights in a light
loamy foil.

The eighth fort grows naturally dpon the mountains
in Italy ; this hath a perennial root, from which arife
three or four ftalks, whofe lower parts are garnifhed
with linear leaves about four inches long, and the
eighth of an inch broad, of a filvery colour, ending
in acute points : the upper part of the ftalk is naked
for fix of feven inches in length, fuftaining at the top
one pale blue flower, made up of feveral four-pointed
florets. This plant flowers in July, but does not
produce feeds in England ; it is propagated by flips,
which fhould be planted on a fhady border the begin-
ning of April ; when thefe have put out good roots,
they may be taken up with balls of earth, and tranf-
planted where they are to remain. This plant loves a
loft loamy foil, and a fhady fituation.

The ninth fort grows naturally on the Alps •, this has
a perennial root, from which arife feveral pretty ftrong
hairy ftalks near three feet high, which are garnifhed
with fpear-fhaped leaves about four inches long and
two broad; thefe are placed oppofite, and embrace the
ftalks half round with their bafe ; they are of a dark
green on their upper fide, but pale on their under and
hairy, having a few indentures on their edges, and
ending in acute points. The flowers are produced at
the top of the ftalks, in the fame manner as thofe of
the firft fort, and are like them ; thefe appear in June,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. This is hardy, and
loves a light loamy foil and a fhady fituation ; it is pro-
pagated by feeds.

The tenth fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this hath
a perennial root, compofed of many ftrong fibres
which root deep in the ground, from which arife fe-
veral ftrong channelled ftalks upward of four feet
high, garnifhed with winged leaves compofed of four
or five pair of lobes, which are unequal in fize and
irregularly placed ; they are fawed on their edges*
and end in acute points. The flowers are produced
on naked foot-ftalks at the end of the branches, the:
receptacles are globular ; the flowers are of a whitifh
yellow, and appear the latter end of June. The
feeds ripen in autumn. This may be propagated,
either by feeds, or parting of the roots ; it loves a
loamy foil.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this rifes
with a fhrubby ftalk three feet high, and divides into
feveral ligneous knotty branches, which are garnifh-
ed with narrow filvery leaves, four inches long and a
quarter of an inch broad, which are entire. The
flowers ftand upon very long naked foot-ftalks at the
end of the branches ; they are made up of many five-
pointed tubulous florets, of a fine blue colour. Thefe
appear in July, but are not fucceeded by feeds here.
It is propagated by flips or cuttings, which readily
take root if they are planted in any of the fummer
months, if they are fhaded from the fun, and duly
refrefhed with water. When thefe have made good
root, fome of them may be planted on a dry border
near to a fouth wall, where they will live in common
winters ; but as they are frequently deftroyed by fevere
froft, io fome of the plants fhould be planted in pots,
and in winter placed under a common frame, where
they may be prote&ed from froft, but in mild wea-
ther enjoy the free air.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Crete; this hath
a fhrubby ftalk, which rifes about the fame height as
the former, and divides into many branches ; the
leaves are flborter, much broader, and not fo white as
thole of the former fort ; the flowers are not fo large,
and are of a pale purple colour. This fort flowers
from the end of June till autumn, but it feldom ripens
feeds in England. It is propagated by flips or cuttings

in

V

S C A

la the fame way as the former, and requires the fame
treatment.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Germany ; this
hath a perennial foot, from which come out many
leaves that fpread near the ground, which are about
five or fix inches long, divided into narrow fegments
to the midrib ; thefe fegments are cut on their edges
into regular acute points, like winged leaves ; the
llalks rile near two feet high, and are garnilhed with
very narrow cut leaves •, they divide into feveral long
(oot-ftalks, each being terminated by a roundilh flow-
er, with radiated borders. This flowers in July, and
the feeds ripen in autumn. It may be propagated by
feeds, and will thrive any where.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally in the Levant ;
this is a low perennial plant, with a branching (talk
which fpreads wide on every fide ; the lower leaves
are cut, but the upper leaves are narrow and entire j
they are of a filvery colour. The flowers are fmall,
of a pale colour, and have no fcent, fo is only kept
in botanic gardens for the fake of variety. It is pro-
pagated by feeds, and is hardy enough to live in the
open air.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally in India ; this is
an annual plant, which is commonly cultivated in gar-
dens for ornament. Of this there are a great variety
in the colour of their flowers, fome of them are of a
purple approaching to black, others are of a pale pur-
ple, fome are red, and others have variegated flowers •,
thefe alfo vary in the (hape of their leaves, fome of
them having finer cut leaves than others •, and fome-
times from the fide of the flower-cup there comes
out many (lender foot-ftalks, fuftainihg fmaJl flowers,
in like manner as the Hen and Chicken Daifies •, but
as thefe are accidental varieties which come from the
fame feeds, they need not be particularly enumerated
here.

The flowers of this fort are very fweet, and continue
a long time. The plants are propagated by (owing
of their feeds, the beft time for which is about the
latter end of May or the beginning of June, that the
plants may get ftrength before winter ; for if they are
fown too early in the fpring, they will flower the au-
tumn following ; and the winter coming on foon, will
prevent their ripening feeds ; befides, there will be
fewer flowers upon thofe, than if they had remained
ftrong plants through the winter, and had fent forth
their ftower-ftems in fpring } for thefe will branch out
on every fide, and produce a prodigious number of
flowers, and continue a fucceflion of them on the fame
plants from June to September, and produce good
feeds in plenty.

The feeds of thefe plants fhould be fown upon a (hady
border of fre(h earth (for if they are fown upon a place
too much expofed to the fun, and the leafon (hould
prove dry, few of them will grow.) When the plants
are come up, they may be traniplanted into other beds
or borders of frefh earth, obferving to water and
(hade them until they have taken root ; after which
they will require no farther care but to keep them clear
from weeds till Michaelmas, when they may be tranf-
planted into the middle of the borders in the pleafure-
garden, where the feveral forts being intermixed, will
make an agreeable variety. They are extreme hardy,
being rarely injured by cold, unlefs they have (hot up
to flower before winter, but do not continue after ri-
pening their feeds.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this is
an annual plant •, the (talks rife three feet high, they
are hairy, and are garnifhed with oblong leaves which
are deeply notched on their edges, and thofe on the
upper part of the (talk are cut almo(t to the midrib
into fine fegments. The flowers ftand upon long
foot-ftalks at the top of the (talks, thefe have globu-
lar receptacles ; the florets are large, and fpread open
like a (tar ; they are of a pale purple colour, appear-
ing in July, and in favourable feafons the feeds ripen
in September, but in cold moift years the feeds do
not ripen here.

It is propagated by feeds, which (hould be fown in

S C A

beds of light loamy earth, where the plants are to re-
main •, when the plants come up they mud be thinned
and kept clear from weeds, which is all the culture
they require.

The feventeenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope •, this hath a weak fhrubby fcalk which
divides into feveral branches, and rifes about five feet
high ; the branches are garnifhed with oval fpear-fhap-
ed leaves three inches long, and an inch and a half
broad, which are entire, and deeply crenated on their
edges ; they are of a light green, and are a little hairy.
The flower-ftalk is produced at the end of the branches,
fuftaining one pale flefii-coloured flower, compofed of
many five-pointed florets. This plant continues flow-
ering great part of fummer, and fometimes it pro-
duces good (beds in England.

The eighteenth fort is alfo a native of the Cape of
Good Hope ; it hath a (hrubby (talk like the former ;
the (talks are hairy, and divide into feveral branches,
which are garnifhed toward the bottom with fpear-
(haped leaves which are crenated and entire, but thofe
on the upper part of the (talk are doubly winged.
The flowers are produced upon long naked (talks from
the end of the branches, they are of a pale fle(h co-
lour, and are large, but have no fcent ; thefe are con-
tinued in fucceflion all the fummer, and fometimes
the early flowers are fucceeded by feeds which ripen
in autumn.

Both thefe forts may be propagated by cuttings, which
may be planted in a (hady border during any of the
fummer months •, when thefe have put out good roots,
they (hould be taken up and planted in pots filled
with light loamy earth, and placed in the (hade till
they have taken new root ; then they may be removed
to a fheltered fituation, where they may remain till the
frofts begin, when they fhould be removed to fhelter,
for they are too tender to live in the open air through
the winter ; but as they only require prote&ion from
froft, fo they (hould have as much free air as poflible
in mild weather, to prevent their being drawn up
weak ; therefore if they are placed in a common
frame in winter, they will fucceed better than in a
green-houfe j and in the middle or latter end of April,
they may be placed in the open air in a warm fitua-
tion, afterward treating them as other hardy foreign
plants.

The nineteenth fort grows naturally near Aleppo •, this
is an annual plant, with a branching ftalk near three
feet high, which is garnifhed with leaves at each joint
that are varioufly cut. The flowers are produced up-
on long foot-ftalks at the end of the branches, thefe
have very long empalements ; the florets round the
border are cut into feveral fringed fegments. They
are of a flefh colour, and continue in fucceflion
from July to autumn, and in favourable feafons
the feeds ripen here pretty well. This is propagated
by feeds, which fhould be fown, and the plants after-
ward treated in the fame way as the common Sweet,
or Indian Scabious.

There are feveral other fpecies of this genus, but as
they are plants which have little beauty, fo they are
rarely admitted into gardens, therefore they are not
enumerated here.

SC AND IX. Tourn. Inft. R. LI. 326. tab. 173. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 319. Shepherd’s-needle, or Venus-comb.

The Characters are.

It hath an umbelliferous flower •, the general umbel is long
and has few rays , the particular umbels have many : the
general umbel has no involucrum, the particular have a
jive- leaved one the length of the umbels : the general um-
bel is deformed , and has hermaphrodite florets in the
difk , and female in the rays. The flowers have five in-
flexed heart-fljaped petals , the inner are fmall , and the
outer large ; they have five flender ftamina terminated by
roundifh fummits, and an oblong germen fupporting two
permanent flyles, crowned by obtufe ftigmas. Id he germen
afterward turns to a long fruit divided in two parts, each
having one furrowed feed , convex on one fide and plain on
the other.

This

S C A '

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linnsus’s fifth clafs,- which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles ; and to
this genus he has added fome lpecies of Myrrhis and
Cerefolium.

The Species are,

1. Scandix (Peften) feminibus lsevibus roftro longifil-
fflo. Hort. Cliff, ioi. Scandix with fmooth feeds and
the longeft beak. Scandix femine roftrato vulgaris.
C. B. P. 152. Common Shepherd' s-needle with beaked
feeds.

2. Scandix {Auftralis) feminibus fubulatis hifpidis, flo-
ribus radiatis, caulibus laevibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 257.
Scandix with prickly awl-Jhaped feeds , radiated flowers ,
and fmooth ftalks. Scandix Cretica minor. C.B. P. 152.
Smaller Shepherd' s-needle of Candy.

3. Scandix ( Grandiflora ) feminibus pedunculo villofo
Jbrevioribus. Flor. Leyd. 1 1 1. Scandix with fh or t hairy
foot-flalks to the feeds. Scandix Orientalis flore maximo.
Tourn. Cor. 23. Eaflern Shepherd' s-needle with a very
large flower.

4. Scandix ( Cretica ) feminibus hifpidis, involucris um-
bello multifidis, caulibus afperfis. Scandix t with briftly
feeds , many-pointed involucrums to the umbels , and rough
flalks. Scandix Cretica major. C. B. P. 152. Greater
Shepherd' s-needle from Candy.

5. Scandix {Odor at a) feminibus fulcatis angulatis.
Hort. Cliff. 101. Scandix with angular furrowed feeds.
Myrrhis major cicutaria odorata. C. B. P. 1 60. Sweet
Cecily, or great fweet Chervil , by fome fweet Fern.

6. Scandix ( Anthrifcus ) feminibus ovatis hifpidis, co-
rollis uniformibus, caule lsevi. Lin. Sp. Plant. 257.
Scandix with oval rough feeds , the petals of the flowers
uniform , and a fmooth ftal\. Myrrhis fylveftris femi-
nibus afperis. C. B. P. 160. Wild Myrrh with rough
feeds.

7. Scandix ( Procumbens ) feminibus nitidis ovato-fubula-
tis, foliis decompofitis. Gron. Virg. 147. Prailing-
ing Scandix with neat , oval , awl-Jhaped feeds , and de-
compounded leaves. Cerefolium Virginianum procum-
bens, fumarite foliis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 303. trailing
Virginian Chervil with Fumitory leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in ftiff lands amongft
the Corn in many parts of England, fo is not culti-
vated in gardens. It is an annual plant ; the leaves
are finely divided into fmall fegments, and have long
foot-fbalks •, the ftalks branch and rife fix inches high.
The flowers are fmall, white, and like thofe of wild
Chervil, and fit upon the top of the beak or horns,
which are the rudiment of the hern. At the bottom
of the fmall umbel five leaves embrace the ftalk with
broad and fhort foot-ftalks, which are afterward cut
into fmall fegments like the reft : the feed is long,
and runs into a fmall point, refembling a large nee-
dle, but the umbels have great refemblance"to the
umbels of Mufk Crane’s-bill. It flowers in June, and
the feeds ripen the end of July, which, if permitted
to fcatter, there will be a plentiful fupply of young
plants.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France, in Italy, and Crete. This is an annual plant
with low fpreading ftalks, garniftied with very nar-
row fine cut leaves, placed thinly. The flowers are
fmall, white, and ftand in fmall umbels at the top of
the ftalks ; thele are fucceeded by awl-fhaped rouo-h
feeds. It flowers and feeds about the fame time as
the former.

The third fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this is
an annual plant, with fine cut leaves ; the ftalks rife
eight inches high, garniftied at each joint with a fine
cut leaf, and are terminated by an umbel of white
flowers, with large heart-fhaped petals. The horns
of this are longer than of any other forts, and their
foot-ftalks are very fhort and hairy.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete •, this hath
larger leaves than either of the former, and are finely
cut the ftalks grow a foot long, and divide into ma-
ny branches, they are rough and channelled ; the um-
bels have many-leaved involucrums, and the feeds are
rough. It flowers at the fame time as the former.

S G H

Thefe four forts will fow themfelves wherever they are
once introduced, and require no other care but to
thin them and keep them clean from weeds.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Germany, but has
been long kept in the Englifh gardens ; and of late
years the feeds have been thrown out of gardens, fo
that the plants are frequently found growing natural-
ly in the neighbourhood of thofe gardens. it has a
very thick perennial root, compofed of many thick
fibres, of a fweet aromatic tafte like Anifeed, from
which come forth many large leaves that branch out
fomewhat like thofe of Fern, from whence it was ti-
tled Sweet Fern. The ftalks grow four or five feet
high, they are hairy and fiftulous. The flowers are
diipofed in an umbel at the top of the ftalk, they are
white, and have a fweet aromatic feent ; the outer pe-
tal of the flowers is large, the two fide ones are of a
middle fize, but the two inner are fmall ; thefe appear
the latter end of May, and are fucceeded by long an-
gular furrowed feeds, having the tafte and feent of
Anifeed, which ripen in July.

This fort propagates fail by feeds, which, if permitted
to fcatter, there will be plenty of the plants arife, and
thefe may be tranfplanted to any abjedt part of the
garden, for it will grow in any foil or fituadon, and
will require no care.

It ftands in the lift of medicinal plants, but is rarely
ufed. Formerly the young leaves of this plant were
put into fallads, but it has been long difufed for the
table in England, but in Germany it is put into
foups.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the fide of banks
and foot-ways in many parts of England •, this is an
annual plant, whofe feeds drop early in the fummer j
the plants come up in autumn, and flower early in the
fpring. The leaves of. this are finely divided, very
like thofe of the Garden Chervil, but are hairy ; the
ftalks rife a foot and a half or two feet high, dividing
into branches. Thefe fuftain umbels of fmall white
flowers which come out early in April, and are fuc-
ceeded by fhort, hairy, crooked feeds, which ripen in
June, and foon after the plants decay.

There have been fome inftances of the ill effects of
this plant when taken inwardly •, fome who have eat-
en this herb in foups, by miftaking it for Garden
Chervil, have narrowly efcaped with their lives.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Virginia ; it is a
low trailing plant of no great beauty or ufe, fo is on-
ly preferved in botanic gardens for variety.
SCHEUCHERIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 452. Sp,
Plant. 482.

The Characters are,

Fhe empalement of the flower is divided into fix oblong ,
reflexed , permanent fegments ; it has no corolla , but hath
fix capillary ftamina crowned by long compreffed fummits ;
and three oval compreffed germina the fize of the empale-
ment having no ftyles , but oblong ftigmas fitting on the
germen. ,

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion
of Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have fix ftamina and three ftigmas.

We have but one Species of this plant, viz.

Scheucheria {Paluftris.) Flor. Lapp. 133. Marfh Scheu-
cheria. Juncus floribus minor. C. B. P. 12. Smaller
flowering Rufh.

This plant grows naturally in marfhes, fo is rarely
admitted into gardens, therefore I fhall not trouble
the reader with any further account of it.

S CHIN US. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1130. Molle. Tourn,
Inft. R. H. 661. Indian Maftick.

The Characters are,

It is male and female in different plants. I' he empalement
of the male flowers are of one leaf , divided into five acute
fegments which fpread open •, the flower . hath five oval
fpreading petals on foot-flalks, and ten fender ftamina the
length of the corolla , crowned by roundifh fummits ; thefe
have no rudiments of fruit. The female flowers have a
one-leaved empalement , divided into five acute fegments
which are permanent and five oblong fpreading petals ,
with a germen having no ftyle , but three oval ftigmas.

12 B Phe

6

S C I

The germen becomes a globular berry with three cells , in-
dexing one globular feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feflion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe
plants which have male and female flowers on diffe-
rent plants.

The Species are,

1. Schinus {Molle) folds pinnatis, foliolis ferratis,
impari longiffimo, petioloaequaii. Lin. Sp. Plant. 338.
Schinus with winged leaves whofe lobes are flawed , the
end one being very long, and the foot-ftalks equal. Len-
tifeus Peruviana. C. B. P. 399. Peruvian Maftick-
tree ■, and the Molle. Clu'f. Mon. 322. the Arbor Molle.

2. Schinus ( Areira ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis integer-
rimis aequalibus, petiolo asquali. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1467.
Peruvian Maftick-tree with winged leaves , whofe lobes
and foot-fhalks- are equal , and the lobes entire. Molle fo-
liis non ferratis. Feuill. Peruv. 3. p. 43. Molle with
unfawed leaves.

Both thefe forts grow naturally in Peru and Mexico,
from which countries I have received the feeds. The
* firft fort rifes with a woody ftem eight or ten feet high,
dividing into many branches, covered with a brown
rough bark ; the leaves are placed alternate on the
branches ; they are compofed of feveral pair of lobes,
from ten to fifteen, and are terminated by one lobe
which is longer than the others •, the lobes are about
an inch and a half long, and a quarter of an inch
broad at their bafe, leffening gradually to the point,
and have a few faws on their edges j they are of a
lucid green, and emit a turpentine odour when
bruifed. The flowers are produced in loofe bunches
at the end of the branches ; they are very fmall, white,
and have no odour, compofed of five fmall petals
which fpread open ; thefe have fmall empalements
of one leaf, indented in five parts at the brim. They
appear in July, but are not fucceeded by feeds in
England.

This plant is propagated beft by feeds, which muft
be procured from the countries where they naturally
grow : thefe fhould be fown in pots filled with freff
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed. If the
feeds are good, the plants will appear in about five or
fix weeks ; and if they are properly managed by ad-
mitting frefh air daily to them, according to the
warmth of the feafon, and are duly refrefhed with
water, they will be fit to tranfplant in about five or
fix weeks after, when they fhould be carefully turned
out of the pots and thei» roots feparated •, then they
muft be each planted in a fmall pot filled with foft
loamy earth, and plunged again into a moderate hot-
bed, fhading them from the fun till they have taken
frefh root •, then they muft be gradually inured to the
open air, into which they fhould be removed foon af-
ter, placing them in a fheltered fituation, where they
may remain till autumn, but they muft be removed
into fhelter before the firft frofts, otherwife their tops
will be killed, and thereby the plants are frequently
deftroyed.

Thefe plants are tender when young, fo require a
little warmth in winter •, but after two or three years
growth, they will live in a good green-houfe, where,
as they retain their leaves all the year, they will make
a good variety. It may alfo be propagated by layers
and cuttings ; the layers fhould be put down in the
fpring, and by the following fpring they will be root-
ed ; the cuttings fhould be planted in April, which
will put out roots in about two months, and may af-
terward be treated as the feedling plants.

The fecond fort differs from the firft, in having en-
tire lobes to the leaves, which are not fawed and are
equal in fize.

This fort is propagated in the fame manner as the
firft, but as the young plants of it are much tenderer
than thofe, fo they will require to be placed in a mo-
derate ftove for four or five winters, after which time
they may be kept in a good green-houfe, giving them
little water in winter.

S C ILL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 378. Lilio-Hyacinthus.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 371. tab. 196. [fo called of cAxhu,

s c 1

to make dry, becaufe this plant grows in dry places 5
or as others will have it, of crxuAAw, I am molefted
becaufe the bulb of this plant, by its acrimony, irri-
tates the parts to which it is applied.] Squills.

The Characters are.

The flower has no empalement ; it has fix oval petals
whiih fpread open like a ftar, and fix awl-jhaped jlamina
not more than half the length of the petals , terminated by
oblong proftrate fummits. It has a roundifh germen flip - •
porting a Jingle Jlyle , crowned by a Jingle Jligma, The
germen afterward becomes a flnooth oval capfule with
three furrows, divided into three cells , which are filled with
roundijh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle. To this
genus he added the Lilio-Hyacinthus, and feveral of
Tournefort’s fpecies of Ornithogalums.

The Species are,

1. Scilla ( Maritima ) nudiflora brafleis refradtis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 442. Squill with naked flowers, whofe hr able a
are broken. Scilla vulgaris, radice rubra. C. B. P. 73.
Common Squill with a red root.

2. Scilla ( Lilio-Hyacinthus ) radice fquamata. Hort.
Cliff. 123. Squill with a fcaly root. Lilio-Hyacinthus
vulgaris, flore caeruleo. Tourn. Inft. 372. Common
Lily Hyacinth with a blue flower.

3. Scilla ( Italica ) corymbo conferto hemifpherico. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 442. Squill with an her [Spherical corymbus
of flowers. Ornithogalum fpicatum caeruleum. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 380 Blue fpiked Star-flower.

4. Scilla ( Peruviana ) corymbo conferto conico. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 309. Squill with a conical corymbus of flowers.
Ornithogalum caeruleum Lufitanicum, latifolium.
Tourn. Inft. 381. Portugal, blue, broad-leaved Star-
flower, commonly called Hyacinth of Peru.

5. Scilla ( Amcena ) floribus lateralibus alternis fubnu-
tantibus. Hort. Cliff. 123. Squill with flowers growing
alternately from . the fldes of the folk, which almoft nod.
Hyacinthus ftellaris caeruleus amcenus. C. B. P. Fine
blue ftarry Hyacinth.

6. Scilla ( Bifolia ) radice folida, floribus lateralibus
ereftiufeulis paucioribus. Hort. Cliff 123. Squill with
a folid root, and ere St flowers growing thinly. Ornitho-
galum bifolium Germanicum caeruleum. Tourn. Inft.
380. Blue German Star-flower with two leaves, commonly
called the early blue ftarry Hyacinth.

7. Scilla ( Autumnalis ) foliis filiformibus linearibus flo*
ribus corymbofis, pedunculis nudis adfeendentibus
longitudine floris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 443. Squill with
fender linear leaves, flowers growing in a corymbus, and
naked foct-ftalks rifling over each other to the length of the
flowers. Ornithogalum autumnale minus, floribus
caeruleis. Tourn. Inft. 381. Smaller autumnal Star-flow-
er with blue flowers, commonly called autumnal ftarry Hy-
acinth.

8. Scilla ( Hifpanica ) radice folida, floribus paniculatis
fubnutantibus. Squill with a folid root, and flowers
growing in panicles which almoft nod. Ornitnogalum
Hifpanicum fature caeruleum. Tourn. Inft. 381. Star-
flower of Spain with deep blue flowers.

9. Scilla {Purpurea) radice folida, racemo conico, flo-
ribus numerofis adfeendentibus. Squill with a folid root,
and a conical fpike of many flowers rifling above each other.
Ornithogalum purpureum. Tourn. Inft. 380. Purple
Star-flower.

10. Scilla {Eriophora) radice folida, corymbo conferto
hemifpherico, fcapo longiffimo. Squill with a folid root,
an hemifpherical corymbus, and the longcft ftalk. Orni-
thogalum Eriophorum,Peruvianum. Tourn. Inft. 381.
Woolly Star-flower of Peru.

The firft is the Squill or Sea Onion whofe roots are
ufed in medicine, of which there are two forts, one
with a red, and the other a white root, which are fup-
pofed to be accidental varieties, but the white are ge-
nerally preferred for medicinal ufe. The roots are
very large, fomewhat Pear-fhaped, compofed of ma-
ny coats lying over each other like Onions j at the
bottom come out feveral fibres which ftrike deep in
the ground. From the middle of the root arife feve-

S C I

ral Chining leaves a foot long, and two inches broad at
their bafe, kffening all the length to the top, where
they end in points ; they continue green all the win- ;
ter, and decay in the fpring, and then the flower-
ftalk comes out which riles two feet high, is naked
about half way, and is terminated by a pyramidal
thyrfe of flowers which are white, compofed of fix
petals which fpread open like the points of a ftar.
This grows naturally on the fea-lhores, and in the
ditches, where the fait water flows in with 'the tides,
in moll of the warm parts of Europe, fo cannot be
propagated in gardens, the froft in winter always de-
ftroying the roots, and for want of fait water they do
not thrive in Cummer. Sometimes the roots, which
are brought for ufe, put out their Items and produce
flowers without being planted in earth, as they lie in
the druggift’s fhops.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal,
and the Pyrenees ; this hath alcaly root like theLily,
for which reafon Tournefort leparated it from the Har-
ry Hyacinth, and conflituted a genus of it with the
title of Lilio-Hyacinthus. The root is oblong and
yellow, very like thofe of Martagon ; the leaves are
Chaped like thofe of the white Lily, but are lmaller ;
the ftalk is flender, and riles a foot high 5 it is termi-
nated by blue flowers like thofe of the itarry Hyacinth.
It flowers in June, and the flowers are fucceeded by
oval feed-veffels having three cells, filled with roundiih
feeds.

The third fort grows naturally in Portugal •, this hath
a roundiih, folid, bulbous root like the Hyacinth.
The leaves come out fparfedly, and are very like thole
of the Engl'iCh Hair-bells ; the ftalk rifes feven or eight
inches high, and is terminated by cluftered flowers of
a pale blue colour, which at firft are difpofed in a
fort of umbel or depreffed fpike, but afterward draws
tip to a point, forming a conical corymbus ; the flow-
ers appear the latter end of April, which are fucceed-
ed by oval capfules with three cells, filled with round-
ifh feeds.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal, from whence I have received the roots this has
been long known in the Englifh gardens by the title
of Hyacinth of Peru. There are two varieties of this,
one with a deep blue, and the other has a white flow-
er ; the latter is more rare here than the former. The
root of this is large, folid, and raifed in the middle a
little pyramidal, covered with a brown coat, from
which come out five or feven leaves before winter,
which are fix or eight inches long, broadeft at their
bafe, terminating in points ; they are of a lucid green,
keeled, and fpread almoft flat on the ground. From
the center of thefe come out one, two, or three ftalks
according to the ftrength of the root ; thefe are thick,
fucculent, and rife fix or eight inches high, terminat-
ed by a conical corymbus of flowers, of a deep blue
on fome, and others are white, Handing upon pretty
long foot-ftalks ; they are compofed of fix petals
which fpread open like a ftar. In the center of the
petals is fituated a large roundiih germen fupporting
a fnort ftyle, crowned by a Angle ftigma, and round
the germen come out fix fhort ftamina which fpread
afunder, terminated by oblong proftrate fummits.
The germen afterward turns to a roundiih three-cor-
nered capfule having three cells, which are filled with
roundiih feeds. It flowers in May, and the feeds ripen
in July.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Byzantium, and was
introduced here about the year 1 590. The root of
this is large, folid, and of a purpiilh colour, from
which come out five or fix leaves which lie on the
ground ; they are above a foot long, and an inch
broad *, they are keeled, channelled, and of a lucid
green *, between thefe arife two, three, or four pur-
plilh ftalks about eight or nine inches high, fuftain-
ing toward the top five or fix Star-flowers, which
come out fingiy from the fide of the ftalk •, they are
of a Violet blue colour, having a prominent germen
in the center, fupporting a fiender ftyie, and attended

S C I

by fix (lender ftamina terminated by purple fummits^
It flowers in April, and the feeds ripen in June.

The fixth fort is commonly known in the gardens by
the title of early Harry Hyacinth. There are two
varieties of this, one with a deep blue, and the other
with a white flower •, thefe grow naturally in fome
parts of France and Germany. The roots are folid,
roundiih, and about the fize of a nutmeg, from
which comes out a flender channelled ftalk about fix
inches high, having generally two leaves near the
bottom, one fituated above the other, which embrace
the ftalk with their bafe *, thefe are about fix inches
long, and almoft three quarters of an inch broad,
channelled, and of a bright green. The flowers are
thinly placed toward the top of the ftalk •, the lower
ones haye foot-ftalks an inch and a half long, but
thofe of the others fhorten gradually to the top j they
are compofed of fix petals fpreading open in form of
a ftar, having a turgid germen in the center, fup-
porting a Ihort ftyle, attended by fix ftamina, which
in the blue flowers are of the fame colour, and thofe
in the white flowers are white. The flowers appear
in March, and are fucceeded by roundiih three-corner-
ed capfules having three cells, filled with brownilh
feeds.

The feventh fort is the fmall autumnal Harry Hya-
cinth, which grows naturally in feveral parts of Eng-
land, particularly on St. Vincent’s Rock near Briftol,
at the Lizard Point in Cornwall, and upon Black-
heath in Kent •, this hath a round, white, bulbous root,
from which come forth a few rulhy leaves about fix
inches long. In the center of thefe arife one or two
flender ftalks about fix or feven inches high, naked,
and fuftaining a fmall corymbus of flowers at the
top, which are fmall, ftar-pointed, and of a pale
blue colour ; thefe appear the beginning of Septem-
ber, at which time the leaves come out, and conti-
nue growing all the winter, and in the fpring they
die away.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal ; this hath an oblong, white, bulbous root, from
which come out five or fix leaves a foot long, and
half an inch broad, of a lucid green, and a little keel-
ed. The flower-ftalk rifes nine or ten inches high,
is firm, and fuftains many Harry flowers at the top,
difpofed in a loofe panicle, each Handing upon a
pretty long foot-ftalk which is ereft, but the flower
nods on one fide ; they are of a deep blue Violet co-
lour, having a prominent germen, which afterward
turns to a three-cornered capfule having three cells,
filled with roundiih feeds. It flowers in May.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy *, this hath a
folid, white, bulbous root, from which rife feveral
leaves like thofe of the common fort. The ftalk rifes
ten or eleven inches high, and is terminated by a co-
nical racemus of flowers, which are of a deep purple
colour. This fort flowers in May, and the feeds ripen
in July.

The tenth fort has a very large bulbous root, from
which come out feveral leaves which at firft are up-
right, but afterward bend toward the earth ; they
are of a thick fubftance and keeled ; they are of a
lucid green, and when broken yield downy threads j
they are a foot and a half long, and more than an
inch broad. Between the leaves arifes the flower-
ftalk, which is a foot and a half long, round, firm,
and naked, fuftaining at the top a large duller of
flowers, which are gathered into an hemifpherical
corymbus : thefe have fix petals which fpread open
in form of a ftar ; they are of a purple colour, and
have blue bottoms, and a dark blue vein running
lengthwife in the middle of each petal. This flowers
the beginning of June, and produces feeds which ri-
pen in Auguft.

There is another fort of this which grows naturally
in the Levant, whofe leaves are lhaped liked thofe of
the Peruvian Hyacinth, but are longer, and Hand
ere£l ; this propagates very fall by offsets, but never
flowers here, I have kept the roots in all fitua-

tions

/ -

- -

S C L

lions more than thirty years, and have not feen one
flower.

Thefe plants are all of them hardy, and may be pro-
pagated by feeds or offsets, the latter being the more
expeditious way is generally pradtifed. The roots may
be tranfplanted after the leaves are decayed, but, if
they are removed after they have put out new fibres,
they rarely fucceed, at leaft they will not flower the
following fpring ; they may be treated in every refpebt
like the ordinary kinds of Hyacinths.

If they are propagated by feeds, they fhould be fown
in autumn foon after they are ripe, either in fhallow
boxes or pans in the fame manner as has been before
diredted for Hyacinths, to which the reader is deflred
to turn, to avoid repetition.

S CL AREA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 179. tab. 82. Sal-
via. Lin. Gen. Plant. 36. [This plant is fo called of
trjiAfjso?, hard, becaufe it has a hard and dry ftalk.]
Clary ; in French, Toute-bonne.

The Characters are,

! The empalement of the flower is tubulous , of one leaf ,
which widens at the top , and has five acute points at the
brim ■, it is of the lip kind , with one petal having a
crooked tube , which enlarges at the chaps , where it is di-
vided into two lips ; the upper lip is eredl and arched , the
under lip is cut into three fegments , the middle one being
largeft and hollowed like a flpoon ; it has but two ftami-

_ na which appear , and are Jituated under the upper lip ,
terminated by oblong ere£l fummits , and a four-pointed
germen , fupporting a' forked fiyle longer than the upper
lip , crowned by a bifid ftigma. Yhe germen afterward
become four roundifo feeds which ripen in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle.

And he has joinea this genus, and alfo the Hormi-
num to the Salvia, the characters of each agreeing fo
well as to admit of their being joined ; but in a book
of gardening it would not be fo well underftood,
which has occafloned my feparating them again.

The Species are,

1. Sclarea ( Vulgaris ) foliis rugofis cordatis oblongis
villofis ferratis, bradteis floribus calyce longioribus
concavis acuminatis. Clary with rough , oblong , heart-
Jhaped , flawed leaves , and the hr able a among the flowers
concave , pointed , and longer than the empalement. Scla-
rea. Tab. Icon. 373. Common Clary.

2. Sclarea (. CEthiopis ) folis oblongis erofis lanatis, ver-
' ticillis lanatis. Clary with oblong , hairy , eaten, woolly

leaves , and the whorls of the flowers covered with down.
Sclarea vulgaris lanuginofo ampliffimo folio. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 179. Common woolly Clary with the largeft
leaf.

3. Sclarea ( Lufitanica ) foliis oblongo-ovatis dentato-
ferratis tomentofis, verticillis lanatis fefiilibus. Clary

' with oblong oval leaves which are woolly and indented
like a flaw , and woolly whorls of flowers fitting clofle to
the ftalk. Sclarea Lufitanica glutinofa, ampliffimo
folio. Tourn. Inft. 179. Clammy Portugal Clary with
a very large leaf .

-4, Sclarea ( Pratenfis ) foliis cordato-oblongis crenatis
fummis amplexicaulibus, verticillis fubnudis, corol-
larum galeis glutinofis. Clary with oblong , heart-Jhaped ,
crenated leaves , thofe on the top embracing the ftalk , al-
moft naked whorls , and the helmet of the flozver glutinous.
Sclarea pratenfis, foliis ferratis, flore cseruieo. Tourn.
Inft. 180. Meadow Clary with flawed leaves and a blue
flower.

r., Sclarea {Syriac a) foliis lanceolatis obfolete crenatis
fubtus tomentofis, verticillis minoribus fubnudis.
Clary with fpear-floaped leaves which are flightly crenated ,
and woolly on their under fide , and very fmall whorls of
flowers which are almoft naked. Sclarea Syriaca, flore
cseruieo. Tourn. Inft. 180. Syrian Clary with a blue
flozver.

6. Sclarea ( Nemerofa ) foliis cordato-oblongis crenatis
crlabris, floribus verticillato-fpicatis. Clary with oblong,
heart-Jhaped. , crenated , flmooth leaves , and fpiked whorl-
ed flowers, Sclarea folio falvias minor, five glabra.

*S C L

1 ourn, Inft. 180. Smaller Clary with a fmoootb Sarg

7. Sclarea ( Sylveftris ) foliis cordato-laftCeolatis acutis,
bradteis coloratis, flore brevioribus. Clary with heart-
fo aped acute-pointed leaves , and coloured brabf&e -which
are floor ter than the flower. Sclarea tolio falviae major,
vel maculata. Tourn. Inft. 180.. Clary zvith a greater ,
or flpotted Sage leaf.

8. Sclarea ( Ceratophylla ) foliis rugofis pinnatifidis la-
natis, verticillis fummis fterilibus. Clary with rough ,
zving-pointed, woolly leaves , whofe upper whorls are
barren. Sclarea rugofo verrucofo & laciniato folio.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 180. Clary with rough , warted ,
cut leaves.

9. Sclarea ( Indie a ) foliis cordatis acute crenatis, fum-
mis fefiilibus, verticillis fubnudis remotiffimis. Clary
with heart-Jhaped leaves which are Jharply crenated, thofe
on the top fitting clofe to the flalks, and naked whorls
placed far afunder. Sclarea Indlca, floribus vari'ega-
tis. Tourn. Inft. 1 79. Indian Clary with variegated
flowers.

10. Sclarea {Orient atis) foliis lanceolatis acuminatis,
ferratis, fummis fefiilibus, floribus verticillato-fpica-
tis. Clary with fpear-floaped, acute-point ed , fazved leaves ,
the upper one fitting clofe to the flalks , and fpiked whorl-
ed flowers. Sclarea Orientalis, folio betonicte acutif-
fimo, coma purpurafeente. Tourn. Cor. 10. Eaftern
Clary with an acute Betony leaf. , and a purplifh top.

11. Sclarea ( Glutinofa ) foliis cordato-fagittatis ferratis
acutis... Ciary with heart-Jhaped crenated leaves which- are
acutely Jawed. Horminum luteum glutinofum. C. B.P.
238. Yellow glutinous Clary.

12. Sclarea ( [Tuber of a ) foliis cordato-ovatis rugofis to-
mentofis, calycibus hilpidis. rad ice tuberofa. Clary
with oval, heart-Jhaped, rough-, 'woolly leaves , prickly
empalement s , and a tuberous root. Sclarea afphodeli
radice. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 179. Clary with an Afpho-
del root.

13. Sclarea {foment of a) foliis haftato-triangularibus
obfolete crenatis, caule tomentofo paniculato. Clary
with triangular halbert-pointed leaves which are flightly
crenated , and a zvoolly paniculated ftalk. Sclarea tolio
triangulari, caule tomentofo. Tourn. Inft. 180. Clary
with a triangular leaf and a woolly ftalk.

14. Sclarea {Mexicana) foliis obtufis erofis, ftaminibus
corolla duplo longioribus. Prod. Leyd. 309. Clary
with obtufe bitten leaves , and ftamina twice the length of
the petal of the flower. Sclarea Mexicana altiffima, fa-
cie heliotropii. Hort. Elth. 339. Talleft Mexican Clary ,
with the appearance of Yurnfol.

1 5. Sclarea ( Argentea ) foliis dentato-angulatis lanatis,
verticillis fummis fterilibus, bradteis concavis. Scla-
rea with angular , indented , woolly leaves , concave brac-
tea, and the upper whorls of flowers barren. flEthiopis
tota argentea Cretica lanuginofa. Hort. Carrol. Mthi -
opis with Jilvery woolly leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in Syria, but has been
long cultivated in the European gardens, both for the
kitchen and fliops ; it is a biennial plant, which pe-
riffies after it has borne feeds. The lower leaves of
this are large, rough, and wrinkled ; they are oblong
and heart-fhaped ; in good ground they are feven or
eight inches long, and four broad at their bafe, end-
ing in blunt points, and are fawed on their edges.
The ftalks are large, four-cornered, and clammy 5
they rife about two feet high, and are garnifhed at
bottom with leaves of the fame fhape, but fmaller ;
they fend out fmall fide branches which are oppofite,
as are alfo the leaves •, the flowers are difpofed in
large loofe fpikes at the top of the ftalks •, they are
placed in whorls round them, and are of a pale blue
colour, having two fhort, hollow, acute-pointed
leaves under each, which are thin, and of a whitifli
colour. The empalement of the flower is divided in-
to two parts or lips, the upper ending in three, and
the under in two fpiculs. The upper lip of the
flower ftands erect ; it is long, and arched at the top,
under which is the ftyle which is nearly of the fame
length, and the two ftamina, which are {barter, fit

clofe

S C L

clofe to the ftyle. After the flowers are pail, the
germen turn to four roundifh feeds, which ripen in
the empalement. The whole plant has a very ftrong
fcent ; it flowers in June and July, and the feeds ri-
pen in September.

It is propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown in
the fpring, and when the plants are fit to remove,
they fhould be either tranfplanted into beds, or if a
large quantity is required, they may be planted in an
open fpot of ground in rows two feet afunder, and
one foot diftance in the rows. After the plants have
taken root, they will require no farther care but to
keep them clean from weeds. The winter and fpring
following the leaves, which are the only part ufed,
will be in perfection, and in the fummer they will run
up to flower, and after they have ripened their feeds
decay, fo that there fhould be annually young plants
railed for ufe. It will thrive upon almoft any foil that
is not very wet, for in moift ground the plants fre-
quently rot in winter.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Iftria and Dalma-
tia there are two varieties of this, one with very
broad leaves which are but flightly indented on the
iides, the other has longer leaves which are deeply
jagged. The leaves of both forts are of a thick fub-
ftance, and very woolly, efpecially on their under
fide their upper fldes are rugged and wrinkled like
the firft fort, and have feveral longitudinal veins,
which diverge from the midrib. The (talks are fquare,
and rife about two feet high, fending out many
branches by pairs oppofite, which are garnifhed in the
firft with entire, oval, acute-pointed leaves, which
embrace the ftalks with their bafe, but thofe of the
other are long, narrow, and have feveral deep inden-
tures on their edges. The upper part of the ftalk
and branches are garnifhed with fpikes of flowers in
whorls •, under each of thefe whorls, are two hollow
green leaves which are fhorter than the empalements
of the flowers ; thefe empalements are divided into
two lips, the upper ending in three, and the under
in two fpiculte. The under lip or beard of the flow-
er is white, and the helmet or galea is of a pale blue
colour. This fort flowers and perfedls its feeds at the
fame time as the firft, and perifhes foon after ; it may
be treated in the fame way as the firft.

The third fort has fome refemblance of the fecond,
but the leaves are larger, very woolly, and glutinous ;
they are oblong, oval, deeply indented in fharp points,
and end with very acute points The ftalks are wool-
ly, four-cornered, and rife about two feet and a half
high, fending out fide branches by pairs ; thefe ter-
minate in loofe fpikes of whorled flowers which are
white, and the whorls are fmalier than thofe of the
other forts. It flowers and feeds about the fame time
as the former, and the plants foon after decay ; it
grows naturally in Portugal and alfo in Syria ; it is
propagated by feeds in the fame way as the firft.

The fourth fort grows naturally in fome parts of France
and Germany : it is generally found in meadows and
rich paftures ; this has a perennial root, compofed of
many ftrong ligneous fibres, from which come
out many oblong heart-fhaped leaves of a deep green
colour, whofe furfaces are rough ; they are crenated
on their edges, and ftand upon pretty long foot-
ftalks. The ftalks rife three feet high •, they are four-
cornered, and their lower parts are garnifhed with
leaves whofe bafe embrace them ; the flowers grow
in long whorled fpikes at the top ; they are fmalier
than thofe of the former forts, and are of a fine blue
colour, having fcarce any fmall leaves under the
whorls. This flowers the latter end of May, and the
feeds ripen in July ; it is propagated by feeds, but
the roots continue long.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Syria •, this is an
abiding plant, whofe roots run deep in the ground.
The leaves are fpear-fhaped •, the lower ones are about
four inches long, and an inch and a half broad in the
middle *, they are crenated on their edges, and a lit-
tle woolly on their under fide. The ftalks are (lender,
ftiff, and rife a foot and a half high ; they are gar-

• • \ f

nifhed with fmalier leaves of the fame fhape, fet on by
pairs ; the flowers grow in fmall whorls, difpofed in
loofe fpikes at the top of the ftalks ; they are fmall,
blue, and fhaped like thofe of the other forts. This
flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn ; it is
propagated by feeds in the fame way as the other
forts.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the fldes of high-
ways about Vienna and all over Hungary ; this has
an abiding root, fending out many fmooth leaves about
the fize and fhape of thofe of broad-leaved Sage, but
are indented on their edges. The ftalks are (lender,
four-cornered, and rife a foot and a half high toward
the bottom ; they are garnifhed with fmalier leaves ;
the upper parts are garnifhed with fpiked fmall
whorls of blue flowers which appear in June, and are
fucceeded by feeds which ripen in Auguft. It is pro-
pagated by feeds in the fame way as the firft fort, but
the roots will continue feveral years.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Auftria and Bohe-
mia ; this has an abiding root, frorh which come out
many heart fpear-flhaped leaves about four inches
long, and one and a half broad ; they are crenated
on their edges, of a bright green colour, and have
many white fpots difperfed on their furface. The
ftalks are thick, four-cornered, and rife near three
feet high, garnifhed below with leaves by pairs fitting
clofe to the ftalks, but their upper parts have long
loofe fpikes of flowers in fmall whorls, whofe bradfes
are coloured. This flowers in June, and the feeds
ripen in Auguft ; it is propagated by feeds as the for-
mer forts.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Syria ; this is a
biennial plant, which dies after it has borne feeds. The
leaves of this fort are very thick and woolly *, they are
eight or nine inches long, narrow and wing-pointed,
being cut into obtufe fegments nearly oppofite on
their fldes, almoft to the midrib, fomewhat like a
ftag’s-horn in fhape ; thefe fpread flat on the ground.
The ftalk rifes more than a foot high ; it is thick, four-
cornered, and very woolly, fending out branches by
pairs, and is garnifhed with narrow long leaves placed
by pairs at each joint, which are fawed on their
edges. The flowers grow in loofe whorled fpikes,
but thofe are barren at the top of the ftalks ; they are
- white, and fhaped like thofe of the fourth fort. This
flowers in June, and the feeds are ripe in Auguft; it
may be propagated by feeds in the fame way as the
firft fort, but fhould have a dry foil, otherwife the
plants are apt to rot in winter.

The ninth fort grows naturally in India, but is hardy
enough to live in the open air in England. The root
of this will abide feveral years in a dry foil •, the lower
leaves are heart-fhaped, acutely crenated on their
edges, and of a thick confidence ; they are feven or
eight inches long, and four broad at their bafe, where
they are eared. The ftalk is four-cornered, and rifes
four feet high, having two or three pair of fmalier
leaves on the lower part, which ftand oppofite at
the joints. The upper part of the ftalk, for the length
of two feet, is garnifhed with whorls of flowers which
ftand two or three inches diftance from each other,
having no leaves under the whorls. The empale-
ment of the flower is hairy and blunt ; the galea or
helmet of the flower is arched, ereft, and blue, ter-
minating in a blue point the two fide fegments of
the under lip are of a Violet colour ; the middle feg-
ment, which is indented at the point is white, and
curioufly fpotted with Violet on the infide •, the two
fide indentures turn yellow before the flower drops.
When the flower is paft, the germen turn to four large
roundifh feeds which ripen in the empalement. This
fort flowers in May, and the feeds ripen in July •, it is
propagated by feeds in the fame manner as the other
forts.

The tenth fort grows naturally in the Levant, where
it was difcovered by Dr. Tournefort, who fent the
feeds to the Royal Garden at Paris ; this hath a per-
ennial root, from which come out many fpear-fhaped
leaves about four inches long, and one inch and a

1 2 C half

5(>Z-

half broad in the middle, of a dark green colour,
fawed on their edges, and ending in acute points.
The {talks rife three feet high, fending out branches
by pairs their whole length •, thefe are garnifhed with
leaves by pairs, which toward the top fit dole to the
{talk. The flowers grow in whorled fpikes at the
top, having no leaves under them •, they are fmall,
of a bright blue colour, and the top of the fpike is
terminated with very deep blue flowers, which are
barren ; thefe appear in July, and are fucceeded by
feeds which ripen in September. It is propagated by
feeds in the fame manner as the other forts, and the
roots will abide many years.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in moift land both
in Germany and Italy ; this hath an abiding root, com-
pofed' of firong ligneous fibres. The leaves are
heart-fhaped and pointed like a halbert; they are four
inches long, and three broad at their bafe, of a pale
yellowifh green colour, and fawed on their edges,
Handing upon foot-ftalks three or four inches long.
The {talks, are firong, four-cornered, and rife near
four feet high •. they are garnifhed below with fmaller
leaves, but the upper part of the ftalk is clofely fet
with whorls of large yellow flowers, which appear
in June, and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in
Auguft. The whole plant is very clammy, and has
a firong fcent fomewhat like the firft fpecies ; this is
propagated by feeds in the fame way as the other
forts ; it is very hardy, and will continue feveral
years, and may be increafed by parting of the roots
in autumn.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Italy ; this has
krge fwelling roots like dugs, or thofe of the Piony,
from which arife many oval heart-fhaped leaves ly-
ing on the ground ; they are five or fix inches long,
and almoft four broad at their bafe, where they are
eared *, they have pretty long foot-ftalks, and are
hairy •, their edges are indented and a little wrinkled.
Between thefe arife firong four-cornered ftalks about
four feet high, garnifhed with leaves placed oppofite.
The upper part of the ftalk is garnifhed with loofe
fpikes of whorled flowers, of a purple colour, which
appear in June, and are fucceeded by feeds which ri-
pen in autumn. This is propagated by feeds in the
lame way as the other forts, and the roots will conti-
nue feveral years.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in the Canary
I (lands ; this hath a perennial fhrubby ftalk which
rifes five or fix feet high, dividing into many branches
which are covered with a flocky down, and are gar-
nifhed with halbert-fhaped triangular leaves three
inches and a half long, and one and a half broad at
their bafe, where are two acute angular ears ; they are
placed oppofite, Handing upon long woolly foot-
ftalks. The top of the ftalk branches out in many
foot-ftalks, forming a fort of panicle. The flowers
are of a light blue colour, and are ranged in whorled
fpikes, having two fmall leaves under each whorl.
This plant flowers from June to autumn, but rarely
produces any feeds here. It is propagated by cut-
tings, which may be planted any time in fummer ;
if thefe are planted in a bed of loft loamy earth, and
covered clofe with a bell or hand-glafs, obferving to
fhade them from the fun, and refrefh them with water
as they may require it, they will take root very freely,
then they muft be inured to the open air ; after
they have put out good roots, they fhould be care-
fully taken up, and each planted in a feparate fmall
pot filled with light frefh earth, placing them in the
fhade till they have taken new root •, then they may
be placed among other hardy kinds of green-houfe
plants in a fheltered fituation till Ofitober, when they
fhould be removed into fhelter before hard froft comes
on ,j but as they only require protection from hard
froft, ib they fhould have as much free air as pofiible
in mild weather.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Mexico ;
this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk eight or ten feet
high, fending out (lender four-cornered branches,
of" a purplifh colour, garnifhed with oval leaves

S C L

which are pointed at both ends and fawed on their
edges •, they have long {lender foot-ftalks, are thin,
of a pale green colour, and hairy on their under fide.
The flowers grow in clofe thick fpikes at the end of
the branches ; they are of a fine blue colour, and ap-
pear in winter, fo make a pretty variety in the green-
houfe at that feafon. This plant never produces feeds
in England, fo it is only propagated by cuttings, which
may be planted during any of the fummer months,
in the fame manner as the former fort ; and the plants
may be treated afterward in the fame way, with this
difference, which is, to give it a dry fituation in win-
ter, for the young (hoots are very apt to grow mouldy
upon being in a damp air.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Sicily, and alfo
in the Archipelago. This hath an abiding root, which
in dry foils will Jive feveral years ; the leaves are oval,
of a thick confidence, and are very woolly, having fe-
veral irregular indentures on their borders ; the ftalk
rifes near a foot and a half high, fending out two or
four branches near the bottom, which grow e refit ;
thefe are garnifhed with pretty large whorls of white
flowers, which appear in June ; thofe whorls on the
lower part of the ftalks are fruitful, but toward
the top they are barren ; the feeds of the fruitful
flowers will ripen the beginning of Auguft, which
fhould be then gathered, otherwife they will drop.
This is propagated by feeds, which fhould be fowti
the beginning of April, in a dry or rubbifhy foil,
where the plants will live through the winter in the
open air, and the fecond year will produce flowers
and feeds.

There are fome other forts of lefs note, which are pre-
ferved in botanic gardens for the fake of variety ; but
thofe here mentioned are worthy of a place in large
gardens, where, if they are intermixed among other
large growing plants, they will afford a pretty vari-
ety, especially the fifth, eighth, tenth, and eleventh
forts, which produce long fpikes of beautiful flowers,
and continue a long time in flower. The flowers of
the eleventh fort are ufed in Holland, to give a fla-
vour to the Rhenifh wines, which are brewed at Dordt.
All thefe forts may be propagated by {owing of their
feeds upon a bed of frefft earth in March or April ;
and when the plants are come up, they fhould be
tranfplanted into beds of frefh earth about eight
inches afunder, obferving to water them until they
have taken root ; after which they will require no
farther care but to keep them clear from weeds until
Michaelmas, when they fhould be tranfplanted into
the places where they are to remain, placing them
at a large diftance, for they fpread pretty far pro*
vided the foil be good. If fo, they fhould be planted
eicrht or ten feet diftant, being intermixed with other
plants. Some of thefe forts will endure feveral years,
provided they are planted on a frefh foil, not over
moift or rich.

SCLERANTHUS, German Knot-Grafs, or an-
nual Knawel.

There are two fpecies of this genus which grow na-
turally wild in England, fo are rarely admitted into
gardens, therefore I fhall not. trouble the reader with
any farther account of them.

SCOLYMUS. Tourn. Inft. 480. tab. 273. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 922. The Golden Thiftle ; in French,
Epine Jams .

The Characters are.

It hath a flower compofed ofl many hermaphrodite florets ,
included in an oval imbricated empalement , having many
loofe Jharp -pointed flcales. The florets are tongue-Jhaped ,
of one petal which is torn and fiightly indented in Jive
parts. Ehey have five floort hair-like ft amina , terminated by
tubulous fummits. Ehe germen is /mated under the floret,
fnpporting a fender fltyle longer than the ft amina, crowned
by two reflexed ftigmas. The germen afterward becomes
a Jingle feed , which is oblong , triangular , and ripens in
the empalement, the feeds being fleparated by plain , round-
ijh , indented chaff.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fefilion of
Linnteus’s nineteenth clafs8 which contains thofe plants

whole

SCO

whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite fruitful
iiorets, and the frstnma and ftyle are connected.

The Species are,

1. Scolymus ( Maculaius ) foliis margine attenuatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 813. Golden Thiftle with leaves which are
thinner on the borders. Scolymus chryfanthemus an-
nuus. Aft. Reg. Par. in. Annual Golden Thiftle.

2. Scolymus {Hfpanicus) foliis margine incraftatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 813. Golden Thiftle with leaves which are
thicker cn the borders. Scolymus chryfanthemus. C.
B. P. 384. Golden Thiftle.

The firft fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and in Italy ; this is an annual plant, which rifes with
a branching ftalk four or five feet high, that have two
leafy wings running along the fides from joint to
joint •, thefe are fcofiopped and indented ; the borders
of thefe are thinner than the other parts, and are arm-
ed all the way with very fharp fpines ^ at each joint
are placed fliff leaves, which are jagged and armed
with ftrong fpines •, they are of a pale green, and fit
clofe to the ftalks. The flowers are produced at the
top of the ftalks inclofed in leafy involucrums, which
are longer than the flowers, and are armed with very
ftrong fpines ; within thefe are fcaly empalements,
which lie over each other like the fcales of fifh, and
are armed with fliort fpines. The flowers are com-
pqjed of many golden florets, which do not appear
till the middle or latter end of July ; and unlefs the
autumn proves warm and dry, the feeds do not ripen
in England.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily ;
this hath a perennial root, from which fpring up ma-
ny thick ftalks that rile about three feet high, branch-
ing out on the fides the whole length, and are gar-
nilhecl with ftiff jagged leaves, whofe borders are
thicker than the other part, and are armed with fpines
like the former fort ; the ftalks have leafy borders
as the other, which are ftrongly armed with fpines.
The flowers are produced at the top of the ftalks,
and are ihaped like thole of the former fort. Thefe
appear in July, and if the feafon proves warm and
dry, they will be fucceeded by feeds which ripen in
autumn.

They are propagated by feeds, which Ihould be fown
in March or April, on a bed of frelh undunged earth,
in an open fituation ; and when the plants are conoe
up, they Ihould be kept clear from weeds *, and where
they grow too clofe, fome of them Ihould be pulled
out, fo as to leave thofe which Ire defigned to remain
about two feet afunder. This is all the culture which
thefe plants require, for as they fend forth tap-roots
they do not bear tranfplanting wrell, therefore they
mult be fown where they are to remain •, and if they
are kept clear from weeds, they will thrive very well,
and when the feafon proves dry, will perfeft their feeds
in autumn ; but in wet feafons they rarely ever pro-
duce good feeds in England, which renders it diffi-
cult to continue the fpecies, without procuring frelh
feeds from abroad.

Thefe plants are preferred by thofe perfons who are
curious in botany for variety’s fake, but are rarely
planted in other gardens.

S C O P A R I A. Sweet-weed, or Wild Liquorice.

The Characters are,

It hath an empalement of one leaf which is concave , and
divided into four fender rough fegments. The fiower is
of one petal , which fpreads open , is concave , and divided
vtto four fegments , which are equal, obtufe , and bearded :
it hath four awl-foaped farnina which are equal and f sorter
than the petal , terminated by fimple fummits -, and a co-
nical germen fupporting an awl-fhaped fiyle longer than the
corolla , crowned by an acute fiigma the germen becomes
an oblong oval-pointed capfule with one cell, filled zvith
'oblong feeds.

This genus of plants i$. ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnssus’s fourth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species at prefent in England,
viz.

1. Scopari a ( Dulcis ) foliis ternis, floribus peduncula-

SCO

tis. Lin. Sp. 168. Sweet Weed with three leaves fur
rounding the ftalks, and fiower s upon foot-ftalks. Vero-
nica fruticofa erefto dulci hexangulari caule. Sloan.
Hifc. 1. p. 195. Shrubby ereB Speedwell, with an hexan-
lar ftalk.

This plant in Europe is generally an annual, for -af-
ter it has ripened its feeds it dies. It hath an hexan-
gular ftalk which rifes near two feet high, fending
out many branches which are garnilhed with three
leaves placed round at each joint ^ thefe are about an
inch long and a quarter of an inch broad, fawed on
their edges, and of a deep green colour ; the flowers
come out from the fide of the ftalks at each joint.
Handing upon foot-ftalks •, they are fmall, white, and
their petals have bearded threads on their edges
thefe are fucceeded by capfules having one cell, open-
ing with two valves, containing many oblong feeds.

It is propagated by feeds which fliould be fown upon
a hot-bed in the fpring ; and when the plants are come
up fit to remove, they Ihould be planted upon , a freffi
hot-bed to bring them forward, obferving to Ihade
and water them until they have taken new root j af-
ter which, they fliould have the air admitted to them
daily, according to the warmth of the feafon, and
they muft be frequently refreflied with water. In
June they may be taken up with balls of earth to
their roots, and planted into open borders, where they
will flower, and perfeft their feeds in the autumn, and
foon after perifh.

S C O R D I U M. See Teucrium.

SCORPIURUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 886. Scorpi-
o'ides. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 402. tab. 226. [fo called,
becaufe the hulk being wreathed, refembles the tail
of a dragon : it is by fome called CampoYdes, of
K dpirn, a canker-worm, and ad©-3, form.] CaterpiL
lars •, in French, Chenille.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, and is erebf ,
blown up, lightly comprejfed , ending in five acute points.
The flower is of the butterfly kind-, it has a roundifh
ftandard which is indented at the point , where it is re-
flexed and fpreading. The wings are loofle, almoft oval,
having obtufe appendages. The keel is halfmoon-fjaped,
the belly is gibbous, pointed, and erebl, cut into two parts
below. It hath ten ftamina, nine joined and ctie fleparate ,
terminat ed by fmall fummits and an oblong taper germen
a little reflexed, fupporting a rifling inflexed ftyle, termi-
nated by a point for a ftigma. The germen afterward
becomes an oblong , taper , leathery , rough , channelled pod,
twifled in many longitudinal cells divided within , and on
the outfide contrasted into knotty joints , each cell contain-
ing one feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feftion of
Linnseus’s feventeentn clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Scorpiurus ( Vermiculata ) pedunculis unifioris, legu-
minibus teftis undique fquamis obtufts. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 744. Caterpillar with one flower upon a foot-ftalk ,
and a pod covered with obtufe fcales on every fide. Scor-
pioides filiqua crafsa boelii. Tourn. Inft. 402. Cater-
pillar with a thick pod.

2. Scorpiurus ( Muricata ) pedunculis bifloris, legumi-
nibus extrorfum obtuse aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 745..
Caterpillar with two flowers on each foot-ftalk, and the
outfide of the pods armed with blunt fpines. Scorpioides
bupleuri folio filiquis lenibus. Park. 1 1 17. Caterpillar
with a Hard s- ear leaf and a [mother pod.

3. Scorpiurus ( Sulcata ) pedunculis lubtrifloris, legu-
minibus extrorfum fpinis diftinftis acutis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 745. Caterpillar with foot-ftalks having three
flozvers, and the outfide of the pods armed with foarp difi-
tinbi fpines. Scorpioides bupleuri folio. C. B. P. Ca-
terpillar zvith a Hare' s-ear leaf.

4. Scorpiurus ( Subvillofa ) pedunculis fubquadrifioris,
legurninibus extrorfum fpinis confertis acutis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 745. Caterpillar with four flowers fometimds
upon a foot-ftalk , and the outfide of the pods armed with
foarp fpines which grow in dufers. Scorpfioides bu-

*

pluri folio, corniculis afperis, magis in fe contortis
convolutis. Mor.: Hift. 2. 127. Caterpillar with a
Haxe's-ear leaf, and a rough pod greatly contorted and
iwjlcJ.

5. Scorpiurus ( Pinnata ) foliis pinnatis. Caterpillar with
a winged leaf. Scorpioides foliis vici^ minima. Mor.
Hift. 2. 127. Smalleft Caterpillar with a Vetch leaf.
The ftrft fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
this is an annual plant, with trailing herbaceous ftalks
above a foot long •, they lie upon the ground, and at
each joint have one fpatule-fhaped leaf with a long
foot-ftalk. From the wings of the leaves come out
the foot-ftalks of the flowers, which are nine inches
long, fuftaining at the top one yellow butterfly flower,
which is fucceeded by a twilled thick pod, in fize
and appearance of a large green caterpillar, from
whence it had this title. It flowers in July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.

Thefecond fort has ftronger ftalks than the firft , the
leaves are much broader j the foot-ftalks fupport two
fmaller flowers ; the pods are (lender, longer, and
more twilled than thofe of the firft, and are armed
with blunt fpines on their outfide.

The third fort hath flenderer ftalks than either of the
former*, the leaves ftand upon ftiorter foot-ftalks,
but are .draped like thofe of the firft fort ; the foot-
ftalks of the flowers are (lender, and frequently fup-
port three flowers *, the pods are (lender, not fo much
twifted as the former, and are armed on their outfide
with (harp diftind fpines.

The ftalks and leaves of the fourth fort are very
like thofe of the firft, but the foot-ftalks of the flowers
are longer, and each of them have three or four fmall
yellow flowers at the top ; the pods are very (lender,
greatly contorted, and armed with (harp fpines in cluf-
ters on their outfide.

The fifth fort has very (hort ftalks *, the leaves are
winged ; they are compofed of four pair of fmall
lobes, terminated by an odd one. The flowers are
fmall, as are alfo their pods, which are lefs twifted
than thofe of the three former.

All thefe plants are annual, and grow naturally in
rr-oft of the warm countries in Europe, but the firft
fort haS been long cultivated in the Englilh gardens.
Thefe plants are preferved in feveral curious gardens,
for their oddnefs more than for any great beauty :
they are all of them annual plants, which are propa-
gated by fowing their feeds upon a bed of light frefh
earth ; and when the plants are come up they fhould
be thinned, fo as to leave them about ten inches or a
foot afunder, becaufe their branches trail upon the
ground ^ and if they have not room, they are apt to
overbear each other, and thereby are very often rotted,
efpeciaily in moift feafons. The weeds fhould alfo be
diligently cleared from them, otherwife they will
grow over and deftroy them. In June thefe plants
will produce fmall, yellow, papilonaceous flowers,
which are fucceeded by pods fo much like caterpil-
lars, that a perfon at a fmall diftance would imagine
they were real caterpillars feeding on the plants *, and
it is for this oddnefs of their pods, that thefe plants
are chiefly preferved.

Thefe plants feldom thrive well if they are tranf-
planted ; therefore the bell: method is, to put in three
or four good feeds in each place where you would
have the plants remain (which may be in the middle
of large borders in the pleafure-garden, where, being
intermixed with other plants, they will afford a pleat-
ing variety.) When the plants come up, there fhould
be only one of the moft promifing left in each place,
which fhould be conftantly kept clear from weeds ;
and when their pods are ripe, they fhould be ga-
thered and preferved in a dry place till the following
fpring, in order to be fown.

The firft fort is the beft worth cultivating, the pods
being large and more vifible than the other, and are
more in form of a caterpillar.

SCORZONERA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 476. tab.
269. Lin. Gen. Plant. 81 1. [ofefcorfa, a Catalonian
word, fignifying a viper, becaufe It is faid to be of

SCO

great efficacy againft the bite of vipers. Authors
write, that the herb, being applied, takes away the
venom of the bite of vipers. They fay, that if a vi-
per be touched with its juice, it languiihes ; and that
a man may touch vipers fafely, if his hand be firft
dipped in the juice of this plant.] Viper’s-grafs ; in
French, Scorzonere.

The Characters are,

The common empalement is fcaly , cylindrical , and imbri-
cated. The flower is compofed of feveral hermaphrodite
florets , thofe on the outfide being the longeft ; they are
narrow , tongue-fhaped , and indented in five parts. They
have five floort hair-like ftamina , terminated by cylindri-
cal flummits. The germen is ftaated under the floret , fup-
porting a f ender ftyle , crowned by two reflexed ftigmas.
The germen afterward turns to a Jingle , oblong , channelled
feed , crowned with a feathery down.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linn^us’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
or fruitful florets, and their ftamina' and ftyle are
united.

The Species are,

1. Scorzonera ( Hifpanica ) caule ramofo, foliis ani-
plexicaulibus integris ferrulatis. Hort. Cliff. 383.
Scorzonera with a branching ft cbm, whofe leaves em-
brace them , which are fightly flawed. Scorzonera latifo-
lia finuata. C. B. P. 275. Common Viper' s-grafs.

1. Scorzonera ( humilis ) caule fubnudo unifloro, foliis
lato-lanceolatis nervofis planis. Hort. Cliff. 382. Scor-
zonera with an almoft naked ftalk having one flower , and
broad , flpear-fhaped , plain, veined leaves. Scorzonera
humilis latifolia nervofa. C. B. P. 275. Dwarf Vi-
per's-grafs, with broad veined leaves.

3. Scorzonera ( Graminifolia ) foliis lineari-enfiformibus
integris carinatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 791. Scorzonera with
linear, fword-fhaped, entire leaves, which are keeled.
Scorzonera Lufltanica, gramineo folio, flore pallide
luteo. Tourn. Inft. 477. Portugal Viper' s-grafs with a
Grafs leaf, and a pale yellow flower.

4. Scorzonera ( Purpurea ) foliis linearkfubulatis inte-
gris planis pedunculis cylindricis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 791.
Scorzonera with linear , awl-fhaped , entire , plain leaves ,
and cylindrical foot-ftalks. Scorzonera anguftifolia fub-
caerulea. C. B. P. 275. Narrow-leaved Viper' s-grafs,
with a flower almoft blue.

5. Scorzonera ( Anguftifolia ) foliis fubulatis integris,
pedunculo incraffato, caule fimplicifiimo baft viilofov
Lin. Sp. Plant. 791. Scorzonera with awl-ftaped en-
tire leaves, a thick foot-ftalk , and the ftalk hairy at its
bafte. Scorzonera humilis anguftifolia pannonica,
Cluf. Hift. 2. p. 137. Low, narrow-leaved , Hungarian
Viper' s-grafs.

6. Scorzonera ( Laciniata ) foliis linearibus dentatis
acutis, caule eredo fquamis calycinis patulo-mucro-
natis. Lin. Sp. 1114. Scorzonera with narrow, acute ,
indented leaves, and an erect ftalk. Scorzonera kciniatis
foliis. Tourn. Inft. 477. Viper' s-grafs with cut leaves.

7. Scorzonera ( Refedifolia ) foliis obtufe dentatis, caule
proftrato calycum apicibus tomentofis. Lin. Sp. t 1 13.
Scorzonera with obtufe indented leaves, a proftrate ftalk,
and the tops of the calyx woolly. Scorzonera foliis la-
ciniatis fupina. Bocc. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 89. Low Vi-
per's-grafs with cut leaves.

The firft is the fort which is commonly cultivated in
the Englifh gardens for food and p lryfic j this grows
naturally in Spain. The root of this plant is Carrot-
fhaped, about the thicknefs of a finger, and covered
with a dark brown (kin ; it is white within, and has.
a milky juice *, the lower leaves are nine or ten inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle, ending
with a long acute point. The ftalk riles three feet
high, it is fmooth, branching at the top, and gar-
nifhed with a few narrow leaves, whofe bafe embrace
the ftalk. The flowers grow on the top of the ftalks
in fcaly empalements, compofed of many narrow,
tongue-fhaped, hermaphrodite florets, lying imbri-
catim over each other like the feales on fifti 5 they
are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in June and
July. After thefe are decayed, the germen which fits

SCR

in the common empalement, turns to oblong cor- j
nered feeds, having a roundifh ball of feathery down
at the top.

The fecond fort is fhorter than either of the former •,
the leaves are broader, the ftalk is almoft naked, and
has one yellow flower at the top.

The third fort has narrow, keeled, fword-fhaped
leaves ; the Italics are {lender, they rife about two
feet high, branch toward the top, and fuftain pale
yellow flowers, which are fmaller than thofe of the
former forts.

The fourth fort has narrow' awl-fhaped leaves, which
are fhorter than thofe of the former ; the fcalk is ta-
per, and branches at the top ; the flowers are of a
pale purple colour.

The fifth fort grows a foot and a half high •, the
leaves are narrow and awl-fhaped ; the foot-ftalk im-
mediately under the flower is thicker than below,
and the lower part of the ftalk is hairy ; the flower
is yellow.

The fixth fort rifes with a fmooth branching ftalk
two feet high, and is garnifhed with narrow leaves
having many winged points, refembling thofe of
Buck’s-horn Plantain, but larger. The flowers are
yellow, and ftand upon long naked foot-ftalks at the
end of the branches.

The feventh fort is very like the fixth, excepting
that of the italics fpreading on the ground, which is
not accidental ; the indentures on the leaves are more
obtufe, and the tops of the cups are woolly. I have
cultivated both forts above thirty years, and have ne-
ver found either of them alter.

The firft fort is only cultivated for ufe, the others are
preferved in botanic gardens for variety, but are fel-
dom admitted into other gardens.

Thefe plants may be propagated by fowing their
feeds in the beginning of April, upon a fpot of light
frefh foil. The beft method of fowing them is, to
draw fhallow furrows by a line about a foot afunder,
into which you fhould fcatter the feeds, thinly cover-
ing them over about half an inch thick with the fame
light earth ; and when the plants are come up, they
fhould be thinned where they are too clofe in the rows,
leaving them at leaft fix inches afunder ; and at the
fame time, you fhould hoe down all the weeds to de-
ftroy them ; and this muft be repeated as often as is
necefiary, for -if the weeds are permitted to grow
among the plants, they will draw them up weak.
There are many people who fow their feeds promif-
cuoufly in a bed, and afterward tranfplant them out
the diftance they would have them grow •, but this is
not fo well as the former method, becaufe their roots
commonly {hoot downright, which, in Being tranf-
planted, are often broken, fo that they never will
make fuch fair roots as thofe which remain in the
fame place where they are fown ; for when the ex-
treme part of the root is broken, it never extends it-
felf in length afterwards, but only fhoots into many
forked fmall roots, which are not near fo valuable as
thofe which are large and ftrait. Thefe roots may be
taken up when the leaves begin to decay, at which
time they have done growing, though they may re-
main in the ground until fpring, and may be taken
up as they are ufed ; but thofe which remain in the
ground till March, will {hoot up their flower-ftems,
after which they are not fo good, being fticky and
ftrong.

If you intend to fave feeds of thefe plants, you ftiould
let a parcel of the beft remain in the places where
they grew •, and when their fcems are grown to their
height, they fhould be fupported with flakes, to pre-
vent their failing to the ground, or breaking. In
June they will flower, and about the beginning of
Auguft their feeds will ripen, when they fhould be
gathered, and preferved dry till the fpring following
for ufe.

gCROPHULARI A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 166.
tab. 74. Lin. Gen. Plant. 674. [fo called, on ac-
count of its refembling Scrophuli, by its inequality ;
not becaufe it is good to cure the fcrophula in the

SCR

neck, as is vulgarly thought.] Figwort ; In Frerielu
Scrofulaire.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf. \ cut
into five parts at the top. It hath one unequal petal ,
•with a large globular tube. The brim is cut into five
fmall parts •, the two upper are large and ere£l, the two
fide ones fpread open , and the under is reflexed. It has
flour fender deflexed flamina , two of which are the length
of the petal, and two are fhorter , terminated by twin
flmmits \ and an oval germen fupporting a Jingle flyle
the length of the flamina , crowned by a fmgle ftigma „
The germen afterward turns to a roundifh-pointed capfuls
with two cells , which open at the top , and are filled with
fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe£tion
of Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fliorter
flamina, and their feeds are included in a capfule.

The Species are,

1. Scrophul aria ( Nodofa ) foliis cordatis baft tranfver-

fts, caule acutangulo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 863. Figwort
with heart-fhaped leaves , whofe bafe are tranfuerje , and
a ftalk having acute angles. Scrophularia nodofa feeti-

da. C. B. P. Figwort with a knobby root and a finking
fmell.

2. Scrophularia (Aquatic a) foliis cordatis petiolatis
decurrentibus obtufis, caule membranis angulato, ra~
cemis terminalibus. Hort. Upfal. 177. Figwort with
heart-fhaped leaves having running foot-ftalks , and an an-
gular membranaceous ftalk , terminated by a racemus of
flowers. Scrophularia aquatica major. C. B. P. 23 6.
Greater Water Figwort , by fome called Water Betony.

3. Scrophularia ( Sulphur ea ) foliis cordato-oblongis,
baft appendiculatis, racemis terminalibus. Lcefl. Lin*
Sp. Plant. 620. Figwort with oblong heart-fhaped leaves
having appendages at their bafe , and ftalks terminated by
a racemus of flowers. Scrophularia aquatica, flore
fulphureo. Michel. Water Figwort with a brimf one-co-
loured flower.

4. Scrophularia ( Cordato ) foliis cordato-fagittatis, acute
ferratis, racemis terminalibus. Scrophularia with heart-
fhaped arrow-pointed leaves which are acutely flawed. ,
and ftalks terminated by a racemus of flowers. Scrophu-
laria betonicas folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 166. Figwort
with a Betony leaf.

5. Scrophularia ( Scorodonia ) foliis cordatis duplicate
ferratis racemo compofitis. Figwort with heart-fhaped
doubly-flawed leaves , and a compound racemus of flowers.
Scrophularia meliflas folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 166.
Figwort with a Baum leaf.

6. Scrophularia (. Italica ) foliis cordatis duplicato-fer-
ratis, racemo compofito. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 296. Fig-
wort with heart-fhaped doubly-flawed leaves , and compound
bunches of flowers. Scrophularia nemorenfis, folio ur-
ticas rugofo, flore atro-punicante. Hort Cath. Wood
Figwort with a rough Nettle leaf \ and a dark red flower.

7. Scrophularia ( Trifoliata ) foliis glabris, inferiori-
bus ternato-pinnatis obtufis, fuperioribus fimplicibus,
pedunculis fubtrifloris axillaribus. Lin. Sp. 865. Fig-
wort with fmooth leaves , the lower being winged and
placed by threes , but the upper are fmgle , and have foot-
ftalks with three flowers. Scrophularia Hifpanica, fam-
buci folio glabro. Tourn. Inft. i65. Spanifh Figwort
with a fmooth Elder leaf.

8. Scrophularia ( Sambucifolia ) foliis interrupte pinna-
tis cordatis inaequalibus, racemofo terminali, pedun-
culis axillaribus geminis dichotomis. Lin. Sp. 865*
Figwort with unequal heart-fhaped leaves having inter-
rupted wings , and flowers produced on forked foot-
ftalks by pairs. Scrophularia maxima Lufitanica, farm
buci folio languinofo. Tourn. Inft. 167. Greateft Bor -
tugal Figwort with a woolly Elder leaf \

9 . Scrophularia (Canina ) foliis inferioribus pinnatis
fummis integris duplicato-ferratis, racemis axillaribus!
Figwort with the lower leaves winged , thofe at the top
entire , doubly flawed , and bunches of flowers at the wings
of the ftalk. Scrophularia ruta canina difta vulgaris,
C. B, P. 236. Common Figwort, called Do fs-rue.

564

12

IQ. SCRQ-

SCR

to* Scrophularia ( FilicifoUa ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis
acute dentatis, racemis terminalibus. Figwort with
winged leaves whofe lobes are acutely indented, and
bunches of flowers terminating the ftalk. Scrophularia
folio fiiicis modo laciniatis, vel ruta canina latifolia.
C. B. P. 236. Figwort with leaves cut like Fern, or
broad-leaved Dogs-rue.

11. Scrophularia ( Lucida ) foliis bipinnatis glaberrimis
lucidis racemis bipartitis terminalibus. Figivort with
winged leaves which are frnooth and finning, and fialks
terminated by divided bunches of flowers. Scrophularia
faxatilis lucida, laferpitii Maftilienfis foliis. Bocc.
Muf. p. 2. 1 66. Shining Rock Figwort, with leaves like
Laferwort of Marfeilles.

12. Scrophularia (Orientalis) foliis lanceolatis ferratis,
petioiatis caulinis ternis ramis oppofitis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 864. Figwort with fpear-fhaped leaves which are
fharply flawed, thofe on the fialks placed by threes , and
the branches oppofite. Scrophularia Orientalis, foliis
cannabinis. Tourn. Cor. 9. Eafiern Figwort with leaves
like Hemp.

13. Scrophularia (Verna) foliis cordatis, pedunculis
axillaribus folitariis dichotomis. Hort. Cliff. 322. Fig-
wort with heart-Jhaped leaves, and fingle foot fialks pro-
ceeding from the wings, and divided by pairs. Scrophu-
laria flare luteo. C. B. P. 236. Figwort with a yellow
flower.

14. Scrophularia ( Peregrina ) foliis cordatis, fuperiori-
bus alternis, pedunculis axillaribus bifloris. Hort.
Cliff. 3 22. Figwort with heart-flhaped leaves , the upper
of which are alternate, and foot-fialks proceeding from
the wings of the fialks, bearing two flowers . Scrophu-
laria urtice folio. C. B. P, 236. Figwort with a Net-
tle leaf.

15. Scrophularia (Pinnata) foliis pinnatis, foliolis in-
cifis, racemis fimpliciflibus terminalibus. Figwort with
winged leaves whofe lobes are cut , and fingle bunches of
flowers terminating the ftalks. Scrophularia Orientalis,
chryfanthemi folio, flore minimo variegato. Tourn.
Cor. 9. Eaftern Figwort with a Corn Mary gold leaf , and
the leafl variegated flower.

16. Scrophularia ( Marylandica ) foliis cordatis ferratis
acutis bafi rotundatis, caule obtufangulo. Hort. Upf.
177. Figwort with heart-fhaped , acute, flawed leaves ,
which are rounded at their bafe, and obtufe angles to the
ftalks. Scrophularia Marylandica, longo profunde
ferrato urticae folio. Raii Suppl. 396. Maryland Fig-
wort with a long Nettle leaf which is deeply flawed.

ty. Scrophularia (Frutefcens) foliis lanceolatis obtufis
ferrato-dentatis, pedunculis bifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
866. Figwort with fpear-fhaped obtufe leaves which are
indented, and bifid foot-ftalks. Scrophularia Lufitanica
frutefcens, verbenaceae foliis. Tourn. Inft. Figwort
with fhrubby ftalks and Vervain leaves.

i8. Scrophularia (Coccinea) foliis quaternis ovatis, flo-
ribus verticillatis fpicatis. Prod. Leyd. 294. Figwort
with oval leaves placed by fours round the ftalk, and
flowers in fpikes. Scrophularia flore coccineo, foliis
urticte ternis caulem ambientibus. Houft. MSS. Fig-
wort with a fcarlet flower, and leaves like thofe of the
Nettle, placed by threes round the ftalk.

The firfb fort grows naturally in woods and under
hedges in moft parts of England, fo is feldom ad-
mitted into gardens ; but being a medicinal plant, it
is here mentioned to introduce the others. This hath
a fpreading root compofed of many whitifh knobs,
from which arife feveral four-cornered ftalks three
feet high, which are garnifhed with heart-fhaped
leaves that are fawed on their edges, and have their
bafe tranfverfe ; they are placed by pairs, and are of
a dark green, or brownifh colour on their upper fide,
but pale on their under, having an odour of Elder.
The flowers are produced in fmall clufters from the
fides of the ftalks oppofite, forming a kind of loofe
fpike to the top ; they are of one petal, of a dark
purple colour, and fhaped almoft like a lip flower;
the upper lip or creft being a little arched, the two
fide fegments fpread open, and the under fegment is
recurved. Thefe appear in June, and are fusceed-
ed by rotindi fh capfules ending in acute points, hav-

SCR

ing two cells filled with fmall feeds, which ripen in
Auguft.

The fecond fort grows naturally by the fide of ditches
and watery places in every part of England ; this
hath a fibrous root, fending out ftrong four cornered
ftalks, which grow near four feet high, garnifhed
with heart-fhaped leaves, which are rounded at their
points and crenated on their edges, fomewhat like
thofe of Betony, from whence it has been titled Water
Betony. The flowers are larger than thofe of the for-
mer, and are a little more coloured, but of the fame
fhape, and appear at the fame time. This fort is
fometimes ufed in medicine, but as it grows wild by
the fides of ditches, foitis feldom admitted into gar-
dens. There is a variety of this with variegated leaves,
which is by fome preferved in gardens.

The third fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain,
by the fide of rivers and other rnoift places. The
ftalks of this are ftronger, taller, and greener, than
thofe of the former ; the leaves have generally fmall
appendages at their bafe ; the flowers are greener,
and grow thinner upon the ftalks than thole of the
former, and in thefe particulars confift their dif-
ferences.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this hath a
perennial fibrous root. The ftalks rife near four feet
high, and have fharp angles ; the leaves are arrow-
pointed, heart-fhaped, and are fharply fawed on their
edges; the flowers grow in loofe bunches to the top
of the ftalks ; they are in fhape like thofe of the for-
mer, but are of a dark red colour.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Italy ; it hath a pe-
rennial root. The ftalks rife four feet high, and
branch out on their fide ; they are garnifhed with
heart-fhaped fawed leaves, which on the upper part
of the ftalk are placed alternate. The flowers are
produced in bunches at the wings of the ftalk, each
foot-ftalk fupporting two flowers ; thefe are fmall, of
a brown colour, and appear in June. The feeds ripen
in Auguft.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this hath a
perennial root. The ftalks rife four feet high, and
are garnifhed with heart-fhaped leaves which are
doubly fawed on their edges ; the flowers are difpofed
in compound fpikes, which fit upon long foot-ftalks ^
thefe arife from the wings of the ftalks, and have
generally two narrow leaves placed at their bafe, but
the flowers terminate the ftalks like the three firft
forts.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Spain ; this hath
a perennial root. The leaves at the bottom are irre-
gularly cut, and have two appendages at their bafe ;
they are frnooth, of a lucid green, and are fawed on
their edges. The ftalks rife four feet high ; they are
four-cornered, frnooth, and garnifhed with oval leaves,
fome of which are entire, and others have fmall lobes
or appendages at their bafe. The flowers grow from
the wings of the ftalks in clufters, each Handing upon
a feparate foot-ftalk ; they are of a bright red colour
with greenifh bottoms, and are much larger than ei-
ther of the former. It flowers the beginning of June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Portugal ; this re-
fembles the feventh, but the ftalks are larger, rife
higher, and are hairy. The leaves are much longer,
and have four appendages, irregularly fawed on
their edges, and running out into longer points ;
the flowers grow in compound bunches at the
wings of the ftalks ; they are larger than thofe of
the former fort, and have a greater mixture of green
in them.

The ninth fort grow's naturally in Italy ; this hath a
root compofed of a few thick fieftiy fibres. The ftalks
are (lender, four-cornered, and rife about two feet
high ; the lower leaves are compofed of feveral pinns
or lobes which are fharply fawed, but thofe on the
ftalks are entire ; on the lower part of the ftalk they
are placed oppofite, but toward the top they are alter-
nate and fmall. The flowers come out in bunches from
the wings of the ftalk ; they are fmall, and of a dark

purple

4

purple colour with a mixture of green ; •'the feed-vef-
fels are fmail and roundifh. This flowers at the lame
time v/ith the former.

The tenth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath a
root compofed of flefhy fibres. The lower leaves are
broad and jagged, not much unlike thofe of the In-
dian Scabious ; the ftalks rife near three feet high ;
they are four-cornered, green, and fmooth, and are
garnifhed with winged leaves having very long foot-
ftalks •, they are compofed of two or three pair of
fmail lobes, terminated by a large one, which] are
acutely indented on their edges, and end in fharp
points. The ftalks are terminated by (lender bunches
of flowers which are fituated fparfedly ; they are fmail,
of a purplifh colour at their rims, and are edged with
white ; they are fucceeded by frnall roundifh feed-
veffels filled with very fmail feeds. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in September.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in the kingdom of
Naples, where it is frequently found upon rocks and
old (tone walls •, this is a biennial plant, which pe-
riilies after it has produced ripe feeds. The ftalks
rife fifteen inches high ; they are thick, fmooth, and
have fcarce any corners ; the leaves are winged, nar-
row, and of a lucid green ; they are thick, fucculent,
and divided into many fmail lobes which are again
divided, and are wing-pointed ; the flowers are pro-
duced in loofe bunches on the fides and at the top of
the ftalk ; they are of a dark brown colour, with a
mixture of green, and are fucceeded by pretty large
roundifh capfules, filled with angular dark-coloured
feeds. It flowers about the fame time as the former
fort.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this
hath a perennial creeping root. The ftalks rife two
feet and a half high ; their lower parts are clofely gar-
niflied with fpear-fhaped leaves which are fharply fa’ w-
ed, and cut at bottom ; he upper part of the ftalk
is garnifhed with compound bunches of fmail brown
flowers which appear in May, and are fucceeded by
fmail roundifh capfules filled with fmail feeds, which
ripen in July.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Helvetia ; this
is a biennial plant, which flowers and produces feeds
the fecond year, and then decays. The lower leaves
of this fort are four or five inches long, and three
broad ; they are heart-fhaped, hairy, and of a pale
green colour. The ftalks rife three feet high, and
are garnifhed with fmaller leaves, of the fame fhape
with thole at' bottom, placed by threes round the ftalk;
the flowers ftand upon pretty long foot-llalks ; three
of thefe come out at each joint round the ftalk, and
fupport clufters of pretty large flowers of a pale yel-
low colour ; thefe appear in April, and are fucceeded
by large oval capfules filled with fmail feeds, which ri-
pen in June.

The fourteenth fort is a biennial plant which grows
naturally in Italy. The leaves of this are heart-fhap-
ed, ending in acute points, and are fawed on their
edges ; they are of a lucid green, and on the upper
part of the ftalk are placed alternate ; the foot-ftalks
of the flowers come out at the wings of the leaves ;
thefe each fuftain two or three flowers, which are of
a dark red or purple colour ; they appear in May and
June, and the feeds ripen in July and Auguft, after
which the plants die.

The fifteenth fort grows naturallyin theLevant,and al-
fo upon Gibraltar hill ; this is a biennial plant, general-
ly dying foon after the feeds are ripe. The lower leaves
of this fort are doubly winged, and the fegments are
varioufly cut and indented ; the ftalk is (lender, and
riles three feet high, the lower part of which is gar-
nilhed with fmaller winged leaves, of a lucid oreen,
which are indented and fit clofe to the ftalks •, the up-
per part has very llender bunches of fmail flowers,
coming out of the fide quite to the end of the branches.
The flowers are thinly ranged, they are very fmail,
and of a purple colour with white borders ; thefe
appear in June and July, but unlefs the autumn

SCR

proves warm, they will produce no good feeds iii
England.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Portugal, where
the ftalks become woody, but in England they are
generally killed in winter, unlefs the plants are pre-
ierved in fhelter ; the ftalks are garnifhed with fpear-
fhaped leayes which are bluntly fawed on their bor-
ders ; the flowers are produced from the fide of the
ftalks, where at each joint come out two foot-ftalks^
This hath dark herbaceous flowers which appear in
June, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The feventeenth fort grows naturally in Maryland •
this hath a perennial fibrous root. The ftalks are
four-cornered ; the leaves are heart-fhaped, fharply
fawed on their edges, and rounded at their bafe ; the
flowers are produced in bunches oh the upper part
of the ftalk, and are like thofe of the firft fort, but
are of an herbaceous colour. This flowers in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The eighteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain ; this is a biennial plant. The ftalk rifes
two feet high, and is garnifhed with oval acute-point-
ed leaves which are fawed on their edges, and fit clofe
to the ftalks ; thofe at the bottom and top of the
ftalk are placed by pairs, but in the middle there are
three or four leaves at each joint placed round the
ftalk ; they are of a pale green colour, and at the
top of the ftalk the flowers are produced in roundifh
bunches ; they are about the fize of thofe of the firft
fort, and are of a fine fcarlet colour. This fort
flowered in the Chelfea Garden, but did not perfect
its feeds.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which if fown
in the fpring, the plants feldom rife the fame feafon.
Some of them may come up in autumn, and others
the fpring following ; but, if they are fown in au-
tumn, foon after they are ripe, the plants will come
up the fpring following. Thefe feeds may be moft of
them fown in the place where the plants are to remain,
for the plants are in general all of them hardy
enough to bear the cold of our ordinary winters in
the open air (except the laft fort, which is tender ;)
therefore when the plants come up, they will require
no other care but to thin them where they are too
clofe, and keep them clear from weeds. The fecond
year the plants will flower and produce ripe feeds ;
after which thofe forts which are biennial will die, but
the others will continue fome years.

The feventh and eighth forts are ornamental plants,
fo may be allowed to have a place in the pleafure-gar-
den, where, when the plants are ftrong, they will
make a good appearance during their continuance in
flower, which generally lafts two months, unlefs the
feafon proves very hot and dry. The roots of thefe
forts will abide many years, unlefs by a very fevere
winter they are deftroyed ; therefore it will be proper
to put fome of thefe plants in pots, which may be
Iheltered under a common frame in winter; but, as
young plants flower ftronger than the old ones, there
ihould be a fucceffion of them annually propagated
by feeds.

The other forts are proper furniture for botanic gar-
dens, but are feldom cultivated in any other. The
ninth, tenth, eleventh, and fixteenth forts Ihould have
a dry foil, for as they naturally grow upon rocks and
old walls, if they are in good ground, the plants will
grow vigorous in fu miner, and thereby will be fo re-
plete with moifture, as that they are often killed by
ordinary frofts, or rot with wet in winter; whereas in
a poor dry foil, they are feldom injured by the cold in
England.

The laft fort is too tender to live through the winter
in the open air in this country, but the feeds ihould
be fown in pots in autumn, which may be flicker-
ed under a common frame in winter, and in the
fpring plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which will
bring them up. When thefe are fit to remove, as-
many of them as are required Ihould be planted into

fepafate

s c u

fepafate fmall pots, and plunged into a very moderate
hot-bed, fhading them from the fun till they have
taken new root •, after which they mu ft be gradually
hardened to bear the open air, into which they may
be removed the latter end of June, placing them in a
flickered fituation, where they may remain till Sep-
tember, when they fhould be removed into fhelter be-
fore any morning frofts come on, and in winter they
muft be placed in a ftove, kept moderately warm,
where they will thrive and produce flowers the follow-
ing fummer.

SCUTELLARIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 653. Caffida.
Tourn. Inft. R. 1 1. 181. tab. 84. Skull-cap ; in

French, La 'Toque.

The Characters are,

The flower has a very floort tubulous empalement of one
leaf \ whofe brim is entire , having an incumbent fcaly
operculum which feems clofed it is of the lip kind , with
a very port crooked tube , long comprefjed chaps , and a
convive trifid upper lip , the middle fegment being concave
and indented , the two fide ones plain. The under Up is
broad and indented \ it has four ft amina hid under the up-
per lip , two of which are longer than the other , terminat-
ed by fmall fummits , and a four-pointed germen fupport-
ing a fender ftyle fituated with the ft amina , crowned by a
ftyigle recurved Jligma -, the empalement afterward becomes
a helmet-paped capfule , including the four feeds which are
roundip.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firfl: feftion of
JLinnasus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter
ftamina, and are fucceeded by naked feeds fitting in
the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Scutellaria ( Peregrina ) foliis fubcordatis ferratis,
fpicis elongatis fecundis. Hort. Clift. 317. Skull-cap
with almoft heart-paped flawed leaves , and f pikes of
fruitful flowers. Caffida. Col. Ecph. 1. p. 187. Skull-
cap.

2. Scutellaria ( Cretica ) foliis cordatis obtufis obtuse-
que ferratis, fpicis villofa imbricatis bradteis fetaceis.
Prod. Leyd. 311. Skull-cap with woolly , cbtufe , heart-
paped leaves which are bluntly flawed , and imbricated
[pikes of flowers. Caffida Cretica fruticofa, catarias
folio flore albo. Tourn. Cor. 1 1. Shrubby Cretan Skull-
cap., with a Cat-mint leaf and a white flower.

3. Scutellaria (. Altijfma ) foliis cordato-oblongis, acu-
minatis ferratis, fpicis fubnudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 600.
Skull-cap with oblong , acute-pointed , heart-paped , flawed
leaves , and almoft naked fpikes of flowers. Caffida Ori-
entalis altiffima, urticas folio. Tourn. Cor. 11. Tatteft
Eaflern Skull-cap with a Nettle leaf.

4. Scutellaria ( Orientalis ) foliis incifis, fubtus tomen-
tofis, fpicis rotundato tetragonis. Hort. Upfal. 173.
Skull-cap with cut leaves which are woolly on their under
fide, and round four-cornered fpikes. Caffida Orientalis
Chameedyros folio, flore luteo. Tourn. Cor. 1 1. Eafl-
ern Skull-cap , with a Germander leaf and ayellow flower.

Scutellaria (. Integrifolia ) foliis feffilibus ovatis, in-
terioribus obfolete ferratis, fuperioribus integerrimis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 599. Skull-cap with oval leaves fitting
clofe to the [talks, the under of which are fometimes flawed,
and the upper entire. Caffida folio meliffe, flore pur-
pureo, longiore. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 177. Skull-cap
with a Baum leaf, and a longer purple flower.

6. Scutellaria (. Lupulina ) foliis cordatis incifo-ferratis
utrinque glabris, fpica rotundato-tetragona. Hort.
Upfal. 173. Skull-cap with fawed cut leaves which are
fmooth on both ftdes , and a roundip four-cornered fpike
of flowers. Caffida Alpina fupina, magno flore.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 182. Low Alpine Skull-cap with a
large flower.

There are fome other fpecies of this genus, which
are plants of little beauty, fo are feldom admitted in-
to gardens, for which reafon they are not enumerated

here.

The firfl: fort grows naturally in Italy. Mr. Ray ob-
ferved it about Leghorn and Florence, in the hedges
and uncultivated places in plenty : this hath a peren-
nial root. The ftalk is four-cornered, hairy, and
6

riles two feet high ; it isgarnifhed with leaves placed
oppofite, which are almoft heart-fbaped and fawed on
their edges. The flowers grow in long fruitful fpikes
at the top of the ftalks j they are of a purple colour
in fome, and in others they are white thefe appear
in June, and after .they decay, the empalement, which
reprefents a helmet, contains four roundifh feeds
which ripen in Auguft.

The feconcl fort grows naturally in Crete-, this hath
a ligneous ftalk which riles about two feet high,
fending out (lender fide branches, garnifned with ob-
tufe heart-fhaped leaves, which are bluntly fawed on
their edges ; they are hoary on their under fide, and
of a light green on their upper. The flowers are dif-
pofed in pretty long fpikes at the top of the ftalks ;
they are white, and have fmall leaves growing be-
tween them. This flowers in July, and the feeds ri-
pen in autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this
hath a perennial root. The ftalks rife from three to
four feet high, fending out a few (lender branches
from their ftdes ; they are garnifhed with oblong
heart-fhaped leaves, ending in acute points, which are
fawed on their edges. The flowers are difpofed in
naked fpikes at the top of the ftalks ; they are pur-
ple, and have longer tubes than any of the other
forts. This flowers about the fame time as the
former.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the Levant; this
is a perennial plant, with fhrubby ftalks which fpread
on the ground, and divide into fmall branches which
are garnifhed with cut leaves placed oppofite ; they
are almoft triangular, of a light green on their upper
fide, and downy on their under, (landing upon (len-
der foot-ftalks. The flowers are difpofed in (hort four-
cornered fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are
of a bright yellow colour, and are fucceeded by gray
feeds which ripen in the empalement. This plant be-
gins to flower the latter end of May, and there is com-
monly a fucceffion of flowers on the fame plant up-
ward of two months.

The fifth fort grows naturally in North America ; it
has a perennial root, from which come forth feveral
four-cornered ftalks, which rife two feet high, fend-
ing out many fide branches. The lower leaves are
heart-fhaped and fawed on their edges, (landing up-
on pretty long foot-ftalks ; the upper leaves are oval
and entire. The flowers are difpofed in very long
loofe fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are of
a purple colour, and appear the latter end of June;
thefe are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in September.
The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Apen-
nines. The ftalks of this are fhrubby and trailing ;
the leaves are cut on their edges, and fmooth on
both Tides ; the flowers are difpofed at the top of the
ftalks in roundifti four-cornered fpikes ; in one they
are white, and in another variety they are blue ; they
are larger than the flowers of any other known fpecies,
fo make a pretty appearance in gardens. This flowers
in June, July, and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.

Thefe plants are all of them propagated by feeds. If
thefe are fown in autumn foon after they are ripe,
they will more certainly fucceed than when they are
fown in the fpring, for fometimes thefe mifearry, and,
if they fucceed, the plants feldom come up the fame
feafon. The feeds may either be fown where the
plants are to remain, or in a border to be afterward
removed ; but, as the fourth fort does not bear tranf-
planting well, unlefs they are removed young, the
feeds of that had better be fown where the plants are
to (land. This fliould be on a dry warm border of
poor earth, where the plants will live much longer,
and make a better appearance than on a rich foil,
though they feldom continue more than two or three
years. When the plants come up, they will require
no other care but to thin them, and keep them clean
from weeds.

When the other forts come up, and are fit to remove,
they may be tranfplanted into a nurfery-bed at five or

fix

SEC

fix inches diftance, where they may (land till autumn,
but muft be kept clean from weeds during that time •,
then they may be transplanted into the borders of the
flower-garden, where they are to remain.

As thele plants are not of long duration, it will be
proper to fow a fucceffion of feeds every other year at
leaft, to fupply the places of thofe which decay.

SEC ALE. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 513. tab. 294. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 92. Rye ; in French, Segle.

The Characters are,

‘There are two flowers in each involucrum •, they have two
leaves which are oppofite , narrow , erebl, and Jharp-
pointed. The petals have two leaves •, the outer valve is
rigid , bellied , acute-pointed , and comprejfed ; the lower
border is hairy , ending in a long awn ; the inner is plain
and fpear-Jhaped ; they have two oval eredi nedlariums ,
and three hair-like flamina hanging without the flower ,
terminated by oblong forked fummits , with a top-Jhaped
germen fupporting two reflexed hairy ftyles , crowned by a
Jingle fligrna. The germen afterward becomes an oblong
ahnoft cylindrical feed , which ripens in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s third clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have three flamina and two flyles.

We have but one diftindt Species of this genus
which is cultivated in England, though it is often
fuppofed the two varieties are effentially different •, but
from feveral years cultivating them on the fame land,
I could find no real difference between them. Dr.
Linnaeus titles this Secale glumarum ciliis fcabris.
Llort. Upfal. 22. Rye with rough hairs to the awns.
Secale hybernum vel majus. C. B. P. Winter or greater
Rye.

The farmers diflinguifh the two varieties by the titles
of Winter and Spring Rye, but, when thefe are fown
three or four years, at the fame feafon, and on the
fame foil, it will be difficult to know them afunder ;
but, where Rye is fown upon a warm land, it will
ripen much earlier than on cold fliff ground, and by
continuing it two or three years, it will be forwarded
fo much, as to ripen a month earlier than the feeds
which have long grown upon a flrong cold foil ; fo
thofe who are obliged to fow Rye toward fpring, ge-
nerally provide themfelves with this early leech
There are fome kinds of Grafs which are now ranged
under this generical title, but as thefe do not merit
cultivation, I fhall not trouble the reader with the
mention of them here.

Rye is fo well known to every one who is the leaft
acquainted with the different grains, as to need no
description.

The Winter Rye is what the generality of farmers
propagate •, it is ufually fown in autumn at the fame
feafon with Wheat, and in many of the northern
counties, as alfo in Wales, they are often mixed to-
gether, though I think it muft be very bad hufban-
dry, for the Rye will always ripen fooner than Wheat ;
fo that if the latter is permitted to be fully ripe, the
former will fhatter •, nor can this be pradlifed, where
the people are not accuftomed to eat Rye bread ; for
although it is by fome accounted good when mixed,
yet being fo very clammy, few people who have
been fed with Wheat, will ever care to eat bread made
of this.

It is generally fown upon poor, dry, gravelly, or fan-
dy land, where Wheat will not thrive, and in fuch
places may anfwer very well ; but on fuch land as
will bear Wheat it is not proper to fow Rye, as the
value of it is greatly inferior to that of Wheat.

When Rye is fown, the ground fhould not be too
wet •, and if it fhould happen that much rain falls be-
fore the Rye is come up, it often rots in the ground ;
but it is not long in coming up, it being much fooner
out of the ground than Wheat.

The fmall Rye may be fown in the fpring about the
fame time with Oats, and is ufually ripe as foon as
the other fort ; but if the feafon proves wet, it is apt
to run much to ftraw, and then the grain is generally
lighter than the other j fo the only ufe of this fort, is

SEC

to fow upon fuch lands where the autumnal crop
may have mifcarried.

The general ufe of Rye is for bread, either alone, of
mixed with Wheat ; but (as was before obferved) it
is only fit for fuch perfons who have been ufed to
this food, few other perfons caring to eat of it 1
nor have I ever heard of its having been exported*
fo can never be worth cultivating in general •, though
I have been informed it will yield a ftrong fpirit^
which perhaps may occafion its being more cultivated*
fince the pernicious ufe of fpirituous liquors is now
tolerated.

Rye is alfo fown in autumn to afford green feed for
ewes and lambs in the fpring, before there is plenty
of Grafs. When this is intended, the Rye fhould be
fown early in autumn that it may have ftrength to fur-
nifh early feed. The great ufe of this is to fupply
the want of Turneps in thofe places where they have
failed, as alfo, after the Turneps are over, and before
the Grafs is grown enough, to fupply green feed for
the ewes ; fo that in thofe feafons, when the Turneps
in general fail, it is very good hufbandry to fow the
land with Rye, efpecially where there are flocks of
fheep, which cannot be well fupported, where green
feed is wanting early in the fpring ; therefore thofe far-
mers who have large live flocks, fhould have feveral
methods of fupplying themfelves with fuflicient feed*
left fome fhould fail ; for as Turneps are a very pre-
carious crop, fome land fhould be lown with Cole-
feed, which will fupply the want of Turneps in win-
ter j and if fome of the ground, which was fowrt
late with Turneps which had failed, was fown in au-
tumn with Rye, that would be fit to fupply the want
of Cole-feed afterward.

SECtjRIDACA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 399. tab.
224. Coronilla. Lin. Gen. Plant. 789. [fo called from
fecuris, Lat.^ a hatchet, becaufe the ancients fancied
the feeds of it refembled a hatchet.] Hatchet-vetch*

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is floor t, comprejfed , and of
one leaf cut into two fegments which are ere hi. The flower
is of the butterfly kind ; the flandard is heart-fhaped , re-
flexed on both fides , and fcarce longer than the wings ;
thefe arc oval , joining at the top , but open at the bottom j
the keel is comprejfed and pointed. It hath ten flamina,
nine joined , and one feparate , terminated by fmall fummits ,
and an oblong comprejfed germen , with a briftly ftyle,
crowned by an obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward turns
to a long , comprejfed , fword-Jhaped pod , with a thick
border on one ffde , plain on the other , opening in two cells $
filed with fquare feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedlion of
Linnteus’s feventeenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten flamina joined in two
bodies •, he has alfo joined it to the genus of Coronilla.

We have but one Species of this genus at prefentj
which is,

Securidaca {Luteal) herbacea leguminibus falcato-gla-
diatis. Herbaceous Hatchet-vetch , with hooked fword-
Jhaped pods.

This plant grows naturally in the Corn-fields in Spain
and Italy ; it is annual, and perifhes foon after the
feeds are ripe ; this hath trailing herbaceous ftalks
which grow a foot and a half long, and divide into
many branches which fpread on the ground, and are
garnifhed with winged leaves compofed of feven or
eight pair of oval obtufe lobes, terminated by an odd
one ; they are of a deep green and fmooth. From the
wings of the leaves arile the foot-ilalks of the flowers -
thefe come out by pairs oppofite at each joint, are
five or fix inches long, fuftaining at the top a large
clufter of yellow flowers of the butterfly kind ; thefe
are fucceeded by compreffed pods four or five inches
long, ending in acute points •, they have a future on
each fide, one plain, and the other rifing and thick
they are joined at their bafe to the foot-ftalk, but
fpread open like the rays of a ftar, and are divided by
a longitudinal partition into two cells, each contain-
ing a row of fquare flat feeds of a reddifh colour. This

1 2 E plant

41

S E D

S E D

plant flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
Jt is propagated by fowing the feeds in borders of
light frefh earth in the fpring, in the places where the
plants are to abide, for they feldom fucceed well if
they are tranfplanted ; they fhould be allowed at leaft
two feet diftance, becaufe their branches trail upon
the ground. When the plants come up, they will
require no other care but to thin them where they
are too clofe, and keep them clean from weeds. A
few of thefe plants may be admitted into every good
garden for variety, though there is no great beauty
in their flowers.

SEDUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 513. Tourn. Inft. 262.
tab. 140. Anacampferos. Tourn. Inft. 264. [fo called
from fedendo, Lat. fitting, becaufe this plant does,
as it were, fit upon the walls where it grows ; or
fromfedando, appeafing, becaufe it appeafes the pains
of inflammations.] Houfeleek ; in French, Joubarbe.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is erect , acute, permanent ,
and cut into five fegments. ’The flower has five plain ,

* flpear-jhaped , acute-pointed petals which fpread open , and
five nebiariums , with fimall Jingle fcales indented at the
top , each being inferted at their bafe to the outfide of the
germen •, it has ten awl-Jhaped ftamina the length of the
petals , terminated by roundifio fummits , and five oblong
germen ending in fiender ftyles , crowned by obtufe ftigmas.
The germen afterward become five erect fpreading capfules
which are comprejfed , acute-pointed , opening from top to
bottom , and filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fefition of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and five ftyles ; and
to this he joins the Anacampferos of Tournefort,
making them but one genus.

The Species are,

1. Sedum {Album) foliis oblongis obtufis teretiufculis
fefiilibus patentibus, cyma ramosa. Hort. Cliff. I77-
Houfeleek with oblong , obtufe , taper leaves fitting clofe to
the ftalks, fpreading open, and a branching ft alk. Sedum
minus teretifolium album. C. B. P. 1 77. Stone Crop ,
or fmaller Houfeleek , with taper leaves and white flowers.

2. Sedum ( Dafyphyllum ) foliis oppofitis ovatis obtufis
carnofis, caule infirmo floribus fparfis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
43 1 . Houfeleek with oval, flefhy , blunt leaves which are
placed oppofite , a weak ft alk, and flowers growing thinly .
Sedum minus, circinato folio. C. B. P. 223. Lefj'er
Houfeleek with a roundifh leaf .

1. Sedum ( Rupeftre ) foliis fubulatis quinquefariam con-

3 fertis baft folutis floribus cymofis. Hort. Cliff. 176.
Houfeleek with awl-Jhaped leaves growing in clufters,
whofe bafe has a loofe membrane , and flowers in bunches.
Sedum minus a rupe St. Vincenti. Raii Syn. 2. 155.
Leffer Houfeleek , or Stone Crop of St. Vincent's Rock.

4. Sedum ( Hifpanicum ) foliis teretibus acutis, radicali-
" bus fafciculatis, cyma pubefcente. Amoen. Acad. 4.
p- 273. Spanijh Houfeleek with acute taper leaves , thofe
at the bottom growing in bunches , and the tips are hairy.
Sedum Hifpanum, folio glauco acuto, flore albido.
Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 287. Spanifh Houfeleek with a gray-
coloured acute leaf, and a white flower.

r. Sedum {Acre) foliis fubovatis adnato-feffilibus gib-
’ bis ere&iufculis alternis, cyma trifida. Hort. Cliff.
177. Stone Crop with oval, gibbous, erect, alternate
leaves fitting clofe to each other, and a trifid top. Sedum
parvum acre, flore luteo. J. B. 3. 994. The common

Stone Crop, or Wall Pepper.

6. Sedum {Rubens) foliis fuciformibus fubdeprefils, in-
' ftmis quaternis, cyma fubquadrifida, floribus pentan-

dris, ftaminibus reflexis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 619. Houfe-
leek '‘with depreffed leaves, thofe at the bottom being, rang-
ed by fours -, the flowers have but five ftamina which are
reflexed. Sedum arvenfe, flore rubente. C. B. P. 283.

, Field Houfeleek with a red flower .

7. Sedum {Annuum) caule ere&o folitario annuo, foliis
‘ ovatis fefiilibus gibbis alternis, cyma recurva. Flor.

Suec. 319. Houfeleek with an erebt, annual. Jingle ft alk,
oval gibbous leaves which are placed alternate, and a re-
curved top . Sedum minimum non acre flore albo.

Raii Syn. 2. p. 115. The leaft Stone Crop, not biting
with a white flower.

8. Sedum {Reflexum) foliis fubulatis fparfis bafi folutis,
inferioribus recurvatis. Flor. Suec. 2. p. 1296, Stone
Crop with awl-Jhaped fparfed leaves, whofe under ones are
turned back. Sedum minus luteum, ramuiis reflexis.
C. B. P. 283. Smaller yellow Houfeleek with reflexed
branches.

9. Sedum {Sexangulari) foliis fubovatis adnato-feffilibus
gibbis ereftiufculis fexfariam imbricatis. Flor. Suec.
390. Stone Crop with almoft oval , gibbous, erebt leaves
growing clofe to each other, and imbricated fix ways.
Sempervivum minus vermiculatum. C. B. P. 204.
Infipid Stone Crop.

10. Sedum {Villofum) caule erefilo, foliis planiufculifque
fubpilofts. Lin. Sp. Plant. 423. Houfeleek with an erebt
ftalk , plain leaves, and foot-ftalks which are fomewhat
hairy. Sedum paluftre fubhirfutum purpureum. C. B.
P. 285. Hairy Marfh Houfeleek with purple flowers.

11. Sedum {Stellatum) foliis planiufculis angulatis, flo-
ribus lateralibus fubfeffilibus folitariis. Hort. Cliff. 176.
Houfeleek with plain angular leaves , and frngle flowers
fitting clofe to the fides of the ftalk. Sedum echinatum,
vel ftellatum, flore albo. J. B. 3. 680. Prickly or ftarry
Houfeleek with a white flower.

12. Sedum {Cepcea) foliis planis, caule ramofa, floribus
paniculatis. Hort. Cliff. 176. Houfeleek with plain
leaves, a branching ftalk , and flowers growing in pani-
cles. Sedum Cepaea dictum. H. L. B. Houfeleek called
Cep it a.

13. Sedum ( Aizoon ) foliis lanceolatis ferratis planis,
caule erefto, cyma feffili terminal]. Lin. Sp. Plant.
430. Houfeleek with plain, fpear-fhaped, fawed leaves ,
and an erebt ftalk terminated by a head of flowers fitting
clofe to it. Anacampferos flore flavo. Amman. Ruth.
96. tab. n. Orpine with a yellow flower.

14. Sedum {Telephium) foliis planiufculis ferratis, co-
rymbo foliofo, caule erefito. Lin. Sp. 616. Houfeleek
with plain fawed leaves, a leafy corymbus, and an erebt
ftalk. Telephium vulgare. C. B. P. 287. Common Or-
pine, or Live-long.

15. Sedum ( Hamatodss ) foliis ovatis integerrimis, fum-
mis amplexicaulibus, corymbo terminali. Houfeleek
with oval entire leaves which at the top embrace the ftalk ,
and a corymbus of flowers terminating the branches. T e-
lephium Lufitanicum haematodes maximum. H. R,
Par. The greateft Portugal bloody Orpine.

1 6. Sedum {Anacampferos) foliis cuneiformibus inte-
gerrimis, caulibus decumbentibus, floribus corym-
bofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 430. Houfeleek with wedge-fhaped
entire leaves, trailing ftalks, and flowers growing in a
corymbus. Anacampferos minor, rotundiore folio, fem-
pervirens. J. B. 3. 682. Smaller and rounder-leaved
evergreen Orpine.

The fir ft fort grows naturally upon old walls in many
parts of England, fo is feldom planted in gardens ;
but as it is a medicinal plant, I have placed it here
this hath fiender trailing branches, which are garnifhed
with taper fucculent leaves about half an inch long,
Handing alternately round the branches. The flower-
ftalks rife four or five inches high ; their lower part is
garnifhed with leaves which fpread out horizontally ;
the upper part of the ftalk divides into fmall foot-
ftalks, fupporting many white {far-pointed flowers,
gathered into a fort of umbel. Thefe appear in July,
and are fucceeded by five-cornered capfules filled with
fmall feeds which ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort alfo grows upon old walls in many
parts of England. The ftalks of this are very fiender
and infirm i the leaves are very fhort, oval, and of a
gray colour ; they are placed by pairs oppofite. The
flowers are fet thinly at the top of the ftalks •, they are
fmall, white, and their petals are obtufe •, the fum-
mits upon the ftamina are pretty large, and of a bright
purple colour. It flowers about the fame time as the
former.

The third fort grows naturally upon St. Vincent’s
Rock near Briftol, and in feveral parts of Y/ales j
this has fiender purple ftalks which trail upon the

ground.

4

S E D

around, and are clofely garnifhed with (fiort awl- I
fhaped leaves placed all round the (talks, which
have a fhort loole membrane at their bale, which falls
off on being touched ; the leaves toward the top of
the (talk clofe together ; they are of a fea-green co-
lour, and not very fucculent. The flowers grow at
the top of the (talks in roundifh bunches ; they are of
a bright yellow colour, and come out about the fame
time as the former. This plant, when it is once placed
upon a wall, will propagate itfelf in plenty by its
trailing branches, which put out roots from their
joints.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this is an
annual plant with upright (talks, which rife three or
four inches high, garnifhed with flefhy awl-fhaped
leaves near an inch long, which fpread out on every
fide ; they are of a gray colour. The top of the
ftalk divides into two (lender eredt branches, which
have fmall, white, ftar-pointed flowers ranged above
each other, and the top of the ftalk at the divifion of
the branches is terminated by two or three flowers fit-
ting clofe. This flowers in June, and the feeds ripen
the beginning of Auguft, which, if permitted to fcat-
ter, the plants will come up without care.

The fifth is the common Stone Crop or Wall Pepper,
fo called for the acrid biting quality of the leaves •,
this grows very common upon old walls and build-
ings in every part of England, and is fo well known
as'to require no defcription. There are two varieties
of it, one with large, and the other a fmall yellow
flower.

The fixth fort grows upon moift rocks in feveral parts
of France and Germany, and is feldom feen in gar-
dens ; this rifes with an erect ftalk about three inches
high, garnifhed with obtufe, cylindrical, fucculent
leaves. The ftalk divides upwards into three or four
branches, which fuftain fmall purplifti flowers (landing
eredt.

The feventh fort grows naturally on dry barren rocks
in the north of England * this is an annual plant with
an eredt ftalk, garniflied with oval leaves placed alter-
nate. The (talk feldom rifes above two or three inches
high •, the leaves fit clofe to the (talks, and are of a
grayifli colour •, the flowers grow at the top of the
ftalk in a reflexed (pike •, they are fmall and white.
The eighth fort grows naturally upon old walls and
buildings in mod parts of England, and is by fome
called Prick-madam ; this has long trailing (talks,
which are garnifhed with flefhy awl-(haped leaves,
fpreading out almoft horizontally ; they are of a gray 4
colour, and end in acute points. The flowers grow
in reflexed bunches at the top of the (talks ; they are
ftar-pointed, and of a bright yellow colour.

The ninth fort is lefs common than either of the for-
mer. I have found it growing upon the rocks in
Wales. This hath the appearance of common Stone
Crop, but the (talks and leaves are larger, and have
no biting tafte : the leaves are ranged in fix rows,
like the grains of the fix-rowed Barley •, the flowers
are yellow, and larger than thofe of the common
Stone Crop.

The tenth fort grows naturally upon ' moift rocks
and boggy foils in feveral parts of the north of
England and in Wales •, this feldom rifes more than
two or three inches high. The (talks are garnifhed
with a few plain hairy leaves, and are terminated by
purple flowers growing thinly. It flowers in June.
The eleventh fort grows naturally in Italy and Ger-
many ; this is a low annual plant. The leaves are
plain and angular ; the (talks rife three inches high,
dividing at the top into two or three parts ; the flowers
come out fingly from the fide of the ftalk ; they are
white, ftar-pointed, and are fucceeded by ftar-pointed
rough capfules.

The twelfth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in the fouth of France and Italy ; this hath
plain fucculent leaves. The (talks rife fix or feven
inches high, dividing into fmaller branches, which
fuftain fmall white flowers growing in large panicles ;
thefe appear in June, and the feeds ripen the begin-

S E D

ning of Auguft, which, if permitted to fcatter, the
plants will come up without care. This loves a warm
dry foil.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this
has a perennial root, compofed of many thick flefhy
fibres, from which come out feveral (talks which rife
near a foot high, and are garniflied with fpear-fhaped,
plain, thick leaves, placed alternately on every fide 5
they are two inches and a half long, and three quar-
ters of an inch broad, and are (lightly fa wed on their
edges. The ftalk is terminated by a flat corymbus
of flowers, which fit very clofe on the top •, they are
of a bright yellow colour, compofed of five fpear-
fhaped petals which are eredt, and fpread out at the
top ; the ftamina are large, eredt, and are terminated
by oval fulphur-coloured fummits. This flowers in
June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The fourteenth fort is the common Orpine, which
grows naturally in woods and (hady places in many
parts of England. Of this there are two varieties, one
with white, the other with purple flowers. This has
a perennial root compofed of many glandulous knobs,
from which come out round fucculent (talks about
two feet high, dividing toward the top into fmaller
branches ; thefe are garnifhed with flefhy, oval, ob-
long leaves a little keel-ftiaped, which (land round
the (talks without order ; they are two inches long
and one broad, of a gray colour, and fawed toward
their points. The ftalk is terminated by a corymbus
of flowers which are ftar-pointed ; in fome they are
white, and in others purple ; they appear in July,
and are fucceeded by capfules filled with fmall feeds,
which ripen in autumn.

This fort is ufed in medicine; it is vulnerary and
aftringent, and is greatly recommendeded for its won-
derful virtue in eafing of pains. The leaves, bruifed
and laid on the part, produce this effedt both in green
wounds and putrid ulcers ; and, if applied to corns,
will in a fhort time take them away.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally in Portugal ; there
are two varieties of this, one with white, and the other
with purple flowers. The roots of this are compofed
of many thick flefhy knobs ; the (talks are thick,
fucculent, and round ; they rife near three feet high,
and are garniflied with oval fucculent leaves which
are entire ; they are three inches long, and two inches
and a quarter broad, placed by pairs, and thofe on
the upper part embrace the (talk with their bafe ; they
are of a pale herbaceous colour. The flowers are
colledted in large bunches which terminate the (talks ;
thefe appear in July, and are fucceeded by feeds
which ripen in autumn.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Italy. The
roots of this are fibrous ; the (talks trail on the ground,
and are garniflied with wedge-lhaped leaves (landing
alternately round the (talks ; they are almoft an inch
long, and half an inch broad. The flowers are dif-
pofed in a compadt corymbus, which fits clofe on the
the top of the (talks ; they are ftar-fhaped, of a pur-
ple colour, and appear in July. This plant is an
evergreen, which renders it more valuable than the
other forts.

All the forts of Stone Crop are eafily propagated, by
planting their trailing (talks either in fpring or fum-
mer, which foon put out roots ; but, as thefe thrive
much better upon rocks, old walls or buildings, than
in the ground, they may be difpofed upon rock-work
in fuch a manner as to have a good effedt ; and where
there are unfightly buildings, their tops may be co-
vered with thefe plants fo as to hide their deformity .‘
in fuch places, thefe plants will appear to greater ad-
vantage than on the ground. If the cuttings or roots
of the perennial fort are planted in fome foft mud laid
upon the walls or buildings, they will foon take root,
and then fpread into every joint or crevice, and in a
fhort time will cover the place ; or if the feeds of
thofe annual forts which grow naturally in dry places
are fown foon after they are ripe on the top of walls,
the plants will come up, and maintain themfelves
withodt farther care.

The

i

SEE

The feveral forts of Orpine may be eafily propagated
by cuttings during the fummer months, or by part-
ing of their roots either in fpring or autumn •, thefe
thrive befc in a dry foil and a Ihadv fituation, but may
alfo be planted for the fame purpofes as the other forts,
efpecially the fifteenth fort, which is evergreen. The
ftalks ot this kind hang down, and have a very good
effect in rock- work, and the plants require no care ;
for when they are fixed in the place, they will fpread
and propagate faff enough.

The ftalks of the common Orpine are frequently cut
in fummer, and fattened to laths of the fize of chim-
ney-boards, which being framed together, are ufed
for fcreening the fight of the fire-grates in rooms ;
thefe ftalks will ffioot and fpread over the frame,, and
if the frames are taken out once a week, and the
ftalks watered over to refrefh them, they will continue
in verdure for two months.

SEED: The Seed of a plant confifts of an embryo
with its coat or cover. The embryo, which contains
the whole plant in miniature, and which is called the
germ or bud, is rooted in the placenta or cotyledon,
which makes the coat or involucrum, and ferves the
fame purpofes as the fecundines, i. e. the chorion and
amnis in animals.

The placenta or cotyledon of a plant is always dou-
ble, and in the middle and common center of the two
is a point or fpeck, which is the embryo or plantule.
This plantule, being adted on and moved by the
warmth of the fun and the earth, begins to expand,
and protrudes or (hoots out its radicle or root both
upward and downward. By this it abforbs the nu-
tritious juice from the earth, and fo grows and in-
creafes, and the requiftte heat continuing, the growth
continues.

Thus, e. g. a Pea or Bean being committed to the
ground, is firft found to cleave into two parts, which
are, as it were, two leaves or lobes of the placenta, and
in the fifllire appears a point, which fhoots out a root
downward, and a bud upward •, the firft fp reading it-
felf in the foil to catch the moiffure thereof, and the
latter, mounting into the air, becomes the ftem or
body of the new plant.

It is v-ery remarkable how the plumule, or future ftem,
fhouid always get uppermoft, and the radicle or root
be turned downward, and this too perpendicularly to
the horizon ; and not only this, but if, by any exter-
nal means, the ftem be diverted from this perpendi-
cular, and bent, for inftance, toward the earth, in-
ftead of perfevering in that dire&ion, it makes an an-
gle or elbow, and redrefles itfelf.-
The fame is obferved in trees, &c. blown down, with
their roots by the wind, or in thofe planted in pots,
upon turning the pots upon one fide.

Now the Seed, from which a plant arifes, being the
plant itfelf in miniature, it is eafy to fuppofe that,
if it be depofited in the ground with the plumule
perpendicularly upward, and the radicle downward,
the difpofition (hould be maintained in its future
growth.

But it is known that Seeds, fown either of them-
felves, or by the help of man, fall at random, or
among an infinite number of fituations of the plumule,
&c. The perpendicular one upward is but one, fo
that in all the reft it is necefiary the ftem and root each
make a bend, to be able the one to emerge diredtly
upwards, the other downward. Now what force is it
that effeds this change, which is certainly an adion
of violence. ?

Mr. Dodart, who firft took notice of the phenome-
non, accounts for it by fuppofing the fibres of the
ftem of fuch a nature, as to con trad and (horten by
the heat of the fun, and lengthen by the moifture of
the earth ; and on the contrary, the fibres of the root
to contrad by the moifture of the earth, and lengthen
by the heat of the fun.

On this principle, when the plantule is inverted and
the root a-top, the fibres of the root being unequal-
ly expofed to the moifture, viz. the lower parts more
_ than the upper, the lower will contrad, and this

SEE

contradion be promoted by the lengthening of' the
upper from the adion of the fun ; the confequence
whereof will be, the roots recoiling, infinuating far-
ther into the earth, and getting beneath the bodv of
the Seed. ;

In a word : the earth draws the root toward itfelf, and
the fun promotes its defcent ^ on the contrary, the
fun draws up the plume, and the earth in fome mea-
lure, fends it towards the fame.

M. De la Hire accounts for the fame perpendicular^,
ty, by only conceiving the root to draw a coarfer and
heavier juice, and the ftem a finer and more volatile
one. In the plantule therefore we may conceive a
point of reparation, fuch as, that all on one fide, e, g.
the radial part is unfolded by the groffer^ and all on
the other by more fubtile juices.

If the plantule then be inverted, and the root a-top,
as it ftill imbibes the grofler and heavier juices, and
the ftem the lighter ; the point of feparation being
conceived as the fixed point of a lever, the root mult
defeend, and at the fame time that the volatile juices
imbibed by the ftem, tend to make it mount. Thus
is the little plant turned on its fixed point of feparation
till it be perfectly ered.

The plant thus ereded, M. Parent accounts for the
fern’s continuing to rife in the vertical diredion, thus:
the nutritious juice being arrived at the extremity of
a rifing (talk, and there fixing into a vegetable fub-
ftance, the weight of the atmofphere muft determine
it to fix in a vertical pofition, fo that the (talk will
have acquired a new part of perpendicularity over the
reft ; juft as in a candle, which held any how oblique-
ly to the horizon, the flame will ftill continue verti-
cal, by the preflu re of the air.

The new drops of juice that fucceed, will follow the
fame direction ; and as all together form the ftem,
that muft of courfe be vertical, unlefs fome particular
circumftances intervene.

And that, whereas the branches are likewife obferved,
as much as poflible, to affed perpendicularity in moft
inftances, infomuch, that though they be forced to
(hoot out of the ftem horizontally, yet in their progrefs
they erect themfelves ; M. Parent folves this, from
the vertical tendency of the nutritious juice, up the
ftem; for the juice, being received in this direction
into the new tender buds, finds at firft little refiftance
and afterwards as the branch grows firmer, it furniflies
a longer arm of a lever to ad by.

Mr. Aftruc accounts for the perpendicular afcent of
the ftem, and their redrefting themfelves when bent,
on thefe two principles.

1. That the nutritious juice arifes from the root to
the top in longitudinal tubes, parallel to the fide of
the plant, which communicates either by themfelves,
or by means of other horizontal tubes, proceeding
from the circumference of the plant, and terminated
in the pith.

2. That fluids contained in tubes, either parallel or
oblique to the horizon, gravitate on the lower part of
the tubes, and not at all on the upper.

From hence it eafilv follws, that in a plant pofited
either obliquely or parallel to the horizon, the nutri-
tious juice will ad more on the lower part of the ca-
nals than the upper ; and by that means infinuate
more into the canals communicating therewith, and
be collected more copioufly therein ; thus the parts-
on the lower fide will ad more on the lower part, and
will receive more accretion, and be more nourifhed
than thofe on the upper ; the confequence whereof
muft be, that the extremity of the plant will be oblig-
ed to bend upward.

The fame principle brings the feed into its due fitua-
tion at firft. In a Bean planted upfide down, the
plume and radicle are eafily perceived with the naked
eye, to (hoot at firft diredly for about an inch ; but
thenceforth they begin to bend, the one downward,
and the other upward.

The two placentuke or cotyledons of a feed are,, as it
were, a cafe to this little tender plantule or point, co-
vering it up, (heltering it from injuries, and feeding;

it

/

SEE

SEE

it from their own proper fubftance ; which the plan- j
tule receives and draws to itfelf, by an infinite num-
ber of little filaments or ramifications, called funes j
umbilicales, or navel-firings, which it fends into the
body of the placenta.

The cotyledons, for the molt part, abound v/ith a
balfam difpofed in proper cells ; and this feems to be
oil brought to its g re ate ft perfection, while it remains
humid, and then lodged in thefe repofitories ; one
part of the compofition of this balfam is oily and te-
nacious, and ferves to defend the embryo from any
extraneous moifture, and by its vifcidity, to entangle
and retain that fine, pure, volatile fpirit, which is
the ultimate production of the plant.

This oil is never obferved to enter into the veffels of
the embryo,, which are too fine to admit fo thick a
fluid, but this ferves to preferve the growing quality of
the feed. The fpirit, however, being quickened by
an aftlve power, may poffibly breathe a vital princi-
ple into the juices that nourifh the embryo, and ftamp
upon it the charafter that diftinguifhes the family ;
after which every thing is changed into the proper
nature of that particular plant. That this fpirit now
is truly the efficacious part, is evident, for when that
is gone off, the oil that remains is quite vapid and in-
aftive. It is this that gives plants their fragrant fmell
and peculiar taftes, nor do their particular colours a
little depend upon it.

Now when the Seed is committed to the earth, the
placenta ftill adheres to the embryo for fome time,
guards it from the accefs of noxious colds, &c. and
even prepares and purifies the cruder juice the plant is
to receive from the earth, by {training it, &c. thro’
its own body.

This it continues to do, till the placentula being a
little inured to its new element, and its root tolerably
fixed in the ground and fit to abforb the juice thereof,
it then perifhes, and the plants may be faid to be de-
livered; fo that nature obferves the fame method in
plants contained in fruits, as in animals in the mo-
ther’s womb.

It is very furprifing, how many forts of Seeds will
continue good for feveral years, and retain their grow-
ing faculty, whereas many other forts will not^grow
when they are more than one year old •, which is, in
a great meafure, owing to their abounding more or
leis with oil, as alfo the nature of the oil, whether it
is of a cold or hot quality, and the texture of their
outward covering. As for example •, the Seeds of
Cucumbers, Melons, and Gourds, which have thick
horny coverings, and the oil of this Seed being of a
cold nature, continue good eight or ten years •, and
Radiffi, Turnep, Rape, &c. with other oily Seeds
(whofe coats, though they are not fo hard and clofe
as the others, yet) abounding with oil, which is of a
warmer nature, the Seeds will keep good three or four
years ; whereas the Seeds of Parfley, Carrots, Parf-
neps, and moft other umbelliferous plants, whofe
Seeds are, for the moft part, of a warm nature, and
have little oil in them, lofe their growing faculty often
in one year, but feldom remain good longer than two
years. Indeed all forts of Seeds are preferved beft, if
kept in the pods or hulks wherein they grow ; efpe-
cially if they are not feparated from the placenta, to
which they are fattened by an umbilical cord, thro’
which they received their nouriffiment in their em-
bryo ftate ; fo that whoever would fend Seeds to a dis-
tant country, Ihould always take care they are full
ripe before they are gathered, and that they are pre-
ferved in their pods or hufks ; and when they are
packed up for exportation, there Ihould be great care
taken, that they are not {hut up too clofely from the
air-, which is abfolutely neceffary to maintain the
principle of vegetation in the Seed (though in a lefs
degree) as it is to nourifh the plant when germinated,
as I have found by trying the following experiment,
viz. Haying faved a parcel of frelh Seeds of feveral
kinds, as Lettuce, Parfley, Onions, &c. I took a
parcel of each kind, and put into glafs phials ; thefe
1 flopped down clofe, and fealed hermetically, then

put them up in a trunk ; the other parts of the fame'
feeds I put into bags, and hung them up in a dry
room, where the air had free admittance, in which
place they remained a whole year ; and in the follow-*
ing fpring I took out a part of each parcel of feeds
from the phials, as alfo from the bags, and fowed
them at the fame time, and upon the fame bed where
they had an equal advantage of fun, air, &c. The
refult of this experiment was, thatalmoft all the feeds
which I took out of the bags grew extremely well,
but of thofe which were kept in the phials not one
came up ; after which, I fowed the remaining part
of the feeds in the phials, but had not one fingle
plant from the whole, whereas thole preferved in the
bags grew very well both the fecond and third years.
And this experiment was afterward tried by one of
my particular friends, with whom the effeft was the
fame as with me. And fome years after this, a gen-
tleman of great eminence for his knowledge of plants,
being very defirous to procure Seeds from every
country, where the Britifh nation had any commerce,
gave his inftruftions to all the agents abroad, to
fend him over all the forts of Seeds they could col-
left in their different countries, and to put them up
in bottles, fealing the mouths of the bottles as cloiq
as poffible, to exclude the air ; which was done by
feveral of his correfpondents, who fent him great
quantities of Seeds, but not one of them grew when
they were fown ; fo that thofe perfons who lend Seeds
to a diftant country, fhould never be guilty of the
like error.

Thefe experiments prove, that all Seeds require fome
ffiare of freffi air, to keep the germen in a healthy
ftate ; and that where the air is abfolutely excluded,
the vegetative quality of the Seeds will foon be loft ;
therefore the anointing of the Seeds, or covering them
over with fat or oil, Ihould not be praftifed ; for as
this will in a great meafure {hut up the pores of the
Seeds, it will prevent the tranfpiration and infpiration
of air, whereby the feeds will foon be fpoiled.

The earth, which is the natural nurfe to all Seeds,
will preferve them much longer than any other body,
provided they are buried fo deep, as to be beyond the
influence of fun and fhowers, whereby they are pre-
vented from vegetating. I have known feeds of fe-
veral plants remain buried three feet deep above twen-
ty years, and when turned up to the air, have grown
as well as freffi Seeds; and a particular friend of
mine ftiewed me a fpot of ground, which was covered
with Corn-iallad, the Seeds of which he affured me
had been buried thirty-two years in that place, and
when turned up again to the air, were as produftive as
new Seeds.

How the vegetative life is fo long preferved in Seeds,
by being fo deeply immerfed in the ground, is very
difficult to explain ; but as the fact is very notorious,
it well accounts for the produftion of plants out of
earth taken from the bottom of vaults, houfes, and
wells ; and from the earth which has been taken at a
very great depth in thofe places, there have been ma-
ny plants produced, which were not inhabitants of
the neighbouring foil ; and this has been brought as a
proof to iupport the doftrine of fpontaneous produc-
tions, by fome who have afferted, that plants* are of-
ten produced without Seed.

The earth which has been brought to England, from
very diftant countries, having many of the Seeds of
thofe plants which grew in thofe places buried there-
in, when this has been placed in a proper degree of
heat and fpread abroad, the Seeds have vegetated,
and great numbers of plants have come up ; whereby
many plants, which would have efcaped the notice of
thofe perfons who colleft Seeds to fend to Europe,
have been obtained.

A method for raifing fuch Seeds which have hard coats or
falls furrounding them, and that have been judged very
difficult , if not impoffible , to be raifed in England.

In the year 1724, I had a parcel of freffi Cocoa -nuts
given me, which were brought over from Barbadoes :

12 f part

/

part of thefe nuts I divefted of their outward coat or
hulk, and the other part I left entire, as I received
them.

Both thefe parcels I planted in large pots filled with
good frefh earth, and plunged the pots into hot-beds
made of tanners bark, giving them gentle and fre-
quent waterings, as the earth in the pots feemed to
require; but not one of the whole number had
made any attempt to fhoot, as I could perceive ; and
upon taking them out of the pots, I found they were
rotten.

About four months after, I received another frefh
parcel of Cocoa-nuts from Barbadoes, which I treated
in another manner •, from that part of thefe I cut off
the outer coat or hulk, and the other part I left en-
tire, as before : but fuppofing it was owing to my
planting the other parcel in pots, that they did not
iucceed, I made a frefh hot-bed with horfe-dung,
and covered it over with frefh earth about eighteen
inches thick, in which i planted the nuts, obferving,
as before, to fupply it with convenient moifture, as
aifo to keep the hot-bed in an equal temper of heat,
which I was guided to do by a thermometer, gradu-
ated for the ufe of hot-beds ; but with all my care, I
had no better fuccefs than before, not one of the nuts
making any effay towards (hooting.

The year following, I had another parcel of Cocoa-
nuts given me, which, confidering my former ill fuc-
cefs, I planted in a different manner, as follows :
Having a hot-bed, which had been lately made with
tanners bark, and which was filled with pots of ex-
otic plants, I removed two of the largeft pots, which
were placed in the middle of the bed ; and, opening
the tanners bark under the place where the two pots
flood, I placed the two Cocoa-nuts therein, laying
them fide-ways, to prevent the moifture (which might
defcend from the pots) from entering the hole at the
bafe of the fruit, and thereby rotting the feminal plant
upon its fir ft germinating.

I then covered the nuts over with the bark two or
three inches thick, and placed the two pots over them
in their former llation.

In this place I let the nuts remain for fix weeks,
when removing the two pots and uncovering the nuts,
I found them both fhot from the hole in the bafe of
the fruit an inch in length, and from the other end
of the fruit were feveral fibres emitted two or three
inches in length.

Upon finding them in fuch a forwardnefs, I took
them out of the bark, and planted them in large pots
filled with good frefh earth, plunging the pots down
to the rims in tanners bark, and covering the furface
of the earth in the pots half an inch with the fame ;
foon after which, the young fhoots were above two
inches long, and continued to thrive very well.

I communicated this method to fome of my ac-
quaintance, who have tried it with the fame fuccefs ;
and if the nuts are frefh, fcarce any of them mifcarry.
This led me to try, if the fame method would fuc-
ceed as well with other hard-fhelled exotic feeds,
which I could not, by any method I had before
tried, get to grow •, as the Bonduck or Nickar-tree,
the Phafeolus Brafilianus lobis villofis pungentibus,
Maximus Hermanni, or Horfe-eye Bean, with feve-
ral others •, and I have found it both a fure and ex-
peditious way to raife any fort of hard-fhelled fruit
or feeds.

For the heat and moifture (which are abfolutely ne-
ceffary to promote vegetation) they here enjoy in an
equal and regular manner, the tanners bark (if rightly
managed) keeping near an equality of heat for three
months ; and the water which defcends from the pots,
when they are watered, is by the bark detained from
being too foon diffipated, which cannot be obtained in
a common hot-bed, the earth in fuch being worked
away by the water, and thereby leaving the feeds of-
ten' deftitute of moifture.

Some of thefe Seeds I have had fhoot in a fortnight’s
time, which, I am informed, would not have fo done
in a month, in their natural foil and climate.

i have atfo found it an excellent method to reftore
Orange, or any other exotic trees, which have buf-
fered by a tedious paffage, in being too long out of
the ground, by laying their roots and Items in a mo-
derate tan-bed for three or four days before they are
planted ; infomuch that I recovered two Orange-
trees, which had been ten months without either earth,
or water.

In the common method of fowing feeds, there are
many kinds which require to be fown foon after they
are ripe ; and there are many others which lie in the
ground a year, fometimes two or three years, before
the plants come up ; fo that when the feeds which
come from diftant countries are fown, the ground
fhould not be difturbed, but wait with patience, in.
expedition of the plants, at leaft two years ; for it
has often happened to feeds which I have fown, that
have been brought from America, that part of them
have come up the firft feafon, fome the next, and
others not until the third year *, fo that if the around
had been difturbed, I fhould have loft many'plants,
which, by my waiting fo long, came up and fucceeded
very well.

As there is fuch difference in the length of time, which
fome feeds will keep good over others, I thought it
would not be unacceptable, if I fhould add an ac-
count of thofe feeds which require to be fown foon af-
ter they are ripe ; and of others, how long they may
be kept good, if they are carefully favecf; which I
have drawn out in the following table, which will, in
a great meafure, diredt how thofe feeds, which are
not here included, require to be treated.

The firft clafs of feeds which I fhall enumerate, is of
thofe which fhould be fown in autumn, foon after
they are ripe •, otherwife many of them will not fuc-
ceed, and others will often remain in the ground a
whole feafon, if they are kept out of the ground till
fpring, whereby a full year will be loft.

Adonis, or Flos Adonis, fee Adonis.

Alexanders, or Aliffanders, fee Smyrnium.'
Anemony, or Windflower, fee Anemone.

Angelica.

Arfe-fmart the eaftern fort, fee Perficaria.

Afn-keys, fee Fraxinus.

Afphodel, or King-fpear, fee Afphodelus.

Auricula.

Beech-maft, fee Fagus.

Bifhop’s-weed, fee Ammi.

Chriftopher-herb, fee Adltea.

Ciceli, fee Myrrhis.

Colchicum, or Baftard-faffron.

Corn-fallad, fee Valeriana.

Cornflag, fee Gladiolus.

Crocus.

Crown Imperial, fee Fritillaria.

Fennel-giant, fee Ferula.

Flower-de-luce, fee Iris.

Fraxinella, fee Didlamnus.

Fritillaria, or chequered Tulip.

Gentian, fee Gentiana.

Ground Pine, fee Teucrium.

Hare’s-ear, fee Bupleurum.

Hartwort, fee Bupleurum and Sefelh
Hog’s-fennel, fee Peucedanum.

Hornbeam, fee Carpinus.

Hyacinth, fee Plyacinthus.

Juniper, fee Juniperus.

Laferwort, fee Laferpitiura.

Lilly, fee Lilium.

Lilly-afphodel, fee Crinum and Hemerocallis*
Lilly-hyacinth, fee Scilla.

Lilly-narciffus, fee Amaryllis.

Lovage, fee Ligufticum.

Mandrake, fee Mandragora.

Maple, fee Acer.

Mafterwort, fee Imperatoria and Aftrantia,

Mercury, fee Mercurialis.

Moly, fee Allium,

Mufcari. ’

NarcifTus

f

SEE

S E fi

Narciffus, or Daffodil.

Oak, fee Quercus.

Oak of Jerufalem, fee Chenopodium,

Pafque-flower, fee Pulfatilla.

Piony, fee Pasonia.

Polyanthus, fee Primula.

Ranunculus, or Crowfoot.

Samphire, fee Crithmum.

Scurvy-grafs, fee Cochlearia.

Sefeli, or Sermountain, fee Siler;

Snow-drop, fee Galanthus.

Sowbread, fee Cyclamen.

Spiderwort, fee Anthericum.

Spignel, fee Meum.

Star of Bethlehem, fee Ornithogalurri;

Stavefacre, fee Delphinium.

Tulip, fee Tulipa.

Turnfole, fee Heliotropium.

Yew-tree, fee Taxus.

In the next clafs I fhall enumerate thofe forts of feeds,
which are belt the firft fpring after they are faved,
many of which will not grow if they are kept longer ;
wherefore thofe who deal in feeds, fhould deftroy the
feeds they have remaining after the feafon is over,
and not fell them to impofe on their dealers, to the
great lofs of their crops, nor keep them to mix with
new feeds, as is too often pradlifed.

African Marygold, feeTagetes.

Agrimony, fee Agrimonia.

Alkanet, fee Bugloffum.

Amaranthoides, or Globe Amaranthus, fee Gom-
phrena.

Anife, fee Pimpiriella.

Afparagus, or Spearage.

Balfamine, fee Impatiens.

Bafil, fee Ocymum.

Ballard Saffron, fee Carthamus*

Bay-tree, fee Taurus.

Bean, fee Faba.

Beet, fee Beta.

Blue-bottle, fee Cyanus.

Borrage, fee Boraga.

Buckwheat, fee Fagopyrum.

Buglofs, fee Bugloffum.

Canterbury-bell, fee Campanula.

Carraway, fee Carum.

Carnation, fee Dianthus.

Carrot, fee Daucus.

Caterpillar, fee Scorpiurus.

Celeri, fee Apium.

Chervil, fee Chaerophyllum.

Cheftnut, fee Caftanea.

Chichling Pea, fee Cicer.

Clary, fee Horminum and Sclarea.

Columbine, fee Aquilegia.

Coriander, fee Coriandrum.

Crane’s-bill, fee Geranium.

Crefs, fee Nafturtium.

Cumin, fee Cuminum.

Cyprefs, fee Cupreffus.

Dame’s Violet, fee Hefperis.

Everlailing Pea, fee Lathyrus.

Fennel, fee Fceniculum.

Fennel-flower, fee Nigella.

Fenugreek, fee Trigonella.

Finochia, fee Fceniculum.

Firr, fee Abies.

French Honeyfuckle, fee Hedyfarum.

French Marygold, fee Tagetes.

Goat’s-rue, fee Galega.

Globe Thillle, fee Echinops,

Gromwel, or Graymil, fee Lithofpermum.

Henbane, fee Hyofcyamus;

Hemp, fee Cannabis.

Hollyhock, fee Alcea.

Hyffop, fee Hyffopus.

Indian Pepper, fee Capficurrf
Kidney-bean, fee Phafeolus.

Larch-tree, fee Larix.

Larkfpur, fee Delphinium.

Lavender, fee Lavendula.

Laurel, fee Padus.

Leek, fee Porrum.

Lentil, fee Lens.

Love-apple, fee Lycoperficon;

Lupine, fee Lupinus.

Lychnis, or Catchfly.

Mad-apple, fee Melongena.

Mallow, the Venetian, fee Hibifcus;

Marjoram, fee Majorana.

Marvel of Peru, fee Mirabilis.

Marygold, fee Calendula,

Millet, fee Milium.

Mullein, fee Verbafcum.

Moth-mullein, fee Blattaria.

Navew, fee Napus.

Oil-nut, or Palma Chrifti, fee Ricinus;

Roman Nettle, fee Urtica.

Onion, fee Cepa.

Orach.

Origany, fee Origanum.

Panic, fee Panicum.

Parfley, fee Apium.

Parfnep, fee Paftinaca;

Peas, fee Pifum.

Pink, fee Dianthus.

Poppy, fee Papaver.

Purfiain, fee Portulaca.

Radifh, fee Raphanus. This will grow well two years*
Rape, fee Napus.

Rue, fee Ruta.

Savory, fee Satureja.

Scabious, fee Scabiofa.

Skirret, fee Sifarum.

Snails, fee Medica.

Snapdragon, fee Antirrhinum*

Spinach, fee Spinachia.

Stock-gilliflower, fee Leucoium.

Succory, fee Cichorium.

Sun-Tower, fee Helianthus.

Thyme, fee Thymus.

Tobacco, fee Nicotiana.

Trefoil, fee Trifolium.

Turnep, fee Rapa,

Venus Looking-glafs, fee Campanula.

Venus Navelwort, fee Omphalodes.

Vetch, fee Vicia.

Woad, fee Ifatis.

Wall-flower, fee Leucoium.

The next clafs of feeds are fuch as may be kept two
years and will not be the worfe, provided they ar i
well faved, though thefe are equally good for life the
firft year.

Amaranthus, or Flower-gentle.

Cabbage, 1 fee Braffica 7
Cauliflowers, 5iee ^raliica*

Citrul, or Water Melon, fee Anguria.

Clover, fee Trifolium.

Convolvulus, or Bindweed;

Endive, fee Endivia.

Flax, fee Linum.

Indian Flowering-reed, fee Cannacorus*

La-lucern, fee Medica.

Lavender, fee Lavendula.

Lettuce, fee Lacftuca.

Mellilot, fee Tri-folium*

Muftard, fee Sinapi.

Sorrel, fee Acetofa.

The fourth clafs of Seeds are fuch as may be kept
three years or more, and will grow very well after-
ward, provided they are well faved ; and fome of the
forts are generally preferred for being three years
old, particularly the Cucumber and Melon-feeds ;
becaufe, when the Seeds are new, the plants grow
j too vigorous* and produce a frnall quantity of fruit j

5CS

hut it is not proper to keep thefe longer than four or
five years, notwithstanding they will grow at eight
or nine years old ; becaufe when the feeds are too old,
the plants will be weak, and the fruit which they
produce will be fmall.

Amaranthus, or Flower-gentle.

Cabbage, fee Brafiica.

Cedar of Libanus, fee Larix, if kept in the Cones.
Cucumber, fee Cucumis.

Gourd, fee Cucurbita.

Lettuce, fee Lactuca.

Melon, fee Melo.

Pinus, the Pine-tree, if kept in the cones.

Pumpion, fee Pepo.

Savoy, fee Brafiica.

Simnel, or Squafh, fee Cucurbita.

Water Melon, fee Anguria.

The following is a lift of fuch Seeds as will frequently
remain in the earth a whole year, efpecially if they
are fown in the fpring ; fo that whenever the plants
do not come up the firft year, the ground fhould
remain undifturbed till the following fpring (but
muft be kept clear from weeds) when the plants will
come up.

Adonis, or Flos Adonis.

Alaternus.

Alexanders, fee Smyrnium.

Angelica.

Corn-failad, fee Valerianella.

Fennel, fee Foeniculum.

Fraxinella, or White Dittany, fee Didamnus.
Golden-rod, fee Solidago.

Gromwel, or Gramil, fee Lithofpermum,

Hare’s-ear, ? fee Bupleurum.

Hartwort, 5 r

Hawthorn, fee Mefpilus.

Hog’s-fennel, fee Peucedanum.

Holly, fee Ilex.

Juniper, fee Juniperus.

Laferwort, fee Laferpitium.

Lovage, fee Ligufticum.

Maple, fee Acer.

Mafterwort, fee Aftrantia.

Mercury, fee .Mercurialis.

Moly.

Piony, fee P^onia.

Sefeli, or Se’rmountain, fee Siler.

Spignel, fee Meum.

Star wort, fee After.

Stavefacre, fee Delphinium.

Turnfole, fee Heliotropium.

Yew, feeTaxus.

If the feeds mentioned in this lift are fown foon after
they are ripe, many of the forts will come up the
following fpring •, but whenever they fail fo to do,
there will be no danger of their growing the following
year, provided the Seeds were good, therefore people
fhould not defpair of them the firft year. Moft of
the umbelliferous plants have this property of remain-
ing in the ground feveral months, and fometimes a
whole year, before the plants appear ; therefore they
fhould be managed accordingly, ^ by lowing their
feeds on a border, which can be buffered to remain
undifturbed till the plants come up. There are fome
particular forts of feeds, which I have known remain
in the ground eighteen months, and fometimes two
years, after which time the plants have come up very
well: of thefe forts are the Morina, Tribulus ter-
reftris, Stavefacre, Mercury, and fome others ; but
as they do not conftantly remain fo long in the
ground, there can be no certainty of the time when
the plants will appear.

The rules here laid down, concerning the length of
time which feeds may be kept out of the ground and
prove good, will in general be found true •, being
drawn up from feveral years experience, having taken

S E E

notes every year from the times of fowing great va-
rieties of feeds, to the appearance of the plants above
ground. And in this I have obferved fuch oddnefs in
the growth of feeds, as is not to be accounted for ;
as that of fowing feeds of the fame plant for two or
three years fucceffively, and not having had one plant
arife ; and the fourth year, from the remaining part of
the feeds, I have had fome plants come up, notwith-
ftanding the age of the Seeds. At other times it has
happened, that fome Seeds have grown the fame
fpring they were fown, and a great part of them
have remained in the ground till the following au-
tumn, when the plants have come up, fo that there
have been two different crops from the fame lowing.

I have alfo tried many experiments in keeping of
Seeds, and find the beft method to preferve them
good is, to keep them in a moderate temperature of
warmth, where they may not fuffer from any incle-
mencies in the outward air, nor have too much
warmth, which will exhale the moifture too freely,
and caufe the Seeds to decay fooner than they other-
wife would do. This is well known to moft people
who cultivate Melons, who, when their Seeds are
new, which would occafion the plants being too vi-
gorous, and therefore not fo fruitful, put them into
the inner pocket of their breeches, which are in can-
ftant wear, where they keep them for fix weeks or
two months before they fow them, which will weaken
the feeds as much as two years longer keeping them
in the ordinary way.

All forts of Seeds will keep much longer in their
pods, or outer coverings, where they can be thus pre-
l'erved ; becaufe the covering not only preferves them
from the injuries of the outward air, but if the Seeds
are not feparated from them, they fupply them with
nourifhment, and thereby keep them plump and fair.
But the Seeds of all foft fruits, fuch as Cucumbers,
Melons, &c. muft be cleanfed from the fruit and
mucilage which furrounds them, otherwife the rot-
ting of thefe parts will corrupt and decay the Seeds in
a ihort time.

When Seeds are gathered, it fhould always be done
in dry weather, when there is no moifture upon them v
and then they fhould be hung up in bags (efpecially
thofe which vermin eat) in a dry room ; in which fitu-
ation they will keep longer than if they were clofely
fhut up, and the air excluded from them.

There are but few people who are curious enough in
having their Seeds ; fome, for want of judgment, not
diftinguifhing the beft plants of their kinds, to let
them grow for feeds ; and others, out of covetoufnefs
to fave a great quantity of feeds, frequently let a
whole fpot of ground, filled with any particular fort
of plants run up to feed, fo that the good andTad
plants are faved indifferently, which is the occafion
of the general cpmplaint of the badnefs of the Seeds
which are commonly vended, and is what the dealers
in Seeds fhould endeavour to remedy.

There is a common method of trying the goodnefs of
many forts of Seeds, which is, by putting them in wa-
ter, and thofe of them which fink to the bottom are
efteemed good, but what fwirn on the furface are re-
jeded as good for little; but this will not hold in
many forts, for I have faved the Seeds of Melons,
which have floated on the furface of the water when
they were wafhed from the pulp, and after keeping
them two years, they have grown well ; but the Me-
lons produced on thefe plants were not fo thick
flefhed, as thofe which were produced from heavy Seeds
of the fame Melon. The lightnefs of many forts of
Seeds, I apprehend, may be owing to their not having
been fufficiently impregnated by the farina foecun-
dans ; which is frequently the cafe with thofe plants
that are kept in ftoves, or under frames, where the ex-
ternal air is often too much excluded from them, which
may be abfolutely neceflary to the conveying of the
farina in fubftance, or the gentle effluvia thereof, to
the uterine cells ; and this more particularly may be
the cafe, in thofe forts which are male and female
in different plants ; or where the male flov/ers grow

O f

S E L

■*

at remote diftances from the female, on the fame
plant-, which in the Melons, Cucumbers, Gourds,
and many other forts of plants, is cohltant. There-
fore of late years, fince the doftrine of the generation
of plants has been better known amongft gardeners,
they have been curious enough to aflift nature in this
operation ; but they have had more regard to the pro-
duftion of fruit, than to the obtaining of perfedt
Seeds ; though by procuring of the one, the other
mull of courle receive the benefit. Thispraftice has
been principally confined to the fetting of the fruit
of their Melons, and early Cucumbers. The me-
thod is this ; when the fruit appears upon the plants,
and the flower at the top is juft fully expanded, they
take fome of the moft vigorous male flowers, and
with a pin move the apice which fuftain the farina fce-
cundans, 1 gently up and down, over the bloflom of
the female flowers, whereby the farina is fcattered
into them ; and alfo lay one of the frefh blown male
flowers with the open fide over the mouth of the fe-
male flowers, that hereby the fruit may be fufficiently
impregnated ; and white there are male flowers fo
fituated, as that they may be joined without pulling
them off the plant, it is always to be chofen. By
this method, the gardeners have fucceeded in fetting
the firft fruits of this fort which have appeared on
the plants, which before this was pradtifed, general-
ly dropped off, and never grew to any flze ; fo that
very often, when the weather has proved fo unfa-
vourable, as to rendet it unfafe to admit the external
air to the plants, the fruit have been produced fuc-
ceflively for three weeks or a month, before any of
them have been fet to grow, but have fallen off foon
after they appeared. Therefore this is a convincing
proof of the necefiity for the ovary of the fruit to be
impregnated, efpecially where good Seeds are to be
obtained ; and this will explain the caufe of new
Seeds often failing, as hath been already mentioned
under the article of Generation ; fo that many per-
lons have been deceived by fowing Seeds of their own
laving, without knowing how it has happened. I
have feveral times been deceived in obtaining good
Seeds of tender exptic plants, which have flowered,
and produced (to all appearance) very good Seeds,
but many times they have all failed ; which I appre-
hend was owing to the keeping of the glaffes fo clofe,
during the time the plants were in flower, as that the
external air was excluded ; which, if it had been ad-
mitted, might have aftifted the farina in the impreg-
nation of the Seed, and thereby have rendered it good ;
becau fe from the fame plants, in more favourable feafons,
when the free air has been admitted, have produced
plenty of good Seeds.

In the tables here fubjoined, I have, given the com-
mon Englifh names of the Seed, oppoflte to which
I have added the Latin names, that the reader may
with eafe turn to the feveral articles in the Gardeners
Dictionary, where each fort is particularly treated of,
and directions are given for their management.

SEGMENTS OF LEAVES are the parts of
fuch leaves of plants as are divided or cut into many
fhreds.

SELAGO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 687. Camphorata. Com.
Santolina. Boerh.

The Characters are.

The flower has a fmall permanent empalement of one leaf
cut into four parts at the top. The flower is of one
petal , it has a very fmall tube , a little perforated ; the
brim is fpreading , and cut into five parts , the two upper
fegments are the leaft. It hath four hair-like ftamina the
length of the petal , to which they are inferted , two of
which are longer than the other , terminated by Jingle fum-
mits ; and a roundifh germen fupporting a Jingle fly le,
crowned by an acute ftigma. The germen afterward" be-
comes a Jingle feed, wrapped up in the petal of the flower.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feCtion
of Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two Ihorter
ftamina, and the feeds are included in acapfule.

S E L

We have but one Species of this genus at prefenC
in the Englifti gardens, viz.

Selago iCorymbofa) corymbo multiplici. Lin. Sp. Plant,
629. Selago with a multiplied corymbus. Camphorata
Africana, umbellata, frutefcens. Hort. Amft. 2. p„
79. Shrubby , African , umbellated Camphorata. I
This plant grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope 1
it has {lender ligneous ftaiks which rife feven or eight
feet high, but are fo weak as to require fupport ; they
fend out many {lender branches, which are garniftied
with {hort, linear, hairy leaves, that come out in clufters
from the fame point. The flowers are produced in
umbels at the top of - the ftaiks, the general umbel
being compofed of a multiplicity of {mall umbels ;
they are very fmall, and of a pure white ; they ap-
pear in July and Auguft, but are not fucceeded by
feeds here.

This plant is preferved in gardens more for the
fake of variety than for its beauty, for the branches
grow very irregular, and hang downward, and the
leaves being fmall make little appearance, and the
flowers are fo fmall as not to be diftinguifhed at any
• diftance.

It is propagated by cuttings, which puts out roots
freely if they are planted in any of the fummer
months ; if thefe are planted in a bed of frefh earth,
and covered clofe down with a bell or hand-glafs,
{hading them from the fun, and refrefhing them now
and then with water, they will foon put out roots ;
then they muft be gradually hardened, and afterward
tranfplanted into fmall pots, placing them in the {hade
till they have taken root ; then they may be placed with
other hardy green-houfe plants, where they may re-
main till the end of October, when they muft be re-
moved into fhelter, for thefe plants will not live in
the open air in England ; but as they only require
protection from hard froft, fo they fhould be treated
in the fame way as other of the hardieft kinds of green-
houfe plants.

SELINUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 300, Thyffelinum,
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 319. Milky Parfley,

The Characters are,

It has an umbellated flower ; the general umbel is plain
and fpreading , and the particular umbels are the fame ; the
involucrum is compofed of many linear fpear-Jhaped leaves
which fpread open ; the umbel is uniform ; the flowers have
five inflex ed heart-flsaped petals which are unequal ; they
have five hair-like ftamina terminated by roundifh fum-
mits. The germen is fituated under the ' flower , fupport -
ing two reflexed flyles, crowned by fingle ftigmas ; it af-
terward becomes a plain comprejfed fruit channelled on
both fides , parting in two , containing two oblong elliptical
plain feeds , channelled in the middle , and have membranes
on their flaes.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feCtion
of Linnseus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Selinum ( Sylveflre ) radice fufi-formi multiplici,
Hort. Cliff. 93. Milky Parfley with fpiiidle-Jhaped roots.
Thyffelinum Plinii. Lob. Icon. 711. Plinfs wild Milky
Parfley.

2. Selinum ( Paluftre ) fublaCtefcens radice unica. Haller,
Helv. 443. Selinum which is almoft milky , and having a
fingle root. Thyffelinum paluftre. Tourn. Inft. 319,
Marfh , wild , Milky Parfley.

The firft fort grows by the fides of lakes and {land-
ing waters in feveral parts of Germany ; this hath
many fpindle-lhaped roots, hanging by fibres which
fpread and multiply in the ground. The ftaiks rife
five or fix feet high ; they are ftreaked, and of a pur-
ple colour at bottom, fending out feveral branches
toward the top ; the leaves are finely divided like
thofe of the Carrot, and when broken there iffues out
a milky juice ; the ftaiks are terminated by umbels of
whitifh flowers which come out in June, and are fuc-t
ceeded by compreffed bordered feeds which ripen in
Auguft.

The

54 r>

12 G

S E M

4

The fecond fort grows naturally in marfhy 'places in
Germany. The leaves of this are much longer and
cut into narrower fegments than thofe of the former ;
the ftalks rife higher ; the umbels are larger, as are
alfo the feeds. The whole plant abounds with a
cauftic milky juice.

Thefe plants are preferved in botanic gardens for va-
riety, but are rarely cultivated any where elfe ; they
are eafily propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
in autumn, and the plants afterward treated in the
fame way as Angelica.

SEMIFISTULAR FLOWERS are fuch
whofe upper part refembles a pipe cut off obliquely,
as in Ariftolochia or Birthworc.

SEMINAL LEAVES are thofe plain, foft, and
undivided leaves that firft fhoot forth from the great-
eft part of all fown feeds, which leaves are very dif-
ferent from thofe which fucceed on the fame plant, in
fize, figure, furface, and pofition.

A SEMINARY is a feed-plot which is adapted or
fet apart for the fowing of feeds. Thefe are of dif-
ferent natures and magnitudes, according to thefeve-
ral plants intended to be railed therein. If it be in*
tended to raife foreft or fruit-trees, it muft be propor-
tionally large to the quantity of trees defigned, and
the foil fhould be carefully adapted to the various
forts of trees. Without fuch a place as this every
gentleman is obliged to buy, at every turn, whatever
trees he may want to repair the Ioffes he may fuftain
in his orchard, wildernefs, or larger plantations, fo
that the neceffity of fuch a fpot of ground will eafily
be perceived by every one ; but, as I have already
given directions for preparing the foil, and fowing
the feeds in fuch a Seminary, under the article of
Nursery, I fhall not repeat it in this place, but refer
the reader to that article.

It is alfo as neceffary for the fupport of a curious
flower-garden, to have a fpot of ground fet apart for
the fowing of all forts of feeds of choice flowers ; in
order to obtain new varieties, which is the only me-
thod to have a fine collection of valuable flowers, as
alfo for the fowing of all forts of biennial plants to
fucceed thofe which decay in the flower-garden, by
which means the borders may be annually replenifh-
ed, which, without fuch a Seminary, could not befo
well done.

This Semin ary fhould be fituated at fome diftance from
the houfe, and be entirely clofed either with a hedge,
wall, or pale, and kept under lock and key, that all
vermin may be kept out, and that it may not be ex-
pofed to all comers and goers, who many times do
mifchief before they are aware of it. As to the fitua-
tion, foil, and manner of preparing the ground, it
has been already mentioned under the article of Nur-
sery, and the particular account of raifing each fort
of plant being directed under their proper heads, it
would be needlefs to repeat it here.

SEMINIFEROUS. Bearing or producing feed.

SEMPERVIVUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 538. Sedi
fpecies. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 262. tab. 140.

The Characters are,

The flower has a concave permanent empalement cut into
many acute fegments ; it has ten oblong , fpear-Jhaped ,
pointed petals a little longer than the empalement , and
twelve or more narrow awl-Jhaped flamina terminated by
roundifh fummits •, it has twelve germen placed circularly ,
Jitting upon fo many flyles which fpread out , and are crown-
ed by acute fligmas. the germen afterward become fo many
fljort comprejfed capfuks , pointed on the outflde , and open
cn the infide , filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fection of
Linnaeus’s eleventh clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have twelve ftamina and many ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Sempervivum (T edlorum) foliis ciliatis, propaginibus
patentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houfeleek with hairy-
edged leaves , and fpreading offsets. Sedum majus vul-
gare. C. B. P. 283. Common large Houfeleek.

2. Sempervivum ( Globiferum ) foliis ciliatis, propagi-
nibus globofis. Lin, Sp. Plant, 464, Houfeleek with

S E M

hairy-edged leaves , whofe offsets are globular. Sedum
majus vulgari fimile, globulis decidentibus. Mor.
Hift. 3. p. 472, Greater Houfeleek refembling the .com-
mon, and having globular offsets which fall off.

3. Sempervivum (Montanum) foliis ciliatis, propagini-
bus patulis. Lin. Sp. Plant, 665. Houfeleek with hairy
edges and fpreading offsets. Sedum montanum majus
foliis non dentatis, floribus rubentibus. C.B.P. 283,
Greater Mountain Houfeleek whofe leaves are not indented, ,
and having red flowers.

4. Sempervivum (. Arachnoideum ) foliis pilis intertextis,
propaginibus globofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 465. Houfeleek
with threads from leaf to leaf , and globular offsets .
Sedum montanum tomentofum. C.B.P. 284. Wool-
ly Mountain Houfeleek , commonly called Cobweb Sedum..

5. Sempervivum ( Arbor eum ) caule arborefcente laevi
ramofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houfeleek with a fmooth ,
tree-like , branching ftalk. Sedum majus arborefcens.
J. B. 3. 686. Greater 'Tree Houfeleek.

6. Sempervivum ( Canarienfe ) caule foliorum ruderibus
lacero, foliis retufls. Lin. Sp. Plant. 464. Houfeleek
with ftalks torn by the rudim flits of the leaves , and blunt-
pointed leaves. Sedum Canarinum, foliis omnium
maximis. Hort. Amft. 1. p. 189. Canary Houfeleek
with the largeft leaves.

7. Sempervivum (Africanum). foliorum marginibus fer-
rato-dentatis, propaginibus patulis. Houfeleek with
leaves whofe borders are indented like a faw , and fpread-
ing offsets. Sedum Afrum montanum, foliis fubro-
tundis, dentibus albis ferratis confertim natis. Boerh.
Ind. alt. 1. p. 286. African Mountain Houfeleek, with
roundiflo, indented, fawed leaves , having white edges.
The firft fort is our common Houfeleek, which is
feen in every part of England growing on the tops
of houfes and walls, but is not a native of this coun-
try ; it has many thick fucculent leaves fet together
in a round form •, they are convex on their outflde
and plain within, fharp-pointed, and their borders
are fet with fhort fine hairs. The leaves fpread open,
and lie clofe to the earth in which they grow, fend-
ing out on every fide offsets of the fame form. From
the center of thefe heads arifes the flower-ftalk which
is about a foot high, fucculent and round, of a red-
dilh colour, and is garnilhed at bottom with a few
narrow leaves •, the upper part of the ftalk divides
into two or three parts, eacji fuftaining a fpike or
range of flowers which are reflexed. The flowers are
compofed of feveral petals which fpread open, and
end in acute points ’, they are red, and in the center
is fituated the crown or germen which are placed cir-
cularly, and, after the petals are fallen off, theyfweli
and become fo many horned capfules filled with fmall
feeds. It flowers in J uly, and the feeds ripen in au-
tumn.

This plant is eafily propagated by offsets, which th$
plants put out in plenty on every fide. If thefe are
planted in mud or ftrong earth placed on a building
or old wall, they will thrive without farther care.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the northern
parts of Europe. The leaves of this fort are much
narrower, and the heads are furnifhed with a greater
number of leaves than thofe of the former, which
grow more compact, and are clofely fet on their
edges with hairs. The offsets of this are globular,
their leaves turning inward at the top, and lie clofe
over each other •, thefe are thrown off from between
the larger heads, and falling on the ground take root,
whereby it propagates very faff. The flower-ftalks of
this are fmaller, and do not rife fo high as thofe of
the former, and the flowers are of a paler colour.

The third fort grows naturally upon the Helvetian
mountains ; this greatly refembles the firft, but the
leaves are fmaller and have no indentures on their
edges the offsets of this fort fpread out from the
fide of the older heads, and their leaves are more open
and expanded. Out of the center of the crown comes
forth the flower-ftalk, which riles nine or ten inches
high, garnilhed below with fome narrow leaves j the
upper part is divided into three or four branches,
which are clofely furnilhed with deep red flowers, com-

• pofed

pofed of twelve liar-pointed pointals, fet found the
circle or gerrnen, which is attended by twenty-four
ftamina terminated by purple fummits. This flowers
-at the fame time with the firft fort.

The fourth fort grows naturally upon the Alps and
Helvetian mountains ; this has much Ihorter and nar-
rower leaves than either of the former. The heads
are fmall and very compad ; the leaves are gray,
iharp-pointed, and have fender white threads eroding
from one to the other, interfering each other in va-
rious manners, fo as in fome mealure to reprefent a
fpider’s web. The flower-llalks rife about fix inches
high, they are fucculent, round, and garnifhed with
awl-fhaped fucculent leaves placed alternately ; the
upper part of the ftalk divides into two or three
branches, upon each of which is a Angle row of flow-
ers ranged on one fide above each other, compofed of
eight Ipear-fhaped petals, of a bright red cplour, with
a deep red line running longitudinally in the middle •,
thefe fpread open in form of a far, and in the center
is fituated the crown or gerrnen of an herbaceous co-
lour, furrounded by fixteen purple ftamina which are
ered and fpreading, terminated by yellow fummits.
This fort flowers in June and July.

All the above-mentioned forts are extremely hardy,
and propagate very fail by offsets ; they love a dry
foil, fo ate very proper to plant in rock- work, where
they will thrive better than in the full ground, and
they want no care ; for when they are once fixed, they
will propagate and fpread fall enough, fo that the lar-
ger forts may require to be annually reduced to keep
them within proper compafs. When any of thefe
heads flower, they die foon after, but the offsets loon
fupply their place.

The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, and alfo in Portugal ; the old walls about
Lifbon are covered with this plant. This rifes with
a flefhy fmooth ftalk eight or ten feet high, dividing
into many branches, which are terminated by round
heads or clufters of leaves lying over each other like
the petals of a double Rofe ; they are fucculent and
fpear-fhaped, of a bright green, and have very fmall
indentures on their edges like the teeth of a very fine
law. The ftalks are marked with the veftiges of the
fallen leaves, and have a light brown bark •, the
flowers rife from the center of the heads, forming a
large pyramidal fpike ; they are of a bright yellow
colour, and the petals fpread open like the points of
a ftar ; the other parts are like thofe of the other
fpecies. This fort generally flowers in autumn or
winter, and the flowers continue long in beauty, dur-
ing which time they make a fine appearance.

There is a variety of this with variegated leaves,
which is much efteemed by the curious ; this was
obtained by a branch which had been acciden-
tally broken from a plant of the plain kind at
Badmington, the feat of his Grace the Duke of Beau-
fort, which, after having laid fome time, was planted,
and when the young leaves pufhed out, they were
variegated. Thefe plants are eafily propagated by
cutting off the branches, which, when planted, foon
put out roots •, thefe fhould be laid in a dry place for
a week before they are planted, that the bottom may
be healed over, otherwise they are apt to rot, efpe-
cially if they have much wet. When the cuttings
are planted in pots, they fhould be placed in a fhady
fituation, and muft have but little wet, and if they
are planted in a fhady border, they will require no
water, for the moifture of the ground will be fuffici-
ent for them. Some years paft thefe plants were ten-
derly treated their cuttings were put into a hot-bed
to forward their putting out roots, and in winter the
plants were kept in ftoves, but later experience has
taught us that they will thrive better with hardier
treatment for, if they are protected from froft and
wet in winter, and have a good fhare of air in mild
weather, they will thrive better, and flower oftener
than when they are tenderly nurfed. I have fre-
quently feen the branches of thefe plants, which
have been accidentally broken off and fallen on. the

ground, put out roots as. they have laid, and havs
made good plants. The fort with ftriped leaves is
tenderer than the other, and more impatient of wet
in winter.

The fixth fort grows naturally in the Canary Iflands j
this feldom rifes high, unlefs the plants are drawn up
by tender management. -The ftalk is thick and rug-
ged, chiefly occafioned by the veftiges of the decay-
ed leaves •, it feldom rifes above a foot and a half
high, fupporting at the top one very large crown of
leaves, difpofed circularly like a full-blown double
Rofe. The leaves are large, and end in obtufe
points which are a little incurved 5 they are fucculent*
foft to the touch, and pliable. The flower-ftalk
comes out of the center, and rifes near two feet high,
branching out from the bottom, fo as to form a re-
gular pyramid of flowers, which are of an herbaceous
colour, and fhaped like thofe of the other fpecies ;
they appear in June and July, and are fucceeded by
horned capfules filled with fmall feeds which ripen
late in autumn or winter, and then the plant dies.
This is propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
foon after it is ripe in pots filled with light fandy
earth, covering them over very lightly with the fame
earth. Thefe pots fhould be placed under a common
frame to keep out the froft, but fhould be expofed
to the open air at all times in mild weather ^ here the
pots may remain till the fpring, when the danger of
hard frofts is over, and then they fhould be remov-
ed to a fituation where they may have only the morn-
ing fun, and in dry weather the earth fhould be wa-
tered gently. This will foon bring up the plants,
which muft be kept clean from weeds, and, when
they are fit to remove, they fhould be planted in pots
filled with light loamy earth, and placed in the fhade
till they ( have taken new root ; then they may be
placed with other hardy fucculent plants in a fhelter-*
ed fituation for the fummer, and if iff winter they
are placed in a frame where they may be protected
from hard froft, and enjoy the free air in mild wea-
ther, they will thrive better than with tender treat-
ment. ‘

The feventh fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this is a very low plant, whofe heads fpread
clofe on the ground they are much fmaller than
thofe of the common Houfeleek. The leaves have
white edges, which are indented like the teeth of a
faw ; they fpread open flat ; the flowers are produced
in loofe panicles upon naked foot-ftalks ; they are
fmall and white, fo make but little appearance.

This is propagated by offsets, which are put out in
plenty from the fides of the heads ; this muff be plant-
ed in pots, fheltered from the froft in winter, and in
fummer placed in the open air with other hardy fuccu-
lent plants.

SENECIO. Tourn, Inft. R. H. 456. tab. 260. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 857. [fo called from ienefeere, Lat. to
wax old, becaufe in a hot climate or weather it foon
flourifhes, and grows old, and the feed afterward
reprefents the head of old men. It is alfo called
Erigeron from #/>», in the fpring, and to wax

old, becaufe it flourifhes in winter, and become old
in the fpring. It is alfo called Herba Pappa, becaufe
its feeds are very downy.] Groundfel in French,
Sene f on.

The Characters are.

The flower is compofed of many hermaphrodite florets which
form the dijk , and female half florets which make the
border or rays ; thefe are mcluded in one common cylindri-
cal empalement which is rough , fcaly , ami contrasted
above. The hermaphrodite florets are tubulous , funnel-
Jhaped, and cut into five parts at the brim , which are re-
flexed they have five fmall hair-like ftamina congested at
the top , terminated by cylindrical fummits , and an oval
gerrnen covered with doivn , fituated under the petals firp-
porting a fender ftyle , crowned by two oblong revolving

, ftigmas. The gerrnen afterward turns to an oval feed ,
covered with down , inclofed in the empalement. The
female half florets, which form the rays are fir etched out
like a tongue , and are indented in three parts at the top.

SEN

This genus of plants is ranged- in the fecond feftion
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth ciafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
fruitful florets, and female half florets which are bar-
ren. To this genus he has added feveral of Tourne-
fort’s fpecies of Ragwort.

We fhall not trouble the reader with the mention-
ing thofe fpecies of this genus which are efteemed
common weeds, fo are not cultivated in gardens, but
confine ourfelves to thofe which are the molt valuable
here.

The Species are,

1. Senecio ( Hieracifolius ) corollis nudis, foliis amplexi-
caulibus laceris, caule herbaceo erefto. Hort. IJpfal.
261. Groundfel with naked petals, torn leaves embracing
the ftalk , and an erect herbaceous ftalk. Senecio Ame-
ricanus altiflimus, maximo folio. Tourn. Inft. 456.
T alleft American Groundfel with a very large leaf.

2. Senecio ( Pfeudo China ) corollis nudis, fcapo fubnu-
do longiflimo. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 164. Groundfel with
naked ftalks which are very long. Senecio Madrafpa-
tanus, rapi folio, floribus maximis cujus radix a non-
nullis China dicitur. Hort. Elth. 345. Groundfel of
Madrafs , with a F urnep leaf and a very large flower ,
whofe root is called China-root.

3. Senecio ( Aureus ) corollis radiantibus, foliis crenatis,
infimis cordatis petiolatis, fuperioribus pinnatifidis ly-
ratis. Flor. Virg. 98. Groundfel with radiated flowers
and crenated leaves , the lower ones of which are heart-
Jhaped and have foot-flalks , but the upper lyre-fhaped and
wing-pointed.

4. Senecio ( Haftulatus ) corollis radiantibus, petiolis
amplexicaulibus, pedunculis folio triplo longioribus,
foliis pinnato-finuatis. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 164. Ground-
fel with radiated flowers , foot-flalks embracing the flalks ,
foot-flalks to the flowers three times the length of the
leaves , and winged finuated leaves. Jacobaea Afra, pe-
rennis vifcofa lutea, afplenii folio. Vaill. Aft.' 1720.
African , perennial , yellow , clammy Ragwort , with a
Spleenwort leaf.

5. Senecio ( Elegans ) .corollis radiantibus, foliis pinnati-
fidis aequalibus patentiflimis, rachi inferne anguftata.
Hort. Cliff. 406. Groundfel with radiated flowers , wing-
pointed leaves which are equal and fpreading , and the
midrib below narrowed. Jacobaea Africana frutefcens,
flare amplo purpureo elegantiflimo, fenecionis folio.
Yolk. Norimb. 225. Shrubby African Ragwort, with a
large , elegant , purple flower , and a Groundfel leaf.

6. Senecio ( Abrotanifolius ) corollis radiantibus, foliis
pinnato-miltifidis linearibus, nudis abut is floribus co-
rymbofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 869. Groundfel with radi-
ated flowers , and wing-pointed , multifid , linear leaves.
Jacobaea foliis ferulaceis, flore minore. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. 486. Ragwort with leaves like Giant Fennel, and
a fmaller flower.

7. Senecio ( Paludofus ) corollis radiantibus, foliis enfi-
formibus acute ferratis fubtus fubvillofis, caule ftric-
to. Lin. Sp. Plant. 870. Groundfel with radiated flow-
ers, fword-fhaped leaves which are acutely flawed, a lit-
tle hairy on their under fide, and a clofe ftalk. Jaco-
baea paluftris altiflima, foliis ferratis. Tourn. Inft.
485. F alleft Marfh Ragwort with flawed leaves.

8. Senecio (Sarracenicus) corollis radiantibus,. floribus
corymbofls, foliis lanceolatis ferratis glabriufculis.
Flort. Upfal. 266. Groundfel with radiated flowers grow-
ing in a corymbus , and fpear-fhaped, flawed, fmooth
leaves. Jacobaea Alpina, foliis longioribus ferratis.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 48 5. Alpine Ragwort with longer
flawed leaves.

9. Senecio (. Altiflimus ) corollis radiantibus, floribus co-
rymbofis, foliis lanceolatis ferratis femiamplexicauli-
bus. Groundfel with radiated flowers growing in a corym-
bus, and fpear-fhaped flawed leaves half embracing the
flalks. Jacobaea pratenfis altiflima, limonii folio.
Tourn. Inft. 48 5. F alleft Meadow Ragzvort, with a Sea
Lavender leaf.

10. Senecio ( Orientals ) corollis radiantibus, floribus
corymbofis, foliis enfiformibus dentatis amplexicau-
libus. Groundfel with radiated flowers growing in a co-
rymbus, and fword-fhaped indented leaves which embrace

SEN

the flalks. Jacobaea Orientalis, latifolia altiflima.
Tourn. Cor. 36. F alleft Eoftern Ragwort with a broad
leaf.

11. Senecio ( Incanus ) corollis radiantibus, foliis utrin-
que tomentofis fubpinnatis laciniis fubdentatis, co~
rymbo fubrotundo. Haller. Helv. 731. Groundfel with
radiated flowers, half-winged leaves which are downy on
both fldes, fegments which are fomewhat indented, and a
roundifh corymbus of flowers. Chryfanthemum Alpinum
incanum, foliis laciniatis. C. B. P. 133. Alpine, hoary.
Corn Mary gold with cut leaves .

12. Senecio ( Rigidus ) corollis radiantibus, fpatulaceis
repandis amplexicaulibus fcabris erofis, caule frutico-
fo. Hort. Cliff. 406. Groundfel with radiated flowers ,
fpatuhe-Jhaped , rough-pointed, flawed leaves , embracing
the flalks, which are fhrubby. Jacobaea Africana fru-
tefcens, foliis rigidis & hirfutis. Hort. Amft. 2. p.
149. Shrubby African Ragwort, with ft iff and hairy
leaves.

13. Senecio (. Ilicifolius ) corollis radiantibus, foliis fa-
gittatis amplexicaulibus dentatis, caule fruticofo.
Vir. Cliff. 84. Groundfel with radiated flowers, and
arrow-pointed indented leaves embracing the flalks, which
are florubby. Jacobsea Africana frutefcens, foliis in-
cifis & fubtus cinereis. Com. Rar. Plant. 42. African
fhrubby Ragwort, with cut leaves, which are gray on their
under fide.

14. Senecio ( Halamifolius ) corollis radiantibus, foliis
obovatis carnofis fubdentatis, caule fruticofo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 871. Groundfel with radiated flowers , oval
flefhy leaves which are fomewhat indented, and a fhrubby
ftalk. Doria Africana arborefcens foliis craflis & fuc-
culentis atriplicem referentibus. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 98.
African tree-likeDoria, with thick and fucculent leaves like
Atriplex.

The firft fort grows naturally in North America ; this
is an annual plant. The ftalk is round, channelled,
and hairy ; it rifes three feet high, and is garnifhed
with torn leaves which embrace the ftalks with their
bafe j the flowers are produced in a fort of umbel on
the top of the ftalks, and are compofed of florets
having no rays ; they are of a dirty white, and are
fucceeded by oblong feeds crowned with a long down.
This plant is preferved in fome botanic gardens for
the fake of variety, but has very little beauty. The
feeds of this muft be fown upon a hot-bed in the
fpring, and when the plants are come up fit to remove,
they fhould be tranfplanted to another hot-bed to bring
them forward, and afterward they may be planted in
a warm border, where they will flower in July, arid
their feeds will ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally at Madrafs ; this
hath a perennial root, which has been l'uppofed to be
the China-root, but is now generally believed to be
a fpurious kind. The roots are compofed of fome
thick flefhy tubers, fending out many fibres on every
fide, from which come out fome large cut leaves fhap-
edlike thofe of the Turnep, but are fmooth. The
flower-ftalk is flender, almoft naked, and rifes a foot
and a half high, fuftaining at the top a few yellow
flowers, compofed of feveral hermaphrodite florets,
having no rays or borders ; thefe are fucceeded by
oval feeds crowned with down, but they rarely ripen
in England.

This fort is tender, fo will not thrive in this country,
unlefs it is kept in a warm ftove •, it is propagated by
parting of the roots in the fpring. The offsets fhould
be planted in pots filled with light kitchen-garden
earth, and fhould then be plunged into the tan-bed in
the ftove, and treated in the fame way as other tender
exotics.

The third fort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath a perennial root, from which come out many
roundifh leaves upon long, flender, hairy foot-flalks
they are about an inch and a half over each way
they are of a purplifh colour on their under fide, and
are crenated on their edges. The ftalks rife near two
feet high, and are garnifhed with a few leaves which
are indented on each fide in form of a lyre. The up-
per part of the ftalk divides into feveral flender long

foot-

4

foot-ftalks, each fuftaining one erect flower compof-
ed of feveral hermaphrodite florets in the center, and
a few female florets from the rays or border. They
are yellow, and appear in June and July, and the feeds
ripen in autumn, which are crowned with down.

It is propagated by offsets, which come out in plenty
from the root •, thefe may be feparated in autumn,
and planted in an eaft border of loamy earth, allowing
each plant two feet room to fpread. When they have
taken new root, they will require no other care but
to keep them clean from w.eeds.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Africa ; this hath
an herbaceous perennial ftalk, which branches out at
the bottom, and rifes about two feet and a half high,
garnifhed at bottom with narrow leaves, which are
feven or eight inches long, finuated on the fides
fo as to refemble winged leaves, and are alfo in-
dented. The upper leaves are fmaller, and embrace
the (talks ; they are very clammy, and (tick to the
fingers on being handled ; the upper part of the ftalk
divides into feveral very long foot-ftalks, each fuftain-
ing one yellow radiated flower. Thefe plants conti-
nue in flower moft part of the fummer, and the feeds
fometimes ripen in autumn.

This is propagated by cutting off the fide (hoots in
any of the fummer months, and planting them in a
fhady border, where in five or fix weeks they will take
root, and may then be taken up and planted in pots,
placing them in the (hade till they have new roots ;
then they may be removed to an open fituation, ob-
ferving to water them duly in dry weather, and in
winter they rauft be placed under a frame, where they
may be fcreened from hard froft, for they will not
live abroad through the year here.

The fifth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; it is an annual plant, which hath many herba-
ceous branching (talks that rife near three feet high,
garnifhed with equal wing-pointed leaves which fpread
flat. The flowers are produced in bunches on the top
of the (talks ; they are large and radiated, the border
or rays being of a beautiful purple colour, and the
middle or difk yellow. Thefe plants flower from July
till the froft (tops them, and make a fine appearance.
The feeds ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to
fcatter, there will be plenty of plants rife the fpring
following without care-, they may be alfo fown upon
a bed of earth in the fpring, and when the plants are
fit to remove, they may be tranfplanted about the
borders of the flower-garden. If feme of the plants
are planted in pots and houfed in winter, they may
be preferved till fpring.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Pyre-
nees this hath a perennial root and an annual ftalk.
The root is compofed of a great number of long (len-
der fibres which ftrike deep in the ground, and fpread
on every fide ; the ftalks rife two feet high, and be-
come a little ligneous in autumn ; they are garnifhed
their whole length with very narrow wing-pointed
leaves, refembiing thofe of Hogs Fennel ; the flowers
are produced in bunches on the top of the ftalks ;
they are yellow, and have rays or borders refembiing
thofe of the other fpecies. This fort flowers in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

It is propagated by feeds, which (hould be fown up-
on a bed of loamy earth, where it is expofed only
to the morning fun, where the plants will rife better
than in a warmer fituation. When the plants are fit
to remove, they may be tranfplanted on a (hady bor-
der, where they may remain till autumn, obferving
to keep them clear from weeds all the fummer ; then
they (hould be tranfplanted to the places where they
are to remain. The following fummer the plants will
flower and produce ripe feeds, and the roots will
continue, if they are in a (hady fituation and a loamy
foil.

The feventh fort grows naturally about Paris, by the
fides of waters and in moift meadows. The root is
perennial the ftalks rife three or four feet high, are
clofe channelled, and garnifhed v/ith fword-fhaped
leaves, five or fix inches long and one broad, which

are fnarply flawed on their edges, and are hairy on
their under fide. The upper part of the ftalk divides
into feveral (lender foot-ftalks; fuftaining yellow radi-
ated flowers which appear in June and July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn, food after which the ftalks de-
cay to the root.

The eighth fort grows naturally on the Helvetian
mountains, and is fometimes found growing in low
rnarfhy places in the Me of Ely ; this hath a creeping
root, by which it propagates and fpreads wide when-
ever it is once eftablifhed. The ftalks of this rife four
feet high, and are garniflied with fmooth fpear-fhaped
leaves five inches long, and one and a quarter broad ;
they are (awed on their edges, and placed alternate.
Tire flowers are yellow, radiated, and produced in a
fort of corymbus on the top of the ftalk ; thefe come
out in July, and are fucceeded by feeds having down,
which ripen in autumn.

The ninth fort grows naturally in France this hath
fome refemblance of the eighth, but the root does
not creep like that. The leaves are (horter, and the
ferratures on their edges are very fmall ; they em-
brace the ftalks with their bafe, and end in (harper
points. The flowers are produced in larger and loofer
bunches on the top of the ftalk, are of a paler yellow
colour than thofe of the former, and appear about
the fame time.

The tenth fort grolvs naturally in the Levant, where it
was difcovered by Dr. Tournefort, who lent the feeds
to the Royal Garden at Paris this hath a perennial
root and an annual ftalk. The lower leaves are a foot
long, four inches broad in the middle, and fomewhat
draped like a fcymitar, the midrib being curved out-
ward toward the point ; they -are fmooth, and (lightly
indented on their edges. The ftalk rifes four feet
high, and is garnilhed with leaves growing fmaller all
the whole length, which embrace it half round with
their bafe at the top of the ftalk the flowers are pro-
duced in a compaft corymbus they are of a deep yel-
low, and have rays like thofe of the former forts,
which appear about the fame time.

Thefe forts are eaflly propagated by feeds or parting
of their roots the latter is generally pradtifed when
the plant is once obtained, as that is the moft expe-
ditious method, efpecially for the eighth fort, whofe
roots are apt to fpread and increafe too faft where
they are not confined. The beft time to tranfplant
and divide thefe roots is in autumn, when their ftalks
decay, that they map get good root before the fpring.
Thefe plants are too large for fmall gardens, fo ar<±
proper furniture for large borders, in extenfive gar-
dens, or to plant oq the fides of woods, where they
may be allowed roofo, for they (hould have at leaft
four feet allowed to each. When thefe are intermixed
with other tall growing plants in fuch places, they
will add to the variety.

If they are propagated by feeds, they (hould be fown
on a (hady border in the fpring, obferving, if the fea-
fon proves dry, to water the ground from time to time,
which will bring up the plants ; thefe muft be kept
clean from weeds, and when they are fit to remove,
they (hould be tranfplanted into beds at a foot diftance,
where they may remain till autumn, and then they
(hould be tranfplanted to the places where they are to
(land for flowering.

The eleventh fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
is a perennial plant of low growth. The ftalks feldom
rife a foot high ; the whole plant is covered with a
very white hoary down the leaves are winged and
indented ; the flowers are colle&ed into a dole round
corymbus on the top of the ftalk they are of a gold
colour, and are radiated ; thefe appear in June, but
are rarely fucceeded by good feeds in England.

It is propagated by (lipping off the heads in the fpring,
and planting them in a bed of loamy earth in a
(hady fituation, where they will put out roots, and
may afterward be tranfplanted into an eaft border,
where they may have the morning fun only, for this
plant loves a gentle loamy foil, and a fituation not too
much expofed to the fun. The plant having fine

S E N

hoary leaves, will make a pretty diverfity when inter-
mixed with other plants •„ and, as it requires but little
culture, and takes up but little room, they defer ve a
place in final! gardens.

The twelfth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope •, this rifes with a ihrubby branching italic fix
or feven feet high, which is clofely garni (bed with
rough leaves, whole bafe embrace the (talks ; thofe
on the lower part are four inches long, and an inch
and a half broad, but they gradually diminiih in their
fize to the top •, they are (tiff, hairy, and of a dark
green, oblong, heart-fhaped, and indented on their
edges. The flowers are produced at the end of the
branches •, they are radiated, and of a bright yellow
colour. This plant continues flowering great part of
the dimmer, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope ; this hath a very branching ihrubby
italic, which rifes four or five feet high, fending out
branches irregularly on every fide, garniihed with lliff
leaves, whofe bafe embraces the ftalks ; they are ir-
regular in their figure, about three inches long, and
three quarters of an inch broad, deeply cut on their
edges, and of a gray colour on their under fide. The
flowers grow in loofe bunches at the end of the
branches, are radiated, and of a pale yellow colour.
This fort flowers great part of dimmer, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope ; this has a ihrubby italic which rifes fe-
ven or eight feet high, fending out branches on every
fide the whole length, which are garniihed with oblong
oval leaves indented on their edges •, they are about
two inches and a half long, and almoft two broad,
fiefny and hoary. % The flowers are produced in loofe
bunches at the extremity of the branches, almoft in
form of an umbel -, they are radiated, and of a pale
yellow colour. This fort flowers in July and Au-
guft, but rarely produces good feeds here.

The three forts laft mentioned are too tender to live
in the open air through the winter in England, but
are fo hardy as to only require protection from hard
frofts ; fo if they are kept in pots and placed either
under a frame inwinter, or in a common green-houfe
with other hardy kinds of plants, which require a
large (hare of air in mild weather, and only require
to be fcreened from hard froft, they may be pre-
ferved in England. They are all eafily propagated
by feeds or cuttings, but the latter being the
mo ft expeditious method is generally practifed
here. If the cuttings are planted in a ilrady border
during any of the fummer months, they will readily
take root, and then they ihould be taken up with
balls of earth to their roots, and each planted in a fe-
parate pot filled with good kitchen-garden earth, and
placed in the fhade till they have taken new root ;
then they may be removed to a more open fltuation,
where they may remain till there is danger of (harp
froft, when they ihould be removed into ihelter, and
treated in the fame way as other hardy kinds of green-
houfe plants.

If theie plants are propagated by feeds, they ihould
be fown on abed of frefh earth, expofed only to the
morning fun the beginning of April, obferving in
dry weather to moiften the ground now and then,
which will forward the vegetation of the feeds. When
the plants come up, they muft be kept clean from
weeds till they are fit to remove, when they ihould
be planted in pots, and treated in the fame way as
thofe raifed from cuttings.

SENNA. Tourn. Inft. R. EL 618. tab. 390. Cafiia.
Lin. Gen. 461. [fo called from fana, Lat. healthy,
becaufe its leaves reftore health.] Senna.

The Characters are,

The flower has an empalement of five concave leaves ; it
has five roundijh concave petals which fipread open , and
ten declining flamina , terminated by > oblong arched fum-
mits. ‘The gernien .is roundijh and comprejfed , fupporting
a Jhort ftyle , crowned by an obtufe ftigma. The germen
afterward becomes a plain , roundiflj , comprejfed pod , a

SEN

little incurved , having two cells divided by an intermediate
partition , each containing one or two oblong-pointed feeds.
i his genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus s tenth clafs, where he has joined it to the
genus or Caflia ; this feeftion contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Senna ( Alexandria ) foliolis quadrijugatis lanceola-
tis acutis. Senna with four pair of fpear-fhaped pointed
lobes to the leaves. Senna Alexandrina five foliis acutis.
C. B. P. Alexandrian Senna with acute leaves.

2. Senna ( Italic a ) foliolis quinquejugatis cordatis obtu-
fis. Senna with five pair of lobes to the leaves , which
are heart-fhaped and obtufe. Senna Italica five foliis
obtufis. C. B. P. 397. Italian Senna with obtufe leaves.
The firft fort grows naturally in Egypt-, this is an
annual plant, which rifes with an upright branching
ftalk about a foot high, garniihed with winged leaves,
compofed of four pair of fmall fpearihaped lobes,
ending in acute points. The flowers are produced in
loofe bunches at the top of the ftalk ; they are yellow,
compofed of five roundifti concave petals, with ten
ftamina in the center furrounding the ftyle ; after the
flower is paft, the germen turns to a roundifti gib-
bous pod having two cells, each containing one or two
oblong feeds. The leaves of this fort are ufed in
medicine, and are commonly known in the ihops by
the title of Senna ; thefe are annually imported from
Alexandria, which occafioned the title of Alexandri-
na being added to it. This plant is propagated by
feeds, which ihould be fown early in the fpring upon
a good hot-bed ; and when the plants are come up,
and are ftrong enough to tranfplant, they ihould be
each planted in a fmall pot filled with light rich
earth, and plunged into a freih hot-bed, ihading
them from the fun till they have taken new root, af-
ter which they muft be treated in the fame way as
the moil tender exotics j for as this is an annual
plant, unlefs they are brought forward in the fpring,
they will not flower in this country ; therefore they
muft be conftantly kept in the hot-bed all the fum-
mer, obferving to admit plenty of air in warm wea-
ther-, by which method I have frequently had thefe
plants in flower, but it is very rare that they perfed
their feeds in England.

If the feeds of this plant were fent to South Carolina,
the plants might be propagated there, fo as to furniih
plenty of the leaves to fupply the confumption of
Great-Britain.

In the Weft-Indies, the inhabitants make ufe of the
leaves of feveral fpecies of Caflia inftead of this
plant, and alfo thofe of the Poinciana, or Flower-
fence, which is frequently by them called the true
Senna.

The fecond fort grows naturally in India, from
whence I have received the feeds ; for although it is
called Italian, yet the plant does not grow there na-
turally. This is alfo an annual plant, riling with a
branching ftalk a foot and a half high ; the leaves are
winged, each having five pair of heart- fnaped lobes
which are inverted, the point joining the branches,
and the obtufe part is upward ; they are of a fea-
green colour, and of a thick confiftence. The flowers
are produced at the end of the branches-, they are
ihaped like thofe of the firft fort, but are larger, and
of a brighter yellow colour. If the plants are brought
forward early in the fpring, they will flower in July,
and by fo doing good feeds may be obtained here.
This fort is propagated in the fame way as the firft,
and the plants require the fame treatment.

The leaves of this fort have been fometimes ufed in
medicine, but they are not efteemed equal in quality
with thofe of the firft.

SENNA THE BLADDER. See Colutea.
SENNA THE SCORPION. See Emerus.
SENSIBLE PLANT. See Mimosa.
SEPTIFOLIOUS PLANTS, are fuchashave
juft feven leaves.

SERAPI AS. Lin. Gen. Plant, 903. Helleborine.
Tourn, Inft. R, EL 436, tab. 249. Baftard Hellebore.

SER

The Characters are.

It has a fingle ftalk ; the J heath of the flower is at a
difiance. "The germen fuftains the flower which has no
empalement , but has five oblong oval petals which are
fpreading , but clofe at the top. ‘The neblarium is the
length of the petal , hollowed at the bafe , oval, and gib-
bous below , cut into three points , the middle being heart-
Jhaped and obtufe , the others are acute. The flower has
two floor t fiamina fitting upon the point al, terminated by
erebt fummits placed under the upper lip of the nebla-
rium , and an oblong contorted germen fituated under the
flower , the ftyle growing to the upper lip of the ncbla-
rium , crowned by an obfolete fitigma. The germen after-
ward becomes an oval , obtufe , three-cornered cap fide,
armed with three keels , opening with a valve under each ,
having one cell filled with finall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fir ft fedion
of Linnaeus’s twentieth clais, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have but two ftamina which are
conneded to the ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Serapias ( Helleborine ) bulbis fibrofis floribus eredis
bradea brevioribus. Serapias with fibrous bulbs , and
erebi flowers with fhort brablea. Helleborine montana
latifolia. C. B. P. 186. Broad-leaved , Mountain , Baf-
tard ' Hellebore,

2. Serapias ( Damafonium ) bulbis fibrofis, petalis nec-
tario longioribus obtufis, folds lanceolatis nervofis.
Serapias with fibrous bulbs , obtufe petals which are longer
than the neblarium , and veined fpear-fhaped leaves. Hel-
leborine flore albo vel Damafonium montanumlatifo-
lium. C. B. P. 187. Baftard Hellebore with a white
flower , or broad-leaved Mountain Damafonium.

3. Serapias ( Paluftre ) bulbis fibrofis. Serapias with fi-
brous bulbs , reflexed petals , the lip of the neblarium ob-
tufe, and fword-jhaped veined leaves , Helleborine an-
guftifolia paluftris, five pratenfts. C. B. P. 187. Nar-
row-leaved Marjh, or Meadow Baftard Hellebore.

4. Serapias ( Latifolium ) bulbis fibrofis, nedari labio
quinquefido claufo, foliis lanceolatis nervofis amplexi-
caulibus. Serapias with fibrous bulbs , the lip of the nec-
tarium cut into five parts clofed, and fpear-fhaped veined
leaves embracing the ftalks. Helleborine latifolia, flore
albo claufo. Raii Syn. 2. 242. Broad-leaved Baftard
Hellebore , with a white clofed flower.

There are fome other fpecies of this genus which
grow naturally in Great-Britain and Ireland, but as. I
have not had the good fortune to meet with them, fo
I fhall not trouble the reader with an imperfed ac-
count of them from books : there are alfo a greater
number of them which grow naturally in the Weft-
Indies, of which I have famples in my colledion •,
but having never feen any growing plants of them, I
fhall not infert them here.

The firft fort grows naturally in woods and fhady
places in many parts of England ; the roots are com-
pofed of many thick flefny fibres, from which arife a
fingle ftalk a foot high, which is jointed it is gar-
nifhed at each joint with one veined leaf, thofe on
the lower part of the ftalk are oval, but thofe above
are fpear-fhaped, ending in acute points ; they em-
brace the ftalks at their bafe. The ftalk is adorned
with flowers toward the top, which have fome refem-
blance to thofe of Orchis •, they are compofed of two
whitifh, and three herbaceous petals, which expand ;
and in the middle appears the nedarium, which has
a refemblance of a difboweled body of a fly, of a pur-
plifh colour. Under the flower is fituated a channelled
oblong head, which after the flower is paft, fwells
and becomes a feed-veffel filled with very fmall feeds.
This flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen
in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Stoken Church
woods in Oxfordshire, and in feveral parts of Weft-
moreland and Lancafhire. This hath flefhy fibrous
roots, not quite fo thick as thofe of the former •, the
ftalks rife more than a foot high, and are garnifhed
with fpear-fhaped veined leaves, ending in acute
points ; they are three inches long and one broad,
of a lucid green, and fit clofe to the ftalk. The

SER ■ .

flowers are difpofed alternately on the upper part cf
the ftalk ; they are white, and have three outer pe-
tals which are large, and two fmaller within ; in the
center is fituated the gaping nedarium, which appears;
to have two wings. This fort flowers about the fame*
time as the former.

The third fort grows naturally in marfhy woods in
many parts of England ; this hath a flefhy fibrous
root, from which arife a fingle ftalk a foot and a
half high, garnifhed at bottom with fword-ftiaped
veined leaves, four inches long and one broad, em-
bracing the ftalk with their bafe, ending in acute
points. The upper part of the ftalk is garnifhed with
faded purplifh-coloured flowers, difpofed in a loofe
fpike ; they have five petals, inclofing a large neda-
rium like the body of a fly, with a yellowifh head
lfriped with purple and a white body ; the lip which
hangs down, is white and fringed on the edge., This
fort flowers in July.

The fourth fort was difeovered firft in Heitfordfhire,-
but fince it has been found growing in many other
places. The root of this is compofed of flefhy fibres ;
the ftalks rife more than a foot high, and are gar-
niftied with fpear-fhaped veined leaves, which em-
brace the ftalks with their bafe. The ftalk is termi-
nated by a loofe fpike of white flowers, compofed of
five petals, and a large five-pointed nedarium which
is fhut ; the germen is oblong and channelled ; this
afterward becomes a capfule of the fame form, filled
with fmall feeds. It flowers in July.

Thefe plants are rarely kept in gardens, and being
difficult to propagate, there are few who have at-
tempted to keep them in gardens. They may be
taken up from the places where they naturally grow,
when thqir leaves begin to decay, and planted in a
fhady moift place, where they will thrive and flower,

S E R J AN I A. See Paullinia.

SERPENT ARIA. See Aristolochia.

SERPYLLUM. See Thymus.

SERRATULA. Dillen. Nov. Gen. 8. Lin. Gen,
Plant. 831. Jacea. Tourn. Inft. R. EL 444. Saw-
wort.

The Characters are.

The flowers are compofed of many hermaphrodite florets ,
contained in one common cylindrical empalement , which is
bellied, and the feales are fpear-fhaped, ending in acute
points. The hermaphrodite florets are equal, funnel-fhaped ,
and of one petal. The tube is inflexed, the brim is bellied ,
and cut into five points -, they have each five fhort hair-
like ftamina terminated by cylindrical fummits, and an
oval-crowned germen , fupporting a fender ftyle, crowned
by two oblong reflexed fligmas. The germen afterward
turns to a vertical, oval, fingle feed , crowned with down,
which ripens in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers are compofed of fruitful florets, and
. the ftamina are conneded to the ftyle^

The Species are,

1. Serratula ( Tinbioria ) foliis pinnatifidis, pinna ter-
minali maxima. Hort. Cliff. 391. Saw-wort with
wing-pointed leaves , whofe end lobe is the largeft. Serra-
tula. C. B. P, 235. Common Saw-wort.

2. Serratula ( Altijflma ) foliis lanceolato-oblongis fer-
ratis fubtus tomentofis. Saw-wort with oblong fipear-
fioaped leaves, which are fawed, and downy on their un-
der fide. Serratula Noveboracenfis, altiffima, foliis
Doriae mollibus fubincanis. Par. Bat. Prod. Tallefl
New-Tork Saw-wort , with foft Doria leaves , hoary on
their under fide.

3. Serratula ( Glauca ) foliis ovato-oblongis acumina-
tis ferratis, floribus corymbofis, calycibus fubrotun-
dis. Flor. Virg. 92. Saw-wort with oblong, oval, acute-
pointed, fawed leaves , and flowers in a corymbus whofe
empalements are roundifh. Serratula Virginiana, foliis
rigidis. Par. Bat. Prod. 227. Virginian Saw-wort with
ftiffi leaves.

4. Serratula (Squarofa) foliis linearibus, calycibus
fquarrofis fefiilibus acuminatis. Hort. Cliff. 392. Saw-
wort with linear leaves , and rough empalements which fit

clofe t'Q the ftalks, ending in acute points. Cirfiuni tii-
berofum, capitulis fquarrofis Hort. Elth. 83. ‘Tuber-
ous melancholy Thijlle with rough heads.

5. Serratula ( Scariofa ) foliis lanceolatis integerrimis,
calycibus fquarrofis pedunculatis obcufis lateralibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 818. Saw-wort with entire fpear-ftoaped
leaves and rough empalements , having obtufe foot-Jlalks
proceeding from the fide of the ftalks. Jacea latifolia
Virginiana, radice tuberosa. Banift. Cat. Broad-leaved
Virginian Knap-weed with a tuberous root.

6. Serratula (Spicata) foliis linearibus, floribus fef-
filibus lateralibus fpicatis, caule fimplici. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 819. Saw-wort with linear leaves, flowers in
fpikes from the fide of the ftalks fitting clofe , and a fingle
ftalk. Jacea non ramofa, tuberosa radice, floribus
plurimis rigidis peranguftis. Banift. Cat. 1927. Un-
branched Knap-weed with a tuberous root , and many nar-
row rigid flowers.

7. Serrulata ( Caroliniana ) foliis lanceolatis rigidis,
acute ferratis, caule corymbofo. Saw-wort with ftiff
fpear-Jhaped leaves ftoarply flawed , and ftalks forming a
corymbus. Serratula Carolinienfis, virgas paftoris fo-
lio. Hort. Elth. 353. Carolina Saw-wort with a Shep-
herd's Rod leaf.

8. Serratula {Preealta) foliis oblongo-lanceolatis, in-
tegerrimis fubtus hirfutis. Saw-wort oblong, fpear-Jhaped,
entire leaves , hairy on their under fide. Serratula Vir-
giniana, perficte folio fubtus incano. Hort. Elth.
356. Virginian Saw-wort with a Peach-tree leaf, hoary
on the under fide.

9. Serratula ( Alpina ) calycibus fubhirfutis ovatis fo-
liis indivifis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 816. Saw-wort with oval
empalements a little hairy. Cirfium humile montanum
cynoglofti folio polyanthemum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 148.
Low mountain melancholy Thiftle, with a Hound' s-tongue
leaf, and many flowers.

The firft fort grows naturally in moift woods and
marihes in many parts of England, fo is rarely ad-
mitted into gardens. There are two varieties of this,
one with a white, and the other a purple flower. The
root is perennial *, the lower leaves are fometimes en-
tire, and fometimes are cut almoft to the midrib into
many jags •, they are fmooth, of a deep green, and
neatly fawed on their edges. The ftalks rife two feet
high, and are garniflied with wing-pointed leaves,
whofe extreme lobe is much larger than the other ;
thefe are fawed on their edges *, the upper part of the
ftalk divides into feveral foot-ftalks, fuftaining at the
top oblong fquamous heads or empalements, which
include feveral hermaphrodite florets. Thefe appear
in July, and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in
autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in North America ;
this hath a perennial root, from which come out fe-
veral channelled ftalks which rife feven or eight feet
high, garnifhed with fpear-ftiaped leaves from four to
five inches long, and one inch broad in the middle,
drawing to a point at each end •, they are flightly faw-
ed on their edges, and are downy on their under fide,
fitting clofe to the ftalk ; the upper part of the ftalk
divides into foot-ftalks, which fuftain purple flowers in
fcaly empalements. Thefe appear the latter end of
July, but are feldom fucceeded by good feeds in
England.

The third fort is a native of North America ; the
root is perennial, and the ftalks rife fix or feven feet
high -, they are purple and channelled. The leaves
are oblong, oval, about three inches long, and an
inch and a half broad in the middle, ending in acute
points ; they are ftiff, fawed on their edges, and are
of a light green on both Aides, The flowers grow in
a loofe corymbus at the top of the ftalk ; they are
purple, and have roundifh empalements. This fort
flowers in Auguft, but the feeds feldom ripen in
England.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Carolina, from
whence I received the feeds. This hath a tuberous
root, from which comes out a fingle ftalk riling near
three feet high, garniflied with ftiff linear leaves
about three inches long, which are entire, and rough

id the touch, of a pale green on both Aides. The
upper part of the ftalk is adorned with purple flowers,
having oblong, rough, prickly empalements ; thefe
come out from the fide of the 'ftalk alternately, and
the ftalk is terminated by one head which is larger
than the other ; thefe fit clofe to the ftalks. The
flowers appear in Auguft, but this fort never ripens
feeds here.

The fifth fort grows naturally in moft parts of North
America-, this has a large tuberous root, from which
comes out one ftrong channelled ftalk, which rifes
three or four feet high, clofely garnilhed with narrow
fpear-ftiaped leaves which are entire ; they are about
three inches long, and half an inch broad. The up-
per part of the ftalk is adorned with a long loofe fpike
of purple flowers, which come out from the fide upon
pretty long blunt foot-ftalks ; they have large rough
empalements, compofed of wedge-fhaped fcales. The
flowers on the top of the fpike blow firft, and are fuc-
ceeded by the other downward, which is contrary to
the greateft number of plants, whofe flowers are
ranged in fpikes, for moft of them begin to flower at
the bottom, and are fucceeded by thofe above. The
flowers of this fort appear in Auguft, but the feeds do
not ripen here.

The fixth fort is a native of North America ; this has
a tuberous root, from which comes forth a fingle ftalk
rifingfrom two to three feet high, garniflied with very
narrow fmooth leaves, which at bottom are more than
three inches long, but gradually diminifh to the top j
they are placed round the ftalk without any order, fit-
ting clofe to it at their bafe. The upper part of the
ftalk is adorned with fmaller purple flowers than thofe
of the former, fitting clofe to the ftalk, forming a
long loofe fpike ; they appear about the fame time as
thofe of the former fort.

The feventh fort is alfo a native of North America 5
it has a perennial fibrous root, from which arife feve-
ral ftrong purple ftalks upward of fix feet high 5 they
are channelled, and garnilhed with fpear-ftiaped leaves,
which toward the bottom of the ftalks are more than
fix inches long, and an inch and a half broad in the
middle, drawing to points at both ends ; they are.
gradually lefs to the top of the ftalks, and are ftiff,
deeply fawed on their edges, of a pale green on their
under fide. The upper part of the ftalk divides into
fmall branches, forming a loofe corymbus of purple
flowers, which are irregular in height, fome of the
flowers ftanding upon fhorter foot-ftalks than the
other their empalements are round, and the fcales
terminate in briftly points. This fort flowers in July
and Auguft, but does not produce good feeds in
England.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Carolina ; this has
a fibrous perennial root ; the ftalk is branching, and
rifes four feet high ; the leaves are feven inches long,
and an inch and a half broad in the middle, ending in
acute points -, they are entire and hairy on their un-
der fide, fitting clofe to the ftalk. The flowers grow
in loofe bunches at the end of the branches ; they have
oval empalements, compofed of a few fcales which
terminate in briftles. The flowers are of a pale pur-
ple colour, and appear late in fummer, fo are not
fucceeded by feeds here.

The ninth fort grows naturally on the tops' of moun-
tains in Wales and the North of England, and is but
feldom kept in gardens. The root is perennial, from
which come out one, two, or three ftalks, which rife
a foot and a half high they are of a deep green co-
lour, are channelled, and garniflied with deep green
leaves their whole length ; thofe at the bottom are
indented, but thofe on the upper part of the ftalks
are entire ; they are about three inches long, and al-
moft one broad, of a dark green colour. From the
middle of the ftalk upward, there are branches fent
out from the fide, which grow eretft, and fuftain at
the top fmall bunches of purple flowers, which have
oblong flender empalements a little hairy. The flowers
appear in June and July.

The.

S E S s E S

The eight forts which are firft mentioned, are hardy
perennial plants, fo will thrive in the open air in Eng-
land. The firft is rarely admitted into gardens, but
the other forts are frequently preferved in the gardens
of the curious. The fourth, fifth, and fixth forts, have
large knobbed roots ; thefe are propagated only by
feeds, which feldom ripen in England, fo that the
feeds mull be procured from abroad. Thefe fnould
be fown on an eaft-afpe£ted border, where the morn-
ing fun only comes ; for if the feeds are expoled to
the mid-day fun, they feldom fucceed well. Thefe
feeds will often grow the firft fummer, if they are
fown early in the fpring, but fometimes they will re-
main in the ground a year before the plants appear •,
fo that if they fhould not come up the firft feafon, the
ground fhould not be difturbed, and muft be kept
clean from weeds till the following fpring, when, if
the feeds were good, the plants will come up ; when
thefe appear they muft be kept clean from weeds ;
and if they are too clofe, fome of the plants fhould
be carefully drawn out while they are young, and
planted into another border of light loamy earth, four
inches afunder •, in this place they may remain till au-
tumn, when thefe, and alfo thofe in the feed-beds,
fhould be carefully removed to the places where they
are defigned to remain ; the following fummer thefe
plants will flower, and the roots will abide leveral
years, if they are planted in a light loamy foil not
over wet.

The other perennial forts may be propagated by part-
ing of the roots •, the beft time for doing this is in au-
tumn, when their ftalks begin to decay ; for when
they are removed in the fpring, if the feafon fhould
prove dry, their roots will not be fufiiciently efta-
blifhed to flower well the fame year. Thefe plants
fhould not be removed or parted oftener than every
third year, if they are expe&ed to grow ftrong ; nor
fhould they be parted into fmall heads, for thofe will
make no figure the firft year. As thefe plants grow
tall, fo they fhould be planted in the middle of large
borders, or with other tall plants; they may be planted
in fpaces between fhrubs, or on the borders of woods,
where they will have a good eftecft during their con-
tinuance in flower ; and as they require no other cul-
ture than to dig the ground between them every
fpring, and keep them clean from weeds, fo they are
proper furniture for fuch places.

Thefe forts are alfo propagated by feeds, when they
can be obtained good •, thefe may be fown in the fame
way as the bulbous-rooted kinds, and when the plants
come up, they muft be treated in the fame manner,
only that thefe fhould be allowed more room, for the
fibres of their roots fpread out on every fide to a
great diftance ; for which reafon thefe plants fhould
not be planted in fmall gardens, where they will over-
bear the neighbouring plants.

S E S A S U M. Lin. Gen. Plant. 700. Digitalis. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 156. Oily Grain.

The Characters are.

The flower has an erect permanent empalement of one leaf,
cut at the top into five very fijort equal flegments. It
has one ringent petal , with a roundifh tube the length of
the empalement ; the chaps are fw alien, bell fo aped, and
fpr ending ; the brim is cut into five points , four of which
are fipreading and alrnoft equal ; the other is twice their
length , oval, and erebl. It has four ftamina rifling from
the tube which are fhorter than the petal, the two inner
being fhorter than the other , terminated by eredi pointed
flummits , and an oval hairy germen, fiupporting a fender
fltyle longer than the ftamina , crowned by a fpear-fhaped
ftigma divided in two parts. T he germen afterward be-
comes an oblong, alrnoft four-cornered capfule, which is
compreffled and acute-pointed , having four cells , filled with
oval compreffled feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feftion
of Linnsus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter
ftamina, and their feeds are included in capfules.

The Species are,

1. Sesasum ( Orientate ) foliis ovato-oblongis integris.

Hort. Cliff. 318. Seflamum with oblong , oval, entire leaves »
Digitalis Orientalis, fefamum difita. Tourn. Inft. 165.
Eafiern Foxglove, called Seflamum.

2. Sesamum (. Indicum ) foliis inferioribus trifidis. Prod.
Leyd. 292. Seflamum with trifid lower leaves. Sefamum
alterum, foliis trifidis, Orientale femme obfeuro. Pluk,
Aim. 344. Another Eafiern Seflamum , with trifid leaves
and black feeds.

3. Sesamum ( Trifoliatum ) foliis omnibus trifidis. Sefla-
mum with all the leaves trifid. Sefamum Orientale, tri-
fidum, flore niveo. Hort. Cornpt. Eafiern Sefamum ,
with a trifid leaf and J how white flower.

The firft fort is cultivated in great plenty in the Le-
vant, but is fuppofed to have been brought there from
India. It is an annual plant, riling with an herbaceous
four-cornered ftalk about two feet high, fending out,
a few fhort fide-branches ; the leaves are oblong, oval,
a little hairy, and Hand oppofite. The flowers are
produced in loofe fpikes at the top of the ftalks ; they
are fmall, and of a dirty white colour, lhaped fome-
what like thofe of the Foxglove. Thefe apoear in
July, and after the flowers are paft, the germen turns
to an oval acute-pointed capfule with four cells, filled
with oval comprefled feeds which ripen in autumn.
The fecond fort grows naturally in India ; this is alfo
an annual plant ; the ftalk riles taller than that of the
former; the lower leaves are cut into three parts,
which are the only differences between them.

The third fort grows naturally in Africa ; this is alfo
an annual plant, with a taller and more branched ftalk
than either of the former, and all the leaves are cut
into three parts, in which it differs from both the other.
I have railed two other fpecies of this genus from
feeds which were brought from Africa, but thefe be-
ing fown late in the fpring, did but juft fhew their
flowers before winter, fo there could be no good feeds
obtained from them. Thefe grew near four feet
high, the leaves of one fort were much longer than
any of the other, and thofe toward the top of the ftalk
were divided into three, and fome into four parts ;
the feeds of this were black, the other had broader
leaves, which were fawed on their edges. The flowers
were large and of a pale blue colour, and the feeds
were of a pale yellow colour.

The firft fort is frequently cultivated in all the eaftern
countries, and alfo in Africa, as a pulfe ; and of late the
feeds of this have been introduced in Carolina by
the African negroes, where they have fucceeded ex-
tremely well. The inhabitants of that country make
an oil from the feed, which will keep many years,
and not take any rancid fmell or tafte, but in two
years becomes quite mild; fo that when the warm
tafte of the feed, which is in the oil when firft drawn,
is worn off, they ufe it as fallad oil, and for ail the
purpofes of fweet oil.

The feeds of this plant are alfo ufed by the negroes
for food, which feeds they parch over the fire, and then
mix them with water, and ftew other ingredients with
them, which makes an hearty food. Sometimes a
fort of pudding is made of thefe feeds, in the fame
manner as with Millet or Rice, and is by fome per-
fons efteemed, but is never ufed for thefe purpofes in
Europe. This is called Benny, or Bonny, in Carolina.
In England, thefe plants are preferved in botanic gar-
dens as curiofities. Their feeds muft be fown in the
fpring upon a hot-bed, and when the plants are come
up, they muft be tranfplanted into a frefti hot-bed to
bring them forward. After they have acquired a to-
lerable degree of ftrength, they fhould be planted into
pots filled with a rich, light, fandy foil, and plunged
into another hot-bed, managing them as hath been
direbted for Amaranthufes, to which I fhall refer the
reader, to avoid repetition : for if thefe plants are not
thus brought forward in the former part of the fum-
mer, they will not produce good feeds in this coun-
try ; though after they have flowered, if the feafon is
favourable, they may be expofed in a warm fituation
with other annual plants. Wfjen thefe plants have
perfected their feeds they decay, and never continue
longer than one feafon.

1 2 I The

5^4

S E S

The feed of the firft fort is mentioned in the lift of
officinal fimples in the College Difpenfatory, but is
rarely ufed in medicine in England. From nine pounds
of this feed which came from Carolina, there were
upwards of two quarts of oil produced, which is as
great a quantity as hath been known to be drawn from
any vegetable whatever ; and this, I fuppofe, might
occafion its being called Oily Grain.

SESELL Boerh. Inch alt. i. p. 50. Lin. Gen. Plant.
322; Wild Spignel.

The Characters are,

It has an umbellate! flower ■, the figure of the greater um-
bel is uncertain , the particular umbels are very floort ,
multiplex , and almojl globular. 'The principal umbel has
no involucrum , the particular ones have a many narrow-
leaved involucrum , which is as long as the umbel the
empalement of the flower is flcarce difcernible ; the princi-
pal umbel is uniform. The flozvers have five inflexed
heart-Jhaped petals, which are a little unequal they have
each five awl-jhaped fiarnina , terminated by jingle fum-
rnits. The germen is fituated under the flczver , jupport-
ing two reflex ed ftyles , crowned by obtufe fiigmas The
germen afterzvard turns to a fimall , oval , channelled fruit ,
dividing into two parts , each containing one oval freaked
feed, flat on one fide and convex on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thole plants
whole flowers have five ftamina and two ftyks.

The Species are,

1. Seseli ( Montanum ) petiolis ramiferis membrana-
ceis. Hort. Cliff. 103. Sefeli with membranaceous
foot-ftalks. Fceniculum fylveftre annuum, tragofe-
lini odore, umbella alba. Bot. Parif. 54. Annual
wild Fennel fmelling like Burnet Saxifrage , and a white
umbel.

2. Seseli ( Caruifolia ) foliis bipinnatis fublinearibus, pe-
tiolis bafi membranaceis, feminibus ovalibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 360. Sefeli with double-winged leaves almojl
linear , with a membranaceous bafie to the foot-Jlalks, and
oval feeds. Caruifolia. C. B. P. 158. Carrawayleaf.

3. Seseli ( Glaucum ) petiolis ramiferis membranaceis
oblongis integris, foliolis fingularibus binatifque ca-
naliculatis laevibus petiolo longioribus. Guett. 64. Se-
feli with branching , oblong , entire, membranaceous foot-
fialks , and the fimall leaves either fingle or by pairs , which
are lightly channelled. Fceniculum fylveftre glauco fo-
lio. Tourn. Inft. 31 1. Wild Fennel with a gray leaf.

4. Seseli [Fumilum ) petiolis ramiferis membranaceis
oblongis integris, foliis caulinis anguftiffimis. Hort.
Cliff. 102. Sefeli with oblong, entire , membranaceous,
branching foot-ftalks, and very narrow leaves on the folks.
Fceniculum fylveftre perenne, ferulas folio breviore.
Tourn. Inft. 31 1. Wild perennial Fennel, with a f sorter
Giant's Fennel leaf.

5. Seseli (Tortuofum) caule alto rigido, foliolis lineari-
bus fafciculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 260. Sefeli with a tall
ft iff folk, and very narrow leaves in clufters. Foeni-
culum tortuofum. J. B. 3. p. 16. Crooked or contorted

Fennel.

6. Seseli ( Ammoides ) petiolis membrana deftitutis.
Flor. Leyd. Prod. 112. Sefeli with foot ffalks without
membranes. Fceniculum Lufitanicum minimum acre.
Tourn. Inft. 312. The leaf acrid Portugal Fennel.

The firft fort grows naturally in France amongft the
Corn ■, this rifes with an erecft ftalk near two feet
high, fending out branches from the fide, and is gar-
nifiied with (hort leaves divided into fmall fegments
or leaves like Hog’s Fennel. At the foot-ftalk of
each branch or leaf is a bellied membrane, which em-
braces it. The ftalk is terminated by an umbel of
white flowers which appear in June, and the feeds
ripen the beginning of Auguft.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Germany •, this
hath a perennial root. The leaves are long, and
made up of eight or nine pair of winged lobes which
are cut like thole of Pariley ; the ftalk rifes near two
feet and a half high, branching out into feveral di-
vifions ; at each of thefe there is a membrane em-
bracin'?- the bafe, and one fmall leaf compofed of a
few linear lobes. The ftalks are terminated by com-

SHE

pound umbels of yellow flowers, which appear in June,
and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in uncultivated places
in the fouth of France and Italy ; this has a perennial
root which runs deep in the ground, fending out
(lender fmooth ftalks near two feet high. The leaves
are long and narrow, compofed of (even or eight pair
of wings, whofe lobes are fometimes fingle, and at
others are divided into two parts ; they have a mem-
brane embracing their foot-ftalks, and are of a gray
colour. The ftalks are terminated by umbels of
flowers, which are purple on their outfide and white
within-, thefe appear in July and Auguft, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally on the dry hills in
many parts of France and Italy j this has a perennial
root, from which come out leaves like thofe of Spig-
nel, but the fegments are broader and of a gray co-
lour. The ftalks rife a foot high, and are garnifhed
with a few very narrow leaves, whofe foot-ftalks are
embraced by a long entire membrane ; they branch
out on every fide, and thefe are terminated by umbels
of white flowers which appear in July, and are fuc-
ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.

The fifth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
Italy, and Spain -, this has a thick ligneous root, from
which come out ftiff ftalks near four feet high, which
are crooked at their joints, and garniflied with narrow
leaves coming out in bunches. The ftalks divide
into (lender branches, which have fmall umbels of
flowers coming out of their fides, and are terminated
by larger. The flowers are fmall, yellow, appear in
July, and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in
autumn.

The fixth fort is an annual plant, which grows natural-
ly in Portugal. The leaves of this fort are like thofe
of Spignel, but are much fmaller, and have a very-
acrid biting tafte. The ftalks rife four inches Irish,
and fuftain a fmall umbel of flowers which appear in
July ; and, if the feafon is warm, the feeds will ripen
in autumn.

Thefe plants are preferved in the gardens of botanifts
for the fake of variety, but at prefent their virtues
are unknown ; and as they have little beauty to re-
commend them, they are rarely admitted into other
gardens.

Thefe may be propagated by fowing their feeds, which
is beft done in autumn, for when the feeds are Town
in the fpring, they frequently lie in the ground till
the next year before the plants will appear ; whereas
thofe which are fown in autumn, always rife the fol-
lowing fpring. Thefe feeds ftiould be fown in drills,
about eighteen inches afunder, in a bed of frefh earth,
where they are deflgned to remain, and in the fpring
when the plants come up, they Ihould be thinned
where they are too dole, leaving them about fix
inches diftance in the rows ; after this the plants will
require no farther care, but to keep them conftantly
clear from weeds, and the fecond feafon they will
produce feeds. The perennial forts, which are per-
mitted to remain after they have feeded, ftiould have
the ground gently dug every fpring between the rows
to loofen the earth, but there ftiould be care taken not
to injure their roots with the fpade. Thefe plants
love a moift foil, for when they are fown on dry
ground, th£y do not thrive near fo well, and feldom
perfecft their feeds, unlefs the feafon proves moift, or
they are duly watered.

SHERARDIA. Dillen. Gen. Nov. 3. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 1 12. Aparine. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 114. Little
Field Madder.

The Characters are.

The flower has a fmall, four-pointed, permanent empale-
ment fitting upon the germen ; it has one long tubulous
petal , cut into four plain acute parts at the brim \ it has
four ftamina fituated- on the top of the tube, terminated

. by fingle fummits, and an oblong twin germen below the
flower, fuppor ting a fender bifid ftyle crowned by two headed
jligmas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong crowned
fruit, containing two oblong feeds which are feparated.

This

SIB '

This genus of plants is ranged in the fil'd feftion of
Linnaeus’s fourth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have four ftamina and one ftyle. This
title of the genus was given to it by Dr. Dillenius, in
honour of the late Dr. William Sherard, whom Boer-
haave calls the prince of botanifrs.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Sherardia (Arvenfis) foliis omnibus verticillatis, fiori-
bus terminalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102. Sherardia with
all the leaves placed in whorls round the ft alks, and flowers
terminating them. Aparine fupina, pumila, flore cas-
ruleo. Tourn. Inft. 114. Low fupine Clivers with a
blue flower.

It grows naturally amongft the Corn in many parts of
England •, it is an annual plant, with trailing ftalks
which fpread on the ground, are fometimes a foot
long, and garnilhed with Ihort acute -pointed leaves
growing in whorls, fome of which have four, others
five and fix, and fome have eight leaves in each whorl.
From the fide of the ftalks come out the foot-ftalks of
the flowers, which fuftain one whorl of leaves upon
which the flowers fit very clofe *, there are generally
five or fix flowers upon each whorl ; they are blue,
and have pretty long tubes, which are cut into four
fegments at the the top fpreading open. Thefe flowers
appear in June, and their feeds ripen in autumn.

SHERARDIA. Vaill. See Verbena.

SIBBALDIA. Lin. Gen. 393. Baftard Cinquefoil.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf \ cut
half way into ten fegments , and five oval petals infer ted
into it, and five hair-like ftamina which are floorter than
the corolla , joined to the empalement , terminated by fmall
obtufe fummits. It hath five oval floor t germen, with a
ftyle faftened to the middle , crowned by headed Jligmas
the calyx inclofes five oblong feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth febtion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes fuch plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and five ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Sibbaldia ( Procumbens ) foliolis tridentatis. Flor.

Lap. hi. 'Trailing Baftard Cinquefoil. Fragarias fyl-
veftris affinis planta, flore luteo. Sibb. Scot. 2. p. 25.
A plant near of kin to the Wild Strawberry. 1

2. Sibbaldia ( Obiopetala ) floribus oblopetalis. Baftard
Cinquefoil with eight petals to the flower.

The fil'd fort has been known many years •, this grows
upon moift ground on the Highlands in Scotland,
and is with difficulty preferved in gardens ; it is a low
plant, whofe leaves end in three points ; the flowers
are fmall and yellow, but it rarely produces feeds in
gardens, therefore the plants muft be procured from
the places where they naturally grow ; and if they
are planted in a moift foil and a lhady fituation, they
will thrive tolerably well and produce flowers.

The fecond fort has been lately dilcovered in the
weft part of Scotland •, this hath larger flowers than
the firft, and have eight petals to each.

This may be treated in the fame manner as the other
fort.

SIBTHORPIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 775. Baftard
Moneywort.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a permanent empalement of one leaf. \ cut
into five fpreading fegments •, it hath one fpreading petal
divided into five equal parts , and four hair-like ftamina ,
terminated by heart-Jhaped fummits , with a roundifh com-
prejfed germen , fupporting a cylindrical ftyle the length of
the flower, crowned by a depreffed ftigma the empalement
becomes an orbicular comprejfed capfide opening with two
valves, containing roundifh convex feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond febfion
of Linnseus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fliortfta-
mina, and the feeds are included in a capfule.

We have but one Species of this genus in Eng-
land, viz.

Sibthorpia ( Europaa ) foliis reniformibus fubpeltatis
crenatis. Amcen. Acad. 3. p. 22. Baftard Moneywort,
with kidney-fhaped crenated leaves.

S 1 f)

This plant grows naturally in moift places in Cornwall^
Devonfhire, and other parts of England, from whence
the plants or feeds may be procured, which, if planted
or fown in pots, and placed in the ftiade and kept
moift, will thrive very well in gardens.

SICYOS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 971. Sicyoides. Tbiirrh
Inft. 103. Single-feeded Cucumber.

The Characters are,

It hath male and female flowers on the fame plant ; the
male flowers have a bell-jhaped empalement of one leaf \
with five indentures. The petal is b ell- fh aped, of one
leaf, growing on the empalement , they have each three
ftamina, which are united above, terminated by fummits
joined in a Bead. The female flowers are like the male ,
and fit upon the germen •, they have no ftamina, but the
germen fupports a cylindrical ftyle crowned by a thick three-
pointed ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval
fruit fet with briftly hairs , having one cell, containing a
Jingle feed of the fame floape.

This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth feftion of
Linnaeus’s twenty-firft clafs, which includes thofe
plants which have male and female flowers on the
fame plant, and their ftamina are connefted together,,
Tournefort places it in the feventn fedion of his firft:
clafs, which contains the herbs with a bell-fhaped
flower of one petal, whofe empalement turns to a
fruit for the moft part flefny.

The Species a,re,

1. Sicyos ( Angiuata ) foliis angulatis. Hort. Cliff. 452,
Sicyoswith angular leaves. Sicyoides Americana, fruc-
tu echinato, foliis angulatis. Tourn. Inft. 103. Ame-
rican, prickly, one-feeded Cucumber with angular leaves.

2. Sicyos (. Laciniata ) foliis laciniatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
1013. Sicyoswith cut leaves. Sicyoides Americana,
frudu echinato, foliis laciniatis. Plum. Cat. 3. Ame-
rican, prickly , one-feeded Cucumber with cut leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in North. America ; this
is an annual plant, which rifes with two large feed-
leaves like thofe of the Cucumber ; the ftalk is trail-
ing, and has tendrils, by which it fattens itfelf to the
neighbouring plants, and will rife fifteen or fixteen
feet high, dividing into many branches, which are
garniffied with angular leaves like thofe of the Cu-
cumber. The flowers come out upon long foot-
ftalks from the fide of the branches, Handing in cluf-
ters ; they have, male, which are barren flowers, and
female fruitful flowers on the fame plant, which are
fmall, of a pale lulphur colour, and are fucceeded by
prickly oval fruit containing one feed ; the flowers ap-
pear in June and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
If thefe are permitted to fcatter, the plants will come
up in the fpring better than when fown by hand, and
require no other care but to keep them clean from
weeds. Thefe plants ramble, and take up too much
room for fmall gardens, and therefore ffiould be al-
lowed a place near a hedge upon which they may
climb ; they do not bear tranfpl^nting well, unlefs
when they firft come up.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies ;
this is alfo an annual plant, with trailing ftalks like
the former, but the leaves of this are cut into feverai
fegments. The flowers are larger than thofe of the
former, and are of a deeper colour ; the fruit are not
quite fo large, nor fo clofely armed with prickly hairs,
in which confifts their difference.

This fort is not fo hardy as the firft, therefore who-
ever has a mind to cultivate it, muft fow the feeds
upon a hot-bed in the fpring, and treat the plants in
the fame way as Cucumbers and Melons, keeping
them under frames, otherwife the feeds will not ripen
in England ; but the plants will require more room
than either of the former, fo that one or two plants
will be enough for curiofity, as they have no great
beauty or ufe.

S I D A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 747. Malvinda. Dillen. Hort.
Elth. 1 71, 172. Indian Mallow.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is Jingle , permanent , angu-
lar, and Jive-pointed. The flower is of one petal, cut into
five broad fegments which are joined at their bafe, and are

s indented

S I D

Indented at their points ■, it has many ftamina which are
joined in a column at bottom , but fpread open above , and
are terminated by roundip fummits , and an orbicular ger-
men, fupporting a jhort multifid Jiyle , crowned by headed
fiigmas. 'The germen afterward becomes a five-cornered
capfule having five cells , each containing an angular round -
ijh feed .

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feftion of
Linnaeus’s fixteenth clais, which includes thofe plants
whofe dowers have their male and female organs join-
ed in one body, and have many ftamina. To this
genus he joins the Abutilon of Tournefort, but as
the fruit of that genus is compofed of many cap-
fules, and thefe have feveral feeds in each, that cha-
racter is fufficient to feparate the two genera, which
may be the more neceffary as there are many fpecies
of each.

The Species are,

1. Sida ( Ulmifolia ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ferratis, flo-
ribus folitariis axillaribus, femine roftrato bidente.
Indian Mallow with oval , fpear-ftoaped , fawed leaves ,
Jingle flowers on the fide of the ftalk , and feeds with two
horns. Malvinda ulmifolia femine roftrato bidente.
Aft. Phil. Lond. 399. Indian Mallow with an Elm leaf,
and feeds with two horns or teeth.

2. Sida ( Carpinifolia ) caule ramofo hirfuto, foliis lance-
olatis ferratis floribus confertis axillaribus, femine
roftrato fimplici. Sida with a branching hairy ftalk ,
fpear-jhaped fazved leaves , flowers in cluflers from the
wings of the ftalk, and Jeeds with a Jingle horn or tooth.
Malva erefta minor, carpini folio, feminibus fingu-
lis fimplici aculeo longiore donatis. Sloan. Cat. Smaller
upright Mallow with a Hornbeam leaf , and the feeds
have a Jingle longer horn.

2. Sida ( Anguftifolia ) caule e recto ramofo, foliis lineari-
ianceolatis dentatis fubtus villofis, pedunculis axilla-
ribus unifloris. Sida with an erect branching ftalk , li-
near fpear-jhaped leaves , hairy on their under fide , and
foot-ftalks with one flower at the wings of the ftalks.
Malvinda pimpinellae folio anguftiore femine bidente.
Aft. Phil. Lond. vol. 35. Indian Mallow with a nar-
row Burnet leaf, and feeds with two horns.

4. Sida ( Pimpinellifolia) foliis cordatis ferratis, pedun-
culis unifloris axillaribus, femine roftrato bidente.
Sida with heart-Jhaped fawed leaves, foot-ftalks with one
flower from the wings of the ftalk, and feeds with two
horns. Malvinda pimpinellas majoris folio, femine
bidente. Act. Phil. Lond. 399. Indian Mallow with a
greater Burnet leaf, and feeds with two teeth.

5. Sida ( JamaicenJis ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis ferratis, flo-
ribus axillaribus feflilibus, femine tridente. Sida with
aval fpear-fioaped leaves which are fawed , flowers fitting
clofe at the wings of the ftalks, and feeds with three teeth.
Malvinda profundius ferrato folio, femine tridente.
Aft. Phil. Lond. 399. Indian Mallow with leaves deep-
ly fawed, and feeds with three teeth.

6. Sida ( Villofa ) caule erefto hirfuto, foliis fubcordatis
feflilibus ferratis fubvillofis, floribus confertis axilla-
ribus feflilibus. Sida with a hairy ftalk , leaves almoft
heart-Jhaped fitting clofe to the ftalk, which are a little
woolly, and flowers in clvfters fitting clofe to the Jlalk.
Malvinda carpini folio villofo, floribus conglobatis ad
foliorum alas. Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow with a
Hornbeam leaf , and cluftered flowers at the wings of the
leaves.

7. Sida ( Alnifolia ) foliis orbiculatis plicatis ferratis.
Hort. Cliff. 346. Sida with orbicular plaited leaves which
are fawed. Malvinda ftellata alnifolia. Hort. Elth.
172. Starry Indian Mallow with an Alder leaf.

8. Sida ( Cor difolia ) foliis cordatis lubangulatis ferratis
villofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 684. Sida with heart-Jhaped
leaves almoft angular, which are woolly and faved. Mal-
vinda bicorms, ballotes folio molli. Hort. Elth. 21 1.
Indian Mallow with two horns, and a foft black Hore-
hound leaf.

9. Sida ( Hirfuta ) foliis orbiculato-cordatis crenatis, cau-
le petiolifque hirfutis, pedunculis longis axillaribus
unifloris. Sida with orbicular, heart-Jhaped , cr mated
leaves, the ftalks and foot-ftalks of the leaves hairy , and

S i D

long foot-ftalks from the, winjs of the ftalk with one
flower.

10. Sida ( Capitata ) capitnlis pedunculatis triphyllis fep-,
temfloris. Lin. Aft. Upfal. 1743. p. 137. Sida with
heads on foot-ftalks which have three leaves and feven

■ flowers. Malva afpera major aquatiea, ex hortenflum
feu rofarum gcnere, flore minore luteo, femine acule-
ato. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 96. Greater , aquatic, rough
Mallow of the garden, or Rofe Mallow Kind , zvith fmall
yellow flowers and prickly feeds.

11. Sida ( Hirfutijfima ) foliis lanceolatis ferratis villofis,
caule erefto piiofo, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris.
Sida with fpear-jhaped , woolly , fawed leaves, an eredl
hairy ftalk, and foot-ftalks from the wings of the ftalk
with one flower. Malvinda hirfutiffima carpini folio
longiore floribus fmgulis ad foliorum alas, femine bi-
dente. Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow very hairy , with
a longer Hornbeam leaf , and fugle- flowers at the wings
of the leaves , and feeds with two teeth.

12. Sida {Abut if oh a) foliis cordatis crenatis acuminatis
villofis caule petiolifque pilofis, pedunculis axillari-
bus unifloris. Sida with heart-Jhaped, pointed, crenated ,
woolly leaves, and the ftalks and foot -ftalks hairy, and foot-
ftalks with one flower at the wings of the ftalk. Mal-
vinda abutili folio minore, caulibus hirfutiffimis,
floribus ad foliorum alas. Houft. MSS. Indian Mal-
low with a Jmaller yellow Mallow leaf, very hairy ftalks,
and flozvers proceeding from the wings of the leaves.

13. Sida (Ciliaris) caulibus procumbentibus, foliis ob-
longo-ovatis ferratis hirfutis, floribus feflilibus termi-
nalibus. Sida with trailing ftalks, oblong , oval, hairy ,
fawed leaves, and flowers fitting clofe at the end of the
branches. Malva minor fupina, betonicae folio, flore
coccineo feminibus afperis. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 97. Smaller
fupine Mallow with a Betony leaf, a fcarlet flower , and
rough feeds.

14. Sida ( Glabra ) foliis cordatis ferratis acuminatis gla-
bris, caule ramofo, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris.
Sida with heart -floaped, fazved, acute-pointed , fmooth
leaves, a branching ftalk , and foot-ftalks from the wings
of the flalks with one flower. Malvinda abutili folio
acuminato, floribus parvis luteis, ex alis foliorum,
femine bidente. Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow zvith a
pointed, yellow. Mallow leaf , and fmall yellow flowers at
the wings of the leaves, and feeds with two teeth.

15. Sida ( Sericea ) caulibus procumbentibus, foliis ova-
tis ferratis tomentofis nitidis, floribus folitariis axilla-
ribus feflilibus. Sida with trailing ftalks, oval, fawed,
neat , zvoolly leaves, and ftngle flowers fitting clofe to the
wings of the ftalk. Malvinda fupina, foliis fubrotun-
dis lericeis, feminibus non dentatis. Houft. MSS. Su-
pine Indian Mallow, with roundifto fatten leaves, and the
feeds without teeth.

16. Sida ( Americana ) foliis fubcordatis crenatis fubtus
tomentofis, floribus aggregatis axillaribus feflilibus.
Sida with almoft heart-Jhaped leaves , which are crenated
and woolly on their under fide, and flowers in cluflers fit-
ting clofe at the wings of the ftalk. Malva Americana
abutili folio, floribus conglobatis ad foliorum alas.
Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow zvith a yellow Mallow leaf,
and flowers in cluflers at the wings of the leaves.

17. Sida ( Pilofa ) foliis fubovatis ferratis nervofis fubtus
tomentofis, caule piiofo, pedunculis axillaribus mul-
tifloris. Sida with veined fawed leaves almoft oval, and
woolly on their under fide, a hairy ftalk, and foot-ftalks
with many fiozvers at the wings of the ftalks. Mal-
vinda carpini folio, flore luteo caule 81' averfa foliorum
parte villofo. Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow with a Horn-
beam leaf, and a yellow flower whofe ftalk and the under
part of the leaf are hairy.

18. Sida ( Fruticofa ) foliis lanceolatis inaequaliter ferra-
ratis acuminatis, floribus capitatis terminalibus, cau-
le fruticofo. Sida with fpear-jhaped acute-pointed leaves
unequally fawed, flowers collected in heads at the end of
the branches , and a Jhrubby ftalk. Malvinda frutefeens
ulmifolia, feminibus fmgulis tribus aculeis lappaceis
armatis Houft. MSS. Indian Mallow with an Elm leaf,
and ftngle feeds armed zvith three burry prickles.

iq. Sida

S I D

9. Sid a {Alba) foliis cordatis acurninatis ferratis ner-
vofis, fioribus aggregates axillaribus feffilibus. Sida
with acute-pointed , heart-Jhaped , flawed, veined leaves ,
and flowers in clufters fitting clofe to the wings of the fltalk.
Malvinda foliis fubrotundis acurninatis, fioribus albis
conglomerate ad foliorum alas. Houft. MSS. Indian
Mallow with roundiflo acute-pointed leaves , and white
flowers in clufters at the wings of the leaves.

Thefe plants grow naturally in the Weft-Indies, from
whence I have received the feeds of three or four fpe-
cies by the title of Broom Weed ; and I have been
informed that the inhabitants cut thefe plants in the
fame manner as we do Heath, and make it up into
brooms for fweeping. Sometimes I have received the
feeds by the title of Weft-India Thea, fo that I fup-
pofe the leaves of thefe plants are fometimes ufed as
the Thea. There are certainly more fpecies of this
genus than are here mentioned, which have efcaped
the notice of thofe who have been in the Weft-Indies
in fearch for plants, for we frequently have new forts
come up in the earth which is brought from thence
with other plants. Thofe here enumerated are un-
doubtedly diftinhl fpecies, for I have cultivated them
feveral years, and have never obferved either of them
change, when raifed from feeds.

The firft fort grows as far north as Virginia, from
whence I have feveral times received the feeds ; this
grows with an upright branching ftalk three or four
feet high, garnifhed with oval fpear-fhaped leaves,
about two inches long and one broad, fawed on their
edges, and fit clofe to the branches. The flowers
come out fingly from the wings of the ftalks, hand-
ing upon very fhort foot-ftalks ; they have a Angle
empalement, cut into five obtufe fegments, and are
fmall, of a pale copper colour, and of one petal,
which is cut into five parts almoft to the bottom,
where they are joined. In the center arifes a fmall
column compofed of the feveral ftamina and ftyle
which are conne&ed together at bottom, but are fepa-
rated above. When the flowers decay, the germen
turns to a capfule with five cells inclofed by the em-
palement ; in each cell is contained one angular feed,
gibbous on one fide, having two horns or teeth at
the point. This plant flowers till the froft flops it,
and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fecond has hairy branching ftalks which rife near
three feet high. The branches of this come out
from the bottom almoft to the top, and form a py-
ramidal bufh ; the leaves are longer and narrower,
the faw on the edges deeper, of a brighter green
than thofe of the former, and ftand upon fhort foot-
ftalks ; the flowers come out at the foot-ftalks of eve-
ry leaf; they are Angle toward the bottom of the
ftalk, but upward they are in clufters ; the empale-
ment of the flower is in five angles, each being ter-
minated by a briftly hair ; the flowers are of a pale
fulphur colour, and the feeds have but one horn or
tooth. It flowers at the fame time with the former.
The third fort rifes with a {lender ligneous ftalk about
two feet high, fending out many ered branches, which
are garnifhed with narrow fpear-fhaped leaves an inch
and a half long, and a third broad in the middle ;
they are indented on their edges, and end in acute
points, having pretty long {lender foot-ftalks. The
flowers come out fingly from the wings of the ftalks ;
they are fmall, of a pale yellow colour, and appear
at the fame time with the former.

The fourth fort has very {lender ftalks, which fel-
dom rife much more than a foot high, fending out a
few {lender branches, garnifhed with fmall heart-
fhaped leaves which are fawed on their edges, and
are a little hoary on their under fide. Handing upon
pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers are fmall, of a
pale yeliowifh colour, and come out fingly from the
wings of the ftalk ; thefe are fucceeded by feeds hav-
ing two teeth. It flowers at the fame time with the
former.

The fifth fort has a hairy ftalk covered with a dark
brown bark, and rifes three feet high, fending out
many branches from the fide, which are garnifhed

SID'

with oval fpear-fhaped leaves Handing upon long foot-
ftalks ; they are more than two inches long, and one
and a quarter broad, ending' in an obtufe point, and
are deeply fawed on their edges. The flowers come
out by pairs at the foct-ftalk of each leaf, fitting clofe
to the ftalk; they are larger than thofe of the former
forts, and of a deeper yellow colour ; the feeds of this
are larger, and have three teeth.

The fixth fort rifes with a ligneous hairy ftalk between
three and four feet high, fending out a few {lender
branches toward the top. The leaves are a little
woolly, and fit clofe to the ftalk ; they are near two
inches long, and one broad near their bafe, being al-
moft heart-fhaped ; they are veined, and fawed on
their edges. The flowers come out in clufters on the
fide of the branches, to which they fit very clofe ;
they have hairy ernpalements, cut into acute fegments
at the top ; they are fmall, of a pale yellow colour,
and appear at the fame time with the former, and the
feeds have two teeth.

The feventh fort has a {lender ligneous ftalk which
rifes more than two feet high, fending out feveral {len-
der branches garniftied with roundifh leaves having
long foot-ftalks, and are a little hairy on their under
fide. The flowers come out at the foot-ftalks of the
leaves, fometimes ftngly, and at others there are two
or three upon {lender foot-ftalks ; they are of a pale
copper colour, and appear at the fame time with the
former.

The eighth fort rifes with an herbaceous ftalk more
than three feet high, fending out feveral ereft
branches from the fides, which are garniftied with,
heart-fhaped leaves two inches and a half long, and
two broad ; they are fawed on their edges, are of
a light green colour, foft to the touch, and ftand
upon very long foot-ftalks which are hairy. The
flowers ftand upon long foot-ftalks which come out
from the wings of the ftalk ; they are fmall, of a
fulphur colour, and appear at the fame time with
the former.

The ninth fort has very {lender ftiff ftalks, which are
covered with fine hairs, and rife a foot and a half high,
fending out a few fide branches, which are garniftied
with roundifli heart-fhaped leaves two inches long,
and one inch and three quarters broad at the bafe ;
they are thin, of a light green colour, crenated on
their edges, and ftand upon long, {lender, hairy foot-
ftalks. The flowers come out upon long foot-ftalks
from the wings of the ftalks fingly; their ernpalements
terminate with ten ftiff acute points or hairs ; the flow-
ers are fmall and white, appearing at the fame time
with the former.

The tenth fort rifes with an herbaceous prickly ftalk
near four feet high, fending out feveral branches,
which are garniftied with rough hairy leaves {landing
upon long foot-ftalks. Thefe are of different forms,
fome are divided into five obtufe lobes, others into
three, fome are hollowed on the fides in fhape of a
fiddle ; they are indented on their edges, and are of
a pale green colour. The flowers are colledled in
heads, which ftand upon very long hairy foot-ftalks
arifing from the wings of the ftalks. Under each
head are placed three obtufe fmall leaves, upon which
reft feven pale yellow flowers which are fmall, and are
almoft hid by their ernpalements ; thefe are fucceeded
by feeds having acute {pines. This flowers at the fame
time as the former.

The eleventh fort rifes with a ligneous ftalk three feet
high, which is covered with yeliowifh hairs very clofely
garniftied with fpear-fhaped hairy leaves fitting clofe to
the ftalks ; they are two inches long, and one broad
in the middle, fawed on their edges and of a pale green
on their under fide. The flowers come out fingly
from the wings of the ftalk, {landing upon ihort foot-;
ftalks ; they are fmall, white, and appear about the
fame time with the former.

The twelfth fort rifes with very {lender infirm ftalks
three feet high, covered with long white hairs, and
garniftied with foft, woolly, heart-ffiaped leaves, fit-
ting upon long, {lender, hairy foot-ftalks. The

1 2 K leaves

/

S I D

leaves are little more than one inch long, and three
quarters broad at their bafe, and are crenated on their
edges. The flowers ftand upon long (lender foot-
ftalks which arife from the wings of the ftalk, two of
them generally coming out at each leal ; they are of a
pale yellow colour, and appear at the fame time with
the former.

The thirteenth fort has many trailing ftalks, which
divide into {lender branches, covered with a light
brown bark, and garniflied with fmall, oblong, oval
leaves fawed on their edges, and hairy on their under
fide, {landing upon fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers
are produced in fmall clutters fitting clofe at the end
of the branches •, they are fmall, of a bright fcarlet
colour, and are fucceeded by feeds having two ftiff
briftly teeth. This flowers about the fame time as
the former.

The fourteenth fort hath fmooth round ftalks which
rife three feet high, fending out long {lender branches.
The leaves are fmooth, heart-fhaped, of a light green
colour, and ftand upon long foot-ftalks ; the lower
leaves are near three inches long, and almoft two
broad at their bafe, fawed on their edges, and ending
in acute points; The flowers ftand upon very long
foot-ftalks, arifing from the wings of the ftalks finglyj
they are fmall, and of a whitifh yellow colour, appear-
ing at the fame time with the former.

The fifteenth fort fends outfeveral ftalks from the
root, which fpread flat on the ground, fending out
feveral fhort fide branches •, the ftalks grow nine or
ten inches long, and are garnifhed with oval fatteny
leaves fawed on their edges, and have fhort foot-
ftalks ; the flowers come out fingly at the wings of
the ftalks, fitting very clofe thereto *, they are fmall,
of a yellow colour, and appear at the fame time with
the former, and are fucceeded by feeds which have
no teeth.

The fixteenth fort has a ligneous ftalk with a purplifh
bark, rifing two feet high, fending out feveral
branches from the lower part. The leaves are pretty
thick, and almoft heart-ihaped, ending with obtufe
points ; they are crenated on their edges, and woolly
on their under fide •, they are an inch and a half long,
and three quarters broad near their bafe. Handing up-
on pretty long foot-ftalks, and have many veins which
arife from the midrib, and diverge to the borders.
The flowers are of a pale yellow colour, and are ga-
thered in clutters fitting clofe at the wings of the ftalk;
their empalements are hairy, and cut into many acute
ferments at the top. This flowers at the fame time
with the former, and the feeds have two teeth at their
points.

The feventeenth fort has a ligneous ftalk which rifes
four feet high, covered over with brown hairs, fending
out a few long {lender branches, the lower parts of
which are garnifned with oval leaves an inch and a
half long, and three quarters broad •, they are {light-
ly fawed on their edges, have many longitudinal
veins, and are downy on their under fide. The up-
per part of the branches are deftitute of leaves more
than a foot in length, and from their fides come out
foot-ftalks two inches long, fuftaining feveral fmall
yellow flowers in clufters, having hairy empalements,
which are cut at the top into feveral acute fegments.
This fort flowers at the fame time with the former.
The eighteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
William Houftoun, growing naturally at La Vera
Cruz in New Spain •, this rifes with a ftrong fhrubby
ftalk fix or feven feet high, covered with a rough
brown bark, and fends out feveral ligneous branches
from the fide, which are hairy, and garnifhed with
fpear-lhaped leaves Handing upon long foot-ftalks ;
they are fix inches long, and two broad in the middle,
ending in acute points, and are unequally {awed on
their edges, fome of the indentures being large and
deep, others are fmall and {hallow, and do not ex-
tend fo far from the border; The upper furface of
the leaves are of a dark green, and their under is of a
pale or light green colour. The flowers are coliedled
in heads, Handing upon long naked foot-ftalks which

terminate the branches ; each of thefe heads contain
feven or eight flowers, whofe petals extend much be-
yond their empalements. The flowers are of a pale
fulphur colour when they firft open, but afterward
fade to an almoft white; their empalements are
fmooth, but are terminated by five hairy points which
ftand ereft. The flowers being paft, the germen fweils
to a fhort roundifh capfule fitting in the empalement
of the flower, having five cells, each containing one an-
gular feed* having three {harp teeth which are burry,
and ftick to the clothes of thofe who rub againft them
when ripe.

The nineteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun, growing naturally in Jamaica-, this rifes
with a fhrubby ftalk feven or eight feet high, fending
out feveral very {lender branches, extending to two
feet or more in length, and bending downward at their
ends ; they are garniflied at each joint (which are two
inches afunder) by one large heart-fhaped leaf, Hand-
ing upon a pretty long foot-ftalk ; they are above four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad near
their bafe, fawed on their edges, and run out to a
long fharp point, having many ftrong veins which
rife from the midrib, and diverge toward their bor-
ders ; they are of a light green on their upper furface,
and pale on their under. The flowers grow in cluf-
ters at the wings of the ftalks ; thofe. on the lower
part of the branches are formed in clofe obtufe fpikes
about an inch in length, but on the upper part of the
branches they are in globular heads which are placed
nearer together, and have no leaves under them, the
branches being terminated by one of thefe heads.
The empalements of the flowers end with five acute
hairy points ; the flowers are fmall, and when they
firft open are white, but afterward they fade to a brown-
ilh colour. When thefe are paft, the germen becomes
a roundifh capfule with five cells, fitting in the em-
palement of the flower, each cell having one angular
feed with twp teeth.

Thefe plants are moft of them annual in England,
but fome of them are of longer duration in their na-
tive countries, and might be fo here, if they were
placed in a warm ftove in winter ; but as moft of them
perfedl their feeds the fame year, if the plants are
brought forward in the fpring, few perlbns have room
in their ftoves to receive thefe plants, as there are io
many perennial exotic plants at prefent in the Eng-
lifh gardens, which require a warm ftove to preferve
them.

They are propagated by feeds, which fhould befown
upon a moderate hot-bed the beginning of April,
and when the plants are come up fit to remove, they
fhould be tranfpianted to another hot-bed, planting
them four inches diftance every way ; they muft be
{haded from the fun till they have taken new root,
and then they muft have a large {hare of free air ad-
mitted to them when the weather is mild, to pre-
vent their drawing up weak ; they will alfo require
water pretty frequently. If the plants thrive well,
they will have ftrength enough to be fit to tranfplant
in the open air ; for which purpofe they fhould be
gradually hardened, and the beginning of June they
may be taken up with balls of earth to their roots,
and planted in a warm fheltered part of the garden,
at about three feet diftance, obferving to fhade and
water them until they have taken new root; after
which they will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds. In July the plants will begin to
flower, and there will be a continued fucceffion of
flowers until the froft comes on. If the feafon proves
warm, they will ripen their feeds very well in autumn ;
but left thefe fhould mifcarry by the unfavourablenefs
of the feafon, it may be proper to put one plant of
each fort in pots filled with light kitchen-garden earth,
placing them in the {hade till they have taken new
root, and then they may be removed to a warm fitua-
tion, where they will thrive very well in a good fea-
ion ; but if the lummer proves cold, they fhould be
placed in a dry airy glafs-cafe, where they may be
kept warm, which will ripen their feeds.

The

f

S I D

The eighteenth fpecies will not Bower the firft year,
lo the plants muft be placed in a warm ftove in au-
tumn, and during the winter they muft be treated in
the fame way as other tender plants from the fame
country. The following fummer they will flower and
produce ripe feeds, but the plants are not of long du-
ration, fo that there fhould be a fucceffion of young
plants raifed from feeds.

SI DERATION, a blafting of trees or plants by an
eafterly wind, of exceffive heat or drought.

SXDERITIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 191. tab. 90.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 632. [of iron, q. Iron-herb-,

fo Diofcorides calls thofe herbs, that are good againft
wounds made by the fword. It is alfo called Fer-
rum matrix, on the fame account*, alfo Herba Ju-
daica, becaufe the Jews in old time made ufe of this
herb in medicine.] Ironwort ; in French, Crapaudine.

The Characters are,

The flower has an oblong tubulous empalement of one leaf
cut into five figments at the top. The flower is of the lip
kind , of one petal , almoft equal ■, the tube is oblong and
cylindrical , the chaps oblong and taper. The upper lip is
eredt , and cut into two acute figments , the under lip is cut
into three , the two fide figments are acute , the middle
is round and crenated. It has four Jlamina within the
tube , two of which are as long as the tube , the other are
floor ter, terminated by twin fummits\ and a four-pointed
germen fupporting a Jlender fiyle a little longer than the
jlamina , crowned by two ftigmas , the upper being cylindri-
cal, concave, and torn, the lower is fhort and membrana-
ceous. The germen afterward turn to four feeds , which
ripen in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fecftion of
Linnaeus's fourteenth clafs, which contains thole plants
whole flowers have two long and two fhorter (lami-
na, and the feeds are naked in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Sideritis {Hirfuta) foliis lanceolatis obtufis dentatis
pilofis, bra&eis dentato-fpinofis, caule hirto, fpicis
interruptis elongatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 803. Ironwort
with fpear-Jhaped, obtufe, hairy , indented leaves, a hairy
flalk, and long interrupted fpikes of flowers. Sideritis
hirfuta procumbens. C. B. P. 233. Hairy trailing
Ironwort.

2. Sideritis (. Romana ) herbacea ebrafleata, caulibus
fpinofis, lacinia fuperiore majore ovata. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 802. Herbaceous Ironwort with prickly empale-
ments, the upper figment being oval and larger than the
other. Sideritis verticillis lpinofis, minor procumbens.
Mor. Hill. 3. p. 388. Smaller trailing Ironwort with
prickly whorls.

3. Sideritis ( Perfoliata ) herbacea hifpido-pilofa, foliis

iuperioribus amplexicaulibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 802.
Hairy, flinging, herbaceous Ironwort, whofie upper leaves
embrace the fialks. Sideritis Orientalis, phlomidis fo-'
lio. Tourn. Cor. 12. Eaftern Ironwort with a Jerufalem
Sage leaf. 1 *

4. Sideritis ( Olaafolia ) tomentofa, foliis lineari-lance-
olatis fefiilibus, calycibus fpinofis. Woolly Ironwort
with narrow fpear-Jhaped leaves fitting clofe to the flalks,
and prickly empalements to the flowers. Sideritis incana,
olete folio. Bocc. Muf. Hairy Ironwort with an Olive
leaf

5. Sideritis ( Scordioides ) foliis lanceolatis acutis den-
tatis, brafteis ovatis dentato-fpinofis, calycibus aequa-
libus, fpicis ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 803. Ironwort
with fpear-Jhaped, acute, indented leaves , oval prickly
braMea, equal empalements, and oval fpikes of flowers.
Sideritis foliis hirfutis profunde crenatis. C. B. P. 233.
Ironwort with hairy leaves deeply crenated.

6. Sideritis {Syriac a) fruticofa tomentofo-lanata, foliis
lanceolatis integerrimis floribus verticillatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 801. Shrubby, downy, woolly Ironwort, with
fpear-Jhaped entire leaves , and flowers in whorls. Si-
deritis Cretica tomentofa candidiflima, flore luteo.
Tourn. Cor. 12. The whiteft downy Ironwort of Candia.

7. Sideritis ( Hifpanica ) fruticofa, foliis lanceolatis in-
tegerrimis, floribus fpicatis terminalibus, calycibus
fpinofis. Shrubby Ironwort with fpear-Jhaped entire leaves,
and fpiked flowers terminating the flalks , having prickly

S I D

empalements. Sideritis Hifpanica frutefcens feu iigfa
nofior. Tourn. Inft. 192. Shrubby, or ligneous Sganljh
Ironwort.

8. Sideritis ( Hyjfopifolia ) foliis lanceolatis glabris inte-
gerrimis, bradleis cordatis dentato-fpinofis, calycibus
tequalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 575. Ironwort with fmooth,
entire, fpear-fhaped leaves , heart-Jhaped, prickly , indent-
ed brahea, and equal empalements. Sideritis Alpina
hyflopifolia. C. B. P. 233. Alpine Ironwort with a Hyf-
fop leaf.

9. Sideritis ( Canarienfs ) fruticofa tomentofa, foliis
cordato-oblongis acutis petiolatis fpicis verticillatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 574. Shrubby woolly Ironwort with
heart-Jhaped oblong leaves, and the flowers growing in
whorls. Stachys Canarienfis, frutefcens, verbafci fo-
lio. Tourn. Inft. 186. Shrubby Safe Ilor eh ound of the
Canaries, with a Moth Mullein leaf.

The firft fort grows naturally in France, Spain, and
Italy *, the root is perennial, the flalks are herbace-
ous, hairy, and trail upon the ground ; they are a
foot and a half long, fending out branches at the
bottom, which are garnifhed with oblong, oval, hairy,
crenated leaves *, the upper part of the flalk is fur-
nifhed with whorls of purple flowers, thefe ftand pret-
ty far afunder. The flowers appear in fummer, and
the feeds ripen in autumn. It is a plant of no great
beauty or ufe, fo is feldom kept in gardens.

The fecond fort is an annual plant with trailing flalks ;
the leaves are fmall, fpear-fhaped, and fit clofe to the
flalks ; the whole plant is hairy. The flowers grow
in whorled fpikes at the end of the brandies, they
have prickly empalements and are yellow. It grows
in all the fouthern parts of Europe, and is feldom ad-
mitted into gardens.

The third fort grows naturally in the Levant, where
it was difcovered by the late Dr. Tournefort. The
roots of this fort feldom continue longer than two
years in England ; the lower leaves are oblong, en-
tire, and hairy ; the flalks are fmooth, hoary, and
rife near four feet high, branching out into feveral
long (lender branches, and garnilhed with hoary acute-
pointed leaves, furnifhed with whitifh flowers in whorls
which are placed far afunder ; the whorls are fmall,
compact, and have two very fhort leaves immediately
under them, which end with a fharp (pine ; the em-
palements of the flowers are prickly, and the flowers
are fmall. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen
in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete , this is a
low fhrubby plant, whofe flalks rife a foot high, and
are ligneous, fending out. branches a foot long,
which are garnifhed with narrow fpear-fhaped leaves
an inch and a half long, they are downy and very
white ; the upper part of the flalk is furnifhed with
whorls of whitifh yellow flowers, having prickly em-
palements. This fort flowers in July, butunleisthe
feafon proves warm, the feeds will not ripen here.
The fifth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy *, this hath a perennial root ; the flalks rife
a foot high, and are garnifhed with fpear-fhaped
leaves which are deeply crenated on their edges ; they
are an inch long and half an inch broad, and have
fhort heart-fhaped braftea which are prickly. The
flowers grow in whorled fpikes at the end of the flalks*,
they are yellow, and have prickly empalements which
are equal. It flowers in July, and if the feafon proves
warm, the feeds will ripen in autumn.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this hath a
fhort ligneous flalk, from which is lent out a few
branches about a foot long, garnifhed with thick
wedge-fhaped leaves which are very downy and white.
The flowers are produced in whorls toward the end
of the branches *, they are yellow, and have fmooth
downy empalements. It flowers in July, but does not
produce feeds in England.

The feventh fort grov/s naturally in Spain and Italy •
this hath a low fhrubby flalk, fending out feveral
hairy branches a foot long, garnifhed with hairy fpear-
fhaped leaves, one inch long and half an inch broad,

of a yellowifla green colour. The flowers grow in

clofe

m

elofe whorled fpikes at the end of the branches ; they
are of a fulphur colour, and have very prickly em-
palements. This fort flowers in July, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.

The eighth fort grows naturally on the mountains
of Valentia this hath a Ihort ligneous ftalk, fend-
ing out branches a foot and a half long, garnifhed
with narrow fmooth leaves an inch long, of a ftrong
fcent when bruifed. The flowers are yellow, and
grow in in large fpiked whorls at the end of the
branches. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.

The ninth fort grows naturally in the Canary I Hands,
but has been long an inhabitant in the Englifh gar-
dens. It rifes with a foft fiirubby ftalk five or fix feet
high, fending out feveral ligneous branches which
are covered with a foft down, and are garniftied
with heart-fhaped leaves, having long foot-ftalks.
Thefe differ greatly in fize, according to the age and
vigour of the plants ; for in young plants they are
often five or fix inches long, and two and a half
broad near their bafe, but in older plants they are
not more than half that fize ; they are very woolly,
efpecially on their under fide, which is white, but
their upper furface is of a dark yellowifh green. The
flowers grow in thick whorled fpikes at the end of the
branches •, they are of a dirty white, fliaped like thofe
of the other forts, and appear early in June, and the
feeds ripen in Auguft, but the plants frequently pro-
duce flowers again in autumn.

Thefe plants are preferved in fome curious gardens
for the fake of variety. The five forts firft mention-
ed, and alfo the ninth, are hardy enough to thrive in
the open air in England : they are propagated by
feeds, which, if fown in autumn, will fucceed better
than thofe which are fown in the fpring. The feeds
may be fown in fhallow drills upon a dry fpot of
ground, and in the fpring when the plants come up,
they muft be kept clean from weeds ; and when the
plants are fit to remove, part of each fort may be
drawn out, and planted in a bed at about nine or ten
inches diftance, which will give thofe which are left in
the feed-bed room to grow. The plants which are
removed fhould be fhaded and watered until they have
taken new root, after which they will require no other
care but to keep them clean from weeds till the fol-
lowing autumn, when they fhould be tranfplanted to
the places where they are to remain. The fourth fort
fhould have a dry foil and a warm fituation, but nei-
ther of the forts fhould be planted in rich ground,
for that will caufe them to grow fo luxuriant in fum-
mer, that the froft or much wet will deftroy them in
winter.

The annual fort fhould not be removed, but the plants
thinned and left in the place where they were fown,
keeping them clean from weeds.

The fixth and feventh forts will often live through
the winter in the open air, efpecially if their feeds
are fown upon dry rubbifh •, for when either of thefe
happen to grow in the joints of old walls, they will
endure the greateft cold of this country, therefore
their feeds fhould be fown in fuch places. The fixth
fort does not produce good feeds in England, fo this
is propagated by flipping off the heads, planting them
in a fhady border during the fpring or fummer
months, which will readily take root ^ fome of thefe
may then be taken up and put into pots, that they
may be fcreened under a frame in winter. The other
may be removed in autumn, and planted elofe to
warm walls in rubbifh, where they will abide fome
years.

The ninth fort is generally kept in green-houfes in
England, but in moderate winters I have had thefe
plants live abroad without cover in a warm dry bor-
der : however, if they are fcreened from hard froft
under a common frame, where they may be expofed
to the open air at all times when the weather is
mild, and protected from hard frofts, they will thrive
better than with more tender treatment. It is pro-
pagated by feeds which fhould be fown in autumn.

for thofe which are fown in the fpring feldom fuc-
ceed, or if they do, the plants rarely come up the
firft year.

SIDEROXYLUM, Iron Wood.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent and confiflvs of
one leaf which is cut into five figments. T he flower is
bell-fhaped, and divided into five parts at the brim. It
has five awl-Jhaped ftaminathe length of the petal, termi-
nated by Jingle fumtms , and a round germen fupporting an
awl-Jhaped ftyle, crowned by a fingle ftigma. The germen
afterward becomes a romdifh berry having one cell , con-
taining four feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fed! ion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Sideroxylum ( Iner me) inerme. Lin. Hort. Cliff. 69.
Smooth Iron Wood. Sideroxylum primum, fc. dein
corim Indorum nomine data arbor. Hort. Elth. 357.
The firft Iron W ood , called by the Indians Dein Coria.

2. Sideroxylum ( Oppojitifolia ) foliis lanceolatis ex ad-
verfo fitis. Iron Wood with f pear -fits aped leaves growing
oppofite.

Thefe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good Hope,
from whence they were firft brought into the Dutch
gardens, and of late years they have been introduced
into feveral curious gardens in England, where they
are preferved for the beauty of their evergreen leaves,
for they rarely produce flowers here.

The firft fort hath large oval leaves, fhaped fome-
what like thofe of the Bay-tree, but fmoother and
blunter at the end. Thefe are placed on the branches
without order, as the branches alfo are produced.
The ftalks are fhrubby, and rife five or fix feet high,
fending out many branches, covered with a dark brown
bark.

The fecond fort grows more upright and regular •, the
leaves which are fmaller, and more pointed than thofe
of the firft, are placed oppofite on the branches, and
thefe continue green through the year.

The wood of thefe trees being very elofe and folid,
has given occafion for this name being applied to
them, it being fo heavy as to fink in water ; and the
title of Iron Wood having been applied to the wood,
by the inhabitants of the countries where it grows,
has occafioned the botanifts to conftitute a genus by
this name. But as the characters of the plants have
not been fo well examined as could be wifhed, occa-
fioned by their not flowering in Europe, it is very pro-
bable, that the plants which have been ranged under
this genus, do not properly belong to it for Dr.
Plukenet has figured a plant under the title of Ebenus
Jamaicenfis, whofe characters are very different from
thofe affigned to this genus : and the Jamaica Iron
Wood is totally different from both in its characters,
for this has male and female flowers on different trees ;
the male flowers have no petals, as appears by dried
famples in my collection.

Thefe plants are natives of warm countries, fo cannot
be preferved in England, unlefs they are placed in a
moderate ftove. They are propagated by feeds, when
thefe can be procured from abroad. Thefe muft be
fown in pots filled with light rich earth, and plunged
into a good hot-bed in the fpring, in order to get the
plants forward early in the feafon. When the plants
are fit to tranfplant, they fliould be each put into a
feparate fmall pot filled with good earth, and plung-
ed into a frefti hot-bed while they are young. In
winter they muft be plunged into the tan-bed in the
ftove, and treated in the fame manner as hath been
directed for feveral tender plants from the fame coun-
tries. As the plants obtain ftrength, they may be
treated more hardily, by placing them in a dry ftove
in the winter, and giving them a greater fha're of
free air in fummer ; and when they have obtained
ftrength, they may be placed abroad in fummer in a
fheltered fituation.

I have propagated them by layers, but thefe were
two years before they had made good roots : and

fome-

S l L

fometimes they will take from cuttings, but this is
a very uncertain method of propagating them ; nor
do the plants fo raifed, ever grow fo vigoroufly as
thole which come from feeds ; fo that when thofe can
be procured, it is the belt method to propagate them.

SIGESBECKIA. Lin. Sp. Plant. 873.

The Characters are,

The 'proper involucrum of the flower is compofed of five li-
near, taper , ohtufe leaves , which open beyond the petal ,
and is permanent . The common cover is five-leaved , fit-
ting clofe it has five angles the leaves are oval , con-
cave., equal, and difpofed in fever al feries it is perma-
nent, and between each leaf is contained a floret. The
flower is compofed of hermaphrodite florets in the difik ,
and the border or ray is made up of female half florets ,
which are tongue-floaped. The hermaphrodite florets are
funnel-fhaped , and cut into five parts at the brim thefe
have five Jhort ftamina, with tubulous fummits joined to-
gether, and an oblong incurved germen as large as the em-
palement, fupporting a flender ftyle, crowned by a bifid
ftigma. The germen afterward turns to an oblong, four-
cornered, blunt feed ■, the female half florets have a floor t,
broad, tongue-floaped petal, indented in three parts ■, thefe
have a germen , ftyle, and ftigma , like the hermaphrodite
florets, but have no ftamina , and are fucceeded by Jingle
feeds like the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linn^us’s nineteenth clafs, which includes the
plants whole flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are both fruitful, and have
their parts of generation connected together.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Sigesbecki a ( Orientalis .) Lin. Hort. Cliff. Sigefbeckia.
We have no Englifh name for this plant •, this here
mentioned was applied to it by Dr. Linnaeus, in ho-
nour of Dr. Sigefbeck, who was profelfor of botany
at Peterfburgh.

The plant is annual, perifliing at the approach of
winter. The feeds of it were brought from the Eaft-
Indies, where it is a troublefome weed, but in Eng-
land it feldom perfedts feeds, unlefs the plants are
raifed on a hot-bed, and brought forward in the
fpring ; then they may be planted out in warm bor-
ders the beginning of June, and if they are fupplied
with water in dry weather, they will grow near four
feet high, and fend out many branches. The flowers
are produced at the extremity of the fhoots, which
are fmall, and of a yellow colour, fo make no great
appearance, therefore it is only preferved in the
gardens of thofe perfons who are curious in the ftudy
of plants.

S I L A U M. See Peucedanum.

S I LE N E. Lin. Gen. Plant. 503. Vifcago. Dill. Hort.
Elth. 309. Lychnis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 333. tab.
175. Vifcous Campion, or Lychnis.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, which
is indented at the top into five parts. It has five plain
cbtufe petals indented at their points , whofe tails are nar-
row the length of the empalement , and a neciarium com-
pounded of two fmall indentures in the neck of each petal,
conftituting a crown to the chaps, and ten awl- flo aped fta-
mina, infer ted alternately to the tail of the petals abovee ach
other, terminated by oblong fummits. In the center is Actu-
ated a cylindrical germen, fupporting three ftyles which
are longer than the ftamina, crowned by ftigmas that are
reflexed againft the fun. The germen afterward becomes
a clofe cylyndrical capfule with three cells , opening at the
top five ways, inclofling many kidney-floaped feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedlion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and three ftyles.

The Species are,

z. Silene ( Tfluinquevulnera ) petalis integerrimis fub-
rotundis, frudtibus eredtis alternis. Llort. Cliff. 171.
Silene with entire roundiflo petals to the flower , and erect
alternate fruit. Lychnis hirfuta, flore eleganter va-
riegato. Raii Hift. 997. Hairy Campion with an ele-
gant variegated flozver, commonly called Dwarf Lychnis.

2. Silene ( Notturna ) floribus fpicatis alternis fecundis

S i L

feffilibus, petalis bifidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 41b. Silene
with fpikes of flowers flitting clofe and turned all one
way, and the petals bifid. Vifcago hirta nodtiflora, flo-
ribus obfoletis fpicatis. Dillen. Hort. Elth. 420. Night-
flowering, hairy, vifcous Campion , with worn-out flowers
in fpikes.

3. Silene ( Nutans ) petalis bifidis, floribus lateralibus
fecundis cernuis panicula nutante. Lin. Sp. Plant.
417. Silene with bifid petals, nodding flower s growing
from the flide of the ftalks , and a recurved panicle. Lych-
nis montana, vifcofa, alba, latifolia. C. B. P. 205.
Broad-leaved, white, vifcous. Mountain Campion.

4. Silene ( Fruticofa ) petalis bifidis, caule fruticofo, fa-
liis lato lanceolatis, panicula trichotoma. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 417. Silene with bifid petals , a Jhrubby ftalk ,
broad fpear-flhaped leaves, and panicles divided in threes »
Lychnis frutefcens, myrtifolia, behen albo fimilis;
C. B. P. 205. Shrubby Campion , with a Myrtle leaf like
the white Behen.

5. Silene ( Viriddflora ) petalis femibifidis, foliis ovatis
fcabriufculis acutis, panicula elongata fubaphylla. Lim
Sp. 597. Silene with bifid petals, oval , rough , acute-
pointed leaves, and long panicles without leaves. Lych-
nis ocymafti facie, flore viridi. Herm. Par. 199.
Campion with the appearance of Ocymaflrum , and a green
flower.

6. Silene ( Conoidea ) calycibus frudlus globofis acumi-
natis ftriis triginta, foliis glabris petalis integris.
Hort. Upfal. no, Silene with globular acute-pointed
capfules having thirty ftripes, finooth leaves, and entire
petals. Lychnis fylveftris, latifolia caliculis turgidis
ftriatis. C. B. P. 205. Broad-leaved wild Campion, with
a turgid ftriped empalement.

7. Silene ( Pendula ) calycibus frudtiferis pendulis infla-
tis, angulis decern fcabris. Hort. Upfal. 106. Silene
with pendulous fwollen empalement s to the fruit , with ten
rough angles. Lychnis lupina Sicula, calyce amplif-
fimo ftriato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 337. Low Sicilian Cam-
pion, with a large ftriped empalement.

8. Silene {Nobi flora) calycibus decern angularibus,
dentibus tubum aequantibus caule dichotomo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 419. Silene with empalement s having ten an-
gles, and the indentures as long as the tube. Lychnis
noctiflora. C. B. P.205. Night-flowering Campion.

9. Silene ( Vallefia ) caulibus fubunifloris decumbenti-
bus, foliis lanceolatis longitudine calycis. Lin. Sp.
603. Silene with decumbent ftalks with one flower , and
fpear-flhaped woolly leaves the length of the empalement.
Lychnis maritima pinguis e Corfica. Bocc. Muf. tab^
84. Maritime Lychnis of Corfica.

10. Silene ( Orientalis ) calycibus conicis ftriis hirfutis
frudlibus eredlioribus, caule eredlo hirfuto, foliis ner-
vofis. Silene with conical empalements having hairy
ftripes, erect fruit , a hairy upright ftalk , and veined
leaves. Lychnis Orientalis, longifolia nervofa, flore
purpurafcente. Tourn. Cor. 24. Eaflern Campion with
a long veined leaf and a purpliflh flower.

11. Silene ( Mufcipula ) petalis bifidis, caule dichotomo,
floribus axillaribus feffilibus, foliis glabris. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 420. Silene with bifid petals, a ftalk divided by
pairs , flowers fitting clofe to the wings of the ftalk, and
fmooth leaves. Lychnis fylveftris vifcofa, rubra alte-
ra. C. B. P. 205. Wild vifcous Campion with a red
flower.

12. Silene ( Armeria ) floribus fafciculatis faftigiatis, fo-
liis fuperioribus cordatis glabris. Hort. Upfal. no.
Silene with flowers gathered into bunches, whofe upper
leaves are fmooth and heart-flhaped. Lychnis vifcofa
purpurea, latifolia laevis. C. B. P. 205. Purple vifcous
Campion with a broad fmooth leaf, commonly called Lo-
be! s Catchfly.

13. Silene ( Gigantea ) foliis radicalibus cochleariformi-
bus fimis caule fubverticillato. Lin. Sp. 598. Silene
with obtufe , fpcon-flhaped, lower leaves, and whorled ftalks.
Lychnis facie auriculae urfi. C. B. P. 206. Campion
with the appearance of Auricula.

14. Silene ( Bupleuroides ) petalis bifidis, floribus pe-
dunculatis oppofitis bradlea brevioribus, foliis lance-
olatis acutis glabris. Lin. Sp. 598. Silene with bifid
petals , flowers placed oppofite on foot-ftalks, and fmooth

1 2 L acute-

\

5J&

/

S I L

acute leaves. Lychnis Orientalis bupleuri folio. Tourn.
Cor. 24. Eajtern Campion with a Hare's-ear leaf.

There are feveral other fpecies of this genus whofe
flowers have no beauty, fo the plants are never cul-
tivated but in botanic gardens for the fake of variety,
therefore I have not enumerated them, which would
fwell the work too much ; many of them grow wild
in England.

The firft fort grows naturally in Portugal, but has
been long cultivated in the Englifh gardens by the ti-
tle of Dwarf Lychnis. The feeds of this were formerly
fown in drills on the edges of borders, as were feveral
other low annual plants, thefe being very fafhionable
for edgings of borders at that time ; but as all thefe
were of fhort duration, fo they foon were rejected for
this purpofe •, after which the feeds were ufually fown
in patches in the borders, where they made a better
appearance than in the former way : but in both thefe
methods the plants were generally left fo clofe as to
fpoil their growth, for their ftalks were drawn up very
weak, and had not room to branch out, and their
flowers were fmall •, therefore thofe who are defirous
to have this plant in beauty, fhould fow the feeds thin
upon a border of light earth in autumn, and in the
fpring the plants fhould be thinned to the diftance of
four inches, and keep them afterward clean from
weeds. When they are fo managed, the plants will
rife near a foot and a half high, with hairy channel-
led ftalks, and divide into many branches, garnifhed
with oval, fpear-fhaped, hairy leaves placed oppofite,
fitting clofe to the ftalks. The flowers grow in fhort
fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are placed al-
ternately, and are of a bright purple colour, edged
with white. The autumnal plants will flower in May
and June, but thofe which are fown in the fpring,
will come a month later.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Sicily, and alfo at
the Cape of Good Hope, from whence I have re-
ceived the feeds. This is an annual plant, with a
low branching ftalk, which feldom rifes more than
eight or nine inches high the ftalks are fmooth, the
leaves are very narrow and fmooth, placed by pairs j
the ftalks are terminated by fpikes of dark purple
flowers ftanding alternate, whofe petals are bifid ; they
open in the evening, but are clofely fhut in the day.
If the feeds of this plant are fown in autumn, upon a
warm border, the plants will flower in May and June,
fo good feeds may be obtained ; but when the feeds
are fown in the fpring, they often fail ; and if any of
the plants do come up, they are generally fo late as
that their feeds feldom ripen well.

The third fort is a perennial plant which grows natu-
rally on the Alps •, the lower leaves of this are fmooth
and fpear-fhaped, the ftalk rifes near two feet high,
and is garnifhed with two narrow leaves placed oppo-
fite at each joint, and immediately below them ; the
ftalk is very clammy ; the flowers come out on fhort
foot-ftalks from the wings of the leaves, each foot-
ftalk for the moft part fuftaining three flowers, with
long, white, bifid petals. Thefe appear in June, and
■the leeds ripen in Auguft. This plant rifes eafily from
feeds if they are fown in autumn, and the only cul-
ture the plants require is to keep them clean from
Weeds, and allow them room to fpread j they love a
cool foil and a fhady fituation.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Sicily ; this has a
low fhrubby ftalk, which divides into feveral fhort
fhrubby branches, garnifhed with broad, fmooth,
fpear-fhaped leaves, ending in acute points. The
flower-ftalks rife about a foot high, and divide into
fpreading panicles, fuftaining two and three flowers,
of an herbaceous white colour ; they appear in June
and July, and are fucceeded by oval fmooth capfules
having thick covers, filled with fmall feeds which ri-
pen in autumn. This fort rifes eafily from feeds as
che former, or may be propagated by flips, which, if
planted in a fhady border will take root very freely ;
and if the plants are planted in a warm border of dry
earth, they will live feveral years and require no

SIL

v fhelter, but in moift ground they frequently rot in
winter.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Portugal ; this has
a perennial root •, the lower leaves are roundifh and
hollowed .like a fpoon j thofe upon the ftalks are ob-
tufe, and ftand fometimes by pairs, at others by threes
or fours round the ftalks j they are of a deep green,
fmooth, and fit clofe to the ftalks ; the ftalks are
round, fmooth, and rife from two to three feet high.
The flowers grow in loofe fpikes at the top ; they are
of a green colour, and appear in June, and the feeds
ripen in Auguft. This rifes eafily from feeds fown in
autumn, and if the plants have a dry foil they will
continue feveral years, and require no other culture
but to keep them clean from weeds.

The fixth fort grows naturally among Corn in France,
Spain, and Italy. It is an annual plant, with an up-
right branching ftalk a foot and a half high, having
fwelling vifcous joints, garnifhed with narrow, acute-
pointed, fmooth leaves, near three inches long, fit-
ting clofe to the ftalks. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches, they are fmall and red
thefe are fucceeded by globular capfules ending in
acute points, whofe empalements are ftriped. It
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft. The
feeds of this fhould be fown in autumn, and in the
fpring the plants fhould be thinned and kept clean
from weeds, which is all the culture they require.
The feventh fort grows naturally in Sicily and Crete y
this is an annual plant, from whofe root comes out
feveral branching ftalks near a foot and a half long,
which trail upon the ground, and are garnifhed
with oval acute-pointed leaves placed oppofite. The
flowers come out fingly from the wings of the ftalk,
upon fhort foot-ftalks y they are large, and of a bright
red colour, refembling thofe of the common, wild,
red Campion. Thefe appear in May, and are fuc-
ceeeded by large capfules included in inflated empale-
ments, having ten rough angles, containing many
large roundifh feeds, whofe weight caufes the capfules
to hang downward. If the feeds of this are permitted
tofcatter, the plants will come up without care, and
require nothing more but to keep them clean from
weeds.

The eighth fort is an annual plant, which is found
naturally in England growing among Corn. It rifes
with a thick clammy ftalk eight or nine inches high,
garnifhed with fmall oblong leaves by pairs, whofe
bafe embrace the ftalks -, the top of the ftalk fuftains
one or two fmall red flowers, which open only in the
night. This flowers in June, and the feeds ripen
early in Auguft, which, if permitted to fcatter, the
plants will come up without farther trouble.

The ninth fort grows naturally upon he Alps; this
plant feldom rifes more than fix inches high, fending
out many fhrubby decumbent branches, garnifhed
with woolly fpear-fhaped leaves ; the flowers grow
ere£t, they are of a pale red colour, and are fucceeded
by turgid capfules filled with roundifh feeds.

This is propagated by feeds, which if fown in dry
rubbifh, the plants will live many years in the open
air, but in rich moift foils they rarely live through
the winter.

The tenth fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this is.
an annual plant, with a ftrong, erect, hairy, branch-
ing ftalk, which rifes two feet high. The branches
grow eretft, as do alfo the flowers, which are red, and
have large, conical, ftriped empalements, whofe ftripes
are hairy and of a brownifh colour. The flowers
appear in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft ; this
muft be treated in the fame way as the firft fort.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in the fomh of
France, Spain, and Italy ; this is biennial. The ftalk
is round, clammy, and rifes a foot and a half high,
having fwelling joints ; the leaves grow round he
ftalks in clufters ; they are very narrow and fmooth.
The upper part of the ftalk divides into fpreading
branches by pairs, and are adorned by red flowers
coming out fingly from the wings of the leaves, fit-

I ting

S I L

ting clofe to the ftalks. Thefe appear in May, and
are fucceeded by oblong vifcous capfules filled with
angular feeds, which ripen in July.

This fort is eafily propagated by feeds, which, if fown
in autumn, will fucceed much better than in the
fpring. When the plants come up and are fit to re-
move, they fhould be tranfplanted into a bed of frefh
.earth, at fix inches diftance, fhading them from the
fun, and watering them until they have taken new
root •, after which they muft be kept clean from weeds
till autumn, when they fhould be tranfplanted to the
places where they are defigned to remain for flower-
ing. When the feeds of this plant happen to fcatter
upon a wall, and plants arife there, they will continue
much longer than in the ground.

The twelfth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in the fouth of France and Italy, but has been
many years cultivated in the Englifh gardens, from
whence the feeds have fpread out upon walls and
buildings fo far, as to induce fome to believe it a na-
tive of England.

There are three varieties of this, which generally re-
tain their differences ; one has a bright purple flower,
the other a pale red, and the third a white flower ; thefe
do not differ in any other refpedt, fo cannot be reck-
oned as different fpecies.

The ftalks grow ered a foot and a half high ; the
lower leaves are broad, oblong, and fmooth, and fit
clofe to the ftalks ; the ftalk, for more than an inch
in length below each ftalk is fo glutinous, that the
fmall flies which light thereon are fattened and cannot
get off again, from whence it had the title of Catch-
fly. The flowers grow in bunches at the top of the
ftalk •, they ftand ered, forming a kind of umbel.
Thefe appear in June, and are fucceeded by (lender
oblong capfules, filled with angular feeds which ripen
in Auguft.

Thefe feeds fhould be fown in autumn, for thofe which
are fown in the fpring often fail ; and if the plants do
come up, they never grow fo large, or make fo good
appearance as the autumnal plants.

The thirteenth fort is biennial ; this grows naturally
in Sicily and Crete •, the lower leaves of this plant are
obtufe, and are gathered in circular heads like fome
of the Houfeleeks, or thofe of the Auricula ; they are
fmooth, and of a pretty thick confidence. The ftalks
rife five or fix feet high ; they are vifcous, and are
garnifhed with fpear fhaped leaves placed oppofite.
The flowers come out upon fhort foot-ftalks from the
wings of the ftalks in whorls, each foot-ftalk fuf-
taining three or four greenifti flowers ; thefe are fuc-
ceeded by oval capfules which fpread open at the top,
and are filled with angular feeds.

If the feeds, of this plant are fown in autumn upon a
warm border, they will more certainly fucceed than
thofe fown in the fpring. When the plants come up
and are fit to remove, they fhould be planted on a dry
foil and in a warm fituation, where they will live
through the winter, and the following fummer they
will flower and ripen their feeds, and then decay.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally in the Levant ;
this has a perennial root ; the lower leaves are narrow,
fpear-fhaped, and fmooth ; they are gathered in cluf-
tered heads, from the middle of which rifes an ered
clammy ftalk a foot and a half high, garnifhed with
very narrow leaves. The flowers come out from the
wings of the leaves toward the top of the ftalk ; their
foot-ftalks are fhort, and each fuftains two white
flowers having long tubes, (landing ered •, the flowers
are clofed in the day, and expand at night. This
flowers in July, but rarely produces ripe feeds in
England.

As the feeds feldom ripen here, fo it is difficult to
propagate it : the only way is to flip off the heads in
June, and plant them under a glafs ; thefe will take
root, if they are (haded from the fun and duly wa-
tered.

SILER. See Laserpitium.

S I LI QJJ A. See Ceratqnia.'

S I LI QJJAS T R U M. See CERCiSi

8 1 L

S I Lff QJJ OUS, are plants whofe feeds are in a hti&f
pod, or fnell.

S I L P H I U M. Lin. Gen. Plant. 882,- Chryfanthe
mum. Mor. Hift. 3. Baftard Ghryfanthemum.

The Characters are,

The common empalement of the flower is oval , imbricated s
and permanent ; the fcales are oval , prominent , and re-
flexed in the middle. The dijk of the flower is compofed
of hermaphrodite florets which are tiibulous , of one leaf,
indented in five parts at the top. Thefe have five Jhort
hair -like ftamina , terminated by cylindrical fummits , and
a flender taper germen fupporting a long hairy ftyle,
crowned by a fingle fligma ; thefe are barren. The rays
of the flower are compofed of d few female half florets , .
which are long , fpear-fhaped , and for the moft part have
three indentures at their points ; thefe have a heart-fhaped
germen with a fhort fingle flyle , having two briftly fiig-
mas of the fame length. Thefe are fucceeded by fingle
heart-fhaped feeds with a membranaceous border , indented
at the top , each point ending with a horn or tooth , and
are feparated by linear chaff i ripening in the impalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fediori
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have their male and female parts
conneded, and their hermaphrodite flowers ate bar-
ren, but the female are fruitful.

The Species are,

1. Silphium [Trifoliatum) foliis terms. Roy. Prod. Leyd.

1 8 1 . Silphium with leaves by threes at a joint. Chry-
fanthemum Virginianum, foliis afperis tribus vel qua-
ternis ad genicula fitis. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 24. Virgin
nian Corn Marygold , with rough leaves placed by t hr eel
or fours at a joint.

2. Silphium ( Afterifcus ) foliis indivifrs feffilibus oppofi-
tis inferioribus alternis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 920. Silphium
with undivided leaves fet oppofite clofe to the ftalks , whofe
lower leaves are alternate. Afterifcus coronte folis fo-
lio & facie. Hort. Elth. 42. Afterifcus with the leaf and
appearance of Sunflower.

3. Silphium ( Solidaginoides ) foliis oppofitis lanceolatis
petiolatis acute ferratis. Lin. Sp. 1302. Silphium with
fpear-fhaped fawed leaves having foot-ftalks. Chryfan-
themum Marianum virgae aureae Americans foliis*
florum petalis tridentatis. Pluk. Mant. 46. Maryland
Corn Marygold , with an American Golden Rod leaf, and
the petals of the flower indented in three parts.

4. Silphium {Arbor efcens) foliis lanceolatis alternis fca*-
bris, obfolete ferratis caule fruticofo. Silphium with
rough fpear-fhaped leaves placed alternate , which have
flight flawed edges , and a fhrubby ftalk. Corona folis
Americana arborefcens, flore parvo luteo, femine ala-
to. Houft. MSS. Tree American Sunflower , with a
fmall yellow flower and a winged feed.

The firft fort grows naturally in many parts of North
America *, the root is perennial and ligneous, the
ftalks are annual ; thefe rife five feet high or more in
good land, they are of a purplifh colour, and branch
toward the top. The leaves are oblong, rough, and.,
have fome (harp teeth on their edges ; they are from
three to four inches long, and almoft two broad ; to-
ward the bottom of the ftalk they ftand by fours
round It at each joint; higher up they are by threes*
and at the top by pairs, fitting clofe to the ftalks. The
flowers ftand upon pretty long foot-ftalks, each fuf-
taining one flower, whofe empalement is compofed of
three orders of leaves placed imbricatim, like the
fcales of fiih, the outer order being the fmalleft. The
ray or border of the flower is compofed of thirteen
female half florets, which are yellow, tongue-fhaped,
and indented in three points at the end. The difk or
middle of the flower is made up of hermaphrodite tu-<
bulous flowers, which are (lightly cut into five parts
at the top ; thefe have five ftamina and a ftyle con-
nected together, which are longer than the tube of the
floret. This plant flowers in July and Auguft, and
when the autumn proves warm, it will produce ripe
feeds. 1

It is propagated by parting of the roots, in the fame
way as is prablifed for the perennial Sun-flowers ; the
beft time for this is in autumn, when their ftalks be-

S1?

549

MU

gin to decay, and the plants may afterward be treated
in the fame way as the perennial Sun-flower.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Carolina ; the root
of this is perennial ; the (talk is thick, folid, and fet
with prickly hairs ; it rifes four or five feet high,
and has many purple fpots , the leaves on the lower
part of the (talk are placed alternate, but upward they
are oppofite, and fit clofe to the ftalk ; they are
rough, about two inches long, and one broad near
their bafe, having a few (light indentures on their
edges. The upper part of the ftalk divides into five
or fix fmall branches, which are terminated by yellow
radiated flowers like thofe of the perennial Sun-
flower, but ftnaller, having generally nine female half
florets which compofe the border or ray ; the other
parts are like thofe of the former fort. It flowers in
Auguft, but the feeds do not ripen in England. This
fort is propagated by parting the roots in the fame
way as the former, but as this is not quite fo hardy,
it fhould be planted in a fheltered fituation.

The third fort grows naturally in many parts of North
America •, this is a perennial plant, whofe ftalks rife
near three feet, and are garniftied with oblong fawed
leaves placed by pairs upon (hort foot-ftalks. The
flowers are loofely difpofed at the top of the ftalks ;
they are yellow, and have their half florets which
compofe the ray, indented in three parts at the end.
This plant flowers in Auguft, but the feeds do not
ripen here. It may be propagated in the fame way
as the former, and the plants require the fame treat-
ment.

The fourth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Wil-
liam Houftoun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz
in New Spain. This rifes with a fhrubby ftalk to the
height of eight or ten feet, fending out ligneous
branches, which are garniftied with fpear-fhaped
leaves placed alternately on every part of the ftalk ;
they are four inches long, and one and a half broad in
the middle, ending in acute points ; their furface is
rough, and their edges (lightly fawed. The flowers
are produced at the end of the branches, fome fingly
on (lender foot-ftalks, others are by two or three upon
each foot-ftalk ; they are unequal in height, and have
fhort fcaly empalements. The florets are fhort which
compofe the ray, and thofe of the di(k are more pro-
minent than thofe of the other forts. They are of a
deep yellow colour, but are not fucceeded by feeds in
England.

This fort is with difficulty propagated here, for un-
lefs the feeds are procured from the country where the
plants grow naturally, they cannot be obtained that
way, and the cuttings are not apt to take root. The
only method of getting them to grow, is to flip off
the young (hoots in July, and plant them in a pot
filled with foft loam, and plunge the pot into a gentle
hot-bed, covering the pot clofely with a bell or hand-
glafs, and fhade them from the fun. When the cut-
tings are rooted, they fhould be each planted in a fe-
parate pot, filled with light loamy earth ; and during
the warm months, they may be placed in the open
air in a warm fituation, but in winter they fhould be
kept in a moderate ftove.

S I N A P I S. Lin. Gen. Plant. 735- Sinapi. Tourn.
Lift. R. H. 227. tab. 1 12. [criV/]7n, of <rlm v opSaAjtftk,
becaufe it forces tears from the eyes of thofe that ufe
it incautioufly, makes the nofe red, and the eyes
fwell.] Muftard; in French, Moutarde.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is compofed of four narrow
leaves placed in form of a crofs , which fpread open and
fall off. The flower has four roundifh petals in form of
a crofs , and four oval nediariums , one on each fide of the
fhort fiamina and the point of and one on each fide of the
longer fiamina and the empalement. It has fix awl-Jhaped
eredi fiamina , two of which are oppofite and as long as the
empalement , the other four are longer. In the center is
placed a taper germen, with a fiyle the length of the ger men,
crowned by a headed ftigma. The germen afterward turns
to an oblcng pod, which is very rough at bottom , having
two cells opening with two valves , whofe intermediate par-

tition is large , compreffed , and almoft twice the length of
the valves , and the feeds are globular.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s fifteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have four long and two fhorter
fiamina, and the feeds are included in long pods.

/-y-q o D A

1 he opecies are,

1. SiNAPis {Alba) filiquis hifpidis, roftro obliquo loir-
giffimo, Hort. Cliff. 338. Muftard with prickly pods ,
and a very long oblique beak. Sinapi apii folio. C. B. P„
96. Mufiard with a Smallage leaf commonly called white
Mufiard.

2. Sinapis {Nigra), filiquis glabris apice tetragonis.
Hort. Cliff. 338. Mufiard with a fmooth four-cornered
pod. Sinapi rapi folio. C. B. P. 99. Mufiard with a
Rape leaf or common Muftard.

3. Sinapi ( Arvenfis ) filiquis multangulis torofo-turgidis,
roftro longioribus. Hort. Cliff. 338. Mufiard with
many-angled , rough, fwelling pods , having a longer beak,
Sinapi arvenfe prsecox, femine nigro, foliis integris.
Tourn. Inft. 226. Early Field Mufiard , with a black
feed and entire leaves.

4. Sinapis ( Erucoides ) filiquis laevibus a^qualibus, foliis
lyratis oblongis glabris, caule fcabro. Amoen. Acad. 4.
p. 322. Mufiard with fmooth equal pods , lyre-jhaped ,
oblong , fmooth leaves , and rough branches. Sinapi
Hifpanicum, pumilum album. Tourn. Inft. 227. Low
white Spanifh Mufiard.

5. Sinapis ( Juncea ) ramis fafciculatis, foliis fummis
lanceolatis integerrimis. Hort. Upfal. 19 1. Mufiard
with bundled branches , and the upper leaves fpear-fhaped
and entire. Sinapi Indicum maximum, ladiucae folio.
Par. Bat. 230. Great eft Indian Mufiard with a Lettuce
leaf.

6. Sinapis ( Hifpanica ) foliis duplicato-pinnatis, laciniis
linearibus. Hort. Cliff. 338. Mufiard with doubly-
winged leaves having linear fegments. Sinapi Hifpani-
cum nafturtii folio. Tourn. Inft. 227. Spanifh Mufiard
with a Crefs leaf.

The firft fort is the common white Muftard, which
is generally cultivated as a fallad herb for winter and
fpring ufe. This rifes with a branched hairy ftalk
two feet high, the leaves are deeply jagged on their
edges and are rough. The flowers are difpofed in
loofe fpikes at the end of the branches, ftanding upon
horizontal foot-ftalks ; they have four yellow petals
placed in form of a crofs, which are fucceeded by
hairy pods that end with long, comprefled, oblique
beaks ; the pods generally contain four white feeds.
It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft.
The fecond fort is the common Muftard, which is
frequently found growing naturally in many parts of
England, but is alfo cultivated in fields for the feed,
of which the fauce called Muftard is made. This rifes
with a branching ftalk four or five feet high ; the
lower leaves are large, rough, and very like thofe of
Turnep, the upper leaves are fmaller and lefs jagged.
The flowers are fmall, yellow, and grow in fpiked
clufters at the end of the branches ; they have four
petals placed in form of a crofs, thefe are fucceeded
by fmooth pods ending with four corners. It flowers
and feeds at the fame time with the former.

The third fort grows naturally on arable land in ma-
ny parts of England. The feed of this is commonly
fold under the title of Durham Muftard-feed ; of this
there are two varieties, if not diftindt fpecies ; one
with cut, and the other has entire leaves. The ftalks
rife about two feet high, the leaves are rough, and in
one they are jagged like Turnep leaves, and in the
others are oblong and entire. The flowers are yellow,
the pods are turgid, angular, and have long beaks.
Thefe flower in April and May, and the feeds ripen
in June.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this feldom
rifes more than eight or nine inches high ; the leaves
are fmooth and much jagged, the ftalk branches to-
ward the top, and is terminated by a loofe fpike of
white flowers ; thefe are fucceeded by fmooth, taper,
blunt pods, filled with fmall brown feeds. It flowers
in June^ and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The

SIS

The fifth fort grows naturally in China, from whence
the feeds are frequently brought to England. This
plant is ufed as a boiled fallad by the Chinefe, where
it may prove acceptable to thole who have not better
herbs for that purpofe, but in England it is not re-
garded. The ltalks of this rife three or four feet
high, and toward the bottom are garnilhed with
broad, fmooth, jagged leaves, but thole on the top
are entire. The flowers are yellow like thofe of the
firft fort, and the pods are fmooth and turgid. It
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The firft fort is chiefly cultivated in gardens, for a fal-
lad herb in the winter fealon. The feeds of this are
commonly fown very thick in drills, either upon a
warm border, or in very cold weather upon a mode-
rate hot-bed, with Creffes and other fmall fallad herbs,
which are commonly fit for ufe in ten days or a fort-
night after the time of fowing ; for if they are large
and have rough leaves, they are too ftrong to put in-
to fallads. In order to fave the feeds of this plant, a
fpot of ground muft be fown with it in the fpring,
and when the plants have four leaves, the ground
fhould be hoed in the fame manner as for T urneps, to
cut down the weeds, and thin the plants where they
are too dole ; this fhould be done in dry weather, for
then the weeds will foon die after they are cut. If this
is well performed, the ground will remain clean for a
month, by which time young weeds will fpring up
again •, therefore the ground fhould be again hoed
over, and the plants now left about eight or nine
inches afunder, which will be fufficient room for this
fort to grow. If this is well performed, and in dry
weather, the ground will remain clean till the feeds
are ripe. As foon as the pods change brown, the
plants fhould be cut off and fpread upon cloths two
or three days to dry, and threfhed out for ufe.

The fecond fort is cultivated only for the feeds ; thefe
fhould be fown in the fame way as thofe of the firft,
and the plants treated in the fame manner, with this
difference of allowing the plants twice as much room,
becaufe they grow much larger, fo thefe fhould be
hoed out to the diftance of eighteen inches j and as the
feeds will not ripen fo foon as the other, fo the ground
may be required to be hoed three times over, but that
may be eafily feen by the growth of the weeds.

The feeds of thefe two firft fpecies are ordered for
medicinal ufe.

The third fort is a pretty common weed on arable
lands in moft parts of England ; this comes up early
in the fpring amongft the Corn, fo flowers and feeds
in May ; therefore where it is not weeded out, the
feeds will fcatter long before the Corn is ripe, and the
ground will be flocked with the weeds.

The other three forts are preferved in botanic gar-
dens for variety, but are never cultivated for ufe j
thefe may be treated in the fame way as the two firft
fpecies.

SINAPISTRUM. SeeCLEOME.

SIS ARUM. See Sium.

SISON. Lin. Gen. Plant. 31 1. Sii fpecies. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 301. Ballard Stone Parfley f in French,
Berk.

The Characters are,

It hath an ambellated flower ; the general umbel is com-
pofed of fix thin rays or fmall umbels , which are unequal ,
as are alfo the f mailer, which have ten . The involucri of
both are four-leaved and unequal \ the empalement of the
flower is fcarce difcernible. The outer petals of the ge-
neral umbel are uniform \ the flowers have five equal pe-
tals which are fpear-fhaped and inflexed. I1 hey have five
hair-like flamina the length of the petals , terminated by
Jingle funimits. The oval germen is fituated under the
flower , fupporting two reflexed ftyles crowned by obtufe
fligmas. ‘The germen afterward becomes an oval ftreaked
fruit dividing in two parts , each containing one oval
freaked feed , convex on one fide and plain on the other.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linnsus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

S I S

The Species .

1. Sison ( Amomum ) foliis pinnatis, umbellis credits,;

Prod. Leyd. 105. Sifon with winged leaves and ere If
umbels. Sium aromaticum, fifon officinarum. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 308. Baftard Stone Parfley , or fpuriout
Amomum. ",

2. Sison ( Segetum ) foliis pinnatis, umbellis cernuis.
Prod. Leyd. 105. Sifon with winged leaves and nodding
umbels. Sium arvenfe, five fegetum. Tourn. Inft. 308.
Honewort or Corn Parfley.

3. Sison [Canadenfe) foliis ternatis. Hort. Cliff. 99. Si -
fon with trifoliate leaves. Myrrhis Canadeniis trilobata.
Mor. Llift. 3. p. 301. Canada Myrrh with trilobate
leaves.

4. Sison ( Verticillatum ) foliolis yerticillatjs capillaribus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 253. Sifon with hair-like fmall leaves in
whorls. Carui foliis tenuiflimis afphodeli radice,
Tourn. Inft. 306. Narrow-leaved Carr away with ah
Afphodel root.

The firft fort grows on the fide of ditches and moift
lhady banks in many parts of England 5 it is a bien-
nial plant, which perifhes foon after the feeds are
ripe. The root is taper,, running deep into the ground ;
the lower leaves are winged ; they are compofed of
four pair of lobes terminated by an odd one •, thefe
are an inch and a half long, and half an inch broad,
regularly indented on both fides, and the indentures
are fawed they are of a lucid green, and have an aro-
matic odour. The flalks rife three feet high, and
branch out on every fide ; thefe are garnifhed with
leaves of the fame form with thofe below, but frnal.1-
er ; at the end of the branches the flowers are pro-
duced in fmall umbels. The flowers are white ; they
appear in June, and are fucceeded by ftriated feeds,
of a hot, pleafant, aromatic fmelland tafte, which ripen
in Auguft.

This plant is found growing fo plentifully wild, as
that it is rarely kept in gardens j but whoever is will-
ing to propagate it, fhould low the feeds in autumn,
in a moift fhady fpot of ground, where the plants will
come up, and require no farther care than, to keep
them clean from weeds ; and if the feeds are permit-
ted to fcatter, the plants will rife without care. The
feeds of this plant is put into Venice treacle, for a fuc-
cedanum to the true Amomum.

The fecond grows naturally among Corn on moift
land, in feveral parts of England. This is alfo a bi-
ennial plant, which decays foon after the feeds are
ripe •, it rifes with an upright ftalk about a foot high,
which rarely divides into branches the leaves Hand
upon pretty long foot-ftalks ; they are winged, but
the lobes are fmaller and finer cut than thofe of the
former ■, the umbels of flowers are more compact,
and nod on one fide. It flowers and feeds about the
fame time as the former, and the plant may be culti-
vated in the fame way.

The third fort grows naturally in North America, but
is preferved by thofe who are curious in botany in
their gardens. This has a perennial root ; the ftalk
rifes a foot and a half high, and is garnifhed with tri-
foliate leaves, whofe lobes are oval, fpear-fhaped, and
fawed on their edges ; they are about three inches
long, and one and a half broad ; their foot-ftalks are
fet with briftly hairs, and their bafe inclofed by a mem-
branaceous fheath, which half embraces the ftalk. The
flowers are in umbels which terminate the ftalks,
and there are fmall ones which come from the wings
of the ftalk •, they are very irregular in their form.
The flowers are white, appear in June, and are fuc-
ceeded by oblong ftreaked feeds which ripen in
Auguft.

The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Apen-
nines i this rifes with a fwelling jointed ftalk near
two feet high, which is garnifhed with very fine (len-
der leaves, (landing in whorls like thofe of the Water
Milfoil ; it branches out toward the top, each branch
being terminated by a pretty large umbel of flowers,
which are purplifh on their outfide, but white within ;
thefe appear the latter end of May, and the feeds ripen

1 2 M tht

5$o

S I s

the end of July. The roots of this plant are com-
pofed of thick fiefhy knots fomewhat like thofe of
the King’s Spear.

Thefe tv/o laft mentioned forts may be cultivated by
feeds, which fhould be fown in autumn, for thofe
which are fown in the fpring feldom grow the firft
year. The plants- requite no other culture than to
thin them where they are too clofe, and keep them
cledn from weeds ; they both delight in a moil! foil
and a fhadv fituation, where the roots will continue
feveral years.

SISYMBRIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 225. tab.
109. Lin. Gen. Plant. 728. Water CrdTes.

The Characters are,

The flower has a flpreading empalement compofed of four
linear , [pear -jh aped, coloured leaves , which fall off ; it
has flour oblong flpreading petals placed in form of a crefs,
and fix ftamina , four of which are longer than the em-
palement, the other two , which are oppofite , are fhorter ,
and terminated by Jingle fummits \ it has an oblong flen-
der germen with fcarce any ftyle , crowned by an obtufe
Jligma. The germen afterward becomes a taper , oblong ,
incurved pod having two cells , opening with two valves
which are fhorter than the intermediate partition , and
filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feftion
of Linnaeus’s fifteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have four long and two fhorter
ftamina, and the feeds are included in pods.

The Species are,

1. Sisymbrium ( Nafliurtium aquaticum) filiquis declina-
tis, foliis pinnatis, foliolis fubcordatis. Hort. Cliff.
3 3 6. Sifymbrium with declining pods , and winged leaves
whofe lobes are almofl heart-flhaped. Nafturtium aqua-
ticum fupinum. C. B. P. 104. Water Crefs.

2. Sisymbrium ( Sylveftre ) filiquis declinatis, foliis pin-

natis, foliolis lanceolatis ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 336.
Sifymbrium %mth declining pods , and winged leaves having
fpear-flhaped fawed lobes. Eruca paluftris, nafturtii fo-

lio, filiqua oblonga. C. B. P. 95. Marflh Rocket with
a Crefs leaf and a long pod.

3. Sisymbrium ( Amphibium ) filiquis declinatis, oblon-
go-ovatis, foliis pinnatifidis ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
657. Sifymbrium with oblong , oval , declining pods, and
wing-pointed fawed leaves. Raphanus aquaticus, foliis
in profundas lacinias divifis. C. B. P. 97. Water Ra-
diflj with leaves deeply cut.

4. Sisymbrium ( Aquaticum ) foliis fimplicibus dentatis
ferratis. Llort. Cliff. 336. Sifymbrium with Jingle , in-
dented, fawed leaves. Raphanus aquaticus alter. C.B. P.
97. Another Water Radiflh.

5. Sisymbrium ( Polyceratium ) filiquis axillaribus feffili-
bus fubulatis aggregatis, foliis repando-dentatis.
Hort. Upfal. 193. Sifymbrium with awl-flloaped pods in
clufters fitting clofe to the fllalks , and indented leaves
which turn backward. Eryfimum polyceration vel cor-
nieulatum. C. B. P. 101. Many-podded or horned Hedge
Muftard.

6. Sisymbrium ( Sophia ) petalis calyce minoribus, foliis
decompofito-pinnatis. Flor. Suec. Sifymbrium with
petals fmaller , than the empalement, and decompounded
winged leaves. Eryfimum fophiae dictum. Raii Syn.
Ed. 3.- p. 298. Hedge Muftard, called Sophia or Flix-
weed.

7. Sisymbrium ( Altiflfmum ) foliis runcinatis flaccidis,
foliolis fublinearibus integerrimis, pedunculis laxis.
Hort. Upfal. 193. Sifymbrium with fpear, wing-pointed ,
flaccid leaves, having linear entire lobes with loofe floot-
ftalks. Rapiftrum Italicum filiquis longiflimis. C.B.P.

95. Italian Charlock with very long pods.

8. Sisymbrium ( Irio ) foliis runcinatis dentatis, nudis
caule ltevi ereftis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 659. Sifymbrium
with fpear-flhaped, winged, indented leaves , and erebl
pods. Eryfimum latifolium, majus glabrum C. B.
P. 1 3 1 . Smooth , greater , broad-leaved Hedge Muftard.

9. Sisymbrium ( Stridlijfmum ) foliis lanceolatis dentato-
ferratis cauiinis. Hort. Cliff. 337. Sifymbrium with
fpear-flhaped, winged, indented leaves on the fllalks. Llef-
peris lutea, filiquis ftrictiffimis. Tourn. Inft. 222.
Tellow Rocket with clofied pods.

The firft fort is the common Water Crefs, which
grov/s naturally in ditches and rills of water in moil
parts of England. The roots of this plant are com-
pofed of a great number of long fibres, which fallen
themfelves to the mud at the bottom of the ditches,
from which arife feveral ftalks garnifhed with winged
leaves, cornpofed of five or fix pair of lobes, which,
are roundifh and almoft heart-fhaped, terminated by
an odd one ; thefe ftand almoft alternate along the
midrib. The ftalks rife a foot and a half high j they
are hollow, channelled, and divide at the cop into
two or three branches, which are terminated by loofe
fpikes of fmall white flowers, compofed of four petals
placed in form of a croft ; thefe appear the beginning
of June, and are fucceeded by taper pods filled with
fmall brown feeds which ripen in July.

This plant has of late years been generally ufed as a
fallad herb in the fpring of the year, and is by many
preferred to all other forts of fallads for the agreeable
warm bitter tafte, and, being accounted an excellent
remedy for the fctirvy, and to cleanfe the blood, as
alfo a good diuretic, it has greatly obtained a prefe-
rence to moft other herbs for winter and fpring ufe
with moft people. This is generally gathered in the
ditches, and in other (landing waters near London, to
fupply the markets ; but whoever has a mind to cul-
tivate it may eafily do it, by taking fome of the plants
from the places of their natural growth early in the
fpring, being careful to preferve their roots as entire
as poffible, and plant them into mud, and then let
the water in upon them by degrees. When they have
taken root, they will foon flourifh and fpread over a
large compafs of water •, they fhould not be cut the
firft feafon, but fuffered to run to feed, which will
fall into the water, and furnifti a fufficient fupply of
plants afterwards.

But where the water is fo deep that it will not be
eafy to plant them, the beft method will be to get a
quantity of the plants juft as their feeds are ripening,
and throw them on the furface of the water where
they are defigned to grow, and their feeds will ripen,
and fall to the bottom, where they will take root, and
produce a fupply of thefe plants. Thefe plants pro-
duce feed in July, which is the proper time far this
work.

Some of thofe people who gather this herb for ufe,
either through ignorance, or fome worfe defign,
have frequently taken the creeping Water Parfnep
and fold it for Water Crefs, whereby many perfons
have fuffered who have eaten it ; -therefore thofe
who make ufe of Water Crefs, fhould be careful to
have the right plant j they may be eafily diftinguifh-
ed by the fhape of their leaves, thofe of the Water
Crefs having roundifh, almoft heart-fhaped fmall
leaves or lobes, with a few indentures on their edges,
and are of a dark green colour, but thofe of the Wa-
ter Parfnep have oblong lobes ending irrpoints ; they
are of a light green, and fawed on their edges.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the borders of the
river Thames, and in fome other parts of England.
The leaves of this fort are longer than thofe of the
firft ; the lobes are much narrower, and are fawed on
their edges ; the flowers ftand upon longer foot-ftalks,
and are much fmaller. This fpreads and multiplies
in the fame manner as the firft.

The third and fourth forts grow naturally on the banks
of the Thames, and in ditches in many parts of Eng-
land, fo are not admitted into gardens.

The fifth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy it is an annual plant, whofe ftalks fpread
and decline toward the ground ; they grow a foot
long, and divide into many branches, which are
garniflied with lrnooth leaves fhaped like the point
of a halbert, deeply finuated on their borders, and
indented, whofe indentures turn backward. The
flowers come out in clufters at the wings of the ftalk -t
they are fmall, yellow, and are fucceeded by (lender
crooked pods ftand ing in clufters ; they appear in
June and July, and the feeds ripen in Augufl and

September.

*

The

SIS

The fixth fort grows naturally in uncultivated places,
and alfo by the fide of foot-ways in many parts of
England. The leaves of this are divided into many
very narrow fegments ; the {talks rife a foot and a
half high ; they are garnifhed with winged leaves,
whofe lobes are finely cut, refembling thofe of the
true Roman Wormwood. The flowers are produced
in loofe fpikes at the top of the italk ; they are
fmall, yellow, and compofed of four petals fet in form
of acrofs ; thefe appear in June, and are fucceeded
by {lender pods filled with fmall roundifh feeds which
ripen in Auguft, and then the plant dies. The feeds of
this plant are ufed in medicine, and are by fome greatly
recommended for the gravel and ftoppages of urine.
The feventh fort grows naturally in France and
Italy. The lower leaves of this are flaccid, and cut
in form of winged leaves ending in arrow-pointed
lobes. The ftalks rife three or four feet high, gar-
nifhed with linear wing-pointed .leaves ; it branches
out greatly on every fide ; the flowers grow fparfed-
ly toward the end of the branches, which are fuc-
ceeded by very long {lender pods which are fmooth,
filled with fmall yellowifh feeds. It flowers in June,
the feeds ripen in Auguft, and the plant dies foon after.
The two laft are preferved in botanic gardens for the
fake of variety. If their feeds are permitted to fcatter
the plants will come up in plenty, and require no
other care but to thin them and keep them clean
from weeds ; or if their feeds are fown in autumn,
they will fucceed better than in the fpring.

The eighth fort grows naturally in many parts of
England, fo is feldom admitted into gardens •, this is
an annual plant which fows itfelf, and comes up with-
out care. It was remarked, after the great fire of
London, that this plant came up in great plenty on
' the ruins.

The ninth fort grows naturally on the Helvetian
mountains •, this hath a perennial root, from which
arife feveral branching ftalks near three feet high, gar-
• nifhed with fpear-fhaped leaves, about three inches
long and one broad, fawed on their edges, and of a
deep green, {landing alternately on the ftalks. The
flowers grow in loofe fpikes at the top of the ftalks ;
they are fmall, yellow, and compofed of four petals
placed in form of a crofs •, thefe appear in June, and
are fucceeded by taper pods filled with fmall feeds
which ripen in Auguft.

This is preferved in fome gardens for the fake of va-
riety, but it has no great beauty ; it is propagated by
ieeds, which fucceed beft when fown in autumn, for
thofe which are fown in the fpring feldom come up the
fame year. The plants require no farther care but
to keep them clean from weeds, and love a cool ftiady
fituation.

SISYRINCHIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 908. Ber-
mudinana. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 387. tab. 208.

The Characters are,

The Jheath which inclofes the flowers fleeces both ways ,
and is compofed of two compreflfed keel-flhaped leaves.
The flower has fix oblong petals which flpread open ,
and have an acute point , and three very fhort jlamina
terminated by bifid flummits which are fixed to the bafle
of the fllyle , with an oval germen Jituated under the
flower , flupporting an awl-floaped fllyle , crowned by a tri-
fld reflexed flligma. The germen afterward turns to an
oval three-cornered capflule with three cells , filled with
roundifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s twentieth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have their male and female or-
gans joined, and have three ftamina.

The Species are,

1. Sisyrinchium ( Bermudiana ) foliis gladiolatis am-
plexicaulibus, pedunculis brevioribus. Sifyrinchium
with fword-fhaped leaves embracing the ftalks , and fhorter
foot-Jlalks to the flower. Bermudiana iridis folio fibro-
sa radice. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 338. Bermudiana with
an Iris leaf and a fibrous root.

2. Sisyrinchium (. Anguftifolia ) foliis lineari-gladiolatis-

pedunculis longioribus. Sifyrinchium with linear fword-
fhaped leaves , and longer foot -ft arm to the flower,
Bermudiana graminea, flore minore cseruleo. Hort.
Elth. 4Q. Graft-leaved Bermudiana with a [mailer blue
flower.

3. Sisyrinchium (. Bulbofa ) foliis plicatis* fpatha biflora.
Sifyrinchium with a plaited leaf and two flowers in a
jheath. Bermudiana palmte folio, radice bulbofa.
Lign. Tourn. Inft. 381. Bermudiana with a Palm leaf
and a bulbous root.

The firft fort grows naturally in Bermuda, front-
whence it had the title of Bermudiana given to it by
Tournefort ; this hath a fibrous root, from which arife
fome ftiff fword-fhaped leaves, four or five inches
long and half an inch broad, of a dark green colour
and entire •, between thefe come out the ftalk which
rifes fix inches high ; it is comprefied, and has two
borders or wings running the whole length, and has
three or four fpear-fhaped leaves which embrace it ;
thefe grow ere£t, and are hollowed like the keel of a
boat. The ftalk is terminated by a duller of fix or
feven flowers. Handing upon fhort foot -{talks, which
are inclofed by a two-leaved keel-fhaped {heath before
they open •, the flowers are of a deep blue colour with
yellow bottoms; they are compofed of fix oval petals
ending in acute points ; they fpread open, and the
flowers, when fully expanded, are an inch over. In
the center is fituated an upright ftyle, at the bottom
of which are three ftamina whofe fummits fit clofe to
it, and the top has a ftigma cut into three parts which
are reflexed back to the ftyle ; thefe are of a gold co-
lour. The flowers appear in June, and when they
fall away, the germen, which was fituated under, turns
to an oval obtufe capfule with three cells, filled with
roundifh feeds.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Virginia; this
hath a perennial fibrous root, from which arife many-
very narrow fpear-fhaped leaves- about three inches
long, and fcarce an eighth part of an inch broad, of
a light green colour, and entire. The ftalks rife
about three inches high ; they are very {lender, com-
prdfed and bordered like thofe of the firft, and have
fhort, narrow, fword-fhaped leave?, whofe bafe em-
brace them ; they are terminated by two fmall pale
blue flowers, inclofed in a two -leaved {heath, {landing
upon longer foot-ftalks than thofe of the other, which
flower about the fame time, and their feeds ripen in
Auguft.

Thefe two fpecies have been blended together by ma-
ny botanifts, who, it is very probable, have not feen
them both, or at leaft have not had an opportunity of
cultivating them, for thofe who have, can be under
no doubt of their being diftinfl fpecies. I have cul-
tivated both in the fame foil and fituation upward of
twenty years, during which time I frequently raifed
both forts from feed, and have never obferved either
of them alter. The leaves, ftalks, and flowers of
the firft are three times as large as thofe of the fecond,
and the {heath inclofes fix or feven flowers ; whereas
thofe of the fecond have rarely more than two, and
thefe do not expand but for a fhort time in the morn-
ing, whereas thofe of the firft fort continue open the
whole day.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, and alfo by
parting of their roots ; if they are raifed from feeds,
thefe fhould be fown in autumn foon after they are
ripe, upon an eaft afpefled border, where they may
have only the morning fun ; the .beft way will be to
fow them in drills at three or four inches diftance,
covering them about half an inch with light earth.
In the fpring the plants will appear, when their leaves
will have much refemblance to Grafs, therefore care
{hould be taken that they are not pulled up as weeds
by thofe who clean the ground. During the firft
fummer they will require no other care but to keep
them clean from weeds, unlefs the plants fhould
come up fo clofe as not to have room to grow, in
which cafe, part of them fhould be drawn out to give
room to the others, and thefe may be planted in a
6 fhady

}

S I u

. shady .border at three inches diftance, where they
may remain till autumn, when they ftiould be trans-
planted to the places where they are to remain,
and the following fummer they will flower. Thefe
plants love a fhady fituation and a Toft, loamy, un-
dunged foil.

The time for tranfplantingand flipping off the old roots
is early in autumn, that they may gep good roots be-
fore winter. They are both fo hardy as to thrive in
the open air in England, and are very rarely injured

bv cold.

-/

The third fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies ;
this hath a fmall, oval, bulbous root covered with a
bright red fkin, from which come out the leaves very
like the firft leaves of Palm-trees, but of a thinner
fubftance •, they are nine or ten inches long and one
broad, having five or fix longitudinal plaits •, they are
of a light green, ending with points, and two leaves
embrace each other at their bafe •, between thefe arifes
the foot-ftalk of the flower, which is four inches
long, and fuftains at the top two or three fmall blue
flowers inclofed in a fpatha or fheath ; thefe are com-
pofed of fix petals which expand like thofe of the
other forts, but do not continue open longer than
three or four hours in the morning, and are clofed
up the remainder of the day, and when they are ex-
panded, their petals are fo fmall as to make but lit-
tle appearance. This fort flowers commonly in the
middle of fummer, but does not keep any particu-
lar month ; they are never fucceeded by feeds in
England.

This is propagated by offsets from the roots, which
are fent out in plenty ; thefe fhould be taken off
when the roots are tranfplanted : the time for doing
of this is foon after the leaves decay, or before the
roots begin to fhoot again. They muft be planted
in fmall pots filled with light, loamy, undunged
earth, and plunged into the tan-bed in the ftove,
where they fhould conftantly remain, for they are
too tender to thrive in this country unlefs they are
thus treated. Their after management is the fame
as for other bulbous-rooted plants from the fame
countries.

Sifyrinchium. Tourn. or Spanifh Earth-nut, is by
Dr. Linnaeus referred to the genus Iris or Fleur-de-
lis ; but, as that is a plant which will not live long
in a garden, I have omitted the mentioning of it in
this work.

SIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 308. tab 162. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 310. Sifarum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 308. tab.
163. Water Parfneps, and Skirrets *, in French,
Chervi.

The Characters are.

It hath an umbellate d flower ; the general umbel is various
in different fpecies , the fmall ones are plain and fpr ending.
I he general involucrum is compofed of fever al floor t, fpear-
fbaped , reflexed leaves ; thofe of the fmaller are of very
fmall narrow leaves. The general umbel is uniform ; the
flowers have five inflexed petals which are equal -, they
have five ftamina terminated by fingle fummits , and a
fmall germen fituated under the flower , fupporting two re-
flexed ftyles, crowned by obtufe ftigmas. The germen after-
ward becomes a roundijh , oval ftreaked fruit fplitting in
two , each part containing one ftreaked feed , plain on one
fide , and convex on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feflion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles. To
this genus he adds the Sifarum of Tournefort.

The Species are,

1. Sium ( Latifolium ) foliis pinnatis, umbellis terminali-
bus. Hort. Cliff. 98. Sium with winged leaves, and the
ftalk terminated by an umbel. Sium latifolium. C. B. P.

1 54. The great W ater Parfnep.

2. Sium ( Anguftifolium ) foliis pinnatis ferratis, umbella
terminali. Sium with winged flawed leaves , and umbels
terminating the ftalks. Sium five apium paluftre, fo-
liis oblongis. C. B. P. 154. Common , upright , Water
Parfnep.

3. S i u m ' {Nodiflorum) foliis pinnatis, umbellis axillaribus

S I u

fe [fill bus. Hort. Cliff. 98. Sium with winged leaves ,
and umbels of flowers fitting clofe to the wings of the ftalks.
Sium umbellatum repens. Ger. Emac. 256, 258.
Creeping Water Parfnep.

4. Sium ( Sifarum ) foliis pinnatis, floribus ternatis, Hort.
Cliff. 98. Sium with winged lower leaves , but thofe under
the flowers trifoliate. Sifarum Germanorum. C, B. P.
155. German Skirrets.

5. Sium ( Falcaria ) foliolis linearibus decurrentibus con-
natis. Hort. Cliff 98. Sium with linear fmall leaves,
having running membranes which join at their bafe round
the ftalk. Arnmi perenne. Mor. Umb. Perennial Bi-
Jhops-weed.

6. Sium ( Siculum ) foliis radicalibus ternatis, caulinis bi-
pinnatis. Prod. Leyd. 105. Sium with trifoliate bottom
leaves, and thofe on the ftalks doubly winged. Myrrhis
foliis paftinacselaete virentibus. Tourn. Cor. 33. Myrrh
with light green Parfnep leaves.

The firft fort is the great Water Parfnep, which grows
naturally in deep waters in feveral parts of England ;
it rifes with upright ftalks five or fix feet high, gar-
niflied with large winged leaves fhaped like thofe of
the common Parfnep, and the ftalk is terminated by
large umbels of pale yellow flowers. This plant
flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen the end
of Auguft ; it is never cultivated in gardens.

The fecond fort is the common upright Parfnep,
which grows naturally in ditches in moft parts of
England ; this rifes with an upright branching ftalk
near three feet high, garnifhed with winged leaves
compofed of three or four pair of oblong fawed
lobes terminated by an odd one. The ftalk is termi-
nated by an umbel of white flowers which appear in
June, and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen in au-
tumn ; this is rarely cultivated, as it is a common
weed in ditches and ftanding waters. Both thefe
plants have been recommended by ancient phyficians
for their virtues in medicine, but at prefent they are
feldom ufed.

The third fort is very common in ftanding waters in
moft parts of England. The ftalks fpread over the
furface, and produce umbels of white flowers at their
joints. This is the plant which is frequently gathered
and fold for Water Crefs, as is before mentioned under
the article Sisymbrium.

The fourth fort is the common Skirret, which was
formerly more cultivated in the Englifh gardens than
at prefent. The roots are the only part ufed, and al-
though it is mentioned in moft Difpenfaries as a me-
dicinal plant, yet it is rarely ufed as fuch, being bet-
ter adapted for the kitchen. It is efteemed a whole-
fome root, affording good nouriftiment, but has a
flatulency, and its very fweet tafte is difagreeable to
many palates.

The root of this plant is compofed of feveral flefhy
fibres as large as a man’s little finger, which join to-
gether in one head. The lower leaves are winged,
having two or three pair of oblong lobes terminated
by an odd one ; the ftalk rifes a foot high, and is ter-
minated by an umbel of white flowers which appear
in July, and are fucceeded by ftriated feeds like thofe
of Parfley, which ripen in autumn.

This plant is cultivated two ways, firft by feeds, and
afterward by flips from the root : the former method
I think the more eligible, becaufe the roots which
are railed from feeds, generally grow larger than thofe
raifed by flips, and are lefs fubjed to be fticky. The
feeds fhould be fown the latter end of March or the
beginning of April, either in broad call or in drills ;
the ground fhould be light and moift, for in dry land
the roots are generally fmall, unlefs the feafon proves
very moift. If the feeds are good, the plants will
appear in five or fix weeks after they are fown, and,
when they have put out their leaves fo as to be well
diftinguifhed fiom the weeds, the ground fhould be
hoed over to deftroy the weeds in the fame manner as
is pra&ifed for Carrots ; and where the feeds are fown
in broad caft, the plants fhould be cut up, leaving
them at the fame diftance as Carrots. Thofe fown in
the drills fhould be alfo thinned to the diftance of four

inches,

S M 1

inches, and the ground hoed Over to deftroy the
weeds. This fhould be repeated three times, as is
ufually done for Carrots, which, if well performed
in dry weather, will keep the ground clean all the
firftpart of the fummer, fo that unlefs there fhould
be much rain about Midfummer, there will befcarce
any neceffity for farther cleaning of the plants, for
their leaves will fpread, and prevent the growth of
weeds afterward. In autumn, when the leaves begin
to decay, the roots will be fit for ufe, and may be
continued all the winter till they begin to {hoot in
the fpring, when they will become fticky, as will
alfo any of thofe which run up to feed the firft ham-
mer, fo that all fuch ihould be pulled up and thrown
away.

The time for propagating this plant by offsets is in
the fpring, before they begin to {hoot, at which time
the old roots Ihould be dug up, and the fide roots
fhould be flipped off, preferving an eye or bud to
each ; thefe fhould be planted in rows one foot afun-
der, and four inches diftant in the rows. If the
ground is light, this may be performed with a dibble,
but for ftiff land it will be beft to make a trench with
a fpade, in the fame manner as for Afparagus, laying
the roots therein at a proper diftance. The ground
muff be kept clean by hoeing it in the fame manner
as before directed, and at the feafon the roots will be
fit for ufe.

The fifth fort is a perennial plant, which grows natu-
rally in Germany. The roots of this plant creep and
fpread very far under ground ; the leaft part of
them will grow, fo that when it is once brought in-
to a garden, it will foon multiply ; they are thick,
flefhy, and tafte like thofe of Eryngo. The leaves
are divided into linear fegments, and their bafe em-
brace the ftalks, which rife two feet high, and are
terminated by large flat umbels of white flowers,
which appear in July, but their feeds do not often
ripen here.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Sicily, ahd is pre-
ferved in botanic gardens for the fake of variety. The
lower leaves are pretty broad, trifoliate, and of a
lucid green ; the ftalk rifes two feet high, and is ter-
minated by an umbel of yellow flowers in July; the
leaves on the ftalks are doubly winged, and the feeds
ripen in autumn, which Ihould be fown foon after
they are ripe.

SMALLAGE. See Apium.

SMI LAX. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 654. tab. 421. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 992. Rough Bindweed.

The Characters are,

It is male and female in different plants. The male flowers
have a fix-leaved , open, bell-fhaped empalement ; they
have no petals , but have fix ftamina terminated by oblong
fummits. The female flowers have the like empalement ,
but they fall off ; they have no petals or ftamina , but have
an oval germen , fupporting three very flmall flyles , crown-
ed by oblong reflexed Jligmas. The germen afterward turns
to a globular berry with two cells , containing two globu-
lar feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fixth fedtion of
Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe
plants which have male and female flowers fituated
upon different plants, whofe male flowers have fix
ftamina.

The Species are,

1 . Smilax (. Afpera ) caule aculeato angulato, foliis den-
tato-aculeatis cordatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1028. Smilax
with an angular prickly ftalk , and heart-fhaped , prickly ,
indented leaves. Smilax afpera, fruftu rubente. C. B. P.
296. Rough Bindweed with a red fruit.

2. Smilax ( Excelfa ) caule aculeato angulato, foliis cor-
datis inermibus. Smilax with an angular prickly ftalk ,
and finooth heart-fhaped leaves. Smilax orientalis, far-
mentis aculeatis, excelfas arbores fcandentibus, foliis
non fpinofis. Tourn. Cor, 45. Eaftern rough Bindweed ,
with prickly runners climbing the talleft trees , and leaves
not prickly.

3. Smilax ( Sarfaparilla ) caule aculeato angulato, foliis
inermibus retufo-cordatis. Smilax with an angular

o

S M I

prickly folk, and ret iff heart-fhaped unarmed leaves*
Smilax viticulis afperis Virginiana, folio hederaceo
leni Zarza nobilifiima. Pluk. Aim. 348. Virginia rough
Bindweed with prickly Vines , and a finooth Ivy leaft call-
ed Zarza.

4. Smilax ( Tamnoides ) caule aculeato tereti, foliis iner-
mibus cordatis oblongis feptemnerviis. Lin. Sp. Plant,
1030. Smilax with a taper prickly ftalk , and oblongs
heart-fhaped , unarmed leaves with feven veins. Smi-
lax bryoniae nigrte foliis, caule fpinofo, baccis nigris,
Catefb. Carol. 1. p. 52. Rough Bindweed with black
Briony leaves , a prickly ftalk , and black berries.

5. Smilax [China) caule aculeato teretiufculo, foliis
inermibus ovato-cordatis quinquenerviis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 1029. Smilax with a taper prickly ftalk , and oval ,
heart-fhaped , unarmed leaves , having five veins. Radix
China. C. B. Pi 496. China-root.

6. Smilax (Caduca) caule fubaculeato tereti, foliis iner-
mibus cordatis trinerviis. Smilax with a taper ftalk
having a few ftmall thorns , and unarmed heart-ftjaped
leaves with three veins.

7. Smilax ( Ariftolochiffolia ) caule aculeato tereti, foliis
inermibus fagittatis obtuftufculis trinerviis. Smilax with

a prickly taper ftalk , and very blunt , halbert-pointed , ‘
unarmed leaves. Smilax afpera ariftolochiae, foliis
longioribus, ad bafin auriculatis. Houft, MSS. Rough
Bindweed with longer Birthwort leaves , eared at their
bafe.

8. Smilax fSpinofta ) caule aculeato tereti, foliis ovato-
lanceolatis nervis foliorum inferne aculeatis. Smilax
with a taper prickly ftalk , and oval fpear-fhaped leaves
whofe veins on the under fide are prickly. Smilax viti- -
culis afperis, foliis oblongis, nervis foliorum fpinofis.
Houft. MSS. Rough Bindweed with a prickly ftalk , and
oblong leaves with prickly Veins.

9. Smilax ( Virginiana ) caule aculeato angulato, foliis
lanceolatis inermibus, acuminatis. Smilax with an an-
gular prickly ftalk , and fpear-fhaped , acute-pointed , un-
armed leaves. Smilax viticulis afperis Virginiana,
foliis anguftis Isevibus nullis auriculis praedita. Pluk.
Phyt. tab. no. fig. 4. Virginian rough Bindweed
with prickly veins, and narrow fmooth leaves without
ears.

10. Smilax (Canellefolid) caule inermi tereti, foliis iner-
mibus ovatis trinerviis. Smilax with an unarmed taper
ftalk , and oval unarmed leaves with three veins. Smilax
Virginiana, fpinis innocuis armata latis canelte foliis,
radice arundinacea craffa & carnofa. Pluk. Phyt. no.
fig. 5. Rough Bindweed of Virginia armed with innocent
fpines , a broad Cinnamon leaft and a thick , flefhy , Reed-
like root.

n. Smilax (Humilus) caule inermi tereti, foliis inermi-
bus ovato-cordatis trinerviis, floribus corymbofis.
Smilax with a taper unarmed ftalk , oval , heart-fhaped ,
unarmed leaves , and flowers in a corymbus. Smilax hu-
milis, non fpinofa, foliis ariftolochiae, baccis rubris.
Catefb. Car. 1. p. 47. Dwarf rough Bindweed without
fpines , Birthwort leaves, and red berries.

12. Smilax ( Hederafolia ) caule inermi tereti, foliis iner-
mibus, caulinis cordatis, racemis ovato-oblongis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 1031. Smilax with an unarmed taper ftalk ,
unarmed , heart-ftjaped leaves on the ftalks , and oval ob-
long bunches oft flowers. Smilax claviculata, hederae
folia tota laevis e terra Mariana. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 225.
fig. 3. Rough Bindweed with clafpers , and an Ivy leaf
totally fmooth, from Maryland.

13. Smilax ( Laurifolia ) caule inermi tereti, foliis iner-
mibus lanceolatis. Smilax with a taper unarmed ftalk,
and ftp ear -ft japed unarmed leaves. Smilax laevis, lauri
folio, baccis nigris. Catefb. Car. 1. p. 15. SmoothBind-
weed , with a Bay leaf and black berries.

The firft fort grows naturally under hedges and in
woods in Italy and Spain. The roots are compofed of
many thick flefhy fibres, which fpread wide on every
fide, and ftrike deep in the ground, from which
come out feveral ftalks which are flender, angular,
armed with fhort crooked fpines, and have clafpers
on their fides, by which they fallen themfelves to any
neighbouring plant for fuppo'rt, and rife five or fix
feet high. The leaves are ftiff, heart-fhaped, and

1 2 N acute-

$$1

acute-pointed, about three quarters of an inch broad
at their bafe, where they are eared, drawing narrow-
er to a point, and about two inches long •, they are
of a dark green, and have five longitudinal veins ;
their edges are let with a few fliort reddilh fpines.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ftalk in
fhort bunches ; they are fmall and whitiflr, having no
petals. Thofe on the female plants are fucceeded by
red berries which ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Syria. The roots
of this are like thofe of the former •, the ftalks are
four-cornered and prickly ; thefe fatten themfelves to
the trees near them by their clafpers, and mount to
their tops. The leaves are heart-fliaped, two inches
long, and an inch and three quarters broad at their
bafe •, they have no fpines on their edges, but have five
veins running lengthways. The flowers and fruit are
like thofe of the firft fort.

The third fort grows naturally in Virginia. The roots
of this are like thofe of the former ; the ftalks are an-
gular and prickly ; the leaves are heart-fliaped, turn-
ing backward, and unarmed ; the flowers are fmall,
and come out in long loofe bunches from the wings of
the ftalks ; the berries are fmall and red.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Carolina. The
roots are like the former ; the ftalks are taper and
prickly ; the leaves are oblong, heart-fliaped, four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad at their
bafe, having no fpines, but feven longitudinal veins •,
the flowers come out in long loofe bunches from the
fide of the ftalks, and the berries are black.

The fifth fort grows naturally at Carthagena in New
Spain. The roots of this are like the former ; the
ftalks are taper, very ftrong, and armed with fliort
ftiff fpines ; they fatten themfelves by their clafpers to
the neighbouring trees, and rife twenty feet high.
The leaves are of a thick fubftance, and have no
fpines ; they are oval, heart-fliaped, four inches long,
and three and a half broad at their bafe, ending in an
obtufie point, and have five longitudinal veins. The
flowers are like thofe of the other fpecies, but grow in
clofe bunches, and the berries are red. This is the fame
with a plant which I received from China by the title
of China-root.

The fixth fort grows naturally at Carthagena in New
Spain ; this hath very ftrong taper ftalks, which are
armed with a very few fliort fpines. The leaves are
thick, unarmed, and heart-fliaped; they are five
inches long, and three inches and a half broad at their
bafe, ending with an acute point. This fort climbs
on the neighbouring trees, and rifes thirty feet high.
The flowers of this I have not feen.

The feventh fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain ; this hath a thick, taper, prickly ftalk,
which climbs up the neighbouring trees to the height
of thirty or forty feet. The leaves are thick, ftiff,
and unarmed ; they are feven inches long, and have
two round ears at their bafe, where they are three
inches and a half broad, but the other part of the
leaves are two inches broad at their top, where they
are rounded ; they have three longitudinal veins, and
ft and on fhort foot-ftalks.

The eighth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz ;
this hath (lender, taper, prickly ftalks, which fatten
themfelves to any neighbouring fupport by their claf-
pers, and rife eight or ten feet high. The leaves
are oval, fpear-fhaped, four inches and a half long,
and two and a half broad in the middle ; they have
no fpines on their edges, but their midrib and veins
on their under fide are armed with fhort reddilh
fpines.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica. The
ftalks of this are {lender, angular, and prickly ; the
leaves are fpear-fhaped, ending in acute points ; they
are three inches long, and half an inch broad, having
no fpines ; their bafe is a little rounded, but have
no ears.

The tenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica; this hath
think, flelhy, creeping roots. The ftalks are taper
and unarmed ; thefe climb up the neighbouring trees

4

and bufhes to the height of ten or twelve feet. The
leaves are oval, and end in acute points ; they are five
inches long and three broad, and have three longitu-
dinal veins, but have no fpines.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Carolina ; this
hath taper unarmed ftalks which rife three or four feet
high. _ The leaves are oval, heart-fhaped, about
three inches long, and alrnofttwo broad, rounded at
their points, and have three longitudinal veins. The
flowers come out from the wings of the ftalk at
every joint, Handing upon fhort foot-ftalks, formed
in a round bunch ; thefe are fucceeded. by roundifh
red berries.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and alio
in Maryland. The ftalks of this are ligneous, taper,
and unarmed ; thefe have very long clafpers, by which
they fatten to any neighbouring fupport, and rife
twenty feet high. The leaves are feme oval, and
others are heart-fhaped ; they are about three inches
and a half long, and two and a half broad. The flow-
ers come out from the wings of the ftalk in oblong
bunches ; thefe are fucceeded by red berries.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Carolina; this
hath a thick, taper, unarmed ftalk, which rifes by
the help of neighbouring bufhes and trees ten or twelve
feet high. The leaves are thick, fpear-fhaped, and
unarmed, about three inches and a half long, and one
inch and a half broad. The flowers come out from
the wings of the ftalk in round bunches, which are
fucceeded by black berries.

Thefe plants are many of them preferved in the gar-
dens of the curious for the fake of variety, but fome
of them may fo .be dilpofed as to make them ornamen-
tal, becaufe thofe forts which grow naturally in North
America, and the two firft forts, are fo hardy as to
thrive in the open air in England ; and as they retain
their verdure all the year, if the plants are placed on
the borders of woods or groves in gardens, and their
branches properly fupported, they will fereen the na-
kednefs of the ground under the trees from fight, and
in winter, when their leaves are in beauty, they will
make a pleafing variety, when the plants are properly
intermixed with other evergreens; and as fome of the
forts will rife five or fix feet high, they will fhut out
from view any difagreeable objefts.

Thofe forts which require a ftove to proteft them in
winter are little efteemed. becaufe they require much
room; and as their flowers have no beauty to recom-
mend them, few perfons care to be at the trouble of
preferving them for that of their leaves, becaufe there
are many other plants whole leaves make a better ap-
pearance, and the plants do not require fo much room,
fo thefe plants are rather the proper furniture of bo-
tanic gardens than thofe of pleafure.

They are all propagated by feeds, which muft be pro-
cured from the countries where they naturally grow,
for there are none of thefe plants which produce ripe
feeds here. Thofe forts which have been brought
from the north of America, fometimes produce flow-
ers in England, but the lummers here are neither warm
enough, nor of a proper duration to ripen their feeds,
fo that thefe are propagated by parting of their roots ;
for when the roots have obtained ftrength, they fpread
very far in the ground, and fend up ftalks at a diftance
from the old roots, whereby they may be greatly in-
creafed when the forts are once obtained. The beft
time for tranfplanting and parting of their roots is.
early in autumn, that the offsets or young plants may
have time to get good roots before the froft comes on;
and if after they are planted, the cold fhould come
on earlier, or be more fevere than ordinary, if the
furface of the ground about their roots is covered with
fome old tanners bark or mulch to keep the froft out
of the ground, it will preferve them; but thefe roots
fhould not be parted oftener than every third or fourth
year, for unlefs the roots are large, there will be few
ftalks to each, and therefore will make but little ap-
pearance.

The tender forts muft be kept in pots, and plunged
into the tan-bed of the bark-dove, in order to have

them

S M Y

them ftrorig •, for although they will live in a mode-
rate warmth in winter, they will make but little pro-
grefs, and their ftalks will be ftiort, their leaves fmall,
and the plants weak, fo will make but a poor appear-
ance ; therefore, unlefs they can be allowed room in
the warm ftove, and conftantly kept in the tan-bed,
they will not be worth preferving.

All the forts grownaturally under hedges and in woods,
therefore they fhould be difpofed in a luch a manner,
as to imitate their places of growth, and not place them
in the open fun, where they will not thrive ; therefore
the hardy kinds fhould be placed under the fhade of
trees, and the tender ones may be placed between the
pots which contain tall plants, whofe branches may
fcreen them from the fun. Such of thefe plants as are
tender mull be frequently watered in hot weather, and
fhould then have a large lhare of air admitted to them,
but in winter they muft be watered fparingly, for
their roots are apt to rot with too much wet.

When the feeds of thefe plants are obtained from
abroad, they fliould be flown in pots filled with frefh
light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed,
obferving to water the earth frequently to keep it
moift, becaufe the feeds, being hard, will not vege-
tate without a confiderable lhare of moifture •, thefe
generally remain in the ground a whole year before
they grow, fo that if the plants do not come up the firft
feafon, the pots fliould be kept clean from weeds all
the fummer, and in winter the hardy forts fliould be
fheltered from froft under a common frame, and the
tender ones plunged into the bark-bed in the ftove :
the following fpring they muft be again plunged into
the hot-bed, which will bring the plants up very foon.
When the plants are come up, they muft be conftantly
kept clear from weeds, and frequently watered in
warm weather, and toward the end of May the hardy
forts fliould be inured to the open gir by degrees,
and in June they may be removed out of the bed, and
placed abroad in a fheltered fituation, where they
fliould remain till the froft comes on in autumn, when
they muft be removed into flielter. If the pots are
plunged into an old tan-bed under a frame, where
they may be protected from the froft, and in mild
weather be expofed to the open air, they will thrive
much better than with more tender treatment.

The tender forts fliould be plunged between the other
pots in the bark-bed of the ftove, where they fhould
remain all the winter. Thefe plants fliould retrain
untranlplanted in the feed-pots till the following
fpring, when they fliould be turned out of the poLs
carefully feparated, and planted into pots filled with
frefh earth ; and if the hardy forts are plunged into a
very temperate hot-bed, it will caufe them to take
new root very foon, and greatly ftrengthen theplants;
but the tender forts fhould be plunged into a good
hot-bed of tanners bark to bring the plants forward,
that they may get ftrength before winter, when they
muft be treated in the manner before directed.

The hardy forts fhould be kept in pots for two or
three years that they may be fheltered in winter, by
which time they will have ftrength enough to bear the
cold in the opyn air ; fo in the fpring they may be
turned out of the pots, and planted where they are
defigned to remain, obferving, if the fpring fnould
prove dry, to refrefh them now and then with water,
as alfo to lay fome mulch about them to prevent the
earth from drying ; and while the plants are young,
if fome mulch is laid about their roots in winter, It
will be a fure method to preferve them.

SMYRNIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 315. tab. 168.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 363. Alexanders, or Alifanders ; in
French, Maceron.

The Characters are.

It has an umbellated flower ; the principal umbel is une-
qual^ the fmall ones are ere Hi ; they have no involucrum ,
and the empalement of the flowers are fcarce difcernible.
The flowers have five fpear-Jhaped petals which are a
little ' inflex ed, and five ftamina the length of the petals ,
terminated by flngle fummits. The germen is fituated un-
der the flower , fupporting two flyles crowned by headed

S M Y

fiigmas. The germen afterward turns to an almofi glo-
bular fruit which is freaked and fplits in two , each con-
taining one moon-Jhaped feed , convex on one fide , marked
with three flreaks , and plain on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thole plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Smyrnium ( Olufatrum ) folks caulinis ternatis petio-
latis ferratis, Hort. Cliff. 105. Smyrnium with trifoli-
ate leaves on the ftalks , which are flawed and have foot-
ftalks. Hippofelinum Theophrafti five fmyrnium Di-
ofcoridis. C.B.P. 154. Common Alexanders, or Alifanders.

2. Smyrnium ( Rotundifolium ) foliis caulinis orbiculatis
integerrimis amplexicaulibus. Smyrnium with orbicular
leaves on the ftalks which embrace them. Smyrnium pe-
regrinum rotunda folio. C. B. P. 152. Foreign Alex-
anders with a round entire leaf.

3. Smyrnium (Perfoliatum ) foliis caulinis fimplicibus

amplexicaulibus. Lin. Sp. 376. Alexanders with fim-
ple leaves which embrace the ftalks. Smyrnium pere»
grinum folio oblongo. C. B. P. 154. Foreign Alexan-
ders with am oblong leaf. .

4. Smyrnium ( Creticum ) foliis caulinis ternatis ferratis,
fummis oppofitis fefiilibus, Alexanders with lower leaves
by threes which are flawed , and thofe at the top by pairs
fitting clofe to the ftalks. Smyrnium Creticum paludapi
folio. Tourn. Cor. 22. Cretan ^Alexanders with a Small-
age leaf.

5. Smyrnium ( Integerrimum ) foliis caulinis duplicato
ternatis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 263. Alexanders
with double trifoliate leaves on the ftalks , which are entire .
The firft fort grows naturally on the rocks by the
fea-fhore in Wales, the North of England, and in
Scotland. It is alfo found growing wild in many places
near London, but here it may be fuppofed to have
been thrown out of gardens for as it was formerly
cultivated in gardens for the table, fo the feeds may-
have been fcattered, which will grow wherever they
alight.

The lower leaves of this plant refemble thofe Of
Smallage, but they are much larger ; the lobes are
rounder, and are fawed on their edges, The ftalks
rife from three to four feet high, which are furrowed,
and branch into many divifions ; thefe are garnifhed
with trifoliate leaves of the fame Ihape and form with
the lower, but are fmaller. The branches are termi-
nated by large umbels of white flowers, which appear
in June, and are fucceeded by large roundifh fruit,
containing two moon-fhaped feeds which ripen in Au-
guft, and then the plant decays. The whole plane
has a ftrong warm tafte.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Sicily and Crete;
the lower leaves of this fort are decompounded of
fmall leaves, which divide by threes ; their lobes are
oval and indented on their edges ; theftalk is fmooth,
hollow, and rifes three feet high, dividing toward the
top into two or three branches ; at each joint is placed
one large orbicular leaf, whofe bafe embraces the
ftalk ; thefe are of a yellow green colour, and their
edges are entire; the branches are terminated by
fmall umbels of yellowilh flowers, whofe fmaller um-
bels or rays are of unequal lengths. The feeds are
black and ftiaped like thofe of the former, but are
fmaller.

The third fort grows naturally in Crete ; the lower
leaves of this are larger than thofe of the former, but
are compofed of feveral winged divifions. The ftalk
does not rife fo high as that of the laft mentioned, but
is angular and not fo hollow ; the leaves upon the
ftalks are much larger ; they are of the heart-lhaped
oval kind, and are indented on their edges, and em-
brace the ftalks with their bafe ; their colour is nearly
the fame with the former, but they are of a thinner
texture. The umbels of flowers are fmaller, as are
alfo the feeds.

Thefe two forts have been frequently blended toge-
ther by botanifts, who have fuppofed they were but
one fpecies ; but I have cultivated both many years,
and have not found either of them alter.

The

\

MS

1

The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete •, the lower
leaves of this are fmaller than thofe of the firll fort,
and are more like thofe of Smallage ; the ftalk rifes
higher, and grows more erefil than thofe of the firft ;
the leaves on the lower part of the ftalk are large, and
fawed on their edges •, they ftand by threes round
' the ftalk at the joints ; their feafe fet clofe, having no
foot-ftalks ; the upper part of the ftalk and branches
are garnilhed with leaves of the fame form, which
ftand by pairs. The umbels of flowers are much
fmaller, and the feeds are lefs.

Thefe forts are moft of then! biennial, perilling after
their feeds are ripe ; they flower in June, and their
feeds ripen in Auguft.

The firft of thefe forts is that ordered by the College
for medicinal ufe, but is feldom now prefcribed ; and
at prefent is feldom cultivated in gardens, though
formerly it was greatly ufed in the kitchen, before
Celery was fo much cultivated, which hath taken
place of Alexanders, and entirely fupplanted it. The
other forts are preferved in botanic gardens for vari-
ety, but may either of them be cultivated for the ufe
of the kitchen. The fecond fort is much preferable
* to the firft for blanching, as I have tried, and will be
tenderer, and not quite fo ftrong.

All thefe plants may be propagated by flowing their
feeds upon an open (pot of ground in Auguft, as foon
as they are ripe ; for if they are preferved till fpring,
they often mifcarry, or at leaft do not come up until
the fecond year ; whereas thofe fown in autumn rarely
fail of coming up in the fpring, and will make much
ftronger plants than the other.

The common fort, when cultivated for the table,-
fhould be treated in the following manner :

In the fpring the plants ftiould be hoed out, fo as to
leave them ten inches or a foot apart each way ; and,
during the following fummer, they muft be conftantly
cleared from weeds, which, if permitted to grow
amongft them, will draw them up (lender, and render
them good for little. In February following the plants
will (hoot up again vigoroufly, at which time the earth
muft be drawn up to each plant, to blanch them, and
in three weeks after they will be fit for ufe, when
they may be dug up, and the white part preferved,
which may be ftewed and eaten as Celery.

SNA P-D R A G O N. See Antirrhinum. ,

SNEEZWORT. See Achillea.

SNOW is defined to be a meteor formed in the mid-
dle region of the air, of vapour raifed by the aftion of
the fun, or fubterraneous fire there congealed, its
parts conftipated, its fpecific gravity increafed, and
thus returned to the earth in the form of little villi or
flakes.

The Snow we receive may properly enough be af-
cribed to the coldnefs of the atmofphere through
which it falls ; when the atmofphere is warm enough
to diflolve the Snow before it arrives at us, we call it
rain ; if it preferves itfelf undiflolved, we call it Snow.
Snow is very ufeful ; it fru&ifies the ground; it
guards Corn, or other vegetables from the intenfer
cold of the air, efpecially the cold piercing winds. _
It is fuppofed to abound with falific and fertile parti-
cles, as much or more than rain ; however, it is ac-
counted more ponderous, and by that means finks
deeper into the ground than rain does, and therefore
is in fome cafes of more benefit to planting; for
which reafon, fome lay heaps of Snow round the feet
of their foreft-trees, efpecially in hot burning lands.
Monf. le Clerc fays, that fome parts of a cloud which
fhould turn to rain, are fometimes prevented by
the cold, and formed into a confidence which we call
Snow, which appears to be formed from watery par-
ticles, from hence, that when it diflolves, it turns into
water ; fo that we may eafily conceive Snow to be
made of watery particles, hardened by cold and ga-
thered into flakes, in fuch a manner as to leave large
interftices between one another ; which Snow is not
tranfparent, as the water, becaufe the more rigid
particles, being huddled together by chance, do not

*•

leave ftrait pores between one another, arid fokeetf
out the matter of light.

But when it happens; that the region of the air undey
the cloud is very cold, the drops of tain are congealed
as they fall, and come down In lumps, which are
called hail ; and thefe lumps are greater or lefs, ac-
cording to the bignefs of the rain drops of which they
are formed, and thefe lumps of hail are alfo varioufly
figured.

Dr. Grew, in a difcourfe of the nature of Snow, ob-
ferves, that many parts thereof are of a regular figure,
for the rhoft part, being, as it were, fo rririny little
rowels or ftars, of perfect tranfparent ice ; upon each
of which points are fet other collateral points; at the
fame angles as the main points themfelves ; amofl^ft
thefe are divers other irregular, which are chiefly
broken points and fragments of the regular ones %
others alfo, by various winds, feem to have been thaw-
ed, and frozen again into irregular clufters, fo that
it feems as if the whole body of Snow were one entire
mafs of icicles irregularly figured ; that is, a cloud
of vapours being gathered into drops, the faid drops
do forthwith defcend, and in their defcent meeting
with a freezing air as they pafs through a colder region,
each drop is immediately frozen into an icicle, (hoot-
ing itfelf forth into feveral points ; but (bill continuing
to defcend, and meeting with fome intermitting gales
of warmer air, or by their being continually wafted
to and fro, touching upon one another, fome are a
little thawed, blunted, and again frozen into clufters,
or entangled, fo as to fall again into what we call
flakes ; although Snow is firm ice, and the lightnefs
of it is owing to the excefs of its furface, in compa-
rifon to the matter contained in it ; as gold itfelf may-
be extended in furface, till it will ride upon the leaft
breath of air.

SNOWDROP. SeeGALANTHus.

SOIL. See Earth.

SOLANOIDES. See Pierce a.

SOLANUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 148. tab. 62. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 224. [fo called of folari, Lat. to comfort,
becaufe this plant fweetens the humours.] Night-
lhade ; in French, Morelle.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , of 7ke leaf
cut half through into jive acute fegments. ‘The flower
has one wheel-Jhaped petal , having a very Jhort tube ;
thtf brim is large , fpreading , and five-pointed. It has five
flmall awl-Jhaped ftamina , terminated by oblong fummits
which ftand together , and a roundijh germen fupporting a
fender flyle longer than the ftamina , crowned by an obtufe
fligma. The germen afterward turns to a roundijh berry
with two cells , having a convex flejhy receptacle , and
filled with roundifij comprejfed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Solanum ( Nigrum ) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis
ovatis decemangularibus umbellis nutantibus. Lin.
Sp. 2 66. Nightfhade with an herbaceous unarmed ftalk ,
having ten angles and nodding umbels. Solanum offici-
narum, acinis nigricantibus. C. B. P. 166. Comynon
Nightfhade of the Jhops with a black fruit.

2. Solanum {Villofum ) caule inermi herbaceo ramis te-
retibus foliis angulatis, umbellis nutantibus. Night-
fisade with a woolly , herbaceous , unarmed ftalk , oval in-
dented leaves which are taper, and nodding umbels. So-
lanum officinarum, acinis puniceis. C. B. P. 166.
Nightfhade with red fruit.

3. Solanum ( Luteum ) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis
ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis tomentcfis, umbellis nu-
tantibus. Nightfhade with an herbaceous unarmed ftalk ,
oval , [pear-fhaped , acute-pointed , indented , woolly leaves ,
and nodding umbels. Solanum officinarum, acinis luteis;
C. B. P. 166. Nightfhade with yellow berries.

4. Solanum ( Rubrum) caule inermi herbaceo glabro,
foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis dentatis glabris, um-
bellis jiutantibus. Nightfhade with an herbaceous , un-
armed.

V

S O L

armed , fmooth flalk , oblong , ouM acute-pointed , indented
leaves , nodding umbels. Solanum AmericanOm,

vulgari fimile, acinis rubris. Rand. American Night-
shade like the common fort , with red berries. ,

5. Sola-num ( Americanum ) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis

ovatis acuminatis glabris, umbellis eredis. Nightfhade
voith an herbaceous unarmed Jialk , oval, acute-pointed ,
fmooth leaves , W craS umbels. Solanum America-
nUm vulgari fimile, flore parvo purpurafcente, acinis
ni°ricantibus minioribus. Rand. American Nightfhade
like the common fort , <2 _/»«// • purplijh flower , W

fmaller black berries.

6. Solanum ( Scabrum ) caule herbaceo fubaculeato, fo-

liis ovatis obtufis integerrimis, petiolis longiffimis,
umbellis nutantibus. Nightfhade with an herbaceous
jialk a little prickly , oval , obtufe , <?»/*><? leaves on very
long foot ftalks, and nodding umbels. Solanum nigrum
vulo-ari fimile, caulibus exafperatis. Holt. Elth. 368.
Black Nightfhade like the common fort , rcsg-A

ftalks.

7. Solanum ( Guineenfe ) caule inermi herbaceo, foliis

oblongo-ovatis acuminatis glabris fubdentatis, umbel-
lis nutantibus. Nightflsade with an herbaceous , angular ,
unarmed Jialk , oblong , oval , acute-pointed , fmooth leaves
a little indented , nodding umbels. Solanum Gui-

neenfe, frudu magno inftar cerafi nigerrimo umbella-
to. Boerh. Ind. alt. 2. p. 68. Nightfhade from Guinea ,
with a large fruit like black Cherries , *»

8. Solanum ( Dulcamara ) caule inermi frutefcente flex-
uofo, foliis fuperioribus haftatis, racemis cymofis.
Hort. Cliff. 60. Nightflsade with a fhrubby , bended , «»-

Jialk , the upper leaves fpear-fbaped , bunches of

flowers at the top of the Jialk. Solanum fcandens, feu
dulcamara. C. B. P. 166. Perennial climbing Night-
flsade, commonly called Bitter-flweet.

9. Solanum (. Pfeudocapflcilm ) caule inermi fruticofo, fo-

liis lanceolatis repandis, umbellis feffilibus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 184. Nightfhade with a Jhrubby unarmed Jialk ,
fpear-floaped leaves taming inward , td? umbels fitting

dofe to the ftalks. Solanum fruticofum bacciferum.
C. B. P. 167. Shrubby berry-bearing Nightfhade, com-
monly called Amomum Plinii.

10. Solanum ( Igneum ) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo-
liis lanceolatis angulofo-dentatis. Hort. Cliff. 61.
Nightflsade with a fhrubby prickly Jialk , fpear-Jhaped
leaves which are angularly indented. Solanum fpiniferum
frutefcens, fpinis igneis, Americanum. Pluk. Phyt.
tab. 225. fig. 5. Shrubby and thorny American Night-
Jhade , with fire -coloured thorns.

1 1 . Solanum (T” omentofum ) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo-
liis ovatis dentato-angulatis utrinque tomentofis, pe-
dunculis fpinofis. Nightfhade with a jhrubby prickly
flalk , oval , angular , indented leaves , woolly 0# every
fide, and prickly foot-Jialks to the flowers. Sola-
num fpinofum, maxime tomentofum. Bocc. Rar.
Plant. Thorny Nightflsade , wry covered with a
wool or down.

12. Solanum ( Sodomaum ) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo-

liis pinnato-laciniatis obtufis utrinque aculeatis. Night-
Jhade with a Jhrubby prickly Jialk , wing-pointed leaves
which are ohtufe , have fpines on both fides. Sola-

nurn pomiferum frutefcens Africanum fpinofum ni-
gricans, flore boraginis, foliis profunde laciniatis. H.
L. Shrubby African Apple-bearing Nightfhade with black
thorns , a flower like Borage , and deeply jagged leaves ,
commonly called Pomum Amoris.

13. Solanum (7 ndicum) caule aculeato fruticofo, foliis
cuneiformibus angulatis iubvillofis. Nightfhade with a
Jhrubby prickly Jialk , angular , indented , woolly leaves ,

flowers in long bunches at the wings of the Jialk.
Solanum Indicum fpinofum boraginis flore. Icon. Ro-
bert. H. R. Par. Prickly Indian Nightflsade with a
flower like Borage.

14. Solanum ( Acanthifolium ) caule aculeato herbaceo,
foliis finuatis utrinque aculeatis, umbellis eredis, ca-
lycibus echinatis. Nightfhade with a prickly herbaceous
Jialk , flnuated leaves armed with fpines on both fides , &p-
right umbels , <2^ wry prickly empalements. Solanum
Americanum fpinofum herbaceum, acanthi folio, flore
ample caeruieo, Houft. MSS. Prickly , herbaceous , yfw-

S O L

nVr?# Nightflsade , with a Bead 's-breech leaf and a large
blue' flower. ' ' 1

15. Solanum {An gift i folium) caule aculeato fruticofo^
foliis pinnato-laciniatis tomentofis, utrinque aculeatis^

' pedunculis axillaribus bifloris. 'Nightfhade with a prickly
Jlsrubby Jialk , wing-cut leaves which are woolly , and
prickly on both fides , and foot-Jialks with two flowers at
the wings of the ftalks. Solanum Americanum fpino-
fiflimum herbaceum, angurias folio, flore luteo. Houff,
The mo ft prickly American Nightflsade , with a Water. Me-
lon leaf and a yellow flower.

1 6. Solanum fljuercif'olium) caule aculeato fruticofo,
foliis oblongis finuato-pinnatis, aculeatis, umbellis
feffilibus. Nightfhade with a prickly Jhrubby flalk, oblong ,
wing-Jinuated , prickly leaves , and umbels fitting clofe to the
ftalks. Solanum Americanum frutefcens, & fpino-
fum, quercus folio, baccis rubris. Houft. MSS..
Shrubby , prickly , American Nightflsade , with an Oak leaf
and red berries.

17. Solanum ( Jamaicenfle ) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo-
liis ovatis tomentofis, angulofo-finuatis fubaculatis,
umbellisfeffilibus. Nightflsade with a prickly fhrubby jialk ,
oval , woolly , angular , flnuated leaves a little prickly ,
umbels fitting clofe to the ftalks. Solanum Americanum
bacciferum, caule & foliis tomentofis incanis fpino-
fis, flore luteo frudu croceo. Sloan. Cat. 108. Berry-
bearing American Nightflsade with hoary ftalks and leaves 3
a yellow flower, and Saffron-coloured fruit.

18. Solanum ( Fruticofum ) caule aculeato fruticofo,
foliis lanceolatis fubdentatis glabris, racemis longio-
ribus axillaribus. Nightflsade with a prickly fhrubby flalk ,
fmooth fpear-Jhaped leaves a little indented, and longer
bunches of flowers from the wings of the jialk. Sola-
num Americanum fruticofum bacciferum fpinofum,
flore cteruleo. Sloan. Cat. 108. Shrubby , berry -bearing,
American Nightfhade with a blue flower.

19. Solanum ( Scandens ) caule inermi frutefcente flexu-
ofo, foliis ovatis fubtus tomentofis, fioribus folitaris.
alaribus. Nightflsade with a Jhrubby, bending, .unarmed
flalk, oval leaves which are woolly on their under fide,
and flowers growing fingly from the wings of the flalk .
Solanum Americanum, fcandens & frutefcens, flore
magno caeruieo, frudu rubro. Houft. MSS. Shrubby ,
climbing, American Nightflsade , with a large blue flower
and a red fruit.

20. Sglanum (. Laurifolittm ) caule inermi fruticofo, foliis
ovato-acuminatis integerrimis, fubtus tomentofis, um-
bellis eredis alaribus d terminalibus. Nightflsade with
a Jhrubby unarmed flalk, oval, acute-pointed, entire leaves ,
which are woolly on their under fide, and ereA umbels
from the wings and the top of the branches. Solatium
Americanum frutefcens, non fpinofum, lauri folio,
flore racemofo caeruieo. Houft. MSS. Smooth ; fhrubby,
American Nightflsade with a Bay leaf , and blue flowers
growing in clvflers.

21. Solanum ( Carolinienfle ) caule aculeato fruticofo, fo-
liis ovatis finuato-dentatis fubtus tomentofis, aculeis
utrinque redis, umbellis feffilibus terminalibus.
Nightfhade with a prickly fhrubby flalk, oval, flnuated ,

’ indented leaves which are woolly on their under fide , the
fpines every way Jlrait, and umbels fitting clofe at the end
of the branches. Solanum Americanum frutefcens &
fpinofum, foliis infra tomentofis, flore magno caeru-
ieo. Houft. MSS. Shrubby and prickly American Night-
flsade, with leaves which are hoary underneath , and a large
blue flower.

22. Solanum ( V erb a flcifolium) caule inermi fruticofo,
foliis ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis fubtus tomentofis,
umbellis eredis pedunculis longiffimis. Nightfhade
with a Jhrubby unarmed flalk, oval , fpear-Jhaped, entire
leaves which are woolly on their under fide, and ereffi um-
bels having very long foot-Jialks. Solanum Americanum
arborefeens, verbalci folio, frudu flavafeente majorb
Plum. Cat, 4. Tree-like American Nightflsade with id
Mullein leaf, and a larger yellow fruit.

23. Solanum {Bonarierfe) caule fmitefeente fubinermi,
foliis cuneiformibus finuato repandis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
185. Nightfhade with a flsrubby ahnoft unarmed flalk y
and wedgefhaped leaves which are flnuated and turn
backward. Solanum Bonarienfe arborefeens, papas

12 O fioribus.-

SOL

floribus. Hort. Elth. 364. 'Tree-like Nightjhade 6f Bue-
nos Ayres , with flowers like, the Potatoe.

24. Solanum ( Bahamenfe ) cauie frutefcente inermi, fo-
lks lanceolatis fmuato-dentatis glabris, umbellis erec-
tis. Nightjhade with a Jhrubly unarmed ftalk , fpcarjh ap-
ed, flnuated , indented , fmooth leaves , and erebi umbels.
Soianum Bahamenfe arborefcens, folio finuato. Horn
Elth. 363. Tree-like Nightjhade from the Bahama Iflands,
with a fvnuated leaf.

25. Solanum ( Sempervirens ) cauie inermi fruticofo, fo-
lds integerrimis, pedunculis lateralibus filiformibus.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 185. Nightjhade with a fhrubby un-
armed ftalk , oval entire leaves , and thread-like foot-Jlalks
to the flowers, proceeding from the fide of the branches.
Solanum lignofum Africanum fempervirens, laurinis
f bliis, H. Am ft, 2. p. 1 9 1 Woody, evergreen, African
Nightjhade, with Bay leaves.

26. Solanum ( Africanum ) cauie inermi frutefcente flex-
uofo, foliis ovatis fubdentatis craffis. Nightjhade with
a fhrubby, flexible, unarmed ftalk, and oval thick leaves
fomewhat indented. Solanum dulcamarum Africanum,
foliis craffis hirfutis. Hort. Elth. 365. Climbing African
Nightjhade with hairy thick leaves.

27. Solanum (JUmbellatum) cauie frutefcente inermi, fo-
liis lanceolatis integerrimis fubtus pilofis, umbellis
eredtis terminalibus. Nightjhade with a jhrubby unarm-
ed ftalk, fpear-jhaped entire leaves which are hairy on
their under fide, a?id erebi umbels terminating the branches.
Solanum Americanum frutefeens non fpinofum, fo-
lds oblongis fubtus incanis, floribus umbellatis.
Houft. American fhrubby Nightjhade without thorns ,
oblong leaves hoary on their under fides, and flowers in
umbels.

28. Solanum ( Racemofum ) cauie inermi fruticofo, foliis
ovato integerrimis, fubtus tomentofis, umbellis erec-
tis terminalibus, calycibus obtufis lanuginofis. Night-
jhade with a Jhrubby unarmed ftalk, oval entire leaves
which are woolly on their under fide, erebi umbels termi-
nating the branches, and downy cbtufe empalements. So-
lanum Americanum ' fruticofum glabrum, foliis fub-
rotundis fubtus incanis, floribus racemofls. Houft.
MSS. Smooth, jhrubby, American Nightjhade with round-
ijh leaves which are hoary on their under fide , and branch-
ing flowers.

29. Solanum iTrilobatum) cauie aculeato fruticofo, fo-
liis cuneiformibus fubtrilobis glabris obtufis inermi-
bus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 270. Nightjhade with a prickly
Jhrubby ftalk, leaves with fmuated indentures , bunches of
flowers on the fide of the branches , and the fpines every
where recurved. Solanum fpinofum, Jamaicenfe gla-
brum, foliis parvis minus profunde laciniatis. Pluk.
Phyt. 3 1 6. fig. 5. Prickly Jamaica Nightjhade, whofe
fmall leaves are left deeply cut..

30. Solanum ( Virginianum ) cauie aculeato herbaceo,
foliis pinnatifidis utrinque aculeatis, laciniis finuatis
obtufis, calycibus aculeatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 267.
Nightjhade with a prickly herbaceous ftalk, wing-pointed
leaves which are armed with fpines on both fides, and
prickly empalements. Solanum annuum nigricans Vir-
ginianum fpinofiffimum late fe fpargens, flore csru-
leo glabrum. Pluk. Phyt. 62. fig. 3. Black, annual,
Virginia Nightjhade which is the moft prickly, having a
blue fmooth flower.

31. Solanum ( Mammofum ) cauie aculeato herbaceo, fo-
liis cordatis quinquelobis, utrinque villofis aculeatis.
Vir. Cliff. 1 5. Nightjhade with a prickly herbaceous ftalk,
and heart-jhaped leaves with five lobes, which are hairy
and prickly on both fides. Solanum Barbadenfe fpino-
fum ajinuum, frudtu aureo rotundiore pyri parvi in-
verfo forma & magnitudine. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 225.
fig. 1. Annual, prickly, Barba does Nightjhade, with a
rounder golden fruit of the form and fize of a fmall Pear
inverted, commonly called Bachelor's Pear.

32. Solanum (flehiru-fehuna ) cauie aculeato, foliis pin-
nato-finuatis, fructu racemofo. Nightjhade with a
prickly ftalk, Jinuated wing-like leaves, and fruit growing
in a long bunch.

The firft fort is now very common upon dunghills,
and on rich cultivated foils in many parts of Eng-
land, where it often becomes a very troublefome

SOL

weed. This is the fort which the College of PhyfL
cians have dire&ed to be ufed in medicine, under
the title of Solanum hortenfe : and although it is now
become a very troublefome weed in many gardens
near London, yet it is not a native of this country,
but is fuppoied to have been brought originally from
America, from whence the greater part of the fpecies
of this genus have been introduced into Europe.
There are two varieties of this which are found grow-
ing naturally in England. The moft common fort is
an upright branching plant with oval, acute-pointed,
fmooth leaves, and black berries. The other is alow
branching plant with indented leaves, and greeniffi
yellow berries j but whether thefe are only varieties, or
diftind fpecies I cannot fay, though I have fown their
feeds feparately, and have found them keep their dif-
ference one year, but do not know if they will conti-
nue it always.

The fecond fort fifes with an eredt branching ftalk
three feet high; the leaves are oval, angular, indent-
ed, and fmooth ; the flowers are produced in round-
iffi bunches in form of umbels ; they are white, hav-
ing five ftar-pointed petals which fpread open and are
reflexed ; in the center are five ftamina, which are
terminated by oblong yellow fummits ftanding clofe
together ; after the flowers are paft, the germen fwell
to round pulpy berries of a yellow colour, having
nodding umbels on the fide of the branches ; the
flowers appear in July, and the feeds ripen in au-
tumn. I have feveral times received the feeds of this
fort from Barbadoes, where it is fuppofed to grow
naturally. *

The third fort rifes with hairy branching ftalks two
feet and a half high ; the leaves are woolly, oval,
fpear-ffiaped, acute-pointed, and indented on their
edges ; the flowers are like thofe of the former fort,
and the berries are of the fame fize and ffiape, but are
of a red colour ; this flowers and ripens its berries at
the fame time with the former. The feeds of this
came from America. The feeds of the fourth fort
came from the Weft-Indies; this hath taller and
fmoother ftalks than either of the former ; the leaves
are of a dark green and are fmooth ; they are oval,
acute-pointed, and indented on their edges in angular
indentures ; the flowers are produced in nodding um-
bels on the fide of the branches, which are fucceeded
by fmooth red berries ; this flowers at the fame time
with the former forts.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Virginia ; the ftalks
of this are angular, and rife upward of three feet high,
dividing into a few {lender branches, which fpread
from each other, and are garniffied with oval, acute-
pointed, fmooth leaves, of a deep green colour ; they
have a few indentures on their edges ; the flowers are
very fmall, and there are but few in each umbel ;
they have narrow acute-pointed petals, white on the
infide, and purpliffi without ; they appear in Auguft,
and are fucceeded by fmall black berries which ripen
late in autumn.

The fixth fort grows naturally in North America.
The ftalks of this fort rife three feet high, and di-
vide into fpreading branches ; they are angular, fur-
rowed, and have a few ffiort fpines ; the leaves are
oval and entire ; they are fix inches long, and five
broad, of a dark green colour, and have long foot-
ftalks ; the flowers come out from the fide of the
branches in fmall umbels, which nod on one fide ;
they are fmall, white, and ftar-pointed, and are fuc-
ceeded by fmall black berries which ripen late in
autumn.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Guinea. This
rifes with a ftrong, thick, herbaceous, angular ftalk
two feet and a half high, dividing into ffiort thick
branches, which are garnifhed with oblong, oval,
fmooth leaves, near five inches long, and three and
a half broad, which have a few indentures, and (land
upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in nodding umbels from the fide of the ftalk ;
they are like thofe of the firft fort, but are larger.
Thefe are fucceeded by large black berries the fize

SOL

6F the common black Cherry, which ripens in au-
tumn.

Thefe feven forts are annual, fo their feeds fhould be
fown in the fpring, on a bed of rich earth where the
plants are defigned to remain, and when they come
up they muft be thinned, leaving them at leaft two
feet diftance, that they may have room to grow, after
this they will require no farther care but to keep them
clean from weeds ; in July and Auguft they will flow-
er, and the feeds will ripen in autumn. Some people
plant one or two plants of each fort in pots, whofe
ftalks they train up to flicks to make them ftrait
and in autumn they remove the pots into the green
houfe, where they may be preferved till the fpring, and
during the winter, their fruit being ripe, will make
& pretty appearance.

The eighth fort is a climbing woody plant, which
grows in the hedges in divers parts of England, and
is by fome planted in gardens, to cover arbours, or
fhady walls, in London, and other clofe places, whert
few other plants will thrive. The cuttings or ftalks of
this are put into glaffes of water, and placed in rooms,
where they will put out branches and leaves, and con-
tinue a long time green. This plant is alfo ufed in
medicine for fome particular preparations ; but the
herbfolks in the markets often fell this inftead of the
Garden Nightlhade, which is a cooling plant, and
this a hot acrid one, which renders it contrary to the
intention of the ointment, wherein Nightfhade is one
of the ingredients.

There is a fort of this with white flowers, which is
fuppofed to be a variety of the former, but the leaves
are woolly, in which it differs from the other, and
this is conftant. There is alfo one with variegated
leaves, which is preferved by thofe who are very cu-
rious in colledting the .various kinds of ftriped-leaved
plants.

Thefe may be eaflly propagated by laying down their
branches, or by planting their cuttings in the fpring
tipon a moift foil, where they will foon take root,
and may afterward be tranfplanted where they are to
remain.

The ninth fort grows naturally at the Madeiras ; this
rifes with a ftrong woody ftalk four or five feet high,
and divides into many (lender ftiff branches, which are
garnifhed with fpear-lhaped leaves turning backward.
The flowers grow in fmall umbels, or fingly on the
fide of the branches, to which they fit clofe ; thefe
are white, with yellow fummits, and appear in June,
July, and Auguft, and are fucceeded by berries as
large as fmall Cherries which ripen in winter, when
they make a good appearance in the green-houfe.
There are two varieties of this, one with red, and the
other has a yellowifh fruit.

This plant may be propagated by fowing its feeds in
a pot of rich earth in the fpring, placing it upon a mo-
derate hot-bed, which will greatly facilitate their
growth •, the earth in the pot fhould be frequently
watered, for if it is kept too dry the feeds will not
grow. When the plants are come up, you fhould
make a gentle hot-bed, which muft be covered with
rich earth about fix inches thick ; in this they fhould
be planted about fix inches diftance each way, and
the bed arched over with hoops, &c. and covered
with mats, to fhade them from the fun and cold, ob-
ferving frequently to water them.

When the plants have acquired ftrength, and the
feafon becomes favourable, you muft inure them to
bear the open air by degrees, to which they fhould
be fully expofed in June, when they fhould be
taken up, with a ball of earth to the root of each
plant, and placed feparately in pots filled with rich
earth, which muft be fet in a fhady fituation, and
frequently watered until they have taken new root ;
after which they may be removed into a more open
expofure, and placed among other exotic plants, but
they require a great plenty of water in dry weather,
without which they feldom produce much fruit.

In winter they muft be removed into the green-houfe,
and placed in the coldeft part of the houfe, where

2

SOL

they' may have as much free air as poffible in mild
weather j being fo hardy as many times to endure the
cold of our ordinary winters abroad, when planted in
a warm fituation, fo that they only require to be Iheh
tered from levere froft.

Thefe plants fhould be annually fhifted about the lat-
ter end of April, when their roots fhould be pared
round, cutting off all the mouldy fibres which were
next the pot, and the pots filled up with frefh rich
earth, which will ftrengthen their flowers, and caufe
them to produce plenty of fruit ; which (as I faid be-
fore) ripens in winter, and being of the fhape and fize
of Cherries, are commonly called Winter Cherries by
the gardeners.

The tenth fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies 5
this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk three feet high, dividing
at the top into feveral branches, which are clofely arm-
ed with ftrait gold-coloured fpines on every fide.
The leaves are from two to three inches long, and
three quarters of an inch broad, having a few angu-
lar indentures, and their midrib is armed with a row
of the like fpines as thofe upon the ftalks, which ftand
eredt. The flowers are produced in long bunches
from the fide of the ftalks •, they are white, and of
the fame fize as thofe of the ninth, which are fuc-
ceeded by red berries almoft as large as the fmall black
Cherry^

The tenth fort is much tenderer than either of the for-
mer, being brought from the warm parts of America.
This is propagated by fowing the feeds in the fpring,
upon a good hot-bed ; and when the plants are come
up, they fhould be each tranfplanted into a feparate
fmall pot filled with rich earth, and plunged into a
frefti hot-bed again, obferving to water and fhade
them until they have taken root ; after which, they
fhould have air and water in proportion to the heat of
the feafon, and the bed in which they are placed 1
and when their roots have filled the pots in which
they were planted (which they will do in two months
time, if they thrive) they muft be fhaken out, and
after having gently pared off the fibres which grew
next the pot, they fhould be planted into pots of a
fize larger, which muft be filled with frefh rich earth,
and plunged into a frefh hot- bed to bring the plants
forward, obferving to water them frequently, for they
will not thrive without plenty of moifture in warm
weather.

In July thefe plants may be inured to bear the open
air by degrees, into which they may be removed if
the feafon be warm •, but otherwife they muft always
be preferved either under glaffes, or in the ftove ; and
if they are placed in the open air, they fhould not re-
main there longer than the middle or latter end of Au-
guft, left the nights growing cold, fhould hurt them.
During the winter feafon they muft be preferved in
the ftove, obferving to refrefh them frequently with
water, but they muft not have too much each time,
efpecially in cold weather. The fecond year they will
produce flowers and fruit.

The eleventh fort has a fhrubby ftalk which rifes two
feet high, and divides into feveral woody branches
which are armed with fharp thorns, and garnifhed
with oval woolly leaves which have angular inden-
tures on their edges ; they are an inch and a half long,
and more than an inch broad. The flowers are pro-
duced in loofe fmall bunches from the wino-s of the
ftalks ; they are blue, and larger than thofe of the
former forts ; thefe appear in June and July, and
are fucceeded by round berries as large as common
Cherries, of a gold colour, which turn black when
ripe.

The twelfth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this hath a ftrong, thick, fhrubby ftalk, which
rifes from two to three feet high, fending out many
fhort thick branches, which are clofely armed with
fhort, ftrong, yellow fpines on every fide ; the leaves
are about four inches long, and two broad ; thev are
cut almoft to their midrib in obtufe fegments which
are oppofite, regular, and formed like winged leaves
thefe fegments have feveral obtufe indentures on their

edges i

SDL

edges *, they are of a dark green colour, and are
armed with the fame fort of fpines as thofe on the
i i aiks, on both fides. The flowers come out in fmall
bunches on the fide of the branches ; they are blue,
and larger than thofe of the former fort ; thefe ap-
pear in June and July, and are fucceeded by round
yellow berries as large as Walnuts, which ripen in
winter.

The eleventh and twelfth forts are not fo tender as
the tenth, but require an open airy glafs-cale, or a
warm green-houfe in winter, but in fummer may be
expofed in the open air with other exotic plants.
Thefe may be propagated by fowing their feeds on a
hot-bed as the former, and fhould be managed as
hath been directed for them; with this difference, that
they may be much fooner expofed to the air, and
fhould not be bred fo tenderly. Thefe are preferved
for their odd appearance, by fuch as are curious in
cultivating exotic plants ; their fruits being ripe in
winter, afford a variety in the green-houfe, and their
leaves and flowers being very remarkable in their co-
lour, ihape, &c. render them worthy of a place in
every good colledlion of plants.

The thirteenth fort hath a fhrubby ftalk which rifes
two or three feet high, fending out feveral ligneous
branches, which are armed with (hort, ftrong, yel-
lowifli fpines ; the leaves are an inch and a half long,
and an inch broad, woolly on both fides, and are an-
gularly indented. Thefe are armed with fpines on
both fides, in a row on the midrib. The flowers come
out in longifli bunches from the fide of the (talks ;
they are blue, and like thofe of the twelfth ; they ap-
pear in June and July, and are fucceeded by round
berries of a gold colour as large as Cherries, which
ripen in winter.

The fourteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun at La Vera Cruz in New Spain, growing
naturally there, from whence he fent the feeds to
England, which fucceeded in the Chelfea Garden.
This rifes with a prickly herbaceous (talk near two
feet high, dividing into two or three branches, which
are clofely armed with (lender yellow fpines of une-
qual lengths. The leaves are fix inches long, and
three inches and a half broad, of a bright green co-
lour, and deeply flnuated •, the veins of the leaves are
armed with yellow eredt fpines on both fides. The
umbels of flowers (hand erect at the end of the
branches ; the flowers are very large, and of a fine
blue colour; thefe are fucceeded by round berries
as large as common Cherries, which are marbled with
white and green. The empalement of the flower is
armed with fpines like a hedge-hog. It flowers in
July and Auguft, but the fruit ripens late in the au-
tumn, fo that unlefs the plants are brought forward
in the fpring, they will not produce ripe feeds in
England.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz in
New Spain, where the late Dr. Houftoun difcovered
it. This hath fhrubby trailing (talks two feet long,
which are armed with long yellow fpines, and covered
with a gray bark ; the leaves are near four inches long,
and aim oft two broad, very finely cut in form of wing-
ed leaves alrnoft to their midrib ; they are woolly,
and armed with long, (lender, yellowifti fpines on their
veins on both fides. The foot-ftalks of the flowers
arife from the wings of the (talks ; they are two or
three inches long, each for the molt part fuftaining
two large yellow flowers, having very prickly em-
palements ; thefe are fucceeded by fmall round berries
the fize of gray Peas, which are marbled with green
and white.

The (ixteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun, growing at La Vera Cruz ; this rifes with
a fhrubby ftalk five or fix feet high, armed with (hort
recurved fpines, and covered with a fmooth brownifh
bark, garnifhed with oblong leaves fix inches long,
and two and a half broad, which are regularly flnuated
on both edges in form of winged leaves ; thefe rife,
by two or three from the fame point, and ftand eredl ;
they are armed with a few (hort fpines along the mid-

SOL

Tib on both fides. The flowers come out in fmall
loofe bunches from the fide of the branches, to which
they fit dole ; thefe are but fmall ; they have five
white ftar-pointed petals, and are fucceeded by fmall
berries abbut the fize of thofe of Juniper, which, when
ripe, are red.

The feventeenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this
rifes with a fhrubby woolly (talk five or fix feet high,
armed with (hort recurved thorns, and garnifhed with
oval woolly leaves fix inches long, and four broad,
which are angularly flnuated, and have a very few fhort
crooked fpines upon the midrib on the under fide.
The flowers are in (mail umbels fitting clofe to the fide
of the branches ; they are fmall and yellow ; thefe are
fucceeded by fmall round berries of a Saffron colour
when ripe.

The eighteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica ; this
rifes with fhrubby (talks three or four feet high,
dividing into feveral irregular branches which have a
gray bark, and are armed on every fide with (lender
eredl fpines of a gray colour. The leaves are fpear-
fhaped, an inch and a half long, and half an inch
broad ; they are fmooth, and a little indented or
waved on their edges. The flowers come out in long
bunches from the fide of the ftalk, (landing upon
long foot-ftalks ; they are of a fine blue colour, and
are fucceeded by Saffron-coloured berries the fize of
Peas.

The nineteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
William Houftoun, growing naturally at La Vera
Cruz ; this hath a fhrubby climbing ftalk which rifes
ten or twelve feet high, covered with a fmooth brown
bark, and divides into feveral branches. The leaves
are oval, woolly on their under fide, but of a dark
green on their upper ; they are two inches long, and
one and a half broad. The flowers come out (ingly
from the wings of the ftalk ; they are large, of a fine
blue colour, and the petal is not divided into fegments
like thofe of the other fpecies, but it hath five angles,
each ending in a point ; thefe are fucceeded by round
berries about the fize of gray Peas, which are red
when ripe.

The twentieth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun at Campeachy ; this rifes with a fmooth
fhrubby ftalk fix or feven feet high, fending out lig-
neous branches on every fide, which have a fmooth
brown bark, and are garnifhed with oval acute-point-
ed leaves which are entire, and woolly on their under
fide ; they are four inches long, and two and a half
broad. The flowers are collected into umbels which
ftand eredl ; thefe come out from the fide and at the
end of the branches ; they are of a light blue colour,
and are fucceeded by round berries the fize of (mail
black Cherries, which are yellow when ripe.

The twenty-firft fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun at La Vera Cruz ; this hath a fhrubby ftalk
which rifes four feet high, having a white downy
bark, and armed on every fide with (trait brown fpines.
The leaves ftand three inches afunder ; they are oval,
and have flnuated indentures ; they are two inches
long, and one and a quarter broad, woolly on their
under fide,' and have prickly foot-ftalks. Their mid-
rib is armed with two or three fmall fpines, fometimes
on both fides, and at others but on one. The fpines
are ail eredl ; the flowers are difpofed in an umbel
fitting clofe at the end of the branches ; they are large,
of a fine blue colour, and have woolly empalements ;
thefe are fucceeded by round berries the fize of large
Peas, which are red when ripe.

The twenty-fecond fort grows naturally at Campea-
chy ; this rifes with a woody ftalk eight or ten feet
high, fending out feveral ligneous branches which are
covered with a gray down, and are furrowed. The
leaves are fometimes placed alternately on the branches,
and at others are oppofite, (landing upon pretty long
thick foot-ftalks ; they are feven inches long, and
three and a half broad ; their edges are entire, and
end in acute points, and are woolly on their un-
der fide. The flowers terminate the branches in large
eredl umbels, (landing upon long foot-ftalks ; they

are,

»

SOL

are large, white, and have woolly empalements ;
thefe are fucceeded by berries the fize of Cherries,
which turn yellow.

The ten laft mentioned forts are propagated by feeds
in the fame manner as the former, but theie being
natives of warm countries, muft be raifed on a hot-
bed early in the fpring ^ and when the plants are fit
to remove, they muft be each planted in a feparate
fmall pot filled with frefh rich earth, and plunged into
a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark, obferving to
ihade them from the fun until they have taken new
root-, after which time they fliould have a large (hare
of frefh air admitted to them in warm weather, and
muft be frequently watered. Toward the latter end
of June it will be proper to harden the plants gradu-
ally, and foon after they fhould be removed into the
ftove, where they muft have as much free air as pof-
fible in warm weather, but as the cold approaches in
autumn, they muft be carefully protefted therefrom,
and in winter they fliould be kept in a moderate tem-
perature of warmth, otherwife they will not live in this
country.

Some of thefe forts will bear to be expofed in the
open air in the heat of fummer, provided they are
placed in a warm fituation -, but if the feafon fhould
prove cold, they will not thrive abroad, wherefore it
will be better to let them remain in the ftove, and
open the glades in front, and at the top of the ftove,
every day, to admit as much air as poflible in hot
weather, with which management they will thrive
much better than in the open air.

The twenty-third fort grows naturally at Buenos Ay-
res in the Spanifh Weft-Indies *, this riles with a woody
ftalk ten or twelve feet high, covered with a purplifh
bark almoft lmooth. At the top it divides into leve-
ral branches which grow ered, and are garnilhed with
wedge-fhaped leaves which are finuated. The flowers
are produced in large umbels at the end of the
branches ; they are large, white, and the petal is an-
gular, but not divided at the brim ; thefe appear in
July, and are fucceeded by fmall berries which
change yellow when they are ripe.

The feeds of the twenty-fourth fort were fent from the
Bahama Iflands by Mr. Catefby this rifes with a
fmooth fhrubby ftalk fix or eight feet high, covered
with a brown bark, and divides into many branches,
which are garnilhed with fpear-fhaped leaves three
inches and a half long, and one and a half broad ;
they have a few finuated indentures on their edges,
and end in acute points ; they are fmooth, and of a
light green colour. The flowers are produced in fmall
umbels from the fide of the ftalks, Handing ereft
they are pretty large, white, and have their petals cut
into five ftar-pointed fegments thefe are very rarely
fucceeded by feeds in England.

The two laft mentioned forts are not fo tender as the
ten former forts, fo may be treated in the fame way
as the eleventh and twelfth, by houfing them in win-
ter with Oranges and other green-houle plants, and
in fummer place them abroad in afheltered fituation ;
they may be propagated by cuttings, which, if planted
in a fhady border during any of the fummer months,
will take root pretty freely, and may then be taken
up and potted, placing them in the Ihade till they
have taken new root, and then they may be treated
in the fame way as the old plants.

The twenty-fifth fort grows naturally on the coaft of
Guinea this has a Ihrubby ftalk which rifes feven
or eight feet high, dividing into many branches which
have a fmooth bark. The lower leaves are oblong,
oval, about three inches long, and one and a half
broad, fmooth, of a dark green colour, and ftand
upon fliort foot-ftalks ; the flowers come out from the
fide of the branches in fmall bunches, Handing upon
very (lender foot-ftalks they are of the fame fhape
and colour with thofe of the Amomum Plinii, but are
fmaller } thefe are fometimes fucceeded by berries
about the fize of fmall black Cherries, which are yel-
low when ripe.

This fort requires a ftove in winter, and muft not be

SOL

expofed abroad longer than ten or twelve weeks in the
warmeft part of fummer ; it may be propagated by
cuttings, which, when planted, muft be clofely co-
vered with a bell or hand-glafs, and (haded from the
fun, treating them in the fame manner as other cut-
tings of exotic plants^

The twenty-fixth fort grows naturally at the Cape of
Good Hope ; this has fhrubby flexible ftalks, requir-
ing fupport like our common woody Nightfhade, to
which the plant has great refemblance, but the leaves
are (horter, thicker, and are more indented on their
edges: this fort very rarely flowers in England. There
are fome who have fuppofed this and our common
woody Nightfliade to be the fame, which is certainly
a great miftake, for this fort will not live abroad
through the winter in England in any fituation, nor
does it produce flowers here with any treatment, for
there are plants in the Chelfea Garden of feveral years
old, which have been differently managed, and yet
have never flowered.

It may be eafily propagated by cuttings during any
of the fummer months, and may be preferved in a
green-houle in winter, treating it in the fame way as
the Amomum Plinii.

The twenty-feventh fort was difcovered by the late
Dr. Houftoun at Campeachy ; this rifes with a woody
ftalk ten or twelve feet high, fending out many
branches which have a light gray bark, and are
fmooth. The leaves are fpear-fhaped, five inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle, draw-
ing to a point at both ends they are of a deep green
on their upper fide, but are hoary on their under.
The flowers are produced in large umbels at the end
of the branches ; they are fmall, ftar-pointed, and
white ; their fummits, which fill up the mouth of the
tube, are purple ; thefe are fucceeded by fmall ber-
ries the fize of middling Peas, which are yellow when
ripe.

The twenty-eighth fort was difcovered at Carthagena
in New Spain, by the gentleman before-mentioned ;
this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk, having a light brown
bark, which divides into feveral irregular ligneous
branches •, thefe are garnilhed with oval leaves four
inches long, and two and a half broad, fmooth, of a
dark green on their upper fide, but woolly on their
under. The flowers are produced in large eredt um-
bels at the end of the branches, which are pretty
large, and white, (haped like thofe of the other forts 5
thefe are fuceeded by round berries the fize of fmall
Cherries, fitting in the blunt woolly empalement of
the flower, which turn yellow when ripe.

The twenty ninth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and
alfo at the Capeof Good Hope: this rifes with a Ihrubby
prickly ftalk five or fix feet high, fending out a few
branches toward the top, garnifbed with obtufe leaves
which are fmooth, and divided into three lobes ; the
flowers are fmall, which are fucceeded by fmall ber-
ries which rarely ripen in England.

The thirtieth fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this is
an annual plant, rifing with a fhrubby prickly ftalk
about three feet high, fending out a few (lender
branches, garnilhed with wing-pointed leaves ; the
flowers are large, blue, and have prickly empalements 5
they are fucceeded by berries almoft the fize of black
Cherries. If the plants of this fort are brought for-
ward on a hot-bed early in the fpring, they will ripen,
their feeds, otherwife they never produce good feeds
in England,

The thirty-firft fort grows common in all the Weft-
India iflands, where it is called Batchelor’s Pear. This
rifes with a prickly herbaceous ftalk three or four
feet high ; the fpines are ftrong and crooked ^ the
leaves are large, angular, and woolly, and are armed
with the like fpines ; the flowers are produced in
bunches from the fide of the ftalks ; they are of a
pale blue colour, and are fucceeded by yellow fruit
the fhape and fize of a Catharine Pear, but they are
inverted. The plant is annual here.

The thirty-fecond fort grows naturally on the coaft of
Malabar j this is an annual plant, rifing with a prickly

1 2 P ftalk

I

/

SOL

italic near two feet high, fending out a few branches
without order, garnifhed with oblong leaves which
are indented like winged leaves , the flowers are pro-
duced in long bunches from the fide of the italics ;
they are fmall, white, and are fucceeded by red ber-
ries the flze of fmall Cherries, which ripen in the
autumn.

The feeds of thefe fhould be fown the beginning of
March upon a hot -bed, and when the plants are fit
to remove, they fhould be planted in feparate fmall
pots filled with rich earth, and plunged into a new
hot-bed to bring them forward, otherwife they will
not ripen their feeds in England.

SOLD A NELL A. Tourn. In ft. R. H. 82. tab. 16.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 182. Soldanel.

The Characters are,

The flower has an ere A permanent empalement cut into
Jive parts •, it has one bett-floaped petal flpr ending open
gradually. The brim is cut into acute flegments ; it has
jive awl-ftoaped ftamina terminated by fmgle flummits , and
a roundijh germen flupporting a /lender jiyle the length of
the petal , which is permanent , and crowned by an obtufle
ftigma. The germen afterward turns to an oblong taper
capflule of one cell , obliquely freaked , and opening at the
top with ten indentures, fitted with fmall acute-pointed feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Soldanella ( Alpina .) Hort. Cliff. 49. Soldanel Sol-
danella Alpina rotundifolia. C. B. P. 295. Round-
leaved Soldanel of the Alps.

This plant grows naturally on the Alps, and other
mountains in Germany. The root is fibrous and per-
ennial ; the leaves are almoft kidney-fhaped they are
about three quarters of an inch over each way, of a
dark green colour, and Hand upon long foot-ftalks.
Between thefe arife the foot-ftalk of the flower which
is naked, about four inches long, fuftaining at the
top two fmall open bell-fhaped flowers, whofe brim
is cut into many fine fegments like a fringe ; the mold
frequent colour of the flower is blue, but it is fome-
times found with a fnow-white flower. After the
flower is paid, the germen becomes an oval capfule,
with the ftyle coming out at the top, filled with very
fmall acute-pointed feeds. It flowers in April, and
the feeds ripen in July.

There is another variety of this whofe leaves are lefs
round.

The beft method to propagate thefe plants is by part-
ing their roots, becaufe their feeds feldom ripen well
in England ; nor do the feeds, which are brought
from abroad fucceed, for they feldom grow unlefs
they are fown loon after they are ripe.

The feafon for tranfplanting and parting thefe roots is
in September, that they may have time to make good
roots before winter ; for if they are removed in the
fpring, they never flower very ftrong : and if the fea-
fon fhould prove dry, the plants will decay, unlefs
they are confdantly iupplied with water.

The foil in which thefe plants thrive beft, is a ftrong
cool loam, and they muft have a fhady fituation ; for
if they are expofed to the fun they will not live, nor
will they thrive in a warm light foil. In dry weather
thefe plants fhould be frequently watered, which will
caufe them to flower ftrongly and make a good in-
creafe.

If the feeds ripen in England, and any perfon is defi-
rotis to propagate the plants that way, they fhould be
fown in boxes or pots filled with frefh loamy earth
foon after they are ripe, and the boxes muft be placed
in a fhady fituation, and frequently watered in dry
weather. The plants will fometimes appear the fame
autumn the feeds are fown, but more frequently they
do not come up till the following fpring, fo that the
earth muft not be difturbed, nor weeds permitted to
grow in the boxes. When the plants come up, they
muft be duly watered in dry weather, and con-
ftantly placed in a fhady fituation. The following
autumn. the plants fhould be taken out of the boxes,

SOL '

and planted in a fhady border about fix or eiGht
inches afunder, where they may remain to flower ^or
they may be intermixed with other low Alpine plants
in north borders, where they will make an ao-reeable
variety.

o OLI DAGO. Lin. Gen. Plant. 8^9* Virga aurea.
Tourn. Inft. R. II. 483. tab. 735. Golden Rcfa, or
Saracens Woundwort, in French, Verge dares.

The Characters are,

It has a compound flower , made up of hermaphrodite flo-
rets and female half florets, inch fed in one oblong imbri-
cated empalement , ivhofe fpikes are narrow , and join to-
gether. The hermaphrodite J lowers which compofe the
dijk , are funnel flj aped, and cut into five points at the
brim, which flpread open \ they have five very jhort hair-
like ftamina terminated by cylindrical flummits , and a
crowned germen flupporting a /lender Jiyle as long as the
ftamina, crowned by a bifid open ftigma. The germen af-
terward turns to a fmgle feed crowned with hairy down.
The female half florets are tongue-Jhaped , and indented
in three parts thefe have a crowned germen, with a fender
ftyle crowned by two revolving ftigmas , and are fucceeded
by a fmgle feed like the hermaphrodite florets.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whole flowers are competed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are all fruitful, and the fta-
mina and ftyle are connected.

The Species are,

r. Solid ago ( Latifoha ) caule ereflo foil is lanceolatis
ferratis, paniculis corymbofis, lateralibus tenninali-
bufque. Woundwort with an ere A ftalk, fpear-jhaped
flawed leaves, -and flowers in a coryrnbus on the fide and
at the top of the ftalk. Virga aurea latifolia ferrata.
C. B. P. 268. Broad-leaved flawed Golden Rod.

2. Solidago ( Vulgaris ) caule fubflexuofo angulato,
racemis paniculatis erectis confertis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
880. Woundwort with an angular almoft flexible ftalk ,
and ere A bunches of flowers in panicles clofle together.
Virga aurea vulgaris. Park. Theat. 542. Our common
Golden Rod.

3. Solidago (. Anguftifolia ) foliis lineari-lanceolatis fub-
integerrimis, floribus confertis alaribus feffilibus.
W aundwort with linear fpear-jhaped leaves almoft entire,
and flowers in cl afters fitting clofle at the wings . of the
ftalk. Virga aurea anguftifolia minus ferrata. C. B. P.
268. Narrow-leaded Golden Rod Ms flawed.

4. Solidago [Minor) caule paniculate, foliis radicali-
bus ovatis dentatis, caulinis lanceolatis integerrimis.
Woundwort with apanided ftalk, the bottom leaves oval
and indented, thofe on the ftalks fpear-jhaped and en-
tire. Virga aurea minor, foliis ferratis utrinque acu-
minatis. Rand. Smaller Golden Rod, with flawed leaves
pointed at both ends.

5. Solidago ( Minuta ) foliis lineari lanceolatis fubferra-
tisfubtus incanis floribus paniculatis confertis. Wound-
wort with linear fpear-jhaped leaves /lightly flawed, hoary
on their under fide, and panicled flowers in duffers. Virga
aurea montana, folio angufto fubineano, floiculis con-
globatis. Raii Syn. 177. Mount An Golden Rod with
narrow leaves hoary on their under fide, and flowers in
round clufters.

6. Solidago [Montana) foliis lanceolatis ferratis d'ecur-
rentibus, caule angulato. Le Monier. Sauv. Monfp,
84. Woundwort with fpear-jhaped, flawed, running leaves ,
and an angular ftalk. Virga aurea montana, latiore
folio hirfuto. H. R. Par. Mountain Golden Rod with a
broader hairy leaf.

7. Solidago [Canadenfis) paniculato-corymbofa, race-
mis recurvatis, floribus adfeendentibus, foliis trinertiis
fubferratis fcabris. Hort. Upfal. 259 Woundwort with
coryrnbus panicles, recurved fpikes of j lowers rifling above
each other , and rough leaves' having three veins which
are J, lightly flawed. Virga aurea anguftifolia, panic- till
fpeciosa Canadenfis. H. R. Par. Narrow-leaved Ca-
nada Golden Rod, with a fine panicle of flowers.

8. Solidago [Altijfima) paniculata-corymbofa, racemis
recurvatis, floribus adfeendentibus, foliis enerviis fub-
integerrimis. Hort. Upfal. 259. Woundwort with a
coryrnbus panicle , recurved fpikes of flowers fifing above

each

S O L

SOL

each other , and leaves without veins aimoft entire. Vir-
ga aurea alnffima ferotina, panicula, fpeciosa patula.
Martyn. Cent. i. 14. Fatteft late Golden Rod, with a
fpreading panicle.

c. Solidago ( Pilofa ) caule pilofo, foliis lanceolatis fer-
ratis fcabris feffilibus, racemis recurvatis alaribus, flo-
ribus pedunculatis. Wound-wort with a hairy ft alk, fpear-
jhaped, flawed, rough leaves fitting clofe to the folks, re-
curved [pikes , and flowers upon foot-ftalks. Virga au-
rea Canadenfis hirfuta, panicula minus fpeciofa.
Hort. R. Par. Hairy Canada Golden Rod , with a lefs
beautiful panicle.

jo. Solidago {Marylandica) paniculato-corymbofo, ra-
cemis obtufis patulis, foliis nervofis fcabris fubinte-
gerrimis. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle , obtufe
spreading fpikes , and rough veined leaves almoft entire.
Virga aurea Marylandica, fpicis riorum racemofis, fo-
liis integris fcabris. Mart. Dec. 2. Maryland Golden
Rod , with flowers in long bunches and rough entire leaves.

11. Solidago (Virginiana) paniculato-corymbofa, ra-
cemis longiffimis recurvatis, pedunculis foliofis, fo-
liis lanceolatis ferratis fcabris. Woundwort with a co-
rymbus panicle , very long recurved fpikes whofe foot-ftalks
are leafy , rough, fawed , fpear-floaped leaves. Virga
aurea rugofis foliis Virginiana, panicula florum am-
pliffima. Pluk. Aim. 390. Virginia Golden Rod with
rough leaves , and an ample panicle of flowers.

12. Solidago ( Scrophularifolia ) caule fiexubfo, foliis
ovatis acuminatis ferratis, racemis lateralibus fimpli-
cibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 161. Woundwort with a flex-
ible ftalk , oval , acute-pointed , flawed leaves , and Jingle
fpikes of flowers at the wings of the ftalk. Virga aurea
Canadenfis, fcrophularias folio. Pluk. Phyt. 235. Ca-
nada Golden Rod with a Figwort leaf ,

13. Solidago (. Flexicaulis ) caule flexuofo glabro, foliis
^ovato-lanceolatis glabris dentatis, racemis brevioribus

lateralibus fimplicibus. Woundwort with a fmooth flex-
ible ftalk , oval , fpear-floaped , fmooth leaves which are in-
dented', and fhorter Jingle fpikes of flowers at the wings
of the ftalk. Virga aurea Canadenfis afterifei folio.
Par. Bat. Canada Golden Rod with a leaf of Afterifcus.

14. Solidago ( Latiffimifolia ) caule eredto glabro, race-

mis breviaribus lateralibus, foliis nervofis ferratis gla-
bris. Woundwort with a fmooth eredl ftalk , fhorter erect
fpikes of flowers at the wings of the ftalk , and fmooth ,
veined , fawed leaves. Virga aurea Canadenfis, latiffi-

mo folio glabro. Tourn. Inft. 485. Canada Golden Rod
with the broadeft fmooth leaf.

15. Solidago ( Hirfutijfimis ) paniculato-corymbofa, ra-
cemis recurvatis, caulibus eredtis hirftitiffimis, foliis
lanceolatis ferratis acuminatis trinerviis fubtus tomen-
tofis. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle , recurved
fpikes , very hairy ere 51 fialks , and fpear-floaped , fawed ,
acute-pointed leaves with three veins , woolly onjheir un-
der fide. Virga aurea Canadenfis, altiffima, folio fub-
tus incano. Tourn. Inft. 485. Falk ft Canada Golden
Rod , with a leaf which is hoary on the under fide.

16. Solidago {Humilius) paniculato-corymbofa, racemis
conlpofitis recurvatis, foliis linearii-lanceolatis fubden-
tatis feffilibus. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle ,
compound recurved fpikes , and linear fpear-floaped leaves
Jiightly indented , fitting clofe to the ftalks. Virga aurea
hum-ilis, foliis rigidis utrinque acuminatis panicula
fpecicosa. Rand. Low Golden Red with ftiflf leaves
pointed at both ends , and a fpecious panicle of flowers.

17. Solidago ( Rigida ) caule paniculato, foliis inferio-
ribus ovatis dentatis, petiolis longiffimis, fuperioribus
lanceolatis femiamplexicaulibus. Woundwort with a pa-
niculated ftalk , the lower leaves oval and indented , the up-
per fpear-floaped , half embracing the ftalk. Virga aurea
Novae Anglite, lato rigidoque folio. Par. Bat. New-
England Golden Rod with a broad and ftiflf leaf.

■18. Solidago ( Mexicana ) caule obliquo, pedunculis
erectis foliatis ramofis, foliis lanceolatis integerrimis.
Hort. Cliff. 409. Woundwort with an oblique ftalk ,
branching , ere£t, leafy foot-ftalks, and fpear-floaped entire
leaves. Virga aurea Limonii folio, panicula uno ver-
fu difpofita. Tourn. Inft. 484. Golden Rod with a Sea
Lavender leaf, and a panicle of flowers difpofed on one
fide of the ftalk.

19. Solidago ( Fiflutofa ) caule pilofo ramofo, race-
mis particulatis eredtis confertis, foliis hiriutis fefli-
libus integerrimis. Woundwort with a hairy branching
/ talk , eredi fpikes of flowers in a panicle , and hairy en-
tire leaves fitting clofe to the ftalk . Virga aurea, ftori-
bus fiftulofis fenecionis inftar, foliis anguftioribus non
ferratis. Hift. Oxon. 3. p. 125. Golden Rod with fift
tular flowers like Groundfel , and narrow leaves not fawed .

20. Solidago ( Carnofo ) foliis lanceolatis iubcarnofis
glaberrimis, margine feabriufeulis, panicula corym-
bofa. Lin. Sp. Plant. 878. Woundwort with fpear-
floaped leaves ahneft flefloy, and very fmooth , with rough
edges , and a corymbus panicle. Virga aurea Canadenfis*
foliis carnofts latioribus. Hift. Oxon. 3. p. 124. Ca-
nada Golden Rod with broad flefloy leaves.

21. Solidago ( Cafiia ) panicula corymbofa, racemis fu-
pra denfioribus, caule glabro Itevi. Lin. Sp. Plant.
879. Woundwort with a corymbus panicle , the fpikes
growing clofer toward the top, and a fmooth ftalk. Vir-
ga aurea Marylandica csefia glabra. Hort. Elth. 414.
Smooth Maryland Golden Rod.

22. Solidago ( Glabra ) foliis lanceolate -linearibus fub-
carnofts glaberrimis, panicula corymbofa. W ound-
wort with narrow, , fleflo y very fmooth leaves , and a co-
rymbus panicle. Virga aurea Canadenfis, foliis carno-
fts anguftioribus non ferratis. Hift. Oxon. 3. p. 1254
Canada Golden Red with flefloy leaves not fawed.

23. Solidago (. Noveboracenfis ) panicula corymbofa, fo-
liis linearibus glaberrimis feffilibus. W oumwort with a
corymbus panicle , "and linear very fmooth leaves fitting
clofe to the ftalks. Virga aurea Novaboracenfis glabra*
caulibus rubentibus foliis anguftis glabns. Herm. Flor.
26. Smooth Golden Rod of New-Tork, with reddifo ftalks
and narrow fmooth leaves.

24. Solidago ( Integerrima ) caule paniculato racemic
brevioribus confertis, foliis linearibus glabris integer-
rimis. Woundwort with a paniculated ftalk, floorter fpikes
of flowers in clufters, and narrow , fmooth , entire leaves-.
Virga aurea Canadenfis, anguftifolia non ferrata.
Houft. Narrow-leaved Canada Golden Rod, with leaves
not fawed.

25. Solidago (Rugofa) caule paniculato racemis latera-
libus fimplicibus pedunculis foliatis foliis lanceolatis
fcabris integerrimis. Woundwort with a paniculated
ftalk. Jingle fpikes cf flowers from the wings of the
ftalk, having leafy foot-ftalks, and rough, fpear-floaped, en-
tire leaves.

26. Solidago {Alba) caule paniculato racemis eredtis
pedunculis foliatis, inferioribus ovatis ferratis nervofis,
caulinis lanceolatis integerrimis. Woundwort with a pa-
niculated ftalk, eredi fpikes of flowers with leafy foot-
ftalks, the lower leaves oval, flawed, and veined , but thofe
on the ftalks fpear-floaped and entire. An? Virga au-
rea foliis latioribus, floribus in fummis virgis albis,
fpicatim denfe difpofitis. Clayt. Flor. Virg. 97. Broad-
leaved Golden Rod, with white flowers at the top of the
branches difpofed in clofe fpikes.

27. Solidago ( Conferta ) caule paniculato racemis infe-
rioribus fimplicibus, fummis confertiffimis, foliis gla-
bris integerrimis. Woundwort with a paniculated ftalk ,
the lower fpikes f ample, thofe at the top in very clofe cluf-
ters, and entire fmooth leaves.

28. Solidago ( Recurvata ) paniculata corymbofa, race- ,
mis inferioribus recurvatis, fummis eredtis confertis,
foliis lanceolatis ferratis fcabris. Woundwort with a
corymbus panicle , the lower fpikes recurved, the upper
erect in clufters , and fpear-floaped, faived, rough leaves.

29. Solidago ( Petiolata ) caule paniculato, racemis con-
fertis, foliis inferioribus lineari-lanceolatis petiolatis,
caulinis feffilibus glabris. Woundwort with a paniculated
ftalk, cluftered fpikes of flowers, the lower leaves linear ,
fpear-floaped on foot-ftalks , and thofe on the ftalks fmooth $
fitting clofe.

30. Solidago ( Urticifolia ) caule rotundo pilofo, foliis
ovato lanceolatis crenatis oppofitis fcabris, racemis
breviffimis lateralibus. IVoundwori with a round hairy
ftalk, oval , fpear-floaped, crenated, rough leaves, [landing ,
oppofite, and very J. hort fpikes of flowers at the wings of
the ftalk. Virga aurea Americana, urticas foliis con-
iugatis rugofis & hiriutis, florum fpicis foliofis.

Houft,

sn

/

\

S O L

Houft. MSS. American Golden Rod with Nettle teaves by
pau s which are rough and hairy , and fpikes of flowers
between the leaves .

31. SoLiDAgo ( Fruticofa ) caule fruticofo, foliis lanceo- '
latis glabris integerrimis, floribus corymbofis termina-
libus. Woundwort with a Jhrubby fialk, fpear-fhaped,
fmooth , entire leaves, omd flowers in a corymbus termi-
nating the ftalks. Virga aurea Americana, fruticofa,
Salicis folio, floribus quafi umbellatis. Houft. MSS.
Shrubby American Golden Rod with a Sallow leaf, and
flowers as it were in umbels.

The fir ft fort is not common in England, though
that which grows naturally about London is generally
taken for it. This grows plentifully about Brabant,
and is the moil common in Germany. The ftalks of
this are ftiff, of a purplifh brown colour, and rife
about two feet high. The panicles of flowers come
out from the wings, and at the top of the ftalks, each
flower ftanding upon a long {lender foot-ftalk •, they
are of a pale yellow colour, and appear the beginning
of Auguft. The leaves are fpear-fhaped almoft four
inches long, and a quarter broad, deeply fawed on
their edges, and are of a pale green on their under fide.
The fecond fort is our common Golden Rod about
London ; the lower leaves of this are oval, fpear-
fhaped, about two inches long, and one broad •, they
are (lightly fawed on their edges, and have pretty
long foot-ftalks ; the ftalks are {lender, about a foot
and a half high, garnifhed with fmall, narrow, entire
leaves, having no foot-ftalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in panicled bunches, which are cluftered to-
gether, forming a thick ered fpike ; they are yel-
low, and appear in Auguft and September.

The third fort is frequently found growing naturally
in feveral parts of England ; I have often gathered it
in the woods near Dulwich in Surry ; the ftalk is
round, fmooth, rifes a foot and a half high, garnifhed
with narrow fpear-fhaped leaves about an inch and
a quarter long, and an eighth of an inch broad ; they
are almoft entire, and fit clofe to the ftalk. The flowers
come out in fmall cluftered bunches at the wings of
the ftalk, to which they fit very clofe, and the ftalk is
terminated by a roundifh bunch : as the flowers of
this are produced at every joint, the upper half of the
ftalk, the fpikes being fhort, they do not make fo
good an appearance as thofe of the fecond. It flowers
about the fame time.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the woods at Hamp-
ftead, from whence I have feveral times taken the
roots, and planted them in the garden, where they
have continued many years, and have never varied •,
the lower leaves of this are indented ; the ftalk fel-
dom rifes more than a foot high, branching out almoft
from the bottom. The branches are terminated by
fhort cluftered fpikes of yellow flowers which are
ere£t ; the leaves on the ftalk and branches are very
narrow, acute-pointed, and entire.

The fifth fort grows naturally on the mountains in
Wales ; the lower leaves of this are narrow, fpear-
fhaped, an inch and a half long, and a quarter broad ;
they are fmooth, flightly fawed on their edges, and a
little hoary on their under fide ; the ftalk rifes about
fix inches high, it is garnifhed with the fame fort of
leaves with thofe below, but fmaller. The flowers grow
in roundifh cluftered fpikes at the top of the ftalk,
which are much larger than thofe of the common fort,
and appear five or fix weeks earlier in the feafon.

The fixth fort grows naturally upon the mountains
in the fouth of France and Italy ; the ftalk is angular,
and has narrow leafy borders ; it rifes about two feet
high ; the leaves are fpear-fhaped, acute-pointed, and
fawed ; they are three inches long, and one broad, of
a pale green on their under fide, and hairy ; the flowers
come out in clofe thick fpikes from the wings of the
ftalks more than half the length, terminating the ftalk
in a thick fpike •, they are yellow, and appear in July.
The feventh fort grows naturally in North America;
the ftalks are round, fmooth, and rife two feet high ;
they are garnifhed with narrow rough leaves, having
three longitudinal veins ; they are two inches and a I

H

half long, and a quarter of an inch broad in the
middle, ending in acute points fitting clofe to the
ftalks, and have fometimes a few flight ferratures on
their edges.^ The flowers are gathered in a roundifh
panicle at the top of the ftalk ; the lower fpikes of
flowers are reflexed, but thofe at the top ftand ereft,
and are joined very clofe ; thefe are yellow, and ap-
pear in July. r

The eighth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ftalks of this are round and fmooth ; they rife up-
ward of four feet high ; the leaves are rough, acute-
pointed, and have no veins ; they ftand clofer together
on the ftalks, and are fhorter and broader than^thofe
of the feventh ; the panicles of flowers are much lar-
ger, the fpikes much longer, they fpread out wider,
and are more reflexed. This flowers late in Auguft
and September.

The ninth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ftalks of this are round and hairy •, they rife near-
three feet high, and are clofely garnifhed with rough
fpear-fhaped leaves two inches long, and half an
inch broad, flightly fawed on their edges, and fit dole
to the ftalks. The flowers come out from the win 0-3,
at the uppei part of the ftalk, in long recurved
fpikes ; they are fmall, of a fulphur colour, and ftand
upon fhort foot-ftalks. This fort flowers the end of
July.

The tenth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ftalks are round, fmooth, and rife four or five feet
high ; they are garnifhed with rough fpear-fhaped
leaves two inches and a half long, and half an inch
broad ; they are entire, and fit clofe to the ftalks ; the
flowers are produced in roundifh panicles at the top
of the ftalks, which are compofed of obtufe fpread-
ing fpikes in clofe clufters. The flowers are yellow,
and appear in Auguft.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Virginia ; the
ftalks are round, channelled, and rife two feet high ;
the leaves are rough, acute-pointed, and fawed ; they
are two inches and a half long, and one broad. The
flowers are produced in a panicle at the top of the
ftalk ; the fpikes are very long, recurved, and fpread
out on every fide ; the lower parts of the foot-ftalks
are clofely furnifhed with fmall leaves, and the flowers
are in clofe clufters at; the end of the fpike ; they are of
a bright yellow colour, and appear late in September.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ftalks are (lender, fmooth, and rife two feet high ;
they are garnifhed with oval, acute-pointed, fawed.
leaves three inches long, and two broad, and ftand
alternately at two inches diftance. The flowers come
out in long bunches from the wings of the ftalks ;
they are difpofed loofely on the foot-ftalk, and are of
a pale yellow colour ; thefe appear in Auguft, and
continue part of September.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica ; the lower leaves are four inches long, and al-
moft two broad; their foot-ftalks are two inches long,
and have a membrane or wing on each fide. The
ftalks rife two feet high ; they are (lender, fmooth,
and of a light purple colour, and garnifhed with oval,
fpear-fhaped, indented leaves, near two inches long,
and three quarters of an inch broad, of a pale green
on their under fide. The flowers are produced in
fhort bunches from the wings of the ftalk, almoft the
whole length ; the lower fpikes are an inch long, but
thofe on the upper part of the ftalks are almoft round ;
the flowers are of a brimftone colour, and appear late
in Auguft.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally in Canada ; the
ftalks of this are ftiff, round, fmooth, and have a
white bark ; they rife upward of three feet high, and
are garnifhed with fmooth fpear-fhaped leaves, having
feveral veins ; they are three inches and a half long,
and one inch broad, ftanding alternately. The flowers
come out toward the top of the ftajk, from the wings,
in fhort fpikes, which ftand ereft and are obtufe ; they
are of a pale yellow colour, and appear in Auguft.
The fifteenth fort grows naturally m Canada ; this
rifes with a ftrong hairy ftalk five or fix feet high,

which

4

ft

SOL

which is garnifhed clofely with rough fpear-fhaped
ieaves ending in acute points •, they are four inches
long, and one broad, very hairy on their under fide,
and fharply fawed on their edges, having three ftrong
longitudinal veins ; the flowers are difpofed in a round-
ifh panicle at the top of the (talk; the fpikes of
flowers are recurved ; the flowers are fmall, and of a
brimftone colour •, this flowers in September, and fre-
quently continues till the end of October.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in North America ;
the ftaiks of this are very ftrong they rife near two
feet high, are very clofely garnifhed with narrow, fpear-
Ihaped, ftiff leaves, four inches long, and half an
inch broad, a little indented on their edges, fitting
clofe to the ftaiks. The flowers are difpofed in large
panicles at the top of the ftaiks ; the fpikes are long,
recurved, and are compofed of fmaller fpikes in cluf-
ters ; the flowers are yellow, and appear in September.
The feventeenth fort grows naturally in New Eng-
land. The ftaiks rife two feet high ; the lower leaves
are oval, ftiff, fmooth, and entire ; they are four
inches long, and two inches and a half broad, Hand-
ing upon foot-ftalks which are four inches long ; thofe
on the upper part of the ftalk are fpear-fhaped, en-
tire, and embrace the ftalk half round with their
bafe. The flowers are difpofed in loofe fpreading
panicles at the top of the ftaiks ; the fpikes are fhort,
cluftered, and roundifh ; the flowers are of a bright
yellow colour, and appear in Auguft.

The eighteenth fort grows naturally at Mexico, but
is hardy enough to thrive in the open air in England ;
the ftaiks of this are oblique ; they rife a foot and a
half high, are fmooth, and have a brown bark, gar-
nifhed with fmooth, fpear-fhaped, entire leaves, three
inches long and three quarters of an inch broad. The
flowers come out upon branching foot-ftalks on the
fide of the ftaiks, which are ranged on one fide of
the ftaiks, and have a few fmall leaves under the
flowers. The flowers are yellow and appear the end
of Auguft.

The nineteenth fort grows naturally in North Aftie-
rica. The ftaiks of this are very hairy, and rife four
feet high, branching out toward the bottom ; the
lower part of the ftalk is garnifhed with rough leaves
three inches long and one broad ; the branches grow
ereft, and are garnifhed with fmall leaves fcarce
one inch long, and an eighth broad, which are entire,
and fit clofe to the ftalk •, the flowers are difpofed in
a clofe panicle at the top of the ftalk, growing eredt ;
they are yellow, and appear in September.

The twentieth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica. The lower leaves are thick, flelhy, and fpear-
fhaped ; they are ten inches long, and one inch and
a half broad, and have three longitudinal veins •, the
middle furface of the leaves is fmooth, but their
edges are rough ; they are of a deep green colour :
the ftaiks rife four feet high, and are clofely garnifhed
with fmooth entire leaves, of the fame fhape and tex-
ture as the lower, but greatly diminilh in their fize to
the top of the ftalk. The flowers are difpofed in a
compadl panicle at the top of the ftalk ; the fpikes
grow eredl, and the flowers are of a brio-ht vellow co-
lour •, they appear in Odtober, and in mild feafons
continue great part of November.

The twenty-firft fort grows naturally in Maryland •,
this hath a flender fmooth ftalk which rifes a foot
and a half high, garnifhed with narrow fpear-fhaped
leaves two inches long, and half an inch broad, in-
dented on their edges, and ending in acute points ;
the flowers are difpofed in a loofe panicle at the top
of the ftalk the fpikes of flowers are clofer and
thicker toward the top. The flowers are yellow, and
appear in September.

The twenty-fecond fort grows naturally in North
America ; the lower leaves are flefhy, narrow, fpear-
fhaped, and entire. The ftaiks are fmooth, of apur-
plifh colour, and rife near three feet high •, they are
garnifhed with long, narrow, fmooth, keel-fhaped
leaves, which are entire. The flowers are difpofed
in a loofe panicle at the top of the ftalk ; the fpikes

/ t *

SOL

are flender and erect. The flowers are of a bright
yellow colour, and appear late in Oftober, and fo’rfle-
time’s continue till December.

The twenty-third fort grows naturally in New Eng-
land. The lower leaves of this fort are long, narrow,*
and very fmooth ; they are keel-fhaped and entire. -
The ftaiks are red, flefhy, and fmooth ; they rife two
feet high, and are thinly garnifhed with harrow fmooth.
leaves. The flowers are produced in loofe panicles at
the top of the ftaiks, and there are fome Angle fpikes
of flowers which come out from the wings of the
ftaiks below. The flowers are of a bright yellow co-
lour, and appear in Auguft.

The twenty-fourth fort grows naturally in North
America ; the ftaiks of this fort are fmooth, erebf,
and rife a foot and a half high-, garnifhed with narrow,
fmooth, entire leaves of a dark green colour. The
flowers are difpofed in clofe compadt panicles at the
top of the ftalk ; the fpikes of flowers are fhort, and
cluftered together. The flowers are large, of a bright
yellow, and appear in September.

The twenty-fifth fort grows naturally in Mew Eng-
land ; the ftaiks are round, hairy, and rife two feet
and a half high •, the upper branches come out in
a loofe panicle ; the leaves Hand clofe to the ftaiks j
they are rough, fpear-fhaped, and entire ; thofe on
the lower part are two inches long, and half an inch
broad, but are gradually fmaller to the top. The
fpikes of flowers come out from the wings of the
ftalk ; the lower are long, thofe above dioiinifh to the
top ; the foot-ftalks of the fpikes have many irxjall
leaves growing along them, fome of which are inter-
mixed with the flowers. This fort flowers the middle
of November.

The twenty-fixth fort grows naturally in North Ame-
rica ; the lower leaves are oval, fix inches long, and
t^hree broad, and end in acute points ; they are fawed
on their edges, and have' feveral ftrong longitudinal
veins; their foot-ftalks are long, and have leafy bor-
ders or wings. The ftaiks grow a foot and a half
high, branching out almoft from the bottom ; they
are garnifhed with fmall, fpear-fhaped, entire leaves.
The branches grow eredt ; they are clofely furnifhed
with fmall leaves below, and are terminated by fhort
clofe fpikes of white flowers, which appear the end of
Auguft.

The twenty-feventh fort grows naturally at Philadel-
phia; the lower leaves are fpear-fhaped, oblique,
fmooth, arid entire, ftanding upon long foot-ftalks.
The ftaiks rife from three to four feet high ; the fpikes
of flowers which come out from the wings of the
ftaiks are long, blunt, and a little recurved at the end ;
thofe on the upper part of the ftalk are eredt, and
cluftered together in a clofe fpike ; they are yellow,
and appear in September.

The twenty-eighth fort grows naturally at Philadel-
phia. The ftaiks of this fort are hairy, and branch
out toward the top * they are garnifhed with rough
fpear-fhaped leaves fitting clofe to the ftaiks. The
lower leaves are four inches long, and an inch and a
half broad ; thofe on the ftaiks, gradually diminifh in
their fize to the top ; they are rough, veined, and
fawed on their edges. The flowers are difpofed in a
panicled corymbus at the end of the branches ; the
fpikes on the lower part are recurved, but thofe at
the top are cluftered and erech This fort flowers in
September and October.

The twenty-ninth fort grows naturally at Philadel-
phia ; the lower leaves are fmooth, entire, narrow,
and fpear-fhaped ; they are three inches and a half
long, and half an inch broad, ftanding upon long
foot-ftalks. The ftaiks are round, fmooth, and rife
three feet high ; they are garnifhed with very fmall
fmooth leaves which are entire, and fit clofe to the
ftaiks. The flowers grow in a clofe panicle at the top
of the ftalk ; they are of a bright yellow colour, and
appear in September.

The thirtieth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cru2
in New Spain, where it was difcovered by the late
Dr. Houftoun, The ftaiks of this are round, hairy,

i Ok, and

58$

) i

SOL

and rife near three feet high ; they are garniflied with
oval fpear-fhaped leaves, placed oppofite upon fhort
foot-ftalks •, they are three inches long, and an inch
and a quarter broad, their furface very rough, and
their edges are crenated, of a dark green on their up-
per fide, but pale on their under. The flowers are
produced in fhort bunches from the wings of the
leaves, at the upper part of the ftalk ; they are of a
deep yellow colour, and pretty large.

The thirty-ftrft fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
where it was difcovered by the before-mentioned gen-
tleman. This rifes with a fhrubby ftalk feven or
eight feet high, dividing into many fpreading branches
which are (lender, ligneous, and covered with a fmooth
gray bark. The leaves are fpear-fhaped, fmooth,
and entire ; they are two inches and a half long, and
one broad, of a light green, and ftand upon fhort
foot-ftalks. The flowers are produced at the end of
the branches in a loofe corymbus ; they are large, of
a pale yellow colour, and ftand upon pretty long foot-
ftalks. The common empalement of the flowers is
cut almoft to the bottom. I believe Petiver has this
plant in his Mufaeum, under the following title. Pul-
monaria Jamaicenfis, falicis folio, calycibus paleaceis.
Thefe plants are all of them hardy, (except the two
forts laft mentioned) fo will thrive in the open air in
England. Many of them have fpecious panicles of
flowers, fo are great ornaments to the Englilh gardens
at the end of the fummer, when there is a fcarcity of
other flowers, which renders them more valuable. The
five firft forts are feldom admitted into gardens, as
they do not make any great appearance, but the forts
from North America are better efteemed •, thefe have
been greatly increafed in. their number of late years,
and if we can judge from the forts which have been
introduced from North America within a few years
paft, we muft fuppofe that country abounds with ma-
ny more forts than are yet known.

Thefe plants when they are once obtained, may be
propagated in plenty by parting of their roots ; the
beft time for doing it is in autumn, as foon as their
flowers are paft ; but thofe forts which do not flower
till very late in the year, fhould be tranfplanted early
in the fpring before they begin to fhoot, and the roots
may be then parted ; but if the fpring fhould prove
dry, they will require water to eftablifh them well in
the ground, otherwife they will not flower ftrong the
fucceeding autumn. Some of the forts fpread their
roots, and propagate much fafter than others, fo thefe
may be tranfplanted and parted every other year ; or
if the plants are wanted, they may be every year di-
vided, but then they will not flower fo ftrong as thofe
which are fuffered to remain longer unremoved •, and
thofe forts whole roots do not multiply fo faft, fhould
be parted once in three years, if they are expedted to
flower ftrong.

The forts which grow tall, are not very proper furni-
ture for fmall gardens, becaufe they require much
room, for thefe fhould be allowed four or five feet,
otherwife their roots will intermix with thofe of the
neighbouring plants, and draw away their nourifh-
ment therefore thefe plants are proper ornaments
for large extended walks round fields, or for the
borders of wood-walks, where they will make a fine
appearance during their feafon of flowering ; and as
they require little culture, fo they are adapted to thofe
places. They will thrive in almoft any foil, but when
they are planted in good ground they willjmow much
larger, and make a better appearance.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by feeds, but it
is only the early flowering kinds which perfesft their
feeds in England. Thefe feeds fhould be fown in au-
tumn foon after they are ripe, for thofe which are
kept out of the ground till fpring feldom fucceed, or
at beft do not come up the fame year ; they may be
fown in drills upon a bed of frefh earth, at about a
foot afunder, but the feeds fhould be flattered pretty
thick in the drills, and covered lightly over with
fine earth. When the plants come up, they muft
be kept clean from weeds, and where they are too

SOP

clofe, part of them may be drawn out, and planted
in a fhady border, to allow room for the others to
grow till autumn, when the fhould be tranfplanted
Where they are defigned to remain. The following
year they will flower, and theft roots will abide many
years.

The two laft mentioned forts are natives of a warm
country, fo they will not thrive here, unlefs they
have artificial heat in winter, efpecially the laft fort,
which requires a warmer fttuation than the other.
Thefe plants fhould be planted in pots, and the laft
fhould be plunged into the tan-bed in the ftove, and
treated in the fame way as other tender plants from
the fame country. This may be propagated by cut-
tings, which, if planted in pots filled with loamy
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, will
take root. The other fort is propagated by parting
of the roots, in the fame manner as the fort before
mentioned ■, thefe fhould be kept in a moderate ftove
in winter, and in fummer may be placed abroad in a
fheltered fttuation.

SOLSTICE is the time when the fun is in one of
the folftitial points ; that is, when he is at his greateft
diftance from the equator, which is twenty-three de-
grees and a half ; thus called, becaufe he then ap-
pears to ftand ftill, and not to change his place in the
degrees of the zodiac any way ; an appearance owing
to the obliquity of our lphere, and which thofe who
live under the equator are ftrangers to.

The Solftices are two in each year; the asftival, or
fummer Solftice ; and the hyemal, or winter Solftice.
The fummer Solftice is, when the fun is in the tropic
of Cancer, which is on the 21ft of June, when he
makes our longeft day.

The winter Solftice is, when the fun enters the firft
degree of Capricorn, which is on the 21ft of Decem-
ber ; when he begins to turn toward us, and makes
our fhorteft day.

This is to be underftood, as in our northern hemi-
fphere ; for in the fouthern, the fun’s entrance into Ca-
pricorn makes thefummerSolftice, and that into Can-
cer the winter Solftice.

SONCHUS, Sowthiftle.

Thefe are many of them weeds in England, fo are
not planted in gardens •, for if their feeds are once
permitted to flatter upon the ground, they will foon
flock it with plants ; for which reafon they fhould
always be extirpated, not only thofe in the garden,
but alfo thofe in the parts near it ; becaufe their
feeds being furnifhed with down, are wafted in the
air to a confiderable diftance, where, falling on the
ground, they foon come up and prove troublefome
weeds.

SO PH OR A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 456.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a floor t hell-Jhaped empalement of one leaf, \
cut at the brim into five obtufe fegments. The flower is of
the butterfly kind the ftandard is oblong , broad , and
reflexed on the fides. It has two oblong wings with appen-
dages to their bafle •, the keel is of two leaves like thofe of
the wings , whofe lower borders join like the keel of a boat.
It hath ten diftincl ftamina which are awl-fhaped , paral-
lel,, and the length of the petals , hid in the keel , and ter-
minated by fmall fummits , and a taper oblong germen , flap-
porting a ftyle the length of the ftamina , crowned by an
obtufe ftignia. The germen afterward turns to a long
fender pod, with flwellings where each feed is pofited, which
are romdifb.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle. This
agrees in every charafler with the' other butterfly
flowers, except that the ten ftamina in thefe flowers
ftand diftindt, and thofe of the other butterfly flowers
have their ftamina joined in two bodies.

The Species are,

1. Sophora ( Alopecuroides ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis nu-
merofis villofis oblongis, caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 373. Sophora with winged leaves, having a great
number of oblong hairy lobes. Ervuni Orientale alope-
6 curoides

SOP

curoides perenne, fruftu longiffimo. Tourn. Cor. 27.
Eaftern , ■perennial , Foxtail Ervum , with a long fruit.

2. Sophora ( 'Tomentofa ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis numero-
fxs fubrotundis. Lin. Sp. 373. Sophora . with winged
leaves , compofed of many roundifo lobes. Coronilia Zey-
lanica, tora argentea. Burm. Zeyl. Jointed podded Co-
lutea of Ceylon , T/ cwr filvery.

3. Sophora ( Tindloria ) foliis ternatis fubfefiilibus, folio-
lis fubrotundis glabris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 373. Sophora
with trifoliate leaves fitting almoft clofe to the fialks, whofe
lobes are roundifij and fmooth. Cytifus Americanus pro-
cumbens, flore luteo, ramofiffimus, qui anil fupped i-
tat. T railing American Cytifus with a yellow flower and
very branching , ofzvhich Indigo is made.

The firft fort grows naturally in the Levant; this
hath a perennial creeping root, from which arife fe-
veral erefl ftalks from three to four feet high, gar-
nifned with winged leaves, compofed of a great num-
ber of oblong hairy lobes ranged by pairs along the
midrib, terminated by an odd one. The flowers
come out from the wings of the {talk in long fpikes,
which (land erect clofe to the ftalk ; they are of a pale
blue colour, and fm all. Thefe appear in July, but
are rarely fucceeded by pods in England.

It propagates fait enough by its creeping root, in
the fame mariner as Liquorice, when the plant is
once obtained, and is very hardy, fo fhould be plant-
ed in lbme corner of the garden, at a diftance from
other plants, becaufe the roots of this plant will
fpread, mix with thofe of the neighbouring plants,
and foon overbear them. It will thrive in almoft
any foil or fituation, for I have frequently feen the
roots fpread into the middle of gravel walks, and fend
up ftalks.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the ifland of Cey-
lon, at Senegal in Africa, and alfo in the Weft-
Indies, but particularly in Jamaica, where the inha-
bitants call it Sea-fide Pigeon Pea : this riles with a
downy ftalk to the height of fix or feven feet, garnifh-
ed with winged leaves compofed of five or fix pair of
roundifh woolly lobes, terminated by an odd one.
The flowers come out in fhort loofe fpikes from the
wings of the ftalks ; they are large and yellow, not
much unlike thofe of Spanifh Broom, but have no
fcent ; thefe are fucceeded by taper woolly pods five or
fix inches long, having four or five large fwellings, in
each of which is contained one roundifh brown feed
as large as Peas.

This plant is tender, fo will not thrive in England
out of a Have ; it is propagated by feeds which may
be eafily procured from the Weft-Indies, for the plants
do not perfefl them in England ; thefe fhould be fown
in pots, and plunged into a good hot-bed, where, if
the feeds are good, the plants will appear in a month
or fix weeks. When thefe are fit to remove, they
fhould be each tranfplanted into a feparate pot filled
with foft loamy earth, and plunged again into a hot-
bed of tanners bark, obferving to fnade them from
the fun till they have taken new root ; after which
they rnuft be treated in the fame way as other tender
plants from the fame countries, always keeping them
in the bark-bed in the ftove, and in the winter they
fhould have but little water.

The third fort grows naturally in Virginia and Phila-
delphia, from both thefe places I have received the
feeds ; from this plant there was formerly a coarfe
fort of Indigo made in America, as there was from
fome other plants, before the true Indigo plants were
introduced there.: this hath a perennial root, from
which arife feveral ftalks about afoot and a half hio-h,
fending out from the bottom a great number of fmall
branches, garnifhed with leaves compofed of three
oval fmooth lobes joined together at the foot-ftalk like
other trifoliate leaves ; they fit clofe to the branches.
The flowers come out toward the end of the branches
in fnort fpikes ; they are of the butterfly kind, yellow,
and appear in July •, they are often fucceeded by fhort
fwelling pods, which in very warm feafons come to
maturity in England. The ftalks of this decay to the
root in autumn.

8 O R

This is pfopagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
on a warm border in the beginning of April. The
belt way is to fow them in fh allow drills for the more
conveniently keeping the plants clean, for they muff
not be removed till their ftalks decay in autumn, when
they fhould be carefully taken up, and planted in a
warm border where they are defigned to remain, for
they do not bear tranfplanting well.

S O R B U S. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 63 3. Lin. Gen. Plant.
548. [fo called of forbere, Lat. to fup, becaufe the
fruit, being ripe, is fo foft, that it may be Tupped.]
The Service-tree ; in French, S or bier .

The Characters are,

The flower has a fpreading , concave , permanent empale-
ment of one leaf indented in five parts ; it has five round-
ifh concave petals which are infer ted in the empalement ,
and about twenty awi-fhaped ftamina , which are alfo in-
ferted in the empalement , terminated by ronndiflo fummits .
The ger men is fituated under the flower , fupporting three
fender flyles crowned by eredi headed ftigmas ; it afterward
becomes a foft umbilical ed fruit, inclofing three or four ob-
long cartilaginous feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion of
Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have from eleven ta twenty ftamina in-
lerted in the empalement, and three ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Sorbus ( Aucuparia ) foliis pinnatis, utrinque glabris.
Hall. Helv. 2 50. Service-tree with zvinged leaves which
are fmooth on both fides. Sorbus fylveftris, foliis do-
meftkae fimilis. C. B. P. 415. Wild Service with leaves
like the cultivated , commonly called Quicken, Quickbeam ,
Mountain Afh , and in the north, Roan-tree.

2. Sorbus ( Domeflica ) foliis pinnatis, fubtus tomentofis.
Hall. Elelv. 351. Service-tree with winged leaves which
are woolly on their under fide. Sorbus fativa. C. B. P.
451. The cultivated Service.

The firft fort grows naturally in many parts of Eng-
land, but in the fouthern counties they are feldom
feen of any great magnitude, for the trees are com-
monly cut down, and reduced to underwood; but in
the Nprth of England and Wales, where they are
permitted to grow, there are trees of very large fize..
The ft'ems of this are covered with a fmooth gray bark,
the branches while young have a purplifh brown bark,
the leaves are winged ; they are compofed af eight or
nine pair of long narrow lobes, terminated by an odd
one ; the lobes are about two inches long, and half
an inch broad toward their bafe, ending in acute
points, and are fharply fawed on their edges ; the
leaves on the young trees in the fpring are hoary on
their under fide, which about Midfummer goes off,
and thofe upon the older branches have very little at
any feafon. The flowers are produced in large bunches
almoft in form of umbels, at the end of the branches ;
they are compofed of five fpreading concave petals
fhaped like thofe of the Pear-tree, but fmaller ; thefe
appear in May, and are fucceeded by roundifh berries,
growing in large bunches, which have a depreffed
navel on the top, and turn red in autumn when they
ripen.

This tree is cultivated in the nurfery- gardens, and
fold as a flowering flirub; but, if they were permitted
to grow, they would rife to a great height, and have
large ftems. The leaves of this tree make a pretty
variety when they are mixed with others during the
time of their flowering, and alfo in autumn. When
their fruit is ripe they make a pretty appearance, but
the blackbirds and thrufhes are fo fond of this fruit,
as to devour it as foon as it ripens ; fo that in thofe
places where there is a plenty of thefe birds, there will
not be any of the fruit left to be perfectly ripe; how-
ever, as it is good for thefe fong Iters, where people
have a defire of drawing a number of thefe birds about
their habitations, they fhould plant a quantity of thefe
trees for that purpofe.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the. warmer parts
of Europe, where it rifes to a great height, and be-
comes a large tree, but in England there are few of
any large fize. In the fouth of France., and in Italy,

the

S O R

the fruit is ferved up to the table in their deferts, but
in England they have not been much efteemed, which
has occafioned their being fo little cultivated here.
There are feveral varieties of this fruit, which differ
from each other in fize and fhape, as Apples and Pears
do fame of thefe are fhaped like Catherine Pears,
and are nearly as large others are depreffed at both
ends, and fhaped like Apples, but both thefe forts
will arife from feeds of the fame tree, fo that thofe
who are defirous of having the largeft and beft kinds,
fhould propagate them by grafting or budding from
thofe trees whofe fruit are the faired and bed flavour-
ed, as is pradtifed for other fruits •, thefe may be graft-
ed upon Pear-docks, which agree better with this tree
than any other except their own, for they will not
take upon Apple-docks, nor do they thrive upon the
Hawthorn or Medlar near fo well, though the fruit
of this tree approaches nearer to thofe than any other,
and are not fit for the table till they are in a date of
decay.

The feveral varieties of this tree differ in the number
of their feeds, in the fame manner as Pears, Ap-
ples, Quinces, and Medlars, fome of them having
but three feeds in each fruit, and others have four
or five •, fo that although one of the characters of
this genus is, that the fruit has but three feeds, yet
that mud be underdood to be of the wild fort, in
which there are feldom more, but thofe of the
cultivated kind are as uncertain as the fruit of Apples
and Pears.

In Italy thefe trees are very common, where they
have a great variety of forts which have been ob-
tained from feeds, but I, have not obferved in the
Englifh gardens more than three forts, and thofe are
yet very icarce, for there are at prefent but few large
trees of the true Service in England, one of which
was lately growing in the gardens formerly belong-
ing to John Tradefcant at South Lambeth, near
Vauxhall in Surry, who was a very curious colledtor
of rare plants in King Charles the Second’s time,
which tree was near forty feet high, and produced a
great quantity of fruit annually which were fhaped
like Pears *, and there are indeed fome trees of mid-
dling growth, in the gardens of Henry Marfh, Efq;
at Hammerfmith, which produce fruit of the Apple
fhape (from whence feveral young plants have been
raifed of late in the nurferies near London •,) but
thefe are fmall, compared to that in John Tradef-
cant’s garden.

There are great numbers of large trees of this Service
growing wild about Aubigny in France, from whence
his Grace the late Duke of Richmond brought a great
quantity of the fruit, and from the feeds raifed a great
number of young plants in his garden at Goodwood
in Suffex.

The leaves of this tree differ from thofe of the firft,
in their lobes being broader, and not fo much fawed ;
they are alfo much more downy on their under fide,
and the young Ihoots of the tree in the fpring are
covered with a white down. The flowers are produ-
ced in larger and more diffufed bunches, and are a
little larger, but there are feldom more than two or
three fruit produced upon each bunch. The ftamina
of the flowers are alfo longer than thofe of the wild
fort, which are the only differences I can obferve be-
tween them.

Both thefe forts may be propagated by fowing their
feeds in pots loon after the fruit is ripe, fheltering
them under a common frame in winter, and plunging
the pots into a moderate hot-bed in the fpring, which
will foon bring up the plants •, and when they are
come up, they fhould be carefully kept clear from
weeds, and in dry weather watered •, but they fhould
be expofed to the open air, for the only reafon of put-
ting them in a hot-bed is to forward the growth of
the^feeds ; but if, when the plants are come up, the
bed is kept covered, it will draw the plants and fpoil
them. In this bed the plants fhould remain until the
middle of Oftober, at which time their leaves will

SPA

decay, when there fhould be a warm light fpo't of
ground prepared to receive them, into which they
fhould be planted in rows two feet afunder, and a foot
diftant in the rows, obferving to take them up care-
fully, and to plant them as foon as poffible, that their
roots may not dry.

During the fummer, the ground fhould be kept con-
ftantly clear from weeds, and in winter there fhould
be a little mulch laid upon the lurface of the ground
about their roots, to prated them from being injured
by froft ; but in the fpring the ground between them
fhould be dug, burying the mulch therein, irf doing
of which you muff be careful not to cut or injure the
roots of the plants.

In this nurfery they may continue three or four years
according to their growth, when it will be proper to
tranfplant them out where they are to remain ; the
befl; feafon for which is in October, or in the fpring,
juft before they begin to (hoot. The foil fhould be
warm in which they are planted, and the fituation de-
fended from cold winds, in which place they will
thrive, and produce fruit in a few years.

Thofe who raife many of thefe trees from feeds, will
procure fome varieties of the fruit, from which the
beft may be feleded, and propagated for the table, and
the others may be planted for variety in wilderneffes
or wood- walks, or may be ufed for (locks to graft the
better kinds upon.

The wood of the wild Service-tree is much commend-
ed by the wheelwright for being all heart, and it is of
great ufe for hufbandmens tools, goads, &c. It is
very white and fmooth, fo will polifh pretty well.
There is a fort of this with variegated leaves, which is
preferved by fuch as are curious in collecting the fe-
veral forts of ftriped plants, but there is no great beauty
in it ; it may be propagated by layers, or by being
budded on the plain fort, but they become plain on a
very rich foil.

The wild fort (hould have amoiftftrong foil, but will
grow in the molt expofed places, being extremely
hardy, which renders them worthy of care, fince they
will thrive where few other trees will fucceed.

SORREL. See Acetosa.
SOUTHERNWOOD. See Abrotanum.

SOWBREAD. See Cyclamen.

SPARTIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 765. Genifta.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 643. tab. 31 1. [fo called of fpa-
rum, a dart, becaufe the nifties of this plant repre-
fent a dart ; or elfe of the Greek ctt olflov, of oW/w-
S-fiO, to fow, becaufe it lows itfelf.] Broom ; in
French, Genet.

The Characters are, .

! The impalement of the flower is tubulous , heart floaped,
with a very Jhort margin at the top , and has five J, mall
indentures , but below the flower the under fide is extend-
ed. 'The flower is of the butterfly kind the ftandard is
almofl heart-fhaped , large , and wholly reflexed-, the-
wings are oblong , oval , fhorter than the ftandard , and
annexed to the ftamina \ the keel is oblong , and longer
than the wings , and the borders are hairy and connected
together , to which the ftamina are inferted. It has ten
unequal ftamina which are joined together , and are gradu-
ally longer, the upper being the floor t eft, and the under ftands
apart, terminated by oblong fummits, and an oblong hairy
germen, fupporting a rifling awl-fhaped flyle, to which is
faftened an oblong, hairy, inflexed ftigma. 'The germen
afterward becomes a long, cylindrical, obtufe pod of one cell ,
opening with two valves , including feveral globular kid-
ney-fhaped feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feftion
of Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Spartium ( [Junceum ) ramis oppofttis teretibus apice
floriferis, foliis lanceolatis. Hort. Cliff. 956. Broom
with taper oppofite branches whofe tops have flowers, and
fpear-fhaped leaves. Genifta juncea. J. B. 1. p. 395.
Ruflhy Broom , commonly called Spanifh Broom.

2. Spartium

SPA-

2. Spartium (Radiatum) feflilibus petiolis perfiftentibus
ramis oppofitis angulans, foliis ternatis linearihus.
Lin. Sp/Plant. 998. Broom with trifoliate leaves fitting
clofe to the flalk , angular oppofite branches , and awl-
flfioped oppofite leaves. Genifta radiata five ftellaris. J.
B. 1. 399. Radiated fiarry Broom.

3. Spartium (Monofpermum) ramis angulatis, racemis
lateralibus, foliis ianceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 995.
Broom with angular branches , fort bunches of flow-
ers on the fldes of the flalk , and fpear-Jhaped leaves.
Spartium tertium flore albo. C. B. P. 396. A third
Broom with a, white flower , commonly called white Spa-
nijh Broom.

4. Spartium ( Scoparium ) foliis ternatis folitariifque, ra-
mis inermibus angulofis. Hort. Cliff. 356. Broom with
trifoliate and Jingle leaves , and angular unarmed branches.
Cytifo genifta icoparia, vulgaris, flore luteo. Tourn.
649 Common green Broom zvith a yellow flower.

5. Spartium ( ' Lufitanicum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis cunei-
formibus, ramis inermibus angulatis. Broom with tri-
foliate leaves , whofe lobes are wedge-fhaped , angular , and
unarmed branches. An ? Cytilo-genifta Lufitanica,
magno flore. Tourn. Inft. 649. Portugal Broom with
a large flower.

6. Spartium ( Hirfutum ) foliis ternatis petiolatis, folio-
lis lineari-lanceolatis hirfutis, ramis inermibus angu-
latis. Broom with trifoliate leaves upon foot-ftalks, linear
fpear-Jhaped lobes which are hairy , and angular unarmed
branches.

7. Spartium ( Glabrum ) foliis ternatis glabris feflilibus,
ramis inermibus angulatis, leguminibus glabris.
Broom with trifoliate fmooth leaves fitting clofe to the
branches , which are angular and unarmed , and fmooth
pods.

g. Spartium ( Angulatum ) foliis folitariis ternatifque, ra-
mis lexangularibus apice floriferis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
709. Spartium with Jingle and trifoliate leaves , and
branches with fix angles with flowers at their tops. Spar-
tium Orientale, flliqua compreffa glabra & annulata.
Tourn. Cor. 44. Eaflern Broom with round , fmooth ,
comprejfed pods.

9. Spartium ( Spinofium ) foliis ternatis, ramis angulatis
fpinofis. Hort. Cliff 356. Broom with trifoliate leaves ^
and angular prickly branches. Cytifus fpinofus. H. L.
Prickly Cytifus.

10. Spartium (. Arbor ej, 'cons’) caule arborefeente ramofo
aculeato, foliis cuneiformibus confertis, floribus fo-
litariis alaribus. Broom with a tree-like , branchings
prickly flalk , wedge-fhaped leaves in clufters , and flowers
flanding fingly on the fide of the branches. Spartium por-
tulacae foliis aculeatum, ebeni materie. Plum. Cat.
19. Prickly Broom with Purflain leaves , or Ebony of the
Weft- Indies.

The firfl: fort is the common Spanifh Broom, which
has been long cultivated in the Engliih gardens for the
fweetnels of its flowers : of this there are two varie-
ties, if not diftind fpecies, which grow naturally in
Spain and Portugal. The firfl:, which is the common
fort in England, has larger branches and broader
leaves than the other. The flowers are alfo larger, of
a deeper yellow colour, and appear earlier than thofe
of the other, which has been of late years introduced
from Portugal.

Both thefe forts have fmooth flexible branches, which
rife eight or ten feet high. The lower branches are
garnifhed with fmall, lpear-fhaped, fmooth leaves, at
the end of the fhoots of the fame year ; the flowers
are difpofed in a loofe fpike ; they are large, yellow,
of the butterfly kind, have a ftrong agreeable odour,
appear in July, and in cool feafons there is frequently
a fuccefilon of flowers till September, which are fuc-
ceeded by comprefled pods about three inches long,
containing one row of kidney-fhaped feeds which ripen
in autumn.

Thefe plants are eafily propagated by feeds, which
fhould be fown in the fpring upon a bed of common
earth in a fhady fituation, where the plants will rife
very freely ; thefe mu ft be kept clean from weeds the
following fummer, and in autumn they may be taken
up and tranfplanted in a nurfery, which fhould be

.'SPA

chofen in a warm fheltered fituation. In the taking
up of the plants, there fhould be care taken not to
tear the roots, for thefe fend their roots deep into the
ground, and are very apt to be torn if they are not
railed out of the ground with a fpade 5 thefe fhould be
planted in rows three feet afunder, and at one toot
diftance in the rows. In this nurfery they may remain
a year or two to get ftrength, and then may be planted
where they are to remain, for they do not facceed if
they are removed large.

If the feeds of thefe forts are permitted to fcatter in
autumn, the plants will come up in plenty in the
fpring without care, and thefe may be tranfplanted
the following autumn, and treated in the fame way as
thofe before mentioned. Thefe fhrubs are very orna-
mental to large wood-walks in gardens, but hares
and rabbits are very fond of them ; fo that, unlefs
they are fereened from thefe animals, they will de-
vour them in winter when they have a fcarcity of
other food.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Italy j this is a
fhrub of low growth, feldom rifling two feet high,
but divides into many fpreading branches, fo as to
form a large bufli. , The branches are fmall, angular,
and come out by pairs oppofite the leaves are very
narrow, awl-fhaped, and are placed round the ftalk,
fpreading out like the points of a ftar j the flowers are
difpofed in fmall clufters at the end of the branches ;
they are yellow, but not more than half the fize of
thofe of the former, and have no feent ; they are
fucceeded by fhort hairy pods, containing two or three
fmall kidney-fhaped feeds in each ; it flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft. This ftirub makes a
pretty appearance during the time of its continuing
in flower, and as it is hardy, deferves a place in
gardens.

It is propagated by feeds, which fhould be fov/n in
autumn, for thofe which are fown in the fpring feldom
grow the fame year ; thefe may be fown in a bed of
common earth in row's, for the more conveniently
keeping the plants clean from weeds. The plants
fhould remain in the feed-bed till the following au-
tumn, when they may be either tranfplanted to the
places where they are to remain, or in a nurfery to
grow a year or two to get ftrength, before they are
planted out for good ; but thefe plants will not bear
tranfplanting when they are large, fo fhould be re-
moved while they are young.

The third fort hath a thick ftalk, covered with a
rugged bark when old ; it rifles eight or nine feet high,
fending out many (lender Rufh-like branches of a
filvery colour, almoft taper, which terminate in very
flender bending ends ; thefe have a few narrow fpear-
fhaped leaves on the lower branches. The flowers
are produced in very fhort fpikes or clufters on the
fide of the branches •, they are final!, white, and are
fucceeded by large oval pods containing one kidney-
fhaped feed. It flowers about the fame time as the
former.

This fort grows plentifully in Spain and Portugal,
from both which countries the feeds may be eafily
procured. Thefe feeds fhould be fown in the middle
of April upon a bed of frefh light earth, but the beft
way wall be to fowr them in drills about half an inch
deep. The drills fhould not be lefs than one foot
afunder, and the feeds may be laid in the drills at about
three inches diftance, which will allow room for the
plants to grow till Michaelmas following, before which
time it will not be fafe to remove them ; nor fhould
they be buffered to ftand longer, becaufe they fhoot
downright roots very deep into the ground, and if
thefe are cut or broken, when they are grown large,
the plants frequently mifearry. Although I have here
directed the fowing of thefe feeds in April, yet it mult
be underftood, if the feafon proves favourable, other-
wife it will be better to defer it longer, for thefe feeds
are as fubjed to perifh in the ground by cold or wet,
as are the Kidney-beans ; therefore when the feafon is
favourable for fowing them, the feeds of the Broom
may be fafely fown.

As

12 R

SPA

At "Michaelmas feme of the plants may be taken up
and potted,, to be flickered in winter, and others may
be planted in a warm fituation and on a dry foil,
where,, if the winter fhould not prove fevere, they
will ftand very well. It will alfo be proper to leave
feme of the plants in the feed-bed, where, if the win-
ter fhould prove fevere, they may be fheltered with
mats, and feme mulch laid about their roots to pre-
vent the froft penetrating the ground, for thefe plants
are fo tender as not to live abroad in hard froft, tho’
in moderate winters they will do very well ; but it is
always necefiary to have a plant or two of each fort in
pots, that they may be flickered in winter to preferve,
the forts.

The fourth fort is the common Broom which grows
naturally in England, fo is not often admitted into
gardens, though, when it is in flower, it makes a
much better appearance than many others which are
coftlyk this rifes with a flexible ftalk four or five feet
high, fending out many Rufii-like angular branches
which fpread-out on every fide. The lower part of
the branches are garnifhed with trifoliate leaves, and
upward they are jingle. The flowers come out upon
fhort foot-ftaiks fingly on the fide of the branches,
for a confiderable length toward the top ; thefe are
large, of the butterfly kind, and of a bright yellow
colour ; they appear in May, and are fucceeded by
comprefied hairy pods containing kidney-fhaped feeds
which ripen in Auguft. The flowers and branches
of this fort are ufed in medicine.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Portugal and Spain ;
this has ftronger ftalks than our common Broom.
The branches grow more ereft, and have deeper an-
gles ; the leaves are all trifoliate, and much larger
than thofe of the fifth •, the lobes are wedgedhaped
the flowers are larger, of a deeper yellow colour, and
have longer foot-ftalks. This flowers a little later in
the year than that, and is not fo hardy.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Portugal ; this rifes
with a ftrong ftalk like the former. The branches are
angular and grow ered they are better furnifhed
with leaves than either of the other forts, which ftand
upon pretty long foot-ftalks the lobes are fmall, ve-
ry narrow, and hairy ; the flowers grow clofer toge-
ther, are larger, and of a deep yellow colour.

The feventh fort was brought from Portugal. The
ftalks and branches of this are flender, angular, and
fmooth, and are fully garnilhed with very narrow,
trifoliate, fmooth leaves fitting clofe to the ftalks.
The flowers come out in long loofe fpikes at the end
of the branches ; they are large, of a bright yellow
colour, and are fucceeded by fhort comprefied pods,
which are fmooth, containing fmall kidney-fhaped
feeds.

The eighth fort grows naturally in the Levant-, this
hath flender ftalks and branches, which are garnifh-
ed with a few trifoliate and Angle leaves toward the
bottom. The branches have fix angles or furrows ;
the flowers are fmall, of a pale yellow colour, and are
produced in loofe fpikes at the end of the branches ;
thefe are rarely fucceeded by feeds in England..

The ninth fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain near
the fea-coaft. The ftalks rife five or fix feet high,
and fend out many angular flexible branches, armed
with long fpines, upon which grow trifoliate leaves ;
the flowers are produced at the end of the branches
in clufters, each ftanding upon a long foot-ftalk ;
they are of a bright yellow colour, and appear in
June -, they are fucceeded by fhort ligneous pods,
with a thick border on their upper edges, containing
three or four kidney-fhaped feeds. This plant will
not live abroad in England, unlefs it has a very warm
fituation.

Thefe plants are raifed from feeds in the fame way as
the firft fort, and may be treated in the fame manner.
The tenth fort is very common in Jamaica, and feve-
ral other places in the Weft-Indies, where the wood
is cut, and fent to England under the title of Ebony,
though it is not the true Ebony, which is a native of
the eaftern country, and is a plant of a very different

S P E

genus. The wood of this American Ebony is of a
fine greenifh brown colour, and polifhes very well,
fo is much coveted by the inftrument-makers and is
ufed for feveral purpofes, being of a very hard dura-
ble nature.

This tree has a pretty thick ftem which rifes twelve or
fourteen feet, high, covered with a rugged brown
bark, and divides into many fpreading branches,
which grow almoft horizontal, and are armed with
fhort brown crooked fpines. The leaves are fmall,
ftiff, and wedge-fhaped, coming out in clufters, and
fit clofe to the branches. The flowers come out up-
on flender foot-ftalks from the fide of the branches
fingly ; they are of the butterfly kind, of a bright
yellow colour, and are fucceeded by comprefied moon-
fhaped pods, which inclofe one kidney-fhaped feed.
This plant is propagated by feeds, which muft be
procured from the countries of its natural growth, for
the plants do not produce feeds in this climate. Thefe
feeds fhould be fown in pots filled with light frefti
earth early in the fpring, and plunged into a good
hot-bed of tanners bark, or placed in tan under pots,
as their covers are very hard. In about fix weeks
after the feeds are fown, the plants will appear, when
they muft be carefully treated (being very tender
while young ;) they muft have frefh air admitted to
to them every day when the weather is warm, and
fhould be frequently refrefhed with water, when the
earth in the pots appears dry. In about five or fix
weeks after the plants appear they will be fit to tranf-
plant, when they fhould be carefully ftiaken out of
the pots and feparated, planting each into a fmall pot
filled with light rich earth, and then plunged into
the hot-bed again, being careful to fhade them from
the fun every day until they have taken root *, after
which time they muft be treated in the fame manner
as other very tender exotic plants, by giving them air
every day in warm weather, and watering them once
in two or three days gently, and when the nights are
cold, to cover the glaffes. In this hot-bed the plants
may remain till autumn, when they muft be removed
into the ftove, and plunged into the bark-bed. Thofe
of them whofe roots have filled the pots, fliould be
carefully fhifted into pots one fize larger before they
are plunged ; but as thefe plants are not of quick,
growth while young, they do not require to be often
fhifted out of the pots. During the winter feafon
thefe plants muft be kept warm (efpecially the firft
year,) and muft have but little water, and in cold
weather it muft be given to them in fmall quantities ;
and if their leaves fhould contract filth, they muft be
wafhed with a fponge to clean them, otherwife the
plants will not thrive. As thefe plants are very ten-
der when young, fo they will not live in the open air
in this country, even in the warmeft part of the year ;
therefore they muft be conftantly kept in the ftove,
and fhould be kept plunged in the bark-bed, obferv-
ing in the fummer feafon, when the weather is warm,
to admit a large fhare of frefh air to the plants ; but
when they have obtained ftrength, they may be ex-
pofed for three months in a warm fituation in the
fummer.

SPERGULA. Dillen. Gen. Nov. 7. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 519. Spurrey.

The Characters are,

‘ The flower hath a fpreading permanent empalement , com-
pofea of five oval concave leaves. It has five oval , con-
cave, fpreading petals which are larger than the empale-
ment, and ten awl-Jhaped ftamina Jhorter than the petals,
terminated by roundijh fummits. It hath an oval germen ,
fupporting five fender , erect, reflexed fiyles, crowned by
thick ftigmas. Id he germen afterward turns to an oval
clofe capfuls with one cell, opening with five valves, in -
clofing many deprejjed, globular , bordered feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth feeftion
of Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and five ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Spergula ( Arvenfis ) foliis verticillatis, floribus de-
candris. Hort. Cliff. 1 73. Spurrey with leaves in whorls ,

and

I*

S P E

‘dfid flowers with ten flamina. Alfine Spergula dicta
major. C. B. P. 251. Greater Chickweed, called Spur rey.

2. Spergula {Pentandria ) foliis verticillatis, fioribus
pentandris. Lm. Sp. Plant. 440. Sptirrey with whorled
leaves , and flowers with five flamina. Alfine fpergulse
facie minima, feminibus emarginatis. Tourn.Inft. 244.
‘The leafi Chickweedwith the appearance of Spumy, hav-
ing bordered feeds.

3 Spergula (Plodofa) foliis oppofitis fubulatis Isevibus,
caulibus fimplicibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 440. Spurrey
with awl-Jhdped fmooth leaves placed cppoflte , and fingle
flalks. Alfine nodofa Germanica. C. B. P. 251. Knotted
German Chick-weed.

There are lome other fpecies of this genus, which
grow naturally as weeds in England, fo are not worthy
notice here ; nor fhould I have mentioned thefe, were
they not fometimes cultivated.

The frit and fecond forts are cultivated in Holland
and Flanders, for feeding their cattle ; the ufuai time
of lowing the feed is in July or Auguft, that the plants
may acquire ltrength before the winter’s cold. The
ufe that is made of this, is to feed Iheep, and other
cattle in winter, when the common Grafs is eaten
bare. This plant feldom riles above fix inches high,
fo will not afford a very great quantity of food ; but
as it will grow on the poorelt fand, it may be culti-
vated in many places to good advantage, where no
other Grafs will thrive fo well ; and by feeding it off
the ground, the dung of the cattle will improve the
land. This pafture, it is affirmed, will make excellent
butter ; and the mutton fed on it, is faid to be well
tailed, fo is by many preferred to that fed on T urneps.
Hens will greedily eat this herb, and it makes them
lay more eggs.

This plant being annual, muff be fown every year;
and whoever is willing to fave the feeds, fhould fow it
in April, that the plants may flower the beginning of
July, and the feeds will ripen in Auguff; when it
muff be cut before the heads are quite brown, other-
wife the feeds will foon fcatter.

The feeds being very ffnall, about twelve pounds will
be fufficient to fow an acre of land. The ground
fhould be well harrowed before the feeds are fown,
for if the larger clods are not broken, there will be
an uneven crop of Grafs. People in the low country,
fow this feed after a crop of Corn is taken off the
land. The fecond fort is now much cultivated in
Flanders, though it is a much lower plant than the
common fort, but they efteem it a much better
Grafs. The feeds of this kind are fmaller and flatter
than thofe of the common fort, and have a white bor-
der round each.

SPERM ACOCE. Dill. Hort. Elth. 277. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 111. Button Weed.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a fmall permanent empalement indented in
flour parts , fitting on the germen. It has one cylindrical
petal , whofe tube is longer than the empalement , and the
brim indented in flour parts , which flpread open and are
reflexed. It has flour awl-flhaped flamina floor ter than the
petal terminated by jingle flummits , and a roundijh com-
prefled germeti fiituated under the flower , flupporting a Jin-
gle ftyle divided in two parts at the top , crowned by obtufle
ftigmas. The germen afterward turns to two oblong feeds
which are joined, having two horns , and are convex on
one fide , and plain on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fourth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have four flamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Spermacoce ( Tennior ) glabra foliis linearibus, ftami-
nibus inclufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102. Smooth Spermacoce
with flamina included in the flower. Spermacoce verti-
cillis tenuioribus. Hort. Elth. 370. Spermacoce with
narrow whorls.

1. Spermacoce ( Verticillata ) glabra foliis lanceolatis
verticillis globofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102. Smooth Sper-
macoce with flpear-floaped leaves , and flowers in globu-
lar whorls round the flalks-. Spermacoce verticillis

S P H

globofis. Hort. Elth. 369. Spermacoce with globular
whorls.

The firft fort grows to the height of two feet and a
half ; the ftalks are ftiff, a little angular, and covered
with a brown bark ; the branches come out by pairs.
There are two leaves at each joint placed oppofite^
which are two inches long, and almoft a quarter of an
inch broad, and between thefe come out three or four
fmaller, which ftand in whorls round the ftalks ; they
are fmooth, and have one ftrong vein or midrib in
the middle. The flowers grow in flender whorls to-
ward the top of the ftalks ; they are fmall, white, and
fit clofe to the ftalks, having a whorl of leaves clofe
under them ; thefe arefticceeded by two oblong feeds,
having fmall horns which ripen in the empalement.
The fecond fort rifes with a fhrubby ftalk three or
four feet high, fending out a few flender branches,
which are garnifhed with narrow leaves not fo long as
thofe of the former fort ; they are fmooth, of a light
green, and ftand in a kind of whorls round the ftalk ^
two of them being larger than the others in each
whorl. The flowers grow in thick globular whorls
toward the top of the ftalk, and one of the whorls ter-
minates the ftalk ; they are fmall, very white, and fun-
nel-fhaped. The brim is cut into four obtufe feg-
ments which fpread open, and the flamina ftand out
above the tube of the flower. After the flowers are
paft, the germen turn to two feeds, ffiaped like thofe
of the former fort.

Thefe plants grow naturally in moift places in Jamaica.
The inhabitants call the fecond fort Button Weed.
They are both propagated by feeds, which muft be
fown on a hot-bed, and when the plants come up they
muft be tranfplanted on a frefti hot-bed to bring them
forward, and afterward treated in the fame way as
other tender plants; and if they are placed in a ftove,
they will live through the winter, and produce good
feeds the following year.

SPHiERANTHUS. Vaill. Ad. Par. 1719.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 893. Globe Flower.

The Characters are.

The flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite florets , and fe-
male half florets , which are included in. one globular fcaly
empalement , which is garnifhed with them on every fide
the receptacle. There are fleveral of thefe florets included
in each partial empalement. The hermaphrodite florets
are placed in the center ; they are funnel-Jhaped , and cut
into five parts at the brim ; they have five very Jhort
hair-like flamina , terminated by cylindrical flummits , and
a germen which decays , flupporting a thick longer ftyle ,
having a fingle ftigrna ; thefe are barren. The female
half florets are fituated round the border , and havefcarce
any petals , but an oblong germen , flupporting a briftly ftyle
crowned by a double ftigma ; thefe have one oblong naked
feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedion
of Linmeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
barren florets, and female fruitful half florets.

The Species are,

1. Sph^tranthus ( Indicus ) pedunculis crifpatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 1314. Globe-flower with curled foot-jialks .
Sphseranthus purpurea alata ferrata. Burm. Zeyl. 220.
Purple , winged , fa-wed Globe-flower.

2. Spheeranthus {Aflricanus) pedunculis laevibus. Globe-
flower with fmooth foot-flalks. Scabiofe capitulo, chry-
fanthemi Myconi foliis, alato caule Maderafpatanus.
Pluk. Phyt. tab. 108. 7. A plant from Madras with a
head like Scabious , leaves like the Corn Marygold of My-
conus , and a winged ftalk.

The firft fort grows naturally in India ; this rifes with
an herbaceous ftalk about a foot high, which rarely
branches out ; it is garnifhed with fpear-fhaped leaves
about three inches long, and one broad in the middle,
whofe bafe fits clofe to the ftalk, and from them is
extended a leafy border or wing along the ftalk 5
they are fawed on their edges and are of a deep green,
ftanding alternate. The foot-ftalks of the flowers
come out from the fide of the ftalk, oppofite to the

leaf 5

r

s p i

leaf ; they are about two inches long, and fuftain one
globular head of flowers at the top, of a purplifh red
colour ; thefe are fucceeded by oblong feeds fituated
on the margin, which are naked.

Tiie fecond fort grows naturally at Madras, and alfo
at La Vera Cruz in New Spain, where it was difco-
vered by the late Dr. Houftoun; this rifes with an
herbaceous winged ftalk about ten inches high, gar-
niffied with oval, fpear-fhaped, fawed leaves placed
alternately. The upper part of the ftalk branches out
into fmall divifions, which are terminated by foot-
ftalks fuftaining three or four globular flowers of apale
yellow colour.

Thefe are both annual plants, which require a hot-bed
to bring them forward in the fpring, and if the fum-
mer proves cold, they muft be kept in a glafs-cafe,
otherwife they will not ripen feeds here.
SPHONDYLIUM. See Heracleum.

S PIG E LI A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 192. Arapabaca.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 10. tab. 31. Worm Grafs.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , of one leaf
which is cut into five acute points ; it has one funnel-fhaped
petal , whofe tube is longer than the empalement , cut in-
to five points at the brim which fpread open. It has five
fiamina terminated by Jingle fummits , and a germen com-
pofed of two globular lobes , fupporting one awl-foaped
fiyle the length of the tube , crowned by a Jingle ftigma.
The germen afterward becomes two globular feed-veffels
which are joined , fitting in the empalement , filled with
fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feflion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Spigelia ( Anthehnia ) caule erefto, foliis quaternis
feffilibus, fpicis terminalibus. Worm-feed with an erect
ftalk , and leaves growing by fours fitting clofe to the
ftalks , which are terminated by fpikes of flowers. Ara-
pabaca quadrifolia, fruclu tefticulato. Plum. Nov.
Gen. 11. Four-leaved Arapabaca with a tefticulated fruit.

2. Spigelia (. Lonicera ) foliis oppofltis ovato-oblongis
acurainatis feffilibus, fpicis terminalibus. Worm Grafs
with oblong acute-pointed leaves growing oppofite , and fit-
ting clofe to the ftalks , which are terminated by fpikes of
flowers. L.onicera fpinis terminalibus, foliis ovato-
oblongis acuminatis diftin&is feffilibus. Flor. Virg.
142. Lonicera with fpikes of flowers terminating the
ftalks , and oval , oblong., acute-pointed leaves fitting clofe
to the ftalks.

The firft fort grows naturally in moift places in moft
of the ifiands in the Weft-Indies ; this is an annual
plant with a fibrous root, from which arife a ftrong,
erect, herbaceous ftalk a foot and a half high, which
is channelled, fending out two fide branches oppo-
fite near the bottom, and a little above the middle is
garnifhed with four oblong, oval, acute-pointed leaves,
placed in form of a crofs round the ftalk ; thefe, and
alfo the principal ftalk, have four fmaller leaves near
the top, fitting round in the fame manner as the other,
and from thefe arife fhort fpikes of herbaceous flow-
ers, ranged one one fide the foot-ftalk, which are fuc-
ceeded °by roundilh twin capfules containing fmall
feeds.

This plant is efteemed the moft efficacious medicine
for the worms yet known, and has been long ufed by
the inhabitants of theBrafils as fuch •, and alfo by the
negroes, who taught the inhabitants of the Britiffi
ifiands in America the ufe of it, where it has had great
fuccefs, and from thence had the appellation of Worm
Grafs given to it.

It is too tender to thrive in the open air in England,
fo the feeds fbould be fown in pots filled with foft
loamy earth in the autumn, and plunged into the
bark-bed in the ftove, where they fhould remain till
the fpring, when they fhould be plunged into a freffi
hot-bed, ^which will bring up the plants; thefe muft
be afterward planted into feparate pots, and plunged
into another hot-bed, and ffiaded till they have taken

S P I

new root, after which they muft be treated in the
fame way as other tender annual plants from the fame
countries, keeping them conftantly in the hot-bed un-
der cover, otherwife they will not perfed their feeds
in England. This plant flowers in July, and the feeds
ripen in September, which fhould be fown icon after,
for if they are kept out of the ground till fpring, they
frequently fail.

This plant produces plenty of flowers, and the feeds
feem to be well formed, but thofe which are faved in
England feldom grow : this may perhaps Be occafion-
ed by the plants being kept under cover, fo that the
farina does not properly impregnate the germen ;
whether it is from this caufe, or what other I know
not, but I have not been able to raife any plants from
Engliffi feeds.

The fecond fort grows naturally in North America,
where the inhabitants call it Indian Pink. This hath
a perennial fibrous root, from which arife two or three
ered herbaceous ftalks about feven or eight inches
high, garnifhed with three or four pair of oval, ob-
long, acute-pointed leaves, placed oppofite, fitting
pretty clofe to the ftalk ; they are fmooth, entire,
and have feveral veins which diverge from the mid-
rib. The ftalk is terminated by a fhort fpike of flow-
ers, which are ranged on one fide the foot-ftalk ;
they have fhort empalements which are cut into five
acute fegments. The tube of the flower is long, nar-
row at the bottom, fwelling upward much larger, and
is cut at the brim into five acute fegments, which
fpread open fiat ; the outfide of the flower is of a
bright red, and the infide of a deep Orange colour.
Thefe appear in July, but the feeds never ripen here.
This plant is ufed in North America, for the fame
purpoles as the other is in the Weft-Indies, and is
efteemed as the beft medicine there yet known for
the worms. A particular account of the virtues of
this plant is mentioned in the firft volume of the Phi-
lofophical Effays, printed at Edinburgh, communi-
cated by Dr. Garden of Carolina.

This is not eafily propagated in England, for the feeds
do not ripen here, and the roots make but flow in-
creaie, fo that the plant is very uncommon in the
Englifh gardens at prefent ; for although it is fo hardy
as to endure the cold of our ordinary winters in the
open air, yet, as it does not ripen feeds, the only
way of propagating it is by parting of the roots ; and
as thefe do not make much increafe by offsets, fo the
plants are fcarce. It delights in a moift foil, and mull
not be often tranfplanted.

SPINA ALBA. See Mespilus and Crataegus.

SPINACIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 986. Spinach, orSpi-
nage •, in French, Epinars.

The Characters are.

The flowers are male and female in different plants the
male flowers have an empalement cut into five oblong, ob-
tufe, concave fegments ; they have no petals, but have
five hair-like ftamina longer than the empalement , termi-
nated by oblong twin fummits ; thefe plants are barren .
The female flowers have permanent empalements of one
leaf, cut into four fegments, two of which are very fmall ;
they have no petals,' but a comprejfed roundijh germen
fupporting four hair-like ftyles, crowned by Jingle ftigmas.
The germen afterward turns to a roundiflj feed, which
is Jhut up in the empalement, a?id in fame fpecies are al-
moft fmooth, but in others they have two or three fharp
thorns.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fefuion of
Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which contains thofe
plants which have male flowers on different plants
from the fruit, and the male flowers have five fta-
mina.

The Species are,

1. Spinacia (' Oleracea ) foliis fagittatis feminibus aculea-
tis. Spinach with arrow-pointed leaves and prickly feeds.
Spinacia vulgaris capfula feminis aculeata. Tourn.
Inft. 533. Common Spinach with prickly capfules.

2. Spinacia ( Glabra ) foliis oblongo-ovatis, feminibus
glabris. Spinach with oblong oval leaves , and fmooth

feeds.

6

feeds. Spinacia vulgaris, capfula feminis non echinata.
Tourn. Info .533. Common Spinach with feed-vejfds
which are not prickly , hut fmooth.

The firft: fore was formerly more cultivated in the
Englifh gardens than at prefent, becauie it -is much
hardier, fo not in much danger from cold, therefore
was generally cultivated for ufe in winter. The leaves
of this are triangular, and fhaped like the point of an

arrow ; the

ZD,

{talks are hollow.

branching.

and her

baceous ; they rife about two feet high. The male
flowers are produced in long fpikes ; they are herba-
ceous having no petals, but each has five {lender {la-
mina, terminated by oblong twin fummits filled with
a yellowifh farina, which, when ripe, flies out on the
plants being fliaken, and fpreacis all round ; thefe
plants after their farina is fired foon decay. The fe-
male flowers which are upon feparate plants, fit in
clutters clofe to the Italics at every joint; they are fmall,
herbaceous, and have neither ftamina or petals, but
have roundifh comprefled germen, which afterward
turn to roundifh feeds, armed with fhort acute fpines.
The plant flowers in June, and the feeds ripen the be-
ginning of Auguft.

There are two or three varieties of this now cultivated
in the kitchen-gardens, which differ in the fize and
fhape of their leaves, and their feeds being more or
iefs prickly.

The feeds of this kind fhould be fown upon an open
fpot of ground the beginning of Auguft, obferving,
if poffible, to do it when there is an appearance of
rain ; for if the feafon fhould prove dry for a long
time after the feed is fown, the plants will not come
up regularly ; part of them may come up foon, and
a great part of them may remain till rain falls before
they come up, which if that fhould not happen in a
little time after, many times there will not be half a
crop. When the Spinach is come up, and the plants
have four leaves, the ground fhould be hoed to deftroy
the weeds, and alfo to cut up the plants where they
are too clofe, leaving the remaining plants about three
or four inches afunder ; but this fhould always be
done in dry weather, that the weeds may be deftroyed
foon after they are cut.

About a month or five weeks after the firft: hoeing,
the weeds will begin to grow again ; therefore the
ground fhould be then hoed again the fecond time,
obferving, as before, to do it in dry weather. But
if the feafon fhould prove moift, it will be proper
to gather the weeds up after they are cut, and carry
them off the ground ; for if the Spinach is not clean-
ed from weeds before winter, they will grow up and
ftifle it fo much, that in wet weather the Spinach will
rot away.

In October the Spinach will be fit for ufe, when you
fhould only crop off the largeft outer leaves, leaving
thofe in the center of the plants to grow bigger ; and
thus you may continue cropping it all the winter and
fpring, until the young Spinach lowed in the fpring
is large enough for ufe, which is commonly in April •,
at which time the fpring advancing, the Winter
Spinach will run up to feed ; fo that it fhould be all
cut up, leaving only a fmall parcel to produce feeds
if wanted.

But if the ground in which this Winter Spinach is
fown, being commonly planted with early Cabbages,
it is not proper to let any of the Spinach remain there
for feed ; therefore it fhould be cleared oft" as foon as
ever the Spring Spinach is fit for ufe, that the Cab-
bages may be earthed up and laid clear, which is of
great fervice to them •, wherefore you fnould fow a
fmall fpot of ground with this fort of Spinach, on pur-
pofe to Hand for feed, where there fnould be no other
plants among it.

The fecond fort differs from the firfl: in having oval
thick leaves, which are not angular at their bafe ; the
feeds are fmooth having no fpines, and the ftalks and
leaves are much more flefihy and fucculent : of this
there are two or three varieties, which differ in the
thicknefs and fize of their leaves, which in one
much rounder and thicker than the other.

are

Thefe are fown in the fpring upon an open fpot of
ground by themfelves, or elfe mixed with Radifb-feed,
as is the common praftice of the London gardeners,
who always endeavour to have as many crops from
their land in a feafon as poffible ; but where land is
cheap in the country, it will be the better method to
fow it alone without any other fort of feed mixed with
it ; and when the plants are come up, the ground
fhould be hoed to deftroy the weeds, and cut out the
plants where they are too clofe, leaving the remaining
about three inches afunder ; and when they are grown
fo large as to meet, you may then cut out a part of
it for ufe, thinning the plants that they may have
room to fpread ; and this thinning may be twice per-
formed, as there is occafion for the herb, at the laft
of which the roots fhould be left eight or ten inches
afunder; and if then you hoe the ground over again to
deftroy the weeds, it will be of great fervice to the
Spinach ; for if the land is good upon which it is fown,-
the fort with broad thick leaves,, commonly called.
Plantain Spinach, will with this management many
times produce leaves as large as the broad-leaved
Dock, and be extremely fineT

But in order to have a fucceffion of Spinach through
the feafon, it will be proper to fow the feed at three
or four different times in the fpring ; the firft in Ta-
il esaiy, .which muft be on a dry foil; the fecond the
beginning of February, upon a moifter foil ; the third
the beginning of March, which fhould be on a moift
foil ; and the fourth the beginning of April ; but thefe
late fowings fhould be hoed out thinner at the firfl:
time than either of the former, for there will be no
neceffity to leave it for cutting out thin for ufe, be-
caufe the former fowings will be fufficient to fupply
the table till thefe are full grown ; befides, by leaving
it thin at firft, it will not be apt to run up to feed fo
foon' as it would if the plants were clofe.

Thefe fowings here mentioned are fuch as are praftifed
by the kitchen-gardeners near London ; but as this
herb is much ufed in foups, &c. for great tables,
there fhould be fome feeds fown every three weeks
during the fummer feafon, to fupply the kitchen; but
thefe late fowings fhould be on moift ftrong ground,
otherwife, if the feafon proves hot and dry, the Spi-
nach will run to feed before the plants obtain ftren^th,
efpecially if the plants do not ftand thin.

In order to fave feeds of either of thefe kinds, you
fhould fow an open rich fpot of ground, with the fort
you intend in. February, after the danger of being in-
jured by fr'oft is over ; and when the plants are come
up, they fhould be hoed out to fix or^eight inches
diftance, obferving to cut down the weeds at the fame
time ; and when the plants have grown about three
weeks or a month longer, they fhould be hoed a fe-
cond time, when they fhould be left twelve or four-
teen inches. afunder at leaft, for when they have fliot
out their fide branches they will fufficientiy fpread
over the ground. x

You muft alfo obferve to keep them clear from weeds,
which, if fuffered to grow amongft the Spinach, will
canfe it to run up weak, and greatly injure it.
When the plants have run up to flower, you will ea-
fily perceive two forts amongft them, viz. male and
lemale. The male will produce fpikes of ftamineous
flowers, which contain the farina/ and are abfolutely
neceffary to impregnate the embryos of the female
plants, in order to render the feeds prolific. Thefe-
male plants are, by the gardeners, commonly called
She Spinach, and are often by the ignorant pulled
up as foon as they can be diilinguifhed from the fe-
male, in. order, as they pretend, to give room for
the feed-bearing to fpread ; but, from feveral experi-
ments which I have made on thefe plants, I find where-
ever the male plants are entirely removed before the
farina is fhed over the female plants, the feed will not
grow which they produce, fo that it is abfolutely ne-
ceffary to leave a few of them in every part of the
fpot, tiiough theie may be a great many drawn out
where they are too thick, for a fmall quantity of male
plants (if rightly fituated) will be fufficient to impreg-

S P I

Bate a great number of female, which, when ripe, will j
fpread to a confiderable diftance, when the plants are
fhaken by the wind.

When the feeds are ripe (which may be known by
their changing their colour, and beginning to fhatter)
the plants fhould be drawn up, and fpread abroad for
a few days to dry, obferving to turn them every other
day, that the feeds on both fides may dry equally •,
you muft alio guard the feeds from birds, otherwife
they will devour them. When it is dry, the feeds
fhould be threfhed out, cleaned from the dirt, and
laid up for ufe where mice cannot come to them, for
they are extremely fond of this feed.

SPIRJEA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 6 1 8. tab. 389. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 554. [fo called of ImTp/x, a rope, be-
caufe this fhrub is flexible like a rope.] Spiraea Fru-
tex, vulgo.

The Characters are, •

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, \ plain
at the bafe , and cut into five acute fegments at the top \
it has five r'oundifh oblong petal t inferted in the empale-
ment, and twenty or more fiender fiamina which are floor t-
er than the petals , and are inferted in the empalement ,
terminated by roundifh fummits , and five or more germen
fuppo'rting as many fiender ftyles , which are longer than
the fiamina, crowned by headed fiigmas. The germen af-
terward turns to an oblong , acute-pointed , compreffed cap-
fuls, opening with two valves , containing a few fmall
acute-pointed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fedtion
of Linnteus’s twelfth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have about twenty ftamina in-
ferted in the empalement, and five ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Spiraea ( Salicifolia ) foliis lanceolatis obtufis ferratis
nudis, floribus duplicato-racemofis. Hort. Cliff. 19 1.
Spiraea with fpear-fhaped , obtufe , naked , fawed leaves ,
and flowers in double branching fpikes. Spiraea falicis
folio. Tourn. Inft. 618. Spiraea Frutex , vulgo.

2. Spiraea ( Opulifolia ) foliis lobatis ferratis, corymbis
terminalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 489. Spiraa with lobated
fawed leaves , and flowers growing in a corymbus termi-
nating the fialks. Spiraea opuli folio. Tourn. Inft. 618.
Spiraa with a Marfio Elder leaf commonly called Virgi-
nia Gelder Rofe , with a Currant leaf.

3. Spir/ea ( Hypericifolia ) foliis obovatis integerrimis,
umbellis feflilibus. Hort. Upfal. 13 1. Spiraea with oval
entire leaves , and umbels of flowers fitting clofe to the
branches. Spiraea hyperici folio non crenato. Tourn.
Inft. 618. Hypericum Frutex, vulgo.

4. Spiraea ( Crenata ) foliis oblongiufculis apice ferratis,
corymbis lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 489. Spiraea with
oblong leaves whofe points are fawed, and flowers
growing in a corymbus on the fides of the branches.
Spiraea Hifpanica, hyperici folio crenato. Tourn. Inft.
618. Spanijh Spiraa with a notched leaf.

5. Spiraea ( Tomentofa ) foliis lanceolatis insqualiter
ferratis fubtus tomentofis, floribus duplicato-racemo-
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 480. Spiraea with fpear-fhaped leaves
which are unequally fawed, woolly on their under fide,
and flowers growing in double branching bunches. U1 ma-
ria pentacarpos, integris ferratis foliis parvis fubtus
incanis Virginiana. Pluk. Aim. 393. Meadow-fweet
of Virginia, with fmall , entire, fawed leaves, which are
hoary on their under fide , and a fruit having five cells.

6. Spiraea (Sor bifolia) foliis pinnatis, foliolis uniformi-
bus ferratis, caule fruticofo, floribus paniculatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 490. Spiraa with winged leaves whofe lobes
are uniformly fawed, a fhrubby ftalk, and flowers grow-
ing in panicles. Spiraea forbi folio, tenuiter crenato,
floribus in thyrfo albidis. Amman. Ruth. 186. Spiraa
with a Service-tree leaf which is fiightly crenated , and
white flowers growing in a thyrfe.

7. Spir/ea ( Trifoliata ) foliis ternatis ferratis fubaequali-
bus, floribus fubpaniculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 490.
Star a a with trifoliate fawed leaves which are almoft
equal, and flowers growing in a kind of panicle. Ulma-
ria major trifoiia, flore amplo pentapetalo, Virginia-
ssa. Pluk. Aim. 393. Greater three-leaved Virginia
Meadow-fweet, with a large flower having five petals.

6

S P I

8. Spiraea ( Filipendula ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis un'Tor •
mibus ferratis, caule herbaceo, floribus cymofis. Lin.

Sp. Plant. 490. Spiraa with winged leaves having uni-
form fawed lobes , an herbaceous ftalk, and flowers grow-
ing on fiender foot-ftalks at the top. Filipendula vul-
garis, an rnolon Plinii. C. B. P. 163. The common
Dropwort.

9. Spiraea ( Anguftifolia ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis diffo.r-
mibus pinnato-ferratis, floribus cymofis. Spiraa with
winged leaves whofe lobes are diff armed and fawed like
wings , and flowers growing at the top of the ftalks on
fiender foot-ftalks. Filipendula omni parte major, fo-
lio anguftiori. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. p. 43. Dropwort
greater in every part,, and having a narrower leaf.

10. Spiraea ( Ulmaria ) foliis pinnatis, impari majore
lobato, floribus cymofis. Fior. Lapp. 201. Spiraea
with winged leaves, whofe outer lobe is greater and di-
vided into lobes , . and flowers growing in bunches on weak
foot-ftalks. Ulmaria. Cluf. Hift. 198. Meadow-fweet ,
or Queen of the Meadows.

11. Spiraea (Armens') foliis fupra decompofitis, fpieis
paniculatis, floribus divifis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 490. Spi-
raa with more than decompounded leaves, paniculated
fpikes , and male and female flowers. Barba caprae flo-
ribus oblongis. C. B. P. 163. Goats Beard with oblong
flowers.

The firft fort has been long cultivated in the Englifh
gardens, but from what country it originally came,
is not very certain ; it is generally fold by the nurfery-
gardeners with other flowering fhrubs, for planting
wildernefs work ; it rifes with feveral fhrubby ftalks,
which are very taper and rough toward the top, and
are covered with a reddifh bark. The leaves are
fpear-fhaped, about three inches long, and one broad
in the middle ; they are bluntly fawed on their edges, '
and of a bright green colour. In rich moift ground
the ftalks will rile five or fix feet high, but in mode-
rate land from three to four, for their whole height is
one year’s growth from the root. Thefe are termi-
nated by fpikes of pale red flowers ; the lower part
of the fpikes are branched out into fmaller, but
the upper parts are clofe and obtufe. Each flower is
compofed of five petals which fpread open ; they are
of a pale red or flefh colour, and have a great number
of ftamina, fome of which ftand out much beyond the
petals, but others are not fo long ; they are termi-
nated by brown headed fummits, and in the center
are fituated five ftyles, which are terminated by head-
ed ftigmas. After the flowers are paft, the germen
turn to pointed capfules, but they rarely come to per-
fection here. This fhrub flowers in June and July,
and in moift fealons there is frequently young fhoots
from the root, which flower in autumn.

This plant may be propagated from fuckers which
are fent forth in plenty from the Items of the old
plants, or by laying down the tender branches, which
when rooted, fhould be tranfplanted out in rows
at three feet diftance, and the plants a foot afunder
in the rows. In this nurfery they may remain two
years, obferving to keep the ground clear from weeds,
and in the fpring to dig up the ground between the
rows, fo that the roots may the more eafily extend
themfelves •, but if they put out fuckers from their
roots, thofe fhould be taken off to keep the fhrubs
within bounds, and afterwards they may be tranf-
planted where they are to remain, either in fmall
wildernefs quarters, or in clumps of flowering fhrubs,
obferving to place them amongft other forts of
equal growth. The young fhoots of this fhrub being
very tough and pliable, are often ufed for the tops of
fifhing-rods.

The fecond fort grows naturally in North America,
but it is now as common in the Englifh gardens as the
firft ; this rifes with many fhrubby branching ftalks,
fometimes eight or ten feet high in good ground, but
generally five or fix ; they are covered with a loafe
brown bark which falls off, and are garnifhed with
lobed leaves about the fize and fhape of thofe of the
common Currant Bufh, ending in acute points, and
are fawed on their edges. The flowers are produced

In roundifh bunches at the end of the branches they
are white, with fome fpots of a pale red. It flowers
in June. This is commonly known in the nurferies
by the title of Virginia Gelder Rofe, with a Currant
leaf ; it may be propagated and managed in the fame
manner as the former, and is equally hardy.

The third came originally from Canada, but is now
as common in the riurfery-gardens as either of the for-
mer, where it is known by the title of Hypericum
Frutex, but has no affinity to St. Johnfwort, and is
only fo called from the refemblance of their leaves •,
this rifes with feveral flender fnrubby ftalks five or fix
feet high, covered with a dark brown bark, fending
out (mall fide branches the whole length, garniffied
with fmall wedge-ffiaped entire leaves, which have
many pundlures on their furface like St. Johnfwort.
The flowers are difpofed in imall umbels which fit
clofe to the ftalks, each flower (landing upon a long
flender foot-ftalk they are white, compofed of five
roundiffi petals which fpread open, and in the center
have a great number of ftamina almoft equal in length
with the petals. This fort flowers in May and June,
and as the flowers are produced almoft the length of
the branches, the flirubs make a good appearance
during the time of their flowering.

This may be propagated by laying down the under
branches, which will take root in the compafs of one
year, when they may be taken off, and planted in a
nurfery for two or three years (as hath been diredted
for the former *,) after which they may be tranfplanted
out where they are defigned to remain, placing them
with the two former, being nearly of the fame growth,
where they will add to the variety.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain *, this is not
very common at prefent in the Engliffi gardens. The
whole appearance of this ffirub is fo like the third, as
not to be diftinguifhed at a fmall diftance ; the only
difference being, that the leaves of this are broader at
the point, where they have two or three indentures.
The flowers are like thofe of the former, and appear
at the fame time. This may be propagated in the
fame way as the former.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Philadelphia ; this is
a ffirub of lower ftature than the former. The ftalks
are flender, and branch out near the ground •, they
have a purple bark covered with a gray meally down.
The leaves are fpear-ffiaped, but fmaller than thofe
of the firft fort, and are unequally fawed ; they are
downy and veined on their under fide, but are of a
bright green above. The branches are terminated
by a thick racemus of flowers, which are branched
toward the bottom into fmall fpikes ; the flowers are
very fmall, of a beautiful red colour, and appear in
July i the fpikes of this are longer than thofe of the
firft.

The fixth fort grows naturally in North America •,
this rifes with ffirubby ftalks like the firft, but fends
out horizontal branches which are flender, and cover-
ed with a brown bark. The leaves are fpear-ffiaped,
of a thin texture, and a bright green colour on both
Tides ; they are flighty fawed on their edges, but the
faws are acute. The flowers are difpofed in panicles
at the end of the branches ; they are fmall, white,
and of the fame conftrudtion of the former, having
many ftamina which are a little longer than the petals,
terminated by large, roundiffi, brown fummits. This
fort flowers the beginning of Auguft.

Thefe forts are propagated in the fame way as the firft,
but, as fome of them do not put out fuckers from
their roots here in any plenty, their branches (hould
be laid down in autumn, which in one year will take
root, and may then be planted where they are defign-
ed to remain, or into a nurfery, where they may (lane
one or two years to get ftrength before they are
planted out for good.

The feventh fort grows naturally in North America
this hath a perennial root, but the ftalks are annual,
and rife about a foot high, fending out branches from
the fide their whole length ; thefe are garniffied with
leaves, which for the moft part are trifoliate, but are

fometiriies Angle, arid at others by pairs • they arfc
about an inch and a half long, and half an inch broadj
ending in acute points ; they ate ffiarply fawed on
their edges, of a bright green on their upper fide,
and pale on their under. The flowers are difpofed in
loofe panicles at the top of the ftalks, (landing up-
on flender foot-ftalks •, they have five long (pear-,
ffiaped petals which fpread open, and a great many
ftamina which are no longer than the tube of the flow-
er. This fort flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in
September.

It is propagated by feeds, which ffiould be foWn on a
ffiady border foon after they are ripe, for if they are
fown in the fpring, the plants will not come up till
the year after, and many times fail. When the
plants appear, they mud be conftantlykept clean from
weeds, but they ffiould not be removed till autumn,
when their leaves begin to decay ; then they may be
either tranfplanted where they are defigned to remain,
or into a nurfery-bed, where they may grow a year
or two to get ftrength before they are planted out
for good. This plant loves a ffiady fltuation and a
moift light foil.

The eighth fort is the common Drop wort, which
grows plentifully Upon chalky grounds in many parts
of England. The roots of this confiftof a great num-
ber of oval knobs or glandules, which are fattened
together by (lender fibres, from whence it had the
title of Dropwort j the leaves fpread near the furface
of the ground, are winged, feven or eight inches
long, and compofed of many fawed lobes, which are
almoft placed alternately along the midrib ; thofe
near the bafe are the final left, the others increafe in
fize to the middle, afterward deereafe again to the
point, and fit clofe to the midrib. The flower-ftalk
rifes a foot or more in height, and has feldom more
than one leaf upon it-, the top is garniffied with loofe
bunches of fmall white flowers, Handing upon (len-
der foot-ftalks which are conftrudted like thofe of the
other forts, but are fucceeded by feveral capfules,
which are ranged circularly : it flowers in June. The
roots of thefe plants are ufed in medicine, and are
accounted diuretic. It is rarely kept in gardens,
but there is a variety of this with double flowers,
which was found growing naturally in the north of
England, that is kept in gardens for the fake of
variety.

The ninth fort was given me many years fince by the
late Dr. Boerhaave of Leyden, but from whence he
received it I do not know. The leaves of this are
much longer and narrower than thofe of the common
fort the lobes of the leaves are unequal in length,
fome being two inches and a half long, and others not
more than one inch ; they are fawed on their edges ;
the fegments are oppofite, and ranged like the lobes
of winged leaves. The flower-ftalk rifes much high-
er, and fuftains a much larger bunch of flowers. This
flowers at the fame time with the other.

The tenth fort grows naturally on the fides of waters,
and in low moift meadows in moft parts of Eng-
land. The ftalks are angular, red, and rife three or
four feet high, garniffied with winged leaves, com-
pofed of two or three pair of large indented lobes,
terminated by an odd one, which is much larger than
the other, and divided into three parts or lobes ; they
are of a dark green on their upper fide, but hoary on
their under. The ftalks are terminated by large loofe
bunches of white flowers, which have an agreeable
fcent ; thefe appear in June, and are fucceeded by
roundiffi capfules, twilled like a fcrew, filled with
fmall feeds.

The leaves and tops of this plant are ufed in medicine,
but the plants are rarely kept in gardens. There is a
variety of this with double flowers which is kept in
fome gardens, and one with variegated leaves.

The eleventh fort grows naturally upon the moun-
tains in Auftria this hath a perennial root, and an
annual ftalk which rifes from three to four feet high,
garniffied with decompounded winged leaves, which
are compofed of feveral doubly-winged leaves, each

having three or four pair of oblong lobes terminated
by an odd one j thefe are two inches long, and almoft
one broad, fav/ed on their edges, and ending in acute
points. The flowers are difpofed in long (lender
(pikes, which are formed into loofe panicles at the top
of the ilalks ; they are (mail, white, and of two fexes
in the lame fpike ; they appear in July, but the feeds
rarely ripen here.

T-his plant is kept in gardens for the fake of variety ;
it may be propagated by parting of the root in au-
tumn •, it loves a moift foil and a fhady fituation.

The fhrubby forts require no other pruning, but to
cut out all the dead branches and fuch as grow irre-
gular, and take off all their fuckers every year, for if
thefe are permitted to grow, they will ftarve the old
plants by drawing away their nouriftiment. The
giound between them (hould alfo be dug every fpring
to encourage their roots, and every third year a Ijttle
rotten dung buried therein, which will caufe them to
flower very ftrong.

SPIRiEA of AFRICA. See Diosma.

S PON DIAS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 577. Plum. Nov.
Gen. 22. Black American Plum.

The Characters are,

It hath a fmall coloured empalement of one leaf, cut into
five fegments which fall off -, and five oblong, plain,
fpregdmg petals to the flower, and ten awl-jhaped erect
ftamina alternately longer, terminated by oblong fummits,
with an oval germen fupporting five fioort fiyles, crowned
by obtufe ftigmas. The empalement afterward becomes a
Plum, having five large punbtures , inclofing an oval, lig-
neous, fibrous nut.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fedion
of Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have ten (lamina and five fiyles.

The Species are,

1. Spondias ( Purpurea ) petiolis communibus compref-
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 613. Spondias whofe common foot-
ftalks are compreffed. Myrobalanus minor, folio frax-
ini alato, frudu purpureo officulo magno fibrofo.
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 182. Myrabolon with an AJh leaf, and
purple fruit with a large fibrous ft one.

2. Spondias ( Lute a ) foliolis nitidis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
613. Spondias with neat leaves. Monbin arbor folio
fraxini, Acre luteo racemofo. Plum. Gen. Tree Monbin
with an AJh, leaf and yellow fruit.

The firft fort grows naturally in many places in the
Weft Indies •, its ufual height is about ten or twelve
feet, and their ftems as large as a man’s leg, fending
out branches toward the top, which have a gray
bark •, thefe are deftitute of leaves for fome months,
but in the fpring before the leaves appear, there are
many fmall purple flowers which come out from the
fide "of the branches •, thefe are lucceeded by a fruit
like Plums, having a lufcious thin pulp, covering a
large fibrous (lone. The leaves which come out af-
terward are unequally winged, having four or five
pair of lobes about an inch long, and half an inch
broad, terminated by an odd one.

The fecond fort grows alfo in the warmed parts of
America, where it riles to the height of thirty feet
or more, fending out many crooked irregular branches,
which are alfo deftitute of leaves for fome months ;
the branches have a light coloured bark, and are gar-
nifhed with unequal winged leaves, which have four
or fix pair of lobes near two inches long, and one
broad, having deep longitudinal veins. The flowers
come out before the leaves appear, which are fucceed-
ed by yellow Plums an inch or more in length, grow-
ing in a fort of racemus. Thefe have large fibrous
(tones with a thin covering of flefh.

Thefe plants grow eafily from cuttings when they are
once obtained, which if planted in pots filled with
light rich earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed, covering them down either with bell or hand-
giaffes to exclude the external air,and (haded from the
fun, will take root freely. The bed time for this is in
the fpring, before the plants put out their leaves.
They may alfo be propagated by their (tones, if they
are brought over frelli, which fhould be put into fmall

pots filled with the fame rich earth, and plunged In-
to a hot-bed of tanners bark, obferving duly to water
the earth, and in about fix or feven weeks the plants
will appear. Thefe fhould afterward be treated in
the fame way as the Annona, keeping them conftant-
ly in the tan-bed in the dove, and when they are def-
titute of leaves, give them but little water.

S QJJ ASHES. SeePEpo.

S QJJ I L L S. See Scilla.

STACHYS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 186. tab. 86. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 638. [of an ear of Corn, becaufe

the flowers of this plant refemble an ear of Corn.]
Bale Horehound.

The Characters are.

The flower hath a tubulous , angular , permanent empale-
ment, cut into five acute parts at the top-, it has one
lip-fhaped petal, with a fioort tube having oblong chaps.
The upper lip is ere It, hooked, and a little indented at the
point it is large, reflexed , and cut into three parts , the
middle fegment being large and indented at the point. It
has four azvl-Jhaped ftamina , two of which are longer ,
and inclined to the upper lip ; the other two are floor ter,
terminated by Jingle fummits, and a four-pointed ger-
men, fupporting a fender ftyle the length of the ftamina,
crowned by a bifid acute Jligma. The germen afterward
turns to four oval angular feeds which ripen in the ern-
palemnt.

This genus of plants rs ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two fhort and two longer
ftamina, and the feeds are naked in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Stachys {Germanica) verticillis multifloris, foliorum
ferraturus imbricatis, caule lanato. Lin. Sp. Plant.
812. Bafe Horehound with a woolly ftalk, woolly leaves
which are flawed, and whorls of flowers. Stachys ma-
jor Germanica. C. B. P. 236. Greater German Bafe
Horehound.

2. Stachys ( Cretica ) verticillis multifloris, calycibus
pungentibus caule hirto. Hort. Upfal. 170. Bafe
Horehound with many flowers in the whorls , and prickly
empalements. Stachys Cretica. C. B. P. 236. Bafe
Horehound of Candia.

3. Stachys ( Italica ) foliis lineari-lanceolatis tomentofis
fubcrenatis, petiolis longiflimis, caule fruticofo to-
mentofo. Bafe Horehound with narrow, fpear-Jhaped,
woolly leaves which are fomewhat crenated, grow on
very long foot-ftalks, and have a fhrubby woolly ftalk.
Stachys minor Italica. C. B. P. 236. Leffer Italian
Bafe Horehound.

4. Stachys ( Alba ) foliis oblongo-ovatis crenatis pilofis
calycibus pungentibus, labii luperiore pilofo. Bafe
Horehound with oblong, oval , crenated, hairy leaves ,
prickly empalements to the flowers, and the upper lip
hairy. Stachys alba, latifolia major. Barrel. Icon. 297.
Greater, broad-leaved, white Bafe Horehound.

5. Stachys ( Alpina ) verticillis multifloris, foliorum
ferratum apice cartilagineis, corollis labio piano.
Flor. Suec. 527. Bafe Horehound with fawed leaves ,
having cartilaginous tops, and many flowers in whorls.
Stachys hormini folio obfcure virenti, flore ferrugi-
neo. Mor. Hort. Reg. Blsef. 198. Bafe Horehound
with an obfcure green Clary leaf, and an iron- coloured
flower.

6. Stachys ( Hifpanica ) foliis inferioribus ovato-oblon-
gis fubcrenatis fubtus tomentofis, caulinis cordatis
acutis feffilibus, calycibus fpinofis. Bafe Horehound
with oval, oblong , lower leaves, which are flightly cre-
nated, woolly on their under fide, thofe on the ftalks be-
ing heart-fhaped , acute-pointed, and fitting clofe to the
ftalks, and prickly empalements to the flowers. Stachys
elatior, flore flavefcente punclato. A£t. Phil. Lond.
N° 383. Taller Bafe Horehound with a yellowijh fpotted
flower.

7. Stachys ( Glutinofa ) ramis ramofiffimis, foliis lanceo-
latis glabris. Hort. Cliff. 310. Bafe Horehound with
very J. breading branches, and fmooth fpear-Jhaped leaves.
Galeopfis anguftifolia Cretica vifcofa. Narrow-leaved
vifcous Hedge Nettle of Crete. •

8. Stachys

S T A

8. Stachys ( Paluftre ) verticillis fexfloris, foliis lineari-
]anceolatis femiamplexicaulibus. Flor. Suec. 490.
Bafe Horehound with whorls of fix flowers , and narrow
fpear-floaped leaves which half embrace the ftalk. Stachys
palufcris foetid a. C. E. P, 236. Stinking marflo Bafe
Horehound , or Gerard’s Clound's Woundwort.

9. Stachys ( Spinofa ) ramulis ipina terminalis. Hort.
Cliff. 310. Bafe Horehound with fpines terminating the
branches. Stachys fpinofa Cretica. C. B. P. 236.
Prickly Bafe Horehound of Crete.

10. Stachys ( Orientalis ) foliis tomentofis ovato-lance-
olatis, floralibus verticillo brevioribus. Prod. Leyd.
318. Eafiern Bafe Horehound, with oval, fpear-Jhaped ,
woolly leaves , and flowers Jhorter than the whorls. Sta-
chys Orientalis altiflima fcetidiffima. Tourn. Cor. 12.
fibe talleft Eafier-n Bafe Horehound , which is very foetid.
There are fome other fpecies of this genus which
grow naturally in England, and others are common in
different parts of Europe ; but as they are rarely ad-
mitted into gardens, it would be befide my purpofe
to enumerate them here.

The firft and the eighth forts here mentioned, grow
naturally in England ; the firft only in a few particu-
. lar places, but the latter is common by the fide of
ditches and waters every where, and is here only
mentioned, becaufe it is a difpenfary plant, and has
been fuppofed a good vulnerary herb. Of this there
is another fpecies, which was found by Mr. Stone-
ftreet growing wild* with narrow leaves, fhorter ftalks,
longer clofer fpikes of flowers, and the leaves Hand
diftinft upon {hort foot-ftalks, and this has conftantly
retained its difference in the garden. Both thele forts
have creeping roots, fo will loon fpread over a large
jpot of ground where they have liberty.

The fevCnth fort grows naturally in Crete ; this is a
low plant, with an herbaceous ftalk which is very
branchy from the bottom. The ftalks are {lender,
four-cornered, and frnooth ; they are garniflied with
a few .fmall lpear-fhaped leaves : the v/hole plant is
very clammy, and fmells like bitumen. The flowers
are fmall, of a dirty white colour, and ftand in fmall
whorls round the ftalks. Thefe appear in July, and
are fucceeded by roundifh feeds which ripen in
autumn.

This is propagated by feeds, and requires to be fiiel-
tered under a frame in winter, being too tender to live
in the open air here.

The other forts are kept in botanic gardens for the
fake of variety, but are not cultivated in other places,
fo it will be needlefs to give a particular defcription of
them here.

They are propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
in March upon a bed of light frefti earth, and when
the plants are come up, they may be planted out into
other beds about fix inches aiunder, obferving to wa-
ter them until they have taken root, after which they
will require no farther care but to keep them clear
from weeds till Michaelmas, when they fhould be
tranfplanted where they are to remain, which muft
be in an open fituation, and upon a dry light foil,
not rich, in which they will endure the winter much
better than in good ground. The fummer follow-
ing thefe plants will flower, and in Auguft their feeds
will ripen, when they may be gathered and preferved
till fpring for fowing •, many of them die foon after.

S TiE HELINA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 844.

The Characters are,

5 the common empalement of the flower is oblong , cylindri-
cal, and imbricated ; the fcales are coloured and reflexed ;
the flower is compofed of feveral uniform florets , which
are the length of the empalement ; they are funnel-Jhaped,
and of one petal. The brim is cut into five equal acute
fegments , is bell-fhaped , and have each five hair-like fla-
mina terminated by cylindrical fummits , with a floort ger-
men fupporting a fender ftyle , crowned by a double oblong
fligma. The germen afterward becomes a Jhort four-cor-
nered feed , crowned with a feathery down , which ripens
in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedlion of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thole

S T A

plants whole flowers are compofed of only hermaphro-
dite florets which are fruitful, and have their fummits
connected together in a tube.

The Species are,

1. a' (Gnaphalodes) foliis tomentofis, fquamis
calycinis lanceolatis, apice membranaceis reflexis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 840. Stahelina with woolly leaves , and
fpear-Jhaped fcales to the empalement s , vsith reflexed mem-
branaceous tops. Jacea fEthiopica, ftaschados citrinse
majOribus tomentofis foliis, capitulorum fpinis & fqua-
inulis ex aureo colore nitentibus. Pluk. Aim. 193.
tab. 302. ^Ethiopian Knapweed with woolly leaves like
the greater Goldy locks , and the fpines and fcales of the
bead of a jhining gold colour.

2. St/ehelina ( Dubia ) foliis linearibus denticulatis*
fquamis calycinis lanceolatis, pappo calycibus duplo
longioribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1176. Staehelina with
leaves which are linear and indented , fcales to the em-
palement which are fpear-Jhaped , and down longer than
the empalement. Santolina foliis linearibus, flore foli-
tario terminali, fquamis calycinis crenatis. Hort. Clifft
398. Stahelina with linear indented leaves , and fpear-
Jhaped fcales to the empalement. Elichryfium fylveftre,
flore oblongo. C. B. P. 265. Wild Immortal Flower ,
with' an oblong flower.

The firft fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence it was introduced into the Dutch
gardens ; this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk about three
feet high, and divides into feveral branches, which
are garnifhed with long, taper, woolly leaves fet thinly
upon the branches. The flowers are produced at, the
end of the branches in Angle heads, which are pretty
large, and have fcaly empalements •, thefe terminate
in fpines which are recurved •, they are compofed of
feveral florets which are tubulous, hermaphrodite, and
of a yellow colour, each of which is fucceeded by a
Angle four-cornered feed crowned with a feathery
down, and ripens in the empalement, each being fe-
parated by a chaffy fcale.

The fecond fort is a native of Spain and Italy •, this
is a low fhrub, feldom rifing more than two feet high,
fending out many (lender branches which are garnifli-
ed with leaves placed alternate •, there is a fmall knob
or angle, juft under that part where the leaf is inferted
to the branch ; the leaves are narrow, and have three
blunt angles or corners. The branches are terminated
by a Angle flower, whofe empalement is oval, and
like thofe of the flowers' of Knapweed, being imbri-
cated. The fcales are oblong, oval, and their points
are rounded ; fome of them have a large membrana-
ceous border whofe edge is crenated, and fpread open ;
the florets are yellow and equal, of the fp.me length
as the empalement ; they are all hermaphrodite and
have a bifid fligma, and the feeds have a little hairy
down on their top.

As thefe plants do not always ripen their feeds in
England, fo they are generally propagated by cut-
tings, which if planted in any of the fummer months,
and covered dole with a bell or hand-glafs, will take
root pretty freely. When thefe have made good
roots, they ftiould be taken up carefully and planted
in pots filled with frefh light earth, not too rich, and
placed in the (hade until they have taken new root ;
then they fhould be removed to a fheltered fituation,
where they may be intermixed with other exotic plants
till the autumn, when they muft be removed into
fhelter, and treated in the fame way as other plants
from the fame country. Thefe plants do not require
any artificial heat in winter, but fhould have a dry
air, for their tender (hoots are very fubjedt to rot with
damp; therefore they will thrive better in a glafs-
cafe, than a green-houfe in winter.

STAMINA, CHIVES, or FILAMENTS,
are the fmall threads which encompafs the ftyle in
the center of flowers ; upon the tops of which the
apices or fummits, which contain the male duft,
hang, fo are generally termed the male organs of ge-
neration.

STAMINEOUS FLOWERS are ftich as have
a number of ftamina, or chives ; but are deftitute of

*2 T five

five coloured leaves, which are called petala, the fta-
mina being only encompaffed by the flower-cup ; of
this fort are the male plants of Nettles, Spinach,
Hemp, &c.

STAPELIA, Lin. Gen. Plant. 271. Afclepias.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 94. Swallow-wort, or Fritiliaria
craffa.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
into five acute fegments ; it has one large plain petal , cut
into five acute fegments above the middle , and a plain
five-pointed ftarry nedlarium with linear fegments , whofe
torn points furround the parts of generation ■, it has five
plain , broad , eredl fkamina , with linear fummits fafiened
on each fide the ftamina , and two oval plain germen hav-
ing no ftyle , crowned by a blunt ftigma. 'The germen af-
terward turn to. two oblong taper pods filled with comprejfed
feeds , crowned with a feathery down , lying over each other
like the fcales of fifth.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus's fifth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina, and two ftvles or
germen.

The Species are,

1. Stapelia ( Variegata ) denticulis ramorum patentibus.
Vir. Cliff. 20. Stapelia with fpreading indentures to the
branches. Afclepias Africana aizoides. Tourn. Inft.
94. African Swallow -wort like Houfeleek , commonly called
Fritiliaria craffa.

1. Stapelia ( Hirfuta ) denticulis ramorum ereCtis.
Hort. Cliff. 77. Stapelia with eredl indentures to the
branches. Afclepias Africana aizoides, fiore pulchre
fimbriato. Com. Rar. Plant. 19. African Swallow-wort
like Houfeleek , with a fine fringed flower.

There are fome other fpecies of this genus, which
grow naturally at the Cape of Good Hope the fi-
gures and defcriptions of fome forts, having been ex-
hibited by the learned Dr. Burman, profeffor of bo-
tany at Amfterdam, though we have not more than
three fpecies in England, one of which has not yet
flowered here. There is a variety of the firft fort
mentioned in books, with flat crefted branches, and
is by fome gardeners titled Coxcomb Fritillary ; but
this is no other than three, four, or more branches,
joined together and becoming flat, fo will return
back to its original again, therefore is not worthy
notice.

The firft fort rites with many fucculent branches.(about
the fize of a man’s finger, which are four or five
inches long, having feveral protuberant indentures on
their fides, which fpread open horizontally, ending
in acute points ; thefe branches fpread on the ground
and emit roots from their joints, fo where they have
room will extend very wide j they are angular, and of
a deep green colour in fummer, when they are free in
growth, but in winter they change to a purplifh co-
lour ; they abound with a vifcous juice of a naufeous
tafte. From the fide of the branches toward their
bottom comes out the foot-ftalk of the flower at one
of the finufes, which is fhort, and fuftains one flower,
having a large thick petal which is cut half way into
five points like a ftar, which lpreads open flat ^ thefe
are greenifh on the outfide, but yellow within, having
a circle of purple round the ne&arii, and' the whole
petal is finely fpotted with purple, refembling the
belly of a frog. In the center are the five compreffed
ne&arii which are prominent, of a livid colour, which
include the genital parts. The flower, when blown,
has a very foetid odour like that of carrion, fo like
as that the common flefh fly depofit their eggs on it,
which frequently are hatched, but wanting proper
food die foon after ^ for I have many years watched
the progrefs of thefe, to fee if the maggots produced
from thefe eggs ever eat any part of the flower, or
lived any time, but could never obferve either ; nor
have ever heard that any other perlbn of credit has,
though it has been afferted, that they have devoured
great part of the petal, and come to maturity, chang-
ing afterward into their laft ftate of flies. After
the flowers are paft, the double germen changes into

four taper pods joined at their bafe, which are near
a fpan long, and almoft as .thick as a man’s finger,
which are filled with flat feeds crowned with a lea-
thery down, lying over each other like the Rales of
fift>, but thefe pods are feldom formed in England •
for in fipward of forty years which I have cultivated
thele plants, I nevei law them produce their pods
but three times, and thole plants were pluno-ed into
the tan-bed in the ftove, into which the branches'
had put out long roots, and thereby became very
luxuriant. 1

The branches of the fecond fort are much larger than
thofe of the firft, and Hand more ereft, buf fpread
and emit roots in the fame way- they have four lon-
gitudinal furrows, which divide them into four an-
gles, which have protuberant indentures on their
edges, whofe points are erect ; they are nearly of the
fame colour as thofe of the firft, beino- 0f’a dark
green in fummer, but inclining to purple in autumn]
The flowers come out upon fhort foot-ftalks from the
fide of the branches ; thefe are of the form with thofe
of the former, but are much larger ; the petal is of a
thicker fubftance, and on the infide covered with fine
purplilh loft hairs ; the ground of the flower is an
herbaceous yellow, ftreaked and chequered with pur-
plifti lines. This fort produces its flowers in much
greater plenty than the firft fort, fo that in fummer
and autumn thefe plants are feldom long deftitute of
flowers, but I have never feen any of" the pods of
this fort produced in England.

Both thele plants grow naturally upon the rocks near
the Cape of Good Hope, where they ftrike their
roots into the crevices cf the rocks and fpread them-
felves greatly. They are propagated here very eafily,
by taking off any of the fide branches during any of
the fummer months, which, when planted, put out
roots very freely. The branches Ihould be flipped
off from the plants to the bottom, where they are
joined Dy a ftnall ligature, fo will not occafion a great
wound, the joints at the place where they are connect-
ed being almoft clofed round for ft they are cut
thiough the branch, the wound will be fo great as to
occafion their rotting when planted : thefe Ihould be
laid in a dry place under cover for eight or ten days,
that the wounded part may dry and heal over before
they are planted, otherwife they will rot j then they
fhould be planted in pots filled with earth, compofed
of frefh fandy earth, mixed with lime rubbifh and
fea land and if the pots are plunged into a very mo-
derate hot-bed, it will promote their taking root ;
they, fhould be now and then fprinkled with water,
but it muft be given them fparingly ; and as foon as
they have taken root, they muft be inured to the open
air. If thefe plants are kept' in a very moderate
ftove in winter, and in fummer placed in an airy glafs-
cafe, where they may enjoy much free air, but be
fcreened from wet and cold, they will thrive and flow-
er very well ; for although they will live in the open
air in fummer, and may be kept through the winter
in a good green-houfe, yet thofe plants will not flower
fo well as thofe managed in the other way. Thefe
plants muft have little water given them, efpecially
in winter.

STAPHYLAEA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 336. Staphylo-
dendron. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 616. tab. 386. focail-
ed of fca pv\ri, a Grape, and bdfyov, a tree, becaufe its
fruit grows upon trees in clufters.] Bladder-nut ; in
French, Nez-Coupcz.

The Characters are,

The empalement is roundifh , concave , and coloured ,■ fo
large as to inclofe the flower , which has five oblong eredl
petals like the empalement , and a pitcher-Jhaped concave
nedlarium at the bottom of the flower , with five oblong
eredl fiyles terminated by Jingle fummits , and a thick ger-
men divided in three parts fupporting three fiyles , to which
there are obtufie ftigmas contiguous. The germen afterward _
become two hard almoft globular feeds , included in three-cor-
nered bladders, joined by a longitudinal fleam, with an acute
point opening within.

This

S T A

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fection of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants whofe
flowers have five ftamina and three ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Staphyl^ea ( Pinnata ) foliis pinnatis. Hort. Cliff.

1 1 2. Bladder-nut with winged leaves. Staphyloden-
dron fylveftre & vulgare. H. L. The common wild
Bladder-nut.

2. Staphylzea ( Trifoliata ) foliis ternatis. Hort. Cliff
1 12. Bladder-nut with trifoliate leaves. Staphyloden-
dron Virginianum trifoliatum. H. L. Three-leaved
Virginian Bladder-nut.

The Hrft fort grows naturally in woods in feveral parts
of England, but is cultivated as a flowering flirub in
the nurfery-gardens. This hath feveral fhrubby (talks
arifmg from the fame root, which grow ten or twelve
feet high, covered with a fmooth bark, and divide in-
to feveral branches which are foft and pithy ; they
are garnifbed with winged leaves, compofed of two
pair" af oval lobes terminated by an odd one ; thefe
differ greatly in fize according to the ftrength and
vigour of the fhrubs •, fome are more than two inches
long, and an inch and a half broad, but on old weak
fhrubs they are much fmaller. They are fmooth,
entire, and of a light green colour, (landing upon
pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers come out upon
long {lender foot-ftalks which hang downward ; thefe
fpring from the wings of the (talks near their extre-
mity. The flowers are difpofed in oblong bunches ;
they have each five oblong white petals, which expand

, in form of a Rofe ; thefe appear in May, and are
fucceeded by inflated capfules or bladders compofed
of three cells, one or two of which have a roundifh,
fmooth, hard feedj and the other are barren.

This flirub makes a variety when intermixed with
others which flower at the fame feafon, though their
flowers are not very beautiful. The nuts of this tree
being hard and fmooth, are ftrung for beads by the
Roman catholics in fome countries ; and the chil-
dren of the poor inhabitants eat the nuts, though they
have a difagreeable tafte.

The fecond fort grows naturally in North America,
from whence it was brought into Europe, where it is
now become as common in the nurfery-gardens about
London, as the other fort. This hath a more fubftan-
tial (talk than the firft ; the bark of the old branches
and (talks is fmooth and of a gray colour, that of the
young is of alight green and very fmooth ; the leaves
are by threes on each foot-ftalk ; the lobes are oval
ending in a point, and their edges are fawed ; they
are of different fizes, according to the age and ftrength
of the plants. The larged are three inches long and
two broad, but in old plants the leaves are not much
more than half the fize ; they are fmooth, and of a
light preen colour. The flowers are produced from
the fide of the branches in longer bunches than thofe
of the former fort, but their foot-ftalks are much
fhorter •, the flowers are of a cleaner white, and their
petals are fomewhat larger than thofe of the firft, as
are alfo the bladder capfules ; the feeds are larger, and
ripen better than thofe of the common fort. The
time of flowering and the ripening of the feeds, is the
fame with that.

Both thefe forts are ufually propagated by fuckers
from the root, which the firft fort fends out in plen-
ty •, thefe fnould be taken from the old plants in au-
tumn, and their roots trimmed, then planted in a
nurfery, in rows at three feet diftance, and one foot
afunder in the rows •, in this nurfery the plants fhould
ftand one or two years according to their ftrength,
and then be tranfplanted to the places where they are
to remain.

The plants which are propagated in this manner from
fuckers, are very fubject to put out fuckers in greater
plenty from their roots, than thofe which are raifed
from feeds, or propagated by layers or cuttings, fo
are not to be chofen when the other can be had ;
therefore thofe who propagate them for their own ufe,
fhould prefer the other methods. If they are propa-
gated by layers, the young branches fhould be laid

S T A

down in autumn, in the fame manner as is pradtiled
for other trees and fhrubs ; thefe will have put out
roots the following autumn, when they may be taken
from the old plants and planted in a nurfery, where
they may grow one or two years to get ftrength, and
then may be removed to the places where they are
to ftand.

When thefe are propagated by cuttings, it fhould b&
the fhoots of the former year, and if they have a final!
piece of the two years wood at the bottom, they will
more certainly fucceed ; for as the young fhoots are
foft and pithy, fo they are very fubjeft to rot, when
they have no part of the old wood to them. They
fhould be planted in autumn on a fhady border, but
muft not have too much wet.

They may alfo be propagated by fowing their feeds
early in autumn, in beds of light frefh earth, and
when the plants are come up, they muft be carefully
kept clear from weeds, and in very dry weather, if
they are now and then refrefhed with water, it will
greatly promote their growth ; in thefe beds they
may remain until October following, at which time
they fhould be carefully taken up and planted in a
nurfery, placing them in rows three feet afunder, and
the plants o.ie foot diftance in the rows ; and, if the
the following fpring fhould prove very dry, it will be
convenient to give them a little water to encourage
their taking root; after which they will require no
farther care but to keep the ground clean from weeds
in fummer, and every fpring to prune off irregular
branches, and dig the ground between the rows to
loofen the earth, that their roots may the more ea-
fily extend. In this nurfery they may remain two
years, by which time it will be proper to tranfplant
them out where they are to remain, either in wilder-
nefs quarters, or in clumps of various trees, where
they will add to the diverfity. The beft feafon for
tranfplanting thefe trees is in autumn, with other de-
ciduous trees. When thefe feeds are fown in the
fpring, the plants feldom come up till the following
year.

African Bladder-nut. See Roy£na.

Laurel - leaved American Bladder - nut. See
Ptelea.

STAR-FLOWER. See Ornithogalum.

STARWORT. See Aster.

S TAT ICE. Tourn. Inft. R. IT. 341. tab. 177. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 348. Thrift, or Sea Pink.

The Characters are.

The flowers are c olle died in a roundifh head , having a com-
mon fcaly empalement ; each flower has a funnel-fhaped em-
palement of one leaf. The flowers have five petals, they
are funnel-floaped , the hafe of the petals are narrow ,
their points broad , obtufe , and fpread open ; they have
five ftamina which are fhorter than the petals , terminated
by proftrate fummits ; and a fmall germen fupporting five
ftyles which ftand apart , crowned by acute fligmas. The
germen afterward turns to one fmall roundifh feed inclofed
in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth feiftion of
Linnsus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and five ftyles. To
this genus he has joined the Limonium of Tourne-
fort.

The Species are,

1. Statice ( Armenia ) fcapo fimplici capitulo, foliis li~
nearibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 394. Thrift with fingle ftalks ,
linear leaves , and flowers in heads. Caryophyllus mon-
tanus major, flore globofo. C. B. P. 211. Greater
Mountain Pink with a globular flower.

2. Statice ( Montana ) foliis linearibus fubulatis, fqua-
mis calycinis obtufis. Thrift with linear awl-fijaped
leaves , and obtufe fcales to the empalement. Statice mon-
tana minor. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 341. Smaller Moun-
tain Thrift.

3. Statice ( Maritima ) foliis linearibus planis, fquamis
calycinis obtufis. Thrift with plain linear leaves , and ob-
tufe fcales to the empalement. Caryophyllus marinus
minimus, flore globofo. H. P. Blaefi The leaft Sea Pink
with a globular flower.

The

S T A

The firft fort grows naturally on the Alps* and other
cold mountains in feveral parts of Europe. This has
a perennial fibrous root, from which come out many
narrow fpear-fhaped leaves about four inches long,
and half an inch broad in the wideft part ; they are
fmooth, of a dark green colour, and fit clofe over
each other at their bafe. The foot-ftalks of the
flowers rife about a foot high * they are naked, and
terminated by one globular head, containing feveral
fmall, pale, red flowers, which are included in one
common fcaly empalement * the lower fcales are
acute-pointed, and immediately under the flower is
placed five narrow leaves which afterward fall off.
This plant flowers in June, and the flowers are fuc-
ceeded by oblong feeds which are clofely wrapped
up in the particular empalement of the flower, and
ripen in Auguft. There is a variety of this with white
flowers.

The fecond fort is alfo a native of the Alps, and other
cold mountains, where it feldom rifes more than two
inches high, but when it is planted in gardens, it be-
comes much larger. The roots of this are fibrous
and perennial ; they divide into heads, which have a
great number of narrow Grafs-like leaves, which have
three corners at their bafe, fitting clofe round the
heads, whofe bafe embrace the Items and lie over
each other. The ftalks are naked, and rife about fix
inches high, fuftaining on their tops heads of pale
purplifli flowers, indofed in one common fcaly em-
palement, whofe fcales are broad and rounded at their
points. The flowers appear the latter end of May,
and if the feafon is not very hot, they will continue
good part of June.

There is a variety of this with bright red flowers,
which is commonly called Scarlet Thrift ; the flowers
of this make a much better appearance than thofe of
the other, fo has been much more cultivated in gar-
dens ; but neither of the kinds are greatly efleemed
at prefent, and therefore feldom feen in any modern
gardens.

The third fort grows naturally in fait marfhes, where
the fea flows over them frequently, in many parts of
England, fo is very rarely admitted into gardens. The
leaves of this fort are very narrow, fhort, and plain ;
the ftalks feldom rife more than three or four inches
high ; the heads of flowers are fmall, and the flowers
are of a pale flelh colour, fo make but little appear-
ance ; it flowers later in the feafon than either of the
former.

There was fome years paft another fpecies of this ge-
nus in the Engiilh gardens, which came from Portu-
gal. This had a thick perennial ftalk which by age
became Ihrubby, and rofe to be a foot and a half in
height •, the leaves were like thofe of the firft fort,
but much larger *, the foot-ftalks of the flowers were
a foot and a half long, naked, and terminated by
one large globular head of flowers, of a pale red co-
lour ; but all the plants of this kind which were in
England, the fevere froft in the beginning of the year
1 740 deftroyed, fince which time I have not feen one
of them.

The fecond fort has been planted in gardens, to make
edging on the fides of borders in the flower-gardens *
for which purpofe they were formerly in great efteem,
but of late they have been very juftly rejeded for that
ufe ; becaufe there was a neceflity of tranfplanting
thefe edgings every year, otherwife they could not be
kept within due bounds ; befides, wherever a plant
failed, which was no extraordinary thing, there always
appeared a large unfightly gap ; however, tho’ they
are not in ufe at prefent for that purpofe, yet a few
plants of the firft and fecond Ihould have a place in
fome part of the flower-garden, for variety * efpecially
the variety with red flowers will grow in almoft any
foil or fituation, and their flowers will continue a
long time in beauty.

All thefe forts may be propagated by parting their
roots ; the belt time for which is in autumn, that
they may take root before the froft, which will caufe
them to flower much ftronger than thofe tranfplanted

in the fpring ; and the plants will mot be in fo much
danger of mifcarrying as thofe are, efpecially when'
the Ipring happens to prove dry/ After thefe plants
have taken root, they will require no farther care but
to keep them clean from weeds, and to traniplant
and part their roots annually, for if they are permitted
to ftand longer unremoved, they are very Subject to
rot and decay, efpecially when they are planted in
good ground.

STATUES and VASES contribute very much
to the embellilhment and magnificence of a garden,
and extremely advance the natural beauties of it. .
They are made of feveral forms, and different mate-
rials. The richeft are thofe of caft brafs, lead gilt,
and marble * the ordinary fort are of a common ftone
or ftucco.

Among figures are diftinguiftwd groups, which con-
fift at lead of two figures together in the fame bloc kb
figures infulate or detached, that is, thofe that you
can go quite round, and figures that are fet in niches,
which are finilhed on the fore part only.

There are likewife bulls, termes, half-length figures,
figures half as big as the life, and thofe bigger
than the life, that are called coloffal, either on regu-
lar pedeftals, or fuch as are more (lender, tapering,
and hollowed, not to mention the figures which fome-
times adorn cafcades, as alfo bas-relievos, &c.

Thefe figures reprefent all the feveral deities, and il-
luftrious perfons of antiquity, which fhould be placed
properly in gardens.

' The river gods, as Naiads, Rivers, andTritons,- fhould
be placed in the middig. of fountains and balons.

The gods of the woods, as Sylvans, Fauns, and Dry-
ades, in the groves •, facrifices, bacchanals, and chil-
dren fports, are likewife reprelented in bas-relievo
• upon the vafes and pedeftals, which may be adorned
with feftoons, foliage, mouldings, and other orna-
ments. /

In woods and groves, Sylvanus, god, and Ferona,
goddefs, of the woods * Adteon the hunter, who
chancing to efpy Diana bathing, fire transformed him
into a hart, and he was devoured by his own dogs.
Alfo,

Echo, a virgin rejedted of her lover, who pined away
in the woods for grief, where her voice ftiil remains,
anlwering the outcries of every complaint. Alfo,
Philomela, transformed into a nightingale, and Itys,
into a pheafant.

Jupiter, Mars, and Bellona, Ihould poffefs thelargeft
open centers and lawns of a grand defign, elevated
upon pedeftals, columnal, and other architedlonical
works, with their immediate fervants and vaffals un-
derneath * Jupiter with his Mercury, Mars with
Fame, and the reft of their attendants.

Alfo Minerva or Pallas, goddefs of wifdom : with the
feveral liberal fciences * the three deftinies, Clotho,
Lachefis, and Atropos * Tellus, the goddefs of earth 5
Priapus, the god of gardens ; Pytho, the goddefs of
eloquence * Vella, the goddefs of chaftity.

Neptune, in his chariot, Ihould pofiefs the center of
the greatell body of water, whether it be fountain,
bafon, or whatfoever there is of that kind, and at-
tended with the Naiades, Tritons, and his other fea
attendants.

For canals, bafons, and filh-ponds, Pafeemon, Panif-
cus, and Oceanus, gods ; Dione, Melicerta, Thetis,
and Marica", fea goddeffes •, Salacia, goddefs cf the
water ; Naiades, fairies of the water j and the firens,
Parthenope, Ligia, and Leucolia.

Flora andChloris, goddeffes of flowers, and alfo Ve-
nus, Daphne, and Rucina, the goddefs of weeding,
in the flower-garden.

The Dii minores ought alfo to pofiefs the niches.
Ceres, Pomona, and the Hefperides, fEgle, Arethufa,
and Helperethufa, who were three lifters, feigned to
have an orchard of golden Apples, kept by a dragon,
which Hercules flew when he took them away,
fhould be placed in the orchard . the fauns and fvlvans
fhould be placed in the more remote and rural centers
and parts of the wood work.

4

Bacchus

S T E

Bacchus, the god of wine, and Silenus, in vineyards.
Daphne and Diana, Flora and Venus, fhould have
their places in the flower-garden.
iEolus, god of the winds, and the Oreades, fairies of
the mountains, fh'ould be placed on high mounts,
terrace walks, &c.

The goddefs Vallenta in vallies.

Harpocrates and Angerona, the former the god, and
the latter the goddefs, of filence, and Mercury, the
god of eloquence, in private cabinets in a wildernefs
or grove. _ *

Ariftaeus, the patron of bees, near an apiary.
Morpheus and Pan, gods of flieep, Pales, the god-
defs of fhepherds, and Bubona, the goddefs of oxen,
in fmall paddocks of fheep in open iawns. But un-
lefs thefe ftatues are good, or copies from thofe which
are fo, there had better be none in. gardens, for peribns
of good tafte cannot bear to iee ordinary ones.

STE^LLATE plants are fuch as have their leaves
placed at certain knots or intervals of the ftalks in
form of a ftar: of this tribe are Madder, Goofe-
grafs. Ladies Bedftraw, &c.

STERILITY fignifi.es barrennefs.

STEWARTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 758.

The Characters are,

The flower has a -permanent empalement of one leaf, cut
into five oval concave fegments-, it has five large oval
petals which fpread open , and a great number of fender
Jlamina which are joined in a cylinder at bottom , which
are jhorter than the petals , to which they are connected at
their bafe , and are terminated by roundifh proftrate fum-
mits, with a roundifh hairy germen , fupporting five ftyles
the length of the Jlamina , crowned by obtufe jligmas. The
germen afterzvard turns to a five-cornered capfule with
five cells , opening with five valves whofe cells are clofed,
each containing one oval comprejfed Jeed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fixteenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have many ftamina connected together
in a column.

We know but one Species of this genus, viz.

Stewartia ( Malacodendron .) Aft. Upfal. 1741. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 698. Stewartia . Malacodendron. Mitch.
The title of this genus was given it in honour of the
Right Honourable the Earl of Bute, whofe great
knowledge of the fcience of botany is well known
to all who have have the honour of his lordflfip’s ac-
quaintance.

This fhrub grows naturally in Virginia, where it
riles with ftrong ligneous ftalks to the height of ten
or twelve feet, fending out branches on every fide,
covered with a brown bark, garnifhed with oval
fpear-fhaped leaves like thofe of the Cherry-tree,
about two inches and a half long, and one inch and a
half broad ; they are fawea on their edges, and are
pretty much veined, Handing alternately. The flowers
are produced from the wings of the (talk ; their eni-
palements are of one leaf, cut into five obtufe fegments
almoft to the bottom. The flower is of one petal (ac-
cording to Ray and Tournefort,) which is cut into
five parts almoft to the bottom, but their bafe are
connected together, and fall off united •, the fegments
are narrow at their bafe, but fpread open, are broad
and obtufe at their points, and hollowed like a lpoon
in the middle ; they are white, but one of the feg-
ments in each flower is ftained with an herbacous yel-
low colour. In the center of the flower arife five
ftyles, which are furrounded by a circle of purple
ftamina, terminated by roundifh blue fummits. The
ftamina are inferred to the bafe of the petals, fo form
at their bafe one body, being there connected toge-
ther. It flowers the latter end of May. The fruit of
this is a conical, dry, ligneous capfule, having five
fharp angles and five cells, which open at the top with
five valves, each cell containing one oblong fmooth
feed.

This fhrub is at prefent very rare in the Englifh gar-
dens. The feeds are feldom brought to England,
and th6fe frequently fail, either by their not having
been properly impregnated, or duly ripened, for I

S T OE ■

have examined feveral which have been hollow, hav-
ing only a fliell-, and when the plants come up, they
are veiy difficult to maintain while young *s for if they
are expofed to too much fun, they will foon be de-
ftroyed, nor do they thrive when expofed to the open
air. The only way in which I have feen the young
plants iiicceed was, when they were few a under giafies,
and the furface of the ground between the plants
covered with Mofs to keep the ground moift, and the
glafles were conftantly fhaded every day when the
lun was bright. With this management the plants
feemed in good health, but made little progrefs in
their growth. _ (

STOCK G I LI FLOWER. See Cheiranthus*

S T CEB E. Lin. Gen. Plant. 839.

The Characters are.

The flower is compofed of many hermaphrodite florets ,
which are included in one common empalement , whofe
[coles are awl-fhaped and permanent between each ficale
is fituated one floret, whofe empalement is compofed of
five narrow acute leaves which are equal and ere ft.
The florets are funnel-fioaped, 6f One petal, cut into five
points at the brim , fpread open they have five fhort
hair-like Jlamina , terminaJed by cylindrical fummits with
five indentures, and an oblongs germen, fupporting a Jlen-
' derjiyie , crowned by a bifid acute fiigma . The germen after-
zvard becomes a Jingle feed, crowned with a long feathery
down, fitting in the common e?npalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fection of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have many partial empaiements
included in the common one.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Stoebe ( TEthiopica .) Hort. Cliff. 360. Stcebe. Helichry-
foides juniperi creberrimis aduncis fbliis, floribus in
ramulorum cymis Vaill. A61. Par. 1719. Baftard Eli-
chryfum with crooked Juniper leaves , and flowers growing
at the tops of the branches.

This plant grows naturally at the* Cape of Good
Hope it is a perennial plant, with a ligneous ftalk
which rifes two or three feet high, fending out Ben-
der branches from the fides, which are garnifhed with
fhort linear leaves that are for the raoSt part hooked ;
they are of a grayifh colour, and placed irregularly
round the branches ; the flowers are produced in An-
gle heads at the end of the branches *, they are of a
pale yellow colour, and are compofed of feveral her-
maphrodite florets, each having a feparate cup, in-
cluded in one common empalement, whofe feales lie
over each other like thofe of fifh. The florets are
Angle, and peep out between the feales of the em-
palement. This plant flowers in Auguft, but feldom
produces good feeds in England.

It is propagated by cuttings or flips, which fhould
be planted in July upon a bed of foft loam, and co-
vered clofe down either with a bell or hand-glafs,
fhading them every day from the fun till they have
taken root ; then they muff be gradually inured to the
open air, and afterward taken up, and planted in
pots, placing them in the fhade till they have taken
new root ; then they may be placed in a fheltered fitti-
ation with other tender exotic plants, and in autumn
they muff be removed into fhelter, for they are too
tender to live through the winter in the open air in
England.

STCECHAS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 201. tab. 95. La-
vendula. Lin. Gen. Plant. 630 [fo called from cer-
tain ifles in the Mediterranean Sea, belonging to the
French, where this plant was firft found. In the
fliops it is called Stcechas Arabica, not becaufe it
grows there, but becaufe the Arabian phyficians
highly commend this herb.] Caflidony, French La-
vender, or Stickadore.

The Characters are,

The flower has an oval permanent empalement of one
leaf, whofe brim has fome obfeure indentures ; it is of
the lip kind with one petal, having a cylindrical tube
longer than the empalement , whofe brim Spreads open.
The upper lip is large, bifid , and open % the under Up is
cut into three roundifh almoft equal fegments. . It has four

12 U Jlamina

ftamina within the tube , which are turned afide , two of
which are Jhorter than the other , terminated by f mall
fummiis , and a quadrifid germen ftupporting a f lender
jlyle the length of the tube , crowned by an obtufe indented
jligma. cfhe germen afterward turn to four almoji oval
feeds which ripen in the empalement , to which the follow-
ing notes muft be added : the flowers are ranged in feveral
feries , and the fpikes are terminated by tufts of leaves .
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clais, joining it to Lavendula,
which contains thofe plants whofe flowers have two
long: and two fhorter (lamina, and the feeds are naked.

t>

The Species are,

. Stoechas ( Officinarum ) foliis lanceolato-linearibus,
pedunculis brevioribus. Stoechas with fpear-fhaped li-
near leaves , and ftoorter foot-ftalks to the flowers. Stoe-
chas purpurea. C. B. P. 216. Purple Stcechas , or com-
mon French La,vender.

. Stoechas ( Pedunculatus ) foliis lanceolato-linearibus,
pedunculis longifiimis. Stcechas with fpear-fhaped linear
leaves , and thelongeft foot-ftalks to the flowers. Stoechas
cauliculis non foliofis. C. B. P. 216. Stcechas with-
out foot-ftalks and leaves.

. Stoechas ( Dentatus ) foliis pinnato-dentatis. Stoechas
with winged indented leaves. Stcechas folio ferrato.
C. B. P. 216. Stcechas with a ftawed leaf.

The firft fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Spain, from whence the tops or heads of flowers
are imported to England for medicinal ufe : this has
a low, thick, fhrubby ftalk, which rifes about two feet,
high, fending out ligneous branches the whole length,
which are garnifhed with fpear-fhaped linear leaves
about an inch long, which are hoary and pointed, of
a ftrong aromatic feent, and Hand oppoiite on the
branches at each joint, with fmaller leaves of the
fame fhape coming out at the fame places. The
branches are terminated with fcaly fpikes of purple
flowers about an inch in length •, the fpikes are four-
cornered •, the feales lie over each other like thofe of
fifh •, out of each fcale peeps one lip flower, whofe
tube is the length of the fcale, lb the two lips only
appear; the under is fpread open, and the upper
Hands eredt. The fpike of flowers is terminated by a
(mail tuft of purple leaves likethe Clary of Matthiolus ;
the flowers appear in May and June, which are fuc-
ceeded by oval feeds which ripen in Auguft. The whole
plant has a very ftrong, aromatic, agreeable odour.
The heads of flowers of this kind are ufed in fome
of the capital medicines diredled by the College of
Phyficians, which are commonly brought from the
fouth of France, where the plants are in great plenty ;
but, as thefe are feldom imported, and very little care
taken in the drying and packing them, they are very
apt to take a mouldinefs in their paffage, and are not
near fo good for ufe as thofe which are gathered frefli
in England, where the plants may be cultivated to
great advantage.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain. The dif-
ference between this and the firft confifts in the foot-
ftalks, which fuftain the fpikes of flowers, being
three times the length of thofe of the firft, and naked,
having no leaves. The fpikes of flowers are longer
and not fo thick, and they have more coloured leaves
on their tops, which are longer, and of a brighter
purple colour. Thefe differences are not accidental,
for I have many years propagated this plant by feeds,
and have always found them the fame. The flowers,
feeds, and other parts are the fame. Of both
thefe there are fome plants which vary in the colour
of their flowers, fome producing white, and others
purplifli flowers, but the moft common colour is blue.
Thefe plants may be cultivated by fowing their feeds
upon a bed of light dry foil in March, and when
they come up, they (hould be carefully cleared from
weeds until they are two inches high, at which time
they (hould be removed ; therefore there muft be a
fpot of light dry ground prepared, and laid level,
which muft be trodden out in beds, into which the
plants (hould be planted at about five or fix inches
diftance each way, obferving to water and (hade them

until they have taken root, after which they will re*
quire no further care but to keep them clear from
weeds the following fummer ; but,- if the winter
(hould prove fevere, it will be proper to cover them
v/ith mats, Peas-haulm, or fome other light covering, to
guard them againft the froit, which otherwife would
be apt to injure them while they are fo young ; but in
March, or the beginning of April, the following
fpring, they muft be removed into the places where
they are to remain, obferving if poffibie, to tranf-
plant them in a warm moift ieafon, and not let them

' remain long above ground, for if their roots are dried
they feldom grow well after. The ioil in which thefe
are planted (hould be a dry warm fand or gravel, and
the poorer the foil is in which they are planted, the
better they will endure the cold of the winter, pro-
vided the ground be dry ; though indeed the plants
will thrive better in fummer upon a rich moift ground,
but then they will not produce fo many flowers, nor
will the heads or fpikes have near fo ftrong an aroma-
tic feent, as is the cafe with moft forts of aromatic
plants.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by planting
flips or cuttings of any of the kinds in the fpring, ob-
ferving to refrefh them with water until they have
taken root, after which they may be managed as hath
been directed for the (feed ling plants ; but, as thofe
plants railed from feeds are much better than thefe,
it is hardly worth while to propagate them this way,
efpecially fince their feeds ripen fo well in this country.
The heads of the firft forts may be gathered for ufe,
when the flowers are in full perfedlion, and Ipread to
dry in a fhady place, after which they may be put up
for ufe.

The third fort grows naturally in Andalufia in Spain,
and alfo about Murcia; this has a ligneous ftalk
which rifes two or three feet high, furnifhed with
branches on every fide the whole length, which stq
four-cornered, and garnifhed with leaves placed op-
poflte by pairs, which are about an inch long, and
an eighth of an inch broad, indented regularly on both
fides almoft to the midrib, in form of winged
leaves ; they are of a grayifh colour, have a pleafant
aromatic odour, and biting warm tafte. The flowers
are produced in fcaly fpikes at the end of the branches,
(landing upon long naked foot-ftalks ; the fpikes are
four-cornered, hairy, and about an inch long, ter-
minated by a few purplifli leaves in the like manner
as the other forts, which inclined me to keep it joined
to them. It flowers great part of fummer, but the
feeds very rarely ripen in England.

As this plant feldom produces feeds in England, it
is propagated by flips or cuttings, which, if planted
in April, and treated in the fame way as thofe of the
two other forts, will take root very freely ; but thefe
plants, when rooted, muft be planted in pots, that
they may be flickered from fevere froft in winter, be-
caufe they are too tender to live in the open air
through the winter in England, efpecially while they
are young ; but when they have obtained ftrengtb,
fome of them may be turned out of the pots, and
planted in a warm fituation, upon a dry rubbifhy foil,
where they will be dinted from growing too vigoroufly,
fo will endure the cold much better than if they were
growing in better ground.

ST ONE CROP. See Sedum.

STONECRO P-T R E E. See Chenopo'dium.

STOVES are contrivances for the preferving fuch
tender exotic plants, which will not live in thefe nor-
thern countries without artificial warmth in winter.
Thefe are built in different methods, according to
the ingenuity of the art id, or the different purpofes
for which they are intended, but in England they are
at prefent reducible to two or three
The firft is called a dry Stove, being fo contrived,
that the flues, through which the (make paffes, are
either carried under the pavement of the floor, or elfe
are erected in the back part 01 the noufe, ovei eacn
other, and are returned fix or eight times the whole
length of the Stove, according to the height. In
0 thefe

• ■" . ’

-

- •

: • ' • , • . -
. • ’

-

• '• • -iV

■

• • . ,

: -V ■:

•; . .

- *• r- •

M

••

' '

-

' -

/

'

1 '

»

■ ■ - - - . • ' ■

-

/

S ; - ...

. i ■ I

>

-

«

• • a , . ■ •

1

.

*

.

' ■ . V ■ ,• •

4 , '

-

• * ,

'

V

;

*

• ■ i ■

. -

■

t - ■ ■

v

3 3 • ■ ,

.

■ '

. - * ' ■ '

'

.

„aq I

xFeet-

STO

thefe Stoves the plants are placed on {helves of boards
. laid on a fcaffold, riling above each other like the
dears in a theatre, for the greater advantage of their
Handing in fight, and enjoying an equal fhare of
light and air. In thefe Stoves are commonly placed
fhe tender forts of Aloes, Cereufes, Euphorbiums,
Tithymals, and other fucculent plants, which are im-
patient of mo iff u re in winter, and therefore require
for the moft part to be kept in a feparate Stove, and
not placed among trees or herbaceous plants, which
perfpire freely, and thereby often caufe a damp air in
the houfe, which is imbibed by the fucculent plants
to their no fmall prejudice. Thefe Stoves may be re-
gulated by a thermometer fo as not to over-heat them,
nor let the plants fuffer by cold ; in order to which,
all fuch plants as require nearly the fame degree of
heat, fhould be placed by themfelves in a feparate
houfe, for if in the fame Stove there are plants placed
of many different countries, which require as many
different heats, by making the houfe warm enough
for fome plants, others, by having too much heat,
are drawn and fpoiled.

The other fort of Stoves are commonly called bark
Stoves, to diffinguifh them from the dry Stoves
already mentioned. Thefe have a large pit, nearly the
length of the houfe, three feet deep, and fix or feven
feet wide, according to the breadth of the houfe,
which pit is filled with frefh tanners bark to make a
hot-bed, and in this bed the pots of the moft tender
exotic trees and herbaceous plants are plunged.
The heat of this bed being moderate, the roots of
- the plants are always kept in aftion, and the moifture
detained by the bark, keeps the fibres of their roots
in a duftiie ftate, which in the dry Stove, where they
are placed on fhelves, are fubjeft to dry too faff, to
the great injury of the plants, In thefe Stoves, if
they are rightly contrived, may be preferved the moft
tender exotic trees and plants, which, before the
ufe of the bark was introduced, were thought impoffi-
ble to be kept in England ; but, as there is fome fkill
required in the ftructure of both thefe Stoves, I fhall
not only defcribe them as intelligibly as poffible, but
alfo annex plans of both Stoves hereto, by which it
is hoped every curious perfon will be capable of di-
recting his workmen in their ftruCtu re.

The dimenfion of thefe Stoves fhould be propor-
tioned to the number of plants intended to -be pre-
ferved, or the particular fancy of the owner, but
their length fhould nofexceed forty feet for one fire-
place ; but where there are two fires it will be proper
to make a partition of glafs in the middle, and to
have two tan-pits, that there may be two different
degrees of heat for plants from different countries
(for the reafons before given in the account of dry
Stoves •,) and were I to ereCt a range of Stoves, they
fhould be all built in one, and only divided with glafs
partitions, at leaft the half way toward the front,
which will be of great advantage to the plants, be-
caufe they may have the air in each divifion fhifted
by Hiding the glaffes of the partitions, or by opening
the glafs door which fhould be made between each di-
vifion, for the more eafy paffage from one to the other.
Thefe Stoves fhould be raifed above the level of
the ground, in proportion to the drynefs of the place,
for if they are built on a moift fituation, the whole
fhould be placed upon the top of the ground, fo that
the brick-work in front muft be raifed three feet
above the furface, which is the depth of the bark-bed,
whereby none of the bark will be in danger of lying
in water ; but if the foil be dry, the brick- work in front
need not be more than one foot above ground, and
the pit may be funk two feet below the furface. Upon
the top of this brick-work in front muft be laid the
plate of timber, into which the wood- work of theframe
is to be mortifed •, this fhould be of found Oak felled
in winter, without fap, the dimenfion one foot wide,
and fix inches deep, and the upright timbers in front
muft be placed four feet afunder, or fomewhat more,
which is the proportion of the width of the glafs doors
or fafhes j thefe fhould be about fix feet and a half.

STO

or feven feet long, and placed upright; their dimers
fion fhould be nine inches by fix, of yellow Fir ; but
from the top of thefe fhould be (loping glaffes, which
fhould reach within three feet of the back of the
ftove, where there fhould be a ftrong crown-piece
of timber placed, in which there fhould be a groove
made for the glaffes to Aide into ; the dimenfion of
the Hoping timbers fhould be ten inches by nine of
yellow Fir, and the crown-plate one foot by nine or
ten inches of the fame timber. The wall in the back
part of the Stove fhould be at leaft thirteen inches
thick, but eighteen or twenty-two inches, which is
two bricks and a half, will be better, for the greater
thicknefs there is in the back wall, the more heat
will be thrown to the front, whereby the air of the
Stove will be better warmed, and the building will be
fo much ftronger ; for to this back wall the flues,
through which the frnoke is to pafs, muft be joined.
This back wall fhould be carried up about Hxteen or
twenty feet high, or more for tall Stoves, that they
may be of a proper height to fupport the timbers of
the back roof, which covers the fhed behind the Stove.
The roof is fattened into the crown-piece before-men-
tioned, which in tall Stoves fhould be about thirty
feet above the furface of the tan-bed, which will give
a lufficient declivity to the Hoping glaffes to carry off
the wet, and be of a reafonable height for containing
many tall plants. The back roof may be Hated, co-
vered with lead, or tiled, according to the fancy of
the owner ; but the manner of the outfide building
is better exprefled by the annexed plan, than is pofii-
ble to be deicribed in words.

In the front of the houfe, before the tan-bed, there
fhould be a walk, about two feet wide, for the conve-
niency of walking ; next to which the bark-pit muft
be placed, which fhould be in width proportionable
to the breadth of the houfe. If the houfe is fourteen
feet wide, which is a due proportion, the pit may
be eight feet wide, and behind the pit fhould be a
walk two feet wide, to pafs, in order to water the
plants, &c. then there will be two feet left next the
back wall to ereCt the flues, which muft be all raifed
above the level of the bark-bed. Thefe flues ought
to be one foot wide in the clear, that they may not be
too foon flopped with the foot, as alfo for the more
conveniently cleaning them ; the lower flue, into
which the frnoke firft enters from the fire, fhould be
two feet deep in the clear ; this fliould be covered
with broad tiles, which fliould be a foot and a half
fquare, or one foot by a foot and a half long, that
they may be wide enough to extend over the
wall in front of the flues, and to take fufficient hold
of the back wall •, over this the fecond flue muft
be returned back again, which may be twenty inches
deep, and covered on the top as before ; and fo in
like manner the flues may be returned over each
other fix or eight times, that the heat may be fpent
before the frnoke paffes off. The thicknefs of the
wall in front of thefe flues need not be more than
four inches, or three will do very well if they are
carefully carried up, but it muft be well jointed with
mortar, and pargitered within fide to prevent the
frnoke from getting into the houfe : the outfide ihould
be faced with mortar, and covered with a coarfe cloth,
to keep the mortar from cracking, as is praCtifed in
fetting up coppers. If this be carefully done, there
will be no danger of the frnoke entering the houfe,
which cannot be too carefully guarded againft, for
there is nothing more injurious to plants than frnoke,
which will caufe them to drop their leaves, and, if it
continue long in the houfe, will entirely deftroy them.
The fire-place muft be made at one end, where there
is but one ; but, if the Stove is fo long as to require
tv/o, they fhould be placed at each end of the fhed,
which muft be made the length of the Stove, that the
fires and the back of the flues may not fuffer from
the outer air ; for it will be impoffible to make the
fires burn equally, where the wind has full ingrefs to
it, and it will be troublefome to attend the fire in wet
weather, where it is expofed to the rain,

The

S TO

t* ,

The contrivance of the furnace muft be according to
the fuel which is defigned to burn, but as turf is the
belt firing for Stoves, where it can be had cheap, ma-
ny prefer it, becaufe it lafts longer than any other
fort of fuel, and fo requires lefs attendance, I fliall
defcribe a proper fort of furnace for that purpofe.

The whole of this furnace fhould be ere&ed within
the houfe, which will be a great addition to the heat,
and the front-wall on the outfide of the fire-place,
next the fired, fhould be three bricks thick, the better
to prevent the heat from coming out that way. The
door of the furnace, at which the fuel is put in, muft
be as fmall as conveniently may be to admit of the
fuel 5 and this door fhould be placed near the up-
per part of the furnace, and made to fhut as clofe as
poffible, fo that there may be but little of the heat
pafs off through it. This furnace fhould be about
twenty inches deep, and fixteen inches fquare at bot-
tom, but may be" Hoped off on every fide, fo as to be
two feet fquare at the top, and under this furnace
fhould be a place for the afhes to fall into, which
fhould be about a foot deep, and as wide at the bot-
tom of the furnace ; this fhould alfo have an iron door
to fhut as clofe as poffible, but juft over the affi hole,
above the bars which fupport the fuel, fhould be a
fquare hole about four or fix inches wide to let in air
to make the fire burn : this muft alfo have an iron
frame, and a door to fhut clofe when the fire ds per-
fectly lighted, which will make the fuel laft longer,
and the heat will be more moderate.

The top of this furnace fhould be nearly equal to
the top of the bark-bed, that the loweft flue may be
above the fire, fo that there may be a greater draught
for the fmoke, and the furnace fhould be arched over
with bricks. The beft materials for this purpofe are
what the bricklayers call Windfor bricks, which fhould
be laid in loam of the fame kind as the bricks are made
with, which, when burnt by the fire, will cement the
whole together, and become like one brick ; but you
fhould be very careful, wherever the fire is placed,
that it be not too near the bark-bed, for the heat of the
fire will, by its long continuance, dry the bark, fo
that it will lofe its virtue, and be in danger of taking
fire •, to prevent which, it will be the beft method to
continue a hollow, between the brick-work of the
fire and that of the pit, about four or five inches wide,
which will effectually prevent any damage arifing
from the heat of the fire 5 nor fhould there be any
wood-work placed near the flues, or the fire-place,
becaufe the Continual heat of the Stove may in time
dry it lo much as to caufe it to take fire, which
fhould be very carefully guarded againfL
The entrance into this Stove fhould be either from a
green-houfe, the dry Stove, or elfe through the ffied
where the fire is made, becaufe in cold weather the
front-glaffes mnft not be opened. The infide of the
houfe fhould be clean and white-wafhed, becaufe the
whiter the back part of the houfe is, the better it will
refteCt the light, which is of great confequence to
plants, efpecially in winter, when the Stove is obliged
to be fhut up clofe.

Over the top fliding-glaffes there fhould be either
wooden ffiutters, or tarpaulins fixed in frames to co-
ver them in bad weather, to prevent the wet from
getting through the glaffes, and to fecure them from
being broken by ftorms of hail, and thefe outer co-
verings will be very ferviceable to keep out the froft ;
and if in very fevere cold there is a tarpaulin hung be-
fore the upright glafies in the front, it will be of great
fervice to the Stove, for then much lefs fire willpre-
ferve a heat in the houfe.

In the warmeft of thefe houfes or divifions fhould be
placed the molt tender exotic trees and plants, a lift of
which followeth

Acajou, or Cafhew,.
Ahouai,

Allegator Pear,
Allfpice, or Pimento,,
Arrow-root,

Bananas,

Baftard Cedar of Barba-
does,

Baftard Locuft. of Barba-
does,

S T

Bully-tree,

Button-wood of Earba-
does,

Cabbage- tree.

Cocoa-tree,

Calabafh-tree,

Caffada,

Cherry-tree of Barbadoes,
Cocoa-nut-tree,

Cortex Winteranus,
Cuftard-apple,

Date-tree,

Dumb Cane,

Fid die- wood,

Fig-tree, the arched In-
dian,

Flower-fence of Barba-
does,

Fuftic-tree,

Ginger,

Logwood,

Macaw-tree,

Mamee-tree.
Manchineel-tree,

Mimofa, or Senfitive
Plants,

Nickar-tree, or Bojiduc,
Palm-trees, offeveral forts,
Papaw-tree,

Plantain-tree,

Plum-tree of Jamaica,
Hog-plum,

Sapotilla-tree,

Santa Maria,

Sour Sop,

Sugar-Apple,

Sweet Sop,

Tamarind- tree.
Tulip-flower, or White -
' wood.

Guaiacum,

Thefe with moft other forts of trees, ffirubs, and her-
baceous plants, which are natives of very warm
countries, fhould be plunged in the bark-bed for the
reafons already affigned, and over the flues may be a
conveniency made to fet the Melon Thiftle, the ten-
der forts of Cereufes, and Euphorbiums, with other
very tender fucculent plants, which require to be kept
dry in winter.

As in this Stove are placed the plants of the hotteft
parts of the Eaft and Weft-Indies, the heat fhould be
kept up equal to that marked Anana upon the botani-
cal thermometers, and fhould never be fuffered to be
above eight or ten degrees cooler at moft nor fhould
the fpirit be raifed above ten degrees higher in the
thermometer during the winter feafon, both which
extremes will be equally injurious, to the plants.

But in order to judge more exadly of the temper of
the air in the Stove, the thermometer fhould be hung

O

at a good diftance from the fire*, nor fhould the tube
be expofed to the fun, but, on the contrary, as much
in fhade as poffible ; becaufe, whenever the fun fhines
upon the bail of the thermometer but one Angle
hour, it will raife the liquor in the tube confiderably,
when perhaps the air of the houfe is. not near fo
warm, which many times deceives thofe who are not
aware of this.

In the management of the plants placed in the bark-
bed, there muft be a particular regard had to the tem-
per of the bark, and the air of the houfe, that neither
be too violent; as alfo to water them frequently, but
fparingly in cold weather, becaufe when they are in-
continual warmth, which will caufe them to perfpire
freely, if they have not a proper fupply to anfwer
their difeharge,. their leaves will decay, and foon fall
off. As to the farther directions concerning the cul-
ture of the particular plants, the reader is de fired to
turn to their feveral articles, where they are diftinCtly
treated of.

The other fort of Stove, which is commonly called
the dry Stove, as was before laid, may be either built
with upright and hoping glaffes at the top, in the fame
manner, and after the fame model of the bark
Stove, which is the moft convenient; or elfe the
front glaffes, which fhould run from the floor of
the cieling, may be laid Hoping, to an angle of
45 degrees, the better to. admit the rays of the
fun in fpring and autumn, when the fun declines.
The latter method has been chiefly followed by moft
perfons who have built thefe forts of Stoves, but where
I have had the contrivance of Stoves of this kind, I
have always built them after the model of the bark
Stove, with upright glaffes in front, and floping glaffes.
over them, becaufe this will more eafily admit the fun
at all the different feafbns ; for in Hummer, when the
fun is high, the top glafies will admit the rays to fhine
alrnoft ail over the houfe, and in winter, when the
fun is low, the front glaffes will admit its rays ;
whereas, when the glaffes are laid to any declivity in.
one direction,, the rays of the fun will not fall directly

thereon

S T O

thereon above a fortnight in autumn* and about the
fame time in fpring, and during the other parts of
the year they will fall obliquely thereon * and in fum-
mer, when the fun is high, the rays will not reach
above five or fix feet from the glaffes, for the proof
of this fee the article Sun. Befides, the plants placed
toward the back part of the houfe, will not thrive in
the furnmer feafon for want of air * whereas when
there are hoping glaffes at the top, which run within
four feet of the back of the houfe, thele, by being
drawn down in hot weather, will let in perpendicular
air to all the plants * and of how much ferviee this is
to all forts of plants, every one who has had oppor-
tunity of obferving the growth of plants in a Stove,
will eafily judge * for when plants are placed under
cover of a deling, they always turn themlelves toward
the air and light, and thereby grow crooked * and if
in order to prelerve them ftrait, they are turned every
week, they will neverthelefs grow weak, and look
pale and fickly •, for which reafons, I am fure, who-
ever has made trial of both forts of Stoves, will rea-
dily join with me to recommend the model of the
bark Stove for every purpofe.

As to the farther contrivance of this Stove, it will be
neceflary to obferve the temper of the place, whether
the fituation be dry or wTet * if it be dry, then the
floor need not be raifed above two feet above the le-
vel of the ground ; but if it be wet, it will be proper
to raile it three feet, efpecially if thefe flues are to
be carried under the floor* for when they are ere&ed
clofe upon the furface of the ground, thefe will raife
a damp, which will prevent the flues drawing fo well
as when they are more elevated. The furnace of this
Stove muft be placed at one end of the houfe, ac-
cording to the directions before given. This muft be
made according to the fuel intended to burn, which,
if for coals or wood, may be made according to the
common method for coppers, but only much larger *
becaufe, as the fire is to be continued in the night
chiefly, if there is not room to contain a proper quan-
tity of fuel, it will occafion a great deal of trouble
in attending upon the fire in the night, which fhould
be avoided as much as pofiible * becaufe, whenever the
trouble is made very great or difficult, and the per-
fon who is intrufted with the care of it, has not a
very great affeftion for the thing, and is withal not
very careful, there will be great hazard of the fire
being neglefted, which in a little time may be of
dangerous confequence to the plants * but, if the
fuel intended be turf, then the contrivance of the
furnace may be the fame as for the bark Stove already
mentioned. The flues of this Stove, if they are car-
ried under the pavement, may be turned after the fol-
lowing manner.

which will caufe them to draw better than if ftrait, and
by this method of difpofing them, they may be fo much
ruined as to leach almoft from the back to the front
of the houfe.

q he depth or them fhould not be lefs than eighteen
inches, and the width nearly equal, which wifi pre-
vent their being choaked up with foot, as is often the
cafe when the flues are made too fmall. The fpaces
between the flues fhould be filled up either with dry
brick rubbifli, lime, or fand, from which there will
little moifture arife * and the flues fhould be clofely
plaiftered with loam both within and without, and the
upper part of them covered with a coarfe cloth under
the floor, to prevent the fmoke from gettino- into the

When the flue is carried from the furnace to the end
of the houfe, it may be returned in the back above
the fiooi twice in flcrait lines, which may be contrived
to appear like a ftep or two, by which means the
fmoke will be continued in the houfe until all its heat
is fpent, which will confequently warm the air of the
houie the better * and the chimneys, through which

S T O

the fmoke is to pafs off, may be either at both ends*
or in the middle, carried up in the thicknefs of the
brick work of the flues, 1b as not to appear in fight
in the houfe. The flues fhould be ftrft covered with
broad tiles fixteen inches long, and then a bed of
fand laid over them about two inches thick, upon
which the other tiles fhould be laid tocorrefpond with
the reft of the floor. This thicknefs of cover will be
full enough to prevent the too hidden rife of the heat
from the flues.

But if the furnace is placed under the floor, the thick-
nefs of fand between the brick arch which covers it
and the floor, fhould not be lefs than four or fix inches,
fo that the bottom of the furnace fhould be funk the
lower * and if from the fire-place to the end of the
houfe, the flues are laid a little rifling, it will caufe
them to draw the better 5 but this rife muft be allow-
ed in the placing them lower under the floor next the
fire, becaufe the floor muft be laid perfe&ly level,
otherWife it will appear unfightly.

In this Stove there fhould be a ftand or
fcaffold erected for placing fhelves above
each other, in the manner annexed, that
the plants may be difpofed above each
other, fo as to make a handfome appearance in the
houfe * but thefe fhelves fhould be made moveable,
fo as to be raifed or funk, according to the various
heights of the plants, otherwife it will be very trou-
blefome to raife or fink every particular plant kccord-
ing to their heights, or every year as they advance in
their growth.

In placing the feet of this ftand you muft be careful
not to fet them too near the fire, nor diretftly upon
the top of the flue* efpecially that end next the fire,
left by the conftant heat of the tiles the wood fhould
take fire, which cannot be too much guarded againft ;
fince fuch an accident would go near to deftroy all the
plants, if the houfe efcaped being burnt. This ftand
or fcaffold fhould be placed in the middle of the houfe,
leaving a paffage about two feet and a half in the
front, and another of the fame width in the back, for
the more conveniently palling round the plants to wa-
ter them, and that the air may freely circulate about
them. In difpofing the plants, the talleft fhould be
placed backward, and the fmalleft in front, fo that
there will not be occafion for more than five or fix
fhelves in height at moft * but the fcaffold fhould
be fo contrived, that there may be two fhelves in
breadth laid upon every rife whenever there may be
occafion for it, which will fave a deal of trouble in
difpofing of the plants.

In the eredion of thefe Stoves, it will be of great fer-
vice to join them all together with only glafs partitions
between them, as was before obferved : and where
feveral of thefe Stoves and green-houfes are required
in one garden, then it will be very proper to have the
green-houfe in the middle, and the Stoves at each end,
either in the manner direded in the plan of the green-
houfe exhibited in that article, or carried on in one
ftrait front.

By this contrivance in the ftrudure of thefe houfes, a
perfon may pafs from one to the other of them,
without going into the open air * which, befides the
pleafure to the owner, is alfo of great ufe, becaufe
there will be no occafion of making a back-way into
each of them, which otherwife muft be, fince the
front glaffes of the Stove fhould not be opened in cold
weather, if it can poflibly be avoided on any account,
otherwife the cold air rufhing in, will greatly prejudice
the very tender plants.

But befides the Stoves here defcribed, and the green-
houfe, it will be very neceflary to have a glafs-cafe or
two, wherever there are great colledion of plants,
i hefe may be built exactly in the manner already de-
fcribed for the Stoves, with upright glaffes in front,
and doping glaffes over the top of them, which
fhould run within four feet of the back of the houfe.
The height, depth, and other dimenfions, fhould be
conformable to that of the Stoves, which Will make a
regularity in the building. Thefe may be placed at

1 2 X the

i

the end of the range on each hand beyond the Stoves *,
and if there be a flue carried along round each of
thefe, with an oven to make a fire in very cold wea-
ther, it will fave a great deal of labour, > and prevent
the froft from ever entering the hcmfe, be the winter
ever lb fevered but the upper glaffes of thefe houfes
fhould have either fh utters of wood, or tarpaulins in
frames to cover them in frofty weather •, and if there
is a contrivance to cover the upright glaffes in froft,
either with mats, fhutters, or tarpaulins, it will be of
great ufe in winter, otherwife the flue muftbeufed when
the froft comes on, which ftiould only be done upon
extraordinary occafions ; becaufe the defign of thefe
houfes is, to keep fuch plants as require only to be
preferred from froft, and need no additional warmth ;
but at the fame time, require more air than can con-
veniently be given them in a green-houfe. In one of
thefe houfes may be placed all the forts of Ficoides,
African Sedums, Cotyledons, and other fucculent
plants from the Cape of Good Hope. In the other
may be placed the feveral kinds of Ardtotis, Oflceo-
fpermum, Royena, Lotus, and other woody or her-
baceous plants from the fame country, or any other
in the fame latitude.

Thus by contriving the green-houfe in the middle,
and one Stove and a glafs-cafe at each end, there
will be a conveniency to keep plants from all the dif-
ferent parts of the world, which can be no otherwife
maintained but by placing them in different degrees
of heat, according to the places of their native growth.
The Stoves before defcribed are fuch as are ufually
built to maintain exotic plant, which will not live in
England, unlefs they enjoy a temperature of air, ap-
proaching to that of the feveral countries from whence
they are brought ; therefore, whoever is inclinable to
preierve a large colledtion of plants from different
countries, muft contrive to have two or three of thefe
Stoves, each of which fhould be kept in a different
temperature of warmth •, and the plants fhould be al-
fo adapted to the feveral degrees of heat, as they fhall
reqpire to preferve them ; but for the better informa-
tion of thofe perfons who are not converfant in this
bufinefs, there is a lift of plants added by way of ap-
pendix to this •, in which the plants are ranged accord-
ing to the different degrees of heat which they re-
quire to be preferved in this country, to which the
reader is defired to turn for his further information :
and as the far greateft number of Stoves which have
been eredted in England, are defigned for the culture
of the Ananas only, fo I fhall add a defcription and
plans of two forts of Stoves, of the leaft expence in
building for this purpofe *, fo that whoever is inclina-
ble to eredt a Stove for ripening of the Ananas, may,
by attending to the plans and defcriptions, dired the
building and contriving fuch Stoves as they are defirous
to have, or according to the number of fruit propofed
to be ripened annually.

The firft fort of Stove is that which is defigned for
the plants, which produce the fruit the fame year ;
for as the plants do not generally fruit until the fecond
year from their being taken from the old plants,
whether they are fuckers from the fide of the plants
or crowns taken from the fruit, if they fruit the luc-
ceeding year, the fruit will be fmall ; therefore when
they are properly managed, they will not produce
their fruit until the fecond year, by which time
they will have obtained ftrength to produce large
fruit, in which their greateft value confifts ; for al-
though there are feveral varieties of this fruit, which
differ in degrees of goodnefs, as in moft other fruits,
yet they may all of them be improved in their fize,
without diminifhing of their excellence in tafte •, tho*
I know there are fome perfons of a contrary opinion,
and who believe that the fmall fruit are always better
flavoured than the large ; but from long experience I
can affert, that the larger and better nourifhed this
fruit is, the higher will be its flavour, fuppofing the
forts are the fame ; therefore every perfon who culti-
vates this fruit, fhould endeavour to have it improv-
ed to the greateft perfection j in order to which it will

be proper to have a fmall Stove, in which the yoliog
plants may be placed to bring them forward for fruit-
ing, and the following autumn they fhould be remov-
ed into the larger Stove for ripening : but I fhall re-
turn to the defcription of the larger Stove. The
length of this muft be proportionable to the quantity
of fruit defired in one fealon, for as to their width,
that fhould not be much varied ; the tan-bed fhould
never be narrower than fix, nor fhould it be more than
feven feet wide *, for when it is more, there v/ill be
difficuly in reaching thofe plants which are in the mid-
dle of the bed,- to water or clean them ; and if there
is room enough on each fide of the bed for a walk a
foot and a half broad, it will be fufficient for perfons
to water and do every thing which is neceffary to the
plants 5 and as thefe places are not defigned for walk-
ing in, fo it is to no purpofe to have broad walks,
which will take up too much fpace ; and the fires
muft be larger, in proportion to the fpace of the houfe,
otherwife the air cannot be kept in a proper tempera-
ture of warmth. If the' Stove is made thirty-fix feet
long in the clear, then the tan-bed may be thirty-three
feet long, and a walk left at each end a foot and a
half wide, which will be fufficient to walk round the
bed to water and attend the plants * and fuch a tan-
bed will contain eighty fruiting plants very well if the
bed is feven feet wide, and this ftove may be very
well warmed with one fire ; but if the Stove is built
much larger, there muft be two fire-places contrived,
one at each end, otherwife the air of the hou fe cannot
be kept in a proper temperature of heat. The quan-
tity of fuel which will be wanting for a Stove of thir-
ty-fix feet long in the clear, is about three chaldron
and a half of coals, or in fuch proportion for any
other fort of fuel ; when coals can be had reafonable,
it is the beft kind of fuel ; and the pit or Scotch coal
is preferable to the Newcaftle coal, becaufe the latter
is very fubjedt to melt or run into clinkers when the
oven is very hot, which the pit coal never does, but
always burns away with a white afh, making but little
foot ; fo that the flues will not require to be fo often
cleaned, as when the other coal is ufed. The next
beft fuel for Stoves is peat, where it can be procured
good, but the fcent of this fuel is difagreeable to ma-
ny people. There are fome perfons who burn wood
in their Stoves, but this fuel requires much greater
attendance than any other, therefore is not very
proper for this purpofe ; but in the building of the
Stoves, the ovens muft be contrived for the fort of fuel
which is to be ufed in them •, but thefe will be after-
ward defcribed, and the places where they fhould be
fituated, are delineated in the plan.

The Stoves defigned for ripening the fruit of the
Ananas fhould have upright glaffes in their front,
which fhould be high enough to admit a perfon to
walk upright under them on the walk in the front
of the houfe ; or where this cannot be admitted, the
front walk may be funk one foot lower than that on
the back of the tan-bed, fo that the furface of the
bed will be a foot above the walk, which will be rather
an advantage, as the plants will be fo much nearer
the glafs ; and a perfon may with great eafe water and
attend the plants when they are thus raffed above the
walk ; therefore, when a Stove is fo fituated, as that
the raffing of it high above ground might be attend-
ed with inconvenience, the walks quite round the tan-
bed may be funk a foot or eighteen inches below the
top of the bed, which will admit of the Stove being
built fo much lower •, for if there is height for a perfon
to walk under the glaffes, it will be as much as is re-
quired •, but as the flues, when returned four times
againft the back wall will rife near feven feet, fo the
bottom of the lower flue ffrould be on the fame level
with the walk, to admit room enough for the whole
under the roof. Over the upright glaffes there muft
be a range of Hoping glaffes, which muft run to join
the roof, which fhould come fo far from the bade
wall as to cover the flues, and the walk behind the
tan-pit •, for if the Hoping glaffes are of length fuffi-
cient to reach nearly over the bed, the plants v/ill re-

1

%

quire- no more light •, therefore thefe glafies fnould
not be longer than is abfolutely neceffary, which will
render them more manageable ; but the annexed plan
will render this more intelligible, than any written de-
fcription can do.

The other fort of Stove, which is defigned for railing
of young plants until they are of a proper fize to
produce fruit, need not be built fo high as the former,
therefore there will not be wanting any upright glalfes
in the front ; but the frames may be made in one
flope, as in the annexed plan : indeed of late years,
many perfons have made tan-beds with two flues run-
ning through the back wall to warm the air in win-
ter •, and thefe beds have been covered with glafies,
made in the fame manner as thofe for common hot-
beds, but larger ; thefe were contrived to lave expence,
and have in many places anfwered the intention, but
to thefe there are leveral objedtions. i. That of hav-
ing no paflage into them, fo that the glafies mull be
taken off when the plants want water, &c. 2. The

damps very often rife in the winter feafon, when the
glafies are clolely fhut, which often prove very in-
jurious to the plants. 3. There is danger of the tan
taking fire, where there is not great care taken that
it doth not lie near the flues ; fo that although the
fmall Stoves here propofed require more expence in
their building, yet, being greatly preferable to thofe
pits, and the after expence being the fame, they will
be found fo much more convenient as to render them
more general where this fruit is cultivated.

Where there is no danger of the wet fettling about the
tan in winter, the bark-pit may be funk two feet deep
in the ground, and raked one foot above the furface ;
the only walk which is neceffary in thefe Stoves, is that
on the back of the tan-bed, which may be on the level
with the furface of the ground, fo that the tan-bed
will be more than one foot above the walk ; and the
flues beginning from the level of the walk, there will
be room to return them three times, which will warm
the air much more with the fame fire than when they
are carried but twice the length of the Stove.

But ih wet land the tan-bed fhould be wholly raifed
above the level of the ground, in order to preferve the
tan from being chilled by moifture •, and in fuch
places the walk on the back fhould be railed near two
feet above the level of the ground, becaule the tan-
bed fhould not rife much more than one foot above
the walk ; for if it is higher, it will be more difficult
to reach the plants when they require water ; the brick
wall of the pit, on the fide next the walk, need not be
more than four inches thick, fo far as rifes above the
Walk* but below that it fhould be nine inches thick ;
the reafon for reducing the wall above, is to gain
room for the walk, which would otherwife be too much
contradted •, and if there is a kirb of Oak laid on the
top of the four inch wall, it will fecure the bricks
from being difplaced, and iufficiently ftrengthen the
wall, which being but one foot above the walk,
will not be in any danger of falling •, and on this kirb
there may be two or three upright iron bars fixed with
claws, to fupport the crown-piece of timber, which
will fecure it from hanging in the middle, which in
a great length is very often the cafe, where there
are no fupports placed under it : there may be more
or lefs of thefe bars, according to the length of the
Stove ; but if they are about ten feet afunder, it
will be near enough. If thefe iron bars are one inch
fquare, they will be ftrong enough to anfwer the
defign.

But as it is hoped that the annexed plan of this fmall
Stove will= convey a clear idea of the whole contri-
vance, this will render it unneceffary to add any far-
ther defcription here.

An Explanation of the Plate which reprefents the two
forts of frames with oiled paper for covering of
Melons.

The firft of thefe frames is contrived like the covers
of waggons ; it has a frame of wood at the bafe, to

which are fattened broad hoops which are bent over
circularly, as is reprefented at fig. 1. The width of
this frame fhould be from five to fix feet, for lefs than
five feet will not be fufficient to cover the bed, and if
they are more than fix feet broad, they will be too
heavy and troublefome to move, a fhews the febtion
of the width, b the frame of wood at the bafe, c the
arch of hoops, and d a fmall flip of wood which is
fattened to the under fide of the hoops to keep them
in their proper pofition. -

The diftance between each hoop fhould not be more
than one foot, and there fhould be two rows of
ltrong packthread or rope-yarn on each fide of the
arch running from hoop to hoop at the places marked
e. e. e. e. to keep the oiled paper from finking down
with wet. The length of each frame fhould not be
much more than ten feet, which will be fufficient
length for covering three plants, that being about the
fize of a three light frame, for if they are longer they
will be heavy and troublefome to move ; therefore
there fhould be as many of thefe frames made, as may
be neceffary for covering the quantity of plants de-
fired. Fig. 2. reprefents two lengths of thefe frames
joined ; G. fhews the profile of the frame, and H. re-
prefents the paper turned back, that it may be feen
how it is laid over the frame,

Fig. 3. reprefents the other fort of frame which is
contrived like the roof of a houfe, a fhews a fedtion
of the bafe •, b b the two flopes, c one of the fides
which is contrived to be raifed at any time to admit
air to the plants ; d fhews the place where this fhuts
down, and e the prop which fupports it. If in the mak-
ing of thefe frames every other light is made with
hinges fb as to be raifed, and on the oppofite fide they
are contrived to rife alternately, jt will be a very good
method, for then air may be given at the fide contrary
to the wind ; and in very warm weather, when the
plants require a large fhare of air, they may all be
raifed on both fides, which will make a thorough air
to the whole bed. Fig. 4. fhews the plan of thefe
frames, and fig. 5. the fame erebled g reprefents
the profile of it, and / the covering of paper. This
fort of frame may be made of pantile laths, or of flips
of deal of like dimenfions, becaufe they fhould not
be too heavy •, but the bafe of the frame to which
thefe are fattened, fhould be more fubftantial. Some
perfons who have made trial of both, recommend the
latter for the convenience of giving air to the plants,
for there is no other contrivance in the firft fort for
admitting the air, but by raifing the whole frame on
one fide in proportion to the quantity of air intended
to be admitted ; and when the feafon is warm they
generally raiie thofe frames on both fides, and per-
mit the plants to run out from under them.

When tliele frames are made, if they are well painted
over with the following compofition, it will greatly
preferve them, viz. to every fix pounds of melted
pitch, add half a pint of Lintfeed-oil, and a pound of
brick-duft ; thefe fhould be well mixed together, and
ufed warm when this dries it becomes a hard ce-
ment, fo that no moifture can penetrate through it,
and is the belt fort of pigment for all timber expofed
to the weather, I have ever feen ufed ; fo that where
the colour is not offenfive to the fight, it fhould be
preferred to every other.

When the frames are thoroughly dry, the paper
fhould be patted on to the frames. The beft fort of
paper for this purpofe is what they call Dutch wrap-
per •, this is ftrong, and when oiled over becomes pel-
lucid, fo admits the rays of light through it extremely
well. After the pafte is well dried, the paper fhould
be oiled over on the outfide, which if well done with
Lintfeed-oil will be fufficient, for the oil will foak
quite through the paper, fo there will be no necefiity
for oiling both fides, nor for doing it over more than
once. The oil fhould be dry before the frames are
expofed to the w:et, otherwife the paper will tear. In
the patting of the paper on the frames, there fhould
be care taken to ftretch it very fmooth, and alfo to
pafte it to all the ribs of the frames, and alfo to the

3 T Y

packthreads, to prevent the. wind from raifing the pa-
per, which would Toon tear it when it became looie.
The above defcription, together with the annexed
plan, it is hoped will be fufficient inftrudtions for any
one who is defirous of making thefe covers j and what
has been before mentioned tinder the article Melon,
will be directions enough for the Life of them; fo that
I lhall only add one caution which may be neceffary
to repeat here, which is, not to keep thefe covers too
dole down over the plants, left it draw them too
weak; fo that air fhould always be admitted to the
plants at all times in proportion to the warmth of the
feafon.

Thefe covers of oiled paper are not only ufeful for
covering of Melons, but are the belt things to cover
cuttings of exotic plants, when planted, that can be
contrived, and are alfo capable of being ufed for ma-
ny other purpofes.

The paper will feldom laft longer than one feafon, fo
it will require a new covering every fpring •, but if
the frames are well made, and when they are out of
ufe, laid up in Ihelter from the wet, they will laft
feveral years, efpecially if there is a band of ftraw
laid round the Melons, upon which the frames may
(land ; fo they will not reft upon the ground, and the
ftraw-bands will prevent the damp from rifing fo
as to rot them. Thefe ftraw-bands are fuch as are
recommended for the hot-beds of Afparagus in winter.
STRAMONIUM. See Datura.

STRATIOTES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 607. Aloides.
Boerh. Ind. alt. Plant. 2. p. 172. Water Soldier.

The Characters are.

It has one flower inclofled in a compreffled obtufle J heath ,
compofed ofl two leaves which are keel-Jhaped and perma-
nent. Id he empalement ofl the flower is of one leaf , tri-
fid and crept. It has three almcfl heartfioaped petals ,
which are twice the fize of the empalement , erect and
fpreading , and about twenty Jlamina inferted in the re-
ceptacle of the flower , terminated by fingle flummits. The
germen is fituated under the empalement , fupporting fix
Jlyles divided in two parts , crowned by fingle ftigmas. The
germen afterward becomes an oval cap fule, narrowed on
every fide , having fix angles , and as many cells filled with
oblong incurved feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fixth fedtion
of Linnseus’s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have many ftamina and fix ftyles.

We know but one Species of this genus, viz.

Stratiotes {Aloides.) Lin. Llor. Lap. 222. Water Sol-
dier, Water Aloe, or Frefh Water Soldier. Aloe pa-
luftris. C. B. P. 280. Marflo Aloe.

This plant is in fliape like the Aloe, but the leaves
are thinner, and ferrated on the edges very fharply ;
they are of a grayifh colour, and about a foot long •,
between the leaves, from the center of the plant,
arife one, two, and fometimes three ftalks, almoft the
length of the leaves, each being terminated by a
three-forked fheath, out of which burfts one white
flower compofed of three roundifli heart-fhaped petals,
with many yellow ftamina in the middle. Below the
flower is fituated a conical germen which isreverfed,
the broad end (landing upward and the narrow down-
ward. This becomes a fix-angled capfule, having fix
cells filled with feeds. It flowers in July, and the
feeds ripen in September. It grows plentifully in
Handing waters in the Ifle of Ely, and many places in
the North of England, from whence young plants may
be procured in fpring, when they firft rife on the fur-
face of the water ; and thefe being placed in large
ponds or canals, will ftrike down their roots, and
propagate without any farther care. In autumn the
plants fink down to the bottom of the water, and rife
again in the fpring.

STRAWBERRY. See Fracaria.

S T R A WB ERR Y-T REE. See Arbutus.

STYLE. The Style of a flower is a body accompa-
nying the germen, either ariflng from the top of it,
or (landing as an axis in the middle of the germen,
and fupports the ftigma, which is fuppofed the fe-

STY

male organ by which the farina is received and con-
veyed to the germen.

ST YR AX. T'ourn. Inft. R. H. 598. tab. 369. Lin,
Gen. Plant. 527. Storax-tree.

The Characters are,

The flower has a jhort cylindrical empalement of one leaf,
indented in five parts •, it has one funnel-fhaped petal,
with a floort cylindrical tube the length of the empalement ,
whofe brim is cut into five large obtufle flegments which
flpread open it has ten or twelve awl- f reaped fiamina dif-
pofled circularly , ‘which are inferted in the petals, and ter-
minated by oblong flummits, and a roundifh germen , fup-
porting a fingle Jlyle the length of the fiamina , crowned
by a ragged ftigma. The germen afterward turns to a
roundifh fruit with one cell including two, nuts, which
are plain on one Jide and convex on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedlion of
Linnaeus’s eleventh clafs, which contains the plants
whofe flowers have twelve ftamina and one ftyle.

We know but one Species of this genus, viz.

Styrax {Officinale.) Plort. Cliff.- 187. The Storax-tree.
Styrax folio mali cotonei. C. B. P. 452. The Quince-
leaved Storax-tree.

This plant grows plentifully in the neighbourhood
of Rome, and alfo in Paleftine, and feveral of the
iflands in the Archipelago, from whence the fruit has
been brought to England, where there have been
many plants raffed of late years in fome curious
gardens.

It has a woody (talk which rifes twelve or fourteen
feet high, covered with a fmooth grayifh bark, and
fends out many (lender ligneous branches on every
fide, which are garnifhed with oval leaves about two
inches long, and one inch and a half broad,- of a
bright green on their upper fide, but hoary on their
under ; they are entire, and are placed alternately on
(hort foot-ftalks. The flowers come out from the
fide of the branches, upon foot-ftalks which fuftain
five or fix flowers in a bunch •, thefe have one very-
white petal which is funnel-fhaped, the lower part
being tubulous and cylindrical ; the upper part is di-
vided into five obtufe fegments which fpread open,
but not flat, rather inclining to an angle. Thefe appear
in June, and are fometimes fucceeded by berries in
England, which ripen in autumn.

It may be propagated by fowing the feeds in pots
filled with frefh light earth, and plunged into a mode-
rate hot-bed. This fhould be done as foon as poffi-
ble when the feeds are procured, for if they are
fown the latter end of fummer, and the pots kept in
a moderate hot-bed of tanners bark all the winter, the
plants will come up the fucceeding fpring ; whereas
thofe fown in the fpring, often remain in the ground a
whole year before the plants come up.

When the plants are come up, they fhould be harden-
ed gradually to the open air, into which they fhould
be removed in June, placing them in a ftieltered fitu-
ation, obferving to keep them clean from weeds, as
alfo to fupply them with water duly in dry weather.
In this place they may remain till autumn, when they
fhould be placed under a common hot-bed frame,
where they may be fereened from hard froft in win-
ter, but in mild weather enjoy the free air as much
as poflible, for if they are kept too clofe their tops
are very fubjedt to grow mouldy. The leaves of theie
plants fall off in autumn, and in the fpring, before
they begin to fhoot, they (hould be fhaken out of the
pots, and their roots carefully parted, and each tranf-
planted into a feparate fmall pot filled with light
freih earth, and plunged into a very moderate hot-
bed, obferving to water and fhade them until they
have taken root ; after which they fhould be inured
to the open by degrees, into which they muft be
removed in June, placing them in a warm fituation ;
in which place they may remain till the end of Octo-
ber, at which time they fhould be removed into fhel-
ter for the winter feafon. Thefe plants are tolerably
hardy, and only require to be (heltered from fevere
froft while they are young ; for in Italy they grow

extremely

7

SUN

extremely well in the open air, and produce fruit in
great plenty. When the plants have grown three or
four years in pots, and are become ftrong, fome of
them may be turned out of the pots, and planted in
the full ground, againft a wall to the fouth afpect, to
which their branches lliould be trained in the fame
manner as is pradlifed with fruit-trees, in which fitu-
ation they will bear the cold of our ordinary winters
very well ; but in very fevere froft, it will be proper
to cover the branches either with mats, Straw, or other
light covering to protect them.

The gum of this tree is ufed in medicine, which is
obtained by making incifions in the tree. It is brought
from Turkey, but is fo adulterated by mixing faw-
duft or other fluff with it, that it is very difficult to
meet with any that is pure. It has a moft pleafant
fragrant odour 5 it is called Styrax calamita, becaufe
it was tranfported in hollow canes.

There is another fort of Storax, which is called Styrax
liquicla, which is a thick tenacious fubftance like tur-
pentine, of a reddifh brown colour. It has been much
difputed among the writers on the Materia Medica,
what this is, fome believing it to be the gum or refin
of a tree, and others thought it to be a fictitious
thing ; but Mr. Petiver fays, in the Philofophical
Tranfadtions, N° 313, it is a kind of bird-lime made
of the bark of a tree, by boiling it in fak water. The
tree grows on the ifland of Cobrofs, at the upper end
of the Red Sea, near Cadefh, which is within three
days journey of Sues. It is called Rofa mallas, and
by the Turks Cotta mija.

Of late years there has been another fpecies of Storax
imported from North America, which is colledted
from the liquid Amber-tree; this has been titled liquid
Storax by fome, but is very different from that which
is brought from Turkey, and is clear, inclining to
yellow ; it is brought fometimes liquid, and at others
it is dried in the fun to a concrete refin before it is
tranfported.

S U B E R. See Quercus.

SUBTERRANEOUS is that which is under or
within the furface, bowels, or caverns of the earth,
or the hollow places of the earth, that are under
ground.

SUCCORY. See Cichorium.

SUCCULENT PLANTS are fuch whofe leaves
are thick, and abound with juice.

SULPHUREOUS is of a brimftone colour.

SUMACH. See Rhus.

SUMMITS, or apices, are thofe bodies which con-
tain the prolific powder, analagous to the male fperm
in animals ; thele generally hang upon the ftamina or
threads, which furround the ovary in flowers.

The SUN has ufually been reckoned among the num-
ber of planets, but he ought rather to be numbered
among the fixed ftars.

According to the Copernican hypothefis, which is
now generally received, and which has even demon-
ftration on its fide, the fun is the center of the plane-
tary and cometary fyftem, round which all the planets
and comets, and our earth among the reft, revolve in
different periods, according to their different diftances
from the Sun.

But the Sun, though thus eafed of that prodigious mo-
tion whereby the antients imagined him to revolve
daily round our earth, yet he is not a perfectly quief-
cent body.

From the phenomena of his maculte or fpots, it evi-
dently appears, that he has a rotation round his axis,
like that of the earth, whereby the natural day is mea-
fured, only flower.

Some of thefe fpots have made their firft appearance
near the edge or margin of the Sun, and have been
feen fome time after on the oppofite edge ; whence,
after a ftay of about fourteen days, they have re-ap-
peared in their firft place, and taken the fame courfe
over again, finifliing their entire circuit in twenty-fe-
ven days time, which is hence deduced to be the pe-
riod of the Sun’s rotation round his axis.

This motion of the fpots is from weft toeaft, whence

SUN

it is concluded, that of the Sun, to which the other
is owing, is from eaft to weft.

Dr. Hook thinks it reafonable to conclude, That the
fuperficies of the Sun is covered with air, or atmo-
fphere, or fome other fluid body, and that its atmo-
fphere, though poffibly eighty times thicker than .that
about our earth ; yet, in companion of the vaft dia-
meter of the Sun’s body, becomes wholly invifible to
us, though afiifted by the beft telefcopes.

He fuppofes it alio to look as bright as the body of the
Sun itielf, arid that it is really the ffiell of this atmo-
fphere, and not the very body of the Sun that fhines
and from hence he fays. That all the phenomena of
the maculae and faeculae of the Sun will be folved,
and that they are only clouds or fmokes in this at-
mofphere.

He concludes. That the Sun itfelf within this atmo-
fphere is a folid and opacous body, from thefe reafons :

1. The conftancy of its rotation.

2. The fixednefs of its axis.

3. The power of its gravitation or attraction towards
its center.

He concludes, That thefe prove its folidity and opa-
city from the difappearing of the folar fpots in the
limb, and their not returning backwards, as they would
feem to do, if the body were tranfparent, as the at-
mofphere is, or the flame of a candle, or the radia-
tion of hazy light about the nucleus of a comet,
through which, as well as through its beard, the
fmall fixed ftars may be feen.

He thinks the fuperficial parts of the Sun to confift of
bodies fimilar to our nitre and fulphur, and that thefe
are let on fire, and confequently, that the phyfical
caufe of its light is the aftual burning or fire of its fu-
perficial falts.

Nor can there be any objedtion of tnoment brought
againft this hypothefis, from the danger of the Sun’s
fire being burnt quite out in fo many thoufand years
it hath been in being, for (fays he) fuppofing it to
have grown fome minutes lefs, fince it began to give
light, none can contradidt it by any obfervations we
have upon record.

For, fuppofing we had aftrohornical obfervations of
4000 years ftanding, as we have none of above 2000
of that kind, and allowing that the Sun’s diameter had
then been obferved to be as many minutes as it is now,
yet it could not thence be concluded, that the Sun did
not lofe a mile in diameter every year, and confe-
quently be now 4000 miles lefs in diameter than it
then was.

For fince his diameter is near 87 times greater than
that of the earth, which latter he fuppofes 8000 miles,
then the Sun’s muft be 696,000 miles. Now 4000
is but the 174th part of the diameter, and confe-
quently would have diminifhed it but one eighth of
a minute, which is a much lefs quantity than the an-
tients pretended to obferve to.

But fuppofing they could have obferved even to fe-
conds, yet that could not have contradifted it, becaufe
it is poffible the Sun may have approached as much
nearer us as that diminution amounts to, and for which,
he faith, he could fhew a reafon.

Sir Ifaac Newton alfo, in his optics, gives good rea-
fon to fuppofe the Sun and fixed ftars to be great
earths, vehemently hot, whofe heat is conferved by
the greatnefs of their bodies, and the mutual adrion
and re-a£tion between them and the light which they
emit ; and whofe parts are kept from fuming away,
not only by their fixity, but alfo by the vaft weight
and denfity of the atmofpheres incumbent on them, and
every way ftrongly compreffing them, and condenftng
the vapours and exhalations which arife from them.
The light feems to be emitted from the Sun and fixed
ftars (which probably are Suns to other fyftems,) much
after the manner as iron, when heated to fuch a
degree, as to be juft going into fufion by the vibrating
motion of its parts, emits with force and violence co-
pious ftreams of liquid fire all around. Great bodies
muft preferve their heat longeft, and that, perhaps,
in the proportion of their diameters.

12 Y Sir

S U N

Sir Ifaac Newton hath made it probable, thdt the great
comet in the year 1680, in its, perihelion, went fo near
the Sun, as that it acquired a heat, which would not
entirely go oft in 50,000 years ; whence we may guefs,
that if the Sun and fixed ftars be only collections of
denfe and folid matter, like the planets, but heated
to a very intenfe degree, they may be many millions
of years without lofing any confiderable part of their
heat.

According to Caflini, the Sun’s diftance from the earth
is 172,800,000 Englifh miles.

As for the annual motion of the Sun round the earth,
it is eafily fhewn by aftronomers, that the annual mo-
tion of the earth will occafion fuch an appearance.
A fpeCtator in the Sun would fee the earth move from
weft to eaft, for the fame realon that we fee the Sun
move from eaft to weft, and all the phenomena re-
fulting from this annual motion, in which foever of
the bodies it be, will appear the fame from either.
As to the nature, properties, and figure of the Sun,
&c.

1. As the folar fpots are found fometimes to ftay three
days longer behind the Sun than they fpend in paffing
over the hemifphere vifible to us, we eafily deduce
that they do not adhere to the furface of the Sun, but
are at fome diftance therefrom.

2. As the fpots frequently rife and vanifii even in the
midft of the Sun’s difk, and undergo feveral changes,
both with regard to bulk, figure, and denfity, it fol-
lows, that they frequently rife, de novo, about the Sun,
and are again difiipated.

3. Hence it fhould follow, that they are formed out
of the exhalations of the Sun, and are no other than
folar clouds.

4. Since then exhalations proceeding from the Sun
rife above him, and ftop at a certain altitude, it is
evident there is fome fluid encompaffing the Sun to
urge the exhalations to rife, and this fluid muft be
denfer at bottom, and rarer at top, like our atmo-
fphere.

5. Since the fpots frequently difiolve and difappear
in the middle of the Sun’s difk, the matter of the fpots,
that is, the folar exhalations, fall back again to the
Sun ; whence it follows, that there muft arife vari-
ous alterations in the Sun’s atmofphere, and the Sun
himfelf.

6. Since the revolution of the fpots round the Sun is
found very regular, and likewife very near the Sun, it
follows, that they do not revolve round the Sun, but
that the Sun, together with his atmofphere, wherein
the maculae are, move round their common axis in
an interval of about twenty-feven days ; and hence it
is, that the fpots near the limb, being viewed ob-
liquely, appear narrow and long.

7. Since the Sun, in every fituation, appears like a
circular difk, its figure, as to fenfe, muft be fphe-
rical, though it is really fpheroidical.

8. That the fubftance of the Sun is fire, is thus
proved : the Sun fhines, and his rays, collected by
concave mirrors, or convex lenfes, burn, confume,
and melt the moft folid bodies, or elfe convert them
into afhes or glafs.

Wherefore, as the folar rays are diminiflied by their
divergency in a duplicate ratio of the diftances reci-
procally taken, it is evident that their force and ef-
fect is the fame when collected by a burning lens or
mirror, as if we were at fuch a diftance from the Sun
where they were equally denfe. The Sun’s rays there-
fore, in the neighbourhood of the Sun, produce the
fame effeCts as might be expeCted from the moft
vehement fire ; confequently, the Sun is of a fiery
fubftance.

Hence it follows, that its furface is every where fluid,
that being the condition of flame.

Indeed it is not abfolutely determined, whether the
whole body of the Sun be fluid, as fome think, or
folid, as others ; but as there are no other marks,
whereby to diftinguifh fire fromother bodies, but light,
heats a power of burning, confirming, melting, cal-
cining, and vitrifying, we do not fee what fhould hin-

S U N

der, but that the Sun may be a globe of fire like
ours, invefted with flame.

9. Since the maculae are formed out of the folar ex-
halations, it appears, that the Sun is not pure fire,
but that there are heterogeneous particles mixed along
with it.

Some make the mean diftance of the Sun from the
earth 7490 diameters of the earth, others 10,000,
others 12,000.

The Sun, according to that excellent chemift, the
younger Lemery, feems to be no other than a huge
mafs, or collection of the matter of fire or light,
though fo placed as to dilable it to aCt on bodies here
on earth, otherwife than by one of thefe two ways :
firft, by emanations or emiflions of his own fubftance
tranfmitted hither ; but this hypothefts being fubjeCt
to great difficulties, and not fufficiently anfwering to
certain phtenomena, recourfe is had to another, which
fuppofes trains of fire or light, difpofed in all the in-
terftices of the grand expanle of air and tether be-
tween the Sun and us ; and that thefe trains are made,
to aCt on terreftrial bodies, by their being vigoroufty
driven or impelled toward fuch bodies, by the imme-
diate aClion of the Sun thereon.

Thefe trains, in effeCt, may be efteemed as a fort of
little Suns prolonged, but always depending on the
great Sun, as the fource of their motion and aCtion
on bodies ; it is thofe that form the rays of light ;
they do not, in point of matter, differ from the fub-
ftance of the Sun himfelf, but only in this, that the
fame thing is more copious in one cafe than the other.
In the Sun we may fuppofe the matter of light more
abundant than in the focus of our largeft burning-
glaffes. Thus from the vehement aCtion of the rays
of the Sun collected in fuch glafs, we learn what ufe
the air, interpofed between the rays of light, is
of in tempering their aCtion, and rendering it more
fupportable, fince, without fuch medium, inftead of
warming and illuminating, it would blind and burn us.
So that the air may be confidered as having fomewhat
of the fame effeCt, with refpeCt to the rays of light
upon us, that the water in a balneum marine has.
Mem. de l’Acad. ann. 1713.

Omitting to enter into a particular difcuffion about
the matter of the Sun, and whether it be fire, to us
it appears very extraordinary, that the Sun, after a
continual emiffion of the corpufcles of fire upwards of
5 000 years, fhould not be yet exhaufted.

Whilft the Sun is above the horizon, he impels all the
rays, before vague and fluctuating, toward a focus,
and fuch impulfion or determination is always in right
lines ; fo that all our light, heat, and colour, is the
effeCt of a reCtilinear motion.

Suppofe, for inftance, a fire in a dark place, and
a thermometer placed at a certain diftance therefrom,
with an iron plate between them •, in this cafe, the
thermometer will not be affeCted by fire, by reafon
that the reCtilinear paffage of the heat is flopped.
Nor need it be added, that under the like circumftances
no light, colour, &c. are perceivable, fo that none
of thefe aCt but in right lines.

If there were no Sun, nor any body to fupply its place,
there would be no heat, i. e. the fire would not be
determined in right lines, fo that the Sun is the fa-
ther of all heat, or fome other body that aCts in the
fame manner as the Sun, for the Sun does not make
heat, but only the difference between the heat of the
day and the night.

Dr. Halley obferves, That the Sun, radiating on the
earth in the morning, has but little effeCt, but that,
when raifed to the meridian, he aCts with all his force.
Now this is owing to the atmofphere, which, being
replete with an infinite number of corpufcles, reflects
more of the Sun’s rays to the earth, when they fall
perpendicularly, than would otherwife arrive there ;
for whereas falling obliquely, they would be reflected,
and thus be thrown off, and difperfed into other parts,
now that their incidence is perpendicular, they will
pals direCtly through.

And

SUN

And hence arifes what is frequently obferved by tai-
lors, viz. That when the Sun radiates obliquely upon
the fea, as in the evening, there is no enduring his
rays, by reafon they are all reflected from the water,
and fcarce any loft therein ; fo that the re&itude or
obliquitv of the rays contributes very confiderably to
the collecting of fire.

And this obliquity, &c. is to be confidered in a two-
fold refpedt, both with refpect to the matter in the at-
mofphere, and to the furface of the earth.

Now heat may be varied two ways :

1. By means of the atmofphere, for this does not
always remain the fame. Thus, e. g. Water is natu-
rally tranfparent, and if you warm it, it ftill retains
its tranfparency •, but if you make it boil, the vapour
iffuing from it, though perhaps a million of times
rarer than the primitive water, will not be tranfparent,
but opaque, by reafon its parts now are under a dif-
ferent arrangement.

And hence thofe legions of corpufcles every where
floating in the vaft receptacle of the atmofphere,
whenever they acquire a different difpofition, which
they frequently do, alter the collection of the rays on
the’earth. Add, that thofe white clouds, which ap-
pear in fummer time, are as it were fo many mirrors,
and occafion excefive heat.

Thefe cloudy mirrors are fometimes round, fome-
times concave, polygonous, &c. When the face of
the heaven is covered with fuch white clouds, the Sun
fiining among them mull of neceflity create a great
heat, fince many of his rays, which would otherwife
perhaps never touch our earth, are hereby reflected
to us. Thus, if the Sun be on one fide, and the
clouds on the oppofite one, they will be perfect burn-
ing-glaffes. And hence the phenomena of thunder,
&c.

I have, fays Dr. Bcerhaave, obferved, a kind of hol-
low clouds full of hail and fnow, during the continu-
ance of which the heat was extreme, fince, by fuch
condenfation, they were enabled to reflect much more
ftrongly ; after this came a fharp cold, and then the
clouds difcharged their hail in great quantity, to
which facceeded a moderate warmth. Frozen, con-
cave clouds therefore, by their great reflexions, pro-
duce a vigorous heat, and the fame, when refolved,
excefive cold.

Hence it is probable, that thunder is only produced
when fuch concave clouds, before convolved into
fpherical figures, are driven with oppofite motions
againft each other, and the rays tranfmitted through
thofe fpheres from burning foci.

All clouds, it is probable, contain fnow andice, but
thefe in their fall through the warmer regions of the
atmofphere near the earth, liquefy and diftil in drops.
The meteors in the atmofphere have likewife their
fhare in reflecting of fire. Thefe, in effect, are a
fort of wandering fire vifible by night, and which de-
termine the fire over and upon the earth.

2. It is varied by means of the earth ; for, as the fur-
face of the earth varies, fo muft the heat. Thus
fandy places, reflecting more rays than others, muft
excite a greater degree of heat.

On the higheft mountains we always find the moft
cold, fnow, and hail.

In the iultry regions of Peru the mountains are all
fummer long covered with fnow, by reafon they only
receive direct, and but little refracted fire •, and the
effedt of fire, arifing merely from being determined
by the Sun into a parallelifm, is found by computation
to be very inconfiderable. For this effedt, as already
obferved, is greater in winter than in fummer.
Though the Sun be in his apogee in the fummer,
and in his perigee in winter, yet will a night’s ice
bear it {tuning upon it five or fix hours ere it be
thawed.

And if, as the Sun rifes nearer toward the zenith, the
ice and fnow at length begin to run, this is not owing
to the greater force of the Sun, but to the greater re-
flexion and collection of his rays from the circum-
ftances and pofition of the atmofphere and earth.

SUN

But the higheft tops of hills are always free from
fnow ; the reafon whereof is, that water, h e. the va-
pours and exhalations, emitted therefrom, never rife
by the Sun’s adtion above a mile high. But there are
mountains a mile and a half high •, to the tops of thefe
therefore, vapours, and confequently clouds, can ne-
ver mount.

And hence it is, that in very high mountains, as the
Pico de Theide in Bohemia, though the middle part
be eternally invefted with ice and fnow, and the bot-
tom fcorched with intolerable heat, yet on the top
you find yourfelf in a pure, thin, ferene air, and view
the clouds hovering at a confiderable diftance below
you. Hence alfo it is, that all thunder is confined
within lefs than a mile’s height.

Add, that in caverns, and the hollow parts under
ground, the heat is found very great, fo that the air
is coldeft in the higheft: places, and hotteft in the low-
eft, but in the intermediate atmofphere very unequal.
Heat therefore depends on clouds, mountains, &c.
which reflect the light varioufly, and on the direction
of the Sun’s rays, or the pofition of his body with
refpect to us.

Hence again we gather that fire is the univerfal
caufe of all the motions about our earth, for all flui-
dity depends on fire, and accordingly, -in the large
burning-glaffes, the firmed: bodies become fluid, and
evaporate in fume ; and the more fluid any body is,
the more it contains, whence it is, that water, de-
prived of all its fire, fixes into ice, and when ex-
pofed afrefh to the fire refolves into water ; and aji
fluids whatever, if deftitute of fire, would do the
fame.

The Sun may be accounted the parens nature, or
the primum mobile of all vegetative motion.

The Sun’s attractive virtue is very confpicuous in
the exhalation of thofe crude and unwholelome va-
pours, with which the earth is often infefted, which,
if they were fuffered to continue long upon the face
of the earth, would render it a miferable defart.

The Sun, by fublimating thofe crude and hurtful va-
pours, and their being rarefied before their defcenfion
and diftribution, forms them into rain, which is of
great conlequence in vegetation.'

To this may be added the attraction of plants them-
felves, which creates a kind of emulation in them,
which fhall grow the talleft.

But that which the ancients ufed to attribute to at-
traction, may now be very well folved by pulfion.
To apply which to the matter in hand : when the
furface of the fea, &c. is divided by the heat of the
Sun, and the power of the air, their afcenfion thro’
the atmofphere, either by the rarefaction of the air
by the Sun, or otherwife by the refpiration of the ter-
raqueous globe, which in this cafe may be fuppofed
to aft like the body natural ; or elfe, that the air,
being rarefied by the Sun beams, does, by the gra-
vitation of his own body in general, force thofe hu-
mid vapours by pulfion upward, through thofe beams
or rays of light, which are, as it were, fo many pipes
or tubes for their ready paffage, afcenfion, and con-
veyance.

Or if thofe vapours are conveyed by the undulation of
the air in a perpendicular manner, rather than a ra-
diant one, through the rays and beams of light,
which foever of thefe ways it is, the Sun is the princi-
pal agent in this bufinefs, and the whole procefs is ei-
ther attraction, pulfion, or refpiration, forwarded by
the virtual power of it.

That the rarefaction of the air by heat is a great help
to attraction or pulfion may be difeovered by the fire
engine made by Mr. Savary. We cannot fay that the
water is either forced or attracted by the heat, but
that the air that is in the pipe is lengthened by its rare-
fying quality to fuch a degree, that the equilibrium
is loft, and the impulfe and prefftire of the air which
is without, forces the water to that great height that
is feen in the operation.

And fo, if a little lcrip of paper burning and fuming
be put into a common drinking glafs, and, it be turn-
ed

I

SUN

eel up immediately, and put upon a plate of water, it
feerns as though it would fuck it up into the glafs ;
when indeed the truth of the experiment is, that it is
only the outward preffure, and the inward weaknefs
of the air to refill, being purified by heat ; for if the
fame glafs fhould be plunged into a bafon of water up
to the foot of It, yet the water that is In the bafon
would not enter into the glafs, till the air, either hav-
ing loft its own ftrength, or rather infinuated or incor-
porated itfelf in the water, lofes its own ftrength ; fuch
is the force of air.

But this may fuffice concerning what the ancients call
attraction, which in many cafes is folved by pulfion,
or the preffure and elaftic power of the air, rather
than by the attractive power of the Sun.

It is fufficiently proved by ocular demonftration that
the vapours of the fea, rivers, lakes, and all the hu-
midities of the ground, are drawn up after this
manner.

And that heat is an agent in this operation has been
clearly proved by the experiments of that learned na-
turalift Dr. Halley, by taking a veffel of water four
inches deep, and feven and nine tenths in diameter,
which being warmed to fuch a degree, as might be
fuppofed the air might do it, in fome of the hotteft
months, and letting it Hand about two hours time,
and weighing it, found it had evaporated near half
an ounce, although there did not appear any reek or
fmoke, nor did the water feem warm, by putting his
finger into it; from which it may be concluded, that
out of that fin all fuperficies of the water, fix ounces
would be evaporated in the fpace of twenty-four
hours.

Upon this fuppofition every ten fquare inches of the
furface of water yield in vapour, per day, a cube inch
of water ; and each fquare foot, half a wine pint ;
and every fpace of four feet fquare, a gallon ; a mile
fquare, 6914 tuns-, a fquare degree, fuppofe of 69
Englifti miles, will evaporate 33 millions of tuns.
This will account for the Cafpian fea being always at
a ftand, and neither wafting nor overflowing ; and
alfo for the current faid to fet always in at the
Streights of Gibraltar, notwithftanding that thofe
Mediterranean Teas receive fo many, and fo confide-
rable rivers.

This experiment has been carried yet farther by the
Oxford Society, who, fuppofing a cubical foot of wa-
ter to weigh 76 pounds, and this foot containing 1 728
cubic inches, and divided in the 76 pounds, gives
half an ounce and 1 3! grains, which is the weight of
a cubical inch of water ; therefore the weight of the
233 grains 444, or 35 parts of a cubic inch divided
by thirty-eight.

Then the area of a circle, the diameter of which is 7
inches and upwards, is more than 49 fquare inches,
which if it be divided by 44 parts of an inch, the
quantity of water carried off in vapours, the produd
will be or 44 parts of an inch, wafted in that
experiment. This is a plain proof of what a great
quantity of water may be thus carried off, in great
dimenfions of water, even enough to fupply all rains,
dews, &c.

But the Sun, befides this, has a diffufive power (not
to dwell on the light it conveys to thefe fublunary
regions) without which the whole race of mankind
muft wander and grovel in the dark, for by its genial
and chearful rays it exhilarates the vegetable part of
the creation, and makes natures herfelf to fmile.

It has an influence upon deep grounds by warming
and chearing the pores of the earth, when diluted and
fodden by too much wet, and puts the emulgent fi-
bres of plants upon feeking their food.

It helps the furface of the ground by attrading or
difpelling the vapours, which would otherwife make
it noxious •, but more particularly it warms and heats
the ground, and by its powerful influence contributes
to diffolve the latent fait, and prepares them for being
fucked in by the fibres of the plants, which, by the
fame genial force, are put in adion to feek out for
their food.

SUN

The Sun alfo exhales all fuperfluous ffioifture, and by
its vital heat, comforts the dilated pores.

The Sun diffufes the early dews, which, if they lay too
long on plants, would rot rather than refrdh them j
it alfo preffes them into the nerves, and other analo-
gous parts. This influential power operates on the
boughs, branches, leaves, and fruit.

The Sun alfo qualifies the air, which otherwife, by
its frigidity, would flop the very courfe of nature, and
indeed it would be difficult to inftance any thing iri
the whole circle of botanology, that does not partici-
pate of a ffiare of this virtual and diffiifive good.
From what has been faid we may eafily account for
the difference of heat in fummer and winter, viz. from
the obliquity of the Sun’s rays. This therefore fhould
be well confidered in the contrivance of ftoves, to
preferve the mod tender exotic plants, which ought
to have their glaffes fo fituated, as to receive the Sun’s
rays in diredt lines as great a part of the year as
poffible ; for which realon the ftoves, which have
upright -glaffes in front, and Hoping glaffes over
them, are juftly preferred to any at prefent contrived.
And from hence we fee the advantage of making the
back part and deling of all green-houfes and ftoves
as white as poffible, fince it is evident, that the rays
of light are hereby refle&ed with much greater force,
and lb confequently the heat is greatly increafed,
which fhould always be obferved in buildings of this
kind.

From hence alfo we may learn, that countries in the
fame latitude may be very different in their heat, ac-
cording to their fituation, in refpedl to the Sun’s rays,
or according to the nature of the foil in refle&ing the
rays with a greater or lefs force ; fo that in preferving
exotic plants, the heat which they require cannot be
exadly determined from the latitude of the places of
their growth ; but the fituation of the places muft alfo
be confidered, as, whether they grow on hills, moun-
tains, or valleys ; and if on the fide of hills, which
fide in refpedt to the Sun, withfeveral other obferva-
tions, which ought to be made by fuch as colled plants
in foreign countries.

I fhall here add a table of the lhadow of the Sun at
the feveral feafons of the year, whicliwas communi-
cated to me by Mr. Timothy Sheldrach of Norwich,
by which a perfon may more readily fee what effed
walls, buildings, trees, &c. have, in (hading the ground
to feveral diftances, according as the Sun is more or
lefs elevated above the horizon ; as alfo how great
the (hade will be in the green-houfes, as the piersare
in breadth, or the wall in front is in height below the
faffies.

O in 23 |

O in

-rv

<r

O in kf

Lat.

5 ,c

3°'

Degr. of Lat.

O

/

//

| Degr.of Lat.

O

J

//

Degr.of Lat.

O

/

//

The lengt
dow of
five fee
time tf
every fi

O in

[1 o]
a c
t h
e f

gn-

0

the fha-
olumn of
gh at the
un enters

1— <

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

— .

5 feet

cd

r-t

3°

4°

—

8

l7

3°

OO

—

10

22

3°

0

10

—

l7

37

O O

25

z

*

5°

—

32

3°

3°

—

35

—

20

—

57

30

SI n

3

1

60

—

47

3°

40

—

47

3°

3°

1

17

—

n. «

3

70

1

7

3°

5°

1

|io

.

4°

2

2

3°

JV op

6

6

80

1

40

—

60

1

5°<

5°

3

40

—

rn. X

2

7

90

2

37

3°

70

240

*

—

—

f.

4-

l5

5

80

10

!

1

kf

20

The firft three tables (hew the length of (hadows in
the fummer and winter folftice, and in the vernal and
autumnal equinoxes. Suppofe a mountain, column,
or other body, whofe perpendicular height is one de-
gree. The length of the (hadow from any thing of
that altitude is here (hewn in every degree of latitude 5
at the above-mentioned times, in degrees and mi-
nutes, and where a (horter meafure than a mile is
required, it is (hewn in feconds. The fourth table
is calculated for the latitude of 510 30', which i$
pretty near that of London. This fourth table (hews
the length of the (hadow made by any perpendicu-

S U R

lar body of five feet altitude on a plane, at which
time the Sun enters every fign of the zodiac, which,
at a fouth Sun, will be found very exacft on a true i
level.

SUPERFICIES of the ground, &c. is the out-
part or furface of it.

SURFACE is the bare outfide of a body or fuper-
ficies.

SURIANA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 37. tab. 40. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 353.

The Characters are.

The emp dement 'of the flower is permanent , and com-
pofed of five fpear-fioaped finall leaves. The flower has
five oval petals the length of the ernpalement , which
fpread open ; it has ten J lender fiamina which are fhorter
than the petals , terminated by fingle fummits , and five
roundifh germen fupporting a f ender ftyle the length of
the fiamina , which is inferted in the middle to the fide of
the germen , crowned with an obtufe fiigma. The germen
afterward become five roundifio feeds joined together.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fedtion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have ten fiamina and five germen.

We know but one Species of this genus, viz.

Suriana ( Maritima .) Plort. Cliff. 492. Suriana. Suri-
ana foliis protulacas anguftis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 37.
Suriana zvith narrow Purflain leaves.

This plant was fo named by Father Plunder, who
difcovered it in the French fettiements in America, in
honour of Jofeph Surian of Marfeilles, who was a very
curious botaniff.

This grows naturally by the fea fide in mofl of the
iflands in the Weft-Indies, where it rifes with a thick
fhrubby ftalk eight or nine feet high, covered with a
dark brown bark, and divides into branches, the up-
per part of which are clofely garnifhed with leaves on
every fide Handing without order ; they are about an
inch long, and one eighth of an inch broad at the
point, growing narrower to their bafe ; they are round-
ed at their points, and fir clofe to the branches, hav-
ing no foot-ftalks ; they are of a dirty green colour.
From between the leaves come out the foot-ftalks of
the flowers, which are about an inch long ; thefe do
each fuftain two, three, or four yellow flowers, which
have lome four, and others five petals, which are
rounded at their points, and almoft heart-fhaped ;
thefe are fucceeded by roundifh feeds, which are join-
ed together, fitting in the ernpalement. Some flowers
have two, others three, four, or five feeds to each.
The feeds of this plant were brought from the Ha-
vanna by the late Dr. William Houftoun, who found
the plants growing there in great plenty on the fhore,

In moift places, where the fait water ufualty flows.

It alfo grows plentifully in fome parts of the ifland of
Jamaica.

It is propagated by feeds, which muft be fown on a
hot-bed early in the fpring, and when the plants are
come up they muft be carefully cleared from weeds,
and frequently refrefhed with water. In warm wea-
ther the glaffes of the hot-bed fhould be raifed every
day to admit frefh air to the plants, to prevent their
drawing up too weak. When the plants are fit to re-
move, they fhould be taken up carefully, and each
planted in a feparate fmall pot filled with frefh light
earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark,
obferving to fhade them until they have taken new
root ; after which time they muft be duly watered
every evening in hot weather, and they muft have
frefh air admitted to them every day in proportion to
the warmth of the feafon. In this hot-bed the plants
may remain till autumn, when the nights begin to be
cold, at which time they fhould be removed into the
ftove, and plunged into the bark-bed. During the
winter feafon thefe plants muft be kept very warm,
efpecially while they are young, otherwife they will
not live through the winter in this country. They
muft alfo be frequently refrefhed with water, but it
muft not be given to them in large quantities in cold
v/eather, for too much moifture in winter will loon
deftroy them. Thefe plants make but flow progrefs

S W E

the nrfi year, afterwards they will grow pretty free-
ly if they are not ftinted. In winter they muft con-
ftandy be kept in the ftove in this country, and if
they are plunged into the bark-bed, they will make
the greater progrefs. In fummer they muft have a
large fhare of air, by opening the glaffes of the ftoves ;
and if their leaves are covered with filth (which the
plants in ftoves often con trad,) they fhould be care-
fully waffied with a fponge, otherwife the plants will
not only appear unfightly, but it will retard their
growth.

S W E R T I A. Lin. -Gen. PI. 321. Gentiana. C. B. P.

The Characters are,

The ernpalement is permanent , and cut into five fpear-
fhaped Segments ; the flower is of one petal , divided at
the top into five fpear-fhaped fegments , and is larger than
the ernpalement it has ten neciarii which are 'finally ereft,
fituated on the internal pari of the petal at the divifion of
the fegments , and five awl-jhaped fiamina floor ter than the
corolla , terminated by incumbent fummits ; and an oblong
oval germen having no ftyle , but two fimple ftigmas. The
ernpalement afterward becomes a taper acute-pointed cap-
fiule with one cell , filled with fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have five fiamina, and two ftyles or
ftigmas.

The Species are,

1. Swertia (fPerennis) corollis quinquefidis, foliis radi-
calibus ovalibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 328. Perennial Swer-
tia with a five- pointed corolla , and the radical leaves oval.
Gentiana paluftris latifolia. C. B. P. 188. Broad-leaved
Marlh Gentian.

2. Swertia (Differ mis) corollis quinquefidis, terminal!
fexfida, pedunculis longiflimis, foliis linearibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 328. Swertia with a five pointed corolla which
terminates with fix points , very long foot-ftalks to the
flower^ and linear leaves.

There are two or three other fpecies of this genus*
which grow naturally in Siberia and Canada, but as
they are annual plants, and have not been introduced
here, fo I have not inferted them.

The flrft fort grows naturally upon the Alps in Hel-
vetia and Bavaria. This is a perennial plant, fending
out tufts of leaves from the root which are four
inches long, and near two broad, of a deep green co-
lour, and very fmooth ; from between thele arife the
foot-ftalks of the flowers, which are eight or nine
inches long, naked, and fuftains a pretty large bunch
of blue flowers on the top, whofe petals are conned-
ed at the top. Thefe appear in June, but are rarely
fucceeded by feeds in England.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Virginia. This
hath narrow linear leaves which come from the root,
about three inches long, and half a quarter of an inch
broad ; the foot-ftalks of the flowers arife immediate-
ly from the root; they are about fix or feven inches
high, and fupport one blue flower.

Thefe plants grow naturally in fwamps, fo are with
difficulty preferved in gardens ; and as they do not
produce feeds, fo are only propagated by parting ot
their roots ; the bell time for which is in September,
that they may have time to be eftabliffied before the
froft comes on ; they fhould be planted in the fhade,
and have a loofe moift foil, and in fummer muft be
frequently watered, otherwife they will not live, but
the winters cold will never injure them.

SWIETENIA. See Cedrus.

SYCAMORE. See Acer majus.

SYMPHYTUM. Tourn. Inft. R, H. 138. tab. 56.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 1 70. [Some derive it from a-v^tpusiv
to conglutinate, because if the leaves or root of this
plant are boiled with flefti, the fiefh returns again in-
to one mafs ; hence it is called the Confolida major
officinarum.] Comfrey ; in French, Confound.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a five-cornered, eredl, permanent- empale*
merit, cut into five acute fegments ; it has one petal with
a fhort tube , about which the limb has a fwelling belly ,
and thicker tube ; the brim is indented in five obtufe parts

12 Z which

I

f

S-

I

which We 'reflexed ; the chaps are armed with five awl-
fhaped rays which dre connected in a cone ; it has five
aWUJhaped ftamina which are alternate with the rays
of the chaps , terminated hy eredl acute fummits , and four
germen fupporting a fender fiyle the length of the petal ,
crowned hy a fmgle Jligma. The germen afterward turn
to four gibbous acute-pointed feeds which ripen in the em-
palement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft: fe&ion of
Linnffius’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are*

1. Symphytum ( Officinale ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis de-
currentibus. Hort. Cliff. 47. Comfrey with oval, fpear-
Jhaped, running leaves , Symphytum Confolida major,
flore purpureo quas mas. C. B. P. 259. Comfrey , or
greater Confound, with a purple flower.

2. Symphytum ( Tuherofum ) foliis fummis oppofitis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 136. Comfrey with the upper leaves
placed oppofite. Symphytum majus tuberofa radice.
C. B. P. 259. Greater Comfrey with a tuberous root.

3. Symphytum [Orient ale) foliis ovatis fubpetiolatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 136. Comfrey with oval leaves and
Jhort foot-falks. Symphytum Orientales, folio fub-
rotundo afpero, flore cseruleo. Tourn. Cor. 7. Eafern
Comfrey with a roundifh leaf, and a blue flower.

There are a few other fpecies of this genus, but thofe
which are here enumerated, are all the forts at prefent
to be found in the Englifli gardens*

The firft fort grows naturally in England, but the
moft common here is that with a whitilh yellow flow-
er, which is found growing by the fide of ditches and
other moift places in great plenty, but that with pur-
ple flowers is the moft common in Holland and Ger-
many ; thefe are fuppofed to be only accidental vari-
eties, which differ in the colour of their flowers ; how-
ever, this difference is permanent in the plants railed
from feeds, as I have many times found ■, nor are the
two kinds ever found mixed where they grow wild,
for in thofe places where the blue is found, the white
is never feen, and vice verfa ; but as there are no
fpecific differences between them, I fhall not feparate
them.

The common Comfrey has thick roots compofed of
many flefhy fibres or fangs, which run deep in the
ground ; they are black on the outfide, but white
within, full of a (limy tenacious juice. The lower
leaves are large, long, {harp-pointed, hairy and rough.
The ftalks rife two feet high, which are garnilhed
with oval fpear-fhaped leaves about five inches long,
and two broad near their bafe, ending in acute points ;
they are hairy, rough, and from their bafe runs a leafy
border along the ftalk. From the upper part of the
ftalk are fent out fome fide branches, which are com-
monly garnifhed with two fmaller leaves, and are ter-
minated by loofe bunches of flowers which are reflex-
ed ; each flower has one tubulous petal, whofe upper
part is bellied and thicker than the lower, and the
chaps are doled by the ftamina and rays which crofs it,
and Ihuts up the tube. Thefe in the common Eng-
lilh fort are of a yellowifti white, and the foreign one
is of a purple colour. It flowers in June, and the
feeds ripen in Auguft.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Germany-, the roots
of this are compofed of many thick flefhy knobs or
tubers, which are joined by flelhy fibres the ftalks
incline on one fide they rife a foot and a half high ;
the leaves on the lower part are fix inches long, and
two and a half broad in the middle, ending in acute
points, and are not fo rough and hairy as thofe of
the other fpecies ; they are placed alternate, and fit
clofe to the ftalks. The two upper leaves on every
branch ftand oppofite, and juft above them are loofe
fpikes or bunches of pale yellow flowers, whofe petals
are ftretch'ed out farther beyond the empalement than
thofe of the other. This flowers -at the fame time
with the other.

The third fort grows naturally on the fide of rivers
near Conftantinople ; this hath a perennial root like
the firft ; the ftalks grow two feet high ; the leaves are

S Y R

rounder, and are armed with rough prickly hairs,
1 he flowers are blue, and grow in bunches like thofe
of the firft fort ; they appear in March, but are fel-
dom fucceeded by feeds in England.

Thefe plants may be cultivated, either by flowing their
feeds in the fpring, or by parting of their roots : the
latter way being the more expeditious, is chiefly pric-
ed where they are planted for ufe. The beft feafon
for parting the roots is in autumn, at which time ai-
moft every piece of & root will grow. They fliould be
planted about two feet and a half afunder, that they
may have room tofpread, and will require no farther
care but to keep them clear from weeds; for they are
extremely hardy, and will grow upon almoft any* foil,
or in any fituation.

SYR INGA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 22. Lilac. Taunt
Inft. R. H. 601. tab. 372. Lilac.

The Characters are,

‘The flower has a f 'mall , tubulous , permanent 'empalement
of one leaf, which is indented in four parts at the brim
it has one petal, with a long cylindrical tube cut into four
obtufe fegments at the brim which fpread open, and two
very floor t fiamina terminated by fmall fummits, funding
within the tube ; it has an oblong germen fupporting a Jhort
fender fiyle, crowned by a thick bifid fligma. The germen
afterward turns to an oblong , compreffed, acute-pointed
capfule with two cells, opening with two valves contrary
to the partition, including in each cell one oblong acute-
pointed feed with a membranaceous border.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnasus’s fecond clafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Syringa [Vulgaris) foliis ovato-cordatis. Hort. Cliff.
6. Syringa with oval heart-Jhaped leaves. Syringa cte-
rulea. C. B. P. 391. Blue Syringa, and the Lilac. Matth.
1237. The blue Lilac.

2. Syringa ( Perfca ) foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
9- Syringa with fpear-fhaped leaves. Lilac folio liguf*
tri. Tourn. Inft. 602. Lilac with a Privet leaf, common-
ly called P erf an Jafmine.

3. Syringa ( Laciniata ) foliis lanceolatis integris diftec-
tiique laciniata. Hort. Cliff. 6. Syringa with entire
fpear-fhaped leaves , and others which are cut and jag-
ged. Lilac laciniato folio. Tourn. Inft. 602. Lilac
with a cut leaf, commonly called cut-leaved P erf an Jaf-
mine.

The firft fort is very common in the Englifh gardens,
where it has been long cultivated as a flowering fhrub.
It is fuppofed to grow naturally in fome parts of Per-
fia, but is fo hardy as to refift the greateft cold of this
country. There are three varieties of this ihrub, which
are commonly cultivated in the Englifh gardens, and
do not only differ in the colour of their flowers, but
alfo in that of their fhoots and leaves ; one of thefe
has white flowers, one blue, and the third has pur-
ple flowers ; the latter is commonly known by the
title of Scotch Lilac, to diftinguifh it from the other.
This is the moft beautiful of the three, and is pro-
bably called the Scotch Lilac, becaufe it was firft
mentioned in the catalogue of the Edinburgh Garden.
Whether this was raifed from feeds, or which other
way it was obtained I could never learn but I take it
to be a diftinft fpecies from the others, though there
is not marks enough upon them to diftinguifh their
fpecific differences ; becaufe I have raifed many of
the plants from feeds, which have always retained
their difference, as have alfo the white, when they
were propagated by feeds; fo that they may be rather
efteemed as diftinft forts, although by the rules now
admitted for determining fpecific differences, they
may not have fufficient marks whereby to diftinguifh
them-, and as they have been by many of the modem
botanifts joined together, I fhall not feparate them
again, but fhall mention the particulars in which they
differ.

This fhrub grows to the height of eighteen or twenty
feet in good ground, and divides into many branches ;
thofe of the white fort grow more ered than the other,
and the purple or Scotch Lilac has its branches yet

mors

SYR

more diffufed. The branches of the white are cover-
ed with a fmooth bark of a gray colour, thofe of the
other two are darker. The leaves of the white are
of a bright green •, their fhape and fize are fo near as
not to be diftinguilhed thereby. They are heart-
(haped, almoft five inches long, and three and a half
broad near their bafe •, their foot-ftalks are an inch
and a half long, and are placed oppofite. The buds
of the future fhoots, which are very turgid before the
leaves fall, are of a very bright green in the white
fort, but thofe of the other two are of a dark green.
The fiowers are always produced at the ends of the
(hoots of the former year, and below the flowers
come out fhoots to fucceed them ; for that part up-
on which the flowers ftand, decays down to the
(hoots below every winter. There are generally two
bunches or panicles of flowers joined at the end of
each (hoot ; thofe of the blue are the fmalleft, and
the flowers are fmaller, their brims expanded, and
are placed thinner than either of the other. The
bunches on the white are larger ; the flowers are clofer
placed, and larger than the blue ; but thofe of the
Scotch are larger, and the flowers are fairer than thofe
of either of the other, fo make a much finer appear-
ance. The panicles of flowers grow erect, and be-
ing intermixed with the fine green leaves, have a fine
effect : and if we add to this the fragrancy of their
flowers, it may be ranged among the moll beautiful
(hrubs which now decorate the Englifh gardens. They
flower in May, and when the feafon is cool, thefe
(hrubs will continue three weeks in beauty, but in hot
feafons the flowers loon fade. Their feeds are ripe
in September, which if fown foon after, the plants
will come up the following fpring •, but as their roots
fend out great plenty of fuckers annually, fo few per-
(bns ever take the trouble to propagate thefe plants
by feeds. I have raifed feveral plants of the three
forts from feeds, and conftantly found them prove the
fame as the fhrubs from which the feeds were taken.
Thefe plants do generally flower the third year from
feed, and I have always found thefe plants not fo apt
to fend out fuckers, as thofe which were produced by
fuckers, fo are much more valuable ; for the others
put out fuch plenty of fuckers, as that if they are not
annually taken from the plants they will flarve them,
fo that in this way the plants may be propagated in
great plenty.

Thefe plants thrive beft upon a light rich foil, fuch
as the gardens near London are for the mod part com-
pofed of ; and there they grow to a much larger fize,
where they are permitted to ftand unremoved, than in
any other part of England, for in ftrong loam, or upon
chalky land, they make no progrefs. If the fuckers
are (mail when they are taken from the old plants,
they (hould be planted in a nurfery, in rows three feet
afunder, and one foot diftance in the rows, where they
may ftand a year or two to get ftrength, and then

SYR

they ftiould be removed to the places where they arc
to remain. The belt time to tranfplant thefe (hrubs
is in autumn.

There is a variety or two of thefe fhrubs with blotch-
ed leaves, which fome perfons are fond of ; but as
thefe variegations are the effed: of weaknefs, fo when-
ever the fhrubs become, healthy their verdure returns
again.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Perfia, but has
been long cultivated in the Englifh gardens, where it
is beft known among the gardeners by the title of
Perflan Jafmine, This is a fhrub of much lower
growth than the former, feldom riling more than five
or fix feet high. The (talks -of this fhrub are woody,
covered with a fmooth brown bark; the branches are
(lender, pliable, and extend wide on every fide •, thefe
frequently bend downward where they are not fup-
ported ; they are garniflied with narrow fpear-jfhaped
leaves placed oppofite, which are about two inches
and a half long, and three fourths of an inch broad,
of a deep green colour, ending in acute points. The
flowers are produced in large panicles at the end of the
former year’s fhoots, in like manner as the former ;
they are of a pale purple colour, and have a very-
agreeable odour. Thefe appear the latter end of May,
foon after thofe of the common fort, and continue
longer in beauty, but thefe do not perfeft their feeds
in England.

There is a variety of this with almoft white fiowers,
which has of late years been obtained, but whether it
came from feeds, or w-as accidentally produced from
fuckers from the purple kind, I cannot fay.

The third fort differs from the fecond in having two
forts of leaves, thofe on the lower part of the branches
are for the moft part entire ; thefe are broader and
(horter than thofe of the fecond, and do not end in fuch
(harp points. The leaves on the younger branches
are cut into three or five fegments like winged leaves,
almoft to the midrib. The branches of this fort are
(lenderer and weaker than thofe of the fecond ; their
bark is of a darker brown, and the flowers of a brighter
purple colour.

This was brought into Europe before the other, and
came by the Perflan title Agem. Both thefe forts are
ufually propagated by fuckers, which their roots
fend out in great plenty ; thefe (hould be carefully
taken off from the old plant in the autumn, and
planted in a nurfery in the fame manner as is before
directed for the firft, where they may grow two years
to get ftrength, and may then be tranfplanted to the
places where they are defigned to remain. The plants
which are fo propagated, are always very prolific in
fuckers, for which reafon it will be a better way to
raife them by laying down their young branches,
which in one year will be fufficiently rooted to tranf-
plant, and may then be treated in the fame way as the
fuckers.

TAB

TABERNJEMONTANA. Plum. Gen.
Nov. 1 8. tab. 30. Lin. Gen. Plant. 265.

The Characters are.

The flower has a fmall empalement cut into Jive
acute parts it hath one funnel-Jhaped petal , with a long
cylindrical tube , which is bellied at both ends , and the
brim is cut into Jive oblique fegments ; it has flve

TAB

fiamhM' in the middle of the tube , terminated by fmtnits
which join together , and one germen fupporting an., awl-
JhapedJlyle , crowned by decayed Jiigmas. 'The germen af-

terward turn to two bellied cap Jules which are horizon-
tally reflexed, opening with one valve , having one cell, fill-
ed with oblong oval feeds lying imbricatim, and f unrounded
with pulp.

This

\ 1

\

TAB

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feciion of
Linnrcus’s fifth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,.

1. Tabernvemontana [Citri folia) foliis glomerato-um-
bellatis oppofitis ovatis lateralibus. Lin, Sp. Plant.
308. T abern-amontana with oval leaves which are placed
oppofite , and flowers growing in glomerated umbels on the .
fide of the branches. Tabernaemontana laftefcens, ci-
rri foliis undulatis. Plum. Nov. Gen. 18. Milky Ta-
bernamontana , with waved Citron leaves.

2. Tabern^emqntana {Alba) foliis oblongo-ovatis
acuminatis oppofitis, floribus corymbofis terminali-
bus. T aberndynoniana with oblong , ovaly acute-pointed
leaves , which are placed oppofite , and flowers growing in '
a corymbus terminating the branches. Tabernaemontana
ladefcens, lauri folio, fiore. albo, filiquis rotundiori-
bns. Houft. MSS. Milky T 'abernamontana with a Bay
leaf a white flower , and rounder pod,s.

3. Tabernsemontana {Laurifolia) foliis oppofitis ova- •
libus obtufiufculis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 308. Taberna-
montana with oval obtufe leaves placed oppofite. Neri-
nm arboreum, folio latiore obtufo, flore luteo mino-
re. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 154. Tree Oleander with obtufe
leaves , and fmall yellow flower s..

4. Tabernsemontana (. Amfonia ) foliis alternis, cauli- j
bus fubherbaceis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 308. 'Tabernsemon-
tana with herbaceous ftalks , and alternate leaves. Ano-
nymus fuffrutex. Gron. Virg. 26.

Father Plunder, who conftituted this genus, gave it
this title in honour of Dr. James Theodore, who was
called Tabernsemontanus, from a little village in Ger-
many, where he was born. He was one of the mod
knowing botanifts of his age, and publilhed at Franc-
fort a folio,, in a long form, in the year 1 590, in
which are the figures of two thouiand two hundred
and fifty plants.

The firft fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and fome
of the other iflands in the Weft-Indies. This rifes
with an upright woody ftalk to the height of fifteen
or fixteen feet, covered with a fmooth gray bark,
which abounds with a milky juice, and fends out fe-
deral branches from the fide, which grow ered, and
have many joints ; thefe are garnifhed with thick
leaves which have a milky juice ;- they are from five
to fix inches long, and two broad in the middle, draw-
ing to a point at each end ; they are of a lucid green,
and have many tranfverfe veins from the midrib to
the border. Handing oppofite on foot-ftalks an inch
long. The flowers come out in roundilh bunches
from the wings of the ftalk •, they are fmall, of a
bright yellow colour, and have an agreeable odour.
The tube of the flower is half an inch long; the brim
is cut into five acute points, which fpread open like
thole of the common Jafmine. Thefe flowers in their
native foil, are fucceeded by two fwelling capfules
joined at their bafe, but fpread from each other hori-
zontally, and are filled with oblong feeds, lying over
each other like the fcales of fifti, included in a foft
pulp.

The fecond fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Wil-
liam Houftoun in the year 1730, growing naturally
at La Vera Cruz. This rifes with a woody ftalk ten
or twelve feet high, covered with a wrinkled gray
bark, fending out many branches toward the top,
which are garnifhed with oblong oval leaves of a lu-
cid green,, and of a thick confiftence ; they are five
inches long, and two and a half broad, rounded at
both ends, but terminate with an acute point. Thefe
are placed oppofite, and have fhort foot-ftalks. The
flowers come out in pretty large roundifh bunches at
the end of the branches ; they are fmaller than thofe
of the firft fort, and are white, having an agreeable
fcent. Thefe are fucceeded by ftiorter and rounder
pods, which fpread from each other horizontally like
the former.

The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and the
other warm iflands in America. This rifes with a
flirubby ftalk twelve or fourteen feet high, fending

TAG

out a few branches toward the top which grow ere£L
and are garnifhed with oval obtufe leaves four inches
long and two broad, placed oppofite, and are of a lu-
cid green colour. The flowers are produced in a ion
of umbel from the fide of the branches ; they are
fmall, yellow, and have. an agreeable odour, but are
not fucceeded by feeds in England.

Thefe three forts are very impatient of cold, fo will
not live in this country, unlefs they are placed in a
warm ftove ; they may be propagated by feeds, which
muft be procured from the countries where the plants
grow naturally ; thefe ftiould be fown early in the
fpring on a hot-bed, and when the plants are come
up, and are fit to remove, they muft be carefully
tranfplanted into fmall pots filled with light rich earth,
and then plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, be-
ing careful to fhade them in the heat of the day until
they have taken new root; after which time, they muft
have free air admitted to them every day when the
weather is warm ; but if the nights flaould prove cold,
the glades of the hot-bed ftiould be covered with mats,
every evening, foon after the fun goes off from the
bed. Thefe plants muft be often refrefhed with water,,
but it muft not be given to them in large quantities,
efpecially while they are young, for as they are full
of a milky juice, they are very fubjed to rot with
much moifture.

The plants may remain during the fummer feafon..
in the hot-bed, provided the tan is fiirred up to re-
new the heat when it wants, and a little new tarn
added ; but at Michaelmas, when the nights begin-
to be cold, the plants ftiould be removed, and plung-
ed into the bark- bed in the ftove ; where, during the
winter feafon, they muft be kept in a moderate de-
gree of warmth, and in cold weather they fhould
have but little water given them, left it ftiould rot
them. The plants fhould conftantly remain in the
ftove, where, in warm weather, they may have free
air admitted to them by opening the glaffes, but in
cold weather they muft be kept warm. With this
management the plants will thrive and produce their
flowers, and as their leaves are always green, they:
will make a pleafant diverfity amongft the tender ex-
otic plants in the ftove.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by cuttings dur-
ing the fummer feafon, which ftiould be cut off from.-
the old plants, and laid to dry in the ftove five or fix:
days before they are planted, that the wounded parts,
may heal, otherwife they will rot. Thefe cuttings
fnould be planted in pots filled with frefh light earth,,
and plunged into the hot-bed of tanners bark, and
elofely covered with a hand-glafs, obferving to fhade-
them from the fun in the middle of the day in hot-
weather, as alfo to refrefh them now and then with
a little water. When the cuttings have taken root,
they may be tranfplanted into feparate pots,, and treat-
ed in the fame manner as thofe which are raffed fronr
feeds.

The fourth fort is a perennial plant, which grows na-
turally in Virginia. This fends up in the fpring two*
or three herbaceous ftalks near a foot high, garnifhed:
with oblong leaves which are placed alternately ; the
flowers are produced in fmall bunches, terminating the-
ftalks ; they are white and have no fcent, nor are they
fucceeded by feeds in England.

This plant had the tide of Amfonia given to it by Mr„.
Clayton, who firft difcovered it in Virginia.,

As it does not produce feeds in England, fo the-
plants are at prefent very rare in the gardens, for the
roots do not fend out many offsets. This plant will
thrive in the open air here, provided it is planted ira,
a warm fituation ; it loves a light foil, rather moiit
than otherwife ; but, if it is planted in dry ground, it
fhould be frequently watered in dry weather.

TACAMAHACA, See Populus.

TAGETES. Tourn. Lift. R. H. 478. tab. 278,
Lin. Gen. Plant. 865. African or French Marigold
in French, Oeillet d’Inde. ...

Th&

The Characters are,

The common empalement of the flower is f ingle , of one
leaf oblong , erebt, and five-cornered the flower is com-
pound and radiated ; the rays or border is compofed of fe-
male half florets which are tongue-fhaped. The dijk or
middle is made up of hermaphrodite florets which are tu-
bulous , and cut into five obtufe fegments , thefe have five
Jhort hair-like ftamina , terminated by cylindrical fummits ,
and an oblong germen fupporting a Jhort flender ftyle ,
crowned by a thin , bifid, reflexed ftigma. The germen
afterward becomes a Jingle , linear , comprejfed feed , almofi
the length of the empalement , crowned by five acute-pointed
unequal fcales. The female half florets have an oblong
germen , with a ftyle and ftigma like the hermaphrodite ,
and are fucceeded by feeds of the fame form , but have no
ftamina.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fecftion
of I hnnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are fruitful, and have their
fummits connected.

The Species are,

J. Tagetes ( Eredta ) caule fimplici eredto, peduncu-
lis nudis unifloris. Hort. Cliff'. 418. Tagetes with a
fingle erect ftalk , and naked foot-ftalks bearing Jingle
flowers. Tagetes maximus rectus, flore fimplici ex
luteo pallido. LB. 3. p. 100. Great eft upright African
Marigold , with a pale , fingle , yellow flower.

2. Tagetes (fPatula) caule fubdivifo patulo. Hort.
Cliff. 418. Tagetes with a fpreading fubdivided ftalk.
Tagetes Indicus minor, multiplicato flore. Tourn.
Inft. 488. Smaller Indian Tagetes with double flowers ,
commonly called French Marigold.

3. Tagetes ( Minuta ) caule fimplici redo, pedunculis
fquamoffs multifloris. Hort. Cliff. 419. Tagetes with
a Jingle erebt ftalk , and fcaly foot-Jlalks bearing many
flowers. Tagetes multiflora minuto flore albican te.
Hort. Elth. 374. Many-flowering Tagetes with a fmall
white flower.

4. Tagetes ( Rotundifolia ) caule fimplici eredo, foliis
cordatis fimplicibus, pedunculis nudis unifloris. Ta-
getes with a Jingle ftalk , fimple heart-Jhaped leaves , and
naked foot-ftalks having one flower. Tagetes America-
na, folio fingulari fubrotundo. Houft. MSS. American
Tagetes with a fingle roundiflo leaf.

The firft fort grows naturally in Mexico, but has been
long cultivated in the Englifh gardens, where it is
commonly titled African, or African Marigold ; of
this there are the following varieties :
x. Pale yellow, or brimftone colour, with fingle,
double, and fiftulous flowers.

2. Deep yellow, with fingle, double, and fiftulous
flowers.

3. Orange-coloured, with fingle, double, and fiftu-
lous flowers.

4. Middling African, with Orange-coloured flowers.

5. Sweet- fcented African.

Thefe are all very fubjed to vary, fo that unlefs the
feeds are very carefully faved from the fineft flowers,
they are very apt to degenerate •, nor ftiould their feeds
be too long fpvyn in the fame garden without changing
It, for the [feme reafon ; therefore, thofe who are de-
firous to have* thefe flowers in perfection, fhould ex-
change their feeds with fome perfon of integrity at a
diftance, where the foil is of a different nature, at
leaft every other year. If this is done, the varieties
may be continued in perfection.

This plant is fo well known as to need no defcription.
It flowers from the beginning of July till the froft
puts a flop to it. The fecond fort grows naturally in
Mexico, but has been long in the Englifh gardens,
•where it is diftinguiflied from the firft by the title of
French Marigold.

Of this there are feveral varieties, fome of which
have much larger flowers than others, and their co-
lour varies greatly -3 there are fome which are beau-
tifully variegated, and others quite plain ; but as thefe
are accidents arifing from culture, fo they do not
merit farther diftindion, for I have always found that
feeds faved from the mpft beautiful flowers will dege-

nerate, efpecially if they are fown in the fame garden
for two or three years together, without changing the
feed.

Thefe plants are annual, fo muft be propagated from
feeds every fpring, which may be fown upon a mode-
rate hot-bed the beginning of April ; and when the
plants are come up, they fhould have plenty of frefh
air, for if they are drawn too much, they will not af-
terward become handibipe, notwithftanding they have
all pofiible care taken of them. When they are about
three inches high, they fhould be tranfplanted on a
very moderate hot^bed, which may be arched over
with hoops, and covered with mats, for thefe plants
are hardy enough to be brought up without glades j
in this bed they fhould be planted about fix inches
afunder each way, obferving to water and fhade them
until they have taken root ; but as the plants acquire
ftrength, they fhould be inured to bear the open ait
by degrees, and about the beginning of May they
fhould be taken ud, with a ball of earth to the root
of each plant, and planted into the borders of the par-
terre-garden, or into pots, for furnifhing the courts,
&c. fhading them carefully from the fun till they
have taken new root, and alfo fupplying them duly
with water. When their flowers appear, if any fhould
prove fingle, the plants fhould be deftroyed, and thert
thofe in pots may be removed to the court where the
leveral varieties, being intermixed with other annual
plants, afford an agreeable variety.

Thefe plants have a ftrong difagreeable fcent, efpe-
cially when handled, for which reafon they are not
fo greatly effeemed for planting near habitations •, but
the flowers of the fweet- fcented fort, being more
agreeable, are generally preferred, efpecially for plant-
ing in fmall gardens.

The third fort grows naturally in Chili in the Spanifli
Weft-Indies. This is a plant of taller growth than
either of the former. The ftalk is fingle, erect, and
branches a little toward the top ; it rifes about ten
feet high •, the branches grow ered. The leaves are
narrower than either of the other. The foot-ftalks
of the flowers are fcaly and (land ered, clofe to the
ftalk ; thefe fuftain three or four fmall white flowers,
which appear very late in autumn, fo that unlefs it is
kept in a glafs-cafe the feeds will not ripen here. This
plant has very little beauty, fo is only prelerved for
the fake of variety.

The fourth fort rifes with an upright ftalk about two
feet high, fending out a few branches toward the top,
garnifhed with heart-lhaped leaves Handing upon long
flender foot-ftalks ; thole on the lower part of the
ftalk are two inches and a half long, and one and a
half broad toward their bafe, ending in very acute
points, being in Ih ape like thofe of the black Poplar,
rough to the touch, and are (lightly crenated on their
edges ; the branches and ftalks are each terminated by
one large yellow flower Handing upon a long naked
foot-ftalk. The empalement of the flower is fhort ;
the leaves of which it is compofed are oblong and
oval, drawing to a point. The female florets, which
compofe the rays or border, are much longer than
the empalement. The hermaphrodite florets in the
diik or middle are equal ; they are of a deep yellow
colour, and make a good appearance, for the flowers
are double. This plant was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun growing naturally at La Vera Cruz in New
Spain, from whence he fent the feeds to England.
The two laft forts are not fo hardy as the former, fo
the feeds of thefe fhould be fown earlier in the fpring
upon a good hot-bed, and when the plants are fit to
remove, they ftiould be tranfplanted on a frefh hot-
bed, at about three inches diftance each way, ob-
ferving to fhade them from the fun till they have ta-
ken new root, then they fhould be treated in the fame
way as the Amaranthus, and other tender annual
plants, being careful not to draw them up weak ;
when they have fpread fo as to meet each other, they
fhould be taken up with balls of earth to their roots,
and planted in pots with light rich earth, and plunged
into a hot-bed under a deep frame, where, the plants

13 ^ may

I

T A M

sbay have room to grow, being careful to fhadethem
from the fun till they have taken new root, after which
.they rauft have air and water in proportion to the
warmth of the feafon ; and when the plants are grown
too tall to remain longer in the frame, they fhould be
removed to an airy glafs-cafe, where they may ftand
to flower and ripen their feeds.

TAMAR INI) US. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 660. tab.
445. Lin. Gen. Plant. 46. The Tamarind-tree.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the fiower is compofed of four oval
plain leaves which are equal ; the flower has five petals
which are almofi like thofe of the butterfly kind , one of
them ftanding erect, two are placed like wings on each fide,
and two reflebt downward ; it has three awl-jhaped fta-
mina fituated in the finufes of the empalement , and are
arched toward the upper petal, terminated by Jingle fum-
mits, and an oblong ovalgermen fuppor ting an awl-jhaped
afc ending fly le, crowned by a fingle ftigma. The germen
afterward becomes a long , fwelling, compreffed pod, having
a double cover, and one cell containing three , four , or five
angular compreffed feeds , f urroundecl with pulp.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fir A: fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s third clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have three ftamina and one Ryle.

We know but one Species of this genus, viz.

Tamarindus ( In die a.) Hort. Cliff. 18. The Tamarind-
tree. Siliqua Arabica, quae Tamarindus. C. B. P.
403. The Arabian Pod or Tamarind.

This tree grows naturally in both Indies, and alfo in
Egypt ; but it has been fuppofed by fome eminent bo-
tanifts, that the Tamarind which grew in the Eaft-
Indies, was different from that of the Weft, becaufe
the pods of the firft are almoft double the length of
thofe of the latter. The pods which have been brought
me from the Eaft-Indies, have generally been fo long
as to contain five, fix, and fometimes feven feeds,
whereas thofe of the Weft-Indies have very rarely
more than three or four; but the plants which I have
raifed from the feeds of both forts, are fo like as not
to be diftinguifhed ; therefore I fuppofe it may be
owing to the foil, or culture, that one is fo much
larger than the other.

This grows to a very large fize in thofe countries
where it is a native, but in England it will not thrive
out of a ftove, efpecially in winter. The ftem is very
large, covered with a brown bark, and divides into
many branches at the top, which fpread wide every
way, and are clofely garnifhed with winged leaves,
compofed of fixteen or eighteen pair of lobes, with-
out a fing-le one at the end. The lobes are about

O

half an inch long, and a fixth part of an inch broad,
of a bright green, a little hairy, and fit clofe to the
midrib. The flowers come out from the fide of the
branches, five, fix, or more together upon the fame
foot-ftalk, in loofe bunches ; thefe are compofed of
five reddiih petals, one of which is reflexed upward
like the ftandard in fome of the butterfly flowers, two
others ftand on each fide like the wings, and the other
two are turned downwards ; thefe, in the countries
where the plants grow naturally, are fucceeded by
thick compreffed pods, two, three, four, or five inches
long, having a double fkin or cover, and fwell in
every place where the feeds are lodged, full of an acid
ftringy pulp, which furrounds fmooth, compreffed,
angular feeds.

The Tamarinds which are brought from the Eaft-
Indies are darker and drier, but contain more pulp,
being preferved without fugar, and are fitter to be
put into medicines than thofe from the Weft-Indies,
which are much redder, have lei's pulp, and are pre-
ferved with fugar, fo are pleafanter to the palate.

The plants are preferved in the gardens of thofe who
have conveniency to maintain rare exotic trees and
fhrubs.

They are eafily propagated by fowing their feeds on
a hot-bed in the fpring ; and when the plants are
come up, they fhould be planted each into a feparate
fmall pot-filled with light rich earth, and plunged into
a hot-bed of tanners bark to bring them forward, ob-

serving £0 water and fhade them until they have taken
root ; and as the earth in the pots appears dry, they
muft be watered from time to time, and fhould have
air given to them in proportion to the warmth of the
feafon, and the bed in which they are placed ; -when,
the pots in which they are planted are filled with their
roots, the plants fhould be fhifted into pots of a larger
fize, which muft be filled up with rich light earth,
and again plunged into the hot-bed, giving them air,
as before, according to the warmth of the feafon ; but
in very hot weather the glafies fhould be ftiaded with
mats in the heat of the day, otherwife the fun will be
too violent for them through the glaffes ; nor will the
plants thrive, if they are expofed to the open air,
even in the warmeft feafon ; fothat they muft be con-
ftantly kept in the bark-ftove both fummer and win-
ter, treating them as hath been directed for the Cof-
fee-tree, with whofe culture they will thrive exceed Lo-
well. 13

Thefe plants, if rightly managed, will grow very
faft ; for I have had them upwards of three feet high
in one fummer from feed, and have had two plants
which produced flowers the fame feafon they were
fown ; but this was accidental, for none of the older
plants have produced any flowers, although I have fe-r
veral plants of different ages, fome of which are
above twenty years old, and about fifteen feet high,
with large fpreading heads.

TAMAR IX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 75. Tamarifcusv
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 661. The Tamarifk.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is obtufe, ere A, find perma-
nent ; it is cut into five parts ; the flower has five oval
concave petals which fpread open, and five hair-like Jl a -
mina terminated by roundifh ftummits ; it has an acute-
pointed germen without a ftyle, crowned by three oblong,
feathery , twifted Jligmas. The germen afterward turns
to an oblong acute-pointed capfule with three corners , hav-
ing one cell, opening with three valves , containing many
fmall downy feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feftion of
Linnteus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina, and three ftyles or
ftigmas.

The Species are,

1. Tamarix ( Gallica ) floribus pentandris. Hort. Cliff.
111. T amarifk with flowers having five ftamina. T a-
marifeus Narbonenfis. Lob. Icon. 218. French Ta-
marijk.

2. Tamarix ( Germanica ) floribus decandris. Hort. Cliff.
hi. Tamarifk whofe flowers have ten ftamina. Tama-
rifeus Germanica. Lob. Icon. 218. German Tamarifk.
The firft fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
in Spain and Italy, where it grows to a tree of middling
fize, but in England is feldom more than fourteen or
fixteen feet high. The bark is rough,. and of a dark
brown colour ; it fends out many flender branches,
moft of which fpread out flat and hang downward at
their ends ; thele are covered with a Cheftnut-coloured
bark, and garnifhed with very narrow finely divided
leaves, which are fmooth, of a bright green colour,
and have fmall leaves or indentured which lie over
each other like feales of fifh. The flowers are pro-
duced in taper fpikes at the end of the branches, fe-
veral of them growing on the fame branch. The fpikes
are about an inch long, and as thick as a large earth-
worm. The flowers are fet very clofe all round the
fpike ; they are very fmall, and have five concave
petals of a pale flefh colour, with five flender ftamina
terminated by roundifh red fummits. The flowers ap-
pear in July, and are fucceeded by oblong, acute-
pointed, three-cornered capfules, filled with fmall
downy feeds, which feldom ripen in England.

The wood, bark, and leaves of this tree are ufed in
medicine, and are accounted fpecific for all difor--
ders of the fpleen, as being believed to leffen it much.
The bark is fometimes ufed for rickets in children.
The fecond fort grows naturally in Germany, in moift
land this is rather a fhrub than tree, having feveral
ligneous ftalks arifing from the fame root, which

grow

T A M

grow ere 61, fending out many (ide-branches which are
alio ered •, they have a pale green bark when young,
which afterward changes to a yellowifli colour.
The leaves are (horter, and. let cloier together than
thofe of the other fort, and are of a lighter green, ap-
proaching to a gray colour ; the flowers are produced
in long loole fpikes at the end of the branches, (land-
ing ered ; they are larger than thofe of the former,
and have ten (lamina (landing alternately. It flowers
about the fame time as the former,

Thefe both cad their leaves in autumn, and it is
pretty late in the fpring before the young ones puih
out, which renders them lefs valuable ; they are now
frequently planted in gardens for ornament, and,
when they are mixed with other (hrubs, make a pretty
variety.

They may be eafily propagated by laying down their
tender (hoots in autumn, or by planting cuttings in
an eaft border, which, if fupplied with water in the
fpring before they begin to (hoot in dry weather, will
take root in a fhort time-, but they fhould not be re-
moved until the following autumn, at which time
they may be either placed in a nurfery to be trained
up two or three years, or elfe into the quarters where
they are defigned to remain, obferving to mulch their
roots, and water them according as the feafon may
require, until they have taken root ; after which, the
only culture they will require is to prune off the
draggling (hoots, and keep the ground clean about
them.

T AMUS. Lin. Gen. Plant. 991. Tamnus. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 102. tab. 28. The black Briony.

The Characters are.

It has 'male and female flowers on different plants. The
male plants have empalements , compofed of fix oval fpear-
f japed leaves , which flpread wide at the top ; they have
•ho petals , but have fix floort ftamina , terminated by erect
fummits ; the female flowers have bell-Jhaped empalements
of one leaf cut into fix fpear-Jhaped fegments , which fit
upon the germen ; thefe have no petals , but have oblong
pun Cured neclarii flitting on the infi.de of each fegment
of the empalements and a large , oblongs oval, fmooth ger-
men under the empalement , with a cylindrical jlyle , crowned
by three reflexed indented ftigmas. The germen afterward
becomes an oval berry with three cells , including two glo-
bular feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fixth fedion of
Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe male flowers ire upon diflind plants from
the fruit, and the male flowers have fix damina.

The Species are,

1. Tamus ( Communis ) foliis cordatis indivifis. Hort.
Cliff. 458. Tamils with heart-Jhaped undivided leaves.
Bryonia laevis five nigra racemofa. C. B. P. 297. Com-
mon black Briony.

2. Tamus ( Cretica ) foliis trilobis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 102S.
Tamns with leaves which are divided into three lobes. Ta-
mus Cretica, trifido folio. Tourn. Cor. 3. Black Bri-
ony of Crete with a trifid leaf. '

The firft fort is rarely cultivated in gardens, but
grows wild under hedges in divers parts of England,
and is there gathered fir medicinal ufe. The root is
very large, flefhy, and has a dark brown (kin or co-
ver; the dalks are fmooth, and twine round any
neighbouring fupport, whereby they rife to the height
often or twelve feet ; they are garnifned with fmooth
heart-fhaped leaves of a lucid green, which are pro-
duced alternately. The flowers are produced in long
bunches from the fide of the dalks -, thofe of the male
plants fall off foon after their farina is cad abroad,
but the female flowers are fucceeded by oval fmooth
berries which are red when ripe. It flowers in July,
and the fruit ripens in autumn.

It may be eafily propagated by fowing their feeds
foon after they are ripe, under the fhelter of bufhes,
where, in' the fpring, the plants will come up, and
fpread their branches over the bufhes, and fup-
port themfelves, requiring no farther care, and their
roots will abide many years in the ground without
decaying.

T A N

The fecond fort was difcovered in the if] and of Crete
by Dr. Tournefort, who fent the feeds to the Royal
Garden at Paris ; this has a rounder root than the
other. The dalks twine round any neighbouring fup-
port in like manner; the leaves of this are divided
into three lobes, in which the principal difference con-
fids. This is an abiding plant, which is hardy enough
to live in the full ground in England, and may be
propagated as the other.

TANACETUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 461. tab.
261. Lin. Gen. Plant. 848. Tanfey ; in French,,
Tanefie.

The Characters are,

It has a flower compofed of hermaphrodite and female flo-
rets, contained in one common hemifpherical imbricated em-
palement, whofe flcales are comp a 11 and acute-pointed .
The hermaphrodite florets , which comp of e the dijk of the
flower , are funnel-Jhaped , and cut at the top into five
fegments which are reflexed ; thefe have five floor t hair-
like ftamina, terminated by cylindrical tubulous fummits ,
and a flmall oblong germen, fupporting a fender Jlyle ,
crowned by a bifid revolved fiigma. The germen afterward
becomes an oblong naked feed. The female florets are tri-
fid, which compofe the rays or border , and are deeply di-
vided. within ; thefe have an oblong germen , with a fen-
der Jlyle, crowned with two reflexed ftigmas, but no ftamina .
This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedion
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which contains the
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are fruitful, and their fum-
mits are connected.

The Species are,

1. Tanacetum ( Vulgar e ) foliis bipinnatis incifis ferra-
tis. Hort. Cliff. 398. Tanfey with doubly-winged cut
leaves which are flawed. Tanacetum vulgare luteum.
C. B. P. 13 2. Common yellow Tanfey.

2. Tanacetum ( Sibericum ) foliis pinnatis, laciniis line-
arii-filiformibus, corymbus glabris, caule herbaceo.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 844. Tanfey with winged leaves which
are cut into linear thread-like fegments , a fmooth corymbus ,
and an herbaceous Jlalk, Tanacetum foliis pinnatis
rnultifidis, laciniis linearibus trifidis. Flor. Sibir. 2. p.
134. Tanfey with many-pointed winged leaves , having tri-
fid linear fegments ,

3. Tanacetum ( Balfamita ) foliis ovatis integris ferra-
tis. Hort. Cliff. 398. Tanfey with oval, entire, flawed
leaves. .Balfamita major. Dod. Pempt. 296. Cofimary,
or Alecoaf.

4. Tanacetum ( Frutefcens ) foliis pinnatifidis, laciniis
lanceolatis obtuflulculis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
844. Tanfey with wing-pointed leaves , having fptar-
f taped, entire , obtufe fegments. Tanacetum Africanum
arboreicens, foliis lavenduke multifido folio. H. Amft.
2. 210. African-tree Tanfey, with a leaf like the cut-
leaved Lavender.

5. Tanacetum (, Suffruticofum ) foliis pinnato-multifidis,
laciniis linearibus fubdivifis, acutis caule fuffruticofo.
Hort. Cliff. 398. Tanfey with' many-pointed winged leaves,
having linear fegments which are acutely divided, and an
under ffrub fialk , Tanacetum Africanum, frutefcens,
foliis lavenduke multifidse, longe minoribus, graveo-
lens. Boerh. Ind. Plant. 1. p. 124. Shrubby African.
Tanfey , with leaves like the cut-leaved Lavender , but much
fmaller and ftronger feented.

6. Tanacetum ( Crithmifolium ) foliis pinnatis, pinnis li-
nearibus remotis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 843.
Tanfey with winged leaves , whofe lobes are linear , grow
at a difiance from each other , and are entire. Elichryfum
Africanum frutefcens, foliis crithmi marinh Hort.
Amft. 2. p. 113. Shrubby African Goldy -locks with leaves
like Samphire.

The firft fort is the common Tanfey which is ufed in
medicine and the kitchen ; this grows naturally by
the ftdes of roads, and the borders of fields in many
parts of England. It has a fibrous creeping root,
which will fpread to a great diftance where they are
not confined, from which rile many channelled
dalks, from two to almoft four feet high, accord-
ing to the goodnefs of the foil, which are garniflied
with doubly-winged leaves, whofe lobes are cut and

lharply

C&S

t - .r

ibar ply fawed ; they are of a deep green colour, and
have a pleafant grateful odouf The ftalks divide
near the top into three or four branches which Hand
erect, and are terminated by umbels of naked yellow
flowers, compofed of many florets, which are in-
cluded in hemifpherical fcaly empalements. Thefe
appear in July, and are fucceeded by feeds which ripen
in September.

There are three farietifes of this, one with a curled
leaf, which is titled Double Tan fey by gardeners;
another with variegated leaves, and a third with
larger leaves which have little fcent; but, as thefe
have accidentally been produced from feeds of the
common Tanfey, they are not enumerated as diftinft

This fort is eafily propagated by the creeping roots,
which, if permitted to remain undifturbed, will in
a fhort time overfpread the ground where they are
permitted to grow •, fo that wherever this is planted in
a garden, the flips fhould be placed at leaft a foot
afunder, and in particular beds, where the paths round
them may be often dug, to keep their roots within
bounds. They may be tranfplanted either in fpring
or autumn, and will thrive in almoft any foil or fitu-
ation.

The common Tanfey is greatly ufed in the kitchen
early in the fpring ;■ at which feafon, that which is in
the open ground, or efpecially in a cold fituation, is
hardly forward enough to cut, fo that where this is
much wanted at that feafon, it is the belt way to make
a gentle hot-bed in December, and plant the old roots
thereon without parting them, and arch the bed
over with hoops, to cover it with mats in cold wea-
ther, by which method the Tanfey will came up in
January, and be fit to cut in a fhort time after.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this has a
perennial fibrous root •, the ftalks rife more than two
feet high •, the leaves are narrow and winged ; the lobes
are very narrow, and end in two or three points which
are entire ; the flowers are produced in fmall thin um-
bels from the fide, and at the top of the (talk ; they
are yellow and but fmall, the umbels having few
flowers in each. This flowers in June and July, and
the feeds ripen in autumn : it may be propagated in
the fame way as the firft.

The third fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy, but is here planted in gardens, and was
formerly pretty much ufed in the kitchen, and alfo in
medicine. The roots of this are hardy, flelhy, and
creep in the ground ; the lower leaves are oval and
entire ; they are near three inches long, and one inch
and a half broad, fawed on their edges, of a grayifh
colour, and have long foot-ftalks. The ftalks rife
from two to three feet high, and fend out branches
from the fide •, they are garnilhed with oval fawed
leaves like thofe at the bottom, but fmaller, and fit
clofe to the ftalk. The flowers are produced at the
the top of the ftalks in a loofe corymbus •, they are
naked, and of a deep yellow colour ; thefe appear in
Auo-uft, but are not fucceeded by feeds in England.
The whole plant has a foft pleafant odour.

It is propagated eafily by parting of their roots :
the beft time for this is in autumn, that they may be
well eftablifhed in the ground before fpring. Where
this plant is cultivated for ufe, the plants fhould be
planted in beds at two feet difiance every way, that
they may have room to grow ; for in two years the
roots will meet, fo every other year they fhould be
tranfplanted and parted to keep them within compafs ;
they will thrive in almoft any foil or fituation, but
will continue longeft in dry land.

The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk eight or ten
feet high, fending out branches on every fide the
whole fength, which are garnilhed with wing-pointed
leaves, whofe fegments are fpear-lhaped, entire, and
blunt-pointed. The flowers are produced in fmall
roundilh bunches at the end of the branches ; they
are of a fulphur colour, and appear in May, but there

TAN

is a fucceffion of flowers on the fame plant great part
of fummer. The feeds rarely ripen in England.

The fifth fort was brought from the Cape of Good
Hope, where it grows naturally this rifes with a
branching fhrubby ftalk three or four feet high, p-ar-
riiftied with wing-pointed leaves whofe lobes are very
narrow, and frequently cut into acute fegmentp The
flowers are produced in fmall roundiin bunches at the
end of the branches ; they are large* than thofe of the
former fort, and are of a bright yello# colour. It
flowers about the fame time with the former.

The fixth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope •, this has i thick fhrubby ftalk, covered with
a gray. bark, which rifes feven or eight feet high, fend-
ing out many branches on every fide, which are clofelv
garnilhed with linear-winged leaves, whofe lobes or
pinnte are very narrow, arid fpread from each other.
The leaves fit clofe to the ftalks on every fide ; the
branches are terminated by clofe, large, roundilh
bunches of bright yellow flowers. Some of the foot-
ftalks fuftain but one, others two, three, or four
flowers upon each, which begin to appear the begin-
ning of July, and there is a fucceffion of them on the
fame plants till late in autumn ; and thofe which come
early in the feafon, will be fucceeded by feeds which
ripen in winteri

The three laft-mentioned forts are too tender to live
through winter in the open air, fo muft be kept in
pots, and removed into fhelter before hard frofts
come on ; they are all of them eafily propagated by
cuttings, which may be planted in a bed of loamy
earth, during any of the fummer months ; thefe fhould
be fhaded from the fun until they have taken root,
and muft be frequently refrefhed with water. When
they have good roots, they fhould be taken up with
balls of earth about their roots, and planted in pots,
placing them in a fhady fituation till they have taken
new root ; then they may be removed to a flickered
fituation, placing them among other hardy exotic
plants, where they may remain till late in Ofitober,
when they muft be put into fhelter. Thefe plants are
fo hardy as only to require protection from hard froft,
fo muft not be tenderly treated, and in mild weather
fhould always be as much expofed to the air as poffi-
ble, to prevent their drawing weak.

TAN, or TANNERS BARK is the Bark of
the Oak-tree, chopped or ground into coarfe powder,
to be ufed in tanning or dreffing of fkins, after which
it is of great ufe in gardening : firft, by its fermenta-
tion (when laid in a proper quantity,) the heat of
which is always moderate, and of a long duration,
which renders it of great fervice for hot- beds ; and fe-
condly, after it is well rotted, it becomes excellent
manure for all forts of cold ftiff land, upon which one
load of Tan is better than two of rotten dung, and will
continue longer in the ground.

The ufe of Tan for hot-beds has not been many years
known in England. The firft hot-beds of this fort,
which were made in England, were at Blackheath in
Kent, above fourfcore years ago ; thefe were defigned
for the raifing of Orange-trees, but the ufe of thefe
hot-beds being but little known at that time, they
were made but by two or three perfons, who had
learned the ufe of them inEIolland and Flanders, where
the gardeners feldom make any other hot-beds; but in
England there were very few hot-beds made of Tan-
ners Bark before the Ananas plants were introduced
into this country, which was in 1719, fince which
time the ufe of thefe hot-beds has been more general,
and are now made in all thofe gardens where the Ana-
nas plants are cultivated, or where there are collec-
tions of tender exotic plants preferved ; and the gar-
deners here are now better fkilled in the making and
managing of thefe hot-beds than in moft other coun-
tries, which might render it lefs neceffiary to give a
full defcription of them here ; but yet, as there may
be fome perfons in the remote parts of England, who
have not had an opportunity of informing themfelves
of the ufe of Tanners Bark for this purpole, I ftiall in-

T A N

fert the fhorteft and plained; method of making and
managing thefe hot-beds, as they are practifed by the
in oft knowing perfons, who have long made ufe of
thefe hot-beds •, and firft, I fliall begin with the
choice of the Tan.

The tanners in fome parts of England do not grind
the Bark to reduce it into fmall pieces, as is commonly
praftifed by the tanners near London, where there is
great difference in the fize of the bark, fome being
ground much fmaller than the other, according to the
different purpofes for which it is intended ; but in
many places the Bark is only chopped into large
pieces, which renders it very different for the ufe of
hot-beds ; for if the Tan is very coarfe, it will require
a longer time to ferment than the fmall Tan ; but
when it begins to heat, it will acquire a much greater
degree, and will retain the heat a much longer time
than the fmall ; therefore where there is choice, the
middling-lized Tan Ihould be preferred, for it is very
difficult°to manage a hot-bed when made of the
large ft Tan •, the heat of which is often fo great, as
to fcald the roots of plants, if the pots are fully
plunged into the bed ; and 1 have known this violent
heat continue upward of two months, fo that it has
been unfafe to plunge the pots more than half their
depth into the Tan, till near three months after the
beds have been made •, therefore where the perfons,
who have the care of thefe beds, do not diligently ob-
ferve their working, they may in a fhort time deftroy
the plants which are placed in the beds : on the other
hand, if the Tan is very fmall, it will not retain the
heat above a month or fix weeks, and will be rotten
and unfit for a hot-bed in a fhort time ; fo that where
the middle-fized Tan can be procured, it fhould al-
ways be preferred to any other.

The Tan fhould be always fuch as been newly taken
out of the pits, for if it lies long in the tanners
yard before it is ufed, the beds feldom acquire a pro-
per degree of heat, nor do they continue their heat
long ; fo that when it has been more than a fortnight
or three weeks out of the pit, it is not fo good for
ufe as that which Is new. If the Tan is very wet, it
will be proper to fpread it abroad for two or three
days, to drain out the moifture, efpecially if it is in
autumn or winter feafon, becaufe then, as there will
be little fun to draw a warmth into the Tan, the
moifture will prevent the fermentation, and the beds
will remain cold ; but in the fummer feafon, there is no
great danger from the moifture of the Tan. The heat
of the fun through the glaffes will be then fo great, as
foon to caufe a fermentation in the Tan.

Thefe Tan-beds fhould be always made in pits having
brick-walls round them, and a brick pavement at the
bottom, to prevent the earth from mixing with the
Tan, which will prevent the Tan from heating. Thefe
pits muft not be lefs than three feet deep, and fix feet
in width, but feven is better ; the length muft be in
proportion to the number of plants they are to contain,
but if they are not ten feet in length, they will not
retain their heat long*, for wfhere there is not a good
body of Tan, the outfide of the bed will foon lofe
its heat, fo that the plants which are there plunged,
will have no benefit of the warmth, nor will the mid-
dle of thefe beds retain their heat long, fo that they
will not anfwer the purpofe for which they are in-
tended.

When the Tan is put into the bed, it muft not be
beaten or trodden down too clofe, for that will caufe
it to adhere, and form one folid lump, fo that it will
not acquire a proper heat *, nor fhould it be trodden
down at the time when the pots are plunged into the
beds, to avoid which there fhould be a board laid
crofs the bed, which fhould be fupported at each end,
to prevent its refting upon the Tan, upon which the
perfon fhould ftand who plunges the pots, fo that the
Tan will not be preffed down too clofe. When the
Tan is quite frefh, and has not been out of the pits
long enough to acquire a heat, the beds will require a
fortnight, or fometimes three weeks, before they will
be of a proper temperature of warmth to receive the

TAR

plants; but in order to judge of this, there fliouM
be three or four flicks thruft down into the Tan,
about eighteen inches deep, in different parts of the
bed, fo that by drawing out the flicks, and feeling
them at different depths, it will be eafy to judge of
the temper of the bed ; and it will be proper to let
a few of thefe flicks remain in the bed after the plants
are plunged, in order to know the warmth of the
Tan, which may be better judged of by feeling thefe
flicks, than by drawing out the pots, or plunging the
hand into the Tan.

When the Tan is good, one of thefe beds will retail!
a proper degree of heat for near three months ; and
when the heat declines, if the Tan is forked up and
turned over, and fome new Tan added to it, the heat
will renew again, and will continue two months longer;

‘ fo that by turning over the Tan, and adding fome new
Tan every three months or thereabouts, as the bed is
found to decline of its heat; they may be continued
one year, but every autumn it will be proper to take
out a good quantity of the old Tan, and to add as
much new to the bed, that the heat of the bed may
be kept up in winter; for if the heat is fuffered to de-
cline too much during the cold feafon, the plants will
fuffer greatly ; to prevent this, there fhould always'
be fome new Tan added to the bed in winter, when
the heat is found to decline ; but the Tan fhould be
laid in a dry place a week or ten days to dry, before
it is put into the bed, otherwife the moifture will chill
the old Tan in the bed, and prevent the fermentation ;
fo that unlefs the Tan is turned over again, there will
be little or no heat in the beds, which often proves
fatal to the plants which are plunged in them ; there-
fore whoever has the management of thefe beds,'
fhould be very careful toobferve conftantly the warmth
of the Tan, fince, upon keeping the beds in a due
temperature of warmth, their whole fuccefs depends ;
and where this caution is not taken, it frequently hap-
pens that the Ananas plants run into fruit very finally
or the plants are infeded by infeds, both which are
occafioned by the growth of the plants being flopped
by the decline of the heat of the Tan 5 therefore great
regard muft be had to that, efpecially in winter.

The great advantages which thefe tan-beds have of
thofe which are made of horfe-dung, are the mode-
rate degree of heat which they acquire, for their heat
is never fo violent as that of horfe-dung, and they
continue this heat much longer ; and when the heat
declines, it may be renewed, by turning the beds
over, and mixing fome new Tan with the old, which
cannot be fo well done with horfe-dung • and like-
wife the beds will not produce fo great fteams, which
are often injurious to tender plants, fo that thefe Tan-
beds are much preferable to thofe of horfe-dung for
moft purpofes.

Tan, when it is well rotted, is alfo an excellent ma-
nure for all cold and ftiff lands ; and if it is laid upon
Grafs ground in autumn, that the rains in winter
may walh it into the ground, it will greatly improve
the Grafs ; but when it is ufed new, or in the fpring
of the year, when dry weather comes foon after, it
is apt to caufe the Grafs to burn, which has occa-
fioned the difufe of Tan in many places ; but if pro-
perly ufed, it will be found an excellent dreflina; for
all ftiff lands.

T APIA. See Crateva.
TARCHONANTHUSi Lin. (Sen. Plant. 846,
The Characters are,

It has a flower compofed of fever al hermaphrodite florets ,
included in one common top-Jhaped empalemeni , which is
jhort , permanent , and hairy . The florets are uniform 4
fannel-Jhaped , and of one petal , indented in five parts at
the top\ they have each five very Jhort hair -like ftamina\
terminated by cylindrical tubulous fummits longer than the
petal , and an oblong gerinen , fupporting a fiyle the length
of the ft amina, cfozmed by two awl-Jhafed ftigmas which
open lengthways. The germen afterward turns to a Jingle
oblong feed, crowned with down , which ripens in the em-
palement .

n B This

£

f

This genus of -plants is ranged in the firft fection of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thole
plants whole flowers are made up of all fruitful florets,
and their fummits are connected together.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Xar.chonanthus (Camphor atus.) Hort. Cliff. 398. Co-
nyza Africana, frutdcens, foiiis falviae odore cam-
phone. Tourn. Inft. 455. Shrubby African Fleabane ,
‘with Sage leaves fuelling like (Samphire.

This plant grows naturally at the Cape' of Good
Hope, and alio in China ; it has a ftrong woody
ft a lk, which in England rifes to the height of twelve
or fourteen feet, fending out many ligneous branches
at the top, which may be trained up to have a regu-
lar head. The branches are garnilhed with leaves,
which are in fhape like thofe of the broad-leaved Sal-
low, having a downy furface like thofe of Sage, and
their under lides are white ; they, referable in fmell
the Rofemary leaves when bruifed. The flowers are
produced in fpikes at the extremity of the fhoots,
which are of a dull purple colour, lo do not make
any great appearance; The ufual time of its flower
ing,is in autumn, but continue great part of winter,
and are not fucceeded by feeds here. Thefe plants
are preferved to make a variety in the green-houfe
during the winter feafon, by thole who are curious in
collecting of foreign plants ; they retain their leaves
all the year.

It is too tender to live through the winter in the
open air in England, but requires no artificial heat,
therefore may be placed in a common green-houfe
with Myrtles, Oleander, and other hardy exotic plants
in winter, and in fummer may beexpofed with them
in the open air, and treated in the fame manner as
they are.

It may be propagated by cuttings, which fhould be
planted in May, in pots filled with light earth, and
if they are plunged into a moderate hot-bed, it will
promote their putting out roots. Thefe fhould be
fhaded with mats, or covered with oiled paper, to
fcreen them from the fun until they are rooted. By
the middle of July thefe cuttings will have taken
root, when they fhould be each tranfplanted into a
feparate pot, and placed in the fhade until they have
taken new root ; after which time they may be placed
with other hardy exotic plants in a fheltered fitu-
ation, where they may remain till the middle or end
of OCtober, when they fhould be removed into the
green-houfe, placing them where they may have a
large fhare of air in mild weather. This plant is very
thirfty, fo muft be often watered, and every year the
plants muft be fhifted ; and as they increafe in fize,
fhould be put into larger pots.

TARRAGON. See Abrotanum.

TAXUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 589. tab. 362. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 1006. [fo called of rogx, poifons ; be-
caule this tree, in old time, was ufed in compound-
ing poifons in warm climates.] The Yew-tree ; in
French, If.

The Characters are.

The 'male flowers are produced on feparate trees from the
fruit for the moft part \ they have neither empalement or
petals , but the gem is like a four -leaved cover ; they have
a great number of ftamina which are joined at the botto?n
in a column longer th'an the gem , terminated by depreffed
fummits , having obtufe borders and eight points , opening
on each fide their bafe , cafting their farina. The female
flowers are like the male , having no empalement or petals ,
but have an oval acute-pointed germen , but no ftyle ,
crowned by an obtufe ftigma. The germen afterward be-
comes a berry lengthened from the receptacle , globular at
. the top , and covered by a proper coat at bottom , open at
the top , full of juice, and of a red colour ; but as it dries ,
waftes away , including one oblong oval feed , whofe top with-
out the berry is prominent.

This genus of plants is ranged in the eleventh feftion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe male flowers are upon feparate plants
from the fruit, and their ftamina are joined in one
body or column.

*" rv

A

v

Vv'e have but one Species of this plant in England,
viz.

Taxu-s (Baccas) foiiis approximate. Lin. Sp. Plant.
1 040. TewAree with leaves groiving near each other , or
the common Tew.

This tree grows naturally inEngland, and alfo in moft
of the northern countries of Europe, and in North
America ; and where, if it is fuffered to grow, will
rife to a good height, and have very large items ; it
naturally fends out branches on every fide, which
fpread out, and are altnoft horizontal ; they are dole-
ly garnifhed with narrow, ftiff, blunt-pointed leaves,
of a very dark green. The flowers come out from
the fide of the branches in clutters ; the male flowers
having many ftamina, are more confpicuons than the
female ; thefe for the moft part are upon different
trees, but fometimes are upon the fame tree •, they
appear the latter end of May, and the berries ripen
in autumn.

There is hardly any fort of evergreen tree which has
been fo generally cultivated in the Englifh gardens -as
the Yew, upon the account of its being fo tonfile, as
to be with eafe reduced into any fhape the owner
pleafed ; and it may be too often feen, efpecially in old
gardens, what a wretched tafce of gardening prevailed
formerly in England, from the monftrous figures of
beafts, &c. we find thefe trees reduced into ; but of
late this tafte has been juftly exploded by perfons of
fuperior judgment, for what could be more abfurd
than the former methods of planting gardens ? where,
thofe parts next the habitation, were crouded with a
large quantity of thefe and other forts of evergreen
trees, all of which were clipped into fome trite figure
or other, which, befides the obftruding the profped
from the houfe, and filling up the ground, fo that
little room was left for other fhrubs and flowers. Be-
fide, it occafionedan annual expence to render the trees
difagreeable ; for there never was a perfon, who had
confidered the beauty of a tree in its natural growth,
with all its branches diffufed on every fide, but muft
acknowledge fuch a tree infinitely more beautiful than
any of thofe fhorn figures, fo much ftudied by perfons
of a groveling imagination.

The only ufe this tree is fit for in gardens, is to form
hedges for the defence of exotic plants ; for which
purpofe, when it is neceffary to have hedges, it is the
moft proper of any tree in being ; the leaves being
fmall, the branches are produced very clofe together ;
and if carefully fhorn, they may be rendered fo clofe
as to break the winds better than any other fort of
fence whatever, becaufe they will not be reverberated,
as againft walls, pales, or other clofe fences, there-
fore confequently are much to be preferred for fuch
purpofes.

Thefe trees may be eafily propagated by fowing their
berries in autumn, as foon as they are ripe (without
clearing them from the pulp which furrounds them,
as hath been frequently directed,) upon a fhady bed
of frefh undunged foil, covering them over about half
an inch thick with the fame earth.

In the fpring the bed muft be carefully cleared from
weeds, and if the feafon proves dry, it will be proper
to refrefh the bed with water now and then, which
will promote the growth of the feeds, many of which
will come up the fame fpring, but others will remain
in the ground until autumn or fpring following •, but
where the feeds are preferved above ground till fpring
before they are fawn, the plants never come up tiii
the year after ; fo that by fowing the feeds as foon as
they are ripe, there is often a whole year faved.
Thefe plants, when they come up, fhould beconftant-
ly cleared from weeds, which, if permitted to grow
amongft them, will caufe their bottoms to be naked,
and frequently deftroy the plants when they continue
long undifturbed.

In this bed the plants may remain two years, after
which, in autumn, there fhould be a fpot of frefh
undunged foil prepared, into which they fhould be
removed the beginning of October, planting them in
beds about four or five fept wide, in rows about a

foot

I

TER

foot afunder, and fix inches diftance from each other
in the rows, obferving to lay a little mulch upon the
furface of the ground about their roots, as alfo to
water them in dry weather until they have taken root ;
after which they v/ill require no farther care, but to
keep them clear from weeds in fummer, and to trim
them according to the purpofe for which they are
defigned.

In thefe beds they may remain two or three years,
according as they have grown, when they fhould
again be removed into a nurfery, placing them in
rows at three feet diftance, and the plants eighteen
inches afunder in the rows ; obferving to do it in au-
tumn, as was before directed, and continue to trim
them in the fummer feafon, according to the defign
for which they were intended ; and after they have
continued three or four years in this nurfery, they may
be tranfplanted where they are to remain ; always ob-
ferving to remove them in autumn where the ground
is very dry, but on cold moift land it is better in the
fpring.

Thefe trees are very flow in growing, but yet there are
many very large trees upon fome barren cold foils in
divers parts of England. The timber of thefe trees
is greatly efteemed for many ufes.

TELEPHIOIDES. See Andrachne.

TELE PHI UM. Tourn. Inft. R.H.248.tab. 128.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 339. Orpine.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent , compofed of
five oblong oval leaves which are obtufe , and the length of
the pet ads. The flower has five oblong obtufe petals, and
five awl-fhaped flamina which are floorter than the petals ,
terminated by proflrate fummits , with a three-cornered
acute ger men having no ftyle , crowned by three acute Jpread-
ing ftigmas. The ger men afterward turns to a floort three-
cornered capfule with one cell , opening with three valves ,
containing many round feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feflion of
Linnaeus’s firth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five flamina, and three ftyies or
ftigmas.

We have but one Species of this genus in the Eng-
lifh gardens, viz.

Telephium ( Imperati .) Hort. Upfal. 70. Orpine , or Live
long. Telephium legitimum Imperati. Cluf. Hilt. 77.
The true Orpine of Imperatus.

This plant grows naturally in the fouth of France and
Italy. The root is compofed of ligneous fibres of a
yellowifh colour, which fpread out wide. The
branches or ftalks are flender, and trail upon the
ground ; they are eight or nine inches long, and are
garnifhed wfith fmall oval leaves of a grayifh colour,
fmooth and pretty ftiff, which are ranged alternately
along the ftalk, having one longitudinal nerve run-
ning through the^middle. The flowers are produced
at the end of the branches in fhort thick bunches,
which are reflexed like thofe of the Heliotropium.
They are compofed of five white petals which fpread
open and are the length of the empalement, having
five very flender flamina terminated by yellow fum-
mits. . This plant flowers in June and July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.

This may be propagated by feeds, which fhould be
fown in autumn on a bed of frefh light earth, in an
open fituation j for if they are fown in the fpring,
the plants will not come up till the following fpring.
When the plants are come up, they fhould be thin-
ned fo as to leave them fix or eight inches afunder ;
and they muft beconftantly kept clear from weeds,
for if thefe are permitted to grow, they will foon over-
bear the plants and deftroy them. Thefe plants do
not traniplant well, io fhould Hand in the place where
they were fown. In the fummer they will flower, and
the feeds will ripen in autumn, which will fcatterfoon
if it is not gathered when ripe ; and, if the ground is
not difturbed, the plants will come up in plenty, and
require no other care than to keep them clear from
weeds.

TEREBINTH US. See Pistachia.

T E T

TERGIFCETOUS PLANTS, are fuch as beat
their feeds on the backfides of their leaves.

TER NATE A. See Clitorias

TERRACES. A Terrace is a bank of earth,
raifed on a proper elevation, fo that any-^perfon who
walks round a garden, may have a better profpeft of
all that lies round him ; and thefe elevations are fo
necefiary, that thofe gardens that have them not are
deficient.

When the Terraces are rightly fituated, they are
great ornaments for their regularity and opening, ef-
pecially when they are well made, and their afcent not
too fteep.

There are feveral kinds of Terrace-walks :

1 . The great Terrace, which generally lies next to th#
houfe.

2. The fide or middle Terrace, which ds commonly
raifed above the level of the parterre, lawn, &c,

3. Thofe Terraces which encompafs a garden.

As to the breadth of fide Terraces, this is ufually de-
cided by its correfpondence with fome pavilion, or
fome little jettee or building ; but moft of all by the
quantity of fluff that is to fpare for thofe purpofes.
The fide Terrace of a garden ought not to be left
than twenty feet, and but very feldom wider than
thirty.

As for the height of a Terrace, fome allow it to be
but five feet high ; but others more or lefs, according
to their fancies ; but more exaft perfons never allow
above five or fix feet ; and in a final! garden, and a
narrow Terrace-walk, three feet ; and fometimes three
feet and a half high, are fufficient for a Terrace eight-
teen feet wide, and four feet are fufficient for a Ter-
race of twenty feet wide ; but when the garden is pro-
portionably large, and the Terrace is thirty feet wide,
then it muft be at leaft five or fix feet high.

The nobleft Terrace is very deficient without fhade,
for which Elm-trees are very proper ; for no feat can
be faid to be complete, where there is not an imme-
diate fhade almoft as foon as out of the houfe, and
therefore thefe fliady trees fhould be detached from
the body and v/ings of the edifice.

TERENE, earthy, or compofed of earth.

TERRESTRIAL, earthy, or that belongs to
earth.

TETRACE.RA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 604.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent empalement of fix roundifh
fpr ending leaves , the three outer are alternate and fmaller
than the other : it has fix fmall petals which foon fall off,
and a great number of flamina which are permanent , and
the length of the empalement , terminated by Jingle fum-
mits \ it has four oval germen fupporting a fhort awl-
fhaped ftyle , crowned -by an obtufe ftigma. The germen
afterward become four oval reflexed capfules, each having
one cell , opening at the fleam on the upper fide , inclofing one
roundifh feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fedion
of Linnteus’s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have many flamina and four
ftyies.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Tetracera (Volubilis.) Hort. Cliff. 214. Petraea flori-
bus fpicatis, foliislauri fcabris. Amman. Herb. 518.
Petr <ea with jpiked flowers, and rough leaves refembling
thofe of the Bay-tree.

This plant grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, where
it was difcovered by the late Dr. Houftoun, who fent
it to England. It has a woody ftalk which rifes to
the height of twelve or fourteen feet, covered with a
gray bark, fending out feveral flender ligneous
branches which twine about any neighbouring fup-
port ; they are garnifhed with oblong oval leaves,
whofe furface are very rough, near fix inches long,
and two inches and a half broad, flightly indented on
their edges toward their points, and have , many tranf-
verfe veins running from the midrib to the edges ;
they are placed alternate on their branches, Handing
upon fhort foot-ftalks, of a grayifh colour on their
upper furface, and brown on their under. The

flowers

/

\

TET

lowers are produced in panicle's at the end of the
branches •, thefe ^panicles are compofed of three or
four fhort thick fpikes which branch out from the
lower part of the principal lpike, which is much long-
er and thicker than the other. The flowers have fix
thin purple petals of the fame length as the empaie-
ment, which are very fugacious, fo that they foon fall
off-, thefe flt upon the germen. After the flowers
are pad, the four germen become fo many oval cap-
fules which are reflexed backward *, thefe open length-
ways on the upper fide, and have each one oblong
feed indofed.

This fhrub is very different from that which Dr. Pluk-
enet tides Fagus Americanus ulmi amplifiimis foliis,
capfulis bigemellis. Amalth. 87. though Dr. Linnaeus
has added this Synonime to it.

This is propagated by feeds, which muft be procured
from the countries where the plant naturally grows,
which may probably be found in fome of the Britifh
iflands in theWeft-Indies. I have received it from the
ifland of Barmuda, where it was found by the late
Dr. Crefly, who fent me lpecimens and feeds. Thefe
feeds are frequently abortive, for, upon examining
them, there was fcarce more than a twentieth part
which had any kernels, and others appeared fair but
were hollow. The feeds fhould be fown in pots filled
with light earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-
bed of tanners bark, where they muft be treated in
the fame way as other exotic feeds from the fame
countries ; and as the plants feldom come up the fame
year, the pots fhould be removed into the ftove before
winter, and plunged into the tan-bed between the
other pots of plants, where they fhould remain till
fpring, when they fhould be taken out and plunged
into a frefh hot-bed of tanners bark, which will bring
up the plants if the feeds were good. When the plants

are fit to remove, they fhould be each planted in a

feparate fmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged
into a good bed of tan, fhading them from the fun
till they have taken new root •, after which their treat-
ment muft be the fame as for the Annona, and the
like tender exotic plants, which require to be kept al-
ways in the tan-bed.

TETRAGONIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 551. Tetra-
gonocarpos. Boerh. Ind. alt. 262.

The Characters are.

The flower has a permanent coloured empalement , com-
pofed of four oval, plain, deflex ed leaves fitting upon the
germen. It has no petals , but about twenty hair-like fta-
mina which are fhorter than the empalement, terminated
by oblong proftrate fummits, and a roundifh four-cornered
germen under the fiozver, fupporting four awl-fljaped ftyles
zvhich are recurved and as long as the ftamina, with hairy
fiigmas the length of the ftyles. The germen afterward be-
comes a thick c'apfule with four cells, having four angles
which have narrow wings or borders , containing one hard
oblong feed in each.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fedtion

of Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, which includes thofe plants

whofe flowers have about twenty ftamina and five

ftvles.

<•

The Species are,

1. Tetragonia ( Fruticofa ) foliis linearibus. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 250. Tetragonia with linear leaves. 'Tetragono-
carpos Africana fruticans, foliis longis & anguftis. H.
Amft. 2. p. 205. African fhrubby Tetragonocarpos, with
long narrow leaves.

2. Tetragonia ( Decumbens ) foliis ovatis integerrimis,
caule fruticofo decumbente. Tetragonia with oval en-
tire leaves, and a fhrubby trailing ftalk.

3. Tetragonia ( Herbacea ) foliis ovatis. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 250. Tetragonia with oval leaves. Tetragono-
carpos Africana, radice magna crafla & carnofa. Hort.
Amft. 2. p. 203, Tetragonocarpos with a large flejhy
root, and oval leaves.

Thefe plants grow naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope, from whence they were firft brought to the
gardens in Llolland. The firft fort has {lender ligne-
ous ftalks which rife three or four feet high, if they

TET

are fupported, otherwife they trail upon the ground ~
they are covered with a light gray bark, and divide
into a great number of trailing branches, which when
young are fucculent, of an herbaceous colour, and
covered with fmall pellucid drops, fomewhat like the
Diamond Ficoides, which refieff the light. As the
branches are older, they become more ligneous, and
are garnifhed with thick, fucculent, narrow leaves,
about half an inch long, and a tenth of an inch broad,
concave, and blunt-pointed ; thefe are placed alter-
nate, and at their bafe come out a clufter of fmaller
leaves, which have the like pellucid drops as the ftalks.
The flowers are produced from the wings of the
ftalks, at every joint toward the end of the branches ;
fometimes they come up fingly, at others there are
two, and fometimes three flowers at each joint ; thefe
have empalements of five leaves, which fpread open
and are a little refiexed ; they are green without, and
yellow within, each having about forty ftamina, which
are terminated by oblong proftrate fummits which
fill up the middle of the flower. They appear in July
and Auguft, and are fucceeded by large four-corner-
ed qapfules having four wings or borders, and four
cells, each containing one oblong feed, which ripens
in winter.

The fecond fort has larger ftalks than the former,
which branch out in like manner*, the branches trail
upon the ground where they are not fupported ; the
young branches are very fucculent, and almoft as
thick as a man’s little finger ; the leaves are two
inches long, and one broad; their furface are covered
with very fmall pellucid drops, as are the ftalks.
The flowers are larger, and ftand upon pretty long
foot-ftalks, three or four arifingfrom the fame points;
the empalement, and alfo the fummits, are of a pals
fulphur colpur. It flowers at the fame time with the
firft.

Thefe may be propagated by cuttings, which fhould
be cut off from the plants a few days before they are
planted, that the part where they are cut may be heal-
ed, otherwife they will rot, for the leaves and ftalks
of this plant are very full of moifture. The beft
time to plant thefe cuttings is in July*, that they may
have time to make good roots before winter. Thefe
cuttings may be planted on a bed of frefh earth, and
if they are fhaded from the fun in the heat of the day,
it will be of fervice to them. They fhould be fre-
quently refrefhed with water, but they muft not have
it in too great plenty, for that will rot them. In
about fix weeks after planting, the cuttings will be
fufficiently rooted to tranfplant, therefore they fhould
be taken up, and planted into pots filled with light
frefh undunged earth, and placed in a fhady fituation
until they have taken new root, after which time
they may be placed with other hardy exotic plants ia
a fheltered fituation, where they may remain till the
middle or latter end of Odtober ; at which time they
fhould be removed into the green-houfe, and placed
where they may enjoy as much free air as pofiible in
mild weather ; for they only require to be protedled
from the froft, being pretty hardy with refpedt to
cold, but they fhould not have too much moifture
in winter. If thefe plants are planted in the full
ground in the fummer feafon, they will grow prodi-
gioufly rank and large *, as they alfo will, if they are
permitted to root into the ground through the holes
at the bottom of the pots ; therefore the pots fhould
be frequently removed to prevent it, for when they
grow too freely, their leaves will be very full of
moifture ; which, together with the weight of the
fruit, which are always produced at the extremity of
the branches, will weigh the branches upon the.
ground, and render the plants very unfightly. The
plants of this kind, commonly grow very ftraggling ;
therefore the more their roots are confined in the pots,
the more clofe and ftinted will be the heads of the
plants ; which is what they fhould always be kept ta,
in order to render them fightly. The flowers of this
plant have no great beauty, but as the whole face of

T E T

the plant is peculiar, it may be allowed a place in
every colledtion of plants for the fake of variety, fince
it requires no great trouble to cultivate it.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by feeds, which
fhould be fown on a warm border of light frefh earth,
where fometimes they will remain a whole year be-
fore the plants come up ; therefore when they do not
come up the firft feafon, the borders fhould not be dis-
turbed, but kept conftantly clear from weeds ; and the
following fpring, wften the plants are come up about
four inches high, they fhGuld be taken up and planted
in pots, (and treated in the fame manner as hath been
dire&ed for the cuttings ;) for if they are fuftered
to grow in the border till they are large, they will
not tranfplant fo well, nor will they make fo handibme
plants.

The third fort hath large fleftiy roots ; the branches
are weak, and trail upon the ground ; thefe generally
decay about Miafummer, and new fhoots are pro-
duced late in autumn. The leaves of this come out
in .bunches ; they are oval, plain, and not fo thick and
fucculent as thofe of the other forts ; they are little
more than an inch long, and half an inch broad.
The flowers are produced from the wings of the leaves
in February •, thefe are like thofe of the fecond fort,
and have long (lender foot-ftalks. This never pro-
duces any feeds in England ; however the cuttings
will grow, if they are planted early in the fpring, fo
that the fort may be propagated with the fame facility
as either of the other kinds.

All thefe forts require protection in winter ; but if
they are placed in an airy glafs-cafe with Ficoides, and
other hardy plants, whefe they may have a large fnare
of free air in mild weather, and protedled from the
froft, they will thrive much better than when they
are more tenderly treated.

TRTRAGONO THECA. Hort. Elth. 283. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 875. Sun-flower, vulgo.

The Characters are.

The flower is compofed of hermaphrodite and female flo-
rets,, which are included in one large common empalement ,
cut into four plain, triangular , heart-Jhaped fegments
which fpread open . The diflk or middle of the flower is
made up of hermaphrodite florets , which are f unnel -Jhaped,

. and cut into five fegments at the brim, which are reflexed ■,
they have five [sort hair-like flamina, terminated by cy-
lindrical fummits, and a naked germen [upper ting a fender
fltyle, crowned by two reflexed ftigmas. The germen af-
terward becomes one naked roundijh feed. The female half
florets which cornpofe the ray or border of the flower , have
their petals ftr etched out like a tongue on one fide, and are
cut at their points into three equal acute parts. Thefe
have no flamina, blit a naked germen fupporting a fender
ftyle with two twifled ftigmas', and are fucceeded by jingle
naked feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes the
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are fruitful, and their fum-
mits are connected.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.
Tetragonotheca {Reliant Iodides.) Lin. Sp. Plant. 903.
Tetragonotheca doronici maximi folio. Hort. Elth.
378. Dwarf Sun flower, with a leaf like the greater
Leopard's Bane.

This plant is a native of Carolina, from whence the
feeds were brought to Europe. The roots ,of this
plant are perennial, but the ftalks are annual, and
perifh in autumn on the approach of cold. The roots
will abide through the winter in the full ground, if
they are planted in a warm fituation-, fo do not require
any fhelter, except in very fevere winters ; when, if
they are covered over with rotten tan or Peas haulm,
to keep out the froft, there will be no danger of their
being killed.

About the latter end of April or the beginning of
May, the roots will fend forth new fhoots, which are
garnifhed with large, oblong, rough leaves, placed by
pairs, ciofely embracing the ftalks ; thefe are a little
finuated on their edges, and are covered with fmall
hairs. The ftalks ufually grow about two feet and a

TEU

half high in England, and branch Out toward the
top into feveral fmalier ftalks, each having one large
yellow flower at their top, fliaped like a Sun-flower ;
which, before it expands, is covered with the inflated
empalement, which is four-cornered. The feeds of
this plant rarely ripen in England, but when they are
obtained from abroad, they fhould be fown in the full
ground in the fpring of the year ; where fometimes
they will remain a year before the plants come up, fd
that if they do not come up the fame year, the ground
fhould not be difturbed, but kept clean from weeds,
and v/ait till the fecond year to fee what plants will
come up. When the plants appear they muft be
kept clean from weeds, and if the feafon fhould prove
dry, they will require to be frequently watered. In
autumn the plants fnould be tranfplanted into the
places where they are to remain.

Thefe plants will live three years in a proper foil and
fituation, but as it does not increafe here, the belt
method is to procure good feeds from abroad an-
nually.

TETR APETALOUS FLOWER is one
which is compofed of only four fmgle flower leaves,
called petala.

TEUCRIUM; Lin. Gen. Plant. 625. Tourn,
Inft. R. H. 207. tab. 93. [takes its name from king
Teucer, who was the firft amongft the ancients who
brought this plant into ufe.] Tree Germander.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, cut into
five acute equal fegments at. the top , and is permanent .
The flower is of the lip kind with one petal, having a
jhort cylindrical tube a little incurved at the chaps. The
upper lip is ere hi, and deeply cut into two acute fegments .
The lower lip Jpreads and is cut into three fegments the
middle one is large and roundijh, the two fide ones ark
acute and ereht. It has four awl-Jhaped flamina which
are longer than the upper lip , and are prominent between
the fegments, terminated by fmall fummits. It has a
germen divided in four parts, fupporting a fender ftyle ,
crowned by two fender ftigmas. The germen afterward
turn to four roundijh naked feeds which . ripen in the
empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter
fcamina, and the feeds have no capfule.

The Species are,

1. Teucrium (. Flavum ) foliis cordatis obtuse ferratis,
floralibus integerrimis concavis, caule fruticofo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 565. Tree Germander with heart-Jhaped
leaves which are bluntly flawed, thofe' between the flowers
concave and entire, and a jhrubby folk. Teucrium mul-
tis. J. B. Common Tree Germander .

2. Teucrium ( Lucidum ) foliis ovatis acute incifo-ferratis
glabris, floribus axillaribus geminis, caule eredto.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 790. Germander with ovalfmooth leaves
which are acutely flawed, and two flowers proceeding from
the fide of the ftalks, which are eredi. Chamaedrys Al-
pina frutefeens, folio fplendente. Magnol. Hort. 52.
Shrubby Alpine Germander with a lucid leaf.

3. Teucirum (. Fruticans ) foliis integerrimis oblongo-

ovatis petiolatis, fupra glabris, fubtus tomentofis pe-
dunculis unifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 563. Tree German-
der with entire , oblong, oval leaves having foot-ftalks „
fmooth and hoary underneath, and one flower on a foot-
ftalk. Teucrium fruticans Bsticum. Cluf. Hift. i.p.
348. Spanijh Tree Germander. ",

4. Teucrium ( Lati folium ) foliis integerrimis, rhombeis
acutis, villofis, fubtus tomentofis. Hort. Upfal. 195.
Tree Germander with entire leaves which are hairy „•
jhaped like an acute rhombus, and woolly on their under
fide. Teucrium Hifpanicum latiore folio. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 208. Spanijh ■ Tree Germander with a broad-
er leaf.

5. Teucrium ( Campanulatum ) foliis mukifidis, floribus
folitariis. Lin. Sp. 562. Germander with many-pointed
leaves , and flowers growing fingly. Teucrium Hifpa-
nicum fupinum humilius, verbenas tenuifoliae foliis.
Juffieu. Low, trailing , Spanifo Germander , with leaves
like thofe of the narrow-leaved Vervain,

13 C

6. Teucrium

t e y

%. .Teucrium ( Be try s ) foliis multifidis, pedunculis ax-
illaribus ternis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 562. Germander with
many-pointed leaves , and flowers growing on foot-ftalks
by threes. Chamaedrys foliis laciniatis. Lob. Obferv.
209. Germander with jagged leaves.

7. Teucrium {Chamaedrys) foliis ovatis incifo-crenatis
petiolatis, floribus fubverticillatis. Hort. Cliff. 302.
Germander with oval leaves with crenated cuts , having
foot-ftalks , and flowers growing almofi in whorls. Cha-
maedrys minor repens. C. B. P. 248. Smaller creeping
Germander.

8. Teucrium ( Niffolianum ) foliis trifidis quinquefidif-
que filiform ibus floribus pedunculatis folitariis oppo-
fitis caule decumbente. Lin. Sp. 782. Germander with
trifid and quinquefid leaves , and flowers growing on foli-
tary foot-ftalks. Chamaedrys multiflora, tenuifolia
Hifpanica. Tourn. Inft. 205. Spanijh narrow-leaved
Germander bearing many flowers.

9. Teucrium (. MaJJilienfe ) foliis ovatis rugofis incifo-cre-
natis, incanis, caulibus eredtis, racemis redtis. Lin.
Sp. 789. 'Teucrium with oval rough leaves, which are
hoary , crenated , and erect ftalks , and ftpikes of flowers.
Teucrium Creticum odoratum flore purpureo. H. R.
Par. Sweet-fmelling Germander of Crete , with a purple
flower.

10. Teucrium (Scorodonia) foliis cordatis ferratis petio-
latis, racemis lateralibus fecundis, caule erefto. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 564. Germander with heart-Jhaped flawed
leaves having foot-ftalks , many long bunches of flowers
growing from the wings , and an upright ftalk. Scor-
dium alterum five falvia agreftis. C. B. P. 247. Ano-
ther Scordium , or Wild Sage.

11. Teucrium ( Scordium ) foliis obiongis feflilibus den-
tato ferratis, floribus geminis lateralibus pedunculatis,
caule diffufo. Lin. Sp. 790. Teucrium with oblong , in-
dented, flawed leaves fitting clofe to the ftalks, flowers Jet
by pairs on foot-ftalks, proceeding from the Jides of the
ftalks, which are diffufed. Scordium. C. B. P. 247.

12. Teucrium ( Marum ) foliis integerrimis ovatis fub-
tus tomentofis, utrinque acutis, racemis fecundis villo-
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 564. Germander with oval entire
leaves, which are hoary on their under fide, pointed at
both ends , and hairy bunches of flowers. Marum Syri-
acum vulgo. Flor. Bat. 2. 84. Syrian Maftick, or com-
mon Marum.

13. Teucrium ( Chamapitys ) foliis trifidis linearibus in-
tegerrimis, floribus feflilibus lateralibus folitariis caule
diffufo. Mater. Med. 287. Germander with linear, tri-
fid, entire leaves , and flowers fitting clofe, growing fingly
from the wings of the branches. Chamaepitys lutea vul-
garis, five folio trifido. C. B. P. 249. Common yellow
Ground Tine having a trifid leaf.

14. Teucrium (Iva) foliis tricufpidatis linearibus, flo-
ribus feflilibus. Lin. Sp. 787. Germander with tricufpid
linear leaves , and flowers fitting clofe to the wings of the
ftalk . Chamaepitys mofehata, foliis ferratis, an prima
Diofcoridis ? C. B. P. 249. Mujk Ground Tine with
flawed leaves, and probably the firft of Diofcorides.

15. Teucrium flMofchatu)ri) foliis linearibus tomentofis
integerrimis, floribus feflilibus. Germander with linear,
woolly, entire leaves, and flowers fitting clofe to the
branches. Chamaepitys mofehata, foliis non ferratis.
Allion. Mujk Ground Tine with leaves not flawed.

16. Teucrium ( Chamadrifolium ) foliis oblongo-ovatis
obtuse dentatis, floribus folitariis alaribus peduncula-
tis, calycibus acutis. Germander with oblong oval leaves,
which are bluntly indented, and flowers placed fingly at
the wings of the ftalks, having acute empalements. Teu-
crium Americanum Chamaedryos folio, flore albo.
Houft. MSS. American Teucrium, with a Germander leaf
and white flower.

17. Teucrium {Veficarium) foliis ovato-lanceolatis inae-
qualiter ferratis, racemis alaribus terminalibufque caly-
cibus inflatis. Germander with oval fpear-Jhaped leaves
which are unequally flawed, and long bunches of flowers
fpringing from the wings, and terminating the ftalks,
and inflated empalements. Chamaedrys Americana, maxi-
ma, catariae folio, calice veficario. Houft. MSS.
Greateft American Germander , with a Catmint leaf and
a bladdered empalement.

18. Teucrium (i Canadenfe ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis fer-

T E U

ratis, caule eredlo, racemo terminali, vertifcillis hexa-
phyllis. Lin. Sp. 789. Germander with oval flpear -
fihaped leaves, and an erebl ftalk terminated by a racemus of
flowers. Chaemedrys Canadenfis urticae folio fubtus
incano. Tourn. Inft. 205. Germander of Canada with
a Nettle leaf, hoary on their under fide.

19. Teucrium {Virginicum) foliis ovatis inaequaliter fer-
ratis, racemis terminalibus. Flor. Virg. 64. German-
der with oval leaves unequally flawed, and a racemus of
flowers terminating the ftalks.

The firft fort grows naturally in the fouth of France,
in Spain, and Italy ; it rifes with a fhrubby ftalk two
feet high, fending out many ligneous branches, gar-
nifhed with heart-ftiaped leaves, which are a little
waved, bluntly fawed on their edges, a little more
than an inch long, and three quarters broad near their
bale, of a lucid green on their upper fide, but a little
hoary on their under fide, Handing upon fhort foot-
ftalks. The upper part of the branches for fix or
eight inches in length are adorned with flowers,
which come out from the wings of the ftalk, two or
three ftanding on each fide at every joint ; they are
of a dirty white colour, and ftand upon {lender foot-
ftalks ; under each of thefe whorls ftand two fmaller
leaves, which are entire and concave. The flowers
appear in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

This fort was formerly prefervedin green-houfes with
great care, but of late years it has been planted out
into the full ground, and is found hardy enough to
endure the cold of our fevereft winters without fhel-
ter, provided it be planted on a dry foil.

This may be propagated by planting cuttings in the
fpring, on a bed of frefh light earth, obferving to
fhade and water them until they have taken root ;
after which they will require no farther care, but to
keep them clear from weeds until the following au-
tumn, when they may be tranfplanted out into the
places where they are to remain, being careful in re-
moving them not to fhake off all the earth from their
roots, as alfo to water them if the feafon fhould
prove dry, until they have taken frefh root ; after
which, the only care they require is to keep the ground
clean about them, and to prune off fuch fhoots as
are ill fituated, and the flowering branches when
they decay, whereby their heads will appear more
regular.

It may alfo be propagated by feeds, which generally
are produced in plenty. If thefe are fown upon a bed
of light earth in April, the plants will come up in
fix weeks after, and thefe may be tranfplanted in
autumn, where they are defigned to remain.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the Alps, but in
the lower parts, where the cold is not very fevere, and
generally on moift ground j this hath a fhrubby ftalk
like the former •, it does not rifefo high, but branches
out more than that. The ftalks are covered with
fhort hairy down ; the lower leaves are oval, crenated,
and of a lucid green on their upper fide, but a little
hoary on their under ; the leaves between the flowers
are fpear-fhaped and entire ; the fpikes of flowers are
much longer ; the flowers are larger, and their co-
lour more inclining to a yellow than thole of the for-
mer. This flowers at the fame time with the other,
and may be propagated in the fame way.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Sicily,
near the borders of the fea ; this has a fhrubby branch-
ing ftalk which rifes fix or eight feet high, covered
with a hoary bark. The branches are garnifhed with
fmall oval leaves placed oppofite, fitting clofe to the
branches •, they are near one inch long, and half an
inch broad, fmooth on their upper fide, of a lucid
green, and their under fides are hoary. The flowers
come out from the wings of the ftalk at the upper part
of the branches ; they are Angle, one on each fide at
a joint ftanding upon fhort foot-ftalks ; their empale-
ments are fhort and hoary. The middle fegment of
the lower lip is large, and indented at the point j
the ftamina are long-hooked, and fupply the place
of the upper lip ; the flowers are blue, and come in
fucceflion great part of fummer, and the plants fre-
quently produce good feeds in England.

2 There

TEU

There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
is preferved in fome gardens.

The fourth fort is much like the third, but the leaves
are broader, of a rhomboid form, and are more hairy
and whiter on their under fide ; this will endure the
cold of our ordinary winters, if planted on a dry foil
and in a warm fituation, but in fevere hard froft it is
fometimes deftroyed •, for which reafon the plants are
often preferved in pots, and removed into the green-
houfe in winter. This is propagated by cuttings in
the fame manner as the former, and the plants require
the fame treatment.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy
upon moift ground. The (talks of this are herbace-
ous, and trail upon the ground •, they grow about a
foot in length, are garnilhed with deep green leaves,
cut into many points almoft to the midrib ; they are
frnooth, and Hand oppofite. The flowers come out
on each fide the (talks fingly •, they are white, and ap-
pear in July ; thefe are each fucceeded by four feeds,
which ripen in September.

This plant is preferved in botanic gardens for variety ;
it is propagated by feeds, which may be fown in the
fpring in the place where the plants are to remain ;
and when they come up, will require no other culture
but to thin them where they are too clofe, and keep
them clean from weeds. Thefe plants ripen their
feeds the firft year, but if they are in a warm fitua-
tion they will live through the winter. ^

The fixth fort grows naturally in the louth of France,
in Italy and Germany, in the Corn fields ; this is an
annual plant, which perilhes foon after the feeds are
ripe. The ftalks are four-cornered and hairy ; they
grow about a foot long, and are garnilhed at every
joint by leaves placed oppofite, which are hairy and
cut almoft to the midrib, and the fegments are cut
into three points. The flowers come out at the wings
of the ftalk in whorls, three Handing together on each
fide upon fhort foot-ftalks ; they are white, and lhaped
like thofe of the other fpecies ; they appear in June
and July, and the feeds ripen in Auguft and Sep-
tember.

This is propagated by feeds in the fame way as the
laft; but if the feeds of this are fown in autumn, or
permitted to fcatter when ripe, they will fucceed
better than if fown in the fpring, and the plants will
come earlier to flower.

The feventh fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France, and in Germany ; this has a creeping fibrous
root, which fpreads in the ground and multiplies
greatly, fending out many four-cornered hairy ftalks,
which are eight or nine inches long •, thefe fend out a
few fhort branches, which are garnilhed with oval
leaves about an inch long, and three quarters broad,
which are deeply crenated on their borders, and Hand
upon fhort foot-ftalks ; they are of a light green
above, but hoary on their under fide. The flowers
grow from the wings of the ftalks, toward the upper
part, almoft in whorls, Handing chiefly to one fide of
the ftalk •, they are of a reddilh colour, the lower lip
turning upward. This plant flowers in June and
July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

It is a perennial plant, and propagates very fall by
Its creeping roots, and will thrive in almoft any foil
or fituation : the belt time to tranfplant it is in au-
tumn. This was a few years fince in great requeft as
a fpecific for the gout, but is at prefent in little
efteem.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain •, this is a
perennial plant, having fome refemblance of the for-
mer, but the roots do not creep. The ftalks are
taller, and more ered ; the leaves are narrower,
pointed at both ends, and not fo deeply indented ; the
Indentures are (harper, and only toward their points ;
the ftalks are garnilhed with flowers great part of
their length, which come out in bunches at the wings
of the leaves ; they are longer than thofe of the for-
mer, and of a brighter red colour. This plant flowers
about the fame time with the former.

TEU

It may be propagated by parting of the roots in au-
tumn, or by flowing of the feeds at the fame feafom
which will more certainly fucceed than thofe which
are fown in the fpring. It loves an open fituation
expofed to the fun, but will thrive in almoft any foil
which is not too moift.

The ninth fort grows naturally in the ifland of Crete,
and alfo in Nice in Italy ; this is a perennial plant
with a low Ihrubby ftalk, fending out many branches
which are four-cornered and woolly , thefe are gar-
nifhed with oval leaves about an inch long, and three
quarters broad ; they are woolly on both (ides, and
are bluntly crenated on their borders. The upp6r
parts of the branches are adorned with purple flowers
in whorls, having two fmall, oval, entire leaves under
each whorl ; the flowers are as large as thofe of the
firft fort, but their cups are very woolly, and their
indentures end in (harp points. This flowers in July,
and when the feafon proves warm and dry, the plants
will produce good feeds in England.

This may be propagated either by feeds or cuttings
in the fame way as the two firft forts, but the plants
(hould have a dry foil and a warm fituation, otherwife
they will not live through the winter in the open air
in Ensriand.

The tenth fort is the common wild or Wood Sage,
which grows naturally in woods and thickets in many
parts of England, fo is rarely admitted into gardens ;
this has a creeping perennial root, from which arife
ftiff, ligneous, four-cornered ftalks a foot and a half
high, garnilhed at each joint by two heart-fhaped
leaves placed oppofite, which are (lightly fawed on
their edges, and Hand upon foot-ftalks. The upper
part of the ftalks have three or four long (pikes of
flowers, which incline to one fide of the ftalk ; they
are of an herbaceous white colour, and the ftamina
are terminated by purple fummits. It flowers in July,
and the feeds ripen in autumn. This plant will grow
in any foil or fituation, and was formerly ufed in
medicine.

The eleventh fort is the common Water Germander,
which grows naturally in the ifle of Ely, and fome
other fenny parts of England ; this has a fmall, ftringy,
fibrous, creeping root, which is perennial, from which
arife many four-cornered, trailing, diffufed ftalks,
which are garnii'hed with oblong, hairy, and indented
leaves, fitting dole to the ftalks. The flowers are
produced at the wings of the ftalks, two arifing on each
fide at every joint ; they are of a purple colour, and
fit very dole to the bottom of the leaves ; thefe ap-
pear in July, but are feldom fucceeded by feeds. The
whole plant has an odour like that of Garlick. The
herb is ufed in medicine.

This plant may be propagated by its creeping roots,
or planting the young (hoots in the fpring, in the
fame manner as Mint, Penny-royal, &c. and (hould
have a moift foil, otherwife it will not thrive ingardens.
The twelfth fort is the common or Syrian Marum,
which grows naturally in Syria, and alio in the king-
dom of Valencia ; this has a low fhrubby ftalk, fend-
ing out many (lender ligneous branches, which in
warm countries will rife three or four feet high, but
in England it is rarely feen half that height. The ftalks
are very hoary, and are garnilhed with fmall oval
leaves placed oppofite at each joint; thefe are abobt
the fizeof thofe of Thyme, and are pointed at both
ends ; they are green above, and hoary underneath ;
they have a piercing grateful fcent, fo quick as to
caufe fneezing. The flowers grow in loofe whorled
fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are very
downy, and the flowers are of a bright red colour ;
they appear in July and Auguft, but are not fucceeded
by feeds in England.

This plant is eafily propagated by flips or cuttings,
which, if planted during the fummer months on a
bed of light loamy earth, covering them down clofe
either with bell or hand-glafles, and (hading them
from the fun, will put out roots very freely. When
thefe have made good roots, they may be tranfplanted

either

T H A

cither into feparate fmall pots, "or on a warm border, at
about fix inches diftance every way, obferving to
{hade them from the lun, and fupply them with water
till they have taken new root •, after which they will
require no other care but to keep them clean from
weeds. Thefe plants will live through the winter in
the open air, if they are planted in a dry foil and a
warm fituation, when the frofts are not very fevere ;
but in very hard winters they are frequently killed, if
they are not protected by mats or fome other covering.
There was about forty years ago a great number of
theie plants growing in the warm borders of the
Royal Gardens atKenfington, which were clipped in-
to conical forms, ahd were near three feet high, but
now there are few plants of a large (ize to be found in
the Englifh gardens, becaufe their branches are an-
nually cut to keep them fhort.

The cat's are very fond of this plant, and where there
are but few of thefe plants -will deftroy them, unlefs
they are proteded from them ; but, where there is
a great number of the plants together, the cats feldom
touch them.

The thirteenth fort is the common Ground Pine
which is ufed in medicine ; it grows naturally on
chalky arable land in feveral parts of England ; it is
an annual plant, with a fingle ligneous root, which
{trikes deep into the ground, fending out a few {len-
der fibres from the fide, from which arife many weak
trailing (talks which are very hairy ; thefe are garnifh-
ed with narrow leaves ending with three points, which
are fet by pairs, and crofs over each other at every
joint ; they are hairy, and, when bruifed, emit a ftrong
refinous odour. The flowers fit clofe to the (talks at
the wings of the leaves ; there are two or three of
them at each joint, of a bright yellow colour, and
(haped like the other fpecies ; thefe appear in July,
and the feeds ripen in September. If thefe are per-
mitted tofcatter, the plants will come up better than
if fown, and require no other care but to thin them,
and keep them clean from weeds.

This plant Is greatly recommended for its virtues ;
there is fcarce a better herb than this for opening ob-
ftrudions ; it is a ftrong diuretic, and an excellent re-
medy for the rheumatifm.

The fourteenth fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France, in Italy, and Spain ; it is an annual plant,
with a fingle ligneous root, fending out a few fibres.
.The (talks are about fix inches high, and are clofely
garniihed with very hairy narrow leaves which are
indented toward their points. The flowers come out
from the wings of the (talks to which they fit very
clofe ; they are large, of a bright purple colour, and
appear in July ; bu,t unlefs thefealon proves favoura-
ble, they are not fucceeded by feeds in England.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally about Nice in Italy,
from whence it was fent me ; this is alfo an annual
plant, much like the former, but the leaves are nar-
rower and entire. The whole plant is covered with
white woolly hairs, and the flowers are fmaller than
thofe of the former.

Both thefe plants fucceed beft, if, when they perfed
their feeds, they are permitted to fcatter in the fame
manner as the thirteenth fort ; or if the feeds are
fown, it (hould be in atuumn, for they rarely fucceed
when they are fown in the fpring.

The fixteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr. Houf-
toun, growing naturally at La Vera Cruz; this is an
annual plant, with an ered ftalk a foot and a half high;
it is four-cornered and fmooth, garnifhed with frnooth,
oblong, oval leaves which are bluntly indented ; they
are about an inch and a half long, and three quarters
of an inch broad, (landing upon fhort foot-ftalks.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ftalks,
two of them arifing at each joint, upon fhort {lender
foot-ftalks ; they are fmall and white, having fhort
empalements, which are cut at the brim into five very
acute points. The flowers appear in July, and are
fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.

The feventeenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun at the fame place with the former ; this is j

alfo an annual plant, with a (lender, upright, four-cor-
nered ftalk which riles three feet high J and divides
into feveral fmooth branches, which are garniihed
with oval fpear-fhaped leaves, three inches tong and
one broad, _ of a bright-green on their upper fide, but
pale on their under ; they are unequally flawed on their
edges, and (land upon long foot-ftalks. The flowers
come out in long bunches from the wings of- ' the
ftalk, and alfo at the top ; they are pretty large, white,
and have bladdered empalements ; thefe appear late
In July, and unlefs the feafon proves favourable,
they will have no good feeds fucceed them.

The fixteenth and feventeenth forts are tender, fo wilt
not thrive in the open air in England ; and unlefs the
feafon proves warm, they will not perfect their feeds
here. The feeds of thefe (hould be fown in fmall pots
in autumn, which (hould be plunged into the, tan-bed
in the ftove between the other pots, where they (hould
remain till fpring, and then they may be taken out,
and plunged into a hot-bed, which will bring up the
■plants. When thefe are fit to remove, they (hould
be each planted in a feparate pot, and plunged into a
hot- bed, and afterward treated in the fame way as
other tender plants which require conftant (heller.
The eighteenth fort grows naturally in North Ameri-
ca; this is a perennial plant, very like our Scorodonia
or Wood Sage, but does not creep at the root as that
does ; the ftalks are erect, and garnifhed with oval
fpear-Ihaped leaves which are white on their under
fide, and deeply fawed on their edges ; the .{talks are
terminated by racemi of yellow flowers, and the
whorls have fix leaves.

This is a very hardy plant, fo will thrive in the open
air ; it may be propagated by parting of the roots,
or by fowing of the feeds, which 'is beft if done in
autumn.

The nineteenth fort grows naturally in Virginia; this
is alfo a perennial plant, having oval leaves which,
are unequally fawed ; the ftalk is annual, and rifesnear
a foot high, which is terminated by a long fpike of
red flowers, which appear in July and Auguft, when
the plants make a pretty appearance.

This is eafily propagated by feeds, which are pro-
duced in plenty ; if thefe are fown in the autumn on
a bed of a light earth, they will fucceed better than
if fown in the fpring.

THALICTRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 270. tab.
143. Lin. Gen. Plant. 617. [This name is ancient,
and written in a two-fold manner. In the manuferipts
it is found •9'ctAi <y9gov and S-dx but has now ob-
tained the name of Thalidrum among all the mo-
derns, from SasAAcu, to flourifh, or look green. It was
anciently ufed at weddings, and is called zryya,vou, be-
caufe fome botanifts have clafted this plant with Rues.]
Meadow Rue.

The Characters are,

The flower has no empalements hut has four or five round -
ijh concave petals which fall off foon , and a great number
of ftamina, which are broad and compreffed toward their
tops , terminated by twin fummits , which are oblongs with
feveral very Jhort fiyles fitting fingly upon roundifh ger-
men , and crowned by thick fiignias. The germen after-
ward turn to fo many keel-f japed capfults, collected in a
head , each containing one oblong feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fedion
of Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whole flowers have a great number of (lamina
and many ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Thalictrum ( Flavum ) caule foliofo fulcato, pani-
cula multiplici ereda. Hort. Cliff. 226. Meadow Rue
with a furrowed leafy fialk , and many erebl panicles of
flowers. Thalidrum majus, filiqua angulofo aut ftri-
ata. C. R. P. 336. Greater Meadow Rue, with angular
or channelled pods.

2. Thalictrum ( Spcciofum ) caule angulofo, foliis line-
aribus bifidis trifidifque, panicula multiplici ereda.
Meadow Rue with an angular fialk , narrow leaves end-
ing in two or three points , and many erect panicles of
flowers. Thalidrum majus, filiqua feminis ftriata, fo-

6 liis

T H A

His rugofis trifidis. Mor. Umbel. 70. Greater Meadow
Rue with Jireaked feed-vejfek , and rough trifid leaves.

3. Thalictrum (. Aquilegfolium ) fructibus pendulis tri-
angularibus redis, caule tereti. Lin. Sp. Plant. 547.
Meadow Rue with a pendulous triangular fruit, and a ta-
per ftalk. Thalidrum majus ftaminibus florum pur-
purafcentibus. C. B. P. 337. Greater Meadow Rue with
purple fiamina to the flowers , commonly called feathered
Columbine.

4. Thalictrum ( Lucidum ) caule foliofo fulcato, foliis
linearibus carnofis. Dalib. Parif. 162. Meadozv Rue
with a furrowed leafy ftalk , and linear fiejhy leaves.
Thalidrum pratenfe minus alterum, Parifienfum, fo-
liis craflioribus lucidis. H. R. Par. Another fmaller
Meadow Rue of Paris , with thicker Jhining leaves.

5. Thalictrum ( Canadenfe ) floribus pentapetalis, radice
fibrosa. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 486. Meadow Rue with
flowers having five petals, and a fibrous root. Thalic-
trum Canadenfe. Cornut. Canad. 186. Meadow Rue
of Canada.

6. Thalictrum (T uberofum) floribus pentapetalis, ra-
dice tuberosa. Hort. Cliff. 227. Meadow Rue with
flowers having five petals, and a tuberous root. Thalic-
trum minus afphodeli radice, magno flore. Tourn.
Inft. 271. Smaller Meadow Rue with an Afphodel root,
and a large flower.

7. Thalictrum [Minus) foliis fexpartitis, floribus cer-
nuis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 546. Meadow Rue with leaves
cut into fix fegments , and nodding flowers. Thalictrum
minus. C. B. P. 337. Smaller Meadow Rue.

8. Thalictrum ( Fcetidum ) caule paniculato ramofiffi-
mo foliofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 545. Meadow Rue with
a very branching, paniculated, leafy ftalk. Thalictrum
minimum foetidiffimum. C. B. P. 337. The leaft ftink-
ing Meadow Rue.

9. Thalictrum ( Dioicum ) floribus diocis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 545. Meadow Rue with male and female flowers
on different plants. Thalidrum pratenfe minus. Park.
Theat. 265. Small American Meadow Rue.

10. Thalictrum ( Anguftifolium ) foliolis lanceolato-
linearibus integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 226. Meadow Rue
with fp ear-Jh aped linear leaves which are entire. Tha-
lidrum pratenfe, anguftiflimo folio. C. B. P. 337.
5 "he narroweft leaved Meadow Rue.

11. Thalictrum ( Alpinum ) caule fimpliciflimo fubnu-
do, racemo fimplici terminali. Hort. Cliff. 227. Mea-
dow Rue with a fingle ftalk which is almoft naked, and
terminated by a fingle bunch of flowers. Thalidrum
montanum minimum prascox, foliis fplendentibus.
Mor. Hift. p. 325. The leaft Meadow Rue with jhining
leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally by the fide of rivers and
in moift meadows in many parts of England. This
has a yellow creeping root, from which arife feveral
furrowed ftalks five or fix feet high, garnifhed at each
joint with leaves compofed of many lobes, which differ
in their form and fize ; fome are fpear-lhaped and en-
tire, others are obtufe, and cut into three points ;
they are of a deep green colour on their upper fide,
but pale on their under. The flowers are of an her-
baceous white colour, and formed into many pani-
cles, handing ered on the top of the ffalks. Thefe
appear in July, and are fucceeded by fhort triangu-
lar capfules containing one oblong feed.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the meadows
about Montpelier. The root of this is like the for-
mer ; the ftalks are angular, and rife five feet high ;
they are better furnifhed with leaves, whofe lobes are
very narrow, fome of them ending with two, and others
with three points, of a bright green colour. The
flowers are yellow, and are formed into many panicles
which terminate the ftalks. This fort flowers about
the fame time with the former.

The third fort grows naturally upon the Alps *, of
this there are two varieties, one with a green ftalk
and white ftamina, the other has purple ftalks and
ftamina. Thefe two are propagated in gardens, by
the title of feathered Columbine ; this hath a thick fi-
brous root ; the ftalks are taper, and rife three feet
high j the leaves are like thofe of the Columbine.

T H A

The flowers grow in large panicles at the top of the
ftalk. It flowers in June, and the feeds, which are
in triangular capfules, ripen in Auguft.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the meadows about
Paris ; this hath upright channelled ftalks which rife
five or fix feet high, garnifhed at each joint with
winged leaves, compofed of many linear fleftiy lobes,
which are for the mo ft part entire, ending in acute
points. The flowers are of a yellowifh white colour j
they appear in July, and are fucceeded by fmall an-
gular capfules with one fmall oblong feed in each,
which ripens in Auguft.

The fifth fort grows naturally in North America •, this
has a fibrous root of a dark colour. The ftalks are
fmooth, of a purple colour, and rife three or four
feet high, branching toward the top. The leaves are
like thofe of Columbine, of a grayilb colour, and
fmooth. The flowers are produced in large panicles
at the top of the ftalks ; they are larger than thofe of
the former forts, and have five white petals which
foon fall off, and a great number of white ftamina
with yellow fummits. This flowers in June, and the
feeds ripen in Auguft.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this has knob-
bed roots ; the leaves are fmall, obtufe, and indented
in three parts at their points ; they are of a grayilh
colour and fmooth. The ftalks rife a foot and a half
high, naked almoft to the top, where they divide in-
to two or three fmall ones, under which is fituated
one leaf. Each divifion of the ftalk is terminated by
a fmall bunch of pretty large flowers, having five
white petals. The flowers are almoft difpofed in form
of an umbel. They appear in June, and are fuc-
ceeded by fmall angular capfules, containing one ob-
long feed in each, which ripen in Auguft.

The feventh fort grows naturally in fome parts of
Cambridgefhire ; this has a creeping fibrous root. The
ftalks rife about a foot high, and are garnifhed with
winged leaves compofed of many obtufe fhort lobes,
which are cut into fix fegments. The ftalks branch out
wide ; the flowers grow inloofe panicles ; they are fmall
and nodding. The ftamina are of an herbaceous white,
and the fummits are yellowifh. It flowers in June.

The eighth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France;
this hath a very branching ftalk which rifes about fix
or feven inches high, garnifhed with winged leaves,
which are downy, compofed of a great number of
fmall lobes which are bluntly indented, and have a
foetid feent. The flowers grow in loofe panicles ;
they are fmall, of an herbaceous white colour, with
yellowifh ftamina. This flowers in June.

The ninth fort grows naturally in North America.
The root of this is fibrous ; the ftalks rife near a foot
high, and are almoft naked at the top, where they
have one leaf, compofed of many fmall lobes of a
grayilb colour, indented at their points. The flowers
are produced in fmall bunches at the top of the ftalks ;
they are male and female in different plants. Thefe
appear in June.

The tenth fort grows naturally in Italy and fome parts
of Germany ; this hath a perennial root. The ftalks
rife from two to three feet high ; the leaves are wing-
ed like thofe of the other fort, their lobes are nar-
row and entire. The flowers are fmall, and are col-
leded in panicles at the top of the ftalks, and are of
an herbaceous white colour.

The eleventh fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this
hath a fibrous creeping root ; the leaves are fmall,
blunt, and of a grayifh colour. The ftalks rife about
fix inches high, and are almoft naked ; they are ter-
minated by a fingle loofe fpike of flowers, each hav-
ing four petals. This flowers the latter end of April
or the beginning of May.

Thefe plants are generally propagated by parting
their roots. The beft time for this work is in Sep-
tember, when their leaves begin to decay, that they
may take frefh root before the froft comes on to pre-
vent them ; they Ihould alfo be planted in a frefh light
foil, and have a fiiady fituation, in which they will
thrive exceedingly, though they may be planted' in al-

l3 ^ moft

inoft any foil or fituation, provided it be not too hot
and dry ; but moft of them creep fo much under
ground, as to become very troublefome in a garden,
for which reafon there are but few of the forts ad-
mitted into gardens. The third, fifth, and fixth forts
are frequently cultivated in the gardens. The roots
of thefe do not creep like the others, and their flowers
have fome beauty to recommend them, but the others
are only kept in botanic gardens for the fake t>f vari-
ety ; therefore when they are admitted, their roots
ihould be confined in pots, ©therwife they cannot be
kept within bounds.

T H A P S I A. Pourn. Inft. R. H. 321. tab. 1 71. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 323. [fo called of the inland of Thapfus,
where it grew in plenty.] The deadly Carrot, or
.fcorching Fennel.

The Characters are,

It has an umbellated flower •, the general umbel is large ,
and compofed of about twenty rays which are nearly equal \
thefe have no involucri •, the general umbel is uniform,
fhe flowers have five Jpear-Jhaped incurved petals , and
five hair-like fiamina the length of the petals , terminated
by Jingle fummits. It has an oblong germen fituated under
the flower , fupporting two fhort ftyles crowned by obtufe
fiigmas. The germen afterward becomes an oblong fruit ,
girt with a longitudinal membrane dividing into two parts ,
each containing one oblong feed , pointed at both ends , hav-
ing plain borders on both Jides.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five fiamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Thapsia ( Villofa ) foliolis dentatis villofis bafi coadu-
natis. Llort. Cliff. 105. Scorching Carrot with in-
dented hairy lobes , which are joined at their bafe. Thap-
fia latifolia villofa. C. B. P. 148. Broad-leaved , hairy ,
fcorching Fennel.

2. Thapsia {Maxima) foliis pinnatis, foliolis latiffimis
pinnatifidis fubtus villofis petiolis decurrentibus.
Scorching Carrot with winged leaves , having very broad
wing-pointed lobes , which are hairy on their under fide ,
and running foot -ft alks. Thapfia maxima, latifiimo fo-
lio. C.B. P. 148. The great eft fcorching Fennel with a
very broad leaf.

3. Thapsia ( Fcetida ) foliolis multifidis bafi anguftatis.
Hort. Clift'. 105. Scorching Carrot with many-pointed
lobes , which are narrowed at their bafe. Thapfia Ca-
rotse folio. I. B. 3. p. 187. Scorching Fennel with a
Carrot leaf.

4. Thapsia ( Apulia ) foliis digitatis, foliolis bipinnatis
multifidis fetaceis. Hort. Cliff. 106. Scorching Carrot

o

with many-pointed , hand-fhaped , briftly lobes. Thapfia
tenuiore folio Apulia. Tourn. Inft. 322. Narrow-
leaved fcorching Fennel of Apulia.

5. Thapsia ( Trifoliata ) foliis ternatis ovatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 262. Scorching Carrot with oval trifoliate leaves.
Sium folio infimo cordato, caulinis ternatis, omnibus
crenatis. Flor. Virg. 31. Water Par fnep with heart-
fhaped leaves , thofe on the ftalks trifoliate , and all of
them crenated.

6. Thapsia ( Altifjima ) foliis decompofitis, lobis maxi-
mis lucidis, umbella maxima. The tall eft fcorching Car-
rot with decompounded leaves , having very large lucid
lobes , and great umbels. Thapfia montana, omnium
maxima, foliis lobatis. Hort. Pif. 164. The largeft
mountain fcorching Carrot with broad lobes.

The firft fort grows naturally in Spain, Portugal, and
the fouth of France •, this hath a thick flefhy root in
flhape of a Carrot, which has an outward blackifh fkin ;
the infide is white, bitter, and very acrid, with a little
aromatic tafte. The leaves are winged ; the lobes are
thick, hairy, and indented ; they are regularly cut
into oppofite fegments like other winged leaves. The
ftalk is fpungy, and riles about two feet high, di-
viding upward into two or three fmall branches, each
being terminated by a large umbel of yellow flowers.
Thefe appear in June, and are fucceeded by large,
flat, bordered feeds which ripen in Auguft.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain, and all over
Old Caftile, quite to the Pyrenean mountains. The

root of this fort is large, thick, and of a dark colour
without. The leaves are very thick, and Hairy on
their under fide ; they fpread circularly on the ground,
and are'divided into broad hairy lobes. The ftalks
rife four or five feet high ; they are large, jointed, and
full of pith, having one leaf at each joint, lhaped like
thofe at the bottom, but are fmaller as they are nearer
the top. The ftalk is terminated by a large umbel
of yellow flowers which appear the latter end of June,
and the feeds ripen about two months after.

The third fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain. The
leaves of this fort are cut into many narrow fegments,
almoft as fmall as thofe of the garden Carrot, but are
rough and hairy ; their fegments are always oppofite,
and are narrower at their bafe than their points. The
ftalks rife about two feet high, and are terminated by
umbels of fmall yellow flowers which appear in July ;
thefe are fucceeded by flat bordered feeds which ripen
the beginning of September.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Apulia. The root
of this is about the thicknefs of a man’s thumb *, the
bark is yellow and wrinkled, the infide white, and
abounds with an acrid milky juice ; the leaves are
finely divided like thofe of Fennel, they are hairy,
and fit clofe to the root. The ftalk rifes from two to
three feet high ; it is naked, and branches into two or
three ftalks, each being terminated by a fmall umbel
of flowers, which arS large, yellow, and appear in
July: thefe are fucceeded by fiat feeds, having carti-
laginous borders, which ripen in September.

The fifth fort grows naturally in North America.
The feeds were fent me by Dr. Benfel from Philadel-
phia. This hath a {lender tap root, which is ftiaped
like thofe of Parfley ^ the leaves at the bottom are
heart-fhaped. The ftalk is Angle and does not branch *,
it rifes near two feet high, is of a purple colour, and
{lender ; this is garnifhed at each joint with one tri-
foliate leaf, whofe lobes are oval and crenated. The
ftalk is terminated by a fmall umbel of purple flowers
which appear in July, and are fucceeded by comprefi-
ed channelled feeds which ripen in September. Dr.
Gronovius thinks this plant very like that which is fi-
gured by Kempfer, by the title of Nindzi.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Apulia : this hath a
large taper root ; the leaves fpread circularly near the
ground •, thefe are divided into feveral lobes, which,
are divided into many very large lucid lobes, Handing
alternately on fhort foot-ftalks : the ftalk rifes near
eight feet high, and is terminated by an umbel of yel-
low flowers, which appear in July, and are fucceed-
ed by bordered compreffed feeds which ripen in Sep-
tember.

Thefe plants are all of them propagated by feeds,
which fhould be fown in autumn for if they are kept
out of the ground till fpring, they often mifcarry, or
if they grow, they commonly lie a whole year in the
ground before the plants come up ; whereas thofe
feeds which are fown in autumn, generally grow the
following fpring. Thefe fhould be fown in drills, in
the place where they are defigned to remain. The
drills fhould be at leaft three feet and a half afunder,
becaufe the plants fpread their leaves very wide.
When the plants come up in the fpring, they muft
be carefully cleared from weeds ; and where they are
too clofe together, fome of them fhould be drawn
out to give room for the others to grow, but at this
time they need not be left more than two or three
inches apart ; for the firft year when the plants arife
from feeds, they make but flow progrefs, except the
fixth fort, which will require more room •, fo the au-
tumn following the remaining part of the plants may
be taken up, leaving thofe which are defigned to re-
main about eighteen inches afunder j and thofe
plants which are taken up may be tranlplanted into
another bed, if they are wanted. After the firft year
thefe plants will require no farther care, but to keep
them clear from weeds ; and every fpring, juft before
the plants begin to puff out new leaves, the ground
fhould be carefully dug between the plants to loofen
it, but the roots muft not be injured, left it fhould

caufe

THE

eaufe them to decay. The plants being thus ma-
naged, will continue feveral years, and produce
flowers and feeds annually, from which new plants
may be raifed. They delight in a foft loamy foil,
and if they are expofed only to the morning fun,
they will thrive better than if they have a warmer fitu-
ation, for they endure the cold of our winters very well.
The roots of the third fort were formerly ufed in me-
dicine, but are now never ordered, being fuppofed to
have a poifonous quality. Boerhaave fays it has much
the fame qualities as Euphorbium, it burns the bowels
and produces a diarrhoea.

THELIGONUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 947. Cyno-
crambe. Tourn. Cor. 52. tab. 485. Dogs Cabbage.

The Characters are,

It has male and female flowers on the fame plant. The
male flowers have a turbinated empalement of one leaf., cut
into two fegments which turn backward. It has no pe-
tal, but feveral eredt ftamina the length of the empale-
ment, terminated by flngle fummits. The female flowers
have a fmall bifid empalement of one leaf , which is per-
manent. It has no petals , but has a globular germen , fup-
porting a Jhort ftyle crowned by an obtufe fligrna. The
germen afterward becomes a thick globular capfule with
one cell , inclofing one globular feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the eighth fedlion
of Linnteus’s twenty-firft clafs, which includes the
plants whole flowers have male and female flowers on
the fame plant, and the flowers have many ftamina.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Theligonum ( Cynocrambe .) Sauv. Monfp. 129. Cyno-
crambe Diofcoridis. C. B. P. 122. Dogs Cabbage of
Diofcorides.

This plant grows naturally in the fouth of France, in
Italy, and Tartary. It is an annual plant, which de-
cays as foon as me feeds are ripe. The ftalks trail on
the ground like thofe of Chickweed ; they grow about
a foot long their joints are pretty dole ; thefe are
garnifhed with oval acute-pointed leaves, Landing on
pretty long foot-ftalks which are bordered. At each
joint is placed one of thefe leaves, and from the fame
point come out feveral fmaller leaves of the lame
fhape on flhorter foot-ftalks. The flowers are pro-
duced from the wings of the ftalk in clufters, fitting
very clofe ; they are fmall, of an herbaceous white
colour, fo make no great appearance. The male and
female flowers grow from the fame joint. The female
flowers are fucceeded by a Angle roundifh feed, which
ripens in autumn.

It is preferved in botanic gardens for the fake of va-
riety. The feeds of this muft be fown in autumn, in
the place where the plants are to remain •, for when
they are fown in the fpring, the plants rarely come up
the fame year. They require no other culture but to
keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where
they are too clofe.

THEOBROMA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 806. Guazuma.
Plum. Nov. Gen. 36. tab. 18. Baftard Cedar.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is compofed of three oval con-
cave leaves which arc reflexed. The flower has five oval
petals which fpread open , and are hollowed like a fpoon \
from the top of each petal comes out a bifid briftly ligula ,
divided like two horns. It has a great number of fhort
ftamina joined in five bodies, and are the length of the
petals, which are terminated by roundifh fummits, and a
roundifh germen fupporting a flngle ftyle the length of
the petals , crowned by a flngle ftigma. The germen af-
terward turns to a roundifh fruit with five angles, open-
ing in five cells, each containing feveral feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the ftrft feftion of
Linnaeus’s eighteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants which have many ftamina joined in flve bodies.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Theobroma ( Guazuma ) foliis ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 379.
Theobroma with flawed leaves. Guazuma arbor ulmi-
folia, fruftu ex purpura nigro. Plum. Nov. Gen. 36.
Tree Guazuma with an Elm leaf, and a black purple fruit.
This grows naturally in moft of the iflands in the
Weft-Indies, where it rifes to the height of forty or

\

fifty feet, having a trunk as large as a middle-fized
man’s body, covered with a dark brown, furrowed
bark, fending out many branches toward the top,
which Ipread out wide on every hand, and are gar-
nifhed with oblong heart-fhaped leaves placed alter-
nate, which are near four inches long, and two broad
near their bale, ending in acute points, of a bright
green on their upper fide, and pale on their under,
fawed on their edges, with a ftrong midrib, and fe-
veral tranfverfe veins, and ftand upon fhort foot-ftalks.
The flowers come out in bunches from the wings of
the leaves ; they are fmall and of a yellow colour,
having five concave petals which fpread open circu-
larly, with a great number of ftamina, which at their
bale are joined in five bodies, terminated by roundifh
fummits. In the center is fituated a roundifh ger-
men, fupporting a flender ftyle the length of the fta-
mina, crowned by a Angle ftigma. The germen af-
terward turns to a roundifh warted fruit having five
obtufe angles, and five cells which contain feveral ir-
regular feeds.

The wood of this tree is white and ductile, fo is fre-
quently cut into Laves for calks. The fruit and leaves
are good fodder for cattle, therefore- when the planters
clear the land from wood, they leave the trees of this
fort Landing for food for their cattle, which is of great
uie in dry leafons, when the common fodder is fcarce.
There are fome plants of this fort preferved in the
gardens of fome curious perfons ; it is propagated by
feeds, which muft be procured as frelh as poffible
from the countries where the plants grow naturally.
Thefe fhould be fown upon a good hot-bed in the
fpring, and when the plants are fit to remove, they
fhould be each planted in a feparate fmall pot, and
plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obferving to
Ihade them from the fun till they have taken new root ;
then they fhould be treated in the fame way as the
Coffee-tree, keeping them always in the tan-bed in
the Love.

THERMOMETER, [Oe^y-bf/sr^ov, of heat,
and {ABTfico, to meafure.] An mftrument fhewing, or
rather meafuring, the increafe and decreafe of the
heat, and cold of the air.

Of which there are various kinds ; the conftrudtions,
defeats, theories, &c. whereof are as follow.

The confer ullion of a Thermometer, depending on the
rarefaction of the air.

In the tube C F, to which is
faftened a glafs ball A, is put
a quantity of common water,
mixed with aqua regia, to pre-
vent its freezing ; and the mix-
ture tinged with a folution of
vitriol, to give it a greennefs.
In filling the tube, care is tak-
en that there be fo much air
left in the ball and tube, as
that when at its greateft con-
denfation in the middle of win-
ter, it may juft fill the ball ;
and yet in its greateft rarefac-
tion in fummer, may not drive
all the liquor out of the tube.
To the other extreme of the
tube is faftened another glafs
ball E F, open to the air at
F. On each fide the tube is
applied the fcale B D, divided
into any number of equal
parts.

Now as the ambient air be-
comes warmer, the air in the
ball and the top of the tube
expanding, would drive the li-
quor into the lower ball, and
confequently its furf'ace will
defeend ; on the contrary, as the
ambient air grows colder, that
in the ball becoming condenfed, the liquor will afeend.

The

4,14

THE

The conjlruolion of the Mercurial Thermometer.

In the manner, and with the fame caution as before,
put a little quantity of mercury, not exceeding the
bignefs of a Pea, into a tube B C, thus bent with
wreaths y that taking up the lefs height, it may be
the more manageable, and lefs liable to harm : di-
vide this tube into any number of equal parts, to
ferve for a fcale.

Here the approaches of the mercury towards the ball
A, will fhew the increafes of the degree of heat. The
reafon is the fame as in the former.

But both thefe inftruments are defe&ive in this, that
they are liable to be adted on by a double caufe ; for
not only a decreafe of heat, but alfo an increafe of
weight of the atmofphere, will make the liquor rife
in the one, and the mercury in the other y and on the
contrary, either an increafe of heat, or decreafe of
weight of the atmofphere, will make it defcend.

There being fome inconveniencies
attending the Thermometers juft
defcribed, another has been at-
tempted, that fhould meafure heat
and cold by the rarefa&ionandcon-
denfation of fpirits of wine ; tho’
that be vaftly lefs than that of air,
and confequently the alterations in
the air likely to be much lefs fen-
fible.

The ftrudture of this Thermometer
is this : on fome little pieces of
Turmerick is poured a quantity of
fpirit of wine, which hereby re-
ceives a red tindlure ; this being
done, the fpirit of wine is filtrated
through a brown paper, that the
coarfer particles of the root may
be feparated therefrom : with the
fpirit thus tinged and prepared,
they fill a glafs ball with a tube,
and that all the fpirit may not de-
fcend in winter into the ball, it is
convenient to put the ball into a
lump of fnow mixed with fait ; or,
if the inftrument be to be made
in fummer, into fpring water,
impregnated with faltpetre, that
the condenfed fpirit may fhew how
far it will retire in the extremeft
cold.

If it be (till at too great a diftance
from the ball, part of it is to be taken out ; and that
the tube may not be much longer than needs, it is
convenient to immerge the ball, filled with its fpirit,
in boiling water, and to mark the fartheft point to
which the fpirit then rifes.

At this point the tube is to be hermetically fealed by
the flame of a lamp ; and at the fldes is to be added
a fcale, as in the former Thermometers.

Now the fpirit of wine rarefying and condenfing very
confiderably, as the heat of the ambient air increafes,
the fpirit will dilate, and confequently will afcend in
the tube j and as the heat decreafes, the fpirit will
defcend, and the degree or quantity of afcent and
defcent will be feen in the fcale.

THE

Yet, as the ratio of yefterday’s heat to to-day’s, is not
hereby difcovered, this inftrument is not ftridly a
Thermometer, any more than the former.

Here it is to be obferved ■,

1. That as the natural gravity of the liquor makes
it tend downward, fo it refills its afcent out of the
ball into the tube, and that the more as it rifes high-
er, for which reafon it were beft to have the tube ho-
rizontal.

2. Since there muft of neceffity be fome air left in
the void part of the tube over the liquor, that air,
by its elafticity, will tend downward, and of confe-
quence will refift the rife of the liquor, and be corn-
prefled by it as it does rife j its elafticity therefore is
thus increafed.

3. Since it is found by experience, that a lefs degree
of heat is communicated more eaflly to the fpirit of
wine in the ball than a greater, the rarefadtions of
the fpirit of wine are not proportionable to their pro-
ducing caufes ; efpecially a greater degree of heat
finds more liquor in the tube than a lefs does •, to
which, notwithftanding, the heat may be more eaflly
communicated than to that ftagnating in the ball.

On thefe accounts, this laft Thermometer, called the
Florentine Thermometer, becaufe contrived by the
Academifts del Cimento, though it is that which is
in common ufe, is far from being an accurate mea-
fure of heat, &c. To which may be added, what
Dr. Halley obferves in the Philofophical Tranladions,
that he has learned from thofe that have kept fpirit of
wine long, that it lofes part of its expanfive force in
courfe of time.

Various authors have propofed various methods for
finding a fixed point or degree of heat and cold, from
which to account for the other degrees, and adjuft
the fcale ; fo that obfervations made at the fame or
different times, in different places, may be compared
together.

Some note the place the liquor is at in winter, when
water begins to freeze ; and again that in fummer,
when butter placed near the ball of the Thermometers,
melts. The intermediate fpace they divide into two
equal parts ; the middle point whereof anfwers in
their graduation to temperate heat ; and each moiety
they lubdivide into ten degrees, adding four other
equal degrees on each of the two extremes.

But this method fuppofes the fame degree of heat
and cold to anfwer to the freezing of all water, and
the melting of all butter, as alio that all Thermome-
ters receive the fame imprefiions from the fame degree
of heat •, all which are contrary to experience.

Others advife, that the ball of the Thermometer be
put into any quantity of fnow and fait, and the point
the liquor is at to be noted ; and that thence the
Thermometer be removed into a deep cave or cellar,
whither no external air reaches ; fo that the liquor
receiving the adtion of the temperate heat, may fhew
the degree of temperate heat •, and laftly, they divide
the intermediate fpace into fifteen or more equal parts
which they continue beyond each extreme j but this
method is liable to the like inconvenience with the
former.

Dr. Halley affumes, that for a fixed degree of heat,
where fpirits of wine begin to boil ; but there is rea-
fon to fufpedt this too of being precarious ; though,
after him, Mr. Amontons retains the degree of heat,
anfwering to boiling water, for the graduating his
mercurial Thermometer : but as the different Speci-
fic gravities of water argue a different mafs or tex-
ture, it is highly probable, that the heat of all boil-
ing waters is not the fame, fo that the point is yet
undetermined.

THERMOSCOPE, [of S^s, heat, and <rt£07T£W,
I view.] An inftrument defigned to fhew the changes
happening in the air, with refpedt to heat and cold.
The name of Thermofcope is indifferently ufed with
that of thermometer ; however, there is fome diffe-
rence in the literal import of the words ; the firll fig-
nifying an inftrument that ftiews or exhibits the

changes

THE

changes of heat, &c. to the eye ; and the latter an
inftrument that meafures thofe changes •, on which
foundation the thermometer fir quid be a more accu-
rate Thermofcope.

This difference the excellent Wolfius taking hold of,
defcribes all the thermometers in ufe as Thermofcopes;
{hewing, that none of them do properly meafure the
changes of heat, dec. and that none of them do more
than indicate the fame.

Though their different heights, yefterday and to-day,
fhew a difference of heat ; yet fince they do not dif-
cover the ratio of yefterday’s heat to to-day’s, they
are not ftricftly thermometers.

The Adda Erud. Lipf. propofes a method of gradu-
ating the common thermometers fo, as that the une-
qual divifions thereof fhall correfpond to equal de-
grees of heat, whereby the ratio of to-day’s heat to
yefterday’s will be meafured, and confequently the
Thermofcope improved into a thermometer.

The method is thus :

Take a flender tube about four palms long, with a
ball fattened to the fame •, pour into it fpirit of wine,
enough juft to fill the ball when furrounded with ice,
and not a drop over ; in this ftate feal the orifice of
the tube hermetically, and provide fix veffels, each
capable of containing a pound of water, and fome-
what over; and in the firft pour eleven ounces of
warm water, into the fecond ten ounces, into the
third nine, &c.

This done, immerge the thermometer into the firft
veffel, and pour into it one ounce of hot water, ob-
ferving how high the fpirit rifes in the tube, and noting
the point with an unit, then remove the thermometer
into the fecond veffel, into which are poured two
ounces of hot water, and note the place the fpirit rifes
to with two ; by thus proceeding till the whole pound
of water is fpent, the inftrument will be found to be
divided into twelve parts, denoting fo many terms or
degrees of heat; fo that at two, the heat is double
to that of one ; at three triple, &c.

But Wolfius fhews, that though this method is plau-
fible, yet it is deceitful, and built upon falfe fuppo-
fitions ; for it takes for granted, we have one degree
of heat, by adding one ounce of hot to eleven of cold
water, two degrees by adding two ounces to ten, &c.
It fuppofes that a fingle degree of heat afts on the
fpirit in the ball of a fingle force, a double with a
double force, &c.

Laftly, it fuppofes, that if the effed be produced in
the thermometer, by the heat of the ambient air,
which is here produced by the hot water, the air has
the fame degree of heat with the water.

But none of thefe fuppofitions are true ; for as to the
firft, allowing the heat of the hot water equally diftri-
buted through the cold, one degree of heat will be
diftributed through eleven parts, two through ten,
three through nine, &c. taking therefore equal bulks
of water, e. g. a twelfth part of each, the heat will
not be double in the one, triple in another, &c.

The firft fuppolition is therefore erroneous, and fo
is the fecond ; neither is the heat of the hot water
equally diffbied through the cold ; nor does the heat
of the hot water ad uniformly on the fpirit of wine ;
i. e. not with the fame force all the time of its action.
For the third fuppofition ; the heat of the ambient air
ads not only on the fpirit of wine on the ball, but
alfo on that in the tube ; and therefore this, as well
as that, fhould be changed.

Dr. Hook, in order to adjuft the gradations of a ther-
mometer with the greater accuracy, hath contrived
and defcribed an inftrument for that purpofe, in his
Micrographia, p. 38.

The way of filling Thermofcopes , or fuch other fmall glafs
tubes, with fpirit of wine or water.

Take the ball of the glafs, and then warm it gently
between your hands ; then heat it very well (though
.gently) before a good fire, turning it round, that it
may be equally warm ; for, without this caution

f

THE

there will be danger of its breaking : then applying
the ball to the flame of a lamp or candle, burning it
about in it, heat it as hot as you can, without melt-
ing the glafs ; and then fpeedily imroerfmg the open
end of the pipe into the veffel of liquor that you in-
tend to fill it withal, the liquor will rife into it, and
fill it near full.

The reafon of which afcent of the liquor is, that the
air within the ball and the tubes being expelled in
great meafure by the heat, or at leaft rarefied there
to a very great degree, the immerfed open end of the
tube keeps off the preffure of the circumambient at-
mofphere on that part of the liquor that the end of
the tube covers : but the atmoiphere preffes on all
other parts of the liquor in the open veffel ; and,
confequently, there being none, or a very fmall
quantity of air within the tube to hinder it, forces it
by its weight up into the tube, till it gain an equili-
brium with the preffure or weight of the air without.
If the tube cannot be filled full enough by this me-
thod, the reft may be fupplied by a fmall glafs fun-
nel ; the fhank of which muft be drawn out exceed-
ing flender, and inferted into the orifice of the tube ;
and then, by blowing, you may force by your breath
the fpirit of wine into the tube, fo as to fill it quite,
or to what degree you pleafe.

Dr. Hook, in his Micrographia, hath an engine for
graduating his thermometers, to make them true
ftandards of heat and cold.

The thermometers or Thermofcopes are inftrumgnts
of very great ufe to gardeners in the management of
ftoves. They fhew by inipeeftion the prefent condi-
tion of the air, and whether it be hot or cold ; which
day in fummer is the hotteft, and in the winter which
is the coldeft, or any part of the day ; and from
thence many ufeful experiments have and may be
made ; viz. how much one fpring exceeds another in
coldnefs ; which baths are the hotteft or coldeft ; and,
if being held in the hand of a perfon in a fever, or
otherwife applied, will nicely Ihew the abatement or
increafe of a fever.

The common thermometer which is ufed for hot-
houfes, has a long tube of about two feet in length,
and is about the eighth part of an inch diameter ; and
in this it is remarked, that the air is cold for the
plants when the fpirit rifes to fifteen inches ; that it
is temperate at fixteen inches and a half ; that it is
warm when it rifes to eighteen inches ; and this is
the ftandard for Pine apple heat. It is marked for
hot air at twenty inches, and fultry hot at twenty-
one and a half ; but in the common thermometers,
thefe degrees are differently marked ; this temperate
air is about our warm, this warm air our hot, and our
hot air is about the fame as the fultry.

Thefe thermometers are marked with fome offthe
names of the moft remarkable plants which are preferv-
ed in the hot-houfes ; but as the number of thefe plants
has been greatly increased in England of late years, I
have direded fome thermometers to be made with a
fcale divided into degrees, and with three different
points of heat marked in claffes, which correfpond
with thefe thermometers ; and under each clafs I have
drawn up lifts of the feveral plants, ranged according
to the degrees of heat in which they are found to ftic-
ceed ; whereby the culture of them is made eafy to
perfons of fmall fkill.

By this means every gardener may know when it is
proper to apply his heat in its full force, and what
degree of heat ought to be ufed for the welfare of any
plant from any part of the world.

Mr. Patrick has fixed his thermometer to a fcale of
ninety degrees, which are numbered from the top
downwards, and alfo a moveable index fitted to it.

The defign of this is to fhew how the heat or cold is
changed, from the time it was laft looked upon, ac-
cording to the different degrees of heat and cold in
all latitudes ; as by the trial of two thermometers
that have been regulated abroad, the one by Dr.
Halley, in his late fouthern voyage, and the other by
Capt. Johnfon, in his voyage to Greenland, The

1 3 E firft

firft has a degree of heat under the equinoctial line,
and the other a degree of cold in 88 degrees north
latitude.

Thefe inftruments, the barometer, hygrometer, anc
thermometer or Thermofcope, difcover the altera-
tions of the air, as to wet or dry, efpecially if it be
accompanied with a hygrometer •, and the thermo-
meter thews the condition of the air, as to heat or
cold.

The method prefcribed to be ufed in keeping the ac-
counts or obfervations made on the alterations of
thefe inftruments, is that which was ufed by the Hon.
Samuel Molyneux, Efq*,

There muft be a book for the remarks in all the twelve
months of the year, which are to be made fix times
every day. At' thefe times you muft obferve,
r. How the quickfilver rifes or falls in the barometer.

2. What is the alteration of the hygrometer.

3. How the fpirits in the thermometer rife or fall.

4. From what point of the compafs the wind blows •,
and alfo with what ftrength, according to the neareft
guefs that can be made.

5. Whether it rains, fnows, hails, &c. and in what
quantity.

Every leaf of the book is to be divided into feveral
columns the firft for the day of the month and the
week, the fecond for the number of inches and parts
of an inch in the tube of the barometer, where the
quickfilver ftands at the time when the obfcrvation
is made.

The fecond is to be for marking the degrees, which
the index of the hygrometer points to at the fame
time.

The third is for fhewing the number of inches and
parts of an inch, where the fpirits ftand in the ther-
mometer at the time when the obfcrvation is made.
The fourth is for marking from what point the winds
blow, and their ftrength.

The fifth is for noting the quantity of rain, &c. that
falls, and what difpofition the clouds and air have.
Take, for example, the following account of the 2d
of June, 1721, which table is inferted underneath.
According to this method, a weather book may be
kept of the country a perfon refides in ; and by
comparing the motions of the quickfilver and lpirit
with the weather, at fuch times as the obfervations
are made, a little praftice will enable a perfon to
give a good judgment beforehand what weather will
happen.

The TABLE.

Friday , Junei,

I721*

Barometer .

Inch. Par.

Hygrometer ,
•with :tt Di
•vtfions ana

Parti.

T her mam.

Wind.

Weather.

Morning at 9.

29

98

240

3°

Eaft, brifk Gale.

Cloudy.

Noon.

29

9S

260

20

28

Eaft, brifk Gale,
or ditto.

Afternoon at 3 .

29

98

280

20

28

Ditto .

Ditto .

Afternoon at 6.

29

98

300

20

27

Ditto.

Ditto.

Evening at 9.

29

98

3 1 5
!5

28

Ditto.

Ditto.

Midnight.

29

98

320

5

28

Ditto.

Ditto.

Mr. Boyle, by placing a thermometer in a cave, which
was cut ftrait into the bottom of a cliff, fronting the
fea, to the depth of 130 feet, found the lpirit flood,
both in winter and fummer, at a fmall divifion above
temperate ; the cave had eighty feet depth of earth
above it.

I, fays Dr. Hales, marked fix thermometers numeri-
cally, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. The thermometer, number
1, which was the fhorteft, 1 placed with a fouth af-
ped in the open air •, the ball of number 2, I fet two
inches under ground •, that of number 3, four inches*,
number 4, eight inches number 5, fixteen inches ;
and number 6, twenty Tour inches : and that the

THE

heat of the earth atthofe feveral depths may the more
accurately be known, it is proper to place near each
thermometer a glafs tube, fealedatboth ends, of the
fame length with the Items of the feveral thermome-
ters, and with tinged lpirit of wine in them to the
lame height as in each correfponding thermometer *,
the fcale of degrees of each thermometer being mark-
ed on a Hiding ruler, with an index at the back of it,
pointing to the correfponding tube.

■VVhen at any time an obfervation is to be made, by
moving the index to point to the top of the fpirit in
that tube, an accurate allowance is hereby made for
very different degrees of heat and cold in the ftems
of the thermometers at all depths*, by which means
the fcale of degrees will fhew truly the degrees of heat
in the balls of the thermometers, and confequently
the refpeftive heats of the earth at the feveral depths
where they are placed.

The ftems of thefe thermometers, which were above
the ground, were fenced from weather and injuries,
by fquare wooden tubes. The ground they were
placed in, was a brick earth in the midddle of my
garden.

July the 30th he began to keep a regifter of their
rife and fall : during the following month of Auguft
he obferved, that when the fpirit in the thermometer,
number 1, (which was expofed to the fun) was about
noon rifen to 48 degrees, then the fecond thermome-
ter was 45, the fifth 33, and the fixth 31 ; the third
and fourth at intermediate degrees : the fifth and fixth
thermometers kept nearly the fame degree of heat,
both night and day, till towards the latter end of the
month ; when, as the days grew fhorter and cooler,
and the nights longer and cooler, they then fell to 2^
and 27 degrees.

Now fo confiderable a heat of the fun, at two feet
depth under the earth’s furface, muft needs have a
ftrong influence in raiflng the moifture at that and
greater depths, whereby a very great and continual
reek muft always be afcending during the warm fum-
mer feafon, by night as well as by day ; for the heat
at two feet deep is nearly the fame night and day ^
the impulfe of the fun-beams giving the moifture of
the earth a brifk undulating motion ; which watery
particles, when feparated and rarefied by heat, afcend
in the form of a vapour ; and the vigour of the warm
and confined vapour (fuch as that which is one, two,
or three feet deep in the earth) muft be very confi-
derable, fo as to penetrate the roots with fome vigour
as we may reafonably fuppofe from the vaft force of
confined vapour in aiolipies, in the digefcer of bones,
and the engine to raife water by fire.

If plants were not in this manner fuppiied with moif-
ture, it were impofiible for them to fubfift under the
fcorching heat within the tropics, where they have no
rain for many months together *, for though the dews
are much greater there than in thefe more northern
climates, yet, doubtlefs, where the heat fo much ex-
ceeds ours, the whole quantity evaporated in a day
there, does as far exceed the quantity that falls by
night in dew, as the quantity evaporated here in a
fummer’s day is found to exceed the quantity of dew
which falls in the night.

But the dew which falls in a hot fummer feafon cannot
poflibly be of any benefit to the roots of trees ; becaufe
it is remanded back from the earth by the following
day’s heat, before fo fmall a quantity of moifture can
have foaked to any confiderable depth.

The great benefit therefore of dew in hot weather
muft be, by being plentifully imbibed into vegeta-
bles, thereby not only refrefhing them for the pre-
fent, but alfo furnifhing them with a frefh iupply of
moifture, towards the great, expences of the fueeeed-
ing day.

It is therefore probable, that the roots of trees and
plants are thus, by means of the fun’s warmth, con-
ftantly irrigated with frefh fupplies of moifture *,
which, by the fame means, infinuates itfejf with
fome vigour into the roots ; for if the moifture of
the earth were not thus actuated, the roots muft then

receive

l

T H L

T H L

receive all their nourifhment merely by imbibing the
next adjoining moifture with the earth ; and confe-
quently the (hell of the earth, next the furface of the
roots, would always be confiderably drier, the nearer
it is to the root, which I have not obferved to be fo.
And by experiments *8 and 19, the roots would be
very hard put to it to imbibe fufftcient moifture in dry
fummer weather, if it were not thus conveyed to
them by the penetrating warmth of the fun ; whence
by the fame genial heat, in conjunbtion with the at-
trablion of the capillary fap-veftels, it is carried up
through the bodies and branches of vegetables *, and
thence palling into the leaves, it is there moft vigo-
roufly added upon in thole thin plates, and put into an
undulating motion by the fun’s warmth, whereby it
is moft plentifully thrown off, and perfpired through
their furface ^ whence, as foon as it is difentangled, it
mounts with great rapidity in the free air.

But when, towards the latter end of Odlober, the vi-
gour of the fun’s influence is fo much abated, that
the firft thermometer was fallen to three degrees above
the freezing point, the fecond to ten degrees, the fifth
to fourteen degrees, and the fixth to fixteen degrees ;
then the bride undulations of the moifture of the
earth, and alfo of the afeending fap, much abating,
the leaves faded and fell off.

The greateft degree of cold in the following winter,
was in the firft twelve days of November, during
which time, the fpirit in the firft thermometer was
fallen four degrees below the freezing point, the
deepeft thermometer ten degrees •, the ice on ponds
was an inch thick-, the fun’s greateft warmth at the
winter l'olftice, in a very ferene, calm, frofty day,
was, againft a fouth afpedl of a wall, 19 degrees, and
in a free open air, but 11 degrees above the freezing
point.

From the 10th of January to the 29th of March was
a very dry feafon, when the green Wheat was gene-
rally the fineft that was ever remembered : but from
the 29th of March, 1725, to the 29th of September
following, it rained more or lefs every day, except
ten or twelve days about the beginning of July and
that whole feafon continued fo very cool, that the fpi-
rit in the firft thermometer rofe but to 24 degrees, ex-
cept now and then a fhort interval of fun-fhine ; the
fecond only to 20 degrees, the fifth and fixth to 24
and 23 degrees, with very little variation fo that,
during this whole fummer, thofe parts of roots which
were two feet under ground, had three or four degrees
more warmth than thofe which were but two inches
under ground -, and at a medium, the general degree
of heat through this whole fummer, both above and
under ground, was not greater than the middle of the
preceding September.

T FI LAS ft I. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 2 12. tab. 10 1. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 719. [0a«Wi, fo called of tocom-
prefs or fqueeze together, becaufe the feed-veffels of
it are very much compreffed.] Mithridate, or Treacle
Muftard.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is compofed of four oval con-
cave petals which fall off. The flower has four oval petals
double the flze of the empalement, placed inform of a crofs -,
it has fix flamina half the length of the petals , two of
which are fhorter than the others , terminated by acute
fummiis, and a roundifh compreffed germen fupporting a
Jingle ftyle the length of the flamina , crowned by an obtufie
ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oval, heart-
Jhaped, compreffed Utile pod, with an acute border divided
into two cells by an intermediate partition , containing two
or three feeds in each.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fifteenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have four long and two fhorter ftamina,
and the feeds are included in fhort pods.

The Species are,

1. Thlaspi {Camp eft re) filiculis fubrotundis, foliis fa-
gittatis dentatis incanis. Hort. Cliff. 330. Treacle
Muftard with roundifh pods , and arrow-pointed, hairy ,
and indented leaves. Thlafpi arvenfe, vaccarias incano

I folio niajus. C. B.P. 106. Mithridate Muftard, or Baft

l tard Crefs.

2. Thlaspi ( Arvenfe ) filiculis orbicularis, foliis oblon-
gis dentatis glabris. Flor. Lapp. 251. Treacle Muftard
with orbicular pods, and oblong , indented, fimooth leaves .
Thlafpi arvenfe filiquis latis. C. B. P. 105. Treacle
Muftard, or Penny Crefs.

3. Thlaspi {Perfoliatum) filiculis obcordatis, foliis cau-
linis cordatis glabris fubdentatis, petalis longitudi-
ne calycis, caule ramofo, Lin. Sp. Plant. 902. Treacle
Muftard with heart-Jhaped , fimooth, indented leaves , the
petals 'of the flower as long as the empalement, and a
branching ftalk. Thlafpi arvenfe, perfoliatum majus.
C. B. P. 106. The greater , wild , perfoliate Treacle
Muftard.

4. Thlaspi (. Alpeftre ) filiculis obcordatis, foliis fubden-
tatis, caulinis amplexicaulibus, petalis longitudine
calycis, caule fimplici. Lin. Sp. Plant. 903. Treacle
Muftard with heart-Jhaped leaves embracing the fttalks,
the petals of the flower as long as the empalement, and a
Jingle ftalk. Thlafpi perfoliatum minus. C. B. P. 106.
The leaft perfoliate Treacle Muftard .

5. Thlaspi {Peregrinum ) filiculis fuborbiculatis, foliis
lanceolatis integerrimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 903. Treacle
Muftard with orbicular pods , and fpear-Jhaped entire
leaves. Thlafpi capfulis cordatis peregrinum. Bocc.
Hift. 2. 927. Foreign Treacle Muftard with heart-Jhap-
ed pods.

6. Thlaspi ( Alliaceum ) filiculis fubovatis ventricofis, fo-
liis oblongis obtufis dentatis glabris. Prod. Leyd. 334.
Treacle Muftard with almoft oval f welling pods, and ob-
long, blunt , fmooth, indented leaves. Thlafpi Allium
redoiens. Mor. Hi ft. 2. p. 297. Treacle Muftard with
the fmell of Gar lick.

7. Thlaspi ( Hirtum ) filiculis fubrotundis pilofis, foliis
caulinis fagittatis hirfutis. Prod. Leyd. 333. Treacle
Muftard with roundifh hairy pods , and hairy arrow-
pointed leaves on the ftalks. Thlafpi villofum capfulis
hirfutis. C. B. P. 106. Perennial Mithridate Muftard.

8. Thlaspi ( Montanum ) filiculis obcordatis, foliis gla-
bris radicalibus carnofis obovatis integerrimis, cauli-
nis amplexicaulibus corollis calyce majoribus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 902. Treacle Muftard with heart-Jhaped pods,
the lower leaves fmooth and entire , and the upper em-
bracing the ftalks. Thlafpi foliis globul arias. J. B. 2.
p. 926. Treacle Muftard with a blue Daifiy leaf.

The firft fort grows naturally amongft the Corn in
divers parts of England, as alfo on the fide of dry
banks -, it is a biennial plant, which perifhes foon af-
ter it has ripened its feeds. The root is compofed of
ligneous fibres which fpread in the ground ; the
leaves are near three inches long, narrow at their bafe,
and broader toward their points, where they have fe-
veral indentures ; they are hoary on both fides. The
ftalk rifes about a foot high, branching out toward
the top, and is pretty clofely garnifhed with leaves
placed alternately, fitting dole to the ftalks, whofe
ears embrace the ftalk. The flowers are produced in
fhort fpikes at the end of the ftalks ; they are final!,
white, and compofed of four petals placed in form
of a crofs ^ thefe appear in June, and are fucceeded
by roundifh capfules having two cells, containing two
or three feeds in each, which ripen in Auguft. The
whole plant has a warm biting tafte. The feeds of
this are frequently ufed inftead of thofe of the next,
which is the fort direded to enter the compofition of
Venice treacle.

The fecond fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in feveral parts of England : I have found it
growing in plenty in the meadows on the right hand
fide of Godaiming. The root of this is compofed
of {lender fibres ; the ftalk rifes a foot high, is an-
gular, channelled, and fmooth ; the leaves are about
two inches long, are fmooth and indented, of a deep
green colour, and fit clofe to the ftalks ; the flowers
are produced in loofe fpikes toward the upper part of
the ftalks ^ they are final), white, and compofed of
four petals placed croffwife like the former ; thefe
are fucceeded by broad, flat, roundifh, compreffed
pods, having leafy borders which have two cells,

each

each containing two or three dark brown feeds tafting
like Garlick. It flowers in June, and the feeds which
are an ingredient in Theriaca, ripen in Auguft.

The third fort is an annual plant, which grows natu-
rally in the northern counties of England. The
italics of this rife about nine inches high, which are
divided at the top into feveral branches, which are
clothed with oblong heart-fhaped leaves, whofe bafe
embrace the (talks ^ they are fmooth and entire. The
flowers are final!, white, and are produced in loofe
ihort fpikes at the end of the branches : they appear
the beginning of June, and the feeds ripen early in
Auguft.

The fourth fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in feme parts of England ^ the ftalk rifes
about four inches high, is Angle, and never branches
out the leaves embrace the (talks at their bafe ; the
flowers are produced at the top of the (talks •, the
petals are the fize of the empalement, which are
fbcceeded by roundifh heart-fhaped pods, containing
round feeds.

The fifth fort grov/s naturally in Sicily •, this is a bi-
ennial plant, whofe (talks rife eight or nine inches
high, branching out toward the top, and are garnifh-
ed with blunt thick leaves, of a grayifh colour, which
are fpear-fhaped and entire ; they are placed oppofite,
fitting clofe to the ftalk ; they have a bitter warm
tafte. The flowers are produced in loofe fpikes at
the top of the (talks •, they are fmall and of a purple
colour, having four heart-fhaped petals placed in
form of a crofs ; thefe are fucceeded by heart-fhaped
cods of a fine green colour, which are divided into
two cells, each containing three or four fmall, oblong,
yellowifh feeds, which have an acrid tafte. It flowers
in June,, and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The fixth fort is an annual plant, which grows natu-
rally in the northern parts of Europe ; this rifes about
fix or eight inches high. The ftalk branches toward
the top, and is garni Ihed with oblong, fmooth, blunt
leaves which are a little indented ; thefe fit clofe to
the ftalk, and, if bruifed, have a ftrong feent of
Garlick. The branches are terminated by loofe
fpikes of fmall white flowers, compofed of four
roundifli petals, placed in form of a crofs •, thefe ap-
pear in June, and are fucceeded by fwelling round-
ifli pods, containing a few dark brown feeds which
ripen in July.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Wales, and in a
few places in England ; this has a perennial creeping
root. The lower leaves are oblong and hoary *, they
are very (lightly finuated, but not indented on the
ed»es. The ftalks are about five or fix inches long,
and are bent toward the ground ; the flowers are ra-
ther larger than thofe of the firft fort, but are of the
fame forms the pods are hoary, but. not hairy. It
flowers in May, and the feeds ripen in July. This
grows naturally on the fide of a bank beyond Wandf-
worth in the road to Putney.

The eighth fort grows naturally upon the Alps, and
in fome parts of Yorkfliire in dry ftony paftures.
The root of this is perennial and creeping ; the ftalks
rife four or five inches high j the lower leaves are
wedge-fhaped, being broad and rounded at their
points, but narrow at their bafe, of a deep green co-
lour, and entire ; thofe upon the ftalks are rounder,
and fit very clofe. The flowers are produced in
loofe fpikes at the end of the branches ; they are fmall
and white, (haped like thofe of the other forts, and
appear in May, thefe are fucceeded by roundifli
heart-fhaped pods divided into two cells, each con-
taining two or three brown feeds which ripen in July.
Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which fhould
be fown where the plants are to remain, which may
be performed either in the fpring or autumn, but the
latter is to be preferred, becaufe the feeds at that fea-
fon never fail j and the plants which come up before
winter will grow much ftronger, and produce a great-
er quantity of feeds than thofe which are fown in the
fpring, efpecially if the feafon proves dry ; and there
is very little danger of the plants being injured by

froft in winter, if they are upon dry ground. When
the plants come up, they will require no other care
. but to thin them where they are too clofe, and keep
them clean from weeds.

The two forts which are firft mentioned, may be cul-
tivated for their feeds to be uied in medicine, fo thefe
may be fown thin upon beds of light ground, in the
fame way as for other garden plants, and when they
come up, the ground (hould be hoed to deftroy the
weeds, and where the plants are too thick, they (hould
be cut up in the fame manner as is pradifed for Oni-
ons, Carrots, &c. leaving them three or four inches
apart, and by twice hoeing the ground, if it is well
performed, and in dry weather, will keep the ground
clean till the feeds are ripe.

The other forts are feldom cultivated but in botanic
gardens for variety, fo a few plants of each will bd
iufficient ; therefore thefe may be fown in drills, and
when the plants come up they muft be thinned, and
kept clean from weeds. If the feeds of thele plants'
are permitted to fcatter, the plants will come up
without care,,

T.H1 ST L, E. See Carduus.

THORN APPLE. See Datura.

T HORN, the Glaftenbury. See Mespilus and Cra-

TEGUS.

thunder is defined by fome to be a noife in the
lowed: region of the air, excited by a fudden kindling
ot fulphureous exhalations.

Some alfo account for it, by fuppofing two clouds
impending over one another, the upper and rarer
whereof becoming condenied by a frefh acceflion of
the air, raifed thither by warmth from the lower
parts of the atmofphere, or driven upon it by the*
wmd, immediately falls forcibly down upon the lower
and denier clouds, by which fall the air interpofed
between the two being compreffed, that next the ex-
tremities of the two clouds is fqueezed out, and leaves
room for the extremity of the upper cloud to clofe
tight upon the under. Thus a great quantity of air
is inclofed, which, efcaping through fome winding
irregular vent or paffage, occafions the noife we call
Thunder.

But this only reaches to the phenomena of Thunder
heard without lightening, and in effedt we have now
a better folution : that Thunder is not occafioned by
the falling of the clouds, but by the kindling of ful-
phureous exhalations in the fame manner as the noife
of aurum fulminans.

Sir Ilaac Newton fays, there are fulphureous exhala-
tions always afeending into the air, when the earth is
dry •, there they ferment with the nitrous acids, and
fometimes taking fire, generate into Thunder, light-
ning, &c.

That befides the vapours raifed from water, &c.
there are alfo exhalations carried off from fulphur,
bitumen, volatile falts, &c. is pad all doubt. The
vaft quantity of fulphureous and bituminous matter
all over the furface of the earth, and the volatile
falts of plants and animals, afford fuch an ample dock
thereof, that it is no wonder the air fhould be filled
with fuch particles, raifed higher and lower, accord-
ing to their greater or lefs degree of fubtilty and acti-
vity, and more copiouOy fpread in this or that quar-
ter, according to the directions of the winds, &c.
The atmofphere about the earth abounds with nitrous
particles of a fpirituous nature, which are every-
where carried along with it ; befides which fort of
particles, there are others raifed up into the air which
may be fomewhat of the nature of fulphureous, ni-
trous, and other combuftible bodies, as we fee fpirit
of v/ine, fpirit of turpentine, camphire, and almoft:
all other combuftible bodies, will by heat be rarefied
into the form of air or ftnoke, and be raifed up into
the air.

All which, if they have a fufficient degree of heat,
will catch fire, or be turned into flame by the nitrous
parts of the air, as thoufands of experiments might
be brought to prove.

Dr.

T H U

Dr. Wallis in Philof. Tranfact. N° 23 i; fays, That
-Thunder and lightning are fo very like the eftefts of
fired gunpowder, that we may reafonably judge they
proceed from the like caufe.

Now the prinipal ingredient^ in gunpowder are nitre
and fulphur (the admiffion of charcoal being chiefly
to keep their parts feparate, for the better kindling of
it ;) fo that if we fuppofe in the air a convenient
mixture of nitrous and fulphureous vapours, and thofe
by accident to take fire, inch explofion may well fol-
low with noife and light, as in the firing of gun-
powder; and being once kindled, it will run from
place to place, as the vapour leads it, like as in a
train of gunpowder, with the like effects.

This explofion, if high in the air, and far from us,
will do no mifchief, or not confi derable, like a parcel
of gunpowder fired in the open air, where nothing is
near enough to be hurt by it ; but if the explofion be
near to us, or amongft us, it may kill men or cattle,
tear trees, fire gunpowder, break houfes, or the like,
which gunpowder would do in the like circumftances.
This nearnefs or farnefs may be eftimated by the dif-
tance of the time between feeing the flafh of lightning,
and hearing the clap of Thunder; for though in their
generation they be fimultaneous, yet light moving
falter than found, they come to us fucceffively.

I have obferved, that commonly the noife is about fe-
ven or eight feconds after the flafh, but fometimes it
is much fooner, in a fecond or two, or lefs than that,
juft after the flaffi; and then the explofion muft needs
be very near us, and even amongft us, and in fuch
cafes, I have more than once prefaged the expefta-
tion of mifchief, and it hath proved accordingly.

The noife of Thunder is more diverfified in cloudy
weather, becaufe the air is varioufly reverberated from
the clouds to us ; but if there are no clouds, the air
flows through the open fpaces to our ears, more freely
and evenly, and it frequently lightens in fuch weather
without Thunder, becaule the inflammation confifts
only of fulphureous particles, and on the contrary it
often thunders in cloudy weather without any light-
ning appearing vifibly, becaufe it is intercepted by
the clouds.

Rain generally attends Thunder and lightning, either
at the fame time, orfoon after, and it frequently rains
fafter after a clap of Thunder, fo that rain feems to
be the effecft of Thunder.

As for Thunderbolts; when it thunder and lightens,
there fometimes falls a Thunderbolt. This Thunder-
bolt is a moft rapid flame, that darts out of the clouds
to the ground, and ftrikes every thing that is in its
way, and it is obferved to have the following peculiar
phtenomena :

1. That it oftener ftrikes upon high places than low,
as upon mountains, towers, fteeples, trees, &c.

2. That it fometimes burns peoples clothes without
hurting their bodies.

3. That it fometimes breaks their bones, and at the
fame time does not hurt their flefh or their garments.

4. That it has melted or broken a fword in a fcabbard
without hurting the fcabbard ; and, on the contrary,
has fometimes burnt the fcabbard all over, and at the
fame time done no harm to the fword.

From thefe confiderations we may conclude that a
Thunderbolt is an exhalation kindled on a fudden,
and is copious enough to be hurried down to us by
winds.

Thunderbolts are moft commonly darted aflope
through the air, and this may be occafioned by the
winds, which feldorn or never blow downright. And
it is probable, that the flame is beaten down by the
wind, and reaches the ground before the matter of it
is quite fpent.

And this may be the reafon that for the moft part
they ftrike upon high places ; for, as they fall ob-
liquely through the air, they often in their way meet
with mountains, towers, &c. and the reafon that the
force of their flame iswery different, is probably from
the difference of the exhalations which form the
Thunderbolts, the bodies from which they are col-

T H U

letted being fulphureous, bituminous, or faiine, and
from thence it may be, that it fometimes burns gar-
ments, at the fame time that it paries over the bodies
without doing them any harm.

Sometimes it penetrates the foftflefb. harrnlefsly, and
yet breaks the hard bones, as gold and other metals
are diffolved by aqua-regia and. aqua-fords, and in the
mean time the paper fhall not be hurt by them : and
for the fame reafon it is, that a fword may be melted
in a fcabbard, and yet the fcabbard remain entire 5
and fo it would be if they were both laid together in
aqua-fortis, becaufe the acute parts of the aqua-fortis
do not operate upon the foft matter, the particles of
which are branched, as they do upon harder bodies,
into the pores of which they infinuate themfelves, and
diffolve the contexture.

The effects of lightning upon vegetables are fome-
times very great ; it fplits down trees, and there has
been many inftances where the bodies of large trees
have been torn to pieces, and the chips fcattered to a
great diftance, but inftances of this are pretty rare.
The killing of branches or parts of trees is very com-
mon and fudden ; for when this happens, that part of
the tree where the lightning ftrikes, will in a very few
hours appear as dead as if it had been fome days fe-
vered from the trees.

THURIFEROUS fignifies bearing of producing
frankincenfe.

THUYA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 586. tab. 358. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 957. [fo called of to perfume with
fmoke, becaufe this plant hath a penetrating fmeil.]
The Arbor Vitas, vulgo ; in French, Arbre de Vie.

The Characters are,

It has male and female flowers in the fame plant ; the
male flowers are produced in an oval katkin. The flowers
are placed oppofite upon the common foot-ftalk , each flower
embracing it with its bafe ; thefe come out of an oval con-
cave fcale ; they have no petals , but have four ftamind
which are fcarce difcernible ; their fummits adhere to the
bafe of the fcale of the empalement. 'The female flowers
are collected in a common almofi oval cone , two flowers
ftanding oppofite in each fcale ; they have no petals , but
have a fmall germen , fupporting a fender ftyle , crowned
by a fingle ftigma ; thefe are fucceeded by an oblong oval
cone , opening longitudinally , whofe fcales are almofi equals
convex on the outfide , and obtufe , each containing an oblong
feed with a membranaceoits wing.

This genus of plants is ranged in the ninkh feftion.
of Linnseus’s twenty-firft clals, which corftains thofe
plants which have male and female flowers on the
fame plant, and their ftamina are ctillefted in one body.

The Species are,

1. Thuya ( Occident alis ) ftrobilis laevibus, fquamis ob-
tufis. Hort. Cliff. 449. Thuya with fmooth cones and ob-
tufe fcales. Thuya Theophraili. C. B. P. 488. The
common Arbor Vita.

2. Thuya [Orient alls') ftrobilis fquarrofis, fquamis acu-
minatis reflexis. Hort. Upfal. 289. Thuya with rugged
cones , and acute-pointed reflexed fcales. Thuya ftrobilis
uncinatis, fquamis reflexo-acuminatis. Flor. Leyd.
Prod. 87. The China Arbor Vita.

The firft fort grows naturally in Canada, Siberia, and
other northern countries, but has been long an inha-
bitant in the Englifh gardens. In fome of thefe gar-
dens, which have ftot been altered, there are fome of
thefe trees which are of a large fize : it has a ftrong
woody trunk, which rifes to the height of forty feet or
more. The bark, while young, is fmooth, and of a dark
brown colour, but, as the trees advance, the bark' be-
comes cracked and lefs fmooth. The branches are
produced irregularly on every fide, ftanding almofi ho-
rizontal, and the young [lender fnoots frequently hang
downward ; thefe branches ftand but thin, and the
younger branches only are garniHied with leaves, fo
that when the trees are grown large, they make but
an indifferent appearance, being fo thinly clothed with
leaves. The young branches are flat, and the fmall
leaves are placed imbricatim over each other like the
fcale of fifli ; the flowers are produced from the fide of
the young branches, pretty near to the foot-ftalk ; the

13 F male

male flowers grow in oblong katkins, and between
thele the female flowers are collected in form of cones.
When the former have filed their farina, they foon af-
ter drop oft, but the female flowers are fucceeded by
oblong cones, having obtufe fmooth fcales, containing
one or two oblong feeds. It flowers early in the
fpring, and the feeds ripen in September. The leaves
of this tree have a rank oily lcent when bruifed.

The iecond fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of China, where it rifes to a confiderable height, but
this has not been long enough in Europe to have any
trees of large fize here. The feeds of this fort were
fil'd fent to Paris by fome of the miffionaries, and
there are fome of the trees growing in the gardens of
fome curious perfons there, which are more than
twenty feet high. The branches of this fort mow
clofer together, and are much better adorned "with
leaves, which, are of a brighter green colour, fo make
a much better appearance than the other ; and being
very hardy, is efteemed much preferable to moft (§'
the evergreen trees with final! leaves, for, ornament
ih gardens. The branches of this tree crofs each other
at right angles ; the leaves are flat, but the Angle di-
vifions of the leaves, are {lender, and the fcales are
fmaller, and lie clofer over each other than thofe of
the firit fort. The cones are alfo much larger, and of
a beautiful gray colour ; their fcales end in acute re-
flexed points.

Both thefe trees may be propagated by feeds, layers,
or cuttings. The firft fort is commonly propagated
by cuttings •, thefe fhould be planted in September,
upon a fhady border and in a loamy foil ; the cut-
tings fhould be chofen from the fhoots of the fame
year, with a fmall joint of the former year’s wood
at the bottom of each. Thefe fhould be planted three
or four inches deep, in proportion to their length,
treading the ground clofe to them, to prevent the
admiffion of air. If the following fpring fhould
prove dry, there fhould be a little mulch laid over the
furface of the ground to prevent its drying ; where
this is performed in time, it will fave the trouble of
watering the cuttings, and ft will be much better
for them, becaufe when thefe are putting out their
young fibres, if they are much watered, it will rot
them while they are tender. Thefe cuttings will be
rooted enough to tranfplant by the next autumn, when
they may be either planted in beds, or in nurfery rows
to be trained up.

When they are propagated by layers, the young
branches only fhould be laid down in autumn, which
will alfo put cut roots by the next autumn, when they
may be taken up, and tranfplanted in the fame man-
ner as thofe raifed from cuttings: but although thefe
are very expeditious methods of propagating this tree,
yet thofe who are defirous to have large trees, fhould
always propagate them by feeds, for the plants fo
raifed will be much preferable to the other.

There is a variety of the firft fort with variegated
leaves, which fome people keep in their gardens for
the fake of variety ^ but as this proceeds from a weak-
nefs in the plants, fo whenever the plants become
ftrong and vigorous, they always return to their plain
colour again, to prevent which they generally plant
them in very poor ground. This variety can only be
preferved by propagating the plants either by cuttings
or layers.

The China fort is generally propagated by layers in
the fame way as the former ; but the cuttings of this,
if rightly managed, will take root very freely ; but
moil people have over-nurfed them. If thefe are
planted in September in a border of foft loam, ex-
pofed to the eafl, and before hard frofl fets in, and the
furface of the ground covered with old tanners bark
about two inches thick, it will prevent the froft from
penetrating the ground very deep ; and if this remains
in the fpring, it will alfo keep the ground moift ;
for if thefe cuttings, or the layers of this fort are wa-
tered in the fpring, when they are beginning to put
out young fibres, it will certainly rot them, as I have
frequently experienced } therefore I advife every one

not to water thefe cuttings or layers, nor fhould the:
plants be much watered when they are tranfplanted,
for the fame reafon : but as there are many plants
now in England which ripen their feeds, fo thofe who
can be fupplied with them fhould prefer this to both
the other methods of propagating. the plants •, for, af-
ter the two firft years, the feedling plants will great! v
outftrip the other in growth, and the plants growing
with their branches clofer, will be much handiomer.^
Thefe feeds fhould be fcw.n foon after they are ripe,
which is in the fpring. Thefe fhould be fown in pots
filled with foft loamy earth, and plunged into the
ground in an eaft border, where they may have only
the morning fun, obferving always to keep the pots
clean from weeds. Sometimes thefe feeds will come
up the fame year, but they often lie in the ground
till the next fpring •, therefore the pots fhould be put
in a common hot- bed frame in winter, and in the
fpring the plants will come up ; thefe muftnot be too
much expofed to the fun the firft year, and if in the
next winter they are fheltered under a frame, it will
be a good way to preferve them, and the fpring fol-
lowing they may be tranfplanted into beds, and treated
in the fame way as thofe propagated by cuttings. ,
THYMBRA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 627.

The Characters are,

It has an empalement of one leaf whofe brim is cut into
into two lips ■, the upper lip is broad , and has three equal
points s the under is narrow , and cut into two parts.
The flower is of one petal , of the lip kind. 'The upper
lip is concave , and cut into two obtufe fegments. The
lower lip ends with three almofl equal points ; it has four
fender flamina , the two under being ft. barter than the other ,
terminated by twin fummits under the upper lip , and a
four-pointed germen fupporting a fender half bifid fiyle ,
crowned by acute fligmas. The germen afterward become
four feeds which ripen in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fourteendi clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter flamina,
and the feeds ripen in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Thymbra ( Spicata ) floribus fpicatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
569. Thymbra with fpiked flowers. Llyflbpum monta-
num, Macedonicum, valerandi dourez. I. B. 3. 2.
276. Mountain Macedonian Hyffop.

2. Thymbra ( Verticillata ) floribus verticillatis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 569. Thymbra with whorled flowers. Hyflbpus
anguftifolia, montana, afpera. C. B. P. 218. Roughs
narrow-leaved , Mountain Hyjfop.

The firft fort grows naturally on Mount Libanus, in
Macedonia, and in Spain ; it is a low fhrubby plant
like Heath, branching out into (lender ligneous llalks
which are fix or eight inches long, covered with a
brown bark, and garnifhed with narrow acute-pointed
leaves about half an inch long, fitting clofe to the
flalks oppofite ; they have an aromatic odour when
bruifed. The flalks are terminated by thick clofe
fpikes of purple flowers, near two inches long. The
empalements are ftiff and hairy ; they are cut half
their length into acute fegments, out of thefe the
flowers peep, with their two lips •, the upper is con-
cave and arched, the under is cut into three equal por-
tions, and thefe are a little reflexed. Thefe appear
in June and July, and in warm feafons they are fome-
times fucceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this has a fhrubby flalk which felaom rifes much more
than a foot high, putting out many fmall ligneous
branches, which are garnifhed with narrow fpear-fhaped
leaves which have many pundbures ; they Hand oppo-
fite, and are of an aromatic flavour. The flowers
grow in whorled fpikes at the end of the branches. The
leaves which fland under each whorl are broader than
thofe below, and are covered with fine hairs. The
flowers are purple, and fit clofe to the flalks •, the
upper lip is concave and ends with two obtufe points,
the lower ends with three equal points. Thefe appear
about the fame time with the other, and in warm fea-
fons the feeds ripen in England.

Thefe

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which mould be
iown in the fpring on a bed of light earth, where, if
the feeds are good, the plants will appear in about fix
or eight weeks. When they come up they muft be
kept clean from weeds, and in July they will be fit to
remove, at which time part of them fhould be planted
in fmall pots ; and the other may be planted in a warm
border of dry ground, being careful to fhade them
from the fun, and fupply them with water till they
have taken new root ; after which, thofe in the full
ground will require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds-, and, if the winter fhould prove
very fevere, they fhould be covered with mats, or fome
other covering to protedt them, for the young plants
are in greater danger of being deftroyed than thofe
which are older. Thofe plants in the pots fhould be
fheltered under a common frame in winter, v/here
they may enjoy the free air in mild weather, and be
protected from hard froft.

Thefe plants will live in the open air in England un-
lefs the winters prove very fevere, efpecially if they
are planted in a poor, dry, flony foil.

THYMELfEA. See Daphne and Passerina.

THYMUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 196. tab. 93. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 646. [fo called of ©ui^, odour, becaufe
a very odorous plant ; or of Qvflog, animal fpirit, be-
caufe good in reviving the fame.] Thyme.

The Characters are,

The flower has a ■permanent empalement of one leaf di-
vided into two lips , whofe chaps are hairy and flout.
The upper lip is broad , plain , erebt, and indented in
three parts \ the under lip ends in two equal briftles. The
flower is of the lip kind •, it has one petal , with a tube the
length of the empalement. The chaps are fmall •, the upper
lip is Jfoort , erebt, obtufe , and indented at the point the
■lower lip is long, broad , and divided into three parts, the
■middle fegment being broadeft. It has four incurved fta-
mina, two being longer than the other , terminated by fmall
flamina and a four-pointed germen fupporting a Jlender
■ flyle, crowned by a bifid acute fligma. The germen after-
ward turn to four fmall roundifh feeds ripening in the
empalement , whofe neck is narrowed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnteus’s fourteenth clafs, which contains thpfe
plants whofe flowers have four ftamina, two of them
being longer than the other, and the feeds ripen in
the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Thymus {Vulgaris) eredtus, foliis revolutis ovatis, flo-
ribus verticillato-fpicatis. Hort. Cliff. 305. Upright
Thyme with oval leaves which turn backward, and flowers
growing in whorled fpikes. Thymus vulgaris, folio la-
tiore. C. B. P.219. Common broad-leaved Thyme.

2. Thymus (Tenuifolius) foliis lineari-lanceolatis incanis,
fioribus verticillato-fpicatis. Thyme with linear , fpear-
fhaped, hoary leaves, and flowers growing in whorled
fpikes. Thymus vulgaris, folio tenuiore. C. B. P.
219. Common Thyme with narrow leaves.

3. Thymus ( Cephalotos ) capitulis imbricatis magnis,
brabteis ovatis, foliis lanceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 592.
Thyme with large imbricated heads , oval brabiea, and
fpear-fhaped leaves. Thymus Lufitanicus cephalotos,
iquamis capitulorum amplioribus. Tourn. Inft. 126.
Portugal Thyme with large heads, having very large fcales.

4. Thymus ( Villofus ) capitulis imbricatis magnis, brac-
teis dentatis, foliis fetaceis pilofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 592.
Thyme with large imbricated heads , indented brabiaa , and
briftly hairy leaves. Thymus Lufitanicus, folio capil-
laceo villofo, capite magno purpurafcente oblongo.
Tourn. Inft. 196. Portugal Thyme with a hairy narrow
leaf, and a large, oblong, purplifh head.

5. Thymus ( Serpyllum ) fioribus capitatis, caulibus de-
cumbentibus, foliis planis obtufis baft ciliatis. Flor.
Suec. 477. Thyme with flowers growing in heads , trailing
fialks , and plain obtufe leaves. Serpyllum latifolium hir
futum. C. B. P.220. Broad-leaved hairy Mother of Thyme.

6. Thymus (Glabrus) fioribus capitatis, caulibus de-
cumbentibus foliis lanceolatis glabris. Thyme with
flowers growing in heads, trailing ftalks , and fmooth
fpear-fhaped leaves. Serpyllum vulgare majus, flore

ptirpureo. C. B. P. 220. Common greater Mother of
Thyme , with a purple flower.

7. Thymus ( Ovatus ) caulibus decumbentibus, foliis
ovatis glabris, fioribus verticillato-fpicatis. Thyme with
ftrong trailing ftalks, oval fnooth leaves , and flowers
growing in whorled fpikes. Serpyllum vulgare majus
flore minore. Bot. Par. 183. Common greater Mother of
Thyme, with a / mailer flower.

8. Thymus ( [Lanuginofus ) caulibus decumbentibus, fo-
liis ovato lanceolatis rigidis lanuginofis, fioribus capi-
tatis. Thyme with creeping fialks, oval, fpear-floaped, ftiftf
leaves , which are downy , and flowers growing in heads .
Serpyllum faxatile, hirfutum, Thymi folium nanum,
flore pupureo. Bot. Par. 183. Hairy Rock Mother of
Thyme, having a dwarf Thyme leaf and a purple flower.

9. Thymus ( Odoratifjimus ) caulibus decumbentibus, fo-
liis lineari-lanceolatis glabris, fioribus alaribus termi-
nalibufque. Thyme with trailing ftalks, linear , fpear-
fhaped, fmooth leaves, and flowers growing at the wings
and tops of the ftalks. Serpyllum odoratiffimum gla-
brum, longiore anguftioreque folio. Amman. Smooth
fweet-fcented Mother of Thy me, with a longer and narrower
leaf.

The firft fort is the common Thyme, which is culti-
vated in the gardens for the kitchen, and alfo for medi-
cine. This grows naturally on ftony rocky places in
the fouth of France, in Spain and Italy, and is fo well
known here as to need no defeription.

This plant may be propagated either by feeds or
parting the roots ; the feafon for either is in March
or October. If it is propagated by feeds, they fhould
be fown upon a bed of light earth, obferving not to
bury the feeds too deep, which will caufe them to rot,
nor to fow them too thick, for the feeds are very
fmall. When the plants are come up, they fhould be
carefully cleared from weeds j and if the fpring fhould
prove dry, and they are watered twice a week, it will
greatly promote their growth. In June the plants
fhould be thinned, leaving them about fix inches
afunder each way, that they may have room to fpread ;
and thofe plants which are drawn out may be tranf-
planted into frefh beds at the fame diftance, obferving
to water them until they have taken root ; after which
they will require no farther care but to keep them
clear from weeds, and the winter following they may
be drawn up for ufe.

But if the plants are propagated by parting their
roots, the old plants fhould be taken up at the times
before-mentioned, and flipped into as many parts as
can be taken off the root ; thefe fhould be transplanted
into beds of frefh light earth, at fix or eight inches
diftance, obferving, if the feafon is dry, to water them
until they have raken root, after which they muft be
duly weeded, and they will thrive, and foon be fit for
ufe.

In order to fave the feeds of thefe plants, fome of
the old roots fhould remain unremoved in the place
where they were fown the preceding year ; thefe will
flower in June, and in July the feeds will ripen, which
muft be taken as foon as it is ripe, and beat out,
otherwife the firft rain will wafh it all out of the hufks.
Thefe plants root greatly in the ground, and thereby
draw out the goodnefs of the foil fooner than moir
other plants -, fo that whatever is fown or planted
upon a fpot of ground whereon Thyme grew the
preceding year, will feldom thrive, unlefs the ground
be trenched deeper than the Thyme rooted, and well
dunged.

If this plant grows upon walls, or on dry, poor, ftony
land, it will endure the greateft cold of this country j
but in rich ground where the plants grow vigorufly,
they are fometimes deftroyed by fevere froft.

There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
is by fome preferved in their gardens.

The fecond fort has fhorter ftalks, the leaves are
longer, narrower, and end in fharper points than the
firft, and the whole plant is hoary. The flowers grow
in long whorled fpikes, and are larger than thofe of
the common Thyme. This may be propagated and
treated in the fame way as the firft fort.

The

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal •, this has a low woody ftalk, from which come
out manydtiff branches about five or fix inches long,
garni ihed with fmall, narrow, fpear-fhaped leaves
placed oppofite, and are terminated by pretty large
heads of flowers, which come out from oval fcaly
leaves, lying over each other like the fcales of -fi fin ;
they are white, and but fmall, fo make no great ap-
pearance. The whole plant is of a hoary colour,
and has a weak aromatic fcent. It flowers in July,
but unlefs the feafon proves warm, the feeds do not
ripen in England.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Portugal ^ this has
(lender, ligneous, hairy (talks, which grow eredt, about
fix inches high, garnilhed with very narrow, briftly,
hairy leaves, which, at the lower part of the (talks,
come out in duffers, but upward they are placed by
pairs. The (talks are terminated by Angle fcaly heads.
The leafy fcales are indented in acute points ; thefe
lie over each other in the fame order as the other, and
between them the flowers peep out, which are of a
purple colour, and (haped like thofe of the common
Thyme. This plant flowers in July, but does not
produce feeds in England.

Thefe two forts may be propagated by (lipvS, if they
are planted in April on an eaft border, and clofely co-
vered with a bell or hand-glafs, refrefhing them twice
a week with water, which mud not be given to them
in too great quantity. When thefe have put out good
roots, fome of them may be tranfplanted into pots,
to J>e flickered under a frame in winter ; the others
fhould be planted on a warm border of dry ground,
obierving to (hade and water them till they have taken
new root. Thefe plants will live through the winter
in the open air in a warm dry fltuation, but in fevere
fro ft they are generally deflroyed ; they may be pro-
pagated by feeds when they can be procured. If
thefe are (own on a bed of light earth in the fame way
as common Marjoram, the plants will come up, and
may be treated as thofe raifed from (lips.

The fifth fort is the common Mother of Thyme,
which is frequently titled wild Thyme ; it grows na-
turally upon dry commons and paftures in mod parts
of England, fo is very rarely admitted into gardens.
This is fo well known as to need no defcription.
There is a very common miftake which has prevailed
in regard to this plafit, which is, that the (keep and
deer which feed upon them, have much finer fla-
voured (lefts than others, whereas no cattle will med-
dle with it j for in the places where it grows, when
the Grafs is as clofely eaten down as poflible, the
wild Thyme will be found in flower with all its (talks
entire.

Of this there are the following varieties : the fmall
creeping Mother of Thyme without fcent. Narrow-
leaved Mother of Thyme fmelling like the leaves of
the Walnut-tree : (hrubby Mother of Thyme v/ith
pale red flowers ; and the Lemon Thyme. The lad:
is frequently kept in gardens for the agreeable odour
of its leaves •, but when this is propagated by feeds,
the plants have not the fame fcent ; fo it is an acciden-
tal variety, which is obtained by propagating it by
flips and cuttings.

The fixth fort has broader and fmoother leaves than
the common fort •, the (talks grow much longer ; the
joints are farther diftant •, the heads of flowers are
larger, and the flowers are of a brighter purple co-
lour. There is a variety of this with variegated
leaves, which is propagated in gardens, and was for-
merly planted for edgings to borders •, but it is now
frequently brought in pots to the markets, to fupply
the London gardens.

The leventh fort has trailing fcalks like the common
kind, but they grow longer, and their joints are far-
ther afunder *, the leaves are oval, fmooth, and of a
lucid green. The flowers grow in clofe thick whorls
which are diftant from each other, forming a loofe
fpike five or fix inches long. The flowers of this fort
are much (mailer than thofe of the common fort, ap-
pearing but little beyond their emplements. This is

pretty common in the neighbourhood of Paris, but is
rarely found growing naturally in England.

The eighth fort grows naturally in the foreft of Fon-
tainbleau in France ^ this has "trailing (lender (talks
like the firft, which are garnifhed with fmall, oval,
fpear-fhaped, hoary leaves ; the young (hoots of the
fame year are alfo very white and hoary. The leaves
are differ than tiiTe of the other forts. The flowers
are produced in round heads at the end of the
branches they are of a bright purple colour, and ap-
pear at the fame time as thofe of the other forts.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Tartary •, the fcalks
of this are long, (lender, and trail upon the ground,
but do not emit roots from their joints as many of the
others do ; the ftalks are fmooth, of a light brown
colour, and are garnifhed with narrow fpear-fhaped
leaves which are fmooth. The fcalks have fmall
whorls of flowers at the wings of the leaves, and are
terminated by oblong heads of flowers, whofe empale-
ments are hoary. The flowers are of a bright purple
colour. The whole plant has an agreeable aromatic
fcent.

All thefe forts may eafily be propagated by thofe who
are defirous to have them in their gardens, either by-
flips, or parting of their roots in the fame manner as
Thyme, or their feeds may be fown in the fprincr.
They delight in dry undunged ground, where they
will propagate themfelves by their trailing ftalks, and
require no other care but to keep them clean from
weeds.

THYME THE MARUM. See Teucrium.

THYME THE MASTIC H. See Satureja.

TIARELL A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 495. Cortufa.
Herm. Par. Bat. 129. Sanicle.

The Characters, are.

The fewer has a permanent empalement divided into five
aval acute parts it has- five oval petals the length of the
empalement , and ten awl-fhaped Jtamina which are much
longer than the petals , terminated hy roundijh fiummits ,
and a bifid germen ending with two fiyles , crowned by
fingle JUgmas. The germen afterward becomes an cblong
capfule with one cell , opening with two valves , containing
fever al oval feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fe&ion
of Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Tiarell a ( Cordifolia ) foliis cordatis. Lin. Gen. Nov.
188. Sp. Plant. 580. Tiarella with hear t-fhaped leaves.
Mitella Americana, floru.m petalis integris. Tourn.
Inft. 242. American Mitella with entire petals to the
flower.

2. Tiarella (Trifoliata ) foliis ternatis. Lin. Gen.
Nov. 188. Sp. Plant. 405. ‘Tiarella with trifoliate leaves.
Mitella foliis ternatis. Amcen. Acad. 2. p. 351. Mi-
tella with ternate leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in North America ; this
has a perennial fibrous root which creeps and multi-
plies, from which come out many heart-fhaped leaves
upon (lender foot-ftalks, which are three inches long,
arifing immediately from the root. The leaves are
unequally indented on their edges, and are of a light
green colour. The flowers (land upon (lender naked
foot-ftalks, which arife immediately from the root
between the leaves, which is about four inches long,
and is terminated by a loofe fpike of fmall, herbaceous,
white flowers which appear in May, but are feldom
fucceeded by feeds in England.

This plant is propagated by its creeping roots, which
fpread in the ground and (hoot up heads ; thefe may
be taken off and tranfplanted in the autumn. It loves
a moift foil and a ihady fltuation, and requires no
other care but to keep it clean from weeds.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of Afia ; this has a perennial fibrous root, from which
fpring up a few trifoliate leaves upon foot-ftalks ; thefe
are like thofe of the Bilberry, but are much ftnaller.
The ftalk is (lender, and riles five or fix inches high •,
it is rough and hairy, garnifhed with two leaves at the
bottom, and another toward the top, a little below

TIL

the fpike of flowers ; they are angular and flawed on
their edges. The ftalk is terminated by a loofe fpike
of flowers, which are compofed of five fmall white pe-
tals inferted in the empalement, and ten awl-fhaped
ftamina which are longer than the petals, terminated
by roundifh fummits. Thefe flowers appear early
in May, but the plants rarely produce any feeds in
England.

This fort is propagated by parting of the root, in the
fame manner as the former, and delights in a moift
foil and a fhady fituation.

TIL I A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 611. tab. 381. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 587. [of telum, a dart, becaufe its wood
is uled in making darts.] The Lime, or Linden-tree ;
in French, Tillau or Tilleul.

The Characters are.

The flower has a concave coloured empalement , which is
cut into five parts ; it has five oblong blunt petals which
are crenated at their points , and many awl f aped fiamina
terminated by Jingle fummits , with a roundifh germen
fupporting a fender fiyle the length of the fiamina, crown-
ed by an obtufe five-cornered ftigma. The germen after-
ward becomes a thick globular capfule with five cells , open-
ing at the bafe with five valves , each containing one
roundifh feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have many ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Til 1 a [Cor data) foliis cordatis acuminatis, insequali-
ter ferratis, frudlibus quinquse locularibus tomentofis.
Lime-tree with heart-faped acute-pointed leaves, which
are unequally Jawed, and a woolly fruit having five cells.
Tilia fcemina, folio minore. C. B. P.426. The female
Lime-tree with a fmaller leaf.

2. Tilia ( ALuropaa ) foliis acuminatis, ferratis, fubhir-
futis, fru&ibus quadrulangularibus fubpilofis. Lime-
tree with acute-pointed leaves which are Jawed, fome-
what hairy , and a hairy fruit having four cells. Tilia
foliis molliter hirfutis, viminibus rubris, frudhi tetra-
gono. Raii Syn. 316. The red twigged Lime-tree.

3. Tilia {Americana) foliis cordatis acuminatis ferratis,
fubtus pilofls floribus nedtario inftrudtis. Lime-tree with
heart-faped, acute-pointed , Jawed leaves which are hairy
on their under fide, and flowers furnifed with ncciariums.
American black Lime.

4. Tilia ( Caroliniana ) foliis cordatis obliquis glabris
fubferratis cum acumine, floribus nedtario inftrudtis.
Lime-tree with heart f aped fmooth leaves, which are ob-
lique to the foot-ftalk, fomewhat Jawed on their edges,
ending in acute points , and flowers having nettariums.
Tilia Caroliniana, foliis longius mucronato. Rand.
Cat. Hort. Chelf. Carolina Lime-tree with a long-point-
ed leaf.

The firft fort grows naturally in the woods in many
parts of England •, of this there are two or three va-
rieties, which differ in the fize and fmoothnefs of
their leaves, fome of them having much larger and
rougher leaves than the others. I have plants of
three of thefe varieties from feeds, but have conftant-
ly found them vary from one to the other ; and I
much doubt if the fecond is more than a feminal va-
riety, but as I have not had an opportunity of raifing
any of the plants from feeds, I cannot poflibly deter-
mine this.

The large-leaved Dutch Lime was generally prefer-
red to our common fort for the fize of its leaves,
but of late years all thefe trees are little efteemed,
becaufe it is late in the fpring before their leaves
come out, and they begin to decay the firft in autumn;
and when the trees are planted in a dry foil, their
leaves frequently decay in July, and are continually
falling off, making a litter all the remaining part of
fummer.

The third fort was brought from New England by
the title of Black Lime. The branches of this fort
are covered with a dark brown bark. The leaves are
large, heart-fhaped, and end in acute points ; they
are deeply fawed on their edges, and are of a deep
green on their upper fide, but of a pale green and a

T 1 L

little hairy on their under fide, Handing upon long
{lender foot-ftalks. The flowers are produced in
bunches, in the fame manner as thofe of the common
Lime-tree, but the petals of the flowers are narrow-
er, and have nedtariums growing to their bafe. The
flowers of this fort do not appear till late in July, fo
are a full month after the common fort. The cap-
fules are fmaller, rounder, and lefs hairy than thofe
of the common fort.

The feeds of the fourth fort were brought from Ca-
rolina by the late Mr. Catefby. This tree feems to
be of much fmaller growth than either of the other
forts ; the branches fpread more horizontally. The
leaves are fmaller, and have a fmoother furface than
either of the other ; they are heart-fhaped, . but the
midrib runs oblique to the foot-ftalk, fo that one
fide of the leaves is much larger than the other.
Their edges are {lightly fawed, and their tops run
out into long acute points. The bunches of flowers
ftand upon long (lender foot-ftalks ; the petals of the
flowers are narrow, and end in acute points ; thefe
have each a narrow neftarium faftened to their bafe
on the infide, which ftand erect clofe to the petals.
The flowers emit a very fragrant odour, and are con-
tinually haunted by bees during their continuance.
This tree flowers toward the end of July, and when the
feaion proves favourable, the feeds ripen in autumn.
All thefe trees are eafily propagated by layers, which
in one year will take good root, and may then be
taken off, and planted in a nurfery, at four feet dif-
tance row from row, and two feet afunder in the rows.
The beft time to lay them down and to remove
them, is at Michaelmas, when their leaves beo-in to
fall, that they may take root before the froft comes
on, though they may be tranfplanted any time from
September to March, in open weather ; but if the
foil is dry, it is much the better way to remove them
in autumn, becaufe it will fave a great expence in wa-
tering them, efpecially if the fpring fhould prove dry.
In this nurfery they may remain four or five years,
during which time the ground fhould be dug every
fpring, and conftantly kept clear from weeds, and the
large fide (hoots pruned off, to caufe them to advance
in height ; but the fmall twigs muft not be pruned
off from the items, becaufe thefe are abfolutely ne-
ceffary to detain the fap, for the augmentation of their
trunks, which are apt to fhoot up too (lender, when
they are entirely divefted of all their lateral twigs. If
the foil in which they are planted be a fat loam T they
will make a prodigious progrefs in their growth, fo
that in three years time they will be fit to tranfplant
out where they are to remain.

They may alfo be propagated by cuttings, but, as
this method is not fo certain as by layers, that me-
thod is generally pradtifed. In order to obtain pro^
per {hoots for laying down, a Lime-tree is cut down
clofe to the ground, from the roots of which a o-reat
number of ftrong (hoots are produced the following
year ; thefe will be ftrong enough to lay down the
following autumn, efpecially if the fmalleft of them
are cut off clofe early in the fummer ; for when too
many {hoots are differed to grow all the fummer, they
will be much weaker, than if only a fufficient Quanti-
ty is left. The manner of laying down thefe "ihoots
having been already diredted under the articleLAYERs
I need not repeat it here.

There are fome perfons who raife thefe trees from
feeds, which, although it is a (lower way, yet when
the trees are defigned to grow large, is the beft me-
thod; and if they are only once tranfplanted, and this
erformed while they are young, it will be ftiU the
etter way ; for all trees that are tranfplanted when
large, are ihorter lived than thofe which remain
in the places where they arofe from feeds, and their
timber will be founder, and grow to a much larger
fize.

When this method is pradtifed, the feeds fhould be
fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, upon a fhady
border of moift light foil, where the plants will come
up the following fpring ; but, when the feeds are

I3 & kept

kept out of the ground till fpring, the plants will
not come up till the year after. When the plants
appear, they fhould be conftantly kept clean from
weeds till the following autumn then they fhould be
carefully taken up and tranfplanted into a nurfery,
where they may grow two or three years to get ftrength,
and then may be planted where they are defigned to
remain, for the younger they are planted out, the
more they will thrive.

The timber of the Lime-tree is ufed by the carvers, it
being a foft light wood, as alio by architects for fram-
ing the models of their buildings •, the turners likewife
ufe it for making light bowls, difhes, &c. but it is
too foft for any ftrong purpofes.

Thefe trees will continue growing, and remain found
a great number of years, and, if planted in a good
loamy foil, will grow to a confiderable bulk. I have
meafured one of thefe trees, which was near ten
yards in girth two feet about the ground, and was
then in a very thriving condition and Sir Thomas
Brown mentions one of thefe trees which grew in Nor-
folk, that was fixteen yards in circuit, a foot and a
half above ground, in height thirty yards, and in the
leaft part of the trunk it was eight yards and a half.

T I N U S. See Viburnum.

TITHYMALUS; Tithymaloides. Tourn. Inf!:.
App. 654. Euphorbia. Lin. Gen. PL 536. Spurge.

The Characters are,

The flower has an empalement of one leaf \ indented in three
parts \ it has one petal which is fhaped like a flipper ,
of a thick flefhy conflftence. Under the upper part of
the flower are fituated the ten ftamina , which are infer ted
in the receptacle of the flower they are fender , and ter-
minated by globular fummits in the center is fituated a
roundifh three-cornered germen, fupporting three bifid ftyles,
crowned by oblong ftigmas The germen afterward be-
comes a roundifa cap file having three cells , each containing
me oval feed.

This genus of plants is by Dr. Linnaeus joined to the
Euphorbia, which is ranged in the third leCtion of his
eleventh clafs, which contains thofe plants whofe
flowers have ten or twelve ftamina and three ftyles.
But as the flowers of this genus differ greatly in their
ftruCture from thofe of Euphorbia, I have chofen to
feparate them, and have continued the old title of
Tithymalus to the genus.

The Species are,

1. Tithymalus (. Mytifolius ) foliis ovatis acuminatis.
Spurge with oval acute-pointed leaves. Tithymaloides
frutefcens folio myrti ampliffimo. Tourn. Inft. 654.
Shrubby Baflard Spurge with a large Myrtle leaf ,

2. Tithymalus ( Lauro-ceraffolius ) foliis oblongo ova-
tis obtufis fucculentis. Spurge with oblong , oval , ob-
■tuje leaves , which are very Jucculent. Tithymaloides
lauro-cerafi folio non ferrato. Hort. Elth. 383. Baflard
Spurge with a Laurel leaf which is not flawed.

The firft fort grows naturally near Carthagena in
America, from whence Mr. Robert Millar, furgeon,
lent the branches, which were planted here, and fuc-
ceeded : this riles with fhrubby fucculent ftalks to
the height of twelve or fourteen feet, which are too
weak to ftand without fupport, though they are fre-
quently as large as a man’s little finger •, but their
leaves being fucculent, are fo heavy as to weigh
down the branches if they are not fupported. The.
leaves are oval, and terminate in acute points ; they
are two inches and a half long, and one inch and a
half broad near their bafe they are about the thick-
nefs of Bay leaves, and are ranged alternately on two
fides of the branches, to which they fit clofe. The
flowers are produced at the end of the branches three
or four together ; they are of a fcarlet colour, of one
petal in fhape of a flipper ; thefe are Exceeded by
roundifh capftiles with three furrows, dividing them
into three cells, each containing one oblong feed.
The whole plant abounds with an acrid milky juice.
The fecond fort grows naturally in Barbadoes, and
molt of the other iflands in the Weft-Indies, where
the Englifh inhabitants know it by the title of Poifon
Bulk j this hath thick, fhrubby, fucculent ftalks,

ivhich will grow to the height of ten or twelve feet i,
thefe are larger than thofe of the firft fort, and are
garnifhed with oblong oval leaves ending with blunt
.points i they are above three inches long, and an inch-
and a half broad in the middle, of a very thick con-
fidence, and of a dark green colour^ ranged alter-
nately on two fides of the ftalkj The flowers grow at
the end of the branches ; they are Ihaped like -thofe of
the firft fort, and are of a deep red colour-, thefe are
Exceeded by roundifh capftiles divided into three-
cells, each containing one oblong feed.

This whole plant abounds with an acrid milky juice,
which will draw blifters on the flefh wherever it is
applied, and if it mixes with the blood, I have been
credibly informed, it becomes a deadly poifon 5 fo that
if the points of arrows, or the edges of fwords are
rubbed with this juice, it becomes deadly to any ani-
mal Wounded with thofe weapons.

Thefe plants are both propagated by cuttings, which
may be taken from the plants during any of the ham-
mer months, and after having laid in a dry place for a
fortnight or three weeks, until the wounded part be
healed over, they fhould be planted into fmall pots
filled with light fandy earth mixed with lime rubbifh,
and then plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, ob-
ferving now and then to refrefh them gently with
moifture, but they fhould never receive much wet,
which will rot them.

After they have taken root, they may have a greater
fhare of air by raffing the glaffes, but they mull ne-
ver be wholly expofed to the open air. In this bed
they may remain until the beginning of October,
when they muft be removed, and placed with the
Melon and Torch Thiftle in a warm dry ftove, and
during the winter feafon they fnould have very little
water, which, if given in plenty, feldom fails to rot
them.

Thefe plants ate too tender to thrive in the open
air in England, therefore fhould conftantly remain
in the ftove, obferving in the fummer feafon, when
the weather is warm, to admit a large fhare of frefh
air to them, and in the winter to place them in a
warm part of the ftove, otherwife they cannot be
preferved.

They muft be fhifted every fummer, and frefh earth
given to them. If the earth is light and fandy, it will
require no mixture, for rich or ftrong ground is very
improper for them •, therefore where the foil is inclin-
able to either of thefe, there fhould be a good mix-
ture of fand and lime rubbifh to prevent its binding,
or detaining moifture.

Thefe plants are preferved for their odd appearance
amongft other fucculent plants, their leaves being very
large, thick, and full of a milky acrid juice.

TITHYMALUS. See Euphorbia.

TOAD FLAX. See Lin aria.

TOBACCO. See Nicotiana.

TOLUIFERA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 470. Balfam of
Tolu-tree.

The Characters are.

The flower has a bell-Jhaped empalement of one leaf. \ which
is flightly indented in five parts at the brim it has five
petals infcrted in the receptacle of the flower , four of
which are narrow and equal, being a little longer than the
empalement , and the fifth is much larger , and almofi
heart-fhaped , having a tail the length of the empalement
it has ten foort ftamina , terminated by oblong erect fum-
mits, and a roundifh germen fupporting a very foort ftyle,
crowned by an acute jiigma. The germen afterward turns
to a roundifh fruit with four cells , each containing one oval
feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fe&ion of
Linnasus’s tenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Toluifera ( Balfamum .) Lin. Mat. Med. The Balfam-
tree of Tolu. Balfamum Tolutanum, foliis ceratim
fimilibus. C. B. P. 401. Balfam-treeofTolu , with leaves
like thofe of the Carol.

This

TOR

This tree grows naturally near Carthagena in Ame-
rica, from whence the late Dr. Houftoun fent the
feeds to England : in its native place this grows to a
tree of large fize. The bark is very thick, rough,
and of a brown colour ; the branches fpread out wide
on every fide, and are garnifhed with winged leaves,
compofed of feveral oblong oval lobes placed alter-
nately along the foot-ftalk, terminated by an odd one ;
thefe are four inches long, and two broad in the mid-
dle ; they are rounded at both ends, but run out to
an acute point at the top ; they are fmooth, of a
light green colour, and fit dole to the foot-ftalk.
The flowers are produced in fmall bunches at the
wings of the branches, each {landing upon a {lender
foot-ftalk almoft an inch long ; their empalements
are of the round bell-lhape, being of one leaf, which
is (lightly fcaliopped at the brim into five obtufe parts.
The'lflower has four narrow petals of a yellow colour,
which are a little longer than the empalement, and
one more whofe tail is of the fame length of the other
petals, and the top is of an oval heart-fhape, ftretch-
ed out beyond the other parts •, it has ten fhort {la-
mina within the tube of the flower, which are termi-
nated by oblong ered fummits of a fulphur colour,
and at the bottom of the tube is fituated a roundifh
germen, having a very fhort ftyle, crowned by an
acute-pointed ftigma. After the flower is paft, the
germen turns to a roundifh fruit the fize of a large
Pea, divided into four cells, each containing one ob-
long oval feed*

This tree is propagated by feeds, which muft be
procured from the country where it grows naturally,
and Ihould be frefh, otherwife they will not grow.
When they are gathered from the tree, they fhould
be put up in fand to preferve them, for when they
are fent over in papers, the infefts naturally devour
them. Thefe feeds muft be fown in pots filled with
light earth as foon as they arrive, and plunged into
the tan. If it fhould happen in autumn or winter,
they muft be plunged in the ftove, but in fpring or
fummer, they may be plunged in the tan-bed under
a frame *, they fhould be taken out of their covers,
otherwife they will be long in the ground before they
vegetate. When the plants come up and are fit to
remove, they fhould be carefully tranfplanted, each
into a feparate pot, and plunged into a good hot-bed
of tanners bark, fhading them from the fun till they
have taken new root •, after which they fhould be
treated in the fame way as the Coffee-tree, with which
management the plants will fucceed.

TOMENTUM is that foft downy fubftance
which grows on the leaves of fome plants.

TORDYLIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 320. tab. 170.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 293. Hartwort.

The Characters are.

It hath an umbellated flower ; the 'principal umbel is com-
pofed of many fmall ones , which are compounded of many
rays ; the involucrum of the greater umbel is compofed of
narrow leaves , and is frequently as long as the rays of the
umbel ; thofe of the rays are half the length ; the umbels
are difformed. The flowers have five heart-fhaped inflex ed
petals which are equal ; they have each five hair-like fia-
mina terminated by Jingle fummits , and a roundifh germen
fituated under the flower , flupporting two fmall flyles ,
crowned by obtufe ftigmas. The germen afterward turn
to a roundifh compreffed fruit longitudinally indented , di-
viding in two parts , each containing one roundifh com-
preffed feed with an indented border.

. This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants

'' whofe flowers have five ftamina and two flyles.

The Species are,

1. Tordylium ( Maximum ) umbellis confertis radiatis,
foliolis lanceolatis incifo-ferratis. Hort. Cliff. 90.
Hartwort with the rays of the umbel clofed together, and
the lobe of the leaves fpear-fhaped , and cut like flaws.
Tordylium maximum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 320. The
greatefl Hartwort.

2. Tordylium ( Officinale ) involucris partialibus longi-
tudine florum, foliolis ovatis laciniatis. Hort. Cliff.

2

90. Hartwort with the involucrums of the rays as long
as the floivers , and oval jagged leaves. Tordylium Nar-
bonenfe minus. Tourn. Inft. 320. Small Hartwort
of NarboHne.

3. Tordylium ( Syriacum ) involucris ufhbella bngiori-
bus. Hort. Cliff. 90. Hartwort with longer involucrums
to the umbels. Tordylium minus, limbo granulato
Syriacum. Mor. Umb. 37. Smaller Syrian Hartwort ,
with the borders of the feeds granulated.

4. Tordylium ( Apulum ) umbellulis remotis, foliis pin-
nat’is, pinnis fubrotundis laciniatis. Hort. Cliff. 90*
Hartwort with the umbels growing at a diftance , and
winged leaves having roundifh lobes , which are cut on their
edges. Tordylium Apulum minimum. Col. Ecph. 1226
The leaf: Hartwort of Apulia.

5. Tordylium ( Secacul ) umbellulis remotis, foliis du-
plicato-pinnatis, pinnis incifis tomentofis. Hartwort
whofe Umbels are diftant from each other , and doubly-
winged leaves whofe lobes are cut and downy. Tordyli-
um Orientale, Secacul Arabum didtum, Rawvolfio.
Niffol .Eaflern Hartwort , by the Arabians called SecacuL

6. Tordylium ( Nodofum ) umbellis fimplicibus fefllli-
bus, feminibus exterioribus hifpidis. Lin. Gem Plant.
240. Hartwort with Jingle umbels to the ftalks , and th&
outer fide of the feeds prickly. Caucalis nodofio echi-
nato femine. C. B. P. Knotted Parfley \

7. Tordylium ( Anthriflcus ) umbellis confertis, foliolis
ovato-ianceolatis pinnatifidis. Hort. Cliff. 90. Hart-
wort with clofed umbels , and oval , f pear -fij aped, wing-
pointed lobes. Caucalis femine afpero, flofculis ruben-
tibus. C. B. P. Hedge Parfley with a rough feed, and a,
reddifh flower.

8. Tordylium ( Latifolium ) umbellis confertis nudiuf-
culis, foliis pinnatis, foliolis lanceolatis incifo-ferratis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 345'. Hartwort with naked umbels of
flowers , and winged leaves whofe lobes are fpear-fhaped and
flawed. Caucalis arvenfis echinata latifolia. C. B. P.
152. Broad-leaved wild Parfley with rough feeds.

The firft fort grows in Italy and Spain ; this is a bi-
ennial plant, which dies foon after it has perfedled its
feeds. The lower leaves of this fort are large and
winged, each having three or four pair of lobes ter-
minated by an odd one. The lobes are about three
inches long, and one broad in the middle ; they are
rough and hairy, having many deep indentures on
their edges like the teeth of a faw | the ftaik rifes
three or four feet high, fending out two or three
branches from the fide, garniftied at each joint by one
winged leaf-, thofe on the lower part of the ftaik
have two pair of fmall lobes terminated by an odd
one, but thofe toward the top have one pair, and the
middle lobe is long and narrow. The ftaik and
branches are terminated by umbels of white flowers,
whole rays are clofed together ; thefe are fucceeded by
oval compreffed feeds, having a thick white border.
It flowers in June and July, and the feeds ripen in
Auguft or September.

The fecond fort grows plentifully about Rome, and
alfo in the fouth of France; this is mentioned in the
laft edition of Ray’s Synopfis as an Efigliih plant,
growing naturally in Oxfordfhire, where I have
found it growing on the fide of banks ; but the feeds
were fown there by Mr. Jacob Robart, gardener at
Oxford. The leaves of this fort are compofed of
three or four pair of oval lobes terminated by an odd
one ; they are foft and hairy, about one inch long,
and three quarters broad, bluntly indented on their
edges. The ftalks rife a foot and a half high, and
divide into three or four branches ; thefe have one
fmall leaf at each joint, and are terminated by um-
bels of white flowers, compofed of feveral fmall um-
bels or rays, which ftand upon long foot-ftalks,
fpreading out wide from each other. The flowers
are fucceeded by fmaller compreffed feeds which are
bordered.

The third fort grows naturally in Syria ; this is a low
plant, whofe ftalks feldom rife a foot high. The
lower leaves are compofed of two pair of oval lobes
terminated by a large one ; thefe are hairy, and {light-
ly crenated on their edges ; they branch out into two

or

1

*

TOR

or three divifions, and are terminated by 'umbels of
white flowers which have large involucrums, for the
moft part trifid. The points are fpear-lhaped, and
at their bafe is fituated a fmall umbel, compofed of a
few flowers fitting clofe to the tails of the involucrums.
The flowers are fucceeded by large, oval, comprefled,
bordered feeds.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Italy. The ftalks
of this branch out from the bottom, and feldom rife
a foot high ; they are hairy and rough. The lower
leaves are compofed of three pair of roundifh lobes,
terminated by an odd one, which are hairy and jagged.
The general umbel is compofed of eight fmall ones,
which ftand upon very long foot-ftalks, and fpread
out wide from each other. The flowers are white,
and the exterior petal of each is much larger than
thofe of the two firft forts ; thefe are fucceeded by
roundifh, comprefled, bordered feeds.

The fifth fort grows naturally about Aleppo, and in
other parts of Syria. The bottom leaves are doubly
winged, each leaf being compofed of four pair of
wings terminated by an odd one. The wings are
compofed of feven oval lobes Handing alternately,
which are deeply jagged ; they are of a yellowifh green
colour, and a little hairy. The ftalks are taper, and
not channelled ; they rife two feet and a half high,
have a few fmall hairs flattered over them, and at
each joint are garnifhed with one fmaller winged leaf;
they fend out one or two fhort branches toward the
top, and are terminated by large umbels of yellow
flowers, compofed of ten fmall umbels, whofe foot-
ftalks are alternately longer ; thefe fpread open wide
from each other. The flowers are fucceeded by com-
prefled oval feeds, fhaped like thofe of Parfneps, of
a yellowifh colour.

The fixth fort grows naturally in arable land in feve-
ral of the maritime counties in England, fo is rarely
admitted into gardens ; this has trailing ftalks which
fpread flat on the ground, and are a foot or more in
length. The leaves are like thofe of Parfley, but are
cut into finer fegments •, the umbels of flowers are
fmall, and fit clofe to the joints of the ftalks •, the
flowers are fmall and white ; they are fucceeded by
fhort feeds a little comprefled, and fet with fharp burry
prickles on their outfide.

The leventh fort grows naturally on the fide of banks
and foot-paths in many parts of England •, this rifes
with a (lender ftalk three feet high. The leaves are
like thofe of Parfley ; their lobes are fpear-fhaped,
and have winged points ; they are hairy, and ftand
thinly on the ftalks. The flowers are produced in
fmall umbels at the top of the ftalks, which are com-
pofed of feveral fmall umbels or rays which clofe to-
gether ; they are fmall, and of a pale red colour, and
are fucceeded by fmall prickly feeds.

The eighth fort grows naturally among the Corn in
Cambridgefhire, and in fome other parts of England.
This rifes with a channelled ftalk three feet high,
garnifhed with one winged leaf at each joint, com-
pofed of two pair of lobes terminated by a long one :
they are broad, fpear-fhaped, and deeply fawed on
their edges. The umbels of flowers which terminate
the ftalks are cluttered together *, the feeds are broad,
rough, and have borders round them.

All thefe plants may be termed annual, becaufethey
do not live more than one year ; but fome of them are
called biennial, from the young plants which come up
in autumn living through the winter, and producing
their flowers and fruit the following fummer ; but as
the feeds which are fown or permitted to flatter,
perfect their feeds in the compafs of one year, they
ihould be termed annual, for this is the property of
many of the plants with umbellated flowers, whofe
feeds fhould be fown in autumn ; otherwife, if they
come up (which frequently does not happen the fame
year when they are fown in the fpring,) the plants
generally decay before their feeds ripen ; but as their
whole growth is performed within the year, they are
efteemed as annual plants.

They are propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown

4

T O U

in autumn foon after they are ripe, when the plants
will foon appear, and are very hardy, fo that they re-
quire no farther care but to keep them clear from
weeds, and where they come up too clofe together,
they fhould be thinned, fo as to leave them fix& inches
afunder. In June following the plants will flower,
and their feeds will ripen in Auguft, which, if per-
mitted to flatter on the ground, will produce a fupDly
of plants without any trouble. If the feeds of thefe
plants are kept out of the ground till fpring, they
feldom fucceed ; for if any plants are produced from
the feeds then fown, they commonly perifli before
they have perfeded their feeds, whereas thofe which
are fown in autumn rarely fail. Thefe plants will
grow on any foil or fituation, fo may be put into any
obflure part of the garden.

TORMENTILLA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 298. tab.
153. Lin. Gen. Plant. 153. Tormentil,

The Characters are.

The flower has a plain empalement of one leaf divided
into eight fegments at the top ; it has four oval heart-
fhaped petals , whofe tails are inferted in the empalement ,
and fpread open , and many awl-jhaped ftamina which are
inferted in the empalement, terminated by fingle fummits ;
it has eight fmall germen collected in a head , which have
fender fyles the length of the germen inferted to their
fides , crowned by obtufe ftigmas . The germen afterward
turns to a fruit , containing many fmall feeds included in
the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth fedion of
Linnaeus’s twelfth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have from twelve to twenty ftamina,
which are inferted in the empalement.

The Species are,

1. Tormentilla ( Eredia ) caule eredo. Lin. Sp. Plant.
500. Tormentil with an eredt ftalk. Tormentilla vul-
garis. Park. Theat. 394. Common Tormentil.

2. Tormentilla ( Reptans ) caule repente, foliis petio-
latis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 500. Tormentil with a creeping
ftalk , and leaves on foot-ftalks. Pentaphyllum reptans,
alatum, foliis profundius ferratis. D. Plot. Oxf. 6. 1.
7. tab. 9. Creeping winged Cinquefoil , with leaves which
are deeply fawed.

The firft fort grows wild on dry paftures and com-
mons in moft parts of England, fo is never cultivated
in gardens ; this is fo commonly known as to need no
deflription. The roots of this plant have been fre-
quently ufed for tanning of leather, in places where
Oak bark is flarce. This root is alfo much ufed in
medicine, and is accounted the beft aftringent in the
whole vegetable kingdom.

The fecond fort is found in fome particular places of
England growing wild, butparticularly in Oxfordfhire.
The ftalks of this fort fpread on the ground, and emit
roots from their joints, whereby they propagate very
fall : this is rarely preferved, unlefs in fome botanic
gardens for the fake of variety. It requires no care to
propagate thefe plants, fince, if their roots are once
planted in almoft any foil or fituation, the plants will
flourifh without any other care, but to prevent their
being over-run with great weeds.

TOUR N E F O R T I A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 176. Pit-
tonia. Plum. Nov. Gen. 5. tab. 3.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is of one leaf cut into five
fmall fegments at the top , and is permanent. The flower
is of one petal, of the globular bell-fhape, and cut at the
brim into five acute points, which fpread open horizontally ;
it has five awl-fhaped ftamina the length of the tube , ter-
minated by fingle fummits , and a globular germen fupport-
ing a fingle ftyle the length of the ftamina , crowned by a
fingle ftigma. The germen afterward becomes a fpherical
fucculent berry, inclofing four oblorg oval feeds refting upon
the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

Father Plunder, who diftove ed feveral fpecies of this
genus in America, conftituted this genus, and gave it
the title of Pittonia, in honour of Dr. Jofeph Pitton 5

but

T O U

but Dr. Linnseus has changed the title from Pittonia
to Tournefortia.

The Species are,

1. Tournefortia (. F&tidijjim ) foliis ovato-lanceolatis,
birds pedtlnculis ramofis fpicis pendulis. Lin. Sp.
201. 'Tournefortia with oval, fpearfoaped , hairy leaves ,
and hanging j pikes of flowers. Pittonia racemofo mco-
danse foliis foetidiflimis. Plum. Gen. Nov. 5. Branch-
ing Pittonia with foetid Tobacco leaves.

2. Tournefortia ( Hirfutijfma ) foliis ovatis petiolatis,
caule hirfuto, fpicis ramofiffimis terminalibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 140. Tournefortia with oval leaves growing
upon foot-flalks , and a hairy ftalk terminated by very
branching fpikes of flowers. Pittonia hirfutiffima &
ramoflffima, baccis albis. Plum. Gen. Nov. 5. The
moft branching hairy Pittonia with white berries.

3. Tournefortia ( Volubilis ) foliis ovatis acuminatis,
glabris petiolis reflexis, caule volubili. Lin. Sp. Plant.
143. T ournefortia with oval , acut e-point ed,fmooth leaves ,
having reflexed foot-flalks and a twining ftalk. Pittonia
fcandens, baccis niveis, nigris maculis notatis. Plum.
Gen. 5. Climbing Pittonia , with white berries marked with
black fpots.

4. Tournefortia (Scandens) foliis cordatis hirfutis, fpi-
cis racemofis reflexis, caule volubili. Tournefortia with
hairy heart-Jhaped leaves , branching reflexed fpikes of
flowers , and a twining ftalk. Pittonia fcandens race-
mofa, fiore fufco. Houft. MSS. Climbing branching
Pittonia , with flowers of a brown colour.

5. Tournefortia ( Tomentofa ) foliis cordatis fubtus to-
mentoiis, fpicis racempfis brevibus, ’caule volubili.
T ournefortia with heart-jhaped leaves which are woolly on
their under fide , very fhort branching fpikes of flowers ,
and a twining ftalk. Pittonia fcandens, racemofa, fo-
liis -fubrotundis fubtus incanis. Houft. MSS. Climbing
branching Pittonia , with roundijh leaves which are hoary
on their under fide.

6. Tournefortia ( Carnofa ) foliis ovatis rngofis petio-
latis, fpicis racemofis axillaribus, caule fruticofo.
Tournefortia with oval rough leaves growing upon foot-
flalks , branching fpikes of flowers proceeding from the
wings of the flalks, and a fhrubby ftalk. Pittonia fru-
tefcens, folio carnofa hirfuta & obtufo/ Plum. Gen. 5.
Shrubby Pittonia with a flefhy , hairy , and blunt leaf.

7. Tournefortia (, Suffruticofa ) foliis fub-lanceolatis in-
canis fuffruticofo. Lin. Sp. 202. T ournefortia with oval
fpear-fhaped leaves having acute points , being woolly on
their under fide, branching incurved fpikes of flowers , and
a branching ftalk.

8. Tournefortia ( Humilis ) foliis lanceolatis feffilibus,
fpicis fimplicibus recurvis lateralibus. Lin. Sp. Plant.

1 41. Tournefortia with fpear-fhaped leaves fitting clofe
to the flalks, and fingle recurved fpikes of flowers grow-
ing at the wings of the fame. Pittonia humilis anchufe
folio. Plum. Gen. 5. Low Pittonia with an Alkane t leaf.
The firft fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and in fome
of the other Hands in the Weft-Indies, where it rifes
with fhrubby ftalks ten or twelve feet high, fending
out many branches, which are clofely garnifhed with
oval fpear-fhaped leaves placed alternately round the
ftalks ; they are five inches long, and two and a half
broad in the middle, hairy on their under fide, and
ft and upon fhort foot-ftalks. The branches are ter-
minated by long branching fpikes of flowers, which
are ranged on one fide the foot-ftalks in the fame man-
ner as thole of the Heliotrope or Turnfol. Some of
the foot-ftalks fuftain two, others three, and fome
four fpikes of flowers, which are near five inches long,
and are reflexed like a fcorpion’s tail at the top. The
flowers are of a dirty white colour ; they are fmall,
and clofely ranged on one fide the fpike •, thefe are
fucceeded by fmall fucculent fruit, inclofing four ob-
long feeds in each.

The fecond fort is alfo a native of the Hands in the
Weft-Indies. The ftalks of this are lhrubby, taper,
and rough ; they rife to the height of eight or ten
feet, dividing into many branches, which are covered
with a light brown, hairy, rough bark, and garniftied
with oval leaves placed alternately ; thele are about

TOP

four inches long, and two and a half broad, baking
many tranfverfe veins running from the midrib to the
fides ; they have fhort hairy foot-ftalks, and are of a
deep green on their upper fide. The branches are
terminated by very branchy fpikes of flowers ; thefe
are fucceeded by fmall, roundifh, fucculent fruit, each
inclofing four oblong feeds.

The third fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and fome
of the Hands in America •, this has a twining ligneous
ftalk, which twills about the neighbouring trees for
fupport, and rifes to the height of ten or twelve feet,
fending out feveral flender ligneous branches, which
are garniftied with oval acute-pointed leaves, whofe
foot-ftalks are reflexed. The flowers are produced in
branching fpikes from the fide and the top of the
branches ; they are fmall and white, and are fucceeded
by fmall, w'hite, fucculent berries, having one or two
black fpots on each.

The fourth fort was difcbvered by the late Dr. H011L
toun, growing naturally in Jamaica, who fent the feeds
to England; this hath fhrubby branching ftalks, which
rife to the height of ten or twelve feet. The branched
are garnifhed with heart-fhaped hairy leaves, near three
inches long, and one and a half broad near the bafe,
ending in acute points ; they are of a thinner texture
than thofe of the former fpecies, and Hand upon fhort
foot-ftalks. The flowers come out at the end of the
branches in very flender branching fpikes ; they are
fmall, and of a dirty brown colour, ranged along on
the upper fide of the foot-ftalk ; thefe are fucceeded
by fmall pulpy berries, each containing four feeds.
The fifth fort was found growing naturally by Mr,
Robert Millar near Carthagena, in New Spain ; this
has climbing ftalks, which twine about any neigh-
bouring fupport, and rife to the height of ten or twelve
feet. The branches are garnifhed with heart-fhaped
leaves which are two inches long, and one and a quar-
ter broad near their bafe ; they are very downy on
their under fide, and ftand upon very fhort foot-ftalks.
The flowers are produced in fhort branching fpikes
which come out from the wings of the branches *, they
are of a dirty white colour, fmall, and are fuccceeded
by fmall fucculent berries, inclofing two, three, and
fometimes four feeds.

The fixth fort was difcovered by the late Mr. Robert
Millar, grov/ing naturally near Carthagena in New
Spain ; this has a ftrong ligneous ftalk, which rifes
near twenty feet high, fending out feveral ftrong lig-
neous branches, covered with a light brown bark
which is rough, and garnifhed with thick oval leaves,
four inches long and three broad -, they are very rough
on their upper furface, and of a dark green colour,
but pale and fmoother on their under fide, ftanding
upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in branching fpikes from the wings of the
branches ; they are fmall, white, and fhaped like thofe
of the other fpecies, and are fucceeded by fmall fuccu-
lent berries, each including two or three oblong feeds.
The feventh fort was difcovered by the fame gentle-
man in the fame country ; this has woody ftalks which
rife five or fix feet high, from which fpring out many
flender ligneous branches, garniftied with oval fpear-
fhaped leaves about two inches long, and one broad
in the middle, which are rounded at each end, but
have acute points ; they are of a dark green on their
upper furface, but have a white down on their under
fide, and fit clofe to the branches. The flowers are
produced from the wings of the ftalks, and alfo at
the top ; they are formed in flender branching fpikes,
being ranged on one fide of the fpikes which are re-
curved ; they are white, and are fucceeded by fmall
fucculent berries, which contain two or three feeds.
The eighth fort was found growing naturally at Cam-
peachy, by the late Dr. Houftoun ; this plant has low
fhrubby ftalks, which feldom rife more than three
feet high, fending out a few flender ligneous branches,
which are garnifhed with rough fpear-fhaped leaves
fitting clofe to the branches ; thefe are of a dark green
on their upper fide, but pale oft their under. The

1 3 H flowers

T O X

flowers come out in Angle fpik.es from the wings of
the ftaik ; they are white, and arelucceeded by I'm all
lucculent berries like the former fort.

Thefe plants are propagated, by feeds, which muft be
procured from the countries where they grow natu-
rally ; thefe fhould be fown in l'mall pots filled with
HgJit earth, and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners
bark. Thefe feeds fometimes grow the firft year, but
they often remain in the ground a whole year ; there-
fore, if the plants fhould not come up the fame fea-
fon, the pots fhould be plunged in autumn into the
tan- bed in the ftove, where they fhould remain all the
winter, and in the fpring they fhould be removed out,
and plunged into a frefh tan-bed, which will foon
bring up the plants if the feeds were good. When
thefe are fit to remove, they fhould be each planted
in a ftnall pot, and plunged into a tan-bed, where
they muft be fhaded from the fun till they have taken
. new root, and then they muft be treated in the fame
way as other tender plants from the fame countries,
which require to be kept conftantly in the bark-ftove.

TOXICODENDRON. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 6 1 o.
tab. 38 r. Rhus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 331. [-rcgijcov, poi-
fon, and fafyov, a tree.] Poifon-tree, vulgo.

The Characters are.

The male flowers are upon different plants from the fe-
male ; they have a fnall empalement cut into five points
at the brim , and five fimall roundifh petals zvhich fpread
open-, they have five fhort Jlamina , terminated by round-
ijh fummits. The female flowers have empalements and
petals like the male ; they have no Jlamina , but in the cen-
ter is fituated a roundifh germen , fupporting three fmall
fiyles , crowned with globular ftigmas. The germen after-

ward turns to a berry with one or two cells , inclofing one
feed in each.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feiftion
of Linnaeus's fifth clafs, which includes the plants
whole flowers have five ftamina and three ftyles, and
has joined them to his genus of Rhus ; but this genus
fhould be ranged in the fifth febtion of his twenty-
fecond clafs, which contains thofe plants whofe flowers
are male and female on different plants, and the male
flowers have five ftamina.

The Species are, /

1. Toxicodendron ( Vulgar e ) foliis ternatis, foliolis ob-
cordatis, glabris, integerrimis, caule radicante. Poi-
fon-tree with roundifh , heart-Jhaped , fmooth , entire , trifo-
liate leaves, and a ftaik putting out roots. Toxicoden-
dron triphyllum, folio finuato pubefeente. Tourn.
Inft. 61 1. Smooth three-leaved Poifon-tree, or Poifon Oak.

2. Toxicodendron ( Pubefcens ) foliis ternatis, foliolis
ovatis incifo-angulatis pubefeentibus. Poifon-tree with
trifoliate leaves whofe lobes are oval , angularly cut , and
covered with floor t f oft hairs. Toxicodendron triphyl-
lum, glabrum. Tourn. Inft. 61 1. The three-leaved
Poifon-tree , with a foft , hairy, Jinuated leaf.

3. Toxicodendron ( Glabrum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis
ovato-lanceolatis glabris caule ere&o fruticofo. Poifon-
tree with trifoliate leaves whofe lobes are oval , fpear-
foaped, and fmooth , and an eredl fhrubby ftaik. Toxi-
codendron rectum, foliis minioribus glabris. Hort.
Elth. 389. Upright Poifon-tree with /matter fmooth
leaves.

4. Toxicodendron {Pinna t is) foliis pinnatis, folio-
lis ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis. Poifon-tree with
winged leaves zvhofe lobes are oval, fpcar-Jhaped , and en-
tire. Toxicodendron foliis alatis, frubtu rhomboide.
Hort. Elth. .392. Poifon-tree with winged leaves and a
rbomboidal fruit, catted Poifon Afto. And the Rhus fo-
lds pinnatis integerrimis, petiolo integro aequali. Lin.
Mat. Med. 151. Alfo the Amyris foliis impari pinna-
tis of the fame author. Sp. Plant. 496.

5. Toxicodendron ( Crenatum ) foliis ternatis, foliolis
ovatis crenato-dentatis glabris. Poifon-tree with trifo-
liate leaves, whofe lobes are oval, fmooth , and bluntly
indented.

6. Toxicodendron ( Volubilis ) foliis ternatis, foliolis
ovatis incifo-finuatis glabris, caule volubili radicante.
Poifon-tree with trifoliate leaves whofe lobes are oval ,

fmooth , and cut into finufes, and a twining rooting ftaik.
Toxicodendron amplexicaule, foliis rninoribus glabris.
Hort. Elth. 399. Poifon-tree with a twining ftdlk,
and [matter fmooth leaves.

7. JTqxicodendron ( Serratum ) folds fepius ternatis,
foliolis oblongo-ovatis rugofis ferratis, caule radi-
cante. Poifon-tree with leaves which, are generally trifo-
liate, oblong, oval , rough, _ [awed lobes, and a rooting ftaik .

8. Toxicodendron [Arbor eo) foliis ternatis, foliolis lan-
ceolatis fuperne intequaliter ferratis, fubtus tomento-
fls, caule arborefeente. Poifon-tree with trifoliate leaves ,
fpearfhaped lobes unequally Jawed toward their points *
downy on their under fide, and a tree-like ftaik. Bacci-
fera Indica trifoliata, frudu rotundo monopyreno, pe-
dunculo longo. Sloan. Cat. 170. Indian , trifoliate ,
berry- bearing-tree , with a roundift: fruit having one feed ,
and a long foot -ftaik.

9. Toxicodendron (. Arbor efeens ) foliis ternatis, foliolis
ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis glabris, caule fruticofo
ramofo. Poifon-tree with trifoliate leaves , having oval ,
fpear-fhaped , acute-pointed, fmooth lobes, and a fhrubby
branching ftaik. Toxicodendron arborefcens.pyri fo-
liis glabris, floribus racemofis. Houft. MSS. Tree-
like Poifon-tree , with fmooth Pear leaves and branching
flowers,

10. Toxicodendron [Alt iff mum) foliis pinnatis fefiili-
bus, lobis acuminatis. The talleft Poifon-tree with winged
leaves , whofe lobes are pointed , and fit clofe to the foot-
ftalks. Fafi no Ki. Arbor Yernicifera fpuria, fyl-
veftris anguftifolia. Kemp. Amcen. 794. The fpurious
Vernice-tree zvith narrow leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in many parts of North
America; this has alow fhrubby ftaik, which feldom
riles more than three feet high, fending out fhoots
near the bottom, which trail upon the ground, put-
ting out roots from their joints, whereby it multiplies
and fpreads greatly ; fo that when it is not confined or
trained up to a fupport, the ftalks feldom rife upward.
If the ftalks happen to be dole to a wall, they emit
roots which fallen to the joints in the wall, and fup-
port themfelves when they are fevered from the root ;
and the ftalks of fuch plants will become more lig-
neous, and rife much higher, than thole which grow
in the ground. The foot-ftalks of the leaves are near
a foot long ; the leaves are compofed of three oval
heart-fhaped lobes, which are fmooth and entire, each
lobe Handing upon fhort foot-ftalks ; the lobes are
five inches long, and three inches and a half broad ;
the two fide lobes are oblique to the foot-ftalk, but
the middle one is equal ; they have many tranlverfe
veins running from the midrib to the borders. The
flowers come out from the fide of the ftaik in loofe
panicles •, they are of an herbaceous colour and fmall,
fo make little appearance. Some plants have only
male flowers, which have five ftamina in each ; thefe
decay without producing fruit, but upon the other
plants are only female flowers, which have a germen
and three very fhort ftyles ; thefe are lucceeded by
roundifh, channelled, fmooth berries of a gray colour,
which inclofe one or two feeds, but thefe feeds do
not grow unlefs fome male plants are near them. The
plants flower in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
This plant, whence once planted in a garden, will
propagate faft enough by its trailing branches, which
put out roots at every part. It will thrive in almoft
any foil or fituation.

The fecond fort grows naturally in many parts of
North America. The ftalks of this fort rife higher
than thofe of the former; the branches are (lender but
ligneous ; they have a brown bark, and are garnifhed
with downy leaves Handing upon pretty long foot-
ftalks ; thefe are compofed of three oval lobes about
two inches long, and one and a half broad, indented
angularly, and are hoary on their under fide. The
male flowers, which are produced on feparate plants
from the fruit, come out from the fide of the ftalks
in clofe fhort fpikes ; thefe are of an herbaceous co-
lour, and have five fhort ftamina in each. The fe-
male flowers are produced in loofe panicles ; thefe are
6 in

in fhape and colour like the male, but are larger, and
have a roundifli germen, fupporting three very fhort
ftyles ; thefe are fucceeded by roundifh berries which
ripen in autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in North America ;
this has a fhrubby branching ftalk which rifes fix or
Even feet high, covered with a brown bark. The
branches are ligneous, and grow eredt ; they are gar-
nilhed with fmooth trifoliate leaves, whofe lobes are
oval, fpear-fhaped, and have a few fmall indentures
on their borders •, they are near three inches long,
and one and a half broad, with fovera] tranfverfe veins
from the midrib to their borders, i he male and fe- *
male flowers grow upon feparate plants ; their fhape
and colour is like thole of the former, and the fruit
is alio like that.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Virginia, Penfyl-
vania, New England, and Carolina ; from all thefe
countries I have received feeds and plants of it, and
italfo grows in japan. This, in the countries where
it grows naturally, rifes with a ftrong woody ftalk to
the height of twenty feet or upward, but in England
we feldom fee any of them more than five or fix feet
high ; the reafon of this is from the plants being ten-
der, fo are deftroyed in fevere winters but I have
feen feme plants which were kept in pots and fheltered
in winter, upward of ten feet high, in the garden of
Samuel Reynardfon, Efq-, at Hillendon, which, af-
ter his death were purchafed, with all his other exotic
plants, by Sir Robert Walpole. This has a ftrong
woody ftalk, covered with a light brown bark inclining
to gray, branching out on every fide. The branches
are garnilhed with winged leaves, compofed of two
or three pair of lobes terminated by an odd one. The
lobes vary greatly in their flhape, but for the moft
part they are fpear-fhaped, about three or four inches
long, and one and a half broad in the middle •, they
are fometimes rounded at their bafe, but end in acute
points ; their upper furface is fmooth, and of a lu-
cid green, but their under fide is pale and a little
hairy. The foot-ftalks of the leaves change to a
bright purple colour, efpecially toward the latter part
of lummer, and in autumn all the leaves are of a
beautiful purple colour before they fall off. The
male flowers are produced in loofe panicles from the
wings of the branches ; they are fmall, of an herba-
ceous white colour, compofed of five fmall roundifli
petals, and have five fhort ftamina within, terminated
by roundifli fummits. The female flowers are upon
feparate plants from the male, and are difpofed on
loofe panicles ; thefe are fhaped like the male, but
are fomewhat larger, and have in their center a round-
ifh germen, fupporting three very fhort ftyles, crown-
ed with globular ftigmas. The germen afterward
turns to a berry variable in fhape, fometimes almoft
oval, at others fhaped like a fmall fpear •, but the
moft general form is roundifli, with a protuberance
almoft like the Cicer •, thefe include one feed. It
flowers in July, and in warm feafons the female plants
produce fruit, but they do not ripen here.

This is undoubtedly the fame plant which is men-
tioned by Dr. Kempfer in his Amcenitates Exotica-
rum, by the title of Sitz, vel Sits Adju, or Arbor
vernicifera legitima, folio pinnato juglandis, frubtu
racemofa Ciceris facie, p.791, 792. The true Var-
nilh-tree with a Walnut-tree leaf, and a branching
fruit like Cicers. But the figure he has exhibited of
this plant, is the moft inaccurate of any perhaps to be
found in any of the modern books of botany ; it is
drawn from a fide fhoot of a branch which has been
cut off, fo has neither flower nor fruit to it, and be-
ing a vigorous flioot, the leaves are very different in
fize and fhape from thofe on plants which have not
been headed ; and his deftription of the leaves feems
to have been taken from this branch, otherwife he
could not have compared them to thofe of the Wal-
nut-tree. He feems to have been confcious of this
fault, by his adding another figure of the plant in
fmall under his own, taken from a Japan Herbal, in

which there is a much better reprefentation of it than
his own conveys. How a perfcn, who was employing
himfelf in making drawings of plants, in a country
where the natural hiftory of it was fo little known,
fhould make choice. of fuch an imperfefl fample for
his figure, is amazing ; for there can be no doubt of
his meeting with perfeft plants in flower or fruit, in
a place where the fhrubs are cultivated fo plentifully
as he mentions ; and in his ddcription of it, he fets
out by comparing the height of the fhrubs to thofe
of Willow, than which he could not have chofen any
plant by way of comparifori, which would have con-
veyed a more indetermined idea ; for it is well known
there are different fpecies of Willow, whofe growth
is from four to forty feet high ^ therefore there can
be no other way of reconciling his defeription with
what he afterward mentions, when he is giving an
account of the method ufed by the natives in colleft-
ing the varnifh, where he fays the fhrubs are cut
down every third year, but by comparing their growth
with that of the Willows, which are cut down for
fuel, &c. every four or five years.

However, as the dried famples of this plant which he
brought to Europe, agrees with the American Toxi-
codendron here mentioned, and the milky juice of
both have' the fame qualities of ftaining, fo there can
be no doubt of the plants being the fame •, therefore if
it is thought that varnifti may be of public utility, it
may be collefted in plenty in moft of the Englifh fet-
tlements in North America.

Kempfer has alfo given a figure and defeription of a
fpurious Varnifh-tree, which is called Fafi-no-Ki by
the natives, and is by him titled Arbor vernicifera
fpuria, fylveftris anguftifolia. Spurious wild Varnifti-
tree with a narrow leaf, which he fays agrees with the
other in every part, excepting the lobes of the leaves,
which are narrower. This led me into a miftake in
the former editions of the Gardeners Dictionary, by
fuppofing their difference might arife from culture
only ; but haying fince raifed from feeds a fhrub
which has all the appearance of his fpurious Varnifh-
tree, and is evidently a diftinCt fpecies, if not a diffe-
rent genus from the true fort, I am certain Kempfer
has been guilty of a great miftake in this particular.
The feeds of this were font from China, for thofe of
the Varnifh-tree ; but when I fowed them, i remarked
they were pretty much like thofe of the Beecfotree,
but fmaller, being thick on one fide and narrow on
the other, in fhape of a wedge, from whence I fup-
pofod there w7ere three of the feeds included in one cap-
fule. There is a fhrub of this kind now growing in
the Chelfea Garden, which is more than twenty feet
high, but, as it has not yet produced flowers, I am
at a lofs where to range it, therefore have placed it
here till it has fhewn its flowers. How Dr. Linnaeus
came to change the title of this plant, and remove it
to another clafs, I am at a lofs to account •, for had he
leen the plants growing, or had fpecimens of it, I am
certain he would not have done : for though fome-
times, in very vigorous growing plants, the flowers
have frequently fix or feven ftamina, yet their con-
ftant number is rarely more than five : and how fome
other perforis, from whom he had this intelligence,
has fuppofed the true Varnilh-tree and the wild one
were the fame, I am at as great a lofs to guefs ; for
the leaves of the true Varnifh-tree has feldom more
than four pair of lobes, but the wild fort has four-
teen or fixteen pair, and the lobes are differently
formed.

The fifth fort grows naturally in North America,
from whence the feeds were a few years fince brought
to England ; this has a fhrubby ftalk which fends out
many ligneous branches, covered with a fmooth pur-
ple bark, and garnifhed with trifoliate leaves, Handing
upon foot-ftalks an inch long ; the lobes are oval,
about two inches long, and one and a half broad in
the middle, of a deep lucid green on their upper
fide, but of a pale green on their under, and are
deeply crenated or indented on their edges, their bafe

joining

joining clofe to the foot-ftalks, The leaves, when
bruised, emit an odour like that of Orange-peel, from
whence the gardeners have titled it the fweet-fcented
Toxicodendron. The male flowers are produced in
fhort dole panicles j they are fmall, and of an her-
baceous white colour ; they grow upon feparate plants
from the fruit, which grow in lparfed panicles, and are
of an oval fhape.

The fixth fort grows naturally in North America.
The ftalks of this fort emit roots their whole length,
whereby they faften to trees or any neighbouring lup-
port, and climb to the height of fix or eight& feet •,
thefe are garnifhed with trifoliate oval leaves, which
are fmooth, and cut into finufes on their edges. The
lobes are four inches long and two broad. The
flowers are produced in fhort panicles from the fide of
the branches •, they are male and female on different
plants like the other fpecies.

The feventh fort was lent me by Mr. John Bartram
from Philadelphia, by the title of Great Toxicoden-
dron •, this hath trailing roots which run near the fur-
f ce of the ground, fencnn^ up ftalks in different
places y the leaves ftand upon long foot-ftalks ; they
have chiefly three lobes, but fome have four. The
lobes are obtu'fe, rough, and fawed on their edges.
They are four or five inches long, and three broad ;
this fort has not as yet flowered in England, fo I can
give no farther defcription of the plant at prefent :
thefe forts are all of them fo hardy as to thrive in the
open air in England, but the fourth fort is often de-
ftroyed by fevere froft, fo Ibould be planted in a warm
fituation.

The firft, fixth, and feventh forts propagate in plenty
by their creeping ftalks and roots ; the others are pro-
pagated by laying down their branches, which will
put out roots in one year, and may then be taken
off and tranfplanted, either in the places where they
are to remain, or in a nurfery, to grow two or three
years to get ftrength before they are planted out for
good-, they are alfo propagated by feeds, which
ibould be fown on a bed of light earth, and when the
plants come up they muff be kept clean from weeds
the following fummer ; and before the froft comes on
in autumn, the bed fhould be hooped over, that the
plants may be covered with mats, for otherwife the
early frofts will kill their tops, which frequently caufes
their ftalks to decay to the ground ; for as the plants
are tender, and generally fhoot late the firft year,
they are in much greater danger than when they get
more ftrength. In fpring the plants may be trans-
planted into nurfery-beds to grow a year or two, and
may then be tranfplanted for good.

Thefe plants are preferved by the curious in botany
for the fake of variety, but as there is little beauty in
them, there are not many of the forts cultivated in
in England. The wood of thefe trees, when burnt,
emits a noxious fume, which will fuffocate animals
when they are ffiut up in a room where it is burnt :
an inftance of this is mentioned in die Philofophical
Tranfadtions by Dr. William Sherard, which was com-
municated to him in a letter from New England by
Mr. Moore, in which he mentions fome people who
had cut fome of this wood for fuel, which they were
burning, and in a fhort time they loft the ufe of their
limbs, and became ftupid fo that if a neighbour had
not accidentally opened the door, and feen them in
that condition, it is generally believed they would
foon have perifhed. This fhould caution people from
making ufe of this wood for fuch purpofe.

When a perfon is poifoned by handling this wood,
in a few hours he feels an itching pain, which provokes
a fcratching, which is followed by an inflammation
and fwelling. Sometimes a perfon has had his legs
poifoned, which have run with water. Some of the
inhabitants of America affirm, they can diftinguiffi
this wood by the touch in the dark, from its extreme
coldnefs, which is like ice j but what is mentioned of
this poifonous quality, is moft applicable to the fourth
fort here mentioned, which, by the defcription, agrees
with this fpecies.

1 he juice of the tree is milky when it firft iffues out
of the wounded part, but foon after it is expofed to
the air it turns black, and has a very ftrong foetid
Icent, and is corroding ; for I have obferved, on cut-
ting off a fmall branch from one of thefe ffirubs, that
the blade of the knife has been changed black in a
moment’s time, fo far as the juice had fpread over it,
which I could not get off without grinding the knife.
The eighth fort grows naturally in Jamaica on the
red hills, and Campeachy, in great plenty. It has a
thick woody ftem which rifes near thirty feet high,
with a fmooth Afli-coloured bark, fending out ligne-
ous branches on every fide, which have a hairy rufty-
coloured bark, and are garniffied with trifoliate leaves
which have hairy foot-ftalks two inches long. The
lobes are fpear-ffiaped, about four inches long, and
two broad in the middle, drawing to points at both
ends i they are unequally lawed toward the top, and
have many tranfverfe veins running from the midrib
to the borders ; they are of a dark green on their up-
per fide, but have a brown woolly down on their un-
der fide. The flowers are ranged in a Angle racemus,
which fprings from the wings of the branches they
are fmall, of a yellowiffi colour, and the female
flowers are fucceeded by fmall, oval, fmooth berries,
of an Orange colour when ripe.

The ninth fort grows naturally about Carthagena in
New Spain ; this rifes with a ffirubby ftalk twelve or
fourteen feet high, covered with a gray bark, fend-
ing out a great number of branches on every fide,
which are garnifhed with trifoliate fmooth leaves,
whofe lobes are oval, fpear-ffiaped, and oblique to
their foot-ftalks ; they are near three inches long, and
an inch and a half broad, running out in long acute
points. The male and female flowers are upon diffe-
rent plants ; they are formed in loofe panicles, are
fmall, and of a dirty white colour. The female flowers
are fucceeded by fmall, oval, fmooth berries, each
including one feed.

The two laft forts are tender plants, fo will not thrive
in this country without the affiftanceof artificial heat ;
they are propagated by feeds, when thefe can be pro-
cured from the countries where the plants grow na-
turally. Thefe fhould be fown as foon as they arrive
here, in pots filled with light earth, and plunged
into a tan-bed. Sometimes the plants will come up
the fame year, but the feeds often lie long in the
ground when they are fown in the fpring -, and when
they do not grow the firft year the pots fhould be
plunged in the bark-bed in the ftove in autumn, where
they fhould be plunged into a frefh hot-bed under a
frame, which will foon bring up the plants. When
thefe are fit to remove, they fhould be each planted
in a fmall pot filled with light earth, and plunged in-
to a new tan-bed, obferving to fhade them from the
fun till they have taken new root j then they fhould
be treated in the fame way as other tender exotic plants,
which are conftantly kept in the bark-ftove.

The tenth fort came from China. This grows to a
large fize, fending out many branches on every fide,
which are garniffied with very long winged leaves,
each leaf having fourteen or fixteen pair of lobes,
which fit clofe to the midrib ; as this has not pro-
duced flowers in England, fo we are at a lofs where to
place it, but it is hardy enough to live in the open air
in winter. This propagates faft enough by the many
fuckers fent out from the roots.

TRAC HELIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 130. tab.
50. Lin. Gen. Plant. 204. Throatwort.

The Characters are,

The flower has a fmall empalement cut at the top in five
parts , fitting upon the germen. It has one petal , which
is funnel-Jhaped , having a long , fender , cylindrical tube,
cut at the top into jive fmall oval fegments , which fpread
open it has five hair -like flamina the length of the petal,
terminated by fingle fummits \ and a roundijh three-cor-
nered germen fituated under the flower , fupporting a long
fender fiyle , crowned by a globular fligma. The germen
afterward turns to a roundifi: obtufe capfule with three lobes ,
having three cells , which are filled with fmall feeds.

This

This genus of plants is ranged in the fir ft feclion of |
Linnseus’s fifth ciafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

We know but one Species of this genus in the
Engfifh gardens, viz.

Tr a chel i u A ( Garuflwm. ) Hort. Upfal. 41. Throatwo'rt.
Tracheliuni azurdum urn be Hirer urn. Pon. Bal. 44.
Blue Mountain Throatwort.

This plant grows naturally in fhady woods in many
parts of Italy. It has a perennial root which is flefhy
and tuberous, fending out many fibres which fpread
wide on every fide. The leaves are oval, ipear-
fhaped, about two inches long, and one broad in the
middle, fawed on their edges, and ending in acute
points. The Italics rife a loot and a hair high, and
are garnifhed with leaves lhaped like thofe at the
bottom, but come out irregularly. Sometimes there
are two pretty large leaves, and one or two Imaller
rifing from the lame point •, at others, one large and
three finaller at the fame joint thefe come out alter-
nate, and the upper part of the ftalk, immediately un-
der the. umbel, is naked of leaves, except two or three
narrow ones, which are clofe to the foot-ftalks of the
flowers ; thefe are difpofed inform of an umbel com-
poied of many fmall ones. The flowers are finall,
runnel-fhaped, and of an azure blue colour •, thefe ap-
pear in June and July, and are fucceeded by roundifh
capfules, with three cells filled with fmall feeds, which
ripen in September.

This plant is propagated by feeds, which fhould be
fown in autumn when they are ripe, for when they are
kept out of the ground till fpring, they frequently
fail, or if they do grow, it is not before the following
fpring. When the plants come up, they fhould be
kept clean from weeds, and as foon as they are big
enough to remove, they fhould be tranfplanted on an
craft- afpe&ed border of light undunged earth, placing
them in rows fix inches apart, and four inches diftant
in the rows, (hading them from the fun till they have
taken new root ; after which they require no other care
but to keep them clean from weeds till autumn,
when they may be tranfplanted into the borders of the
flower-garden, where they will flower the following
fummer.

But as thefe plants will thrive better on old walls,
when by accident they have arifen from feeds, fo their
feeds, when ripe, may be fcattered on fuch walls as
are old, or where there is earth lodged fufficient to re-
ceive the feeds j where the plants will come up and refill
the cold much better, and continue longer than when
fown in the full ground ; and when a few of the plants
are eftablifbed on the walls, they will fired their feeds,
lb that they will maintain themfelves without any far-
ther care. I have obferved fome plants of this kind,
which have grown from the joints of a wall, whele
there has not been the leaft earth to lupport them,
which have refilled the cold, though they have been
greatly expofed to the winds, when moll of thofe in
the full ground were killed ; fo that thefe plants are
very proper to cover the walls of ruins, where they
will have a very good effefl.

TRADESCANTI A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 398. Ephe-
meron. Tourn. Inti. 193. Flower of a Day, or Vir-
ginia Spider. wort.

The Characters are.

The empalement is compofed of three oval concave leaves
which are permanent. The flower has three orbicular ,
large , fpreading petals , which are equal , and fix fender
hairy ftamina which ft and eredl , and are the length of the
empalement , terminated by kidney \-fh aped fummits , with an
oval ger men fupporting a fender three-cornered ftyle , crown-
ed by a three-cornered obtufte Jligma. The empalement co-
vers an oval capfuls with three cells , filled zvith angular
feeds.

This genus of plants is placed in the firft feflion of
Linnaeus's fixth ciafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.

We have but one Species of this plant in England,
though there are two other fpecies, qne of which

grows on the coaft of Malabar, the other in the Arrisk
ncan iflands.

Tradescantia ( 'Virginiana ) eredla kevis, floribus con-
geals. Lin. Sp. 411. Virginia Spiderwort with erebt
fmooth ftalks , and flowers clbfely connected at the top.

This plant grows naturally in Virginia, and moft other
parts of North America ; it hath roots compofed of
many flefhy fibres ; the ftalks are fmooth, rifing a
foot and a half high, garnifhed by long, fmooth, keel-
lhaped leaves, which embrace the ftalks ; the flowers
are produced in cluflersat the top of the ftalks 5 thefe
are compofed of three pretty large fpreading petals of
a purple colour; they appear early in June, and there
is a fuccefiion of flowers moft part of lummer,- though
each flower continues but one day, from whence it
had the title of Ephemeron.

There are two other varieties of this fpecies, one with
a deep blue, and the other a white flower; but as
thefe vary from one to another when raifed from feeds,
fo they fhould not be feparated.

Thefe plants multiply fo fall by their roots, and alfo
from the feeds if permitted to fall, that they fhould be
yearly reduced to keep them within bounds. The bell:
time to remove and part the roots is in the autumn.

TRAGACANTHA. Tourn. Xnft. R. H. 41 7. tab.
234. Aftragalus. Lin. Gem Plant. 799. [T gaydxawQx,
of a goat, and a thorn.] Goats-

thorn.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is of one leaf, indented in
five parts , the lower fegments being the fhorteft. The
flower is of the butterfly kind ; the ftandard is long , erebl ,
indented at the point , and the borders are reflexed. The
wings are floor ter than the ftandard. The keel is of the
fame length with the wings , and is indented ; it has ten
ftamina , nine are joined and one is feparated , terminated
by roundifh fummits , and a fhort taper germen fupporting
an awl-floaped ftyle , crowned by an obtufte Jligma. The
germen afterward becomes a floort [welling pod , having two
longitudinal cells , inclofing kidney-fhaped J'eeds.

This genus of plants Dr. Linnaeus has joined to the
Aftragalus, which is placed in the third fe&ion of
his feventeenth ciafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have ten ftamina joined in two bodies.

The Species are,

1. Tragacantha ( Majflienfts ) petiolis longbribus
fpinefcentibus, foliolis ovatis obtufis. Goats-thorn with
longer foot-ftalks ending in J fines , and having oval ob-
tufe. lobes to the leaves. Tragacantha. C. B. P. 388.
Goats-thorn.

2. Tragacantha ( Hifpanica ) foliolis lanceolatis, flori-
bus folirariis axillaribus, fliiculis ovatis infiatis. Goats-
thorn with fpear-fhaped lobes , flowers proceeding fingly
from the fides of the branches , and oval , inflated , bladder
pods. Tragacantha humilis Balearica, foliis paivis
vix incanis, flore albo. Salvador. Lozv Goats-thorn of
the Balearick Iflands , having fmall leaves which are
flcarce hoary , and a white flower.

3. Tragacantha ( Argentea ) foliolis lanceolatis acumi-
natis tomentofis, floribus alaribus terminalibufque.
Goats-thorn with fpear-fhaped , acute-pointed , woolly leaves ,
and flowers growing on the fides and at the ends of the
branches. Tragacantha orientalis humillima argentea
barbae Jovis folio. Tourn. Cor. 29. The low eft^e after n
Goats-thorn , with filvery leaves like thofe of Jupiter's
Beard .

4. Tragacantha ( Glabra ) foliolis linearibus glabris,
floribus congeftis axillaribus. Goats-thorn zvith very
narrow fmooth leaves , and flowers growing in clufters on
the fides of the branches. Tragacantha foliis minimis-
viridibus. Boerh. Ind. ■alt. 2. p. 53. Goats-thorn zvith
the leaft very green leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally on the fea-ihore about
Marfeilles, and in Italy-, this hath a thick, fhort, lig-
neous ftalk, which branches out greatly on every fide.
The young branches are woolly ; they are clofely gar-
nifhed with winged leaves, whofe foot-ftalks end in
acute thorns. The lobes are fmall, oval, obtufe, and
of a filvery colour. The flowers are large, white,

13 I W and

/

T R A

and fliaped like a butterfly ; they are produced in
clufters at the end of the branches ; thele appear in
June and July, and are fucceeded by flhort pods hav-
ing two longitudinal cells, containing two or three
kidney-fhaped leeds, which feldom ripen in England.
The fecond fort grows naturally in the iflands of Ma-
jorca and Minorca; this hatha thick woody ftalk
which rifes about two feet high, fending out many
ligneous branches, which are clofely garnifhed with
fpear-fhaped fmall leaves ; they are hoary, and are
ranged by pairs along a very ftrong foot-ftalk, ending
with a fharp point. The flowers are produced fingly
from the fides of the branches, they are large and
white ; . thefe are fucceeded by oval bladder pods,
containing four kidney-fliaped feeds ; it flowers in
July, but the feeds do not ripen in England.

The third fort grows naturally in the iflands of the
Archipelago ; this has a very low Ihrubby ftalk, which
divides into many downy branches, which are gar-
nilhed with winged leaves, compofed of nine or ten
pair of fpear-fhaped woolly lobes, which end in acute
points ; thele are extended to the end of the foot-
ftalk, fo there is not any part of it bare at the end, as
In the other fpecies. The flowers are produced from
the fide and at the top of the branches ; they are
white, and fhaped like thofe of the other fpecies, but
fmaller ; they appear at the fame time as the former
forts, but are not fucceeded by pods in England.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain ; this is a
very low plant ; the ftalks are pretty thick and woody,
but feldom rife to more than five or fix inches high,
dividing into feveral branches, which are clofely gar-
niftied with fmall winged leaves, compofed of leveral
pair of fmall linear lobes which are fmooth, and of a
bright green colour. The foot-ftalks of thefe end in
very fharp thorns, which ftand out beyond the lobes ;
the flowers grow in clufters from the fide of the
ftalks ; they are fmaller than thofe of the other fpe-
cies, and are of a dirty white colour ; thefe appear in
July, but are not fucceeded by feeds in England.
Thefe forts may be propagated by feeds, which muft
be procured from the countries where the plants grow
naturally ; thefe fhould be fown on a bed of frefh
earth in April, and when the plants come up, they
fhould be carefully kept clean from weeds, which, if
permitted to grow amongft the plants, would foon
overbear and deftroy them while they are young. If
the feafon fhould prove dry, it will be of great fervice
to water the plants now and then, and v/hen they are
large enough to tranfplant, they fhould be carefully
taken up, and fome of them planted in fmall pots filled
with frefh earth, placing them in the fhade until they
have taken root ; after which time they may be re-
moved into an open fituation, where they may remain
till the latter end of Oftober, when they fhould be
placed under a common frame, where they may be
flickered from fevere froft, but may have free air in
mild weather, when the glaflfes fhould not be put over
them.

The remainder of the plants may be planted on a warm
dry border, where they muft be fhaded until they take
root ; and if the feafon fhould continue dry, they muft
be refrefhed with water, otherwife they will be in dan-
ger ; becaufe, when they are fo young, their roots will
not have eftablifhed themfelves in the ground fuffi-
ciently to nourifh them in great droughts.

Thofe plants which were planted in pots, may bepre-
ferved for a year or two under frames in winter, until
they have obtained ftrength, when they may be fhaken
out of the pots, and planted in a lean dry foil and a
warm fituation, where they will endure the cold of
our ordinary winters very well ; but as they are fome-
times deftroyed by hard winters, it will be proper to
keep a plant of each kind in pots, which may be fhel-
tered in winter to preferve the fpecies.

Thefe plants may be propagated by flips, for as they
rarely produce feeds in this country, the latter method
is generally ufed here. The beft time for this work
is in April, juft as the plants begin to fhoot, at which
time the tender branches of the plants fhould be flip-

T R A

ped off, and their lower parts diverted of the decayed
leaves ; then they fhould be planted on a very mode-
rate hot -bed, which fhould be covered with mats, to
fcreen them from the great heat of the fun by day,
and the cold by night. Thefe cuttings fhould be
frequently, but gently watered, until they have taken
root, after which they may be expofed to the open air,
obferving always to keep them clear from weeds,
and in very dry weather they muft be refrefhed with
water./

On this bed they may remain until the following
fpring, where, if the winter fhould be very fevered
they may be covered with mats as before, and in April
they may be tranfplanted out, either into pots filled
with fandy light earth, or into warm borders, where,
if the foil be dry, gravelly, and poor, they will en-
dure the fevereft cold of our climate : but if they are
planted in a very rich foil, they often decay in winter.
From one fpecies of this genus, Monfieur Tournefort
fays, the gum adragant, or dragon, is produced in
Crete, of which he gives the following relation in his
voyage to the Levant : « We had the fatisfadion of
“ fully obferving the gum adragant on Mount Ida.
“ I cannot underftand how Belionius comes to affert
“ pofitively, that there is no fuch thing in Can-
“ dia ; fure he had not read the firft chapter of the
“ ninth book of Theophraftus’s Hiftory of Plants !
“ The little bald hillocks about the fheepfold produce
“ much of the Tragacantha, and that too a very good
“ fort. Belionius and Profper Alpinus were doubtlefs
“ acquainted with it, though it is hardly poffible,
“ from their defcriptions, to diftinguifh it 'from the
“ other kinds they make mention of. This fhrub
“ fpontaneoufly yields the gum adragant towards the
“ end of June, and in the following months, at which
“ time, the nutritious juice of this plant, thickened
et by the heat, burfts open moft of the veffels wherein
“ k is contained. It is not only gathered in the heart
“ of the trunk and branches, but alfo in the inter-
“ fpaces of the fibres, which are fpread in the figure
“ of a circle like rays of the fun. This juice is coa-
“ gulated into fmall threads, which, pafiing through
“ the bark, iffue out by little and little, according
“ as they are protruded by the frefh fupplies of juice
“ arifing from the roots. This fubftance, being ex^-
“ pofed to the air, grows hard, and is formed either
“ in lumps, or {lender pieces, curled and winding in
“ the nature of worms, more or Ids long, accordTng
“ as matter offers. It feems as if the contraction of
“ the fibres of this plant contributes to the exprefling

of the gum. Thefe delicate fibres, as fine as Flax,

“ being uncovered, and trodden by the feet of the
te Ihepherds and horfes, are by the heat fhrivelled up,

“ and facilitate the emanation of the extravafated
“ juices.”

This gum flhould be light, and of a tranfparent white
colour ; it fhould have no tafte or fmell, and in fmall
pieces of a different figure, and free from all kinds
of dirt or filth. When this is diffolved in water, it is
ufed to give a body to feveral medicines ; it is alfo
much ufed by the painters.

But notwithftanding what Tournefort has (aid con-
cerning the gum adragant being produced from one
particular fpecies, many authors are of opinion, that it
is taken from feveral other fpecies, but particularly
that of Marfeilles, from whence that gum is often
brought into England.

At prefent thefe plants are rarely preferved, excepting
byfome perfons who are curious in botany ; yet in large
gardens many of them deferve a place, where, if they
are planted on hillocks, or the Hopes of dry banks,
they will have a very good effeft, efpecially thofe which
retain their leaves through the year.

TRAGIA. Plum. Gen. Nov. 14. tab. 12. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 930.

The Characters are,

It hath male and female flowers on the flame plant. The
empalement ofl the male flowers is cut into three oval acute-
pointed fegments which fpread open ; it has no petals , but
there are three ftamina in each , the length of the empale -

ment.

T R A

T R A

went, terminates, by rotindifh fumrnits ; the empalement
of the female flowers are permanent ; they are cut in-
to jive oval concave Segments. The flowers have no petals
or ft ami n a , but a roundijh germen , halving three furrows ,
fupporting an end ftyle , crowned by a trifid fpreading flig-
ma. The germen afterward turns to roundijh three-lobed
cap fules having three cells , each containing one globular feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion
of Linnaeus’s twenty-firft clafs, which includes thofe
plants which have male and female flowers on the fame
plant, and the male flowers have three ftamina.

The Species are,

1. Tragia ( Volubilis ) foliis cordato-oblongis, caule vo-
lubili. Lin. Sp. Plant. 980. Tragia with oblong heart-
fid aped leaves , and a twining ftalk. Tragia fcandens,
Ion go betonicse folio. Plum. Gen. Nov. 14. Climbing
Tragia with a long Betony leaf.

2. Tp'agia ( Involucrum ) ftemineis pentaphyllis pinnati-
fidis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 980. Tragia with five-leaved in-
volucre to the female flowers, which are wing-pointed.
Ricinocarpos Zeylanica hirfuta, foliis lanceolatis fer-
ratis. Burm. Zeyl. 202. Hairy Ricinocarpos of Ceylon ,
with fpear-jhaped fawed leaves.

The title of this genus was applied to it by Father
Plunder, who conftituted the genus to the honour of
Hieronymus Bock, an ancient botanift, who was com-
monly called Tragus.

The firft fort grows plentifully in the favannahs in
Jamaica, and the other warm parts of America, where
it twines round whatever plants or trees
near, and rifes feven or eight feet high, having tough ]
woody items.' The leaves are oblong, and heart-
ihaped ; they are an inch and a half long, and three
quarters of an inch broad toward their bafe,
in acute points, and are deeply fawed on their edges,
Handing alternately upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The
male flowers come out from the wings of the ftalk, in
long bunches of about two inches in length ; the fe-
male flowers are produced on feparate foot-ftalks,
arifing from the fame point as the male ; thefe arefuc-
ceeded by roundifh capfules with three cells, each in-
dofing one roundifh feed. The whole plant is covered
with burning fpines like thofe of the Nettle, which
renders it very unpleafant to handle.

The fecond fort grows naturally in India ; this rifes
with an erect ligneous ftalk about three feet high,
which rarely fends out any fide branches •, it is gar-
nifhed with oblong fpear-fhaped leaves, which run out
in very long acute points, and are fharply fawed on
their edges ; thefe are ranged alternately on the ftalk,
and are clofely covered with yellowifh flinging hairs.
The flowers are produced in finall clufters from the
wings of the ftalk, {landing feveral together upon the
fame foot-ftalk ; the upper are all male, and the un-
der female, and the latter are fucceeded by roundifh
capfules with three cells, each inclofing one feed.

As thefe are plants of no great beauty, they are fel-
dom preferved in this country, except in fome botanic
gardens for the fake of variety ; they are propagated
by feeds, which muft be fown on a hot-bed early in the
fprrng, and muft afterward be tranfplanted into pots,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, and
treated in the fame manner as other tender plants
which require to be kept in the bark-ftove.

TR AGOPOGON. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 477. tab.
270. Lin. Gen. Plant. 810. {JTpocyoTruXuv, of t pdy(&>,
a goat, and ■srwXuv, a beard, becaufe the pappous feed,
while it is included in the calyx, refembles a
beard.] Goats-beard •, in French, Barbe de Bone.

The Characters are,

The common empalement of the flower is Jingle, and com-
pofed of eight acute-pointed leaves , which are alternately
large , and joined at their bafe. The flower is comp 0 fed of
many hermaphrodite florets , which are uniform •, they are
of one petal, fttr etched out like a tongue , indented at their
points in five parts , a7id lie over each other like the feales
of fiflo ; thefe have five floort hair-like ftamina terminated
by cylindrical fumrnits , and an oblong germen fituated un-
der the floret, fupporting a flender ftyle the length of the
ftamina , crowned by two revolving ftigmas. The empale-

goat s

inent of the flower afterward fwells to a, belly, inclofing
many oblong, angular, rough feeds, flender at both ends.,
crowned by a feathery down.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feclion of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which contains thofe plants
vchofe flowers are compofed of only hermaphrodite flo-
rets, and their fumrnits are connected with the ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Tragopogon (. Pratenfe ) calycibus corollas radium
aequantibus, foliis integris ftridtis. Lin. Sp. Plant*
789. Goats-beard with an empalement equal to the rays
of the flower, and entire clo fed leaves. T ragopogon
pratenfe luteum majus. C. B. P. 274. Greater yellow
Meadow Goats-beard.

2. Tr agopogon {Minus') calycibus corollas radiis Ion-
gioribus, foliis linearibus ftridtis. Goats-beard with the
empalement longer than the rays of the flower , and linear
clofled leaves. Tragopogon pratenfe luteum minus,
Hort. R. Bltef. Smaller yellow Meadow Goats-beard.

3. Tragopogon ( Porrifolium ) calycibus corolke radiis
fefqui longioribus, foliis integris ftridlis, pedunculis
fuperne incraflatis. Hort. Upfal. 243. Goats-beard with
the empalement longer than the rays of the flower , entire
clofled leaves , and the foot-ftalk thicker at the upper part*
Tragopogon purpureo-casruleum porri folio, quod
artifi vulgo. C. B. P. 274. Goats-beard oft a purple blue
colour , and a Leek leaf, commonly called Salfafly.

4. Tragopogon ( Picroides ) calycibus corolla breviori-
bus aculeatis, foliis pinnato-hailatis. Hort. Cliff. 382.
Goats-beard with prickly empalements which are floort ef
than the petals, and arrow wing-pointed leaves. Sonchus
afper, laciniatus Creticus. C. B. P. 124. Rough Sow -
thiflle of Crete with jagged leaves.

5. Tragopogon ( Dalechampii ) calycibus monophyllis
corolla brevioribus inermibus, foliis runcinatis. Hort.
Upfal. 224. Goats-beard with an empalement of one leaf,
floort er than the petals oft the flower , and plain fhaped
leaves. Hieracium magnum Dalechampii. Hift. 569.
Great eft Hawkweed of Dale champ.

The firft fort grows naturally in the meadows of
Auftria and Germany •, this is very different from the
forts which grow naturally in England, for I have
fown the feeds of both forts feveral years in the fame
bed of earth, and have always found the plants have
retained their difference. The lower leaves are three
quarters of an inch broad at their bafe, where they
embrace the ftalk ; they are more than a foot long,
and are clofed together, ending in acute points. The
ftalk rifes near three feet high, which is garnifhed a £
each joint with one leaf of the fame fhape with thofe
below, but are fmaller ; it is terminated by one large
yellow flower compofed of hermaphrodite florets,
which lie over each other like the feales of fifh ; thefe
are included in one common Ample empalement, which
is equal in length to the rays of the flower. Each
floret is fucceeded by an oblong feed which is larger
at the bafe than at the point, where it is crowned with
a large feathery down. The feeds of the border or
ray are crooked and rough, but thofe of the difk are
ftrait and fmooth. It flowers in June, and the feeds
ripen about a month after.

The fecond fort grows naturally in moift paftures in
many parts of England ; it is by the common people
titled Sleep -at-noon, or Go-to-bed-at-noon, becaufe
the flowers are generally clofed up before that time
every day. The lower leaves of this fort are almoft
as long as thofe of the firft fort, but are not more than
a third partfo broad; they are of a deep green co~.
lour, and end in acute points. The {talks rife about
a foot high, and fuftain one yellow flower at the top,
not more than half fo large as thofe of the firft ; the
empalement of thefe flowers are longer than the rays ;
the feeds of this are much fmaller. It flowers about
the fame time with the former.

When this fort is (hot up in ftalk four inches high, the
common people gather it out of the fields, and boil it
iq the fame way as Afparagus, and fome give it the
preference.

The third fort is cultivated in gardens by the title of
Salfafy, The roots of this are drafted in different wayss
4 and

and ferved up to the table; and of late years there are
1'onle perfons who cultivate it for the (talks, which are
cut in the fpring when they are four or. five inches
high, which are dreffed like Afparagus, in the like
manner as the i'econd fort. The (talks of this are much
longer and are tenderer than the other, fo are better
(or this purpote than thofe of the fecond fort ; the
leaves of this are broad ; the flowers are large and
blue ; the foot-ftalk immediately under the flower is
much thicker than below, and the empalement is
longer than the rays of the flower.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Crete, and alfo
in Italy ; this is an annual plant very like the Sow-
t hi Pde in dalk and leaf, but the empalement of the
flower is prickly. It is feldom admitted into gardens,
becaufe the feeds are wafted by the winds to"~a great
didance, and thereby fill the garden with weeds.

The fifth fort grows naturally about Montpelier; this
hath many large, plain, fhaped leaves at the root,
which are fix or (even inches long, and two broad,
indented on their fides ; the foot-dalks of the flower
arife immediately from the root, and are a foot in
length, fupporting one large fuiphur-coloured flower,
compofed of many florets, included in an empale-
ment of one leaf, which is (horter than the corolla ;
the florets arc fucceeded by oblong feeds, crowned by
a feathery down.

Thefe plants are propagated from feeds, which fhould
be (own in April upon an open fpot of ground, in
rows about nine or ten inches didance, and when the
plants are come up, they fhould be hoed out, leaving
them about fix inches alunder in the rows. The
weeds fhould alfo be carefully hoed down as they are
produced, other wife tney will foon overbear the plants
and fpofi them. This is all’ the culture required, and
if the foil be light and not too dry, the plants will
have large roots before winter, at which time the Sal-
fafy, whofe roots are eaten at that feafon, will be fit
for ufe, and may be taken up any time after their
leaves begin to decay ; but, when they begin to fhoot
again, they will be dicky and not fit for ufe ; but ma-
ny perfons cultivate this fort for the (hoots, as was be-
fore mentioned.

The common yellow fort, whofe fhoots are fold in the
market, wilEbe fit for ufe in April or May, accord-
ing to the forward nefs of the feafon. The bed time
to cut them is, when their dems are abour four inches
long, for if they dand too long, they are never fo
tender as thofe which are cut while young.

Some people, in cultivating thefe plants, low their
feeds in beds pretty dole, and when they come up,
they tranipiant them out in rows at the before men-
tioned didance ; but, as they form a tap-root, which
abounds with a milky juice, when the extreme part
of their roots are broken by tranlplanting, they fel-
dom thrive well afterward ; therefore, it is by far the
better way to make (hallow drills in the ground, and
fcatter the feeds therein, as before directed, whereby
the rows will be at a due didance ; and there will be
nothing more to do than to hoe out the plants when
they are too thick in the rows, which will be much
lefs trouble than the other method of tranfplanting,
and the plants will be much larger and fairer.

TRAGOSELINUM. See Pimpinella.
TRANSPLANTING OF TREES. See
Planting.

TRANSPORTATION OF PLANTS: In
fending plants from one country to another, great re-
gard fhould be had to the proper feafon for doing it;
for example, if a parcel of plants are to be lent from
a hot country to a cold one,, they fhould be fent in
the fpring of the year, that, as they come toward
the colder countries in the warmed feafon, fo if they
have differed a little in their paffage, there will be
time to recover them before winter ; whereas thofe
which arrive in autumn, are often lod in winter, be-
caufe they have not time to recover and get root be-
fore the cold comes on.

On the contrary, thofe plants which are fent from a

cold country to a hot one, fhould always be fent in the
beginning of winter, that the cold may prevent their
(hooting during the paffage, and that they may arrive
time enough to be rooted before the great heats come
on, otherwife they will loon perifh.

The bed way to pack up plants for a voyage (if they
are dich as will not bear to be kept out of the ground)
is to have Come drong boxes with handles to them,
for the more eafily removing them in bad weather •
thefe (hould have holes bored in their bottoms to let
out the moidure, otherwife it will rot the roots of the
plants. Over each of thefe holes fhould be laid a
flat tile, or oyder-fhell, to prevent the earth from
flopping them ; then they (hould be filled up with
earth, into which the plants (hould be let as dole
as poflible, in order to lave room, which is abfolute-
ly necefiary, otherwife they will be very troublefome
in the (hip ; and as the only thing intended is to pre-
(erve them anve, ann not to make any pro^reis while
on their paffage, a fmall box will contain many
plants, if rightly planted. The plants (hould alfo be
placed in the box a fortnight or three weeks before
they are put on board the (hip, that the earth may be
a little fettled about their roots; and during the time
they are on board, they fhould' remain, if poflible,
on the deck, that they may have air ; but in bad
weather they fnould be covered with a tarpaulin to
guard them againd the fait water and (pray of the fea,
which will dedroy them, if it comes at them in any
quantity.

The water thefe plants fnould have, while on board,
mud be proportioned to the climate whence they come,
and to which they are going. If they come from a hot
country to a cold one, then they fhould have very little
moidure after they have paffed the heats ; but, if
they are carried from a cold country to a hot one, they
mud have a great (hare of moidure when they come
into a warmer climate, and fhould be fbaded in the day
from the violent heat of the fun, to which if they are
too much expofed, will dry them up and dedroy them.
If the plants to be fent from one country to another,
are fuch as will live out of the ground a confiderable
time, as all* thofe which are full of juice will do ; as
the Sedums, Ficoides, Euphorbiums, Cereufes, &c.
then they require no other care but to pack them up
’ in a clofe box, wrapping them up well with dry Mofs,
oblerving to place them fo clofely that they may not
be tumbled about, which will bruife them, and that
thofe plants which have fpines may not wound any of
the others. The box alfo fhould be placed where they
may receive no moidure, and where rats cannot come
to them, otherwife they are in danger of being eaten
by thofe vermin ; if thefe plants are packed too dole,
they are apt to ferment, and thereby either rot, or at
lead grow fiqkly to prevent which, they (hould have
a good quantity of dry hay or draw laid between them,
and feveral lmall holes (hould be made in the boxes,
to let out the noxious air.

If thefe plants are thus carefully packed up, they will
grow though they fhould be two, three, or four
months on their paffage ; and will be lefs liable to
differ than if planted in earth, becaufe the iailors ge-
nerally kill thefe plants by over watering them.

There are alfo feveral forts of trees, which may be
packed up in chefts with Mofs about them, which
will bear to be kept out of the ground two or three
months, provided it be at a feafon when they do not
grow ; as may be feen by the Orange-trees, jaf-
mines, Capers, Olive, and Pomegranate-trees, which
are annually brought from Italy ; and if fkilfully ma-
naged, very few of them mifcarry, notwithdanding
they are many times kept three or four months out of
the ground.

In fending feeds from one country to another, the
great care to be taken is, to fecure them from vermin,
and preferve them dry, otherwife they mould and de-
cay. The method Mr. Catefby always obferved was,
to put up his (eeds dry into papers, and then put
them into a dry Gourd -(hell, and feal them up ; in

which

T R I

which way he fent feveral large parcels of feeds from
Carolina to England, which never mifcarried. There
are fome perfons who have directed to put them in-
to glaffes, and to feal them clofely down, to keep
out the external air •, but from feveral experiments
of this kind which 1 have made, I rind feeds thus
clofely put up will not grow, if they remain Hopped
up any confiderable time, all feeds ' requiring fome
lhare of air to preserve their vegetating quality ; fo
that where a perfon has no other conveniency, they
may be put up in a bag, and hung up in a dry part
of the fhip, or put into a trunk, where they may be
fafe from vermin, in which places they will keep
very wejk

N. B. It is the fafeft way to bring all forts of feeds
in their pods or hufks in which they grew, provided
they are put up dry ; becaufe their own covering will
afford them fome nourifhment, if the feeds are not
feparated from the placenta.

TRI ANTHEMA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 537. Portula-
caftrum. Juffi^i 1.

The Characters are.

It hath an empakment compofed of two fmall awl-Jhaped
leaves \ the flower has five oval petals which fpread open ,
and commonly five ftamina which are floor ter than the co-
rolla, terminated by oval twin fummits , and a cylindrical
germen whofe upper part is truncated , having two horns ,
fupporting a Jlender flinging ftyle , with a JiJJure which runs
through the twin fummits , crowned by a fingle ftigtha.
The empalement afterward becomes a two-cornered cylin-
drical capfule with one cell , inclofing eight or ten feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clals, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Tri anthem a ( Procumbens ) foliis obovatis petiolatis,
fioribus feffilibus caulibus procumbentibus. Ad. Phil.
1763. Trianthema with procumbent ftalks , aim oft oval
leaves on foot ftalks, and flowers fitting clofe to the ftalks.
Portulaca Curaflavica procumbens, capparidis folio,
flore mufcofo, capfula bifurca. Par. Bat. 213. Purflain
from Curajfao , with trailing ftalks , a Caper leaf and a
two-horned capfule.

2. Trianthema ( Diffufa ) foliis ovatis petiolatis, flori-
bus confertis axillaribus feffilibus, caule diffufo. Ad.
Phil. 1763. Trianthema with diffufed ftalks, oval leaves,
and the flowers in cluflers fitting clofe at the wings of the
ftalks.

The firft fort grows naturally in mod of the iflands
in the Weft-Indies, where it is often a troublefome
weed ; this fends out many trailing branches which
lie fiat on - the ground, fpreading two feet or more
each way; thefe have much the appearance of Purf-
lain, and have fleffiy fucculent leaves almoft oval :
the flowers come out from the joints of the ftalks ;
they are lomewhat of a purple colour, not much un-
like thofe of Purflain, and are fucceeded by capfules
having two horns, with one cell inclofing eight or ten
feeds.

The fecond fort grows in the Eaft-Indies : this rifes
with fucculent diffufed ftalks near two feet high,
garnifhed with oval leaves lefs fucculent than thofe of
the firft. The flowers are white, and are produced
in cluflers fitting dole to the ftalks, and are fucceed-
ed by capfules containing feveral feeds.

Thefe plants are both annual in this country, and are
feldom preferved except in botanic gardens for varie-
ty. Whoever has a mind to cultivate them, mu ft
fow their feeds on a good hot-bed in the fpring, and
when the plants are fit to remove, they ffiould be
planted on another hot-bed to bring them forward,
otherwife they will not ripen their feeds. In June
they may be tranfplanted into a warm border, where
they will grow until the froft in autumn kills them.

TRIBULUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 265. tab. 141.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 476. Caltrops.

The Characters are,

The^ empalement of the flower is cut into five acute parts,
whi h an e a, little fhorter than the 'petals ; there are five
oblong blunt petals to the flower which fpread open, and

ten fmall awl-jhaped ftamina terminated by Jingle fummits,
and an oblong germen the length of the ftamina , having no
ftyle, but crowned by a he aided ftigma. The germen af-
terward turns to a roundijh prickly fruit , divided into fivi
capfules, armed with three or four thorns , angular on one
fide, joining together. The cells are tranfverfe , and con-
tain two or three Pear-ftoaped feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
which have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Tribulus ( Terreftris ) foliolis fexjugatis fubaequali-
bus, feminibus quadricornibus. Hort. Cliff. 160. Cal-
trops with fix pair of lobes to each leaf , which are almoft
equal, and four horns to each feed. Tribulus terrreftis^
folio ciceris, fru&u aculeato. C.B.P. 250. Land Cal-
trops with a Chich leaf, and a prickly fruit.

2. Tribulus {Maximus) foliolis quadrijugis exterioribus
majoribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 386. Caltrops with four pair
of lobes to each leaf, of which the outer are the largeft.
Tribulis terreftris major, flore maximo odorato.
Sloan. Cat. Jam. 93. Greater Caltrops with the largeft
fweet flower.

3. Tribulus ( Ciftoides ) foliolis odojugatis fubsequalibusi
Lin. Sp. Plant. 387. Caltrops with eight pair of lobes to
each leaf , which are almoft equal. Tribulus terreftris
major Curaffavicus. Par. Bat. 236. Greater Land Cal-
trops of Curajfao.

The firft fort is a very common weed in the fouthof
France, in Spain, and Italy, where it grows among
Corn, and on moft of the arable land, and is very
troublefome to the feet of cattle ; for the fruit being-
armed with ftrong prickles, run into the feet of the
cattle which walk over the land. This is certainly
the plant which is mentioned in Virgil’s Georgicks,
under the title of Tribulus, though moft of his com-
mentators have applied it to other plants.

It is called in Englifh Caltrops, from the form of
the fruit, which refembles thofe inftruments of war
that were caft in the enemies way to annoy their
horfes.

This hath a {lender fibrous root, from which fpring
out four or five {lender ftalks which fpread flat on the
ground ; they are hairy, and extend^ two feet and a
half in length ; thefe are garnifhed at each joint with
winged leaves, compofed of fix pair of narrow hairy
lobes, almoft of equal fize ; thofe on the lower part
of the ftalk Hand alternately, but toward the top
they are placed oppofite. The flowers come out from
the wings of the ftalk, Handing upon fhort'foot-
ftalks ; they are compofed of five broad, obtufe, yel-
low petals, which fpread open. In the center is IT
tuated an oblong germen, crowned by a headed ftis-
ma, attended by ten ffiort ftamina, .terminated by An-
gle fummits. The flowers appear in June and July,
which are fucceeded by roundifh, five-cornered, prickly
fruit, which, when ripe, divides into five parts, each
having a tranfverfe cell containing one or two feeds,
which ripen in Auguft and September.

This plant is preferved in feveral curious gardens irt
England, for the fake of variety. It is propagated
by feeds, which ffiould be fown in autumn, for thofe
which are kept out of the ground till fpring, com-
monly remain in the ground a whole year before the
plants come up. Thefe feeds fhould be fown on an
open bed of frefh light earth, where they are defign-
ed to remain ; for, as it is an annual plant, it doth
not bear tranfplanting very well, unlefs it be done
when the plants are very young. In the fpring, when
the plants come up, they ffiould be carefully < cleared
from weeds, and where they corne up too clofe, fome
of the plants ffiould be pulled out to give room for
the remaining plants to grow ; after this they will
require no other culture but to keep them clear from
weeds. In June they will begin to flower, and their
feeds will ripen in Auguft and September, which, if
permitted to fcatter, the plants will come up the fol-
lowing fpring, and maintain their place, if they are
not overborne with weeds.

13 K

The

T R I

■ The fecond fort grows naturally in Jamaica, andfome
of the other Hands in the Weft-Indies ; this is an an-
nual plant, with pretty thick, compreffed, channel-
ed ftalks which trail upon the ground, and are near
two feet long, garnifhed with winged leaves placed
by pairs oppofite ; thefe are fometimes compofed of
three, but moil commonly of four pair of lobes, the
outer being the largeft •, they are fmooth, and fit
clofe to the foot -ft a! k. The flowers come out from
the wings of the ftalk ; they are compofed of fivfe
large yellow petals which fpread open, and have an
agreeable odour ; thefe are fucceeded by roundifh
prickly fruit ending in along point, but feldom ripen
in England.

The third fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies •,
it was found by the late Dr. Houftoun at the Havan-
nah i this has a ligneous root, from which fpring out
many ftalks which are hairy, jointed, and trail upon
the grouftd ; thefe are garniftied at each joint by
winged leaves, which differ greatly in fize, one of
the leaves at each joint being compofed of eight pair
of oblong lobes which are nearly equal, and oppo-
fite to this comes out a fmall leaf compofed of but
four pair of lobes. The large leaves ftand alternate-
ly upon the ftalks, and the fmall ones on the oppo-
fite fide ; the ftalks are near two feet long, and at the
wings of the ftalks come out the foot-ftalks of the
fibwers, which are hairy, and near two inches long,
,^ach fuftaining one pale yellow flower, compofed of
five large petals, which have narrow tails, but are
very broad and rounded at their points. The flowers
are fucceeded by roundifh fruit armed with very acute
fpines, but thefe rarely ripen in England.

The two laft forts being natives of hot countries,
are very tender, fo muft be fown on a hot-bed early
in the fpring; and when the plants are come up, they
muft be each tranfplanted into a feparate pot filled
with rich light earth, and then plunged into a hot-bed
of tanners bark, where they muft be treated in the
fame manner as other tender exotic plants, being care-
ful to bring them forward as early as poflible in the
fummer, othenvife they will not perfect their feeds in
this country.

The third fort will live through the winter, if it is
plunged in the bark-ftove, and treated in the fame
way as other tender plants, and the following fummer
they will flower earlier, fo there will be more time for
the feeds to ripen.

TRICOMANES, Maiden-hair.

There are three or four varieties of this plant, which
o-row naturally in Europe, but in America there is
a great number of fpeeies, which are remarkably
different from each other, as alfo from the European
kinds.

Thefe being of the tribe of Ferns or capillary plants,
are feldom preferred in gardens. Their roots fhould
be planted in moift fhady places, efpecially the Euro-
pean forts, which commonly grow from between the
joints of old walls, and in other very moift'fhady fitu-
ations-, but thole forts which are brought from hot
countries, muft be planted in pots filled with rubbifh,
and ftrong earth mixed, and in winter they muft be
fcreened from hard frofts, to which, if they are expof-
ed, it will deftroy them.

The comqnon fort in England is generally fold in the
markets for the true Maiden-hair, which is a very
different plant, and not to be found in England, it
being a native of the fouth of France, and other warm
countries, fo is rarely brought to England.

TRICHOSANTHES. Lin. Gen. Plant. 966. An-
gelina. Michel. 9.

The Characters are.

It has male and female flowers at feparate difiances on the
fame plant. The male flowers have a long fmooth empale-
ment of one leaf , cut into five fmall fegments at ihe top ,
which are reflexed the petal is plain , fpr ending , and cut
into five parts , ending in long branching hairs ; they have
three Jhort flamina arifing from the point of the empale-
ment , terminated by cylindrical erebi flummits joined in a
, body, and three fmall flyles faflened to the empalement.

4

T R I

Tfa female flowers fit upon the germen , and have empale-
ment s and petals like the male flowers, but have no 1 fta-
mina \ they have a long fiender germen fituated under the
flower, fupporting a ftyle tie length of the empalement ,
crowned by three oblong fligmas. The germen afterward
turns to a fucculent fruit having three cells , inclofin ? ma-
ny compreffed feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the tenth feftlon
of Linnaeus’s twenty-firft clafs, which includes the
plants whofe flowers have male and female florets
on the fame plant, and the fummits are connected
together.

We have but one Species of this genus in the Eng-
lifh gardens, viz.

Tricosanthes (. Anguina ) pornis teretibus oblongis in-
ctirvis. Hort. Cliff. 450. T ricofanthes with a taper, ob-
long, incurved fruit. Anguina Sinenfis, flore alboele-
gantiflimo, frudtu oblongo intorto. Michel. Gen, 12.
tab. 9. China Serpent Cucumber with a moft elegant white
flower, and an oblong intorted fruit.

This plant grows naturally in China, it is an annual,
and of the Cucumber tribe. The ftalks run to a great
. length, and if they are not fupported, trail upon the
ground, in the fame manner as Cucumbers and Melons.
The leaves are angular and rough •, the flowers come
out from the fide of the ftalks ; they are white, and
cut into many fmall filaments or threads. The fruit
is taper, near a foot long, incurved, and divided into
three cells, which include many compreffed feeds like
thofe of Cucumber.

It is propagated by feeds, which muft be fown on a
hot-bed early in the fpring, and afterwards treated in
the fame Way as Cucumbers and Melons, keeping
them covered with glades, othenvife they will not
ripen their fruit here.

TRICHOSTEMA. Gron. Fior. Virg. 64. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 652. ,

The Characters are,

It has a lipped empalement to' the flower of one leaf the
upper lip is twice as large as the under, and is cut into three
equal acute fegments , the under lip into two. The flower
is of the lip kind, it has a very Jhort tube ; the upper lip
is compreffed and hooked, and the under lip is cut into three
fegments , the middle one being the leaf ; it has four hair-
like flamina which are long and incurved , two of them be-
ing a little fhorter than the other , terminated by Jingle fum-
mits, and a four -pointed germen fupporting a long fender
ftyle , crowned by a bifid Jiigma. The germen afterward
turn to four roundifh feeds, inclofed in the fwollen empale-
ment of the flower.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have two longer and two fhorter ftami-
na, and the feeds are naked in the flower-cup.

The Species are,

1. Trichostema ( [Dichotomum ) ftaminibus longiffimis
exfertis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 598. Trichoftema with the
longeft ftr etched out flamina. Caflida Mariana, majora-
nae folio. Pet. Sue. 243. Maryland Scull Cap with a
Marjoram leaf.

2. Trichostema {Brachiatum ) ftaminibus brevibus in-
clufis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 59S. Trichoftema with floorter
flamina included in the petal. Teucrium Virgin ianum
origani folio. Hort. Ekh. 380. Virginia Germander with
a wild Marjoram leaf.

The firft fort grows naturally in many parts of North
America ; it is an annual plant, which rifes about fix
or eight inches high, dividing into fmall branches,
which are garnifhed with fmall roundifh leaves, not
unlike thofe of Sweet Marjoram ; thefe are placed
oppofite, and are covered with fine, fmall, downy
hairs. The flowers are produced at the wings of the
branches ; they are fmall, and of a purple colour,
gaping with two lips ; the upper lip is arched, and
is much larger than the lower •, it is cut into three
acute points •, the lower lip is fmall, and cut into two
points. Thefe appear late in Auguft, fo that unlefs
the feafon proves warm, the feeds will not ripen in
England.

The

T R I

The fecond fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this
hath an herbaceous branching ftalk, which rifes from
nine inches to a foot high ; it has four angles, and
the leaves ftand by pairs on the branches •, they are
fhaped like thofe of the wild Marjoram, and are a
little hairy, fitting clofe to the branches. The flowers
are produced at the top of the branches •, they are
final), and of a purple colour. The four ftamina
ftand within the tube of the flower ; thefe flowers do
not appear till the end of fummer, fo the feeds fel-
dom ripen here.

They are propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
in pots filled with light earth in autumn ; and in win-
ter the pots fhould be placed under a frame to fhelter
them from fevere froft, but ihould be expofed to the
open air at all times when the weather is mild. In the
fpring the plants will appear, and when they are fit
to remove, they fhould be planted on a bed of light
earth, fhacling them from the fun till they have taken
frdh root, then they will require no other culture but
to keep them clean from weeds.

TRIDAX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 872. After. Houft.
MSS. American Starwort.

The Characters are,

1 The ■ flower has a common cylindrical imbricated empale-
ment. "The flcales are acute-pointed. , and erehi . ‘The
flowers arc compofed- of hermaphrodite florets in the diflz ,
and the rays are of female half florets. The hermaphro-
dite florets are funnel-jhaped , of one petals and cut at the
brim into five points ; thefe have five fhort hair-like fta-
mina, terminated by cylindrical fummits joined together ,
and an oblong crowned germcn jupporting a briftly ftyle ,
crowned by an oblufe ftigma. The germen afterward be-
comes an oblong fingle feed , crowned with a Jimple down.
The female half florets are plain , of one petal , and cut
into three fegments at the top ; thefe have an oval germen
like the hermaphrodite florets , but no flamina , and are
fucceeded by fingle feeds of the fame fhape.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which contains the
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets, which are both fruitful.

We know but one Species of this genus, viz.

Tridax [Pro cumb ens.) Hort. Cliff. 418. After procum-
bens, flore ochroleuco, foliis laciniatis & hirfutis.
Houft. MSS. Trailing Starwort with a whitifh copper-
coloured flower , and hairy jagged leaves.

This plant was difcovered by the late Dr. Houftoun,
growing naturally by the road fide leading to old La
Vera Cruz, in America. The Italics of this trail up-
on the ground and emit roots at their joints, where-
by it fpreads and propagates ; they are herbaceous
and hairy, and garnilhed with rough hairy leaves
placed by pairs, about an inch and a half long, and
three quarters of an inch broad, ending in acute
points, and are acutely jagged on their edges. The
flowers are produced upon long naked foot-ftalks,
which terminate their branches. They have one com-
mon empalement compofed of oval fcales, ending in
acute points, which lie over each other like the fcales
of fiftt •, within which are ranged many female half
florets, which compofe the border or rays, and a good
number of hermaphrodite florets which form the diflc
or middle ; thefe are of a pale copper colour, inclining
to white, and are each fucceeded by a Angle oblong
feed crowned with down.

This plant is propagated by feeds, which fhould be
fov/n in pots and plunged into a hot-bed, and when
1 the plants come up and are fit to remove, they fhould
be each planted in a fmall pot filled with light earth,
ana plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, obferving
to fhade them from the fun till they have taken new
root ; then they muft afterward be treated in the fame
way as other tender plants from the Weft-Indies,
placing them in the bark-ftove in autumn, where they
Ihould conftantlv remain.

It may alio be propagated by its trailing ftalks, which
frequently put out roots at their joints ; if thefe are
cut off and planted, they will make new plants. This

plant does not produce flowers in plenty here, and
but rarely perfects its feeds in England.

TRIFOLIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 404. tab. 228.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 896. [of tres, three, and folium,
Lat. a leaf..] Trefoil; in French, Trefle.

The Characters are.

The flower has a tubulous' permanent empalement of one
leaf. The flower is of the buttefly kind , and is frequently
permanent , drying in the empalement. The ftandard is
reflexed , the wings are jloorter than the ftandard , and the
keel is jloorter than the wings ; it has ten ftamina , nine
are joined , and one is feparate , terminated by fingle fum-
mits , and an almoft oval germen fupporting an awl -fhaped
ftyle , crowned by a Jingle ftigma. The germen afterward
becomes a fhort pod with one valve , containing a few
roundifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion of
Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies; and to this genus he has added the Tri-
foliaftrum of Micheli, fome of the fpecies of Melilot
of Tournefort, and the Lupinafter of Bux-baum.
There are great numbers of fpecies of this genus, fe-
veral of which grow naturally in England, and others
in feveral parts of Europe ; but as many of them are
plants of fmall eftimation, they are rarely cultivated
either in the field or garden; therefore it would be
fwelling this work too much to enumerate them here,
fo I fhail feledt only fuch of them as are cultivated ei-
ther for ufe or beauty.

The Species are,

1. Trifolium (fPratenfe) fpicis fubvillofis, cindtis ftipu-
lis oppofitis membranaceis, corollis monopetalis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 1082. Trefoil with hairy fpikes , membrana-
ceous ftipuD placed oppofite , and flowers of one petal.
Trifolium purpureum, majus, pratenfi fimile. Rail
Syn. 328. The Red or Dutch Clover.

2. Trifolium f Repens) capitulis umbellaribus legumi-
nibus tetrafpermis, eaule repente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 767.
Trefoil with umbellatcd heads , pods having four feeds, and
a creeping ftalk. Trifolium pratenfe album. C. B. P.
327. White Meadow Trefoil , Honeyfuckle Grafs , or white
Dutch Clover.

3. Trifoliu^vi ( Agrarium ) fpicis ovalibus imbricatis,
vexillis deflexis perfiftentibus, calycibus nudis, caule
eredto. Flor. Suec. 617. Trefoil with oval imbricated
fpikes of flowers , having deflex ed permanent flandards ,
naked empalement s, and an eredt ftalk . 1 Trifolium pra-
tenfe luteum, capitulo lupuli vel agrarium. C. B. P.
Yellow Meadow Trefoil , or Hop Clover.

4. Trifolium ( Filiforme ) fpicis imbricatis, vexillis de-

flexis perfiftentibus, calycibus pedicillatis, caulibus
procumbentibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 773. Trefoil with im-
bricated fpikes of flowers, having deflexed permanent ftand-
ards , empalement s ftanding upon foot-Jialks , and trailing
ftalks. Trifolium luteum, lupulinum, minimum. Hift.
Ox. 2. 142. The leaft yellow Hop Trefoil , called None-
fuch , or Black Seed. , _ ,

5. Trifolium ( Ochroleucrum ) fpicis ovatis, calycibus
foliatis, caule eredto villofo, foliolis lanceolatis. Tre-
foil with oval fpikes of flowers, having leafy empalement s,
an eredt hairy ftalk, and fp ear-Jh aped leaves. Trifolium
pratenfe hirfutum majus, flore albo fulpfiurea, feu
ochroleucrum. Raii Cat. Cant: Greater , hairy. Meadow
Trefoil, with a whitifh fulphur or copper -coloured flower ,
commonly called Trefoil.

6. Trifolium ( Rubens ) fpicis villofis longis corollis mo-
nopetalis, caule eredto, foliis ferrulatis. Hort. Cliff.
375. Trefoil with oblong, blunt, hairy fpikes of flowers ft
of one petal, erehi ftalks , and flawed leaves. Trifolium
fpica oblonga rubra. C. B. P. 328. Trefoil with an ob-
long red fpike.

7. Trifolium ( Squarrofum ) fpicis fubpilofis, calycum
infimo dente longiftimo reflexo, caule herbaceo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 1082. Trefoil with hairy fpikes of flowers,
whofe empalement s have long reflex ed indentures, and an
herbaceous ftalk. Trifolium Hifpanicum anguftifolium,
fpica dilute rubente. C. B. P. 328. Narrow-leaved
Spanifh Trefoil , with pale red flowers.

8. Trifolium

\

IV

S. Trif.olium finguftifolium) fpicis villofis conico-ob-
longis, dentibus ealycinis fetaceis, fubtequalibus, fo-
lioiis linearibus. Hort. Cliff. 375. 'Trefoil with oblongs
conical hairy fpikes , having briftly indentures to the em-
palerhents which are almofi equal , and linear lobes to the
leaves. Trifolium montanum, anguftiffimum, fpica-
tum. C. B. P. 238. Spiked Mountain Trefoil with the
narrow eft , leaves.

9. Trifolium ( Arvenfe ) fpicis villofis ovalibus, dentatis
ealycinis fetaceis squalibus. Hort. Cliff. -375. Trefoil
with oval hairy fpikes and briftly indentures to the empale-
ments which are equal. Trifolium arvenfe humilie fpi-
catum five lagopus. C. B. P. 328. Hare’s-foot Trefoil.

10. Trifolium ( Fragiferum ) capitulis fubrotundis, ca-
lycibus infiatis bidentatis reflexis, caulibus repentibus.
Hort. Cliff. 373. Trefoil with roundifh heads, reflexed
bladder empalements with two teeth , and a creeping ftalk.
Trifolium fragiferum frifeum. C. B. P. 329. Straw-
berry Trefoil.

11. Trifolium [M. Officinalis) leguminibus racemofis
nudis difpermis, caule eredto. Hort. Cliff. 376. Tre-
foil with long naked bunches of pods containingtwo feeds , and
an erehl ftalk. MelilotusofficinarumGerrnanicas. C.B.P.
331. Common Melilot.

12. Trifolium ( M Carulea)i picis oblongis, legumini-
bus feminudis mucronatis, caule eredlo. Hort. Cliff
375. Trefoil with oblong fpikes, half naked acute-point-
ed pods , and an upright ftalk. Lotus hortenfis odora.
C. B. P. 330. Sweet Trefoil.

The firft fort, which is well known in England by the
title of red Clover, needs no defeription ; this has
been frequently confounded with the red Meadow
Trefoil by the botanifts, who have fuppofed they were
the fame fpecies ; but I have often fown the feeds of
both in the fame bed, which have conftantlv pro-
duced the two fpecies without varying. The {talks of
the Meadow Trefoil are weak and hairy, the ftipute,
which embrace the foot-ftalks of the leaves are narrow
and very hairy •, the heads of flowers are rounder and
not fo hairy as thofe of the Clover, whofe {talks are
ffrong, altnoft fmooth, furrowed, and rife twice the
height of the other ; the heads of flowers are large,
oval, and hairy*, the petal of the flowers open much
wider, and their tubes are fliorter than thofe of the
other ; but the Clover has been fo much cultivated
in England for near a hundred years paft, that the
feeds have been fcattered over molt of the Englifh
paftures, fo that there are few of them who have not
Clover mixed with the other Grades *, and this has
often deceived the botanitts, who have fuppofed that
the Meadow Trefoil has been improved to this by
dreffing of the land.

Since the red Clover has been cultivated in England,
there has been great improvement made of the clay
lands, which before produced little but Rye-grafs, and
other coarfe bents ; which, by being fown with red
Clover, have produced more than fix times the quan-
tity of fodder they had formerly on the fame land,
whereby the farmers have been enabled to feed a much
greater flock of cattle than they could before, which
has enriched the ground, and prepared it for Corn ;
and where the land is kept in tillage, it is the ufual
method now among the farmers, to lay down their
ground with Clover, after having had twp crops of
Corn, whereby there is a conftant rotation of Wheat,
Barley, Clover, or Turneps on the fame land.

The Clover-feed is always fown with Barley in the
fpring, and when the Barley is taken off, the Clover
{preads and covers the ground, and this remains two
years, after which the land is ploughed again for Corn.
The Clover is a biennial plant, whofe roots decay af-
ter they have produced feeds ; but by eating it down,
or mowing it when it begins to flower, it caufes the
roots to fend out new {boots, whereby fome of the
plants are continued longer than they would naturally
remain. The common allowance of feed for an acre
of ground is ten pounds. In the choice of the feeds,
that which is of a bright yellow colour, inclining to
brown Aiould be preferred, and the pale-coloured thin
feed fhould be rejedted. The CloVer-feed fhould be

fown after the Barley is harrowed in, otherwife it will
be buried too deep ; and after the feeds ate fown, the
ground fliould be rolled, which will prefs the feeds
into the ground ; but this fliould be done in dry wea-
ther, for moifture will often caufe the feeds to burft,
and when the ground is wet, the feeds will flick to
tke roll. This is the method which is generally prac-
tifed by moft people in the fowing of' this feed with
Corn, but it will b% much better if fown alone ; for
the Corn prevents the growth of the plants until’ it is
reaped and taken off' the ground, fo that one whole
feafon is loft ^ and many times, if there be a great
crop of Corn upon the ground, it fpoils the Clover,
fo that it is hardly worth {landing 5 whereas, when it
is fown without any other feed, the plants will come
up more equal, and come on much fafter than that
which Was fown the fpring before under Corn.
Therefore from many years trial I would advife the
feeds to be fown in Auguft, when there is a profpedt
of rain foon after ; for as the ground is at that feafon
warm, fo the firft fhower of rain will bring up the
plants, and thefe will have time enough to get ftrength.
before the winter : and if, fome time in Gdlober,
when the ground is dry, the Clover is well rolled,
it will prefs the ground clofe to the roots, and caufe
the plants to fend out more fhoots ; the fame fliould
be repeated in March, which will be found very fer-
viceable to the Clover. The reafon of my preferring
this feafon for the fowing of the feeds rather than
the fpring is, becaufe the ground is cold and wet in
fpring, and if much rain fail after the feeds are fown,
they will rot in the ground , and many times when
the ieed is fown late in the fpring, if the feafon fhould
prove dry, the feeds will not grow, fo that I have al-
ways found the other feafon has been the beft.
Aboutthe latterend of May this Grafs will be fit to cut,
when there fliould be great care taken in making it ;
for it will require a great deal more labour and time
to dry than common Grafs, and will {hrink info iefs
compafs ; but if it be not too rank, it will make
extraordinary rich food for cattle. The time for
cutting it is, when it begins to flower ; for if it ftands
much longer, the lower part of the ftems and the
under leaves will begin to dry, whereby it will make
a lefs quantity of hay, and that not fo well flavoured.
Some people cut three crops in one year of this Grafs,
but the beft way is to cut but one in the fpring, and
feed it the remaining part of the year, whereby the
land will be enriched, and the plants will grow much
ftronger.

One acre of this plant will feed as many cattle as four
or five acres of common Grafs ; but great care fliould
be taken of the cattle when they are firft put into it,
left it burft them : to prevent which, fome turn them
in for a few hours only at firft, and fo flint them as
to quantity ; and this by degrees, letting them at
firft be only one hour in the middle of the day, when
there is no moifture upon the Grafs, and fo every
day fuffer them to remain a longer time, until they
are fully feafoned to it ; but great care fhould be had
never to turn them into this food in wet weather ; or
if they have been for fome time accuftomed to this
food, it will be proper to turn them out at night in
wet weather, and let them have hay, which will pre-
vent the ill conlequences of this food ; but there are
fome who give ftraw to their cattle while they are
feeding upon this Grafs, to prevent the ill effedls of it ;
which muft not be given them in the field, becaufe
they will not eat it where there is plenty of better food.
There are others who fow Rye-grafs - amongft their
Clover, which they let grow together, in order to pre-
vent the ill confequences of the cattle feeding wholly
on Clover ; but this is not a commendable way, be-
caufe the Rye-grafs will greatly injure the Clover in its
growth, and the feeds will fcatter and fill the ground
with bents.

Where the feeds are defigned to be faved, the firft
crop in the fpring fhould be permitted to {land until
the feeds are ripe, which may be known by the ftalks
and heads changing to a brown colour ; then it fhould

be

T R I

be cut in a dry time, and when it is well dried, it may
be houfed until winter, if the feeds are not wanted
before, when the feeds Ihould be threlhed out-, but
if the feeds are wanted for immediate fowing, it may
be threlhed out before it be houfed or Hacked •, but
then it mull be well dried, otherwife the feeds will not
quit their hulks.

It has been a great complaint amongft the Farmers*
that they could not threlh out thefe feeds without
great labour and difficulty •, which I take to be chiefly
owing to their cutting the lpring crop when it begins
to flower, and fo leave the fecond crop for ieed, which
ripens fo late in autumn, that there is not heat enough
to dry the hulks fufficiently, whereby they are tough,
and the feeds rendered difficult to get out j which may
be entirely remedied by leaving the firft crop for feed,
as hath been directed, and then the ground will be
ready to plough, and prepare for Wheat the lame
year, which is another advantage.

When cattle are fed with this hay, the belt way is to
put it in racks, otherwife they will tread a great quan-
tity of it down with their feet. This feed is much
better for moll other cattle than milch cows, fo that
thefe Ihould rarely have any of it, left, it prove hurt-
ful to them •, though when it is dry, it is not near fo
injurious to any fort of cattle as when green.

The fecond fort grows naturally in molt of the paf-
tures in England, and is generally known among the
country people by the title of white Honeyfucklc.
This is an abiding plant, whofe branches trail upon
the ground, and fend out roots from every joint, fo that
it thickens and makes the clofeft fward of any of the
fown Graflfes •, and it is the fweeteft feed for all forts of
cattle yet known * therefore when land is defigned to
be laid down for pafture, with1 intent to continue fo,
there Ihould always be a quantity of the feeds of this
plant fown with the Grafs feeds. The ufual allowance
of this feed is eight pounds to one acre of land, but
this ffiould never be fown with Corn •, for if there is
a crop of Corn, the Grafs will be fo weak under it, as
to be fcarce worth Handing : but fuch is the covetouf-
nefs of moft farmers, that they will not be prevailed
on to alter their old cuftom of laying down their
grounds with a crop of Corn, though they lofe twice
the value of their Corn by the poornefs of the Grafs,
which never will come to a good fward, and one whole
feafon is alfo loft •, for if this feed is fown in the fpring
without Corn, there will be a crop of hay to mow by
the middle or latter end of July, and a much better
after-feed for cattle the following autumn or winter,
than the Grafs which is fown with Corn will produce
the fecond year. The feed of this fort may alfo be
fown with Grafs feeds in autumn, in the manner be-
fore diredled for the common red Clover •, and this
autumnal fowing, if the feeds grow kindly, will afford
a good early crop of hay the following fpring ; and if,
after the hay is taken off the land, the ground is well
rolled, it will caufe the Clover to mat clofe upon the
ground, and become a thick fward.

The feeds of this white Dutch Clover is annually im-
ported from Flanders, by the way of Holland, from
whence it received the name of Dutch Clover ^ not
that it is more a native of that country than of this,
for it is very common in moift paftures in every county
inEngland, but the feedswere never colledtedfor fow-
ing here till of late years : nor are there many perfons
atprefent here who fave this feed, although it maybe
done, if the fame care as is pradlifed for the red Clo-
ver, is taken with this fort ; therefore it Ihould be
recommended to every farmer, who isdefirous to im-
prove his laud, carefully to fow an acre or two of this
white Clover by itfelf for feeds, which will fave him
the expence of buying the feeds, which are often fold
at a great price, and there will be no want of lale
for any quantity they may have to fpare.

The farther account of this Grafs, may be feen under
the article Pasture.

The third fort grows naturally among the Grafs in moft
of the upland paftures in this country, but the feeds
are frequently fold in the fhops by the title of Hop

T R I '

Clover j and are by many people mixed with the other
forts of Clover and Grafs feeds, for laying down ground
to pafture : this grows with upright branching ftalks
about a foot high, which are garniffied with trifoliate
leaves whofe lobes are oblong and heart-flipped, but
reverfed at the narrow point, joining the foot-ftalks.
The flowers grow from the wings of the ftalk upon
long foot-ftalks, and are collected into oval imbricat-
ed heads ; they are yellow, and have naked empale-
ments lying over each other like fcales, fomewhat like
the flowers of Hops, from whence this plant had the
title of Hop Cloven But there are two forts of this
which grow naturally in England. The other, which
is the fourth fort, is a much fmaller plant than this,
and has trailing ftalks. The heads of flowers are
fmaller, and the flowers are of a deeper yellow co-
lour •, thefe are not abiding plants, fo are by no means
proper to be fown where the ground is defigned to
continue in pafture ; but in fuch places where one or
two crops only are taken, and the land is ploughed
again for Corn, it may do well enough when it is
mixed with other feeds, though the cattle are not very
fond of it green, unlei's when it is very young. The
large fort is the moft profitable, but this is rarely to
be had without a mixture of the fmali kind, and alfo
of the fmaller Melilot, which is commonly called
None-fuch, orfometimes Black Seeds, for thofe who
fave the feeds for fale, are feldom curious enough to
diftinguilh the forts ; but where the beauty of the ver-
dure is confidered, there muft not be any of thefe
feeds fown, becaufe their yellow heads of flowers are
very unfightly among the Grafs ; and if it is in gardens
where the Grafs is conftantly mowed, the flowers of
thefe plants will come out near the root in fuch cl uf-
ters, as to occafion large, unfightly, yellow patches *
and as the heads decay they turn brown, and have a
very difagreeable appearance.

The fifth fort grows naturally on chalky lands in many
parts of England, and in fome counties the feed is
fown after the fame manner as the common redClover,
efpecially on chalky ground, where it will thrive, and
produce a better crop than Clover. The ftalks of this
are hairy, and grow eredt to the height of two feet or
more, and are garniffied with trifoliate leaves, (land-
ing upon long foot-ftalks, whofe lobes are longer than
thofe of the red Clover, and have no marks of white ;
they are of a yellowiffi green colour, and are covered
with foft hairs. The flowers grow in oval fpikes at
the end of the branches, they are of a pale copper
colour ; their petals are long and tubulous, but the
brim is divided into two lips as the other forts. It
flowers and ripens its feeds about the fame time as the
common Clover.

This is known by the title of Trefoil in the places where
it is cultivated, but the feedfmen fell the Hop Clover by
that name •, fo they make no diftindlion between this
the Hop Clover, and Nonefuch* therefore, by which
of thefe three titles the feeds are bought, they prove
the fame. This fort of Trefoil is much cultivated in
that part of Effex which borders on Cambridgefhire.
The fixth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this has upright ftalks near two feet high, which are
hairy, and garniffied with trifoliate leaves, havino-
roundifh lobes which are fawed at their points. The
flowers are produced at the top of the ftalk, in lono-
obtufe, hairy fpikes they are of a bright red colour'
fo make a pretty appearance during their continuance!
It is an annual plant, fo is not proper for fowino- with
Grafs, otherwife it makes good fodder.

The leventh fort is an annual plant, which grows na-
turally in the fouth of France and Italy ; it rifes with
a ftrong herbaceous ftalk near three feet high, which
is fmooth, and garniffied with trifoliate leaves, whofe
lobes are two inches and a half long, and near a quar-
ter broad, (landing upon long foot-ftalks, which are
embraced by (lipula? or (heaths their whole length
1’he flowers are produced at the top of the ftalks in
very long fpikes * they are of a beautiful red colour, fo
make a fine appearance. It flowers in July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.

L The

\

T R I

The eighth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy •,
this rifes with a {lender ftiff ftalk near two feet high,
garnifhed with trifoliate leaves, whofe lobes are very
narrow like Grafs, and are hairy. The flowers are
produced at the top of the {talks in oblong conical
fpikes ; the indentures of their empalements end in
long briftly hairs, which are almoft equal in length ;
the fpikes are hairy, and the flowers of a pale red co-
lour. It flowers and ripens its feeds about the fame
time as the former.

The ninth fort is the common Hare’s-foot Trefoil,
which grows naturally upon dry gravelly land in moil:
parts of England, and is a lure indication of the fteri-
lity of the foil, for it is rarely feen upon good ground.
This plant is feldom eaten by cattle, fo is unfit for
pafture, and is only mentioned here becaufe it is fome-
times ufed in medicine ; it is an annual plant, whofe
root decays foon after it has perfected feeds.

The tenth fort grows naturally on arable land in many
parts of England ; this has trailing {talks which put
out roots at their joints. The leaves ftand upon long
{lender foot-ftalks ; the lobes are roundilh, and are
fawed on their edges ; the flowers are collected in
roundilh heads, {landing upon {lender foot-ftalks,
which rife from the wings of the {talks ; thefe have
bladder empalements which terminate in two teeth.
When thefe lie on the ground, their globular heads,
having a little blufh of red on their upper fide toward
the fun, and the other part being white, have a great
refemblance of Strawberries, and from thence it was
titled Strawberry Trefoil.

Thefe forts are frequently preferved in gardens for the
fake of variety •, they are eaflly propagated by feeds,
which may be fown in an open bed of ground, either
in autumn or fpring. The plants which come up in
autumn, will grow much larger, and flower earlier in
the fummer than thofe which are fown in the fpring ;
fo from thofe good feeds may be always obtained,
whereas the other fometimes mifcarry. When the
plants come up, they require no other care than to
keep them clean from weeds, and thin them where
they are too clofe.

The eleventh fort is the common Melilot which is ufed
in medicine ; it grows naturally among the Corn in
many parts of England, particularly in Cambridge-
fhire in great plenty,- where it is a molt troublefome
weed ; for in reaping, it is fcarce poflible to feparate
it from the Melilot, fo that it is carried in with the
Corn •, and the feeds of the Melilot being ripe about
the fame time with the Corn, they are threfhed out
with it, and being heavy are difficult to feparate from
it ; and when a few of the feeds are ground with the
Corn, it fpoils the flour ; for the bread, or whatever
elfe is made with it, will have a ftrong tafte like Me-
lilot plafter.

The roots of this plant are ftrong and ligneous, from
which fpring out feveral {talks which rife from two
to four feet high, according to the goodnefs of the
land. The {talks branch out, and are garnifhed with
trifoliate leaves, having oval fawed lobes of a deep
green colour. The flowers are produced in long {len-
der fpikes which fpring from the wings of the {talks ;
they are of a bright yellow, and fhaped like the other
butterfly flowers ; thefe are fucceeded by naked feeds
which ripen in Auguft.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Bohemia and Au-
ftria, but has been long cultivated in England as a
medicinal plant, though at prefent it is rarely ufed ;
it is annual. The {talks are large, hollow, and chan-
nelled j they rife about a foot high, and fend out many
branches, which are garnifhed with trifoliate leaves,
whofe lobes are oval and {lightly fawed on their
edges, {landing upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The
flowers are colleded in oblong fpikes, which ftand
upon very long foot-ftalks, fpringing from the wings
of the {talks at every joint the whole length of the
ftalk ; they are of a pale blue colour, and fhaped like
thofe of the common Melilot; thefe appear in June
and July, and are fucceeded by fmall yellow feeds of
a kidney fhape, two or three being included in each

T R I

fliort pod ; thefe ripen the beginning of September.
The whole plant has a very ftrong (cent like that of
Fenugreek, and perifhes foon after the feeds are ripe.

If the feeds of thefe forts are permitted to flatter, the
plants will rife without care, and require no other-
culture but to keep them clean from weeds, and thin
them where they grow too clofe.

TRIGONiiLLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 804. Foenurri
Gnecum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 400. tab. 220. Fenu-
greek.

The Characters are,

tfhc empalement of the flower is bett-Jhaped , of one leaf
cut at the top into five almoft equal jegments . T ’he flower
is of the butterfly kind ; the ftandard is oval , obtafe, and
reflexed ; the two wings are oblong , reflexed, and ff read-
ing flat like the ftandard , fo as outwardly to appear like
a regular flower of three petals ; the keel is very Jhort , ob-
tufe , and occupies the navel of the flower. It has ten
floort rifling ftamina , nine of which are joined , and one
ftands feparate , terminated by Jingle fummits , and an
oval oblong germen , fupporting a Jingle ftyle , crowned by
a rifling ftigma. The germen afterward turns to an ob-
long oval pod comprejfed , and clofe filled with kidney -ft: aped
feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedion of
Linnaeus’s feventeenth dais, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Trigonella ( Fcenum Gr tecum) leguminibus feflilibus
ftridis erediufculis fubfalcatis acuminatis caule credo.
Hort. Cliff. 229. Trigonella with fey the fhaped acute pods
which are clofe , erect, and fit clofe to the flalks, which are
eredl. Fcenum Grsecum fativum. C. B. P. 348. Com-
mon or cultivated Fenugreek.

2. Trigonella [Spina J a) leguminibus fubpedunculatis
congeftis declinatus fubfalcatis compreflis pedunculis
communibus fpinofis breviffirais. Lin. Sp. 1094.
Fenugreek with foot-ftalks to the pods , which are fickle -
fhaped and comprejfed , and the common foot-ftalks with
jhort fpines. Foenum Grascum fylveftre pplyceration
Creticum majus. Breyn. Cent. 79. Greater Cretan Fe-
nugreek with many pods.

3. Trigonflla ( Polycerates ) leguminibus feflilibus ar?
cuatis confertis, caulibus procumbentibus. T rigonella
with arched pods growing in clufltrs, which fit clofe to the
flalks and trail on the ground. Foenum Graecum fylvef-
tre alterum polyceration. C. B. P. 348. Another wild
Fenugreek with many pods.

4. Trigonella ( Platycarpos ) leguminibus pedunculatis
congeftis pendulis ovalibus compreflis, caule diffufo,
foliolis fubrotundis. Hort. Upfal. 229. Trigonella with
cluftered, oval, comprejfed, hanging pods , having foot-
ftalks, diffufed flalks , and roundijh lobes. Melilotus.,
fupina latifolia ftliqua lata membranacea comprefsa.
Amman. Ruth. 151. Low broad-leaved Melilot, with
broad, comprefj'ed , membranaceous pods.

5. Trigonella ( Ruthenica ) leguminibus pedunculatis
congeftis pendulis linearibus redis, foliolis fublance-
olatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 776. Trigonella with linear ftrait
pods which hang down, and grow in clufters upon foot-
ftalks, and fpear- fhaped lobes to the leaves. Melilotus
fupina anguftifolia, medicas folio, ftliqua comprefsa.
Amman. Ruth. 119. Low narrow-leaved Melilot with
the appearance of Medick , and a comprejfed pod.

The firft fort is the common Fenugreek, whofe feeds
are ufed in medicine. Where this plant grows na-
turally is uncertain, but it is cultivated in the fields
in the fouth of France, and in Germany, from whence
great quantities of the feeds are annually imported
here for ufe.

It is an annual plant, which rifes with a hollow,
branching, herbaceous ftalk, a foot and a half high,
garnifhed with trifoliate leaves placed alternately,
whofe lobes are oblong, oval, indented on their edges,
and have broad furrowed foot-ftalks. The flowers
come cut fingly at each joint from the wings of the
ftalk ; they are white, of the butterfly kind, and fit
very clofe to the ftalk ; thefe are fucceeded by long
compreffed pods fhaped fomewhat like a broad fword,
6 ending

T R I

ending in long points, having a broad membrane oii
one edge ; thefe are filled with fquare yellow feeds,
indented on one fide like a kidney. The whole plant
has a very ftrong odour.

This plant has not as yet been cultivated in any quan-
tity for ufe in England, as it has generally proved a
very uncertain crop, occafioned by the inconftancy of
the weather here, for in cold wet feafons the plants
are frequently killed before the feeds ripen ; and if
any of them live long enough to perfedt their feeds,
the pods change of a dirty colour, and the feeds turn
black and unfightly, when much rain falls about the
time of their ripening •, therefore the feeds which
are imported from the continent, are always preferred
to thofe of our own growth.

But as the confumption of thefe feeds is very great in
England, there are fome perfons who are inclinable
to make frelh trials to cultivate the plants here, and,
as I have many years cultivated this in imall quanti-
ties, and have made trials by fowing the feeds at dif-
ferent feafons, and after various manners, by which I
have acquired a knowledge of its culture, I fnall here
give fuch directions for the management of this plant,
as from experience has been found to fucceed belt.
The ground in which this plant thrives belt, is a light
hazel loam, not enriched with dung •, this fhould be
made clean from the roots of weeds, and well ploughed
twice, and harrowed fine before the feeds are fown. The
belt time to fow the feeds is the latter end of September
or beginning of Auguft; thefe fhould be fown in fhallow
drills like Peas. The rows fhould be two feet afunder,
and the feeds mult be fcattered one inch diltant from
each other in the drills ; for if the plants are too clofe
together in the fpring, they may be eafily thinned
with the hoe when the ground is cleaned. If the feeds
are fown at the before-mentioned time, the plants will
appear in three weeks or a month after ; and if the
weeds appear at the fame time, the ground fhould be
hoed over as foon as poffible in dry weather, to deftroy
the weeds •, and when the plants are grown an inch
high, the earth fhould be drawn up to their Items in
the fame manner as is pra&iled for Peas. This will
fecure their Items from being injured by fharp cut-
ting winds ; and if a ridge of earth is drawn up on
the north or eaft fide of each row, it will protect the
plants from the pinching winds which blow from both
thofe quarters •, for although this plant will not be in
any danger from thefroftin the ordinary winters, yet
in very fevere frofts they are fometimes killed •, but
as this plant will live in any fituation, where Peas
ftand through the winter, there will be no greater ha-
zard of the one crop than the other.

In the fpring of the year the ground mull be hoed
again in dry weather to kill the weeds, and the plants
fhould be again earthed up in the like manner as Peas,
with whofe culture this plant will thrive ; but there
muft be great care taken to keep the ground as clean
from weeds as poflible, for if they are permitted to
grow, they will foon advance above the plants, and
greatly weaken them ; and when their pods begin to
form, they cannot be too much expofed to the fun
and air, whereby they will be lefs liable to fuffer from
moifture.

When the feeds are fown in autumn, the plants will
grow much ftronger, and have many more fide
branches than thofe which come up in the fpring, fo
will produce a much greater crop of feeds, and thefe
will produce their flowers five or fix weeks earlier, fo
will have a better feafon to ripen •, but in order to
have them better ripened, the top of the plants fhould
be cut off with garden (hears about the middle of
June, by which time the pods will be formed on the
lower part of the ftalks, which will be greatly for-
warded by topping of the ftalks in the fame way as is
commonly pradifed for garden Beans ; for where the
plants are buffered to extend in length, the lower pods
often mifcarry, or are lefs nourished, and thofe on the
top of the ftalks are late before they ripen ; fo where
the topping of the plants is omitted, the pods at bot-
tom will open and caft out their feeds, before thofe

T R I

above will be ripe ; therefore to preferve the firft and
cut off the other, will be found the beft method ; for
by fo doing, the pods will ripen equally, and much
earlier in the feafon.

If the ftimmer proves Warm, the feeds will ripen in
Auguft, and the plants fhould then be cut off, and laid
to dry for five or fix days, in which time they fhould
be turned two or three times, that the pods may dry
equally •, then the feeds may be either threfhed out in
the field, or the haulm may be houfed in a barn, to be
threfhed at a more convenient time.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Crete. The ftalks
of this are {lender, and rife a foot high, fending out
feveral (lender branches, which are garnifhed with tri-
foliate leaves whofe lobes are wedge-fhaped, and
fawed at their ends, where they are indented ; thefe
(land upon (lender foot-ftalks. The flowers are pro-
duced in clufters from the fides of the branches upon
fhort foot-ftalks, which (land erect, being armed with
fhort fpines •, the flowers are fmall, of a pale colour,
and are fucceeded by narrow pods (landing parallel
and erect. This is an annual plant which flowers in
July •, the feeds ripen the end of Auguft, and the
plants decay foon after.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this is alfo an annual plant, whofe roots decay foon after
the feeds are ripe. The ftalks trail upon the ground,
and extend a foot and a half in length, fending out
feveral fide branches ; thefe are garnifhed with fmall
trifoliate leaves, whofe lobes are wedge-fhaped and
fawed at their points. The flowers are produced in
clufters at the wings of the (talk •, they are fmall, of
a pale yellow colour, and fit very dole to the ftalks ;
thefe are fucceeded by fhort hooked pods, which fit
clofe to the ftalks in clufters, lpreading out every
way. It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The fourth fort grows naturally in Siberia. The root
of this is biennial ; the ftalks trail upon the ground,
and extend a foot in length, fending out many fide
branches ; thefe are garnifhed with trifoliate leaves,
having roundifh lobes, which are fawed on their
edges. The flowers come out from the wings of the
ftalks upon foot-ftalks, growing in clufters ; they are
fmall, of a yellowifh white colour, and are fucceeded
by oval compreffed pods, containing two feeds in
each. It flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in
September.

The fifth fort alfo grows naturally in Siberia ; this is
alfo a biennial plant, whofe roots decay foon after the
feeds are ripe. The ftalks of this are very (lender,
and trail upon the ground ; they extend a foot and a
half in length, and divide into feveral branches. The
leaves are trifoliate j the lobes are wedge-fhaped, in-
dented at the point, and fawed •, they are narrower
than either of the former. The flowers are produced
in clufters upon (lender foot-ftalks, which fpring
from the wings of the flalk-, they are fmall, and of
a bright yellow colour ; thefe are fucceeded by narrow
erect pods, which contain three or four lrnall feeds.
This flowers and perfects its feeds about the fame time
as the former. The feeds of both thefe plants were
fent me by the late Dr. Amman, Profeffor of Botany
at Peterfburgh.

Thefe plants are frequently cultivated in gardens for
the fake of variety, but I do not know any ufe is
made of either of the forts except the firft. The
feeds of thefe fhould be fown in the places where the
plants are defigned to ftand, for they will not bear
tranfplanting. If they are fown in autumn, in the
fame way as is before directed for the firft fort, the
plants will come earlier to flower, and good feeds may
be obtained with more certainty than from the fpring
plants. All the culture thefe require is to thin them
where they ftand too clofe, and keep them clean from
weeds. A few plants of each fort in a garden will
be fufficient, as they have no great beauty.

The feeds of the firft fort are very rarely ufed for in-
ternal medicines, but are much ufed in fomentations,
bathings, and cataplafms, and alfo in emollient glyf-
ters, being ripening, difiblving, and anodyne, and

good

T R I

good for all kinds of tumours and fwellings, to which
purpofe the farina or powder is very effectual. Far-
riers and grooms make much ufe of it in drinks for
horles •, but thefe feeds are too hard to be pounded
in a mortar, fo they fhould be ground in a mill.

TRILLIUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 412. Solanum. C.
B. P. American Herb Paris.

The Characters are,

The flower has a three-leaved, flpreading empalement which
is permanent , and three oval petals which are very little
larger than the empalemsnt \ it has fix azvlfloaped Jla-
mina which are floorter than the petals , ereA, and ter-
minated by oblong fummits which are the length of the fta-
rnina , and a ronndijh germen with three fender flyles
which are recurved , crowned by Jingle Jligmas. The ger-
men afterward becomes a roundifh berry with three cells ,
filled with roundifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have fix ftamina and three ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Trillium (Cernuum) flore pedunculato cernuo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 339. Trillium with a nodding flower growing
upon a foot-ftalk. Solanum Triphyllum, flore hexape-
talo carneo. Catefb. Car. vol. 1. p. 45. Three-leaved
Nightjhade , with a fiejh-coloured flower having fix petals.

2. Trillium ( Ere Aim ) flore pedunculato eredto. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 340. Trillium with a flower growing erect
upon afoot-ftadk. Solanum triphyllum Canadenfe. Cor-
nut. 166. Three-leaved Canada Nightjhade.

3. Trillium ( Sefiile ) flore feflili erefto. Lin. Sp. Plant.
340. Trillium with an ereti flower having no foot-ftalk.
Solanum triphyllum flore hexapetalo tribus petalis
purpureis, cteteris viridibus reflexis. Catefb. Car. 1.
p. 50. Three-leaved American Nightjhade with a flower
of fix petals , three of which are purple-coloured , and the
other green and reflexed.

Thefe plants grow naturally in the woods in many
parts of North America ; the firft was fent me from
Philadelphia by Dr. Benfel, who found it growing in
plenty there. The root of this plant is tuberous,
tending out many fibres •, the ftalk is fingle, naked,
and rifes five or fix inches high, with three oval leaves
placed at the top upon fhort foot-ftalks, which fpread
out in a triangle ; thefe are two inches long, and an
inch and a half broad, fmooth, and of a deep green
colour. From the center of the foot-ftalks of the
three leaves comes out one flower upon a fhort foot-
ftalk, which nods downward •, this has a three-leaved
green empalement which fpreads open, and within
are three petals about the fize of the empalement;
they are of a whitilh green on their outfide, and pur-
ple v.'ithin, having fix ftamina in the center, furround-
ing the ftyle, which have oblong fummits. The
flowers of this appear in April, and are fucceeded by
roundifh fucculent berries, having three cells filled
with roundifh feeds, which ripen in June.

The fecond fort has a taller ftalk than the firft. The
three leaves are placed at a diftance from the flower,
which Hands upon a long foot-ftalk, and is eredl ; the
petals of the flower are larger, and end with fharper
points.

The third fort grows in fhady thickets in Carolina.
The ftalk of this is purple ; the three leaves grow at
the top like the firft, but they are much longer, and
end in acute points ; the petals of the flowers are long,
narrow, and ftand eredt.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which fhould
be fown upon a fhady border foon after they are ripe,
and then the young plants will come up the next
fpring •, but if the feeds are fown in the fpring, they
will remain in the ground a year. When the plants
come up they rnuft be kept clean from weeds, and
in autumn, after their leaves decay, the roots may
be tranfplanted to a moift fhady place, where they are
to remain.

TRIOSTEUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 211. Triofteof-
permum. Dillen. Flort. Elth. Dr. Tinkar’s Weed, or
ffalfe Ipecacuana.

The Cha racters are, >

1 he flower has a permanent empalement . of one leaf cut
into five figment which are the length of the petal •, and
a tub ulcus flower of one petals with a floor t brim cut into
five parts which ftand ere A •, and five, fender ftamina the
length of toe tube , terminated by oblong fummits , with a
roundifh germen fupporting a cylindrical Jlyle, crowned by
a thick fligma. The germen afterward becomes an oval
berry zvith three cells , each including one hard , three-cor-
nered., obtufe feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Triosteum ( Perfoliatum ) floribus verticillatis feffi-
libus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 176. Triofteum with flowers
growing in whorls , and flitting clofe to the ftalks. Tri-
ofteoipermum latiore folio, flore rutilo. Hort. Elth.
Broad-leaved Triofteoflpermum zvith a reddiflo flower , com-
monly called Dr. Tinkar’s JVeed , or falfle Ipecacuana.

2. Triosteum (Anguft folium) floribus oppofitis pedun-
culatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 175. Triofteum with flowers
grozving oppoflte , having Jcot-flalks. Periclymenum
herbaceum redum Virginianum. Pluk. Aim. 287.
Upright , herbaceous , Virginian Honeyfuckle.

The firft fort grows naturally in the woods in mod
parts of North America •, this has a root compoled of
thick flelhy fibres, which are contored and rough,
Irom which fpring feveral ftrong herbaceous ftalks,
rifing a foot and a half high, garnifhed at each joint
by two oblong broad leaves embracing the ftalk.
From the bofoms of thefe come out the flowers in
whorls, fitting very clofe to the ftalks ; thefe have em-
paiements which are cut into five fegments. The
flowers are fmall, tubulous, and cut flightly at the
brim into five obtufe fegments they are of a dark
red colour, inclining to purple •, thefe appear the be-
ginning of June, and are fucceeded: by roundifh ber-
ries, which turn yellow when ripe ; they have three
cells, in each of which is contained one hard feed.
The root is perennial, but the ftalks decay every
autumn.

The fecond fort differs from the firft in its leaves be-
ing longer and narrower. The flowers ftand fingle
upon Ihort foot-ftalks, and there are but two at each
joint, whereas the other has many growing in whorls
round the ftalks ; but the roots of both are indiffe-
rently ufed in America by the title of Dr. Tinkar’s
Weed.

Both thefe plants are natives of New England, Vir-
ginia, and fome other northern parts of America,
where their roots have been frequently ufed as an
emetic, and are commonly called Ipecacuana. One
of the firft perfons who brought their roots into ufe
was Dr. Tinkar, from whence many of the inhabitants
have called them by the name of Dr. Tinkar’s Weed.
The leaves of the firft fort greatly refemble thofe of
the true Ipecacuana, but the roots are of a different
form ; but fo far as I can judge by the imperfedt
fruit of a fpecimen in my collection of die true Ipe-
cacuana, as alfo by the figure and defeription given
by Pifo in his Hiftory of Brafil, it feems to belong to
this genus.

The firft fort grows on low marftiy grounds, near Bof-
ton in New England, very plentifully, where the roots
are taken up every year, and are continued in ufe
atnongft the inhabitants of Bofton.

This plant is preferved in feveral curious gardens in
England, and is hardy enough to thrive in the open
air, but it fhould be planted on a moift light foil ;
for if it is on dry ground, there muft be care, taken to
water the plants conftantly in dry weather, otherwife
they will not thrive. It may be propagated by feeds,
which fhould be fown on a border of light earth, where
the morning fun only comes on it ; but if the feeds
are fown in the fpring, they will remain in the ground
a whole year before the plants will come up, fo that
during this time the border muft be conftantly kept
clear from weeds ; and the following fpring, when
- ■ the

T R I

the plants appear, they fhould be duly watered in dry
weather, which will greatly promote their growth ;
but if the feeds are fown in autumn, the plants
will come up the following fpring. They muft
be conftantly kept clean from weeds, which, if per-
mitted to grow amongft them, will foon overbear
the plants while they are young, and either quite de-
ftroy them, or fo much weaken them, that they will
not recover in a long time.

The plants may remain in this feed-border until the
Michaelmas following, when they fhould be carefully
taken up, and tranfplanted where they are defigned
to remain. Some of them fhould be planted in pots,
that they may be fheltered in winter while young, left
thofe which are in the full ground fhould be deftroyed
by fevere froft.

This plant may be alfo propagated by parting of the
roots. The beft feafon for this work is in the fpring,
juft before the plants begin to fhoot, which is com-
monly about the middle or latter end of March , but
in doing of this, the roots muft not be parted too
fmali, for that will prevent their flowering ftrong.
Thefe plants perfect their feeds in this country every
year, which, if fown in autumn as foon as they are
ripe, the plants will come up the following fpring, by
which means a whole year will be faved. The feed-
ling plants will not flower until the third year, and
then they are feldom fo ftrong as the older plants.

TRIPETALOUS FLOWERS are fuch as
conftft of three leaves, which are called petals, to dif-
tinguilli them from the leaves of plants.

TRI FOLIUM. See Aster.

TRITICUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 512. tab. 292,
293. Lin. Gen. PI. 99. Wheat; in French, Froment.

The Characters are,

It has an oval chaffy empalement with two valves, which
inclofe two or three flowers. The petals have a double
valve as large as the empalement ; the outer valve is bellied
and acute-pointed , the inner is plain. P'he flowers have
three hair-like flamina terminated by oblong forked fummits ,
and a top-Jhaped germen fupporting two hairy reflexed
jlyles , crowned by feathery fiigmas. Phe germen after-
ward becomes an oval oblong feed , obtufe at both ends , con-
vex on one fide , and channelled on the other , wrapped up
in the petal of the flower.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedlion
of Linnaeus’s third clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have three ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Triticum ( Hybernum ) calycibus quadrifloris ventri-
cofis laevibus, imbricatis fubmutifis. Hort. Upfal. 21.
Wheat with beards , having finooth , bellied , imbricated
hufks , with four flowers. Triticum hybernum ariftis
carens. C. B. P. 21. Winter Wheat without awns , or
common Wheat.

2. Triticum (. Mftivum ) calycibus quadrifloris ventrico-
fis glabris imbricatis ariftatis. Hort. Upfal. 21. Beard-
ed Wheat with flnooth imbricated bellies , and four flowers
in each chaff. Triticum mftivum. C. B. P. 21. Summer
or Spring Wheat.

3. Triticum {Turgidum) calycibus quadrifloris ventri-
cofis viliofts imbricatis fubariftatis. Hort. Upfal. 21.
Wheat with hairy, bellied, imbricated , obtufe hufks, con-
taining four flowers. Triticum fpica villofa quadrata,
breviore & turgidiore. Mor. Plift. 3. p. \yS. Wheat
with four-cornered , fhort, hairy , turgid fpikes, commonly
called gray Pollard, or Duckbill Wheat.

4. Triticum [ffluadratum) glumis ventricofis villofis im-
bricatis fpicis oblongis pyramidatis. Wheat with hairy,
bellied, imbricated hufks, and oblong pyramidal fpikes.
Triticum fpica villofa quadrata longiore, ariftis mu-
nitum. Mor. Hift. 3. p. 176. Wheat with longer, four-
rowed, hairy fpikes armed with beards, commonly called
Cone Wheat.

5. Triticum ( Polonicum ) calycibus bifloris nudis, fiof-
culis longiffime ariftatis, racheos dentibus barbatis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 127. Wheat with two flowers in each
cup , which are long, naked, and bearded. Triticum
Polonicum. Pluk. Phyt. 231. f. 6. Polonian Wheat.
There are fome other varieties of Wheat, which the
farmers in different parts of England diftinguifh by

T R I

different titles, but they are only feminal variatidMh
which have rifen from culture. Some of thefe differ
in the colour of their chaff, and others in the form
of their fpikes ; but as they are fubjebt to vary, we
fhall not enumerate them as different fpecies. Thefe
are, The red WTheat without awns, the red-eared
bearded Wheat, many-eared Wheat, and naked Bar-
ley. The five forts above enumerated 1 have fown
feveral years, and have always found them conftant
without variation.

Where Wheat grows naturally is very hard to deter-
mine at prefent; but it is generally fuppofed that
Africa is the country, becaufe in the earlielt accounts
we have of it, there is mention of its being tranf-
ported from thence to other countries, and Sicily
was the firft country in Europe where this grain was
cultivated ; but although the country of its natural
growth is in a very warm climate, it is found to bear
the inclemency of our rough climate very well ; and
in more northern countries, where the fummers are
long enough to ripen the grain, it is found to fucceedi
The firft fort is the common Wheat which is fown
in moft parts of England, and is fo well known as
to need no defcription. The fpikes or ears of this are
long ; the grains are ranged in four rows, and lie over
each other like thefcalesof fifh ; the chaff is fmooth,
bellied, and is not terminated by awns or beards.

The fecond fort is called Summer or Spring Wheat;
this will ripen much earlier than the other, fo has
often been fown in the fpring of the year, at the fame
time with Oats ; but if the feafon proves wet, it is
very fubjedt to grow tall, and have very thin grains,
which has difcouraged people from fowing it at that
feafon; fo that, unlefs from the fe verity of the winter,
or fome other accident, the winter Corn is injured,
the pradlice of fowing Wheat in the fpring is rarely
ufed.

The third fort is called in fome places Gray Wheat,
in others Duckbill Wheat and gray Pollard, but in
Suffex it is generally known by the title of Fullers
Wheat ; this fort grows very tall, and if it is fown too
thick, is very apt to lodge with rain and wind, for
the ears are large and heavy ; they nod on one fide as
the grain increales in weight. The awns are long,
the chaff hairy, which detains the moifture, all which
help to lodge it, for which reafon many people do
not chufe to cultivate this fort ; but where the roots
are at a proper diftance from each other, they will put
out many ftalks from each, and the ftalks will be
ftronger, and iupport themfelves better, and the grain
produces more flour in proportion than any of the
other forts. The awns of this fort always drop off
when the grain is full grown.

The fourth fort is more cultivated in Oxfordfhire and
Berkftiire than in any other part of England. The ears
of this fort are formed like a cone, ending with a flen-
der point, from whence it had the title of Cone Wheat.
Of this there are the white and red, which I believe
are only varieties, for I have generally feen them
mixed in the field. The awns of this are long and
rough, fo the farmers fay it guards the grain from
birds, which has been a recommendation to fow it,
efpecially near inclofures, where there is a Shelter for
birds. Mr. Tull prefers this fort for fowing in drills,
but I have feen the third fort anfwer much better in
the horfe-hoeing hufbandry.

The Polonian Wheat grows tall, the ears are long and
heavy, fo that where it is fown too thick, it is very
fubjed; to be lodged ; therefore the farmers little re-
gard it ; but it produces much flour, and therefore
worthy of cultivation.

The feafon for fowing of Wheat is autumn, and al-
ways when the ground is moift. In the downs of
Hampfhire, Wiltihire, and Dorfetfhire, the farmers
begin fowing of their Wheat in Auguft, if there hap-
pens rain ; fo that when they are in their harveft, if
the weather (tops them, they employ their people in
fowing, for if the Corn is not forward in autumn, fo
as to cover the ground before winter, it feldom fuc-
ceeds well on thofe dry lands, efpecially if the fpring
fhould prove dry ; but in the low ftrong lands, if they

*3 M gee

429

T R I

get their Wheat into the ground by the middle of No-
vember, the farmers think they are in good feafon ;
but fometimes it fo happens, from the badnefs of the
feafon, that in many places the Wheat is notfown till
Chriftmas or after, but this late-fown Wheat is fub-
jett to run too much to ftraw, efpecially if thefpring
fhould prove moift.

The ulual allowance of feed Wheat to one acre of land
is three bulhels, but from repeated experiments, it has
been found, that lefs than half that quantity is more
than fufficient •, therefore, if the farmers have regard
to their own intereft, they fhould fave this expence of
feed, which amounts to a confiderable article in large
farms, efpecially when it is to be purchafed, which
moft of the fkilful farmers do, at lead every other
year, by way of change ; for they find that the feeds
continued long upon the fame land will not fucceed
fo well, as when they procure a change of feeds from
a diftant country. And the fame is praftifed by the
hufbandmen of the Low-Countries, who commonly
procure frefh feeds from Sicily every fecond or third
year ; which they find fucceed better with them, than
the feeds of their own country. In the choice of the
feeds, particular regard fhould be had to the land
upon which it grew, for if it is light land, the Wheat
which grew upon ftrong land is the bed, and fo vice
verfa.

There have been fome perfons in England curious
enough to procure their feed Wheat from Sicily, which
has fucceeded very well, but the grain of this has
proved too hard for our Englifli mills to grind, which
has occafioned their neglecting to procure their feeds
from thence ; nor do I think there can be much ad-
vantage in procuring the feeds from abroad, fince
the lands of England are fo various, as to afford as
much change of feeds as will be neceffary. And the
lefs we purchafe from abroad, the greater will be the
laving to the public-, fo that it iliould be the bufinefs
of fkilful farmers to want as few feeds as poffible,
fince, by exchange with each other, they may fo con-
trive, as not to part with ready money for any feeds.
The land which is ufually allotted for Wheat, is laid
fallow the fummer before the Corn is fown ; during
which time it is ploughed two or three times, to bring
it into a tilth and the oftener and better the ground
is ploughed, and the more it is laboured with har-
rows between each ploughing to break and divide the
clods, the better will be the crop, and the fewer
weeds will be produced. But in this article moft of
the farmers are deficient, for after they have given
their lands one ploughing, they frequently leave it
to produce weeds, which fometimes are permitted to
ftand until they filed their feeds, whereby the ground
will be plentifully ftocked with weeds ; and as an
excufe for this, they fay that thefe weeds will lupply
their fheep with fome feed, and the dung of the Iheep
will mend their land but this is a very bad piece of
hufbandry, for the weeds will draw from the land
more than the dung of the fheep will fupply ; fo that
it is undoubtedly the beft method to keep the ground
as clean from weeds as poffible, and to ftir it often
to feparate and break the clods, and render the land
fine and where the land can enjoy a winter’s fallow,
it will be of much greater fervice to it than the lum-
mer ; and by thus labouring of the land, it will be
of equal fervice to it as a dreffing of dung. There-
fore if the farmers could be prevailed on to alter their
method of hufbandry, they would find their advan-
tage in it ; for the expence of dreffing in fome coun-
ties is fo great, as to take away the whole profit of
the crop.

There is alfo a very abfurd method in common prac-
tice with the farmers, which is the carrying out of their
dreffing, and fpreading it on the land in the fummer,
where it lies expofed till the fun has dried out all the
goodnefs of it, before it is ploughed into the ground,
jo that the dreffing is of little value; therefore the
dung fhould never be laid on the land fafter than it
can be ploughed in, for one load of dung id managed,
is better than three in their ufual method.

T R I

As Wheat remains a longer time upon the ground
than moft other lores oi Corn, it requires a greater
ftock of nourifhment to lengthen and fill the ears :
therefore, if the dreffing is exhaufted in winter, the
Corn will have but fhort ears, and thofe but lean, nor
will the grain afford much flour ; fo that it frequently
happens, that a light dreffing of loot in the Ip ring,
at the time the Wheat is beginning to ftalk, proves of
greater fervice to the crop, than a dreffing "of duno-
laid on the land before it is ploughed, efpecially if the
dung is not very good. Deep ploughing (where the
ftaple of the ground is deep enough to admit of it)
will alfo' be of great fervice to the Corn, for the
Email fibres of the roots, which are the mouths that
fupply the nourifhment, extend themfelves very deep
into the ground. I have traced many of them up-
ward of three feet, and believe they fpread much
farther where the ground is light ; therefore it is of
great advantage to the crop to have the ground ftirred
and loofened to a proper depth, for by fo doing the
roots will find a fupply of pafturefor the nourifhment
and augmentation of the ears, at the time they are
forming, when it is moft required ; for if the ground
is ploughed fhallow, the roots will have extended
themfelves to that depth by the fpring, fo that when
the nourifhment is wanted to fupply the ftaiks, the
roots are dinted by the hardnefs of the foil, which
they cannot penetrate ; when this is the cafe, the co-
lour, of the blade is frequently feen to change in
April, and feldom recovers its verdure again ; and
when this happens, the ftaiks are always weakened in
proportion to the decay of the blade ; for it is well
known from long experience, that the leaves or blade
of Corn, are neceffary to draw in nourifhment from
the air and dews, for the increafe of the ftalk and ear ;
but in order to afeertain this, I have made trial of it,
by cutting off the leaves of lome roots of Wheat al-
ternately, early in the fpring, and have conftantly
found the ftaiks upon thofe roots much fmaller, the
ears fhorter, and the grain thinner than thofe of the
intermediate roots, whole blades were not cut. This
fhews the abfurdity of that practice of feeding fheep
upon Corn in the winter and fpring. I have frequent-
ly feen in fome gardens, plants divefted of their low-
er leaves, which ignorant perfons have fuppofed to
draw away the nourifhment from the head ; but when-
ever this has been pradtifed, I have always feen the
plants have been greatly weakened by it ; fo that until
thofe leaves decay naturally, they fhould never be
taken off.

Of late years, many compofts have been advertifed
for the fteeping of the feeds of Corn, in order to im-
prove their growth, fome of which have been fold at
a dear rate ; but as fo great fuccefs was affured by the
inventors to thofe who fhould make ufe of them,
there were numbers of perfons who made the trial ;
but fo far as I have been able to get information of
their experiments, they did not fucceed fo well as to
encourage the ufe of thefe compofitions ; and from
feveral trials which I made myfelf with great care, I
always found, that the Wheat which had been fteeped
in thefe compofitions came up fooner, and grew much
ranker in the winter, than that which had not been
fteeped ; but in the fpring the unfteeped Wheat had a
greater number of ftaiks to each plant, and the ears
were better fed than thofe which had been fteeped ;
therefore thefe forts of compofts have been found of
no real ufe to the crop.

My experiments were made in the following manner.
The Wheat was fown in drills, on the fame fpot of
ground ; the feeds which had been fteeped were fown
in alternate rows, and the intermediate rows were
fown with unfteeped Corn. The rows were a foot
and a half afunder, and the grains were all taken out
of one meafure, and fown as equally as poffible : the
fteeped Corn appeared above ground three days be-
fore the other, and continued to grow fafter than the
unfteeped Corn during the winter, but in the fpring
the blade of the fteeped Corn changed its colour, and
their points became of a brown colour, when I gave a

fig he

T r r

light dreiTmg to one of the rows, which foon recover-
ed its verdure, and caufed it to be the ftrongeft row
of the whole ; but the others which had not this d refif-
ing, produced weaker ftalks and ears than that which
was not fteeped.

I have before obferved, that in general the farmers
fow more than double the quantity of Corn on their
lands than is necefiary •, therefore there is a great
wafte of grain, which in fcarce years amounts to a
confiderabie fum in large farms, and to a whole coun-
try, it is an objed worthy the attention of the pub-
lic : but I fear whatever may be faid to prevent this,
will have but little weight with the practitioners of
agriculture, who are fo fond of old cuftoms, as rare-
ly to be prevailed upon to alter them, though they
are extremely abfurd. But if thefe people could be
prevailed on to make the trial with care, they muft
be foon convinced of their error ; for if they woulc
but examine a field of Corn fown in the common way,
they will find but few roots which have more than
two or three ftalks, unlels by chance, where there
may be fome few roots which have room to fpread,
upon which there may be fix, eight, or ten ftalks,
and frequently many more ; but in a field of Wheat
which had not a greater allowance than one buftiel
of Corn to an acre, fo that the roots had room to
fpread, I have obferved the roots produced from
fix to twelve, or fourteen ftalks, which were ftrong,
and had long well nourifhed ears, and the produce
was much greater than in any of thofe fields in the
neighbourhood, which were fown with the common
allowance. And if the land is good, and the roots
ftand at a proper diftance from each other, there will
be few roots which will not produce as many ftalks as
I have here mentioned, and the ears will be better
nourifhed.

But if the land is not covered with the blades of
Corn by the fpring, the farmers think they fnall have
no crop ; whereas, if they would have patience to
wait till the roots put out their ftems, they would
foon be convinced of the contrary •, efpecially if they
could be prevailed on to draw a weighty roller over
the Wheat in March, which will caule it to fpread ;
and by fettling of the loofe ground to the roots, the
drying winds in the fpring would be prevented from
penetrating to their fibres, fo that the roots will pro-
duce the more ftalks ; but before this operation, it
will be proper to have the Corn cleaned from weeds,
if thefe are permitted to grow, they will draw away
much nouriftiment from the Corn ; and if, at this fea-
fon, the land is made clean from weeds, the Corn
will foon after fpread and cover the ground, whereby
the growth of weeds will be greatly leftened.

There is not any part of hufbandry which requires the
farmer’s attention more, than that of keeping his
land clean from weeds •, and yet there are few who
trouble themfelves about it, or who underftand the
proper method of doing it ; few of them know thofe
weeds which are annual, fo as to diftinguifli them
from thofe which are perennial ; and without this
knowledge, it will be much rhore difficult for a per-
fon to clean his land, let his induftry be ever fo great,
for annual weeds may be foon deftroyed if taken in
time ; whereas, if they are negleded, their feeds will
foon ripen and lcatter ; after which it will require
three times the labour and expence to get rid of them,
as would have been fufficient at the beginning, and
then the crop would have had no bad neighbours to
rob it of its nouriffiment. The common method now
pradifed is a very abfurd one, for the weeds are left
to grow till the Wheat is beginning to ear, and the
weeds are in Rower •, fo the ground being covered by
the Corn, all the low weeds are hid, and thefe are
left to ripen and fcatter their feeds ; the tall weeds
only are taken out, and if the people employed are
not careful, many of thefe will efcape them, as they
will be fo intermixed with the ftalks of Wheat as
not to appear, unlefs diligently lought after. By
this method the weeds of tall growth are permitted
to ftand, and rob the Corn of its nourilhment, dur-

; ■ ;

ing the principal time of its growth, and the humble
weeds are never deftroyed ; and by going amongft
the ftalks when they are tall, great numbers of them
are broken and trod under the work-people’s feet 5
yet however obvious this is to every farmer, none
of them have thought of altering this practice. I
would therefore recommend a method which is now
in common pradice amongft the kitchen gardeners.,
which has been found of great benefit to their crops,
and has* alio been a great faving to them in the ex-
pence of weeding ; and this is making ufe of hoes for
cleaning the Wheat early in the fpring, before the
ground is covered with blades of Corn. With this
inftrument, all the low as well as the tall weeds will
be cut up, and if it is performed in dry weather, the
weeds being then fmall will foon die. Where the
ground happens to be very full of weeds, it may be
necefiary to go over it a fecond time, at about a fort-
night after the fir#, to cut up any weeds which may
have before efcaped. By laying the ground clean a£
this time, the Corn will not be robbed of its nourifh-
ment •, and there will not be time for the weeds to
grow fo as to prejudice it much after, for the ground
will be fo much ffiaded by the Corn, as to keep down
the weeds, fo that they cannot have time to ripen their
feeds before harveft.

If, at the time of this operation, the roots of Com
are cut up where they are too clofe, it will be found
of great fervice to the other •, but this, I fear, few of
the old farmers will ever agree with me in ; tho’ what
I mention is not from theory but experiments, which
have been repeated with great care •, and where it Was
pradifed the produce of twenty rods of ground, was
much greater both in weight and meafure, than the
fame quantity of ground in the beft part of the field
where this was not pradifed, and the ftalks flood up-
right, when a great part of the Corn in the fame field
was lodged.

I have often obferved in thofe fields where foot-paths
are made through Corn-fields, that by the fide of thofe
paths where the Corn is thin, and has been trodden
down in the winter and fpring, that the ftalks have
flood ered, when moft of the Corn in the fame field
has been laid flat on the ground; which was owing'to
the ftalks being fo much ftronger from their having
more room, the other having been drawn up tall and
flender by being fo clofe together. There is alfo ano-
ther great advantage in keeping Corn clean from
weeds, and giving it room to fpread, which is, that
the Corn is not fo liable to take the fmut as when it
is full of weeds, and the roots too much crowded, as
I have frequently obferved ; fo that cleannefs and free
air, is as efiential to the well doing and growth of ve-
getables as animals ; and the changing of the feed
annually is alfo as neceftary, as the change of air is to
all forts of animals ; for where this has been care-
fully pradifed, there has rarely happened any fmutty
Corn in the field.

Brining of the feed Wheat is what the farmers gene-
rally pradife to prevent the fmut, which in moft
years anfwers very well ; but there is nothing which '
contributes more to this, than keeping the plants in
good health, which is better effeded by the method
before propofed ; for by ftirring of the ground with
the hoe between the roots of Corn in the fpring, they
will be better fupplied with nourifhment; for in ftrong
lands, where the water may have lain in the winter,
the furface of the ground will bind fo hard on the

o

firft dry weather as to Hint the Corn, and frequently
caufe it to change colour. When this happens, the
roots feldom put out many ftalks, and thofe which are
put out, are weak; but where the furface of the
ground can be ftirred 10 loofen the parts, the Cora
will foon recover its colour and ftrength, and cover
the land with fhoots.

What has been here direded, muft be underftood to
relate to Wheat fown in broad-caft, which is the ufual
method pradifed by farmers in every part of Eng-
land ; for the horfe-hoeing hufbandry which was prac-
tifed by Mr. Tull, has been almoft univerfally rejeded

by

T R I

by the farmers in every county, it being fo oppofite
to their accuftomed practice, that they cannot be pre-
vailed upon to make trial of it ; and indeed, by the
ablurdity of the author in a few particulars, he has
difcouraged many from engaging in it, who would
have pradtifed it 5 but upon finding Mr. Tull pofi-
tively afferting, that the fame land would nourilh the
fame fpecies of plants without changing the crops for
ever, and this without manure, which being contrary
to all experience, led them to believe his other prin-
ciples had no better foundation. And he pra&iled this
method of fowing the fame fpecies upon the fame
ground, till his crops failed, and were much worfe
than thofe of his neighbours who continued their old
method of hufbandry, and hereby his horfe-hoeing huf-
bandry was ridiculed by them, and laid afide by gen-
tlemen who were engaging in it. But notwithftanding
thefe and lome other particulars which have been ad-
vanced by Mr. Tull, yet it is much to be wifhed that
this new hufbandry might be univerfally pra&ifed ;
for fome few perfons who have made fufficient trial of
it, have found their crops anfwer much better than
in the common or old method of hufbandry ; and
the French, who have learned it from Mr. Tull’s
book, are engaging in the pradlice of it with greater
ardour than thofe of our own country : and although
they had not the proper inftruments of agriculture
for the performance, and met with as ftrong oppofi-
tion from the perfons employed to execute the bufi-
nefs as in England, yet the gentlemen feem deter-
mined to perfift in the practice of it, though as yet
few of their experiments have had the fuccefs they
hoped for ; partly from the aukwardnefs of their la-
bourers, and partly from their averfenefs to pradtife
this hufbandry, and alfo from their being made in
land not well conditioned, but yet their produce has
been equal to that of the old hufbandry ; and they fay,
that if the produce of the land in the new method of
hufbandry does not exceed that in the old way, yet
by laving feven parts from eight of the feed Corn, it
is a great affair to a whole country, efpecially in times
of fcarcity.

As Mr. Tull has given a full diredtions for the prac-
tice of this hufbandry, I fhall refer the reader to his
book for inftrudtion, and fhall only mention two or
three late experiments which have been made in his
method, whereby the utility of it will more fully
appear.

The firft was in a field of Wheat, which was fown
partly in broad-caft in the common method, and partly
according to Tull’s method *, the fpots thus fown were
not regular in lands, but interfperfed indifferently in
many directions. Thofe parts of the field in Tull’s
method, were in rows at- two feet diftance, and flood
thin in the rows. The roots of the Wheat in thefe
fpots had from ten to thirty ftalks on a root, and
continued upright till it was reaped ; whereas few of
the roots in the common method had more than two
or three ftalks, and thefe were moft of them lodged
before harveft •, fo that upon trial of the grain when
threfhed, there was near a third part more in weight
and mealure, than from the fame extent of ground,
taken in the beft part of the field fown in the common
way.

Another trial was made in fowing of the Corn in
rows at different diftances, with fome fown in two
parts of the ground broad-caft. The event was, that
all which was fown broad-caft in the ufual way was
lodged, as was alfo moft of that where the rows were
fix or nine inches afunder ; thofe which flood a foot
diftance efcaped better, but the rows two feet afun-
der were the beft, and the produce much greater than
any of the other * which plainly fhews the ablurdity
of that pradtice, in fowing a great quantity of feeds
to have a better produce, which is the opinion of moft
of the old farmers •, and it was formerly the prevail-
ing opinion among gardeners, who allowed near eight
times the quantity of feeds for the fame fpace of
ground as is now ufually fown, and thefe crops are
greatly fuperior to any of thofe.

The produce of an acre of Wheat is various, accord-
ing to the goodnefs of the foil. In fome of the
fhallow, chalky, down lands, where there have been
near four bufhels of Corn fown, I have known the
produce not more than double of the feed 5 but when
this is the cafe, the farmer had much better let his
land lie wafte, fince the produce will not defray the
expence, fo that more than the rent of the land is
loft : and although thefe forts of crops are frequently
feen on fuch land, yet fuch is the paifiion for plough-
ing among the hufbandmen at prefect, that if they
were not reftrained by their landlords, they would in-
troduce the plough into every field, notwithftandinc
they arefure to lole by it.

But although the produce of thefe poor downs is fo
fmall, as before related, yet upon good land, where
the Corn has ftood thin upon the ground, I have
known eight or ten quarters reaped from an acre, over
the whole field, and fometimes much more. And I
have been informed by perfons of great credit, that on
good land, which was drilled and managed with the
horfe-hoe, they have had twelve quarters. from an acre
of land, which is a great produce ; and this is with
greater certainty, if the fealbns prove bad, than can
be expedled by the common hufbandry.

The fineft field of Wheat I ever yet law, was fown in
rows at a foot and a half diftance ; the allowance of
feed to this field was three gallons, and by the com-
mon practice of the farmers, there is feldom Ids than
three bufhels, which is eight times the quantity : this
Wheat was hoed by the hand twice in the fpring,
which coft five fh filings and fix-pence per acre. When
the Corn was in ear, it was not lefs than fix feet high •,
there were from twelve to twenty ftalks on each root,
which were fo ftrong as to all (land upright; the ears
were very long, the ground perfectly clean from weeds,
and the produce was more than eleven quarters to an
acre of land. Thefe experiments, one fhould imagine,
would excite an induftry among farmers to the prac-
tice ; but on the contrary, not one of thofe in the
neighbourhood would follow it.

The price of Corn varies continually, and this vari-
ation is often very great in the fpace of one or two
years ; fo that from being fo cheap, as that the far-
mers could not pay their rents, in the compafs of a
year or two the price has been doubled ; for one or two
plentiful harvefts have lowered the price of Wheat fo
much, as to make it difficulty for the needy farmer to
go on with his bufinefs who wants ready money for his
crops, as foon as he can prepare them for the market.
This has eftablifhed a fet of people called dealers in
Corn, who have taken the advantage of the farmer’s
neceffity, and engroffed their Corn to keep it for bet-
ter markets ; and thefe dealers have of late years in-
creafed fo greatly in their numbers, to the great pre-
judice of the raifers and confumers of Corn, as may in
time prove fatal to the country, by monopolizing the
greateft part of the produce, and then fet their own
price upon it ; fo that between thefe Corn-faclors as
they are called, and the diftiliers, the price of bread
may be too great for the labouring poor ; which is an
affair which requires more public attention than has
yet been given to it.

The French are building public granaries for the con-
fervation of their Corn, in moft of their provinces ;
for as in fome years they have great plenty of Corn,
and at other time as great fcarcity, they are contriv-
ing to prevent any great want of it.

When the Wheat is fold much under four {hillings
the bufhel, the farmer cannot pay his rent and live ;
nor can the poorer fort of people afford to purchafe
good bread, when the Wheat is fold at a price much
higher than fix {hillings the bufhel ; therefore when it
it is at a medium between thefe, there can be no great
caufe of complaint on either fide.

TRIUMFETTA. Plum. Nov. Gen. 40. tab. 8.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 529.

The Characters are,

The flower has no etnpalement ; it has five linear , erehl,
chtufie petals , which are concave , and turn inward ; it

has

\

T R O T R O

has fifteen or fixieen rifing fiamina which are awl-Jhaped , j •
erebl, and the length of the petals , terminated by Jingle
fiummits ; and a round, fh germen fupporting a jlyle the
length of the fiamina , crowned by an acute bifid fiigma.

' The germen afterward becomes a globular cap fide, fet with
long prickles on every fide , having four cells , each contain-
ing one feed , which is convex on one fide and angular on
the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fecftion of
Linnaeus’s eleventh clafs, which contains thofe plants
whole flowers have from eleven to nineteen ftamina
inclufive, and one ftyle.

There is but one Species of this genus at prefent
known, viz.

Triumfetta ( Lappula .) Hort. Cliff. 210. Triumfetta
fru&u echinato racemofo. Gen. Plant. 40. T riumfetta
with prickly branching fruit.

The title of this genus was given to it by Father Plu-
nder, in honour of John Baptift Triumfetti, doctor of
phyfic and philofophy at Bononia, who has publifhed
fome curious trails in botany.

This plant grows naturally in Jamaica, and molt of
the other iflands of the Welt-Indies ; it rifes with an
upright Item to the height of fix or leven feet, which
becomes ligneous toward the bottom, and divides up-
ward into four or five branches, which are garnifhed
with leaves placed alternately their whole length ;
thefe are about two inches and a half long, and almoft
two inches broad toward their bale, divided almoft in-
to three lobes- toward the top, and the middle divi-
fion ending in an acute point ; they are veined on their
under fide, are covered with a foft brown down, and
have feveral veins running from the midrib to the
Tides ; their upper fide is of a yellowifh green, and a
little hairy ; their borders are acutely, but unequally
Tawed, and ftand upon foot-ftalks an inch long. The
branches are terminated by long fpikes of flowers,
which come out in clufters from the fide of the prin-
cipal foot-ftalk, at diftances of about an inch. The
flowers are fmall, the petals narrow, and of a yellow
colour ; thefe are fucceeded by burry capfules, fome-
thing like thofe of the Agrimony, but are round ;
the prickles are longer than thofe, and are placed on
every fide. This plant generally flowers here in July
and Auguft, and in warm fealons the feeds do fome-
times ripen in England.

It is propagated by feeds, which muft be fown on a
hot-bed early in the fpring ; and when the plants are
come up, they fhould be each tranfplanted into a fe-
parate pot filled with light, frefh, kitchen-garden
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed of tan-
ners bark •, they muft be fhaded from the fun until
they have taken new root, after which time they muft
be treated in the fame manner as hath been directed
for other tender exotic plants. During the fummer
feafon the plants may remain in this hot-bed, but in
autumn they muft be removed into the ftove, and
plunged into the bark-bed, obferving to refreftt them
with water frequently; but in very cold weather it
muft not be given them in too great plenty. If the
plants live through the winter, they will flower the
following fummer, fo will ripen their feeds in au-
tumn ; but they may be continued two or three years,
provided they are carefully managed.

x R O L L I U S. Lin. Gen. Plant. 620. Helleborus.
Tourn.Inft. R. H. 272. Globe Ranunculus, or Locker
Gowlans.

The Characters are,

d'he flower has no empalement ; it has about fourteen al-
moft oval petals , whofie points meet together ; it has nine
neclariums , which are narrow, plain, incurved, and um-
bilicated, which are perforated at their bafe, and a great
number of brifily ftamina, terminated by «rebt fiummits ,
with numerous germina fitting clofie like a column , having
no ftyle s, but are crowned by pointed ftigmas. The germen
afterward become fo many capfules collected into an oval
head, each containing one feed.

* This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fedtion
.of Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe

plants whofe flowers have many male and female
parts.

The Species are,

1. Trollius {Europeans) corollis conniventibus, nec-
tariis longitudine ftaminum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 556.
Trollius with the petals of the flower meeting, and nedla-
rimns the length of the ftamina. Helleborus niger, ra-
nunculi folio, fiore globofo majore. Tourn. Inft. R.
H. 272. Black Hellebore with a Crowfoot -leaf, and a
large globular flower , commonly called Globe-flower, or
Locker Gowlans.

2. Trollius (. Afiaticus ) corollis patentibus, nedtariis
longitudine petalorum. Lin. Sp. Plant. 557. Trollius
with an open fpr ending flower, and nedtariums the length
of the petals. Helleborus aconiti folio, flore globofo
croceo. Amman. Ruth. 101. Hellebore with a Wolf 's-
bane leaf, and a globular Saffron-coloured flower.

The firft fort grows naturally in the northern counties
in England, and in many parts of Wales. I found it
in great plenty growing in the park of Burrow-hall,
in Lancashire ; it has a perennial, fibrous, black root,
from which fpring up many leaves which referable
thofe of Wolf’s- bane, cut into five fegments almoft
to the bottom ; the ftalk rifes near two feet high ; it
is finooth, hollow, and branches toward the top •, each
branch is terminated by one large yellow flower,
Ihaped like thofe of Crow-foot, which has no em-
palement. Thefe are compofed of feveral concave pe-
tals, whofe points turn inward toward each other, co-
vering the parts of generation, fo are of a globular
form, whence it had the title of Globe Ranunculus.
It flowers the latter end of May and the beginning of
June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft. This plant is
frequently kept in gardens about London, and is
eafily propagated by parting of the roots ; the belt
time for doing this is the latter end of September,
when the leaves are beginning to decay. The roots
fhould not be divided into fmall parts, if they are ex-
pected to flower ftrong the following year; thefe
fhould be planted at a foot diftance from each other,
and require a fliady fituaiion and a moift foil. The
roots need not be removed or parted oftener than once,
in three years,, unlefs there is a defire of increafing
them.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Siberia, from
whence it was brought to the Imperial Garden at Pe-
terfburgh, and has been communicated fince to feveral
parts of Europe ; this differs from the firft in having
larger^ leaves, which are of a lighter green colour ;
their fegments are fewer and larger, refembling thofe
of the yellow Monk’s-hood. The petals of the°flower
fpreadopen, and do not converge at their points like
thofe of the firft lbrt. The flowers, ftamina, and nec-
tariums are of an elegant Saffron colour. It flowers
in May.

This fort may be propagated and treated in the fame
way as the firft, but it requires a moifter foil, and
fhould have a fliady fituation, but not under the drip
of trees; it thrives belt on a north border, where the
foil is loamy, but not too ft iff. In fueh fituations the
plants will produce feeds in England, for if they are
in a dry foil, or much expofed to the fun, they fre-
quently die in fummer. I have feen this fort in the
moft flouriihing ftate, where the furface of the ground
was covered with Mofs to keep it moift.

As the flowers of both thefe plants make 'a pretty ap-
pearance during their continuance, they deferve a
place in every good garden for the fake of variety,
efpecialiy as they will thrive in moift fliady places
where few better plants will live ; and by thus fuiting
the plants to the different foils and fituations of a gar-
den, every part may be furnifhed with beauties, and
a greater variety may be preferved.
TROPiEOLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 421. Carda-
rnindum. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 430. tab. 244. Indian
Crefs.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is of one ' leaf, ending in five
points ; it is eredl, fpr ending, coloured } and falls off.

’ 2 "k

The two under figments are narrow ; their tail ends in a
nectar ions horn , which is longer than the empalement.
The flower has five roundifih petals infer ted in the fig-
mcnts of the empalement *, the two upper fit clofe to the
foot-Jlalk , hut the lower have oblong hairy tails. It has
eight floor i awljhapcd ft amina, which decline and are un-
equdh terminated by oblong rifing fummits having four cells ,
and a rcutidifio germen, with three lobes -which are freaked ,
fupporting a fingle ere It fiyle , crowned by an acute trifid
fitigma. The germen afterward becomes a folid fruit dividing
in three parts.; convex on the outfide , angular within , having
many furrows , each part or cell including one furrowed
feed, convex on one fide , and angular on the other.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus's eighth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have eight ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Tropteolum {Minus) foliis fubquinquelobis, peta-
lis obtufis. Hort. Upfal. 93. Tropceolum with leaves
which are almofi divided into five lobes , and obtufi petals
to the fiozver. Cardamindum minus & vulgare.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 433. The common or f mailer In-
dian Nafturtium.

2. Tropceolum ( Majus ) foliis fubquinquelobis pefalis
obtufis. Hort. Upfal. 93. Tropaolum with five lobes to
the leaves , and obtufe petals to the flower. Cardamin-
dum ampliore folio & majore flore. Tourn. Inft. R.
H. 430. Indian Nafturtium with a larger leaf and flower ,
commonly called Indian Crefs.

The firft fort grows naturally in Peru ; this was firft
brought to Europe in 1684, and was riled in the gar-
dens of Count Beverning in Holland.

It has a trailing herbaceous ftalk, garni Hied with
leaves almofi: circular. The foot-ftalk is inferted in
the center of the leaf, like a buckler, as is the Mavel-
vvort ; the leaves are fmooth, and of a grayifh colour ;
the flowers come out from the wings of the ftalks,
Handing upon very long {lender foot-ftalks •, they are
of an admirable ftru&ure, and are compofed of five
acute-pointed petals ; the two upper are large and
rounded, the three under are narrow, and their tails
join together, and are lengthened into a tail two
inches long. After the flower is paffed, the germen
turns to a roundilh fruit which is furrowed, and di-
vided into three lobes, each including one ftreaked
feed. It flowers from Midfummer till the froft flops
it in autumn.

There are two varieties of this, one with a deep
Orange-coloured flower inclining to red, and the other
with a pale yellow flower.

The fecond fort grows naturally about Lima ; this
has larger ftalks than the former. The leaves are alfo
larger, and their borders are indented almoft into
lobes •, the flowers are larger, and their petals are
rounded at their points. There are two colours of
this fort as in the former, and one with double flowers,
which is propagated, by cuttings, for it does not pro-
duce feeds.

The firft fort is lefs common at prefent in the Eng-
' lifti gardens than the fecond, the flowers of the latter
being larger make a finer appearance, for which it is
preferred ; they are both elleemed annual plants, tho’
•they may be continued through the winter if they are
kept in pots, and fheltered in a good green-houle, in
like manner as that with double flowers is preferved,
and they may be propagated by cuttings as that is ;
but, as thefe ripen their feeds conftantly every year,
the plants are generally raifed from feeds, which may
be fown in April in the places where they are to re-
main, which fhould be where their ftalks may have
fupport, for they will climb fix or eight feet high
when they are trained up, and then their flowers will
make a good appearance; but when they trail upon
the ground, they will fpread over the neighbouring
plants and become unfighdy.

The flowers of thefe plants are frequently eaten in fal-
lads ; they have a warm tafte like the Garden Crefs, and
are efteemed very wholefome ; they are likewife ufed
for garnilhing diflies. The feeds are pickled, and by
fome are preferred to moft kinds of pickles for fauce.

T U L

TUBEROSE. . See Rolyanthes.

TUBEROSE RO O T S are fuch as confift of a ri
uniform flefhy fubftance, and are of a roundifn figure,
as Turneps, &c.

TUBULOUS PLANTS are fuclt whofe ftetns
or flowers are hollow like a pipe.

1 ULIPAi Tourn. Inft. R. H. 373. tab. 199, 200.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 376. Tulip.

The Characters are,

The flower has no empalement ; it is of the bell-fhdpe, and
compofed of fix oblong , oval , concave , ere ft petals ; it
has fix awlfloaped ftamina which are fijorter than the pe-
tals, terminated by oblong four-cornered fummits , and a
large, oblong , taper, three-cornered germen, having no fiyle ,
crowned by a tringular , three-lobed permanent fitigma.
The germen afterward turns to a three-cornered cagfuk
having three cells , which are filled with comprefifed feeds ,
lying over each other in a double order.

This genus is ranged in the firft feflion of Linnaeus’s
fixth clafs, which contains thofe plants whofe flowers
have fix ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Tulipa ( Sylvejtris ) flore fub'nutante, foliis lanceola-
tis. Lin. Sp. Plant.. 305. Tulip with a nodding fiozver,
and Jpear -fib aped leaves. Tulipa minor lutea Italica.
C. B. P. 63. The fmaller yellow Italian T ulip.

2. Tulipa ( Gtjneriana ) flore erefto, foliis ovato-lance-
olatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 306. Tulip with an ereft flower,
and oval fpear-jkaped leaves. Common T ulip with all its
varieties.

The firft fort was formerly preferved in the Englifh
gardens, but fince there has been fo many varieties of
the fecond fort propagated in England, the firft has
been rejected, and is now only to be found in old
neglected gardens. The petals of this flower end in
acute points •, the flower is yellow, and nods on one
fide, and the leaves are narrower than thofe of the
common fort.

The common Tulip is fo well known as to need no
defeription, and it would be to little purpofe to enu-
merate the feveral varieties of thefe flowers, which
may be feen in one good garden, fince there is no end
of their numbers, and what fome people may value
at a conflderable rate, others rejefl ; and as there are
annually a great variety of new flowers obtained
from breeders, thofe which are old, if they have not
very good properties to recommend them, are thrown
out and delpifed, I fhall therefore point out the pro-
perties of a good Tulip, according to the charafter-
iftics of the belt florifts of the prefent age. 1 . It fhould
have a tall ftrong ftem. 2. The flower fhould confift
of fix leaves, three within, and three without ; the
former ought to be larger than the latter. 3. Their
bottom fhould be proportioned to their top, and their
upper part fhould be rounded off, and not terminate
in a point. 4. Thefe leaves, when opened, fhould
neither turn inward nor bend outward, but rather
Hand erect, and the flower fhould be of a middling
fize, neither over large, nor too fmall. 5. The ftripes
fhould be fmall and regular, arifing from the bottom
of the flower ; for if there are any remains of the for-
mer felf-coloured bottom, the flower is in danger of
lofing its ftripes again. The chives fhould not be yel-
low, but of a brown colour. When a flower has ail
thefe properties, it is efteemed a good one.

Tulips are generally divided into three claffes, ac-
cording to their feafons of flowering •, as Prsecoces, or
early blowers ; Medias, or middling blowers ; and
Serotines, or late blowers ; but there is no occafion
for making any more diftin&ions than two, viz. early
and late blowers.

The early blowing Tulips are not near fo fair, nor do
they rife half fo high as the late ones, but are chiefly
valued for appearing fo early in the fpring, fome of

- which will flower the middle of March in mild fea-
fons, if planted in a warm border near a wall, pale,
hedge, or other lhelter, and the others will fucceed
them ; fo that they keep flowering until the general
feafon for thefe flowers is come, which is toward the
end of April. As thefe early blowing Tulips are but

TUL

few, 1 Shall infert the name of the principal or thefti,
Which are as follow :

1. Duke Van Toll, or
Winter Duke.

2. General Duke.

3. General Brandon.

4. Pretty Betty.

5. Duchefs of Brancion.

6. Lac Verine.

7. Violet Ragans.

8. Violet Remow, or
Pourpre Lifle.

9. Palto Van Leyden. .

10. Florifante.
si. Brandenburgh.

3 2. Nonfuch.

33. Admiral Crinki.

14. General Molfwick.

35. Paragon Cleremont.

16. Admiral Encufen.

37. Morillion.

38. Nobleft.

39. Early Perfect.

20. Superintendent.

Thefe are the names which have been impofed on
thefe flowers by the florifts of the feveral countries
where they were raifed, and by which the roots may be
obtained from Flanders and Holland, where the flo-
rifts are very exaCt in keeping up their lifts of thefe
flowers complete.

The roots of thefe early blowing Tulips fhould be
planted the beginning of September in a warm
border, near a wall, pale, or hedge •, becaufe if they
are put into an open fpot of ground, their buds are
in danger of fuffering by morning frofts in the fpring.
The foil for thefe fhould be renewed every year, where
people intend to have them fair. The beft foil for this
purpofe is that which is taken from a light fandy paf-
ture, with the turf rotted amongft it, and to this
fhould be added a fourth part of fea fand. This mix-
ture may be laid about ten inches deep, which will be
fufficient for thefe roots, which need not be planted
more than four or five inches deep at moft. The off-
fets fhould not be planted amongft the blowing roots,
but in a border by themfelves, where they may be
planted pretty clofe together, efpecially if they are
lmall •, but thefe fhould be taken up when their leaves
decay, in the fame manner as the blowing roots,
otherwife they would rot if the feafon fhould prove
very wet * for thefe are not fo hardy as the late blow-
ers, nor do they increafe half fo faft as thofe, fo that a
greater care is required to preferve the offsets of them.
When thefe Tulips come up in the fpring, the earth
upon the furface of the borders fhould be gently ftir-
red and cleared from weeds ; and as the buds appear,
if the feafon fhould prove very fevere, it will be of
great fervice to cover them with mats, for want of
which many times they are blighted, and their flowers
decay before they blow, which is often injurious to
the roots, as is alfo the cropping of the flowers fo
foon as they are blown ; becaufe their roots, which
are formed new every year, are not at that time ar-
rived to their full magnitude, and are hereby deprived
of proper nourilhment.

If, when thefe flowers are blown, the feafon fhould
prove very warm, it will be proper to fhade them with
mats, &c. in the heat of the day ; as alfo if the nights
are frofty, they fhould be in like manner covered,

• whereby they may be prelerved a long time in beauty ;
but, when their flowers are decayed, and their feed-
vefiels begin to fwell, they fhould be broken off juft at
the top of the ftalks, becaufe if they are permitted
to feed, it will injure the roots.

When the leaves of thefe flowers are decayed (which
will be before the late blowers are out of flower)
their roots fhould be taken up, and fpread upon mats
in a fhady place to dry after which they fhould be
cleared from their filth, and put in a dry place where
the vermin cannot come to them, until the feafon

T U L

for planting them again, being very careful to pre-
ferve every fort feparate, that you may know how to
difpofe of them at the time for planting them again -
becaufe it is the better way to plant all the roots of
each fort together (and not to intermix them, as is com-
monly pradiled in moft other kinds of flowers ;) for
as there are few of them which blow at the fame, time,
fo when the feVeral roots of one fort are flattered
through a whole border, they make but an indifferent
appearance ; whereas, when twenty or thirty roots
of the fame fort are placed together, they will all
flower at the fame time, arid afford a more agreeable
profpeCL

There are piany curious perfons, who, in order* to pre-
ferve their feveral kinds of Tulips, and other bul-
bous-rooted flowers feparate, have large flat boxes
made, which are divided into feveral parts by fmall
partitions, each of which is numbered in the fame
manner as the divifions of their beds ; fo that when a
catalogue of their roots is made, and the numbers
fixed to each fort in the beds, there is nothing more
to do when they take up their roots, but to put every
kind into the divifion marked with the fame number
which was placed to each fort in the bed, which faves
a great deal of trouble in making frefli marks every
time the roots are taken up, and effectually anfwers
the purpofe of preferving the kinds feparate.

The feveral forts of thefe early blowing Tulips rife
to different heights in their Items, fo that fcarcely
any two of them grow to an equal height. The Duke
Van Toll being one of the firft that appears in the
fpring, is generally very fhort-ftalked, and fo the other
forts, in proportion to their earlinefs, are fhorter than
thofe which fuceeed them, and the late blowing kinds
are all of them Confiderably longer in their Items than
any of the Prascoces, or early blowers ; fo that when
they are confufedly mixed together, they make a very-
indifferent appearance.

The late blowing Tulips are fo numerous, that, as I
before obferved, it would be to no purpofe to attempt
to give a catalogue of them. Thefe are generally ob-
tained from breeders, which is a term applied to all
fuch flowers as are produced from feeds, which are of
one felf-colour, and have good bottoms and chives ;
thele in time break into various beautiful ftripes, ac-
cording to the ground of their former felf-colour, but
this mull be entirely thrown off, otherwife they do
not efteem a flower well broken.

Of thefe breeders there hath been a great variety
brought into England from Flanders of late years,
which is the grand nurfery for moft forts of bulbous-
rooted flowers *, but there are lbme curious perfons,
who have lately obtained many valuable breeders
from feed fown in England ; and doubtleis, were we
as ihduftrious to fow the feeds of thefe flowers as the
people of France and Flanders, we might in a few
years have as great a variety as is to be found in any
part of Europe ; for, although it is fix or feven years
from the fowing before the flowers blow, yet, if af-
ter the firft lowing there is every year a frefli parcel
fown, when the feven years are expired, there will
be conftantly a fuccefiion of roots to flower every year,
which will reward the expectation, and keep up the
fpirit of raifing ; but it is the length of time at firft,
which deters moft people from this work.

The manner of propagating thefe flowers from feeds is
as follows : you fhould be careful in the choice of
the feed, without which there can be little fuccefs ex-
pected. The beft feed is that which is faved from
breeders which have all the good properties before re-
lated* for the feeds of ftriped flowers feldom produce
any thing that is valuable.

The beft method to obtain good feeds is to make
choice of a parcel of fuch breeding Tulip roots as
you would have feeds from, and place them in a fe-
parate bed from the breeders, in a part of the garden
where they may be fully expofed to the fun, obferv-
ing to pla'nt them at leaft nine inches deep ; for if they
are planted too fhallow, their Items are apt to decay-
before their feed is perfected.

21. Vice-roy.

22. Maria.

23. Aurora Van Bart.

24. Paragon Grebberi.

25. Galatea.

2 6. Marquis.

27. Gilflen Bloemen,

28. Alcetus.

29. Jewel Van Haerlem.

30. Jacht Van Delft.

31. Goude Son.

32. Flamboyant.

33. Bruyd Renard.

34. Palamedes.

35. Apollo. ,

36. Juno.

37. Silver-boot.

38. Florida Voorhelm.

39. Roy d’Efpagne.

40. Metropolit.

41. Konins-kroon.

I

632

T U L

Thefe flowers fnould always be expofed to the wea- j
ther, for if they are (haded with mats, or any other
covering, it will prevent their perfecting the feed.
About the middle of July, (a little fooner or later, as
the fummer is hotter or colder) the feeds will be lit
to gather, which may be known by the drynefs of their
(talks, and the opening of the ieed-veffels, at which
time it may be cut off, and preferved in the pods till
the feafon tor fowing it, being careful to put it up in
a dry place, otherwife it will be fubject to mould,
which will render it good for little.

Having faved a parcel of good feed, about the begin-
ning of September is the belt feafon for fowing it,
when there fhould be provided a parcel of (hallow
feed-pans, or boxes, which fhould have holes in their
bottoms to let the moifture pafs off* thefe mull be
filled with frefh fandy earth, laying the furface very
even, upon which the feeds fhould be fown as regu-
larly as poffible, that they may not lie upon each other •,
then there fhould be fome of the fame light fandy
earth fifted over them, about half an inch thick.
Thefe boxes or pans fhould be placed where they may
have the morning fun till eleven of the clock, in
which fituation they may remain until OClober, at
which time they fhould be removed into a more open
fituation, where they may enjoy the benefit of the fun
all the day, and be fheltered from the north winds,
where 'they fhould remain during the winter feafon ;
but in the fpring, when the plants are up, they fhould
be again removed to their firft fituation ; and if the
feafon fhould be dry, they muft be refrefhed with
water while the plants remain green ; but as foon as
their tops begin to decay, there muff be no more
given them, left it rot their tender bulbs ; therefore
the boxes fhould be placed in a fhady fituation during
the fummer feafon, but not under the drip of trees.
Thefe plants, at their firft appearance, have very nar-
row graffy leaves like thofe of Onions, and come
up with bending heads, in the fame manner as they
do ; fo that perfons who are unacquainted with them,
may pull them up inftead of Grafs whilft they are
very young, before their leaves are a little more ex-
panded, which is rarely performed the firft year ;
for they feldom appear before the middle of March,
and they commonly decay about the latter end of May,
or the beginning of June, according as the feafon is
hotter or colder.

The weeds and Mofs fnould alfo be cleared off from
the furface of the earth in the boxes, and a little frefh
earth fifted over them foon after their leaves decay,
which will be of great fervice to their roots. Thefe
boxes fhould be conftantly kept clear from weeds,
which, if permitted to grow therein, when they are
pulled up, the roots v/ill be apt to draw the bulbs out
of the ground. At Michaelmas they fhould be frefh
earthed again, and as the winter comes on, they muft
be again removed into the fun as before, and treated
in the fame manner, until the leaves decay in the fpring,
when the bulbs fhould be carefully taken up, and
planted in beds of frefh fandy earth, which fhould have
tiles laid under them, to prevent their roots from
(hooting downward, which they often do when there
is nothing to flop them, and thereby are deftroyed.
The earth of thefe beds fhould be about five inches
thick imon the tiles, which will be fufficient for nou-
riihing thefe roots while they are young.

The diftance which thefe young bulbs fhould be al-
lowed, need not be more than two inches, nor fhould
they be planted above two inches deep ; but toward
the end of October, it will be proper to cover the
beds over with a little frefh earth about an inch
deep, which will preferve the roots from the froft,
and prevent Mofs or weeds from growing over them ;
but, if the winter fhould be very fevere, it will be
proper to cover the bed either with mats or Peas-
haulm, to prevent the froft from entering the ground,
becaufe thefe roots are much tenderer while young,
than they are after they have acquired ftrength.

In the fpring the furface of the ground fhould be
gently ftirred to make it clean, before the plants come

2

T U L

up ; and if the fpring fhould prove dry, they muft be
frequently refrefhed with water during the time of
their growth •, but this muft not be given to them in
great quantities, left it rot their tender bulbs ; and
when the leaves are decayed, the weeds fhould be ta-
ken off, and the beds covered with frefh earth, which
ftiould alfo be repeated again in autumn.

In thefe beds the bulbs may remain two years, dur-
ing which time they muft be conftantly kept dear
from weeds, and in fpring and autumn frefh earthed,
in the manner already directed ; after which the bulbs
muft be taken up, and planted into frefh beds, at four
inches afunder, and as many deep, where they may
remain two years more, during which time they
fhould have the fame culture as before ; and after
that, the bulbs being large enough to blow, they
fhould be taken up, and planted in frefh beds at the
ufual diftance, and in the fame manner as old roots j
where, when they flower, fuch of them as are worthy
to be preferved, fhould be marked with flicks ; and
at the feafon for taking up the bulbs, th ey ’muft
be leparated from the others, in order to be planted
as breeders in different beds ; but you ftiould by no
means throw out the reft until they have flowered two
or three years, becaufe it is impoffible to judo-e ex-
actly of their value in lefs time ; for many, which at
firft flowering appear beautiful, will afterwards dege-
nerate fo as to be of little value; and others, which
did not pleafe at firft, will many times improve, fo
that they fhould be preferved until their worth can be
well judged of.

In this method many forts of new breeders will be an-
nually raifed, from which there will always be fine
flowers broken, which, being the produce of a perfon’s
own fowing, will be greatly valued, becaufe they are
not in other hands, which is what enhances the price
of all flowers : and it has been entirely owing to this
method of raifing new flowers, that the Dutch have
been fo famous, amongft whom the paflion for fine
Tulips did fome time reign fo violently, that many of
the florifts near Haerlem have often given a hundred
ducats for one Angle root ; which extravagance was the
occafion of an order being made by the States, to li-
mit the utmoft price that fhould be afterward given
for any Tulip root, were it ever fo fine.

Having thus given an account of the method of raif-
ing thefe flowers from feeds, I fhall now proceed to
the management of thofe roots which are termed
breeders, 1b as to have fome of them every year break
out into fine ftripes.

There are fome who pretend to have a fecret how to
make any fort of breeders break into ftripes whenever
they pleafe, but this, I dare fay, is without foundation ;
for from many experiments which I and others have
made of this kind, I never could find any certainty of
this matter. All that can be done by art, is to fhift
the roots every year into frefh earth of different mix-
tures and a different fituation, by which method I have
had very good luccefs.

The earth of thefe beds fhould be every year different,
for although it is generally agreed that lean, hungry,
frefh earth doth haften their breaking, and caufe their
ftripes to be the finer and more beautiful, yet, if
they are every year planted in the fame' fort of foil, it
will not have fo mucheffed on them, as if they were one
year planted in one fort of earth, and the next year in a
very indifferent one, as I have feveral times experi-
enced •, and if fome fine ftriped Tulips are planted in the
fame beds with the breeders, intermixingthem together,
it will alfo caufe the breeders to break the fooner.

The beft compoft for thefe roots is a third part of
frefh earth from a good pafture, which fnould have
the fward rotted with it, a third part of fea fand, and
the other part fifted lime rubbifh ; thefe fhould be all
mixed together fix or eight months at leaft before it is
pfed, and fhould be frequently turned, in order to mix
the parts well together. With this mixture the beds
fhould be made about two feet deep, after the follow-
ing manner : after the old earth is taken from out of
the bed to the depth intended, then fome of the frefh

earth

T U L

earth fliould be put in about eighteen inches thick ;
this fhould be levelled exa&ly, and then lines drawn
each way of the bed, chequerwife ; at fix inches dif-
tance, upon the center of each crofs, fliould be placed
the Tulip roots, in an upright poficion, and after
having finifhed the bed in this manner, the earth muft
be filled in, fo as to raife the bed fix or eight inches
higher, obferving, in doing this, not to difplace any
of the roots, and alfo to lay the top of the beds a little
rounding to throw off the water.

There are many perfons who are fo carelefs in planting
their Tulip roots, as only to dig and level the beds
well, and then with a blunt dibble to make holes, in-
to which they put the roots, and then fill up the holes
with a rake, but this is by no means a good method ;
for the dibble, in making the holes, preffes the earth
clofely on each fide, and at the bottom, whereby the
moifture is often detained fo long about the roots as
to rot them, efpecially if the foil is inclinable to bind;
beiides the earth being hard at the bottom of the
bulbs, they cannot fo eafiiy emit their fibres, which
mu ft certainly prejudice theroots.

Thefe beds fhould be funk, more or lefs, below the
furface, according to the moifture or drynefs of the
ground, for the roots fliould be fo elevated as never
to have the water ftand near the reach of their fibres
in winter, for moifture is very apt to rot them •, fo
that where the foil is very wet, it will be proper to
lay fome lime rubbifh under the earth, in order to
drain off the wet, and the beds fliould be entirely
railed above the level of the ground ; but to prevent
their falling down into the walks, after froft or hard
rains, it will be proper to rail? the paths between
them, either with fea coal allies or rubbifh, eight or
ten inches, which will fupport the earth of the beds ;
and thefe paths may Hope at each end from the middle,
which will make paffage for the water to run off as it
falls. But where the foil is dry, the bottom of the
beds may be funk eighteen or twenty inches below the
furface, for in fuch places the beds need not be more
than four or fix inches above the furface, which will
be allowance enough for their fettling.

During the winter feafon there will be no farther care
required. The roots being planted thus deep, will
be in no danger of fuffering by ordinary frofts, but
if the winter fliould prove very fevere, fome rotten
tan or Peas- haulm may be laid over the beds to keep
out the froft during the continuance, but this muft
be removed when the froft is over ; and in the fpring,
when their leaves begin to appear above ground, the
earth upon the furface of the beds fliould be ftirred
to clear it from weeds, Mofs, &c. and when the
flower-buds begin to come up, they fliould be guard-
ed from froft, otherwife they are very fubjedft to
blight and decay foon after they appear, if the froft
pinches their tops ; but they need only be covered in
fuch- nights when there is a profpedt of froft, for at
all other times they fhould have as much air as pofli-
ble, without which they will draw up weak, and pro-
duce fmall flowers.

When the breeding Tulips are in flower, you fliould
carefully examine them, to fee ifany of them have broken
into beautiful ftripes, which, if you obferve, there
fliould be a ftick put into the ground by every fuch
root, to mark them, that they may be feparated from
the breeders, to plant amongft the ftriped flowers the
following year; but you fliould carefully obferve,
whether they have thrown off their former colour en-
tirely, as alfo when they decay, to fee if they conti-
nue beautiful to the laft, and not appeared fmeared
over with the original colour, in both which cafes
they are very fubjedt to go back to their old colour
the next year : but if their ftripes are diftinct and
clear to the bottom, and continue fo to the laft,
(which is what the florifts call dyeing well,) there is
no great danger of their returning back again, as
hath been by fome confidently reported ; for if one of
thefe flowers is quite broken (as it is termed,) it will
never lofe its ftripes, though fometimes they will blow
much fairer than at others, and the flowers of the

TUL

offsets will be often more beautiful than thofe of the
old roots.

This alteration in the colour of thefe flowers may be
feen long before they are blown, for all the green
leaves of the plant will appear of a fainter colour,-
and feem to be ftriped .with white, or of a brownifh.
colour, which is a plain proof, that the juices of the
whole plant are altered, or, at leaft, the veffels thro”
which the juice is drained ; fo that hereby particles
of a different figure are capable of paffing through
them, which, when entered into the petals of the
flower, reflect the rays of light in a different manner,
which occafions the variety we fee in the colours of
flowers (but this is more fully explained in the arti-
cle Vegetation, which fee.) This breaking of the
colours in flowers proceeds from weaknefs* or at leaft
is the caufe of weaknefs in plants ; for it is obfervea-
ble, that after Tulips are broken into fine ftripes, they
never grow fo tall as before, nor are the Items, leaves,
or flowers, fo larffe as before ; and it is the fame in all
other variegated plants and flowers whatever, which
are alfo much tenderer than they v/ere before they
were ftriped ; fo that many forts of exotic plants which
by- accident became variegated in their leaves, are
often rendered fo tender, as not to be preferved with-
out much more care, though indeed the ftriping of
Tulips doth never occafion fo great weaknefs in
them as to render them very tender. The greateft
effeft it hath on them, is in leffening their growth,
earning fome (which, while they continued in their
original plain colours, did rife near three feet in
height) to advance little more than two after their co-
lours were altered ; and the more beautifully. their
ftripes appear, the fhorter will be their ftems, and
the weaker their flowers.

There is nothing more to be obferved in the culture of
ftriped flowers than what has been directed for breed-
ers, excepting that thefe fliould be arched over with
tall hoops and rails, that they may be fha'ded from the
fun in the day time, and proteifted from ftrong winds,
hard rains, andfrofty mornings, otherwife the flowers
will continue but a fhort time in beauty ; but where
the inftrudions here given are duly followed, they
may be preferved in flower a full month, which is as
long as moft other flowers continue.

There are fome perfons who are fo extremely fond of
thefe flowers, as to be at a great expence in eroding
large frames of iron work to cover their beds of Tu-
lips, in fuch a manner, that they may walk between
two beds under the frames, over which are fpread
tarpaulins, fo as to keep off fun, rain, and- froft,
whereby they can view the flowers without being at
the trouble of taking off or turning up the tarpaulins,
or being incommoded by the fun or rain, which can-
not be avoided where the covering is low ; befides, by
thus railing the covers, the flowers have a greater
ftiare of air,' fo that they are not drawn fo weak, as
they are when the covering is low and dole to them ;
but thefe frames being expenfive, can only be made
by perfons of fortune ; however, there may be fome.
of wood contrived at a fmaller expence, which bein°-
arched over with hoops, may anfwer the purpofe as
well as the iron frames, though they are not fo fio-htiy
or lafting.

But after the flowers are faded, the heads of all the
fine forts fhould be broken off to prevent their feed- •
ing ; for if this is not obferved, they will not flower
near fo well the following year, nor will their ftripes
continue fo perfect ; and this will alfo caufe their Items
to decay fooner than otherwife they would do, fo that
their roots may be taken up early in June, for they
fhould not remain in the ground after their leaves are
decayed. In taking the roots out of the ground, you
muft be very careful not to bruife or cut them, which
will endanger their rotting, and, if poffible, ic%>.uld
be done a day or two after rain. When thefe roots
are taken out of the ground, they muft be cleared
from their old covers, and all forts of filth, and
fpread upon mats in a ihady place to dry, after which
they fhould be put up in a dry place, where vermin

l3 ® cannot

(®33

I

T U L

Cannot get to them, obferving to keep every fort fe-
parate, but they fliould not be kept too clofe from
the air, nor fuffered to lie in heaps together, left they
fliould grow mouldy, for if any of the roots once take
the mould, they commonly rot when they are plant-
ed again, if not before.

The offsets of thefe roots, which are not large enough
to produce flowers the fucceeding year, fliould be al-
fo put by themfelves, keeping each fort diftindt ; thefe
fliould be planted a month earlier in autumn than
the blowing roots, in particular beds by themfelves
in the flower-nurfery, where they may not be expofed
to public view ; but the earth of the beds fliould be
prepared for them in the fame manner as for larger
roots, though thefe fliould not be planted above five
inches deep, becaufe they are not ftrong enough to
pufli through fo great covering of the earth as the old
roots ; they may be placed much nearer together than
thofe which are to flower, and in one year moft of them
will become ftrong enough to flower, when they may
be removed into the flower-garden, and placed in the
beds amongft thofe of the fame kinds.

T U L I P I F E R A. Herm. Hort. Leyd. Boerh. Ind.
Plant, n. p. 262. Liriodendrum. Lin. Gen. Plant.
609. [of Tulipa, a Tulip, and fero, Lat. to bear.]
The Tulip-tree.

The Characters are,

The proper involucnim of the flower is compofed of two
angular leaves, which fall off ; the empalgment is compofed
of three oblong plain leaves like petals , which fall away.
The flower is nearly of the bell-jhape, and has fix petals ,
which are obtufe and channelled at their bafe ■, the three
outer fall off ; it has a great number of narrow Jlamina ,
which are infer ted to the receptacle of the flower , having
long narrow fummits faftened to their fide, and many ger-
men difpofed in a cone, having no ftyle , crowned by a flngle
globular ftigma. The germen afterward become fcaly feeds ,
lying over each other like the J coles of fijh , and form the
refemblance of a cone.

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fedlion
of Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have many male and female parts.
He has altered the title of it to Liriodendrum, but as
the flowers of this tree have as little refemblance of a
Lily, as they have of a Tulip, the firft title may be as
well continued, efpecially as it has been long known
in Europe by the title Tulipifera.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Tulipifera ( Liriodendron .) The Tulip-tree. Tulipifera
arbor Virginiana. H. L. The Virginia Tulip-tree ; and
by Linnaus Liriodendron foliis lobatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
7 55.

This is a native of North America, where it grows fo
large as to be a tree of the firft magnitude, and is gene-
rally known thro’ all the Englifh fettlements by the title
of Poplar. Of late years there has been great num-
bers of thefe trees raifed from feeds in the Englifh
gardens, fo that now they are become common in the
nurferies about London, and there are many of the
trees in feveral parts of England which do annually
produce flowers, The firft tree of this kind which
flowered here, was in the gardens of the late Earl of
Peterborough, at Parfons Green near Fulham, which
was planted in a wildernefs among other trees ; before
this was planted in the open air, the few plants which
were then in the Englifh gardens, were planted in pots
and houfed in winter, luppofing they were too tender
•to live in the open air ; but this tree foon after it was
placed in the full ground, convincing the gardeners
of their miftake, by the great progrefs it made, while
thofe which were kept in pots and tubs increafed
flowly in their growth ; fo that afterward there were
many others planted in the full ground, which are now
arrived to a large fize, efpecially thofe which were
planted in a moift foil. One of the handfomeft trees
of this kind near London, is in the garden of Wal-
tham Abbey ; and at Wilton, the feat of the Earl of
Pembroke, there are fome trees of great bulk •, but
the old tree at Parfons Green is quite deftroyed, by
the other trees which were fuffered to over-hang it,

T U L

and rob it of its nourifhment, from a fear of taking
down the neighbouring trees, left by admitting the
cold air to the Tulip-tree it would injure it.

The young fhoots of this tree are covered with a
frnooth purplifh bark ; they are garnifhed with large
leaves, whofe foot-ftalks are four" inches long ; they
are ranged alternate : the leaves are of a Angular form,
being divided into three lobes •, the middle lobe is
blunt and hollowed at the point, appearing as if it
had been cut with fciflars. The two fide lobes are
rounded, and end in blunt points. The leaves are
from four to five inches broad near their bale, and
about four inches long from the foot-ftalk to the
point, having a ftrong midrib, which is formed by
the prolongation of the foot (talk. From the midrib
run many tranfverfe veins to the borders, which ra-
mify into feveral fmaller. The upper fur-face of the
leaves is frnooth, and of a lucid green, the under is
of a pale green. The flowers are produced at the end
of the branches ; they are compofed of fix petals,
three without, and three within, which form a fort
of bell-fhaped flower, from whence the inhabitants of
North America gave it the title of Tulip. Thefe pe-
tals are marked with green, yellow, and red fpots,
fo make a fine appearance when the trees are well
charged with flowers. The time of this tree’s flower-
ing is in July, and when the flowers drop, the ger-
men fwells and forms a kind of cone, but thefe do not
ripen in England.

Mr. Catefby, in his Natural Hiftory of Carolina, &c.
fays, There are fome of thefe trees in America, which
are thirty feet in circumference ; that the boughs are
unequal and irregular, making feveral bends or el-
bows, which render the trees diftinguiihable at a great
diftance, even when they have no leaves upon them.
They are found in moft parts of the northern conti-
nent of America, from the Cape of Florida to New
England, where the timber is of great ufe, particu-
larly for making of periaugues, the trunks of thefe
being large enough to be hollowed into the fhape of
thofe boats, fo they are of one piece.

This tree is propagated by feeds, which are now an-
nually imported in great plenty from America. Thefe
may be either fown in pots or tubs filled with light
earth from the kitchen-garden, or in a bed in the full
ground. Thofe which are fown in the firft way, may
be placed on a gentle hot-bed, which will forward
their growth, fo that the plants will acquire more
ftrength before winter. If they are thus treated, the
glaffes of the hot-bed fliould be fhaded from the fun
every day, and the earth in the pots fliould be fre-
quently refreflied with water, for unlefs it is kept
moift, the feeds will not grow; but this muff be done
with care, fo as not to make it too wet, which wifi
rot the feeds. When the plants appear, they mu ft be
ftill fhaded in the heat of the day from the fun, but
frefli airmuft be admitted daily to prevent their draw-
ing up weak, and as the feafon advances, they muft
be gradually hardened to bear the open air. While
the plants are young, they do not care for much fun,
fo they fliould be either fhaded or placed where the
morning fun only ftiines upon them ; they muft alfo
be conftantly fupplied with water, but not have it in
too great plenty. As the young plants commonly
continue growing late in the fummer, fo when there
happens early frofts in autumn, it often kills their
tender tops, which occafions their dying down aeon-
fiderable length in winter ; therefore they fliould be
carefully guarded againft theft firft frofts, which are
always more hurtful to them than harder frofts after-
ward, when their fhoots are better hardened ; how-
ever, the firft winter after the plants pome up, it will
be the better wav to llielter them in a common hot-
bed frame, or to arch them over with hoops, and
cover them with mats, expofing them always to the
open air in mild weather.

The following fpring, juft before the plants begin to
fhoot, they fliould be transplanted into nurfery-beds,
in a fheitered fituation, where they are not too much
expofed to the fun. The foil of thefe beds fliould be

a foft

T U L

a foft gentle loam, not too ftiff, nor over light ; this
fhould be well wrought, and the clods well broken,
and made fine. There mud be great care taken not
to break the roots of the plants in taking them up,
for they are very tender ; they fhould be planted again
as foon as poflible, for if their roots are long out of
the ground, they will be much injured thereby. Thefe
may be planted in rows at about a foot diftance, and
at fix inches diftance in the rows, for as they fhould
not remain long in thefe nurfery-beds, fo this will be
room enough for them to grow •, and by having them
fo clofe, they may be fhaded in the fummer, or fhel-
tered in the winter, with more eafe than when they
are farther apart.

When the plants are thus planted, if the furface of
the beds is covered with rotten tanners bark, or with
Mofs, it will prevent the earth from drying too fall,
fo that the plants will not require to be fo often wa-
tered, as they muft be where the ground is expofed to
the fun and air ; after this, the farther care will be to
keep them clean from weeds, and if the latter part
of fummer fhould prove moift, it will occafion the
plants growing late in autumn, fo the tops will be
tender and liable to be killed by the firfl frofts. In
this cafe, they fhould be covered with mats to pro-
teA them.

If the plants make great progrefs the firft fummer,
they may be tranfplanted again the following fpring ;
part of them may be planted in the places where they
are to remain, and the other fhould be planted in a
nurfery where they may grow two or three years to
acquire ftrength before they are planted out for good ;
though the younger they are planted in the places
where they are to ftand, the larger they will grow, for
the roots run out into length, and when they are cut
it greatly retards their growth, fo that thefe trees
fhould never be removed large, for they rarely fuc-
ceed when they are grown to a large fize before they
are tranfplanted. Some trees I have feen removed
pretty large, which have furvived their removal, but
young plants of two or three years old which were
planted near them, were much larger in fifteen years
than the old ones.

When the feeds are fown upon a bed in the full
ground, the bed fhould be arched over with hoops,
and fhaded in the heat of the day from the fun, and
frequently refrefhed with water •, as alfo fhould the
plants when they appear, for when they are expofed
much to the fun they make but fmall progrefs. The
care of thefe in fummer muft be to keep them clean
from weeds, fupplying them duly with water, and
fhading them from the fun in hot weather ; but as
thefe feeds will not come up fo foon as thole which
were placed on a hot-bed, they generally continue
growing later in autumn, therefore will require fhel-
ter from the early frofts in autumn ; for as the fhoots
of thefe will be much fofter than thofe of the plants
which had longer time to grow, fo if the autumnal
frofts fhould prove fevere, they will be in danger of
being killed down to the furface of the ground, by
which the whole fummer’s growth will be loft, and
fometimes the plants are entirely killed by the froft
the firft winter, if they are not proteAed.

As thefe plants will not have advanced fo much in
their growth as the other, they fhould remain in the
feed-bed to have another year’s growth before they are
removed; therefore all that will be neceftary to ob-
serve the fecond year is to keep them clean from
weeds ; and now they will not be in fo much dano-er
of fullering from the warmth of the fun as before,
therefore will not require fuch conftant care to (hade
them ; nor fhould the watering of them be continued
longer than the fpring, for if the autumn fhould prove
dry, it will prevent the plants from fhooting late,
and harden thofe fhoots which were made early in
the year, whereby the plants will be in lefs danger
from the early frofts.

After the plants have grown two years in the feed-bed,
they will be ftrong enough to remove, therefore, in
the fpring, juft at the time when their buds begin to

fwell, they fhould be carefully taken up, and trans-
planted into nurfery-beds, and treated in the fame way
as has been before directed for the plants which were
raifed on a hot-bed.

T here are fome people who propagate this tree by
layers, but the layers are commonly two or three years
before they take root, and the plants fo raifed, feldom
make fuch ftrait trees as thofe raifed from feeds ; thor
indeed they will produce flowers fooner, as is always
the cafe with ftinted plants.

This tree fhould be planted on a light loamy foil,
not too dry, on which it will thrive much better than
upon a ftrong clay, ora dry gravelly ground; for In
America they are chiefly found upon a moift light
foil, where they will grow to a prodigious fize, though
it will not be proper to plant thefe trees in a foil
which is too moift in England, becaufe it might en-
danger the rotting of the fibres of the roots, by the
moifture continuing too long about them, efpecially
if the bottom be clay, or a ftrong loam, which will
detain the wet.

TURKS CAP. SeeLiLiuM.

TURKY WHEAT. See Zea.

TURNEP. See Rap a.

TURNER A. Plum. Nov. Gen. 15. tab. 12. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 338.

The Characters are,

‘I’ he empalement of the flower is funnel-Jbaped , of one leaf, \
having an oblong , cylindrical , angular tube , and is cut
into five fegments. The flower has jive heart-Jhaped , point-
ed, plain petals , with narrow tails which are infer ted in
the tube of the empalement ; it has. five awl fleaped ftami-
na which are fhorter than the petals , inferted in the em-
palement, and are terminated by acute-pointed erect fum-
mits , and a conical germen fupporting three /lender fly les,
crowned by hairy many-pointed ftigmas. The germen af-
terward turns to an oval capfule with one cell , which opens
at the top with three valves , and contains fever al oblong
obtufe feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feAion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five male and three female parts.

The Species are,

1. Turnera (fJlmifolia) floribus feflilibus petiolaribus,
foliis baft biglandulofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 337. Turner a
with flowers growing clofe to the foot -ft alks of the leaves ,
whofe hafe has two glands. Turnera ulmifolia. Plum!
Nov. Gen. 15. Shrubby Turnera with an Elm leaf.

2. Turnera ( Anguftifolia ) floribus feflilibus petiolaribus
foliis lanceolatis rugofis acuminatis. Turnera with
flowers fitting clofe to the foot-ftalks of the leaves , and
fpear -fhaped rough-pointed leaves. Ciftus uni cm folio,
flore luteo, vafeulis trigonis. Sloan. Cat. Jam. 86!
Ciftus with a Nettle leaf , a yellow flower , and a three-
cornered capfule.

Thele plants are both of them natives of the warm
parts of America. The firft fpecies was found by .
Father Plumier in Martinico, who gave it the name
of T urnera, in honour of Dr. Turner,! famous Encftifa
phyfician, who lived in Queen Elizabeth’s reia-n, and
wrote an herbal, in which he has chiefly deferibed the
ufeful plants.

The fecond fort was difeovered by Sir Hans Sloane
who has figured it in his Natural Hiftory of Jamaica!
under the following title, Ciftus urticse folio, flore
luteo, vafeulis trigonis, vol. i. p. 202 ; but both thefe
forts were obferved by my late friend Dr. William
Houftoun, in feveral parts of America.

This fort rifes with a fhrubby ftalk to the height of
eight or ten feet, fending out branches on every fide
the whole length ; thele are garnifhed with narrow
fpear-fhaped leaves, which are hairy •, they are near
three inches long, and about three quarters of an inch
broad, terminating in acute points ; they are obtufely
fawed on their edges, and ftand upon very fhQr‘t
foot-ftalks; thefe, when rubbed, emit a difagreeable
odour. The flowers grow from the foot-ftalks of
the leaves, to which they fit very clofe, havino- two
pretty large leafy appendages to their empalements.
The flowers are of a pale yellow colour, and are

com-

compofed of five large oval petals, whofe tails are
twifted and join thefe are fucceeded by (horn tubu-
lar capfules having one cell, which opens at the top
with three valves which turn back, and let out the
feeds.

The firft fort has a fhrubby ftalk like the fecond, and
rifes to the fame height. The branches of this are
fender, and differ than thofe of the former. The
leaves are oval, fpear-fhaped, two inches and a half
long, and an inch and a half broad, rough on their
upper fide, and of a lucid green •, their under fide
has many ftrong veins, and is of a lighter green ;
they are fawed on their edges, and have longer foot-
ftalks than thofe of the fecond fpecies, and Hand much
farther afunder on the branches. The flowers fit
clofe upon the foot-ftalks of the leaves, in like man-
ner as the former, but the flowers are larger and of
a brighter yellow than thofe of the former. Thefe
differences remain conftant, and never alter when
railed from feeds ; fo that from near thirty years ex-
perience in lowing the feeds, I may pronounce them
different fpecies.

Thefe plants are eafily propagated by fowing their
feeds on a hot-bed early in the fpring, and when the
plants are come up two inches high, they fhould be
tranfplanted into fmall pots, and plunged into a hot-
bed of tanners bark, obferving to water and ffiade
them until they have taken root ; after which they
muff be treated as hath been di relied for the Guavas,
and other tender plants from the fame countries, to
which the reader is defired to turn to avoid repetition.
The feeds of thefe plants will often fall into the pots
which are placed near them in the flove, which will
grow, and foon furnifh plants enough, after a perfon
is once poffeffed of them. As they are too tender to
live in the open air in England, they muff be placed
in the bark-bed in the flove, where, during the winter
feafon, they muff be kept warm and frequently water-
ed ; but in the fummer feafon, they muff have a great
lhare of air, otherwife they will draw up tender, and
not produce many flowers.

When the plants are grown pretty large, they may be
treated more hardily, by placing them in the dry ftovej
where, if they are kept in a moderate degree of heat,
they will thrive and flower very well. Thofe who
would fave the feeds of thefe plants, muff watch them
carefully, becaufe, when they are ripe, they foon fcat-
ter if they are not gathered.

Thefe plants produce their flowers great part of the
year, if they are kept in a proper degree of warmth,
fo that there are fome of the flowers in beauty for at
leaft nine or ten months, which renders the plants
more valuable.

TURNSOLE. See Heliotropium.

TURRIT IS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 223. Dillen. Gen.
Nov. 6. Lin. Gen. Plant. 733. Tower Muftard.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is compofed of four oblong
oval leaves , which are eredl, and clofe together. 'The
flower has four oblong, oval , entire petals, placed in form
of a crofs, and fix eredi awl-fhaped flamina the length of
the tube, two of which are Jhorter than the other, termi-
nated by fingle fummits , and a taper germen a little com-
prejfed, having no ftyle, but is crowned by an obtufe ftigma.
The germen afterward becomes a long four-cornered, pod
with two cells, which are divided by an intermediate par-
tition opening -with two valves, and filled with fmall, round-
iflj indented feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond febtion
of Linnaeus’s fifteenth dais, which contains the plants
whofe flowers have four long and two ffiorter ftamina,
and the feeds are included in long pods.

The Species are,

1. Turritis ( Glabra ) foliis radicalibus dentatis hifpidis,
cauliois integerrimis amplexicaulibus glabris. Hort.
Cliff. 3 3 9 . T ower Muftard with hifpid lower leaves which
are indented, and the upper ones frnooth , entire, and em-
bracing the ftalk. Turritis foliis inferioribus cichora-
ceis cteteris perfoliate. Tourn. Inft. 224. Tower Muf-

tard with under leaves like Cicory, - and the upper like
Thoroughwax.

2. Turritis [Hirfutd) foliis omnibus hifpidis, caulinis
amplexicaulibus. Hort. Cliff. 339. Tower Muftard with
all the leaves prickly, and the upper ones embracing the
ftalk. Eryfimo fimilis hirfuta, non laciniata alba,
C. B. P. 1 01. A hairy plant refembling Hedge Muftard,
but the leaves not jagged.

The firft fort grows naturally in feveral parts of Eno--
land, upon walls and dry banks ; this hath its lower
leaves much jagged on their edges, and are rough to
the touch. The (talks rife a foot and a half high,
and are garnifhed with frnooth grayiffi leaves, two '
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad at
their bale, ending in points ; thefe embrace the (talks
with their bafe. The upper part of the ftalk has
(lender branches proceeding from the wings of the
leaves, which fuftain tufts of fmall white flowers,
having four petals placed in form of a crofs. Thefe
appear in June, and are fucceeded by long, fiender,
compreffed, four-cornered pods, which grow erect
clofe to the ftalk, and are filled v/ith fmall feeds which
ripen in Auguft.

The fecond (brt grows naturally upon old walls and
buildings in the northern parts of England ; the lower
leaves are (haped like thofe of theDaify, but are rough.
The (talks rife eight or ten inches high, which are
garnifhed with oval leaves, whofe bales embrace the
(talks ; they are as rough as the lower leaves. The
upper part of the (talks branch into (lender ftalks,
which fuftain (hort fpikes of white flowers like thofe
of the former fort, which are fucceeded by fiender-
pods' having four corners, which are ffiorter than thofe
of the firft fort. This plant flowers earlier than the
firft, and the feeds are ripe in July.

Thefe plants are fometimes kept in gardens for the
fake of variety ; but if their feeds are Scattered upon
an old wall or building, in autumn, foon after they
are ripe, the plants will come up and thrive without
farther care, and their feeds will fcatter on the walls
and fpread, fo there will be no danger of the plants
maintaining the fituation, if they are not purpofelv
deftroyed.

The other fpecies are referred to Arabis, Brafffca,
and Hefperis, under which articles they will be found.

TUSSILAGO. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 487. tab. 276.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 856. Colt’s-foot. ‘

The Characters are,

The flower has one common cylindrical empalement , whofe
f codes are linear , fpear-ftcaped , and equal. The flower is 1
made up of hermaphrodite florets, which compofe the dftk,
and female half florets which form the rays or border.
The hermaphrodite florets are funncl-ftoaped, and cut at
the brim into five fegments ; thefe have five fhort hair-like
ftamina, terminated by cylindrical fummits i and a fhort
crowned germen fupporting a fender ftyle , crowned by a
thick ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong «
comprefled feed, crowned with a hairy down. The female
half florets are ftretched out on one fide with a narrow
tongue-jhaped fegment thefe have no ftamina, ~ but have
a fiber t crowned germen, which turns to a feed like thofe of
the hermaphrodite florets, which ripen in the empalement.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond left ion
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets, which are all fruitful.

The Species are,

1. Tussilago ( Farfara ) fcapo imbricato unifloro, foliis
fubcordatis, angulatis denticulatis. Lin. Hort. Cliff
41 1. Colds foot with an imbricated ftalk bearing one
flower, and angular indented- leaves which are nearly heart -
jhaped. Tuffilago vulgaris. €. B. P. 1 97. Common
Colds f cot.

2. Tussilago ( An an dr i a ) fcapo unifloro, fubfquamofo
erebto, foliis lyrato ovatis-. Lin. Sp. 865. Colds foot
with one flower on each ftalk, and oval lyref haped leaves.
Tuffilago fcapo unifloro, calyce ciaufo. Hort. Upfal,
259. Cold s-foot with one flower on each ftalk , and a cleft d
empalement.

3. Tvs-

T U S

3. Tussilago (. Atpina ) fcapo fubnudo unifloro, foliis
cordato-orbiculatis crenads. Hort. Cliff. 41 ,1. Colts-
foot with an almoft naked Jlalk hearing one flower, and or-
bicular, heart-floaped, crenated leaves. Tuffilago Alpina
rotundifolia glabra. C. B. Pi 197* Round-leaded
fmooth Coltsfoot of the Alps.

The firft of thefe forts is very common in watery
places in almoft every part of England, and is rarely
kept in gardens j for the roots creep under ground,
and increafe fo faft, that in a fhort time they will
fpread over a large fpotof ground. This plant is fo
well known as to need no defcription.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Siberia ; this is a
very low plant, whofe leaves grow clofe to the ground j
they are of an oval form, and indented on the Tides
like a lute. The flowers ftand upon fhort foot-ftalks
which rife between the leaves, and are three or four
inches long, each fuftaining one flower at the top, of
a dirty purplifh colour. Thefe appear early in the
fpring, and are fucceeded.by downy feeds which ri-
pen in June. . . '

The third fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this is a

T Y P

low perennial plant, whofe leaves are rotind, and in-
dented at the foot-ftalk in form of a heart, and their
edges are crenated •, their upper furface is fmooth, anti
of a bright green colour ; their under Aides are a little
downy and whitilh •, their foot-ftalks arife from the
ground, and are three inches long. The foot-ftalks
of the flowers which arife from the root are fouf
inches long, woolly, and fuftain one purplifh flower
at the top, which is made up of hermaphrodite and
female florets, like thofe of the other forts.

The two laft are frequently kept in gardens for the
fake of variety ; they are eafily propagated by parting
their roots in autumn, and muft be planted in a moift
fhady border, where they will thrive, and require no
farther care but to keep them clean from weeds.

TYPHA, Cat’s-tail, or Reed-mace.

Of this there are two fpecies, which grow naturally in
{landing waters in many parts of England, one with
broad, the other with narrow leaves ; but as thefe
plants will not live in dry ground, fo it will be to no
purpofe to trouble the reader farther about them,;

V.

VAC

ACC ARIA. See Saponaria.
VACCINIUM. Lin. Gem Plant. 434.
Vitis. Idaea. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 607. tab.
377. The Bill-berry, Whortle-berry, or
Cran-berry ; in French, Air elle, or Myrtille.

The Characters are,

Rhe flower has a fnall permanent empalement fitting upon
the germen \ it is bell-Jhaped , of one petal, which is flightly
cut into four fegments at the brim, which turn backward ;
it has eight ftamina, which are terminated by horned fum-
mits having two awns on their backfide which fpread
afunder \ the points open. \ The germen is fituated below
the flower, fupporting a flngle fiyle longer than the ftamina,
crowned by an obtufe ftigma ; . it afterward turns to an
umbilicated globular berry with four cells, containing a few
fmall feeds.

This genus is placed in the firft fedlion of Linnaeus’s
eighth clafs, which includes thofe plants whofe flowers
have eight ftamina and one ftyle.

1. Vaccinium ( Myrtillus ) pedunculis unifloris, foliis
ovatis ferratis deciduis, caule angulato. Flor. Lapp.
143. Whortle-berry with one flower upon each foot-

. Jlalk, oval flawed leaves which fall off in winter , and an
angular Jlalk. Vitis Idaea foliis oblongis crenatis, frucftu
nigricante. C. B. P. 470. Black Whorts , Whortle-ber-
ries , or Bill-berries.

2. Vaccinium ( Vitis I da a) racemis terminalibus, nu-
tantibus, foliis obovatis revolutis integerrimis fubtus
punclatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 351. Whortle-berry with
nodding branches of flowers terminating the branches, and
oval leaves "which are entire, turned back, and pun Slur ed on
their under fide. Vitis Idaea foliis fubrotundis non
crenatis, baccis rubris. C. B. P. 470. Red Whorts, or
Whor tie-berries.

3. Vaccinium (. Penfylvanica ) foliis ovatis mucronatis,
fioribus alaribus nutantibus. Whortle-berries with oval-
pointed leaves , and nodding flowers proceeding from the
wings of the ftalks. Vitis Idaea myrtinis foliis, flofcu-
lis dependentibus, Pluk. Phyt. tab. 321. fig. 4.

VAC

Whortle-berries with Myrtle leaves , and fmall depending
flowers.

4. Vaccinium ( Hifpidulum ) foliis integerrimis revolutis
ovatis, caulibus repentibus, filiformibus, hifpidis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 352. Whortle-berries with oval entire
leaves turning back , and a Jlender, creeping , briftly Jlalk .
Vitis Idaea paluftris Virginiana, frudlu majore. Raii
Hift. 685. Marflj Virginia Whorts with a larger fruit.

5. Vaccinium ( Oxycoccos ) foliis integerrimis revolutis
ovatis, caulibus repentibus filiformis nudis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 351. Whortle-berries with oval , entire , reflexed
leaves, and naked, Jlender, creeping ftalks. Oxycoccus
feu vaccinia paluftris. J. B. i. p. 525. Whortle-berries ,
Mofs-berries, or Moor-berries ; by fome called Cran-
berries.

The firft fort grows very common upon large wild
heaths in many parts of England, but is never culti-
vated in gardens, it being with great difficulty tranf-
planted ; nor will it thrive long when it is removed
thither, for from many trials which I have made, by
taking up the plants at different feafons with balls of
earth to their roots and planting them in gardens, I
could never fucceed fo as to preferve the plants above
two years, and thofe never produced any fruit, fo that
it is not worth the trouble of cultivating.

The fruit of this fort is gathered by the poor inha-*
bitants of thofe villages which are fituated in the neigh-
bourhood of their growth, and carried to the market-
towns. Thefe are by fome eaten with cream or milk ;
they are alfo put into tarts, and much efteemed by the
people in the north, but they are feldom brought to
London. The fhrub on which thefe grow rifes about
two feet high, having many ftems, which are garniffied
with oblong leaves, fhaped like thofe of the Box-tree,
but fomewhat longer, and are a little fa wed on their
edges. The flowers are fhaped like thofe of the Ar-
butus, or Strawberry-tree, of a greenifh white co-
lour, changing to a dark red toward the top. The
fruit are about the fize of large Juniper-berries, and

13 P of

N

VAC

©f a deep purple colour, having a flue upon them when
they are untouched, like the blue Plums, which rub
off with handling.

The fecond fort is of much humbler growth, feldom
■rifing above fix or eight inches high. The leaves of
this fort are fo like that of the Dwarf Box, as that, at
a diftance, the plants are often taken for it, even by
perfons of lkill. This is an evergreen fhrub, which
grows upon moory ground in feveral parts of the
North, but it is full as difficult to tranfplant into gar-
dens as the other fort •, though I have been allured by
perfons of credit, that they have feen this fort planted
to make edgings to the borders of the gardens in Nor-
way and Sweden, where the plants may grow much
better, from the cold of thofe climes, than they will
do in England, for this is a native of very cold coun-
tries. I. have feveral times received plants of this fort
from Greenland, by the whale (hips. The berries of
this fort are red, and have a more agreeable add fla-
vour than thofe of the firft fort. This fruit is fre-
quently ufed for tarts in feveral of the northern coun-
tries, where the plants grow wild upon the moors.
The third fort grows naturally in Virginia and other
parts of North America ; this has a low fhrubby (talk
like the fecond •, the leaves are Email, oval, pointed,
and not unlike fome forts of Myrtle ; they continue
green all the year ; the flowers come out from the
wings of the leaves at every joint; their foot-ftalks
are pretty long, and nod downward ; they fuftain but
one flower ; they are fmall, white, and are fucceeded
by fmall red berries which feldom ripen here.

The fourth fort grows naturally in marffiy grounds in
moll parts of North America. The ftalks of this are
flender, imbricated, and trail upon the ground ; the
fcales are briftly ; the leaves are oval, entire, and
their edges turn backward ; the flowers come out from
the wings of the ftalk ; they are of an herbaceous
white colour, and in their native foil are fucceeded
by large red berries, but in England the fruit never
£omes to perfection.

The plants of this fort are difficult to preferve in Eng-
land, for they require a moorifli boggy foil, which
fhould be covered with Mofs, and conftantly kept
wet, otherwife they will not thrive.

The fifth fort produces long flender branches not
bigger than thread, which trail upon the molly bogs,
fo are often hid by the Mofs. The branches are thin-
ly garniffied with fmall leaves, about the fize and
fhape of thofe of Thyme, having their upper furface
of a fhining green colour, but are white underneath.
The flowers are generally produced toward the extre-
mity of the fhoots, which are in fhape like thofe of the
former forts, but are fmaller, and of a red colour ;
thefe grow upon long flender foot-ftalks, and are fuc-
ceeded by round, red, fpotted berries, of a ffiarp acid
flavour, which are much efteemed by the inhabitants
of the places near the bogs where they grow. Some
ufe them for tarts, and others eat them with milk or
cream.

This fort is a native of bogs, therefore cannot by any
art be propagated upon dry land ; but where there
are natural bogs, the plants may be taken up care-
fully, preferving fome of the foil to their roots, and
tranfplanted into the bogs in the autumn ; and if they
are once fixed in the place, they will fpread and pro-
pagate themfelves in great plenty, and require no far-
ther care.

The two forts firft mentioned alfo propagate very fail
by their creeping roots, fo that when they are fixed
in a proper foil, they will foon overfpread the ground,
for the heaths, upon which they naturally grow, are
generally covered with the plants. The firft fort grows
with the Heath, their roots intermixing together, and
frequently is found upon fandy heaths in divers parts
of England ; but the fecond fort grows only upon
moorifh land, where, by its creeping roots, the ground
is foon covered with the plants.

There are feveral other fpecies of this genus, fome of
which are natives of Spain and Portugal, others of

v A L

Germany and Hungary, and feveral of the northern
parts of America, from whence thofe large fruit are
brought to England, which are ufed by the paftrv
cooks of London, during the winter feafon for tarts ;
but, as all thefe forts naturally grow upon fwarnps
and bogs, they are not eafy to tranfplant into garfe
fo as to thrive or produce fruit, therefore there can
be little hopes of cultivating them to advantage.
VALANTIA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 1151. Chuciata
Town. Inft. 1 1 5. Croftwort.

The Characters are,

Ithath hermaphrodite folitary flowers in the place of the
get men, of one leaf \ cut into flour oval acute fegments , ancl
flour ftamina as long as the petals , terminated by flmatt
flummits , with a large germen flupportmg a flender ftyle
the length ofl the ftamina, crowned by headed ftigmas ; the
empalement afterward becomes a thick comprejfled capfule
containing one globular feed. rj ’

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fection of
Linnaeus’s twenty-third clafs, intitled Polygamia Mo-
ncecia, which includes thofe plants which have male
female, and hermaphrodite flowers on the fame plant!
The Species are, r

Valantia ( Hiflpida ) floribus mafculis trifidis herma-
phroditici germini hilpido infidentibus. Lin. Sp. 1490.
Valantia with three male flowers fluting on the hiflpid Mer-
men of the hermaphrodite flowers. Aparine femine Co-
riandri faccharati. Park. Theac. 576. Goofegrafs like
a Coriander comfit.

Valantia (fl/Lur alls') floribus mafculis tnfidis herma-
phroditici germini gkbro infidentibus. Sauv. Monfp.
162. Valantia with three made flowers flitting on the
flmooth germen of the hermaphrodite . Crueiata muralis
minima Romana. Col. Ecphr. 1. p. 298.

. Valantia ( Aparina ) floribus mafculis trifidis pedi-
ciUatis hermaphroditici pedunculo infidentibus. Hort.
Upfal. 302. Valantia with trifid male flowers fitting on
the • foot fit alks ofl the hermaphrodite flowers. Aparine fe-
mine l^vi. Vaill. Parif. 18. Goofe-grafls with a flmooth
feed.

.. Valantia (. Articulata ) floribus mafculis quadrifidk,
pedunculis dichotomis nudis fohis cordatis. Hort.
Upfal. 303. Valantia with male flowers which are qua-
drifid, the knots of the forked ftalks naked, and heart-
fljaped leaves.

1.

2.

5. Valantia ( Crueiata ) floribus mafculis quadrifidis,
pedunculis diphyllis. Hort. Upfal. 3 03. Valantia with
quadrifid male flowers , whofle foot-ftalks have two leaves.
Crueiata hirfuta. C. B. P. 335. Hairy Crojflw or t.
Thefe plants are feldom cultivated except in botanic
gardens for variety. The four forts firft mentioned
are trailing annual plants ; if thefe are permitted to
fcatter their feeds in autumn, the plants will come up,
and require no farther care but to thin them, and
keep them clean from weeds.

The fourth fort is an abiding plant ; this grows natu-
rally in many parts of England; the roots'are yellow,
and fpread greatly in the ground ; the ftalks have four
leaves at each joint, placed in form of a crofs ; the
flowers are yellow, fitting in whorls round the ftalks.
It is fometimes ufed in medicine, but is generally ga-
thered in places where it grows naturally.

VALERIANA. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 131. tab. ^2.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 43. Valerian.

The Characters are.

The flower has a fmall empalement ; it has one tubulous
petal cut into five fegments at the brim, with a gibbous
honey gland on the inftde ; it has three fmall, ere ft , awl-
Jhaped ftamina the length of the petals, terminated by
roundifh' flummits. The germen is fltuated under the flower,
flupporting a fender ftyle crowned by a thick ftigma ; it af-
terward turns to a crowned capfule which flails oft. \ Jiri'
which is lodged a Jingle feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feeftion of
Linn^us’s third clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have three ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

I. Valeriana (Phu) floribus triandris, foliis caulinis
pinnatis, radicalibus indivifis. Hort. Upfal. 13. Vale-
rian

V A L

V A L

rian with flowers having three flamina , winged leaves to
the flalks , and thofe at the root undivided. Valeriana
hortenfis. Dod. Pempt. 342. Garden Valerian.

2. Valeriana ( Officinalis ) floribus triandris, foliis om-
nibus pinnads. Hort. Cliff. 15. Valerian with three
flamina to the flowers, and all the leaves winged. V ale-
riana fylveftris major. C. B. P. 164. Greater wild Va-
lerian.

3. Valeriana {Rubra) floribus monandris caudads,
foliis lanceolatis integerrimis. Hort. Cliff. 15. V alerian
with flowers having tails, one flamina, and fpear-fhaped
entire leaves. Valeriana rubra. C. B. P. 165. Red
Valerian.

4. Valeriana ( Anguftifolia ) floribus monandris cauda-
tis, foliis linearibus integerrimis. Valerian with tailed
flowers having one flamina, and linear entire leaves.
Valeriana rubra anguftifolia. C. B. P. 165. Narrow-
leaved red Valerian.

5. Valeriana ( Calcitrapa ) floribus monandris, foliis
pinnatifidis. Hort. Upfal. 14. Valerian with flowers
having one flamina and wing-pointed leaves. V aleriana
foliis calcitrapas. C. B. P. 164. Valerian with leaves
like thofe of the Star-thiflle.

6. Valeriana ( Pyrenaica ) floribus triandris, foliis cau-
linis cordatis ferratis petiolatis, fummis ternatis. Hort.
Cliff. 1 5. Valerian with three flamina to the flowers, and
heart-Jhaped flawed leaves growing on foot-flalks, placed
by threes at the top. Valeriana maxima Pyrenaica, ca-
liae folio. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 131. 'The largefl Pyre-
nean Valerian with a foreign Colt' s-foot leaf.

7. Valeriana ( Celtica ) floribus triandris, foliis ovato-
oblongis obtufis integerrimis. Lin. Mat. Med. 23.
Valerian with three flamina to the flowers, and oblong,
oval, blunt, entire leaves. Nardus Celtica. J. B. 3. p.
205. Celtic Nard.

8. Valeriana ( Siberica ) floribus tetrandis squalibus,
foliis pinnatifidis, feminibus palea ovali adnatis. Hort.
Upfal. 1 3. Valerian with four equal flamina to the flowers,
wing-pointed leaves , and feeds faflened by an oval hufk.
Valeriana lutea humilis. Amman. Ruth. 18. Low yel-
low Valerian.

9. Valeriana ( Locufla ) floribus triandris caule dicho-
tomo, foliis linearibus. Flor. Suec. 32. Valerian with
a forked ftalk and linear leaves. Valeriana arvenfis, pras-
cox humilior, femine compreffo. Mor. Umb. 53.
Corn-fallad or Lamb' s-lettuce.

10. Valeriana {Veflcaria) caule dichotomo, foliis lan-
ceolatis ferratis, calycibus inflatis. Hort. Cliff. 16. Va-
lerian with a forked flalk, fpear-fhaped flawed leaves,
and fwollen empalements. Valerianelle Cretica, frudtu
veficario. Tourn. Cor. 6. Candia Lamb' s-lettuce with a
bladder fruit.

11. Valeriana ( Coronata ) caule dichotomo, foliis lan-
ceolatis dentatis, frudtu fexdentato. Hort. Cliff. 16.
Valerian with a forked ftalk , fpear-fhaped indented leaves ,
and a fruit having fix indentures. Valerianella femine
ftellato. C. B. P. 1 65. Lamb' s-lettuce with a ftarry fruit.

12. Valeriana ( Cornucopia ) floribus diandris ringenti-
bus, foliis ovatis feffilibus. Hort. Cliff. 15. Valerian
with a ringent flower having two flamina, and oval leaves
fet clofe to the ftalk. Valerianella cornucopoides, flore
galeato. Mor. Umb. Lamb' s-lettuce with a helmet flower
like thofe of the Cornucopia.

There are feveral other fpecies of this genus, fome of
which grow naturally in England, and others in dif-
ferent parts of Europe *, but as they are feldom cul-
tivated in gardens, they are omitted, left the work
fliould fwell too much beyond its intended bulk.

The firft of thefe forts grows naturally in Alfatia, but
is propagated in England for medicinal ufe, and is
called in the fhops by the name of Phu, to diftinguifti
it from the Mountain Valerian, which is alfo ufed in
medicine, and is preferred to all the other forts by
the modern phyficians •, though the roots of this firft
are ftill continued in fome of the capital medicines,
and are by fome efteemed equal in virtue, if not fu-
perior, to the wild fort.

This hath thick, flefliy, jointed roots, which fpread
near the furface of the ground in a very irregular
manner, crolfing each other, and matting together by

their fmaller fibres ; thefe have a very ftrong fcent,
efpecially when dry. The lower leaves, which rife
immediately from the root, are many of them entire %
others are divided into three, five, or feven obtufe
lobes •, they are of a pale green colour and fmooth.
The ftalks rife three-or four feet high •, they are hol-
low, and fend out branches from their fide by pairs,
and are garniflied with winged leaves, placed oppo-
fite at each joint, which are compofed of four or five
pair of long narrow lobes terminated by an odd one.
The ftalks, and alfo the branches, are terminated by
flowers difpofed in form of an umbel ; they are fmall,
tubulous, white, and cut (lightly at the brim into
five parts ; thefe appear in May and June, and are
fucceeded by oblong flat feeds having a downy crown.
This plant is propagated by parting of its roots, either
in the fpring or autumn, but the latter is much pre-
ferable to the former, which ftiould be planted in beds
of frefti dry earth, about two feet afunder, for they com-
monly fpread and multiply very faft. If the feafon is
dry, you muft water the plants until they have taken
root •, after which they will require no further care,
but to keep them clean from weeds ; and in autumn,
when their leaves are decayed, the roots fhould be ta-
ken up and dried for ufe.

The fecond fort is generally found upon dry chalky
foils in ftiady places, in divers parts of England. The
roots of this, which grow wild upon fuch foils, are
much preferable to thofe of the fame kind which are
cultivated in'gardens; which is alfo the fame of all the
forts of aromatic plants, when gathered from their na-
tive places of growth, where they are fmaller, but
have a ftronger flavour.

The roots of this plant are compofed of long flefliy
fibres which are (lender, and unite in heads. All the
leaves of this fort are winged ; thofe at the bottom
are compofed of broader lobes than thofe on the ftalks,
and are notched on their edges ; they are compofed of*
fix or feven pair of lobes terminated by an an odd one$
thefe end in acute points, and are hairy. The ftalks,
in their natural fituation, feldom grow much more
than a foot high ; but, when the roots are cultivated
in a garden, they grow more than twice that height ;
thefe are channelled, hollow, hairy, and are garnifhed
at each joint with two winged leaves placed oppofite,
whofe lobes are very narrow and almoft entire. At
the upper part of the ftalk comes out two fmall fide
branches oppofite ; thefe, and alfo the principal ftalk,
are terminated by clufters of flowers formed into a
kind of umbel, which are ftiaped like thofe of the
firft fort, but are fmaller, and have a tinge of purple
on their outfide. It flowers about the fame time with
the firft fort.

This plant may alfo be propagated by parting the
roots either in fpring or autumn, as was dire&ed for
the firft fort, but you fliould always obferve to plant
them upon a dry, frefti, undunged foil, in which,
though the roots will not make near fo great progrefs
as in a rich moift foil, yet they will be much prefer-
able to them for ufe. Thefe roots fliould alfo be ta-
ken up when the leaves decay in autumn, and pre-
ferved dry until ufed.

The third fort grows naturally in rough ftony places
in the fouth of France, and in Italy, but has been long
cultivated in the Englifti gardens for ornament.

The roots of this fort are ligneous, and as thick as a
man’s finger, fpreading out on every fide very wide.
The ftalks rife about three feet high •, they are round,
fmooth, of a grayifti colour, and hollow ; thefe are
garniflied at each joint with fmooth fpear-fhaped
leaves near three inches long and one broad, drawing
to a point at each end j they are generally placed by
pairs, but fometimes there are three at the fame joint
(landing round the ftalk. The upper part of the ftalk
fends out branches by pairs, which, with the princi-
pal ftalk, are terminated with red flowers growing in
clufters, which have long tubes, cut into five parts at
the top, and from the tube is fent out a fpur or heel
like the flowers of Larkfpur. It flowers mod part of
fummer, and the feeds ripen accordingly in fucceftion ;

4 * theft

03&

V A L

tliefc have a down, by which they are tranfportfed to a

good diftance.

There is a variety of this with white flowers, and one
with pale flefh-coloured flowers, but they do not differ
in any other refpedt.

It is eafily propagated by parting of the roots in au-
tumn, or by lowing of the feeds foon after they are
ripe, in a lhady border, where the plants will fome-
times come up the fame autumn, efpecially if the
feafon proves moift, otherwife they will not appear
till the following fpring. When thefe are fit to remove,
they fhould be tranfplanted into beds at about nine
inches or a foot afunder, obferving to water them till
they have taken new root •, after which they will re-
quire no farther care but to keep them clear from
weeds, and in autumn they mull be tranfplanted where
they are to remain,

Thefe plants grow large, therefore fliould have room,
fo are not proper furniture for fmall gardens. When
the feeds of thefe plants light on joints of old walls
or buildings, the plants will come up, and thrive
as well as in the ground, and will continue much
longer, fo the feeds may be fcattered between the
{tones of grottos and fuch like buildings, where the
plants will flower from May till the froft flops them,
and will make a good appearance.

The fourth fort grows about Montpelier, and upon
Mount Baldus in Italy. The root of this is ligneous,
but not fo large as that of the former fort ; the ftalks
•rife two feet high or better, and branch out on each
fide from the root to within fix inches of the top ;
thefe are garnifhed with leaves which are three or four
inches long, but are as narrow as thofe of Flax. The
upper part of the ftalk is naked, and terminated by a
compact clufter of bright red flowers fhaped like thofe
of the former fort, but fmaller. This flowers about
the fame time as the laft, and may be propagated in
the fame way.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal ;
it is an annual plant, which perifhes foon after the feeds
are ripe. The lower leaves, which fpread on the
ground, are cut into many obtufe fegments ; the ftalks,
when the plants are in good ground, will rife near a
foot and a half high, but upon dry ftony foils not half
fo high, and when they grow out of the joints of old
walls, not more than three inches high ; thefe are hol-
low, fmooth, and round, fending out branches by
pairs from the upper joints; they are garniflhed with
wing-pointed leaves, whofe lobes or fegments are very
narrow. The ftalk and branches are terminted by
tufts of flowers fhaped like thofe of the Garden Vale-
rian, but are fmaller, and have a fiefh-coloured tino-e
at the top. The leeds have a down, which helps to
fpread them, fo it propagates without care.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the Pyrenean
Mountains ; this has a fibrous perennial root, from
which come out many heart-fliaped leaves, ftanding
upon foot-ftalks more than a foot in length. The
leaves are four inches over each way ; they are bluntly
fawed on their edges, of a bright green on their upper
fide, and fmooth, but their under fide is pale, and a
little hairy. The ftalks rife three feet high ; they are
hollow, channelled, and fend out branches oppoflte
toward the top, and are garnifhed with leaves placed
oppoflte, which are fhaped like thofe below, but are
a little pointed •, and frequently at the top there are
three leaves placed round the ftalks, ftanding upon
Abort foot-ftalks. The ftalk and branches are termi-
nated by pale flefh -coloured flowers, difpofed inform
of umbels, Which have very fhort fpurs or heels. It
flowers in June, and the feeds ripen in Auguft, which
are crowned with down, whereby they are tranfported
to a diftance.

This plant delights in fhade and a moift foil ; it may
be propagated by fowing of the feeds on a fhady bor-
der foon after they are ripe, and when the plants
come up, they fhould be treated in the fame way as
is before directed for the third fort.

The feventh fort grows naturally upon the Alps and Sy-
rian Mountains ; this was fent me by Dr* AHione from

V A L

Turin, who gathered it on the Alps near that place ;
it is a very humble plant. The ftalks trail upon the
ground among the Mol's, and put out roots at their
joints, which fwell into knobs or tubers.

The leaves are oblong, oval, and entire ; the flower-
ftalks rife three or four inches high, and are garnifhed
with two or three pair of fmall oval leaves ; the
flowers are fmall, of a pale incarnate colour, and are
formed in a loofe fpike fitting very clofe to the ftalk.

It flowers in June, but does not produce feeds here;
This plant is difficult to preferve in gardens, for it na-
turally grows upon rocky mountains which are co-
vered with Mols, where the fnow continues fix or fe-
ven months, fo it requires a very cold fituation and
a ftony foil.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Siberia; this is a "
biennial plant, v/hich flowers and produces feeds the
fecond year and then decays. The leaves of this
are winged ; the lobes of the lower leaves are oblong,
oval, and end in roundifh points ; the ftalks rife a foot
high, and are garnifhed with leaves compofed of four
or five pair of lobes, terminated by a broad one, which
is cut into three or five points. The lobes of thefe
are acute-pointed ; thefe leaves are placed by pairs,
and fit clofe to the ftalks ; they are fmooth, and of
a pale yellowiffi colour. The upper part of the ftalk
has two pair of branches ; the lower pair are near
three inches long, but the upper are not half that
length : thefe, and alfo the principal ftalk, are termi-
nated by bright yellow flowers collefted in a fort of
umbel, which are fhaped like thofe of the firft fort.

It flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn ; it
is propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown where
the plants are to remain ; this may be performed either
in autumn, foon after they are ripe, or in the fpring;
they have fucceeded with me equally at both feafons.
When the plants come up, they muft be thinned
where they are too clofe, and kept clean from weeds,
which is all the culture they require.

The ninth fort is is the common Corn-fallad which is
cultivated in gardens, but is found growing naturally
upon arable land among the Corn in many parts of
England ; this is an annual plant, which dies when it
has perfected its feeds. The lower leaves of this are
oblong, and broad at their points, which are rounded,
and narrowed at their bafe, where they embrace each
other ; thefe are from three quarters of an inch to two
inches long, in proportion to the goodnefs of the ground.
From between the leaves arifes an angular ftalk, from
three to eight or nine inches high, which divides
into two branches which fpread from each other, and
thefe both divide again into two other in like manner.
The ftalks are garnifhed with leaves fhaped like thofe
at the bottom, but are fmaller ; thefe are placed by
pairs at each joint. The branches are terminated by
clufters of white flowers, fhaped like thofe of the other
fpecies, which are fucceeded by pretty large roundifh
feeds a little comprefledon one fide. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft, which are very apt to
drop before they have changed colour.

It is propagated as a fallad herb for the fpring, but
having a ftrong tafte which is not agreeable to many
palates, it is not fo much in ufe as it was for-
merly : it is propagated by feeds, which fhould be
fown in autumn on the fpot where they are to grow
for ufe. If they are fown the latter end of Auguft, the
firft rains will bring up the plants ; thefe fhould be
hoed to thin them where they are too clofe, and to de-
ftroy the weeds. Early in the fpring the plants will
be fit for ufe. The younger the plants are when
ufed, the lefs ftrong will be their tafte, fo they may
fupply the table in a fcarcity of other herbs. When
the feeds of this fort are fown in the fpring, if the
feafon proves dry, the plants will not appear till au-
tumn or the fpring following ; befldes, in fummer the
herb is not fit for ufe. I have known the feeds of this
plant lie in the ground many years when they have
happened to be buried deep, and upon being turned
up to the air, the plants will come up as thick as if
the feeds had been newly fown.

There

VAN

There are two other fpecies of this which grow ha-'
rurally in England, but as they are feldom admit-
ted into gardens, I have not enumerated them •, thefe
are by forne fuppofed to be only accidental varieties,
but I have fown them all feveral years, and have ne-
ver found either of them alter.

The tenth fort grows naturally in Candia ; this is an
annual plant, whole ftalks rife fix or eight inches high,
and divide by pairs like the former. The leaves are
much narrower than thofe of the former, end in acute
points, and are fawed on their edges ; the flowers are
like thofe of the former fort, but have a fwollen blad-
der empalement which inclofes the feeds.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Italy. The
leaves at bottom are three or four inches long, round-
pointed, and deeply notched on their edges ; thefbalk
rifes near a foot high, fending out branches by pairs
from the joints below ; the upper part divides by
pairs in the fame manner as the two former. The
flowers are colie&ed in globular heads ; they are of
an herbaceous white colour, and are fucceeded by
Harry fruit having fix indentures. It flowers in June,
and the feeds ripen in Auguft ; this and the former
fort are fuppofed to be only varieties arifing from the
fame feeds, but I have fown them more than forty
years, and have not obferved either of them vary.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the arable fields
in Sicily and Spain ; this is an annual plant. The
ftalks are pretty thick, channelled, and of a purplifh
colour they rife eight or nine inches high, and are
garnilhed by oval fmooth leaves placed by pairs at
each joint, fitting clofe to the ftalks ; they are an
inch and a half long, and an inch broad, of a lucid
green. From each fide of the ftalk fp rings out {len-
der branches, but the upper part divides into two
fpreading branches like the other. The joints are
fwelling, and thefe branches divide again by pairs ;
thefe are terminated by clufters of red flowers, lhaped
like thofe of the red Valerian, but larger ; they have
two leaves clofe under the bunches, embracing the
ftalks with their bafe. When the flowers are paid, the
fruit ftretches out in fhape of a cornucopia or horn? of
plenty. The flowers appear in June, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.

Thefe three forts are propagated by feeds, which
ftiould be fown in autumn where the plants are to re-
main. When thefe come up, they will require no
other culture but to thin them where they are too
clofe, and keep them clean from weeds. The plants
which rife in autumn, will live through the winter,
and come early to flower the following fummer, fo
will produce good feeds ; whereas thofe which rife in
the fpring, do not ripen their feeds unlefs the feafon
proves warm.

VALERIANA GRiECA. See Polemonium.

V ALERINELL A. See Valeriana.
VANILLA. Plum. Gen. Nov. 25. tab. 28. Epiden-
drum. Lin. Gen. Plant. 907.

The Characters are.

It has a Jingle ftalk. The flowers are included in Jheaths ,
which are diflant from each other ; they fit upon the ger-
men , and have no empalement ; they have five oblong pe-
tals which fipread open very wide , and turbinated nebla-
riums , whofie bafies are tubulous , Jituated on the back fide
of the petals in the middle their brims are oblique and bi-
fid ; the -Upper lip is fhort and trifid ; the under one runs
out in a long point •, they have two very fhort ftamina flit-
ting upon the point al, and the fummits are f aft ened to the
upper lip of the nebtarium ; they have a long , fender,
contorted germen Jituated under the flower , fupporting a
fhort ftyle f aft ened to the upper lip of the nebtarium , crown-
ed by an obfolete ftigma. The germen afterward becomes a
long , taper , flefhy pod , including many fmall feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feflion

' of Linnaeus’s twentieth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have two ftamina which are con-
nedted writh the ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Vanilla ( Mexicana ) foliis oblongo-ovatis mucrona-
tis, nervofis, floribus alternis. Vanilla with oblong ,

bvdl, acute-pointed , veiHed leaves , and flowers groffi
ing alternately. Volubilis filiquofa Mexicana, plan-
taginis folio. Cat. Car. 3. p. 7. Mexican Climber having
pods , and a Plantain leaf.

2. Vanilla (. Axillarihus ) foliis oblongis obtufis, com-
preflis articulatis, floribus alaribus. Vanilla with ob-
long,, blunt, comprejfed , jointed leaves , and flowers pro-
ceeding from the fides of the ftalks.

The firft fort is that which the Spaniards cultivate m
the Weft-Indies, which we fhall defcribe hereafter.
The fecond fort was fent me from Carthagena in
New Spain, where it grows naturally, this has a
climbing ftalk, which fends out roots from the joints,
which fallen to the ftems of trees or any neighbour-*
ing fupport, and climb to a great height. The
leaves, which come out fingly at each joint, are ob-
long, fmooth, and jointed. The flowers come out
from the fide of the branches ; they are ftiaped like
thofe of the great Bee Orchis, but are longer. The
galea or helmet of the flower is of a pale Pink co-
lour, and the labia is purple. This plant flowered in
the Chelfea Garden, but wanting its proper fupport,
it lived but one year.

There are two or three varieties of the firft fort, which
differ in the colour of their flowers and the length
of their pods ; and there are many other fpecies which
grow naturally in both the Indies, which have been
brought to this genus, but thofe above-mentioned are
all I have feen growing.

The plant which produces the fruit called Vanilla or
Banilla, by the Spaniards, hath a trailing Item, fome-
what like common Ivy, but not fo woody, which
fallens itfelf to whatever tree grows near it, by fmall
fibres or roots which are produced at every joint*
which fallen to the bark of the tree, and by which the
plants are often nourifhed, when they are cut or brok-
en off from the root a confiderable height from the
ground, in like manner as the Ivy is often feen in
England. The leaves are as large as thofe of the
common Laurel, but are not quite fo thick ; thefe are
produced alternately at every joint (which are fix or
feven inches afunder,) and are of a lively green colour
on the upper fide, but of a paler green underneath.
The ftems of thefe plants Ihoot into many branches
which fallen themfelves alfo to the branches of the
trees, by which means they rife to the height of eigh-
teen or twenty feet, and fpread quite over fome of
the ffnaller trees to which they are joined. The flow-
ers.are of a greenilh yellow colour, mixed with white,
which, when fallen, are fucceeded by the fruit, which
are fix or feven inches long.

This fort, which is manufactured, grows not only in
the Bay of Campeachy, but alfo at Carthagena, at
the Caraccas, Honduras, Darien, and Cayan, at all
which places the fruit is gathered and preferved, but
is rarely found in any of the Englifh fettlements in.
America at prefent, though it might be eafily carried
thither and. propagated j for the Ihoots of thefe plants
are full of juice, fo maybe eafily tranfported, becaufe
they will continue frefti out of the ground for feveral
months. I had fome branches of this plant which,
were gathered by Mr. Robert Millar at Campeachy,
and fent over between papers by way of fample *
thefe had been at leaft fix months gathered when I
received them, and upon opening the papers, I found
the leaves rotten with the moifture contained in them
and the paper was alfo perilhed with it, but the ftems
appeared frelh ; upon which I planted fome of them
in fmall pots, and plunged them into a hot-bed of
tanners bark, where they foon put out leaves, and
fend forth roots from their joints ; but, as thefe plants
naturally fatten themfelves to the ftems of the trees
in the woods where they grow naturally, it is with
great difficulty that they are kept alive when they
have not the fame fuppoit % therefore, whoever would
preferve any of thefe plants in Europe, ftiould plant
them in tubs of earth, near the ftem of fome vigo-
rous American tree, which requires a ftove, and can
bear a great deal of water, becaufe the Vanillas muft
be plentifully watered in the fummer feafon, other-

1 3 Q*. wif^

£3?

VAN

•s

•wife they will not thrive. They require alfo to be
Shaded from the fun by trees, fo that if thefe are
planted at the foot of the Hernandia, or Jack-in-a-
box, whofe leaves are very large and afford a good
Shade, they will Succeed better than when they are ex-
pofed in Angle pots alone , and as thefe plants require
the fame degree of heat in winter, they will agree well
together.

When thefe plants are defigned for propagation in the
wrarm parts of America, there is nothing more re-
quired than to make cuttings of about three or four
joints in length, which Should be planted clofe to the
items of trees, in low marfhy places •, and to keep
down other troublefome plants, which, if permitted to
grow about the cuttings before they are well rooted,
would overbear and deftroy them ; but after they are
eftabliflied, and have fattened their fhoots to the items
of the trees, they are not in much danger of being
injured by neighbouring plants, and when the ground
is kept clear from weeds, the plants will be much
better nouriflied.

Thefe plants do not produce flowers until they are
grown ftrong, fo that the inhabitants affirm. That it
is flx or feven years from the planting to the time of
their bearing fruit ; but when they begin to flower and
fruit, they continue for feveral years bearing,, and this
without any culture j and as it is a commodity which
bears a good price, it is well worth cultivating in fe-
veral of the Engliffi fetdements, efpecially as they will
grow on moift woody places, where the land is not
cleared from timber.

The method ufed to prepare the fruit is, when it turns
of a yellow colour, and begins to open, to gather it,
and lay it in fmall heaps to ferment two or three days,
in the fame manner as is pradifed for the Cocoa or
Chocolate pods ; then they fpread them in the fun to
dry, and when they are about half dried, they flat
them with their hands, and afterwards rub them over
with the oil of Palma Chrifti, or of the Cocoa j then
they expofe them to the fun again to dry, and after-
ward they rub them over with oil a fecond time, then
they put them in fmall bundles, covering them with
the leaves of the Indian Reed, to preferve them.
Thefe plants produce but one crop of fruit in a year,
which is commonly ripe in May, fit for gathering,
for they do not let them remain on the plants to be
perfectly mature, becaufe then they are not fo fit for
ufe ; but when they are about half changed yellow,
they efteem them better for keeping, than when they
are changed to a dark brown colour, at which time
the fruit fplits, and ihews a great quantity of fmall
feeds, which are inclofed within it. While the fruit is
green, it affords no remarkable fcent, but as it ripens,
it emits a moft grateful aromatic odour. When the
fruit begins to open, the birds attack them and devour
all the feeds very greedily, but do not eat any other
part of the fruit.

The fruit which are brought to Europe, are of a dark
brown colour, about fix inches long, and fcarce an
inch broad ; they are wrinkled on the outfide, and
full of a vaft number of black feeds, like grains of
fand, of a pleafant fmell, like Balfam of Peru.

The fruit is only ufed in England as an ingredient in
Chocolate, to which it gives a pleafant flavour to fome
palates, but to others it is very difagreeable ; but the
Spaniffi phyflcians in America ufe it in medicine, and
efteem it grateful to the ftomach and brain, for ex-
pelling of wind, to provoke urine, to refift poifon,
and cure the bite of venomous animals.

As this plant is fo eafily propagated by cuttings, it is
very ftrange that the inhabitants of America ffiould
negled to cultivate it, efpecially as it is an ingredient
in their Chocolate, which is fo much drank all over
America ; but as the Englilh have in a manner quite
negleded the culture of the Cocoa, it is no wonder
they ffiould negled this, fince the former was culti-
vated in great plenty by the Spaniards in Jamaica,
while that ifland remained in their poffeffion, ft) that
the Engliffi had an example before them, if they
would have followed it 5 whereas the Vanilla was not

V A P

found growing there, and therefore it is not to be fun-
pofedj that the perfons who were fo indolent as to
quit the culture of many valuable plants then growing:
on the fpot, ffiould be at the trouble of introducing
any new ones. 0

VAPOR I FERGUS fignifies caufing or producing
vapours.

VAPOUR is by fome defined to be a thin vehicle of
water, or other 'humid matter, filled or inflated with
air, which, being rarefied to a certain degree by the
adion of heat, afcends to a certain height in the at-
mofphere, where it is fufpended till it returns in form
of rain, fnow, or the like.

Some ufe the term Vapour indifferently for all fumes
emitted, either from moift bodies, as' fluids of any
kind, or from dry bodies, as fulphur, &c. but Sir
Ifaac Newton, and other authors, better diftino-uiffi
between humid and dry fumes, calling the latter ex-
halations.

VAPOURS are defined by naturalifts to be thofe
watery particles which are fevered from others by the
motion of the air, and are carried about in it feveral
ways according as the wind, or warmnefs of the air
ferves ; they rife out of the fea, rivers, lakes, and
other waters.

As to their hanging in the air, we may obferve, in a
hot day, when there is no wind ftirring, fuch a com-
pany of Vapours to rife out of moift ground, as make
thick fogs, which are fometimes higher, and fome-
times lower, as the multitude and motion of the Va-
pours happen to be. They are to be feen as weft up-
on high grounds as low.

They are eafily diffipated by the wind, and particu-
larly if it be a drying wind.

The fun has the fame effed upon them, and we com-
monly fee, when there are thick fogs about fun-rifing,
they difappear a little after it is up.

It is evident that fogs confift of aqueous particles ra-
refied, becaufe they mightily bedew every thing than
lies open to them. Thefe particles, being foundly
moved, muft needs fly aloft into the air, but if their
motion be fomething faint, they play about the furfaoe
of the earth ; for this is agreeable to the laws of mo-
tion, that fuch things as are about the globe of the
earth, the more they are moved, the more they re-
cede from the center of the earth.

Again, thefe fogs arife out of all places, mountain-
ous or champaign, and continue till they are difpell-
ed by wind or heat ; but they continue longeft in the
lowed grounds, becaufe thole places are fulleft of
moifture, and are not fo much expofed to the winds ;
but wherever they be when the wind riles upon them,
they are diffipated and driven about, till we lee no-
more of them.

So in like manner, the heat of the fun, by putting
them into a brilker motion, either diffipates them by
rarefadion, or raifes them higher, and forms them
into clouds.

And whereas fometimes the fogs ftink, it is not be-
caufe they come from flunking water, but becaufe the
Vapours are mixed with fulphureous exhalations,
which fmell fo-. Perhaps thefe exhalations would fly
up diredly to the clouds, if there were no fogs to hold
them, and fo would not affed the fenfe of fnrelling
but when they are once entangled and blended with
the fog, they laft as long as that does.

The clouds are higher than the fogs •, they hang in
the air, and are carried about in it by the winds. The
clouds are of various figures, and fometimes fo thin,
that the rays of the fun pafs through them, but at
other times they are thick enough to intercept and
obftrud them •, they alfo appear of feveral colours, as
white, red, and fometimes very dark.

The thicknefs of the clouds proceeds from the clofe-
nefs of the vaporous particles one to another, and their
thinnefs from the diftance of thofe particles one from
another, of which there are feveral caufes. When they
are very thin, they leave fo many interftices, that the
rays of the fun dart through them in many places, but
are intercepted in others.

As

V A P

As to the variety of the figures of the clouds, they
arife from their plenty of Vapours, and the influence ,
of the fun and wind, for they cannot be varioufly con-
denfed, rarefied, and carried about in the air, but
their figure muft needs be changed.

To account for the clouds hanging in the air, is a
matter of fome difficulty.

All the watery particles, of which they confift, are
heavier than air •, and fo, if there were nothing to
hinder them, they would fall to the earth ; but there
are two things that feem to keep them up.

1. The winds which blow from all parts, under the
region of the clouds, and bear about with them ma-
ny lighter forts of bodies ; efpecially if thofe bodies
contain but a fmall quantity of folid matter under a
broad fuperficies. And thus it is vifible, how eafily
paper kites are kept up by the wind, when they are
mounted pretty high ; and fo the particles of water,
pretty much rarefied, may eafily be fufpended at that
height.

2. New exhalations and vapours are perpetually fum-
ing out of the earth ; and, by their moving upwards,
prevent the clouds from defending,' unlefs the den-
iity of the clouds overweigh them. Thus we fee the
Vapour of fire carries lighter bodies up the chimney ;
and fmoke can turn a thin plate of iron, artfully placed
in it, fo ftrongly, as to turn about a fpit, and roaft
meat.

It is a queftion among naturalifts, Whether clouds and
thicker fogs are compofed alike •, or, Whether there
be fomcthing more in the clouds ?

Some think that clouds are groffer than all fogs, and
that they are compofed of flakes of fnow, rather than
particles of water, fuch as make fogs.

Others fay, It is enough to confider clouds as a clofer
fort of fogs, and indeed the fogs that hang upon the
tops of very high hills, appear to people in the plains
to be all one with clouds, tho’ thofe that are at them,
perceive nothing but a thick fog.

There being always many Vapours in the air, though
not always vifible, it comes to pafs that great dews
fall even in clear weather, and efpecially in thofe coun-
tries where it feldom rains for when it happens that
the lcattered Vapours are collected andcondenled to-
gether, and forced downwards, they muft needs fall,
and bedew plants and Grafs.

The time for the falling of the dew, is either before
the rifing of the fun, or after the fetting of it; but in
order to its falling regularly at thofe times, it is ne-
ceffary that the air be calm, for windy or ftormy wea-
ther hinders it ; but when the weather is calm, and
gentle breezes are felt from the weft about the time
that the fun fets, and from the eaft about the rifing
of it, it is probable they collect the Vapours, and pre-
cipitate them, by moderately cooling the air ; and be-
caufe the morning breezes are more general than the
evening ones, therefore the evening dews fall only
here and there, but the morning ones feldom fail of
being univerfal.

It is likewife found by experience, that the dews are
more copious in hotter countries than in cold ; the
reafon of which feems to be this, that the heat of the
fun does, in the day time, raife abundance of Vapours
out of the water, which Vapours are fo extremely ra-
refied by the fame heat, that they are difperfed far
and wide ; but the cool of the night brings them to-
gether again, and condenfes them to that degree, that
they fall to the ground, but not in fuch large drops
as rain does.

But in colder countries, where there are frequent
rains, and the Vapours are lefs rarefied, moft of them
come down in rain, and but a fmall part turns to
dew.

A certain author fays. That in fome of the hotter cli-
mates, the earth is without rain for fix or feven months
together ; and it is every fummer feafon fo much
parched and dried, that there is hardly any moifture
to be found in it for three or four feet deep ; and dur-
ing that time the heats are fo excefiive, that without
the refrefning dews of the nights (which are there very

V A P

confiderable) the plants muft inevitably perifh *, for
there is no moifture they can have but from the dews,
and yet that moifture fupports the trees and plants
in a flourifhing ftate. Toward the end of the day the
leaves contract themfelves, by reafon of the excefiive
heat of the fun ; but by the falling of the dews at
night, they expand and open themfelves, fo that in
the morning and fore part of the day they have a moft
agreeable verdure ; and alfo this moifture of the dews,
affords fnfficient riourifhment to the plants to bring
the fruits to perfe&ion.

By a great many obfervations made by Mr. Henry
Beighton, F. R. S. and Dr. J. T. Defaguliers, to
raife water by fire, according to Mr. Newcome’s im-
provement of it, they found that the water by boil-
ing, was expanded 14,000 times, to generate fteam
as ftrong (i. e. aselaftic) as common air, which there-
fore muft be near 1 6w times fpecifically lighter.

And it is plain, that this fteam is not made of the air
extricated out of the water, becaufe it is condenfed
again into water by a jet of cold water fpouting into
it •, and the little quantity of air that comes out of the
injefled water muft be difcharged at every ftroke,
otherwife the engine will not work welh

EXPERIMENT,

muft be fufpended the glafs bell E, made heavy
enough to fink in water, but put in, in fuch a manner,
that it be filled with water when upright, without any
bubbles of air at its crown within, the crown being
all under water.

As the water boils, the bell will by degrees be emptied
of its water, being preffed down by the fteam which
rifes above the water in the bell ; but as that fteam
has the appearance of air, in order to know whether
it be air or not, take the veffel off the fire, and draw
up the bell by a firing faftened to its knob or top,
then, as the fteam condenfes by the cold air on the
outfide of the bell, the water will rife up into the bell
at F, quite to the top, without any bubble above it ;
which fliews that the fteam that kept out the water
was not air.

N B. This experiment fucceeds belt when the wa-
ter has been firft purged of air, by boiling and the
air-pump.

We know, by feveral experiments made on the fire-
engine, (in Capt. Savory’s way, where the fteam is
made to prefs immediately on the water,) that fteam
will drive away air, and that in proportion to its heat,
though in the open air it floats and rifes in it like
fmoke.

Now if the particles of water turned into fteam or
Vapour repel each other ftrongly, and repel air more
than they repel each other, aggregates of fuch parti-
cles made of V apour and vacuity may rife in air of
different denfities, according to their own denfity, de-
pendent on their degree of heat, without having re-

courfe

65*

YAP

cGiirfe to imaginary bubbles, formed in a manner
only fuppofed, and not proved.- '

Indeed he owns, that if the watery particles had no
repellent force, they muft precipitate in the fame man- '
ner that dull will do after it has been railed up •, but 1
there are too many obfervations and experiments, to
leave any doubt of the exiftence of repellent force
above-mentioned.

44 And that he cannot fhew by any experiment, how
46 big the molecuke of Vapour muft be which will
44 exclude air from their interftices ; nor that thefe
44 moleculae do vary in proportion to the degree of
44 heat by an increafe of repellent force in each wa-
44 tery particle, or by a farther divifion of the parti-
44 cles ftill lefs ; but in the general we may reafona-
44 bly affirm, that the rarity of the Vapour is pro-
44 portionable to the degree of its heat, as it happens
44 in other fluids. (See Philof. Tranf. N° 270.) And
44 though the different degrees of the air’s rarefac-
44 tion are alfo proportionable to the heat, yet the
44 fame degree of heat rarefies vapours much more
44 than air.”

Now to fhew that what has been faid will account for
the rife of Vapours, and formation of clouds, we
muft only confider whether that degree of heat which
is known to rarefy water 14,000 times, being compar-
ed with feveral of thofe degrees of heat in fummer,
autumn, and winter, which are capable of raifing
exhalations from water or ice (the rarity of Vapours
being confidered,) will appear to be fuch, that the
Vapour will rife high enough in winter, but not too
high in fummer, to agree with the known phenomena.
That the effefts are adequate to the caufes in this
cafe, he thinks may be made out in the following
manner, viz.

The heat of boiling water, according to Sir Ifaac
Newton’s table (Philofoph. Tranfad. N° 273,) is 34,
the mean heat of fummer 5, the mean heat of fpring
or autumn 3, and the leaft degree of heat, at which
Vapours rife in winter (alias the mean heat of winter)
is 2.

The rarity of Vapour proportionable to thefe four de-
grees of heat is 24,000, 2058, 1235, and 823.

The rarity of air is in fummer 900, in fpring or au-
tumn 850, and in winter 800.

The denfity of water, compared with the above-men-
tioned denfities, being inverfly as one to the afore-
mentioned four numbers.

The height above the earth to which the Vapours will
arife, and at which they will be in equilibrio, in
an air of the fame denfity with themfelves, will vary
according to the rarity of the Vapour depending on
the heat of the feafon.

For the Vapour which is raifed by the winter’s heat,
expreffed by the number 2, when the rarity of the air
is 800, will rife to (and fettle at) an height of about
the fixth part of a mile, when the barometer is above
thirty inches high.

But if the heat be greater, then the Vapours will
rife higher •, and pretty much higher if the fun ftiines,
though in frofty weather, the barometer then being
very high.

If the barometer falls, and thereby brings the place of
the equilibrium (for Vapours raifed by heat 2) nearer
the earth, then alfo will the heat be increased, the
Vapour more rarefied, and confequently the new place
of equilibrium fufficiently high.

It is to be obferved, that in winter when the heat is
only equal to 2, the air is denfed clofe to the earth,
which has not any heat fufficient to rarefy it near the
ground, as happens in warm weather ; therefore the
Vapour will rife gradually in an air whofe denfity de-
creafes continually from the earth upwards, neither
will the Vapour be hindered of its full rife by any
eondenfation from a greater cold of the ambient air ;
the air being then as cold next to the ground, where
the vapour begins to rift, as it is at any height from
the earth.

The Vapour which is raifed by the heat of the fpring
or autumn, expreffed number 3, will rife to the

YAP

height of 3-f miles when the barometer is at 30, and
the rarity of the air is 850. But then as the air is hotter
near the ground than at the height of half a mile ora
mile, the Vapour will condenfe as it rifts; and as the air
when the earth is heated, is rather near the ground
than at forne height from it, the place for equilibri-
um will, upon thefe two accounts, be brought much
lower than otherwife it would be ; as for example, to
the height of about a mile, which will agree with
phsenomena.

In fummer the two caufes above-mentioned increafing,
the Vapour railed by the heat 5, (whofe place of
equilibrium would be 54. miles high, if the Vapour,
after it began to rife, was not condenfed by cooling,
and the air was denfed eloft to the earth) will fettle at
the height of about 1 4, or two miles, which is alio
agreeable to phenomena.

Laftly, as the denfity and rarity of the Vapour is
chiefly owing to its degree of heat, and in a final!
meafure to the increafed or diminifhed preffure of the
circumambient air, when it is not confined ; and the
denfity and rarity of the air is chiefly owing to the in-
creafed or diminifhed preffure, by the accumulation
or exhauftion of fuperior air, whilft heat and cold
alter its denfity in much lefs proportion ; the clouds
made of the Vapours above-mentioned, inftead of con-
forming themfelves to the altered denfity of the am-
bient air, will rife when it is condenfed, and fink when
it is rarefied ; and alfo rift or fink, when the preffure
of the air is not altered, and its denfity very little
changed, by their own dilatation, owing to heat and
cold, as may -be often obferved by feeing them change
their height confiderablv, whilft the barometer conti- .
Hues exactly at the fame degree, and the liquor of the
thermometer rifts or falls very litde, and fometimeS'
not at all.

As for the manner how clouds are changed into rain,
it has been hinted at the beginning of this article; but
for farther fatisfadion let the reader have recourfe to
Dr. Halley’s account of it in the Philofoph. Tranfad.

N° 183, which Dr. Defaguliers fays he has always
found agreeable to the phenomena.

He adds, that fince he had for brevity’s fake, only
mentioned at what heights from the furface of the
earth Vapours of different denfities will come to an
equilibrium, without giving a reafon for fettling the
place of equilibrium, at whoft heights he thought it
proper here to give the method by which they may be'
found, viz.

As the Vapours will fettle and rife where the air is of
the fame denfity with themfelves, it is only required
to find the denfity of the air at any diftance from the
earth at feveral heights of the barometer, which may
be deduced from Dr. Halley’s two tables, Philofoph.
Tranfad. N° 386. (the firft fhewing the altitudes to
given heights of the mercury, and the fecond the
heights of the mercury again at given altitudes,) and
knowing the degree of heat by the thermometer, be-
caufe the denfity of the Vapour depends upon tile de-
gree of heat of the feafon, provided that proper al-
lowances be made for the great rarefadion of the air
near the earth in hot and dry weather, and the con--
denfation of the Vapours in their rife, by reafon of the'
air being colder at a little height above the earth than
juft at the furface of it.

The quantity of Vapour raifed from the fea by the
warmth of the fun, is far greater than one would ima-
gine. Dr. Halley has attempted to eftimate it.

In an experiment made with that view, and defcribed’
in the Philofophieal Tranfadions, he found that a
quantity of water no warmer than air in fummer, loft
in Vapour in the fpace of two hours, no lefs than -V
part of an inch in depth : now for TV in two hours
taking for the eafier calculation, 44 in the twelve hours
that the fun is up each day, it will rife of an inch
from the furface of the fea.

On this fuppofition, every ten fquare inches of the
furface of the water yield in Vapour per diem, a cubic
inch of water of four feet fquare, a gallon ; a mile
fquare, 6qia tons ; a fquare degree fuppofed of 60

‘ English?

I

f

-VAR

Bhgliffl miles, will evaporate 33 millions of tons ; and
if the Mediterranean Sea be eftimated at 410 degrees
long, and four broad, allowances being made for the
places where it is broader, by thofe where it is narrow-
er, there will be 160 fquare degrees of fea, and conle-
quently the whole Mediterranean muff lofe in vapour
in a fummer’s day, at leaft 5280 millions of tons.

In this quantity of Vapour, though very great, are
only the remains of another caufe, which cannot be re-
duced to rule ; that is, the winds, whereby the fur-
face of the water is licked up, fometimes fafter than
it exhales by the heat of the fun, as it is well known
to thofe who have confidered thofe drying winds.

For the manner wherein Vapours are railed, fee more
in Barometer, Cold, Dew, Heat, and Rain.

For the effedl of Vapours in formation of fprings, fee
Springs, &c.

VA RIEGATED fignifies ftreaked or diverfified
with feveral colours •, of which there are now a great
variety of plants in the gardens of the curious, whofe
leaves are variegated with yellow or white. Thole
which are lpotted with either of thefe colours in the
middle of their leaves, are called blotched (in the
gardeners term ;) but thofe whofe leaves are edged
with thefe colours are called ftriped plants. Thofe
plants whofe leaves are blotched are generally fubjeft
to become plain, when planted in a good foil ; or at
1 Tin. the gr'wfof r f‘n, will have but a fmall ap-
pearance 01 the two colours ; but thofe which have •
edged leaves, rarely become plain again, efpecially if
the edging is broad, and goes quite through the
leaves, though thefe do not appear fo finely variegated
in the growing leafon, as they do in the other parts of
the year.

All the different forts of Variegation in plants were at
firft accidental, being no more than a diftemper in the
plant, which being obferved, has been cheriffled by im-
poverilhing the foil in which they grow, by which me-
thod their ftripes are rendered more lafting and beau-
tiful. But whatever fome perfons have affirmed of
ftriping plants by art, I could never oblerve it done
by any, unlefs in woody fhrubs and trees, which may
be variegated by putting in a bud or graft taken from
a variegated plant ; where, although the buds ffiould
not grow, yet if they keep frefli but eight or ten
days, they will many times communicate their gilded
miafina to the fap of the trees into which they were
budded •, fo that in a ffiort time after, it has ap-
peared very vifible in the next adjoining leaves, and
has been afterwards ipread over the greateft part of
the tree •, but in fuch plants as are herbaceous, where
this operation cannot be performed, there is no way
yet afcertained whereby this ftriping can be effefted
by art.

In fome forts of plants this diftemper is often com-
municated to the feeds, fo that from the feeds gather-
ed from variegated plants, there will conftantly be
fome variegated plants produced •, as in the ftriped
Wing Pea, the greater Maple, &c. therefore thefe
may be conftantly propagated that way.

That this ftriping proceeds from the weaknefs of
plants is very evident, fince it is always obferved, that
whenever plants alter thus in the colour of their
leaves, they do not grow fo large as before, nor are
they fo capable to endure the cold-, fo that many
forts of plants which are hardy enough to endure the
cold of our climate in the open air when in their na-
tural verdure, require to be ffieltered in the winter af-
ter they are become variegated, and are leldom of fo
long continuance which is a plain proof that it is a
diftemper in the plants, fince whenever they become
vigorous, this ftriping is either rendered lefs vifible,
or entirely thrown off-, efpecially (as was before ob-
ferved) if the plants are only blotched, or if the edg-
ing be of a yellow colour, it is lefs apt to remain
than when it is white -, which is efteemed the moft
beautiful ftriping, and which (when once thoroughly
eftablifhed) is hardly ever to be got out of the plants
again, fo as to render the leaves entirely green.

Nay, fuch is the venom of this morbid matter, that it ,

VAR

not only tinges the leaves, but alfo the bark and fruit
of trees are infedted by it, as in the Orange, Pear, &c„
whofe bark and fruit are ftriped in the lame manner
as their leaves.

The different colours which appear in flowers alfo pro-
ceed from the fame caufe, though it is generally in a
lefs degree in them than when the leaves and branches
are infedted : for the various colours which we fee in
the fame flowers, are occafioned by the reparation of
the nutrivite juice of plants, or from the alteration
of their parts ; whereby the fmaller corpufcles, which
are carried to the furfaces of the flower leaves, are of
different forms, and thereby refle£t the rays of light
in different proportions. In order to underftand this,
it may not be improper to fay lomething concerning
the phenomenon of colours, as it hath been difco-
vered by the late excellent philofopher Sir Ifaac
Newton.

1. Colour may be confidered two ways : (1.) As &
quality refiding in the body that is faid to be fo and
fo coloured, or which doth modify the light after fuch
a manner ; or (2.) as more properly the light itfelf,
which being lb modified, llfines upon the organ of
fight, and produces that fenfation we call colour.

2. Colour is defined to be a property inherent in
light, whereby, according to the different fizes or mag-
nitudes of its parts, it excites different vibrations in
the fibres of the optic nerve, which being propa-
gated to the fenforium, affeifts the mind with different
fenfations.

3. Again: colour may be defined a fenfation of the
foul, excited by the application of light to the retina
of the eye ; and different, as the light differs in the
degree of its refrangibility, and the magnitude of its
component parts.

4. According to the firft definition, light is the fub-
je£t of colour : according to the latter it is the agent.

5. So then light fometimes fignifies that fenfation dc-
cafioned in the mind, by the view of luminous bodies ;
fometimes that property in thofe bodies, whereby they
are fitted to excite thofe fenfations in us.

6. Various are the opinions of ancient and modern
authors, and of the feveral feds of philofophers, with
regard to the nature and origin of the phenomenon
colour.

7. The peripatetics affert colours to be real qualities,
and inherent in the coloured bodies ; and fuppofe
that light doth only difcover them, but not any way
affed their produdion.

8. Plato thought colour to be a kind of flame con-
fifting of moft minute particles, very congruous to the
pores of the eye, and darted againft it from the
objed.

9. Some moderns will have colour to be a kind of in-
ternal light of the more lucid parts of the objed dark-
ened, and conlequently altered by the various mixtures
of the lefs luminous parts.

10. Others, as did fome of the antient atomifts, main-
tain coloui not to be a lucid ftream, but a corporeal
effluvium iffuing out of the coloured body.

1 1. Others account for all colours out of'the various
mixture of light and darknefs ; and the chemifts will
have it fometimes arile from the fulphur, and fome-
times from the ialt that is in bodies ; and fome alfo
from the third hypoftatic principle, i, e. mercury.

12. The moft popular opinion is that of the followers
pf Aiiftotle, who maintain; that colour is a property
inherent in the coloured body, and that it exifts with-
out any dependence on light.

13. The Cartefians, who made the fenfation of Ifohf
to be the impulle made on the eye by certain folid,
but very minute globules, eafily penetrating the pores
of the air, and diaphonous bodies ; thefe derive colour
from the various proportion of the diretft proerefs or
motion of thefe globules to their circumrotation or
motion round their own centres, by which means they
are qualified to ftrike the optic nerve, after diftimft
and divers manners, and fo produce the perception of
divers colours.

1 3 R

14. They

VAR

£ 4- They own that as the coloured body is not imme- |
diately applied to the organ to occafion the fenfation,
as no body can affect the ienfe but by immediate Con-
tad:, the coloured body does not excite the fenfation
of itfelf, or contribute any thing to k, otherwife than
by moving fome interpofed medium, and by that the
organ of fight.

15. They add, that as it is found that bodies do riot ^
affed the fenfe in the dark, and that light only occa-
fions the fenfation of colour, by moving the organ ;
and that coloured bodies are no farther concerned than
in reflecting the light in a certain modification ; the ,
difference in colours, according to them, arifes in a
difference in the texture of their parts, by which they
are difpofed to refled their light with this or that mo-
dification.

1 6. Dr. Hook, in his Micographia fays. The phan-
tafm of colours is caufed by the fenfation of the ob-
lique or uneven pulfe of light, and that this is capa-
ble of no more varieties than two, which arife from
the two fides of the oblique pulfe ; fo that there are
in reality but two Ample colours, yellow and blue ;
from the mixture of which, and a due proportion of
black and white (that is, darknefs and light) dll colours
may be be produced.

17. But this phenomenon of nature and colour, hav- ,
ing long perplexed philofophers to account for the dif-
coveries relating thereto, the incomparable Sir Ifaac
Newton found by two experiments on prifms, that
there is a great deformity in the rays of light, and
that hereby the origin of colours may be unfolded.
The dodrine of colours therefore, according to his
notion and experiments, are contained in the follow-
ing propofitions :

1. That light confifts of an infinite number of rays,
right lined and parallel, but of different degrees of
refrangibility, when meeting with a different me-
dium.

2. Each ray, according to its degree of refrangibility,
when fo refraded, appears to the eye of a different
colour.

3. The leaft frangible rays appear of a deep fcarlet
colour ; the moft refrangible appear of a Violet blue
the intermediate proceeding from fcarlet to yellowifti,
then to light green, and fo to blue.

4. The colours arifing from the different degrees of
refrangibility of light are not only the more noted co-
lours of red, yellow, green and blue, but alio all the
intermediate colours of red to yellow, of yellow to
green, &c.

5. Whitenefs, (fueh as the fun’s light appears,) Con-
taining all thofe degrees of refrangibility, is confe-
quently made up of all the above-mentioned colours.

6. Simple or homogeneal colours, are fuch as are
produced by homogeneal lights or rays, which have
the fame degree of refrangibility ; and mixed colours
are fuch as are produced by rays of different refrangi-
bility.

7. Rays of the fame refrangibility produce the fame
colour ; which colour is not alterable by repeated re-
fractions, but only made ftrong or faint, as the rays
are united or fcattered.

8. All bodies appear of this or that colour, according
as their furfaces are adapted to reflect only the rays
of fuch a colour : or at leaft in more plenty than the
reft.

But to explain thefe things farther :

It is found by experience, that rays or beams of light
are compofed of particles very heterogeneous or dif-
fimilar to each other ; i. e. fome of them, as it is
highly probable, are larger, and others lefs ; for a ray
of light, being received on a refracting furface in a
dark place, is not wholly refraded, but fplit as it were,
and diffufed into feveral little ravs 1 fome of which
are refraded to the extreme points, and others to the
intermediate points •, i. e. thofe particles of the light,
which are moft minute, are diverted the moft eafily
and moft confiderably of all others, by the adion of
the refrading furface, out of their redilineal courfe ;

. • VEG

and the reft, as each exceeds another in magnitude.,
fo it is turned out of its right line with much diffi-
culty, and Ids confiderably.

Now each ray of light, as it differs from another in
its degree of refrangibility* fo likcwile it differs from
it in colour. This is warranted by numerous experi-
ments,

Thofe particles which are more refraded, are found
to conftitute a ray of a Violet colour * i. e. in all pro-
bability, the moft minute particles of light, thus fe-
parately impelled, excite the fliorteft vibration in
the retina, which are thence propagated by the folid
fibres of the optic nerve into the brain, there to excite
the fenfation of Violet colour, as being the moft dufky
and languid of all colours.

Again : thofe particles which are the moft refraded
conftitute a radiolus, or little ray, of a red colour j
i. e. the largeft particles of light excite the longeft vi-
brations in the retina, fo as to excite the fenfation of
red colour, the brighteft and moft vivid of all colours.
It is remarkable, that in the growing of plants, the
fame plants do from time to time, alter and change
their colours as the veffels which are in their youno-
{hoots grow larger. The leaves are of a faint yellow
when they are in their fmaller ftate, but they become
of a bright green, or fometimes red, when they are in
their middle ftate ; but when their veffels are enlarged
to their full growth, they become of a dark green, and
then change to a feuillemort colour towards autumn,
from the ripening of their juices ; from thence to pu~
trefadion, which refolves itfelf again into earth, its
firft principle.

VASCULIFEROUS PLANTS are fuch whofe
feeds are contained in veffels, which are fometimes di-
vided ; and thefe have always a monopetalous flower,
either uniform ordifform.

VASES: A Vafe is a fort of a flower-pot to fet in a
garden.

VEGETABLE, a term applied to all plants, con-
fidered as capable of growth ; i. e. to all natural bo-
dies, which have parts organically formed for gene-
ration and accretion, but not for fenfation.

Dr. Boerhaave defines a Vegetable to be a body gene-
rated of the earth, to which it adheres, and is con-
neded by parts called roots, through which it receives
the matter of its nourifhment and increafe, and con-
fifts of juices and veffels, fenfibly diftind from each,
other ; or a Vegetable is an organical body, compofed
of veffels and juices every where diftinguifhable from,
each other, to which the roots grow, or parts by which
it adheres to fome other body, from which it derives
the matter of its life and growth.

This definition of a Vegetable is very fcientific, and
furnifhes us with a juft and adequate idea of it; for
by its confiding of veffels and juices, it is diftinguifhed
from a fofiil ; and by its adhering to another body,
and deriving its nourishment therefrom, it is diftin- .
guifhed from an animal.

He defines a Vegetable an organical body, becaufe it
confifts of different parts, which jointly concur to the
exercife of the fame function.

The definition of its adhering by fome of its parts to
another body is very proper ; for we know of no plant
that is fo abfolutely vague and fluctuating, but has
{till a body it adheres to, though that body may be
various, e. g. earth, as in our common plants ; ftone,
as in rock plants ; water, as in fea plants ; air, as in
fome mucilages.

As to thofe few plants that appear to float with the
water, their manner of growth is fcmewhat anoma-
lous. Monfieur Tournefort has fhewn, That all plarits
do not arife ftriCtly from feeds ; but that fome, inftead
of femen, depofit or let fall a drop of juice, which
finking in the water by its gravity, reaches the bottom,
or fome rock, &c. in its way, to which it flicks,
ftrikes root, and (hoots into branches : fuch is the
origin of coral.

To which may be added, That a root of a plant rffay
have any fttuation at pleafure, with refpeCt to the

body

i

V E G

body thereof ; nor needs it be either lowed: or higheft,
6rc. Accordingly in Coral, Moffes, Fungufes, &c.
the root is frequently uppermoft, and its growth
downwards.

VEGETABLE STATICS Signifies the weight
or gravity, and the motion of the juices, in vegetable
bodies.

VEGETATION is the a£t whereby plants receive
nourifhment, and grow •, the word is derived from
the Latin, vegeto, to quicken, to refrelh, to make
lively and ftrong ; and Signifies the way of growth, or
increafe of bulk, parts, and dimenfions proper to all
trees, fhrubs, herbs, plants, minerals, &c.

To understand the procefs of nature in thebufinefs of
Vegetation, it is to be confidered, that there is in ve-
getables a principle of life, and this is differently
Seated •, there are fome who fuppofe it is feated ex-
actly between the trunk and the root, which they fay
is obferved to be the place of its pofition, in all or
moft of the Seminiferous tribe •, but if the Oak and
fome other trees be included in that general title, and
their bodies be cut down near that place, ir is odds if
they ever ftioot again, or at leaft to any purpofe.

In fome trees it is only the roots which vegetate, fo
that let them be cut into as many pieces as realbnably
may be, if thefe pieces are but planted in the ground,
they quickly grow, as is feen in the Elm, &c. and
in many other trees.

In fome it is feated both in the roots, and all over the
trunk and branches, as in the vimineous or Willow
kinds, which, if they be cut into a thoufand pieces, it
is Scarce pofiible to deftroy or kill them, unlefs they
are ftripped of both their barks ; for if you plant them
in the earth but the length of three or four inches,
either the roots or branches will certainly grow
again.

In fome it is found entirely in the body, branches, or
leaves, and of this kind are many of the exotics, which
being of a Succulent nature, if the trunk or branches,
ox the leaves and Stems, be put into the ground, they
will Strike root immediately, and grow, as in the Ce-
reufes, Ficoides, Sedums, &c. nay, fo ftrong is the
principle of life in this kind of plants, that if they
be hung a confiderable time in the air without any
earth, water, &c. they will maintain their natural
verdure, and alfo this principle of life, admirably, by
their Succulent quality.

The ufe of this principle of life is accounted to be for
the concodtion of the indigefted Salts, which alcend
through the roots, where they are fuppofed to affirnu-
late the nature of the tree they are helping to form,
though perhaps the root may likewife affift in the
work.

Thefe things being prefuppofed, in the Spring of the
year, as loon as the fun begins to warm the earth,
and the rains melt the latent falts, the whole work of
Vegetation is fet on foot ; then the emulgent fibres
Seek for food, which has been prepared as aforefaid.

It is very rational to fuppofe that a great part of the
roots are formed under ground during the winter
feafon, becaufe in all lands there is always an innate
heat, which feems to be a natural vital quality, or ni-
trous fermentation.

The roots, by feeking out and affuming thofe ni-
trous falts, are immediately (by the courfe of nature,
and the attractive virtue of the fun) drawn upwards
to the vital principle, and, after concoction, afcend Still
higher into the Stem, and break out firft in the buds,
the Shelly and tendered: part of the whole machine,
and afterwards diffufe themfelves into the leaves,
flowers, fruits, &c. which lie inveloped therein, ac-
cording to their natural frames, &c.

There are fome who fuppofe that Subterraneous fires
are concerned in the work of Vegetation, or the
growth of plants, yet as, upon the beft observation
thapcan be made, none can pretend to have disco-
vered any heat or fumigation to iffuefrom the bowels
of the earth, adequate to the meaneft artificial fire, it
is plain that the fun is the principle, and fo may be

V E G

called the father of Vegetation, and the earth the
mother, the rain and air being neceffary co-efficients
in this furprifing work.

It is apparent, by the ufe of microfcopes, that plants
confift of different parts, veffels, &c. analogous to
thofe of animals, and each kind of veffel is fuppofed
to be the vehicle of a different humour, or juice, Se-
creted from the matter of the Sap, which is confidered
as the blood, or common fund of them all.

Dr. Grew farther explains this, by faying. That all
kinds of vegetable principles are at the firft received
together in a plant, and are feparated afterwards, i. e.
they are filtered fome from others in very different pro-
portions and conjunctions by the Several parts, fo every
part is the receptacle of a liquor, become peculiar,
not by any transformation, but only by the percola-
tion of parts out of the common mafs or ftock of fap,
and thofe that are Superfluous in any plant, are dis-
charged back by perfpiration.

The'lame author affigns the offices of the Several vef-
fels : he calls thofe veffels lymphedudts, which are
placed on the inner verge of the bark, and thefe, he
fuppofes, are appointed for the conveyance of the
moft aqueous or watery liquor.

Thofe veffels that are in the middle of the plant, he
calls lactiferous or refiniferous ; thefe he takes to be
the principle vifeera of plants ; and that as the vifeera
of animals are but conglomerated veffels, the vifeera
of plants are drawn out in length.

It is alfo remarkable in many cafes, That the multi-
tude and largenefs of the veffels produce a fweet and
vinous fap, and the fewnefs and fmailnefs of the vef-
fels produce an oily and aromatic fap.

It feems neceffary to the nutrition of plants, as well
as animals, that there be a concurrence of two fpe-
cifieally distant fluids ; and a certain author maintains.
That there is an intermixture of two fuch humours in
every part of a tree, every part of fap being impreg-
nated with other tinftures, and continually filtred
from fibres of one kind to thofe of another, and from
this mixture many of the phenomena of the ripening,
odour, &c. are accounted for.

With regard particularly to the odour in plants. Dr.
Grew is of opinion, that they chiefly proceed from the
air-veffels that are in the wood, not but that the other
parts alfo yield their fmells, which is moft plain to be
perceived in plants that are frefh, undried, and un-
bruifed-, for he fays that the air, bringingalong with it a
tincture from the root, and from the feveral organical
parts, and at laft entering the concave of the air-vef-
fels, it confifts there.

Others fay, That it cannot be denied but the effluvia,
which can be admitted into the wood-veffels, may give
a fmell to the wood ; but however, as that vapour
paffes through the veffels which have a different Struc-
ture, fo as to alter the form of its parts, fo in every
one of its changes, it will yield a fmell different from
the reft. The fmell of the wood wifi differ from that
of the bark, the juices in the one being more effential
than the other ; but yet both, being bruifed and mix-
ed together, yield a feent different from either of them
fingly, and likewife the leaves give a feent that is dif-
ferent from either of the former, and fo alfo do the
flowers from that in the leaves, and alfo the fruit from
that in the flowers.

Dr. Grew is of opinion that the chief governing prin-
ciple in the juice of plants, is the faline, which fa-
line principle, he fays, muft be understood as a ge-
neric term, under which divers fpecies are compre-
hended. The vegetable falts feem to be four, viz.
the nitrous and the acid, alkaline and marine, and of
thefe the nitrous Salts feem to be affigned by nature
chiefly for the growth of plants.

The curious Malpighius has very accurately delivered
the procefs of nature in the Vegetation of plants to
the effefl following.

The ovum or feed of the plant, being excluded out
of the ovary (which is called the pod or hulk) and re-
quiring farther foftering and brooding, is committed

to

I

\

V E G

W the earth: The earth, like a kind mother, having

received it into her bofom, does not only perform the
office of incubation, by her own warm vapours and
exhalations, in cohjun&ion with the heat of the fun,
but gradually fupplies what the feed requires to its
farther growth, as abounding every wherewith canals
and fmufes, in which the dew and rain water, impreg-
nated with fertile falts, glide like the chyle and blood
in the arteries, &c. of animals.

This moiffure, meeting with new-depofited feed, is
percolated or ftrained through the pores or pipes of
the outer rind or hulk, anfwering to the lecundines
vof fcetufes, on the infide whereof lie one more, com-
monly two, thick feminal leaves correfponding to the
placenta in women, and the cotyledons in brutes:

The feed-leaves confift of a great number of little ve-
ficute or bladders, with a tube correfponding to the
navel-ftrings in animals.

The moifture of the earth, ftrained through the rind
of the feed, is received into thefe veficulae, which
caufes a flight fermentation with the proper juice be-
fore contained therein.

This fermented liquor is conveyed by the umbilical
vefifel to the trunk of the little plant, and to the gem
or bud which is contiguous to it, upon which a Vege-
tation and increafe of the plant fuceeed.

This procedure in the Vegetation of plants, the afore-
faid author exemplifies in a grain of Wheat as follows:
The firft day the grain is fown, it grows a little tur-
gid, and the fecundine or hulk gapes a little in feve-
ral places •, and the body of the plant, being continued
by the umbilical veflel to a conglobated leaf (which
is called the pulp or flefh of the feed, and is what con-
ftitutes the flour) lwells, by which means, not only the
gem or fprout (which is to be the future ftem) opens
and increafes, but the roots begin to bunch out,
whence the placenta or feed-leaf, becoming loofe,
gapes.

Thefecond day, the fecundine or hulk, being broken
through the ftem or top of the future ftraw, appears
on the outfide thereof, and grows upward by degrees.
In the mean time, the feed-leaf, guarding the roots,
becomes turgid with its vifculas, and puts forth a white
down, and the leaf being pulled away, you fee the
roots of the plant bare, the future bud, leaves, and
the reft of the ftalk lying ftill hid. Between the roots
and the afcending ftem, the trunk of the plant is knit
by the navel-knot to the flower-leaf, which is very
moift, though it ftill retains its white colour, and its
natural tafte.

The third day the pulp of the conglobated or round
leaf becomes turgid with the juice it has received from
the earth fermenting with its own.

Thus the plant increales in bignefs, and in its bud or
ftem becomes taller, and from whitifh turns greenifh.
The lateral roots alfo break forth greenilh and pyra-
midal, from the gaping fheaf, which adheres clofely
to the plant, and the lower roots grow longer and
hairy, with many fibres growing out of the fame.
Indeed, there are hairy fibres hanging all along on
all the roots, except on the tops, and thefe fibres are
feen to wind about the faline particles of the foil, or
little lumps of earth, &c. like Ivy, whence they grow
curled. About the lateral roots there now break out
two other little ones.

The fourth day the ftem, mounting upwards, makes
a right angle with the feminal leaf. The laft roots put
forth more, and the other three, growing larger, are
clothed with more hairs, which ftraitly embrace the
lumps of earth, and where they meet with any vacu-
ity, unite in a kind of net-work. The conglobate or
flower-leaf, is now fofter, and, when bruifed, yields
a white fweetifh juice, like Barley cream. By (trip-
ping it off, the root and ftem of the plant are plainly
feen, 'with the intermediate navel-knot, whofe outer
part is folid like a bark, and in the inner more loft and
medullary.

The fifth day the ftalk, ftill rifing, puts forth a per-
manent or {table leaf, which is green and folded. The
roots grow longer, and there appears a new tumour

V E G

of a future root •, the outer or (Heath is loofcned, and
the feed-leaf left begins to fade.

The fixth day the (table -leaf being loofened, the plant
mounts upwaids, the jlieaf ftill cleaving round it
lme a baix. The iced-leaf is now feen finuous or
Wrinkled, and faded ; and this being freed or cue
from the fecundine, the flefh or pericarpium is found
of a different texture, the outer .part, whereby the out-
ride of the feed or grain is heaped up, being more So-
lid, but the infide vifcular, and full of humour, efoe-
cially that part next the navel-knot. All the leaves
being pulled off, the roots torn, and the flower-leaf
removed, the trunk appears, wherein, not far from
the roots, the navel-knot bunches out, which is folid,
and hard cut ; above there is a mark of the fheath-
leaf, which was pulled off, and underneath, as in an
arm- pit, the gem is often hid the hind part of the
plant (hews the breaking forth of the roots likewife,
with the faded placenta, &c.

After the eleventh day the feed-leaf, as yet ftickino-
to the plant, is crumpled, and almoft corrupted ; witffi
in it is hollow, and about the fecundine, the mucus
and white fubftance of the feed, being continued to
the navel-knot forms a cavity ; all the roots, becom-
ing longer, put forth new branches out of their fides.
The fecond leaf withers, and its vehicles are emptied ;
the internddes or fpaces between the knots orow
longer, new gems appear, and the middle root grows
feveral inches longer.

After a month, the roots and ftalk being grown much
longer, new buds break out at the firft knot, and lit-
tle tumours bunch out, which, at length, break out
into roots.

As to the vegetable matter, or the food where the
plants grow, there is feme doubt ; it hath been a ge-
neral opinion among almoft all the modem naturalifts.
That the Vegetation of plants, and even of minerals
too, is principally owing to water, which not only
ferves as a vehicle to convey to them the fine rich
earth, &c. proper for their nourifhment, but being
tranfmuted into the body of the plant, affords the
greateft part, if not all the matter with which they
are nourifhed, and by which they grow gnd increafe
in bignefs. This opinion is countenanced by very
great names, particularly by the ingenious Dr. Wood-
ward, who, in order to afeertain this point, made the
following experiments :

In the firft place, he carefully examined all forts of
water, and found that the cleared: fine fpring water,
which he could any where meet with, exhibited even
to the naked eye great numbers of exceeding fmall
terreftrial particles, and that all other crafter* waters
had thefe in yet much greater quantity, and alfo, that
they were of a larger bulk.

He found this terreftrial matter contained in all wa-
ter to be of two kinds, the one properly a vegetable
matter, but confiding of very different particles, feme
of which are very proper for the nourifhment of feme
kinds of plants, others for different forts, &c. The
other kind of earthy matter he found to be purely of
a mineral nature, and this alfo was of very various and
different kinds.

The former fort of vegetable earthy matter abounds
plentifully in all waters, but for the mineral, it is
found moftly in fpring water, next to that, in river
water, and leaft of all, in rain water, though even
there alfo it is to be found plentifully.

This fact, he fays, any one may difeover, by only
keeping water for a competent time without ftirring
it, in a clear glafs phial, clofely flopped to keep out
duft, &c. for then he will obferve that thefe very
fmall terreftrial particles, which before were' fear cel'y
vifible fingly, will now combine together into large
and more confpicuous maffes, which, by degrees, will
join together, and form clouds, as it were, in the wa-
ter, which will grow daily more and more ooa-
cous and thick by the continual accefiion of new mat-
ter ; and if the earthy matter in the water be chiefly
of the vegetable kind, it will turn the water green,
the ufual colour of vegetables, and this will grow

deeper

deeper and deeper coloured, but will not precipitate
to the bottom of the glaffes, as the mineral water will,
if there be any confiderable quantity, by reafon of its
much greater fpecific gravity. On the whole there-
fore he concludes very juftly, That there is in all wa-
ter a confiderable quantity of the earthy matter. And
in order to determine whether the Vegetation of plants
was chiefly owing to bare water or not, rather than to
the terreftrial matter therein contained, he made with
very great accuracy and care feveral experiments.
Which experiments, becaufe they were done with an
uncommon care and exaCtnefs, are a fufficient num-
ber of them, and are followed by very ingenious re-
flections, ferving to explicate many difficulties of phi-
loibphy, and to fet the whole affair of Vegetation in a
very good light, I ffiall give the regifter as follows :
Anno Dom. 1691, he chofe feveral glafs phials, that
were all, as near as poffible, of the fame fhape and
bignefs. After he had put what water he thought fit
into every one of them, and taken an account of the
weight of it, he {trained and tied over the orifice of
each phial a piece of parchment, having holes in the
middle of it large enough to admit the item of the
plant he defigned to fet into the phial, without con-
fining or (heightening it fo as to impede its growth.
His intention in this was to prevent the inclofed wa-
ter from evaporating or afcending any other way than
only through the plant to be fet therein.

Then he made choice of feveral (prigs of Mint and

other plants, that were, as near as he could poffibly5
judge alike found, frefli, and lively. Having taken the
weight of each, he placed them in a phial, ordered
as above,, and as the plant imbibed and drew off the
water, he took care to add more of the fame from
time to time, keeping an account of the weight of
all he added. (Each of the glaffes were, for better dif-
tinCcion, and the more eafy keeping a regifter of all
the circumftances, noted with a different mark or let-
ter, as A, B, C. &c. and all let in a row in the fame
window, in fuch a manner that all might partake alike
of air, light, and fun.

Then they continued from July the 20th to October
the 5th, which is juft 77 days, when he took them out,
weighed the water in each phial, and the plant like-
wife, adding to its wreight that of all the leaves that
had fallen off, during the time it had (food thus, and
laftly he computed how much each plant had gained,
and how much water was fpent upon it.

j the particulars are as fellow :

The plant weighed, when put in, July the 20th, juft
27 grains*, when taken out, October the 5th, 42
grains, fo that in the fpate of 77 days it had gained
in weight 15 grains.

The whole quantity of water, expended during the 77
days, amounts to 2558 grains. Confequently the
weight of the water had taken up 170 Tt times the
grains as much as the plant had gained in weight*

This will be made plainer by the following Table.

jjWeight of the |
plant when firft
put into water.

Weight of the 1
plant when tak-
en out of the
water.

Weight gained by
the plant du-
ring the 77
| days.

Weight of the wa-
ter expended up-
on the plant.

Proportion of the in-
creafe of the plant
to the expence of
the water.

A

Common Spear-mint.

j 15 grains.

Spring Water.

27 grains.

42 grains.

2558 grains.

as 1 to 170

B

1

Common Spear-mint.

'

Rain water.

28 4 grains.

1 45 t grains. \

1 7 i grains.

3004 grains.

as 1 to 1 71 |4*

•ft*

C

-

Common Spear-mint.

Thames water.

«

28 grains.

\ 54 grains.

26 grains.

2493 grains.

as 1 to 95 44.

D

Common Solanum , or Nightfhade.

Spring water.

49 grains.

106 grains.

:*v»

J 57 grains.

3708 grains.

as 1 to 65 f-f.

E

•

Lathy r us, feu Cataputia.

Ger. fpring water.

98 grains.

101 4- grains.

3 4- grains.

2501 grains.

as 1 to 714 ±.

The fpecimen D had feveral buds upon it, when firft
fet into the water *, thefe, in fome days, became fair
flowery, which were at length fucceeded by berries.
Several other plants were tried, which did not thrive
in water, nor fucceed any better than the Cataputia
foregoing.

The phials F and G were filled, the former with rain,
and the other with fpring water, at the fame time as
thofe above-mentioned were, and flood as long as they
did, but they had neither of them any plant, the de-
fign of which was in order to learn, whether any wa-
ter exhaled out of the glaffes, otherwife than through
the bodies of the plants.

The orifices of thefe two glaffes were covered with
parchment, each piece of it being perforated with an

hole of the fame bignefs with thofe of the phials above.
In thefe was fufpended a bit of (lick about the thick-
nefs of the (tern of one of the aforefaid plants, but
not reaching down to the furface of the inclofed wa-
ter, that the water in thefe might not have more
fcope to evaporate than that in the other phials.

Thus they (food the whole 77 days with the refty
when, upon examination, none of the water was
found to be wafted, or gone off; though he obferved
both in thefe and the reft, efpecially after very hot
weather, fmall drops of water, not unlike to dew,
adhering to the infides of the glaffes, i. e. that part
of them that was above the furface of the inclofed
water,

I3 S The

\

1 V E G

The water in thefc two glaffes that had no plants in
them,, at the end of the experiment exhibited a larger
quantity of terreftrial matter, than that in any of thofe
that had the plants in them did.

I he fediment in the bottom of the phials was great-
er, and the nubecuke diffufed through the body of
the water thicker, and of that which was in the
others, fome of it proceeded from certain fmall leaves
that had fallen from that part of the Idem of the plants
that was within the water, wherein they rotted and
dilTolved.

The terreftrial matter in the rain water was finer than
that of the fpring water.

Experiments , Anno 165(2.

The glaffes made ufe of in this were of the fame fort
with thofe of the former experiment, and covered over
with parchment after the fame manner.

The plants here were all Spear Mint, the mold kind-
ly, frefh, fprightly ftioots he could chufe. The wa-
ter and plants were weighed, as above, and the phials
fet in a line in a fouth window, where they ftood
from June the 2d to July the 28th, which was juft
56 days.

1 he plant H was all along a very kindly one, and
ran up about two feet in height. It hadftiot but one
confiderable collateral branch, but had fent forth ma-
ny and long roots, from which fprung very numerous,
though fmall and fhort leffer fibres. The leffer roots
came out of the larger on two oppofite fides for the
mold part, fo that each root, with its fibrilke, appears
not unlike a fmall feather ; to thefe fibrilke adhered

V E G

pretty much terreftrial matter. In the water, which
was at laid thick and turbid, was a green fubftance,
refembling a fine thin conferva.

1 he plant I was as kindly as the former, but had fiiot
no collateral branches. Its roots, the waters, and the
green fubftance, all much as in the former.

The plant K, though it had the misfortune to be an-
noyed with very fmall infedts that happened to fix up-
on it, yet had Ihot very confiderable collateral branches,
and at leaft as many roots as either H or I, which
had a much greater quantity of terreftrial matter ad-
hering to the extremities of them. The fame green
fubftance here that was in the two preceding.

The plant L was far more flourifhing than any of the
preceding, had feveral confiderable collateral branches,
and very numerous roots, to which terreftrial matter
adhered very copioufly.

The earth in both thefe glafles were very fenfibly and
confiderably wafted, and lefs than when at firft put
in. The fame fort of green fubftance here as in thofe
above.

The plant M was pretty kindly, had two fmall col-
lateral branches, and feveral fhoots, tho’ not fo many
as thofe in H or I, but as much terreftrial matter, ad-
hering to them as thofe had. The water was pretty
thick, having very numerous fmall terreftrial particles
fwimming in it, and fome fediment at the bottom of
the glafs. This glafs had none of the green matter
above-mentioned in it.

The plant N was very lively, and had fent out fix
collateral branches, and many roots, but the Water was
very turbid, and as high coloured as ordinary beer.

Weight of the
plant when firft
fet in water.

Weight of the

Weight gained by

What ol the water

plant when tak-

the plant when

is expended up-

en out of the

it had ftood 56

on the plant.

water.

\

days.

.Proportion or the
increafe of the
plant to the ex-
pence of the
water.

127 grains.

H

Hyde -Park conduit water alone.

255 grains. J 128 grains. { 14190 grains.

I

as 1 to 1 10 —j-

1 10 grams.

249 grains.

The fame water alone.
1 l39 grains- I

K

1 3 x4° grains. j as 1 to 94

7 4-
1 TV*

The fame water , with an ounce and a half of common garden earth diffolved in it.

76 grains. | 244 grains. { 168 grains. [ 1073 1 grains. | as 1 to 63 J44.

Hy de-Park water , with the fame quantity of garden mould as the former.

92 grains.

I 376 grains. | 284 grains. j 14950 grains. |

M

as 1 to 52 414.

Hyde-Park water diftilled with a gentle Jlill.

1 r4 grains. | 155 grains. j 41 grains. j 8803 grains. ] as 11021444.

N

The refidue of the water which remained in the fill after that in M was difilled off.

[ 81 grains. j 175 grains. | 94 grains. ( 4344 grains. | as 1 to 46 44.

The glafs O had alfo Hyde-Park conduit water, in
which was diffolved a drachm of nitre. The Mint
fet in this fuddenly began to wither and decay, and
died in a few days, as' likewife did two more fprigs
that were fet in it fucceflively. In another glafs he
diffolved an ounce of good garden mould, and a
drachm of nitre, and in a third, half an ounce of
wood a flies, and a drachm of nitre, but the plants in

thefe fucceeded no better than the former. In other
glaffes he diffolved feveral other forts of earth, clay,
marles, and variety of manures, 8cc. and he fet Mint
in diftilled Mint water, and made other experiments
of feveral kinds, in order to get a light and informa-
tion what haftened or retarded, promoted or impeded
Vegetation.

The

l

V E G

The ojafs P, Plyde-Park conduit water : in this he
fixed a gkis tube ten inches long, the bore one fixth
* of an inch diameter, filled with very fine and white
fand, which he kept from falling down out of the
tube into the phial, by tying a fine piece of filk over
that end of the tube that was downwards. Upon
immerfion of the lower end of it into the water, this,
by little and little, afcended quite up to the orifice
ot the tube, and yet in all the 56 days that it flood
thus, a very inconfiderable quantity of water had gone
off, viz. fcarcely 20 grains, though the land conti-
nued moift up to the top till the very lad.

The- water had imparted a green tinCture to the fand
quite to the very top of the tube, and in the phial it
had precipitated a greenifh fediment mixed with black.
To the bottom and fides of the tube, as far as it was
immerfed in the water, adhered pretty much of the
green fubflance defcribed above.

Other like tubes he filled with cotton, lint, pith of
Elder, and feveral other porous vegetable fubftances,
letting fome of them in clear water, others in water
tinged with Saffron, Cochineal, &c. and feveral other
trials were made, in order to give a mechanical repre-
fentation of the motion and diftribution of the juices
in plants, and of fome other phenomena obfervable
in Vegetation.

Several plants being alfo fet in the phials Q, R, S,
&c. ordered in like manner as thofe above in O&o-
ber, and the following colder months thofe throve
not near fo much ; nor did the water afcend nigh
the quantity it did in the hotter feafons, in which the
before cited trials were made.

The refult of all which experiments he gives us in the
following obfervations and reflections :

I. In plants of the fame kind , the lefs they are in hulk ,
the fnaller quantity of the fluid mafs in which they
are fet is drawn off ; the confumption where the mafs
is of equal thicknefs, being pretty nearly proportioned to
the bulk of the plant.

In effeCt, the water feems to afcend up the veffels of
the plants, in much the fame manner as up a filtre;
and it is not to be wondered at, that the larger filtre
fhould draw off more water than the fmaller ; or that
a plant that hath more or larger veffels, fhould take
up a greater part of the fluid in which it is fet, than
one that has fewer can. Nor is it thus noted as a
thing very confiderable in itfelf, but chiefly with re-
gard to what follows :

II. Much the greater part of the fluid mafs , thus drawn
off, and conveyed into the plant , does not fettle or
abide there, but paffes through their pores, and exhales
up into the atmofphere .

That the water in thefe experiments, afcended only
through the veffels of the plants is certain, fince
fome glaffes, which had no plants in them, though
difpoied in the like manner as the reft, did remain, at
the end of the experiment, as at firft, and without
any diminution of water, and that the greateft part of
it flies off from the plant into the atmofphere, is as
certain.

The leaft proportion of the water expended was to
the augment of the plant, as 46 or 50 to 1 ; and in
fome 100, 200 in 1, as 700 to 1.

Thus fo continual an emiflion of water, in fo great
plenty, from the parts of the plant, affords a manifeft
reafon, why countries that abound with trees, and
the larger vegetables efpecially, fhould be very ob-
noxious to damp, great humidity in the air, and more
frequent rains, than others that are more open and
free.

The great moifture of the air was a great inconveni-
ence and annoyance to thofe who firft fettled in Ame-
rica, which at that time was overgrown with woods
and groves ; but as thefe were burnt down and de-
ftroyed, to make way for habitations, and the culture

V E G

of the earth, the air mending, changed into a tempe-
rature more ferene and dry than before.

Nor does this humidity go off pure and alone, But
Ufually carries with it many parts of the fame nature
with those whereof the plant confifts ; the craffer in-
deed are not fo eafily borne itp into the atmdfphere^
but arc ufually depofited on the furface of the leaves,
flowers, and other parts of the plants j whence pro-
ceed our mannas, our honeys, and other gummqus
exfudations of vegetables ; but the finer and lighter
parts are with greater cafe lent up into the atmofphere,
thence they are conveyed to our organs of fmellihg*
by the air we draw in refpiration, and are pleafant
or offenfive, beneficent or injurious to us, according
to the nature of the plants from whence they arife :
and fince thefe owe their rife to the water that afcends
out of the earth through the bodies of plants, we
cannot be far to feek for the caufe why they are more
numerous in the air, and a greater quantity of odours
is found exhaling from vegetables in warm humid fea-
fons, than in any other.

III. A greater part of the terreftrial matter that is mix-
ed with water, afcends Up into the plant as well as
the "water.

There was much more terreftrial matter at the end of
the experiment, in the water of the glaffes that had
no plants in them, than in thofe that had plants. The
garden mould diffolved in fome of the glaffes was
confiderably diminifhed, and carried off; nay, the ter-
reftrial and vegetable matter was borne up in the
tubes filled with fand, cotton, &C. in that quantity
as to be evident even to fenfe ; and the bodies in the
cavities of the other tubes, that had their lower ends
immerfed in water, wherein Saffron, Cochineal, &c.
had been infufed, were tinged with yellow, purple, &c.
To look abroad a little towards our fhores and parts
within the verge of the fea, thefe will prefeht us with
a large fcene of plants, that, along with the vegeta-
bles, take up more mineral matter alfo in great abun-
dance ; fuch as our Sea Purflain, feveral forts of Al-
gas, of Samphires, and other marine plants ; thofe
contain common fea falts, which are the fame as the
foflil, in fuch plenty, as not only plainly to be diftin-
guifhed in the palate, but may be drawn out of them
in a confiderable quantity ; nay fome affirm there are
plants found, that will yield nitre and other mineral
falts.

The vegetable matter, being very fine and light, is
furprifingly apt and dilpofed to attend water in all its
motions, and follow into each of its receffes,as appears
not only from the inftances above alledged, but many
others percolate it with all the care imaginable, filtre
it with ever fo many filtrations, yet fome terreftrial
matter will remain.

Dr. Woodward has filtred water thro’ feveral fheets of
thick paper, and after that through very clofe fine
cloth, twelve times double, and this over and over 5
and yet a confiderable quantity of this matter difco-
vered itfelf in the water after all.

Now if it thus paffes interftices that are fo very final!
and fine along with the water, it is lefs ftrange it
fhould attend it in its paffage through the ducfts and
paffages of plants. It is true filtring and diftilling of
water interrupts, and makes it quit fome of the earthy-
matter it was before impregnated withal ; but then
that which continues with the water after this, is fine
and light, and fuch confequently, as is in a peculiar
manner fit for the growth and nourifhment of vege-
tables.

And this is the cafe of rain waten The quantity of
terreftrial matter it bears up into the atmofphere is not
great ; but what it doth bear up is chiefly of that
light kind, or vegetable matter, and that too perfect-
ly diffolved, and reduced to Angle corpufcles, all fit
to enter the tubes and veffels of plants ; on which
account it is, that this water is fo very fertile and
prolific.

The

6

VEG

The reafon why all the terreftrial matter mixed with |
the water does not afcend into that, is, that the mine-
ral matter makes a great deal of it, which is not only
grofs and ponderous, but fcabrous and inflexible, and
fo_not di.fpofed to enter the pores of the roots ; be-
fides, a great many of the- Ample vegetable particles
do by degrees unite and form fmall clods, or mole-
culas, which flick to the extremities of the roots of
thole plants, and others of them entangled in a loofer
manner for the nubeculae, or green bodies, fo com-
monly obferved in ftagnant water ; thefe, when thus
conjoined, are too big to enter the pores, or afcend
up the veffels of plants, which fingly they might have
done.

Hence it is, that in agriculture, be the earth never fo
rich, good, and fit for the production of Corn, or
other vegetables, little will qome of it, unlefs the
particles be feparated and loofe ; and it is on this
account fuch pains are bellowed in the digging, til-
ling, ploughing, fallowing, harrowing, and break-
ing the clodded lumps of earth-, and it is the fame
way that fea fait, nitre, and other falts promote Ve-
getation.

Some authors imagine nitre effential to plants, and
that nothing -in the vegetable kingdom is tranfafted
without it -, but Dr. Woodward fays, by all the trials
he has been able to make, the thing feerns to him
quite otherwife ; and when contiguous to the plant,
nitre rather deftroys than nourifhes it. This I have
myfelf found to be true, for by fcattering fome nitre
round the roots of three or four plants, it killed them
in a few days.

But. nitre and other falts certainly loofen the earth,
and feparate the concreted parts of it, by that means
fitting and difpofing them to be afllimed by the water,
and carried up into the feed or plant for its formation
and increafe.

It is evident to obfervation, how apt all forts of falts
are to be wrought upon by moifture, how eafily they
run with it and when thefe are drawn off, and have
deferred the lumps with which they are incorporated,
they muft moulder immediately, and fall afunder in
courfe.

The hardeft flone that is to be met with, if it happens
(as it frequently does) to have any fait intermixed
with the fand of which it confifts, upon its being ex-
pofed in a humid air, in a fhort time difiolves and
crumbles all to pieces and much more will clodded
earth or clay, which is not of fo compadt and folid a
conftitution.

Lime likewife is in the fame way ferviceable in this
affair. The hufbandmen fay, it does not fatten, but
only mellows the ground ; by which they mean, it doth
not contain any thing in itfelf, that is of the fame na-
ture with the vegetable mould, or afford any matter
fit for the formation of plants, but merely foften and
relaxes the earth ; by that means rendering it more
capable of entering the feeds and vegetables fet in it,
in order to their nourifhment, than otherwife it would
have been.

The properties of lime are well known, and how apt
it is to be put into a ferment and commotion by wa-
ter ; nor can fuch commotion ever happen, when
lime is mixed with earth, however hard and clodded
it may be, without opening and loofening it.

IV. The plant is more or lefs nourifhed , in proportion as
the water in which it Jlands , contains a greater or
[mailer quantity of proper terreftrial matter in it.

The truth of this propofition is difcernible through
the whole procefs of the Dodtor’s experiments. The
Mint in one of the glaffes was of much the fame bulk
and weight with that of two or three others ; but the
water in which the firfl was, being river water, which
was apparently more copioufly ftored with terreftrial
matter than the fpring or rain water, in which the
other flood, occafioned it to arrive at almoft double
the bulk that either of them had, and with lefs ex-
pence of water too.

VEG

. , \

So likewife the Mint in another glafs, in the water of
which was diffolved a fmall quantity of good garden
mould, though it had the difadvantage to be lefs
when fir ft fet, than either of the Mints in the two
other glaffes had, the water in which was the very fame
as the firfl:, only none of the earth mixed with it yet
in a fhort time the plant not only overtook, but much
outftripped the other.

The reafon why the proportion of the increafe of the
plant was limited to the quantity of proper terreftrial
matter in the water, is, that all, even vegetable mat-
ter, is not proper for the nourifhment of every plant ;
nor do there want good indications, that every kind
requires a peculiar and fpecific matter for its formation
and nourifhment, nay, each part of the fame vege-
table ; and that there are very many and different in-
gredients, to go to the compofition of the fame indivi-
dual plant.

If therefore the foil wherein any vegetable or feed is
planted, contains all or moft of thefe ingredients, and
thofein due quantity, it will grow and thrive, other-
wife it will not. If there be not as many forts of cor-
pufcles as are requifite for the conftruclion of the main
and more effential parts of the plant, it will not profper
at all. If there are thefe, and not in fufficient plen-
ty, it will never arrive to its natural ftature, or if any
of the lefs neceffary and effential corpufcles are want-
ing, there will be fome failure in the plant. It will
be defective in fmell, tafte, colour, and fome other
way.

Indeed it is inconceivable, how one uniform homoge-
neous matter, having its principles, or original parts,
of the fame fubftance, conftitution, magnitude, figure,
and gravity, fhould conftitute bodies fo unlike in all
thofe refpe&s, as vegetables of different kinds are,
nay, even as the different parts of the fame vegeta-
ble, that one fhould carry a refinous, another a milky,
a third a yellow, and a fourth a red juice in its veins ;
that one affords a fragrant, anothdr an often five fmell ;
one fweet to the tafte, another acid, bitter, acerb, au-
ftere ; that one fhould be nourifhing, another poifon-
ous ; one purging, another aftringent ; and thefe all
receive their nourifhment from the fame foil.

A Cataputia, Tithymalus latifolius Cataputia didla, in
one of the glaffes afforded but a little increafe, only
3 * grains all the while, though 2501 grains of water
were fpent upon it but this might poffibly be owing
not to the water’s wanting matter fit for the nourifh-
ment of that particular plant, but from its being an
improper medium for that to grow in. Too much of
that liquor in fome plants, may probably hurry the
terreftrial matter through the veffels too fall for them
to lay hold of it.

But a farther proof of this matter is, that the foil once
proper for the production of fome fort of vegetables,
does not ever continue fo, but in trad of time lofes
its property ; and fooner in fome lands, and later in
others.

As for example : if Wheat be fown upon land proper
for that grain, the firfl crop will fucceed very well,
and perhaps the fecond and third, as long as the
ground is in heart, as the farmers call it 5 but in a few
years it will produce no more, if fowed with that
Corn ; fome other grain it may, as Barley ; and after
this has been fown fo oft, that the land can bring no
more of it, it may afterward yield fome good Oats,
and perhaps Peas after them.

At length it becomes barren ; the vegetative matter
that at firfl it abounded with, being reducd by the
fucceffive crops, and moft of it borne off, each fort of
grain takes out that peculiar matter that is proper for
its own nourifhment.

It may be brought to bear another feries of the fame
vegetables, but not till it is fupplied with another
fund of matter of the like fort with what it firfl con-
tained either by the ground’s lying fallow for fome
time, till the rain hath poured a frefh flock upon it,
or by the manuring it.

That this fupply is of the like fort is evident, by the
feveral manures found bell to promote the Vegeta-
tion;

VEG

iion, which are chiefly either of parts of vegetables,
or of animals •> of animals, which either derive their
own nouri/hment immediately from vegetable bodies, j
or from other animals that do fo ; in particular, the
blood, excrements, and urine of animals that do fo;
Jhaving of horns and hoofs, hair, feathers, calcined
foells, lees of wine and beer, afhes of all forts of ve-
getable bodies, leaves, ftraw, roots, and ftubble,
turned into earth by ploughing, or otherwife, to rot
and dififolve there.

Thefe are our befi manures ; arid, being vegetable
fubftances, when refunded back again into the earth,
ferve for the formation of other bodies.

But to apply this to gardens, where the trees, fhrubs,
and herbs, after their having continued in one ftation
till they have derived thence the greatefl: part of the
matter fit for their increafe, will decay and degene-
rate, unlefs either frefli earth, or fome fit matter be
applied to them.

It is true they may maintain themfelves there for fome
time, by fending forth roots farther and farther, to
an extent 'all around, to fetch in more provifion ; but
at laft they muft have a frefir fupply brought to them,
or they will decay.

All thefe inftances argue a particular terreftrial mat-
ter, and not water, for the fubjeril to which plants
owe their increafe ; were it water only, there would'
be no need of manures, or changing the fpecies ; the
rain falls in all places, in this field and in that, in-
differently, on one fide of an orchard or garden, as
well as the other ; nor could there be any reafon why
a tradt of land fliould yield Wheat one year and not
the next, fince the rain flioWers down all alike upon
the earth.

V. Vegetables are not formed of water, but of a certain
■peculiar terreftrial matter.

It has been fhewn, that there is a confiderable quan-
tity of this matter both in fpring, rain, and river
water *, and the experiments before-mentioned fhew,
that the much greatefl: part of the fluid mafs that
afcends up into plants, does not fettle or abide there,
but paflfes through the pores of them, and exhales
into the atmofphere ; and that a great part of the ter-
reftrial matter mixed with the water, paflfes up into
the plant along with it, and that the plant is more or
lefs augmented, in proportion as the water contains a
greater or lefs quantity of matter •, from all which we
may reafonably infer, that earth, and not water, is
the matter which conftitutes vegetables.

One of the fprigs of Mint before-mentioned drew up
into it 2501 grains of the fluid mafs, and yet had re-
ceived but 3 4- grains of increafe from it.

A fecond, though it had at firft the difadvantage to
be much lefs than a third, yet being fet in water,
wherein earth had been plentifully mixed, and the
other in water without any fuch earth, it had vaftly
outgrown it, weighing at leaft 145 grains more than
that did.

A fourth plant, though at firft a great deal lefs than
the fifth, yet being fet in foul crafs water, that was
left in the ftill, after that in which the laft was fet
was drawn off, had gained in weight at the end, above
double what that in the finer and thinner water had.
The proportion of the augment of that plant, which
throve mod, was in the faid mafs fpent upon it, but
as 1 to 46 ; in others as one to 60, 100, 200 ; and in
the Cataputia, but as 1 to 714.

One of the fprigs took up 39 grains of water a day,
one day with another, which was much more than the
whole plant originally ; and yet it gained not 4. of a
grain a day in weight.

And -another took up 253 grains a day, which was
near twice as much as its original weight ; and after
all, the daily increafe .of the plant was no more than 2

44-- grains.

Vi. Spring and rain water contain near an equal charge of
vegetable matter \ river water more than either of them .

V £ G

Thefe proportions hdld in the main, but a ftricb and
juft compofition is hardly to be expected 5 inafniucfi
as in all probability, the water that falls in rain, com
tains fometimes a greater flhare of terreftrial matter,
than that which falls at other times ; a more powerful
and intenfe heat, of necefllty, hurrying up a larger
quantity of that matter, along with the humid va-
pours that form rain, than one more feeble and rernifs
poffibly can.

The water of one fpring may flow forth with a high-
er charge of this matter than that of another, this
depending partly upon the quicknefs of the ebullition
of the water, and partly on the quantity of that mat-
ter latent in the ftrata, thro5 which the fluid paflfes,
and the greater or lefs laxity of thofe ftrata 5 for the
fame feafon the water of one river may abound with,
it more than that bf another ; nay, the fame river,
when much agitated and in commotion, muft bear
up more of it, than when it moves with lefs rapidity
and violence. That there is a great quantity of or-
dinary fertility of the earthy the Nile affords' a preg-
nant inftance, and fo does the Ganges and other rivers,
which annually overflowing the neighbouring plains*
their banks fhew the faireft and largeft: crops of any
in the world.

VII. W'ater ferves only for a vehicle to the terreftrial
matter which forms vegetables , and does not itf elf make
'any augmentation to them .

Where the proper terreftrial matter is Wanting, the
plant is not augmented, though never fo much water
afcend into it : water then is not the matter that com-
pofes vegetable bodies, it is only the agent that con-
veys the matter into them, that diftributes it to their
feveral parts to tlieir nourifhment ; that matter is flug-
gifh and inactive, and would lie eternally confined to
its beds of earth, without advancing up into plants,
did not water or forrie like inftrument fetch it forth,
and carry it into them.

This fluid is capacitated feveral ways for the office
here affigned it, by the figure of its parts, which ap-
pears from many experiments to be exa&ly and ma-
thematically fpherical, their furfaces being perfedly
polite, and without any the leaft irregularities.

It is evident, that corpufcies of fuch a figure are ea~
fily fufceptible of motion, and far above any others
whatever, and confequently more capable of moving
and conveying other matter that is not fo aeftive ; then
the intervals of the bodies of that figure are, in re-
fperit to their bulk, of all others the largeft, and fo
the moil: fitted to receive and entertain foreign matter
in them ; befides, as far as the trials hitherto made
inform us, the conftituent corpufcies of water are
each fingly confidered abfolutely folid, and do not
yield to the greatefl: external force ; this fecures their
figure againft any alteration, and the intervals of their
corpufcies muft be always alike.

By the latter it will be ever difpofed to receive matter
into it ; and by the former, when once received, to
bear it along with it. Water is farther capacitated
to be a vehicle to this matter, by the tenuity and fine-
nefs of the corpufcies of which it confifts. We hardly
know any fluid in all nature, except fire, whofe cbn-
ftituent parts are fo exceeding fubtile and fmall as
thofe of water are ; they will pais pores and interftices
that neither air nor any other fluid will. This ena-
bles them to enter the tubes, and fineft vefiels of
plants, and to introduce the terreftrial matter, and
convey it to all parts of them, whilft each, by means
of organs it is endued with for that purpofe, intercepts
and aflfumes into itfelf, fuch particles as are fuitable
to its own nature, letting the reft pafs on through the
common dudts.

VIII. W %ter is not capable of performing this office to
plants, unlefs ajfifled by a due quantity of heat.

Heat riluft concur, of Vegetation will not fucceed
The plants fet in the glades in Odtober, and the fob

!3 ^ lowing

643

:V E G

tSwing months, had not near the Quantity of water
lent up into them, or fo great an additional increafe
by much as thofe that were let it* June, July, or the
hotter months.

It is plain the Water has rid power of moving itfelf,
or rifing to the vaft height it doth, in the more tall
and lofty plants *, fo far from it, that it doth not ap-
pear by any difcovety yet made, that even its own
fluidity conftfts in the inteftine motion of its parts,
whatever the Caftefians think.

Indeed we want nothing more to folve all the pheno-
mena of fluidity, than fuch a figure and difpofition of
parts as water has : fpherical corpufcles mult Hand fo
ticklifh upon each other, as to be ltilceptible of every
impreflion, and though not perpetually in motion,
muft be always ready and liable to be js'ut into it by
any the flighted: force imaginable. It is true, the
parts of fire or heat are not capable of moving them-
felves any more than thofe of water, but they are
more fubtile, light, and a£Hve than thofe are, and fo
the more eafily put in motion.

That the concourfe of heat is really neceflary in this
work, appears not only from the experiments before
iis, but from all nature, from the fields and forefts,
gardens and orchards. We fee in autumn, as the
fun’s power is gradually lefs and lefs, fo its effed on
plants is remitted, and Vegetation flackens by little
dnd little.

Its failure is firft difcernible in trees, which, being
raifed higheft above the earth, require a more intenfe
beat to elevate the water charged with nourifhment to
their tops, fo that, for want of frefh fupport and nu-
triment, they fhed their leaves, unlefs fupported by a
very firm and hard conftitution, as our evergreens are.
Next, the fbrubs part with theirs ; then the herbs and
lower tribes, the heat at length not being fuffkient to
fupply even to thefe, though fo near the earth, the
fund of their nourifliment.

As the heat returns the fucceeding fpring, they all
recruit again, and are furniflied with frefh fupplies
and verdure ; but firft, thofe which are loweft, and
neareft the earth, and that require a lefs degree 6f heat
to raife the water with its earthy charge into them,
then the fhrubs and higher vegetables in their turn,
and laftly the trees.

As the heat increafes, it grows too powerful, and
hurries the matter with too great rapidity through the
finer and more tender plants ; thefe therefore go off
and decay, and others that are more hardy and vigo-
rous, and require a greater degree of heat, fucceed in
their order. By which mechanifm, provident nature
furnifhes us with a very various and different entertain-
ment, and what is beft fuited to each feafon all the
year round.

As the heat of the feveral feafons affords us a diffe-
rent face of things, the feveral diftant climates fhew
the different feenes of nature, and produftions of the
earth.

The hotter countries ordinarily yield the largeft and
tailed trees, and thofe too in a much greater variety
than the colder ; even thofe plants common to both
attain to a much greater bulk in the fouthern, than in
the northern climates.

Nay, there are fome regions fo cold, that they raife
no vegetables at all to a confiderable fize ; this we
learn from Greenland* Iceland, and other parts of like
cold fituation and condition : in thefe there are no
trees, and the fhrubs are poor, little, and low.

Again, in the warmer climates, and fuch as furnifh
trees and the large vegetables, if there happen a re-
miffion or diminution of the ufual heat, their grodudti-
ons are impeded in proportion. Our own fummers
give us proof enough of this, for though at fuch times
there is heat fufficient to raife the vegetative matter
into the lower plants, as Wheat, Barley, Peas, and
the like, and we have plenty of Strawberries, Rafpber-
ries, Goofberries, Currants, and the fruits of fuch ve-
getables as are low, and near the earth, and a moderate
ftore of Cherries, Plums, &c. and fome others, that
grow at fomething of a greater height, yet our Apples,

V E L

Pears, Peackes, .Ne&aHiieS, and Grapes, and the ph>
dudtion of warmer countries, have been fewer, and
thofe not fothoroughly ripened, and brought to per-
fection as they are in more benign feafons.

Nor is it that heat only which promotes Vegetation,
but any other indifferently, according to its power and
degree, as we find from dur ftoves, hot-beds, &c.
And by the rightly adapting of thefe artificial heats,
the Englifli gardeners have of late years fo much im-
proved their art, as in a great meafure to fupply the
ivant of natural heat, and to vie with the people, who
inhabit countries feveral degrees fouth of England, in
the early products of efculent plants, and the accele-
rating and ripening the fruits of the warmeft climates.
And as the knowledge of Vegetation is improved,
and the praditioners of the art are better acquainted
With the theory, it may be hoped the art may be far-
ther extended and improved ; therefore it is highly
neceflary, that the theory of Vegetation fhouid beltu-
died by every perfon who propofes to make any pro-
ficiency in gardening and agriculture.

VELLA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 714. Spanifh Crefs.

The Characters are,

the emfalemeut of the flower is cylindrical , and compofed
of four linear obtufe leaves, which drop off. T'he flower
has four petals in form of a crofs , whofe tails are the
length of the impalement, and fix fiamina of the fame
length, two of which are a little fhorter , terminated bv
fingle fummits , and ati oval germen , fupporting a conical
fiyle, crowned by a fingle ftignia . the germen afterward
turns to a globular capfule with two cells, divided by an
intermediate partition twice as large as the pod, and is oval
and eredt, firetching beyond the capfule i each cell con-
taining one feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnaeus’s fifteenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter ftamina,
and the feeds are included in fhort pods.

The Species are,

1. Vella {Annua) foliis pinnatifidis, filiculis pendulis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 641. Vella with wing-pointed leaves, and
hanging pods. Nafturtium fylveftre Valentinum. Cluf.
Hift. 2. p. 130. Wild Crefs cfValentia.

2. VellA {Pfeudo Cytifus) foliis integris obovatis ciliatis
filiculis eredis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 641. Vella with entire,
oval, ciliated leaves, and eretd pods. Pfeudo cytifus fiore
leucoii luteo. C. B. P. 230. Baflard Cytifus with a
flower like the yellow Wall-flower.

The firft fort grows naturally in Valentia ; it is aa
annual plant, which feldom rifes more than one foot
high. The ftalk divides toward the top into feveral
branches, each ending in a loofe fpike of flowers,
which are followed by round fwelling pods, having a
leafy border or creft on the top, which is hollowed
like a helmet. The pod opens with two valves, and
has two cells, which contain roundifh feeds like thofe
of Muftard. The leaves are jagged, and end in ma-
ny points.

This plant is preferved in gardens for the fake of va-
riety, but as it is not very beautiful, nor of any ufe,
it is feldom cultivated unlefs in botanic gardens. If
the feeds of this plant are permitted to fcatter, the
plants will come up and thrive very well ; of if they
are fown in autumn, they will fucceed much better
than thofe which are fown in the fpring 5 for when the
feafon proves dry, thofe feeds which are fown in the
fpring, frequently lie in the ground till the following
autumn before the plants appear whereas thofe
which are fown in autumn, always come up foon after,
or early in the fpring, fo will more certainly produce,
ripe feeds. Thefe plants fhouid not be tranfplanted,
therefore the feeds fhouid be fown where the plants
are to remain, and if they are kept clean from weeds,
and thinned where they are too clofe, they will require
no other culture.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain. The
leaves of this are entire, hairy, and fit clofe to the
ftalk they are oval, and of a grayifh colour. The
ftalks become ligneous •, they rife about two feet
high, and are terminated by roundifii bunches of pale

yellow

V E R

■ % » f

_ , . ‘ \ 1 1

yellow flowers, which ftretch out in length - the
flowers have four crofs:(haped petals, and are flic- :
ceeded by pods like the former. This plant will con-
tinue two or three years •, it is propagated by feeds in
the fame manner as the former.

VERATRUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 272. tab. 145.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 1013. [fo called as though vere
atrum, i. e. truly black, becaufe this plant has a black
roof, or becaufe it purges a black humour.] White
Hellebore •, in French, Ellebore Mane,

The Characters are.

It has hermaphrodite and male flowers intermixed in the
.fame {pike. Ehe flowers have no empalement ; they have
■ fix oblong fpear-jh aped petals which are permanent , and fix
awl-Jhaped ftamina fitting on the point of the germen ,
fpreading afunder, terminated by quadrangular fummits \
they have 'three oblong ere hi germen fitting upon the ftyle ,
which are farce vifible, crowned by a fingle fpreading
' ftigma. fhe germen afterward become three oblong , eredl,
compreffed capfutes with one cell , opening on the infide , in-
cluding many oblong , compreffed , membranaceous feeds. The
male flowers have the fame characters of the hermaphro-
dite, but are barren.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedion of
Linnseus’s twenty-third clais, which contains thofe
plants which have flowers of different flexes in the fame
plant.

The Species are,

1. Ver atrum {Album) racemo fupradecompoiito, corol-
lis eredis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. White Hellebore with
a fpike decompounded above , and ere A petals. Veratrum
flore fubviridi. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 273. White Helle-
bore with a greenifh flower.

2. Veratrum ( Nigrum ) racemo compofito, corollis pa-
tentiffimis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. White Hellebore with
a compound fpike , and very fpreading petals. Veratrum
flore atrorubente. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 273. White
Hellebore with a dark red flower.

3. Veratrum (Luteum) racemo fimpliciflimo, foliis fef-
fllibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1044. White Hellebore with a
Jingle fpike , and leaves fitting clofe to the ftalk. Vera-
trum caule fimpliciflimo, foliis feflilibus. Flor. Virg.
195. While Hellebore with a fingle fpike.

4. Veratrum (. Americanum ) racemo fimpliciflimo, co-
rollis patentibus, ftaminibus longioribus. White Hel-
lebore with a fingle fpike of flowers , fpreading petals , and
longer ftamina.

The firft fort grows naturally on the mountains in Au-
. ftria, Helvetia, and Greece. The root is perennial,
and compofed of many thick fibres gathered into a
head j the leaves are oblong, oval, ten inches long,
and five broad in the middle, and rounded at the
points, having many longitudinal plaits like thofe of
Gentian •, the ftalk s rife three or four feet high, and
branch out on every fide almoft their whole length •,
under each of thefe branches is placed a narrow plaited
leaf, which diminifhes in its fize as it is nearer the
top of the ftalk. The branches and principal ftalk
are terminated by fpikes of flowers fet very clofe to-
gether, which are compofed of fix petals which ftand
ered * thefe are green, and in their center is fituated
three obtufe germen. From the point of thefe arife fix
ftamina which fpread afunder, and are terminated by
four-cornered fummits. Thefe appear in June and
July, and are each fucceeded by oblong compreffed
capfules with one cell, filled with membranaceous
feeds.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Hungary and Sibe-
ria •, it has a perennial root like the former. The leaves
are longer and thinner than thofe of the firft fort
they are plaited in the like manner, but are of a yel-
lowish green colour, and appear fooner in the Spring ;
the (talks rife higher than thofe of the former; It has
fewer leaves upon it, and does not branch out into fo
many fpikes : the flowers of this are of a dark red co-
lour, and the petals fpread open flat, in which it dif-
fers from the former. This flowers .almoft a month
before the other.

The third fort grows naturally in Virginia, and other

VER

parts of North America, where it is fometimes called
Rattle SnakS Root. The root of this is tuberous and
large ; the leaves are oblong, and (haped like thole of
Plantain, having feverai longitudinal furrows or plaits 5
they are' four or five inches long, and two broad in the
middle, fpreading themfelves on the ground. Between
thefe come out a fingle ftalk which rifes near a foot
high, having a few very fmall leaves or (heaths placed
alternately * and at the top the flowers are produced
in a fingle, thick, clofe fpike ; they are final!, and of
a yellowifti white colour * thefe appear in June, but
are rarely, fucceeded by feeds here.

The fourth fort was fent me from Philadelphia by Mr.
John Bartram, who found it growing naturally in that
country. The root of this is compofed of thick
flefhy fibres * the leaves are oblong, oval* of a light
green colour, having fix longitudinal veins or plaits $
they are four or five inches long, and between two
and three broad, fpreading on the ground * thefe are
rounded at their points, and continue all the year. In
the center of the leaves fprings up a fingle ered ftalk
afoot high, having a . few veftiges or fmall leaves
(landing alternately clofe to the ftalk, which end in
acute points. The ftalk is terminated by a thick ob-
tufe fpike of dark red flowers, whofe petals fpread
open flat. In the center of the petals is fituated three
obtufe germen joined together, from whofe- point
arifes fix ftamina which fpread afunder, and are longer
than the petals thefe are terminated by four-cornered
fummits of a purple blue colour. This plant flowers
the latter end of June, and in warm feafons the feeds
will ripen here.

The firft of thefe plants is that which is ordered for me-’
dicinal ufe, and is by much the (Longer and more acrid
plant than the fecond * flor when both forts are placed
near each other, the fnails will entirely devour the
leaves of the fecond fort, when at the fame time they
fc^rcely .touch thofe of the firft.

Thefe plants are very pretty ornaments, when planted
in the middle of open borders of the pleafure-garden v
for if they ate placed near hedges or walls, where
fnails generally harbour, they will greatly deface the
leaves, efpecially of the fecond fort, by eating them
full of holes before they are unfolded ; and as a great
part of the beauty of thefe plants is in their broad-
folded leaves* fo when they are thus defaced, the
plants make but an indifferent appearance.

Both thefe forts may be propagated by parting their
roots in autumn, when their leaves decay, but they
(hould not be parted too fmall, for that will prevent
their flowering the following fummer * thefe heads
(hould be planted in a light, fre(h, rich foil, in which
they will thrive exceedingly, and produce ftrong fpikes
of flowers. The roots (hould not be removed oftener
than once in three or four years, by which time, (if
they like the foil,) they will be very ftrong, and pro-
duce many heads to be taken off ; but if they are fre-
quently tranlplanted, it will prevent their increafing,
and caufe them to flower very weak.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by feeds, which
(hould be fown as foon as ripe, either in a bed or box
filled with fre(h light earth, and the ground kept
conftantly from weeds. In the fpring the plants will
appear, at which time, if the feafon proves dry* you
fhould now and then refrefh them with water, which
will greatly promote their growth •, and you muft care-
fully clear them from weeds, which, if permitted to
grow* will foon overfpread and deftroy thefe plants
while young. The autumn following, when their
leaves decay, you (hould prepare a bed of frefli light
earth, and carefully take up the young plants (ob-
(erving not to break their roots) and plant them there-
in about fix inches fquare, where they may remain un-
til they are ftrong enough to flower* whan they (hould
be tranfplarited into the borders of the plealu re-gar-
den * but, as thefe plants feldorn flower in lefs than
four years from feeds, this method of propagating
them is not much pradifed jn England.

f ' ' ■

VER-

2

VER

*The two American forts are at prefent rare in the Eng-
liili gardens, but, as they hardy enough to thrive in
the open air; in a few years they may become plenty •,
thefe may be propagated by offsets or feeds, in the
fame manner as the former.

f ERBASCUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 14 6. tab. 61 .
Lin. Gen. Plant. 217. Mullein ; in French, Bouillon.
Mane.

The Characters are,.

"The flower has a J mail permanent empalement of one
leafy cut into five parts ; it hath one wheel-fhaped petals
with a very fhort cylindrical tube, the brim fpreading ,
and cut into five oval obtufe fegments, and five awl-jhapsd
flamina which are fhorter than the petal , terminated by
roundiffjy comprefijed, eredt fummits ; with a roundifh ger-
mcn fupporting a flender fiyle inclining to the Jlaminay
crowned by a thick obtufe fligma. Yhe germen afterward
' becomes a roundifh capfule with two cells opening at the topy
having a half oval receptacle fixed to the partition, and
filled with angular feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fe&ion of
Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thole plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and one fiyle.

The Species are,

t. Ve.rbascum (Thapfus) foliis decurrentibus utrinque
tomentofis. Vir. Cliff. 13. Mullein with running leaves
which are woolly on both fides. Verbafcum mas latifo-
liumluteum. C. B. P. 239. Great white Mullein , Hig
' Taper, or Cow’s Lungwort.

2. Verbascum {Lychnitis) foliis euneiformi-oblongis.
Hort. Upfal. 45. Mullein with oblong wedge-fhaped
leaves. Verbafcum pulverulentum, fiore luteo par-
vo. J. B. Hoary Mullein with fmall yellow flowers.

3. Verbascum {Album) foliis cordato-oblongis, fubtus
incanis, fpicis racemofis. Mullein with oblong heart-
fhaped leaves which are hoary on their under fide , and
branching fpikes of flowers. Verbafcum femina, fiore
albo. G. B. P. 23,9. Female Mullein with a white
flower.

4. Verbascum {Luteim) foliis radicalibus ovatis peti-
olatis, caulinis oblongis feffilibus fubtus tomentofis
ferratis. Mullein , with oval lower leaves growing on foot-
ftalks, but tbofe on the fialks oblong , fawedy woolly on
their under fide , and fitting clofie. Verbafcum blattarite
foliis nigrum, amplioribus foliis luteis, apicibus pur-
purafeentibus. Flor. Leyd. Boerh. Ind. alt. 1. 228.
Mullein with black Mullein leaves , large yellow petals to
the flowery and purple fummits.

5. Verbascum ( Grandifiorum ) foliis ovato-acutis utrinque
tomentofis, floribus in fpica denfiffima feffilibus. Hal-
ler. Helvet. 507. Mullein with oval acute-pointed
leaves which are woolly on both fides , and flowers difpofed
in thick fpikes fitting clofe to the fialk. Verbafcum
fmmina, fiore luteo magno. C. B» P. 239. Female
Mullein with a large yellow flower.

6. Verbascum ( Nigrum ) foliis ferratis fuperne rugofis,
inferne fubhirfutis, petiolis ramofis, ftaminum barba
purpurafeente. Haller. Helvet. 51 1. Mullein with
jawed leaves whofe upper fides are rough , thofe on the un-
der fide hairy , branching foot-jialksy and purplijh beards
to the ftamina. Verbafcum nigrum, fiore ex luteo-
purpurafeente. C. B. P. 240. Black Mullein with a
yellcwifh purple flowery commonly called Sage-leaved black
Mullein.

f. Verbascum ( S'inuatum ) foliis- radicalibus pinnatifido-
repandis tomentofis, caulinis amplexicaulibus nudiuf-
culis, rameis primis oppofitis. Lin. Sp. 2 54. Mullein
whofe tinder leaves are wing-pointedy woolly , and turn
backy the upper naked , embracing the fialks, and the firft
branches are oppofite. Verbafcum nigrum, folio papa-
veris corniculati. C. B. P. 240. Black Mullein with a
horned Poppy leaf ,

S.Verbascum ( Glabrum ) foliis amplexicaulibus oblongis
glabris pedunculis folitariis. Hort. Upfal. 46. Mullein
'with oblong fmooth leaves embracing the fialks, and fingle
foot-ftalks to the flowers. Blattaria alba. C. B. P. 241.
tVhite Moth Mullein.

9. Verbascum (. Blattaria ) foliis radicalibus pinnato-
fmuatis, caulinis dentatis acuminatis femi-amplexicau- |

VER

libus, pedunculis folitaris. Mullein with the lower
leaves jagged like wings , thofe on the fialks acute-pointed ,

; indent edy half embracing the fialks , and fingle foot fialks

to the flowers. Blattaria lutea, folio longo, laciniato.
C. B. P. 240. Yellow Moth Mullein with a long jagged
leaf.

, 10. Verbascum {Ferrugincum) foliis ovato-oblongis ob~
folete crenatis, utrinque virentibus petiolatis, caule
ramofo. Mullein with oblong oval leaves having obfolete
crenatureSy and both fides greeny with a Hunching fialk .
Blattaria fiore ferrugineo. H. R. Par. Moth Mullein
with an iron-coloured flower.

* 1 1. Verbascum {Amuurn) foliis radicalibus oblongis
integerrimis, utrinque viridibus, caulinis acutis fefil-
libus, pedunculis aggregatis. Mullein with oblong , en-
tire, lower leaves which are green on both fides, thofe on
the fialks acutc-pointed , fitting clofe, and duftered foot-
Jialks. Blattaria annua, fiore majore luteo, capful a
item majore. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 498. Annual Moth
Mullein with a larger yellow flower, and a larger capfule.

12. Verbascum {Phcenicium) foliis ovatis crenatis radi-
calibus, caule fubnudo racemofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 178.
Mullein with naked, oval, crenated, lower leaves, and an
almojl naked branching fialk. Blattaria purpurea. C.
B. P. 2 41. Purple Moth Mullein.

13. Verbascum1 ( Myconi ) foliis lanafis radicalibus, fca-
po nudo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1 79. Mullein with woolly
lower leaves , and a naked [talk. Verbafcum humile
Alpinum villofurn borraginis fiore & folio. Tourn.
Inft. 147. Low, Id'airy, Alpine Mullein, with the leaf
and flower of Borage , commonly called Borage-leaved Au-
ricula.

The firft is the common Mullein or Hig Taper which
is ufed in medicine ; this grows naturally by the fide
of highways and on banks in moft parts of England 5
it is a biennial plant, which perifhes foon after it has
perfected feeds. The lower leaves, which fpread on
the ground, are nine or ten inches long, and fix broad ;
they are very woolly, and of a yellowhh white colour,
having fcarce any foot-ftalks. The (talk rifes four or
five feet high, and the lower part is garnifhed with
leaves ffiaped like thofe below, but fmaller, whofe
bafe half embrace the ftalk, and have wings running
along the ftalk from one to the other. The upper
part of the ftalk is clofely garnifhed with yellow
flowers, fitting very clofe, formed into a long thick
fpike; thefe are compofed of five obtufe' roun ' fli
petals, having five ftamina in the censer ; they have
an agreeable odour! It flowers injury, and the feeds
ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in feme parts of Eng-
land ; I have obferved it in plenty in feme parts of
Nottinghamfhire : this is a biennial plant. The lower
leaves are oblong, indented on their edge , ind end
in acute points. The ftalk rifes three or four feet high,
fending out from every joint lhort fpikes of finall yel-
low flowers, which are paler than thofe of the firft,
and have a pleafanter odour. At the bafe of each
fpike is fituated a fmall, oblong, acute-pointed leaf ;
thefe are covered with a white powder which wafhes
off. When the flowers decay, they are fucceeded by
oval capfules, filled with fmall feeds, which ripen in
autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain,
The lower leaves of this are more than a foot long,
and five or fix inches broad, rough on their upper
fide, and a little hoary ; their under fide is pale and
very hoary. The ftalk rifes fix or leven feet high,
fending out fome fide branches which are ered ; the'
flowers are difpofed in long fpikes which are branched
they are white, and fometimes yei ow, having the
moft agreeable feent of all the fpecies- This flowers
about the fame time with the former, and the leeds
ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort has oval leaves- a foot long, and fix
inches broad in the middle, Handing upon thick foot-
ftalks ; they are of a foft texture, of a pale green
on their upper fide, but hoary on their under, having
many prominent nerves. The ftalk rifes three or four

V E R

feet high ; the lower part is garnillied with fmaller
-leaves of the fame fhape with thofe below ; the upper
part is garnifhed with pale yellow flowers difpofed in a
loofe fpike, having fmall leaves intermixed with the
flowers the whole length. This flowers and ripens its
feeds about the fame time with the former.

The fifth fort has oval leaves which terminate in a
point ; they are of a yellowifh green colour, and woolly
on both fides. The Italics rife about four feet high ;
they are of a purplifh colour, covered with a hoary
down. The flowers fit very clofe to the (talk, form-
ing a very thick fpike, having no leaves between
them ; they are much larger than thofe of the firfl
fort, and are of a deeper yellow colour. It flowers
and ripens its feeds about the fame time as the former.
The fixth fort grows naturally in feveral parts of
England. The lower leaves of this are fpear-fhaped,
and rounded at the foot-ftalk, where they are indented
like a heart ; they are of a pale green on their upper
fide, and hoary on their under, indented on their edges-,
thofe upon the ftalk are oblong, acute-pointed, and
fawed. The flalks rife three or four feet high, the

• - O '

upper part ending in a long fpike of yellow flowers,
which are formed in fhort fpikes or clufters on the
fide of the principal ftalk ; thefe have purplifh fta-
mina which are bearded ; they have an agreeable
odour at a fmall diftance, but, if fmelt too near, be-
come lefts agreeable.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Italy and Greece,
and alfo upon the rocks at Gibraltar. The lower
leaves are oblong, finuated on their borders, a little
"waved and hoary. The ftalk riles four or five feet
high, fending out many {lender branches ; the lower
part of the ftalk is garnifhed with heart-fhaped leaves,
whole bafe embrace the ftalk the upper part of the
ftalk and branches have no leaves, but the flowers are
difpoied along their fides in fmall clufters at diflances;
they are fmall, yellow, and have little odour.

The eighth fort grows naturally in the fouth of France
and Italy. The leaves of this are oblong, fmooth,
and of a dark green colour; the ftalk rifes three or four
feet high, and fends out two or three fide branches ;
they are garnillied with oblong, fmooth, green leaves,
whofe bafe embrace the ftalk. The flowers come out
fingly from the fide of the ftalk, upon foot-ftalks an
inch long ; they have one petal, cut into five obtufe
legmen ts almoft to the bottom ; they are white within,
and have a little blufti of red on the outfide : the
feed-veffels of this fort are round, and filled with
imall feeds. This flowers about the fame time as the
former forts.

The ninth fort grows naturally in fome parts of Eng-
land ; this differs from the former, in the lower leaves
being much longer ; they are alfo deeply finuated on
their edges, in a regular manner, in imitation of the
• rangement of the lobes of winged leaves ; they are of
a brighter green colour than thofe of the former. The
ftalks rife much taller ; the flowers are of a bright yel-
low colour, and the ftamina, which are hairy, are of
a purple colour.

The tenth fort is commonly cultivated in gardens
heie, and is commonly known by the title of Iron-
coloured Moth Mullein ; this has a perennial root, in
which it differs from all the former forts, though there
are fome who fuppofe it to be only a variety of the laft
mentioned, but it differs greatly from that in other
yefpefts. The bottom leaves are oblong, oval, a little
crenated on their edges, but are almoft entire; they are
of a dark green on their upper fide, of a pale green on
their under fide, (landing upon pretty long foot-ftalks.
The ftalk rifes three or four feet high, branching out
on each fide, and has a few (harp-pointed fmall leaves
on the lower part, fitting clofe to the ftalk. The
flowers are difpofed in a long loofe fpike on the upper
part of the ftalk ; they come out upon fhort (lender
foot-ftalks, three or four from the lower joints ; above
thole there are two at each joint, and at the top they
are fingle ; thefe are of one petal, cut almoft to the
bottom into five obtufe fogments, and are of a rufty

VE R

iron colour, but are larger than thofe of the cdnimdrf
fort. This plant flowers in July and Auguft, but
does not produce feeds here.

The eleventh fort grows naturally in Sicily, front
whence the feeds were fent me ; this is a biennial plants
which periflies foon after the feeds are ripe. Tile lower
leaves of this are ten inches long, and two inches and
a half broad, rounded at their points ; they are en-
tire, and of a deep green on both fides. The ftalk is
ftrong, and rifes five or fix feet high ; it is garniihed
with fmall, acute-pointed, green leaves, whole bafe fits
clofe to it. The flowers form a very long look; fpike
at the top ; they ftand upon (lender foot-ftalks, which
come out in clufters from the fide of the ftalk ; they
are large, of a deep yellow colour, and are fucceecled
by large round capfules which are brown, opening in
two parts, and filled with fmall dark-coloured feeds.
It flowers in July and Auguft.

The twelfth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal. The root of this is perennial ; the leaves are
oval, and of a light green colour ; they are entire,
and a little hairy ; the ftalk rifes three feet high, and
is almoft naked of leaves, but the flowers are ranged
along it almoft the whole length, (landing upon fhort
foot-ftalks, which for the mod part come out fingle.
1 he flowers are of a dark blue inclining to purple ;
thefe appear in June and July, but are not fucceeded
by feeds here.

1 he thirteenth fort grows naturally upon the Alps
and Pyrenean Mountains ; this is a very humble plant.
The roots of this are compofed of (lender fibres ; the
leaves are thick, flelhy, and hairy ; they are oval*
crenated on k their edges, and have compreffed hairy
foot-ftalks ; thefe are fpread flat on the ground; Be-
tween them arife (lender naked foot-ftalks about four
inches long, which divide into three or four fmall ones
at the top, each fuftaining one large blue flower,
compofed of five oval petals which fpread open flat,
and five thick ereft ftamina which ftand erefo. This
flowers in May, and, after the flowers are pad, the
germen turns to an oblong-pointed capfule whidi
opens in two parts, and is filled with fmall feeds.

The root of this is perennial, and the plant is ufu-
ally propagated by offsets, which come out from the
fide of the old plant ; thefe fhould be taken off in
autumn, and planted in fmall pots filled with light
fandy earth ; they muff always have a fhady jfituation,
for they will not thrive when they are expofed to thefun.
The firfl nine and the eleventh forts are biennial
plants ; thefe may be all cultivated by fowing their
feeds in Auguft, on a bed of light earth, in an open
fituation, where the plants will fometimes come up
the fucceeding month, and will endure the winter’s
cold very well, provided they have a dry foil. In
February the plants fhould be tranfplanted where
they are to remain, allowing them a greater diftance ;
for, as they grow pretty tall and large, they muft
not be planted nearer than two feet afunder. In
June following they will flower, and their feeds will
be ripe in Auguft or September: as the feeds of thefe
plants frequently lie in the ground a whole year, fo
the ground fhould not be difturbed ; but notwith-
ftanding fome of thefe plants grow wild in England,
yet two or three of each kind may be admitted into
large gardens, for the variety of their hoary leaves,
together with the extreme fweetnefs of their flowers,
which have a Icent fomewhat like Violet ; and, as
they require little care, they may be allowed a place
m the borders of large gardens, where, during their
continuance in flower, they will add to the variety ;
and, if tneir xeeds aie permitted to icatter, will come
up without care, but the feventh fort feldom produces
good feeds in England.

Tl he tenth and twelfth forts have perennial roots,-
and as they do not produce good feeds here, they
are propagated by offsets * thefe fhould be taken off iri
autumn, time enough to get good root before winter,-
otherwife they will not flower the following fummer!
Thefe plants thrive beft in a fandy loam, and fhould

l3 U be

I

4

r

be planted on an eaft border, where they may have
only the niorning fun, for they do not thrive well
when they ate tod much expofed to the fun.

VERBENA; Tourn. Inft. R. H. 200. tab. 94. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 30. Vervain.

The Characters are,

T he flower has an angular , tuhulous , permanent empale-
ment of one leaf indented ifo five parts at the brim •, it
has one petal , with a cylindrical tube the length of the em-
palement , which is recurved , and ciit into five points at
the brim , which fpread open , and are nearly equal it has
four very fhort briftly fiamiha within the tube , two of
which are fhorter than the other , with as many ■ incurved
fummits as ftamina , or number , with a four-

cornered germen , fupporting a Jlender ftyle the length of
the tube , crowned with an obtufe ftigma. The germen
afterward become two or four oblong feeds clofely flout up
in the empalement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firfb fedlion of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Verbena ( Officinalis ) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus
panicuiatis, foliis multifido laciniatis, caule folita-
rio. Lin. Sp. 20. Vervain with four ftamina, jlender fpikes
of flowers difpofed in panicles , leaves having many-
pointed jags , and a fingle Jlalk. Verbena communis,
caeruleo flore. C. B. P. 269. Common Vervain with a
blue flower.

2. Verbena ( Haftata ) tetrandra, fpicis longis acumina-
tis, foliis haftatis. Hort. Upfal. 8. Vervain with four
ftamina to the flowers , long acute-pointed fpikes , and fpear-
Jhaped leaves. Verbena Americana, fpica multiplici,
foliis urticae anguftifftmis, floribus caeruleis. Prod.
Par. Bat. American Vervain with many fpikes of blue
flowers, and narrow Nettle leaves.

3. Verbena (Supina) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus foli-
tariis, foliis bipinnatifidis. Lin. Sp. 21. Vervain with
four ftamina to the flowers , fingle Jlender fpikes of flowers ,
and double wing-pointed leaves. Verbena tenuifolia.
C. B. P. 269. Narrow-leaved Vervain.

4. Verbena ( Urticafolia ) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus

panicuiatis, foliis indivifis ferratis petiolatis. Hort.
Upfal. 9. Vervain with four ftamina to the flowers ,
Jlender fpikes growing in panicles, and undivided fawed
leaves having foot -ft alks. Verbena urticae folio Cana-

denfis. H. R. Par. Canada Vervain with a Nettle leaf.

A. Verbena ( Spuria ) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus, fo-
liis multifido laciniatis, caulibus numerofis. Hort.
Upfal. 8. Vervain with four ftamina to the flowers, fen-
der fpikes, leaves with many jagged points, and numerous
ftalks. Verbena urticae folio Canadenfis foliis incifis
flore majore. H. R. Par. Nettle-leaved Vervain of Ca-
nada, with cut leaves and a larger flower.

6. Verbena (Bonarienfls ) tetrandra, fpicis fafciculatis,
foliis lanceolatis amplexicaulibus. Plort. Upfal. 8.

> Vervain with four ftamina to the flower, fpikes difpofed
in bunches, and fpear-Jhaped leaves embracing the ftalks.
Verbena Bonarienfls altiffima, lavendulae Canarienfi,
fpica multiplici. Hort. Elth. 406. Talleft Vervain of
Buenos Ayres , with many fpikes like the Canary Lavender.

y. Verbena (Carolina) tetrandra, fpicis filiformibus pa-
nicuiatis, foliis inferne cordato-oblongis caulinis lan-
ceolatis ferratis petiolatis. Vervain with four ftamina
to the flowers, Jlender fpikes growing in panicles, the un-
der leaves oblong and heart-Jhaped, and thofe on the ftalks
fpear-Jhaped and fawed, having f 00 t-ft alks.

g Verbena (Nodiflora) tetrandra, fpicis capitato-coni-
cis, foliis ferratis, caule repente. Flor. Zeyl. 399.
Vervain with four ftamina to the flowers, fpikes growing
in conical heads, fawed leaves, and a creeping ft alk. She-
rardia repens, folio fubrotundo craffo, nodiflora. Vail.
Serm. Creeping Sherardia with roundijh thick leaves, and
flowers collected in knots.

o. Verbena (Jndica) diandra, fpicis Iongiflimis carnofis
fubnudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 19. Vervain with two ftami-
na to the flowers, and very, longflejhy fpikes which are al-
moft naked. Verbena folio fubrotundo ferrato, flore
caeruleo. Sloan. Hift. 171. Vervain with roundijh fawed
leaves, and a blue flower .

2}

10. Verbena (. Americana ) diandra, fpicis carnofis fub-
nudis, foliis ovatis obtufis, obfolete crenatis petiola-
tis. Vervain with two ftamina to the flowers, flefloy fpikes
which are almoft naked, and oval obtufe leaves growing
upon foot-flalks, having worn out indentures. Sherardia
Americana, verbente folio fubrotundo craffo, floribus
caeruleis fpica longiflima & crafiftlma. Millar. Ameri-
can Sherardia with a thick , roundijh. Vervain leaf, blue
flowers, and a very long thick fpike.

11. Verbena; ( Orubica ) diandra, fpicis Iongiflimis folio-
fis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 18. Vervain with two ftamina to
the flowers, and the longejl leafy fpikes. Sherardia ur-
ticae folio fubtus incano, floribus violaceis. Ehr. tab.

5. f. 1. Sherardia with a Nettle leaf, which is hoary on
the under fide, and a Violei-cblcured flower.

12. Verbena ( Jamaicenfls ) diandra, fpicis brevioribus,
foliis ovatis ferratis, fubtus incanis. Vervain with two
ftamina to the flowers, fhorter fpikes, and oval fawed
leaves which are hoary bn their under fide.

13. Verbena ( Stcechadifolia ) diandra, fpicis ovatis, fo-
liis lanceolatis ferrato-plicatis, caule fruticofo. Prod.
Leyd. 327. Vervain with two ftamina to the flowers,
oval fpikes, fpear-floaped Laves which are flawed and plait-
ed, and a Jhrubby Jlalk . Sherardia nodiflora, ftcecha-
dis ferrati-folii folio. Vaill. Serm. 48. Sherardia with
a knotted flower, and a leaf like that of the [awed-leaved
Stcechas.

14. Verbena (j Fruticofo) diandra, fpicis rotundis, foliis
ovatis ferratis, caule fruticofo ramofo. Vervain with
two ftamina to the flowers , round fpikes, oval fawed leaves,
and a Jhrubby branching Jlalk. Sherardia nodiflora,
fruticofa, foliis fubrotundis ferratis. Houft; MSS.
Shrubby Sherardia , with a knotted flower and roundijh
fawed leaves.

15. Verbena (Anguftifolia) diandra, fpicis carnofis fub-
nudis, foliis lineari-lanceolatis obfolete ferratis. Ver-
vain with two ftamina to the flowers, naked flefloy fpikes,
and narrow fpear-Jhaped leaves, with worn-out fawed
edges. Sherardia fpicata, folio angufto ferrato, flore
caeruleo. Plouft. MSS. Sherardia with fpiked blue flow-
ers, and a narrow fawed leaf.

16. Verbena (. Mexicana ) diandra, fpicis laNis, calyci-
bus frudtus reflexo-pendulis fubglobofis hifpidis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 19. Vervain with two ftamina to the flowers ,
loofe fpikes, the empalement of the fruit almoft globular ,
prickly , and reflexed downward. Verbena Mexicana,
trachelii folio, fruftu aparines. Hort. Elth. 407.
Mexican Vervain with a Throatwort leaf, and fruit like
Clivers.

17. Verbena ( Curaffavica ) diandra, fpicis taxis, caly-
cibus ariftatis, foliis ovatis argute ferratis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 19. Vervain with two ftamina to the flowers,
loofe fpikes, bearded empalements, and oval leaves which
are Jharply fawed. Kempfera frutefeens, chamaedry-
os folio, floribus fpicatis caeruleis. Houft. MSS.
Shrubby Kempfera with a Germander leaf, and blue fpiked
flowers.

18. Verbena (Rugofa) diandra, fpicis ovatis, foliis fub-
rotundis ferratis & rugofis, caule fruticofo ramofo.
Vervain with two ftamina to the flowers , oval fpikes,
roundijh, fawed, rough leaves, and a florubby branching
Jlalk. Sherardia arborefeens nodiflora foliis ferratis &
rugofis flore purpureo. Plouft. MSS. Trite-like Sherar-
dia with a purple flower, and rough fawed leaves.

The firft fort here mentioned, is very common on the
fide of roads and foot-paths near habitations ; for al-
though there is fcarce any part of England, in which
this plant is not found in plenty, yet it is never found
err owing above a quarter of a mile from a houfe ;
which occafioned its being called Simpler’s joy, be-
caufe wherever this plant is found growing, it is . a
fare token of a houfe being near; this is a certain
fa£t, but not eafy to be accounted for. It is rarely
cultivated in gardens, but is the fort directed by the
College of Phyficians for medicinal ufe, and is
brought to the markets by thofe who gather it in the
fields.

There is another fpecies which approaches near to
this, but is taller, the leaves are broader, and the
flowers larger. It came from Portugal, and is by
0 Tour-

V E R

Tournefort titled Verbena Lufitanica, latifolia pro-
tenor. I nit. R. H. 200. Taller broad-leaved Portu-
o-al Vervain. But I am in fome doubt of its being
Specifically different from the common fort, though
the plants in the garden grow much taller than that,
and the flowers are larger, yet as there is fo near an
affinity, I cannot be fure they are different.

The fecond fort grows naturally in molt parts of
North America ; this fends up many four-cornered
furrowed {talks from the root, which rile five or fix
feet high, garniffied with oblong leaves about three
incheslong, and one broad near the bafe, ending in
acute points ; they are deeply fawed on their edges,
and ftand upon (lender foot-ftalks by pairs ; and
from the fame joints come out ffiort branches, fet
with fmaller leaves of the fame form. The {talks are
terminated by fpikes of blue flowers in cl niters, which
appear in Auguft, and if the autumn proves favoura-
ble, the feeds will ripen the middle ot October.

The third fort grows naturally in Spain and Portugal •,
this is a biennial plant, which periffies foon after the
feeds are ripe. The {talks rife near two feet high,
and branch out greatly. The leaves are double wing-
pointed, and fit dole to the {talks. 1 he flowers are
difpofed in long loofe fpikes fingly at the end of the
branches ; they are of a light blue colour, and larger
than thole of the common fort. It flowers in July and
Auguft, and the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in molt parts of North
America; this is a biennial plant. The {talks are
four-cornered, and rife about three feet high. The
leaves are three inches long, and one broad in the
middle, ending in acute points ; they are fawed on
their edges, and are placed by pairs. The (talks are
terminated by panicles of flowers, which are long,
(lender, and fuftain fmall white flowers, which are
ranged loofely •, thefe appear in July, and are fuc-
ceeded by feeds which ripen in autumn.

The fifth fort grows naturally in North America;
this is a biennial plant, whofe bottom leaves are fix
inches long, deeply jagged on their fides, and fawed
on their edges ; they are rough, and of a deep green
colour. The (talks rife two feet high, and are gar-
niffied at the joints with two fmaller leaves of the fame
ffiape, placed oppofite. The upper part of the ftalk
branches out into numerous foot-ftalks, which fuftain
panicles of fpiked blue flowers ; thefe appear in July
and Auguft, and if the feafon proves favourable, the
feeds will ripen in autumn.

The fixth fort grows naturally at Buenos Ayres ; this
has four-cornered ftalks which rife to the height of
five or fix feet, fending out branches by pairs from
the fide ; they are garniffied with fpear-fhaped leaves
which are three inches long, and about three quarters
of an inch broad, whofe bafe embrace the ftalks ;
they are of a pale green colour, and are fawed on
their edges. The ftalks are terminated by fpikes of
blue flowers, which are cluttered together. The longeft
fpikes are about two inches, the other are about half
fo long ; thefe appear late in fummer, fo are not of-
ten fucceeded by good feeds in England.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Philadelphia.
The feeds of this were fent me by Dr. Benfel ; this is
a perennial plant. The lower leaves are heart-ffiaped
and rough ; they are five inches long, and three and
a half broad near their bafe, ending in acute points ;
they are of a dark green colour, and fawed on their
edges. The ftalks rife fix feet high ; they are four-
cornered, and branch toward the top, and are termi-
nated by {lender fpikes of white flowers, formed into
panicles y thefe appear late in autumn, fo that unlefs
the feafon proves favourable, the feeds do not ripen
here.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Virginia, and alfo
in Jamaica ; from the latter the late Dr. Hoftoun fent
me the feeds. The ftalks of this trail upon the
ground, and emit roots from their joints, whereby
they fpread, and propagate greatly ; and from thefe
arife other branches about eight or nine inches high,
which are garniffied with oval fpear-fhaped leaves,

V E R

placed oppofite ; thefe are about an inch long, and
half an inch broad, fawed on their edges, and fit clofe
to the ftalks. The flowers are co! letted iri' conical
heads, {landing upon long naked foot-ftalks which
fpring from the wings of the branches • they are of a
yellowiffi white colour, and come late in autumn, fo
are rarely fucceeded by good feeds here.

Tne ninth fort grows naturally in moft of the iflands
in the Weft-Indies ; this is an annual plant. The
ftalk rifes a foot and a half high, and is garniffied with
oblong oval leaves placed by pairs ; they are of a
light green colour, and are fawed on their edges. The
ftalk is terminated by a long fleffiy fpike of blue
flowers which appear in July, and are fucceeded by
two oblong feeds which ripen late in autumn. The
fpikes of flowers are from a foot to a foot and a half
in length, '

The feeds of the tenth fort were fent me from Pana-
ma, where it grows naturally in moift places ; this is
an annual plant, whofe ftalks rife about a foot high,
and are garniffied with oval, blunt-pointed, flelhy
leaves, {landing upon long foot-ftalks ; and at the
fame joints come out other ftalks, fuftaining three or
four {mail leaves of the fame ffiape ; they are notched
{lightly on their edges, and are of a light green co-
lour. The ftalks are terminated by thick fleffiy fpikes
of blue flowers, which appear late in autumn, fo that
unlels the feafon proves warm, the feeds do not ripen
in England.

The feeds of the eleventh fort were fent me from Pa-
nama, by the late Mr. Robert Millar ; this riles with
a ffirubby ftalk near three feet high, which divides
into three or four branches ; thefe are garniffied With,
oblong oval leaves placed by pairs, which are deeply
fawed on their edges ; they are of a deep green on
their upper fide, but are hoary on their under ; their
foot-ftalks are ffiort, and have leafy borders running
from the bafe of the leaves. The flowers grow on
thick fpikes, which terminate the branches, and are
about a foot long. The flowers are large, and of a
fine blue colour, fo make a fine appearance, and have
fmall acute-pointed leaves intermixed with them on
the fpikes. This plant flowers in Auguft, and when
the feafon proves warm, the feeds ripen in autumn.
The feeds of the twelfth fort were fent me from Pa-
ris, and were faid to come from Senegal in Africa ;
this is a perennial plant, with a branching ftalk which
rifes near two feet high, and is garnifhed with oval
fawed leaves placed by pairs, which are two inches
and a half long, and almoft two inches broad, of a
deep green on their upper fide, but hoary on their un-
der, and have pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers
are difpofed in fiefhy fpikes at the end of the
branches ; thefe fpikes are ffiorter, and not fo thick
as thofe of the former forts. The flowers are fmall
and white, fo make no great appearance ; they appear
in June and July, and the feeds ripen in autumn, but
the plants may be preferved two or three years in a
warm ftove.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Jamaica, and
feveral other places in the Weft-Indies. The feeds
of this were fent me from La Vera Cruz by the late
Dr. Houftoun ; this rifes with a ffirubby branching
ftalk five or fix feet high. The branches are adorned,
with fpear-fhaped leaves, which are two inches long,
and half an inch broad ; thefe are fawed on their
edges, the teeth of the jags coming from the point
of a fold or plait in the leaf; theie ftand by pairs
upon fhort foot-ftalks. The flovvei s ftand upon long
naked foot-ftalks, which rife from the wings of the
ftalk ; they are blue, and are collected in oval heads ;
thefe appear late in autumn, and unlefs the feafon
proves warm, the feeds do rarely ripen in England,
but the plants may be kept two or three years in a
warm ftove.

The fourteenth fort was found growing naturally at
Campeachy by the late Dr. Houftoun, who fent the
feeds to England ; this has a fhrubby branching ftalk,
which rifes three or four feet high. The branches are
garniffied with oval fawed leaves fet on by pairs j they

are-

{& A'V

VER

are of a light green colour, about an inch and a half
long, and near an inch broad. The flowers are of a
pale blue colour, collected into oval heads which ftand
upon long naked foot-ftalks, fpringing from the wings
of the branches , thefe flower late in autumn, and are
not fucceeded by feeds in England.

The fifteenth fort grows naturally at La Vera Cruz,
from whence the late Dr. Houftoun fent the feeds •,
this is an annual plant, with a branching ftalk which
rifes a foot and a half high, garnifhed with pale green
leaves three inches and a half long, and half an inch
broad, ending in acute points, and are flightly fawed
on their edges. The branches are terminated by flelhy
fpikes of blue flowers which are naked •, thefe appear
in Auguft, and in warm feafons are fucceeded by feeds
which ripen in autumn.

The fixteenth fort grows naturally in Mexico ; this
hath a fhrubby ftalk which rifes five or fix feet high,
and divides into feveral branches, which are garnifh-
ed with oblong fawed leaves which end in acute points ;
they are two inches long, and one broad near their
bafe, fitting clofe to the branches ; they are of a light
green colour on both fides. The branches are ter-
minated by (lender loofe fpikes of pale flowers which
are very fmall, whofe empalements afterward become
fwelied, and almoft globular ; they are reflexed down-
ward, and are fet with flinging hairs. It flowers late
in the fummer, and in good years the feeds ripen in
England.

The feeds of the feventeenth fort were fent me from
La Vera Cruz, by the late Dr. Houftoun ; this has a
(lender ligneous ftalk which branches out on each fide,
and rifes near three feet high •, the branches are adorn-
ed with fmall oval leaves, which are fharply indented
on their edges ; they are of a light green colour, and
ftand upon fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers ftand fpar-
fedly upon flender footftalks ariflngfrom the wings of
the branches ; thefe are naked, fix or feven inches in
length, and toward the top the flowers are ranged at
a diftance from each other in a loofe fpike ; they are
fmall, and of a bright blue colour, fitting very clofe ;
thefe are fucceeded by two feeds inclofed in the em-
palement, which is terminated by fhort awns or beards.
This plant has flowered in the Chelfea Garden, but
did not produce feeds.

The eighteenth fort was difcovered by the late Dr.
Houftoun growing naturally at Campeachy, from
whence he fent the feeds to England •, this has a
ftrong woody ftalk, which rifes ten or twelve feet
high, covered with a light brown bark, and fends
out many ligneous branches on every fide, which are
garnifhed with roundifh, fawed, rough leaves, of a
light green colour. Handing upon fhort foot-ftalks.
The flowers are fmall, of a pale blue colour, and
are collected into oval heads, (landing upon naked
foot-ftalks which fpringfrom the wings of the branches;
thefe feldom appear in this country, and are not fuc-
ceeded by feeds here *, but the plants are eafily pro-
pagated by cuttings during the fummer months, and
may be preferved many years in a moderate ftove.
The firft fort, as was before obferved, being a com-
mon weed in England, is not kept in gardens.

The third fort may be eafily propagated by feeds
■which fhould be fown in autumn, and requires no
other culture than to keep it clean from weeds, and
thin the plants where they are too clofe.

The fourth and fifth forts may alfo be propagated in
the fame manner, and are equally hardy. If the feeds
of thefe three forts are permitted to fcatter, the plants
will come up the following fpring.

The fecond and feventh forts have perennial roots,
and are hardy enough to thrive in the open air ; thefe
may be propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown
in autumn, for when they are fown in the fpring, they
rarely grow the fame year ; thefe plants require no
other culture but to keep them clean from weeds, and
allow them proper room to fpread ; they may alfo be
propagated by parting their roots in autumn. They
love a foft loamy foil not too dry.

The other forts being natives of warmer climates, r§=

VER

quire more care. The feeds of thefe fhould be fown;
upon a hot-bed early in the fpring, and when the
plants are fit to remove, they fhould be each tranf-
planted into a feparate fmall pot, and plunged into a
frelh hot-bed to bring them forward ; they mufl be
(haded in the day time with mats until they have
taken new root, then they mull be treated* in the
fame method as other tender plants from the fame
countries.

Thofe forts which are annual mull be removed into
the ftove, or a good glafs-cafe, when they are become
too tall to remain longer under the frames ; for if
they are placed abroad in the open air, they will not
ripen their feeds here, unlefs the lummer is very warm *
and where there is a conveniency of having a bark-bed
in a glafs-cafe, for plunging fame of thefe tender an-
nual plants, they will thrive much better, and come
to greater perfedtion than thofe which are placed on
(helves.

The forts which are perennial may be kept in fuch a
glafs-cafe till autumn, allowing them a large fhare of
air in warm weather, to prevent their drawing up
weak as they increafe in their fize ; but this mult be
done with caution, for if they are put into pots too
large, they will not thrive.

The feventeenth fort is by much the tendered plant
of all the fpecies, and is very difficult to preferve
when young. The feeds of this fhould be fown in
a fmall pot, and plunged into a good hot-bed of tan-
ners bark. When the plants appear, they fhould be
fhaded from the fun in the heat of the day. They
mull be frequently refreffied with water, but it muffc
be given to them fparingly, for much wet will kill
them. When they are tranfplanted into fmall pots,
they mufl be carefully fhaded till they have taken
new root, and they muft be conflandy kept in the
bark-bed.

VERB ESIN A. Lin, Gen. Plant. S73. Eupatorio-
phalacron. Vaill. Adi. Par. 1720.

The Characters are.

The common empalement of the flower is concave , and
compofled of a double order of leaves, which are channelled .
‘The flower is made up of hermaphrodite florets in the difk
and female half florets in the border or rays . The , her-
maphrodite florets are funnel-Jhaped , and cut into five
parts at the brim ; they have five very floor t hair-like /la-
mina, terminated by cylindrical fummits, and a germen
the fame figure as the feed, fupporting a flender Jlyle ,
crowned by two reflexed fiigmas. The germen afterward
becomes a thick angular feed , crowned by a few three-point-
ed chaff. The female half florets are ftretched out on one
fide in Jhape of a tongue , which form the rays ; thefe have
no ftamina , . but have a germen, Jlyle , and two fiigmaS
like the hermaphrodite florets , and are fucceeded by feeds'
like thofe.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedlion
of Linnseus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of hermaphrodite
and female florets which are all fruitful.

The Species are,

1. Verbesina (. Alata ) foliis alternis decurrentibus un~
dulatis obtufis. Hort. Cliff. 411. Verbefma with alter-
nate running leaves , which are obtufe and waved. Bi--
dens Indica hieracii folio caule alato. Tourn. Inft. 462 .
Indian JVater Hemp Agrimony, with a Hawk-weed leaf and
a winged fa Ik.

2. Verbesina {Alba) foliis lanceolatis ferratis feffilibus.
Hort. Cliff. 500. Verbefma zvith fpear-fnapcd fawed
leaves, which fit clofe to the flalks. Eupatoriophalacron
balfaminte fceminae folio, fiore albo difcoide. Vaill.
Adi. Par. 1719. Eupatoriophalacron with a female Bal-
famine leaf, and a white difcous floape d flower.

3. Verbesina ( Lavenia ) foliis ovatis trinervns glabris
petiolatis, feminibus tricornuis. F!or. Zeyl. 310. Ver-
heflna with oval three-veined leaves , having foot-ftalks
and feeds with , three horns. Eupatoriophalacron fcro-
phularite aquaticte foliis oppofitis. Burm. Zeyl. 94.
Eupatoriophalacron with leaves like thofe of the PVater
Be tony, and placed oppoflte ,

4. Vs?.*

V E R

4. Verbesina ( Profirata } foliis lanceoiatis ferratis alter-
nis geminis feflilibus, floribus feflilibus. Verbefimawith
fpear-Jhaped fawed leaves , and two flowers fitting clofe to
the branches. An ? Verbefina foliis oppofitis lanceoiatis
ferratis, floribus alternis geminis fubfefiilibus. Lin.
Sp.Plant. 902. Verbefina with oppofite , fpear-Jhaped, flaw-
ed leaves , and double flowers which are placed alternate ,
and fit clofe to the ftalk.

5. Verbesina ( Pfleudo Amelia ) foliis lanceoiatis fubfer-
ratis, pedunculis flore longioribus. Flor. Zeyl. 308.
Verbefina with fpear-Jhaped leaves a little Jawed , and the
foot-Jlalks longer. Bidens Zeylanica, flore luteo, me-
liflbe folio, Acmella dicta. Seb. Thef. 1. p. 19. Bidens
with a yellow flower and a Baum leaf., called Acmella.

6. Verbesina ( Acmella ) foliis oblongo-ovatis trinerviis
fubdentatis petiolatis, pedunculis elongatis axillaribus,
floribus conicis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1271. Verbefina with
oblong oval leaves having three veins , and long foot-ftalks
from the wings of the Jtalks with conical flowers.

7. Verbesina ( No diflora ) foliis ovatis ferratis, calycibus
oblongis feflilibus caulinis confertis lateralibus. Amcen.
Acad. 4. p. 290. Verbefina with oval fawed leaves , and
oblong empalements in clufters fitting clofe to the wings of
the ftalks. Bidens nodiflora, foliis tetrahit. Hort.
Elth. 53. Bidens with a naked flower , and a Nettle leaf .

S. Verbesina ( Mutica ) foliis trifldo-laciniatis ferratis,
caule repente. Lin. Sp. Plant. 12 73. Verbefina with
trifid , cut , fawed leaves , and a creeping ftalk. Chryfan-
themum paluftre minimum repens, apii folio. Sloan.
Cat. Jam. 126. Leaft Marfh Corn Mary gold, with a
Parjley leaf.

9. Verbesina ( Fruticofa ) foliis ovatis ferratis petiolatis,
caule fruticofo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1271. Shrubby Verbe-
fina, with oval fawed leaves upon foot-ftalks. Bidens
frutefcens, ilicis folio, flore luteo. Plum. Sp. 10.
Shrubby Bidens with an evergreen Oak leaf, and a yellow
flower.

The firft fort grows naturally in moft of the iflands of
the Weft-Indies ; it is an annual plant, with an up-
right winged ftalk about two feet high, from the
fides of which fpring out toward the top a few fhort
branches. The leaves are oval, blunt, and waved
on their edges •, they are three inches and a half long,
and two broad, and are placed alternate ; from the
bafe of each leaf is extended a leafy border running
along two fides of the ftalk, fo that it is winged the
whole length. The flowers ftand upon long naked
foot-ftalks, arifing from the top and the wings of the
ftalk •, they are of a deep Orange colour, and are
compofed of hermaphrodite and female florets, in-
cluded in one common fpherical empalement, and are
both fruitful ; thefe are fucceeded by broad, com-
prefled, bordered feeds with two teeth, which ripen
in the empalement. This plant begins to flower in
July, and continues till the froft kills them.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the Weft-Indies •,
this has an upright branching ftalk a foot and a half
high. The leaves are fpear-fhaped, about two inches
long, and three quarters broad, a little fawed on their
edges, fitting clofe to the ftalk oppofite. The flowers
arife from the wings of the ftalk, upon (lender foot-
ftalks two inches long, three, four, or more fpring-
ing from the fame joint ; each of thefe fuftain one
white radiated flower compofed of many florets, which
are fucceeded by oblong black feeds. It flowers at
the fame time with the former. 1
The third fort grows naturally in both Indies ; this
rifes with an upright branching ftalk two or three feet
high. The leaves are oval, acute-pointed, and fmooth,
having three longitudinal veins •, they ftand oppofite
upon pretty long foot-ftalks. The flowers fpring from
the wings and ends of the branches ; they are yellow,
and ftand upon fhort foot-ftalks. It flowers about the
fame time with the former.

The fourth fort grows naturally in India ; this has
trailing ftalks which fpread on the ground ; they ex-
tend two feet or more in length, and put out roots
from their joints, fending out many fide branches.
The leaves are two inches long, and half an in,ch
broad, fmooth and entire. The flowers are very fmall

V E R

and white ; thefe fit clofe to the ftalks at the bafe of
the leaves. They appear at the fame time with the
former. ,

The fifth fort grows naturally in Ceylon ; this is an
annual plant whofe ftalks rife two feet high, which
are garnifhed with fpear-fhaped fawed leaves placed
oppofite. The flowers come out from the wings of
the ftalk upon very long foot-ftalks ; they are yel-
low, having fhort rays of female florets, of the fame
colour.

The fixth fort is the true Acmella, which is a plant
greatly efteemed in India : this grows naturally in
Ceylon. The ftalks rife two feet high, which are
garnifhed with oblong, oval, indented leaves placed
oppofite at each joint ^ the foot-ftalks of the flowers
are very long;, each fupporting one yellow flower,
whofe rays are very fhort. This begins to flower in
July, and continues producing them till the froft puts
a flop to them, when the plant decays.

The feventh fort grows naturally in moft of the iflands
of the Weft-Indies j it rifes with ftalks more than
three feet high, which are garnifhed with oval fawed
leaves placed oppofite •, they are near two inches long,
and one broad ; the flowers fpring from the fides of
the ftalks in clufters, fitting very clofe thereto, hav-
ing fcarce any foot-ftalks. The flowers are long,
compofed of feveral hermaphrodite florets which are
yellow 5 thefe appear in July, and are fucceeded by
others till the froft flops them. The feeds ripen foon
after the the flowers decay, and the firft froft kills the
plants.

The eighth fort grows naturally in moift places in
Jamaica, where the ftalks trail upon the ground and
emit roots at their joints, which are garnifhed with
trifid leaves, cut and fawed on their fides, Handing
oppofite. The flowers are fmall ; thefe arife from th£
joints of the ftalks in July, and the feeds ripen in
Auguft.

The ninth fort grows naturally in the iflands of the
Weft-Indies ; this rifes with a fhrubby ftalk feven or
eight feet high, garnifhed with oval leaves which are
deeply fawed, and cut on their borders, fomewhat
like thofe of the Ilex or Evergreen Oak. The flow-
ers are produced from the fide of the ftalks ; they are
yellow, and appear in July,

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which fliould
be fown upon a moderate hot-bed in the fpring, and
when the plants are fit to remove, they fliould be
tranfplanted on a frefh hot-bed to bring them for-
ward ; they muft be fhaded till they have taken new
root, then they muft be treated in the fame way as
other tender annual plants, being careful not to draw
them up too weak. In June they may be taken up
with balls of earth, and planted in a warm border,
where they muft be fhaded and watered' till they have
taken new root, after which they will require little
care. Thefe will produce good feeds in autumn, but
feveral of them may be kept through the winter in a
ftove.

VERONICA. Tourn. Inft. R. IT. 143. tab. 60.
Lin. Gen. Plant. 25. Male Speedwell, or Fiuellsn ;
in French, Ve ronique.

The Characters are,

The floiver has a permanent empalement cut into five acute
fegments •, it has one petal , with a tube the. length of the
empalement ■, the brim is cut into four oval plain fegments
which fpread open , and two ftamina which are rifling, ter-
minated by oblong fummits , with a compreffed germen fup-
porting a fender declining ftyle, crowned by a Jingle ftigma.
The germen afterward becomes a compreffed heart-jhaped
capfule with two cells , filled with roundijf: feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feclion of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Veronica ( Officinalis ) fpicis lateralibus pedunculatis,
foliis oppofitis, caule procumbente. Lin. Mat. Med.

1 1 . Speedwell with /pikes of flowers growing upon foot-
ftalks, and Jpringing from the fides of the ftalks, leaves
placed oppofite, and a trailing ftalk. Veronica mas fu-

13 X pina

\

1

VER

'pin a & vulgatiffima. C. B. P. 246. Common- male Speed-
well, or Fluellin.

2. Veronica ( Spuria ) fpicis terminalibus, foliis ternis
sequaliter ferratis. Hort. Upfal. 7. Speedwell with fpikes
of flowers terminating the ftalks , which have three equal
flawed leaves Jurrounding them. Veronica fpicata anguf-
tifolia. C. B. P. 246. Narrow-leaved flpiked Speedwell.

3. Veronica ( Longiflolia ) fpicis terminalibus, foliis op-
pofitis lanceolatis ferratis acuminatis. Hort. Upfeh 7.
Speedwell with fpikes of flowers terminating the ftalks , and
acute-pointed flawed leaves which are lance-fhaped , and
placed oppofite. Veronica major latifolia eredta. Mor.
Hift. 2. p. 317. Greater , broad-leaved , upright Speedwell.

4. Veronica ( Spicata ) fpica terminali, foliis oppofitis
crenatis obtufis, caule adfcendente fimpliciflimo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 10. Speedwell with a flpike of flowers termi-
nating the ftalk , obtufe crenated leaves placed oppofite, and
a flngle afcending ftalk. Veronica fpicata minor. C.B. P.
247. Smaller flpiked Speedwell.

5. Veronica ( Pannonica ) fpicis lateralibus paniculatis,
foliis ovatis insequaliter crenatis feflilibus. Speedwell
with fpikes of flowers proceeding in panicles from the wings
of the ftalk , and oval leaves which are unequally notched ,
and fit clofle. Veronica multicaulis pannonica. Tourn.
Inft. 145. Hungarian Speedwell , having many ftalks or
fpikes of flowers.

6. Veronica ( Hybrida ) fpicis terminalibus, foliis oppo-
fitis obtuse ferratis fcabris, caule eredo. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 1 1 . Speedwell with fpikes of flowers terminating
the ftalk , rough , obtufe , fawed leaves , which are placed
oppofite , and have an eredl ftalk. Veronica fpicata Cam-
bro-Britannica, bugulae fubhirfuto folio. Raii Syn.
Edit. 3. 278. Weljh flpiked Speedwell, with a hairy Bu-
gle leaf.

7. Veronica (Virginica) fpicis terminalibus, foliis qua-
ternis quinifve. Lin. Sp. Plant. 9. Speedwell with
fpikes of flowers terminating the ftalks , and four or five
leaves at each joint. Veronica Virginiana altiflima,
fpica multiplici, floribus candidis. Flor Bat. Fall Vir-
ginian Speedwell , with many fpikes and white fioviers.

8. Veronica ( Maritima ) fpicis terminalibus, foliis ter-
nis inaequaliter ferratis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 10. Speedwell
with fpikes of flowers terminating the ftalks , and leaves
growing by threes , which are unequally fawed. Veroni-
ca foliis fsepius ternis. Vir. Cliff. 2. Speedwell with leaves
generally growing by threes.

g. Veronica ( Auftriaca ) fpicis lateralibus pedunculatis
laxis, foliis oppofitis linearibus argute dentatis. Speed-
well with loofe fpikes of flowers growing upon foot ftalks,
fpringing from the wings of the ftalk , and very narrow
leaves placed oppofite , which are fharply indented. Ve-
ronica Auftriaca, foliis tenuiflime laciniatis. Inft. R.
H. Auftrian Speedwell with leaves finely jagged.

10. Veronica ( Orientals ) fpicis terminalibus, foliis
pinnato-incifis acuminatis. Speedwell with fpikes of flow-
ers terminating the ftalks , and acute-pointed leaves cut in
form of wings. Veronica Orientalis minima, foliis la-
ciniatis. Tourn. Cor. 7. Fhe leaft Eaftern Speedwell hav-
ing jagged leaves.

11. Veronica ( Maxima ) racemis lateralibus, foliis cor-
datis rugofis dentatis, caule ftridto. Lin. Sp. Plant.
13. Speedwell with fpikes of flowers proceeding from the
wings of the ft alky roughs heart-jhaped, indented leaves,
and a ftrait ftalk. Veronica maxima. Lugd. Fhegrcat-
eft Speedwell, or falfe Germander.

12. Veronica [Incand) fpicis terminalibus, foliis oppo-
fitis crenatis obtufis, caule ereffo tomentofo. Hort.
Upfal. 7. Speedwell with fpikes of flowers terminating
the ftalks, crenated obtufe leaves placed oppofite, and an
ere ft woolly ftalk. Veronica fpicata lanuginofa & in-
cana, floribus casruleis. Amman. Ruth. 30. Hoary,
woolly, flpiked Speedwell with blue flowers.

jq. Veronica ( Fruticulofa ) fpicis longiflimis lateralibus
pedunculatis, foliis oppofitis insequaliter ferratis.
Speedwell with the longeft fpikes of flowers fpringing from
the wings of the ftalk, growing upon foot-ftalks , and leaves
placed oppofite which are unequally flawed, Veronica ma-
jor frutefcens altera. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 319. Another
greater fhrubby Speedwell.

14 Veronica ( Becabunga ) racemis lateralibus, fob is

• 1 ^

VER

ovatis planis, caule repente. Flor. Sueo. 1 1. Speedwell
with lateral fpikes of flowers , oval plain leaves, and a
creeping ftalk. Veronica aquatica major, folio lubro-
tundo. Mor. Hift. 3. 32 3. Greater Water Speedwell with
a roundifh leaf, commonly called Brooklime.

There are a much greater number of fpecies of this
genus than are here enumerated, feveral of which
grow naturally in England, but as they are rarely
admitted into gardens, it is behde the intention of
this work to mention them.

The firft fort grows wild in woods, and other fhady
places in divers parts of England, and is a plant of
little beauty ; but, as it is the fort which is uled in
medicine, under the title of Paul’s Betony, I thought
it neceftary to infert it here. This is a low plant,
whofe ftalk trails upon the ground, and put out roots
from their joints, whereby it fpreads and propagates.
The leaves are oval, about an inch long, fawed on
their edges, and are placed oppofite. The flowers
are difpofed in fpikes which arile from the wings of
the ftalk ; they are fmall, of a pale blue colour, and
have one petal, which is cut at the brim into four feg-
ments ; they appear in June, and when they decay,
the germen turns to a capfule, not unlike that of
Shepherd’s Pouch in fnape, filled with fmall feeds
which ripen in Auguft.

This is generally brought to market by fuch perfons
as make it their bufinefs to gather herbs in the
fields, fo that it is not often cultivated in gardens ; but
thofe who have a mind to propagate it, may do it
with much eafe, for as the branches trail upon the
ground, they pufh out roots from their joints, which
branches being cut off and planted, will take root,
and grow in almoft any foil or fituation. The whole
herb is ufed in medicine, and is one of the wound
herbs which are brought from Switzerland. A tea
of this herb is much recommended for the gout and
rheumatifm.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Italy and Spain ;
this has a perennial root, which lends out many offsets,
by which it is eafily propagated. The lower leaves of
this are two inches long, and half an inch broad, of
a pale green colour, and hairy ; the ftalks rife a foot
high, they are garnifhed with very narrow fpear-fbap-
ed leaves placed oppofite, which have a few flight
ferratures on their edges. The ftalks are terminated
by long fpikes of blue flowers, which appear in June
and July ; thefe are fucceeded by feeds which ripen
in autumn. It has been doubted, if this was fpecifi-
cally different from the common upright Speedwell •,
but I have many times propagated this by feeds, and
have always found the plants fo railed, maintain their
difference. There is a variety of this widi a fldli- co-
loured flower.

The third fort grows naturally in Auftria and Hun-
gary. The lower leaves of this are two inches long,
and one broad in the middle, drawing to a point at
each end ; they are fawed on their edges, and are of
a lucid green colour. The ftalks rife a foot and a
half high, and are garnifhed with leaves of the lame
fhape with the lower, but are fmalier, and placed op-
pofite ; they are terminated by long fpikes of blue
flowers which appear in June, and are fucceeded by
flat feed-veffels filled with comprefied feeds, which
ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of Europe, and in England grows in feveral doles
• near Newmarket Heath. The lower leaves of this
are about an inch and a half long, and three quarters
of an inch broad ^ they are of a pale green colour, and
notched on their edges. The ftalks rife a foot and
a half high, they do not branchy the leaves on the
lower part Hand oppofite, but on the upper part they
are alternate •, the ftalks are terminated by fhort fpikes
of blue flowers, which appear about the fame time as*,
the former.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Hungary. The
lower leaves of this are an inch an-d a half long, and
three quarters of an inch broad, and are unequally
notched ; the ftalks rife a foot high, and are garnished

4 with

V E R

with the fame fort of leaves placed oppofite ; thefe
are of a lucid green, and fit clofe to the (talks. The
flowers are difpofed in panicled fpikes, which (hand
upon long naked foot- (talks that (pring from the upper
wings of the (talk ^ they are larger than thofe of the
other fpecies, and are of a beautiful green colour, fo
make a fine appearance, but are of fhort duration.
This fort flowers the beginning of June.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps and Py-
renean mountains, and alfo upon the mountains in
Wales. The lower leaves of this are rough and
hairy •, they are three inches long, and one and a half
broad, blunt-pointed, and obtufely fawed on their
edges, (landing upon pretty long foot-ftalks ; the
(talks grow erebt, about fix inches high, and are gar-
nifhed with oval notched leaves placed oppofite. From
the fide of the (talk fpring out two or three branches,
which toward the bottom are garnifhed with fmall
leaves placed oppofite, but terminate in long fpikes
of pale blue flowers. The fpikes on thefe fide branches
are four or five inches long, but thofe of the principal
(talk are eight or nine. This fort flowers in June
and July.

The feventh fort grows naturally in Virginia. The
(talks of this fort are erebt, and rife four or five feet
high, garnifhed at each joint by four or five fpear-
fhaped leaves which (hand round the (talk in whorls
thefe are fawed on their edges, and end in acute points.
The (talks are terminated by long (lender fpikes of
white flowers, which appear late in July ; thefe are
fucceeded by compreffed capfules filled with feeds,
which ripen in autumn.

The eighth fort grows near the fea in feverai parts of
Europe. The (talks of this do not rife fo high as
thofe of the former ; the leaves are placed by fours
and threes round the (talk, and have longer foot-
ltalks they are broader at the bafe, and run out inco
long acute points •, they are unequally fawed on their
edges, and are of a bright green colour. The flowers
are difpofed in fpikes which terminate the (talks, are
of a bright blue colour, and appear in July. The
feeds ripen in autumn.

The ninth fort grows naturally in Auftria. The lower
leaves of this are narrow, and cut into fine fegments •,
the (talks are (lender, and incline downward i they
are garnifhed with linear leaves, which are acutely
notched on their edges •, the flowers are difpofed in
long loofe fpikes, which fpring from the wings of the
(talk; they are of a bright blue colour, and (tand up-
on foot-ftalks. This flowers the end of May and the
beginning of June.

The tenth fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this
has (lender branching (talks which decline, and are
garnilhed with narrow leaves which are acutely cut
on their edges ; thefe are regular on both edges like
the lobes of winged leaves •, they are of a pale green
colour, and fmooth. The flowers are difpofed in
loofe fpikes on the top and fide of the (talks ; they are
of a pale blue colour, and appear the end of April.
The eleventh fort grows naturally upon Mount Bal-
dus in Italy. The (talks of this are (lender, (tiff, and
upright, and are garnifhed by rough heart-fhaped
leaves, which are indented and placed oppofite ; thofe
on the lower part of the (talk are fmall, in the mid-
dle they are much larger, and diminifh again in their
fize toward the top. The flowers come out in long
bunches from the wings of the (talk toward the top •,
they are of a bright blue colour, and appear in May.
The twelfth fort grows naturally in the Ukrain Tar-
tary. The ftalks of this are very white and woolly ;
they rife about a foot high, and are garnifhed with
oblong hoary leaves placed oppofite ; they are two
inches and a half long, three quarters of an inch broad,
notched on their edges, and fit clofe to the ftalks,
which are terminated by fpikes of deep blue flowers,
and from the wings of the ftalk toward the top are
produced (lender fpikes of the like flowers, which (land
erebt. This flowers in June and July.

The thirteenth fort grows naturally in Auftria and
Bohemia. The ftalks are (lender, about a foot and

V I B

a half long, inclining downward ; the leaves are near-
ly oval, but are acute-pointed, about art inch long *,
they are unequally fawed, and fit clofe to the (talks.
The flowers are difpofed in long loofe fpikes, upon
foot-ftalks arifing from the wings of the ftalk •, thofe
on the lower part of the ftalk are eight or nine inches
long. The flowers are of a bright blue colour, and
appear in May ; the leaves of this fort are frequently
variegated with yellow.

The fourteenth fort is the common Brooklime, which
grows naturally in brooks and dreams of water in
moft parts of England, fo is not cultivated in gar-
dens ; but as it is much ufed in medicine, I have giv-
en it a place here. The ftalks of this are thick, fuc-
culent, and fmooth, emitting roots from their joints,
whereby they fpread and propagate. The leaves are
oval, flat, fucculent, and fmooth ; they (land oppo-
fite the flowers come out in long bunches from the
wings of the ftalk ; they are of a fine blue colour,
and (land upon fhort foot-ftalks ; thefe appear great
part of dimmer, and are fucceeded by heart-fhaped
feed-veftels filled with roundiih feeds. The whole
herb is ufed, and is efteemed an excellent antifcor-
butic.

Thefe plants may all be propagated by parting their
roots, which may be done every other year, for if
they are not often parted or divided, they will many
of them grow too large for the borders of fmall gar-
dens •, but yet they (hould not be parted into very
lmall heads, becaufe when they have not a number
of ftems fo as to form a good bunch, they are foon
pad their beauty, and have but a mean appearance.
The bed time to part thefe roots is at Michaelmas,
that they may be well rooted again before winter, for
when they are removed in the fpring, they feldom
flower ftrong the fame year, efpecially if the feafon
(hould prove dry. Thofe forts which grow pretty
tall, are very proper to plant on the fides of open wil-
dernefs quarters, but thofe with trailing branches are
fit for the fides of banks or irregular (hady dopes,
where they will make an agreeable variety ; they are
all of them hardy, fo are in no danger of differing
by cold, and require no other care but to keep them
clean from weeds, and to be tranfplanted every fecond
or third year.

They may be propagated by feeds, which (hould be
fown in autumn, for when they are (own in the fpring,
the plants rarely come up the fame year ; but as moft
of the forts propagate very faff: by their offsets, their
feeds are feldom fown.

If thefe plants are placed in a (hady border, they will
thrive much better than when they are more expofed
to the fun, and their flowers will continue much lono-er
in beauty.

VIBURNUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 332. Under this
genus is included the Viburnum, Tinus, and Opulus
of Tournefort. The Wayfaring, or pliant Meally-
tree.

The Characters are.

The flower has a flmall permanent empalement , which is
cut into five parts ; it has one bell-fhaped petal, cut at the
brim into five obtufie fiegments which are reflexed-, it has
five awl-fihaped fiamina the length of the petal , terminated
by roundijh fummits and a roundijh germen fituated under
the flower , having no fiyle, but the place is occupied by a
roundijh gland, and crowned by three obtufie fiigmas. The
germen afterward turns to a roundijh fruit with one cell ,
inclcfing one hard roundijh feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have five male, and three female parts.

The Species are,

1. Viburnum ( Lantana ) foliis cordatis ferratis venofis
fubtus tomentofis. Vir. Cliff. 25. Wayfaring-tree with
heart-fhaped , fawed, veined leaves, which are woolly on
their under fide. Viburnum. Math. 217. The Way-
faring, or pliant Meally-tree of Italy .

2. Viburnum (Pr unifolium) foliis fubrotundis crenato-
ferratis glabris. Flor. Virg. 33. Wayfaring-tree with
rcundifo, crenated, fawed leaves which are fmooth. Meff

pilus prunifolia Virginians, non fpinofa, fructu nigri-
cante. Pluk. Aim. 249. Virginia Haw with a Plum
leaf having no thorns , and a Hack fruit , commonly called
Black Haw , and by fome Sheeps Purds. .

3. Viburnum (. Dentatum ) foliis ovato-orbiculatis pro-
funde ferratis venofis. Wayfaring-tree , with oval round
leaves which are deeply fawed , plaited and veined. An ?
Viburnum foliis ovatis dentato-ferratis plicatis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 268. Wayfaring-tree with oval , indented,
fawed leaves.

4. Viburnum (Pinus) foliis ovatis integerrimis, ramifi-
cationibus fubtus villofo-glandulofis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
267. Wayfaring- tree with oval entire leaves , whofe
branches are hairy, and glandulous on the under fide. Ti-
nus prior. Cluf. Hift. 49. Hairy-leaved Laurufiinus.

5. Viburnum (Lucidum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis integer-
rimis utrinque virentibus lucidis. Wayfaring-tree with
oval fpear-fhaped leaves which are entire , Jhining , and
green on both fides. Tinus 2d. Clufii Hift. 50. Phe
Jhining-leaved Laurufiinus.

6. Viburnum (Nudum) foliis ovato-lanceolatis integer-
rimis, fubtus venofis. Wayfaring-tree with oval, fpear-
fhaped leaves which are entire, and veined on their under
fide. Tinus foliis ovatis in petiolis terminatis integer-
rimis. Flor. Virg. 33. Pirns with oval leaves which
are entire , and terminate in a foot-Jlalk.

7. Viburnum ( Op ulus ) foliis lobatis petiolis glandulofis,
Lin. Sp. Plant. 268. Wayfaring-tree with leaves divided
into lobes, and glandulous foot-Jlalks. Opulus. Ruell.
281. Guelder -r of. e with fiat flowers.

8. Viburnum (Americahum) foliis eordato-ovatis acumi-
natis ferratis, petiolis longiffimis lsevibus. Wayfaring-
tree with heart-foaped , oval, acute-pointed, fawed leaves ,
growing upon very fnooth foot-Jlalks. Opulus Ameri-
cana, foliis. acuminatis & ferratis, floribus albis. Dale.

. American Guelder-rofe with acute-pointed fawed leaves,
and white flowers.

9. Viburnum ( Caffmoid.es ) foliis ovatis. crenatis glabris
oppofitis, petiolis eglandulofis carinatis. Wayfaring-

. tree with oval, crenated , fnooth leaves placed oppofite,,
whofe foot-Jlalks have keel-Jhaped glands. Viburnum
' Phillyrese folio. Duham. Arb. 2. p. 350. Viburnum
with leaves like Phillyrea, commonly called Hyjfon-tea.
The firft fort grows naturally in England, in Italy,
and other parts of Europe, and is the common Vibur-
num or Lantana of the old botanifts. The leaves of
this tree are h ear t-fh aped, nine inches long, and four
inches and a half broad ; they are much veined, and
irregularly fawed on their edges^ and are very woolly
on their under fide. The ftalks are woody, and rife
near twenty feet high, fending out ftrong ligneous
branches on every fide, which are covered with a light
coloured bark ; thefe are terminated by umbels of
white flowers whofe fummits are red. The flowers ap-
pear in June, and are fucceeded by roundifh com-
preffed berries, which turn firft to a bright red colour,
and are black when ripe, inclofing one feed of the
fame ftiape.

There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
is preferved in fome of the gardens near London ; but
when the plants are removed into good ground, and
are vigorous, their leaves become plain.

The fecond fort grows naturally in moft parts of North
America, where it is commonly called Black Haw ;
this rifes with a woody ftalk ten or twelve feet high,
covered with a brown bark, and fends out branches
from the fide the whole length thefe, when young,
are covered with a purple fmooth bark ; they are gar-
nifhed with oval fmooth leaves two inches long, and
an inch and a quarter broad, which are (lightly fawed
on their edges, and (land upon fhort (lender foot-
ftalks, fometimes oppofite, and at others without or-
der. The flowers are difpofed in fmall umbels* which
come put from the fide and at the end of the branches ;
they are white, and fmaller than thofe of the common
Viburnum j thefp appear in June, and are fometimes
fucceeded by berries which do not ripen here.

The third fort grows naturally in North America.
The ftalks of this are foft and pithy ; they branch out
greatly from the bottom upward. The bark is of a

gray colour •, the leaves are roundish, oval, three
inches long, and nearly a? broad •, they are ftrongly
veined, and fawed on their edges, of a light, green
colour, and placed oppofite upon pretty long foot-
ftalks. The flowers are difpofed in a corymbus at
the end of the branches they are white, and almoft
as large as thofe of the common fort thefe appear the
latter end of June, but are not fucceeded by feeds in
England.

The fourth fort is the Lauruftinus with fmall leaves,
which are hairy on their under fide ; this plant is fo
well known as to need no defcription, but as it is fre-
quently confounded with the next, it may be necefla-
ry to point out its difference. The leaves of this are
feldom more than two inches and a half long, and one
and a quarter broad •, they are rounded at their bafe,
but end in acute points ; they are veined and hairy on
their under fide, and are not of fo lucid a green co-
lour on their upper fide. The umbels of dowers are
fmaller, and appear in autumn, continuing all the
winter, and the plants are much hardier.

The fifth fort is commonly known in the nurfery-gar-
dens by the title of (hining-leaved Lauruftinus. The
ftalks of this rife higher, and the branches are much
ftrone;er than thofe of the former fort. The bark is
fmoother, and turns of a purplifh colour ; the leaves
are larger, of a thicker confidence, and of a lucid
green colour the umbels are much larger, and fo
are the flowers ; thefe feldom appear till the fpring,
and when the winters are (harp, the flowers are killed,
fo never open un lei's they are dickered. The plants
of this fort were formerly kept in tubs, 2nd houfed
in winter ; and, when they were fo treated, made a
fine appearance early in the fpring ; and in very mild
feafons, the plants in the open air do the fame.

There is a variety of this with variegated leaves, which
makes as good a figure as any of the ftriped plants
which are preferved in gardens.

The fixth fort is a native of North America, v/here it
rifes to the height of ten or twelve feet, fending out
branches on every fide their whole length •, thefe have
a fmooth purplifh bark they are garnifhed with oval
entire leaves, five inches long, and tv/o inches and a
half broad, of a thick confidence, and a lucid green ;
they ftand oppofite. The flowers are produced in um-
bels at the end. of the branches ; they are white, and
not unlike the flowers of Lauruftinus ; thefe appear in
July, and are fucceeded by berries which feldom ri-
pen in England.

There feems to be two forts of this in the gardens, one
of which comes from the more northern parts of Ame-
rica, and flieds its leaves in winter •, the other, which
grows in Carolina and Virginia, is an evergreen, but
both are fo much alike in dimmer, as icarce to be
diftinguifhed.

The leventh fort is the common Mar fin Elder, which
grows naturally in marfhy grounds, and on the fides
of rivers in many parts of England, fo is not often
kept in gardens-, it is called by fome of the nurfery-
sardeners Guelder-role with flat flowers, to diftinguifh
it from the other, whofe flowers are globular. The
Marfh Elder is the original fpecies, and Guelder-rofe
is a variety which accidentally arofe from it. The for-
mer has a border of male flowers which are large, and
the middle of the umbel is compofed of hermaphro-
dite flowers, which are fucceeded by oval red berries j
the latter has all male flowers of the fame fize and
fhape with thofe of the border of the firft, fo that
they fwell out into a round figure, which has occa™
fioned fome country people giving it the title of Snow-
ball-tree. This fort is cultivated in gardens for the
beauty of its flowers, which make a fine appearance
during their continuance.

It will rife to the height of eighteen or twenty feet, if
it is permitted to ftand. The Item becomes large,
woody, and hard ; the branches come out oppofite,
and are apt to grow irregular they have a gray bark.
The leaves are placed oppofite they are divided into
three or four lobes, fomewhat like thofe of the Ma-
ple : they are about three inches long, and two and a

half

V I B

hair broad, jagged on their edges, and of a light gre&n
colour. The flowers come out at the end of the
branches , thole of the firffc in large umbels, and thofe
of the fecond in a corymbus ; they are very white,
and appear the beginning of June ; thofe ot the firft
have oval berries fucceeding the hermaphrodite
flowers, which turn of a fcarlet colour when ripe, but
the other, having only male flowers, are barren.

The eighth fort grows naturally in Carolina, and forrse
other parts of North America * this rifes with a fhrub-
by ftalk eight or ten feet high, fending out many
fide branches, which are covered with afmooth purple
bark, and garnifhed with heart-fhaped oval leaves end-
ing in acute points •, they are deeply fawed on their
edges, have many ftrong veins, and Hand upon very
long (lender foot-ftalks oppofite. The flowers are
collected into large umbels at the end of the branches *
thofe ranged on the border are male and barren, but
the middle is compofed of hermaphrodite flowers,
which are fucceeded by oval berries. The flowers are
white, and the berries are red when ripe.

The ninth fort grows naturally in South Carolina ;
this has a fhrubby ftalk which rifes twelve or four-
teen feet high, fending out branches from the root
upward •, thefe are garnifhed with oval leaves about
one inch long, and more than half an inch broad, of
a light green colour, placed oppofite on fhort foot-
ftalks •, the flowers fpringfrom the wings of the leaves
upon very fhort foot-ftalks, fupporting (mail umbels
of white flowers, which appear in July, but are rarely
fucceeded by feeds in England.

The firft fort may be propagated either from feeds, or
by laying down the tender branches, but the former
method being tedious, is feldom praftifed, becaufe
the feeds feldom grow the firft year, unlels they are
fown in autumn ; and as the branches eafily put out
roots, that is the more expeditious method.

The beft time for laying thefe branches is in autumn,
juft as the leaves begin to fall 5 (the manner of laying
them being the fame as for other hardy trees, need
not be here repeated.) By the fucceeding autumn the
layers will be rooted, when you may take them off
from the old plants, and tranfplant them into a nur-
fery for two or three years, in which they may be
trained up to regular ftems and heads, and may after-
ward be planted where they are to remain. This fort
is very hardy.

The ftriped fort may be propagated by inarching or
budding it upon the plain fort •, this is preferved by
fuch as delight in variegated plants, but there is no
great beauty in it; The trees feldom grow near fo
large as thofe of the plain fort, as is the cafe of all
other ftriped plants.

The third fort is generally propagated by layers here,
becaufe the feeds do not ripen in England. The
young fhoots of this take root very freely ; the cut-
tings will alfo take root, if they are planted in au-
tumn ; the feeds, when they are brought to England,
always remain in the ground a year like thofe of the
other forts, fo that the propagating the plants by feeds
is a tedious method.

The Eauruftinufes are propagated by laying down
their young branches, which put out roots very freely,
fo that when they are layed in autumn, they will be
well rooted by that time twelve months, when they
fhould be taken off from the old plants, and may
either be planted where they are to remain, or into a
nurfery to grow two years to get ftrength. The beft
leafon to tranfplant thefe is at Michaelmas, when they
may get new root before winter * for as thefe plants
begin to flower early in winter, it is a plain indication
of their growing at that feafon ; for they will more
furely fucceed then, than at any other time of the
year- though they maybe removed in the fpring with
balls of earth to their roots, provided it is done before
they begin to fnoot ; they may alfo be removed the
latter end oi July or the beginning of Auguft, if rain
happens at that time for after they have done (hoot-
ing, which is foon after Midfummer, they will be in

V I C

no danger* provided they are not kept out of the
ground any time.

Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by feeds,; which
fhould be mixed with earth in autumn* foon after they
are ripe ; thefe fhould be expofed to the open air* and
receive the rain in winter, and in the fpring they may
be flown upon a gentle hot-bed, which will bring up
the plants ; thefe fhould remain in the bed till autumn,
and then may be tranfplanted* and treated in the fame
way as the layers. I have raifed many of thefe plants
from feeds, which I find' hardier than thofe raifed by
layers.

Some people train up the LauruftiilUs with naked
ftems to have round heads ; but if thefe are planted
in the open air, they will be in more danger of fuffer-
ing by fevere froft, than thofe whofe branches grow
rude from the bottom ; for if the froft kills the outer
part of thedhoots, the ftems will be protected, fo will
foon put out new branches * but where the ftems are
naked, the froft frequently kills them to the root.

The feventh fort may be propagated in the fame way
as the^Lauruftinus, and requires the fame treatment 5
it loves a foft loamy foil, and fhould have a fheltered
fituation.

The eighth fort is eaftly ptopagated by layers or cut-
tings. The common Guelder-rofe fends out plenty
of Tuckers from the roots, by which it is frequently
propagated ; but as the plants fo raifed are very fub-
je£t to put out fuckers, they are not fo good as thofe
which come from layers or cuttings. This fort loves
a moift foil, in which it will make much greater pro-
grefs, and produce flowers in greater plenty than on a
dry foil.

The ninth fort is tender while young, fo requires to be
fheltered under a common frame in winter, till the
plants have obtained good ftrength ; when, if they
are planted againft a good afpe&ed wall, they will re-
fill; the cold of our ordinary winters very well, arid
make good progrefs ; but as they are liable to be kill-
ed by fevere cold, fo it will be proper to keep a cou-
ple of plants in pots, to be fheltered in winter. This
may be propagated by laying down of the branches*
which will take root in one year.

VI Cl A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 396. tab. 2 ii. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 782. [fo called of vincio, Lat. to bind, be-
caufe it clings about any props or fupporters.J Vetch ;
in French, Vejje.

The Characters are,

The flower has an ere hi tubulous empalement of one leaf. \
cut into five equal parts at the brim * the petal is of the
butterfly kind * the ftandard is oval , broad at the tail ,
indented at the pointy and the borders are reflexed ; the
two wings are almofi heart-floaped , and are jhorter than
the ftandard ; the keel is Jhorter than the wings * the
tail is oblong , and divided into two parts. It has ten fta-
mina , nine joined , and one feparated, terminated by ere hi
fummits with four furrows, and a linear , compreffed , long
germen , fupporting a flender ftyle crowned by an obtufe
ftigma , which is bearded on the under fide. The germen
afterward turns to a long pod , with one cell opening with
two valves , and ending with an acute point , containing
fever al roundijh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feftion
of Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten ftamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Vicia ( Cracca ) pedunculis multifloris, floribus im~
bricatis, foliolis lanceolatis pubefcentibus, ftipulis in-
tegris. Lin. Sp. 1035. Vetch with many imbricated
flowers on each foot-ftalk , the lobes of the leaves fpear-
fhaped , and entire Jlipula. Vicia multiflora. G. B. P<
345. Tufted Vetch*

2. Vicia {Sylvatica ) pedunculis multifloris* foliolis ova-
libus, ftipulis denticulatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 734. Vetch
with foot-ftalks fupporting many flowers , oval lobes to the
leaves , and indented ftipula . Vicia fylvatica, multi-
flora, maxima. Phy. Britt. The largeft many-flowered
Wood Vetch .

13 Y 3. V1914

* .

3« Vicia ( Caffubica ) pedunculis fubfexfloris, foliolis denis

, ovatis acutis,ftipulis integris; Lin.Sp. Plant. 735. Vetch
With foot-ftalks having about fix flowers , leaves with ten
oval acute lobes , and entire ftipulm. Vicia multiflora
Caffubica’ frutefcens, iiliqua lentis. Ereyn. Prod. 52.
Many-flowered fbru-bby Vetch ofCaffubia , with a Lentil pod.

4. Vicia ( Biennis ) pedunculis multifions, petiolis lul-
catis, fub-dodecaphyllis, foliolis lanceolatis glabris.
Lin. Bp. Plant. 73 6. Many-flowered Vetch with furrowed
f&o't-fialkss and for the moft part twelve fpear-fioaped
fmooth lobes to each leaf.

5. Vicia ( Sativa ) leguminibus feffilibus fubbinatis erec-
tis foliis retitfis, ftipulis notatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 736.
V etch with erebl pods growing by pairs , and fitting clofe
to the ftalks , blunt lobes to the leaves , and J potted ftifu-
l<e. Vicia fativa vulgaris femine nigro. C. B. P. 344.
Common cultivated Vetch with a Mack feed , frequently
called -Tares.

There are many more fpecies of this genus than are
here enumerated, fome of which grow naturally in
England, but as they are rarely cultivated, except in
botanic gardens for the fake of variety, they are
omitted, as they are plants of little ufe or beauty.
The firft fort here mentioned grows naturally among
bullies, and. by the fides of v/oods in moil; parts of
England. The root is perennial, but the ftalks are
annual ; thefe are weak, requiring fupport ; they rife
five or fix feet high, faftening their tendrils, which
grow at the end of their leaves* to the bullies or hedges*
whereby they climb •, they are hairy, as are alfo the
leaves, which are. compofed of about ten pair of
fpear-fhaped lobes terminated by a tendril. The
flowers Hand upon long foot-ftalks which fpring from
the wings of the ftalk •, the fpikes are long ; the flow-
ers lie one over the other ; they are of a fine blue co-
lour, fo make a pretty appearance when they come
out from between the bullies or Ihrubs which fupport
them-, they appear in July, and are fucceeded by
comprefled pods filled with round feeds, which ripen
in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the woods near
Bath and Briftol ; this hath a perennial root. The
ftalks are weak, and climb by the help of their ten-
drils over the neighbouring bullies and hedges, rifing
to the height of feven or eight feet. The leaves are
compofed of feven or eight pair of oval fmooth lobes,
terminated by tendrils. The flowers are produced in
long fpikes from the wings of the ftalks they are of
a pale blue colour, and are larger than thofe of the
former fort; they appear in July, and are fucceeded
by fhort fmooth pods, filled with round feeds which
ripen in autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in Caffubia; this has
a ligneous creeping root ; the ftalks trail upon the
ground ; they grow three feet long, and their lower
part become more ligneous toward autumn, but they
die to the root in winter. The leaves are compofed
of ten pair of oval acute-pointed lobes. The flowers
come out from the wings of the ftalk ; they are dif-
pofed in fhort fpikes, each containing, for the moft
part, fix pale blue flowers which appear in July, and
are fucceeded by fhort fmooth pods like thofe of Len-
tils, including three or four round feeds which ripen
in autumn.

Thefe forts have been recommended to be fown in the
fields for fodder for cattle, but as their ftalks are Gen-
der, and lefs fucctilent than thofe of the common
Vetch, fo it is doubtful if thefe will anfwer the pur-
pofe of farmers to cultivate them ; for as their ftalks
trail to a great length, fo if they have not fupport,
they will be fubjedt to rot by lying upon the ground ;
and although their roots are perennial, yet as it is late
in the fpring before they flioot to a height fuflicient to
cut for ufe, fo there is little want of green feed for
cattle at that time.

However, a few of thefe plants may be allowed a place
in large gardens for the fake of variety, where, if they
are properly placed, they may be ornamental, parti-
cularly on the borders of wood-walks, or in thickets
of Ihrubs. If fome of the firft fort are allowed to climb

up upon their branches, they will have a good effect
during their continuance in flower.

Thefe forts are propagated by feeds, which fliould be
fown in autumn foon after they are ripe, for if they
are kept out of the ground till fpring, the feeds often
fail, or at leaft remain in the ground a year before
they vegetate ; they fhould be fov/4 in the places
where the plants are defigned to remain, for they do
not bear tranfplanting well. Thefe plants grow na-
turally in woods and thickets of bullies, where their
roots are fcreened from the fun, and their ftalks fur-
ni flied with fupports by the bullies, point out the
places where the feeds fliould be fown, which fliould
be where they are (lieltered by Ihrubs. If three or
four feeds are fown on each patch, it will beTufficient,
for if one or two plants come up in each place it will
be enough. When the plants come tip, they will re-
quire no other culture but to keep them clean from
weeds, and their ftalks muft be permitted to climb
upon the neighbouring ibrubs ; for if they trail upon
the ground, they will produce few flowers, and in
wet feafons the ftalks will rot, fo the plants will be ra-
ther unfightly.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Siberia this is a
biennial plant, which promifes fairly to become a ufe-
ful one for fodder ; for the ftalks of this grow to a
great length, and are well furnifhed with leaves.
Thefe do not decay in autumn, but continue green
through the winters in defiance of the moft fevere
froft ; fo that in February and March, when there is
often a fcarcity of green feed for ewes and lambs,
this may be of great fervice.

The ftalks of this rife five or fix feet high. The
leaves are compofed of five or fix pair of fmooth
fpear-fliaped lobes, terminated by tendrils. The foot-
ftalks are deeply furrowed. The flowers are produced
in fpikes upon long foot-ftalks, which fpring from the
wings of the ftalks ; they are of a light blue colour,
and appear in July thefe are fucceeded by Ihort com-
preffed pods, containing three or four round feeds
which ripen in autumn.

This fort is propagated by feeds, which may be fown
in the fpring or autumn ; and when the plants come
up, they will require no other culture but to keep
them clean from weeds and if they are fupported
from trailing upon the ground, they will continue in
verdure all the winter, and the following fummer
they will flower and produce ripe feeds.

If this plant is defigned for feed, the feeds fhould be
fown in rows at four feet diftance, and fhould be
dropped thin in the rows ; for as the ftalks fend out
many branches, and extend to a great length, fo when
the plants are too clofe, the branches will intermix,
and mat fo clofely together, as to rot each other by
excluding the air. When the plants come up, they
muft be kept clean from weeds, which, while they are
young, fhould be performed with Dutch hoes, but
afterward it may be done by the hoeing plough, which
will fave expence, and with this inftrument the plants
may be earthed up in the fame manner as Peas and
Beans, which will greatly ftrengthen their ftalks, and
make them and the leaves larger and more fucculent,
fo increafe the quantity of feed. If this is pra&ifed
as often as may be found neceffary to deftroy the
weeds in fummer, it will prepare the ground for any
crop which may afterward be put upon the land; and
as this will be in no danger of fuffering from froft, fo
it fhould be preferved till the fpring, when there is a
want of green feed for ewes, at which time it may be
cut as it is wanted ; but a part of the plants fhould be
permitted to ftand for feeds, for thofe which are cut,
if they do fhoot again, will flower fo late in fummer,
that unlefs the autumn proves very warm, the feeds
will not ripen ; therefore it will be a better way to fovr
a fuflicient quantity of feeds for this purpofe in a fepa-
rate fpot of ground, becaufe, when the other is cut, the
ground may be ploughed for other crops ; and if in
mild feafons there may be fo great plenty of other green
feed as not to want this, if the plants are ploughed into
the ground, it will be a good drefling for other crops.

The

V 1 c

This is what I am now beginning to try in the field,
where I have not as yet had experience of its culture ;
but what I have here advifed, is founded upon expe-
riments which I have for fix years made upon fmall
patches of it fown in gardens, in different fituations.
In all thefe patches I have found the plants continue
in great verdure, when molt of the perennial plants in
the fame fituation have buffered greatly by the froft ;
and from eight of thefe plants I could have cut as
much feed, as would have been equivalent to half a
trufs of green Clover.

The fifth fort is the common Vetch or Tare, which
is much cultivated in the fields for fodder ; of this
there are two varieties, if not diftinfft fpecies. The
firft, which is the moft common, has a black feed ;
the other has feeds as white, if not whiter than the
whiteft Peas ; and. this difference is permanent, for I
have fown both forts many years, ancl have never
found either of them vary. Thefe plants are annual,
and perilh foon after they have perfected their feeds.
The (talks are angular, ftreaked, and hairy •, they are
weak and want fupport, fo generally decline where
they have nothing near to fallen themfelves to. The
leaves are compofed of feveral pair of blunt lobes,
and are terminated by tendrils. The flowers come
out from the wings of the (talk, fitting very clofe to
the bale of the foot-ftalks of the leaves ; two of thefe
generally fpring from the fame joint; they are pretty
large, and of the butterfly lhape ; they are purple :
thefe appear in June and July, and are fucceeded by
eredl pods, containing three or four round feeds in
each, which ripen in Auguft and September.

The fort with white feeds is rather the more fucculent
plant of the two, fo is better for fodder ; but many
people refufe to cultivate them, becaufe they fay the
feeds being white, are much fooner found out by the
rooks, than thofe which are nearer the colour of the
ground, fo are often devoured foon after they are
fown, efpecially where any of the feeds are not buried;
but if the feeds are fown in drills, they may be fo
carefully covered, as that the birds will not eafily find
them.

There is another kind of Vetch which is cultivated in
the fields, with a fmaller black feed ; this is called in
fome counties Rath ripe Vetch, and in others Pebble,
or Summer Vetch ; but this being much tenderer than
the common Vetch is feldom cultivated, for this muff
always be fown in the fpring, and will ripen its feeds
the fame fummer, but it will not afford near fo good
fodder as the other.

Vetches are generally fown at two feafons, one is in
autumn, and the other early in the fpring ; but the
bell: time is in Auguft, for the feeds which are fown
then will come up foon, and the plants will have time
to get ftrength before winter, fo will be in lefs danger
of buffering by froft than thofe which are fown later,
and will be fit to cut for feed much earlier in the
fpring, for it is then green feed is moft wanted ; and
if they are defigned for feed and not to be cut for fod-
der, thofe early-fown Vetches will come early into
flower, and the feeds will be ripe early, fo they may
be cut and Hacked in good weather; which is a great
advantage, for thofe which ripen late are often Hacked
or houfed wet, and then the feeds frequently fprout
in the mow and are fpoiled.

The ufual method of fowing Vetches is in broad-caft,
ploughing them lightly in ; in this way the common
allowance of feeds for one acre of land is two bufhels,
but there are fome who fow two bulhels and a half;
this practice may do well enough for thofe Vetches
which are defigned to be cut for fodder in the fpring,
but thofe which are fown with an intent to ftand for
feeds, will do much better if they are fown in drills in
the fame way as is pra&ifed for Peas, and then lefts
than half the quantity of feeds will be fuflicient ; for
the drills fhould not be nearer to each other than three
feet, that the hoe plough may have room to go be-
tween them, to deftroy the weeds, and earth up the
plants ; for by this management they will produce a
much greater crop, and ripen earlier in the feafon.

Thefe drills fhould be about the fame depth as thofe
ufually made for Peas, and the feeds fhould be fcat-
tered about the fame diftance in the drills. Thefe
feeds fhould be carefully covered as foon as they are
fown, for if they are left open the rooks will difco-
ver them ; and when they once find the rows, if they
are not carefully watched, they will entirely devour
them. Indeed, thefe being fown early in autumn, will
be in lefs danger than thofe which are fown late, or in
the fpring, becaufe there is more food for rooks and pi-
geons in the open fields at this feafon, and the plants
will appear much fooner above ground. The bell time
to fow them is about the beginning of Auguft, for the
rains which ufually fall about that feafon, will bring
them up in a fhort time. Toward the latter end of
October the plants will have obtained confiderable
ftrength, therefore they fhould be earthed up with
the hoeing plough. This work Ihould be performed,
in dry weather, and in doing it care muft be had to
lay the earth Up as high to the Items of the plants as
poffible, fo as not to cover their tops, becaufe this
will fecure them againft froft. The whole fpace of
ground between the rows Ihould alfo beftirred, in or-
der to deftroy the weeds, which, if carefully performed
in dry weather, will lay the land clean till March ; at
which time the crop fhould be earthed a fecond time,
and the ground cleaned again between the rows, which
will caufe the plants to grow vigorous, and in a little
time they will fpread fo as to meet, and cover the
fpaces ; whereas thofe fown in the fpring will not grow
to half this fize, and will be very late in flowering.
Some people fow thefe Vetches, and when they are
fully grown, plough them into the ground to manure
it. Where this is defigned, there will be no occafion
to fow them in drills at this diftance, nor to hulband
them in the manner before directed; but in this cafe
it will be the bell method to fow them in autumn,
becaufe they will be fit to plough in much fooner the
following year, fo that the land may be better pre-
pared to receive the crops for which it is intended. In
fome parts of France, and in Italy, thefe Vetches are
fown for feeding of cattle while green, and are ac-
counted very profitable ; and in many parts of Eng-
land they are cultivated to feed cart-horfes, &c.
though upon fuch land where Lucern will thrive, ir.
will be much better hufbandry to cultivate that for
this purpofe.

Where thefe plants are cultivated for their feeds, they
fhould be cut foon after the pods change brown ; and
when they are dry, they muft be immediately (lack-
ed, for if they are fuffered to lie out in the field to
receive wet, and there comes one hot day after it,
the pods will moft of them burft, and call out the
feeds. When the feeds are threflaed out, the haulm
is efteemed very good food for cattle, ancl fome have
recommended the feeds for horfes, and affirm they are
as proper for thofe animals as Beans ; which, if true,
will render them more valuable, becaufe thefe will
grow on the lighted fandy land where Beans will not
thrive, fo may be a good improvement to fome coun-
ties in England, where they do not attempt to culti-
vate Beans.

VINCA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 261. Pervinca. Tourn.
Inft. R. H. 119. tab. 45. Periwincle; in French, Po^
venche.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is permanent, and cut into
five acute parts at the top. ‘The flower has one falver-
Jhaped petal , whofe tube is longer than the empalement . '
The brim is broad , fpreading openy and J, lightly cut into
five obtafe fegments ; it has five very fhort inflected ft ami-
na , terminated by erebf , obtufle , membranaceous fummits ,
and two roundifh germen , which have two roundiflj cor -
pufcles on their fide , fupporting one common ftyle the length
of the ftamina, crowned by two ftigmas ; the under, is or -
bicular and plain , the upper is concave and headed. The
germen afterward turns to a fruit compofed of two taper
acute-pointed hufks , opening lengthways with one valve ,
and filled with oblong cylindrical feeds.

This .

V I N

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus's fifth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have five ftamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Vtinca ( Minor ) caulibus procumbentibus, foliis lan-
ceolato ovatis, floribus pedunculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
209. Periwincle with trailing ftalks , and oval fpear-
Jhaped leaves. Pervinca vulgaris, anguftifolia, fiore
casruleo. Tourn. Inti. 120. Common narrow-leaved Pe-
riwincle , with a blue flower.

2. Vinca [Major) caulibus erediis, foliis ovatis, flori- ,
bus pedunculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 209. Periwincle
with ere 51 flalks and oval leaves. Pervinca vulgaris, la-
tifolia, fiore csruleo. Tourn. Inft. 119. Common
broad-leaved Periwincle with a blue flower.

3. Vinca ( Rofea ) foliis oblongo-ovatis integerrimis, tu-
bo floris longifiimo, caule ramofo fruticofo. Tab. 186.
Periwincle with oblong , oval , entire leaves , a very long
tube to the flower , and a florubby branching ftalk.

The firft fort grows naturally under hedges and bullies
in many parts of England. The ftalks are llender, and
trail upon the ground, emitting fibres from their
joints, which take root, whereby the plant multiplies
and fpreads greatly. The leaves are placed oppofite
on their ftalks ; they are oval, fpear-fhaped, about
an inch and a half long, and three quarters of an
inch broad, of a thick confiftence, very fmooth, and
entite j the upper fide is of a deep lucid green, and
their under fide of a bright green colour ; they ftand
upon fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers ftand fingly up-
on foot-ftalks, which fpring from the wings of the
ftalks ; they are nearly of a funnel-lfiape, but fpread
more at their brim, which is almoft flat like a falver ;
their brim is divided into five broad obtufe fegments :
the tnoft common colour of the flower is blue, but
it is often found with a white flower, and fometimes
the flowers are variegated with both colours. Thefe
flowers begin to appear in April, and there is often a
fuccefiion of them continued great part of fummer.
The flowers are very rarely fucceeded by feeds. Tour-
nefort fays he was at a lofs for the fruit of this plant,
to engrave the figure of it in his Elements of Botany,
which he obtained by planting fome plants in fmall
pots to confine their roots, and prevent their ftalks
from trailing upon the ground. This experiment I
tried feveral years without fuccefs, but I afterward
planted three or four plants in the full ground, and
conftantly cut off their lateral flhoots, leaving only the
. upper ftalks, and thefe plants the fecond year pro-
duced plenty of the pods.

There are two varieties of this plant with variegated
leaves •, one has white, and the other yellow ftripes ;
thefe are by fome preferved in their gardens for the
fake of variety. There is alfo one with double purple
flowers, which I believe to be only an accidental va-
riation, therefore have not enumerated it here.

The fecond fort is alfo found growing naturally in fe-
veral parts of England. The ftalks of this are larger
than thofe of the former, and do not trail fo clofe to
the ground ; they rife two feet high, but their tops
decline again to the ground, and often put out roots
when they are fuffered to lie on the ground. The
leaves of this fort are oval, heart-ftiaped, about three
inches long, and two broad ; they ftand oppofite upon
thick foot-ftalks ; their upper furface is of a lucid
green, their under is of a lighter green colour ; they
are of a thick confiftence and entire. The flowers come
out from the wings of the ftalk in like manner as the
former, and are of the fame fhape, but much larger.
Their ufual colour is blue, but they are fometimes
feen with white flowers. This fort flowers earlier in
the fpring than the former, and there is a fucceffion
of them great part of fummer.

As thefe plants delight to grow under the cover of
trees and bufhes, fo they may be made ornamental
in large gardens, if they are planted on the verges of
wilderneffes, where they will fpread and cover the
ground : and as their leaves continue green all the year,
they will have a good effedt in winter, and their flow-

V I N

ers appearing great part of fummer, will add to the
variety.

They are eafily propagated by their trailing ftalks,
which put out roots very freely, efpecially thofe of
the firft fort ; and if the ftalks of the large fort are
laid in the ground, they will root very foon~, and may
be cut off and tranfplanted where they are to remain,
and when they are once rooted, they will fpread
and multiply very f aft without farther care. The firft
fort is ufed in medicine, and is efteemed a good vul-
nerary plant.

The third fort grows naturally in the ifland of Mada-
gafcar, from whence the feeds were brought to the
Royal Garden at Paris, where the plants were firft
railed, and produced their flowers the following fum-
mer ; from thefe plants good feeds were obtained, part
of which was fent me by Mr. Richard, gardener to
the King at Verfailles and Trianon. Thefe fucceeded
in the Chelfea Garden, where many plants were raifed.
It rifes with an upright branching ftalk to the height
of three or four feet, which when young are fuccu-
lent, jointed, and of a purple colour ; but as the plants
advance, their lower parts become ligneous. The
branches which come out from the fide, have their
joints very clofe ; they have a fmooth purple bark,
and are garnilhed with oblong, oval, entire leaves,
two inches and a half long, and one and a half broad ;
they are fmooth and fucculent, fitting pretty clofe to
the branches. The flowers come out from the wings
of the branches fingly, {landing upon very fhort foot-
ftalks \ their tube is long and flender •, their brim
fpreads open flat, which is divided into five broad ob-
tufe fegments, which are reflexed at their points. The
upper furface of the petal is of a bright crimfon or
Peach colour, and their under fide is of a pale flefh
colour. There is a fuccefiion of thefe flowers upon
the fame plant, from February to the end of October.
Thofe flowers which appear early in the fummer, are
fucceeded by taper feed-veffels, filled with roundifh
black feeds, which ripen in autumn.

This fort is propagated by feeds or cuttings ; thofe
plants which arife from feeds grow more upright, and
do not branch fo much as the plants which are propa-
gated by cuttings. The feeds of this fhould be fown
upon a moderate hot-bed in the fpring, and when the
plants come up, and are fit to remove, they fhould be
tranfplanted on a frefh hot-bed at about four inches
diftance, fhading them from the fun till they have
taken new root j then they muft be treated in the
fame way as other young tender plants which are na-
tives of warm countries ; but there muft be great
care had to prevent their drawing up weak, nor fhould
they have water in too great plenty. When the plants
have obtained ftrength, they fhould be carefully taken
up with balls of earth to their roots, and planted in
pots filled with good earth, and plunged into a mode-
rate hot-bed to facilitate their taking new root, ob-
ferving to fcreen them from the fun, and when they
are well rooted in the pots, they muft be gradually
hardened to bear the open air * but unlefs the fum-
mer proves warm, thefe plants fhould not be placed
in the open air, for they will not thrive if they are
expofed to cold or wet •, therefore during the fum-
mer they fhould be placed in an airy glafs-cafe,
and in winter they muft be removed into the ftove,
where the air is kept to a temperate heat, with-
out which they will not live through the winter in
England.

If thefe plants are propagated by cuttings, they fhould
be planted in pots during any of the fummer months.
The pots fhould be plunged into a moderate hot-bed,
and if they are clofely covered with bell or hand-
glafles, it will caufe them to put out roots fooner than
they otherwife would do ; when thefe have put out
roots, they muft be gradually hardened, and after-
ward planted in pots, and treated in the fame way as
the feedling plants.

This plant deferves a place in the ftove, as much as
any of the exotic plants we have in England, becaufe

6 the

V I o

the flowers are very beautiful, and there is a conftant
fuccefilon of them all the fummer.

V I N C I T O X I C U M. See Asclhpias.

VINE. SeeViTis.

VI OLA. Tourn. lull. R. H. 419. tab. 236. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 898. Violet.

The Characters are.

The flower has a Jhort permanent empalement of five
leaves , which are differently ranged in the different fpe-
cies. The flower is of the ringent kind , and is compofed of
five unequal petals the upper is broad , obtufe , ' and in-
dented at the point , having a horned nediarium at the
bafe ■, two fide petals are oppofite , the two lower are
larger , fifing and reflexed ; it has five finall ftamina ,
which are annexed as appendages to the entrance of the
nedlarimn, terminated by obtufe fummits , which are fome-
times connected, and a roundifh germen fupporting a fen-
der fiyle which fltands out beyond the fummits , and is
crowned by an oblique ftigma. The germen afterward
turns to an oval three-cornered capfule with one cell ,
opening with three valves , including many oval feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth lection of
Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers are Angle in the empalements, but have
their fummits connedled.

The Species are,

1. Viola ( Odorata ) acaulis, folds cordatis, ftolonibus
reptantibus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 934. Violet having no
fialks , heart-jhaped leaves , and creeping JJooots. Viola
martia purpurea, flore fimplici odoro. C. B. P. 199.
Purple March Violet , with a fingle fweet flower.

2. Viola ( ITirta ) acaulis, foliis cordatis pilofo-hifpidis.
Flor. Suec. 718. Violet without a fealk , having heart -
floaped leaves zvith flinging hairs. Viola martia hirfuta
inodora. Mor. Hill. 2. p. 475. Hairy , fcentlefs , March
Violet.

3. Viola ( Paluftris ) acaulis, foliis reniformibus. Hal-
ler. Helvet. 50 1. Violet without a ftalk , having kidney-
fhaped leaves. Viola paluftris rotundifolio, glabra.
Mor. Hift. 1. p. 475. March Violet with round fimooth
leaves.

4. Viola ( Mirabilis ) caule triquetro, foliis reniformi-
cordatis, floribus caulinis apetalis. Lin. Sp. 1326. Vi-
olet with a three-cornered Jlalk , kidney heart-jhaped leaves ,
and flowers whofe petals are faflened to the ft alks. Vi-
ola montana latifolia, flores e radice, femina in cacu-
mine ferens. Hort. Elth. 408. tab. 303. Mountain
Violet with a broad leaf whofe flowers and feeds join to
the roots.

5. V iol a ( Multifida ) acaulis, foliis pedatis feptempar-
titis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 933. Violet without a ftalk, and
leaves growing like feet, divided into feven parts. Viola
Virginiana tricolor, foliis multifidis, cauliculo aphyllo.
Pluk. Aim. 388. Three-coloured Virginia Violet , with
many -pointed leaves, and a, naked ftalk.

6. Viola ( Pinnata ) acaulis, foliis pinnatifidis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 734. Violet without a ftalk, and leaves having ma-
ny points. Viola Alpina, folio in plures partes difledto.
C. B. P. 199. Alpine Violet, with a leaf cut into many
parts.

7. Viola ( Cenfia ) acaulis, grandiflora, foliis ovalibus
uniformibus integerrimis. Allion. Violet without a ftalk ,
having . a large flower , and oval entire leaves which are
uniform.

8. Viola {Montana) caulibus ereftis, foliis cordatis ob-
longis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 935. Violet with erebl ftalks,
and oblong keart-floaped leaves. Viola martia arbore-
fcens purpurea. C. B. P. 199. Tree-like purple March
Violet.

9. Viola ( Tricolor ) caule triquetro diffufo, foliis ob-
longis dentatis, ftipulis dentatis. Flor. Suec. 721.
Violet with a three-cornered diffufed ftalk, oblong indented
leaves, and indented flipuH. Viola tricolor hortenfis
repens. C. B. P. 199. Creeping three-coloured Garden
Violet, commonly called Heard s-eafe or Panfies.

10. Viola ( Calcarata ) caule diffufo decumbente, foliis
obiongis incifis, ftolonibus reptatricibus. Violet with a
diffufed trailing ftalk, oblong cut leaves, and creeping
fhoots. Viola montana, lutea grandiflora. C. B. P.
200. Tellow Mountain Violet with a large flower.

V I O

The firft fort, which is the common fweet Violet,1
grows naturally under hedges in the neighbourhood
of London ; but in, feveral of the diftant counties, the
Violet without fcent is the moft frequent. Of the
common Violet there are the following varieties 5 the
Angle blue and white, the double blue and white,
and the pale purple. Thefe are all of them commonly
preferved in gardens for the odour of their flowers j
this has a thick Abrous root, fending forth Ions; trail-
ing Ihoots, which put out Abres, and take root in the
ground, whereby it fpreads and propagates. The
leaves grow upon pretty long foot-ftalks 5 they are
heart-lhaped, and fo me what hairy. The flowers (land
upon flender naked foot-ftalks, which arife immedi-
ately from the heads of the plants ; they are of an ir-
regular figure, in feme refembling the fnout of an
animal, compofed of five unequal petals, one of which
has a heel, or horned ne&arium at the bafe. Thefe
flowers generally appear in March, from whence they
had the appellation of March Violets. After the
flowers are paft, the germen fwells to a r-oundifli cap-
fule with three furrows, having one cell, in which
are lodged four or five round feeds which ripen in

July-

The flowers of this fort are one of the four cordial
flowers ; they are efteemed cooling, moiftenino-, and
laxative. The leaves of the plants are fometimes’ufed
in clyfters ; but the flowers of the fecond fort have
been frequently brought to the markets, and fold for
this, which have no lcent, fo are unfit for the pur-
pofes intended, but being larger they fill the meafure
fooner.

The fecond fort is found growing naturally in many
parts of England. The leaves of this fort are larger,
and are covered with rough flinging hairs. The
flowers are larger and have no fcent, which are the
only differences.

The third fort grows naturally in marfhes arid on boo-s
in feveral parts of England. The leaves of this are
finall, kidney-ftiaped, and fimooth. The flowers are
finall, and of a pale blue colour-, they appear in
June, and are fucceeded by finall oblono- caDluleq
filled with roundifh feed. °

The fourth fort grows naturally in Germany and Swe-
den ; it is preferved in fome curious gardens for va-
riety. The leaves of this are fpear-lh aped and entire
ftanding upon foot-ftalks. The flowers are lamer
than thofe of the common fort, but have no fcent.&
The fifth fort is a native of North America. The
leaves of this are divided into feven parts or lobes
which are united at the foot-ftalk. The flowers ftand
upon naked foot-ftalks ; they are of the Panfy kind
and have no fcent ; they appear in June, but are not
fucceeded by feeds here.

The fixth fort grows naturally on the Alps ; this was
fent me by Dr. Allione from Turin ; it is a very low-
plant, feldom rifing two inches high. The leaves are
finall, and cut into wing points ; the flowdrs are of a
pale blue colour, and appear in June.

The feventh fort was fent me by the fame gentleman
who found it growing on the Alps ; this is an hum-
ble plant, with oval, entire, uniform leaves, not more
than half an inch long, and a quarter broad, ftandmo-
upon fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers are lame, of %
light blue colour, and appear in June. Thefe have
no fcent.

The eighth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and the
mountains in Auftria. The root of this is perennial
but the ftalks and leaves decay in autumn ; this has
-ereft ftalks which rife more than a foot high ; they
are garnifhed with oblong heart- fbaped leaves.’ The
flowers ftand upon long foot ftalks, which fprin'o- from
the wings of the ftalks ; they are Ihaped like th°ofe of
the Dog Violet, and are of a pale blue colour =, thefe
appear the end of May, and are fucceeded by round-
ifh capfules filled with finall feeds, which rjpen in
Auguft.

The ninth fort is the Heart’s-eafe or Panfies, which
grows naturally in fome of the northern counties" of
England, but is generally cultivated in gardens ' Of

J2 Z ' this

4^1

this there are many varieties, which differ greatly in
the fize and colour of their flowers. Some of thefe
varieties have very large beautiful flowers, which have
an agreeable odour ; others have fmall flowers with-
out (cent ; whether thefe are diftinA fpecies or acci-
dental varieties, I have not been able to determine*
for I have faved the feeds of molt of the varieties as
carefully as poffible, and have fown them feparate,
but have always had a mixture arife, which may have
come from feeds lying in the ground ; for in gardens
where thefe plants'have been permitted to fcatter their
feeds, it is impoffible to know how long the feeds may
lie in the ground ; and when they are turned up to
the furface, they will grow, which renders it difficult
to determine the fpecific differences of thefe plants in
Inch places.

This is an annual plant, whofe roots decay after they
have flowered and perfedted their feeds. The lower
leaves are roundifh or oblong, and are indented on
their edges ; the ftalks rife feven or eight inches high,
fending out many diffufed branches ; they are four-
cornered, and are garniffied with leaves which are
longer and narrower than thofe below; thefe are
notched on their edges, and fit clofe to the branches.
The flowers Hand upon long naked foot-ftalks, which
fpring from the wings of the ftalk ; they are in ffiape
like thofe of the common Violet. Some of the vari-
eties have flowers much larger, and others are of the
fize of March Violets ; fome of them have the two
tipper petals of a deep yellow colour with a purple
fpot in each, the two middle of a paler yellow with a
deep yellow fpot, and the lower petal of a velvet co-
lour ; in others the petals are white, with yellow and
purple fpots ; in fome the yellow is the mod prevail-
ing colour, and in others the purple.

The tenth fort grows naturally upon mountains in the
north of England, and in Wales; this is a perennial
root, fending out ffioots from the fide, which fpread
and propagate, in which it differs from all the Pan-
fies. The lower leaves are oblong and jagged; the
ftalks feldom rife more than four or five inches high ;
they decline at the bottom, and are garniffied with
narrower leaves than thofe below, which are deeper
cut on their Tides. The flowers ftand upon naked
foot-ftalks two inches long ; they are much larger than
thofe of the common fort, and are of a deep yellow
colour, with a few purple ftreaks in the center. This
plant continues flowering great part of fummer, but
the flowers have no fcent.

The common Violets are eafily propagated by part-
ins of their roots ; this may be done at two feafons :
the fir ft or moft common feafon for removing and
parting of thefe roots is at Michaelmas, that the
young3 plants may be well rooted before winter; this
is generally p radii ed where the plants are put on the
borders of wood walks in large plantations, but in the
the c-ardens where they are cultivated for their flowers,
the hardeners tranfplant and part their plants foon
after3 their flowering feafon is over; To they gather all
the flowers firft, and the plants, which are then re-
moved, will have all the remaining fummer to grow
and o-et ftrength, lb will produce a greater quantity
of flowers the following fpring, than thofe which are
removed in autumn ; but this is not to be pradtifed,
where they cannot be fupplied with water till they have
taken new root, unlefs in moift feafons.

When thefe are planted, they fhould be placed at a
good diftance from each other to allow them room to
fpread, for if they are expected to produce many
flowers, they fhould not be tranfplanted oftener than
once in three or four years, fo that in that time the
offsets will fpread over the ground, if the roots are
three feet afunder.

Violets may alfo be propagated by feeds, _ which
fhould be fown foon after they are ripe, which is about
the end bf.Aug.uft. The plants will come up the fol-
lowing fpring, and when they are fit to remove, they
ffiould be tranfplanted in ffiady borders to grow till
autumn, and then they may be planted where they
are to remain, but the double-flowering Violets do

V I s

not produce feeds. Although the white, blue, and
purple Violets are generally fuppofed to be varieties
which have accidentally fprungfrom feeds, yet I have
feveral years fowed the feeds of all the three forts, and
have not found either of them vary.

The other forts of Spring Violets are fometimes pre-
ferved in botanic gardens for the fake of variety ;
thefe may be propagated in the fame way as the
common fort, but require a moift foil and a ffiady
fituation.

The upright fort does not fend out ffioots like the
common Violet, fo increales but flowly by offsets ;
this may be propagated by feeds in plenty, and is as
hardy as the common fort.

The feveral varieties of Panfies will fcatter their feeds
in a ffiort time after the flowers are paft, and from
thefe felf-fown feeds the plants which come up in
autumn, will flower very early in the fpring, and thefe
will be fucceeded by the fpring plants; fo that where
they are indulged in a garden, and their feeds are per-
mitted to fcatter, there will be a conftant fucceffion
of their flowers the greateft part of the year ; for they
will flower all the winter in mild feafons, and moft
part of the fummer in ffiady fltuations, which renders
them worthy of a place in every good garden ; but
then they muft not be allowed to fpread too far, left
they become troublefome weeds, for their feeds, when
ripe, are caft out of their covers with great elafticity
to a confiderable diftance, and the plants will foon
fpread over a large fpace of ground, if they are per-
mitted to ftand.

The common Panfy ftands in the College Difpenfato-
ry as a medicinal plant, but is rarely ufed in England.
The great yellow Violet propagates by offsets in pret-
ty great plenty, if it has a moift foil and a ffiady fi-
tuation ; this may be tranfplanted in autumn, and
the offsets may then be taken off, but the roots
ffiould not be divided into fmall heads ; nor ffiould
they be too often tranfplanted, becaufe they will not
produce many flowers, unlefs the plants are ftrong,
and have good root in the ground. This fort will
not live in a dry foil, nor in a fituation much expofed
to the fun.

VIORNA. See Clematis.

VIRGAAUREA. See Solidaco.

VI SCUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 609. tab. 380. Lin,’
Gen. Plant. 979. [fo called, becaufe its fruit is full
of a glutinous fubftance.] Mifleto,. in French, Gui.

The Characters are.

It has male and female flowers upon fleparate plants. The
male flowers have an empalement compofed of four oblong
leaves ; they have no petals , but have four fummits , which
are oblong and acute-pointed , each faftened to one of the
leaves of the empalement The' female flowers have an
empalement of four fmall oval leaves fitting upon the ger-
men ; thefe have no petals or flamina , but have an oblong
three-cornered germen fituated under the flower , having
no fiyle , but is crowned by an obtufle fiigma. The germen
afterward turns to a globular fmooth berry with one cell ,
including a flefhy heart-fhaped feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fedtion of
Linnaeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have four male organs, and grow
on feparate plants from the fruit.

We have but one Species of this genus in Europe,
viz.

Viscum {Album) foliis lanceolatis obtufis, caule dicho-
tomo, fpicis axillaribus. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1023. Mifleto
with blunt fpear-fhaped leaves , forked fialks , and -f pikes
of flowers rifling from the wings of the flalk. V ifcum
baccis albis. C, B. P. 423. Mifleto with white berries.
This plant, inftead of rooting and growing in the
earth like other plants, fixes itfelf, and takes root on
the branches of trees; it fpreads out with many
branches, and forms a large buffi. The branches are
ligneous ; they have a yellow green bark ; the largeft
is about the thicknefs of a man’s finger, _ the other
are gradually fmaller ; they are full of joints which
eafily part afunder, at each of which grow two thick
fleffiy leaves, which are broad and rounded at their

points.

V I s

points, and narrow at their bale. The flowers come
out from the wings of the ftalk in fhort fpikes ; they
have four yellow leaves, which are by fome called pe-
tals, and others make them the empalement. The
female flowers are fucceeded by round white berries,
which are almoft pellucid, about the fize of large white
Currants, full of a tough vilcid juice, in the middle
of which lies one heart-lhaped flat feed.

It grows upon the white Thorn, the Apple, the Crab,
the Hazel, the Afh, and Maple, but is rarely found
upon the Oak, though the Mifleto of the lait has
been always accounted the belt of all ; which opini-
on, as Mr. Ray well obferves, may be owing to the
fuperftitious honour which the ancient Druids of this
ifland gave to this Mifleto, to whom nothing was
more facred.

This plant is always produced from feed, and is not
to be cultivated in the earth, as mo ft other plants,
but will always grow upon trees ; from whence the
ancients accounted it a luper-plant, rnoft of whom
thought it was an excrefcence on the tree, without
the feed being previously lodged there, which opinion
is now generally confuted from a repeated number of
experiments.

The manner of its being propagated is this, viz. The
Mifleto Thrulh, which feeds upon the berries of this
plant in winter, when it is ripe, doth often carry the
feeds from tree to tree •, for the vifcous part of the
berry, which immediately furrounds the feed, doth
fometimes faften it to the outward part of the bird’s
beak, which, to get difengaged of, he ftrikes his
beak againft the branches of a neighbouring tree, and
thereby leaves the feed fticking by this vifcous mat-
ter to the bark, which, if it lights upon a Smooth
part of the tree, will faften itfelf thereto, and the fol-
lowing winter will put out and grow; and in the fame
manner it may be propagated by art, for if the ber-
ries, when full ripe, are rubbed upon the fmooth
part of the bark of a tree, they will adhere clofely
thereto, and, if not deftroyed, will produce plants
the following winter.

The trees which this plant doth moft readily take
upon, are the Apple, the Afh, the white Thorn, and
other lmooth-rind trees before-mentioned; but I have
feveral times tried it upon the Oak without fuccefs,
for the bark of that tree is of too clofe a texture to
admit the feeds fticking thereto, which is alfo the
reafon it is fo rarely found upon that tree ; and not-
withftanding the great encomiums which have been
given to the Mifleto of the Oak for its medicinal vir-
tues, yet I cannot help thinking that it is equally
good from whatever tree it be taken, nor is it pofii-
ble to find this plant growing in any quantity upon
the Oak ; fo that thofe perfons who pretend to fur-
ififh the town with it for phyfical ufe, do but impofe
upon the world, for it is fo rarely met with, that
whenever a branch of an Oak-tree hath any of thefe
plants growing upon it, it is cut off, and preferved
by the curious in their collections of natural curio-
fines, and of thefe there are but few to be feen in
England.

As to what fome perfons have aflerted of the manner
how it is propagated, from tree to tree, by the Mif-
leto thrufhes, which eat the berries, and void the
feed in their dung upon the branches of trees, where-
by the feeds are ftuck thereon, and take root into the
bark, and produce frefh plants, I can by no means
agree to, fmce, if it were only this way propagated,
it would always be found on the upper part or the
Tides of fuch branches, upon which the dung can only
be fuppofed to lodge ; whereas it is generally found
upon the under fide of the branches, where it is al-
moft impofiible for thefe birds to caft their dung ; be-
fides, I believe the ftomachs of thefe birds are too
powerful digefters to fuffer any feeds to pafs fo entire
through the inteftines as to afterwards grow; but I
fhall leave this to fuch as have leifure to make obfer-
vations in thofe places where this plant abounds, and
fhall add only a fhort account of the method ufed to

V I T

make birdlime, which may not be improper to inferc
in this place for the fatisfadlion of the curious.

The Italians make their birdlime of the berries of
Mifleto heated and mixed with oil, as is that made of
Holly bark; and to make it bear the water, they add
turpentine.

Of the berries of this plant birdlime was formerly
made in England. This was done by boiling the ber-
ries in water till they burft, when they were well beat-
en in a mortar, and afterward waffled till all the bran-
ny hufks were cleared away.

That which is now commonly ufed with us is made
of the bark of Holly, which is ftripped off about
Midfummer ; this they boil for ten or twelve hours;
and when the green coat is feparated from the other.,
they cover it up with Fern for a fortnight, and put it
in a moift place, where it lies a fortnight, by which
time the bark will be turned to a jelly, and no fibres
of the wood be left ; then they beat it in a ftone mor-
tar till it becomes a tough pafte ; this they wafh in a
running ftream till no motes appear, and put it up to
ferment for four or five days, and fcum it as often as
' any thing arifes, and then lay it up for ufe. When
they ufe it, they incorporate with it a third part of that
oil over the fire.

The birdlime that is brought from Damafcus is fup-
pofed to be made of Sebeftens, their kernels being
frequently found in it, but this will not endure either
froft or wet.

The birdlime brought from Spain is of an ill fmell.
The bark of our Wayfaring Shrub, as it is faid, will
make birdlime as good as the beft.

VlSNAGA. See Daucus.

V I T E X. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 603. tab. 373. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 708. [fo called of vieo, Lat. to bend, becaufe
its branches are very flexible ; it is alfo called Agnus
Callus, becaufe it is believed to allay luff, for which
the monks were wont to ufe it in their cloifters ; but
by the tafte and fmell it fhould rather be aprovocative.]
Agnus Callus, or the Chafle-tree.

The Characters are,

The empalement of the flower is floor t, cylindrical , and
indented in five parts. The flower has one ringent petals
with a /lender cylindrical tube ; the brim is plain, and di-
vided into two lips’, the two lips are trifid', the middle
fegment is the broadeft in both. It has four hair -like fta-
mina which are a little longer than the tube , two being
floor ter than the other , terminated by moveable flummits, \
and a roundiflo germen , flupporting a fender ftyle , crown-
ed by two awl-Jhaped spreading ftigmas. The germen af-
terward turns to a globular berry with flour cells , each
containing one oval feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond'fedion
of Linnaeus’s fourteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers have two long and two fhorter
ftamina, and the feeds are included in capfules.

The Species are,

1. Vite k [Agnus Caflus) foliis digitatis, fpicis verticil-
latis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 93^ Chafle-tree with fingered
leaves , and whorled [pikes of flowers. Vitex foliis an-
guftioribus cannabis modo difpofitis. C. B. P. 475.
Chafle- tree with narrow leaves difpofed like thofe of Hemp ,
or common Chafle-tree.

1. Vitex ( Latifolia ) foliis digitatis ferratis, fpicis pani-
culatis. Chafle-tree with fingered flawed leaves, and fpikes

in panicles. Vitex folio latiore ferrato. Lob. Icon. "139.
Chafle-tree with a broader flawed leaf.

3. Vitex [Integer riniis) foliis ternatis quinatifve inte-
gerrimis, paniculis dichocomis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 890.
Chafle-tree with trifoliate and quinats leaves , and panicles
of flowers rifling from the divtfion of the branches. Vi-
tex trifolia minor Indica. Pluk. Aim. 390. Smaller In-
dian trifoliate Chafle-tree.

4. Vitex ( Negunda ) foliis quinatis ternatifque ferratis,
fpicis alaribus terminalibufque. Chafle-tree with quinate
and trifoliate flawed leaves, and fpikes of flowers from the
wings terminating the branches.

5. Vitex ( Chinenflsfl foliis ternatis quinatifque pinna to ~
incifis, fpicis verticillatis terminalibus. Chafle-tree with

alternate

6

v i T

iernate and quinate leaves which are cut like wings , and
whorled fpikes of flowers terminating the branches.

The firft fort grows naturally in Sicily, and near Na-
ples, by the fides of rivers and in moift places ; it has
a llirubby ftalk eight or ten feet high, fending out
branches oppofite the whole length, which are angu-
lar, pliable, and have a grayifh bark ; thefe are gar-
niihed with leaves for the moft part placed oppofite,
upon pretty long foot-ftalks •, they are compofed of
five, fix, or feven lobes which unite at the foot-ftalk,
and fpread out like the fingers of a hand •, the lower
are fmall, and the middle are largeft ; they are fmooth
and entire •, the largeft are about three inches long,
and half an inch broad in the middle, ending in blunt
points, of a dark green on their upper fide, but hoary
on their under*. The flowers are produced in fpikes
at the extremity of the branches •, the fpikes are from
feven to fifteen inches long ; thefe are difpofed in
whorls round the ftalks, with intervals between each
whorl ; they are of the lip kind •, the two lips are
each cut into three fegments, the middle being larger
than the two fideTegments ; they are in fome plants
white, and in others blue ; thefe are generally late
before they appear, fo that in bad feafons they do
not open fair in England, and in warm years the
plants produce no feeds here. The flowers have an
agreeable odour when they open fair, and make a
good appearance in autumn, when the flowers of
moft other ftirubs are gone, for in warm mild fea-
fons I have feen thefe fhrubs in full flower the mid-
dle of October.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the fouth of
France, and in Italy; this is a lower (hrub than the
firft ; it feldom rifes more than four or five feet high,
comi.no- up with feveral ftalks from the root, which
do not° branch fo much as the former ; their bark is
alfo whiter. The leaves are fingered, and compofed
of five or feven lobes which unite at the foot-ftalk ;
thefe are not fo difproportionate in their length, the
lonoeft being feldom more than tmee inches, and the
fhorteft an inch and a half; they are near an inch
broad, and are fawed on their edges, and are not fo
ftiff' as thofe of the former. The flowers come out in
panicled fpikes toward the end of the branches ; the
fpikes are (hotter, and the flowers fmaller than thofe
of the firft fort, and appear fooner ; they are all of
them blue whicn I have leen.

The third fort grows naturally in both Indies ; this
has a Ihrubby ftalk which rifes nine or ten feet high,
fend in 2 out many fide branches which have a brown
bark, and are garnilhed with leaves which have fome-
pmes three, and at others five, oval acute-pointed
lobes which are entire, and a little downy on their
under fide. The flowers are difpofed in panicles,
which arife at the divifion of the branches ; thefe are
fmall and white, but are not fucceeded by any feeds

in England. .

The fourth fort grows naturally in the northern parts
of China, where it riles with woody ftalks eight or
ten feet high, having a gray bark. The branches
come out oppofite, and are garnifhed with leaves
placed oppofite upon long foot-ftalks ; thefe are com-
pofed of three or five fpear-fhaped lobes which are
deeply fawed on their edges, and end in very acute
points ; the largeft of thefe lobes are three inches and
a half long, and an inch and a quarter broad, of a
dark oree n on their upper fide, but gray on their un-
der. &The flowers are difpofed in whorled fpikes,
v, hich come out oppofite from the wings of the ftalk,
and the branches are terminated by branching fpikes
of flowers ; thefe are blue, and about the fize of thofe
of the firft. This flowers in July and Auguft, but
does not produce feeds in England.

The fifth fort is a native in China; this. is a lower
fhrub than either of the former. The ftalk feldom
rifes more than three feet high, fending out fpreading
branches on every fide, which are (lender and angu-
lar; thefe are garniflied with leaves placed oppo-
fite,' which (land upon pretty long foot-ftalks ; they
are fome of them compofed of three, and others of

V I T ' . *

five lobes, which are deeply and regularly cut on
their fides in form of winged leaves, and end in acute
points. The largeft of thefe lobes is about an inch
and a half long, and three quarters of an inch broad
in the middle ; they are of a dull green colour on their
upper fide, and gray on their under. The branches
are terminated by fpikes of flowers about three or
four inches long, which are difpofed in whorls round
the ftalks ; theie are in fome plants white, in others
blue, and fome have bright red flowers ; they are in
beauty from the middle of July to the beginning of
September, but the plants do not produce feeds in
Europe.

The firft fort is pretty common in many Englifli gar-
dens, where it has been long an inhabitant, but was
not much propagated till of late years. The fecond
fort is lefs common, and only in fome curious gardens ■
at prefent. Thefe plants are very hardy, and may be
propagated by planting their cuttings early in the
fpring, before they (hoot ; they require a frefti light
foil, and muft be frequently refrefhed with water un-
til they have taken root ; after which they muft be
carefully cleared from Weeds during the fummer fea-
fon, and if the following winter prove fevere, you
muft lay a little mulch upon the furface of the ground
between the plants, to prevent the froft from penetrat-
ing to their roots, which would injure them while
they are young ; and as thefe cuttings are apt to (hoot
late in the year, their tops will be very tender, and
the early frofts in autumn often kill them down a con-
fiderable length, if they are not proteded, therefore
they (hould then be covered with mats, which will be
of great fervice to them. Toward the middle of
March, if the feafon is favourable, you (hould tranf-
plant them either into the places where they are de-
figned to remain, or into a nurfery to grow two or three
years to get ftrength, where they muft be pruned up,
in order to form them into regular ftalks, otherwife
they are very fubjed to (hoot out their branches in a
draggling manner.

They may alfo be propagated by laying down their
branches in the fpring of the year, in doing of which
you muft be very careful not to break them, for their
(hoots are apt to fplit if they are violently forced ;
thefe will take root in one year, provided they are
watered in very dry weather, and may then be tranf-
planted out, and managed as was direded for thofe
plants raifed from cuttings.

The third fort is too tender to live in the open air in
England, fo muft be planted in pots, and conftantly
kept in the ftove ; it is propagated both by cuttings
and layers, but the cuttings of this muft be planted
in pots, and plunged into a? moderate hot-bed, co-
vering them clofe with a bell or hand-glafs to ex-
clude the air ; they (hould be refrefhed with water
now and then, but it muft not be given them too free-
ly. The beft time to plant the cuttings is about the
middle or latter end of April, for' if they fucceed,
they will put out roots in fix or feven weeks, and will
then begin to lhoOt, fo they (hould have the free air
gradually admitted to them to prevent their (hooting
weak ; then they may be carefully taken up, \ and
each planted into a feparate fmall pot filled with light
earth, and plunged into the hot-bed again, (hading
them from the fun till they have taken new root ; af-
ter which they (hould have plenty of free air at all
times when the weather is good, treating them in the
fame manner as other tender plants. In winter they
muft be kept in a moderate temperature of heat, but
in the fummer they (hould have the free air in mild
weather, but not removed into the open air.

As this plant retains its leaves all the year, it makes
a variety in the ftove, but the flowers have no great
beauty.

The fourth fort is, I believe, - loft in the Englifli gar-
dens, for it had lived in the open air. fome years,
which had encouraged people to plant them in the full
ground, where they were all deftroyed by the fevere
froft in 1740, fince when I have not feen orte of the
growing plants.

V IT

v r t

This fort cads its leaves in autumn like the two firft,
and it is late in the fpring before the new leaves come
out it was propagated by cuttings planted in the
fpring, a little before the buds opened ; thefe were
placed on a moderate hot-bed, and covered down
with giaffes, v/ith which management they put out
roots freely, and afterward they were gradually hard-
ened to live in the open air.

The fifth fort has been lately introduced into the
■Englifh gardens from Paris, where the plants were
railed from feeds, which were fent from China by the
miffionaries. I was favoured with fome young plants
by Monfieur Richard, gardener to the King at Ver-
failles. The two forts with white and blue flowers
have fucceeded in the Chelfea Garden, but that with
red flowers was injured in the way and mifcarried.
This is propagated by cuttings, which mud be plant-
ed in the fpring in pots, plunging them into a mo-
derate hot-bed, and treating them in the fame way as
the fourth fort. When the cuttings are well rooted,
they fhould be carefully taken up, and each planted
in a feparate fmall pot filled with light earth, and
placed in the {hade until they have taken new root ;
then they may be removed to a fheltered fituation,
placing them with other green-houfe plants, where
they may remain all the fummer ^ but in autumn they
muft be put into Ihelter, for they will not live in the
open air in this country •, but as they call their leaves
early in autumn, fo they muft not have much wet in
winter. The plants are late in putting out new leaves
in the fpring, and before thefe appear they have fo
much the appearance of dead plants, that they have

. been turned out of the pots by lome, fuppofing they
were fo.

VITIS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 613. tab. 384. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 250. [So called from vieo, Lat. to bend or
bind, becaufe its clalpers take hold of the neighbour-
ing plants.] The Vine.

The Characters are.

The flower has a fmall empalement indented in five parts \
it has five fmall petals which drop off \ and five awl-
jhaped ftamina which fpread and fall away , terminated
by ftngle fummits , with an oval germen having no ftyle ,

• crowned by a headed obtufe ftigma. ‘The germen afterward
turn to an oval or roundijh berry with one cell , including
five hard feeds dr ftones.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedlion of

• Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thofe plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina. and one ftigma.

I fhall not trouble the reader with an enumeration of
all the forts of Grapes which are at prefent known in
England, which would fwell this work much beyond
its intended bulk, and be of little ufe, fince many of
them are not worth the trouble of cultivating ; 10 I
fnall only fele£t thofe which ripen pretty well in this
country, or that merit a little affiftance to bring them

- to perfetftion by artificial heat.

The July Grape is called by the French, Morillon
noir hatif. This is a fmall, round, black berry,
growing loofe on the bunches. The juice is fugary, .
but has little flavour, and has no merit but that of ri-
pening early. It ripens the beginning of Auguft.

The Black Sweet Water, is a fmall roundifli berry,
growing dole in the bunches, which are fhort. The
fkin is thin, the juice very fweet, and the birds and
flies are very apt to devour them if they are not guard-
ed. It ripens foon after the other.

The White fweet Water is a large round berry when
in perfeftion, but thefe are very different in fize on
the fame bunch-, fome of them will be of a large fize,
and others extremely fmall, for which reafon it is not
much efteemed. The juice is fugary, but not vi-
nous. This ripens about the fame time with the
former.

The Chaffelas Blanc, or Royal Mufcadine, as it is
called by fome, is an excellent Grape -, the bunches
are generally large, and at the upper part divide with
two fmaller fide bunches or fhoulders. The berries
are round, and when perfettly ripe, turn to an amber
colour. The juice is rich and vinous j it ripens in

September, but if carefully preferred they will hafig
very late and become excellent.

The Chaffelas Mufque, or Le Cour Grape, as it is
here called, but by fome called the Frankindal, is an
excellent Grape, and generally ripens well in England
if it has a good afpedted wall. The berries are very
like thofe of the former in fhape, fize, and colour, but
are flelhy and have a little mufky flavour. It ripens
at the fame time with the former*

The Black Clufter, or Munier Grape, as it is called
by the French, from the hoary down of the leaves in
fummer 5 it is a good fruit, and ripens well here. The
bunches are fhort, the berries are oval, and are very
clofe to each other, fo that many of thofe which grow
on the infide continue green, when the outer are per*
fedlly ripe. It ripens in September, and is by fome
called the Burgundy Grape.

The Auverna, or true Burgundy Grape, fometimes
called Black Morillon, is an indifferent fruit for the
table, but is efteemed one of the belt forts for making
wine. The berries of this are oval, and hang loofer
on the bunches than thofe of the Clufter Grape, fo
ripen equally, which gives it the preference.

The Corinth, or as it is vulgarly called the Currant
Grape, is a fmall roundifh berry generally without
ftone, of a deep black colour, and much cluftered on
the bunches, which are fhort j it has a fugary juice,
and ripens in September, but will not laft long.

The Red Chaffelas is very like the White in fize and
fhape, but is of a dark red colour •, it is a very good
Grape, but ripens later than the White, and is pretty
rare in England.

The White Mufcadine is fomewhat like the Chaffelas,
but the berries are fmaller, and hang loofer on the
bunches, which are longer, but not fo thick as thofe
of the Chaffelas. The juice is fweet, but not fo rich
as the Chaffelas.

The Black Frontinac, or Mufcat noir, is a round ber-
ry of good fize 5 they grow loofe on the bunches, yet
do not ripen equally. The bunches are fhort, the
berries when fully ripe are very black, and are cover-
ed with a meal or flue like the black Plum. The
juice of this is very rich and vinous. It ripens the end
of September, or the beginning of Oftober*

The Red Frontinac, or Mufcat rouge, is an excellent
Grape when fully ripe, but unlefs the feafon proves
very warm, they rarely ripen without artificial heat in
England. The bunches of this fort are longer than
thofe of the former ; the berries are large and round ;
when they are fully ripe, they are of a brick colour,
but before they are gray with a few dark ftripes, and
this is frequently taken for a different kind, and is
commonly called Grifley Frontinac, but I am con-
vinced it is the fame Grape. The juice of this has the
moft vinous flavour of all the forts, and is greatly
efteemed in France.

The White Frontinac has larger bunches than either
of the fofmer ; the berries are round, and are fo clofe-
ly cluftered on the bunches, as that unlefs they are
carefully thinned early in the feafon, when the ber-
l ies are very fmall, the fun and air will be excluded
from many of the berries, fo that they will not ripen 5
and the moifture will be detained in the autumn’
which will caufe them to rot. The juice of this is*
excellent, and if the fruit is perfectly ripe, is inferior
to none. This the French call Mufcat blanc.

The Alexandrian Frontinac, or Mufcat d’Alexandrie,
is by fome called Mufcat of Jerufalem. The berries
of this are oval, and hang loofe on the bunches ; thefe
are long and are not fhouldered. There are two forts,
one with white, and the other has red berries; their
juice is very rich and vinous, but they feldom ripen
in England without artificial heat.

The red and black Hamburgh, by fome called the
Warner Grape, from the perfon who brought them
to England. Thefe have middle-fized berries inclin-
ing to an oval fhape. The bunches are large, and
their juice when ripe is fugary, with a vinous flavour.
This ripens in Oflober.

14 A The

653

V I T

The St. Peter’s Grape has a large oval berry, of a
deep black colour when ripe. The bunches are very
large, and make a fine appearance at the table, but
the juice is not rich, and it ripens late in the year.
The leaves of this fort are much more divided than
thole of the other forts, approaching to thofe of the
Parfley-leaved Grape, fo it may be diftinguifhed be-
fore the fruit is ripe.

The Claret Grape, Bourdelais, or Verjuice Grape,
the Raifin Grape, the ftriped Grape, and many other
forts which never come to perfection here, are not
worthy of any place in gardens, unlefs for the fake
of variety ; for when they have the afiiftance of heat
to bring them to maturity, their juice is harfh, and
without flavour, fo they fhould not occupy the room
of better fruit.

All the forts of Grapes are propagated either from
layers or cuttings, the former of which is greatly prac-
tifed in England, but the latter is what I would recom-
mend, as being much preferable to the other; for the
roots of Vines do not grow ftrong and woody, as in
moft forts of trees, but are long, (lender, and pliable ;
therefore when they are taken out of the ground, they
feldoiti ftrike out any fibres from their weak roots,
which generally fhrivel and dry ; fo that they rather
retard than help the plants in their growth, by pre-
venting the new fibres from pufhing out ; for which
reafon I had rather plant a good cutting than a rooted
plant, provided it be well chofen, and there is little
danger of its not growing.

But as there are few perfons who make choice of pro-
per cuttings, or at leaft that form their cuttings right-
ly in England, fo it will be proper to give directions
for this in the firft place, before I proceed. You
fhould always make choice of fuch fhoots as are ftrong,
and well ripened of the laft year’s growth : thefe
ihould be cut from the old Vine, juft below the place
where they were produced, taking a knot, or piece of
the two years wood to each, which ihould be pruned
fmooth ; then you ihould cut off the upper part of
the ihoots, fo as to leave the cutting about fixteen
inches long. When the piece or knot of old wood is
cut at both ends near the young ihoot, the cutting
will refemble a little mallet, from whence Columella
gives the title of Malleolus to the Vine cuttings. In
making the cuttings after this manner, there can be
but one taken from each ihoot ; whereas moft perfons
cut them into lengths of about a foot, and plant
them all, which is very wrong ; for the upper part of
the ihoots are never fo well ripened as the lower, which
was produced early in the fpring, and has had the
whole fummer to harden, fo that if they take root,
they never make fo good plants-, for the wood of thofe
cuttings being fpongy and foft, admits the moifture
too freely, whereby the plants will be luxuriant in
growth, but never fo fruitful as fuch whofe wood is
clofer and more compad.

When the cuttings are thus prepared, if they are not
then planted they ihould be placed with their lower
part in the ground in a dry foil, laying fome litter up-
on their upper parts to prevent them from drying :
in this fituation they may remain till the beginning of
April (which is the beft time for planting them) when
you ihould take them out, and waih them from the
filth they have contracted ; and if you find them ve-
ry dry, you ihould let them ftand with their lower
parts in water fix or eight hours, which will diftend
their veffels, and difpofe them for taking root. Then
the ground being before prepared where the plants
are defigned to remain (whether againft walls, or for
ftandards, for they ihould not be removed again,)
the cuttings ihould be planted ; but in preparing the
ground, you ihould confider the nature of the foil,
which, if ftrong, and inclinable to wet, is by no
means proper for Grapes ; therefore where it fo hap-
pens, you fhould open a trench where the cuttings
are to be planted, which ihould be filled with lime
rubbiih, the better to drain off the moifture ; then
raife the border with freih light earth about two feet
thick, f® that it may be at leaft a foot above the le-

V I T

vel of the ground ; then you ihould open the holes at
about fix feet diftance from each other, putting one
good ftrong cutting into each hole, which ihould be
laid a little Hoping, that their tops may incline to the
wall, but it muft be put in fo deep, as that the up-
permoft eye may be level with the furface of the
ground ; for when any part of the cutting is left above
ground, as is the common method ufed by the Eng-
lifh gardeners, moft of the buds attempt to ihoot ;
fo that the'ftrength of the cuttings are divided to nou-
rifh fo many ihoots, which muft confequently be
weaker than if only one of them grew ; whereas on
the contrary, by burying the whole cutting in the
ground, the fap is all employed on one fingle ihoot,
which confequently will be much ftronger ; befides,
the fun and air are apt to dry that part of the cutting
which remains above ground, and fo often prevents
their buds from ihooting.

Then having placed the cutting into the ground, you
ihould fill up the hole gently, preffing down the earth
with your foot clofe about it, and raife a little hill juft
upon the top of the cutting, to cover the upper eye
quite over, which will prevent it from drying ; this
being done, there is nothing more neceffary, but to
keep the ground clear from weeds until the cuttings
begin to ihoot ; at which time you ihould look over
them carefully to rub off any fmall ihoots, if fuch
are produced, fattening only the firft main ihoot to
the wall, which ihould be conftantly trained up, as it
is extended in length, to prevent its breaking or hang-
ing down; you muft continue to look over thefe once
in about three weeks during the fummer feafon, con-
ftantly rubbing off all lateral fhoots which are produ-
ced, leaving only the firft main flioot ; and be fure to
keep the ground conftantly clear from weeds, which,
if fuffered to grow, will exhauft the goodnefs of the
foil, and ftarve the cuttings.

The Michaelmas following, if your cuttings have
produced ftrong fhoots, you fhould prune them down
to two eyes, which, though by fome people may be
thought too ihort, yet I am fatislied, from fev^rai
experiments, to be the beft method. The reafon
for advifmg the pruning Vines at this feafon, rather
than deferring, it till fpring is, becaufe the tender
parts of thofe young fhoots, if left on, arefubjedtto
decay in winter, for they are apt to grow late in the
year, fo the tops of their fhoots are tender, and the
early frofts will pinch them, and then they frequent-
quently are killed down a confiderable length, which
weakens their roots ; but if they are cut off early
in autumn, the wounds will heal over before the
bad weather, and thereby the roots will be greatly
ftrengthened.

In the fpring, after the cold weather is paft, you
muft gently dig up the borders to loofen the earth ;
but you muft be very careful in doing this, not to
injure the roots of your Vines ; you fhould alfo raife
the earth up to the ftems of the plants, fo as to cover
the old wood, but not fo deep as to cover either of
the eyes of the laft year’s wood. After this they will
require no farther care until they begin to fhoot, when
you fhould look over them carefully, to rub off all
weak dangling fhoots, leaving no more than one or
two fhoots, which are produced from the eyes of the
laft year’s wood, which Ihould be faftened to the
wall ; and fo from this, until the Vines have done
{hooting, you fhould look them over once in three
weeks or a month, to rub off all lateral fhoots as they
are produced, and to faften the main fhoots to the
wall as they are extended in length, which muft not
be fhortened before the middle or latter end of July,
when it will be proper to nip off their tops, which
will ftrengthen the lower eyes ; and during the fum-
mer feafon, you muft conftantly keep the ground
clear from weeds ; nor fhould you permit any fort of
plants to grow near the Vines, which would not only
rob them of nourifhment, but fhade the lower part of
the fhoots, and thereby prevent their ripening, which
will not only caufe their wood to be fpongy and luxu-
riant, but render it lefs fruitful.

As

V I T

V I T

As foon as the leaves, begin to drop in autumn, you '•
fhould, prune thefe young Vines again, leaving three
buds to each of the fhoots, provided they are ftrong,
otherwife it is better to ihorten them down to two
eyes if they are good •, for it is a very wrong practice
to leave rpuch wood upon young Vines, or to leave
their Ihoots too long, which greatly weakens the roots-,
then you fhould fallen them to the wall, ipreading
them out horizontally each way, that, there may be
room to train the new Ihoots the following fummer,
and in the fpring dig the borders as before.

The third feafon you mull go over the Vines again
as foon as they begin to (hoot, to rub off all danglers ,
as before, and train the llrong Ihoots in their proper
places, which this year may be fuppofed to be two
from each Ihoot of the laft year’s wood ; but if they
attempt to produce two Ihoots from one eye, the
weakeft of them mull be rubbed off, for there Ihould
never be more than one allowed to come out of each
eye. If any of them produce fruit, as many times
they will the third year, you fhould not Hop them
fo foon as is generally pradifed upon the bearing
fhoots of old Vines, but permit them to Ihoot forward
till a month after Midfummer, at which time you
may pinch off the tops of the fhoots ; for if this were
done too loon, it would fpoil the buds for the next
year’s wood, which in young Vines mull be more
carefully preferved than on older plants, becaufe there
are no other Ihoots to be laid in for a fupply of wood,
as is commonly pradifed on old Vines.

During the fummer you mull conllantly go over your
Vines, and difplace all weak lateral Ihoots as they are
produced, and carefully keep the ground clear from
weeds, as was before direded, that the Ihoots may
ripen well which is a material thing to be obferved
in moll forts of fruit-trees, but efpecially in Vines,
which leldom produce any fruit from immature
branches. Thele things being duly obferved, are all
that is neceffary in the management of young Vines ;

I lhall therefore proceed to lay down rules for the go-
vernment of grown Vines, which I lhall do as briefly
as pofiible. And,

Firft, Vines rarely produce any bearing fhoots from
wood that is more than one year old, therefore great
care Ihould be taken to have fuch wood in every part
of the trees ; for the fruit are always produced upon
the Ihoots of the fame year, which come out from
buds of the laft year’s wood. The method common-
ly pradifed by the gardeners in England is, to Ihorten
the branches of the former year’s growth, down to
three or four eyes, at the time of pruning ; though
there are fome perfons who leave thefe Ihoots much
longer, and affirm that by this practice they obtain a
greater quantity of fruit ; but however this may be,
it is a very wrong practice, flnce it is impoffible, that
one Ihoot can nouriffi forty or fifty bunches of Grapes,
fo well as it can ten or twelve ; fo that what is gotten -
in number, is loll in their magnitude ; befides, the
greater quantity of fruit there is left on Vines, the
later they are ripened, and their juice is not fo rich ;
and this is well known in the wine countries, where
there are laws enaded to dired the number and length
of Ihoots that are to be left upon each Vine, left by
overbearing them, they not only exhauft and weaken
the roots, but thereby render the juice weak, and fo
deftroy the reputation of their wine.

Wherefore the beft method is, to Ihorten the bearing
Ihoots to about four eyes in length, becaufe the low-
ermoft feidom is good, and three buds are fufficient,
for each of thefe will produce a Ihoot, which gene-
rally has two or three bunches of Grapes fo that
from each of thofe Ihoots there may be expeded fix
or eight bunches, which is a fufficient quantity.
Thefe Ihoots mull be laid about eighteen inches afun-
der, for if they are clofer, when the fide Ihoots are
produced, there will not be room enough to train
them againft the wall, which Ihould always be pro-
vided for ; and as their leaves are very large, the
branches Ihould be left at a proportionable diftance

from each other, that they may not croud of fhacfe
the fruit.

A t the winter pruning of your Vines you fhould al-
ways obferve to make the cut juft above the eye,
floping it backward from it, that if it fhould bleed,
the fap might not flow upon the bud ; and where
there is an opportunity of cutting down fome young
fhoots to two eyes, in order to produce vigorous fhoots
for the next year’s bearing, it fhould always be done,
becaufe in flopping of thofe fhoots which have fruit
upon them as foon as the Grapes are formed, which
is frequently pradifed, it often fpoils the eyes for pro-
ducing bearing branches the following year, and this
referving of new wood is what the vignerons abroad
always pradife in their vineyards. The beft feafon
for pruning of Vines is the end of Odober, for the
reafons before laid down.

The latter end of April, or the beginning of May,
when the Vines begin to fhoot, you muft carefully
look them over, rubbing off all ftnall buds which
may come from the old wood, which only produce
weak dangling branches ; as alfo when two fhoots are
produced from the fame bud, the weakeft of them
fhould be difplaced, which will caufe the others to be
ftranger ; and the fooner this is done, the better it; is
for the Vines.

In the middle of May you muft go over them again,
rubbing off all the dangling fhoots as before, and at
the fame time you muft fatten up all the ftrong
branches, fo that they may not hang from the wall ;
for if their fhoots hang down, their leaves will be
turned with their upper furfaces the wrong way, and
when the fhoots are afterwards trained upright, they
will have their under furface upward ; and until the
leaves are turned again, and have taken their right
pofition, the fruit will not thrive ; fo that the not
obferving this management, will caufe the Grapes to
be a fortnight or three weeks later before they ripen ;
befides, by fuffering the fruit to hang from the wall,
and fie ffiaded with the clofenefs of the branches, it
is greatly retarded in its growth ; therefore, during
the growing feafon, you fhould conftantly look over
the Vines, difplacing all dangling branches and wild
wood, and fallen up the other fhoots regularly to the
wall, as they are extended in length; and towards the
middle of June you fhould flop the bearing branches,
which will ftrengthen the fruit, provided you always
leave three eyes above the bunches ; for if you flop
them too foon, it will injure the fruit, by taking away
that part of the branch which is neceffary to attract
the nourifhment to the fruit, as alfo to perfpire off the
crudities of the fap, which is not proper for the fruit
to receive.

But although I recommend the flopping thofe ffioots
which have fruit at this feafon, yet this is not to be
pradifed upon thofe which are intended for bearing
the next year, for thefe muft not be flopped before
the middle of July, left, by flopping them too foon,
you caufe the eyes to fhoot out ftrong lateral branches,
whereby they will be greatly injured.

During the fummer feafon you fhould be very careful
to rub off all dangling branches, apd train up the
fhoots regularly to the wall as before, which will
greatly accelerate the growth of the fruit, and alfo
admit the fun and air to them, which is abfolutely
neceffary to ripen and give the fruit a rich flavour ;
but you muft never diveft the branches of their leaves,
as is the pradice of fome perfons ; for although the
admitting of the fun muft be neceffary to ripen them,
yet if they are too much expofed thereto, their fkins
will be tough, and it will retard their ripening ; befides,
the leaves being abfolutely neceffary to nourifh the
fruit, by taking them off, the fruit is ftarved, and
feidom comes to any fize, as I have feveral times ob-
ferved; therefore a great regard fhould be had to the
fummer management of the Vines, where perfons
are defirous to have their fruit excellent, and duly
ripened.

C 5*4

V I T

When the fruit are all gathered, you fhould firune
the Vines, whereby the litter of their leaves will be
entirely removed at once, and their fruit will be the
forwarder the fucceeding year, as has been before
oblerved.

As many of the rich eft and beft forts of Grapes will
not ripen in England, unlefs the feafon proves very
warm, or the foil and fituation are very favourable,
there have been many hot walls built to accelerate
the ripening of this fruit, and bring it to full perfec-
tion by artificial heat •, and as thefe fucceed very well
when they are properly contrived, and the Vines
rightly managed, I fhall here give proper direftions,
which, if duly attended to, will be fufficient to inftrud
perfons in both.

The method of building hot walls will be treated un-
der the article Wall, fo I fhall pafs it over in this
place, and proceed to the preparing of the ground for
planting. The borders againft thefe hot' walls fhould
have the earth taken out two feet deep (provided the
ground is dry,) otherwife one foot will be fufficient,
becaufe in wet land the borders fhould be raifed at
leaft two feet above the level of the ground, that the
roots of the Vines may not be injured by the wet.
When the earth is taken out, the bottom of the trench
fhould be filled with ftones, lime rubbiffi, &c. a foot
and a half, or two feet thick, which fhould be level-
led and beaten down pretty hard to prevent the roots
of the Vines from running downward. The trenches
ffioukl be made five feet wide at leaft, otherwife the
roots of the Vines will in a few years extend them-
felves beyond the rubbiffi, and finding an eafy paffage
downwards, will run into the moift ground, and
thereby imbibe fo much wet, as to leften the vinous
flavour of the Grapes •, but before the rubbiffi is filled
into the trench, it is a better method to raife a nine
inch wall, at five feet diftance from the hot wall,
which will keep the rubbiffi from intermixing with
the neighbouring earth, and alfo confine the roots of
the Vines to the border in which they are planted, fo
that they cannot reach to the moifture of the ground
about them. Tins nine inch wall fhould be isifed to
the height of the intended border, fo will be of great
ufe to fay the plate of timber of the frames upon,
which will be necefiary to cover the Vines when they
are forced, whereby the timbers will be better pre-
ferved from rotting; and where the borders are raifed
to any confiderable height above the level of the
ground, theie walls will preferve the eaith of the
borders from falling down into the walks ; but in car-
rying up thefe walls, it will be proper to leave little
openings about eight or ten reet diftance, to let the
water pafs off, becaufe when the rubbiffi at the bot-
tom of the trench unites and binds very hard, the
water cannot eafily find a paffage thiough it ; there-
fore it will be the better method to leave thefe fmall
paffages in the front wall, left the moifture being
confined at bottom, fhould be pent up as in a ditch,
which will be of ill confequence to the Vhnes, but
thefe openings fhould be two feet below the furface.
When the walls are finiffied and thoroughly dry, the
rubbiffi fhould he filled in, as before dire&ed ; then
there fhould be freffi light earth laid upon it two feet
thick, which will be a fufficient depth of foil for the
Vines to root in. Thefe borders fhould be thus pre-
pared at leaft a month or fix weeks before the Vines
are planted, that they may have time to fettle. The
beft time to plant phem is about the end of March,
or the beginning of April,, according as the feafon
proves early or late. Thefe I would alfo advife to be
planted with cuttings, rather than rooted plants, for
the reafons before affigned, but there fhould be two
cuttings put into each hole, or placed at a nearer
diftance, left any of them fhould fail ; for if all fhould
fucceed, the weakeft of them may be eafily drawn
out the following fpring. Thefe cuttings fhould be
well cliofen from good bearing Vines, and the fhoots
fhould be well ripened, otherwife they will never
•make good plants. The diftance thefe Vines ffiomd

V I T

be allowed to remain is the fame as for common walls,
i. e. about fix feet. In planting them there fhould
be holes opened with a lpade, about fourteen or fif-
teen inches deep, for if there be but three or four
inches of good earth under the foot of the cuttings
it will be fufficient ; then the cuttings fhould be laid in
the holes a little doping, afterward the earth fhould be
filled into the holes, and gently preffed with the foot
to the cuttings, and raifed in a heap over them, fo as
juft to cover the uppermoft eyes of the cuttings ;
afterward lay a little mulch on the furface of the
ground about the cuttings, to prevent the fun and
air from drying the earth, and if the fpring fhould
prove very dry, they fhould have fome water once a
week, which will be as often as the cuttings require
it, for nothing will deftroy them fooner than too much
water, which rots their bark, and deftroys them. If
thefe cuttings are well chofen, and the inftruftions
here laid down duly obferved, they will make ftrong
fhoots the firft fummer, for I have frequently planted
cuttings which have fliot five feet in one year, but
then I carefully rubbed off all the fide dangling fhoots
as they were produced, and never permitted more
than one ffioot to remain on each cutting, which is
what fhould always be obferved by thofe who have
the care of Vines. With this management there will
be little hazard of the cuttings taking root, for in
upwards of five hundred cuttings which I received
from Italy, and which had been cut off from the
Vines in the beginning of November, wrapped up
in Mofs, and put on board the ffiip, (which did not
arrive at the port of London until March, fo that
they were full four months cut off before they were
‘ planted,) there were not twenty of the number which
failed, and many of them ffiot about fix feet the firft
feafon.

As I have direfled the pruning of Vines to be per-
formed in autumn (which is without difpute the beft
feafon for this work,) foin preferving of the cuttings
till the planting feafon, I have advifed them to be cut
to their lengths, and their ends laid into the ground,
and then , covered with litter or Mofs to keep the air
from them ; but fince I have found it a much better
method not to fhorten the fhoots, from which the
cuttings are to be made, -"but to lay their ends juft in-
to the ground, about two inches deep, and fo leave
them at full length, only obferving to cover them
with dry litter or Peas haulm in frofty dry weather,
tho’ in moift weather the covering fhould not remain,
on, becaufe it would make the cuttings grow mouldy,
which would greatly injure them.- Then; in the fpring,
when they are to be planted, they fhould betaken out
of the ground, and their upper part cut off) fo as to
reduce them to about fourteen inches in length, ac-
cording to the diftance of the buds or eyes ; for thofe
cuttings whofe buds grow pretty, clofe together, need
not be left more than one foot long, but in others
fourteen or fixteen inches will be full fhort. The
leaving the upper part of the fhoots On all the winter
is of great fervice to the cuttings, becaufe when they
are cut off in autumn, the air penetrates the wound-
ed part, and greatly injures the other eyes.

The management of thefe Vines, for the three firft
years after planting, being the fame as is praftifed
for thofe againft common walls, I ffiall not repeat it
in this place, having fully treated of that already ;
only will obferve, that during thefe three years, the
Vines fhould be encouraged as much as poffible, and
the fhoots not left too long, nor too many in number
on each root, that they may be duly ripened and pre-
pared-for bearing the fourth year, which is the foon-
eft they fhould be forced ; for when any forts of fruit-
trees are forced by fire too young, they feldom con-
tinue long in health, fo that what fruit they produce
is fmall, and not well- flavoured ; therefore, in being
over hafty to fave a year or two, very often the whole-
defign mifearries; for unlefs the trees are in a proper
condition to bear much fruit, it is not worth while to
make fires for a fmall quantity of ftarved ill-iafted
4 fruit.

V I T

fruit, the expence and trouble being the fame for ten
or twelve bunches of Grapes, as it will be for a hun-
dred or more.

Thefe Vines, Ihould not be forced every year, but
with good management they may be forced every
other year, though it would be better if it were done
only every third year ; therefore, in order to have a
fupply of fruit annually, there fhould be a fufficient
quantity of walling built to contain as many Vines as
will be neceffary for two or three years, and by mak-
ing the frames in front moveable, they may be
fhifted from one part of the wall to another, as the
Vines are alternately forced •, therefore I would ad-
vife about forty feet length of walling to be each year
forced, which is as much as one fire will heat ; and
when the Vines are in full bearing, will fupply a rea-
fonable quantity of Grapes for a middling family ;
but for great families, twice this length will not be
too much.

In moll places where thefe hot walls have been built,
they are commonly planted with early kinds of Grapes,
in order to have them early in the feafon; but this I
think is hardly worth the trouble, for it is but of
little confequence to have a few Grapes earlier by a
month or fix weeks, than thofe againft common walls,
therefore I fhould advife, whenever a perfon is willing
to be at the expence of thefe walls, that they may be
planted with fome of the belt kinds of Grapes, which
rarely come to any perfection in this country without
the affiftance of fome artificial heat, of which the fol-
lowing forts are the moft valuable.

The Red Mufcat of Alexandria.

The White Mufcat of Alexandria.

The Red Frontinac.

The White Frontinac*

. The Black Frontinac.

When the Vines which are planted againft the kot
walls are grown to full bearing, they muft be pruned
and managed after the fame manner as hath been di-
rected for thofe againft common walls, with this dif-
ference only, viz. that thofe feafons when they are
hot forced, the Vines fhould be carefully managed in
the fummer for a fupply of good wood, againft the
time of their being forced, fo that it will be the better
method to diveft the Vines of their fruit, in order to
encourage the wood; for as few of the forts will ripen
without heat, it is not worth while to leave them on
the Vines during the feafon of refling, except it be
the common Frontinacs, which in a good feafon will
ripen without artificial heat, but even thefe, I would
not advife many Grapes to be left on them during
the years of their refling ; becaufe as the defign of
this is to encourage and ftrengthen therfi, therefore
all pofiible care fhould be had that the young wood
is not robbed by overbearing ; for thofe years when
the Vines are forced, the joints of the young wood
are generally drawn farther afunder, than they ordi-
narily grow in the open air ; fo that when they are
forced two or three years fucceffively, the Vines are
fo much exhaufled, as not to be recovered into a good
bearing ftate for fome years, efpecially if they are
forced early in the feafon ; or where great care is not
taken in the fummer to let them have a proper fhare
of free air, to prevent their being drawn too much,
and alfo to ripen their fhoots. Thofe years when the
Vines are forced, the only care fhould be to encou-
rage the fruit, without having much regard to the
wood, fo that every fhoot fhould be pruned for fruit,
and none of them Shortened for a fupply of young
wood, becaufe they may be fo managed by pruning in
the years of their relling, as to replenifh the Vines
with new wood. Thofe Vines which are defigned for
forcing in the fpring, fhould be pruned early the au-
tumn before, that the buds which are left on the
fhoots, may receive all poffible nourifhment from the
root, and at the fame time time the fhoots Ihould be
fattened to the trellis in the order they are to lie ; but
the glafies fhould not be placed before the Vines till
about the middle or end of January, at which time alfo
the fires. mutt be lighted, for if they are forced too early

y I T

‘ ; -<.1 .v., ,...'*3 t .. A 1

in the year, they will begin to fhoot before the weV
ther will be warm enough to adniit air to the Vines,
which will caufe the young fhoots to draw out weak,
and thereby their joints will be too far afunder, fo
confequently there will be fewer Grapes on them, and
thofe bunches which are produced will be fmalier than
when they have a fufficient quantity of air admitted to
them every day.

If the fires are made at the time before directed, the
Vines will begin to fhoot the middle or latter end of Fe-
bruary, which will be fix weeks earlier than theyufually
come out againft the common walls, to that by the time
that other Vines are fnooting, thefe will be in flower,
which will be early enough to ripen any of thefe forts
of Grapes perfedly well. The fires fhould not be
made very ftrong in thefe walls, for if the air is heated
to about ten degrees above the temperate point on
the botanical thermometers, it will be fufficiently warm
to force out the fhoots leifurely, which is much bet-
ter than to force them violently. Thefe fires fhould
not, be continued all the day time, unlefs the weather
fhould prove very cold, and the fun does not fhine
to warm the air, at which times it will be proper to
have fmall fires continued all the day ; for where the
walls are rightly contrived, a moderate fire made
every evening, and continued till ten or eleven of
the clock at night, will heat the wall, and warm the
inclofed air to a proper temperature ; and as thefe
fires need not be continued longer than about the end
of April (unlefs the fpring fhould prove very cold,)
fo the expence of fuel will not be very great, be-
caufe they may be contrived to burn either coal,
wood, turf, or almoft any other fort of fuel; though
where coal is to be had reafonable, it makes the eveneft
and beft fires, and will not require fo much attendance.
When the Vines begin to fhoot, they mutt be fre-
quently looked over to fatten the new fhoots to the
trellis, and rub off all dangling fhoots ; in doing of
which great care muft be taken, for the fhoots of
thefe forced Vines are very tender, and very fubjed
to break when any violence is offered. The fhoots
fhould alfo be trained very regular, fo as to lie as
near as poffible to the efpalier, and at equal diftances,
that they may equally enjoy the benefit of the air
and fun, which is abfolutely neceffary for the im-
provement of the fruit; When the Grapes are form-
ed, the fhoots fhould be flopped at the fecond joint
beyond the fruit, that the nourifhment may not be
drawn away from the fruit in ufelefs fhoots, which
mutt be avoided as much as poffible in thefe forced
Vines ; upon which no ufelefs wood fhould be left,
which will ffiade the fruit, and exclude the air from it
by their leaves.

As the feafon advances and the weather becomes
warm, there fhould be a proportionable fhare of free
air admitted to the Vines every day, which is abfo-
lutely neceffary to promote the growth of the fruit ;
but the glafies fhould be fhut clofe every nio-ht, un-
lefs in very hot weather, otherwife the cold dews in
the night will retard the growth of the fruit. The
bunches of the White Frontinac fhould alfo be care-
fully looked over, and the i’mall Grapes cut out with
very narrow-pointed fciffars, in order to thin them,
for thefe berries grow fo clofe together on the
bunches, efpecially the White Frontinac, that the
moifture is detained between them, which often
occafions their rotting, and the air being exclud-
ed from the middle of the bunches, the Grapes
never ripen equally, which by this method may be
remedied, if done in time ; and as thefe Grapes are
proteded by the glaffes from the blights which fre-
quently take thofe which are expofed, there will be no
hazard in thinning thefe Grapes foon after they arefet,
at which time it will be much eafier to perform this
operation, than when the Grapes are grown largerB
and confequently will be clofer together ; but in 'do-
ing of this the bunches muft not be roughly handled,
for if the Grapes are the leaft bruifed, or the farina",
which there naturally is upon them, be rubbed off;
their fkins will harden, and turn of a brown colour*

lb the fruit will never thrive after •, therefore the fcif-
fears which are ufed for this purpofe, fhould have ve-
ry narrow points, that they may be more eafily put
between the Grapes without injuring the remaining
ones. The other forts of Grapes which I have re-
commended for thefe hot walls, do not produce their
fruit fo dole together on the bunches, fo they will
not require this operation, unlefs by any accident they
fhould receive a blight, which often occafions a great
inequality in the fize of the Grapes-, which, whenever
it thus happens, will require to be remedied by cut-
ting off the fmall Grapes, that the bunches may ripen
equally, and appear- more fightly;

By the middle of June thefe Grapes will be almoft
full grown, therefore the glaffes may be kept off con-
tinually in the day time, unlels the feafon fhould
prove very cold and wet, in which Cafe they muff Be
kept on, and only opened when the weather is fa-
vourable for as the racy vinous flavour of thefe fruits
is increafed by a free air, fo during the time of their
ripening, they fhould have as large a fhare as the fea-
fon will admit to be given them.

Before the Grapes begin to ripen, they muff be care-
fully guarded againfl birds, wafps, and other infeds,
otherwife they will be destroyed in a fhort time : to
prevent which, the Vines fhould be carefully covered
with nets, fo as to exclude the birds, who make great
havock with the Grapes, by breaking their fkins j and
if there are a few twigs covered with birdlime placed
here and there on the outfide of the nets, it will be of
fervice, becaufe the birds are often fo bold as to at-
tempt to break the nets to get to the Grapes ; which,
if they attempt, they may be fo entangled on thefe
twigs, as not to get loofe; and whenever that happens,
they fhould not be difengaged, but flittered to remain
to keep off their companions ; and if they get off
themfelves, it will have the defired effect, for there
will few other birds come to the fame place that fea-
fon, as I have more than once experienced.

As to the wafps, the belt method is to hang up fome
phials about half filled with fugared water, and rub
the- necks of the phials with a little honey, which will
draw all the wafps and flies to them, which, by at-
tempting to get at the liquor, will fall into the phials
and be drowned thefe phials fhould be carefully
looked over once in three or four days to take out
the wafps and deftroy them, and to replenifh the
phials with liquor. If this be duly obferved, and the
phials placed in time, before the Grapes are attacked,
it will effedually prevent their being injured ; but
where thefe precautions are not taken, the Grapes
will be in danger of being abfolutely deftroyed ; for
as thefe early Grapes will ripen long before any others
againfl common walls, they will be in much more
danger, there being no other fruit for them at that
feafon in the neighbourhood ; whereas, when Grapes
in general begin to ripen, there is a quantity in al-
moil every garden 5 fo that if they deftroy a part in
each garden, yet there will be a greater chance to have
fome efcape, than where there is only one wall for
them to attack.

Thefe forts of Grapes being forced in the manner be-
fore direded, will begin to ripen early in Auguft, es-
pecially the Black and Red Frontinacs, which will be
fit for the table a fortnight earlier than the other
forts but as the defign of forcing them is to have
them in as great perfedion as poffible in this climate,
they fhould not be gathered until they are thorough
ripe, for which reafon fome of the later forts fhould
be left on the Vines till September ; but then the
glaffes fhould be kept over them in wet and cold wea-
ther to protedl the fruit from it, but whenever the
weather is fair, the glaffes muft be opened to let in
the free air, otherwife the damps, arifing from the
earth at that feafon, will caufe a mould inefs upon the
Grapes, which will rot them ; fo that if the feafon
fhould prove very cold and wet while the fruit are
upon the Vines, it will be proper to make a fmall
fire every eight to dry off the damps, and prevent
this- injury. Moft people in England gather their

■ 2

Grapes too foon, never fuffering them to remain oh
the Vines to ripen perfedtly, even in the warmeft fea-
fons, when, if they are left on till after Michaelmas,
they will be good.

Of late years many perfons have planted Grapes
againfl efpaliers, which in fdme places have fucceed-
ed very well in good feafons ; but if they are not
planted in a good foil and to a proper afpedt, and the
forts rightly chofen, they feldom produce any fruit
which are fit to be eaten. The foil proper to plant
Vines in efpaliers, fhould be the fame as is hereafter
diredted for vineyards, viz. either a chalky or gra-
velly bottom, with about a foot and a half or two
feet of light hazel earth on the top, a little hoping to
the fouth or fo.uth eaft, that the wet may eafily find a
paffage, fo as not to remain on the ground. In fuch
a foil fituated to the fun, and fereened from cold winds,
there are feveral forts of Grapes, which in warm fea-
fons will ripen very well in England.

But there are fome curious perfons who line the back
fide of their efpaliers with low Reed hedges, and
others who do it with thin flit deals ; both of which
are a good defence to the Vines againfl blights in the
fpring, and accelerate the ripening of the Grapes, fo
that in tolerable feafons they will come to good ma-
turity. Neither of thefe methods are very expenfive,
for thefe clofe fences need not be more than four feet
high, becaufe the Vines being to be managed after
the fame manner as thofe in vineyards, the branches
which carry the fruit will never rife above that height ;
for the bearing fhoots muft always be trained about
two feet above the furface of the grourld, fo that the
fruit will be always below the top of the clofe fences ;
and as for the upright fhoots, which are defigned for
the next year’s bearing, it matters not how much they
rife above the fence j fo thefe may have a loofe trel-
lis, to which they may be fattened, to prevent their
overhanging the fruit.

In the making of thefe kinds of clofe efpaliers for
Grapes, it will be proper to lay one ftrong oaken
plank (fuch as are procured in breaking up old fhips
or barges,) next the furface of the ground, which
will laft many years found, and be very ufeful in fup-
porting the fences. If thefe planks are fifteen inches
broad, as they may always be readily procured, and
the upper part of the fence be Reeds, there may be
two lengths cut out of them (provided the Reeds are
of a due length,) without including their tops. In
the front of thefe hedges fhould be a flight trellis to
fallen the Vines to, which may be made of Afh poles.
The upright poles of thefe trelliffes need not be nearer
together than eighteen inches j and if there are three
crofs poles, at about a foot afunder, they will be fuf-
ficient to fallen the bearing fhoots of the Vines at
proper diftances in the manner they are defigned to
be trained, which fhould be in fuch pofitions, that
the fruit may not be overfhadowed by the branches ;
and if the upright poles are cut fo long, as to be a foot
and a half above the Reeds, they will be tall enough
to fupportthe upright fhoots for the next year’s bearing,
which being trained fingly at proper diftances, will
have the advantage of the fun and air to ripen the
wood, much better than where four or five fhoots are
fattened to the fame pole.

To this trellis the Reeds may be fattened with hoops
on the back fide, after the manner ufually pradifed
in making common Reed fences ; and if on the top
of the Reeds there is fattened a thin flip of deal, to
fecure their tops from being broken, it will preferve
them a long time. In making of thefe fences, the
Reeds fhould not be laid too thick, for that will not
only be more expence, but will be troublefome to
fatten, and not laft fo long as when they are made of
a moderate thicknefs : therefore as the Reeds will be
cut into two lengths, each bundle will fpread about
fix feet in length, obferving firft to fpread the bot-
tom parts of the bundles, which contain the largeft
ends of the Reeds the whole length ; and then the
upper parts of the other Reeds fhould be reverfed, and
fpread in front of them, which will make the upper

V I T

part of the fence almoft as thick as the bottom. But
neither thefe, nor the boarded fences, need be made
till the Vines are in full bearing, which will be the
fourth or fifth year after planting, according to the
progrefs they make •, during which time the (hoots
may be fupported by any common (lakes, for if the
fences are made before the Vines are planted, as is fre-
quently pradlifed, they will be half decayed by the
time the Vines are fit to bear, and before this time
the fences are of no ufe to them.

The forts of Grapes which are proper to plant againft
thefe fences are.

The Miller Grape.

The Chaffelas White.

The White Mufcadine.

The SweetWater, and

Le Cour Grape.

Thefe, if well managed, will ripen very well, pro-
vided the feafon is tolerably good, and will come in
foon after thole of the walls ; fo that if they are taken
care of, by hanging of mats before them, when the
nights prove cold in autumn,' and are permitted to
hang till Odtober, the fruit will prove very good. But
where the Sweet Water Grape is planted againft thefe
fences, they will require to be covered in the fpring,
at the time when they are in flower, if there (hould
be cold nights ■, otherwife the bunches will receive a
blaft, which will deftroy the greateft part of the
Grapes, fo that many times there will not be more
than fix or eight good Grapes on each bunch ; and the
others will be (mail ftarved fruit, hardly fo large as the
fmalleft Peas.

In planting of thefe Vines, either for open efpaliers,
or the clofe fences, it (hould be performed in the
fame manner as for walls the cuttings (hould be
planted fix feet afunder *, and as thefe are only de-
fignedfor the table, a fingle row of Vines of a mo-
derate length will be fufficient to fupply a family,
■where there are others againft walls to come before
them. But where a perfon is inclinable to have more
rows than one, they (hould be placed at lead twelve
feet afunder, that they may equally enjoy the fun
and air.

As to the pruning and other mapagement of thefe
Vines, that being the fame as for thole againft walls,
I (hall not repeat it in this place, it being fully treat-
ed of before, and to which I have nothing here to
add.

Having thus treated of the management of Vines
againft walls and efpaliers, I come next to the cul-
ture of fuch as are planted in vineyards ; but as the
number of thofe in England is fmall, and the expe-
rience of them not very great, I (hall firft fubjoin an
account of their planting and managing their vine-
yards in Italy and France, and then (hall add fome
obfervations and experiments of my own upon this
fubjedt. And firft I (hall infert a curious account of
the method the Italians follow in planting their vine-
yards, and making their wine, which I received from
an ingenious correfpondent in that country, who has
fome vineyards of his own, and hath been very exadt
in his obfervations upon the different methods now
pradtifed by the Italian in their vineyards, which is as
follows.

The method of managing their vineyards , and making their

wines in Italy .

i. As to the foil*, next to that of Chianti, which is
in a manner all rocky, they prefer that of the hilly
parts of this country, which has a warm ftony bot-
tom, with a loamy fuperficies *, and- next t&that, fuch
as has a lime (lone, or chalky bottom, with a rea-
fonably deep furface of any good earth ; but in the
plains, where the wines are nothing comparable to
thofe on the hills and mountains, they are forced to
content themfelves with any tolerably good fort of
ground, that is neither fandy nor light to excefs *, nor
too clayey or binding, though a pretty ftiff marl does
well enough.

V i T

2. As to its expofure, they bhufe one that is clue
fouth, or that inclines fo the weft, rather than to the
eaft ; and in the plains, they are obliged to be con-
tented, as will be here related, with a north one for
part of their vineyards *, which they fence however, if
not naturally covered with fome wood or adjacent
hill, with either a good hedge, or a (lone wall, againft
the northern blafts.

3. The manner of preparing the ground for planting
differs according to the fituation of it ; being perform-
ed one way when on mountains, another when on
more moderate hills, and a different in fome re(pedlss
to that when on a plain or level.

In thofe plains which are very mountainous and rocky,
as alfo on hills, where the bottom of (lone is found
near the fuperficies, and is hard, they with the help
of proper inftruments, or elfe with gunpowder, make
a trench of four feet and a half wide, drawing it from
eaft to weft (and though it may be near, yet always
fomewhat under the fummit or top of the mountain,
to be covered from the north wind thereby $) and
with part of the ftones which they raife out of the
foundation, they make a dry wall, i. e. without mor-
tar, juft below the trench *, about twelve feet below
this they make a fecond trench in like manner, level-
ling the ground between the trenches as well as they
can, with mattocks, crows of iron, &c. and fo pro-
ceed till they have finifhed the whole ground they in-
tend to plant.

The ufe of thefe little walls is, to keep the little earth
there is from being waflied away by the impetuous
rains, for the carrying off of which, they make pro-
per channels at convenient places ; fo that the whole
plantation at fome diftance, refembles a regular mag-
nificent pair of (lairs. In which trenches, at about
three feet diftance one from the other, they plant the
cuttings of Vines fomewhat ((anting, about the depth
of two and a half, or near three feet ; which being
dreffed as hereafter related, and when they come to
their bearing, being kept of an equal height, make a
mod agreeable appearance.

When the ground is hilly, but not very mountainous,
they dig a trench about four feet and a half deep, and
three and a half wide ; and then having thrown the
earth to the northward, they make a fecond, with
the earth whereof they fill the firft ; and fo on one
under and clofe to the other, till they have finfthed
the ground they would plant ; the lad ferving for a
ditch to carry the water off, into which, at proper
diftances, they alfo make little ditches to convey the
water ; and having fo done, and thrown the earth
taken out of the firft trench on the trenched ground,
and levelled it fo as to give it an even proper decli-
vity, they plant it with cuttings of Vines in quadran-
gles, or other manner, at the diftance of about five
feet and a half or more, as they think mod proper
for their ground ; if ftony in the manner before re-
lated, as pradlifed in the mountains but if not, then
as they do it in the plains, as will Be hereafter de-
fcribed.

When the vineyard is to be made on a plain or an
exadt level, having (laked the part out they defign for
walks, and laid out the divifions they intend for Vines,
their next care is, that each of them have a proper
declivity, and that there be good drains to carry water
off ; in order to which, they make the firft trench in
the middle of the divifion, extending from eaft to weft,
of the depth of four feet and a half, and near four
feet in breadth, throwing the earth taken out of it
northward ; then laying at the bottom ftones, brufh-
wood, bones, or almoft any fort of rubbfth, to raife
and drain it, they proceed to the fecond trench, with
the earth of which they fill the firft, and fo on, till
they have finiftied as far as the fecond divifion extends
fouthward, laying at the bottom of every trench fuch
rubbiftt as they can get ; and then removing the earth
taken out of the firft trench over to the fouth fide al-
ready trenched, they proceed in the fame manner on
the north fide, as far as the divifion extends j when in
the lad trench there will naturally remain a ditch (the

fide

I, * . 11 , ■ .. ' . 1 . ■ 1

r 1

V I T

Fide of which fome very curious people wall with a
dry wall) to carry Off the water, whence they take
care tb make proper drains to carry it away.

This being done, they proceed to level this piece of
ground, giving each fide thereof its proper declivity ;
fo that it fomewhat refembles a roof that is not fteep,
or as they here term it, a mule’s back, bearing the
following figure ; and this they do to preferve the

Vines they plant the longer, and to make them ren-
der better wines, whilft thofe that are planted on the
flat, and on the borders of ditches, where they are
fupported by a fort of Poplar-trees, and ferve for the
divifion of the Corn fields ; though the Vines grow to
a great thicknefs, and produce much fruit, yet they
render a wine that is good for little, and the Vines
will not laft above thirty-five or forty years ; whereas
what is fo planted, being tolerably well looked after,
hold good for one hundred and forty, or one hundred
and fifty, and in Chianti they will laft above three
hundred years, they there accounting thofe of one
hundred years old as young Vines.

N. B. To defray in good part the charge of this expenfive
culture , thofe in the plains , the very fir ft year , fow a hole
of Melons between Vine and Vine , which they make about
ten inches diameter, and a foot deep , filling about three
fourths of it with good macerated dung , and the reft with
fine good earth {of which that left by land floods is efteem-
ed the beft,) in which they put about fifteen or twen-
ty feeds ; which being come up , before they put out the
domeftic leaf they nip the tops of all but two , or at moft
three , of the Jlrongeft plants , which they leave to bear
fruit , and order accordingly. After which they plant
Cauliflowers , or Broccoli of Cauliflowers ; and this they
alfo do in the hills fo trenched ; but in the mountains Melons
do not well in the trenches but Beet-root is often produced,
and Cauliflowers.

4. The ground being fo ordered, where the vineyard
is a plain, or on the hills, they proceed to mark it out
with lines according to the diftances they would plant
at, endeavouring to do it in rows about three feet
Vine from Vine, and about four or four and a half,
from row to row but for the moft part in a quadran-
gular manner, at the diftance of about four feet one
from the other, drawing lines lengthways and athwart;
in the crofs they plant the cut of a Vine in the fol-
lowing manner :

Having an iron crow of an inch or more diameter a
little pointed at the end, they therewith make a hole
diretftly down about three feet and a half deep ; then
being provided with an inftrument they call a crucci-
olo, having a handle of wood like that of a large au-
gur, and the body of iron four feet long, and more than
half an inch in diameter, at the end of which there is
a nich fomething like a half moon, making this figure,

t— * I r — 1

A A

they, after twilling the end of the cutting, put it
therein, and force it down to the bottom of the hole,
where they then leave it, and afterwards fill up the
vacancy with fine fifted earth or fand, obferving to
tread the earth clofe to the plants, which otherwife
(unlefs it be ftiff land) is often inclinable to be loofe
and dry, efpecially if rain does not foon follow their
planting ; and it is incredible how many Vines three
perfons can in this manner plant in one day, viz. up-
wards of two thoufand.

As the cuttings are of a good length, there generally
remain about two feet or more of them above the
ground when planted, and fometimes more. When,

V I T

as it fequently happens, they find the earth fhalldW,
fo that in the trenching they arrive at prime rock, or
a cold bleaky clay, at the depth of about three feet;
and therefore they trench riot lower, they plant the
depth of two feet and a quarter, or two and a half,
fhallower tMfi which they never plant, and even then,
if the bottom be clay, they will do but little ; and if
rocky, are apt to fuffer in the fdmnier by dry hot
weather, (though if once they ftrike their roots in the
rock, they do well enough,) and yield thfe beft wine
that is made in the plains ; which however, though
planted with the fame fort of Vines as thofe of the
•mountains, and even of cuttings brought from thence,
never produce near fo good wines as thofe that grow
there, notwithftanding thb Grapes ripen three weeks,
if not a month fooner.

N. B. This tillage and plantation is performed at any
time between November and March , in dry, but not frofty
weather \ fince then the frozen earth in working , being
naturally thrown into the bottom of the trench, where the
Vines are to make their principal roots , it retains fuch a
frigidity , that they will thrive but badly in it ; which
will be the cafe alfo , if the ground be laboured tdb wet ;
wherefore this trenching , or thorough tillage, is generally
performed in February , after the feverity of the frefls is
over , and may be planted at any time between that and
April \ whilft, as for the cuttings, they are obferved to
do beft when planted as foon as cut off in the dr effing ; but
if that conveniency is not to be had , they may be brought
from any reafonable diftance, their cut ends only being tied
up, and covered from the air with Mofts, Jlraw, or the
like ; or if from a greater , with fome earth about them,
and may be kept, burying their cut ends in the ground ,
till fuch time as they can be ufed ; but juft before this is
done, it is proper to put them in water for twelve hours
or more, fince that will influence them to ftrike root the
better.

It is not of much importance that the cuttings be from the
beft fort of Grapes tho 5 that is beft, if eafily to be had, but
may be from any Vines in the neighbourhood that thrive
well ; for afterwards , when they come to their bearing ,
you may with little trouble, ingraft them with cuttings
from Vines of the forts you deftre, and thefe will bear fome
fruit the very year they are ingrafted, and, moft abundantly
the next ; beftdes that, the feet- of the Vine or flock will
receive benefit by this operation.

5. The plantation having been made in the manner
before related, the firft culture of it is performed dif-
ferent ways, which may be termed the old, and the
modern.

According to the old way, above a month after the
planting, when they begin to Ihoot, they cut off the
tops of the plants juft above the fecond eye that is
above the ground, and fo let them remain, and (hoot
out at pleafure ; only after the Melons, &c. (which,
as is faid before, are planted or raifed in the vacan-
cies) are gathered, they dig and fow, at proper dif-
tances, the ground with Beans, Kidney-Beans, Tur-
neps, Beets, or the like ; and let the Vines Ihoot and
grow at liberty till the third year, (that is, when they
have been planted three years complete •,) then open-
ing the earth about each plant in March, or towards
the beginning of April, to the depth of about a foot,
they, with their hand, clear away the fuperficial roots,
and then throw in two handfuls of good half confumed
ftieeps dung, or elfe of Lupines that have been par-
boiled ; after which with a ftiarp inftrument, (either
a bill or a ftrong pruning knife) and a fteady hand,
they cut off the head of the plant juft below theloweft
Ihoot, which is fometimes a finger or two tinder
ground,^rubbing the part cut over with fome of the
contiguous earth ; and then, upon its lhooting, take
the principal Ihoot (gently cleaning away the reft,)
and fix it with a green Bulrufti to a fmall ftick, to
keep it when tender from being broken by the winds,
and fo let it remain till the next dreffing feafon ; when
having pruned it, leaving but one eye, they put a
ftick that is fomething more fubftantial, of between
three or four feet long, to fupport it from time to
time, tying the Ihoot to it till the month of July, be-
1 fore

V I T

fore the entrance of the dog days, at which time they
nip off the head of it, which checks its luxuriancy,
and renders the fruit, which it will then begin to have
in fmall bunches nine or ten Grapes each, better and
larger, tying the remainder of the faid Ihoot to the
Hick. In the next year they order it in the fame man-
ner ; and fo on till the feventh year after planting,
when it begins to give fruit to purpofe •, and then at
dreffing they generally leave but one head on the moft
vigorous plants, and only two eyes on that, and
ftake them with fubftantial (takes of more than an
inch diameter, and near fix feet long ; one of which,
or more, go into the ground (of which thofe made of
wild Cheftnut, the coppices of which they cut once
in feven or eight years, for refilling both wet and dry,
are accounted the bed and when they begin to (hoot,
they tie them to thofe with the fmall twigs of Broom
or Ofiers, and fo vifiting them frequently in the
courfe of thefummer, to keep them tied, as alio to
nip off luxuriant branches, they let them remain rill
the dog days are over, when they clear them of l'ome
of their leaves, that the fruit may ripen the better.

N. B. In drejfing them after the Jixth year , if they have
made more Jhoots than one , as moji of them will have
done , they, as before , cut them all away , unlefs they have
cccafion for them to fupply the places of fome contiguous
plants that have mifcarried ; and in moijl warm weather
they lay thofe J hoots down more than a foot under the
ground , carrying the heads of them where they defign ,
and this they term propagination. The beft of the ft, hoots
that they cut off from their Vines of feven years old or
older , they either referve for any new plantations that they
are to make , or to fell , at about nine-pence Jterling per
hundred.

In dreffing from the feventh year forward , they referve
the lowefl head they can , provided it be vigorous , and en-
deavour to keep their Vines as low as may be , for the fruit
to enjoy the warm reflection of the earth after the fun beams
arc gone from it , to ripen it, and give it life and vi-
gour ; but not fo as to let the ends of the bunches touch
the ground , or be fo near to it as that they might be dafh-
ed therewith by the rains , fence that would be apt to rot
the Grapes whilfl in Chianti ( where the Vines, though
moft abundant in the product of their fruit , are not fo 7a-
vifh of their J, hoots , but are eafely kept in good order , by a
hand that is tolerably fkilful) it is incredible how exactly
•even the Vines are kept, about the height of four feet from
the ground, which contributes to the making the beautiful
profpeCt before-mentioned.

I'he modern way is as follows :

A month or thereabouts after planting, when the
young plants begin to Ihoot, they prune them juft
above the firft eye that remains out of the earth,
whereat, when they (as they naturally will) have made
their (hoots, toward the beginning of June, and fo
that they can difcern which of the feveral they put out
are the ftrongeft, and appear the molt thriving, they
carefully and gently with the thumb, rub off all of
them except one, which they judge to be the ftrong-
eft, and for the molt part the neareft the ground ;
which diligence they renew every eight or ten days,
or oftener, if the weather chance to be wet, taking
away all the new (hoots which they will abundantly
make, ever leaving only the principal (hoot ; which,
that it may not be prejudiced by the winds, or the
feet of the people (who frequently, during the pro-
grefs of the Melons fown between them, mult go to
nip off the running branches, and cultivate them, and
who, at the fame time, with great convenience, do
this work about the Vines,) they gently tie, as foon
as it is capable of it, to a fmall ftick ; and if, as it
often happens, it proves very luxuriant, they nip off
its top ; and this rubbing off of the young (hoots they
continue till the month of Oftober, (though unlefs
there be frequent rains, there will, about the begin-
ning of Augult, be few (hoots to eafe them of,) whilfl;
fometimes the principal Ihoots will bear fruit in fmall
bunches of five or fix Grapes each ; but as they are

V 1 T

always late, they will not ripen •, wherefore, that the
ftrength o( the plant may not be leftened or impaired
thereby, they generally crop them off ; after which
they let the Vines remain till pretty early in the fpring,
when the intermediate crop of Cauliflowers, or Broc-
coli of Cauliflowers is taken off ; then in the month
of February, they open the earth about the foot of
each plant, and clear it of its fuperficial roots, and
manure it in the manner before defcribed in the culti-
vation of thofe in the old way. The third year they
drefs the (hoot fo as to leave but one eye upon it, and
afterwards digging all the ground in the intermediate
fpaces, to requite the expence of culture, they fow a
fort of Kidney-beans, which not riling above a foot
in height, orl'carce fo much, does not prejudice the
young Vines ; to which they now give fomewhat
more iubftantial flicks, whereto they continue to tie
them, as alfo to rub off' any new Ihoots that they
make, vifiting them for that end •, as alfo to crop off
all the lavifh tops of the Ihoots, only three or four
times in the fummer ; and the next year in dreffing,
they bellow fubftantial Hakes on them, whereto they
tie them with Broom twigs, or fmall Ofiers when they
begin to be in a pretty good Hate of bearing, produ-
cing two or three pretty large bunches of Grapes which
(as thofe of the antecedent year) ripen well, but come
not to be the full of their bearing till the fourth or
fifth year ; however, they anticipate thole ordered the
other way three or four years ; and this is withal the
furer way of the two, fince in cutting off the heads of
the others many are loft, whereas this way, few, if
any fail.

N. B. What is before faid of a Vine's coming to its full
bearing, is only to be underftood in refpeCi to the quantity
of the fruit, a little more or lefs •, for as to the quality , it
is generally efteemed to be meliorating till the twentieth
year ( being duly cultivated ,) and the wines coming from it
richer and better ; and in Chianti they mix not with their
beft Grapes, thofe of the product of Vines of a lefs age than
fifteen or fix teen years, and pretend they are always melio-
rating for fifty years.

The Vines being by one Gr other of thofe methods,
brought to a full bearing (late, they raufl be annually
dreffed, according to the vigour of the plant, and
duly flaked.

In dreffing, to thofe of moderate ftrength and vigour,
they leave but one eye, or at moft two ; and to the
moft ftrong and vigorous, but three or four at the ve-
ry moft ; and then they tie them not as they do when
they are but one or two, but fixing another lefs fub-
ftantial ftick in the ground near the main one, to the
top of which, for its better fupport, they tie it with
an Oiler they bend down, and fix the head thereto
in the following form.

And fometimes, when they fihd one of a very extra-
ordinary vigour, and that has two good heads, they
leave them both, and difpofing of one in the manner
juft before related, to the other, having fixed ano-
ther ftick on the other fide of the principal ftake,
and tied it, they in the like manner bend down to
tie thereto, when it comes to form the following
figure.

M/1

This done, they continue from time to time to bind
the new (hoots to the flakes, and to nip off the tops of
them, when too luxuriant, till towards the time of
ripening; When the dog days are pad, they difbur-
den them of fome of their leaves, to expofe the fruit

*4 C theq

then turning colour more to the fun, and to .accelerate j
the ripening of it.

N. l3e What is faid above in relation to the leaving
more than one head , and the ordering thereof , only re-
lates to fnch as are in vineyards on the plains and hills ;
for in the mountains , as their fakes are fircnger and thick-
er, they affix fame wood work to them ; on which frame
they run two and fometimes three heads , making the fhape
of a wheel.

Here aljo it may be proper to obferve , 'That all landlords
of vineyards , at letting them , ever referve to themf elves
the privilege of vifiting them at their plea fire , to fee if
they are duly dreffed , and not more eyes left to a Vine than
there ought to be •, for it is pcjfble , in three years time ,
only by pruning , Jpoil the kef vineyard that is, pafi
almoft the power of art to recover it , and at the fame
time make it yield much wine ; for it is but leaving infead
of one or two eyes , five or fix ; and of three or four ,
eight or nine , and it will be reduced unto fo weak and ex-
haufied a fate, and the Vines fo run into wood, that it
will be pafi recovery ; and the only method is to cut the
Vines down a foot of fix inches under ground , and rear
up a new foot, which, befdes the time that will be lofl
in fo doing , will hardly after all, prove effectual. And
this manner of pernicious pruning the Italians call a lafeia
podera, which in Englifi, is quit farm, which is a proper
term enough.

As for the time of dreffing Vines, if it may properly
be lb called, there is nothing wherein thole people
differ more, fome performing it immediately after the
Grapes are gathered, as in Carignano and Vald5 Ar-
no ; others do it at all times, as their conveniency
permits, and if the feafon is mild and open (leaving
their youngeft Vines till the laft,) from November to
March ; and in Chianti, as the region is colder, and
their Vines late to move, they do it late in the month
of March, and even to the beginning of April ; others
again do it at twice, in November, when they leave
an eye extraordinary, and in March they cut off that
extraordinary eye, which laft method feems to be the
belt ; though, to have cuttings for a new planta-
tion, it can only properly be done in February or
March.

As to fowing in their vineyards, they alfo differ as
much. In Chianti they leave a fpace of about three
feet from their Vines, from thence to the low wall,
many fow Wheat $ and though the foil feems to be
little elfe but ftones, and fuch as only can be worked
by a mattock, yet it bears prodigious crops, thirteen
or twenty for one. Others again, in that fpace, will
only fow the low forts of Kidney-beans, Lentils, and
fuch low plants, and others again will not fow any,
the leaft thing at all, as in the general they do not in
the vineyards on the hills, but in the plains, after the
heads of their Vines are rifen fo high, as to be higher
than the tops of Beans, they make no difficulty be-
tween every row of Vines, to fow a row of them, as
the moft (crapulous do not, to fow late in April a
row of low Kidney- beans ; whilft fome of late, lay-
ing two rows of Vines into one, whereof with ftrong
(lakes and canes they make a fort of efpaliers, and in
the middle, (that is between row and row,) being
near four feet from each, plant a row of Artichokes,
which they fay, being well dug in their proper feafons,
part of the nouriftiment going to the Vines, does them
more good than harm.

As for the feafon of digging their vineyards, they all
agree that the later it is done in the year, the better
it" is; wherefore, in the places where they fow no-
thing, they let that work alone till the latter end of
April, or beginning of May, when according to the
nature of the ground, they do it with a fpade or mat-
tock. And again, the more efpeciaily to kill the
weeds, and forward the ripening of the plants, they
ftir it with a ftrong hoe or mattock, and when they
can, with a ipade in the dog days *, but in fo doing
they take a moft particular care that they touch not
any of the roots of the Vines, for that, if it dd not
kill them, would at leaft make them wither, and
jpoil their fruit.

2

6. As for manuring their vineyards in all parts, when
they are in a bearing condition, they practile it but
once in five or fix years, when they open the earth
about the roots, and taking away the ftnall ones,
which they may have made towards the fuperficies,
they throw in a handful or two of Cheeps dung, or of
that of goats or deer, for if any of thefe are not eafily
or in fufficient quantity to be had, then of parboiled
Lupines, which, although agreeable to the Vine,
yet being of little fubftance, muft be the oftener re-
peated, every three years at leaft, when they cover it
again ; and this they perform in the months of Odober
and November, that the winter rains falling thereon,
may make it delcend to the utmoft fibres of the roots,
and afford them nourifhment.

7. The feafon for gathering the Grapes, and making
the vintage, is very uncertain, depending upon the
weather that has been the preceding fpring and ftun-
mer, which makes it fooner or later fifteen or twenty
days in Chianti. When the feafon has been good,
they begin to cut their Grapes about Michaelmas,
and in the plains a week or ten days fooner. In
this they every where govern themfelves according
to the ripenefs of their Grapes, and the profped of
the weather, aiming to have a perfed dry feafon to
do it in.

8. The Grapes being of a due ripenefs, and the
weather warm and dry, as foon as the fun or wind
has dried up the dew that was on them, they cut them
and put them into piggins, and carry them, if at a
diftance, on mules, or if near, between two men, to
the wine vat, and then, either bruifing them to maffi
in the faid piggins with a club, throw them diredly
therein, or elfe into a thing relembling a very large
hopper, with a grate length wife; then boards being
placed over the vat, a lad with his feet treads them
out, the juice, hufks, ftones, and ftalks all palling
through the grate into the vat, and fo they continue
to do till the vat (which ufually contains from four to
five tons, fometimes eight, ten, nay, as far as fifteen
or twenty in fome large vineyards, in which there are
fometimes feveral of them) is full, when immediate-
ly, or fometimes in a few hours before they fill it, it
will fet a boiling, which raifes the hulks, ftalks, and
ftones to the top, and thefe make a thick cruft, and
thus it continues boiling for many days, more or lefs,
according to the ftrength of it, till it be fit to be drawn
off, which is to be diftinguiihed by the palate, where-
in the greateft Ikill in making wine confifts. The low
wines of the plains are ready in about ten days, thofe
of the hills in about fifteen, cf the mountains of Chi-
anti eighteen or twenty, and fometimes more ; in the
haftening or retarding whereof the weather has fome
(hare, fo that when they are near ready, they tafte
them every eight hours.

N. B. The more the wines boil, the drier they will be ,
the colour deeper , and the lefs, the fweeter and paler ;
and what is faid above , is to be underfood of red wines ,
which are the chief produce of this country , whilfi to
make their ftrong white wines or mufeadines, they gather
their Grapes carefully , and lay them three or four days or
more in the fun , taking care to carry them within doors ,
or under f sellers, in the night time, that fo no dew may
fall on them.

And when they are put into the vat, they let them boil
but little , five or fix days at moft , and then put them into
the cafe, f if ting them from one cafe to another , twice or
thrice to make them become fine ; and for the Verde a or
White Florence , as it is called, they draw it off from the
vat almoft as foon as it begins to boil, and has raifed the
cruft , and then letting it boil in the cafe into which they
have drawn it, thirty fix hours , or at moft two days , they
f if tit into another, and in a fezv hours into a third and
fourth, to prevent and check the fermentation, which gives
it the fweetnefs it has ; but then it is never perfectly fine,
though fome people both in Italy and England , efpeciaily
among the women, are very fond of it.

N. B. Thofe Grapes at the end of the bunches are weaker
in quality , as well as lefs ripe , than thofe that grow
nigher to the ftalk, and therefore fome extreme curious

perfons ,

per tons , to make a J, mall quantity of very choice wines ,
cut them off and make a wine by itfelf which is much
inferior to that which is made of the upper part of the
bunch. This pradlUe, though attended with trouble, may
be recommended for a larger parcel, in fucb years as the
Grapes are hardly ripe, to have fome wine, at leaf, in
perfection.

N. B. Thofe per fans who value themf elves on making
the befi wines, and endeavour to keep up the reputation
of their vineyards and cellars, in cutting their Grapes,
leave the unripe, or thofe that are infebled with a rotten-
nefs, together, till th& la ft, and with them make a vat or
more, by themfelves of vin fcauro, or refufe wine, which
ferves for common ufe , for which alfo they mix water with
the bottom of their Pats, and the hufks, &c. and make
a pleafant brifk drink much preferable to water cyder, but
the weather once coming in warm, turns it eager and un-
drinkable.

9. When the wines are found to be ready, they pro-
ceed to draw them off, which are now properly called
wines (before which they are termed motto, i. e. in
"Englifh, wort,) for which purpofe, within three or
four inches of the bottom of the vat, there is a cock
fixed, therein. When in final 1 barrels, they carry and
put into the large butts, which in Chianti hold, fome
of them, feven or eight tons, but generally two or
three tons, made of thick Cheftnut, the ftaves being
more than an inch and a half thick, and more than
twice as high as they are long, which they never
wafh, but having left a gallon or two, it may be
three or four, of wine in them, when they draw it
off the fpring or fummer before, when they are about
filling them again to clear them out, they fend in a
lad at the door, which is made in the head of the
cafk, to do it with a fponge, and to wafh it with
fome new wine, and this without wiping off any of the
argol, which they think preferves the wine the better.
In which calks, which laft many years, (and have ar-
gol in them of the thicknefs fometimes of three or
four inches) they let them remain till they have an
opportunity of felling them, taking care to keep
them full quite to the bung with a wooden ftopper.
This is what they pradife in Chianti, where the beft
wines are made, and whence, from thofe butts they
are drawn into flafks, and carried at the expence of
about a crown for a mule-load, to Florence, in order
for exportation ; but in other places they draw them
off into lefs cafks, of which wines, except fome Car-
niguano’s, and thofe of Val d’Arno, few or none are
exported, but ferve for the confumption of the coun-
try. Some of thefe have a pleafant flavour and brifk-
nefs, though of no great body, many of which will
not keep the fummer over, except in cool cellars, in
the places, where made, fuch is the nice nature of this
country wines in general. Nor are the choiceft Chi-
anti’s exempt, for at two feafons of the year, the be-
ginning of June and September, the one when the
Grapes are in flower, and the other when they begin
to ripen, fome even of the beft wines are apt to change,
efpecially at this latter feafon ; not that they turn ea-
ger, but take a moft unpieafing tafte, which renders
them unfit not only for drinking, but even to make
vinegar of, and is called the fettembrine. And what
is moft ftrange, is, that one cafk drawn out of the
fame vat fhall be infeded, and another not, but be
perfedly good, and yet have both been kept in the
fame cellar too.

As this change happens not to wine in flafks, though
that will turn eager, I am apt to attribute it to fome
fault in filling of the cafk, which muft always be kept
full, which either by letting alone too long, till the
decreafe be too great, and the feum that there natu-
rally is on all wine, thereby being too much dilated,
is lubjed to break, or elfe being broken by hafty fill-
ing up, gives it that vile tafte of a rotten Vine leaf.

But againft this there is a very ftrong objection, that
this defect feizes the wine at a particular feafon, in
September, over which if it gets, it will hold good
for many years.

As for the time that the wines are fit to drink, the

i poorer fort of people drink that of the plains aimed
as loon as drawn off, but from the 1 1 th of November
may be faid to be its proper feafon.

Thofe of the hills are a very pleafant drink about
Chriftmas, and during the fpring, but till June the
Chianti’s are not efteemed to be fit for drinking, tho®
they are fit for exportation in butts in December, and
in the flafks and chefts about the beginning of Fe-
bruary ; but if fooner fhipped off in that manner,
though apparently fine, there will be a fediment in
the flafks.

The art of brewing wines (further than the throwing
into each great butt the quantity of two or three hat-
fuls of the choiceft Grapes they had preferved, and
laid on mats in the fun for that purpofe, which were
picked from the ftalks, and are efteemed proper for
their wines to feed on, and which they call governo)
was not known in Chianti (though the hofts here
pradifed fomething like it, mixing the fmall wines of
this country with the ftrong ones of other parts, and
fining their white wines with ifinglafs, whites of eggs,
lime, and the like, and were thought to put allum
into the red wines to preferve them, and promote a
thirft in their guefts) till on the breaking out of the
French war, an Englifh merchant from Bourdeaux
came into thefe parts, with a view to accommodate
the wines which were made in the beft parts of Chi-
anti, and were naturally of a true bright ruby, with
a pleafant flavour, and a filky foftnefs, to the Englifh
palates, then in love with the deep-coloured rough
clarets, who inftruded them firft in the making of
black wines with a Labrufco or wild Grape,' which,
being mixed with the Chianti’s, giving them a deeper
colour and a rougher tafte, and being liked in Eng-
land, gave the firft occafion to great quantities being
fent thither every year in cafks, in making of which
the faid gentleman was the firft that inftruded them,
for before, their cafks were, as above related, very
unwieldy. This put them alfo (there being a demand
for their wines) upon increafing and enlarging their
cultivations, and making fome of them in fuch places
as the expofition was not very proper for, as alfo to
cultivate in vineyards the faid Labrufco or wild Grape,
and which certainly was the moft proper to mix with
their other Grapes in the vat, boiling them together.
So all fucceeded pretty well till the year 1607, when
the vintage proving very bad, and there being a great
demand of their wines for England, by mixing the
low wines with the high ones of Chianti, whicn that
feafon were not very good, they brought thefe wines
into fuch a difreputation, that they have never been
able to regain their credit, though they have fince,
many times, had thofe that are good.

At prefent, therefore, what goes for England is
chiefly in chefts, and no more black wines, as ufed
to be formerly, and thefe are fent juft as they are
made ; but ftill in Chianti, as they have cultivations
of the Brufco Grape (which however is much different
from the wild one, and becomes much larger and
more generous,) they continue to mix them with other
Grapes, which gives the great colour as well as rough-
nefs to their wines, and is agreeable enough to the
Englifh tafte. °

Having thus acquainted you with what I know £nd
can learn in relation to the making and managing of
vineyards, and the wines they produce, it remains
iOr me to add an evil, that befides the ordinary ones
of hails, ftorms, and frofts, attends the cultivation
of Vines in Chianti, and the parts contiguous, for
in the plains there is no fuch thing, and that is a very
fmall kind of blackifh, or very dark green caterpil-
lar, which in the month of May attacks the youn^
llioots of the Vines, when the Grapes are in embryo^
and deftroys them for which however they have a
moft certain remedy, which is to make a little ring
of birdlime round the foot of each Vine, about eight
inches above the ground, which none of thefe noxious
infefts (which I prefume proceed from the earth, and
are not brought in the air, as fome of the like are
thought to be, though thefe come generally with an

V I T

e&fterly dry wind) being able to pals, mod effectually
does the bufinels •, and as they in that region come
almoft every year, the trouble of fo providing againft
them is become habitual to the cultivators,

'The manner of making wine in Champaign , and how. it
may he propagated in ether provinces , to bring it to
perfection.

Wine is fo delicate a liquor* and an aliment fo proper
to give ftrength, and to preferve health, if ufed with
moderation, that one may very well wonder, that in
moft of the provinces of France, they make it with fo
much negligence in all thofe places, where it might
be excellent.

The Champenois are exempted from this reproach,
and whether it be from a delicacy of tafte, or a defire
of making an advantage of their wines, or a facility
in rendering them better, they have been always more
induftrious to make them more exquifite, than thofe
of the other provinces of the kingdom.

It is true, it is fcarce eighty years fince they have ftu-
died to make pale wine, which is very near white,
but before, their red wine was made with more care
and neatnefs, than any other of the wines of the
kingdom.

1 (hall not enter upon the ancient or modern difpute,
as to the preference between the wines of Champaign
and Burgundy, but content myfelf with taking no-
tice of all that the people of Champaign have invent-
ed to give the finenels and agreeablenefs to their wines ;
and by the obfervation that may be made therefrom,
it will be eafy to fee that the fame may be imitated in
other provinces, fo as to come pretty near that light-
nefs and exquifitenefs.

If thefe effays fhall give hopes of fuccefs for the future,
the wines of thole provinces might be brought to per-
fedtion by degrees where they might be delicious, and
where they are but pcior, becaufe they have never
ftudied to give them that finenefs.

In order to have the wine excellent, the Vines ought
to be well expofed to the fun, efpecially to the fouth,
and alfo on the decline, or in the manner of a little
hill, rather than on the plain. Vines Ihould be well
chofen, and fhould be fuch as generally produce
none but fmall black Grapes : the bottom of the foil
fhould be good, a little ftony, and not naturally
moift. The grain of the foil of Champaign is very
fine, and has a lingular quality that is not found in
other provinces.

As thefe kinds of lands are light, there is occafion to
dung them from time to time, and to lay on new
earth ; but the dunging ought to be fparingly done,
for too much of it will render the wine foft and infi-
pid, and apt to be ropy ; it ought to be commonly
cow dung, becaufe that is not fo hot as horfe dung.
In ftrong lands it may be mingled with horfe dung
and fheeps dung, provided that the horfe dung be fo
rotten, that it may be reduced to a powder, and that
there be but one half as much as of the cow dung,
otherwise it will burn the Vines. Let it be laid on a
trench or pit, and mix one layer of dung and another
of new earth, and let it lie and rot during a whole
winter, and toward the month of February take from
thence half a bafket of every Vine, efpecially for each
new plant, to help them to pufh forth. It is fuffici-
ent for a vineyard to be dunged once in eight or ten
years, or an eighth or a tenth part every year.

After the dung has been carried, the Vines ought to
be opened round about, and a little trench to be made
round the foot of the Vine, in order to bury the dung
at a proper time.

Divers perfons leave it there many weeks before
they bury it, but this is not the belt way, for the air,
the cold, or the fun, will be apt toAiffipate the moft
fubtile fubftance of it; but when it is neither too cold
nor too hot, it may be left open eight or ten days to
exhale its ill favour, efpecially the dung of fheep.
They give to a Vine four ordinary dreffings, accord-
ing to "their feafons ; but it is proper to take notice of

V I T

one thing, which is fcarcely obferved in Champaign*
which is, that they cut their Vines in the month” of
February, and even in January, inftead of which they
ought never to begin to cut them till after the 14th
of February: when they are cut before, they pufh
forth fooner, and are expofed to injury, and are fome-
times killed, if any hoar frofts come, prefently after
they have been cut ; But when they ftay till after the
14th of the month of February, there is no danger of
their being injured by the frofts.

The covetoufneis of vignerons leave them to under-
take the cultivation of more Vines than they well can
manage, and for this reafon they cut their Vines in
January* which does an infinite injury to them, and
to the greateft part of the plants, which they are len-
fible of for many years.

In Champaign they cultivate two forts of Vines, which
they call the high Vines and the low Vines. The
high Vines are fuch as they leave to grow in thofe
places that are lefs fine, to the height of four or five
feet ; the low Vines are thofe, which they do not fuffer
to grow above three feet high ; thefe they inter,
or ravale, according to the country term, every year,
fo as to leave but a little of the end to appear, which
is repeated annually.

The high Vines produce plentifully, arid give often
feven or eight pieces of wine an arpent ; the low Vines
produce but little, but then the Vine is much more
delicate •, they often do not give above two pieces of
wine an arpent, oftentimes lefs, feldom three, but
much feldomer four.

In order that the wine may be the finer, all the wines
which give the white Grapes muft be taken away, and
thofe alfo that give the large black Grapes, but one
need not pluck thefe up, but graft them.

But fometimes thefe grafts will not fucceed, which
being obferved, they muft be plucked up, and new
ones that have a root fet in their room, which they
chufe out of the nurferies, that are common in the
country. They ordinarily purchafe thefe plants for a
piftole a thoufand.

A private man that has a great many Vines, may make
himfelf nurferies.

Thefe plants that have a root are put into the earth,
in the middle of a great hole about a foot deep, which
they make with a ftake, or ftrait mattock, or pickax,
and thefe produce fooner than the others, which have
no root. A plant that has a root begins to give wine
a little the third year, indifferently the fourth and fifth,
and in abundance in the following years, and fo for
above fixty years.

Thefe new plants ought to be dunged the fecond year,
and in the fixth year, and afterwards in the eighth and
tenth as other Vines.

It will be to the purpofe every year, to pull up part
of the old plants, which take up room and produce
little or nothing, and by this means a vineyard will be
conftantly renewed, as one may fay, and in a perfedt
good condition.

When there are dews or humidities in May, June,
and September, the vignerons muft not be fuffered
to enter the vineyards in a morning, for the dews of
thefe months are commonly very cold, if the fun do
not draw them up, which burns the leaves of the Vines
which are touched before they are drawn up.

It is very effential not to enter the vineyards at the
time when there is hoar froft, or Ihowers attended
with froft, for this will certainly kill the Vines.

The vineyards muft be weeded now and then, and if
there be any beetles, which are pernicious animals to
plants, they muft be picked off and put into fecks,
and burnt at fome diftance from the vineyard, and the
allies buried.

About the end of June, and alfo of the month of
May, according as the vineyard is advanced, it is ne-
ceffary to cut off the end of each twig, that the plant
may grow no more in height, and that it may convey
all its nourilhment to the Grapes. It is enough, if it
have two feet and a half, or three at moft, above
oround ; all the reft is to be cut off, as muft alfo the

tops

I

V I T

tops or ends of the young {hoots, > which proceed
from the bottom or fides of the ftocks. This ought
to be done twice, thrice, or four times in a lum trier,
according as the Vines put fortlfi more cr left in cer-
tain yearSi

In the fpring feafon they put a prop to every Vine to
fupport it ; they ought to be chofen, as much as may
be, of Oak, and to procure them of the quarter or
heart thereof, if you are willing to go to the charge
of it. Thefe will laid above twenty years, and when
they are once made {harp, they will always keep fo,
for when they begin to rot, they periffi equally
throughout, and remain always pointed. The other
laid fcarce four or five years, and the maffers muid
have an eye over the fervants when they ffiarpen them
yearly, that they do not cut them too much, and
make them too fhort, and that they do not break a
great many that might ferve; for oftentimes in cutting
off that which is rotted, they cut off two or three
inches of that which is found, which prejudices it as
to duration. They call thefe props foot-props.

When a vineyard has been cultivated and managed
during the fummer after the accuftomed manner, and
the vintage time approaches, when they have made
choice of, and prepared a new cafk that will contain
it, and when the prefs has been walked, cleaned, and
rubbed over, you muff be very watchful to find when
the Grapes are come to maturity, for if they are too
ripe, the wine will not be fufficiently Idrong ; if they
are too green, it will be hard, more difficult, and
longer before it is fit to be drank.

In the provinces of Languedoc and Provence, the
Grapes have too large Hones, they have too many
white ones ; they fuffer them to be too ripe, which
gives them over much liquor ; they let their Hocks
grow to be too old, and do not renew them often
enough *, they are planted for the moil part upon too
good bottoms, or too moiH, and have not an afped
of the fun good enough.

To make an excellent wine of the firH preffing, hav-
ing firH well examined the maturity of the Grapes,
you ought to endeavour not to gather them but on
days that are very dewy, and in hot years, after a lit-
tle rain, when you can be fo happy as to have it. As
the Grapes are not ripe till toward the end of Septem-
ber, and fometimes the beginning of Odober, dew is
rarely wanted in vintage time. This dew gives the
Grapes a flower or farina on the outfide, which they
call azur, and inwardly a freffinefs, which caufes that
it doth not heat very eafily, and that the wine is not
coloured.

It is very lucky, if there chances to be a mifiy day in
dry years, which now and then happens, for the
, wine is not only thence more white and delicate, but
the quantity is by much the greater, being augment-
ed by near one fourth part. A private perfon who
has but twelve pieces of wine, in gathering his vin-
tage in a morning which has the fun without dew, will
have fixteen or ieventeen, if the morning be mifiy,
and fourteen or fifteen if it has no mifi, but yet has
a good dew ; the reafon of this is, that the dew, and
above all, the mifi renders the Grapes tender, fo that
the whole in a manner turns into wine.

The wine produced from the Grapes that have not
been warmed the moment they are cut, will Hill re-
main much paler, whereas, when the fun has warm-
ed the fubfiance of the Grape, it will become more
red by the motion of the parts, but the quantity will
be leffened either by reafon of tranfpiration, or be-
caufe the rind has been thickened and hardened by
the fun, whereby it yields its juice with more difficulty.
This, which experience has taught, is of fo much
the more concern, by how much the more certain it is.
They agree in Champaign, that the wine which they
call river wine, is ordinarily paler than that of the
mountains, but they do not give the reafon for it. I
believe the vineyards that are near a river enjoy all the
night a freffi air, which the river exhales, whereas
the vineyards of mountains do not refpire, during the
night, that warmth which proceeds from the exhala-

V I T

dons of the earth, alrid it is that which makes the co^
lour more or lefs j alfo when the years are very hot#
they cannot, either to thofe of the rivers, or of the
mountains, warrant the colour ; and when the years
are cold, neither the wines of the mountains nor thofe
of the rivers are coloured ; the reafon is the fame, be-
caufe the wines of the rivers are more foft, forward,
and fooner fit for drinking, than the others that are
harder, more heady, and later fit.

They gather riot all the Grapes without difiincKon,
neither at all hours in the day, but they chuje the
ripefi and bluefi ; thofe are the beff, and make the
mofi exquifite wirie, whofe berries grow not too clofe
together, but are a little feparated, whereby they
ripen perfectly well, for thofe that are clofe joined
together never ripen thoroughly ; they cut them with
a ffnall crooked knife, with as much neatnefs and
as little of the tail as they can, and they lay- them
very gently on the bafkets, fo as not to bruife one
Grape.

With thirty Grape-gatherers they will run over a vine-
yard of thirty arpents in three or four hours, to make
one firH preffing of ten or twelve pieces.

In wet years gteat care ffiould be taken riot to put
any Grapes that is fpoiled into the balkets, and at all
times you mufi be very careful to cut away the rotten
Grapes, or thofe that are bruifed, or quite dried up,
but you mufi never pull them off the bunches.

They begin the gathering of Grapes half an hour af-
ter fun-rifing, and if the fun is not clouded, and is a
little hot about nine or ten o’clock, they leave off ga-'
thering, and make their fack, which is one of the firH
preffing, becaufe after this hour the Grape being warm,
the wine will be of a red colour or teint, and will be
a long while very heady.

Upon thefe occafions they get a great number of ga-
therers, to be able to make up a fack for preffing in
two or three hours ; if it be overcafi, they may gather
the whole day, becaufe the Grape will prefer ve its
freffinefs upon the Hock.

The gatherers and preffers ought to take great care
that the Grapes be neither foul nor heated when they
are preffed, and alfo that the Grapes have their flow*'
er under the prefs.

When the prefs is near the vineyard, it is eafy to pre-
vent the wine from having a colour, becaufe the
Grapes may be carried gently and neatly in a little
time ; but when they are two or three leagues off,
they being obliged to fend the Grapes in calks and in
carts, to prefs it as foon as may be, it is hardly to be
avoided but that the wine Will be coloured, except in
fome very moiff and cold years.

This is a certain principle, that when the Grapes are
cut, the. fooner they are preffed the more pale and
delicate is the wine j for by how much the more wine
Hands upon the marc, the redder it is, fo that it is of
great importance to hafien the gathering of the Grapes
and preffing of them.

The preffes of Champaign are very commodious.
The particular perfons that have many vineyards of
their own, have them in or near the fame vineyards ;
in Hnall places the preffes are bannaux, which are of
different fizes and faffiions. An exa& defcription of
thefe feveral preffes will be inferted in the article of
Wines.

The fmall ones are about feven. feet and a quarter,
the middle ones about ten or twelve, the laro-e ones
fifteen or eighteen ; the leaff, which they call eti-
quets, cofi feven or eight hundred livresj the fecond*
which they call a cage or a teiffons, about two thou-
fand franks ; the large ones a thoufand crowns, and
fometimes more, according as the wood is cheaper or
dearer in certain places. In Languedoc and Pro-
vence, where the wood is fcarce, thefe forts of preffes
cofi a very great price, and but few perfons are in cir-
cumffances to be at the charge of them.

When the Grapes have been put under the prefs, or
on the marc, they put three great rods or poles of
ten or twelve inches round upon them, one at either
end in length, and the third in the middle on the

14 D

fame ..

> • ,

CSS

fame fide ; thefe at the extremities ferve to defcribe
the lines which they ought to follow with their cut-
ting [hovels in cutting the marc, the fubftance fqueez-
ed on two lides ; after the cut is made, they lay up-
on thefe poles and on the Grapes, planks of the fize
of the prefs •, and upon thefe planks half beams of
eight or nine inches fquare, which they call moyaux,
at a foot diftance one from the other ; they put four
or five rows of thefe moyaux acrofs, one upon another,
which elevate it with the bag about four or five feet,
and they let down upon the whole three or four
great beams of an immenfe weight, which are placed
in the middle of the prefs acrofs, and borne up at one
end by two ftrong fide beams, which are funk fifteen
or twenty feet in the ground, and which are fattened
to the bates which crofs them ; at the other end there
is a cage as they call it, or a wheel with a fcrew, to
raife or lower thefe great beams upon the moyaux,
and thus to prefs the Grapes •, then they presently
raife, by the means of a fcrew, the end of the trees
on the fide of the wheel, or of the cage, which lowers
the other end of the cheeks or fide beams ; then they
drive with a great mallet two or four wooden quoins
between the notch, which is in the fide beams or
cheeks-, and thefe beams are alfo lowered to keep
them in their pofition, and to prevent them from
rifing : and after this they lower the other end by the
aid of the fcrew, which ferves alfo to raife it.

They ufe in thefe preffes large fteel fhovels, about a
foot in breadth, and one and a half in depth, very
heavy, and fharp at the bottom, to cut the marc of
the Grapes eafily at the four fides.

The fir ft time they lower the great beams upon the
Grapes, they call the wine that runs out, the wine of
goute, becaufe it is the fineft and moft exquifite in
the Grape. This wine is very thin, and has not body
enough : fome call this firft prefling Fabaiflement ;
this muft be done with a great deal of dexterity and
brifknels, that the beams may be raifed immediately,
to thruft back to the middle inftantly all the Grapes
which are flipped to the fides of the prefs, that they
may be brifkly prefifed the fecond or third time. They
call thefe two other lowerings of the beams the firft
and fecond cutting ; they muft be done in lefs than
an hour, if you would have the wine very pale, be-
caufe time is not to be given the Grapes to heat, nor
the liquor to remain upon the marc.

They ordinarily mix the wine of the abaiflfement, or
firft lowering, with that of the firft and fecond cut ;
and fometimes, but very rarely, according as the years
are more or lefs hot ; and thence they call a wine of
the firft prefling fine.

Some referve one or two carteaux of the firft tafte,
which is that of the firft lowering, by itfelf ; but it is
too fmall or thin, and has not a fufficient body for
keeping for tranfportation.

There are fome fkilful perfons who pretend, that the
firft lowerings of the wines ought not to be mixed
but with thofe of the firft cut, becaufe that is much
more delicate than that of the fecond or third and
that befides there is time enough to mix them after-
wards, if they are found to be too thin and pale
enough and the rather becaufe there is no remedy,
if it be done at the firft.

At every cut they raife the great beams, and they
take away all the moyaux with the planks, and the
rods that are immediately on the Grapes, or upon
the marc ; with thefe fteel cutting fhovels they cut
the marc on four fides, and they call down with their
wooden fhovels that which is cut, and fpread it even
all over the fquare, to the end that it may not difperfe
fo eafily, that is to fay, in thofe preffes which they
call etiquets ; they take care, that the wheel which is
upon the middle may be made to bear, efpecially up-
on the rammer, over all the breadth, in fuch manner
that the bag may be equal.

Inftead of the preflfes, a cage, or teifions, as the
beams bear more upon the fide of the wheel, than on
the corners, there muft needs be more of the marc
when the bag is placed Hoping toward the wheel than

V I T

toward the fide of the quoins, it will be eafily com-
prehended by viewing the deferiptions of the diffe-
rent preflfes. It is alfo to be obferved, that every
time they cut the Grapes, or the marc, they raife up
the bag, becaufe it has always a certain elevation, in
fuch fort, that it is one third lefs at bottom than at
the top.

The fecond cut is more plentiful than the firft lower-
ing, and the firft cut ; becaufe the Grapes begin to
be well bruifed, and they do not flip fo much to the
fides.

The wine ftrains from the prefs into a puncheon hav-
ing the head ftaved out, or fome other large veffel
prepared for the purpofe, and funk into the ground
on the forefide to receive it it appears at firft draw-
ing to be a little upon the red, but it lofes this little
of its colour according as it is boiled, and as it clari-
fies itfelf in the tun ; and it becomes perfe&ly white,
efpecially when they have prefled the two firft cuts
with much difpatch ; but principally when they have
gathered the Grapes during the dew, or in a flhady
time. Although thefe wines are white, they call
them gray, becaufe they are made only of black
Grapes.

If the year be hot, and the wine of the third cut has
a colour, it muft be mingled not with that of the
foregoing, but with that of the fourth ; and fome-
times, t’no’ very rarely, with that of the fifth. They
are not in fo much hafte for thefe cuts as for the firft
they make an interval of a good half hour between
the one and the other. The wine that comes thence
has more of colour than this, which they call the par-
tridge’s eye, or the wine of the cut it is a ftrong
wine, pleafant, fine, good for an ordinary, but is
better when it is old.

When the wine of the fourth cut is too deep, they
do not mingle it with wine of the firft or fecond cut,
but they obferve to mingle it with wine of the fifth,
fixth, or feventh cut, which they call wine of the
prefs, which is of a deep red, pretty hard, but fit for
houfhold drinking ; but when they are not in hafte,
they leave an interval of an hour and a half between
every one the three laft cuts ; as much to give time
to the wine to ftrain infenfibly, as to give the preffers
time to deep or reft themfelves, for the fatigue is
very great, they being obliged to carry it on night
and day for about three weeks. The preffers of
Champaign prefs the Grapes fo hard, that after they
have done, the marc is as hard as a ftone ; they put
this marc into old calks with the heads out, and they
fell it to people who draw from it an aqua vitas of a
very bad tafte, which they call aqua vitas of Aixne j
but it is good for a great many purpofes.

Thofe who have many vineyards alfo make two, three,
or four firft prefiings of the fine wine, by chufing al-
ways the moft delicate and ripeft Grapes for their
firfts ; thefe are always much fuperior the one to the
other for goodnefs and price, fo that if the wine of
one of the firft prefiings fells for fix hundred livres a
queue, that of the fecond will not fell for above four
hundred and fifty, and that of the third two hundred
and fifty, although all the Vines are of one and the
fame vineyard.

In every firft preffing there are ordinarily two thirds
of fine wine, one half third of wine of the cut, and
one half third of the wine of the prefs ; thus one cu-
vee of five or fix pieces of wine, will confift of nine
or ten of fine, three or four of the taille, and two or
three of the prefs.

Of the common black Grapes, which remain after the
firft, fecond, or third cuvee, they make one with
thofe that are not very ripe, and which they call ver-
derons, they make of the whole a wine pretty high-
coloured, which they fell to the country people, or
that ferves for their domeftics ; they alfo leave thefe
Grapes two whole days in a great tub before they
prefs them, to the end that the wine may be the red-
der •, and they mix all that comes from the different
tallies of this vintage together.

r

The

V I T

V I T

The white Grapes don’t come into this cuvee ; they
leave them upon the flock till toward All Saints-dayl
or fometimes till toward the eighth or tenth of No
vember,(at which time the mornings are cold) to make
of it a vin bourra, as they call it, i. e. a new and
fweet white wine that has not worked, which they fel!
while it is quite hot.

This wine is frill the better when the Grapes have been
pinched by the white frofts of October and November,
or at leaft very cold mornings. A little rottennefs in
thefe Grapes does no harm ; you need only take care
to give the wine time to throw out the filth by the fer-
ment, and purify.

This white wine may be mixed with the wine of the
taille, if you pleafe, when you have an opportunity of
felling it prefently after it is boiled. This makes a
very good wine to drink, is pretty pale, and has. a
good body.

All thefe fine wines ought to be put into a new cafk,
as alfo fnould thofe of the taille ; but the red wines,
the green, and thole of the prefs, may be put into an
old cafk, but it ought to be a very good one.

You muft never rub the tuns over with brimftone, you
ihould only wafh them in common water a little while
before they are filled, and give them time to drain
well : fome handfuls of flowers or Peach leaves may
be mingled with the water, and they pretend that
this will do the wine good.

In Champaign they rarely put it in any thing but
pieces, cateaux and cades.

The river meafure is different from that of the moun-
tains : the pieces of the rivers contain about two hun-
dred and ten Paris pints (a Paris pint is equal to an
Englifh quart;) the carteau a hundred and ten ; the
pieces of the mountains contain about two hundred
and forty pints, at the leaft two hundred and thirty
Paris meafure ; and the carteau a hundred and fifteen,
or a hundred and twenty.

They mark regularly with chalk every piece, and eve-
ry carteau, to denote the firft, fecond, or third cu-
vee ; the wine of the cutting of the prefs, the white
wine, and the green they alfo write the name of the
vineyard from whence the Grapes came.

A few years fince, fome private perfons in Cham-
paign attempted to make wine as red as that of Bur-
gundy, and they fucceeded pretty well as to the co-
lour : but in my opinion thefe forts of wines do not
come up to thofe of Burgundy, in that they are not
fo foft, nor fo agreeable to the palate : neverthelefs
many perfons call for thefe wines, and fome efteem
them the beft.

And as thofe gray wines are a little fallen, there has
been made fome years paft, a great deal of red Cham-
paign. Thefe wines do well for Flanders, where they
are frequently fold for thofe of Burgundy.

Of all thefe wines, there is none better for health, nor
more agreeable to the palate, than the gray wine of
Champaign, of the colour of a partridge^ eye, or the
wines of the two firft tailles of a firft prefling in pretty
hot years.

This wine has a body, a tartnefs, a headinefs, a bal-
famicknefs or perfume, a quicknefs and delicatenefs,
that exceeds all the moft exquifite ones of Burgundy.
And that which fhould engage one to drink it, is its
lightnefs, which makes it ftrain and pafs quicker thro’
the body than any other wine in the kingdom. It is a
miftake to be of opinion, that the wine of Champaign
can give the gout. I have fcarce ever feen one gouty
perfon in this whole province, and there need be no
better proof.

To make good red wine in Champaign, the black
Grapes ought to be gathered in the heat°of the day ;
care is to be taken to chufe them well, and not to
mingle with them the Grapes of the tall Vines, nor
the green ones, or thofe that are partly rotten ; to
let them be two days in one tub, where the liq'uor
grows red by the heat that it con trails there : fome
hours before it is put into the prefs, it ought to be
trampled with the feet, and the juice to be mingled
with the marc j without this the wine will not be of

a fufficient rednefs. If it be let Hand more than two
days in the tub, it will tafte too much of the ftone.
If it be mingled with the wine of the prefs, it will be
too thick, too hard, and too unpleafant.

The wine of the firft prefling being finifhed, and the
veflels marked, they let them in a row in a cellar or
court yard : thofe who have a great deal of wine and
are good ceconomifts, take great care to gather the
fcum that comes out of every veflel, while the wines
ferment, by the means of a kind of tin funnel, made
bending downwards, which lets the fcum fall into a
wooden bowl, which is placed between two calks ;
they afterwards put thefe fcums into the wines of the
prefs, but neverthelefs there are but few that ufe this
piece of ceconomy.

They let thefe gray wines Hand to ferment in the calks
ten or twelve days, becaufe thefe wines throw out
their ferment fo much the more or lefs flowly, by how
much they have more or lefs warmth, or as the years
are more or lefs hot.

After the wine has done fermenting, they flop up the
veflels at the great bung- hole, and leave on the fore-
fide an opening, about the bignefs of a French far-
thing, by which one may put in his finger ; this they
call le broqueleaur ; and they flop this up ten or
twelve days after, with a wooden peg, about two
inches long, for the more readily taking it out, and
putting it in.

All the while the wines are fermenting, the veflels
are to be kept full, to give them an opportunity of
calling out all that is impure. In order for this, they
muft be filled up every two or three days, within a
finger’s breadth of the bung ; after they have been
bunged up, they muft be filled up every eighth day,
at the little hole, for the fpace of two or three weeks
more ; and after that, once a week for a month or
two ; and after that once in every two months, as
long as the wine remains in the vault, if it be there
for years.

When the wines have not body enough, or are too
green, as it often happens in moift cold years, and
when they have too much liquor, as in hot and dry
years, three weeks after the wines have been made,
hey muft be rolled in the calks five or fix turns to
mix them well with the lees ; and this muft be con-
tinued every eight days for three or four weeeks.
This mixing of the lee with the wine being repeat-
ed, will ftrengthen it, foften it, ripen it, render it
more forward, and make it fit to drink in as fhort a
time as if it had been tranfported from one place to
another.

The wines muft be let Hand in the cellar till toward
the loth of April, when they carry them down into
the vault ; but as foon as it begins to be cold in au-
tumn, they are to be carried up again into the cellar : 1
it is of confequence to be obferved upon this fubjedl,
that the wines ought always to be in cool places, and
never to fuffer heat ; and as the vaults are cooler in
fummer, and warmer in winter than the external air,
as foon as it begins to be hot, the wines muft be carried
down, whether they be in pieces or in bottles, into
the vaults ; and when it begins to be cold, they muft
be carried up into the cellar.

There has been nothing better invented and more ufe-
ful, than the manner of drawing off wines. Certain
experience convinces, that it is the lee that fpoil
wines ; and that they are never better and more live-
ly, than when they have been well drawn off- whe-
ther you would bottle it, or keep it in pieces, it
ought always to be drawn off, out of one veflel into
another, at leaft twice into another veflel well walked,
leaving the lee in the former.

You fnould draw off the wines the firft time towards
the^ middle of December, the fecond towards the
middle of February, and to fine them in March and
April, eight days or thereabouts before you bottle it.
For every piece of wine, you muft have of ifinglafs,
that is the whiteft, of the weight of a crown of gold',
weighing two deniers fifteen grains, or fixty-three
grains. They take fo many times the weight of a

crown

V I T

trown of gold, as they have pieces of wine to draw
off ; they put this quantity of ifinglafs in one or two
pints of the fame wines, in a bucket, for a day or
two, to give it time to diffolve *, others put it in a
glafs, or a pint of water, according to the quantity,
in order to haften its diffolving, which is always diffi-
cult to be done •, forne mix it in a pint of fpirit of
wine, or excellent aqua vitae. When the ifinglafs is
grown foft, they beat it -well to divide, and diftribute
it *, then, when the parts begin to feparate, they put
ih the bucket or veffel, in which this diffolution is
made, fo many pints of wine as they have cafks or
pieces to draw off ; then they beat the ifinglafs again
and pafs it through a flrainef, the holes of which
fhould be very fmall •, they often pour in of the fame'
wine to dilute ft Well ; and when there remains no-
thing in the {trainer, they pafs all the liquor over
again through a linen cloth, and fqueeze it very well ;
and afterwards they put one good pint or lefs into each
calk, and half a pint into each carteau.

They ftir the wine in the piece with a flick about the
middle, without buffering the flick to go any lower.
It is fufficient to ftir the wine for the fpace of three or
four minutes.

A certain private perfon has newly contrived a quicker
method of diffolving this ifinglafs ; after it has been
fteeped one day in water, he melts it in a fkillet upon
the fire, and reduces it to a ball, like a bit of pafte,
and afterwards put it into the wine, where it diftri-
butes itfelf with lefs difficulty. After what manner
foever it is diffolved, care ought to be taken not to
put in too much liquor, and not to put more than a
proportionable quantity of water or wine to that of
ifinglafs.

The ifinglafs works itfelf ordinarily in two or three
days, though fometimes it does not clarify the wine
in fix or eight *, but neverthelefs, you muft wait till
the wine is clear before you change the veffel. In the
winter the feafons are oftentimes fo improper for this,
that there is a neceffity of putting ifinglafs a fecond
time into the piece, but then you muft not put in
more than the quantity before mentioned *, but when
it freezes, or the weather is clear and cold, the wine
will clarify itfelf perfectly well, and in fewer days ;
it has a colour more lively and brilliant, than when it
is fined and drawn off in faint moift weather.

As foon as the wines are clear, they are to be drawn
off, and the veffels changed. Four or five new cafks
are fufficient to draw off two or three hundred pieces
of wine ; for when they have emptied one piece, they
take out the lee, and put it into the old cafks, wafh
it, and it ferves to draw off another into it.

Nothing is more curious than their contrivance in
Champaign, to fhift their wines without difplacing
their cafks. They have a leathern pipe like a gut,
four or five feet long, and about fix or feven inches
in circumference, well fewed with a double feam,
that the wine may not tun through *, there is at both
ends a cannon or pipe of wood, about ten or twelve
inches long, and about fix or feven in circumference
at one end, and about four at the other ; the great
end of each pipe is fet in a leathern pipe, and well
bound with ftrong twine on the outfide, that the wine
may not run out •, they take out the bung that is at
the top of the tun that they would fill, and drive the
wood of the pipe in with a wooden mallet, which
they beat upon a fort of chin cloth, that is fixed to
each of thefe pipes, which being fattened about two
inches within an inch or lefs of the great end, and
which lofes itfelf infenfibly in going towards the fmall
end, they fet a large fiphon of metal below the cafk
they would empty, and alfo put into this fiphon the
fmall end of the other pipe of wood, which is fattened
to the leather pipe, and afterwards open the fiphon,
and without the help of any perfon, almoft the half
of the full veffel paffes into the empty one by the
weight of the liquor ; and when it is come near the
level, and will run no longer, they have recourfe to a
Itind of bellows of a very particular conftruftion3 to

V I T

force the wine from the cafk they would empty, to
pafs into that they would fill.

Thefe kinds of bellows are about three feet long, and
a foot and a half broad, and are made and fhaped in
the common manner to about four inches of the Small
end •, but from this diftance the bellows have three or
four inches in breadth. In the infide of this place,
the air paffes only through one great hole of an inch
bore : near this hole, on the fide of the fmall end of
the bellows, there is a piece of leather like a tongue
or fucker of a pump, which is fattened there, and lies
clofe againft the fide of the hole and the mouth, fo
that when the bellows is lifted up to take in the air,
the air that has paffed once through this hole, and
has entered into the cafk, cannot return back into
the bellows, which takes not back a new air, but by
thofe holes below to fill it again.

The end of the bellows is different from that of others,
being clofely {hut up with a nozel of wood of a foot
long, which is jointed in, glued, and very ftrongly
fattened by good pegs at the end of the bellows,
to conduit the air downwards. The nozel is rotind,
and thick without, about nine or ten inches in cir-
cumference at the top, and diminifhed infenfibly to-
wards the fmall end, that it may enter conveniently
into veffels by the bung-hole, and alfo to fhut it up
fo clofe, that the air can neither get in nor out any
way.

This nozel enters for this purpofe two inches near
the level at the end of the bellows, and is made in a
half round at the top, that it may be beaten in with
a wooden mallet, and forced into the calk ; there is,
about two fingers length below the upper end of this
nozel, a hook or brace of iron of a foot long patting
through an iron ring, which is fattened with nails to
the nozel, in order by this hook to fatten the bellows
to the hoops of the cafk, without which the force of
the air would drive the bellows out again by the bung-
hole, and the operation of emptying the broached
veffel would not be performed.

The mechanifm of thefe bellows thus deferibed, is
eafy to be conceived. The air enters by the holes be-
low in the common manner ; ,it advances toward the
end, according to the degree that the bellows are
preffed, there it meets with a pipe that caufes it to
defeend downwards ; but to hinder it from rifing up
again, as it would do, when the bellows were opened
to give it a new air, there is in this fpace a fucker or
tongue of leather, which, as has been faid, is on the
infide of the hole at about three or four inches from
the end of the bellows, which fhut up the hole accord-
ing as you would have it take in again a new air ; this
new air pufhes flill gently, in preffing the bellows in
the pipe, becaufe this tongue opens according as it is
forced by the air ; thus there continually enter a new
air into the cafk, without being able to get out, be-
caufe it finds itfelf clofe ftopt by the fame pipe that
carries the air into it, and the tongue hinders it from
getting out again.

The force of this air which continually pufhes in,
preffing ftrongly upon the bellows, prefles equally
the fuperficies of the wine over the whole length of
the piece, without caufing the leafl agitation in the
wine ; and the force caufes it to pafs down in the pipe
of leather, from thence into the other cafk that is to
be filled, where it rifes, becaufe the air is driven to-
ward the bung-hole, which is open.

The bellows pufh all the wine in the cafk to about
ten or twelve pints, or thereabouts, which is known
when they perceive the wine to hifs in the fiphon ; at
which time they take from the two cafks, the two
pipes that have been forced into them, and which are
joined together by the leather pipe, and nimbly flop
up the hole at the bottom of the piece with a bung of
Oak made round, a little Hoping, and drive it with
a mallet; from the other cafk, that has been emp-
tied, they pull out the cannon or pipe of wood from
the fountain of metal, and leave it to drain gently fome
pints of clear wine into a veffel that receives it.

V I T

They obferve attentively every moment, in a clear
glafs, if the win© be neat ; and when they perceive
but the ieaft thicknefs, without waiting till it appears
foul, they ftop the fountain, and take it away im-
mediately, and turn out into a bucket that little
wine that remains in the piece. That clear wane that
has drained out of the fountain, they put into the
calk that they have been filling they ufe for this
purpofe a funnel of tin, the tail of which is about
a foot long, to the end that the wine that paffes
thro ugh it, "may not caufeany agitation in that of the
piece ; and that there may not any filth pafs into the
wine, there is, toward the bottom of the funnel, a
tin plate pierced through with fmall holes, which
prevents any thing grofs from palling through into
the piece.

They put together into a feparate calk, all the re-
mainders of the empty pieces ; prefently after they
have emptied one, which they do in lefs than half an
hour, they wafn it with a bucket of water, let it Hand
to drain fome moments, and then fill it with another
that is to be drawn off.

After the wine has been emptied out of one veffel into
another the firft time, they draw it off a fecond time,
at the time we have before mentioned ; fometimes
they are obliged to do it a third time, to give it a live-
ly colour, if it has it not already •, but four days be-
fore they change the calk, they give it a frizure, as
they call it, and put in it one third part of the ordi-
nary quantity of ifinglafs.

The molt experienced perfons Ihift their fine wines
out of one veffel into another, as often as they change
the vault or its place, as well when they carry it down
into the vault, as up into the cellar, according to
the different feafons : I have known when, in four
years time, they have drawn it off twelve or thirteen
times •, and they pretend, that this preferves and fuf-
tains the wine, and that it has been the finer and more
delicate.

Their opinion is, that the wine is continually forming
a fine lee, which gives it the colour; and that topre-
ferve it of a good white, it mult be often Ibifted out
of one veffel into another, if it be not put into bottles •,
and that there is no reafon to fear, that the wine will
be weakened by this means, becaufe the oftener it is
removed, the oftener you give it new vigour, and the
oftener it is drawn off, the more lively and brilliant is
the colour.

And although I have faid they fhould not brimftone
their calks, they do not fail to ufe a match of brim-
llone the firft time they change their veffels ; they
mingle a piece of thick linen cloth in the melted
brimfione, and they cut off a bit for each calk of
fine wine about the bignefs of One’s little finger, and
one as big again for every piece of common wine ;
they light it, and put it under the bung of the piece
they empty, before they have recourfe to the bellows •,
according as the wine defcends, it draws along with
it a fmall fcent of the brimftone, which is not very
ftrong fo as to make it perceivable, and that only
leaves what will give it a livelineis of colour; the
fame may be done the fecond time, when they change
the calk, if it has not taken the fcent the firft time,
otherwife it ought to be drawn off the fecond time
without a match, to caufe it to lofe the fcent of the
brimftone, which it ought never to have.

The wines that are thus clear and fine, keep very
well in the calk for two or three years, and hold their
goodnefs in the vaults and cellars, but efpecially the
mountain wines that have a good body; thole of the
river lofe their quality in wood, and they ought to be
drank in the firft and fecond year, or elfe they mull
be put into bottles. This wine will keep very well
four, five, or fix years in glafs bottles.

The ufe of round bottles is very common in Cham-
paign ; they having plenty of wood in the province,
have there let up very good glafs-houfes, which they
feldom make ufe of but in making thefe bottles, which
are about fix inches high, and four or five in the neck.
Thefe bottles contain ordinarily a Paris pint, or half

V I T

a glafs lefs. They fell them commonly for twelve of
fifteen franks a hundred. They have a certain quan-
tity in every houfe. Before they enter upon a piece
of wine to drink, they put it into bottles well walked
and drained, in order to have the wine of one piece
equally good.

When they have a mind to draw off a piece of wine
into bottles, they put a little fiphon of metal into the
calk, which is bent downwards, to ftrain it into the
bottle, under which there is a tub or bucket to catch
the wine that fhall run over. They ftop up every
bottle carefully with a good well chofen cork that is
not worm eaten, but that is folid and dole. Thefe
forts of fine corks coft fifty or fixty fols a hundred.
There cannot be too much care taken in the chufing
corks, left the wine fpoii in fome of the bottles, when
the corks are defective ; therefore great care fhould
be taken in the chufing them, when you would draw
off fine wines into bottles, whether it be for keeping,
or to be fent abroad.

When bottles are ufed that have been made ufe of be-
fore, they fhould be walked with leaden fhot, and a
little water to fetch out the filth that fhall remain on
the bottom of the bottles ; but it is much better in
the room of them to ufe fmall nails, becaufe they oer-
feclly take off all that which fticks to the glafs.

When all the bottles that fuffice to empty one calk
are filled, they tie the mouth of the bottle over to
the neck with a ftrong packthread ; and if it be a fine
wine they commonly feal it with Spanifh wax, that
the wine may not be changed, nor the bottles by the
domeftics ; and fome perfons have their coats of arms
made on the bottles, which does not enhance the price
above thirty fols per cent.

When all the bottles are well flopped, tied down,
and fealed, they ought to be fet in a vault or cellar,
upon fand two or three fingers depth, and laid Tide-
ways, leaning againft one another ; when they are fet
upright, they form a white flower upon the wine at
the top, in the fmall empty fpace that is between
the top of the mouth of the bottle and the wine ;
for the bottles ought never to be be filled up to the
top, but there muft be left a fmall empty fpace of
about half an inch, between the wine and the end of
the cork.

If this was not done, the wine would fet a working
in the different feafons of the year, and break a great
number of bottles ; and it does, notwithftanding*
break a great many, in fpite of all the caution that
can be taken, and more efpecially when the wine has
a great deal of heat, or is a little tart.

In fome years the wine grows ropy in the bottles even
in the vaults, fo as to rope when it is poured out as if
it had oil, fo that it cannot be drank. This is a ma-
lady that feizes the wine, that has flood feveral months
without being removed from one place to another. If
it be fet in the air, it will lofe more of its ropinefs than
it will if left in the vault. It will recover itfelf, if fet
in a very airy granary, better than it will oftentimes
do in fix months in a vault-

When one is obliged to drink a ropy wine, if he fhake
the bottle ftrongly for the fpace of half a quarter of
an hour, and then uncork it immediately after he has
done fhaking it, the bottle being a little inclined on the
fide, will caft out prefently half a glafs of froth or
fcum, and the reft of the wine will be drinkable, where-
as otherwife it would not be fo.

For about forty years laft paft, the tafte of the French
has been determined for a frothy wine ; and this they
ufed to love, as one may fay, even to diftradion.
They have begun a little to come off from that for
fome years paft. Their fentiments are much divided
as to the opinion of this kind of wine ; fome believe
that it proceeds from the force of the drugs they put
in it, which makes it froth fo ftrongly ; others attri-
bute it to the tartnefs of the wines, becaufe the great-
eft part that do froth are extremely tart ; others attri-
bute this effed to the moon, according to the times
in which thefe wines are bottled.

14 E

.til

It

It is true, there are a great many wine merchants,
who, feeing the great fondnefs that there is for their
frothy wines, oftentimes put in allum, fpirit of wine,
and pigeons dung, and a great many other drugs, to
make it froth extremely ; but it is certain by experi-
ence, that the wine froths when it is any time bottled
from the vintage to the month of May. There are
iome who pretend that the nearer the vintage time
the wine is produced when it is bottled, the more it
froths. Many do not agree to this Opinion, but no-
thing is more certain than that there is no time in
which the wine froths more, than about the end of the
fecond quarter of the month of March, and this al-
ways happens toward the holy week. There does not
need any artifice at all, one may be always fure to
have wine perfectly frothy, when it is bottled from
the ioth to the 14th of the month of March; of this
there is fuch reiterated experience, that it cannot be
doubted.

It is good to know that the wine does not froth pre-
fently after it is put in bottles ; it mud be at lead fix
weeks, and fometimes fix months, before it froths
well. If it is to be tranfported, you mud give it near
a month of the vault, efpecially in the fummer, to
recover its remove.

But as wines, efpecially the mountain wines, are not
ordinarily bottled in the holy week, becaule they are
then too green, or have too much hardnefs, efpecially
if the year has been cold and moid, or too much
liquor expreffed, if the year has been hot, the mod
lure and advantageous way to have exquifite wine,
that is perfectly frothy, is not to bottle it till the rife
of the fap of Augud. It is certain by experience,
that it froths exceffively when it is bottled from the
ioth to the 14th of Augud, and as it will then have
lod the tartnefs or greennefs of its liquor, one may
be afiured in bottles to have the riped and mod frothy
wine.

There has been another experiment tried, which is,
not to bottle the mountain wine till the holy week
of the fecond year, that is, eighteen months after
the vintage ; and it has been found that it froths dif-
fidently, but lefs by half than that which has been
bottled in the rifing of the fap of March the year
before.

It is not believed that the river wine, which has a
lefs body than that of the mountains, can froth fo
much in the fecond year. When one would have
wine that will not froth at all, it fhould be bottled in
October or November, the year after the vintage ; if
it be bottled in June or July, it will froth dightly,
though but a little, if any thing at all.

To find in the wine of Champaign all the merit that
it ought to have, it fhould be taken out of the vault
not above half a quarter of an hour before it is drank,
and it mud be put into a bucket, with two or three
pounds of ice ; the cork fhould be opened and put
in again lightly, which, if it be not done, the wine
will break the bottle, or will not grow cool, if it were
not undopped, and it would evaporate itfelf, if it re-
mained quite open. When the bottle has been half
a quarter of an hour in this ice, it mud be taken out,
becaufe the ice would otherwife chill it too much,
and make it lole its brifknefs. This wine will be ex-
cellently good, and of a delicious flavour, when it
has been a little affeCted by the ice, but great care
mud be taken that it may not be either too much or
too little.

As thele wines, efpecially thofe of the fame year,
work continually in the vaults and cellars, and dill
more in bottles than in pieces, according to the diffe-
rent feafons, and the divers impreflions of the air, it
ought not to be furprifing, if the fame wine, efpe-
cially the new, oftentimes appears different in tafle.
We find a wine potable in January and February,
which will feem hard in March and April, becaufe of
the rifing of the fap, which agitates it more -, the
fame wine in June and July will appear entirely foft,
and in Augud and September we fhall find it hard
again, which one fhall not be able to perceive any

thing of during the preceding months, becaufe the
rifing of the fap in Augud will put the parts in a great
motion. This effect motion will have on the river
wines of the year, but oftentimes the wines of two
years from the mountains will appear more mellow,
more or lefs exquifite, more or lefs forward, accord-
ing to the different motions it has received by the dif-
ferent impreflions of the air, which will vary more
fenfibly in the different feafons of the year.

There ought to be a very great attention to keep
the wine continually in cool places, for, as nothing
does it more hurt than heat, it is of the greated im-
portance to have good cellars, and excellent vaults.
No part of the world has fo good vaults as thofe in
Champaign, which is the reafbn it is fo difficult to
find any where elfe fo good wines as thofe of this
province.

Thofe who would lay up a dock of wine, and are
able to keep it two or three years, or whofe bufinefs
it is to fend it into other far diftafit provinces, or to
foreign countries, ought to chufe the mountain wine ;
for as it has more body, it will better bear tranfpof-
tation than thofe of the river ; and befides, the Eng-
lifh, the Flemings, the Dutch, the Danes, and the
Swedes, defire thele drong wines that can bear the
transportation, and hold good for two or three years,
which the river wines will not do.

The mod noble river wines are thofe of Auvillers,
Ay, Epernay, Pierry, Cumieres ; thofe of the moun-
tain are, of Sillery, Verzenay, Taifly, Madly, and
above all, thole of St. Thierry have the mod reputa-
tion. The lad has for a long time had the greated
name, and been the mod called for, and one may
venture to fay, that it comes nothing behind the bed
wines of Champaign.

By all the observations which have been made on
what is praCtifed in this province, in cultivating and
ordering the Vines, and in fining off the wines, in
bottling and carrying them up and down into cellars
and vaults, and from vaults to cellars, it will be
found that even perfons of good tade, in the pro-
vinces of Burgundy, Berry, Languedoc, and Pro-
vence, who are yet very curious and delicate in mak-
ing wines, efpecially for their own tables, know not
fo well how to bring it to perfection, as thofe who are
accudomed to make it in this province for though
their wines have not the tartnefs of thofe of Cham-
paign, yet they are able to make them more clear,
fine, and light. They might therefore try if they
would not be preferved better in drawing them off
from the lee, than in letting them lie on it, accord-
ing to their ufual cudom, which fome are of opinion
is abfolutely wrong. They fhould chufe and pick,
in the frefh of the morning, their fined black Grapes,
and thofe whofe berries adhere the lead together, be-
caufe they are the riped, and they fliould obferve ro
leave as little dalk to them as may be ; and with re-
gard to preffing, in which they are ufually faulty*
they fhould immediately, as loon as carried, trample
every load of Grapes fucceffively as they are brought
in, and collecting the fird, mud put it in new calks
of a lefs fize ; and when they have finifhed treading
the remainder of each carriage, they fhould put them
into the common vat, but let them not remain there
fo many days as they are generally ufed to do, that
fo their common wines may be thinner, and lefs
drong. By this management they might make four,
five, or fix pieces of fine wine, more or lefs, accord-
ing as they fhall find it good, and then they fhould
take the-fame care, as has been faid thofe of Cham-
paign do •, and if they would be content now with a
lefs produce, they would have a far greater quantity
the following years, and would be continually bring-
ing it to a dill greater perfection, as they improved
more and more in experience. In thofe countries,
where they can conveniently have preffes, they fhould
make them.

Their wines would be more delicate, more light, and
lefs coloured, by this attention, and with half the
fining, would be better for tranfportation, in drawing

them

V I T

them 'from the lee, and efpecially if they are put into
bottles.

All thefe obfervations which we have made, will be
of great ufe to thofe perfons who would improve their
wines, or delire to drink delicious liquor ; but fuch
perfons mull remember that they ought, above all
this, to ftudy to have good vaults, and thofe which
are cooleft in the fummer, andwarmeftin the winter,
are ever the belt.

It may feem to many perfons in this country that we
have been too prolix in the account we have given, but
thefe obfervations are not deligned for thofe who are
acquainted with the prabtice already, but for fuch
perfons as are wholly ignorant of thefe things, and
who are fo far from taking any pains in the ordering
their wines, that it is a pain to them to conceive the
greateft part of thofe things which I have taken no-
tice of to be neceffary, and who cannot be perfuaded
' but that they obferved every thing requifite to the pro-
per management of wines, as exabtly as thofe of
Champaign do.

They prabtife nothing in Champaign, which may not
be perfebtly imitated in other places the drawing off
the wines, the manner of fining them, and putting
them in bottles, &c. is all equally pofiible, and alfo
eafy. Many perfons might enrich themfelves, if they
would fet themfelves about it, with the help of thefe
obfervations, and of thofe they might make them-
felves, to bring their wines to perfection, and inftead
of felling them for one or two fols per pot, as they
ordinarily do, they might fell them for upward of
eight or ten. They would have the fatjsfablion of
augmenting their income, and fee their wines fought
after, and they would be able to fell them not only at
home, but alfo to tranfport them into foreign coun-
tries, becaufe their fituation is more favourable to
fend them by fea, than that of the Champagnois, who
are obliged to tranfport theirs upon waggons, and by
rivers, into Germany, and the fartheft parts of the
north.

Perhaps fome critics will objebt the difference of cli-
mates, which will not permit the fame culture of the
fame plants, which, by their different qualities, re-
quire particular managements. This way of reafon-
ing might have place, if I had pretended to fpeak to
a people who ftudied to order the Vines with great at-
tention, and to give them a finenefs, but I have it
chiefly in view, as I have had in collecting thefe dif-
ferent obfervations, to inftrubt thofe people who are
entirely ignorant of the method ufed in thofe countries
where they are accuflomed to make excellent wines,
as well by reafon of the goodnefs of the lands, and the
warmth of the climate, as by the induftry of thofe
who inhabit them.

In Champaign, where their Grapes do not ripen but
with difficulty, becaufe their country is cold, they
make pale and white wines, the wines truly gray,
■which are a little coloured, and the velvet wines :
Why cannot they make all thefe forts of wines in Ber-
ry, in Burgundy, in Languedoc, in Provence, &c. ?
The warmth of the climate will not permit wines
to be made perfectly white with black Grapes ; they
will have a little colour, and they will not thence be
lefs exquifite than thofe they have made thefe fifty
years in Champaign, and in the main are better in
tafle, and better for health, than thofe wines that
are perfectly white, which cannot be ufed but after
dinner.

A dififiertation on the fituation of Burgundy, and the wines
that it produces. By Mr. Arnoux.

The town of Beaune is the center of Upper Burgun-
dy ; it is fituate in a territory the moft fertile and fe-
rene in France ; it is all round encompaffed with ci-
ties, among which is Autun the ancient capital of the
Gauls, Dijon the capital of the duchy of Bourgogne,
Nuis, St. Jean de Laune, Verdun, Seure or Belle-
garde, Chalons on the Saone, Arnay le Due, Sanlieu,

V I T '

Flavigny, and Semeur. Beaune is placed almoft iff
the middle of thefe towns, which are not above eight,
nine, twelve, twenty-one, or twenty-four miles at the
fartheft, to be as it were, a nurfe to them all, iri
diftributing plentifully amongft them the liquors
which it produces.

All the learned are agreed unanimoufly that it is the
ancient Bibrabte, of which mention is made in C^far’s
Commentaries.

C^far, not having above two days provifion for his
army, and being not above thirteen miles at the moft
from Bibrabte, the biggeft, richeft, and moft fertile
city of the Eduans, thought proper to march thither
to procure provifion for his troops, and that is the
reafon he quitted his way to Switzerland, and came
to Bibrabte. Com. Csef. Lib. de Bel. Gal.

But to return to the town of Beaune : this town can-
not pretend to glory in thefe ancient remains of anti-
quity, which the air confumes, and time reduces to
dull ; it only glories in its good wines, which every
year bring to the citizens new riches. However, it
has been within an age paft a ftrong place, and is ftill
furrounded with a large ditch, which runs into the
river Burgoife ; this takes its fource at about half a
mile from one of its hills ; it is alfo encompaffed with
a rampart flanked with fome towers, and five great
baflions. The ditch which encompaffes the town, is
above a mile and a half in circumference •, the citi-
zens there enjoy almoft continually a pure air, and a
clear fky, being equally about a hundred leagues off
from the Mediterranean and the ocean. The waters
are, as one may fay, in fufpence, when it is about to
determine its courfe. There is alfo a great body of
water in its neighbourhood, which is feen in all the
charts of France under the name of the Pond of long
Extent. It is the opinion of fome perfons, that this
partakes of the waters of both feas.

This town can count fourteen or fifteen thoufand in-
habitants, of which the fourth part are employed in
cultivating the vineyards, and another fourth part in
carelefly exercifing fome profeffions they are ignorant
of, and the other half in enjoying the pleafure of a
foft, idle, and delicious life. The gout and ficknefs
are baniffied from thefe walls. From thefe hills,
that produce fuch exquifite wines, iffue out fountains
of ice, and little rivers as clear as melted cryftal. Thefe
waters iffue out from the earth in a line oppofite to
the perpendicular, bubbling up, and puffiing out of the
earth on high globes of rock cryftal, which keep their
ipherical figure, till they are at the fuperficies.

The hills of Upper Burgundy, which produce the
wine, the only wine which one can or ought to call
Burgundy wine, do not extend farther than from Di-
jon to Chalon, upon the Saone, yet we ought not to
reckon thefe vineyards to be in perfection but from
Chambertin to Chagni, about twenty-four miles in ex-
tent, for the Vines at Dijon and Chalons do not en-
joy thofe climates which produce thofe wines that are
fit to be tranlported into Great-Britain, the circles of
the Empire, and the Low Countries, as thofe which
are confined within the limits, that I (hall mention as
exaftly as I can, without being apprehenfive of palling
under any cenfure upon this account.

The fame row of hills in the fame fituation, and hav-
ing the fame afpebt of the ' fun, extends itfelf almoft
as far <is Lyons, and all thofe little mountains are
wholly covered with Vines, but the lands are lefs fine,
and lefs light at Chalons, heavier at Tornus, and
coarfer at Majon. This alters the form of the pro-
dubtions of thefe little hillocks, which, notwithftand-
ing they have the fame arrangement, and the fame
fituation, produce fo different liquors.

All thofe little valleys are linked one to the other to
the eaft afpebt of the fun, and form the figure of an
unbent bow, and have oppofite to them a row of
mountains of the like figure, but a great deal higher,
which appear or feem to join them, although they
may be fifteen, twenty, thirty, and fome fixty leagues
off, and forming an oval figure, contribute to make

the

' Ul

f

I

V I T

the fineft profped in the world. This oval muft have
more than one hundred and fifty leagues in circum-
ference.

From thefe hills of Beaune all the oppofite mountains
are feen, and they are thofe of Switzerland, the
Franche Comte, and Mount Jura, of which Casfar
fpeaks, at this time called Mount St. Claude, thofe
of Savoy •, beyond thefe is a frightful void, and of an
immenfe length, and Mount St. Bernard rifes into the
clouds, always covered with fnow in the moft violent
heats of the dog days and although it be fixty-five
leagues off from Beaune, it is feen diftindly without
the help of any glafs.

This perfect oval forms a plain of the fame figure, to
which thefe mountains that environ it, feem to ferve
for walls and ramparts •, this vaft plain is watered by
the Saone, which he calls Alduafdubis in his Com-
mentaries, which has its fource at the foot of Mount
Jura, paffes by Befancon, and by Dole, and cafts
itfelf into the Saone at Verdun •, there are alfo a
thoufand pretty rivers and dreams, which, after ma-
ny turnings and windings, lofe themfelves in the
Saone.

This great plain, which is at the center of the con-
tinent, is fo even, that the Saone which runs through
it, by its gentle courfe deceives the eyes of thofe who
look upon it, it being difficult to difcpver which way
its dream glides. Csfar himfelf was furprized at it,
as he declares in lib. i. of his Commentaries.

The Saone is a river that feparates the Eduani and
Sequani, i. e. Bourgogne from the Franche Comte,
and flows into the Rhone with an incredible gentlenefs,
that one cannot didinguilh by the eye which way its
waters run.

This is a vad plain, fo fertile and even, that all the
kings of France are wont to aflemble their armies
there, when they have a mind to fhew the encamp-
ment of all their troops to the queens, and the ladies
of the court.

Behind the fird row of hills that produce fo good
wines, there is nothing to be found but hills and
valleys the hills that are the lead didant are all
planted with vineyards, and thefe fituations are called
backward hills. In the hotted years, when the rains
are lefs frequent, the Grapes there make a very good
wine, but it never has the perfume of the wines pro-
duced by the forward hills.

The plain of this oval is in part covered with wines,
fertile in all forts of grain, embellifhed with vad mea-
dows, where a thoufand dreams play in their different
windings, adorned with fine forefts inhabited with
dags, wild boars, and above all, with roe bucks, which
flre° there very delicious, and agreeably furnifh the
gentry with the divertifements of hunting.

A great part of thefe lands are planted with trees in
form of orchards, which produce without culture
excellent fruit, which, when they have been once
grafted, it is enough, the fun and the earth do the
red. The Peach-trees, which throughout Sympathize
with the Vine, there make upon the banks a fair
fored, and the branches of thefe trees grow thinly,
and the leaves being narrow, they do not hinder the
fun from darting his rays on the Grapes to ripen
them ; the Peaches which they produce are of a fi-
gure and a colour that would not anticipate one in
their favour, nevertheless, when one has taded of
them, it feems to the palate to be a fruit made of
wine and Sugar.

It ought not to be forgotten, that when the fun is
rifen above the mountains of Savoy, there is a prof-
pect of the hills of Burgundy, where it dunes during
the whole day, and in fetting behind the hills of
Beaune, parts its rays upon the mountains of the
Franche Comte, which lie oppofite to it, and there in
going down, ripens very excellent wines, as thofe of
Arbois, which are fo well known throughout Europe
for their excellent qualities.

Before I begin to fpeak of the quality of the wines of
Beaune, it will be proper to give an account of the
manner in which they there cultivate their vineyards.

and make their wines, for although Burgundy, by the
goodnefs of its foil, and its expofure to the' riling fun,
does naturally produce delicious Grapes, yet the man-
ner of cultivating their Vines, and of making their
wine, contributes much to its goodnefs.

During the winter the vignerons employ themfelves
in examining the earth of their vineyards, and by
fome loads of earth conveniently laid, which they car-
ry thither, they fatten the places which appear tfe be
worn out, and feem to require affiftance to produce
the better Grapes, which happens however but very
feldom. But then they take notice of thofe places
which are void of Vines, whether they are declining
by age, or do not appear to promife Grapes, and they
make large trenches from a foot and a half to two
feet and a half long, and a foot deep. If the earth
is too lean, they put in half a foot of good earth, and
fometimes a little old well rotted dung, but generally
fpeaking, they put in nothing at all, and taking one
or two branches of a neighbouring Vine, they bend
them down into each trench, and cover them after-
wards entirely with the proper earth of the vineyard,
in fuch manner, that you may fee the two ends of
the Vine branch bent come out of the earth ; to wit,
that by which it holds by the Vine, and that of the
other end, which comes out of the trench, where they
have bent it, about three or four fingers in length.
They make a great many of thefe trenches in a vine-
yard, that they may be always fupplied with young
Vines that will produce a good plenty of Grapes, for
it ought to be obferved that this Vine branch bent
down in a femicircle in this trench, which is a flioot
of the preceding year, having its pores open, takes
in two forts of nourilhment, the one from the Vine to
which it is united, and the other from the trench in
which it has been bent, in which it takes root. Thefe
are what they call provins or layers.

They produce abundance of Grapes, which are com-
monly firft ripe, well nourifhed, large, and well re-
liflied, but their juice is not fo good as that of the
Grapes of the old Vine. The phyfical reafon is, that
the nourifhing juice has not been fo well filtred in
paffing through thofe layers, whofe pores are very
open, and in paffing thro’ the pores of the old Vine,
whofe pores are more clofe, and lefs fpongy.

They dig with a fpade the vineyard ordinarily three
times a year, that is about the end of February, or
the beginning of March, when they give it the firft
time, and it is in the month of March, or about the
end of February, that they prune their vineyards.
And in this conlifts the addrefs and fkill of the viorne-
ron, for he ought to make a right choice of thofe fine
branches that hq is to prune,'- and of the joint where
he is cut the flioot, as well as that which he is to
cut entirely off.

Obferve what I have feen pradifed by the vignerons.
Of four or five branches, the fhoots of a year, belong-
ing to the fame ftock or Vine, they leave but one or
two of the beft made, which they cut off to the third
or fourth joint at moft.

The fame they pradife on the Vines of the hills, which
produce the fineft wines, for as to the Vines on the
backfide, or of the plain, they cut them to the fe-
cond or to the firft knot, for thefe Vines put forth too
many fhoots ; but, as this is an art of which it will
be difficult to give the precepts, becaufe the manner
of cutting the Vines is different, according to the
ground, the nature of the Vine, its quality, expo-
fltion, and nearnefs to the fun, I will go on with my
diflertation.

When the Vine is cut, they place ftakes or Vine
props, to which, at the height of half a foot above
the earth, they bind the branches of the Vines in a
horizontal manner, and afterwards, when the buds or
eyes are opened, and have put forth fhoots in length
about a foot and a half, they bind them to the props
which' fuftain the branches and produce the fruit,
Thefe props are of the height of three or four feet,
and the thicknefs of two inches ; they are ftuck into
the ground without any arrangement or order, at the

diftance

V I T

di fiance of a foot more or lefs one from the other,
according as the vineyard is more or Ids furnifhed
with Vines.

Nevertheiefs, the end of the fhoots which are there
bound horizontally, as one may lay, look all to the
fame fide.

This manner of placing the props without order is
of great confequence, i. e. that one branch may not
be covered by the fhadow of another but as little
time as may be, and that if the rot comes to fome
Grapes, they may not be able to communicate it to
others. This manner is contrary to that of the Eng-
lifh, who plant their Vines in rows, and thence it is
that the one hinders the fun from ftsining upon the
other, and of confequence, that hinders the ripening
of the Grapes.

The rnoft dangerous feafon for the Vine is when there
has been a north wind, which has caufed a finall white
froft. If the fun comes to appear in the morning, it
dries and burns all the young leaves, the buds, and
the Grapes, after the fame manner as it fire had been
there.

It is for this reafon that the friars in Burgundy have
recourfe to prayers at this time more than at any
other, and that after calm and cold nights, the fu-
perftitious peafants run to the churches, and ring the
bells with all their might. Whether it be that they
imagine that God has any regard to this work of re-
ligion, or that the agitation that they make in the air
may, in fome fort, wrarm the air again, or change
the wind, but however it be, they do at this time ring
the bells with fuch violence, that there is no deep-
ing ; during which times the priefls and monks are
bufy in reading in the churches the paffion of our Sa-
viour, according to the gofpel of St. John, and for
this occupation they make a colleftion among all the
preffes at the time when they make their wine, and
every vigneron is obliged to give them a certain quan-
tity of wine, and that by an order of parliament at
Dijon.

When the vineyard has efcaped the danger of the
froft, they dig it again, and this they call biner, or
the digging of the vineyard the fecond time ; after
which the Grapes foon begin to flower, which fpread
a iweet favour all over the country, and is the time
when all the wines which are in the tuns in the
vaults, though never fo deep, if they are upon their
lee, without having been drawn off or clarified, work,
ferment, grow thick, and cover their fuperficies with
imall white flowers like fnow ; a thing difficult to be
explained by philofophers, in this queftion in phyfics,
when they demand, Utrum detur aftio in diftans ?

It mult be obferved that all the Vines of the good
hills of Burgundy pafs from their flowers to the Grape,
that is to fay, that the flower of the Grapes changes
into berries in thefpace of twenty-four hours; and if,
during that time, there happens a cold fog, or a cold
rain, their flowers, inftead of turning to Grapes, fall,
and the fecond peril is no lefs dangerous than the firft,
when that happens. The term that they make ufe
of to exprefs it, is to fay the Vines are coulees, i. e.
drop their Grapes.

At the end of June, or the beginning of July, is the
time when the Vine changes from the flower to ber-
ries, after which the Vine has nothing to fear but the
hail, or a too great drought. As foon as ever the
vignerons fee the leaft cloud to rife upon the horizon,
and the air leems to threaten the leaft ftorm, they
have recourfe to their priefts, their bells, and their
pater nofters, which they would not recite, but for
fear that the people would rife againft them, if hail
ffiould happen during that time that they were not at
their prayers.

The reafon that they are fo much afraid of the hail in
Burgundy is, becaufe the vintage is all the dependence
of the inhabitants, and that the Grapes being fmitten
by this fcourge, give to the wine, in fome meafure,
the lame tafte, and the fame fcent, which lightning
lpreads on rhe places where it falls, a fcent which is
impoffible to take away.

i

As to drought it is not only to the bells, or to thi
priefts that they have recourfe, but to one or two
ftone bulls in two villages about feven or eight miles
from the town of Beaune, one of which idols is
known and worffiipped under the name of St. Reve-r
reen, and the other under the name of St. Margue-
rite ; they affemble together, and go in proceffion to
fearch in triumph for this ftone, which they carry fo~
lemnly to a church in the town. Ai the priefts go
in proceffion, followed by the parif doners of which
they are curees, and they offer theii incenfe and pray-
ers, rub their books arid their cha* lets againft thefe
extraordinary figures, and oftenti nes it happens to
rain in this conjunfture, which does not a little con-
tribute to keep up this fuperftition of the people.

It is in July that they dig the vineyard the third time ;
this they call thirdling. There are many years in
which they dig their vineyards the fourth time, and
this is in the month of Auguft that they give, it this
fourth digging, but they take great care to dig the
fourth time when the feafon is not too hot and dry,
or on the contrary, to defend the Grapes from the
heat of the fun, they let the Grafs grow in the vine-
yards ; this ffiades them, and hinders the vapours of
the earth from burning the Grape.

A month before the vintage, the magiftrates of
Beaune, accompanied with many experienced judges,
and perfons of probity, make three vifits to examine
the maturity of the Grapes, and at this third vifitand
examination they decide the day of gathering the vin-
tage. No private perfon dares to cut in his own
vineyard one fingle bafket of Grapes, upon pain
of confifcation, and a confiderable fine ;■ for, if it
were permitted to each particular perfon to gather his
vintage according to his own fancy, and his particular
opinion, and according to his tafte, there would be
wines too green font abroad into other countries, to
the diffionour of Burgundy, and to the difcredit of
the wines.

And alfo for fear that any vapour ffiould fpread itfelf
over the vineyards, for fifteen days before the vin-
tage, they take care not to burn any ftraw or Hemp
ftalks in the ftreets, left the fmoke ffiould give any
bad tafte to the Grapes.

The Grapes being come to maturity, the magiftrates
give notice a few days before by a trumpet to the
town, of the time they have appointed and fixed for
gathering the vintage. Volnet begins firft, a day be-
fore Pomard, and afterwards all the little hills gather
their vintage indifferently; for after the town of
Beaune has gathered their vintage one fingle day, the
vintage is opened for all the other vineyards on the
fide of Burgundy. It will be feen by and by why
Beaune decides the vintage of Volnet and Pomard.
It will fcarce be believed that all the hills from Cham-
berry to Chagny ffiould have their vintage gathered in
the fpace of four or five days, and alfo it is fcarce
credible, what a vaft number of mountaineers from
every part come to labour in this work.

They gather the vintage perhaps (and my conjecture
is founded upon more than twenty-five vintages which
1 have feen made) more than two thoufand (queues)
tuns of wine upon thefe hills, and the queue, which
is always divided into two puncheons, fometimes in-
to four fuellettes, and very rarely into eight cabil-
Ions, contains five hundred bottles of wine, or, to
fpeak more exactly, four hundred and forty pints Pa-
ris meafure.

It will be proper here to obferve, that in this great
extent the vineyards produce but one kind of Grapes,
which they call Noirons ; the berries of which are
black when they are ripe, and quite round. The plain
and the backfides produce only a fort of Grape, of
which the berries are bigger and a little longer, which
they call Garnet.

Thofe who would make excellent wines, never cut the
Grapes till after the fun has dried up the dew which
has fallen in the night time ; for this moiftnefs, al-
though it be but a rarefied air, cools the Grapes,
which, being caft into the firft vat, fufpends, and

1 4 t often-

V I T

oftentimes hinders the fermentation. Thofe covetous
perfons who are more defirous of the quantity than
the quality, ufe not thefe precautions ; but on the
other hand, thofe who would make excellent wines,
do not put into the fame vat any Grapes but thofe of
the fame Vine *, but aimoft all the particular perfons
who have a hundred perches of vineyard in different
cantons, mingle their Grapes the one with the other,
becaufe the throng helps' the weak, and the good
mends that which is worfe, and in a word, that they
may make the vat the larger. The choice of the J
cantons from whence the wine is produced, depends
on the differ nment that the commiffioners ought to
have, when they tafte the wines they would fend into
other countries, and that which the Englifh gentle-
men ought to recommend to their commiffioners who
furnifh them with wine for their drinking.

The Grapes, being put into the fermenting vat, throw
up a great fcum, which by the agitation, make to the
ears a continual trembling, a little cluttering, and
fpread abroad fuch a fcent, that is capable of intoxi-
cating, and perfumes the houffs, and fpreads itfelf all
over the town.

They do not let the Grapes lie ftill in the vat, they
far them and difturb them. The labourers trample
them brilldy three different times, for the fpace of
two hours each time. And to give a clear idea of the
manner of treating the Grapes in the vat, as foon as
they begin to ferment in the vat, they tread them for
two hours at theleaft ; fix hours after they tread them
again for as long time as before * and fix hours after
that they tread them the third time ; and after that
they put them into the prefs.

It muff be obferved, that the Grapes of Volnet, of
Pomard, and Beaune, being fermented in the vat in
the field, cannot be let Hand above twelve or eight-
teen hours there •, thofe of Pomard a little lefs ; thofe
of Beaune fo long, or a little longer, according to
the delicatenefs of the ground, and the heat of the
Grapes •, for there are "vineyards behind the hills of
Beaune, the Grapes of which do not begin to ferment
till after they have been eight or ten days in the vat.
Note farther, That to give a colour to the wine, de-
pends on the time more or lefs that it is left in the
vat. As for example* the wines of Volnet have the
colour of a partridge’s eye. _ This is the caufe they
do not leave the Grapes of this ground but a very lit-
tle time in the vat * and if they fiiould let them be
there but a little longer than they ought, the wine
would lofe its delicacy, and would tafte of the Grape
ftones or the ftalks.

After the Grapes have been, according to their qua-
lity, more or lefs time in the vat, and have been
trodden, there fwims over a liquor they call furmou.
The have calks of fixfcore pots, or half hogffieads of
fixty pots, ranged upon chantiers, or fallings for
hogfaeads, into which, by equal portions, they caft
in &this firft running •, and afterwards they put the
Grapes that remain on the prefs, when the furmou
has been drawn off * and when thefe have been well
preffed, all the liquor that comes from them is equal-
ly diftributed into thofe pieces where they have al-
ready put the unpreffed wine : and then they open the
prefs, and afterward with a planer, they cut the preffi-
ed mark three or four fingers thicknefs round about,
and put the parings in the middle, and afterward
prefs it again * then they cut it again, and prefs it a
third time ; and all the liquors of thefe different
preffings are equally diftributed into the tuns till they

are full.

Upon which it ought to be obferved, that the un-
preffed wine is the moft light, delicate, and leaft co-_
loured liquor * that which comes off the firft cut of
the prefs the moft racy, and that which comes from
the fecond and third cut of the prefs, is more hard,
red, and green, fo that thefe three forts of qualities
being united, make a wine much better, more dura-
ble, °and finer coloured.

All thefe pieces or tuns being full, they leave the
bun o- open, and the wine, in a fury, fhakes and agi-

V I T

tates itfelf in fuch a manner, that it fends all over the
cellar, fumes that will mtoxicate * and which are in
fuch motion, that a lighted candle being carried thither
will be extiftguifhed : and if this wine be put in an
effay and fhaken a little with the hand, and you flop
the neck with your thumb, the effay will break in a
thoufand pieces.

In Burgundy, that which they call an effay, is a little
round bottle, in length about three or four inches,
and about two in circumference, which grows lefs all
of a fudden at the top, in order to form a little neck
open, having a little rim to receive the wine and the
cork.

The wine having caft its fire and fcum out of the
cafks, eight days after they fill them up again, and
ftop them up with a Vine leaf, which they fpread over
the bung ; and left the vapours of the wine fhould
move this leaf out of its place, they lay a little ftone
lipon it to keep it down * becaufe if they fttould put
upon it a feal, or a bung, the wine not having air,
would pufh the heads of the calks out. Five or fix
days after they feal it, and near the bung they bore
a hole, and ftop the hole which the gimlet has made
in the tun with a little bit of round-pointed wood,
which they call a faucet, which they take out from
time to time to let the fpirits evaporate •, which pre-
caution prevents the wine from burfting the veffel.
This is the time when at Beaune are to be feen the
merchants from all the corners of Europe, who come
to fecure the belt vats for their kings, princes, and
mailers.

The commiffioners and their wine conners prove the
wines, although they are not yet drinkable. The
commiffioners are the public managers, to which all
thofe who would have the wines from Burgundy, ad-
drefs themfelves either by letters, or in perfon.
Thefe are the judges, which, time out of mind,
from father to fon, have certain experience of all the
vats, who know the climates, doles, and the can-
tons, from which they are produced, and all the
good cellars ■. to whom it is fufficient to write for what
quantity of wine one would have, and of what diftrict
or canton one would have it ; and, provided they
have the purchafe money paid in the fpace of the cur-
rent year, one may be fure to be well ferved.

Thefe managers, having received all the commiffions
from private perfons, go to the citizens, and fill their
effays of the different vats which they find in good
cellars ; and with the tickets that they tie to the neck
of every little bottle, or the name of the vat, with the
quantity of the pieces of wine which they contain,
they carry them to their houffs, and let them be un-
ftopped. They examine and attend them carefully,
and by the different changes, taffe, and colour, they
fee the future colours and qualities of the wine, that
are in the tuns from which the effays are taken. They
alfo make yet another proof with the wine which is
in the effays * they take glaffes, upon which they
put a finking paper, which they fpread, and which
juts out over the glaffes, and prefs their finger to
make a concavity, which may contain a fourth part
of a glafs of wine. The liquor paffes by little and
little, and filters through the paper, and drains drop
by drop in an imperceptible manner into the glafs
which receives it. By the fight of the wine which
paffes thro’ this paper, they make good conjectures,
founded upon long experience, concerning the defti-
nated tafte, of the colour, and of the laftingnefs of the
colour, of the wines they have proved.

The commiffioners having made their purchafes ac-
cording to the order which they have received from
their correfpondents and merchants, they make pre-
parations to fend them according to their orders and
as to the price of the purchafe, they cannot deceive
any perfon without running great rifques, for if they
fhould make thofe who fend for thefe wines pay more
for them than they can buy them for in the cellar,
they would expofe themfelves to hanging by an arret
of the parliament of Burgundy, who have made a
law for the afcertaining the fidelity of the commerce

of tTiofe wines •, which orders, that the commiftloners
final! take one fol per livre for as much as comes to
fixty livres 3 and for what exceeds this film, they
fnail not take more than fix deniers per livre. Thus
a private perfon who fnail receive for fix hundred
livres of wine French money, fnail pay three livres
to the commifiioner for what he fhall have fent above
fixty livres 3 and for the five hundred and forty which
are over and above, for which he is to pay the com-
mifiioner, he fhall not demand more than fix deniers
per livre, which will be the fum of twelve livres
fix fous 3 which being added to the three livres above,
make the fum of fifteen livres ten fous 3 a fum which
would' amount to twelve or thirteen [hillings, accord
ing to the exchange 3 and for this fmall profit, the
commifiioner is obliged to advance his money to the
citizens of whom he buys the wines 3 and that too,
when he does not receive his payment from the per-
fons to whom they are fent, as it fometimes happens.
And the commifiioner that fhall be convided of tak-
ing more, whether by books or other proofs, will be
punilhed as has been laid above.

The com million ers having purchafed and proved their
wines according to the orders they have received, they
caufe the tuns be new hooped, and put bars furround-
ed with pins of wood of the Afpen-tree, and mark
them with the town mark. And it ought to be ob-
ferved, that no other country has a right to imitate or J
counterfeit their fecond hooping; and for the greater
furety, they put upon each calk the fire mark, which
is a B on the top, two inches in length, with the cy-
pher of the year in which the cafks were fent from
Beaune to go to any other place.

Thefe are the precautions that are taken in Beaune,
by which the wines that come from thence cannot
be miftaken 3 a caution otherwife not very neceffary,
fince they manifeft themfelves fo plainly by their de-
licacy and fuperiority above all the wines in the uni-
verfe. They are befides very beneficial and proper
to eftablilh and preferve health •, in this furpaffing
the wines of Champaign, which flatten the tafte,
and grate the palate 3 but which weaken and exte-
nuate, enervate, and render dull, as one may fay,
the mod healthful bodies 3 and which alfo, according
to fad experience, and the writing of the learned,
which I have read, breed the gravel, the gout, and
the ftone.

After having given an account of the fituation of the
town of Beaune, and the hills which produce the
wines of Burgundy 3 after having related the manner
of cultivating their vineyards, and of making their
wine, of proving, chufing, and buying it, I fhall
next explain the different qualities of the wines which
thefe divers hills produce 3 and in order to this, I fhall
divide what follows into three fmall articles, by treat-
ing firft of the forward wines 3 fecondly of the wines
de garde, or for keeping 3 and thirdly, of white wines 3
and conclude in giving inftrudions for the different
methods that are to be ufed in bringing the wines of
Burgundy to London, and advife how the Beaune
wine may be fent to London in bottles.

1 The firjt article of the wines of primeur , or the forward

wines.

They call that wine of primeur, which will not keep
good more than one year, or that can be kept but a
few months of the fecond year.

The firft wine of primeur grows at Volnet, which is a
village fituated about three miles from Beaune, upon
a defcent of a mile in height at leaft, and two miles
in length on the fide which is expofed to the rifing
fun. This village, as well as Pomard, have their de-
pendence on the city of Beaune. Since the citizens
have been their lords, as I have faid before, thefe two
plots of vineyards have been obliged to receive the
law of their vintages from the magiftrates and faces
named for this purpofe. f

This hill produces the fineft, moft lively, and moft
delicate wine in Burgundy. The bunches of Grapes {

of the vineyards of Volnet are very fmall, as well as
the berries. The branches rife fcarce above, three feet
high, through the whole year. The Grapes of it are
fo delicate, that they will not bear the vat more than
twelve, fixteen, or eighteen hours 3 for if they be {of-
fered to Hand longer, they would take the tafte of
the ftaik.

This wine is in colour a little deeper than the eye of
a partridge 3 it is full of fire, ftrong, and light 3 it
is almoft all fpirit, and is in fnort, the moft excellent
of all Burgundy 3 which by reafpn of its violence, is
not traded in, but its intoxicating quality is foon
diflipated. The duration of the wine is from one
vintage to another, though it perilhes at the begin-
ning of the dog days, after which it changes its co-
lour, and is turned, but yet I doubt not but that it
would keep longer in very cold vaults. The fineft of
their vats is drawn from a canton of vineyards that is
called Chatnpan.

Pomard is the fecond plot of vineyards of the pri-
meur 3 it is fituated between Volnet and Beaune, not
quite lb high as the firft, and a little higher than
Beaune. It produces a wine that has a little more
body than the preceding, is of the colour of fire, and
has a great deal of perfume and balfam •, it will hold
good fome months longer than that of Volnet; it is
more merchantable, and better for health 3 if it be
kept above a year, it fattens, ropes, waftes, and be-
comes of the colour of the {kin of an Onion. The
beft vat is that of Commeraine, which will fome-
times keep eighteen months, but that is according as
the year is.

The city of Beaune contains one very confiderable
plot of vineyards 3 it contains only four hills, - which
are about four miles in length from Pomard to 5a-
vigny. The firft of thefe is called St. Defire, the fe-
cond the Montee Rouge, the third Les Greves, and
the fourth the Fountain of Marconney. Thefe diffe-
rent foils produce wines which participate of thofe of
Volnet and Pomard, without the faults of them 3
they have a little more colour, many good qualities,'
and laftingnefs.

The wines of Beaune laft fome more, and fome lefs,
but they do not laft above two years 3 they are fweet-
er, more agreeable, and more merchantable, than
the two preceding, and much better for health. The
colour 6f thefe wines is not equal, becaufe that de-
pends much upon the manner of making them 3 or
that they let it remain more or lefs hours in the vat,
according as the climate is more or lefs delicate where
it is made. There are in thefe four hills, certain in-
clofed cantons, which are in great reputation. The
Feves, Cras, Greves, as alfo the king’s inclofures, are
very delicious.

Aloffe is the fourth vineyard in the primeur 3 it is fi-
tuated upon the declivity of a hill about three miles
from Beaune. This valley is an afcent fo gentle, that
one can fcarce perceive that one afcends, till one has
come to the top of it. This little village produces
wines of an extreme delicacy 3 they are left brhk than
the former, but of a tafte more flattering. The
colour is a little more foft, and lefs fparkling, but
fine 3 and lijce the hill that produces it, the wine is
too little elevated, and too much declining 3 it par-
takes neither of the firmnefs, nor ftiffnefs, of the
wines of the height of the hills 3 it has ail the tender-
nefs, none of the hardneis, and of confequeoce is fub-
jed, in a little while, to grow ropy, and to take the
bad quality of fweetnefs 3 neverthelefs, it is fent" to
foreign countries 3 but it requires much choice and
judgment.

Pernand, which is between the laft vineyard and the
grand vineyard of Savigny, is of a greater extent, but
is of fmall account, the wines not being very delicate.
They are of the quality of the preceding vineyards,
but harder and firmer, becaufe • they are produced
upon a hill that is higher and fteeper. There are
fome vats very delicious, and thefe go into other coun-
tries, but under the name of Beaune wine.

Chaffagne

V I T

Chaffagne is not very confiderable for its extent, but i
is of great reputation for its wines. This, in my
opinion, would be more fit for1 England, becaufe it
would better bear carriage by land and fea. It is ex-
tremely ftrong, full of fire, and heady. It is com-
monly tart, ■which renders it more durable than the
others •, but if peribns have (kill and leifure to bottle
it in the proper time, and to drink it when its tart-
nefs begins to fall, it is one of the nobleft wines in
the world. If I had the office of providing the king’s
wine, I would go into Burgundy to chule it; and in
chufmg the wine of this climate, I fhould be likely
to fucceed. This is the only wine that one may leave
in bottles without fear of its growing ropy, changing
its colour, growing eager, or turning. The longer
you keep it, the better it is.

It is more balmy and no uri thing, but neverthelefs you
may not prefcri be above three years for the bounds of
its duration. It will be fit for drinking, at the end of
the fecond year; fometitnes it lafts four years, when
the vintage has been very good.

This is the rank of wines in the primeur, though its
duration is a great deal longer.

Savigny is a great extent of ground between Beaune
and JPernand, fituated in a valley formed by the repa-
ration of the two mountains. As the hills that com-
pofe this vineyard are open to the rifing fun by a great
fpace, and as they are Qiut up as they approach to the
letting fide, they participate of the rays of the fun
obliquely, and on the other diredtly. This foil pro-
duces excellent ftrong racy wines, which have both
body and delicacy, when they have been drawn out
into bottles ; but they muft be vifited now and then,
fo as not to let flip the time when they fhould be
drank. This would be a very good wine for England ;
it will keep as well, and better than Chalfagne ; it is
not fo delicate, nor fo brifk, but it is more oily and
very good for health.

Auxey is pretty near of the fame fituation, in a cor-
ner between two hills, which open themfelves to Muf-
fault, or as far as St. Romaines, where may be feen
high mountains crowned with very high rocks. This
vineyard produces wines more red and ftrong than
thole of Savigny, but they have not the reputation of
them. Thefe wines have more body than the pre-
ceding, and ought to be the drink of all thofe gen-
tlemen that would notfhorten their days by drinking
thofe heady fparkling wines, an excefs in which is lb
dangerous.

The Jecond article , of the whies de garde , or thofe which
will keep a great while.

Nuis is a very fmall village, about nine miles from
Beaune, in the road, to Dijon. The territory of this
village contains between four and five miles in ex-
tent. All thofe gentlemen that love the molt deli-
cate and healthful drinks, have the wines of the hills
of Nuis for their tables. Thefe wines are at firft ve-
ry rough, fharp, and tart ; they require to be kept
till the fecond, third, fourth, and fifth year; and
when their roughnefs and hardnefs are gone, their
tartnefs being fallen, there comes in their place a per-
fume and bal minds very delicious; they are of a deep
velvet colour, and yet neat and brilliant. Lewis XIY.
drank no other wine.

The clofe of Vogeot A fituated a league from Nuis
on the fide of Dijon ; it appertains entirely to the
monks of the famous abbey of Citteux, built be-
tween the Saone and this hill. The wine which it
produces, comes nearer to that of Chaffagne than to
any other ; it is very excellent, and is drank in fo-
reign countries.

Chambertin produces the moft valuable wine of all
Burgundy ; it is fituated between Dijon and Nuis,
and contains the qualities of all the other wines with-
out their faults. This is what one may forget with-
out fear, I have drank it fix years after it has been
produced, and it poured troubled and thick into the
glals, but grew clear immediately, and by its motion

V I T

recovered its fpirits, and a colour the moft lively and.
neat ; and they alfo fell it as dear again as the other
wines of Burgundy. It was fold the laft vintage for
forty and forty-two pounds fterling the chantier ;
when the wines of Volnet, Poniard, and Beaune, fold
for not above twenty pounds fterling a queue, which
contains, as I have faid before, four hundred and
eighty Paris pints.

The third articles of white wines.

Before I begin to treat of white wine, it is proper to
let you know, that it is made from a mafculine kind
of Grape. This has two qualities, that the Grapes
of the other colour have not. The firft is this That
if the vinntage be late, and the white frofts and
great cold come, it refills the hoar froft ; while the
black Grapes grow four, withered, and fhrivel im-
mediately.

The fecond is, That as foon as thefe white Grapes
are cut, they muft be put into the prefs without
entering the vat, and without being trod as the black
Grapes are ; for if they were put there, they would
give only a livid, ruddy, yellowilh liquor. I thought
myfelr obliged to acquaint the public with that.
Muffaultis, after Beaune and Nuis, the largeft. vine-
yard of Burgundy in extent ; its wines are generally
approved in Germany, the Low Countries, and
throughout all France. The wines which this foil
produces in all hot and dry years, are delicious, fpark-
ling, agreeable, warm, and beneficial ; they are not
dear, and if they were well chofen, they would be a
pleafure to thofe that. drank them. When they are
kept above a year and a half, they fometimes grow
yellow and eager.

Puligny is a vineyard next to Muffault, but much
more in the plains, which produces the beft white
wines. They are, within a very little, of the fame
quality with the wines of Muffault, but their fame is
not divulged, and the name is almoft unknown.
Aloffe, in which I have fpoken in the article of the
firft wines, produces alfo excellent wines.

Morachet is a little plot of ground between Chafiagne
and Puligny in the plain, which is in the poffeffion of
one vein of earth, which renders its foil wholly of the
fame kind. It produces a white wine the moft curi-
ous and moft delicious in France, and there is no
wine of Cote Rotie, Mufcat, nor Frontignan, that
equals it ; it produces but a very fmall quantity, and
it fells very dear; and, in order to have a fmall quan-
tity of it, it ought to be befpoken a year before, be-
caufe this wine is always befpoken before it is made ;
but great caution is to be taken not to be deceived,
for the neighbouring vineyards of this, dole partake
a little of the quality, and oftentimes pafs for Mo-
rachet, and therefore it will be abfolutely neceffary
to have a faithful correfpondent. This wine has thofe
qualities that neither the Latin nor French tongue
can exprefs. I have drank of it fix or feven years
old, and am not able to exprefs its delicacy and ex-
cellence.

I am now going to treat concerning all the vineyards
of the Upper Burgundy. Thofe who have palled the
grand road that leads from Dijon to Lyons, the length
of the hills, will do juftice to my exadlnels, and I
defire thofe that have not been there, to believe that
this relation is agreeable to truth.

I have a hundred times heard boafting of the wines
of many hills near Auxerre, to which they give the
name of the wine of Burgundy. It is true thofe hills
are in Burgundy, but they are ninety miles diftant
from the true hills, of which I fpoke juft now, which
only produce thefe wines of Burgundy which are in
reputation, and which they drink after two manners,
by the nofe, and by the mouth, either both at once,
orfeparately ; both at once in that when one drinks
them, the pleafure which he has in the ftnell, vies
with the relifli it has on the palate ; and feparately, fo
that a perfon that has been ufed to drink it, may know
whether it be the true Burgundy or not, by the ftnell,

or

V I T

Or fweet odour. The good tafters tafte it by their
nofe, before they put it to their mouths ; and all the
other climates of Burgundy, as thofe of Chablis and
Auxerre, have no fuch quality as the true wines of
Burgundy have, although they are really made and
produced there.

It remains for me to relate how thefe wines may be
brought to England. It has always been the cuftom
to bring thofe wines from Burgundy in their calks •,
but as the carriage is long, and there is oftentimes a
rifque run, fo the carriers as well by land as by fea,
are not always faithful •, for notwithstanding all the
precaution that can be taken to hinder them from
drinking the wine, they will always find out ftrata-
gems to do it. If it be packed up in calks with ftraw
and linen cloths, this is but a feeble obftacle to their .
induftry. And for all this precaution, if the calk
happens to leak by the way, this will be at the peril
and lofe of the purchafer. If thefe wines be put into
double calks, this precaution will have no better fuc-
cefs than the foregoing, and is expofed to the fame
rifque ; and the calks of the bell vintages are a great
prejudice to the delicate wines, becaufe this gives the
full fcope to the lpirits to evaporate, and of confe-
quence they will caufe a great diminution of the qua-
lity of the wine.

It ought to be brought in bottles from Beaune to
London : for this purpofe, fome agent who buys the
wines by order of the perfon, Ihould be add relied to,
to draw it out into bottles, and to fend it in cafes to
England. Thefe cafes being filled, need not be car-
ried by land above ninety miles to Auxerre, where they
may be embarked on the river Tone, which palfes in-
to the river Seine, and from thence to Paris, and af-
terwards to Rouen, where are velfels which pals very
often to London.

The agents of Beaune would alfo be very well pleafed
to bottle the wine that they were ordered to buy,
provided their correlpondents would give orders for
enough to make a carriage. As for example ; if
two or three perfons would join to give orders for a
thoufand bottles, this would be a complete carriage •,
and as thofe of Volnet draw their wines into bottles
at the end of December, a perfon that would have
five hundred bottles of Chafiagne or Nuis, ought to
join with another that would have the like quantity.
The agent might bottle up thefe wines a year after
the vintage, either more or lefs, and the purchafers
might receive the wines of Burgundy exquifite and
delicious ; and in like manner, all other wines that
they have a mind to have. As to the price of the
wines of Beaune, Volnet, Pomard, Chafiagne, and
Nuis, it is pretty near equal, or at moll the difference
is not very great. A queue of Volnet wine contains
four hundred eighty Paris pints, which will make
five hundred bottles, and will colt in the country,
fome years ten, twelve, fourteen, or eighteen, and
at moft twenty pounds fterling. The carriage may
coft to Calais twelve or thirteen livres, and after-
ward from Calais to London a very fmall matter •, fo
that taking the years one with another, the deareft
wines of Burgundy, except that of Chambertin, which
is the deareft, would fcarce, in London, ftand in
fourteen or fifteen fols a bottle, the cuftoms not being
reckoned in.

The method of making wine in Provence.

The delicatenefs of the tafte of Grapes is not always
a certain proof of their goodncfs for making wine ;
it is not always with thefe Grapes, fo agreeable to the
tafte, that the beft wines are made : we Ihould not be
furprifed, that our wines are not the moft exquifite,
fince we do not obferve any rule in the choice of the
Grapes, which ought to be done.

It is certain, that the juice of Grapes of different
kinds, cannot but produce a confufed mixture, which
fuffers _ divers alterations in the calks, by the different
fermentations, which the fulphureous particles of the
Grapes excite there ; by which they fuffer themfelves

V I T

to bfe very eaffiy opened at the approach- of head
This is what happens to wines which have been made
of a mixture of many kinds of wild Grapes. Expe-
rience informs us, that wine drawn from fuch Grapes
is very lubjedt to ferment and grow foul, as. foon as
the heats of the fpring begin to approach \ which
does not happen in the winter, when the cokinefs of
the air holds it, as it were, bound and em bar raffed
by the fulphureous particles ot the wine. It is the
fame thing in the juice of the Grapes called Cfaretos,
Plans, Ellrans, Pignalets, &c. when they are ming-
led in too great a quantity with the others. The com-
mon fault of our wine is, that they cannot be kept
the year throughout ; they are apt to grow foul, or
turn, as it is called, upon the leaft tranfport.

The greateft part of our citizens believe it to be the
fault of the foil, principally the vineyards planted in
the places where the bottom of the foil is plafter or
transparent ftone, which is the cafe of all that ex-
tent of ground, which begins- from R. P. Capucins,
as far as Aguilles, which they commonly call Pay-
blank, i. e. white country. But how many vineyards
have we planted in different foils, that are fubject to
the fame vice ? It is generally agreed, that the foil
which they call gris [gray,] is the beft for vineyards ;
neverthelefs it is found, that the quarter of Molieres,
of Repentance de Barret, and of Montaguez, are not
exempt from this vice. I am of opinion, that it pro-
ceeds from the mixture of too great a quantity of dif-
ferent forts of Grapes ; I cannot deny, after experi-
ence, but the nature of the foil, the culture, and the
dung they ufe, contributes very much to this vice,
which is what I {hall hereafter examine into.

Therefore it is neceflary to know, what Grapes are
fit to make good wine, that may be in a condition
to be kept without being foul or turning, and how' to
make it.

It is very true, that a perfon cannot make from one
vineyard a great quantity of wine, that Shall be at the
fame time good in quality. A vineyard ought to be
planted on thofe high grounds or hills, which are ex-
pofed either to the louth or fouth weft.

And the foil ought to be a fort of brown, or approach-
ing to it. Thofe which we call Arpielo, Malaufene,
and Saveon, are foils which are fcarce proper to nou-
rish ftocks that wili produce Grapes for making good
wine. The vineyards which are round about the
Peres Auguftins Reformez, commonly called Saint
Pierre, are planted in a foil of Saveon aforefaid, very
unfit for producing Grapes of a delicate reliih, or for
making good wine.

The entrance into the territory of Tholonet is, for
the moft part, a foil which our country people call
Malaufene ; and alfo the wines that they produce are
none of the beft.

Thofe Grapes ought to be chofen, which grow upon
ftocks that are planted in a foil fomewhat rocky.

As to the culture it is certain, that good wine cannot
be drawn from Grapes that have too much nouriSh-
ment, and of which the fap has not attained the leaft
degree of conco&ion or ripenefs.

Thofe which we call Ollieros, which are commonly
dunged, and which they cultivate with pains, give a
great quantity of Grapes , but their great nourishment
is an obftacle to their making good wine. Thofe
which we call open vineyards, are to be preferred to
them.

We ought to prefer the Grapes of old vineyards to
thofe of young ones. The proper vineyards for mak-
ing good wine, are thofe which have been planted
twenty-five or thirty years ; the older they are, the
more proper they are for making good wine ; and
till the vineyard has been made feven or eight years,
good wine ought not to be expected from it.

As to the choice of Grapes, we ought to mix fome
of the beft forts that we have. Thefe kinds are., of
the white Grapes, the Aragnan, Roudeillat, Pafeau
Blanc, Eftrani, Yni, and Aubre. Of the black, the
Catalan, Bouteillan, Uni Negre. The mull that is
drawn from thefe Grapes ought to ferment in the vat

1 4 hi at

VI T

at leaft three weeks, when the bulks muft be fepa- J
raced from the muft.

It ought to be noied, that the proportion which fiiould
be kept between the quantityof thefe kinds is different,
according to the dcfign which every one has of keep-
ing thefe wines.

The black Grapes, and above all the Catalan, and
the Boutellan, fhould make more than half the quan-
tity of all the reft.

Thofe that defire' to have a wine of a deeper red,
fhould take a greater quantity of black Grapes, and
ought to let them ftand a longer time in the vat, if
they have occafion to change the wine from time to
time.

They make white wine of the Grapes they call Au-
bier, Uni, Roudeillat, Aragnan, Pignolet. If they
would have wine proper to keep in the heat of fum-
mer, they ought to ufe none but Uni, Aubier, and
Aragnan.

Nobody is ignorant, that we have wines made of but
one fpecies of Grapes •, as that of Mufcat wine, and
claret: for the firft they make ufe of Muicats, as well
white as red ; for the fecond, of the Grapes they call
Clareto.

They keep thefe Grapes with us, during the whole
winter, and fome part of the fpring, hanging upon
a beam in a room. All forts of Grapes are not fit
for keeping •, thofe kinds that are called Pendoulans,
or Rin de panfe, le Land de Poiierre, le Verdau, are
the beft for this purpofe •, the Aragnan and Eftrani
are fo likewife •, alfo the Clareto, Mufcat, and red
Uni ; the Barbaroux, and the Efpaguin, the Taulier,
and the Roudeillat, will not keep fo long. They
ought to be gathered full ripe, and before the rains,
and none to be chofen but thofe that grow upon old
ftocks.

They alfo preferve thofe Grapes to make what the
Latins call UvrePalfe; not becaufe dried in the
fun, but becaufe they are expofed to the fun hang-
ing; they call them in French dried Grapes-, the
provincials call them Panfes. They make ufe of
none but Grapes called Rin de Panfe or Pendulem,
or of Rin Panfe Mufcat, to make the beft Panfe.
They alfo make ufe of the Grapes which are called
Aragnans, which is the moft common Panfe in the
hotteft places.

They alfo make ufe of the Grapes called Roudeillats,
and the Plan Eftrani. The Grape which we call the
Land de Pouerre, is not made ufe of with us for this
purpofe, although I have been informed, that they
are ufed in hot countries near the lea coafts. They
make their Panfes with us, after the following man-
ner ; they tie the Grapes in a firing, and put them
upon another firing at both ends then they plunge
them into a boiling lye, in which they mingle a little
oil, until the Grapes fhrivel, and afterwards expofe
them to the fun for fix or feven days ; and then they
lay them in rows in cafes, prefling them gently.

Wine is different in virtue and delicacy of tafle.
The difference proceeds, for the moft part, from the
different natures of the Grapes with which it is made,
the different degree of their maturity, and the diver
fity of the foil where the vineyards are planted ; and
alfo the different culture of the vineyards, and the pre-
paration of the wine -, to which may be added, the
difference of the climates, according to the greater or
lefifer degree of heat.

The Romans, as we learn from Pliny, were very cu-
rious in fearching after the moft excellent wines : all
their differences confifted in the places where they
were made ; as the Setinum, Caecubum, Falernum,
Gauranum, Fauftianum, Albanum, Surrentinum, and
Maflicum, which were the moft delicate wines of
Italy in the time of Pliny. Among thewines of Greece,
they efteemed the Maronean, Thafian, Cretan, Coan,
Chian, Lefbian, Icarian, Sinyrean, &c. Their luxu-
rious tafte carried them in fearch of the wines of Alia,
as that of Mount Libanus, and others, as may be feen
in Pliny.

It is to be noted,, that the Romans had their moft ex-

V I T

cellent wines from Campania, which is now called
Terre de Labour, a province of the kingdom of Na-
ples. Thofe of the other parts of Italy did not come
near thefe laft in point of excellency. The Faleriiian,
Gauranian, and Maffic, were made from vineyards
planted on the hill round about Mondragon, at the
foot of which paffes the river Garigliano, antiendy
called the Iris. The Cascuban, which differs nothing
from the Falernian but in age ; (this is that which the
Latins call the length of time which the wines are
able to preferve their ftrength,) was produced in the
Terre de Labour, as the Fundanum and Amyclum
were near Gaeta, the Sueffanum of Sueflfa Pometia, a
maritime territory of the kingdom of Naples ; the
Colenum about the town of the Terre de Labour ;
and alfo many others, with which that province fur-
nifhes the city of Rome.

Thefe wines, which are very excellent in their na-
ture, acquired rather by age than by art, a degree of
perfedtion to which none of the other common wines
of Italy can attain.

The laft, which the Greeks call Oligophora, and the
Latins Tenuia and Paucifera, are very eafily p refer ved
by the cold, or rather by a freflh air, and grow eager
by heat. Alio thofe which the Greeks call Polypho-
ra, Multifera, and Vinofa, become more vigorous
and fnirituous by the heat.

The Grapes of which the firft are made, abound in
crude phlegm ; the fuiphureous parts of the muft are
more dilated. The laft, on the contrary, are drawn
from Grapes chat are more ripe-, of which the muft
or the fuiphureous parts which compofe it, are con-
centred, and fixed by the evaporation of the humid
parts which dilate it. To this may be added, the
abundance of the fulphur of thefe laft, which is the
caufe of the true ftrength of thefe wines ; and it is by
being opened that they acquire this fpirimoufnefs. It
was only to procure this opening, that the ancients
invented the preparing thefe wines in the manner I am
going to exprefs.

Pliny informs us, that in the year 633, from the foun-
dation of Rome, they lodged their tuns full of wine
in places covered, which were expofed to the north,
fuch as we now call cellars.

On the contrary, thofe calks which wrere filled with
vigorous and fpirituous wine, fuch as Polyphorum,
were fet in an open place, and expofed to the rain and
fun, and all the injuries of the weather. Thofe
which contained wines of lefs ftrength, were kept
under cover. Thofe which were full of a weak wine,
were put into a hollow place and covered with earth.
Galen, in his book de Antidot. chap. nr. and in
the Treadle of Vines, that is afcribed to him, re-
marks very much to the purpofe, That the wines of
the firft order, or Polyphora, were preferved two or
three years in thefe cold places ; but if they let them
lie there too long, they grew eager, if they did not
remove them to warmer places, as they uled to prac-
‘ tife in Afia, before the Romans had any knowledge of
it ; and it was by this means that the people of Afia,
as well as the Romans and Greeks, attained to the arc
of making wine keep fo long.

The moft ancient epocha of the preparation of thefe
wines among the Romans (as Pliny lays) was about
the year of Rome 633. This author who lived along
time after in Vefpafian’s time, allures us, that thefe
wines had been kept for the ipace of a hundred years,
andth at they grew thick to the confiftence of honey,
fo that they could not be drank without mixing them
wfth water.

He alfo adds, Quo generofius eft vinum, eo majus
vetuftate cra'ffefcit, i. e. by how much more generous
the wine is, by fo much the more it grows thick by
age. The fame that is feen in our days in the Spa-
n fh wines.

This thicknefs of the wines, of which I amfpeaking,
is lefs extraordinary than that of the wines of Afia,
of which Galen fpeaks in his book of Refpirarion
which being inclofed in large flalks, and fufpended
near the fire of their chimnies, acquire by the evapo-
ration

V I T

ration of the humidity, the hardnefs of fait. What
Ariftotle fays of the wines of Arcadia, expofed to the
fire and the fmoke, is yet more furprifing ; Ita exfic-
catur in utribus, ut derafurn bibaturj i. e. fo dried
in the bottles, that it is fcraped off to be drank. It
was fo folid, that they were forced to fcrape the fiafks
to drink it, and could not drink it without diluting
it with water.

The Romans prepared their wines after the following
manner : they took the muft that had run from the
Grapes that had been trod-, they put them into a wood-
en vat, of which the ftaves had been bound together
by hoops, or flexible bands.

After the wine had been fermented all the time ne-
ceffary for feparating the grofieft impurities, they
drew it out of the vat to put it into the calks, where
it continued to ferment; and to affift the depuration,
they mingled as much plafter, or chalk, or clay, or
powder of marble, or of pitch, or of fait, or of re-
fin, or of lee of new wine, or of fea water, or of
myrrh, or of aromatic herbs, as they judged neceffa-
ry, every country having its particular mixture. And
this is what the Latins call Conditura Vinorum.

They left the wine in the calks until the fpring fol-
lowing ; alfo many left them until the fecond or third
year, according to the nature of the wine, and the
country -, afterwards they drew it out to put it into
earthen vefiels, which they did over on the infide
with melted pitch, and marked on the outfide the
name of the place from whence the wine was made,
and that of the Roman confuls, in whole confulate it
was made. The Latins called this changing of the
wine from calks to earthen vefiels, Diffufio Vinorum,
or Vina defundere.

They had two different forts of vefiels ; the one the
amphora, and the other the cadus. Pancirollus and
others fay, the amphora was of a fquare or cubic
figure. As to the contents authors are not agreed,

O O

but moll fuppofe they held about eighty pounds of
liquor. This veffel was contradled at the neck. Af-
ter it was filled with wine, they flopped the mouth
clofe with cork. The cade was of the figure of a
Pine Apple, which is fuppoied to contain half as much
more as the amphora. Thefe vefiels being flopped,
were carried into a room expofed to the fouth, fitu-
ated in the higheft ftory of the country-houfe where
the wine had been prepared. This place was called
apotheca.

It was to diflipate the fuperfluous humidity of the
wine, that they expofed thefe vefiels to the heat of
the fun, and of that of the fire, and of the fmoke,
which has given to this place the name of Fumarium,
became of the fmoke which was gathered by the fun-
nel, through which the fmoke of the fire was carried
off, when it was lighted below.

Thefe wines could be kept for two hundred years,
and would, as has been faid, arrive at the confidence
of honey, during which, Adhuc Vina ducentis fere
annis jam in fpeciem redadta mellis afperi; etenim
haec natura vini in vetuftate eft, fays Pliny, lib. xiv.
cap. 4. So that it is troublefome to drink this wine
becaufe of its thick neks, and in order to render it
drinkable, they diluted it with warm water to give it
a fluidity, and afterwards they pafied it through a
ftrainer, and this they called Saccatio Vinorum, as
Martial fays,

Turbida folicito tranfmittere caecuba facco.

It is true, they had other wines of the fame nature,
which they did not pafs through a ftrainer, as the
Mafficum, which they only expofed during a night to
the air, to procure a fluidity and depuration, as Ho-
race fays, lib. ii. fat. 4.

Mafiica fi coda fupponas vina fereno,

Nodturna, fi quid craft! eft, tenuabitur aura,

Et decedet odor nervis inimicus : at ilia

Integrum perdunt lino vitiata faporeim

V I T

This lukewarm wine had been very difagreeable td
drink, if they had not cooled it with ice or fnow,
whether in mingling it with the wine, or fetting
the bottles in ice. The moft luxurious mingled
fnow with the wine, and pafied it through a fiiver
ftrainer, which Paulus, the jurifconfult, calls Colum
Vinorum.

Of the method of planting vineyards in Orleans.

Of the diftance that fdGuld be given to the rows , and the
breadth of the paths , when a vineyard is planted . The
different kinds of plants. Of planting between , and of
digging up old Vines , and planting again.

The trenches ought not to be opened, till after the
ground that is defigned to be planted has been mark-
ed out, to the end that a length and breadth, pro-
portionable and uniform, may be given to all the
rows and paths, as much as the ground to be plant-
ed will permit. And forafmuch as the Vine receives
its nourilhment in the trench, it wiil be proper to give
it fome inches in breadth more than to the paths.

The moft common practice is to allow five feet in
breadth for the trench, and as much for the path, when
red wines are planted, efpecially the Auvernats, whole
branches ought always to be trained pretty long. 1 his
is the beft method for this fort of Vines, and the
plants ought to be planted two feet fix inches clifcant
one from another. Some do not exadlly obferve this
diftance ; they allow but four feet and a half for a
trench, and the fame for a path.

There are alfo fome that allow but a foot and a half
diftance between each plant, when the trench and
the path have no more breadth than that which I am
about to mention but the Vines planted fo clofe to-
gether ought, of neceflity, to be twilled circularly ;
and as their roots will in a few years run one into
another, the Vines will not laft fo long ; befides, they
will require to be a little oftener and more plentifully
dunged, than thofe that have been planted at a great-
er diftance.

Others, on the contrary, allow near fix feet for the
breadth, and lometimes more for the trench, and the
path, but this certainly is greater than is poftible to
dig or cultivate between the ftocks, which is the beft
manner of performing this work. And when they
dig otherwife, they will have a great deal of trouble
to work to the middle of the trench, which neverthe-
lefs ought to be as well digged as the reft.

But the vignerons of Burgundy do not dig the v/hole
ground, for when the diftances are fo large, they con-
tent themfelves to touch but lightly the middle of
thefe trenches, and only dig about the rows of plants.
It is then advantageous for the citizens not to give fo
much breadth to the trenches.

Thofe vignerons, that purchafe or rent vineyards
which have the trenches fo wide, pluck them up of-
tentimes, that they may be able to plant others there,
where they allow much lefs breadth for the trenches,
' and the diftance between the plants without concern-
ing themfelves about the Vines lafting the lefs while.
But the citizens ought to follow a better method,
which is, to give five feet for the breadth of the
trench, and as much to the path, and two feet fix
inches for the diftance between each plant, efpecially
when one plants Vines of Auvernat, becaufe thefe
will furniftr layers, fo the trench muft neceffarily be
larger, and the plants at greater diftances the one
from the other, that they may find more nourifiiment,
and that the fhoots of the Vines may be extended the
better.

A vineyard planted after this manner will laft longer,
will defend itfelf better againft the winter’s frofts,
will produce finer and better fruit, which will ripen
better, and of confequence make better wine ; and
alfo the vignerons of Burgundy would find their ac-
count of planting their Vines in this manner, in that
they would have fewer Vines to tie, to prune, and to
difbranch, &c. becaufe there are a great many fewer

plant*

plants in' thofe whofe trenches and paths are wide,
and the plants Ids crouded, and for this reafon there
would be but few vignerons but would be of this
opinion.

When I lay, that when one plants Auvernats, they
fhould have five feet in breadth for the trench, and
as much for the path, and two feet fix inches dif-
tance between each plant, I fpeak of thofe Vines
planted in a very good bottom of earth, becaufe they
will laft many ages without being renewed after the
ufbal manner.

Tor as to thole lands where one is obliged to, renew
the vineyard in about twenty or five and twenty years,
it will be fufficient to allow four feet and a half for
the breadth of the trench, and the fame for the path,
and twenty inches for the diftance between each plant,
becaufe thefe Vines will not laft a very long time, by
reafon the roots will grow large, and fpread far in
the earth, in fuch a rqanner, that they would injure
one another, 1 fuppofe, rieverthelefs, this land to
be paffably good, for otherwise the breadth of the
trench and the path muft be greater, and the diftance
between each plant, or the vineyard, muft be the
oftener dunged.

There are two forts of plants, thofe from cuttings,
and from layers.

The cutting is a young {hoot of the fame year that
has no roots •, they always leave at bottom a knot of
the wood of the preceding year. Thefe are the moll
commonly ufed. They give it no other management
than to cut off the clafpers and the tops, at the fame
time that they take them off from the Vines, and lay
them down in the earth in a bundle, when they cut
them before winter, and cannot plant them till the
fpring.

This plant is good, and commonly fucceeds when it
has been well chofen, being planted in lands well dil-
poled and. well cultivated ; but yet there is an incon-
veniency in ufing it, and that when it is to be planted
in lands that are naturally moift, or that retain the
water. If it be planted early, and there fall cold rains
in great abundance, the plant foaks in the water, and
the fkin or rind comes off, and it perifhes inftead of
taking root •, and if it be planted too late, and the
great heats and droughts overtake it before it has
put forth buds that are paffably ftrong, it is fcorched,
wherefore it is better to make ufe of the fecond fpe-
cies of plants, not only in thefe forts of lands, but
all others.

The layers are the long {hoots of Vines of three years
growth, which have been layed down in the ground,
and have put out fmall roots ; thefe are better, and
lefs liable to fail; they may be planted at all times in
winter and in any kinds of lands, provided they are
fuch as do not retain the water. In this cafe it were
better to wait till March to plant them, or at leaft till
the ground appears healthful, for we fnould never
plant in ground which is very wet.

Before the layers are planted, they ought to be
pruned, that is, to cut off a few of their roots ; and
when they are weak at the place where they were bent,
thefe muft not only be cut, but alfo the other branches
or fpurs, leaving that which has the moftand ftrong-
eft roots.

The layers are a great deal lefs fubjedt to foak in the
water than the cuttings, becaufe having roots before
they were planted, they make new ones fooner than
thofe which have none.

It is true, thefe layers are more rare than the other,
but it is an eafy matter to render them common
enough, becaufe one may have whole acres of them,
and all the precaution that is neceffary for it, confifts
in making layers, when they are well grown, from
the (hoots.

Thefe may be planted in two different places, either
in feme piece of land defigned lolely for this purpofe,
or in the middle of each ridge, at the time that a vine-
yard is planted.

If they be planted in a particular piece of ground,
they muft be laid in rows betwixt the Vines, and

there fo, that betwixt each row and the (hoot there
may be a fufficient diftance, that the (hoots may not
hurt one another, and that the vigneron may have
room to pais between them when he is trimmincr
them •, for he muft hoe them three times a year to hin-
der the weeds from growing about them, and choak-
ing them, and depriving them of a part of their
nouriffiment.

This portion of ground is, a fort of nurfery, fmee the
gardeners make them, that they may have plants to
plant in thofe places where they are wanting. •

I am alfo of the opinion, that it is the prudence of a
citizen to have on his eftate (efpecially fince the cut-
tings do not take root but with difficulty) a place
where he may always have layers in as large a quan-
tity as he pleafes, or (hall iuffice for all thofe that
lh all not fucceed, at leaft if they be not well chofen,
and which require a particular care in their cultivation.
I (hall confider, at the end of the following article,
after what manner we fhould plant the layers in the
ridges.

It is for the intereft of a citizen to order his affairs fo,
that his vineyard may be always full of plants, to the
end that it may produce a good quantity of wine ;
becaufe it often happens, notwithstanding all the pre-
caution that can be taken to keep a vineyard well fur-
nifhed, that it will want to be fupplied, by reafon of
the quantity of plants that die from time to time, be-
caufe one cannot always fupply their places by the
means of layers ; and likewife fometimes there will not
be wood enough upon the Vines that are near for that
purpofe, and that it would not be proper to make ufe
of the top of the fnoot, for feveral reafohs that might
be given, and therefore it will be proper to place
plants between the others.

Some vignerons will fay, that it is very rare that thefe
middle plants fucceed in a vineyard where they are
planted; to which it may be anfwered, that it is true,
that a middle plant may not fucceed, when the earth
has not been well prepared before the planting, or
when it has no other management but that of the
vineyard in common ; but it is very certain that it
will fcarce fail, if care be taken, after the vintage, to
pluck up the dead {hoots, to open the earth to a good
depth before winter, not only to the end that it may
mellow, but alfo that the Vines may not be damaged
in cutting off part of its roots, by which it would
be greatly weakened, if it were not done before the
fpring; and if in every hole were put a balket of frefh
earth, or about the twentieth part of a fcuttle full of
well rotted dung, efpecially when the plant is fet in
ftony, clayey, or gravelly ground.

I have feen among Vines very ftrong in wood, and of
a hundred years of age, a middle plant very ftrong
to the third eye, and which always continued to do
well ; and I can affirm, that thefe Vines are planted in
as ftrong lands as any a*-e in our plot of vineyards.

, Now if the middle plant does well there, as it is cer-
tain it does, we may take it for granted that it will
ftill do better in thofe lands which are light ; and hence
it is, that there is not any land where one may not
plant, or where it will not fucceed.

Perhaps the vignerons may fay that a middle plant
will be worth nothing among young Vines, becaufe
thefe puffi with fo much force, that their {hoots would
choke it.

I agree that it may fometimes fo happen, but then
this is a proof that the year following there will be
found in the vineyard wood enough to make layers
there. Therefore it would be ufelefs to fet a mid-
dle plant, becaufe it is more likely to fail, and like-
wife it will not produce fruit fo foon as the layers,
which produce it the fame year in which they are
made.

This reafoning is more juft than the confequence that
they would draw from thence ; that is to fay, that it
would be ufelefs to plant a middle plant ; for if a vig-
neron fhould every year cut off the wood of the vine-
yard, which might ferve for the making the layer, and
not fet a middle plant there, the vacancy that would

be

4

be there, would never be filled •, and this is the rea-
fcn that a middle plant fhould every year be fetinthe
empty places, to the end that they may be filled out
with the layers.

Of the time and different manners of planting a vineyard.

Lands being of different natures, there ought alfo to
be different times of planting.

In lands that are fandy, or full of flints, the bottom
or foil of which does not retain the water, one may
plant and interplant after the fe verity of the winter,
without being under any apprehenfion of the plants
not fucceeding •, becaufe thefe forts of lands, never
retaining the water, are always wholefome at the
bottom •, and therefore the plants fet in them will
fucceed.

They do not ordinarily plant in the lands of Olivet,
St. Mefinin, &rc. whole pieces of Vines entire in the
places where they have been already, becaufe the cuf-
tom is, not to pluck up in thefe lands thofe plants
that they find good either as to wood or kind.

As for myfclf, I have always found, that thefe ‘diffe-
rent ftools, mixed among very fmall ones, make a
grotefque figure in one and the fame piece of land,
and could never approve of this ridiculous method.

In ftrong lands, or fuch as retain the water, one
ought not to plant but in the month of. April or
beginning of May, becaufe it is not eafy to make a
Vine take root in thefe forts of lands, the year be-
ing often very hot and dry, or very rainy, which are
equally to be feared, in refped to the plant fet in
them.

And as,' in an eftate of but a fmall extent, it often
happens that the lands are of different natures, and
that of confequence the plants of one certain fpecies
will not do well but in one part of thefe lands, and
will fucceed ill in another, and that the fealons are
different one from another, and fince they too often
happen to be either too hot, or too cold, and rainy,
and that the kinds of the plants are good or bad, ac-
cording to their nature, and that of the ground on
which they are planted, and the difpofition of the
feafon, I am of opinion, to be more certain not to
plant any plants but what will fucceed, and to have
always fome vintage to gather,, that it will be proper
to plant feveral kinds of plants, according to the lands
that they will agree beft with, efpecially if we be not
very fure, that one fpecies of plant will do better than
all others : in fuch cafe, we fhould plant none but
that which may fucceed there.

When I fay that it is often advantageous to have dif-
ferent kinds of plants in a certain extent of land, I
do not mean that you fhould put many kinds of plants
in one and the fame ridge, or in one and the fame
row, as. is common for vignerons to do, when they
plant vineyards for thofe who are obliged to make
but one fort of wine of all forts of Grape's, which, ne-
verthelefs, they would have palfed for pure Auvernat,
although there is not in it perhaps above a third part;
but I mean, that in every different kind of land there
fhould be planted but one kind of plant, to the end
that, every kind being feparate, we may, in the time
of vintage, eafily make fuch wine as we defire ; which
will be very difficult, if all the different fpecies of
plants be planted confufedly one among another ; for
there will fcarce be found among the vintage gatherers
either men or women, fuch as have fkill enono-h to
difiinguifh them, and befides, if they had, it would
be a lofs of time.

A vineyard may be planted after two manners, either
upon the even ground, or in open rows.

In planting upon the even ground, when the land has
been levelled and marked out, they make a hole with
a Ipade to put in the plant, but it ought neverthelefs,
to be fuppofed that this land has been prepared, and
well trenched.

The manner of planting a vineyard in open rows is
aim oft the only one in ufe in the Orieannois, and is,
without con trad ieftion, the beft ; in that it is certain,

that in planting in this manner, the earth has kiea
opened and removed even to the bottom, which by
this means will become better furniffied, and the
roots of the Vine will be capable of lpreading them-
felves.

The beft time to plant cuttings, which have been,
bundled and buried in the ground, is when the rind
fwells ; which may be known by a kind of protube-
rance rifing round about the wound, and alfo by
the buds being juft ready to open ; and that the cut-
tings may not dry t6o much, they ought to be kept
for fome time in a veffel full of water, and not to be
taken from thence, but as they are planted, for if
the heat fhould fhrivel thofe that are planted, they
will not fo readily take root, and many of them
might die.

For this reafon it is better to plant a vineyard in a
rainy moift feafon, or at leaf!: cloudy, than when It is
too hot, or there is a too drying wind.

They commonly make ufe of two different utenfils
of iron to make the hole where they put the cutting
of the plant, either a fpade, or a large kind of pick-
ax. The firft is the molt proper to make good work,
provided the earth be wrought the whole length and
breadth of the trench; and alfo the depth that the
plant is laid, that is to fay, as far as the hollow of
the earth.

When they make ufe of the lecond utenfil, it is com-
monly with a defign to make bad work, for the lazy
vignerons content themfelves in making a hole to put
the cutting of the plant in, without digging the reft
of the ground.

But by this laft way of planting, it often happens that
the young roots of the plants finding nothing but hard
earth, into which they are not able to penetrate, it is
impoffible that they fhould be able to extend them-
felves as they would do, in a land that has been expof-
ed to the air, frofts, &c. by the good digging that
has been given it, when the trench has been^dug with
the fpade the whole length.

Of gathering the vintage.

The vintage of the Auvernats being the moft precious
of all thofe which we have to make in this plot of
vineyards, in order to have good wine, we ought to
attend the maturity of the Grapes.

And as there are certain foils, where the Grapes, hav-
ing been cut a little too green, are too much ferment-
ed in the vat, and others, on the contrary, cut very
ripe, are but little fermented, which keep the better ;
it is abfolutely neceffary that thofe who {have thofe
vineyards do carefully apply themfelves to be acquaint*
e'd with the quality of their ground.

But one may fay, in the general, of all the good Au-
vernats of this country, that they ought to have al-
ways one point of green when they are gathered,
particularly when the year has been hot, and the lands
where they grew have been fat, or very much dunged;
for it is not fufficient, when one would have good
wine, to cut the Grape in its degree of maturity, but
he muft take a fit feafon to do this in. As thus, one
ought neither to begin nor continue to gather when
it rains, though many are not very fcrupulous as to
this point; for they fay the wine will fell never the
worfe for it.

I own that it may fometimes happen fo, but it ought
to be allowed me that it has a bad quality. One
ought alfo to fee to it, that the dew that falls often
very plentifully in this feafon, be entirely diffipated,
and that there be no dew either upon Grapes, or the
leaves of the Vines, for it is found by experience, that
for the little quantity of water there is in this fort of
wine, it lofes a great deal of its quality.

Therefore the feafon cannot be too fine for cutting- the
Auvernats, for this reafon : in a great many vineyard
plots in this kingdom, as in Burgundy, and other
places, where the wines have great reputation, they
do not gather their vintage, but during the fineft part
of the day ; that is to fay, the gardeners begin their

1 4 H work

work very late, and leave off fame hours before fun- ■
let, and the wine is the better for it.

It is true, that fometimes it is good to wait for the
falling of the rains, but this ought to be fome weeks,
or at leaft many days before the vintage, and not in
the time of gathering.

As for example : when no rain has fallen for a long
time, and the Grapes have been fo Ihriveiled by the
heat, that there is fcarce any thing but Grape ftones,
and a tough thick fkin, if one ffiould gather them
then, they would yield but very little wine, and alfo
it might turn to a tartneis, as it happened for the moft
part to the red wines of the year 1718, which was ex-
traordinary hot and dry.

So then we ought not to gather the Grapes fo foon as
the rain that we have waited for is fallen, becaufe the
Grapes ought to have time to havethe advantage of it,
which may be known when the berries grow large,
and fall upon the ground.

As to the other forts whether red or white, they may
be gathered with lefs precaution, but they rauft always
have their degree of ripenefs, according to the diffe-
rent lands on which the vineyards are planted. ' !

Of the wines made in Orleans .

For a long time, at Paris and other places, there have
been thofe who have endeavoured to decry the wines
of our vineyard plots, efpecially the red wines. In
the mean time it is obfervable, that thofe who fpeak
of them with the greateft contempt, cannot do with-
out them, but procure them as they did formerly, ei-
ther to put off their weak wines, without colour, or
that have fome other faults, and alfo to preferve the
fineft, moft delicate, and moft celebrated.

For the wines of Burgundy are no fooner brought in,
than they mix them with ouf wines to drink them, fo
long as they laft ; and there is this to be faid of our
wines, that there is not one ftngle wine merchant at
Paris, who has not our wines in his vaults, not only
for mixing with others which are meaner, but for
felling without any mixture; fortho’ they have much
ftrength, yet for all that, they do not fail to fell them
pure, as well for their tables as their offices, to thofe
that have the curiofity to drink a wine that is- good,
natural, and without fophiftication.

The Rapes which are yearly made, and the great
quantity of wines, both red and white, which they
are fo folicitous to purchafe a long time before they
are made, in order to tranfport them from Paris into
Flanders, Holland and England, and as far as the
American iflands, where they drink good to the very
laft drop, are in my opinion, fufficient proofs that
our wines are not fo contemptible as they would re-
prefent them.

For it muft be owned, that if they had not fuch good
qualities, or if they had any fault, they would not
come in fearch of them fo far, and would not take
fuch care to furniffi themfelves with them in time.
Some fay that our wines being harffi, red, and too
violent, they are not fo agreeable to be drank, and
that thofe that drink them to any excefs, find them-
felves incommoded, which never happens to them
when they drink the fame quantity, or even a greater,
of the wines of Champaign and Burgundy, and many
other vineyard plots of the kingdom.

I anfwer, that thefe pretended faults are the real quali-
ties of our wines, and thofe are what caufe them to be
fo much fought after; for this very colour and harfti-
nefs (provided that it be not too much fermented in
the vat) ferve to give a quality to other wines that are
weak, which would never be vended to any advan-
tage without being mixed with others.

Befides, if the harftmefs of them, which they fome-
times have, be their fault, this is not always, fo, it is
but accidental, and may be prevented by letting them
remain lefs time in the vat.

As for the inconvenience that thofe are fenfible of,
that drink too much of it, it is a very eafy thing for

them to remedy that themfelves ; they need only drink
lefs of it, and then it would not incommode them.

As for example : aqua vitas is not drank in fo great a
quantity as wine, nor a ftrong wine as a weak one.
When the wine is very ftrong, they ought to drink
water with it, or drink lefs of it, then it would nou-
riffi a perfon, inftead of wearing his body, or ftupefy-
ing his fpirits. Thus, when one is fenfible of any bad
efiefts from our wines, it is not from their quality that
they proceed, but from their quantity, which people
know not how to ufe rightly.

Whatfoever ill-founded prejudice may be taken up
againft the wines of our vineyard plots, it muft ne-
verthelefs be allowed that we have the advantage over
the greateft part of other wines, that we are able to
make them fuch as we Would have, and fuch as are
demanded ; that is to fay, a delicate wine fit for pre-
fent drinking, red without being harffi, and more or
lefs hard, without lofing its quality, and thus we are
able to make a wine equally good to drink through
the whole courfe of the year, and alfo for many years
after.

‘There are in this kingdom many vineyard plots, the
Vines of which have this bad quality, and yet thefe are
the wines that are fo much boafted of, which will
not keep the year without fpoiling, if they were not
preferved by ours, which have more of the quality
than they.

But if thofe who put fo great a flight upon our wines,,
flnould fay we do not know how to make them, they
would reafon more juftly than they do, when they
would have us to believe that our wines are not good 5
for they ought to allow that they are good in them-
felves, and we fball agree, that if there is any fault
in them, it is by accident, fince it only proceeds from
the manner of making it.

Then it muft be faid, that the wines of Orleans are
good, but they make them ill, and then there is no-'
thing more wanting, but to avoid the faults in the:
manner of making, and that is what I am going to
treat; of.

We have in this plot of vineyards fo many different
forts of foils and plants, that it would not be eafy to
give a direction for the manner of making the wines-
from each of them ; I can only fay in the general,
that in order to make good wine, the foil ought to be
proper for the Vines, well expofed to the fun, on a
gentle declenfion from the north to the fouth, rather
dry than moift ; that the plants fet there be of a good
kind, and well chofen ; that the vineyard be rather old
than young, never dunged, or but very little, but ra-
ther earthed, and always well wrought, and in the
proper times to work them, and that the Grapes have
a certain degree of ripenefs before they be cut, and
that they be tunned after they have been trodden,
when one would make wine that ffiould have a colour,
and not for prefent drinking.

It is certain that when all thefe things concur, it will
be eafy to make good wine ; but there are yet other
things to be obferved, of which I ffiali fpeak in the
following part of this article.

They make in this plot of vineyards, as well as in ma-
ny others, both red wine and white ; I ffiali fpeak firft
of the red, and afterwards of the white,, of which
there are a few things to- be faid.

The belt and moft precious wines of all that are made
in this plot of vineyards, is the Auvernat. Of this
there are fix fpecies, viz. the Auvernat Teint, the
black, red, gray, and two kinds of whites ; which,
are the white Auvernat of Soler, and that of the Low
Country.

The Auvernat Teint is the reddeft ; and as it has al-
ways the quality, it gives the colour and the body to*
the Auvernats, and prevents them from growing ropy.
And when it is mingled with the red only, they ought
to let it remain in the vat a little while ; efpecially in
thofe years, that there is reafon to believe the wine
will take as much colour as they would that it fhould
have, or where it grows, on a foil where the wine has

alwayi

always been accuftomed to have colour enough by
being tunned but a little.

Some pretend that one quart, or thereabouts of the
wine [De Teint] of the tincture, or of [GrosNoir] the
large black, to a vat of fifteen puncheons of red Au-
vernat, will have a good effieft.

I own that it will give it a fine colour, without ren-
dering it harfh, provided it be not tunned too. long j
but as this Teint, or this Gros Noir, have no quality
but that of giving it the colour, I am of opinion that
the Auvernat Teint, which is very red, fubftantial,
and vinous, produces a better e fie ft ; but it requires
only to put more of that of the Teint, than of the Gros
Noir; becaufe this Auvernat colours a great deal lefs
than thofe of the two other kinds of Grapes.

The riper both the one and the other are, the more
wine they yield, and the more colour they have ; and
for this reafon they ought never to be gathered, but
when they are in their perfect maturity.

The Auvernat Teint ought not to be planted indiffe-
rently in ail forts of land, becaufe it will not do well
in all ; and for this reafon, thofe vho would have
them, ought at firft to plant but a few, to fee if they
will fucceed in their lands. Alfo care muft be taken
not to mix them with other in planting, that one may
the better know what quantity we fhould put into eve-
ry vat ; which will be difficult to do, if they were
planted confufedly with ocher Auvernats, or red
plants, to make thence good mixed wine.

Although the Auvernat Teint is a very good Grape
of itfelf, yet it muft be owned, that if too much of
it be put into the red Auvernat, it will alter the qua-
lity of it ; for the laid wine is never better, than when
it is made without any mixture of other Grapes ; and
it has ordinarily as much colour and ftrength as it
fhould have, not only to maintain itfelf by itfelf, but
alfo to put oft' other wines of an inferior quality.

But then I fuppofe, that this red Auvernat grew up-
on good lands, for there are fome which of them-
felves do not give enough to the wines that they pro-
duce ; in this cafe it is good to plant the Auvernat
Teint.

It is true, that this wine being mixed, will not be fo
fine, as if it were only the pure red Auvernat •, but
then again, it will maintain itfelf better •, and when
one would make an Auvernat, which has a ftrong tart-
nefs and a good flavour, without having any colour,
you muft put to the red Auvernat, about the feventh
part of the Melier, or of good white Auvernat, fuch
as now grows in the vineyard of Blois •, but that one
may be able to make this mixture, it is neceffary that
this Melier, or white Auvernat, be ripe at the fame
time as the red Auvernat.

A wine made after this manner, is fo excellent, and fo
difguifed, that is is made to pafs for pure Burgundy
wine ; and is fold at Paris and other places as fuch, in
wickered bottles. The belt wine conners are there
deceived every day.

The Auvernat, without diftin&ion, is red ; they alfo
name it from its lkin, which is brown, becaufe its
colour is not of fo deep a red as that of the Auvernat
Teint, and becaufe it is deeper than the gray Auver-
nat, which is alrn oft quite white, and that too when
it has been tunned very much. This kind of red Au-
vernat is the moil common among the black Auver-
nats, and is one of the belt wines that grow in this plot
of vineyards.

The [AuvernatNoir] black Auvernat is very uncom-
mon in this country, and known by few perfons ; its
berry is rounder than the other Auvernats ; its lkin
is as black as jet, and that is the only thing that it is
known by. There is alfo another fpecies of it, svhich
fome vignerons call the Auvernats of Tours •, it differs
nothing from the red, but in that its wood is very big
as well as its fruit. The Grape is long and well filled;
and it were to be wifhed, that this kind was not fo
fcarce in this country ; for it is the fineft, and one of
the beft that we have.

The gray Auvernat is neither white, black, nor red,
but of a gray or pearl colour, when at the greateft

maturity. But fome have made this obfervation* that
in certain lands this colour becomes black in about
twelve or fifteen years after the planting of thefe
Vines, but neverthelefs without lofing their quality.
The change of the colour does not come univerfally.

I have feen vineyards very old, that did produce the
Auvernat of this quality.

When this gray Auvernat "has been made off hand,

or when it has been tunned but a very little while,

* *

and it is once gone from this vineyard plot, and is
denominated by a borrowed name, it is an eafy mat-
ter to make it pafs for fuch a wine as is defired, whe-
ther it be fold as it is, or whether it be mingled with
others of a higher colour. But this mixture muft be
made in fuch a manner, that the quantity of the gray
Auvernat be not abforbed by the red that is mixed
with it.

Of mah ing wines in Orleans.

The Grapes being cut, and carried from the vine-
yard to the prefs, they tread them either in a fcuttle,
which they place there, or in a vat, when the gather-
ing of the vintage is finffhed ; or, in fine, they caft
them into a trough of a wine prefs to be bruifed.
Alfo fometimes they carry them direflly to the prefs -s
but this is when they would make wine fit for pre-
fent drinking, and that it is not fermented in the vat
at all.

Thofe who make ufe of a fcuttle to bruife their Grapes,
cannot pofiibly tread the Grapes well, or at leaft they
will be a long time in doing it, and have a great deal
more trouble, in that they are obliged to raife up, with
all their ftrength, the puncheons in which they tread
the Grapes, to caft them into the vat with the marc,
in order to work it all together.

The manner of bruifing the Grapes in the vat when
it is filled, is much worfe than the firft ; in that,
notwithftanding all the precaution that can be taken,
and whatever time is allowed to endeavour to do
this work well, it is abfolutely impofllble it fhould
fucceed ; for when the wine has been tunned as much
as it ought, and they have put it.on the prefs with
its marc, there will be a part of the Grapes that
have not been half bruifed, and this caufes the marc
to yield lefs wine, and there is not all the colour that
it might have ; and therefore the Grapes ought never
to be bruifed this way, when it can bedone ptherwife.
But if this is a lols to the citizens, not to draw from
the marc all the wine which it ought to yield, if all
the Grapes had been well bruifed, yet it affords an
advantage to the vigneron, in that his drink will be
fo much the better.

As there is an inconvenience in treading the Grapes,
either in a fcuttle, or a vat, as I (hall make it appear,
it will be better to make ufe of a wine prefs ; that is,
without contradiflion, the beft way to bruife the
Grapes.

And befides, a wine prefs will ferve for four bafkets,
when the other will not ferve for two, if they make
ufe of a fcuttle ; for according to the meafure that
the Grapes are bruifed in the wine prefs, the wine
falling into the vat, does not rife above the Grape ;
by which it may be more eafily known, when the
Grapes have been well or ill trod before the marc is
turned into the vat ; or it is a great deal more eafy to
pufh it with the foot, when the trap door of the trough
is lifted up, than to lift up the whole with bodily
ftrength, as they are obliged to do when they tread
in a fcuttle.

The trough of the prefs ought to be fet in a kind of
litter, and placed upon, or over the vat ; but when
the covering of the ftrudure, where the prefs is, is
low, it muft be placed over the middle of the prefs
without a litter ; then there will be a little more trou-
ble, becaufe it muft be emptied into the vat with a
bucket or fcuttle ; but this is no great matter, there
are hands enough to do this work.

The Grapes having been trodden as before, the marc
may be thrown into the vat, either with the Grape

and

V i T

and fkins, or feparated the one from the other •, this
depends on the manner after which one would make
the wine.

When it has been tunned a confiderable time, the
wine is lefs green, lefs fubjeft to be ropy, and better
for keeping, than if it -were done off-hand, or fit for
prefent drinking.

But if the Grape be tunned too much, it takes from
it much of its quality, becailfe it leaves a harfh-
nefs which renders it not fit for drinking; for above
a year in certain lands, and in others it never lofes
the tafte of the Grape (tone ; and when with this ex-
cels of the vat, it has a colour as red as ox blood,
it is a wine which they call groffier or matin ; and it
is commonly faid it is better to keep than to drink.
When a wine has this fault, one cannot render it
drinkable, but by mingling it with good dry new
white wine.

Then it is this excefs of the vat which renders our wines
hard, and makes them difefteemed without any dif-
tindion, although all our wines are not made after this
manner,; But it is an eafy matter to avoid this fault,
which renders our wines contemptible.

There are thofe who tun the Grape ftone with the fkin,
and would give to their wine only that degree of the
vat which it ought to have; and not to be ftrong, they
draw it out from time to time by a pipe, or by fome
little hole Which they make in the vat, but this I do
not approve of, for reafons to be given in the follow-
ing article.

Others make ufe of a Vine prop, or fome other piece
of wood, which they thruft into the vat, from whence
they draw it out quick, and let it drop into a giafs,
where they examine if it have colour enough, and if
it makes a circle of fcum, and boils and bubbles,
which they call faire le roue : others watch till the
marc is rifen to fuch a height, and make a judgment
by that.

As for myfelf, I am of the opinion, that it would be
a furer way to thruft one’s hand a pretty way into
the vat, (which I fuppofe to be raifed, and to have
been worked,) to take from thence a handful of the
marc, and to put it to one’s nofe, as the dyers do,
to judge of the difpofition of their vats ; then one
may know if the wine be made, and if it has colour
enough.

When it fmells fweet, you fhould let it work a little
longer in the vat, until it has loft that ftnell, and has
a ftrong fcent that affedts the nofe •, then it ought to
be taken, for one quarter of an hour at moft is fuffi-
cient to force it.

A wine taken in its proper degree of the vat, will ne-
ver tafte of the Grape ftone •, it will be always fit to
drink, and alfo will keep good for many years.

I agree alfo, that the wine that has been tunned too
much, becomes tart and harfh, and that is what takes
away its quality ; and as it is the Grape ftone, and not
the fkin, that caufes this tartnefs and harfhnefs, the
means to prevent this inconvenience is, in being yery
careful as to the degree of the vat that is given to the
wine.

But as one may often be deceived in giving it too much
or too little of the vat, I think the fureft way would
be, to ftone the Grapes when they are trampled, be-
fore they are put into the vat.

This work would not be fo much trouble as it may
be imagined ; for one ftoner would luffice to employ
one treader, let him tread as faft as he can.

When the Grapes are bruifed in a wine prefs, feveral
may employ themfelves in ftoning. One method of
doing it is, to put them into a bafket plated, &c.
about fix feet long, four feet broad, and ten or twelve
inches high ; and that this may not be any incum-
brance, it may be placed about the middle of the prefs,
and have two men to fift and feparate the fkins from
the Grape ftones.

I find that a cribble is much more convenient, for it
takes up lefs room, and there needs but one man to
work above, and the work will be as eafiiy, or more
eafily done.

V I T

I have feen many pf thefe cribbles, but that which I
am going to deicribe, appears to me to be the moft
commodious.

The cribble for ftoning the Grapes ought to be made
with brafs wire, becaufe this is more pliant, and
does not ruftfo much, and lafts longer than iron wire.
The holes ought to be an inch in breadth, aimoft of
an o flagon al figure ; it is worked upon two hoops
joined together, the one upon the other ; arid when
it is finifhed, it is to be covered with a third hoop or
band, that is about four inches High.

As the 'marc is falling in by the wine being preffed
out, and is rifen to the height of the cribble, they
put under to fupport it a band of wood, or little
hoop, two or three fingers high, wh'ch goes round
at the bottom of the cribble ; and befides this, four
round iron bars of the thicknefs of a little finger •,
becaufe if they were broad, the fkins of the Grapes
would reft there, which would hinder the other from
pafilng.

It is proper to put thefe iron bars in fuch a manner,
that two of the four may fuftain the other two, and
that they may be all of one length.

The ends ought to crofs the two hoops, and to co-
ver the third-, and they muft be joined to many places
of the trellis of brafs wire, which may be double or
treble.

The wood of the hoop ought to be notched in two
places over againft one another, and about an inch in
depth, and three in breadth, according to that of the
ftaves upon which it is to be placed ; and thefe ftaves
fhould be placed upon a fcuttle refting upon the vat,
upon which they tread the Grapes.

It is allb proper that thefe notches be plated with iron,
and that they have two handles or grafps of iron, pret-
ty thick and round, to prevent the hurting'the hands
of him that manages the cribble, becaufe it is weighty,
and there is often occafion to remove it from place to
place.

This cribble may be about a foot in height, eight or
nine in circumference, and an inch in thicknefs at the
top, and fomething more at the bottom, becaufe of
a band of wood that is placed round about to fuftain
the trellis, as I have faid before.

The treader having bruifed the Grapes, jnftead of
pufning the mafs in the vat with his foot, as is done
when he would tun the Grapes with the fkin, it is
taken either with a bowl, ora pail, or with the hand,
and put into the cribble ; then the ftoner feparates the
marc as well as he can, the fkin from the ftone, and
cafts the latter into a veffel that ftands near him ; and
when that is filled with the Grapes, they carry it to
the middle of the prefs in a pail, or in a bafket, and
from time to time empty into the vat, the fkiris and
the wine which are in the veffel, which has been
ftoned.

The bufinefs of the vintage gatherers being finifhed,
they put the marc and all the (tones that are upon the
middle, and they lower the plank to draw from thence
the wine that is found there.

Some give it another bruifing, but I believe very un-
profitably, for that cannot get out much wine, and
alfo that which they get from thefe ftones has nothing
but a harfhnefs ; but neverthelefs one may, becaufe
there is a little of it may be mingled with the other
that is in the vat.

One marc of Grapes, which one may reckon ten
poinfons, may yield about fifty pints of wine, or there-
abouts. This depends upon the fize of the Grapes,
and the heat which has been during the' time of the
vintage gathering.

The wine being boiled with its Akin, it will be rie-
ceffary to obferve, from time to time, if it have co-
lour enough, and if it be fufficiently made to be
drawn off ; and when it is found that it is not yet red
enough, the marc muft be thruft down in the vat in or-
der to give it the colour, and never to be forced ; you
may alfo cover the vat with a coarfe linen cloth double,
and put the board of the prefs upon that, in cafe one is
apprehenfive that it will lofe a part of its ftrength.

VI T

It is not the fame, when the {hones are left and put In-
to the tun with the wine, becaufe then they will eafily
force; whereas this inconvenience never happens when
the Grapeshave been ftoned, for this reafon it ought
always to be done : one is lure to have wine well
made, and fuch as may be kept many years without
fpoiling, according to the time that it has been left
to ferment.

And if all our red wines were made in this manner,
we fhould not have occafion to iay, as it hath been
faid for a long time, that our wines are harih and
coarfe, for it rauft be agreed, that it is nothing but
the ftones that gives it this bad quality •, which is how-
ever accidental, fince I have ottered a method to re-
medy it, which may eafily be put in pradice.

Many citizens complain, that the merchants will not
give a greater price for the wine whofe Grapes have
been ftoned, than for that which has not, but in the
mean time it is better ; it does indeed coft fomething
more in making it after this manner, in that it takes
up more time in preffing.

Upon this account many citizens have difcontinued
the ftoning their Grapes, but I do not approve of
that ; we ought to fpare nothing to make good wine ;
and I am perfuaded that there will always be found
merchants reafonable enough to make a diftindion
between a wine, the Grapes of which have been ftoned,
and that which has not, not only by their tafte, but
in the price too.

As the Grapes that are fermented without their ftones
are fubjed to grow ropy, it is good to prevent this
inconvenience in gathering them before they come to
their full maturity, and to give them but little fer-
mentation ; it can then never be too thick, becaufe
the Grape ftones not being there, it is impoffible
they fhould force it.

During the time that the wine is working in the vat,
one may pierce the calks, and put into each of them
about a pint of water ; it fhould be boiling hot, or at
leaft very hot •, this will purify the veffels, and render
them more tight.

The hole of the bung being well flopped, as foon as
the hot water has been put in, it fhould be fhaken
and turned on all Tides, to be able to fee if it has vent
in any place.

Some pretend, that this hot water will take away the
tafte of the calks, but I very much doubt of this.

In order to make this experiment, it is requifite,
that one be firft fure that the cades have any bad tafte.
When the cafks have been feafoned and drained as dry
as may be, they muft be placed upon the Hillings, and
there let firm with ftones, or fome other thing, to hin-
der them from rolling while they are filling.

The balket that is hung up by means of a prop to re-
ceive and hold the Grapes and {kins which fall from
the middle of the prefs into the wooden pipe, ought
to be well clofed up to hinder the ftones from going
into the cafks when they are filling •, becaufe when the
wine boils, it calls out the fcum, lee, {kins, and
ftones, in order to purify itfelf ; and fometimes a fmall
quantity of thefe is fufficient to flop entirely the holes
of the cafks.

But to prevent this accident, one may nail, at the
fmall hole, at which the wine runs down, a fmall
lattice of brafs wire, the holes of which muft be very
fine ; then there would but a few of the {kins pafs,
and no ftones •, and the bafket, which is very trou-
blefome when one would empty the pipe, would be
ufelefs.

One may yet, for the greater fecurity, have another
grate, and fallen it with nails, above the focket on
the infide of the funnel •, but this grate muft be raifed
three or four fingers, to the end that the {kins may
not hinder the wine from palling.

Before the marc is begun to be put upon the middle of
the prefs, I fuppofe the prefs to be in fuch condition,
that nothing is wanting of all the utenfils that is ne-
ceffary, for it would be an imprudence to have at this
very moment, any thing wanting that is necefifary for
the making a marc.

The fcrew being the moll brittle and moil nedefiary
part belonging to a prefs, a mafter ought always to
have one in referve, ready to put in, in cafe of need.
In like manner the feet of the beams lhould be exa-
mined fome time before the vintage, that they be not
rotten, for that is the place they commonly fail in ;>
and when this happens, it is not fo eafy to remedy it
as it is to remedy a broken fcrew.

In order to make the beams of a prefs laft a long
time, when they are good of themfelves, it ought to
be fo contrived, that they may always have the air
under the middle of the prefs *s efpecially at the end
of thefe pieces, there ought not to be either any marc
or earth, and therefore it fhould be hindered from
falling there.

Some make a fmall piece of brick work round each,
of thefe beams, and that is the beft precaution that
can be taken to make them laft a long time.

After the prefs has been put in order, and the wine
has had its degree or time in the vat that it ought to
have, or they can give it, it muft be put upon the
middle of the prefs.

When it is at a great diftance from the vat, they make
ufe of a fcuttle or bafket, or if it be near, of a pail ;
which they let drain upon a board, which bears at one
end upon the vat, where it is faftened with a nail, or
other thing, and the other upon the middle of the
prefs ; this board fhould be bordered on both hides
with ledges, ftrait and well joined, and about an inch
in height, to hinder what drains out of the bafket
from running on the ground.

A piece of wood, with a hollow or channel about an
inch deep, would be much better than this board
with ledges, for they cannot be with eafe fo clofely
joined, but that the wine will find fome chinks to
run out at, which will not be ill the wood thus hol-
lowed.

Some, in order to empty their vats the more eafily,
put in a pipe, thro5 which they draw the wine clear
through a little bucking tub made for this purpofe *,
out of which they take the wine in a pail or pannier,
to empty it into the cafks.

For this purpofe the vat muft be fet high on a Hilling
or gauntry, and the earth hollowed at the place where
the pipe is placed.

Before the wine is drawn off clear, you muft always
begin to keep off the coyer of the vat, in order to
prevent the wine from forcing ; and this muft be
done in fuch a manner, that he who empties has not
the trouble of lifting it up fo high to put it in the
fcuttle;

I own that this manner of emptying a vat is very com-
modious, and fliall in the following article fpeak of
the inconveniency that may happen thence.

The marc being placed on the middle of the prefs,
they cover it with a board, with bolfters, cufhions,
and bags or pillows. There muft be two rows of
thele laft, and fometimes three, when the marc is
thin, becaufe by how much lefs the fcrew appears, by
fo much lefs is it in danger of breaking ; and as the
marc will be thick, according as they have ordered
ir, there muft be fome rows of the bags retrenched 5
for it is fufficient, that there is a certain diftance be-
tween the wheel and the fcrew, which would not be
fo, if the marc were very thick, or there were many
facks.

There is no need to put the ring of the rope into the
hook, before the wheel has been lowered on the bags
and that you have examined if all is made even, and
that none of the bags are removed.

Before you begin to lower the wheel upon the baos,
the fcrew ought to be well greafed above the nut of ft'
and alfo below, when it touches the bags.

They alfo greafe that part of the fcrew that was with-
in the nut fcrew, before they have brought it down to
the point where it ought to be ; for the firft operation
after the plank of the axle-tree has been let down, and
before the loofening, the fcrew muft be foaped on the
places where it has had none.

14 I

(

White

White dry foap without oil is the belt for greafing
the fcrew, for when oil is mingled with the foap, that
draws the rats, which gnaw the fcrew, and it occafions
a gum or thick fubftance, which makes it go hard
when they prefs the marc.

The trendle ought alio to be placed at a reafonable
diftance from the middle of the prefs upon the nave
of the wheel, and being well rubbed with hog’s lard,
the trendle will turn the better. Others make ufe of
an iron crow, which at lealt produces as good an ef-
fect as the nave.

When the ftaves or rammers are rather long than fhort,
and that the trendle is pierced with a height agreeable
to a man of a middle ftature, they will have the more
force to prefs the marc.

After the plank has been let down, and the troughs
filled to a pannier or thereabouts, and they have af-
terwards added the wine that comes from thefe preff-
ings, they give the firfc fqueezing, which ought to
be followecfiby three others in a fhort time, becaufe
the Auvernat having in it much fire, its marc would
dry quickly, and yield much lefs wine, if there were
much time between thefe preffings.

It is not enough to greafe the fcrew of the prefs the
firft operation, before the balance is let down, when
it is a wheel prefs ; it ought to be done from time
to time, efpecially when the fcrew is perceived to be
rough, or icreaks in the nut, when the trendle is
turned.

Some, before they give the marc the laft operation,
barbager ; that is to fay, they work it, or prick it
with an inftrument of iron, but without touching the
fides, becaufe they chufe to hinder it from falling on
the middle. They pretend that this little fqueezing
makes the marc yield about two pints of wine the
puncheon.

I have never made the experiment, but this is feldom
pradiled but in the marcs of white wine, becaufe
they are thicker, and not fo hot by much as thofe of
Auvernat.

The laft operation or prefling being given, you may
•wait twelve or fifteen hours for taking off the marc,
that it may have time to drain; and they feldom do
it fooner, except they want the prefs for making other
wine.

Although the wine that comes out of one vat is the
fame, yet they give it two different names ; the one
they call unpreffed wine, and the other the wine of
the prefs.

The firft is that which comes from the red or white
Grapes, when they have been trod, whether they
have been tunned or not, and the fecond is that
which comes from the marc after the preffmg. As
this laft has always a great deal more colour and
harfhnefs than the firft, they mix them together, to
the end that they may make an equal wine ; and if
they do not do this, they would have one part of
the wine of the fame vat too delicate and weak in co-
lour, and the other too red, and too harfh, which
would not be fit for the merchants, who are for an
equal wine.

When I fay the wine fhould be equal, I mean only
that of one vat, and not of one whole cellar ; for as
all the wine that one buys cannot be all fpent at the
fame time, and that the merchants fearch fometimes
for wine high-coloured, and a little firm, and fome-
times for a wine more delicate and fit for prefent
drinking, therefore it is, in my opinion, the prudence
of a citizen to have tuns of different degrees of co-
lour and firmnefs, that the more delicate may be firft
drank, and the firmeft feme time after, or the year
following, for moil perfons love old wine better than

new. ...

But it is yet more advantageous for a citizen to have

wine that is rather a little firm and too delicate, be-
caufe, if that be not fold quickly, it may grow ropy,
or be fpoiled ; when, on the other hand, that which
is well mixed will keep a great while, and he may fell
it a long time after.

It is true the merchants often flight, or rather feem to

flight than reject, a wine that has been but little fer-
mented ; but it is very often nothing but a little chi-
cane that thofe make ufe of, who are employed to pur-
chafe wines to buy them the cheaper ; therefore we
muft give them leave to fay what they will, but al-
ways give the wine fomething of the tun ; becaufe if
it be not fold at firft, it will at laft ; whereas, when
it is made for prefent drinking, it muft be fold as foon
as may be, and perhaps under price.

Some perfons, out of thriftinefs, or rather fordid co-
vetouinefs, fearing to lofe a little wine, never entire-
ly fill their calks till the wine has caft forth its great-
eft fire, i. e. they will not make it boil till it has no
force left •, and there being only one pannier full of
wine put into the cafk the next day, or two days after
it has' been filled, that it has not the force to warm it
again fufficiently to make it boil.

This way of: managing wine is very wrong ; for it
caufes all its excrement to remain at the bottom of the
cafk, which augments the lee, and often contributes
to the fpoiling the wine, and to keep it for a long
time foul, which therefore the merchants reject.

It would be much better to fill it prelently up to the
bung with the preffurage, or with what has been
preffed, which is taken from the preffings that they
give to the marc, becaufe the calks being always full,
the wine purifies itfelf the more, and becomes clear
in lefs time, and of confequence is more palatable, and
may be fooner fold.

It is not enough to fill the calks up to the bung the
firft time that the wine is put into them, they ought
to be refilled many times ; thax is to fay, as foon as
the boiling is over, wine muft be put in to excite it
to boil ; and the fame thing is to be done the next
day, and afterwards for eight or ten days every other
day.

The neceftity there is of filling the calks as foon as
the new wine has been put in them, is proved by the
accident that happened to the wines in the year 1718,
when the ftafon was too hot and dry during the months
of July and Auguft.

The wines were then fo extreme hot as to boil very
low in the calks, fo that many who had negledred to
fill them at firft up to the bung, had their wines turn-
ed four, which did not happen to thofe who had ufed
the precaution of filling them to the bung, and keep-
ing them full; and for this reafon, -thofe who have
many tuns of wine ought always to take of the laft
they have made to fill all thofe puncheons of the other
tuns ; and when a perfon has but one, he muft put
wine into a cafk called a gueulebee, to fill thofe pun-
cheons as far as the bung, as foon as the wine has done
boiling ; then the wine that remains muft be put into
the calks of gueulebee, or into a very dole veil'd, for
fear of its evaporating or lofing its fpirit.

I will fay, by the bye, that many deceive themfelves
in making wane thefe hot years ; for they let it fer-
ment but a little, becaufe it boils as foon as it is trod ;
but this is but a falfe boiling, which comes rather
from the fire that is in the Grape, than from the
working in the tun, therefore it ought to be tunned
a confiderable time. It is in fuch years the Grapes
fhould the rather be ftoned, and the wine iufffciendy
fermented.

It is true there is fome inconvenience in filling the
cafks up to the bung the firft time the wine is put in,
becaufe it is impoffible not to lofe fome of it, for it
will mix with the fcurfl and the lee which come out at
the bung ;' but this inconvenience may be remedied by
fetting gutters above the bung, and pans or veffels of
wood under the gutters, to receive all that which
comes out.

And whereas fome pretend, that lead communicates
an ill tafte to the wine, it is the iureft way to have
them of pewter, in fuch a manner, that nothing but
the end of the focket may enter into the hole of the
bung, for if the hole be made larger than that the
focket may play within it, the gutter will be ufelefs,
becaufe the wine would run out between the wood and
the focket.

There

VI i

There mu ft alfo be a veflel called gueulebee to empty
thefe veiTels in as they fill, and it Ihould be covered
with a thick double linen cloth, and doled or fattened
all round about with a hoop to hinder the wine from
growing flat.

The lee defcends by little and little to the bottom of
the calks, where it is joined with the lcuni which
there falls together, and is incorporated with it.

Some days after, the wine being grown clear, they
empty the veflel, and the lee remains at the bottom.
This wine may be put into a veflel by itfelf, without
mixing with the wine, which is in the calks out of
which it came. Some fay this collected wine is the
more fine and ftrong, and others fay to the contrary ;
but they may fay what they will, for it is always true
that this wine is very good, provided it has been kept
very clofe in the veflel where it was collected.

And I believe that one might, without any fcruple,
make ufe of it for filling the wine; but as to this, you
need not conlult either the merchants or the vigne-
rons, fince the one has not judgment or fincerity
enough, and the other are too much interefted ; and
I fpeak with a knowledge of the matter, founded on
the experience I have had many times, and without
any intereft but that of the public.

Thofe who, from a covetous temper, will not be at
the charge of procuring thefe gutters and veflels to
receive the wine of the calks while they are boiling,
have no flcill in it •, for the wine, which they would
fave by this means, would make amends entirely the
firft year for the expence they would be at in procur-
ing them.

Others, that are afraid that they fhall not fell their
wine, fay that the merchants have always an opinion
in favour of that wine, of which the two Aides of the
bung of each calk are filled with fcum as far as the
firft bands or circles, and that they have a quite con-
trary opinion of thofe where it does not appear.

It is true that formerly they did mind this, and their
opinion might be well grounded, becaufe they never
made ufe of thefe gutters ; but at this time their opi-
nion is altered, for they are perfuaded that thefe gut-
ters being in ufe, a calk may have call: out all the fcum,
without its appearing at the Aides of the bung, be-
caufe it falls into thefe veflels that are fet to receive
it, and likewife that all the wine that is there is well
mixed.

Befides, it is an eafy matter for a merchant to know
if there be much lee in the calk, for he needs only to
pierce it into the lee, that is to fay, at the bottom,
about two fingers of the notch of the calk where the
head pieces come in.

The wine having call: out all its fcum, it will be pro-
per to tafte all the calks into which it has been put ;
to the end that, if any one be found that has a bad
relifh, thofe who have purchafed them may be apprifed
of it, that they may put all the bad ones to their own
account.

Some fay, that St. Martin’s day being pafied, you
cannot oblige the merchant?, who have purchafed the
wine, to take that again which has been fpoiled in the
calks, becaufe they fay it is the more difficult to re-
medy it. Others pretend that the merchants are an-
fwerable three months after the calks have been filled,
provided they have not been removed from olf the
ft il lings.

When the wine has done boiling, it muft be covered
with the largeft fide of the bung to hinder it from
evaporating ; and eight or ten days afterwards it muft
be filled full, and bunged up.

Some make ufe of bungs about half a foot long, be-
caufe they can take them out without daubing the
calks with the fcum; but I am of opinion that broad
bungs are better, and to make two holes on the fide,
the one about the bignefs of a little faucet, the other
about the bignefs of one’s little finger, that a pewter
funnel may be put in, having in it a piece of pewter
foldered about two inches frotn the end, the holes
of which may be as big again as thofe of a tobacco
grater ; to the end that, when one ufes it to fill the

V I T

calks, neither ftone, nor fkin, nor kernels, nor lee,
may pafs. The great hole ferves for the putting in
of a funnel, and the other to give vent for the calks
during the time the wine is pouring in them.

The little hole ought to be made at the time that the
calks are bored, to put in the wine with the great
wooden funnel; for if the locket exa&ly fills the bung
hole, the calk would fill very fiowly* if it had not
vent given it by the little hole.

When it is done after this manner, the tuns are not
daubed with the fcum. It is not difturbed, as is done
in ftriking to beat in the bung, and the wine will have
lets vent.

You muft be fure to fill the wine every fifteen day af-
ter it has been bunged, until towards St. Andrew’s
day •, you are not to meddle with it any longer, till
after the leverity of the winter is over, which com-
monly happens towards the middle of February, be-
caufe the froft may make it fwell.

The Auvernat is not the only red wine that we have in
this vineyard plot ; there are alfo other wines made,
that have the fame colour, but are of a different
quality.

There is, for example, the Bon Lignage, or the
good wine, and that which is made of all forts of
Grapes. As to the firft, , it is made of the red Au-
vernat, theTeint, the Gray, the White, the tender
Samoireau, the Melier* and all the bell forts of red
Grapes.

The feeond is compofed of all forts of Grapes, good
and bad, but more of the latter than the former ;
whence it is eafy to be comprehended, why the one
has lefs of the quality than the other. And as this
feeond is generally fpent in the country, they make it
all manner of ways, either fit for prefent drinking
or firm, or hard, according to the occafion they have
for it, and the quantity they are to provide. As to
the other, they do not fail to make it, and often fend
it to Paris.

All thefe forts of Grapes are not gathered with the
fame care as the red Auvernat, which cannot bear
the water, neverthelefs the wine is the better, when
the Grapes, with which it is made, are cut in a fea-
fon that is rather hot and dry than cold and moift.

We have, in fame places of this vineyard plot, three
forts of red wines, bearing the fame name, which, ne-
verthelefs, they diftinguiffi the one from the other.
There is the tender Samoireau, the hard, and the
Fourchu, which have all three different qualities.

The tender Samoireau does very well in the lands of
the Olivet, St. Meftnin, and Clery, where it is more
plentiful than any where cife. They make of it a par-
ticular wine which will keep a long time, provided it
have no mixture, and that they give it but little of
the vat ; this renders it firm, and prevents it from
growing ropy.

This Grape may be mixed with the red Amrornat, be-
caufe they both ripen at the fame time. The Sarnoi-
reau gives the colour to the Auvernat ; it fuftains it,
and cattles it to keep a long time ; but you muft put
but a fmall quantity, for fear of altering or entirely
■ abforbing the quality of the Auvernat, which after it
has loft, it alfo lofes its name, and is no more regard-
ed, but as a good Vin de Lignage, or one compofed
of all forts of Grapes, which is vulgarly calledVip--
neron Auvernat, very different from that of the citi-
zens, which is in a manner pure Auvernat. When
one would render this Vin de Lignage yet better, he
may put to it a fourth part of good Melier.

The hard Samoireau is a little higher coloured than
the tender. When it has but its proper degree of the
vat, they may mix one or two puncheons of white
and a little lefs, when they tun it ; they fhoukl alfo*
when it may be done, take a Melier of a better kind*
for this wine has not much fire. When it is pure*
and it has pafied the year, that quality diminifheth \
it is then proper to make ufe of rapes, nor of chips
or fhavings, but Qi ^_oin, without putting Grapes to
it, as forne do, aQF that renders it hard and difasreea-
ble to drink,

It

It is Tufficient to put a third part, or at moft a half,
of the grains into the puncheons, and after that they
fill the wine up to the bung. They make ufe of
thefe rapes to put off the grounds or bottoms of
wine, and the weak ones, which they alfo mix fome-
times with them. The third kind of Samoireau, of
which I fhall fpeak, renders them the better for
keeping.

The Samoireau Fourchu is the beffc of the three kind ;
this is proper to give the colour to the others, and to
fuftain thole that are weak, and to reftore thofe that
have any defied:.

In order to know the colour, they call fome of it
againft a wall, and according to the impreffion it
makes, they judge of the effect it will produce.

One Angle puncheon of that will colour fix of white,
■and fometimes more, according as the feafons are hot,
and the quantity of the wine that the vineyard has
yielded *, this wine is not only good to drink, when it
Is taken in time, but it ferves for a remedy againft
the dyfentery and other maladies ; its marc is good
againft rheumatifms.

This fort has a virtue that is not found in any others,
becaufe the longer it is kept the better it is ; for it
is better for drinking at the end of twelve or four-
teen years, than one or two years after it has been
made.

Some put it in bottles, but it keeps equally as well in
calks, provided care be taken to keep them always
full, and to obferve that the calks do not want hoops,
and it will be proper to put on feveral iron hoops at
each end.

The wine, the marc, and the wood, or rather the
allies of this plant, have alfo a great many other pro-
perties which I fhall not relate.

The time of gathering thefe two fpecies of Samoireau
comes much later than thofe of the firft, which ripens
at the fame time with the Auvernat.

The territory of Mardic is the moft proper for thefe
plants, and that which produces the moft of it, (I
mean of the hard and Fourchu Samoireau ;) there is
of it at Bou and Checi, and but a very little in any
other places of this vineyard plot.

As the Fourchu never produces more wine than when
the plants are a little old, many eager to enjoy the fruit
of their labours, and their expences, have not patience
to wait fo long, and therefore they pull up thofe of
them they had, and cannot refolve to plant them
when they have them not.

Neverthelefs this is a precious plant, and one may
judge of it by the effeds that it produces, and by the
price which it bears, for it is commonly fold for dou-
ble the price of the beft wines of this country ; and I
do not know, but that thofe who deftroy them, and
thofe that do not raife them, will repent it one time
or other.

As there is not much to be faid of the manner of
making white wine, and having taken notice of it at
the beginning of this article, I (hall fay but little of
it particularly.

Although there are many kinds of white Grapes,
yet they make, as one may fay, but two forts of wine
of them, the one the moift, and the other the dry

wines.

The firft, fuch as the Mufcat or the Gendin of St.
Mefmin, thofe of Mariguy, of Rebrechein, and other
neighbouring places, may be looked upon as the moft
precious, in that they bring the money into the king-
dom, rather than the dry wines, for they fend them
into Holland, Flanders, England, &c. To render
this wine the better, they do not content themfelves
to fee that the Grapes have their perfedt maturity,
and be half rotten •, they wait oftentimes till the froft
has taken them, to have the wine which they call
Bourou ; and in fome years they defer the vintage un-
til the fifteenth or twentieth of November, and it is
then fometimes fo cold, that the icicles hang upon
thofe Grapes that are perifhed,fo that they are obliged
to carry fires into the vineyards in great pans, to warm
the gatherers.

It is trite, that thofe. who tarry fo long before they
gather, have a great deal lefs wine than the others,
but then at the fame time it is much better, and fells
a great deal dearer, fo that I believe it comes much
to the fame, or very near the matter.

The wines of which I am fpeaking, although fweetof
themfelves, have, neverthelefs, not always the fame
degree of liquor •, this depends upon the condition of
the feafon, that is to lay, by how much the fummer
and autumn are the hotter, the wine has the more li-
quor, and it has a great deal lefs when the feafon is
the contrary. *

What I fay is fo true, that the feafon having been very
hot in the year 1719, the fweet wines themfelves had
abundance more liquor than ordinary, and kept good
more than a year ; alfo the dry wines of many places
were fweet and clear.

Some red wines were alfo very foft (which is very
rare,) and held good till the month of February in the
year 1721. It is true they were thick, and that they
did not become clear till the time that they loft their
fweetnefs, which altered their ftrength.

The foftnefs of the white wines being over, they
were neverthelefs good, but as there remains a cer-
tain flavour, which pleafes the palate of moft perfons,
it is beft to fell them, or fpend them as foon as
may be.

One may know by experience that good Grapes almoft
always make good wine. Among the white Grapes,
without contradiction, the beft are Melier, and the
white Auvernat of the Low Countries. As the white
Formentes or Bourgignons, the Maledeueaux, the
Tramboifes, the white Gois, &c. make a wine which
is better to throw away than to drink, yet vineyards
of the vignerons are fluffed with thefe wretched Vines,
becaufe they yield more wine, and for the moft part,
better refill; thofe accidents that happen to a vineyard ;
for thefe people have no regard to any thing but the
quantity, which is the reaion that they do not ordi-
narily fell their wines to that advantages as the citi-
zens do.

The white Grapes cannot be gathered too ripe, be-
caufe the riper they are, the more wine they produce,
and their rottennefs does not give it any bad tafte ;
but when it is begun before they come to their full
ripenefs, they are fubject to grow yellow, yet regard
is to be had to thofe lands of which the wine is fubjedt
to grow ropy.

For this reafon, when they are gathered, it is good
that the Grape has a little greennels, to the end that
the wine that comes from them may be able to keep
dry, to which the white Auvernat of the Low Coun-
tries, and the green Melier, contribute very much *,
the laft hinders the wine from being ropy, and the firft
makes it clear, and for this reafon it is good to plant
of it with the Melier, becaufe at the time of gather-
ing, they may be both mingled together, and make
a wine without any fault.

Oneoughtto endeavour not togather the whiteGrapes
but when the weather is fair; a rainy feafon is not fo fa-
vourable, for one ought never to mingle water with
the wine that one makes, tho’ fome are not over feru-
pulous as to this point. It is true, the inconvenience
is not fo great in refped to the Auvernats, but that
Ihould not hinder one from always endeavouring to
make good wine, and for this reafon it is beft to ga-
ther the vintage in a dry hot time.

As the white wine is not tunned, when they bring the
Grapes in panniers from the vineyards, they empty
them diredtly on the middle of the prefs, where they
trample them with their wooden Ihoes ; the broadeft
and fmootheft are the moft proper for this work.

The Grapes ought to be trod immediately, that is to
fay, every pannier as they bring them from the vine-
yard, otherwife the wine would be yellow •, and this
colour is difagreeable to the fight, and ft ill more to
the palate, and confequently gives the wine a bad
quality.

According as the Grapes are •preffed on the middle,
and that the pipe fills, they empty it to fill the pun-
cheons,

cheons, or the quarter puncheons, to a pail full, or
thereabouts, according to the largenefs of the calk
wherein it is put; to make it boil, they fill them up to
the hole of the bung with the wine which comes from
the two firft p re kings, and that which remained in the
pipe before they gave the two firft fqueezings, and
that which the others yield, ferve to put into the wine,
when the firft boiling begins to be diminiftied.

One ought always to give the marc, whether it be
white or red, four prefiings, without taking in the
lowering of the beam, that is to fay, that it ought to
be cut tour times.

Some give it to the third working with an iron grapple
in the middle of the marc, and they leave all round
about half a foot in breadth, to keep in that which is
wrought, and at the fourth pr effing they cut the bor-
der that they left, and put it back upon the other.
They pretend that a marc fo ordered yields the more
wine. As the marc of white wine is the more thick,
and has lefs fire than the Auvernat, it does not dry fo
foon ; for this reafon there ought to be longer times
between thefe fqueezings.

They give them thefe commonly in the night-time, be-
caufe they do not lower the beam ; but when the
day’s work is finifhed, when the men who are to work
the marc have flipped.

When the white wine is cold, it muft be filled up and
bunged, and kept always full, at leaft if it be not in
the depth of winter, for when this kind of wine is
emptied, it becomes yellow in rnoft countries ; but
when this happens, it is eafy remedied, either by ftir-
ring it wiuh. a ftick of Hazel cleft into four, which is
put in at the bung-hole, or in (baking brifidy the pun-
cheon, which they leave fometimes on the bung, to
the end that the lee that defeends thither, and after-
wards is mixed again when the calk is turned up, may
take away the yellownefs.

The fecond method feems to be the beft, for befides
that the wine does not take wind, it is all'o done in a
great deal lefs time, for one is not obliged to unbung
and bung again every cade, for they may be filled up
with a (mall tin funnel.

For fome years paft they have made rapes of white
•wines, from which they do not reap any great advan-
tage they makeufe of them to mix with thecoarfe,
harfti, red wines, that have but little of the quality.
In the mean time, this fits the meaner fort of people,
who have not a very nice tafte, in that it pleafes their
palates, and is fold cheap.

It will not be to any purpofe to name the places of
this plot of vineyards, which produce the beft white
wines, for the merchants do not take the pains to
make a diftindftion between the wines which have much
of the quality, from others that have lefs ; befides,
they are many times deceived, for fome citizens who
have a great many houfes of wines in different places,
after the vintage is over, fend that wine they have
made in one leffer vintage to be added to that of ano-
ther that is much better, and fo a merchant thinks
that all the wine he buys is from the fame place, when
it is not.

I do not approve of this pradtice of the citizens, for
a merchant, who would have wine of one certain
place, will not be prepared to manage that which he
(hall have from another, becaufe thofe different wines
will not produce the fame effedls, with the manage-
ment he (hall ufe to them, and no perl'on ought to be
deceived.

When the vintage, either of red or white wines, is
finished, the p rels ought to be taken care of, that the
rats do not gnaw the ferew of it. It fhould be rubbed
with Garlick, the fmell of which thofe animals cannot
endure ; it is aifo good to cover it with fome old cades,
to hinder any filth from falling on the ferew, which
cannot be kept too clean.

Of vineyards in England.

There have of late years been but very few vineyards
in England, tho’ it appears by ancient records that they

were formerly very common, as may be gathered frbrii
the feveral places in divers parts pf England, which
yet retain that name, which teftify the quantities of
ground which were allotted for vineyards, to abbeys
and monafteries, for wine for the ufe of the inhabi-
tants ; but as to the quality of the wines which were
then produced in England, we are at prefent ignorant;
and how thefe vineyards were rooted up, and became
fo generally negledted, we have no very good accounts
left. Whatever might be the caule of this total ne-
gled in cultivating Vines in England, I will not pre-
tend to determine, but fuch was. the prejudice rnoft
people conceived to any attempts of producing wine
in England, that for fome ages paft, every trial of
that kind has been ridiculed by the generality of peo-
ple, and at this day very few perfons will believe it
pofiible to be effected.

Indeed if we judge -only by the fuccefs of fome mo-
dern effays made near London, where fmall vineyards
have been planted a few years paft, there would be
no great encouragement to begin a work of this kind,
becaufe the produce of very few, of thefe vineyards
has not been fo kindly as were to be wifihed ; but how-
ever, this fiiould not deter others from making far-
ther trials, efpecially when they confider the many
difadvantages, which moil or all of thofe plantations,
which have been made, were attended with; for firft,
there is fcarce one of them placed upon a proper foil
and fituation for this purpofe; and fecondly, there is
notone which is rightly planted and managed, as I
(hall prefently (hew ; and how can we expedl fuccefs
from vineyards under thefe difadvantages, when even
in France or Italy they would iucceed little better, if
their management were not direded with more judg-
ment ? I ihall therefore humbly offer my opinion,
which is founded upon fome trials I have feen made,
and from the inftrudions that I have received from
feveral curious perfons abroad, who cultivate vine-
yards for their own ufe, and that of their friends, and
who have been very exact in obferving the feveral
methods of pradice amongft the vignerons of thofe
countries, from whence it is hoped that the prejudice
which rnoft people have againft a projed of this kind,
will either be removed, or at leaft fufpended, until
trials have been judicioufiy made of this affair.

The firft and great things to be confidered in plant-
ing vineyards is the choice of foils and fituations,
which, if not rightly chofen, there will be little hopes
of fuccefs, for upon this the whole affair greatly de-
pends. The beft foil for a vineyard in England is fuch,
whole furface is a light Tandy loam, and not above a
foot and a half or two feet deep, above the gravel or
chalk, either of which bottoms are equally good for
Vines ; but if the foil is deep, or the bottom either
clay, or a ftrong loam, it is by no means proper for
this purpofe; for although the Vines may (hoot vigo-
roufly, and produce a great quantity of Grapes, yet
thefe will be later ripe, fuller of rnoifture, and fo
confequently their juice not mature, nor well digefted,
but will abound with crudity, which in fermenting:
will render the wine four and ill tafted, which is the
common complaint of thofe who have made wine in
England.

Nor is a very rich, light, deep foil, fuch as Is com-
monly found near London, proper for this purpofe ;
becaufe the roots of thefe Vines will be enticed down
too deep to receive the influences of fun and air, and
hpreby will take in much crude nourishment, where-
by the fruit will be rendered lefs valuable, and be
later ripe, which is of ill confequence to thefe fruits,
which are known to imbibe a great fhare of their non-
rifhment from the air, which, if replete with moif-
ture (as is commonly the cafe in autumn,) muft ne-
ceffarily contribute greatly to render the juices lefs
perfect, therefore great attention iliouid be had to the
nature of the foil upon which they are planted.

The next thing neceffary to be confidered, is the fi-
tuation of the place, which, if pofiible, (liquid be on
the north fide of a river, upon an elevation inclining
to the fouth, with a fmall gradual defeent, that the

1 4 K rnoifture

moifture may the better drain off, but if the ground
Hopes too much, it is by no means proper for this pur-
pofe but if, at a diftance from this place, there are
larger hills, which defend it from the north and north-
weft wind, it will be of great fervice, becaufe hereby
the fun’s rays will be reflefted with a greater force,
and the cold winds being kept off, will render the fi-
tuation very warm. Add to this, a chalky furface ;
which if thofe hills do abound with (as there are ma-
ny fuch fituations in England,) it will ftill add to the
heat of the place, by refiefting a greater quantity of
the fun’s rays.

The country about this fhould be open and hilly, for
if it be much planted, or low and boggy, the air will
eonftantly be filled with moift particles, occafioned
by the plentiful perforation of the trees, or the ex-
halations from the adjoining marfhes, whereby the
fruit will be greatly prejudiced (as was before obferv-
ed.) Thefe vineyards fhould always be open to the
eaft, that the morning fun may come on them to dry
off the moifture of the night early, which, by lying
too long upon the Vines, greatly retards the ripening
of their fruit, and renders it crude and ill tailed. And
fince the fruit of Vines are rarely ever injured by
cafterly winds, there will be no reafon to apprehend
any danger from fuch a fituation, the fouth-weft,
north- weft, and north winds being the moft injurious
to vineyards in England (as indeed they are to moft
other fruit,) fo that, if poffible, they fhould be fhel-
tered therefrom.

Having made choice of a foil and fituation proper for
this purpofe, the next thing to be done is, to prepare
it for planting. In doing of which the following me-
thod fhould be obferved : in the fpring it fhould be
ploughed as deep as the furface will admit, turning
the fward into the bottom of , each furrow ; after this
it fhould be well harrowed, to break the clods, and
eleanfe it from the roots of noxious weeds, and it muft
be often ploughed and harrowed for at leaft one year,
to render the furface light ; and hereby it will be ren-
dered fertile, by imbibing the nitrous particles of
the air (efpecially if it be long expofed thereto be-
fore it is planted-,) then in March the ground fhould
be well ploughed again, and after having made the
furface pretty even, the rows fhould be marked out
from fouth-eaft to north-weft, at the diftance of ten
feet from each other ; and thefe rows fhould be
eroffed again at five or fix feet diftance, which will
mark out the exadt places where each plant fhould
be placed; fo that the Vines will be ten feet row from
row, and five or fix feet afunder in the rows, nearer
than which they ought never to be planted. And
herein moft people who have planted vineyards have
greatly erred, feme having allowed no more than
five feet row from row, and the plants but three feet
afunder in the rows ; and others, who think they
have been full liberal in this article, have only plant-
ed their Vines at fix feet diftance every way, but nei-
ther of thefe have allowed a proper diftance to them,
as I fhall {hew : for in the firft place, where the rows
are placed too clofe, there will not be room for the
fun and air to pafs in between them to dry up the
moifture, which, being detained amongft the Vines,
muft produce very ill effedts : and, fecondly, where
the Vines are placed in exact fquares, fo near toge-
ther as fix feet, there can be no room for the cur-
rent of air to pafs between them, when their branches
are extended on each fide, and fo confequently the
damps in autumn will be entangled and detained
amongft the Vines, to the great prejudice of their
fruit -, for fince the autumns in England are often at-
tended with rains, cold dews, or fogs, all proper care
ihould be taken to remove every thing which may
obftrudt the drying up the damps which arife from
the ground.

The fldlful vignerons abroad are alfo fenfible how
much it contributes to the goodnefs of their Vines,
to allow a large fpace between the rows and there-
fore where the quality of the wine is more regarded
than the quantity^ there they never plant their Vines

at lefs than ten feet row from row, and feme allow
twelve. It was an obfervation of Bellonius, almoft
two hundred years fince, that in thofe iflands of the
Archipelago, where the rows of Vines were placed
at a great diftance, the wine was much preferable to
thofe which were clofe planted ; and this he pofitive-
ly affirms to be the cafe, in moft countries where he
had travelled. Indeed we need not have recourfe to
antiquity for the certainty of fuch fads, when we are
daily convinced of this truth in all clofe plantations of
any kind of fruit, where it is eonftantly obferved, that
the fruits in fuch places are never fo well coloured, fo
early ripe, nor near fo well flavoured, as thofe pro-
duced on trees, where the air can freely circulate about
them, and the rays of the fun have free accefs to the
branches, whereby the juices are better prepared be-
fore they enter the fruit.

Having thus confidered the diftance which is rreceffary
to be allowed to thefe plants, we come next to the
planting ; but in order to this, the proper forts of
Grapes ihould be judicioufly chofen-, and in this par-
ticular we have egregioufly erred in England. All the
vineyards at prefent planted here, are of the fweeteft
and beft fort of Grapes for eating, which is contrary
to the general practice of the vignerons abroad, who
always obferve, that fuch Grapes never make good
wine ; and therefore, from experience, make choice
of thofe forts of Grapes, whofe juice, after ferment-
ing, affords a noble rich liquor ; which Grapes are
always obferved to be auftere, and not by any means
palatable. This is alfo agreeable to the conftant prac-
tice of our cyder-makers in England, ,who always ob-
ferve, that the beft eating Apples make but poor cy-
der ; whereas the more rough and auftere forts, after
being preffed and fermented, afford a ftrong vinous
liquor. And I believe it will be found true in all
fruits, that where the natural heat of the fun ripens
and prepares their juices, fo as to render them pala-
table, whatever degree of heat thefe juices have more,
either by fermentation, or from any other caufe, will
render them weaker and lefs fpirituous. Of this we
have many inftances in fruits ; for if we tranfplant
any of our fumnier or autumn fruits, which ripen
perfectly in England, without the affiftance of art,
into a climate a few degrees warmer, thefe fruits will
be meally and infipid ; lb likewile if we bake or ftew
any of thefe fruits, they will be good for little, lofing
all their fpirit and flavour by the additional heat of the
fire ; and fuch fruits as are by no means eatable raw,
are hereby rendered exquifite, which, if tranfplanted
into a warmer climate, have, by the additional heat
of the fun, been alfo altered fo as to exceed the moft
delicious of our fruit in this country.

From whence it is plain, that thofe Grapes which are
agreeable to the palate for eating, are not proper for
wine *, in making of which, their juices muft under-
go a ftrong fermentation ; therefore fince we have in.
England been only propagating the moft palatable
Grapes for eating, and negledt’ the other forts, before
we plant vineyards, we fhould take care to be pro-
vided with the proper forts from abroad, which fhould
be chofen according to the fort of wines intended ta
be imitated though I believe the moft probable fort:
to fucceed in England is the Auvernat, or true Bur-
gundy Grape, (which is at prefent very rare to be-
found in the Englifh vineyards, though it is a com-
mon Grape in the gardens againft walls.) This fort of
Grape is moft preferred 'in Burgundy, Champaign,
Orleans, and moft of the other wine countries ii>
France and I am informed, that it fucceeds very
well in feveral places to the north of Paris, where
proper care is taken of their management ; fo thas
I fhould advife fuch perfons as would try die fuccefs-
of vineyards in England, to procure cuttings of this
Grape from thofe countries ; but herein fome perfon
of integrity and judgment fhould be employed, to get
them from fuch vineyards where no other forts of
Grapes are cultivated which is very rare to find, unlefs
fome particular vineyards of the citizens, who are
very exadt to keep up the reputation of their wines,

nothing.

V I T

V I T

Nothing being more common than for the vignerons to
plant three or four forts of Grapes in the fame vine-
yard* and at the time of vintage to mix them all to-
gether * which renders their wines lefs delicate, than
in fuch places where they have only this one fort of
Grape. And here I would caution every one againft
mixing the juice of feveral Grapes together, which
will caufe the wine to ferment at different times, and
in different manners.

The cuttings being thus provided (fori would always
prefer thefe to layers, or rooted plants, for the reafons
given at the beginning of the article Vitis) about
the beginning of April is the belt feafon for planting,
when it will be proper to put the lower ends of the
cuttings in water about three inches, fetting them up-
right for fix or eight hours before they are ufed; then
at the center of every crofs mark already made by a
line, to the diftance the Vines are defigned, fbould be
a hole made with a fpade, or other inltrument, about
a foot deep, into each of which fhould be put one
ftrong cutting, placing it a little (loping * then the
hole (hould be filled up with earth, preffmg it gently
with the feet to the cutting, and raifing a little hill to
each about three inches, fo as juft to cover the up-
permok t or bud, which will prevent the wiqd and
fun from drying any part of the cuttings, and this
upper eye only will (hoot * the under ones mod of
them will pufii out roots, fo that this (hoot will be
very ftrong and vigorous.

After they are thus planted, they will require no
other care until they (hoot, except to keep the ground
clear from weeds, which (hould be conftandy ob-
ferved-, but as the diftance between the rows of Vines
is very great, fo the ground between them may be
fown or planted with any kind of efculent plants,
which do not grow tall, provided there is proper dif-
tance left from the Vines, and care taken that the
Vines are not injured by the crops, or in the gather-
ing, and carrying them off the ground •, and this
hufbandry may be continued three or four years, till
the Vines come to bearing * after which time, there
(hould be no fort of crop put between them in fum-
mer, becaufe the cleaner the ground is kept between
the Vines from weeds or plants, the more heat will
be reflefted to the Grapes ; but after the Grapes are
gathered, there may be a crop of Coleworts for fpring
ufe planted between the rows of Vines, and the cul-
tivating of thefe will be of ufe to the Vines, by (tar-
ring of the ground •, but as to watering, or any other
trouble, there will be no occafion for it, notwith-
ftanding what fome people have diredted, for in Eng-
land there is no danger of their mifcarrying by drought.
When the cuttings begin to (hoot, there (hould be a
fmail ftick of about three feet long (luck down by
each, to which the (hoot (hould be fattened, to pre-
vent their breaking or lying on the ground ; fo that
as the (hoots advance, the fattening (hould be renew-
ed, and all fmail lateral (hoots (if there are any fuch
produced) (hould be conftandy difplaced, and the
ground between the Vines always kept clean. This
is the whole management which is required the firft
fummer.

But at Michaelmas, when the Vines have done (hoot-
ing, they (hould be pruned ; for if they are left un-
pruned till fpring, their (hoots being tender (efpecially
toward their upper parts) will be in danger of differ-
ing if the winter fhould prove fevere.

This pruning is only to cut down the (hoots to two
eyes * and if, after this is done, the earth be drawn up
in a hill about each plant, it will (bill be a greater de-
fence againft froft.

At the beginning of March the ground between the
Vines fhould be well dug to loofen it, and render it
clean ; but you (hould be careful not to dig deep clofe
to the Vines, left thereby their roots lhould be cut or
bruifed, and at the fame time the earth (hould be
again laid up in a hill about each plant * but there
muft be care taken, not to bury the two young eyes of
the ioi mer year s (hoot which were left to produce
new wood.

At the beginning of May, when the Vines are (IhooG
ing, there (hould be two (lakes fixed down to the fide
of each plant, which muft be fomewhat taller and
(tronger than thofe of the former year •, to thefe the
two (hoots (if fo many are produced) (hould be fatten-
ed, and all the fmail trailing or lateral (hoots (hould
be conftandy difplaced, that the other (hoots may be
ftronger, and the ground (hould alfo be kept very
clear from weeds as before.

The autumn following thefe Vines (hould be primed
again in the following manner * thofe of them which
have produced two ftrong (hoots of equal vigour,
mutt be cut down to three eyes each * but in fuch
as have one ftrong (hoot and a weak one, the ftrong
one muft be (hortened to three eyes, and the weak
one to two -,(and fuch Vines as have produced but one
ftrong (hoot, (hould be (hortened down to two eyes
alfo, in order to obtain more wood againft the fuc-
ceeding year. A

In the fpring, about the beginning of March, the
ground between the Vines (hould again be dug, as
before, and two (lakes (hould be placed down by the
fide of all fuch Vines as have two (hoots, at fuch
diftance on each fide of the plant as the (hoots will
admit to be faftened thereto, and the (hoots (hould be
drawn out on each fide to the (lakes, fo as to make
an angle of about forty-five degrees with the ftem 5
but by no means (hould they be bent down horizon-
tally, as is by fome pradifed, for the branches lying
too near the earth, are generally injured by the damps
which arife from thence, but efpecially when they
have fruit, which is never fo well tailed, nor fo early-
ripe upon thofe branches, as when they are a little
more elevated.

In May, when the Vines begin to (hoot, they muft
be carefully looked over, and all the weak dangling
(hoots (hould be rubbed off as they are produced, and
thofe (hoots which are produced from ftrong eyes,
fhould be faftened to the (lakes to prevent their being
broken off by the wind.

This management (hould be repeated at lead every
three weeks, from the beginning of May to the end
of July * by which means the lhoots which are train- '
ed up for the fucceeding year will not only be ftrong-
er, but alfo better ripened and prepared for bearing,
becaufe they will have the advantage of fun and air,
which is abfolutely neceffary to prepare their juices ;
whereas if theyarecroudedbya number of fmail dang-
ling weak branches, they will (hade and exclude the
rays of the fun from the other (hoots * and fo by de-
taining the moifture a longer time amongft the
branches, occafion the veffels of the young wood to.
be of a larger dimenfion * and hereby the crude juice
finds an eafy paffage through them * fo that the
(hoots in autumn feem to be moftly pith, and are of
a greenifh immature nature, and wherever this is ob-
ferved, it is a lure fign of a bad quality in the Vines.
The foil alfo (hould be conftandy kept clean, becaufe
if there are any vegetables (either v/eeds or plants of
other kinds) growing between the Vines, it will de-
tain the dews longer, and by their perfpiration, oc-
cafion a greater moifture than would be, if the
ground were entirely clear * fo that thofe who plant
other things between their rows of Vines, are guilty
of a great error.

In autumn the Vines (hould be pruned, which feafon
1 approve of rather than the fpring (for reafons before
given 0 and this being the third year from planting,
the Vines will now be ftrong enough to produce fruit,
therefore they muft be pruned accordingly. Now
fuppofe the two (hoots of the former year, which
were (hortened to three eyes, have each of them pro-
duced two ftrong branches the fummer pad, then the
uppermoft of thefe (hoots upon each branch (hould
be (hortened down to three good eyes (never includ-
ing the lower eye, which is fituate juft above the
former year’s wood, which feldom produces any thing,
except a weak dangling (hoot j) and the lower (hoots
(hould be (hortened down to two good eyes each,
thefe being defigned to produce vigorous (hoots for

the

QrU-

I

V I T

the fticceeding year, and the former are defigned to
bear fruit ; but where the Vines are weak, and have
not produced more than two or three fhoots the laid
feafon, there fhould be but one of them left with three
eyes for bearing •, the other muft be fhortened down
to two, or if weak one good eye, in order to obtain
fcrong ihoots the following fummer ; for there is no-
thing more injurious to Vines, than the leaving too
much wood upon them, efpecially while they are
young •, or the overbearing them, which will weaken
them fo much, as not be recovered again to a good
ftate in feveral years, though they fhould be managed
with all poffible fkill.

In March the ground between the Vines fhould be
well dug as before, observing not to injure their roots
by digging too deep near them •, but where there are
fmall horizontal roots produced on or near the furface
of the ground, they fhould be pruned off clofe to the
places where they were produced ; thefe being what
the vignerons call day roots, and are by no means ne-
ceffary to be left on : and after having dug the ground,
the itakes fhould be placed down in the following
manner : on each fide of the Vine fhould be a flake
put in at about fixteen inches from the foot, to which
the two branches, which were pruned to three eyes,
each for bearing, fhould be fattened, (obferving, as
was before directed, not to draw them down too ho-
rizontally -,) then another taller flake fhould be placed
down near the foot of the Vine, to which the two
fhoots which were pruned down to two eyes, fhould
be fattened, provided they are long enough for that
purpofe ; but if not, when their eyes begin to fhoot,
thefe mutt be trained upright to the flakes, to prevent
their trailing on the ground, hanging over the fruit
branches, or being- broken by the wind.

In May the Vines fhould be carefully looked over
again, at which time all weak lateral branches fhould
be rubbed off as they are produced ; and thofe fhoots
which fhew fruit, mutt be fattened with bafs to the
flakes to prevent their being broken, until they are
extended to three joints beyond the fruit, when they
fhould be flopped ; but the fhoots which are defigned
for bearing the following feafon, fhould be trained
upright to the middle flake, by which method the
fruitbrancheS'.will not {hade thefe middle Ihoots, nor
will the middle fhoots fhade the fruit, fo that each
will enjoy the benefit of fun and air.

This method fhould be repeated every fortnight or
three weeks, from the beginning of May to the mid-
dle of July, which will always keep the fhoots in their
right pofition, whereby the leaves will not be invert-
ed, which greatly retards the growth of the fruit ;
and by keeping the Vines conftantly clear from hori-
zontal fhoots, the fruit will not be crouded with leaves
and fhaded, but will have conftantly the advantage
of the fun and air equally, which is of great confe-
quence ; for where the fruit is covered with thefe
dangling fhoots in the fpring, and are afterwards ex-
poied to the air, either by diveiling them of their
leaves, or elfe difplacing their branches entirely, as is
often p radii fed, the fruit will become hard, and re-
main at a perfect {land for three weeks, and fometimes
will never advance afterward, as I have feveral times
obferved •, therefore there cannot be too much care
taken to keep them conftantly in a kindly ftate of

frowth, as the vignerons abroad well know, tho’ in
Ingland it is little regarded by the generality of gar-
deners, who, when their Grapes fuffer by this negleCl,
immediately complain of the climate, or the untoward-
nefs of the feafon, which is too often a cover for ne-
o-ledls of this nature. And here I cannot help taking
notice of the abfurd pradlice of thofe who pull off their
leaves from their Vines, which are placed near the
fruit, in order to let in the rays of the fun to ripen
them ; not confidering how much they expofe their
fruit to the cold dews, which fall plentifully in au-
* tumn, which, being imbibed by the fruit, greatly re-
tard them j befides no fruit will ripen fo well when
entirely expofed to the fun, as when they are gently
fcreened with leaves •, and by the pulling off thefe

V I T

leaves, which are abfolutely neceffary to prepare the
juices before they enter the fruit, the grofs parts of
which are perfpired away by the leaves, the fruit mutt
either be deprived of nourifhment, or elfe fame of the
grofs particles will enter with the more refined parts
of the juice, and thereby render the fruit worfe than
it would otherwife be, were the leaves permitted to
remain upon the branches ; for if the weak dangling
fhoots are conftantly difplaced as they are produced,
the fruit will not be too much fhaded by the leaves
that are upon the bearing branches.

When the fruit is ripe, if the {talks of the bunches
are cut half through a fortnight before they are ga-
thered, it will caufe the juice to be much better, be-
caufe there will not be near fo great a quantity of nou-
rifhment enter the fruit, whereby the watery particles
will have time to evaporate, and the juice .will be
better digefted. This is pradlifed by fame of the moil
curious vignerons in the Couth of France, where they
make excellent wine. But if, after the fruit be cut,
it is hung up in a dry room upon firings, fo as not
to touch each other, for a, month before they are prefix-
ed, it will alfo add greatly to the ftrength of the
wine, becaufe in that time a great quantity of the wa-
tery parts of the juices will evaporate. This is acon-
flant practice with fome perfons who inhabit the Tyro-
lefe, on the borders of Italy, where is made a moil
delicious rich wine, as hath been atteiled by Dr. Bur-
net in his travels ; and I have heard the fame from
feveral gentlemen, who have travelled that road fince.
But with all the care that can poffibly be taken, either
in the culture of the Vines, or in making the wine, it
will not be near fo good while the vineyard is young,
as it will be after it has been planted ten or twelve
years ; and it will be conftantly mending, until it is
fifty years old, as is atteiled -by feveral curious per-
fons abroad, as alfo by the moil fkilful wine-coopers
at home, who can tell the produce of a young vine-
yard from that of an old one, after it is brought to
England, by the colour of the wine. This difference
is very eafily accounted for from the different ftruc-
ture of the veffels of the plants •, thofe of the young
Vines being larger, and of a loofer texture, eafily
admit a larger quantity of grofs nourifhment to pais
through them •, whereas thole of old Vines, which
are more woody, are more clofely conftridled, and
thereby the juice is better ftrained in paffing through
them, which muft confequently render it much better,
though the Grapes from a young vineyard will be
larger, and afford a greater quantity of juice •, fo that
people fhould not be difeouraged if their wines at firft
are not fo good as they could wifh, fince afterward,
when the vineyard is a few years older, the wine may
anfwer their expectation. As to the fermenting and
managing the wine, that is treated of particularly
under the article Wines, to which the reader is de-
fired to turn.

The vineyard being now arrived to a bearing ftate,
fhould be treated after the following manner : firft,
in the pruning there fhould never be too many branches
left upon a root, nor thofe too long •, for although by
doing of this, there maybe a greater quantity, of
fruit produced, yet the juice of thefe will never be fo
good as when there is a moderate quantity which will
be better nourifhed, and the roots of the plants not
fo much weakened •, which is found to be of fo bad
confequence to vineyards, that when gentlemen abroad
lett out vineyards to vignerons, there is always a
claufe inferted in their leafes to direft how many
fhoots fhall be left upon each Vine, and the number
of eyes to which the branches muft be fhortened ; be-
caufe were not the vignerons thus tied down, they
would overbear the Vines, fo that in a few years they
would exhauft their roots, and render them fo weak
as not to be recovered again in feveral years ; and
their wine would be fo bad, as to bring a difrepu-
tation on the vineyard, to the great lofs of the pro-
prietor.

The number of branches' which the Italians generally
agree to leave upon a ftrong Vine are four j two of

the

V I T

the flro'ngeft have four eyes, and the two weaker are
fhortened down to two eyes each, which is very dif-
ferent from the common pradice in England, where
it is ufual to fee fix or eight branches left upon
each root, and thofe perhaps left with fix or eight
eyes to each ; fo that if thele are fruitful, one root
mull; produce near four times the number of bunches
which the Italians do ever permit, and fo confequently
the fruit will net be fo well nourifhed, and the roots
will alio be greatly weakened, as is the cafe of all
forts of fruit-trees, when a greater number of fruit is
left on than the trees can nourilh.

The next thing is, conftantly to keep the ground per-
fedly clean between the Vines, never permitting any
fort of plants or weeds to grow there. The ground
fhould alfo be carefully dug every fpring, and every
third year have fome manure, which fnould be of dif-
ferent forts, according to the nature of the ground,
or which can be moil conveniently procured.

If the land is faff, and inclinable to bind on the fur-
face, then fea-fand, or fea-coal afhes, are either of
them very good manure for it ; but if the ground be
loofe and dry, then a little lime mixed with dung is
the beft manure for it. • This muff be fpread thin up-
on the furface of the ground before it is dug, and in
digging fhould be buried equally in every part of the
vineyard. Thefe are much preferable to that of all
dung for Vines, fo that it will be worth the expence
to procure either of them *, and as they require ma-
nuring but every third year, where the vineyard is
large, it may be divided into three equal parts, each
of which may be manured in its turn, whereby the
expence will be but little every year •, whereas when
the whole is manured together, it will add to the ex-
pence *, and in many places there cannot be a fufficient
quantity procured, to manure a large vineyard in one
year.

This digging and manuring fhould always be per-
formed about the beginning of March, at which time
all the fuperficial or day-roots, as they are called,
mull; be cut off, but the larger roots mull; not be in-
jured bythefpade, &c>, therefore the ground clofe to
the ftem of the Vines muff not be dug very deep.
After this is done, the flakes fhould be placed down,
one on each fide the Vines, at about fixteen inches
from their Hems, to which the longefl bearing branches
fhould be fattened, and one flake on each fide clofe
to the ftem, to which the two fhorter branches fhould
be trained upright, to furnifh wood for the fucceeding
year.

In the fummer they muff be carefully looked over, as
before, rubbing off all weak dangling fhoots, and
training the good ones to the flakes regularly, as they
are produced ; and thofe of them which have fruit
fhould be flopped in June, about three joints beyond
the bunches, but the upright fhoots, which are clefign-
ed for bearing the following year, mufl not be flop-
ped till the middle of July, when they may be left
about five feet long •, for if they are flopped fooner in
the year, it will caufe them to ihoot out many dang-
ling branches from the fides of the eyes, which wili
not only occafion more trouble to difplace them, but
alfo will be injurious to the eyes or buds.

N. B. All this fummer drefiing fhould he performed with
the thumb and finger , and not with knives , hecaufe the
wounds made by infiruments in fummer do not heal fo foon
as when ftopped by gently nipping the leading bud , which ,
if done before the fiooot is become woody , may be effected
with great eafe , being very tender while young.

When a vineyard is thus carefully breffed, it will af-
ford as much pleafure in viewing it as any plantation
of trees and fhrubs whatever, the rows being regu-
lar ; and if the flakes are exaflly placed, and the up-
right fhoots flopped to an equal height, there is no-
thing in nature which will make a more beautiful ap-
pearance •, and during the feafon that the Vines are in
flower, they emit a moft grateful feent, efpecially in
the morning and evening •, and when the Grapes be-
gin to ripen, there will be a frefh pleaiure arifing in
viewing of them.

But as the beauty of vineyards arifes from the regulaf
difpofition of the branches of the Vines, great care
fhould be taken in their management, to train them
regularly, and to provide every year for new wood
to bear the fucceeding year ; becaufe the wood
which has produced fruit is commonly cut quite away
after the fruit is gathered, or at leaft is fhortened down
to two eyes, to force out fhoots for the next yearj
where there is not a fufficient number of branches up-
on the Vine of thofe trained upright, fo that in fum-
mer, when the Vines are in perfection, there fhould
be fix upright fhoots trained for the next year’s wood,
and three or four bearing branches with fruit on
them •, more than thefe ought never to be left upon
one Vine, for the reafons before given.

N. B. The Auvernai, or true Burgundy Grape, is valued-
in France before any other fort , becaufe the fruit never
grows very clofe upon the bunches , therefore are more
equally ripened , for which reafon it fhould alfo be prefer-
red in England ■, though in general , thofe forts are moft
efteemed with us that have always clofe bunches , which is
certainly wrong \ for it may , be obferved , that the Grapes
on fuch bunches are commonly ripe on one fide , and green
on the other , which is a bad quality for fuch as arepreffed
to make wine.

I fhall now fubjoin a few forts of Vines, which are
preferved in fome curious gardens, more for the fake
of variety, than the value of their fruit ; thefe are,

1. Vitis (. Indica ) foliis cordatis dentatis fubtus villofis,
cirrhis racemiferis. Flor. Zeyl. 99. Vine with heart -
Jhaped indented leaves , which are hairy on their under
fide , and branching tendrils. Vitis fylveflris Indica,
acinis rotundis. Raii Dend. 67. Wild Indian Vine , with
round berries ,

2. Vitis ( Labrufca ) foliis cordatis lubtrilobis dentatis,
fubtus tomentofis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 203. Vine with
heart-fhaped indented leaves , which are almoft three-kbed. ,
and woolly on their under fide. Vitis fylveflris Virgini-
ana. C. B. P. 299. Wild Virginia Grape ,

3. Vitis {Vulpina) foliis cordatis dentato-ferratis utrin-
que nudis. Lin. Sp. 203. Vine with heart- ft haped, f aw-
ed, indented leaves , which are fmooth on both fides. Vitis
vulpina difta Virginiana nigra. Pluk. Aim. 392. The
Virginia Fox Grape.

4. Vitis (. Laciniatis ) foliis quinatis, foliolis multifidis.
Hort. Cliff. 74. Vine with leaves having five lobes, and
cut into many points. Vitis laciniatis foliis. Corn.
Canad. 182. Vine with jagged leaves , commonly called
the Parfiey -leaved Grape.

5. Vitis {Arborea) foliis fupradecompofitis, foliolis la-
teralibus pinnatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 203. Vine with
more than decompounded leaves, and lateral winged lobes.
Frutex fcandens petrofelini foliis, Virginiana, clavicu-
lis donatus. Pluk. Mant. 85. Climbing Virginia Shrub
with Farjley leaves, fending out tendrils. Reynardfo-
nia. Rand. Ind. Hort. Chelf. Falfly called the Pepper-
tree.

The firfl fort grows naturally in both Indies. The
flalks of this are woody, and fend out many flender
branches, which are furnifhed with branching tendrils,
by which they fallen themfelves to the neighbouring
trees, and are thereby fupported. The leaves are
heart-fhaped, indented on their edges, and hairy on
their under fide. The flowers are difpofed in bunches
like thofe of the other fpecies, and are fueceeded by
round berries or Grapes, of an aullere tafle.

The fecond fort hath ligneous flalks which fend out ma-
ny branches, that fatten themfelves by tendrils to any-
neighbouring fupport. The leaves of this are large,
and for the moft part divided into three lobes which
are indented on their edges. The under fide of the
leaves is covered with a white down. The fruit is dif-
pofed in bunches like the other Grapes. The berries
are round and black j the juice has a rough flavour.
The third fort has heart-fhaped leaves which are in-
dented on their edges, and are fmooth on both fides.
The plants climb on trees by the help of their tendrils,
like thofe of the other forts. The fruit is difpofed in
bunches. The berries are black, and their juice
has a flavour refembling the feent of a fox, from

14 1- whence

V i T

whence the inhabitants have given it the title of Fox
Grape.

The fourth fort is fuppbfed to grow naturally in Ca-
in ad a* but it has been long cultivated in the European
gardens for its fruit *, but as it has but little flavour,
and ripens late in autumn, fo it has been almoft ba-
nithed the Englifh gardens.; where at pretent there are
Only a few plants preferved for the lake of variety.
The italics and branches of this are like thofe of the
common Grape, but the leaves are cut into many
fender legmen ts. The Grapes are round and white,
and are difpofed in loofe bunches.

The fifth fort is by Dr. Linnaeus ranged under this
genus of Vitis, but the characters of this plant are
not Diffidently known in Europe, to determine the
proper genus to which it belongs, for the plant feidorn
produces flowers here, and has never produced any
fruit in England, for which reafon I have ranged it
finder the fame genus, upon Dr. Linnaeus’s authority.
The ftalk of this plant is ligneous, and fends out
many fiender branches furnilhed with tendrils, which
Fatten themfelves to any neighbouring plants for fup-
port, and are garnilbed with leaves compofed of ma-
ny (mailer winged leaves, fo that they are divided
fomewhat like thofe of common Parfiey -5 they are
of a lucid green on their upper fide, but are much
paler on their under. The flowers fpring from the
wings of the (talks in loofe bunches ; they are very
irnall, white, and are compofed of five frnall petals
which expand, and foon fall off thefe are not fuc-
ceeded by any fruit in England, but the berries which
1 have received from America, had generally three
feeds in each.

Mr. Rand gave it the title of Reynardfonia, from Mr.
Reynardfon of Hillendon, near Uxbridge, who was a
great collector of foreign plants, but the characters of
the genus were not mentioned by him.

The fir ft fort being a native of warm countries, will
not live in England without artificial heat •, it is eafily
propagated by feeds, when they are brought from the
countries where the plants grow naturally, for they do
not produce any here •, thefe muft be fown in frnall
pots, which fhould be plunged into a hot-bed of
tanners bark. When the plants come up and are fit
to remove, they fhould be each tranfplanted into a
feparate frnall pot filled with light earth, and plunged
into a frefti hot-bed of tanners bark, (hading them
from the fun till they have taken new root •, then
they muft be treated in the fame way as other tender
exotic plants from the fame countries, always conti-
nuing them in the ftove, otherwife they will not
thrive. Thefe plants caft off their leaves every winter.
The fecond and third forts grow in great plenty in
the woods of America, where, I have been informed,
are many other forts, which produce fruit very little
inferior "to fome of the fine forts which are culti-
vated in Europe ; notwithftanding which, it is gene-
rally thought impoflible to make wine in America :
this I dare fay, muft proceed from a want of (kill, ra-
ther than any bad quality in the foil or climate •, lo
that inftead of planting vineyards on their loofe rich
lands (as hath been generally praCtifed by the inhabi-
tants of thefe countries) if they would plant them up-
on rifing ground, where the bottom was rocky or hard
near the furface, I dare fay they would have very
good fuccefs ; for the great fault complained of in
thofe countries is, that the Grapes generally burft be-
fore they are fully ripe, which muft certainly be oc-
eafioned by their having too much nouriffament; there-
fore, when they are planted on a poorer foil, this will
be in part remedied. Another caufe of this may pro-
ceed from the moifture of the air, (occafioned by the
perfpiration of trees, &c.) which being imbibed by
the fruit, may break their (kins. This indeed can-
not be prevented, until the country is better cleared of
the timber : but however, this (hould caution people
not to plant Yines in fuch places where there are great
quantities of wood, becaufe of this effedt, which it
hath on the Grapes. But to return :

Thefe two Yines are preferved in the gardens of thofe

U L E

who are curious in botany, but I have not feen either
of them produce fruit in this country. They may be*
propagated by layers in the fame manner as the com-
mon Grapes, which will take root in one year, and
may be taken off, and tranfplanted in the fpring where
they are to remain, which (hould be againft a warm
Wall •, becaufe if they are expofed to much cold in
winter, they are often deftroyed, efpecially while they
are young.

Their pruning and management is the fame with any
other forts of Grapes, but only they fhould have fewer
(hoots, and thofe fhortened down very low ^ indeed
the Fox Grape does not like much cutting ; other-
wife they will make very weak fhoots the following
year, and never arrive to any confiderable ftrength,
fo will not he capable of producing any fruit.

The fourth fort is planted againft wails, and treated
in the fame way as the common Yines, and may be
propagated by cuttings or layers in like manner.

The fifth fort is preferved in fome gardens for the
fake of variety, but as it rarely produces (lowers iri
England, fo it has not much beauty ; it is a native ini
Virginia and Carolina, from both of thefe countries I
have received the feeds. As this fort does not pro-
duce feeds here, it is generally propagated by laying
down the young branches, which Will put out roots ini
one year fit to remove, when they may be taken off,
and tranfplanted where they are to remain. Thefe re-
quire fupport •, and as their young branches are ten-
der, and liable to be killed by froft, fo if they are
planted againft a wall or pale, expofed to the fouth,;
they will fucceed much better than when they are
fully expofed to the open air, and fupported by props.
The young (hoots of thefe plants (hould be fhortened
down to two or three buds in the fpring, which will
caufe the (hoots of the following fummer tG be much
ftronger, and when they are regularly trained againft
the wall or pale, they will produce (lowers in warm
feafons.

This plant is very apt to pu(h out fuckers from the
root, by which it is often propagated, but the plants
fo raifed are very fubjetft to fend out fuckers again,
whereby they are robbed of their nourilhment, and do
not thrive fo well as thofe which come from layers.

VITIS IDfEA. See Vaccinium.

V I T I S S Y L V E S T R I S. See Clematis.

ULEX. Lin. Gen. Plant. 786. G-enifta Spartium.
Tourn. Inft. R. H. 645. tab. 412. Furze, Gorfe, or
Whins.

The Characters are.

The flower has a two-leaved empalement •, it has five pe-
tals, and is of the butterfly kind. The fcandard is large ,
erehi, oval , heart-fhaped , and indented at the ■ point. The
wings are file or ter and obtufie. The keel is compofed of two
obtufie petals , whofe borders are joined at bottom y it has
ten Jiamina , nine joined, and one feparate, terminated by
Jingle fiummits , and an oblong cylindrical germen, fupport -
ing a rifling ftyle, crowned by a fmall obtufie fitigma. The
germen afterward turns to an oblong turgid pod with one
cell, opening with two valves , inclofiing a row of kidney-
fihaped feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third feftiors
of Linnaeus’s feventeenth clafs, which includes thofe
plants whofe flowers have ten (lamina joined in two
bodies.

The Species are,

1. Ulex ( Europaus ) foliis villofis acutis fpinis fparfis.
Lin. Sp. Plant. 741. Ulex with acute-pointed hairy leaves ,
and fparfed fipines. Genifta fpinofa major, longiori-
bus aculets. C. B. P. 3.94. The common Furze, Whins,
or Gorfe.

2. Ulex ( Capenfis ) foliis obtufis folitariis, fpinis fimpli-
cibus terminalibus. Flor. Leyd. Prod. 372. African
Furze , or Whins, with fingle blunt leaves. Genifta
fpartium bacciferum, eric® foliis Africanum. Pluk.
Aim. 166. African Berry-bearing Furze, with a leaf
like Heath.

This genus of plants has been titled by the antierit
botanifts Genifta fpinofa, and Genifta fpartium, but
thefe being compound names have been rejected •, and

»

\

U L M

as there is another genus of plants under the title
of Geniila, Dr. Linnaeus has applied this title of Ulex,
which is a name ufed by Pliny, to this genus..

The common Furze, Gorze, or Whins, as it is called
in the different counties in England, is fo well known
as to need no defeription.

There are two or three varieties of this, which are fre-
quently met with on the commons and heaths in mod
parts of England ; but as they are not fpecifically dif-
ferent, they are not worthy to be enumerated here,
efpecially as they are plants which are feldom culti-
vated.

But thefe have by many botanifts been mentioned as
fpecifically different, for which reafon I lowed their
feeds in the garden, and found all the varieties arife
from the fame feeds.

Thefe plants propagate themfelves very plentifully
by feeds, fo that when they are eftablifhed- in a fpot
of ground, they foon fpread over the place ; for as the
feeds ripen, the pods open with the warmth of the fun,
and the feeds are caff out with an elafticity to a great
diftance all round, and thefe foon vegetate •, whereby
the ground is filled with young plants, which are not
eafily deftroyed, when they are well rooted in the
ground.

Some years ago the feeds of this plant were fown to
form hedges about fields, where, if the foil was light,
the plants foon become ftrong enough for a fence
againft cattle ; but as thefe hedges in a few years be-
came naked at the bottom, and fome of the plants
frequently failed, there became gaps in the hedges,
therefore the raifing of them has been of late years
little praftifed. But there are fome perfons who have
fown the feeds of this plant upon very poor hungry
gravel or fandy land, which has produced more profit
than they could make of the ground by any other
crop, efpecially in fuch places where fuel of all forts
is dear; for this Furze is frequently ufed for heat-
ing ovens, burning lime and bricks, and alfo for dry-
ing malt. And in fome places where there has been
a fcarcity of fuel, I have known poor land, which
would not have lett for five fhillings per acre, which
has been fown with Furze, produce one pound per
acre per ann. fo that there has been a confiderable im-
provement made by this plant. But this is not worth
praftifing in fuch countries where fuel of any kind is
cheap, or upon fuch land as will produce good Grafs
or Corn ; therefore it is only mentioned here to fhew,
that poor lands may be fo managed, as to brine an
annual profit to their proprietors.

The fecond fort is a native of the country near the
Cape of Good Hope, where it ufually grows to the
height of five or fix feet ; but in Europe, where it is
prelerved as a curiofity in fome gardens, ir feldom
riles fo high. The ftalk is ligneous and hard, co-
vered with a greenifh bark when young, but it after-
ward becomes grayifh. The branches are {lender and
ligneous, the leaves are Tingle, obtufe, and the fhoots
terminate with fpines. This plant has been feveral
years in the Englifh gardens, but has not produced
any flowers.

This plant is too tender to live in the open air through
the winter in England, therefore it is prefervedln
green-houfes with the hardier forts of exotic plants,
which do not require any artificial heat to preferve
them.

It is very difficult to propagate either by layers or cut-
tings, for the layers are generally two or three years
before they have fufficient root to tranfplant, and the
cuttings do very rarely take root, and as the plant does
not produce feeds in Europe, it is very rare in the
European gardens. It is a plant of no great beauty,
but, as it is an evergreen, it is admitted into the gar-
dens of thofe who are curious in botany for the fake
of variety.

ULMARI A. See Spir^a.

ULMUS. Tourn. Xnft. R. H. 601. tab. 372. Lin.
Gen. Plant. 281. The Elm-tree; in French, Or me.

The Characters are.

The flower has a rough permanent emp dement of one leaf

cut at the rim into five paints, and coloured within ; it
has no petals , hut has five awl-fib aped ftamina twice the
length of the empalement, terminated by fiber t ere hi fum-
miis having four furrows, and an orbicular erect ger men
fiupporting two Jlyles which are reflexed, and crowned by
hairy fiiigmas. 'The germs n afterward turn to a roundijh,
comprefified , bordered capfuls , including one roundijh corn-
preffed feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond feciiori
of Linnaeus’s fifth clafs, which contains thole plants
whofe flowers have five ftamina and two ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Ulmus- (Campejlris) foliis oblongis acuminatis, du-
plicato-ferratis, baft inseqtialibus. Elm with oblong
acute-pointed leaves , which are doubly Jawed on their
edges, and unequal at their -bafe. Ulmus vulgatiffima,
folio lato, fcabro. Ge'r Emac. 1480. The common rough ,
or br Gad-leaved Witch Elm.

2. Ulmus ( Scabris ) foliis oblongo-ovatis inmqualiter
ferratis, calycibus foliaceis. Elm with oblong oval leaves
which are unequally Jawed , and have leafy empalements to
the flowers. Ulmus folio latiflima, fcabro, Ger, Emac.
148 r. The Witch Hazel, or rough and very broad-
leaved Elm ; by fome unjkilful perfons called the Britijh
Elm.

3. Ulmus ( Sativus ) foliis ovatis acuminatis duplicato-
ferratis, bafi inaequalibus. Elm with oval acute-pointed
leaves which are doubly Jawed, and unequal at their bafe.
Ulmus minor, folio angufto, fcabro. Ger. Emac.
1480. The fm all- leaved or Englifh Elm.

4. Ulmus ( Glabris ) foliis ovatis glabris, acute ferratis.
Elm with oval fmooth leaves , which are fioarply fazved on
their edges. Ulmus folio glabro. Ger. Emac. 1481.
The finooth-leaved Witch Elm.

5. Ulmus ( Hollandicus ) foliis ovatis acuminatis rugofis,
intequaliter ferratis, cortice fungofo. Elm with’oval,
acute-pointed , rough leaves , which are unequally Jawed ,
and a fungous bark. Ulmus major Holkhdica, anguflis
& magis acuminatis famarris, folio latiffimo, fcabro.
Pluk. Aim. The Dutch Elm.

6. Ulmus {Minor) foliis oblongo-ovatis glabris acumi-
natis duplicato-ferratis. Elm with oblong ,. fmooth , acute-
pointed leaves, which are doubly Jawed. Ulmus minor,
folio angufto, glabro. The fmooth narrow-leaved Elm,
by fome called the upright Elm.

The firft fort is very common in the north-weft
counties of England, where it is generally believed to
grow naturally in the woods ; this grows to a very
large fize. The bark of the young branches is fmooth
and very tough, but that of the old trees cracks and
is rough. The branches fpread, and do not grow fo
ered as thofe of the third fort. The leaves are°rough,
and are doubly fawed on their edges. Their bafe is
unequal, about three inches long and two broad, of
a dark green colour, and Hand upon ifiort foot-italks.
The flowers come out in March mpon the {lender
twigs, (landing ih clufters ; they are of a deep red co-
lour ; thefe are fucceeded by oval bordered caplules,
containing one roundifh comprefied feed which ripens
in May. The wood of this tree is good for all the
purpoies of any kind of Elm, and the trees grow to
a very large fize, but the leaves do not come out
till late in the fpring, fo there, are few perfons who
plant thefe trees near their habitations.

The fecond fort grows naturally in fome of the nor-
thern counties of England, where it is frequently called
Witch-hazel, from the refemblance of the young
fhoots and leaves to thofe of Hazel. This grows' to
a tree of great magnitude. The bark of the youn»
fhoots is very fmooth and tough ; it is of a yellowifh
brown colour, with fpots of white. The leaves are
oval, fix inches long, and alraoft four broad, and are
unequally fawed on their edges. The flowers grow in
clufters toward the end of the twigs ; they have lono-
leafy empalements of a green colour, and appear in
the fpring before their leaves, and the feeds ripen the
latter end of May. The wood of this tree is not fo
good for ufe as that of the firft fort. Formerly, when
long bows were in ufe,' many of them were made
of the boughs of tins tree.

•m&

UL4

The

U L M

1 he third Sort is cbrrimonly known in the nurfery-
feardens by the title of English Elm, which is far
irorn being a right appellation, for it is not a native
ot England, arid is only found growing near London,
or in plantations where the young trees were procured
from the neighbourhood or London. Where this tree
grows naturally is not eafy to determine; fame per-
ions have iuppofed it was brought from Germany.
As this tree is well knovi/ifr, it requires' no defcriptlon.
1 he flowers of this are of a purplifh red colour, and
generally appear the beginning of March, but I could
never ohferve any feeds upon this fort.

The fourth lbrt is very common in feveral parts of
Hertfordshire, ESSex, and other north-eaSl counties
of England ; this grows to a large tree, and is much
Gieemed. The branches fpread out like thole of
the fir ft fort. The leaves are oval, and Iharply fawed
on their edges ; they are fmoother than moft of the
other forts, and do not appear till the middle or lat-
ter end of May, fo the trees are fcldom planted near
habitations.

The fifth fort is ,we!3 known by the tide of Dutch
Elm this was brought from Holland the beginning
of King WilllianTs reign, and was for lome time a
fashionable tree, and has been recommended for its
quick growth •, it was home years ago in great requeft
for forming hedges in gardens, for which purpofe it
was one of the moft improper trees that could be
chofen, for they made very ftrong irregular {hoots,
which are diftant from each other. The leaves were
very large and rough, and the branches covered with
a fungous rough bark, which was diiagreeable, fo
that when the hedges were Sheared, they appeared
naked and difagreeable the whole fummer after. The
wood of this tree is* good for nothing, fo it is almoSt
banished this country.

The Sixth fort is found growing in hedge-rows in
feveral parts of England. The branches of this fort
have a Smooth grayish bark, and grow ereCt. The
leaves are narrower, and more pointed than thofe of
the English Elm, and are Smoother-, they are later in
coming out in the fpring than thofe, but continue
longer in autumn ; this has been by fome called the
IriSh Elm.

There are fome other varieties of this tree which are
preferved in the nuriery-gardens, but their difference
is not remarkable enough to deferve notice, therefore
they are omitted, as are alfo thole with variegated
leaves, of which there are Several varieties propagated
in the nurferies about London 5 thefe are by fome
perSons efteemed.

All the forts of Elm may be either propagated by
layers or fuckers taken from the roots of the old
trees, the latter of which is generally praftifed by the
nuri'ery gardeners ^ but as thefe are often cutup with
indifferent roots, they often mifearry, and render the
fuccefs doubtful ; whereas thofe which are propagated
by layers are in no hazard, and always make better
roots, and come on fafter than the other, and do not
fend out fuckers from their roots in Such plenty, for
which reafon this method Should be more univerfally
practifed. And fince a fmall compafs of ground
filled with fools of thefe plants will be Sufficient to
furniffi a nuri'ery of a conflderable extent, annually,
with layers to be transplanted, it is richly worth every
perfoifs while, who would cultivate thefe trees, to
allot a Spot of ground for this purpofe.

The beft foil for fuch a nurfery is a frefli Hazel
loam, neither too light and dry, nor over moift and
heavy this ground Should be well trenched, and if a
little rotten dung is buried therein, it will be of Ser-
vice •, in doing of this great care Should be taken to
pick out all the roots of pernicious weeds, which, if
left in the ground, would be very injurious to the
layers, and cannot afterwards be fo eafily rooted out
then having laid the ground level, the plants muft be
planted at about eight feet al under each way. The
beft feaibn for this work is in autumn, as Soon as the
leaves begin to decay, that, they may take root before
the dry weather in the fpring comes on, whereby a

ULM

great expence of watering them will, be Saved j for if
they are well fettled in the ground before the dry
weather, they will require little more than to mulch
their roots to keep the earth ffom drying.

Thefe plants Should be permitted to grow rude two
years, during which time the ground between Should
be carefully cleaned and dug every fpring, by which
time they will be well rooted and have made pretty
ftrong Shoots, fo that they may be laid in the ground.
The manner of performing this being already de-
feribed in the article Layers, I Shall forbear repeating
it in this place.

When thefe layers afe well rooted, which will be' in
one year, they Should be taken off, and tranfplanted
Out into a nurfery, which Should be upon a good foil,
and well prepared, (as before for the Tools’. )’ The
plants Should be planted in’ rows about four feet al un-
der, and two feet diftance plant from plant in thd
rows. This Should be done in auttimn, as foon as the
leaves begin to decay, and if there is fome mulch laid
upon the furface of the ground about their roots, it,;
will preferve them from being hurt by froft in win-
ter, and from drying winds in fpnng, and thereby fe-
cure them from all hazard.

The following fummer the ground between them
Should be constantly kept clean from weeds, and in
autumn they Should be pruned up, cutting off all
ftrong lateral branches, which, if left on, would im-
pede their upright growth ; but there mult be Some
of the Smaller Shoots left on to detain the fap, in order
to augment the Stems of the trees ; for where they are
pruned up too naked, they are apt to grow up too'
Slender to fupport themfelves, fo that their heads will
recline to the ground, and caufe their Stems to grow
crooked.

In this nurfery they may remain four or five years, ob-
ferving constantly to dig the ground between them
every fpring, and to trim them as before directed,
which, will promote their growth, and render them
ftrong enough to tranfplant out where they are to
remain, in the time before mentioned.

Thefe trees are very proper to plant in hedge-rows,’
upon the borders of fields, where they will thrive much
better than when planted in a wood, or clofe planta-
tion, and their Shade will not be very injurious to
whatever grows under them •, but when thefe trees are
tranfplanted out upon banks after this manner, the
banks Should be well wrought, and cleared from all
other roots, otherwile the plants, being taken from
a better foil, will not make much progrefs in thefe
places. About Michaelmas will be a good time for
this work, for the reafons before aSligned ; but when
they are planted, there Should be fome Slakes fixed in
by them, to which they Should be faftened to prevent
their being displaced by the winds, and part of their
heads Should be taken off before they are planted,
which will alfo be of ufe in preventing their being
eafily overturned by winds ; but by no means Should
their leading Shoot be Slopped, nor the branches too
clofely cut off ; for if there are not fome Shoots left
on to draw and attract the fap, they will be in danger
of mifearrying.

Thefe trees are alfo proper to plant at a diftance from
a garden or building to break the violence of winds,
for which purpofe there is not any tree more ufeful,
for they may be trained up in form of a hedge, keep-
ing them cut every year, which will caufe them to
grow very clofe and handfome to the height of forty
or fifty feet, and be a great protection againft the
fury of winds ; but they Should not be planted too near
a garden, where fruit-trees or other plants are placed,
becaufe the roots of the Elms run Superficially near
the top of the ground to a great diftance, and will
intermix with the roots of the other trees, and deprive
them of nourishment ; nor Should they be planted
near gravel or Grafs walks, which are defigned to be
well kept, becaufe the roots will run into them, and
fend forth fuckers- in great plenty, which will deface
the walks, and render them unfightly.

But

ULM

ORE

Bat for large gardens, where (hade is required, there
is fcarce any tree fo proper for that pupofe, being
eafy to remove when grown to a confiderable fize, fo
that a perfon who is willing to have his plantations
for fhade in a fhort time, may procure trees of near
one foot circumference in their trunk, which will be
in little danger of fucceeding, provided they are re-
moved with care. And thefe will take root, and grow
very well, though not fo well as young plants, which
is what few other forts of trees will do; but then they
(hould be fuch trees as have been thus regularly train-
ed up in a nurfery, and have good roots, and not fuch
as are taken out of hedge rows (as is by fome prac-
tifed,) which feldom rife with any tolerable roots, and
confequently often mifcarry ; and this has been the
occafion of fo many plantations of thefe trees failing,
for although fome of them may live a few years, yet
few of them are of long duration, and they rarely in-
creafe much in their Items, but frequently grow hol-
low, their heart decaying firft, fo that they are fup-
ported only by their bark or fhell, for a few years,
and the firfb fevere winter, or very dry fummer, they
are generally deftroyed.

But although I have faid, that Elms which are train-
ed up in a nurfery may be removed with fafety, at a
larger fize than molt other trees, yet I would not have
it underftood, that by this I would recommend the
planting of them when large, for if people would
have a little patience when they plant, and never plant
any of thefe trees which are more than four or five
inches in the girt of their items, they will in a few
years become better trees than any of thofe which are
tranfplanted of a much larger growth, and they will
always grow to a much larger fize ; befides, they are
much more eafily removed, and do not require to be
fo ftrongly fupported, nor is there much danger of
the young trees mifcarrying; therefore it is much more
eligible to make choice of young thriving trees (but
not out of a better foil than that where they are to be
planted,) and never to plant any large trees, unlefs
where a fmall number may be wanted for an imme-
diate fhade, and in fuch cafes it is always proper to
plant fome young trees amongft the large ones, to fuc-
ceed them when they fail.

In planting of thefe trees, great care muft be taken
not to bury their roots too deep, which is very injuri-
ous to them, efpecially if they are planted on a moift
loam or clay •, in which cafe, if the clay is near the
furface, it will be the beft way to raife the ground in
a hill, where each tree is to be planted, which will
advance their roots above the furface of the ground,
fo that they will not be in danger of rotting in winter
with moifture.

When thefe trees are propagated by fuckers taken
from the foot of old trees, they are commonly laid
into the ground in rows pretty clofe together in beds,
where, in dry weather, they may be frequently water-
ed to encourage their putting out roots. In thefe beds
they are left commonly two years, by which time
thofe that live will be rooted (though a great many of
them generally die ;) they then are tranfplanted into
the nurfery, and managed as hath been directed for
the layers.

There are fome who raife the Witch Elm from feeds,
which it generally produces in great plenty, and are
ripe in May ; thefe (hould be fown upon a bed of frelh
loamy earth, and gently covered. In dry weather
they (hould be watered, and if the bed is (haded from
the violent heat of the fun, it will be of great fervice
to the feeds (for I always obferve the plants to come
up better in the (hade, than when expofed to the fun.)
When the plants come up, they (hould be carefully
cleared from weeds, and after they have flood two
years in the feed-bed, they will be fit to plant out in-
to the nurfery, where they muft be managed as the
former.

When we view many of the late plantations which
have been made in parks and gardens within forty
years paft, at a very great expence, and obferve the
Mttle progrefs they have made, it is enough to deter

others from attempting to make plantations of this
tree ; for, as great part of the trees have been takefi
out of hedge rows, and from places where they have
fprung up from the roots of old trees, they had but
few roots, and thofe not furniihed with fibres, fo
' fuch of the trees as furvived their remdval have made
fcarce any progrefs; and I have feen many plantations
which had been growing ten, twelve, or more years,
almoft totally deftroyed in a fevere winter, and ioriie-
times by a very dry fummer; for, as their roots had
not extended far in the ground, the trees were weak,
and though they kept alive, yet were not able to fefift
a fevere froft, or a great drought ; but the planters
were in a hurry, and wanted immediate (hade and
prafpedt, fo in order to obtain thefe, purfued a me-
thod in which they could never hope to have either
in any degree of perfection • whereas if they had
planted trees no bigger in their ftems than a man’s
thumb, in ten or twelve years tirfie they would have
had both, with the pleafute of feeing an annual pro-
grefs of their trees, at a time when their large-planted
trees are decaying.

I have feen fome expenfive plantations of this kind,
which havefeemed to fucceed for two or three years,
by making ftrong (hoots mod part of the length of
their ftems, which has greatly deceived their planters,
who did not doubt but their trees were out of danger,
but in a few years after, they found mod of their
tops decay, and their hearts were rotting apace, fo
became hollow ; and although they continued to put
out lateral (hoots, yet their fterhs never increafed in
fize.

In fome plantations made in the lame place a few years
after, with trees not a tenth part fo large as the fornier,
yet are now more than double the fize of the laro-e
ones, and in a mod thriving (late, whereas the others
do little more than juft keep alive ; therefore I advife
every perfon, who wiflies to have their trees thrive
and become large, to plant them young, which may
be performed for a very fmall fum, when compared
with that of the other.

Another piece of advice may be alfo neceftary here,
which is, not to top or cut the trees, as is too much
pradlifed near London, which not only impedes their
growth, but occafions their decaying foon.

U M B E L L A, an umbel, is the extremity of a ftalk
or branch, divided into feveral pedicles or rays, be-
ginning from the fame point, and opened in fuch a
manner as to form an inverted cone. When the pedi-
cles, into which the ftalk is divided, are fubdivided
into others of the fame form, upon which the flowers
or fruits are difpofed, the firft order is called rays, the
fecond pedicles. That umbel which confifts of pedi-
cles only is called a Ample umbel ; that which is com-
pofed both of rays and pedicles is called a compound
umbel.

UMBELLIFEROUS PLANTS are thofe
whofe flowers are produced in an umbel, on the top
of the (talks, where they, in fome manner, reprefent
an umbrella. Of this kind are Parfneps, Carrots
Fennel, Parfiey, &c.

U R E N A. Plort. Elth. 319. Lin. Gen. Plant.' 7.ei,
Indian Mallow.

The Characters are,

It hath a malvaceous flower with a double empalemekt ,
the outer being of one ^ leaf, flightly cut at the brim into five
parts, but the inner is five-leaved , permanent , and cut to
the bottom. The flozver is compofied of five leaves which are
oblong , and Hunt at their extremity , but narrow at their
bafe^ where they coalefce. In the center there are many
fiamina which are joined, and forma column at their
bafe, but fpread open above. It has a roundijh five-cor-
nered germen with a fingle ftyle, and ten hairy reflexed
fiigmas. The germen changes to a pentagonal fruit which
is burry, and divides into five cells, each having one an-
gular feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fedtion of
Linnaeus’s fixteenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have many (lamina, which, with the
ftyle, are joined in one body.

hM The

URE U II T

The Species are,

1. Urena ( Lob at a ) foliis an'gulads. Lin. Hor't. Cliff.
34-8. Indian Mallow with angular leaves. Urena Sinica
Xanthii facie. Hort. Elth. 340. Urena of China havjng
the appearance of leffer Burdock.

2. Urena (Jculeata) foliis inferioribus angulatis, fupe-
rioribus trilobis quinquelobifque acute1 ferratis. Urena
with angular lower leaves, and the upper ones divided into
three or five lobes which are jhar ply fawed. Alcea Indi-
ca frutefcens foliis ad marginem exafperads, bryonim
albse divifuris, e Sinu Bengalenfi. Pluk. Phyt. tab.
5. fig. 3. Indian fhrubby Vervain Mallow from Bengal ,
with leaves having prickles on their edges , and divided
like thofe of the white Briony.

3. Urena ( Sinuata ) foliis finuato-multifidis villofis.
Flor. Zeyl. 257. Urena with finuated hairy leaves having
many points. Alcea Indica frutefcens, foliis in laci-
nias varie diffedtis. Pluk. Phyt. tab. 74. fig. 1. Shrub-
by Indian Vervain Mallow , with leaves varioufly cut.
The title of Urena was applied to this genus by Dr.
Dillenius, in the Hortus Elthamenfis, as the charadlers
of the plants differ from ail the genera of the malva-
ceous tribe, and this being a name applied to it in the
Hortus Malabaricus.

Thefirft fort grows naturally in China, andalfo in Ame-
rica-, this rifes with an upright ftalk upward of two feet
high, which become ligneous toward the autumn. It
fends out a few fide branches which'are taper, ftiff, and
have a dark green bark; they are garnifhed with round-
jfh angular leaves about two inches long, and two
inches and a quarter broad, {landing upon pretty long
foot-ftalks ; they are of a dark green on their upper
fide, and are pale on their lower. The flowers come
out Angle from the wings of the ftalk, fitting dole
to it ; they are fhaped like thofe of the Mallow, but
£tre fmall, and of a deep blufli colour ; thefe are fuc-
ceeded byroundiflh capfules, armed with prickly hairs,
divided into five cells, each containing one kidney-
fhaped feed. It flowers from July till winter, and
the feeds ripen in fucceflion.

The fecond fort grows naturally on the coaft of Ma-
labar, from whence I received the feeds : this riles
with a ligneous ftalk three feet high, dividing into
four or five branches, which have a grayifh bark ; they
are garnifhed with leaves of different forms ; thofe on
the lower part are angular, an inch and a half long,
and about the fame breadth thofe above are cut feme
into three, and others have five angular obtufe lobes ;
they are of a dark green on their upper fide, but pale
on their under, and are fharply fawed on their edges,
ftanding upon long foot-ftalks. The flowers come
out flngly from the wings of the ftalk ; they are fliap-
ed like thofe of the other, but are larger. The petals
are narrower at their bafe, and they have deep red
bottoms. Thefe appear in Auguft and September,
but unlefs the autumn proves warm, the feeds will
not ripen in this country.

The feeds of the third fort came from Malabar ; the
ftalks of this are hairy, and divide into many branches :
it rifes about two feet high, and is garniflied with
oblong leaves, divided into three obtufe lobes to the
midrib. The lobes are indented in feveral parts ;
they are of a light green on both fides, and hairy.
The flowers fit clofe to the ftalks ftngly at the wings ;
they are fhaped like thofe of the former, but are
of a pale blufh colour, with a a deep red bottom.
Thefe appear in Auguft and September, but unlefs
the feafon proves warm, the feeds do not ripen in
'England.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which fliould
be fown on a hot-bed early in the fpring ; and when
the plants are fit to remove, they fliould be tranf-
planted into pots, and plunged into a frefh hot-bed
to bring them forward, and afterward they muft be
treated in the fame manner as hath been diredted for
the tender forts of Hibifcus, to which the reader is
defired to turn. If the plants are brought forward
In the fpring, and afterward placed in the ftove, or
, under a deep frame, they will ripen feeds the firft
feafon s but if they fhould not, they may be preferved

through the winter4 in the ftove, and will ripen their
feeds the following feafon, after which the plants fieft
dom continue.

UR TIC A. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 534. tab. 308. Lim
Gen. Plant. 935. [fo. called from urere, fiat, to burn,
becaufe this plant, being touched, burns very much.]
The Nettle ; in French, Ortie .

The Characters are,

It has male and female flowers at remote difiances , fomt-
times on the fame , and at others on- ftp ar ate plants, file
male flowers have an empalement conrpofed of flour round-
ijh concave leaves ; thefe have no cmpalmsnts ; they
have a pit cher -fhaped nedtariumln the center of the flow-
er, and four awl- fhaped fpr ending ft amina, terminated
by fummits with two cells. I' he female flowers have an
oval permanent empalement with two valves ; they have
neither petals nor fiamina, but an oval germen without
any Jlyle , crowned by a hairy ftigma. The germen after-
ward turns to an oval comprejjed feed, which ripens in the
empalement .

This genus of plants is ranged in the fourth fed! on
of Linnreus’s twenty- firft dais, .which contains thofe
plants which- have cliftindt male and female flowers
on the fame plant, and the male flowers have four
ftamina.

The Species are,

1. Urtica ( Dioica ) foliis oppofitis cordatis, racemis

geminis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 984. Nettle with heart -
fhaped leaves which are placed oppofite , and double fpikes
of flowers. Urtica urens maxima. C. B. P. 232. B'ke

great eft flinging Nettle.

2. Urtica (Urens) foliis oppofitis ovalibus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 984. Nettle with oval leaves which are placed
oppoflie. Urtica urens minor. C. B. P. 232. Smaller
flinging Nettle.

3. Urtica ( Pilulifera ) foliis oppofitis cordatis, amends
frudtiferis globofis. Lin. Sp. 1395. Nettle with hear t-
fhaped leaves placed oppofite, and feeds in globular katkins.
Urtica urens pilulas ferens. f. Diofeoridis, femine lini.
C. B. P. 232. Stinging Nettle bearing pills and f&edslike
Flax, commonly called Roman Nettle.

4. Urtica (fDodartii ) foliis oppofitis ovatis fubinteger-
rimis, amends ftuddferis globofis. Lin. Sp. 1395.
Nettle with oval leaves which are almojl entire, placed
oppofite, and globular feed-bearing katkins. Urtica altera,
pilulifera, parietarke foliis. Adi. Par. 131. Another
pill-bearing Nettle with a leaf like Peltitory , commonly
called Spanijh Marjoram.

5. Urtica ( Cannabina ) foliis oppofitis trioartitis incifis.
Hort. Upfal. 282. Nettle with leaves placed oppofite ,
which are cut into three parts. Urtica foliis prof unde
laciniatis, femine lini. Amman. Ruth. 249. Nettle with
leaves which are deeply cut, and feeds like Flax.

6. Urtica ( Cylindrica ) foliis oppofitis oblongis, amends
cylindricis lolitariis indivifis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 984.
Nettle with oblong leaves which are 'placed oppofite, and
Jingle , cylindrical , undivided katkins. Urtica foliis ob-
longis ferratis nervofis petiolatis. Flor. Virg. 187.
Nettle with oblong , fawed, veined leaves , growing upon
foot-ftalks.

7. Urtica ( Mariana ) foliis oppofitis ovato-lanceolatis
acuminatis crenatis, amends cylindricis indivifis. Net-
tle with oval, ftp ear-fto aped, acute-pointed, crenated leaves ,
which are placed oppofite, and cylindrical undivided kat-
kins. Urtica minor iners Mariana, feminibus ex alis
foliorum racemofis non ramofis. Pluk. Mant. 190.
Smaller Nettle of Maryland, with feeds growing in long
bunches from the wings of the leaves, but not branched.

8. Urtica ( Canadenfis ) foliis alternis cordato-ovatis,
amends racemofis diftichis eredcis, Hort. Cliff. 441.
Nettle with oval heart-fhaped leaves which are placed al-
ternate, and ere$, branching v double katkins. Urtica
maxima, racemofa Canadenfis. H. R. Par. Created
branching Nettle of Canada.

9. TJrtica (■ Nivea ) foliis alternis orbiculato utrinque
acuds fubtus tomentofis. Hort. Cliff. 441. Nettle with
orbicular leaves pointed at both ends, placed oppofite ,
and woolly on their under fide.- Urtica racemifera maxi-
ma finarum, foliis fubtus argentea lanugine villofis.

.Pluk, Amalth. 212. Great eft branching China Nettle

I

u

/

whofe leaves are covered with a filvery hairy down on their
under Jide.

10. Urtica {Balearica) foil is oppoOtis cordatis ferratis,
amends fructiferis globofis. Lin. Sp. 1395. Nettle
with heart-ftoaped fawed leaves placed oppofite , and glo-
bular katkins and fruit. Urtica pilulifera, folio an-
guftiori, caule viridi Balearica. Boerh. Ind. alt. 11.

■ 106. Narrow-leaved pill-bearing Nettle, of the Balearic
Ifiands , with a green ft alk.

The firft of thefe forts is a very common weed upon
the fides of banks, ditches, and other uncultivated
places, where its roots will fpread, and over-run the
grounds, fo that it fhouid always be carefully extir-
pated from gardens •, it is fomenmes ufed in medi-
cine, but may be eafily procured from the fields at al-
moft any feafon.

The fecond fort is alfo a very common weed in gar-
dens, and in cultivated fields ; but it being an annual
plant, is not fo difficult to eradicate as the former.
Thefe plants are fo well known as to need no deferip-'
tion.

The third fort grows naturally in Romney Marffi, and
near Yarmouth ; this is an annual plant which rifes
near three feet high. The ftalk is herbaceous, thick,
of a purplifh colour, and armed in every part with
flinging hairs. The branches come out oppofite.
The leaves' are heart-fhaped, the lower ones are three
inches long, and two broad toward their bale, and
end in acute points; they are deeply fawed on
their edges, and ftand oppofite upon long foot-ftalks;
thefe are alfo armed with flinging hairs on both Fides.
The male and female flowers come out from the
wings of the leaves at the fame joint, on each fide
the ftalk ; the male Handing above the female, up-
on long {lender foot-llalks or katkins, placed very
loofely. The female flowers have fhorter foot-ftalks,
and are in globular heads ; thefe are fucceeded by
fmooth fhining feeds like thofe of the Flax. It flowers
in July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in autumn.
The tenth fort grows naturlly in the Balearic Ifiands.
This was difeovered by Mr. Salvadore, an apothecary
in Barcelona, who fent the feeds to many botanic gar-
dens, w'here the plants have been cultivated feveral
years; this differs from the third fort in having narrower
leaves and globular katkins, but being fomewhat
like it, is not often diftinguiflied from it.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Italy ;
this is alfo an annual plant, whofe ftalks are much
flenderer than thofe of the former, and feldom branch.
The leaves are placed by pairs, upon very fiender
foot-flalks ; they are oval, fpear-fhaped, and for the
moll part entire, and have male and female flowers
fpringing from the wings of the leaves, which are
fiiaped like the former, the whole plant being armed
with flinging hairs. This flowers and perfedls its
feeds at the fame time as the other.

Thefe plants may be eafily propagated by fowing their
feeds in March, upon a bed of light rich earth, and
when the plants are come up, they fhouid be tranf-
planted out into beds, or the borders of the pleafure-
garden, interfperiing them amongfl other plants, that
they may not be eafily difeovered by perfons whom
there is a defign to deceive, by gathering a fprig for
them to lmell to. After the plants have taken root,
they will require no farther care but only to keep them
clear from weeds. In July they will flower, and their
feeds will ripen in autumn, which, if permitted to fhed
■upon the ground, will come up the following fpring,
and fiouriffi without farther care.

The feeds of the third fort are fometimes ufed in me-
dicine.

The fifth fort grows naturally in Tartary, from whence
the feeds were brought to the Imperial Garden at Pe-
terfburgh, and have fince been difperfed to moil parts
of Europe ; this has a perennial root, from which
fprings up many fquare flalks which rife five or fix
feet high, garnifhed with oblong leaves deeply cut
into three lobes, which are acutely indented on their
edges ; thefe Hand oppofite upon long • foot-ilalks.
PI19 flowers are produced from the wings of the leaves

in long cylindrical katkins ; the male are produced oil
the lower part of the ftalk, and the female on the r o-
per ; the latter are fucceeded by feeds like thole of
Flax, incloled in the three-cornered empalemenc of
the flower. This flowers in July, and the feeds ripen
in autumn. The flalks and leaves of this fort are
armed with flinging hairs.

This, plant is eafily propagated either by feeds or
parting of the roots, and will thrive in moil foils or

. iituations.

The fixth fort grows naturally in Canada, and other
parts of North America ; it is an annual plant, with a
lucid herbaceous ftalk, which divides into feveral
branches, garnifhed with oblong fawed leaves,
having three longitudinal veins • they are placed op-
pofite upon pretty long foot-flalks. The flowers are
produced from the wings of the flalks in fi ogle katkins,
which are not divided ; they appear late in the year,
and unlefs the autumn is ver-y favourable, the feeds
will not ripen in England.

The feventh fort grows naturally in North America ;
this has a perennial root, from which fpring out ma-
ny flalks from two to three feet high, garnifhed with
oval fpear-fhaped leaves placed oppofite, (landing
upon long foot-flalks ; they are crenaled on their
edges, and end in acute points. The flowers come
out from the wings of the leaves on every fide the
ftalk, in long, cylindrical, undivided katkins ; thefe
appear in Auguft, but the feeds do not ripen in
England.

The eighth fort groves naturally in Canada and Virgi-
nia. The root is perennial; the flalks rife two feet
high ; the leaves are oval, heart-fhaped, and ftand
alternately upon the ftalks ; the flowers come out in
branching katkins from the wings of the ftalks ; thefe
appear toward autumn, but are feldom fucceeded by
feeds in this country.

The two laft forts are common in many Englifh gar-
dens, where they are preferved more for the fake of
variety than for any beauty. They may be propa-
gated by parting their roots in the fpring, and planted
in almoft any foil or fituation, and will endure the fe-
vered cold of this climate in the open air.

The ninth fort grows naturally in China, where it is
titled Peama ; this is a perennial plant, fending up
many ftalks from the root, which rife three or four
feet high, garnifhed with oval leaves drawing to
points at both ends ; they are four inches long, and
two inches and a half broad, fawed on their edges, of
a deep green on their upper fide, but very white on
their under, and have five longitudinal veins ; they
are placed alternately, and ftand upon very long {len-
der foot-flalks. The flowers fpring from the wings
of the ftalk in loofe katkins ; thefe are not fucceeded
by feeds in England.

This may alfo be propagated by parting of the roots,
which fhouid be done in May, for at that feafon this
plant is in its lead vigour, the winter being the time
when it is moft flouriihing.

The plants muft be planted in pots filled with light
earth, and as they are too tender to thrive in the
open air in England, fo they fhouid be kept in pots,
and houled in winter, and only expofed to the open
air for three months in the heat of hammer.

UVA U R S I. See Arbutus.

VULNER ARI A. See Anthyllis.

U V U L A R I A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 373.

The Characters are,

d’he flower has no empalement ; it has fix oblong, , eredf,
fpear-fhaped petals, and fix awl-Jhaped Jfamina terminated
by oblong , eredi, four-cornered fiummits ; it has an oblong,
obtufie, three-cornered germen , fiupporiing a ftyle longer
than the ftamina , crowned by a triple, obtufie , ftpreading
ftigma. The germen afterward turns to an oblong obtufe
capfule with three lobes and as mayiy cells, filled with flat
orbicular feeds ranged in a double order.

This genus of plants is, ranged in the firft feclion of
Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which includes thofe plants,
whofe flowers have fix ftamina and one ftyle.

The'

C 3A

U V u

The Specie's are,
t. Uvularia ( Amplexicdule ) foliis amplexicaulibus. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 304. Uvularia with leaves embracing the
Jlalk. Uvularia foliis cordato-oblongis. Flor. Lfeyd.
29. Uvularia with oblong heart-fhaped leaves.

2. Uvularia (. Berfoliata ) foliis perfoliatis. Amcen.
Acad. 2. p. 3. Uvularia with perfoliate leave's. Poly-
gonatum ramofurir, flore luteo majus. Cornut Cariad.
3 8 . Branching Solomon’s Seal, with a large yellow flower.
The firft fort grows naturally in Bohemia and Saxony.
The root is perennial, but the ftalk is annual ; it rifes
about two feet high, fending out one or two branches
from the lower part ; it is garni (lied with oblong
fmooth leaves ending in acute points, whofe leaves em-
brace the ftalks. The flowers come out fingly from
the bofom of the leaves upon long (lender foot-ftalks;
they are compofed of fix oblong naked petals of a yel-
low colour ; thefe hang downward ; they appear the
latter end of April, but are rarely lucceeded by feeds
here.

The fecond fort grows naturally in North America ;
this has a perennial root and an annual ftalk. The
root is compofed of many thick fielhy fibres, from
which fpring up feveral ftalks, which for the moft
part divide into two at a fmall height from the
ground ; thefe fpread afunder, and are garniftied

W A C

ACHENDORFIA. Burman.

The Characters are,

‘The ( ’[path a ) or floeath of the flower is bi-
valve ; the flower hath fix oblong petals , the
three upper ones are erebl , and the fhree under fpread
open *, it hath two briftly netiariums placed on each fide
the upper petals , and three flender declining fiamina which
are jhorter than the petals , terminated by incumbent fum-
mits. The germen which is Jituated above , is roundifh
and three-cornered, fupporting a fender declining flyle ,
crowned by a fimple ftigma. The germen becomes an oval
cap fule, having three obtufe angles , divided, into three
cells , each containing one hairy feed.

The title of this genus was given to it by Dr. John
Burman, profeffor of botany at Amfterdam, in ho-
nour of Dr. Everard Jacob Wachendorf, profeflorof
phyfic, botany, and chemiftry at Utrecht.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fedtion of
Linnaeus’s third clafs, the flower having three ftamina
and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Wachendorfia ( Thyrjflora ) fcapo fimplici. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 59. Wachendorfia with a fingle fialk bearing flow-
ers in a thyrfe. Wachendorfia foliis lanceolatis quin-
quenerviis canaliculo-plicatis, floribus in thyrfum col-
leftis. Burman. Monogr. 2. f. 2.

2. Wachendorfia [Vaniculata] fcapo polyftachyo. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 59. Wachendorfia with a divided fialk , bear-
ing flowers in panicles. Wachendorfia foliis enfiformi-
bus trinerviis, floribus paniculatis. Burm. Monogr. 4.
f. 1 . Wachendorfia with fwora-Jhaped leaves having three
veins, and flowers in panicles.

The firft fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; it has a thick, tuberous. Reed-like root, of
a deep red colour, fending out many perpendicular
fibres of the fame colour, and fpreading into feveral

a

U V u

with oblong, fmooth, pointed leaves, which are broad
at their bafe, furrounding the ftalk in fuch a man-
ner, as if the ftalk run through them. The flowers
are compofed of fix oblong yellow petals ending in
acute points; they ftand upon flender foot-ftalks
which arife from the bofom of the leaves, and hang
downward. The flowers appear about the fame time
with the former, but are not fucceeded by feeds in
Ensdand.

Thefe plants were firft ranged in the genus of Poly-
gonatum, and by Dr. Boerhaave they were placed
with the Fritillaria; but this title of Uvularia was giv-
en to it by Dr. Linnaeus, from the refemblance which
the fruit of it has to the Uvula.

They are both very hardy plants, fo will live in the
full ground, but as the flowers have not much beauty,
they are only cultivated for the fake of variety ; they
are propagated by parting of their roots. , The belt
feafon for removing them is about Michaelmas,
when their roots may be feparated, and planted in the
borders of the flower-garden ; but this fhould be done
every third year, for if they are often removed, the
plants will not thrive fo well; or flower fo ftrong, as
when they ftand two or three years unremoved ; they
delight in a foil not too wet or ftiff; but a gentle ha-
zel loam.

W A C

offsets. The leaves which rife immediately from the
root are large, fpear-fhaped, and channelled ; they
have five plaited veins, and refemble the folds in
fans. The largeft of thefe leaves are two feet long,
and three inches broad, and of a deep green co-
lour. The flower-ftalk rifes from the center of the
heads between the leaves, to the height of three or
four feet, and is garnifhed with leaves of the fame
form with thofe below, but are narrower, and are
ranged alternately, embracing the ftalk half round
with their bafe. The flowers, when young, are inclofed
in (heaths, which, after fome time, open and make
way for the flowers to come out ; then they wither
' and dry, but remain upon the ftalk like thofe of the
yellow Afphodel. The flowers are produced from
the wings of the ftalk, forming a loofe fpike at the
top ; there are feveral flowers fuftained upon one
common foot-ftalk which open after each other, fo
that there is feldom more than one open at the fame
time upon the fame foot-ftalk. The upper flowers
ftand almoft upright, but the lower nod downward ;
they are hairy, and of a Saffron colour on the out-
fide, but fmooth and yellow within, having gene-
rally fix petals, but fometimes the lower one is want-
ing ; but then the place is occupied by the pointal,
which is a Angular fport of nature. After the flower
fades, the germen lwells to an almoft oval, three-
cornered, blunt capfule with three cells, each con-
taining three purple hairy feeds, fixed to an oblong
placenta.

This plant is propagated by offsets, which are fent
out from the main head, after the lame manner as
fome of the Flag-leaved Irifes. Thefe offsets ftiould
be taken off the latter end of Auguft, or the begin-
ning of September, which is the time when the roots
are in the moft ina&ive ftate ; thefe muft be planted

in

W A L

in pots filled with foft loamy earth mixed with £ little
fea fand, and if the feafon proves hot and dry, it will
be proper to place the pots where they may have only
the morning fun, until the offsets have put out new
roots, for when they are expofed to the full fun, the
earth will dry too fail, and if the roots are much wa-
tered, they are apt to rot ; after they have taken new
root, they may be placed in a fheltered fituation,
where they may enjoy the full fun. In this place
they may remain till there is danger of frofty morn-
ings ; then the pots fhould be placed in a hot-bed
frame, with the Ixias, and other bulbous and tuberofe-
rooted plants from the Cape of Good Hope, and treated
in the fame manner as hath been directed for them.
The fecond fort is alfo a native of the fame country
with the jfirft, but is of fmaller growth ; the root is
in fhape like that of the former, fending out feveral
plaited leaves about fix inches long, having three deep
longitudinal veins in each ; in the center of the leaves
the flower-ftalk arifes, which is a foot high, fending
out one or two fide branches ; the lower part of the
ftaik is of a purple colour, the upper is green and
hairy ; the foot-ftalks of the flowers come out at the
joints of the ftalk, fuftaining two or three flowers of
a pale purple colour. Thele appear in the beginning
of Auguft, and are fucceeded by capfules, but the
feeds rarely ripen in England.

This fort requires the fame culture as the former, and
is equally hardy.

WALKS are made either of gravel, fand, or Grafs •,
thefe three forts of Walks are the moft common in
England, but where gravel or fand cannot be pro-
cured, they are fometimes laid with powdered coal,
fea-coal afhes, and fometimes df powdered brick, but
thefe are rarely ufed, when either gravel or fand can
be procured •, however, where fea-coal allies can be
had, it is preferable to the powdered coal or bricks,
becaufe they bind very hard, and never Hick to the
feet in frofty weather, which is a good quality ; but
the darknefs of its colour has been an objection to
the ufe of it in gardens, however, for the wildernefs
Walks I think it is preferable to moft other materials ;
but I ftiall proceed to give directions for the making of
the feveral forts of Walks, and firftof the gravel Walks.
In order to the laying of Walks in gardens, when
they are marked out. the earth fhould be taken away
to a certain depth, that the bottom of them be filled
with fome lime rubbifh, or coarfe gravel, flint-ftones,
or other rocky materials, which will be ferviceable to
prevent weeds from growing through the gravel, and
alfo to keep away worm-cafts. This bottom fhould
be laid ten inches or a foot thick, over which the
coat of gravel fhould be fix or eight inches, which
gravel fhould be very fine, but yet not fcreened,
becaufe that fpoils it. This fhould be laid on a heap,
rounding, that the larger rough ftones may run down
on the fides, which being every now and then raked
off, the gravel by that means will be fufficiently fine.
After the gravel has been laid to the thicknefs above-
mentioned, then the Walks muft be exactly levelled,
and raked true from all great drips, as well as little
holes. By this means moft of the ftones of the Walks
will be raked under your feet, which fhould rather
be gently fprinlded back again, over the laft length
that is raked, then buried (as is the practice of many
gardeners •,) by this means the Walk will lie much
harder, and the coarfefc ftones will very much contri-
bute to its firmnefs.

There is alfo a great fault committed frequently, in
laying Walks too round, and fome to that degree,
that they cannot be walked on with that eafe and plea-
iure that ought to be ; and befides, this too great
rounding takes off much from the feeming breadth
and beauty of the Walk.

The common allowance for a gravel Walk of five feet
breadth, is an inch rife in the crown ; fo that if a
Walk be twenty feet wide, according to this propor-
tion, it will be four inches higher in the middle than
on each fide ; and a Walk of twenty-five feet will be
five inches, one of twenty feet four inches, and fo on.

W A L

When a Walk has been thus carefully laid, trodden
down, and raked, or rather, after every length or
part of it (which commonly is about fifteen feet each,)
then it fhould be rolled well, both in length and alfo
crofs-ways. The perfon who rolls it fhould wear fhoes
with flat heels, that he may not make holes in the
Walks, for when thefe are once made in a new Walk,
it will not be eafy to roll them out again.

In order to lay gravel Walks firm, it will be neceflary
to give them three or four water rollings, that is,
they muft be rolled when it rains fo very faft, that the
Walks fwim with water ; this will caufe the gravel to
bind, lb that when the Walks come to be dry, they
will be as hard as terrace.

Iron-mould gravel is accounted the beft for binding,
or gravel with a little binding loam amongft it; which
latter, though it be apt to flick to the heels of fhoes
in hot wet weather, yet nothing binds better in dry
weather.

When the gravel is over-fandy or fnarp, loam is fre-
quently mixed with it, which, if they be caft toge-
ther in heaps, and well mixed, will bind like a rock ;
whereas, loole gravel is as uncomfortable and uneafy to
walk on, as any other fault in a Walk can render it.
The beft gravel for Walks is fuch as abounds with
fmooth pebbles (as is that dug at Black-heath,) which,
being mixed with a due proportion of loam, will bind
like a rock, and is never injured by wet or dry wea-
ther, and the pebbles being fmooth, are not liable to
be turned up, and loofened by the feet in walking,
as are thofe which are angular and rough •, for where
Walks are laid with fuch gravel as is full of irregular
ftones, they appear unfightly in a day’s time after
rolling, becaufe the ftones will rife upon the furface
whenever they are walked upon, but the fmooth peb-
bles will remain handfome two or three days without
rolling.

Gravel Walks are not only very neceflary near the
ho ufe, but there fhould always be one carried quite
round the garden, becaufe, being foon dry after rain,
they are proper for walking on in all leafons ; but
then thefe fhould be but few, and thofe adjoining to
the houfe ought to be large and magnificent, propor-
tionable to the grandeur of the houfe and garden.
The principal of thefe walks fhould be elevated, and
carried parallel with the houfe, fo as to form a terrace;
this fhould extend itfelf each way, in proportion to
the width of the garden, fo that from this there may
be a communication with the fide Walks, without go-
ing on the Grafs, that there may be a dry Walk con-
tinued quite through the gardens ; but there is not a
more ridiculous fight, than that of a ftrait gravel Walk,
leading to the front of the houfe, interfering the
Grafs, fo as to make it 'appear like the ltiff formal
Grafs plats frequently made in little court-yards by
perfons of low tafte.

Grafs Walks in gardens were formerly in great efteem,
and looked upon as neceflary ornaments to a garden,
but of late years they have juftly been ban i fired by
every perfon of true tafte ; for thofe narrow flips of
Grafs were very unfightly, and far from being orna-
mental, and for the moft part ufelefs, being generally
too damp for perfons of tender conftitutions to walk
upon ; and whenever they were constantly ufed, they
became bare in the places frequently trodden, fo were
rendered more unfightly ; and as the intention of
Walks in gardens is to have at all feafons a dry com-
munication throughout the garden, for exercife and
recreation, Grafs Walks were very improper, becaufe
every fhower of rain made them fo wet, as not to be
fit for ufe a confiderable time, and the dews rendered
them too damp for ufe either in the morning or even-
ing; and if the Grafs of Walks is not very fine and
fhort, like that of the downs, it will be very trouble-
fome to walk upon ; befides, whenever the ground
is fo dry, as that perfons may with fafety walk upon
Grafs, the lawns and other parts of verdure in gar-
dens are better adapted for ufe than any of thofe
formal ftiff Walks, which were fo much efteemed in
the laft age.

14 N

Having

Having given dire&ions for the making of gravel
Walks, I fliall come next to treat of land Walks,
which are now very, frequently made in gardens, as
being lefs expenfive in the making, and alfo in keep-
ing, than the former ; and in very large irregular gar-
dens,' which are fuch as mod perfons efteem, this is
a very great article ; for as the greateft part of the
Walks which are made in gardens are carried about
in an irregular manner, it would be very difficult to
keep them handfome, if they were laid with gravel,
efpecially where they are ffiaded by trees ; for the drip-
ping of the water from their branches, in hard rains,
is apt to waffi the gravel in holes, and render the
Walks very unfightly ; and when thefe wood Walks
are of Grafs, they do not appear Tightly, nor are they
very proper for walking on ; for after rain they conti-
nue fo long damp as to render them unfit for ufe, and
the Grafs generally grows fpiry and weak for want of
air, and by the continual dropping of the trees, will
by degrees be deftroyed; therefore it is much better
to lay thefe Walks with fand, which will be dry and
wholefome ; and whenever they appear moffiy, or any
weeds begin to grow on them, if they are fcuffled over
with a Dutch hoe in dry weather, and then raked
fmooth, it will deftroy the weeds and Mofs, and make
the Walks appear as frefn and handfome as if they
had been new laid.

In the modern way of laying out gardens, the Walks
are carried through woods and plantations, fo that
thefe are ffiady and convenient for walking in the
middle of the day. Thefe are ufually carried about,
winding as much as the ground will admit of, fo as to
leave a fufficient thicknefs of wood to make the
Walks private ; and that the perfons who are walking
in one part of them, may not be feen by thofe who
are in any of the other parts. Where thefe Walks
are contrived with judgment, a fmall extent of ground
will admit of a great many turns, fo that a perfon
may walk fome miles in a fmall garden. But thefe
turns fiioukl be made as natural as poffible, fo as not
to appear too much like a work of art, which will ne-
ver pleafe lb long as the former.

The breadth of thefe Walks ffiould be proportioned
to the fize of the ground, which in a large extent may
be twelve or fourteen feet wide, but in fmall gardens
five or fix feet will be fufficient. There are fome per-
fons who allow a much greater breadth to their Walks
than what I have affigned to the largeft gardens, but
as thefe walks are fuppofed to be {haded by trees, fo
when they are made too broad, the trees muft be
planted clofe to the fides of the Walks ; and then it
will be a long time before they will afford a fufficient
lhade, if the trees are young. Therefore I imagine,
the width here allowed will by moft people be thought
fufficient, efpecially as the walks are defigned to wind
as much as the ground will allow, becaufe the wider
they are, the-greater muft be the turns, otherwife the
Walks will not be private for any fmall diftance, Be-
fides, as it will be proper to line the fides of thefe
Walks with Honey fuckles, Sweetbriar, Rofes, and
many other fweet flowering lhrubs, fo the tall trees
fhould be placed at leak five or fix feet from the Walk,
to allow room for thefe. But as I {hall particularly treat
of the method of laying out wilderneffes, and plant-
ing of them, in fuch a manner as to render them as
nearly refembhng a natural wood as poffible, under
its proper head, I fliall add nothing more in this place,
except a few common directions for making of thefe
fand Walks.

When the ground is traced out in the manner as the
Walks are defigned, the earth fhould be taken out of
the Walks, and laid in the quarters. The depth of
this muft be proportioned to the nature of the foil •,
for where the ground is dry, the Walks need not be
elevated much above the quarters, fo the earth fhould
be taken out four or five inches deep in fuch places ;
but where the ground is wet, the bottom of the
Walks need not be more than two inches below the
furface, that the Walks may be raifed fo high as to

throw off the wet into the quarters, which will .ren-
der them more dry and healthy to walk on.

After the earth is taken out to the intended depth, the
bottom of the Walks ffiould be laid with rubbiffi,
coarfe gravel, or whatever of the like nature can be
moft readily procured. This ffiould belaid four, five,
or fix inches thick, and beaten down as clofe as poffi-
ble, to prevent the worms from working through it ;
then the fand ffiould be laid upon this about three or
four inches thick, and after treading it down as clofe
as poffible, it ffiould be raked over, to level and
fmooth the furface. In doing of this, the whole ffiould
be laid a little rounding to throw off the wet, but

, there will be no neceffity of obferving any exaCtnefs
therein ; for as the whole ground is to have as little
appearance of art as poffible, the rounding of thefe
Walks ffiould be as natural, and only fo contrived, as
that the water may have free paffage from them.

The fand with which thefe Walks are laid, ffiould
be fuch as will bind, otherwife it will be very trouble-
fome to walk on them in dry weather; for if the fand
be of a loofe nature, it will be moved with ftrong
gales of wind, and in dry weather will Aide from un-
der the feet. If after thefe Walks are laid, they are
well rolled two or three times, it will fettle them, and
caufe them to be firm. If the fand is too much in-
clinable to loam, it will alfo be attended with as ill
confequence as that which is too loofe, for this will
flick to the feet after every rain ; fo that where fand
can be obtained of a middle nature, it {hould always
be preferred.

In fome countries where fand cannot be eafily pro-
cured, thefe Walks may be laid with fea ffiells well
pounded, fo as to reduce them to a powder, which
will bind extremely well, provided they are rolled
now and then ; but where neither of thefe can be eafi-
ly procured, fea-coal allies, or whatever elfe can be
gotten, v/hich will bind, and will be dry to the feet,
may be ufed for this purpofe ; and where any of thefe
can only be had in fmall quantities, the walks fhould
have a greater ffiare of rubbiffi laid in their bottom,
and theie fpread thinly over them ; and in moft places
rubbiffi, rough ftones, or coarfe gravel, may be ea-
fily procured.

WALLS are abfolutely neceffary in gardens, for
the ripening of all fuch fruits as are too delicate to
be perfected in this country without fuch affiftance.
Thefe are built with different materials in fome
countries they are built of ftone, in others with brick,
according as the materials can be procured bell and
cheapeft.

Of all materials proper for building Walls for fruit-
trees, brick is the beft ; in that it is not only the
handfomeft, but the warmeft and kindeft for the ri-
pening of fruit ; hefides that, it affords the beft con-
veniency of nailing, for fmaller nails will ferve in them
than in ftone Walls, where the joints are larger ; and
brick Walls, with copings of free-ftone, and ftone
pilafters or columns, at proper diftances, to feparate
the trees and break off the force of the winds, make
not only the moft beautiful, but the moft profitable
Walls.

In fome parts of England there are Walls built both
of brick and ftone, which have been very commodi-
ous. The bricks of fome places are not of themfelves
fubftantial enough for Walls, nor are they any where
fo durable as ftone ; and therefore fome perfons, that
they might have Walls both fubftantial and hand-
fome, have built double ones, the cutfide being of

' . . _ O

ftone, and the inftde of brick, or a ftone Wall lined
with brick ; but when thefe are built, there muft be
great care taken to bind the bricks well into the ftone,
otherwife they are very apt to feparate one from the
other, efpecially when froft comes after much wet,
which fwells the mortar, and frequently throws down
the bricks, when the Walls are only faced with them,
and not well tied into the ftone.

Where the Wails are built entirely of ftone, there
ffiould be treiliffes fixed up againft them, for the more

WAL

convenient fattening the branches of the trees : the
timbers of thefe efpaliers need not be more than an
inch and a half thick, and about two inches and a half
broad ; thefe should be fixed crofs each other, at about
four inches diftance •, for if they are at a much greater
diftance, it will be difficult to fatten the fhoots of the
trees properly. As this trellis will be laid clofe to the
wall, the branches of the trees will lie about two inches
from the wall, in which pofition the fruit will ripen
better than when it lies quite dole to the wall •, fo
that where ftone Walls are built, there fhould always
be thefe efpaliers framed againtt them, which will ren-
der thefeWalls very good for fruit trees, which, without
the efpaliers, feldorn are found to anfwer the purpofe
of ripening the fruits well, befides the inconvenience
of having no good fattening for the branches of the
trees.

There have been feveral trials made of Walls built in
different forms j fome of them having been built fe-
micircular, others in angles of various forms, and
projefling more towards the north, to fcreen off the
cold winds •, but there has not been any method as yet
which has fucceeded near fo well, as that of making
the Walls ftrait, and building them upright.

The faireft trial which I have feer; made of circular
Walls, was at Goodwood in 3 hex, the feat of the
Duke of Richmond, where, in the middle of two
fouth Wails, there were two large fi gments of cir-
cles, in which were the fame forts of fruit-trees plant-
ed, as againft the ffrait parts of the Walls ; but there
never was any fruit upon the trees in the circular part
of the Walls, which came to maturity ; nor were the
trees of long continuance, being blighted every fpring,
and in a few years were totally deliroyed ; and when
the branches of thofe trees which grew upon the
ftrait parts of the Walls, had extended themfelvesfo
far, as to admit of their being led into the circular
parts of the Walls, they were conftantly blighted and
killed.

When the trees which had been planted in the circu-
lar parts were deftroyed, the Walls were filled with
Vines ; but the Grapes of the fame fort were a full
month later than thofe growing againft the ftrait parts
of the Walls, fo that they rarely ripened, which occa-
fioned their being rooted out, and Figs were afterwards
planted, but the fruit of thefe fucceeded little better ;
nor can it be fuppofed that any trees or plants will
thrive fo well in thefe circles, where there is a con-
ftant draught of air round them, which renders the
fituation much colder than the open free air.

I have alfo feen at Mr. Le Cour’s garden in Holland,
fome Walls built in angles of different forms, but
thefe fucceeded no better than the circles before-men-
tioned ; for I did not find one tree in health againft
the Walls, nor did they produce fruit.

There are feveral other fchemes which have been
propofed by different perfons, for the building of
Walls to accelerate the ripening of fruits, among
which there was a very ingenious book written fome
years ago, intitled. Fruit Walls improved, by inclining
them to the horizon ; in which the author has ftiewn
by calculation that there will be a much greater num-
ber of the rays of the fun fall upon fuch Walls, than
upon thole which are built perpendicular ; and from
thence he has drawn calculations, that Walls fo built will
be of great fervice in the accelerating of fruit ; and he
lias taken the trouble of calculating the different in-
clinations which luch Walls fhould have in the diffe-
rent climates, in order to receive the greateft number
of the fun’s rays. This theory feems to have all the
demonftration neceffary for its fupport, but upon trial
they have not fucceeded in the leaft; for as thefeWalls
muit be built againft banks of earth, the damps which
arife from the ground overbalance the advantage of
the fun’s rays •, befides, thefe Hoping Walls being more
expofed to the cold dews in the night, the fruit will
be much more chilled thereby ; and in the fpring the
morning frofts will prove much more deftruftive to
the tender bloffoms of the fruit-trees, as they will be
more expofed to them, than againft an upright Wall ;

yf. y? «• 4

WAL

* 1' » . , ( •

add tt> this, their being much more expofed to ih|
winds and the rain ; and it will be found, by corn*
paring the advantages propofed from thefe Walls*
with the difadvantages to which the fruit-trees will be
expofed, that upright W alls will have the preference 5
for it is not the ftrongefl rays of the fun in the heat
of fummer, which are fo much wanting for ripening
of fruit, as the continuance of a moderate fhare of
warmth ; and above all, the having of the fun in a
morning, to dry off the cold dews of the night early,
is of the greateft ufe; and in this refpedt the upright
Walls are much preferable to the Hoping, as they will
have the.diredl rays of the fun in the morning, which
will be oblique on the other, and renders thofe Walls
which are built inclining to the eaft preferable to
fouthWalls, as the fruit will always ripen earlier againft
them.

There are fome perfons who recommend the painting
of Walls black, or of a dark colour, as they fuppofe
the dark colour will imbibe more of the fun’s rays,
fo will retain the warmth longer ; this alfo anfwers
better in theory than in pradice ; for although it muft
be allowed that a black Wall is warmer to the touch
than a common brick wall, yet, as the fruit generally
is-fituated at a fmall diftance from the Wall, it receives
no benefit from the warmth of the Wall, and it is the
refleded heat which accelerates the ripening of fruit;
therefore I would advife every one to make fair trials
of thefe things, before they put them in pradice, and
not to take upon truft what they may be told by per-
fons who are too fanguine in recommending to others
fchemes which they have adopted upon very flight
principles, or perhaps upon a Angle trial ; this paint-
ing of the Walls is recommended by the fame perfon
who wrote upon inclining Walls, and he has propofed
this upon the fame principles 5 but the introducing of
thefe fchemes fhould be avoided, until there have been
fufficient trials made to warrant their ufe.

Where perfons are willing to be at the expence, in
the building of their Walls fubftantial, they will find it
anfwer much better than thofe which are flightly built,
not only in their duration, but alfo in their warmth ;
therefore a Wall two bricks thick, will be found to an-
fwer better than one brick and a half ; and if in the
building of garden Walls they are grouted with foft
mortar, to fill and clofe all the joints, the Walls wi l
be much ftronger, and the air will not fo eafily pene-
trate through them, as it does through thofe which are
built in the common way.

According to the modern tafce in gardening, there
are very few Walls built round gardens, which is cer-
tainly very right, not only with regard to the pleafure
of viewing the neighbouring country from the garden,
but alfo in regard to the expence, 1. Of buildino- thefe
Walls ; 2. If they are planted with fruit, as is frequent-
ly pradtifed, tomaintain them will be a conftant charge,
without receiving much profit or pleafure ; for when
there is too much Walling planted with fruit-trees,
they are feldorn taken much care of-, fo that the quan-
tity of fruit produced will be fmall, and that ill-nou-
rifhed and bad tailed, therefore the quantity of Wall-
ing fhould be proportioned to the fruit confumed in
the family ; but as it will be neceffary to inclofe the
kitchen-garden for the fecurity of the garden-fluff, ib
if that be walled round, it will contain as much fruit
as will ufually be wanted in the family ; becaufe the
kitchen-garden is always proportioned to the number
of perfons maintained ; but if the quantity of Walling
which furrounds the kitchen-garden fhould be judged
too little for the fupply of fruit, there may be 3 crofs
Wall built through the middle of the kitchen-garden ;
or, where the fize of the garden will admits there
may be two crofs Walls built 5 but this muft not be
done, where there is not room to place the Walls at
leaft eighty or one hundred feet afunder ; and if they
are allowed a much greater diftance it will be better ;
and as the kitchen-garden fhould always be placed out
of fight from the houfe, the Walls may be hid by
plantations of trees, at fome little diftance, which
will be of ufe in flickering the fruit.

*

1

3T5

The heft afped for Walls in England is, to have one
point to the eaftward of the lbuth, for thefe will en-
joy the benefit of the morning fun, and will be lefs ex-
pofed to the weft and fouth-weft winds (which are
very injurious to fruits in England) than thofe Walls
which are built due fouth. I know there are many
perfons who objed to the turning of W alls theleaft
point to the eaft, on account of the blights which
they fay come from that quarter in the fpring ; but
from many years experience and obfervation I can
affirm, that blights as often attack thofe Walls which
are open to the fouth-weft, as thofe which are built to
any other afped •, and I believe, whoever will be at
the trouble to obferve for feven years, which afpeded
Walls fuffermoft from blights, will find thofe which
are built with a point to the eaftward of the fouth, as
feldom blighted, as thofe which are turned to any
other afped; therefore, in the contrivance of a
kitchen-garden, there fhould be as great length of
thefe Walls built, as the fituation of the ground will
admit.

The next beft afped is due fouth, and the next to that
fouth-eaft, which is preferable to the fouth-weft, for
the reafons before affigned ; but as there will, for the
moft part, be fouth-weft, and weft W alls in every gar-
den, thefe may be planted with fome forts of fruit,
which do not require fo much heat to ripen them, as
thofe defigned for the beft Walls •, but wherever there
are north Walls, thofe will only be proper for baking
Pears, Plums, and Morello Cherries for preferving, or
fortieDukeCherries may be plantedagainft thefeWalls,
to continue them longer in the feafon, which will be
found ufeful in fupplying the table till Peaches, Nec-
tarines, and Plums, are ripe.

Where perfons are very curious to have good fruit,
they ered a trellis againft their Walls, which projeds
about two inches from them, to which they faften
their trees ; which is an excellent method, becaufe
the fruit will be at a proper diftance from the Walls,
fo as not to be injured by them, and will have all the
advantage of their heat ; and by this method the Walls
will not be injured by driving nails into their joints,
which by every year being drawn out, draws out the
mortar from between the bricks, and thereby makes
holes, in which fnails and other vermin will harbour
and deftroy the fruit, and the Walls will be alfo
greatly impaired.

Thefe trellififes may be contrived according to the forts
of fruit which are planted againft them. Thofe which
are defigned for Peaches, Nedarines, and Apricots
(which, for the moft part, produce their fruit on the
young wood) ffiould have their rails three, or at moft
four inches afunder every way ; but for the other
forts of fruit, which continue bearing on the old
wood, they may be five or fix inches apart, and thofe
for Vines may be eight or nine inches diftance. For
as the fhoots of Vines are always trained at a much
greater diftance than thofe of any other fort of fruit,
the trelliffes for thefe need not be near fo dole, efpe-
cially as thofe muft for Peaches and Nedarines, whofe
fhoots are generally fhortened to aboutfive or fix inches
or lefs ; fo that if the rails are not pretty dole, many
of the ftiort branches cannot be fattened to them.
Thefe trelliffes may be made of any fort of timber, ac-
cording to the expence which the owner is willing to
beftow ; but Fir is moft commonly ufed for this pur-
pofe, which if made of yellow deal, well dried and
painted, will laft many years ; but if any perfon will
go to the expence of Oak, it will laft found much
longer, efpecially if the trees are fallen in winter.
And if any one is unwilling to be at the expence
of either, then a trellis may be made of Afh
poles, in the fame manner as is pradifed in making
efpaliers for counter borders, with this difference only,
that every fourth upright rail or poft fhould be very
ftrong, and fattened with iron hooks to the Wall, which
will fupport the whole ; and as thefe rails muft be
laid much clofer together, than is generally pradifed
for efpaliers, thefe ftrong upright rails or pofts fhould
not be farther diftantthan three, or at moft four feet

from each other. To thefe the crofs rails which are
laid horizontally fhould be well nailed, which will fc-
cure them from being difplaced, and alfo ftrength-
en the trellis, but the other fmaller upright poles
need only be fattened with wire. To thefe 1 trel-
liffes the fhoots of the trees fhould be fattened with
ofier twigs, rope-yarn, or any other foft bandage,
for they muft not be nailed to it, becaufe that will de-
cay the wood-work.

Thefe trelliffes need not be ereded until the trees are
well fpread, and begin to bear fruit plentifully ; be-
fore which time the young trees may be trained up
againft any ordinary low efpaliers, made only of a few
flender Afh poles, or any other flender flicks ; by
which contrivance the trelliffes will be new when the
trees come to bearing, and will laft many years after
the trees have overfpread them ; whereas, when they
are made before the trees are planted, they will be
half decayed before the trees attain half their growth.
Where thefe trelliffes are intended to be made againft
new Walls, it will be proper to fatten fome ftrong iron
hooks into the Wall as it is built, at the diftance which
the upright pofts are intended to be placed ; becaufe
when thefe are afterwards driven into the Wall, they
difplace the mortar in the joints, and injure the Wall.
In the building of the Walls round a kitchen- garden,
the inftdes, which are defigned to be planted with
fruit-trees, fhould be made as plain as poffible, fo that
the piers fhould not project on thofe fides above four
inches at moft-, and thefe fhould be placed about
fourteen feet afunder, in fuch Walls as are defigned
for Peach and Nedarine-trees ; fo that each tree may
be planted exactly in the middle between the piers,
which will render them more lightly, and be better for
the trees ; but where Apricots, Plums, or Cherries
are to be planted, the piers may be only ten feet
afunder ; and againft every other pier the trees ffiould
be planted, which will allow them fufficient room to
fpread ; as the trellis will projed as forward as the
piers, the branches of the trees may be trained on a
plain ; but when the piers projed no more on the in-
fide of the garden, they fhould be built ftronger on
theoutfide, for the better fupporting of the Walls.
The ufual thicknefs which garden Walls are allowed,
if built with bricks, is thirteen inches, which is one
brick and a half, but this ffiould be proportionable
to the height ; for if they are built twelve or fourteen
feet high or more, as is often pradifed, then the
foundations of the Walls ffiould be at leaf!: two bricks
and a half thick, and brought up a foot or more above
the level of the lurface of the ground, of the fame
thicknefs ; then they fhouid be fet off two inches on
each fide, which will reduce them to two bricks ; and
five or fix feet above the furface of the ground, they
may be diminifhed on each fide, to reduce them to
the thicknefs of a brick and a half ; which muft be
continued to the top of the Walls, and the piers in thefe
high Walls fhould alfo be proportionably ftronger than
is commonly allowed to lower Walls ; for as thefe will
be much more expofed to ftrong gales of wind, if they
are not well built, they will be in danger of being
blown down ; therefore the piers of thefe Walls fhould
be projected the length of a brick on their back-
fide, and the thicknefs of a brick on their front ;
and if thefe are built about ten or twelve feet afun-
der, they will greatlyftrengthen the Walls.

But there is no neceffity for building Walls higher than
nine or ten feet, unlefs it be for Pears, which, if pro-
perly managed, v/ill fpread over a great compafs of
walling ; but as only fome of the lateft winter Pears
require the afiiftance of a Wall, there need no more
but that part of the Wall where thefe are defigned to
be built higher ; for Peaches and Nedarines never re-
quire a Wail higher than nine or ten feet, provided
they are rightly managed ; becaufe whenever they are
carried to a greater height, the lower part of the Wall
is unfurnifhed with bearing branches ; and although
Apricots, Plums, and Cherries will frequently grow
higher, yet, if they are planted at a proper diftance,
and the branches trained horizontally from the bottom,
, they

W A L

they will not foon cover a Wall of this height •, and
Vines may be kept as low as any fort of fruit, for
when they are planted againft low Walls, they mull
be treated fomewhat after the fame manner as thofe
in vineyards, which is, to cut out the greateft part of
the wood which produced fruit the preceding year,
and train in new fhoots for the next year’s bearing,
which are rarely left a yard in length, therefore will
not require very high Walls.

If the Pears which are defigned to be planted, are al-
lowed a fouth-weft afpeft, on which they will ripen'
very well, then the Wall to this afpeft fhould be built
fourteen feet high or more •, for as thefe trees fpread
very far when on free flocks, they fhould not be
fhortened and flopped in their growth, which will
prevent their bearing, by caufing them to fend out a
great number of grofs luxuriant (hoots, which will ne-
ver produce fruit ; therefore thefe fhould never be
planted amongfl other forts of fruit-trees which are of
lefs growth, becaufe then the Walls mull appear very
unlightly, in having fome trees planted more than
double the diflance which the others require ; fo that
there is no other fort of fruit which requires the aflift-
ance of Walls to ripen their fruit, which need fo great
room for fpreading as Pears, except it be Figs, a few
trees of which may be planted againfl the fame Walls
where there is room •, though thefe may be planted
againfl the back Walls of offices or flables, where
there is conveniency, becaufe this fruit is feldom co-
veted by fervants ; and being planted in places which
are much frequented, they will not be in fo much dan-
ger of being deftroyed by birds, as thofe which are in
private places. But I fhall now proceed to give fome
directions for the building of hot Walls, to accelerate
the ripening of fruits, which is now pretty much
pra&ifed in England.

In fome places thefe Walls are built at a very great ex-
pence, and fo contrived as to confume a great quan-
tity of fuel; but where they are judicioufly built, the
firft expence will not be near fo great, nor will the
charge of fuel be very confiderable, becaufe there will
be no neceffity of making fires more than three or four
months, beginning about the midde are latter end of
January, and ending by the end of May, when there
will be no want of fires, if the glafies are dole fnut
every night, or in bad weather ; for half an hour’s
fun-ffiine on the glafies at that feafon will fufficiently
warm the air inclofed in the glafies, for the growth of
any of our European fruits.

There are fome perfons who plant Vines, and other
fruit-trees by the fides of ftoves, and draw fome of
their branches into the ftove, in order to obtain early
fruit ; but this is by no means right, where the ftove is
defigned for Ananas, becaufe the air mull be kept much
warmer for them than is required for any of the other
fruits, fo that they can never fucceed well together; for
when there is only a fufficient quantity of air admitted
for the growth of the other fruit, the Ananas are
ftarved for want of proper heat ; and fo on the con-
trary, when the ftove is kept up to the proper heat
for the Ananas, it will be too hot for other fruits ; and
it will alfo be proper to have the Vines on a particu-
lar Wall by themfelves, becaufe thefe require to have
a greater fiiare of air admitted to them when they
begin to fhoot, than fome other forts of fruit, fo
that it is by much the better method to have them
feparate.

The ordinary height of thofe hot Walls is about ten
feet, which will be fufficient for any of thofe forts
of fruits which are generally forced ; for by forcing
of the trees, they are commonly weakened in their
growth, fo that they wfil not grow fo vigoroufly as
thofe which are always expofed to the open air ; and
where there is not a quantity of Walling planted fuf-
ficient to let one part reft every other year, the trees
will never be very healthy, and will laft but a few years.
The quantity of Walling to produce early fruit for a
middling family, cannot be lefs than eighty or one
hundred feet in length ; therefore where a perfon is
defirous to have the fruit in perfection, and the trees

W A L

to continue in a good condition many years, there
fiiould be three times this quantity of Walling built j
fo that by dividing it into three parts, there will be I'ifcd
years for the trees to recover their vigour between the
times of their being forced, whereby a greater quan-
tity of bearing wood may be obtained, and the fruit
will be fairer, and in larger quantities, than when
they are forced every year, or every other year ; and
as the glafies may be contrived fo as to move from
one to the other, the expence of building the Walls
fo much longer, will not be very great, becaufe the
frames and glafies will be the lame as for one year’s
fruit.

The foundations of thefe Walls fiiould be made four
bricks and a half thick, in order to fupport the flues ;
otherwife, if part of them reft on brick-work, and
the other part on the ground, they will fettle une-
qually, and foon be out of order ; for wherever there
happen any cracks in the flues, through which the
fmoke can make its el'cape, it will prevent their draw-
ing ; and if the fmoke gets within the glafies, it will
greatly injure the fruit, and give it a fmoky taite.
This thicknefs of Wall need not be continued more
than fix inches above the ground, where fhould
be the foundation or bottom of the firft flue, which
will be fufficient to raife it above the damps of
the earth ; then the Walls may be fet off four inches on
each fide, which will reduce it to the thicknefs of
three bricks and a half, fo that the back Wall may be
two bricks thick, which is abfolutely neceflary to
throw the heat out more in front ; for when the back
Walls are built too thin, the heat will efcape through
them. The Wall in front next to the fruit, fiiould
be only four inches thick, v/hereby there will be al-
lowance of nine inches for the flues, which may be
covered with twelve inch tiles ; for if they have an
inch and a half bearing on each fide, it will be fufficient.
The ovens in which the fires are made, muft be con-
trived on the backfide of the Walls, which fhould be
in number proportionable to the length of the Walls.
The length ufually allowed for each fire to warm is
forty feet, though they will do very well for fifty-
feet ; but I would not advife the flues to be longer
than this to each fire, becaufe when the ovens are
made at a great diflance, there is a neceffity of making
the fires fomuch flronger to warm the Walls, which
will occafion the heat to be too violent near the fires.
Thefe ovens fhould be fhedded over, to keep out the
wind and rain, otherwife the fires will not bum
equally. Some people make thefe fheds of timber,
but it is much better to build them of brick, and tile
them over, becaufe the wooden fheds will in a few
years decay, and afterwards be a conftant charge to
keep them in repair ; and befides they may be in dan-
ger of firing, if great care is not conftantly taken of
the fires. As it is abfolutely neceflary to have the:
ovens below the foundation of the firft flues, there
muft be fteps down into the fheds, to come to the
mouth of the ovens to fupply the fuel, therefore the
fheds fhould not be narrower than eight feet in the
clear ; for as the fteps will require four feet fpace,
there fhould be at leaft four feet more for the perfon
who attends the fire, to have room to turn himfelf to
clear out the allies, and to put in the fuel. Where
the length of Walling requires two ovens, it will be
proper to have them in the middle included in one
fhed, which will fave expence, and allow more room
to attend the fires ; for in this cafe the fheds muft be
at leaft ten feet long, and they need not be more than
fix in breadth. The fteps down into thefe fhould be
at one end, fo that the door opening into the fheds will
not be oppofite to the mouths of the ovens, therefore
the fires will burn more regular ; for whenever the
doors are contrived to front the mouth of the ovens,
if the wind fets directly againft them, it will caufe the
fire to bum too fiercely, and the fuel will be foon Con-
fumed.

Thefe ovens may be contrived in the fame manner as
thofe which are already defcribed for ftoves, where-
fore I fhall not repeat it again in this place ; but

1 4 O' mult

• - cm

V * . ' - ’'V !

- W A L

nii! ft obferve, that when the two ovens are joined to-
gether, there fhould be a partition Wall at lead three
bricks thick between them, otherwife the fires will
foon deftroy it •, and if there fhould be the leaft hole
in the Wall, through which the fmoke of the two fires
can communicate, it will prevent their drawing.

The lower flue, through which the fmoke firft paffes
from the fire, may be two feet and a half deep : there-
fore the back Wall fhould be at leaft two bricks and a
half thick, as high as to the top of this flue ; and then
it may be fet off to two bricks, which muff be conti-
nued to the top of the Walk The fecond flue, which
fhould return over the firff, may be made two feet, the
third a foot and a half, and the fourth one foot deep *,
which four flues, with their coverings, will rife near
eicrht feet in height ; fo that there will be about two
feet left for fixing of the frames at the top to fupport
the glaffes, and for the coping of the Wall. And thefe
four returns will be fufficient to warm the air in the
frames, for the fmoke will have loft its heat by the
time it has paffed thus far.

In the carrying up of thefe Walls, there fhould be fome
ftrong iron hooks fattened at convenient diftances,
which fhould project about two inches from the Wall,
to which the trellis muft be fattened which is to fup-
port the trees. Thefe hooks fhould be long enough
to fatten into the back Wall, for the Wall in front
being but four inches thick, will not be ftrong enough
to fupport the trellis •, but in placing of them care
fhould be taken not to lay them crofs the middle of
the flues, becaufe they would obftrud the clearing
the flues of foot whenever there fhould be occafion ;
fo that the beft way is to lay them juft under the tiles
which cover each flue, at about three or four feet afun-
der, which will be near enough, provided the hooks are
made fufficiently ftrong. As the flues muft be well
pargetered with loam on their infide, fo likewife fhould
the loam be fpread under the tiles which cover them,
to the thicknefs of the hooks, that the flues may be
very fmooth, otherwife the foot will hang to the iron
hooks, and flop the fmoke from patting. It will be
very proper to cover thefe flues on the fide next the
trellis with Hop-bags, or fome fuch coarfe cloth, in
the manner as hath been direded for the ftoves,
which will make them fo tight that no fmoke will find
its way into the frame, which, without this covering,
it is very apt to do through the joints of Walls, efpeci-
ally when they are fo thin as thefe muft be built ; and
this covering will alfo ftrengthen the wall of the flues,
and join the whole work together. If at each end of
thefe flues there are jfmall arches turned in the back
Walls, in fuch a manner that there may be holes open-
ed to clean the flues of foot whenever there is a necef-
fity for it, the trouble will be much lefs than to open
the flues in front, by which there will be no damage done
to the trees, nor will the flues be in the leaft injured
by this, which they muft be, when they are opened
in front.

The borders in front of thefe hot Walls fhould be
about four feet wide, which will make a fufficient de-
clivity' for the Hoping glaffes •, and in thefe borders
there may be a row of Dwarf Peas planted to come
early, or a row of dwarf Kidney-beans, either of
which will fucceed very well ; and if they are not
planted too near the trees, will not do them much
injury. On the outfide of thefe borders fhould be low
Wa)ls eredted, which fhould rife four or fix inches above
the level of the borders, upon which the plate of tim-
ber fhould be laid, on which the Hoping glaffes are to
reft ; and this Wall will keep up the earth of the bor-
der, and alfo preferve the wood from rotting.

The glaffes which are defigned to cover thefe Walls,
muft'be divided into two ranges, for as they ’muft
reach from the ground-plate (juft above the level of
the border) to almoft the top of the Wall, they will
be more than twelve feet long, which will be too
great a length for Angle frames, which, when they
are much more than fix feet long, are too heavy to
move, efpecially if the frames are made of a proper
ftrength to fuftain the glafs. Thefe frames fhould

W A L

be contrived in fuch a manner, as that the upper row
may Aide down •, and by making on one fide three
fmail holes in the wood- work which fupports the
frames, at about a foot diftance, and having a fmail
iron pin to fix into them, the top glaffes may be let
down one, two, or three feet, according as there may-
be occafion to admit air. The lower row of glaffes
may be contrived fo as to take eafily out ; but as they
muft lie doping, and the upper row muft bear on
them, they cannot be contrived to Aide upwards ; nor
indeed will there be any occafion for their moving,
becaufe it is much better to let the air in at the top.
than in the front of the trees.

The floping timbers which are to fupport the glafs
frames, muft be fattened at bottom into the ground-
plate in the front of the border, and at the top into
ftrong iron cramps fixed in the upper part of the Wall
for that purpofe. Thefe timbers fhould be made of
Fir, which will not twift, as Oak and fome1 other wood
will, where it is laid in fuch pofition. They muft be
made fubftantial, otherwife they will not laft many
years, efpeciallly as they are defigned to be movea-
ble. On the top of thefe fhould be fixed a ftrong
board, under which the upper row of glaffes fhould
Aide. The ufe of this board is, to fecure the upper
part of the glaffes from being raifed by the winds,
and alfo to keep the wet from getting to the trees j
therefore it fhould be joined as cloie as poffible to
the Wall, and fhould projefl about two inches over
the glafs frames, which will be enough to throw the
wet on the glaffes, and likewife to fecure them fail
down.

The breadth of thefe frames for the glaffes may be
about three feet or a little more, according as the di-
vifions of the length of the Wall will admit ; for a
fmail matter in their width is of no conlequence,
provided they are not too wide to be eafily moved j
for when they are wider than a man can eafily reach
his arms to manage, they will be very troublefome to
carry from one place to another. The bars of thefe
frames, which are to fupport the glafs, fhould be
placed lengthwife of the frames *, for when they are
placed acrols, they flop the moifture which is lodged
on the infide of the glaffes, and caufe it to fall in drops
on the borders at every bar, which will be very inju-
rious to any plants which are put there ; and if it falls
on the trees will greatly damage them, efpecially when
they are in bloflom. The lead into which the glaffes
of thefe frames are fixed, fhould be very broad, and
the joints well cemented, otherwife the wet will find
an eafy paffage through, and do great damage to the
fruit.

At each end of the range of glaffes, there will be
an angular fpace between the glaffes and the Wall,
which muft be clofely flopped to prevent the air from
getting in, which might greatly injure the fruit. Thefe
are by fome perfons clofely boarded up ; but if they
are clofed with glaffes, fo contrived as to open to let in
air at proper times, it will be of great advantage ; be-
caufe when the wind may be ftrong againft the front-
glaffes, one or both of thefe end-glaffes may be open-
ed, according to the warmth of the air inclofed,
which will be often very ufeful to cool the air, and to
admit a fmail quantity of frefh air to the fruit.

The forts of fruit which are ufually planted for
forcing, are Cherries, Plums, Peaches, Apricots,
and Neflarines, but the laft-mentioned rarely fuc-
ceed well, nor will the trees continue long, fo that
they are fcarce worth planting againft hot Walls. As
for the Vines, I would propofethey fhould be planted
by themfelves againft a particular Wall ; for as they
will require more air to be admitted to them when
they begin, to ffioot, than any of the above-mentioned
fruits, they will not all fucceed if they are included
in the fame frame. As to the others, they will do
very well in the fame borderland will demand the
fame temperature of warmth. The beft of thefe forts
to plant againft thefe hot Walls, arexhofe here men-
tioned :

Cherries.

W A L

Cherries.

The Early May, and May Duke,

Plums.

The Mirabelle.

The Early Black Damaik, or Morocco.

The Great Damaik Violet of Tours.

The Drap d’Or.

Peaches.

The Red Nutmeg.

The Red Magdelain.

The Montauban.

Early Newington.

Violet Hative.

Nectarines.

Fairchild’s Early Nutmeg.

The Elruge.

Apricot,

The Mafculine.

Thefe being the forts which ripen early, are the
molt proper to plant againft thefe Walls, although
they are not fo valuable as fome other forts of thefe
fruits : yet, as they naturally ripen three weeks or a
month earlier in the feafon, they will be very early
ripe, when they are brought forward by artificial
warmth.

In the preparing of the borders for planting thefe
fruit-trees, there fhould be the fame care taken as
for thofe againft open borders, which, being fully treat-
ed of in another part of this work, I ftiall not repeat
here. There muft alfo be the fame care in training up
the trees when they fhoot ; but the trelilfes need not
be made againft thefe Walls till the trees are grown
large enough to fpread, and produce a quantity of
fruit •, till which time they may be fupported by any
low ordinary trellis, which will do very well till the
time that the trees will have ftrength enough to force,
which will not be until the fourth or fifth year after
planting, according to the progrefs they have made ;
for if they are forced too young, it will weaken them
fo much, as that they feldom make vigorous trees af-
terward ; befides the quantity of fruit which fuch
young trees produce, is not worth the expence and
trouble of forcing ; for the quantity of fuel ufed, and
the trouble will be the fame for fmall trees, which
are not capable of producing more than fix or eight
fruit each, as for thofe trees which may produce
three or four dozen *, fo that the greater time the trees
have to grow before they are forced, the better they
will pay for the trouble and expence.

But it will be the beft way not to have any of the
frames made, nor the trellis, or any other of the
wood-work, until the trees are ftrong enough to force ;
for if thefe are done when the Walls are firft built, as
is by fome perfons praAifed, they will be half de-
cayed before there is any ufe for them ; but then the
perfons who are employed in making the trellis, muft
be very careful in putting it up, not to injure the
trees.

When the trees have acquired ftrength enough to
produce a quantity of fruit, the part which is defigned
to be forced the following fpring, Ihould be carefully
pruned early in autumn, when the very weak Ihoots
muft be either entirely cut out, or pruned very Ihort,
becaufe thefe, by being forced, will for the moft part
decay, and though fome of them may be full of -
flower-buds, yet thefe Ihoots being weak cannot
nourifh them •, fo that the flowers having exhaufted all
the fap, the Ihoots will die foon after, and rarely pro-
duce any fruit, or at leaft do not bring them to per-
fe Aion. The other more vigorous Ihoots Ihould alfo
be Ihortened to a proper length, after the fame man-
ner as is direAed for thofe trees in the open air, with
this difference only, viz. that thefe which are defigned
for forcing, Ihould not have their Ihoots left fo lony
becaufe the forcing of them will weaken them ; and
confequently, fhould there be as great a length of
branches, there will probably be a greater number of
fruit on them •, becaufe, as thefe will be fcreened from
the open air, they will not be liable to blafts, or the

W A L

injuries of the froft •, and the having too many fruit
on the trees will render them fmall, and alfo too
much weaken the trees ; then the Ihoots fhould be all
regularly fattened to the trellis, at a proper diftance
from each other, fo that when the branches fhoot the
following fpring, they may not over-hang each other.
The realon for my advifing thefe trees to be pruned
- fo early in the feafon, is, that thofe branches which
are left on, may enjoy the whole nourifhment of the
fap, fo that the buds will become very turgid durino1
the winter feafon, and will be prepared to open when
the fires are fet to work.

The time for beginning to make the fires is about the
middle or latter end ofjanuary, according as the fea-
fon is more or lefs favourable ; for if the trees are
forced too early into flower, they will be in fome dan-
ner of mifcarrying, if the weather Ihould prove fe-
vere ; fo that it is by much the fureft method to be-
gin about the time here direAed, becaufe there will be
a neceffity of admitting frefh air to the trees when
tney are in flower, which cannot be done fafely when
they flower in very bad weather. And thofe trees
which are forced into flower by the middle of Febru-
ary, will ripen their fruit as early as moft people will
defire to eat them ; for the Cherries will ripen early
in April, and the Apricots by the beginning of May,
and foon after the Plums, Peaches, and NeAarines,
will be ripe.

There are fome perfons who plant Strawberries in
their borders before the fruit-trees, in order to have
early fruit, which often fucceed very well ; but where-
ever this is praAifed, great care Ihould be taken to
keep them from fpreading over the border, becaufe
thefe plants will exhauft the principal goodnefs of the
earth, and thereby injure the trees ; fo that when it is
defigned to have Strawberries in thefe borders, I would
advife, that the roots fhould be either planted in pots,
or fingly at a good diftance on a fhady border of loamy
earth, one year before they are defigned to be forced ;
during which time the runners fhould be diligently
pulled off, to encourage the main roots for fruiting ;
and at Michaelmas thefe plants may be tranfplantecl*
with large balls of earth to their roots, into the bor-
ders, before the fruit-trees which are to be forced the
following fpring, fo that they may have time to get
new root before that feafon ; and if thefe plants are
carefully watered when they begin to fhew their flower-
buds, they will produce a good quantity of fruit,
which will ripen the latter end of April, or the begin-
ning of May ; but then I would alfo advife, that thefe
plants be taken away as foon as they have done bear-
ing, that they may not rob the trees of their nourifh-
ment.

Since I have mentioned this method of having early
Strawberries, I jfhall take the liberty to infert another
method, which is often praAifed to obtain this fruit
early in the fpring, though it doth not fo properly
come under this article, which is to train up the plants
either in pots or borders, after the manner before di-
reAed, for at leaft one year or more ; then in thebe-
ginning of February there fhould be a moderate hot-
bed prepared, in length proportionable to the number
of plants defigned to be forced, and the breadth fhould
be proportionable to the width of the frames which
are defigned to cover them. Thefe frames may be fuch
as are ufed for common hot-beds, to raife early Cu-
cumbers, &c. This hot-bed muft be covered with frefh
loamy earth about eight inches thick, into which the
Strawberry plants fhould be placed, with large balls
of earth to the roots, as clofe as they can conveniently
be planted ; (for as they muft be kept clear from run-
ners, they will not fpread much during the time they
remain in the bed, which will be no longer than until
their fruit is gone.) Then they fhould be gently-
watered to fettle the earth to their roots, which muft
be frequently repeated as the earth becomes dry, other-
wife. they will produce new fruit. While the nio-hts
continue cold, the glaffes of the hot-bed fhould beco*
vered with mats, to preferve a kindly warmth in the
beds j but in the day time,* when the weather is fa-
vourable

W A L

vou. r able, the glaffes fhould be raifed to admit frefh
air to the plants •, for if they are too much drawn,
(efpecially when they begin to flower) they will not
produce much fruit. If the feafon fhould continue
long cold, and the heat of the beds fhould decline, it
will be proper to lay fome frefh hot dung round the
iides of the beds to renew their heat, being always
careful not to make them too hot, for that will fcorch
their roots, and prevent their fruiting. If the plants
which are planted in thefe beds are ftrong, and in a
gopd condition for bearing, and care be taken in
tranfplanting of them to preferve good balls of earth
to their roots, as alfo to keep a due temperature of
warmth in the beds, they will produce ripe fruit by
the end of April, or the beginning of May, in plenty ;
and will continue bearing, until fome of thofe in the
open air come in to fucceed them.

The bed kinds of Strawberries to plant for forcing,
are the Scarlet and Alpine, for the Hautboys grow
too rampant for this purpofe.

But to return to the fubjedt of hot Walls ; what I have
here inferred concerning the forcing of fruits, has
been only to obtain thefe fruits earlier in the feafon,
than they would naturally ripen againft common
Walls. But in fome parts of England, where molt
of our good kinds of fruit feldom ripen, it might be
very well worth while to build fome of thefe Walls,
to obtain good fruit from the belt kinds of Peaches,
Plums, &c. efpecially in fuch places where fuel is
plenty, becaufe there the expence will not be great
after the firft building of the Walls. For I would not
propofe to have coverings of glafs, excepting for a
fmall proportion of the Walls ; the reft may have frames
ot canvas, or oiled paper, to fhut over them, in the
fame manner as the glaffes are contrived, which will fuc-
ceed very well where proper care is taken ; for as
there will not be occafion to cover thefe trees until
the beginning of March, at which time alfo the fires
muft be made, fo before the trees are in flower, the
weather may be frequently warm enough to open the
covers to admit fun and air to the trees in the middle
of the day, for if thefe covers are kept too clofely
fhut, the fhoots of the trees will draw very weak, and
their leaves will turn pale for want of light and air.
And as the defign of thefe contrivances is only to
bring the trees into flower three, or at moft four
weeks earlier, than they would naturally come againft
common Walls, there will be no neceflity of making
very large fires, or keeping the covers too clofely over
the trees.

Inftead of canvas for thefe covers, oiled papers may
be ufed, which fhould be done in the manner dired-
ed for raiflng of Melons, by patting as many fheets of
paper together, as will fit the frames on which they
are to be fixed ; and when the pafte is dry, the paper
fhould be fattened into the frames, and then the oil
rubbed over on the outfide with a brufh, which will
foak through the paper, and when the paper is dry,
the covers may be ufed. This paper will laft very
well one feafon, and the expence of repairing it will
not be very great •, wherefore thefe are to be prefer-
red to the canvas, becaufe all forts of plants will
thrive much better under them, than they will under
canvas, or any other clofe covering, which will not
admit the rays of the light fo well through to the plants.
The frames defigned for either canvas or paper may
be made much flighter than thofe for glafs, becaufe
thefe being very light, will not require fo much
ftrength tolupport them and if thefe are well paint-
ed, and every year, when their ufe is over, carried
into fhelter, they will laft a long time, for they will
not be wanted abroad longer than three months, viz.
from the beginning of March to the end of May ^ for
after this time the fruit will not require any covering,
the trees being then full of leaves, and the young
fhoots will by that time have made fuch progrefs, as to
become a good defence for the fruit-, but thefe covers
fhould not be too fuddenly taken away, but by de-
grees the trees ftiould be inured to the open an, other-
wifi* the change will be too great, and may occafion

W A L

moft of the fruit to fall off) efpecially if cold nights
fhould follow.

By this method gentlemen may be fupplied with moft
of the beft kinds of fruit in the northern parts of
England, Where without fome fuch care, they cannot
expeft much good fruit in their gardens. And as
coal is in great plenty iri thofe places, the expence
will be very little ; therefore I am furprifed that moft
of the gentlemen who live in the north, do not put
this method in pra&ice.' That there are fome few of
thefe Walls built in the north is well known, but then
they are chiefly defigned to produce a little early
fruit, more for curiofity than any real ufe 5 and thefe
Walls are, for the moft part, fo ill contrived, that
four times the fuel is expended, as will be requifite
when the Walls are built after the manner here di-
rected ; and where the heat is not pretty equally dis-
tributed through every part of the Wall, fome of the
trees will have too much heat, while others will have
little benefit from the fires.

There are fome perfons who build their hot Walls in
fuch a manner, as to have the greateft heat under the
r border, near the roots of the trees, fuppofing there
is a neceflity for heat to the roots, as well as the
branches ; but this is a great miftake, for the fires
muft greatly injure the roots of the trees, by drying
up the moifture of the earth, as alfo in fcorching the
tender fibres of thofe roots which lie near them ;
therefore this pra&ice fhould not be continued, for it
is much the better method to elevate the firft flue
nine inches or a foot above the level of the border,
according as the ground is dry or wet, than to place
it the leaft below ground, which will only dry the
earth, and not warm the air about the trees, which is
the only ufe of artificial heat ; for it is very common-
ly pra&ifed to draw a branch of a Vine, or other
fruit-tree, into a ftove, which branch will produce
its fruit as early as if the whole tree had been forced j
when, at the fame time, all the other branches of the
fame tree, which are expofed to the open air, will
not be the leaft forwarded, though they are all nourifh-
ed by the fame root ; which is a plain proof, that
there is no neceflity for adding any warmth to the
roots of fruit-trees, to have their fruit earlier qr better
ripened.

I have alfo heard of fome Walls Which have been built
for forcing of fruit, with one continued chafm from
their bottoms to the top, fo that they have been like
double Walls, with places at proper diftances to make
the fires ; but thefe can be of little ufe, for if the Walls
are open at their tops to let out the fmoke, the heat
will alio efcape with it becaufe, if the fmoke be not
led'about three or four times in flues in order to warm
the bricks, the heat will pafs off at the top, without
doing much fervice to the trees.

Where the Walls are planted with the beft kinds of
fruit, which are defigned to ripen them in perfedtion,
if the autumns ftiould prove cold, or very wet, before
the fruit are ripe, it will be proper to put the covers
over the trees and if there are fome flow fires made
to dry off the damps, it will be of great ufe to pre-
vent the fruit from growing mouldy, and to haften
their ripening ; but when this is pra&ifed, the covers
fhould be taken off, whenever the weather will ad-
mit of it, that the fruit may enjoy the benefit of the
free air, without which they will be infipid or ill-tafted.
Although in the [former diredtions for forcing trees
in order to have early fruit, I have advifed, that fuch
trees fhould have one or two years reft in order to re-
cover vigour, yet that is not to be underftood of thefe
trees, which are only defigned to be brought forward
enough to produce their fruit in perfedlion ; for as the
fires are not defigned to be made till the beginning of
March, the trees will not be weakened thereby, be-
caufe they will be inured to the open air long before
their fruit is ripe, and will have time to ripen their
fhoots, and form their buds for the next year’s bear-
ing therefore thefe trees may be thus forced every
year, without doing them much injury, provided
they are carefully rpanaged.

2

In

In forcing of fruit-trees people generally hang up
thermometers under their glaffes, for the better ad-
jufting the heat and regulating the fires •, but when
this is°p radii fed, they Ihould be hung where the fun
can never fhine on them, for one hour’s fun-ftfine
upon the ball or tube of the thermometer, in the
fpring of the year, will fo much rarefy the fpirits,
that they will rife to the top of the tube, when, at
the fame time, the circumambient air may not be
much more than of a temperate heat ; but as the
principal ufe of thefe thermometers is to regulate the
fires, they are feldom of much ufe in the day time ■,
becaufe, if there be only one hour’s fun-ftfine in the
day on the glaffes, it will warm the air lufficiently for
the production of European fruits, without any addi-
tional heat •, wherefore there will rarely be occafion
for continuing of the fires in the day, unlefs the wea-
ther fhould prove very bad. And if, by the fires in
the night, the air is warmed to the temperate point
marked on the botanic thermometers, the fruit will
thrive much better than in greater heat.

There are lome perlons near London, who make it
their bufinefs to raife early fruit to fupply the mar-
kets, which they perform by the heat of dung only,
having no fire Walts in their gardens. The method
which thefe people follow, is to have a good quantity
of new dung laid in a heap to warm (after the fame
manner as ispraftifed for making of hot-beds.) When
this dung is in a proper temperature of heat, they lay
it dole on the back fide of their fruit Wall, about four
feet thick at the bottom, and Hoping to about ten
inches or a foot thick at the top. This dung fhould
be gently beat down with a fork to prevent the heat
p-oing-off too foon, but it ihould not be trodden down
too hard, left that ihould prevent its heating. The
outfide of the dung fhould be laid as ftnooth as poffi-
ble, that the wet may run off more eafily ; and if there
is a covering of thatch, as is fometimes pradliled, it
preierves the dung from rotting too foon, whereby the
heat is continued the longer. The time for laying
this dung to the back of the Wall is fomewhat later
than for making the fires, i. e. about the middle of
February. The firft parcel of dung will continue
warm about a month or five weeks, when there fhould
be a fupp3y of new dung prepared, and the old taken
quite away, or mixed up with this new dung, to re-
new the heat, which, if it works kindly, will be fuf-
ficient to laft the feafon. Thefe Walls are covered with
glaffes or oiled paper, in the fame manner as the fire
Walls, and the trees muft be treated in the fame wav ;
but there mull be more care taken to open the glaffes
againft thefe Walls, whenever the weather will per-
mit, otherwife the ftegm of the dung will occafion a
great dampnefs through the Wall, which, if pent in
about the trees, will be very pernicious to them, efpe-
cially at the time they are in flower.

By this method fome gardeners have forced long
Walls filled with old well-grown fruit-trees, which
have produced great quantities of fruit annually,
which has well an'fwered their expence •, but as, in
many pares of England,’ it will be very difficult to
procure a fufficient quantity of new dung for this pur-
pofe, therefore fire Walls are moll uleful, and leaf!:
expen five in inch places.

I have fecn in fome places fong timber fences erefted
to force fruit-trees, by laying new dung againft the
back fide, in the fame manner as is p raft i fed for the
Walls, but thefe are by no means proper, becaufe
the (team of the dung will eafily get through every
little crack or joint oi the boards, to the great pre-
judice of the trees; befides, thefe boards will continue
very damp, as long as any moifture remains in the
dung, which will alfo be very injurious to them ; and
as thefe boards will in a few years decay, thele will be
more expenfive than Walls, if they are kept in repair
for fome years, and will never anfwer the defign fo
well.

W A L L FLO W E R< See G heiranthus.

W A L N U T. See Juglans.

WA ETHER I A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 741,*

W A L

The Characters are.

The flower is ofl the malvaceous tribe , and has a cup -
JJoaped permanent empalement ofl one leaf, cut into five
points at the rim ; it hat five heart-floaped petals which
fprlad. open , arid five fiamina , joined in a cylinder , termi-
nated by loofle flummits , and an oval germen , fupporting a.
Jingle fiyle , crowned by a bifid Jiigma. The germen turns
to an oval capflule with one cell , inclofing one obtufe feed.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s fixteenrh clafs, which includes thofe plants
whole flowers have five ftamina joined in one body or
column.

The Species are,

1. Waltheria ( Americana ) foliis oval! bus plicatis fer-
rato-dentatis capitulis pedunculatis. Lin. Sp. Plant.
941. Waltheria with oval plaited leaves, which are flaw-
indented , and the flowers on foot-ftalks. Althaea Ame-
ricana purnila, fiore luteo ipicato. Breyn. Cent. 1. f.
57. Low American Marfij Mallow With a yellow flpiked
ficiver.

2. Waltheria ( Indica ) foliis ovatis ferratis plicatis, ca-
pitulis feffilibus. Prod. Leyd. 348. Waltheria with oval „
flawed , plaited leaves , and the heads ofl flowers fitting
clofe to the branches. Betonica arborelcens, villofis fo-
liis profunde venofis, floribus ex alis foliorum glome-
ratis. Pluk. Mant. 31,

3. Waltheria ( Angufii folia ) foliis lanceolatis ferratis,
capitulis pedunculatis. Prod. Leyd. 348. Waltheria
with fpear-Jhaped jawed leaves , and heads of flowers upon
foot-ftalks. Betonica arborefeens Maderafpatana villofa,
foliis profunde venofis. Pluk. Aim. 67. tab. 1 50. T ree-
like Betony of Madras , with hairy deep-veined leaves.

This genus of plants is deferibed in the French Me-
moirs of the Academy of Sciences, by Monf. D’lf-
nard, who has given it the tide of Monofpermakhaea,
from the habit of the plant being like Althaea ; and,
having a Angle feed to each flower, he compounded
this name ; but Dr. Linnaeus has altered it to this of
Waltheria, in honour of Auguftus Frederic Walther,
Profeffor at Leipfic, who is a curious botanift.

The firft fort grows naturally in the Brafils, and alfo
in many parts of the iflands in the Vfeft-Indies ; it has
a foft ligneous ftalk which rifes about twro feet high,
fending out tv/ o or three fide branches. The leaves
are oblong, oval, plain, and flawed on their edges, of
a pale yellowifli green colour, foft and hairy, and are
placed alternately. The flowers are collefted in a clofe
thick fpike at the top of the ftalk, having foft hairy
empalements ; they are compoled of five petals, con-
nefted at their bafe, which are fmall, of a bright yel-
low colour, and fpread open ; thefe are each fucceeded
by angular feeds which ripen in the empalement. It
flowers in July and Auguft, and the feeds ripen in
autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in both Indies; this
rifes with a ilirubby branching ftalk to the height of
eight or ten feet, covered with foft hairs. The leaves
are placed alternately upon foot-ftalks ; they are four
inches long, and two broad in the middle, and are
rounded at both ends, of a yellowifli green colour,
very hairy and foft, having feveral longitudinal veins.
From the wings of the branches arife the foot-ftalks of
the flowers, which fit clofe to the branches, and are
terminated by clufters of very fmall yellow flowers,
which juft peep out of their foft hairy empalements.
The flowers are fucceeded by a Angle feed wrapped
in the empalement of the flower. It flowers moft of
the fummer months, and the feeds ripen in lucceffion.
The third fort grows naturally at Campeachy and in
India ; from the firft place the feeds were lent me.
The ftalks of this are ligneous ; they rife fix or feven
feet high, dividing into feveral branches, which are lei's
hairy than thofe of the former fort. The leaves are
fpear-ihaped, about three inches and a half long, and
one inch and a half broad ; they are of a yellowifli
green colour, fawed on their edges, and hairy, but are
not fo foft as thofe of the former, having many veins
running from the midrib, handing upon long foot-
ftalks. The flowers are very fmall, yellow, and are
collefted into round clufters, Handing upon very fhorc

1 4 P fo® t-

foot-ftalks-, clofe to the wings of the leaves ; thefe ap-
pear in June, July, and Auguft, and the feeds ripen
in autumn.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which muft
be fown on a hot-bed ; and when the plants are fit to

1 transplant, they muft be each planted into a feparate
fmall pot, and plunged into a frefh hot-bed, and af-
terward treated in the fame manner as other tender
plants of the fame country, for they muft be kept in
the bark-ftove, otherwife they will not thrive in Eng-
land. The fecond year the plants will flower and
produce good feeds, but the plants may be continued
three or four years if they are often fhifted, and the
roots pared, to keep them within compafs •, for if they
are permitted to remain long undifturbed in the tan-
bed, their roots will run out through the holes in the
bottom of the pots, and extend to a great diftance in
the tan •, and when this happens, if their roots are
torn, or cut off, the plants feldom furvive it. When
the plants root into the tan, they grow very luxuriant,
and cannot be kept.within reafpnable compafs ; but on
their roots being difturbed, their branches will hang,
and their leaves flirivel up and drop off; therefore,
to keep thefe plants within bounds, they fhould be
drawn up out of the tan at leaft once in fix weeks,
during thediimmer feafon, and the plants fhifted out
of the pots once in two months ; with this manage-
ment the two laft forts may be continued feveral years,
but the firft feldom lives longer than two years.

WARNERA. Hydraftis. Lin. Gen. 704.

The Characters are,

! The flower hath no empalement , hut conjifls of three oval
regular petals , including a great number of linear com-
preffed Jla?nina which arc Jhorter than the petals , termi-
nated by obtufe comprejfed fummits. It hath many ger-
men collected into an oval head , having fhort flyles , crowned
by broad comprejfed ftigmas. Yhe germen becomes one
berry , compofed of many oblong acini like Strawberries , in-
cluding one oblong feed in each.

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fedtion
of Linnaeus’s thirteenth clafs, which contains thole
plants whofe flowers have many male and female or-
gans of generation.

The tide of this genus is given to it in honour of
Richard Warner, Efq; of Woodford-row, Effex, who
is a very curious botanift, and a great collector of
growing plants.

We know but one Species of this plant at prefent,
viz.

Warnera ( ’Canaderjis .) Warner a , or Yellow Root. Hy-
draftis. Lin. Sp. 784. Water Herb.

This plant grows naturally in Canada, and feveral
other parts of North America; the root is compofed
of thick flelhy tubers of a deep yellow colour within,
but covered by a brown fkin, fending out fibres from
feveral parts in the fpring ; it fends up one or two
foot-ftalks about nine inches high, on which are one
or two lobated leaves on the fide, which are compofed
of hand-lhaped leaves, which are fawed on their bor-
ders ; the foot-ftalk is terminated by one flower, com-,
pofed of three oval white petals, including many fta-
rnina and ftyles, and is fucceeded by a fruit compofed
of many acini like thofe of Strawberries, which when
ripe, change to a red colour ; it flowers in May, and
the fruit is ripe in July.

This plant is pretty uncommon in the Englifli gar-
dens, where it does not increafe much ; it delights in
great fhade and moifture ; for when it is planted in
dry ground, or much expofed to the fun, it rarely
lives through one fummer. Therefore it fhould be
planted in a moift loamy foil, in a fhady fituation,
where it fhould remain undifturbed three or four years.

W A T E R is one of the maft confiderable requifites be-
longing to a garden : if a garden be without it, it
brings a certain mortality upon whatfoever is planted.
By waterings the great droughts in fummer are al-
layed, which would infallibly burn up moft plants,
had we not the help of Water to qualify the exceffive
heats ; befides, as to noble feats, the beauty that

Water will add, in making jets d’eau, and cafcades,
which are fome of the nobleft ornaments of a garden,
if rightly placed. I final! firft take notice of the qua-
lities of Water, with the feveral opinions of the moft
eminent phiiofophers thereon, and then take notice
of the beauty which large pieces of Water add to fuch
leats as are conveniently fituated for them.

Sir Ifaac Newton defines Water (when pure) to 'be a
very fluid lalt, volatile, and void of all favour and
tafte ; and it leems to con fill of fmall, hard, porous,
fpherical particles of equal diameters, and equal fpe-
cific gravities ; and alio that there are between them
fpaces io large, and ranged in fuch a manner, as to be
pervious on all fides.

Their fmoothnefs accounts for their Aiding eafily over
the furfaces of one another.

Their fphericity keeps them from touching one ano-
ther in more points than one* and by both thefe, their
fri&ions, in Aiding over one another, are rendered
the leaft poffible.

The hardnefs of them accounts for the incomprdJi-
bility of Water, when it is free from the intermixture
of air.

The porofity of Water is fo very great, that there is
at leaft forty times as much fpace as matter in it, for
Water is nineteen times fpecifically lighter than gold,
and of confequence rarer in the fame proportion ; but
gold will, by preffure, let Water pafs through its
pores, and therefore may be fuppofed to have (at leaft)
more pores than folid parts.

Monf. Le Clerc fays there are thefe things obfervable
in Water, which naturaiifts ftudy to know, and ac-
count for :

1. It is tranfparent; becaufe, as lotne are of opinion,
it confifts of flexible particles like ropes, which are
not fo clofe as to leave no pores, nor fo entangled,
but that there are right lines enough to tranfmit the
fight.

For fince the particles are not joined clofe together,
and in perpetual motion, the very particles of light
eafily pafs through their right lines, unleis the Water
be very deep, or put into motion by fome outward
caufe ; then, indeed, the tranfparency of Water is
very much obftruded, and it looks of a cloudy obfcure
colour, as it is obvious to fight in a rough fea, for
at fuch a time the vehement agitation of the Water
difturbs their pores, and fpoiis their ftraitnefs.

2. Water is liquid, but capable of being fixed. Wa-
ter feems to be liquid for the fame reafon that other
bodies are fo ; for fince the particles of it are flexible
like ropes, and leave pores between one another,
which are filled with finer matter ; when this matter
is put into a vehement commotion, the particles are
eafily tolled about every where ; yet when the motion
of this reftlefs matter is reftrained, as it is in winter,
then the Water congeals into ice, whether this comes
of cold only, or there be, befides, nitrous particles,
which fall out of the air at that time, and with their
rigidnefs fix the watery ones.

3. It may be made hot or cold, the particles of Wa-
ter being, as has before been faid, ice, are foon dil-
folved by the motion of thofe of fire ; for the particles
of fire, getting into the pores of the ice, mightily
ftiake the fine flexible particles of it, and reftore them
to their former motion in a little time.

But, if this Water be fet in cold air, the fiery parti-
cles will foon vanilh, and the Water become as cold
as before.

4. Water eafily evaporates by the heat of fire or air.
This is becaufe its particles are quickly feparated, and
got into motion ; fo that the airy particles eafily carry
thofe of the Water about with them.

5. It is heavy, if compared with air, and fome other
bodies, but much heavier than air. It has been fhewn,
by various experiments, that the gravity of the air in
the place where we live, is to that of Water, as one to
eight hundred, or fomething more ; fo that Water is
eight hundred times heavier than air. And for this
reafon a bladder, or any other thing, filled with air,

can

WAT

can hardly be funk underWater 5 and indeed, to make
air fink, there mufi be a weight added to it that fhali
exceed the weight of the Water as much, and fome-
thing more, than that of the Water exceeds that of
the air.

Hence it comes to pafs, that Water eafily fupports
wood, and vaft Ihips fraught with the heavieft cargo ;
for the weight alone will never fink them, unlefs the
goods and vefiel together fhould make up a weight
which exceeds that of Water ; and as fait Water is
heavier than frefh, it bears a greater weight.

Thofe things which are heavier than Water, as ftones,
metals, &c. when they are thrown into it, go ftrait
down to the bottom ; and as their weight is greater,
by lo much the quicker ; while other bodies, which,
are of the fame weight with the Water, neither float on
the furface, nor fink quite down, but remain fufpended
between the top and bottom, as is feen in the carcafes
of animals.

6. Water is infipid, and without fmell. The reafon is,
becaufe its flexible parts flip gently over the tongue,
and are not fharp enough to prick the nerves, and af-
febt the tafte •, but this is to be underftood of pure Wa-
ter, void of all kind of fait, fuch as diftilled Water is,
and next, that of rain ; for the moll wholefome foun-
tain Water commonly derives a faltnefs from the earth;
though in this place are not meant medicinal fountain
AVaters, the tafte of which is more acute, but fuch
Water as is ufually drank.

And that it is without fmell ; the purer any Water is,
the lefs fmell it has ; for the reafon why the particles
do not prick the tongue, is the reafon why they do
not afleft the fmell. The flexibility and lmoothnefs
of Water is fuch, that they cannot pierce the olfaftory
nerves ; for fome fountain Water has indeed fome
fmell, but then it is a fign that it is not pure.

7. Water is fubjed to putrify, according as the place
is where it is kept. Water will stow thick and ftink-
ing by heat and reft, as we find it does in ponds and
marfiies, and in clofe vefiels ; but here it ought to be
remembered, that this is what was fpoken of before,
as fuch Water is not pure, for unmixed Water cannot
putrify. This is proved,

Firft, by diftilled Water, which may be kept very
long without putrefadion.

Secondly, in rain Water, which is caught in clean
vefiels, and prefen tly flopped up clofe, and buried un-
der ground, which is kept many years in countries
where they want fountains. This fhews that the caufe
of putrefadion is not in the Water itfelf, but in other
things that are mingled with it ; becaufe pure Water,
fuch as is diftilled, or comes from the clouds, keeps
fiweet for a great while ; but then thofe vefiels in
which fuch Water is kept, muft be fo well flopped,
that the leaft fly may not get into them ; and they
muft be made of fuch fluff as will not corrupt, fuch
as glafs or clay.

But as for ftanding Water, in ponds or marfhes, that
is corrupted two ways :

1. By the nature of the foil, which often abounds with
no i fome fulphur, whereby the Water is impregnated,
and comes to fmell in warm weather, as it does at Am-
fterdam, not only in the canals, but wherever the
ground is opened for the foundations of houfes.
This putrefadion is owing to the foil, and not to the
Water.

2. By the nafty things that are thrown into it, or bo-
dies of infeds which die in it, as alfo by the eggs of
flies, which are dropped about wherever they go, and
breed worms. Water is corrupted in wooden vefiels,
efpecially at fea, by the fulphureous parts of the wood,
and by uncleanly things, as flies, eggs, &c.

Water penetrates the pores of thofe bodies, whofe
pores are wide enough to receive its particles ; thus
it enters the pores of fugar and falts, fo as to feparate
and quite difTolve their particles ; but it cannot get
into the pores of ftones, or but a very little way ; fo
that it only wets their furface, without diluting them ;
hangs on the outfide of them, becaufe they are rough,
and becaufe the extremities of their pores are open a

little wav.' But fuch bodies* when they are wet, are
foon dried in the air, becaufe the motion of the dry
particles carries off the foft and fmooth ones of the
Water.

It is obfervable, that if bodies, rubbed over with oil
or fat, be dipped in water, they get very little wet*
becaufe the roughnefs of their furface, whereon the
W ater fhould hang, is fmoothed, and made even by
the fat, and the mouths of the pores are clofed up,
fo that there is nothing left for the watery particles to
hold by, and therefore they muft needs Aide off.

Moft liquors are formed by the cohefion of particles
of different figures, magnitudes, gravities, and at-
tractive powers, fwimming in pure Water, or an aque-
ous fluid, which feems to be the common bails of
all. And the only reafon why there are fo many
forts of Water differing from one another by different
properties, is, that the corpufcles of falts and mine-
rals, with which that dement is impregnated, are
equally various.

Wine is only Water impregnated with particles of
Grapes, and beer is Water impregnated with particles
of Barley, &c. All fpirits feem to be Water faturated
with faline and fulphureous particles.

And all liquors are more or lefs fluid, according to
the greater or fmaller cohefion of the particles, which
fwim in the aqueous fluid ; and there is hardly any
fluid without any cohefion of particles, not even pure
Water itfelf, as will appear from the bubbles, which
will fometimes ftand on the furface of it as well as on
that of fpirits, and other liquors.

Water contributes much to the growth of bodies, in
that it both renders and keeps the adtive principles
fluid, fo that they are capable of being conveyed by
circulation into the pores.

The learned Dr. Halley has demonftrated, that if an
atom of Water be expanded into a fhell or bubble,
whofe diameter fhali be ten times as great as before,
fuch an atom would be fuperficially lighter than the
air, and will rife fo long as that flatus, or warm fpirit,
which at firft feparated or raifed it horn the mafs of
Water, fhali continue to diftend it to the fame degree •,
but when that warmth declines, and the air grows
cooler, and withal fpecifically lighter, thefe vapours
will flop at a certain region of the air, or elfe defcend.
Therefore, if it fhould be fuppofed, that the whole
earth were covered with Water, and that the fun
fhould make his diurnal courfe round it, as now he
does, he is of opinion, that the air would be i mpreg-
nated with a certain quantity of aqueous vapours,
which it would retain in it, like falts diffolved in Wa-
ter ; and that the fun in the day time warming the air,
that part of the atmofphere would fuftain a greater
proportion of vapours (as warm weather will hold
more fait in it diffolved than cold) which by the ab-
fence of the vapours at night would be difcharged in-
to dews.

And in this cafe he concludes, there could not be any
diverllty of weather, other than periodically every
year alike ; the mixture of all terreftrial, faline, and
heterogeneous vapours here being excluded, which he
judges to be, when varioufly compounded, and driven
by winds, which are the caufes of thefe various feafons
and changes of weather which we now find.

But, inftead of fuppoflng an earth to be covered all
over with Water, you fuppofe the fea interfperfed
about wide and fpacious tratfts of land, and alfo di-
vided by high ridges of mountains, fuch as the Alps,
the Appenine, and the Pyrenean, in Europe ; the
Caucafus, the Imaus, and the Taurus, in Afia ; the
Mount Atlas, and the mountains of the Moon, in
Africa; the Andes and Apalachian mountains, in Ame-
rica ; each of which- furpaffes the ufual height, to
which the aqueous vapours do of themfelves afcend,
and on the tops of which the air is fo cold and rare-
fied, as to retain but a- final! part of thefe vapours,
which are brought thither by the winds:

Then the vapours thus raifed from the fea, and carried
by the winds over the low lands to thofe ridges of
mountains, are there compelled by the fleams of the

air.

fl . v ' <

W A T

air, to mount with it up to their tops, where the
'Water prefently precipitates, gleeting down by the
crannies of the Hones ; and part of the vapours enter-
ing into the caverns of the hills, the Water thereof
gathers, as in an alembic, in the bafons of Hones ; and
thele being once full, the overplus of the Water runs
down at the loweH place of the bafon, and breaking
out by the files of the hills, form fingle fprings,
many of which run down by the vallies or guts be-
tween the ridges of the hills, and, after uniting, form
little rivulets or brooks •, and many of tbefe meeting
again, form large rivers.

Whether Water be originally a fluid ? It is a point
that has been controverted among philofophers, whe-
ther fluidity be the natural Hate of Water, or rather the

effedt of violence.

Sometimes we find it appear in a fluid form, and
fometimes in a folid one-, and as the former is the
more ufual in our warmer climate, we are apt to con-
clude fluidity to be its proper Hate, and fuppofe the
other to proceed from the extraneous action of cold.
But the learned Boerhaave afferts the contrary, and
maintains, that Water is of the cryftalline kind be-
caufe wherever a certain degree of fire (heat) is want-
ing to keep it in fufion, it readily grows into a hard
glebe, which we call ice.

Mr. Boyle is much of the fame opinion he obferves,
that ice is commonly reputed to be Water, brought
into a preternatural Hate by cold. But with regard to
the nature of things, and fetting afide our arbitrary
ideas, it might as juHly be laid, that Water is ice, pre-
ternaturally thawed by heat. If it be urged, that ice
left to itfelf will, upon the freezing agents being re-
moved, return to Water, it may be anfwered. That,
not to mention the fiYow and ice that lie all the rum-
mer long on the Alps, and other high mountains, even
in the torrid zone, we have been a filmed, that in fome
parts of Siberia the furface of the ground continues
more months of the year frozen, by the natural tem-
perature of the climate, than it has been thawed by the
heat of the fun and a little below the furface of the
ground, the Water which chances to be lodged in the
cavities there, continues in a Hate of ice all the year
round fo that when, in the heat of fummer, the fields
are covered with Corn, if you dig three or four feet
deep, you (hall find ice, and a frozen foil.

Dr. Boerhaave is of opinion, That if Water could be
had alone and pure, it would have all the requifites
of an element, and be as fimple as fire ; but there
has been no expedient hitherto found out for making
it fuch.

Rain Water, which feems to be the pureH of all thofe
we know of, is replete with infinite exhalations of all
kinds, which it imbibes from the air, fothat though it
be filtered and diHilled ever fo often, yet there Hill re-
main feces.

The pureH of all Waters we can any way arrive at, is
that diHilled from fnow, gathered in a clear, Hill,
pinching night, in fome very high place, taking none
but the outer, or fuperficial part thereof. By a num-
ber of repeated diftillations thereof, the greateH part
of the earth, and other feces, may be feparated from it;
and this is what we muH be content to call pure Water.
Mr. Boyle indeed relates, that a friend of his by dis-
tilling a quantity of Water a hummed times, found at
length, that he had got fix tenths of the quantity in
earth : whence he concludes, that the whole W ater,
by the further profecuting the operation, might be
converted into earth.

But it fhould be confidered, that as the Water cannot
be removed or poured into a veffel, without the mix-
ture of fome duft with it, fo neither can the luting of
the veffel be diHilled without lofing fomething every
time ; therefore Dr. Boerhaave rather concludes, That
the Water thus often diHilled, might acquire new
earth from the duft floating in the air, and the inftru-
ments employed in the operation,

That author affures us, That after he had diHilled
fome very pure Water by a gentle fire, for the {pace
of four months, it appeared perfectly pure ; and yet

WAT

leaving it to reft in veffeis perfectly clofed, it conceiv-
ed a certain kind of weedy matter, fomewhat like the
ftamina of plants, or the little tufts of a mucilage
and yet it is related that Schotus faw Water in Ker-
cher’s Mufeum, that had been kept in a veffel her-
metically fealed upwards of fifty years ; and yet it
Hill remained clear and pure, and Hood to the fame
height in the veffel as at the firff, without the leaff
fign of fediment.

Dr. Boerhaave adds, That he is convinced nobody
ever faw a drop of pure Water ; that the utmoft of
its purity known, only amounts to its being free
from this and that fort of matter; and that it can ne-
ver, for inftance, be quite deprived of its fait, fince
air will always accompany it, and that has always fait.
Water feems to be diffufed every where, and to be
prefent in all fpace where there is matter. There is
not a body in all nature but will yield Water. It is
alfo afferted, that even fire itfelf is not without Waten
A fingle grain of the moft fiery fait, which in a mo-
ment’s time will penetrate through a man’s hand,
readily imbibes half it's weight of Water, and melts
even in the drieft air imaginable. Thus fait of tar-
tar, placed near the hotteff fire, will attract or im-
bibe Water, and by that means increafe confidersbly
its weight in a fmall time. So in the drieft fummer’s
day, a pewter veffel with ice in it, brought up from
fome cold fubterraneous place, into the hotteft room,
will immediately be covered with little drops of Wa-
ter gathered from the contiguous air, and condenfed
by the coldnefs of the ice.

Even dry bodies afford a plenteous ftock of Water.
Dr. Boerhaave fays, oil of vitriol, being expofed a
long time to a violent fire, to feparate all the Water
from it as much as poffible, did afterwards, by only
ftanding a few minutes, con trad frefh Water fo faft,
as foon to afford it as plenteoufly as at firft.

And that; hartfhorn that had been kept for forty years,
and was as hard and dry as any metal, fo that if
ftruck againft a flint, it would yield fparks of fire ;
yet this very hartfhorn being put into a glafs veflel,
and diftilled, afforded him one eighth of its quantity
of Water. He adds : we have known bones dead
dried twenty-five years, and thus become almoft as
hard as iron, which yet, by di (filiation, afforded half
their weight of Water ; and the hardeft {tones ground
and diftilled, always difeover a portion thereof.

Mr. Boyle, by diftillation, found that eels yielded
fome oil, ipirit, and volatile fait, befides the caput
mortuum ; yet all thefe were fo difproportionate to
the Water, that they feemed to have been nothing
but that coagulated.

The fame author, from human blood itfelf, as fpiri-
tuous and elaborate a liquor as it is reputed, did, by
diftillation, out of leven ounces and a half, draw near
fix of phlegm, before ever any other of the principles
began to rife.

Vipers, though they are efteemed hot in operation,
and will, in a convenient air, furvive for fome days
the lolls of their heads and hearts, yet it is furprifing
how great a (hare of Water they yield by diftillation.
Some have been of the opinion, that Water was the
common matter of all bodies. And Thales, with
fome other philofophers, have held, that all things
were made of Water; which opinion, probably had
its rife from the writings of Mofes, where he fpeaks
of the Spirit of God moving upon the face of the
Waters. \

But Mr. Boyle does not conceive the Water here
mentioned by Mofes, as the univerfai matter, to be
our elementary Water ; fince though we fhould fup-
pofe it to have been an agitated congeries, confifting
of a great variety of feminal principles, and of other
corpufcles fit to be fubdued and fafhioned by them,
it yet might be a body fluid like Water, in cafe the
corpufcles it was made up of were, by their Creator,
made fmall enough, and put into fuch an actual mo-
tion as.might make them all roll, and glide over one
another.

However,

W A T

However, Bans Valentine, Paracelfus, Van Helmont,
Bentivoglio, and others have maintained, on his prin-
ciples, that Water is the elemental matter or ftamen
of ail things, and that it fuffices for the production
of all things ; which Helmont endeavours to prove
from the following experiment.

He burnt a quantity, of earth in a potter’s veffel, till
filch time as all the oil it contained was quite con-
fumed-, then mixing it with Water, he drew out all
the fait. The earth thus prepared, he put into an
earthen pot, fuch as is ufed by gardeners, and took
care that nothing but rain Water could enter into the
fame ; and yet a Willow being planted in this earth,
grew up to a confiderable height ; whence he con-
cluded, that Water was the only nutriment of the ve-
getable kind, as vegetables are of the animal.

The fame thing Mr. Boyle likewife argued from a
fimilar experiment, and the whole is countenanced by
Sir Ifaac Newton, who obferves, that Water Banding
a few days in the open air, yields a tinfture, which,
like that 'of irialt, by Banding longer, yields a fedi-
ment and a fpirit -, but before putrefa&ion, is fit nou-
rifhment for animals and vegetables.

But Dr. Woodward endeavours to ffiew, that they
were both miBaken ; proving, that Water contains in
it divers extraneous corpufcles, and that fome of thefe
are the proper matter of nutrition ; Water being
found to afford fo much the lefs nouriBiment, the
more it is purified. Thus Mint planted in Water pu-
rified by difiillation, will not grow fo faB, as if put in
Water not diBilled ; and if the Water be diBilled
three or four times over, the plant will fcarce grow
at all, or receive any nouriBiment from it.

So that Water as fuch, is not the proper nutriment
of vegetables, but only the vehicle thereof ; which
contains the nutritious particles, and carries them along
with it through all the parts of the plants fo that a
Water plant, e. g. a Water Crefs, being put in a
glafs veffel full of "Water, will be found to contain
the more fait and oil.

In effedt. Water nourifhes the lefs, the more it is
purged of its faponaceous falts, in its pure Bate it may
fuffice to extend or fwell the parts, but affords no new
vegetable matter.

Of the fluidity of V/ater .

Water, fays Dr. Boerhaave, is fiuid, but the fluidity
is not natural thereto ; for naturally, it is of the crys-
talline kind ; and accordingly, wherever a certain
degree of fire is wanting, there we fee Water be-
come ice. That this ice is the proper effect of the
want of heat, and not of any additional fpicula intro-
duced into the Water, as Mariotte and others con-
tend, is evident enough, were it only hence, that on
this fuppofition, it could not penetrate the fubBance
of all bodies, as we find it does, and even that of
metals.

This Water in its Bate of folution, never remains at
reff ; its parts are in perpetual motion, as was firB
difeovered by the French with the help of micro-
fcopes-, and is farther confirmed by this, that if a
little Saffron be fufpended in the middle of a veffel
full of Water, the Saffron colour will in a little time,
form as it were, a kind of atmofphere around, and at
length be diffufed through the whole Water. Now
this could no way be effe&ed without a motion of the
watery particles among each other. Add, that if
you caff a quantity of the drieff fait, in the coldeff
weather into Water, it will foon be diffolved ; which
argues the continual motion of the particles of that
element.

He adds, that he had more than once filled a large
wide veffel with Water, and narrowly watched with a
good microfcope, but could never perceive it without
fome fort of undulatory motion.

Water fcarce ever continues two moments exactly of
the fame weight but is always varying more or lefs,
by reafon of the air and fire contained in it. Thus
if you lay a piece of pure limpid ice in a nice balance.

W A T

you will find it continue in equilibria. The expan-
sion of Water, in boiling, fhews what effect the dif-
ferent degree that fire has on the gravity of Water.
This uncertainty makes it difficult to fix the fpecific
gravity of V/ater, in order to fettle its degree of pu-
rity ; but this we may fay in the general, that the
pureff W ater we can procure is, that which weighs
880 times as much as air.

However, neither have we any tolerable Bandard for
air; for Vfater being fo much heavier than afr, the
more Water is contained in air, the heavier of courfe
muff it be ; as in effect, the principal part of the
weight of the atmofphere, feems to arife from the
Water.

Of all Waters, the pureff is that which falls in rain
in a cold feafon, and a Bill day--, and this we mult -
be content to take for elementary "Water. The rain
Water in hammer, or when the atmofphere is in com-
motion it is certain, muff contain infinite kinds of
heterogeneous matter. Thus if you gather the Wa-
ter that falls after a thunder clap in afultry fummer’s
day, and let it Band and fettle, you will find a real
fait ilicking at the bottom -, but in winter, efpecially
when it freezes, the exhalations are but few, fo that
the rain falls without much adulteration ; and hence,
what is thus gathered in the morning, is found of
good ufe for taking aways fpots in the face ; and that
gathered from fnow, againff inflammations in the
eye. Yet this rain Water, with all its purity, may be
filtred arid diBilled a thoufand times, and it will Bill
leave fome feces behind it ; fo that to procure the
pureff Water poffible, a man muft look for it in a
fpacious plain in the winter time, when the earth is
covered with fnow, and its pores locked up v/ith froff.
The next in point of purity is fpring Water. This,
according to Dr. Halley, is collected from the air it-
felf -, which, being faturated with Water, and coming
to be condenfed by the evening’s cold, is driven
againff the cold tops of mountains, where, being far-
ther condenfed and collected, it gleets down or diffils,
as much as in an alembic.

Spring Water becomes the better by running; for
during all its courfe, it is depofiting what heteroge-
neous matters it contained ; but while the river drives
on its Waters in an uninterrupted Bream, all its falts,
with all the vegetable and animal matters drained into
it, either from exhalations, or from the ground it
wadies gradually, either fink to the bottom, or are
driven to the ffiore.

But what Water defeends from fprings on the tops of
mountains, is generally pretty free from heterogene-
ous bodies.

Of the folutive power of Water,

YVater confidered a§ a menffruum, dilfolves,

1 . All falts ; as fugar, borax, &c. which air only
dififolves by virtue of the Water it contains ; which
fire only liquifies, and earth leaves untouched, fo that
Yfater alone is the proper menffruum of falts.

The particles of falts, as has been obferved, can in-
finuate themfelves into the interffices between the par-
ticles of Water ; but when thole interffices are filled
with any fait, the fams Water will not any longer
diffolve the fame fait ; but a fait of another kind it
will, by reafon its particles being of a different form,
will enter and occupy the vacancies left by the for-
mer. And thus again, it will diffolve a third or
fourth fait, &c. So when Water has imbibed its fill
of common fait, it will Bill diffolve nitre ; and when
faturated with heat, will diffolve fal armoniac ; and
fo on.

2. It dilfolves all faline bodies ; it being the conffi-
tuent quality of a faline body, to be uninflammable
and diffoluble in Water. Hence Water may diffolve
all bodies, even the heavieff and moff compact, as
metals, inafmueh as thefe are capable of being reduced
into a faline form ; for thefe may be fo intimately dif-
folved by Water, as to be fuftained therein.

3. It diffolves all faponaceous bodies, l e, all alka-

54 Q. lino us

WAT

linotff falts and oils blended together : thefe two bodies
make a fapo, which is a faline body, but not a fait.
Now oil itfelf is not diffoluble in Water ; but the ad-
mixture of the fait here rendering it faline, Water
readily diffolves it.

All the humours in the human body, are apparently
faline, though none of them are fait itfelf. The fame
may be faid of the juices of ail vegetables, excepting
the oils, which accordingly diffolve in Water.

Saks are the active inftruments of nature j and yet
thefe do not act, unlefs diffoived either by Water or
fire.

4. It diffolves glafs itfelf; for this, if melted with
fait of tartar, becomes foluble in Water.

5. It diffolves all gummous bodies ; this being part
of the definition of a gum, that it diffolves in Water,
in cqntradiftin&ion from a refin : but oleaginous bo-
dies it leaves untouched ; nay, and what is more ex-
traordinary, it repels them ; and by repelling, drives
the oily particles into eddies.

If a hundred drops of oil be thrown upon Water, all
the feveral drops, which before were perfe&ly dif-
perfed, will foon gather together again, and leave
the Water alone ; fo that there fhould be fome re-
pugnance between Water and oil, and fome attraction
between the particles of Water, as alfo between that
of oil.

Add, that Water feems to repel all oleaginous, fatty
bodies, wherein oil predominates ; and hence alfo it
is, that the fatty parts in our bodies efcape being dif-
foived by W ater ; and it is in all probability, by this
means, that fat is collected in the adipofe cells of all
animals.

Nor does Water diffolve fulphur; for though you
boil fulphur ever fo long in Water, yet it will {till re-
main untouched.

Nor does it diffolve terrene or earthy bodies, but ra-
ther unites and confolidates them ; as we fee in tiles,
&c.

Water however, mixed with alkaline falts, diffolves
oil, and oily bodies ; thus though mere Water poured
on greafy wool be repelled thereby, and contributes
nothing towards cleanfing the fame ; yet mix a ftrong
lixivium, or an alkaline fait with the Water, and then
it readily diffolves, and abforbs all that is greafy and
oleaginous ; and thus it is woollen cloths are fcoured.
But neither will Water alone do, as being immifcible
with oil, nor will any other fort of falts ; for fea
Water, with all its falts, will never wafh out any oily
impurities. So, in the ordinary methods of fcouring
and fulling, the fluffs are wafhed in ftale, putrefied,
human urine, which is known to be a thorough alkali.
Laftly ; it does not diffolve refin, as we conceive a
refin to be no other than an infpiffated or concentrat-
ed oil.

Having thus fully treated of the properties of Water
philofophically, I fhall next confider it as effentially
neceffary in gardens for ufe, and alfo of the beauty
which Water adds to gardens, where it can be obtain-
ed in plenty, if it is properly difpofed ; and firft of
its ufe.

In the kitchen-garden, Water is abfolutely neceffary,
for without it there can be little expeCted ; therefore
in fuch places where there cannot be a lupply of Wa-
ter obtained for bafons or ponds, wells muff be dug ;
and where the depth to the Water is too great to be
raifed by pumps, there .muff be either machines for
raffing it contrived, or it muff be drawn by hand ;
but in fuch places which are fo unhappily fituated, as
to require machines for the raffing of Water from a
great depth, there is but fmall encouragement to make
kitchen-gardens ; for then conftant fupplying of Wa-
ter in thofe dry fituations will be attended with great
expence, and generally the produce of fuch land is of
little worth, efpecially in dry feafons.

Where kitchen-gardens are fupplied with Water from
wells, there fhould be a contrivance of large cifterns,
into which the Water fhould be raifed, to beexpofed
to the fun and air fome time before it is ufed ; for
the rawnefs of this Water, when frefh drawn from

W A T

Wells, is not agreeable to the growth of vegetables ;
fo that where large ponds are in the neighbourhood
of thefe gardens, from whence the Water can be led
into them, that is by much the beft for the growth
of vegetables ; next to this, river Water is to be pre-
ferred, efpecially from thofe rivers which run through
or near large towns, where the Water is fattened by
the foil thrown into the rivers ; but the V/ater of
fome very clear rivers, is as hard as that from the
deepeft fprings, rifing through gravel or fand ; but
the fprings iffuing through chalk are generally much
fofter.

If good Water can be obtained in plenty from the
neighbourhood of the kitchen- garden, then there
fhould be two or three bafons made in different parts
of the garden, fo that no part of the garden fhould be
too far diftant from the Water ; for where the Water
is to be carried to a confiderable diftance, the expence
of labour will be great, and there will be great dan-
ger of the plants fuffering, from their being but fpa-
ringly watered ; labourers being very apt to flight their
work, when attended with trouble, if they are not
well looked after. The fize of thefe bafons fhould be
in proportion to the quantity of Water which will be
required, or that they can be fupplied with, but their
depth fhould not be more than four feet ; for when
they are deeper, there is danger of perfons being
drowned, if by accident they fhould fall into them ;
befides Water, when very deep, is not fo well warmed
and tempered by the fun and air, as when it is fhallow ;
therefore the Water of fhallow bafons is beft for the
ufe of gardens.

In making of thefe bafons, there muft be particular
regard had to the natural foil of the garden, . for in
loofe fandy land there will require much care in mak-
ing of the clay walls foas to hold Water ; but where
the ground is loamy, or inclining to clay, there will
be little difficulty in making bafons, and the clay walls
need not be fo thick. Where the ground is loofe,
the clay walls at the bottom fhould not be lefs than
two feet thick, and thofe on the fides one foot and a
half The clay fhould be well wrought over and
trod after it is taken from the pit, before it is ufed in
building the wall. The true fign of good clay is,
that it be clofe and firm, without any mixture of land,
and that it be fat and tenacious in handling : as for
the colour, it is no matter whether it be green, yel-
low, blue, or red ; but before the clay is brought to
the place, the bafon fhould be dug out and formed ;
for if the clay is too long expofed to the fun and air,
it will not be fo fit for ufe, efpecially if it be laid in
fmall parcels.

The beft time of the year for making bafons, is in
autumn when the fun is declining, and the weather
temperate ; for in the fpring of the year the eaft and
north-eaft winds generally blow, which are drying;
fo that the clay walls, which are not very carefully
covered as faft as they are made, very often crack in
many places ; and thefe fmall cracks often grow wider,
and the Water will find a paffage through them. The
fame inconveniency happens from the violent heat of
the fun in fummer ; for when the clay dries faft, it will
be very difficult (not to fay impoftible) to prevent
its cracking, and thefe will let off the W ater-; and
if the clay wall fhould not be well made at firft, it
will be very difficult to mend it after ; befides the
uncertainty there is in finding out the places through
which the Water finds a paffage, which is feldom
done without ftrictly examining every part of the
clay.

When the ground is dug out level, where the bafon
is defigned, the clay muft be brought in, and laid
very carefully in the bottom, being very careful that
no dirt or fmall ftones be mixed with the clay ; and
there muft be fome Water thrown from time to time
upon it, as it is clofely trod by mens naked feet, and
then it muft be rammed very clofe : in the perform-
ing of this, there muft be great care taken that every
part of the clay is equally kneaded and rammed,
without which there will be great danger of the Wa-
ter

W A T

ter making its way through thofe parts of the day
which are not well wrought. After the bottom is fi-
nifned with clay, there Ihould be a ftratum of coarfe
gravel laid over it about four or five inches thick,
which will greatly fecure the clay wall, and render
the Water clear ; but where the bafons are large, fo
that the clay walls are long in making, the clay Ihould
be covered with moift litter to prevent its drying,
which may be taken off when the whole is finifhed,
to lay on the gravel ; but if part of the fide walls
are finifned before this is done, it will be the better,
becaufe there may be fome Water let into the bafon
as foon as the gravel is laid, which will prevent the
clay from cracking •, then the walls round the fide of
the bafon muft be carried up with the fame care as
hath been directed for the bottom, obferving alfo to
cover the clay firft with litter while the work is.carry-
ing on, and afterward lay it with coarfe gravel ; and
as the walls are finifhed round, the Water may be let
in, to fecure the clay from drying and cracking.
When the whole is finifhed, the upper part of the
walls muft be laid with turf, which will fecure them
from being broken, and prevent the fun from pene-
trating the clay ; but before this is done, there muft
be a ftratum of fand laid Upon the clay, four or five
inches thick, and upon this a thin ftratum of good
earth laid, for the Grafs to take root in. The bed
of fand will prevent the Grafs from rooting into the
clay, and this will alfo keep out the froft, which will
penetrate the clay, where there is not a covering of
fand to fecure it, and by being frozen and fwelled,
and afterward drying, the clay is very apt to crack
in many places. The turf on the fide of the bafon
Ihould be laid as far down as the Vfater is apt to
fhrink, that no part of the clay may be wholly ex-
pofed to the weather, for the reafons before given.
Where thefe bafons are made, there fhould be no
trees growing near, for the roots of trees or fihrubs
will extend themfelves to the clay walls, and by pe-
netrating them will occafion fiffures, through which
the Water will find an eafy paffage; and where tall
trees are growing near bafons or ponds, the fhaking
of the trees with violent winds is apt to loofen the
clay walls, and occafion cracks in them, therefore
thefe cautions are neceffary to be obferved.

In fome countries, where clay cannot be eafily pro-
cured, the walls of thefe bafons are frequently made
of chalk, which is beaten into fine powder, and made
into a fort of mortar, and with this the walls are
made, by ramming and working it very hard and
firm. Thefe bafons hold Water very well where they
can be well fupplied with it, fo as not to be too
long dry, for when it fo happens, the fun and wind
dry the chalk, and caufe it to crack, and thefe cracks
commonly extend through the thicknefs of the walls,
‘fo as to let off the Water.

There are others who build their walls with brick laid
in terrafs, which is a good method for fuch places
where the ground is very loofe and l'andy, becaufe
the walls, when well built, will fupport the loofe
earth from falling or fettling away from the fides ;
but where terrafs is uled, the walls fhould not be
long dry and expofed, for the heat is apt to crack
the terrafs.

Some perfons make a cement of powdered tile and
lime, two thirds of the former to one third of the
latter, being very careful in the mixing of it not to
add too much Water, but to labour it well in the
beating, which is a principal thing to be obferved.
With this cement they cover the furface of the walls
of batons, about two inches thick, laying the plaifter
very fmooth, and being very careful that no fticks,
draws, or ftones are mixed with it ; this plaiftering is
commonly performed in dry weather, and as foon as
it is finifhed, it is rubbed over with oil or bullock’s
blood, and the Water let into the bafon as foon as
poffible. This cement has the property of hardening
underWater, fo as to be equal to ftone, and will con-
tinue as long- found.

Whatever the materials are with which the walls are

W A T

made, there muft be great care taken, that they are
built fo ftrong, as that they may refill the weight of
the Water ; fo that where the ground about the bafon
is not very folid, the walls ihould be thicker, and
fupported on the backfide by buttreffes of the fame
materials, placed at proper diftances ; or if the walls
are made of clay, there Ihould be planks fupported
by ftrong timbers placed at proper diftances to fupport
the clay, otherwile there will be great danger of their
being broken down, efpecially where the bafons are
large, fo as that the winds have room to a£t upon the
furface of the Water, and drive it in large waves
againll the banks, the fides of which fhould have a
very eafy Hope.

The directions here given are only for bafons or refer-
voirs of Water for ufe, fo muft not be fuppofed for
large pieces of Water for beauty ; for where the
ground is of a loofe fandy nature, fo as not to hold
Water, the expence of claying the bottom and fides
will be too great, if the V/ater is of a large extent,
therefore it would be imprudent to attempt it in fuch
places; but where there is afupply of Water, and the
ground is well adapted to hold it, there can he no
greater beauty than that which Water affords to a feat,
provided it is properly difpofed ; therefore I fhall give
fome general hints, by which perfons may be directed
in the forming of large pieces of Water, fo as to ren-
der them beautiful.

In thofe places where there is a command of running
Water, it will be a great additional beauty, becaufe
the Water will always be much clearer, fo more beau-
tiful than Hill Water; befides, if it moves with any
degree of velocity, there may be one or more falls of
Water contrived, which will ftill add to the beauty.
In the 'conducting- of this Water, the level of the
ground muft be carefully taken, for the great fkillin
the contriving of rivers, or other pieces of Water,
is in the faving of expence in the digging ; therefore
where the ground is naturally low, the Water Ihould
be conducted through thefe low parts, and never en-
deavour to carry it through higher ground, for in
fuch places the banks will be fo high, as to Ihut out
the light of the Water, to perfons who Hand at a little
diftance from it on either fide, unlefs the Water is
very broad ; and where it is fo, the eye is thrown to
a confiderable diftance over the furface of the Water,
by the fteepnefs of the banks, therefore the dopes
on the fide of Water Ihould always be made as eafy
as poffible ; nor Ihould they be made flat, with fharp
edges on the top (as is too generally practifed ;) for
thele ftiff regular Hopes are not near fo pleafing, as
thofe which are made gently convex, for the eye will
Aide over thefe to the Water, having no ridge to cut
the fight, and at a fmall diftance there will be no ap-
pearance of a cut, as will always be feen where the
upper part of the Hope is finifhed in a lharp angle ; and
the great fkill is to contrive, that as much of the fur-
face of the Water may appear to the fight as poffible.
In moft of the old gardens, where there are pieces of
Water, there is nothing more common than to fee
them brought into regular figures, fuch as long ftrait
canals or bafons, either round or polygonal, fo that
all the boundaries of the Water are feen at one view ;
but thefe, however large may be their extent, are
not near fo pleafing as where the Water is fo conduct-
ed, as that the termination may be feen as little as
pofible ; for when the Water is loft from the fight, by
fome gentle eafy turns, the imagination may be led to
fuppofe the furface of the Water extended to a confi-
derable diftance ; fo that fometimes fmall pieces of
Water are fo artfully contrived, as to make them ap-
pear very confiderable.

As in the old ftile of laying out gardens, the Water
was generally wrought into regular ftrait canals, which
correfponded with the ftrait walks, hedges, and re-
gular lines of trees, which were then chiefly ftudied ;
fo, as the tafte altered from this ftiff method of dif-
pofing gardens, to that which approached nearer to
nature in the forming of rivers, or other large pieces
of Water} thofe who have fucceeded beft have always

had

/

W A T

Had great regard to the natural fituation of the ground, ■
lb as to lead the Water through the natural hollows
of the ground, whereby the great expence of digging
is faved ; and by contriving to make the head in fome
narrow part of the ground, it may be done at a much
lets expenceT and will be better lecured, than where
the head is of great extent; therefore it is better
either to moreen the extent of the Water, or to carry
it farther, according to the natural fituation of the
ground, than to terminate it where it may occafion
great expence ; and it is always obferved, that where
there is the greateft expence in the making of thefe
large heads, the whole will appear Ids beautiful than
where nature is chiefly confulted; for nothing can be
more unfightly, than thofe extenfive heads which are
ibmetimes made to pieces of Water, which rife fix or
eight feet, and fometimes much more, above the
furface of the ground, whereby the Water is hid
from the fight, to thofe perfons who are fituated on
that fide of the head, and a large bank of earth Units
up the -view ; and fometimes thefe heads are fo fitu-
ated, as to appear in fight of the houfe, or from a
principal part of The gardens, which is a very great
ahfurdity.

Since the take has been altered in the difpofition of
gardens, and that a more natural method has been
purfued by perfons of judgment, there have been
great improvements made in the diftribution of Wa-
ters, fo as to render it truly ornamental to the feats
where they are placed ; but there are fome, who, by
pretending to imitate or copy from thefe works, have
erred as much in making fo many fhort unnatural
turns in their Water, as thofe before-mentioned have
dene by their regular (Irak fides ; for in what is ufu-
aliy termed ferpentine rivers, nothing is more com-
mon than to fee a finall furface of Water twilled in
fo many fhort turns, as that many of them appear at
one view •, and thefe windings are often made like
parts of circles, with fuch an air of ftiflnefs, as to
render them equally difagreeable with any the moft
ftud'ied figures, to perfons of good take. Another
thing is alfo common to thefe unnatural pieces of
Water, which is, their being made of the fame width
in every part, which fhould always be avoided ; for
nothing is more beautiful, than to fee the Water ex-
tend to a large furface in fome places, and to have
it in others more contra&ed ; and this may be gene-
rally done at a much lefs expence than the other,
where the natural fite of the ground is well confidered,
which fhould be done with the utmoft care, before
any work of this fort is begun, for want of which
many perfons have repented after having been at great
expence.

There is alfo another material thing to be obferved,
in the fituation of large pieces of Water, which is,
never to extend them fo near to the houfe, as that
they may annoy it, by the damp, which the vapours
exhaling from the Water may occafion, efpecially
when expofed to the wind, which will drive the va-
pours toward the houfe, and thereby render the ha-
bitation unhealthy, and deftroy the furniture ; there-
fore it is much better to walk out to fee the Water,
than to facrifice the habitation for the pleafure of fee-
in o- the Water from the houfe : nor fliould the Water
be fo fituated, as that the furface may be level with
the floor of the houfe, for there is generally fome
moifture, which will percolate through the veins of the
earth, enough to occafion fo much damp, as to render
the lower part of the houfe unwholefome ; and where
there is a confiderable damp in the foundation of a
houfe, part of it will afeend upward, and render the
apartments fo, therefore great care fliould be had as
to this.

Where perfons are not fo happily fituated as to
have the command of a conftant running Water,
but yet from fome neighbouring refervoirs or ponds
can be fupplied with it, there may be fome agree-
able pieces of Water contrived, both for ufe and
beauty, efpecially where there is a large fupply ;
for otherwife it will be better to contract the de-

W A T

fign ; for nothing can be more ridiculous than that of
having either ponds or riyers defigned, where they
cannot be fupplied with Water in the dry fe-afons,
when there is the greateft want of it, both for ufe
and pleafure.

In thofe places where there is a great fcarcity of Wa-
ter, there, fhould be large refervoirs contrived, into
which the Water which defeends from the hills and
riling grounds may be led ; fo that a large body of
Water may be collected during the rainy feafon, for
a fupply in time of drought ; thefe refervoirs, when
large, may contain as much Water as may be necefla-
ry for the ufe of the houfe and gardens ; but thefe
can rarely fupply Water enough for beauty, therefore
in fuch fituations it fhould not be attempted.

As Water never appears fo well as when it is fituated
near woods, fo in the contrivance of rivers, or pieces '
of Water, they fhould be fo placed as to have plant-
ing near, that the contrail between the wood and
Water may appear as perfeeft as poflible ; and in fome
places where the Water can be feen through the
open groves, between the Hems of large trees, it
will add greatly to the beauty of the place ; but
where the Water is defigned to terminate, the head
fhould be as much concealed as poflible, by clofe
plantations of evergreen trees, which ^may be faced
with Alders and Weeping Willows, planted clofe on
the fides of the Water, fo as that their branches may
hang over; and if the Water is contraded, and led
through thefe trees with a gentle winding, it may
feem to run much farther, and to communicate with
a larger body of Water at a diflance ; in the con-
triving of which, the greateft art is to make, it ap-
pear as natural as poflible ; for the lefs art there ap-
pears in thefe things, the longer they will pleafe, and
the more they will be efteemed by perfons of good
judgment.

WATSONI A.

The title of this genus is given to it in honour of my
learned friend Dr. William Watfon, F. R. S. whofe
knowledge in the fcience of botany juftly demands
this tribute.

The Characters are,

The flower hath a ■permanent flpaiha ( or floe at h) which
divides into two parts almofl to the bottom ; it is of one
petal. The tube is long , a little curved , and J wells at
the upper part ; the rim is cut into fix obtufle fegments
which fpread. open. It has three long fender ft amina which
are terminated by proftrate oblong Jummits , and a roundijh
three-cornered germen , fuppotting a fender ftyle a little
longer than the ft amina, crowned by three bifid ftigmas.
The germen afterward turns to a round! fo three-cornered
capfule having three cells , opening with three valves , each
containing three or four roundifo feeds.

This genus belongs to the firft fedion of Linnaeus’s
third clafs, the flower having three male and one fe- ,
male part. It differs from the Gladiolus, in having
a tubulous flower of one petal, and from Crinum, in
having: but three ftamina.

This has been titled by Dr. Trew, Meriana flore ru-
bello, before he had been acquainted with the name
which I had applied to it ; but he has fince informed
me by a letter, that as I had raifed the plant from
feeds, he would fupprefs his title, and adopt mine,
who he thought had the moft right to give it; and that
he rather chufes to do fo, becaufe the figure he has
publifhed of it was drawn from the plant in the Chel-
fea Garden.

The Species are,

1. Watsonia ( Meriana ) floribus infundibuliformibm,
fubasqualibus. JVatfonia with funnel-Jhaped flozvers
whofe petals are equal. Meriana flore rubella. Trew.
tab. 40. Meriana with red flowers.

2. Watsonia ( Humilis ) foiiis gladiolatis, floribus ma*
joribus. Dwarf Watfonia, with fword-foaped leaves and
large flowers.

Thefe plants are natives in the country about the Cape
of Good Hope. The root of the firft fort is bulbous,
compreffed, and fbaped like a kidney, and is cover-
ed with a fibrous brown fkin*. The leaves are fword-

jfhaped.

fhaped, about a foot long, and an inch broad, end-
ing in points ; the two fides have (harp edges, but
the middle is thicker, and has a prominent midrib;
they are of a dark green colour, and rife immediately
from the root. The (talk comes out from the root
between the leaves, and riles a foot and a half high
toward the upper part. The flowers are produced
from the fide, (landing alternately at about an inch
and a half didance from each other ; they have each
a fpatha or (heath, compofed of two leaves which are
joined at their bafe, where they are broad, but gra-
dually lefien to their points. Before the flowers ap-
pear, they are of the fame green colour with the
(balk, and are divided but a fmall part of their length,
inclofing the flower, but afterward they are fplit al-
moft to the bottom, and wither before the flowers
decay, becoming dry, and wrap round the feed-veftel.
The tube of the flower is an inch and a half long,
narrow at the bafe, and a little curved, fwelling much
larger the upper half. The rim is divided into fix
obtufe Segments. which fpread open, and are nearly
equal ; the flower is of a copper red colour on the
outfide, but of a deeper red within ; it has three (la-
mina a little longer than the petal, which are incurv-
ed, and are terminated by oblong fummits of a dark
brown colour, which are fattened in the middle to
the apex of the (lamina, lying prottrate. At the bot-
tom of the tube of the petal is fituated an oval three-
cornered germen, Supporting a (lender ftyie a little
longer than the (lamina, crowned by three bifid reflex-
ed (tigmas. The flowers generally appear in April or
May, and the feeds ripen in July.

The feeds of this, and alio fome of the forts of Ixia,
were fent me by my friend Dr. Job Batter, F. R. S.
of Zirkzee, which fucceeded in the Chelfea Garden,
where many of them have flnce produced their beau-
tiful flowers.

The fecond fort is of a humbler growth than the firft •,
the leaves of this are rarely more than (ix inches
long, but are full as broad as thofe of the other fort,
and of a lighter green colour ; the flower-ftalk rifes
between the leaves, about nine inches high, fupport-
ing four or five flowers fitting clofe thereto. The
flowers are larger, but of the fame colour with thofe
of the other fort, and is later in flowering.

Thefe plants are propagated by offsets from the root,
in the fame manner as the Crocus or Gladiolus, which
are produced in pretty great plenty ; the time for
tran(planting of the roots is in Auguft, foon after the
ftalks decay, the larger roots mutt be each put into
a feparate pot filled with light frefli earth, and may
be placed in the open air till toward the end of Sep-
tember, when the leaves will begin to appear above
ground, at which time it will be proper to remove
them into (helter ; for as this plant is a native of a
warm country, it will require fome (belter from the
froft, at lead hitherto it has been fo managed ; for
until the roots are become more common, it would
be imprudent to venture them abroad in winter ; tho’
they may probably be hardy enough to refill the cold
of our ordinary winters, when planted in a warm
border and a dry foil, at lead with a little (helter in
hard frofts ; for thofe plants which have been placed
in an open airy glafs-cafe, have fucceeded better than
thofe which have been in the (love ; and the flowers
have been much Stronger, and of longer duration,
though thofe in the (love have flowered a month ear-
lier ; but thefe have been fo much drawn, as not to
produce feeds ; whereas thofe which have been treat-
ed pretty hardily, and had plenty of air, have feldom
failed.

The beft way of treating thefe roots, is to plunge the
pots into an old bed of tanners bark, which has loft
its heat fome time in QCtober ; this bed fhould be
covered with a frame, the glafies of which fhould be
drawn off every day in mild weather, that they may
enjoy as much free air as poflible, to prevent their
drawing up weak ; but they mutt be covered in bad
weather; and fcreened from froft. The latter end of
March, when they begin to put out their flower-

ftalks, the pots fhould be removed to an airy glafs-
cafe, where they may (land to flower, and when the.
flowers are decayed, they fhould be placed in the
open air to perfeCt their feeds.

The offsets and fmall roots may be planted three or
four in a pot, according to their fize, and fhould have
the fame treatment as the larger roots the firft years
and by that time twelvemonth they will be ftrong
enough to flower, fo fhould have feparate pots.

WEATHER is the ftate or difpofition of the at-
mofphere, with regard to moifture or drought, heat
or cold, wind or calm, tain, hail, froft, fnow, fog,
&c.

As it is in the atmofphere that all plants and animals
live and breathe ; and as that appears to be the great
principle of mod animal and vegetable productions,
alterations, &c. there does not feem any thing in all
philofophy of more immediate concernment to us,
than the ftate of the Weather.

In effeCt, all living things are only affemblages or
bundles of veffels, whole juices are kept in motion by
the preffure of the atmofphere, and which, by that
motion, maintain life ; fo that any alterations in the
ftate of the rarity or denfity, the heat, purity, &c. of
the atmofphere, muft neceffarily be attended with
proportional ones with thefe. Almoft every body
knows what vaft, yet regular alterations, afiittle change
of Weather makes in a tube filled with mercury, or
fpiritof wine, by barometers, thermometers, hygro-
icopes, &c. and we (hould not fail to feel as great and
as regular alterations in the tubes, chords, and fibres
of our own bodies, were it not partly for our inatten-
tion, and partly for our unequal and intermediate
courfe of living.

The knowledge of the Weather is of gfeat fervice in
gardening and agriculture; but the imaginary prog-‘
noftications of almanack writers have been found to
be a mere delufive cant or jargon. There is nothing
more wanting than a' juft theory of the Weather on
mechanical principles.

Were regifters carefully kept in divers parts of the,
globe for a good feries of years, we might by them
be enabled to determine the directions, breadth, and
bounds of the winds, and of the Weather they bring
with them ; the correspondence between the Weather
in divers places, and dependence between one fort and
another at the fame place, and thence we might in
time learn to foretel divers great emergencies ; as ex-
traordinary heats, rains, frofts, droughts, dearths, &c.
But in order to this, a complete hiftory of the Weather
will be required.

Indeed there have been fome effays made this way by
the members of our Royal Society, the French Aca-
demy of Sciences, and divers other perfons of note ;
but the drynefs of the fubjeCl has put a flop to their
progrefs in that matter.

As for inftance : Eraf. Bartholinus has observations
of the Weather every day throughout the year 167 r ;
and Mr. Werle made the like at Oxford for feven
years, from the year 1337, to 1343. Dr. Plot did
the fame at the fame place for the year 1684. Mr.
Hiller at Cape Corfe, for the years 1686, and 1687*
and Mr. Hunt, &c. at Grefliam College, for the years
1695, 1696. Dr. Derham at Upminfter in Effex,
fortheyears 1691, 1692, 1697, 1698, 1699, 17°3t
1704, 1705. Mr. Townly in Lancashire, for the
years 1697, 1698. Mr. Cunningham at Emen in
China, for the years 1698, 1699, 1700, 1701. Mr.
Locke at Oats in Effex, 1692. Dr. Scheuchzer
at Zurich, 1708; and Mr. Tilly at Pifa, the fame
year.

The mod certain figns and prognoftics of good and
bad Weather may be collected from thofe things that
are nearer to us than the orbs of the planets ; nor need
we go any farther than this our Sublunary world, for
the mod probable conjectures in relation to the Wea-
ther ; and may deduce our prognostications in relation
thereto, from animals and vegetables, &c.

It is certain, that a great part of the brute creation
have a fenfibility and Sagacity this way beyond man-

14 R . kind i

W E A

kihd *, anti that without any means or difpoFmon
thereto, more than we, except that their veffeis, fi-
bres, &c. being in other refpedts in one equable ha-
bitude, the fame, or a proportionable caufe from with-
out, has always a like or proportionable efied: on
them-, that is, their veffeis are regular barometers,
&c. affefted only from one external principle, viz.
the difpofition of the atrnofphere ; whereas ours are
acted on by divers from within, as well as without
feme of which check, impede, and prevent the a&ion
of others.

Animals that live in the open air muft neceffarily be
fuppofed to have a quicker fenle of it than men that
live within doors ; 'and especially the airy inhabitants,
the birds, which live in the freed and cleared air,
and are more apt, by their flight, and other motions,
as well as their voices, tq difcover their fenfations of it.
Therefore thofe who have applied themfelves to the
obfervations of the figns and prognoftics of good or
bad Weather, have laid down thele following rules :

Signs or prognoftications of rainy Weather.

The Lord Bacon fays, that water fowls, fuch as fea-
guls, moor-hens, &c. when they flock and fly toge-
ther from the fea towards the fhore, foretel rain and
wind.

And, on the othef hand, when land birds, fuch as
crows, fwallows, &c. fly from land to the waters, and
beat the waters with their wings, it betokens rain and
wind.

The natural reafon of that feems to be, the pleafure
that both land and water fowl take in the moiftnefs
and denfity of the air, and their love to be in motion,
and upon the wing.

it is no Arrange thing that water fowls delight in that
air which is molt like water, their natural element ;
and that land fowl alio, many of them, delight in
bathing, and moift air.

And alfo, for the fame reafon, many birds prune their
feathers ; geefe gaggle, and the crows call for rain ;
.all which ieems to be but the pleafure they take in
the relaxation of the air.

When crows flock together in large flights, and hold
their heads upward as they fly, and cry louder than
they ufuaily do, it is a fign of rain ; and when they
walk llalking by rivers and ponds, it is the fame.
When fwallows chatter, and fly low about lakes and
ponds,(which they do, in order to catch flies-, for the
air, being clogged with vapours, hinders the flies from
afeending) it beipeaks rain.

When peacocks cry much, when birds that ufuaily
perch upon trees fly to their nefts, when fowls pick
up their feathers with their bills, when cocks crow be-
fore their ufual hour, and hens creep in clufters into
the du ft, they are figns of rainy Weather.

Not only birds, but beafts, give notice of rain ; as
when fheep leap mightily, and pufh at one another
with their heads, it denotes rain.

When affes bray, or (bake their ears, or are annoyed
with flies -, when deers fight, when foxes and wolves
howl mightily, when hogs at play break or fcatter
their food, and oxen that are tied together, raife their
heads and lick their fnouts, it is a fign of rain.

When cattle leave off feeding, and make hafte to
(belter under bufhes and hedges, &c. when cats rub
their heads with their fore paws (efpecially that part
of their heads which is above their ears) and lick their
bodies with their tongues, it is a fign of rain.

Beafts generally delight in a moift air, and it caufes
them to eat their rneat the better; cattle, deer, and
rabbets, will feed heartily before rain. Heifers will
put up their nofes, and fnuff in the air againft rain.
Sheep will rife early in a morning to feed againft
rain.

Alfo fifnes, either fea or river fifh, do often, by their
playing towards the top of the waters, foretel rain.
For this the Lord Bacon gives this reafon, That when
the Weather is dry, the fifh love to keep as much as

W E A

they can from the air, and fw'im lower, and will noc
come near the air till it is moift.

Infefts and reptiles alfo give prognoftics of rain.

Ants quit their labour, and hide themfelves in the
ground againft rain ; for thefe provident infers, by a
fecret inftinft in nature, carry their eggs and food to a
place of drier fecurity, when they find the air changed
into moiftnefs, and clogged with vapours.

Bees, when rain is coming on, do not ftir from their
hives, or at lead not far. ‘

Moles will caft up more earth ; and earth-worms
will creep out of the ground againft rain.

Even the bodies of men and women give tokens of
rain or froft, by aches, corns, and wounds, which
will be more troubleibme againft fuch feafons ; for
rain makes the humours of the body to abound more,
and froft makes them fharper.

Mr. Ozanam fays, That the very body of all animals
and vegetables is, as it were, a contexture of barome-
ters, hygrometers, and thermometers ; for the hu-
mours, with which organized bodies are replenished,
increafe or decreafe, according to the different diipo-
fitions of the air.

Prognoftics of the Weather from vegetables.

Mr. Pointer tells us, he has obferved, that many, if
not molt vegetables, expand their flowers and down
in fun-fhiny Weather, and tov/ards the evening, and,
againft rain, clofe them again, efpecially at the begin-
ning of their flowering, when their leaves are young
and tender.

This is evident in the down of Dandelion and other
downs, and evidently in the flowers of Pimpernel, the
opening and (hutting of which, he fays, are rfie coun-
tryman’s Weatherwifer.

And Mr. Gerard fays. If the flowers be clofe lhut, it
betokens rain and foul Weather ; but if they be fpread
abroad, fair Weather.

The Lord Bacon fays. Trefoil fwells in the (talk
againft rain, and fo (lands more upright ; for by wet,
(talks do eredt, and leaves bow down ; and Pliny
fays much to the fame purpofe.

The former fays likewile, that there is in the (bubble
fields a fmall red flower, which country people call
the Wincopipe (which is the Pimpernel) ; which, if it
opens in the morning, you may be fure of a fair day
to follow. .

Mr. Ozanam gives, as a natural reafon for this, that
plants are a fort of natural hygrometers, which are
compofed of an infinite number of fibres, trachae, or
air-veffels, which are like fo many canals or pipes,
through which the moifture of the air, as well as the
juice of the earth, is conveyed to all its parts.

Thefe trachae, or air-veffels are viflble, and appear
very pretty in the leaf of the Scabious, or the Vine ;
if you pull afunder feme of its principal ribs, you may
fee between them the fpiral air-veffels (like threads or
cobwebs) a little uncoiled.

In warm dry weather, if the leaves of Cabbages, Cau-
liflowers, and other broad-leaved plants, are very lax,
and hang down more than ufual, it is a fure fign of
rain in a fhort time.

There are many kinds of vegetables, whofe furface
of their leaves are altered in their pofition before rain,
particularly moftof thofe of the pulfe kind, as Vetches,
Beans, Saintfoin, Clover, &c. the leaves of thefe clofe,
feme of them turning their upper furface outward,
and others their inner, and this they conflcantly do to-
ward the evening at all times, for as the rays of the
fun become oblique, fo the vapours begin to rife from
the ground -, therefore thofe furfaces of the leaves
which imbibe the greateft quantity of moifture, are
turned outward to receive it. This change of the
pofition of the leaves of plants in the evening has been
idly called the deep of plants, but thofe who will be
at the trouble of confuking Mr. Bonnet’s book on the
ufe of the leaves of plants, will loon be convinced
this alteration in the pofition of leaves is defigned for
a nobler purpofe.

6 Signs

Signs of rainy Weather by f 'olid bodies.

The hardeft and moft folid wood will fwell by the
moifture of the air *, this is evident by the difficulty of
fhutting doors and windows in wet weather •, and
boxes, efpecially of deal, and pegs of wood, when
they draw and wind hard, are figns of wet Weather ;
and this is caufed by the admiffion of air through the
pores of the wood.

Mr. Qzanam fays, The moift vapours do readily in-
finuate into wood, efpecially that which is light and
dry, it being extremely porous ; fo that they are fome-
times made ufe of in dilating and breaking the hardeft
bodies, and in particular mill-ftones ; for when they
have cut a rock into a cylinder, they divide that into
feveral leffer cylinders, by making feveral holes round
the great cylinder, at proportional diftances, according
to the thicknefs they defign the mill-ftones, and then
fill them with as many pieces of Sallow wood dried in
an oven ; for when the wet Weather comes, thefe
wedges or pieces of wood become fo impregnated
with the moift corpufcles of the air, that they fwell
and break, or feparate the cylindrical rock into feve-
ral ftones.

And ftones, efpecially marble, will fweat againft wet
Weather, though it be from an outward caule, in that
the ftones are fo hard and folid, as not to admit the
moifture of the air, and therefore it only lies upon the
fuperftcies of the ftones.

And the humidity of the air infmuates itfelf into the
hardeft bodies, which are not deftitute of pores, and
efpecially into light bodies that take up a great fpace.

'\ 4

Signs of rainy Weather from the planets.

By the fun. If the fun, at its rifing, looks red, and
broader than ufual, then many moift vapours are ga-
thering from the fea, and the air is thickening •, and
the beams of the fun, being diffufed in it, caufe the
fun’s face to fliew a great deal bigger than ufual ; and
in a fhort time you will perceive the clouds muttering,
and overfpreading the heavens, and the air condenfing
into a watery body.

If this happens in fummer or autumn, when the
Weather is hot, the fhowers that fall will be violent,
but of fhort continuance ; but if this happens in the
winter or fpring, it denotes fettled rains, but more
moderate.

It has been an obfervation, confirmed by long expe-
rience, That if the fun rifes with a bluifti circle, in-
clining to white, the air is grofs and condenfed, and
rain will foon fall.

And if, when the fun rifes, he is pale, and the fky is
of a dulky red in the morning, it will be foon over-
caft, and there muft quickly follow rain, attended with
whifking winds.

Alfo if the fun rifes of a mifty muddy colour, or in a
black cloud, and diffufes his rays palilh toward the
north and fouth* it foretels rain.

It has been an obfervation, That if the fun fets un-
der a thick cloud, rain will fall the next day •, or if it
rains immediately, there v/ill be a great deal of wind
the next day •, and this is almoft the conftant confe-
quence of a pale fetting fun.

Though a red fky at the fun rifing is a fign of rain,
yet a red Iky when the fun fets is a fign of fair Wea-
ther ; though indeed, if the fky be red at a great dif-
tance from the part where the fun fets, as in the eaft,
there will be either rain or wind the nejq day.

As to the moon. A pale moon is a forerunner of
rain, a red one of wind, and a clear one of fine Weather.
When the moon is encompafied with a very large
circle, or is dim and mifty, then there will follow wind,
rain, or fnow, very quickly, probably within twenty-
four hours.

If the horns of the moon, at her firft rifing, or within
two or three days after her change, are blunt, it be-
tokens rainy Weather from that quarter.

An iris round the moon is alfo a fign of rain, with a
fouth wind.

Two or three difcontinued and fpeckled circles or
rings round the moon, befpeak a ftorm.

Signs of rainy Weather from the clouds .

If in an evening there appear many final! clouds
from the weft, it fhews that rain is gathering, and
will foon fall.

When cloulds appear like rocks or towers, they fig-
nify great fhowers.

Mr. Ozanam fays, That when we fee little, black,
loofe clouds, wandering too and fro, lower than the
reft, we apprehend a future ftorm ; and when at the
rifing of the fun, feveral clouds are feen to gather in
the weft, and, on the other hand, if thefe clouds
difperfe, it befpeaks fair Weather.

When the fun through the clouds appears double or
triple, it fhews a ftorm of long duration.

Signs of rain from the rainbow.

If the rainbow appears very big, it denotes much
wet; but if very red, wind withal.

If a rainbow appears after a long drought, it fignifies
rain •, but if it appears after a long time of wet, it be-
tokens fair Weather.

If a rainbow appears in the morning, it betokens fmall
fain, and fair Weather prefently after.

If a rainbow variifhes altogether, fair Weather will
follow, winds will arife, and bring great fhowers
from the part that the rainbow firft begins to break or
vanilh.

If the rainbow be broken in many parts, tempeftuous
winds are gathering in the air.

If, after a rainbow appears, the colours grow darker
and darker, rain is gathering ; if lighter, and the co-
lours fairer, fair Weather.

Mr. Ozanam fays, a rainbow in the eaft, efpecially
if it be of a bright lively colour, is a fign of great rain.
A rainbow iq the eaft, in an evening, prefages fair
weather ; but if the colour is lively and red, it prefages
wind.

A rainbow in the weft foretels an indifferent quantity
of rain and thunder.

If two rainbows appear together, it foretels fair Wea-
ther for the prefent, but rain two or three days after.

PrognoJUcations of the Weather from mifis.

If mitts arife out of ponds and rivers to the top of
hills, it betokens that there will be rain foon, either
the fame day, or commonly within two or three days ;
but if, when they arife out of fuch places, they vanifh
away, it is a fign of fair Weather.

If there be a general mift, both on the hills and vales,
before the fun rifing near the full moon, it denotes fair
Weather.

Mr. Ozanam fays, If you obferve a white vapour
atifing upon waters, or marfhes, or meads, after fun-
ic t, or before fun-rifing, it will be fair warm Weather
the next day.

Signs of fair Weather.

When the fun is fair and bright at its rifing in a morn-
ing, and is blufhing, without fpots or black clouds
near him when he fets at night, it is a fign of fair
Weather.

When the moon is three or four days old, and has
her horns fharp, and pointed very bright, it is a fign
of fair Weather till file comes to the full, if not the
whole month.

If the moon has a bright filming circle about her when
fhe is at the full, it promifes fair Weather for many days.
When the ftars fhine out clear and bright, and feenq
to dart out pointed rays, it is a fign of fair Weather.

AJft*

Alfo when little clouds fink low, as into valleys at
fouth-eaft, or fouth-weft, it is a fign of fair Weather.
If the the tops of hills be clear, it is a fign of fair
Weather.

If there are to the north-weft white fcattering clouds,
like fleeces of wool, it is a fign of fair Weather.

When white clouds or mifts hang juft over rivers, and
difperfe no farther, it is a fign of fair Weather.

When a rainbow appears after a fhower, and the blue
or yellow part of it be very bright, and the higheft co-
lour, they are tokens of fair Weather.

When bees fly far from their hives, and come home
late, it is a fign of fair Weather.

When there are great fwarms of gnats, it prefages fair
Weather.

Glow-worms fhinirig by night, are a fign of fair
Weather.

When kites fly aloft, it befpeaks fair dry Weather.
The Lord Bacon gives this reafon for it; becaufe the
kite mounts rnoft into the air of that temper wherein
he delights ; for this afpiring bird does not fo much
affed the groffnefs of the air, as the cold and frefh-
nefs of it ; for being a bird of prey, and therefore
hot, he delights in the freftt air.

When fwallows fly high, it is a fign of fair Weather.
When owls whoot much, it is a fign of fair Weather ;
and though owls do always whoot much, both in wet
and dry Weather, yet there is this difference, that their
whooting is more clamorous in wet Weather, but
more eafy and fedate in fair Weather.

When halycyons, coots, and other fea fowls, leave
the fliores, and flock to the fea, it is a fign of fair
Weather.

When cattle feed eagerly, without looking about
them, it is a fign of fair Weather.

When fifh rife frequently, and flirt upon the Water,
it is a fign of fair Weather.

Spiders webs in the air, or on the Grafs and trees,
foretel much fair Weather.

i. A thick dark fky, lafting for fome time, without
either fun or rain, always becomes firft fair then foul,

1. e. changes to a fair clear fky ere it turns to rain.
Thus the Rev. Mr. Clarke, who kept a regifter of the
Weather for thirty years, fince put into Dr. Derham’s
hand, by his grandfon, the learned Dr. Samuel Clarke.
This he fays he hardly ever knew to fail, at leaft when
the wind was in any of the eafterly points •, but Dr.
Derham has obferved the rule to hold good, be the
wind where it will.

The caufe is obvious. The atmofphere is replete
with vapours, which, though fufficient to refled and
intercept the fun’s rays from us, yet want denfity to
defeend ; and while the vapours continue in the fame
ftate, the Weather will do fo too. Accordingly fuch
Weather is generally attended with moderate warmth,
and little or no wind to difturb the vapours, and a
heavy atmofphere to fuftain them, the barometer be-
ing commonly high. But when the cold approaches,
and by condenfing drives the vapours into clouds or
drops, then way is made for the fun beams, till
the fame vapours being by farther condenfation form-
ed into rain, fall down in drops.

2. A change in the warmth of the weather is generally
followed by a change of the wind. Thus the nor-
therly and l'outherly winds, commonly efteemed the
caufes of cold or warm weather, are really the effeds
of the cold or warmth of the atmofphere, of which Dr.
Derham allures us he had fo many confirmations, that
he makes no doubt of it.

Thus it is common to fee a warm foutherly wind
changed to the north, by the fall of fnow or hail ; or
to fee the wind in a cold frofty morning north,
when the fun has well warmed the earth and air, wheel
toward the fouth, and again turn northerly or eafterly
in the cold evening.

Prognojiics of the Weather fry the wind .

The winds, fays Mr. Pointer, are the caufes of the
molt fudden and extraordinary alterations of the air.

The nature of the winds' is fuch, that, by the expe-
rience we have of them, we may very nearly predict
whatWeather we fin all have for two or three days after.
As for example : we know that in our climate a fouth
wind generally brings rain, and a weft wind more ;
and the weft wind is the predominant wind with us,
becaufe the ocean lies on the weft fide of our country.
And alfo that a north wind brings fair weather to us,
as well as the eaft wind, which does not laft fo long
as the north ; therefore the north-eaft and fouth-weft
winds are thofe that are necelfary chiefly to be treated
of.

Some curious obfervers of the Weather have made
this obfervation for many years ; That there is as
much fouth and weft wind in eight years, as there are
north and eaft winds, and of confequence as many
wet years as dry ones.

Mr. Pointer gives the following rules to know when
the wind will fet in one of thefe two points, for the
moft part, for two or three months together.

Firft, as to the north-eaft wind : when the wind turns
to the north-eaft point, and continues in it -two days
without rain, and does neither turn to the fouth ward
the third day, nor rain, then it is likely to continue
eight or nine days without rain, and then to return
into the fouth.

If the wind turn out of the fouth into the north-eaft
again, and continue two days in that point, and nei-
ther rains nor turns to the fouth the third day, it is
likely to continue north-eaft for two months, and for
the moft part for three months. The wind will finifh
thefe turns towards the' north in three weeks time.
Secondly, as to the fouth-weft winds : when the wind
has been in the north for two months or more, and
comes to the fouth, there are ufually three or four fair
days at firft, and then on the fourth or fifth day comes
rain, or elfe the wind turns north, and continues ftill dry.
If within a day or two without rain, it return into the
fouth, and with rain, turn northward, and return into
into the fouth the firft or fecond day, as before, two
or three times together after this manner ; then it is
like to be in the fouth or fouth-weft two or three
months together, for the moft part, as it was in the
north before.

He does not mention the eaft or weft winds, becaufe
he fays, the rains come ufually from the fouth, or,
in the Drifting of the wind from the fouth to the
north ; as for the drought, the wind is, for the moft
part, north-eaft.

If it prove fair weather out of the fouth for a week to-
gether, which is not ufual, it is like to be a great
drought, when it has rained a long time out of the
fouth before.

The wind ufually turns from the north to the fouth
quietly without rain, but comes back again into the
north with a ftrong wind and rain.

The greateft winds, which blow down houfes and
trees, ufually come by the turning of the wind out of
the fouth by weft into the north, which drives away
rain, and clears the air.

Of Prognojiications of the Weather from the barometer .

Dr. Derham prefents us with the following remarks

1. That foggy Weather makes the mercury rife in
the barometer, as well as the north wind, i he caufe
he fuggefts, probably enough, to be the accdfion of
the load of vapour to the former weight of the atmo-
fphere. Mizzling Weather he likewife obferves to
have the like effed.

2. The colds and heats in England and Switzerland
begin and end nearly about the fame time ; nay, and
any remarkable weather, efpecially if it continues any
while, affeds one place as well as the other.

3. That the remarkably cold days in June 1708, were
found in Switzerland to precede ours commonly about
five days or more ; and that the remarkable heats in
the following months begin to abate* in both places
about the fame time, only fomewhat fconer here than

*

W I L

4. That the winds in both places frequeniy agree, yet
they fometimes differ.

5. That the barometer is always lower at Zurich than
at Upminfter, by fometimes one and fometimes two
Englifh inches ; but the common difference is about
half an inch, which may be folved either by fuppofing
Zurich fituate one fourth of an inch higher above the
level of the fea than Upminfter ; or elfe by fuppofing
that part of the terraqueous globe, as lying near the
line, to be higher and more diftant from the center
than ours is, which lies nearer the pole.

6. That the barometer generally rifes and falls toge •
ther at far diftant place's, though this agreement of
the barometer is not fo conftant between Zurich and
Upminfter, and places near home, viz. at London
and Paris, where again the agreement of the baro-
meter is not fo great, as between Upminfter and Lan-
calhire.

7. That the variations of the barometer are greateft,
as the places are neareft the poles. Thus, e. g. the
mercury at London has a greater range by two or
three lines than at Paris, and at Paris a greater than
at Zurich ; in fome places near the equinoctial, there

• is fcarce any variation at all.

8. That the rain in Switzerland and Italy is much
greater in quantity throughout the year than that in
Effex ; yet the rains are more frequent, i. e. there
are more rainy days in Eftex, than at either of thofe
places.

The proportion of the annual rains that fall in the fe-
veral places we have any good obfervations of, ftand
thus : at Zurich the depth of the annual rain, at a
medium, is about 324 inches ; at Pifa 43^ ; at Paris
23 ; at Lille in Flanders 234^ at ToWnly in Lanca-
fhire 424 ; at Upminfter 194.

9. That cold contributes greatly to fain, and that ap-
parently, by condenfing the fulpended vapours, and
making them defcend. Thus very cold months or
feafons are generally followed immediately by very
rainy ones, and cold fummers are always wet.

to. That high ridges of mountains, as the Alps, and j
the fnows they are covered withal, not only affed the ;
neighbouring places by the colds, rain, vapours, &c.
they produce, but even diftant countries, as England, I
often partake of their effects. — Thus the extraordi-
nary colds, December 1708, and the relaxations
thereof were felt in Italy and Switzerland feveral days I
.before they reached us. This Dr. Dernam thinks is
an indication that they were driven from them to us.

WILDERNESSES, if rightly fituated, artfully
contrived, and judicioufty planted, are very great or-
naments to a fine garden ; but it is rare to fee thefe
fo well executed in gardens as could be wifhed, nor
are they often judicioufly fituated ; for they are fre-

' quently fo fituated as to hinder a diftant profped, or ;
elfe are not judicioufly planted ; the latter of which
is fcarce ever to be found in any of our moft magni-
ficent gardens, very few of their defigners ever ftiidy-
ing the natural growth of trees fo as to place them in
fuch manner, that they may not obftrud the fight
from the feveral parts of the plantation which arepre-
fented to the view ; I fhall therefore briefly fet down
what has occurred to me from time to time, when I
have conffdered thefe parts of gardens, whereby a
perfon will be capable to form an idea of the true beau-
ties which ought always to be ftudied in the contri-
vance of Wilderneffes.

1. Wilderneffes ftiould always be proportioned to the
extent of the gardens in which they are made, that
they may correfpond in magnitude with the other
parts of the garden *, for it is very ridiculous to fee a
large Wildernefs planted with tall trees in a ftnall fpot
of ground ^ and on the other hand, nothing can be
more abiurd, than to fee little paltry fquares, or quar-
ters of Wildernefs work, in a magnificent large garden.

2. As to the fituation of Wilderneffes, they^fiiould
never be placed too near the habitation, becaufe the
great quantity of moifturC which is perfpired from the
trees will caufe'a damp unwholefome air about the
houle, which is often of ill confequence. Nor ftiould

W 1 L

they be fituated fo as to obftrud any diftant profped
of the country, which fhould always be preferred
wherever it can be obtained, there being nothing fo
agreeable to the mind as an unconfined profped of the
adjacent country ; but where the fight is confined
within the limits of the garden from its fituation, then
there is nothing fo agreeable as to terminate "the pro-
fped, as a beautiful fcene of the various kinds of
trees judicioufly planted ; and if it is fo contvried,
that the termination is planted circularly, with the
concave toward the fight, it will have a much better
effect, than if it end in ftrait lines or angles, which
are never fo agreeable to the mind.

3. The trees ftiould always be adapted to the fize of
the plantation, for it is very abfurd to fee tall trees
planted in final! fquares of a little garden •, and fo
likewife, if in large defigns are planted nothing but
Imall ftirubs, it will have a mean appearance. It
ftiould alfo be oblerved, never to plant evergreens
amongft deciduous trees, but always place the ever-
greens in a Wildernefs, or a leparate part of the Wil-
dernefs by themfelves, and that chiefly in fight, be-
caufe thefe afford a continual pleafure both in fummer
and winter, when in the latter feafon the deciduous
trees do not appear fo agreeable ; therefore, if the
borders of Wildernefs quarters are fkiried with ever-
greens, they will have a good effed.

4. The walks muft alfo be proportioned to the fize of
the ground, and not make large walks in a final!
Wildernefs (nor too many walks, though fmaller)
whereby the greateft part of the ground is employed
in walks ; nor fhould the grand walks of a large Wil-
dernefs be too fmall, both of which are equally faulty.
Thefe walks fhould not be entered immediately from
thofe of the pleafure-garden, but rather be led into by
a fmall private walk, which will render it more enter-
taining; or if the large walk be turned in form of a
ferpent, fo as not to fhew its whole extent, the mind
will be better pleafed, than if the whole were to open
to the view.

The old formal method of contriving Wilderneffes
was to divide the whole compafs of ground, either
into fquares, angles, circles, or other figures, making
the walks correfpondent to them, planting the Tides
of the walks with hedges of Lime, Elm, Hornbeam,
&c. and the quarters within were planted with va-
rious kinds of trees promifcuoufly without order ; but
this can by no means be efteemed a judicious method,
becaufe firft hereby there will be a great expence in
keeping the hedges of a large Wildernefs in good or-
der by ftiearing them, which, inftead of being beau-
tiful, are rather the reverfe ; for as thefe parts of a
garden ftiould, in a great meafure, be defigned from
nature, whatever has the ftiff appearance of art, does
by no means correfpond therewith ; beficles, thefe
hedges are generally trained up fo high, as ’to ob-
ftrud the fight from the items of the tall trees in the
quarters, which ought never to be done.

In the next place the walks are commonly made to
interfed each other in angles, which alfo fhew too
formal and trite for fuch plantations, and are by no
means comparable to fuch walks as have the appear-
ance of meanders or labyrinths, where the eye cannot
difcover more than twenty or thirty yards in length 1
and the more thefe walks are turned, the greater plea-
fure they will afford. Thefe ftiould now and then
lead into an open circular piece of Grafs, in the cen-
ter of which may be placed either an obelifk, ftatue,
or fountain ; and if in the middle part of the Wilder-
nefs there be contrived a large opening, in the cen-
ter of which may be ereded a dome or banqueting
houfe furrounded with a green plat of Grafs, it will be
a confiderable addition to the beauty of the place.
From the Tides of the walks and openings, the trees
ftiould rife gradually one above another to the middle
of the quarters, where ftiould always be planted the
largeft growing trees, 1b that the heads of all the trees
will appear to view, but their ftems will be hid, which
Will have a vaftly different effed from the common
method, where the trees are planted large and fmall

I4 S without

J

W I L

Without order-, fo that many times the large ft are
next the fight, and fm all ones behind them, juft ac-
cording as it happens, in which manner the final! ones,
being overhung and (haded, feldom thrive well.

But in order to plant a Wildernefs with judgment,
the ufual growth of ail the different forts of trees
fhouid be well confidered, that each may be placed
according to the magnitude to which they generally
arrive -, otherwife, if they are at firft planted one above
another, as before directed, they will not continue to
grow in this order many years -, for fome forts will
greatly outgrow the others, and thereby render the
plantation lefs beautiful but when they are placed ac-
cording to their ufual manner of growing, they will
always continue nearly in the fame order, which ren-
ders them very entertaining to the fight.

Thefe trees (hould alfo be allowed a proportionable
diftance, according to their growth, and not be
crowded fo dole as is commonly pra&ifed, whereby
there are four times the number of trees planted which
need be -, and this clofe planting caufes them to afpire
to a great height, but then they want the noble dif-
fufion of branches, which is vaftly more agreeable to
the fight, than a parcel of thin taper Items, with
fcarcely any heads, as is too often the cafe in fome of
the largeft gardens in England, where, inftead of look-
ing at a noble parabola of trees, with their fpreading
globular heads, a parcel of naked items prefent them-
(elves to view ; and where the trees are thus crowded,
they never thrive half fo well, nor will they continue
half fo long, as thofe which are allowed a proper dif-
tance -, for their roots running and interfering with
each other, draw the nourifhment away fafter than
the ground can fupply them, which caufes their leaves
to be fmail, and, in dry feafons, to decay and fall off,
long before their ufual time, and thereby renders the
plantation lefs agreeable.

In the diftribution of thefe plantations, in thofe parts
which are planted with deciduous trees, there may be
planted next the walks and openings, Rofes, Honey-
fuckles, Spiraea Frutex, and other kinds of low-flower-
ing fhrubs, which may be always kept very dwarf, and
may be planted pretty clofe together ; and at the
foot of them, near the fides of the walks, may be
planted Primrofes, Violets, Daffodils, and many
other forts of wood flowers, not in a ftrait line,
but rather to appear accidental, as in a natural wood.
Behind the firft row of fhrubs fhouid be planted
Syringas, Cytifufes, Althaea frutex, Mezereons, and
other flowering fhrubs of a middle growth, which
may be backed with Laburnums, Lilacs, Guelder
Rofes, and other flowering fhrubs of a large growth :
thefe may be backed with many other forts of trees,
rifing gradually to the middle of the quatters, from
whence they fhouid always flope down every way to
the walks.

By this diftributon you will have the pleafure of the
flowering fhrubs near the fight, whereby you will be
regaled with their fee nt as you pafs through the walks,
which is feldom obferved by thofe who plant Wilder-
neffes j for nothing is more common than to fee Rofes,
Honeyfuckles, and other fmail flowering fhrubs,
placed in the middle of large quarters, under the drop-
ping and fhade of large trees, where they feldom
thrive -, and if they do, the pleafure of them is loft,
becaufe they are fecluded from the fight. If thefe
quarters are (lightly dug every winter, it will keep
the ground clean from noxious weeds, and be a great
benefit to the trees. And the expence of doing this,
where labour is cheap, cannot be very confiderable,
u'nlefs in very great plantations.

But, befide thefe grand walks and openings, (which
may be laid with turf, and kept well mowed) th«re
fhouid be fome fmaller ferpentine walks through the
middle of the quarters, where perfons may retire for
privacy. There need be nothing but the ground of
the place made level, and kept hoed, to clear it from
weeds, which will be no great trouble to do with a
Dutch hoe, which is broad, and will make great rid-
dance, and then rake them over to make them hand-

I L

fome. Thefe walks need not be very broad, but fhouid
be turned in fuch a manner, as not to deviate far
from the middle of the quarter, becaufe there the trees
being largeft, will afford the ampleft fhade. Five or fix
feet will be a fufficient width for thefe walks in large
quarters, but in fmail ones four feet is full enough.
By the fides of thefe private walks may aifo be fcat-
tered fome wood-flowers and plants, which, if art-
fully planted, will have a very good effect.

In the general defign for thefe Wilderneffes it fhouid
not be ftudied to make the feveral parts correfpondent,
for that is fo formal and ftiff, as to be now quite re-
jected. The greater diverfity there is in the diftribution
of thefe parts, the more pleafure they will afford ; and
fmee, according to this method of defigning and
planting, the different parts never prefent themfelves
to the fame views, it is no matter how different they
are varied afunder ; that part of them which is moft
in view from the houfe, or other parts of the garden,
may be planted with evergreens, but the other parts
may be planted with deciduous trees in the foregoing
manner.

The part planted with evergreens may be difpofed in
the following manner, viz. in the firft line next the
great walks may be placed Lauruftinus, Boxes,
Spurge Laurel, Juniper, Savin, and other dwarf ever-
greens ; behind thefe may be planted Laurels, Hollies,
Arbutufes, and other evergreens of a larger growth j
next to thefe may be placed Alaternufes, Phyllireas,
Yews, Cypreffes, Virginian Cedars, and other trees of
the fame growth behind thefe may be planted Nor-
way and Silver Firs, the True Pine, and other forts of
the like growth j and in the middle fhouid be planted
Scotch Pines, Pinafter, and other of the largeft grow-
ing evergreens, which will afford a moft delightful
profped, if the different (hades of their greens are cu-
rioufly intermixed. And in order to render the vari-
ety greater, there may be feveral kinds of hardy ever-
green trees and fhrubs obtained from the north parts
of America, as there are already many in England,
which are very fit for this purpofe, and are mentioned
in different parts of this book.

This manner of feparating the evergreens from the
deciduous trees, will not only make a much better ap-
pearance, but alfo caufe them to thrive far beyond
what they ufually do when intermixed ; therefore I
fhouid never advife any perfon to plant them promif-
cuoufly together.

By what I have faid concerning the planting the trees
one behind another, according to their different*
growths, I would not have it underftood, that I mean
the placing them in ftrait lines, which is too ftiff and
formal for thefe plantations ; all that is intended is, to
place the front rows of trees on each fide the walks, at
an equal diftance from the fide of the walks, which
being twifted in eafy natural turns, the fhrubs having
the curves will (land in the fame direction, and mult
turn in the fame manner as the walks. Thofe behind
may be placed after any manner, provided care be
taken to allow each fufficient room to grow, and that
there may appear no uneven gaps in the diftance of
their heads, but that they may all rife gradually, fo as
to form a handfome flope.

In (mail gardens, where there is not room for thefe
magnificent Wilderneffes, there may be fome rifing
clumps of evergreens, fo defigned as to make the
ground appear much larger than it is in reality •, and
if in thefe there are fome ferpentine walks well con-
trived, it will greatly improve the places, and deceive
thofe who are unacquainted with the ground as to its
fize. Thefe clumps or little quarters of evergreens
fhouid be placed juft beyond the plain opening of
Grafs before the houfe, where the eye will be carried
from the plain furface of Grafs to the regular dope of
evergreens, to the’great pleafure of the beholder ; but
if there is a diftant profpecl of the adjacent country
from the houfe, then this fhouid not be obftrufled,
but rather be left open for the profpedt bounded on
each fide with thefe clumps, which may be extended
to thofe parts of the ground, where no view is ob*

ftrufled.

i

W I N

ftrucied. Thefe fmall quarters (hould not be furround-
cd with hedges, for the reafons before given * nor
fhould they be cut into angles, or any other ftudied
figures, but be defigned rather in a rural manner,
which is always preferable to the other, for thefe kinds
of plantations.

In Wilderness there is but little trouble or expence
after their firft planting, which is an addition to their
value •, the only labour required is to mow and roll
the large Grafs walks, and to keep the other ground
walks free from weeds. And in the quarters, if the
weeds are hoed down two or three times in a fum-
mer, it will kill add to their neatnefs. The trees
fhould alfo be pruned to cut out all dead wood, or ir-
regular branches, where they crofs each other, and
juft to preferve them within due bounds * and as was
before obferved, if the ground be (lightly dug between
the trees, it will greatly promote their vigour. This
being the whole labour of a Wildernefs, it is no won-
der they are fo generally efteemed, efpecially when
we confider the pleafure they afford.

SWEET WILLIAM. See Dianthus.

WILLOW. See Salix.

W I L L O W, the French. See Epilobium.

WIND is defined to be the ftream or current of the
air, together with fuch vapours as the air carries along
with it* or it is a fenfible agitation of the air, whereby
a large quantity thereof flows out of vone place or re-
gion to another.

The ancients made but four Winds, according to the
four cardinal points, but this was quickly looked up-
on as too grofs a divifion. The following age added
eight more to this number, which was thought too
nice a fubdividing, and therefore they reduced the
laft number to four, taking every other or middle
Wind, and adding them to the old account * but our
failors, who are far beyond the ancients for their fkill
in navigation, have divided the horizon into thirty-
two equal parts, adding twenty-eight to the four car-
dinal Winds * a thing ufeful in navigation, but of no
great concern in natural philofophy, unlefs it be to
give a hint, that the Wind blows from all parts of the
heavens.

As to the phyfical caufe of the Winds *

Some philofophers, as Des Cartes, Rohault, &c. ac-
count for the general Wind from the diurnal rotation
of the earth, and from this general Wind derive all
the particular ones.

They fay, the atmofphere invefting the earth, and
moving round it, that part will perform its circuit
fooneft, which has the fmalleft circle to defcribe.
The air therefore, near the equator, will require a fome-
what longer time to perform its courfe in from weft
to eaft than nearer the poles * that as the earth turns
eaftward, the particles of the air near the equinokial
being exceeding light, are left behind, fo that in re-
fpek to the earth’s furface, they move weftward, and
become a conftant eafterly Wind.

This opinion feems confirmed, for that thefe Winds
are found only near the equinokial, in thofe parallels
of latitude, where the diurnal motion is fwifteft, but
the conftant calms of the Atlantic lea, near the equa-
tor, the wefterly Winds near the coaft of Guiney, and
the periodical wefterly Monloons, under the equator
of the Indian fea, feemingly declare the infufficiency
of that hypothefis.

Befides, the air, being kept to the earth by the prin-
ciple of gravity, would in time acquire the fame de-
gree of velocity, that the earth’s furface moves with,
as well in refpek of the diurnal rotation, as of the
annual about the fun, which is about thirty minutes
fwifter.

It remains therefore to fubftitute fome other caufe,
capable of producing a like conftant effek* not lia-
ble to the lame objekions, but agreeable to the known
properties of the elements of air and water, and the
laws of the motion of fluid bodies * fuch an one is
the abtion of the fun’s beams upon the air and water,

as he paffes every day over the oceans, confidered to-
gether with the nature of the foil and fituarion of the
adjoining continents. This has been done by Dr„
Halley.

Therefore, according to the laws of ftatics, the air,
which is lei's rarefied or expanded by heat, and con-
fequently more ponderous, muft have a motion to-
wards thofe parts thereof which are more rarefied, and
Ids ponderous, to bring it to an equilibrium. Alfo
the prelence of the fun continually drifting to the
weftward, that part to which the air tends, by reafon
of the rarefaction made by his greateft meridian heat,
is with him carried weftward * and confequentiy, the
tendency of the whole body of the lower air is that
way.

Thus a general eafterly Wind is formed - which being
impreflecl upon all the air of a vaft ocean, the parts
impel one the other, and fo keep moving till the next
return of the fun * whereby fo much of the motion as
was loft, is again reftored, and thus the eafterly Wind
is made perpetual.

From the fame principle it follows, that the eafterly
Wind fhould, on the north fide of the equator, be to
the northward of the eaft * and in fouth latitudes, to
the fouthward thereof * for near the line the air is
much more rarefied, than at a greater diftance from
it * becaufe the fun. is twice in a year vertical there,
and at no time diftant above twenty-three decrees one
half * at which diftance the heat being at tire fine of
the angle of incidence, is but little fhort of that of the
perpendicular ray whereas, under the tropics, tiro*
the fun flay long vertical, yet he is a long forty-feven
degrees off* which is a kind of winter, wherein the
air fo cools, as that the fummer heat cannot warm it
to the fame degree with that under the equator.
Wherefore the air towards the northward and fouth-
ward being lefs rarefied than that in the middle, it
follows, that from both fides it ought to tend towards
the equator. This motion, compounded with the
former eafterly Wind, anfwers all the phenomena of
the general trade Winds * which, if the whole furface
of the globe were fea, would undoubtedly blow all
round the world, as they are found to do in the Atlan-
tic and Ethiopic oceans.

But feeing fo great continents interpofe, and break
the continuity of the oceans, regard muft be had to
the nature of the foil, and the pofition of the high
mountains, which are the two principal caufesofthe
feveral variations of the Wind from the former ge-
neral rule* for if a country, lying near the fun,
piove to be flat, fancy, and low land, fuch as the
defarts of Lybia are ufually reported to be, the heat
occafioned by the reflection of the fun’s beams, and
the retention thereof in the fand, is incredible to thofe
who have not felt it * whereby the air being exceed-
ingly rarefied, it is neceffary, that this cooler and
more denfe air (hould run thitherwards to reftore the
equilibrium.

This is fuppofed to be the caufe, why, near the coaft
of Guiney, the Wind always lets in upon the land,
blowing wefterly inftead of eafterly * there being fuffi-
cient reafon to believe, that the inland parts of Africa
are prodigioufiy hot, fince the northern borders there-
of were fo intemperate, as to give the ancients caufe
to conclude, that all beyond the tropics was uninha-
bitable by excefs of heat.

From the fame caufe it happens, that there are fo
conftant calms in that part of the ocean called the
Rains * for this track being placed in the middle, be-
tween the wefterly Winds blowing on the coaft of
Guiney, and the eafterly trade Winds blowing to the
weftward thereof, the tendency of the air here is in-
different to either, and fo (lands in sequilibrio between
both * and the weight of the incumbent atmofphere
being diminifhecl by the continual contrary Winds
blowing from hence, is the reafon that the air here
holds not the copious vapour it receives, but lets it
fall in frequent rains.

But as the cool and denfe air, by reafbn of the great-
er gravity, preffes upon the not rarefied, itisderoon-

ftfativeij,

48S

ilrative, that this latter muft afcend in a continual
ftream as fail as it rarefies •, and that being afcended,
it muft difperfe itfelf to preferve the equilibrium, that
is, by a contrary current the upper air muft move
from thofe parts where the greateft heat is ; fo, by a
kind of circulation, the north-eaft trade Wind below
will be attended with a fouth-wefterly above. That
this is more than a bare conje&ure, the almoft inftan-
taneous change of the Wind to the oppofite point,
which is frequently found in paffing the limits of the
trade Winds, feems to ajffure us •, but that which above
all confirms this hypothefis, is the phenomenon of
the Monfoons, by this means moft eafily folved, and
without it hardly explicable.

Suppofing therefore, fuch a circulation as above, it
is to be confidered, that to the northward of the In-
dian ocean, there is every where land within the ufu-
al limits of the latitude of thirty degrees ; viz. Ara-
bia, Perfia, India, &c. which for the fame reafon as
the mediterranean parts of Africa, are fubjed to un-
fufferable heats, when the fun is in the north, paffing
nearly vertical •, but yet are temperate enough, when
the fun is removed toward the other tropic, becaufe
of a ridge of mountains at fome diftance within the
land, laid to be frequently in winter covered with
fnow, over which the air, as it pafies, muft needs be
much chilled.

Hence it comes to pafs, that the air, coming accord-
ing to the general rule, out of the north-eaft in the
Indian fea, is fometimes hotter, fometimes colder, than
that which by this circulation is returned out of the
fouth-weft ; and by confequence, fometimes the under
current or Wind is from the north-eaft, fometimes
from the fouth-weft.

That this has no other caufe, is clear from the times
•wherein thefe Winds fet,viz. in April, when the fun
begins to warm thofe countries to the north, the
fouth-weft Monfoons begin, and blow during the heat
till October •, when the fun being retired, and all
things growing cooler northward, and the heat in-
creafing to the fouth, the north-eaft enter and blow
all the winter, till April again. And it is undoubt-
edly from the fame principle, that fouthward of the
equator, in part of the Indian ocean, the north-eaft
Winds fucceed the fouth-eaft, when the fun draws
near the tropic of Capricorn.

But in this latter occurs a difficulty not well to be ac-
counted for, which is, why this change of the Mon-
foons ffiould be any more in this ocean, than in the
fame latitudes in the iEthiopic, where there is no-
thing more certain than a fouth-eaft Wind all the
year. *

It is likewife very hard to conceive, why the limits
of the trade Winds ffiould be fixed about the thirtieth
decree of latitude all round the. globe ; and that they
ffiould fo feldom tranfgrefs or fall ffiort of thofe
bounds ; as alfo that in the Indian fea, only the north-
ern part ffiould be fubjeft to the changeable Mon-
foons, and in the fouthern there ffiould be a conftant
fouth-eaft.

This account of Wind is taken from the learned Dr.
Halley’s difeourfe on this fubjed;, Philofoph. Tranf.
N° 183.

The Rev. Mr. Robinfon gives this account of the ori-
gin of Wind ; that in the greateft probability it pro-
ceeds from vaft fwarms of nitrous particles, which rife
from the bottom of the fea, and have been put into
motion, either by the central fire, or by that heat
and fermentation which abounds in this huge body
of the earth •, and therefore this firft commotion, which
is excited by the faid fermentation, is called a bot-
tom Wind, which is prefently difeovered by the por-
poifes, and other fea fiffi, that delight to fport and
play upon the waves of the fea, and by their playing,
mve to the mariners the firft notice of an approaching

0

ftorm.

When thefe nitrous fwarms are men toward the fur-
face of the fea, they caufe, in a dark night, fuch a
iliinino1 light upon the. waves, as if the fea were on
fire ; and being delivered from the brackiffi water*

and received into the open air, thofe fiery and filming
meteors, which fix upon malts and tides of the ffiips,
are only nitrous particles condenfed by the circumam-
bient cold, and like that which the chemifts call t>hof-
phorus, or artificial glow-worm, mine' and calc alight,
but have no heat.

This gives the fecond notice to the mariners, that the
ftorm is rifing *, for the fea begins to be rough upon
the firft breaking out of the Wind, and the waves
(well and rife, though the air at the fame time is calm
and clear.

This boiling fermentation of the fea canfes the va-
pours to arife, which by the intenfenefs of the circum-
ambient cold, are condenfed into thick clouds, and
fall down in ftorms of Wind and rain , firft upon the
fea, from whence they rofe •, and then the attraftive
power of the mountain cold, by a iecret magnetifm
between vapour and cold, attracts, the wateriffi va-
pours, and intermixed with nitrous particles, they
afcend to the high tops of mountains and hills, where
they hang hovering in thick fogs, and watery mills,
until the atmofpherical heat rarefies the nitrons part
of the fog, which is almoft uppermoft, and appears
white and tranflucent, into brifk gales of Wind.

And the intenfenefs of the atmofpherical cold hav-
ing attradled the vapours into the colder regions of
the air, where they are condenfed into clouds, the
Wind breaks, diffipates, and drives them before it,
till they fall down in rain, and water the ftirface of
the earth.

And this feems to be the reafon why they have but
little Wind, and lefs rain in Egypt, and thofe level
countries where they have no mountains.

Dr. Derham fays. Wind is a current of the air •, and
that which excites or alters its current, may juftly be
faid to be the caufe of Wind.

An equipoife of the atmofphere produces a calm •, but
if that equipoife be taken off, more or lefs, a ftream
of air or Wind is accordingly thereby produced, either
ftronger or weaker, fwifteror flower.

And there are divers things that may caufe fuch al-
terations in the[equipoife or balance of the atmofphere,
viz. eruptions of vapours from the fea and land, ra-
refactions and condenfations in one place more than
in another, the falling of rain, preffure of the clouds,
&c.

It is obferved of caves, that they always emit Winds
more or lefs ; and as great caves, fo great lakes alfo
fend forth Winds ; but the moft univerfal and con-
ftant alterations of the atmofphere are produced by
heat and cold.

This is manifeft in the general trade Winds, which,
between the tropics, blow all the year from eaft to
weft •, if the caufe of this be (according to the opinion
of fome ingenious men) the daily progrefs of the fun
round that part of the globe, and by his heat rarefy-
ing one part of the air, while the cooler and heavier
air behind preffes after.

And fo the land and fea breezes and fo in our di «
mate, the northerly and foutherly Winds (which are
commonly efteemed the caufe of warm and cold wea-
ther) are really the effeCls of the cold or Warm th of
the atmofphere.

Of this Dr. Derham fays, he has had fo many confir-
mations, that he does not doubt of it ; and he pro-
duces for an inftance of it, that it is not uncommon to
fee a warm foutherly Wind, on a fudden change to
the north, by the fall of fnow or hail •, and in a cold
frofty morning, to fee the Wind north, and to wheel
about toward the foutherly quarters, when the fun
has well warmed the air •, and then again, in the cold
evening, to turn northerly or eafterly.

And hence alfo it is, that the Winds and clouds are
oftentimes contrary to each other in thunder ffiowers
(efpecially if hail falls ■,) the fultry weather below di-
rects the Wind one way, and the cold above the clouds
another way.

And that he has obferved feveral times, that when
the morning has been warm, and what Wind was
flirting was weft- fouth-weft, that the clouds were
u thick

-W I N

thici. 1 black (as they generally are when fnow
follows j ) and that, a little before noon, the Wind
veered about to the north by weft, and lometimes to
other points ; the clouds at the fame time flying
fame north by weft, and fo me fou th -weft ; that about
one o’clock it rained apace, the clouds fometimes
flying north-eaft, then north and at laft both Winds
and clouds have fettled north by weft ; and at that
time the fleet fell very plentifully, and it grew
very cold.

From all which he obferves ; /

Fir ft, that though the region bekw was warm, th<

, region of t’ne clouds was cold, as the black Inowy
clouds fhev/ed.

Secondly, That the ftruggle between the warmth o~
our region, and the cold of the cloudy region ftoppe..
the airy currents of both regions.

Thirdly, That the falling of the fnow through our
warmer air, did at firft melt into rain ; but after the
fuperior cold had conquered the inferior warmth, it
became fleet.

Fourthly, That as the cold prevailed by degrees, it
wheeled' about both the Winds and clouds, from the
northward towards the fouth.

;It is not at all improbable, that there is often affem-
bled in the atmofphere, a iufflcient quantity of va-
pours to maintain a lading condenfation •, and that it
is alio quick enough at fome times to create a great
Wind.

For according to Dr. Halley’s experiment, it may t i
computed, that there is 129,762,219 cubical miles j
the atmofphere filled by vapours every day. This p:
digious quantity, being divided and ranged in bou.cs
at various fituations throughout the world, occanons,
by the mutual condenfations, almoft confcant relults
of the air, to fupply the empty places ; fo may be
thought abundantly fufticient for producing and main-
taining ail Winds univerfally.

From thefe and other confiderations, it may be con-
cluded, that the production' of Winds depends chiefly
on the condenfadon of vapours ; and in order to con-
firm this hypothefis, we (hall proceed to explain feve-
ral properties and cafes foivable thereby.

1. That the direction or courfe of any Wind is accord-
ing to the fltuation of the body of vapours, whofe
condenfation produces it ; fo if a concourfe of vapours
be gathered over the kingdom of France, the conden-
fation thereof would draw the air from England in a
foutheriy direction, in Spain would be a ■ northerly
Wind, in Germany would blow wefterly, at the Bay
of Bifcay an eafterly Wind.

2. That the force or intenfiry of a Wind is the exten-
fion of the condenfing vapoun, and the quicknefs of
their condenfations.

3. This may account for there being more Winds
about the equinoxes than at other feafons.

4 We muff add that it is underftood, that the great-
er quantities of rain that fall in the winter, muft
occaiion more Winds than in fummer, there being a
proportionable quantity of vapours condenfed ; and
iikewife,

5. That there are more Winds in diftant latitudes than
toward the equator j becaufe the former are more

fubject to rain.

6. Why there is more rain and Wind in the winter
than in the fummer, when the heat of the fun is in the
former more weak and languid, by which it is inca-
pable of raffing any great quantity of vapour to pro-
duce that rain, and Wind.

7. Why they have more rain and Wind toward the
poles and about the equator, although, the latter is a
part of the world where the fun makes the greateft

evaporation.

A

The induftry of fome late writers have brought the
theory and production, and motion of the Winds, to
fomewhat of mathematical demonftration, we ftrall
here give it to the reader in that form.

Laws of the 'productions &c. of Winds .

1. If the fpring of the air be weakened in any place.,
more than in the adjoining places, a Wind will blow
through the place where the diminution is.

For fince the air endeavours by its elaftic force to ex-
pand itfelf every way, if that force be lefs in one
place than another, the nifus of the more againft the
Ids elaftic will be greater, than the nilus of the lat-
ter againft the former. — The lefs elaftic air, there-
fore, will- reflft with lefs force than it is urged by the
more elaftic ; confequently, the lefs elaftic will be
driven out of its place, and the more elaftic will
fucceed.

If now the excefs of the fpring of the more elaftic,
to that of the lefs elaftic, be fuch as to occafion a little
alteration in the barofeope, the motion both of the
air expelled, and that which fucceeds it will become
fenfible.

2. Hence, fince the fpring of the air increafes, as the
comprefling weight increales, and compreffed air is
denfer than air lefs compreffed, all Winds blow into a
rarer air out of a place filled with a denfer.

3. Wherefore fince a denfer air is fpecificallv heavier
than a rarer, an extraordinary lightnefs of the air in
any place, muft be attended with extraordinary Winds
or ftorms.

Now an extraordinary fail of the mercury in the ba-
rometer, fhews an extraordinary lightnefs of the at-
mpfphere -s therefore it is no wonder if that foretels
ftorms. .

4 rr “he air be fuddehlv condenfed in any place, its
-ng will be fuddenly dimimfhed •, hence, if this di-
minution be great enough toaffed the barometer, there
will be a Wind blow through the condenfed air.

5. But fince it cannot be fuddenly condenfed, unlefs
it has before been much rarefied, there will a Wind
blow through the air as it cools, after it is violently
heated.

6. In like manner if air be fuddenly rarefied, its fpring
is fuddenly increafed •, wherefore it will flow through
the contiguous air, not afted on by the rarefying
force. — A W ind therefore will blow out of a place in
which the air is fuddenly rarefied ; and on this prin-
ciple it is, in all probability, that

7. Moft caves are found to emit Wind, either more
or lefs. — Since the fun’s power in rarefying the air is
notorious, it muft neceffarily have a great influence
on the generation of Vvflnds.

The rifing and changing of the Wind is determined
experimentally, by means of weather-cocks placed
on the tops of houfes, &c. — But thefe only indicate
what paffes about their own height, or near the fur-
face of the earth ; Wolfius affuring us, from obfer-
vations of feveral years, that the higher Winds which
drive the clouds, are different from the lower ones,
which move the weather-cocks.

Dr. Derham obferves, upon comparing feveral feries
of oblervations made of the Winds in divers countries,
viz. England, Ireland, Switzerland, Italy, France,
New England, &c. that the Winds in thole feveral
places leldom agree •, but when they do, it is com-
monly when they are ftrong, and of long continuance
in the fame quarter ; and more, he thinks, in the
northerly and eafterly, than in any other points.* — Al-
fo, that a ftrong Wind in one place is oftentimes a
weak one in another ; or moderate, according as the
places are nearer or more remote.

The laws of the force and velocity of Wind.

Wind being only air in motion, and air a fluid fub-
je6t to the laws of other fluids, its force may be
brought to a precife computation : thus •,

The ratio of the fpecific gravity of any other fluid
to that of the air, together with the fpace that fluid,
impelled by the preffure of the air, moves in any
given time, being given ; we can determine the fpace

14 T which

483

/

W 1 N

Which the air itfelf, afted on by the fame force, will
move in the fame time by this rule,
s. As the fpecific gravity of air is to that of any
other fluid, lo reciprocally is the fquare of the fpace
which that fluid, impelled by any force, moves in
any given time, to the fquare of the fpace, which
the air, by the fame impulfe, will move in the fame
time.

Sup no Ping therefore, the ratio of the fpecific gravity
of that other fluid to that of air, to be —b:ci the
fpace defcribed by the fluid to be called /; and that
which the air will defcribe by the fame impulfe -x : the
rule gives us x—>/ (b s : c.)

Hence, if we fuppofe water, impelled by the given
force, to move two feet in a fecond of time ; then
will f— 2 ; and fince the fpecific gravity of water to
air is as 970 to 1, we fhall have b~ 970, and c~ 1 ;
confequently x—»y 070. 4=^/3880 = 632 feet : the

velocity of the Wind, therefore to that of water,
moved by the fame power, will be as 623 to 2 ; i. e.
if water move two feet in a fecond, the Wind will fly
623 feet.

2. Add, that f—j ( c xz : b 5) and therefore the
fpace any fluid, impelled by any impreffion, moves
in any time, is determined by finding a fourth pro-
portional to the two numbers that exprefs the ratio of
the fpecific gravity, and the fquare of the fpace the
Wind moves in the given time. The fquare root of
that fourth proportional is the fpace required.

M. Mariotte, e. g. found, by various experiments,
that a pretty ftrong Wind moves 24 feet in a fecond
of time ; wherefore, if the fpace which the water, act-
ed on by the fame force as the air, will defcribe in the
fame time, be required, then will c— 1, *=24, £=97 o,
and we (hall find /=/ (576: 970=44)

3. The velocity of Wind being given, to determine
the preflure required to produce that velocity, we
have this rule.

The fpace the Wind moves in one fecond of time, is
to the height a fluid is to be raifed in an empty tube,
in order to have a preflure capable of producing that
velocity, in a ratio compounded of the fpecific gravi-
ty of the fluid to that of air ; and of quadruple the al-
titude a body defcends in the firft fecond of time, to
the aforefaid fpace of air.

Suppofe, e. gr. the fpace the air moves in a fecond
a= 24 feet, or 288 inches; call the altitude of the
third x , and the ratio of the mercury to the air b :
£=13580: 1, J=i8i inches; x will be lefs than the
number by one line, or W of an inch. And hence
we fee why a fmall, but fudden change in the baro-
meter, fliould be followed by violent Winds.

The force of the Wind is determined experimentally,
by a peculiar machine called an anemometer, or Wind
meafurer ; which being moved by means of fails, like
thofe of a Windmill, raife a weight, that ftill the
higher it is raifed, receding farther from the center of
motion, by Aiding along a hollow arm fitted on to
the axis of the fails, becomes heavier and heavier, and
preffes on the arm, till, being a counterpoife to the
force of the Wind on the fails, it flops the motion of
them. An index then, fitted upon the fame axis, at
right angles with the arm, by its riflng or falling,
points out the ftrength of the Wind, on a plane di-
vided like a dial plate into degrees.

Winds are either conftant or variable. The conftant
Winds are up and down always at a certain time of
the year, and in certain parts of the world; but the
variable vary fo much, that they cannot be reduced
to any rule.

The conftant and periodical Winds are only in the
wideft feas ; as in the Atlantic and Ethiopic feas, be-
tween the tropics, there is generally an eafterly _Wind
all the year long, without any conliderable variation,
unlefs declining fame few points toward the north or
fouth ; but all along the coafts of Guiney, for five
hundred leagues, the foutherly and fouth-weft Winds
are perpetual.

In the Indian ocean the Winds are partly general, as
in the Ethiopic ocean, and partly periodical ; that is,

W I N

they blow one way half the year, and upon the oppo-
fite points the other half.

This that is here faid delates to the fea Winds, at fom6
diftance from the land ; for upon the land, and near
thelhores, the land and fea breezes are almoft every
where fenfible ; and the great variety that happens
in their periods, force, and dire&ion, happens from
the fituation of mountains, valleys* and woods, and
from the various texture of the foil, more or lefs capa-
ble of retaining or reflecting heat, or of exhaling or
condenfing vapours.

Of variable Winds, fome are common to all countries*
others are more peculiar to fome certain parts.

Of the latter fort, the moft famous are hurricanes*
which chiefly infeft the Caribbee iflands, but are not
anniverfary, nor equally frequent.

Their fury is fo great, that they throw down all be-4
fore them, tear up trees, overturn houfes, tofs fhipg
pi'Odigioufly, and blow about things of a vaft weight.
They are not even continued Winds, but blow in
gufts, which fuddenly come and go ; neither do they
extend very wide, but are fometimes confined to a
narrow compafs, and at other times take a larger fcope.
As for their duration, it is but a few days, and fome-
times only fora few hours. They are more commoil
in America than any where elfe, but yet Europe and
Afia are not altogether without them, as appears from
hiftories and travels.

The caufes of tempefts and hurricanes are hardly to'
be accounted for in all particulars. However it may,
in the firft place be noted, that the ratio of all liquids
is much the fame, and therefore an extraordinary-
motion may be excited in the air, by the fame way as
in water.

Now, if water fall from a high place, or if there be
a confluence of feveral ftreams together, this gives a
violent motion, and caufes a many whirlings and ed-
dies in it. This is apparent in the torrents falling
down the rocks, and the confluence of rivers.

If therefore fomething analogous may happen in the
air, there needs muft be furious tempefts of Wind
raifed in it. And fuch a thing may happen, if any
extraordinary quantity of vapours be drawn by the
Wind, upon a certain place, which they cannot eafily
get over, by reafon of mountains or contrary Winds,
which oppofe them : for example ; fuppofe a Wind,
upon fome point between north and eaft, carries a
large collection of vapours out of Africa into the Ca-
ribbee iflands ; this Wind lights upon the continent
of America ; now, it is poflible, that not only the
mountains and woods of Panama may refift the cur-
rent of this Wind, and croud the vapours together
there ; but a contrary Wind, upon a point between
fouth and weft, may blow at the fame time upon the
weftern fhore of America, which fhall force the va-
pours back again. When fuch a rencounter happens,
there muft be a wild uproar in the air about the Ca-
ribbee iflands, and in all that traCt between South and
North America, and the vapours in this circular mo-
tion muft needs be furious on all fides, juft as it is in
the water.

For we fee in the confluence of two rivers, if their
currents are rapid at the place where they fall in, they
caufe violent eddies, whirl things about that are caft
in them, fwallowing them up for a little time, and
then throwing them back again.

This fhews us the reafon, why heavy bodies are often
tolled in the air by the whirling of hurricanes, and then
dallied to the ground again ; for the air being a cir-
cular motion, is with great fury tolled backwards and
forwards, between the ground and the clouds ; for as
the waters of the rolling fea do not run to the Ihores
in an even ftream, but in fuch waves as dalh by fits
and turns; fo the courfe of a violent Wind is in broken
and diftinCt blafts.

Such tempefts do not extend very far, though their
bounds are uncertain, becaufe the neighbouring air
giving way to them, they fpend themfelves in the
progrefs of their motion.

ThviS}

W I N

Thus, when a great ftone is call into the water, we
fee a great agitation round about the place where it
fell ; but the more the waves retire from the center of
motion, the flower and the lefs fenfible they grow ;
and as fuch motions do not lalt long in water, no
more do they in the air, for the fame reafon.

Though there may be Urtilfual ftorms of Wind any
where, the air and vapours are drawn together there-
about by contrary Winds, yet they are more freqdent
about the Caribbee iflands, efpecially in June and
Auguft, when the fun is vertical there, for their air be-
ing rarefied by the fun’s heat, the ufual Winds bring
thither a vaft quantity of air and vapours, which be-
ing crouded together, in the gulf of America, caufe
a great eftuatibn about the neighbouring iflands.

When the fun is on this fide the equator, the air is
more rarefied thereabouts, and it may fo happen, that
the fouth-fouth-eaft Wind, which conftantly blows
beyond the line, may fometimes tranfgrefs its limits,
and bring the vapours of th'e JEthiopic fea to the fame
place where thofe of the Atlantic are already gather-
ed ; which, being kept in by the fliore of America,
muft neceffarily be driven about the Cafibbee iflands.

Of the qualities of Winds,

i. A Wind that blows from the fea is always moift ;
in fummer it is cold, in winter warm, uniefs the fea
be frozen up. This is well demonftrated thus : there
is vapour continually rifirig out of all water (as ap-
pears even htnce, that a quantity bf water, being
left a little while in an open veffel, is found fenfibly
diminifhed,) but efpecially if it be expofed to the
fun’s rays, in which cafe the evaporation is beyoiid
all expectation. By this means the air incumbent on
the fea becomes impregnated with a deal of vapour,
but the Winds, blowing from off the fea, fweep thefe
vapours along With them, and Confequently are always
moifV.

Again, water in fummer, &c. conceives lefs heat
than terreftriai bodies, expofed to the fame rays of
the fun j but in Winter, fea water is warmer than the
earth, covered with frofi, fnow* &c. Wherefore, as
the air, Contiguous to any body, is found to partake
of its heat and cold % the air, contiguous to fea wa-
ter, will be warmer in winter, and colder in fummer,
than that contiguous to the earth : or thus ; vapours
raifed from water by the kin’s warmth in winter, are
warmer than the air they rife in, as appears from the
vapours condenfing, and become vifible, almoft as
foon as they are got out into the air. Frefli quantities
of vapours therefore, continually warming the atmo-
fphere over the fea, will raife its heat beyond that
over the land.

Again, the fun’s rays reflected from the earth into the
air in fummer, are much more than thofe from the
water into the air. The air therefore over the earth,
warmed by the reflection of more rays than that over
water, is warmer. Hence fea Winds make cloudy
hazy weather.

2. Winds which blow from the continent are always
dry, in fummer warm, and cold in winter ; for there
is much lefs vapour arifing from the earth, than from
wrater, and therefore the air over the continent will be
impregnated with much fewer vapours : add, that the
vapours or exhalations raifed by a great degree of
heat out of the earth, are much finer and lefs fenfible
than thofe from water. The Wind therefore, blow-
ing over the continent, carries but little vapour with
it, and is therefore dry.

Our northern and fouthern Winds, however, which
are commonly efteemed the caufes of cold and warm
weather. Dr. Derham obferves (as we havb laid,) are
really the effe&s of the cold or warmth of the atmo-
iphere : hence it is, that we frequently fee a warm
foutherly Wind on a fudden changed to the north,
by the fall of fnow or hail, and that in a cold frofty
morning we fee the Wind north, which afterward
wheels about toward the foutherly quarters, when the

a

fun has well warmed the air, and again in the cold
evening turns northerly or eafterly.

Some Winds are drying, others ^re moifc •, feme ga^
ther clouds, others difperfe them feme are warm,
others cold, but their influence is not one and the lame
in all places, for fuch Winds as are warm in one coi .
try are cold in another * thofe that are wet with us
are dry with other nations, and on the contrary.

The dry Winds are fuch as carry but a few vapours
along with them, and therefore lick off' the moift par-
ticles from the bodies over which they pafs ; and thus
in Holland the north and eaft Winds, with the inter-
mediate points, are drying, becaufe the cold northern
fea yields but few vapours in comparifon of thofe that
come from warmer parts of the ocean, but the wefter-
ly Winds and others are moift, becaufe they iffue from
warm and vaporous parts* the weftern Wind feldom
failing to fend rain.

Such Winds gather clouds, which blow from the
quarters where the vapours arife, which, in conjunc-
tion with the vapours of our own region, fill the air ;
and, on the contrary, thofe that bring little vapours
along with them, and bear away that which hangs
over us, bring fair weather.

Winds are either warm or cold, as the countries are
from whence they blow { and therefore when a brifk
wind blows from a cold quarter, it allays the heat of
fummer, which is very troubleiome in ftill weather.
Thus a quick blaft of a pair of bellows will put out a
flame, which a gentle blowing increafes *, for the quick
blaft drives all the flame to one fide, where it is ftifled
by the force of the incumbent air for Want of aliment*:
but a gentle wind augments the motion of the flame
every way, and makes it feize on more parts of fuel.
Now, becaufe all the heat or cold of Wind proceeds
from the heat or cold of the country where it blows*
therefore the fame Winds are cold or hot every where*
Beyond the line they are juft the reverfe of what they
are with us ; their cold Winds are from the fouth,
ours from the north ; and as our fouth Winds are
warm, from no other reafon, but becaufe they bring
us an air heated by the fun, for the very fame reafon
the north Winds are warm to our antipodes.

From what has been faid, it is evident, that the fun
is the caufe of the Wind* and motion the caiife of va-
pours.

Prognojlics of weather from the Wind,

The Winds, Mr. Pointer fays, are the caufes of the
moft fudden and extraordinary alterations of the air.
The nature of the Winds are fuch, that by the expe-
rience we have of them, we may very nearly predict
what weather we ihall have for two or three days af-
ter i as for example, we know that, in our climate,
a fouth Wind generally brings rain, and a weft Wind
more •, and a Weft Vfind is the predominant Wind;
with us, becaufe the ocean lies on the weft fide of our
country.

And alfo, that a north Wind brings fair weather to
us, as well as the eaft Wind, which does not laft fo
long as the north ; therefore the north-eaft and fouth-
weft Winds are thofe that are neceffary chiefly to be
treated of.

Mr. Pointer gives the following rules to know when
the Wind will fet in one of thefe two points, for the
moft part, for two or three months together. Firft, as
to the north-eaft Wind •, when the Wind turns to the
north-eaft point, and continues in it two days without
rain, and does neither turn to the fouthward the third
day, nor rain, then it is likely to continue eight or nine
days without rain, and then to return into the fouth.
If this Wind turns out of the fouth to the north-eaft
agairi, and continues two days in that point without
rain, and neither rains nor turns to the fouth the
third day, it is likely to continue north-eaft for two
months, and for the moft part for three months. The
Wind will finifh thefe turns toward the north in three
weeks time.

Secondly*

W I N

Secondly, as to the fouth-weft Winds ; when the
Wind has been in the north for two months or more,
and comes to the fouth, there are ufually three or four
fair days at firft, and then, on the fourth or fifth day
comes rain, or eife the Wind turns north, and con-
tinues dry Hill ; if within a day or two, without rain,
it return to the fouth, and with rain turn northward,
and return into the fouth the firft or fecond day, as
before, two or three times together after this manner,
then it is like to be in the fouth or fouth-weft two or
three months together, for the moft part, as it was in
the north before* The Wind will fiiftpi thefe turns
in a fortnight.

He does not mention the eaft or weft Winds, becaufe
he fays, the rains ufually come from the fouth, or in
fluffing of the Wind from the fouth to the north ; as
for the drought, the Wind is, for the moft part,
north-eaft.

The Wind ufually turns from the north to the fouth
quietly without rain ; but comes back again into the
north, with a ftrong Wind and rain. The greateft
Winds which blow down houfes and trees, ufually
come by the turning of the Wind out of the fouth by
the weft into the north, which drives away rain, and
clears the air.

• Signs of the changing of the Wind.

I

Mr. Pointer fays, in what point foever the Wind is,
when the fun rifes with many pale fpots appearing in
its orb, and part of it hid in a cloud, it will foon turn
to the fouth.

That when the Wind has been fettled for twenty-four
hours or more, in any of the full points, as north,
eaft, weft, or fouth, when it begins to turn, it will
not fettle till it comes to the oppofite point, as from
the north to the fouth, and fo from full eaft to full
weft ; and fo of the angular points as from the north-
eaft, to the fouth-weft.

Upon whatfoever quarter the Wind is when the moon
changes, it prefently changes upon the new moon.
When the generality of the clouds tack with the Wind
(though there fliould be many little fleeces, or long
flakes, lying higher) the Wind is flagging, and will
change foon, and fhift its point.

Common ohfervations and figns of Winds and forms

arifing.

If pale fpots feem to appear in the orb of the fun at
his fetting, and dazzle there, ftrong Winds from the
fouth will enfue ; the Wind foon fhifting into that
point, in what quarter foever it was before.

If there appear upon the fun when he is fetting, fiery
fpots, or of a reddifh colour, much Wind will enfue ;
and a louring morning is frequently a fore-runner of
' Wind.

If the moon, when at full, has a reddifh circle about
her, it prefages much Wind.

When meteors, or as they are commonly called, ftars,
Ihoot, and fpread a long train of light, they are fore-
runners of Wind that will foon follow.

The Lord Bacon fays, the following are prognoftics
of high Winds or tempefts arifing.

When the fea refounds upon the fliore, when the
Winds murmur in the woods, without any apparent
Wind, they portend that Wind will follow ; for fuch
Winds, breathing chiefly out of the earth, are not
firft perceived, except they are pent by water or wood,
and therefore a murmur out of the caves like wife por-
tends as much.

When the brightnefs of the fmaller ftars is on a fud-
den obfcured, it is a fign of a tempeft arifing, for the
upper regions of the air perceive the matter of the
collection of tempefts and Winds, before the air here
below *, therefore the obfcuring of the fmaller ftars is
a fign of tempeft following.

He fays, the air and fire have fubtile perception of
the riling Winds before men.

We may perceive the trembling of a candle will dif-

• Win

cover a Wind, that otherwife we do not feel ; and
the flexuous burning of flames fliews the air is begin-
ning to.be unquiet •, and in like manner coals of fire,
by calling off the allies more than ufual ; and as for
the allies, it is not to be admired at, if the W ind un-
perceived fhake them off ; for it is a common thing
to try which way the Wind blows, by throwing up
Grafs, chaff, or fuch like things, into the air. °

Signs of the Wind’s ceafing .

If a hafty fiiower of rain falls, when the Wind has
raged for fome hours, it foon abates.

If water ruckles much, and frequent bubbles arife,
the llorm is but of a fhort continuance.

If fparrows chirp merrily, and moles come out of their
holes, it is a fign of the llorm ceafing.

If the bird called king’s-filher, or halcyon, attempts
the feas when the Wind blows hard, it is a fign of its
abating.

Of WINES, and vinous liquors.

W I N E is a brilk, agreeable, and fpirituous juice,
drawn from vegetable bodies, and fermented.

Dr. Boerhaave characterizes Wine, that the firft
thing that it affords by dillillation, be a thin, fattv,
inflammable, &c. fluid, called a fpirit ; and in this
it is diltinguilhed from another clafs of fermented ve-
getable juices ; viz. vinegars, which, inftead of fuch
fpirit, yield for the firft thing an acid, uninflammable
matter.

In order to the making Wines, it will be of great ad-
vantage to be well acquainted with the bufinefs of
fermentation. This Dr. Boerhaave defines and ex-
plains as follows :

Fermentation is a change produced in vegetable bo-
dies, by means of an intelline motion excited therein,;
the effeCt whereof is this, that the part which firft
rifes from them in dillillation, is either a thin, fat,
acrid, hot, tranfparent, volatile, and inflammable
fluid, that will mix with water; or elfe a thin, acid,
pellucid, lei's volatile, uninflammable liquor, capable
of exting.uilhing fire. .

The liquor, obtained by means of fermentation, is
called thin, becaufe none appears to be thinner than
the fpirit of fermented vegetables ; acid, becaufe it
aCls almoft like fire, when applied to the tongue;,
or other parts of the body ; volatile, becaufe there
appears to be no liquor, that is railed with greater
eafe ; but it is this liquor being totally inflammable,
and at the fame time capable of mixing with water,
that ultimately diltinguilhes fermentation from all
other operations in nature ; for neither putrefaction,
digeftion, effervefcence, or any thing of that kind,
will ever afford a liquor at once poffeffed of thofe
qualities.

PutrefaClion, indeed, as well as fermentation, is per-
formed by means of an intelline motion ; but the for-
mer will never produce either of the liquors above de-
fcribed, as the effects of fermentation ; i. e. neither a
vinous nor acetous liquor.

We fee then, that there affe two different e (Feels of
fermentation, the production of an inflammable, fpirit,
and an uninflammable acid •, and whatever operation
will afford neither of thefe liquors, is improperly call-
ed fermentation, which therefore can only take place
in the vegetable kingdom ; for all the art in the world,
fo far as hitherto appears, will never gain fuch fpirits;
from animals or foffils *, and confequendy never excite
an aCtual and real fermentation in them ; for fermen-
tation is the Angle operation in nature, by which fuch
fpirits can be obtained.

2. Any vegetable liquor fo fermented, as to afford the
inflammable fpirit above-mentioned, for the firft
thing in dillillation, we call Wine ; but if the liquor
be fo fermented, as firft to afford the acid uninflamma-
ble one, it is called vinegar ; by which we mean every
thin, acid, volatile, vegetable liquor, capable of extin-
euilhing fire. So-likewife, under the name of Wine,

we

W I N

we include beer or ale, mead and metheglin, cyder,
perry, all forts of artificial Wines, and whatever li-
quors afford fpirits poffeffed of the properties before
fet down.

The like is to be underftoocl of vinegar, which is ob-
tainable from all the fame bodies that afford Wine fo
that we have either the Wine or vinegar of -all forts of
fruits, as of Grapes, Currants, Mulberries, Cherries,
&c. all forts of Grain, as Barley, Wheat, Oats, &c.
all forts of pulfe, as Beans, Peas, Tares, &c. all forts
of roots, as Turneps, Carrots, Radifhes, &c. and in
fhort, all forts of vegetable fubftances, even Grafs
itfelf.

3. All the bodies capable of being changed by fer-
mentation, either into Wine or vinegar, are faid to be
fermentable bodies •, and becaufe fuch a change can
only be wrought, fo far as we know at prefent, upon
vegetables, thefe alone are accounted fermentable.

4. Any matter, which being mixed with a fermen-
table body, increafes its inteftine motion, or excites or
forwards the fermentation, is called the ferment ; and,
according to the doftrine before delivered, nothing
can properly be called fo, but what will produce either
Wine or vinegar.

Thefe fermentable bodies may be reduced to the fol-
lowing claffes ;

The fir ft elafs will confift of the meally feeds, i. e.
all the grain, which, being fully ripe, and well dried,
may be reduced, by grinding to a light meal or flour,
that is neither clammy nor unftuous.

The fecond clafs confifts of all the pulpy fummer
fruits, which, when ripe, affeft tire tongue with the
fenfe of acidity and flrarpnefs, as Apples, Pears,
Grapes, Goofberries, &c. Under this clafs may be
ranged all manner of bulbous pulpy rootsrgrowing in
the ground, if they are firft deprived of their volatile
alkaline fait, which is apt to determine them to pu-
trefaftion.

The third clafs takes itl all the juicy parts of plants,
as the leaves, flowers, ftalks, and roots, provided they
are not too oily, or too alkaline ; in which Cafes ve-
getables will rather putrify than ferment.

The fourth clafs contains the frelh, expreffed, and
native juices of all kinds of vegetables ; to which may
be added, all the native faline liquors that diftil from
wounded plants, as the tears of the Vine, the Walnut,
the Birch-tree, &c.

Under the fifth clafs come the moft perfeft of all the
vegetable juices, viz. thofe that are unctuous, con-
denfed, and elaborated by nature herfelf, fuch as ho-
ney, manna, fugar, and all other kinds of concofted
* juices capable of difi'olving in water.

In order to fit any of the fermentable bodies for fer-
mentation, there are feveral particulars requifite :

1. Maturity-, the juice of unripe berries, as of Cur-
rants or Goofberries, for inftance, will fcarce be
brought to ferment at all, while it is very difficult to
hinder their juice, when fully ripe, from falling fpon-
taneoufly into fermentation.

Thus the juice of unripe Grapes, being uncapable of
fermenting, is a rough acid liquor, called verjuice,
that will for feveral years remain in the fame unadtive
ftate ^ but after they are come to maturity, it can no
fooner be prefled into the veffel, than it becomes a
fermentable fpirituous fluid.

2. Another requifite to prepare a body for fermenta-
tion is, that it fhould contain only a moderate pro-
portion of oil ; for if it either exceeds in the quantity,
or be entirely deftitute of oil, it will never be brought
to ferment at all. Thus Almonds, Fennel-feeds, &c.
are always deprived of their oil before they are at-
tempted to be fermented.

3. The bodies intended for fermentation muft not be
too acid or auftere, as is plain from the acid juices of
unripe fruit, which are not greatly dilpofed to ferment.

4. The laft thing required to fit and prepare a body to
undergo fermentation, is the property of diffolving in
water j for want of which, all acid bodies, and fuch
woods, roots, and herbs, as are dry and hard, be-
come unfit for this operation ; for unlefs the parts of

W 1 N

thefe bodies are difiblved, the requifite inteftine illa-
tion thereof will not enfue ; but without fuch motion
fermentation cannot fubfift.

Hence honey itfelf can never be made to ferment,
whilft it retains its native thick confiftence but being
diffolved by heat, or let down with water, it immedi-
ately enters the ftate of fermentation. On the other
hand, fo violently as the juice of Grapes affefts this
ftate, yet if, immediately after it is expreffed, it be
reduced, by boiling, to the confiftence of a jelly, it
will lie quiet, and never ferment at all, unlefs it be
again diluted, and let down with water.

Ferments are of two kinds the natural or fpontane-
ous, and thofe produced by fermentation.

The fpontaneous, or natural ferments, are,

1. All the freffi expreffed juices of fully ripened
plants, which eafily run into fermentation.

2. Honey, manna, fugar, and the like thick and in-
fpiffated vegetable juices, which eaufe a ftrong fer-
mentation.

3. The ferments produced by fermentation are, the
freffi flowers or yeaft of any fermenting vegetable
juice or liquor, as of Wine, beer, &c. By flowers or
yeaft is to be underftood that light frothy matter,
which covers the furface of the fermenting liquor in
the nature of a tender cruft ; and which, being added
to any other fermentable juices, will excite a fermen-
tation in them.

4. The freffi feces or lees of any fermenting liquor,
as of Wine, ale, beer, &c. For all fermentation di-
vides the liquor, which is the fubjeft of it, into three
parts, viz. the flowers or yeaft, which poffefs the up-
permoft place ; the operating or fermenting fluid,
which lies in the middle ; and’ the grofs and leemingly
exhaufted matter, which, falling to the bottom of the
veffel, is known by the name of lees, fediments, fecu-
lence, or mother, that will, if raifed again out of the
liquor into which it was precipitated, eaufe it to work
afreffi.

Thus, when a hogffiead of Wine has done ferment-
ing, and is fined down, if the veffel be any way fhaken
or difturbed, it will grow turbid again, and ferment
anew, as vintners very well know. For fuch as were
the flowers in the aft of fermentation, fuch is the mo-
ther after the aftion is over.

5. Acid pafte, or bakers leaven, which is no more
than any kind of meal brought into a clofe lump by
means of water, after the fame manner as common
bread is made for this being fet in a warm place,
during the fpace of four or five days, it will firft fwell,
then turn very acid, and at length become a ferment.

6. Thofe ferments which relide in, or flick to the
hides of the cafks that have contained fermenting li-
quors ; for fuch calks will of themfelves raife a fer-
mentation in the liquors committed to them ; and Hel-
mont was of opinion, that they might be capable of
doing this for ever.

Upon account of this inherent ferment it is, that old-
feaioned veffels, or fuch as have been long employed
by vintners or brewers, bear fo great a price among
them.

It is very remarkable, though a thing well known to
brewers and vintners, that a new caffi checks the fer-
mentation of vinous liquors, and renders them weak
and fpiritlefs ; for which reafon they never chufe to
make ufe of fuch a cafk before it is feafoned, as thev
call it, by having firft contained foine fpirituous or fer-
mented liquor or other ; which being plentifully drank
in by the wood, the original liquor comes to be de-
prived of a large proportion of its Spirit, and more fer-
mentable part, whence the remainder muft needs tafte
flat and vapid.

This is certain, that eVen muft itfelf will not eafily fer-
ment in a new pure veffel, but with the greateft faci-
lity, if put into one that has before contained ferment-
ing juices ; for the parts of the fermenting liquors,
with which fuch a veffel muft have been impregnated,
prefently roufe and determine it to aftion.

7. There are fome ferments that appear to be hete-
rogeneous, or which are improperly called ferments y

f4 U i as

'

r . -

W I N

M the white of an egg beat into a froth, which is ufed
•when the liquor to be fermented proves too dilute or
thin to fuftain the operation. For in this cafe the fer-
mentable parts of the fluid eafily extricate themfelves,
and fo fly off for want of fomething to detain and
keep them in the body of the liquor which there-
fore requires fome vifcid fublfance to be mixed with
it, in order to prevent this avolation of its fubtile parts.
And this cannot be more commodioufly effected than
by the white of an egg.

8. Of the like heterogeneous kind of ferments are
all fixed and acid falts. Thus, if the liquor defigned
for fermentation be too acid to work kindly, the ad-
dition of an alkaline fait, as that of Vine branches, or
any faponaceous fublfance, will, by taking off from
the acidity, fit it for, and fo promote the operation ;
but if the liquor be of itfelf too alkaline, then tartar,
or the like, ought to be added to it, to promote the
fermentation.

But this does not happen, becaufe either the acid or
alkaline fait is an aftual ferment, as fome chymifts
have vehemently contended for the alkaline, becaufe
the falts employed refpedtively temper and take down
the predominant acid or alkali, which before hindered
the fermentation of the liquor.

And if fuch falts fliould in due quantities be mixed
with any proper fubjedt of fermentation, poffeffed of
all the qualities before fet down, as requifite to it, the
operation would be entirely checked and prevented ;
fo that alkaline bodies may as well be faid to hinder,
as promote fermentation.

9. And laftly •, Of the fame fort are certain auftere or
rough tailed fubftances, as all harfli and green fruit,
Pomegranate bark and flowers, the Tamarilk bark,
Crab Apples, unripe Medlars, &c. which, when the
liquor defigned for the fermentation is too much
broken in its parts, or difiblved in its texture, bind it
together again by its aftringent quality ; fo that though
it was before too thin and aqueous, it is now reduced
to a proper eonfiftence for fermentation.

Thus, when mull proves thin and watery, it will not
ferment kindly, unlefs fome auftere or aftringent ingre-
dient, as red Rofe leaves, or the like, be added to it,
to thicken and improve its eonfiftence, and at the fame
time prevent the air it contains from making too eafy
an efcape.

But when a liquor is too auftere, or its roughnefs
proves fo great, that it cannot ferment, the addition
of a fixed alkali, in a proper quantity, will remove the
obftrudtion, and leave it at liberty to work.

So like-wife, when the operation is prevented by too
large a proportion of acid in the liquor, the method is
to 'throw chalk, crab’s eyes, bole armoniac, or the
like, into it ; but if it be too unduous or oily, as is
the cafe of fome Spanifti Wines, fait of tartar is made
choice of-, and thus, as circumftances alter, different
bodies are employed to ftop or promote fermentation
in liquors.

In order for fitting the fubjeds of the fecond clafs for
fermentation, and making vinous liquors, viz. pulpy
fummer fruits, and the roots of bulbous plants -, in cafe
they prove crude or hard, they are to be firft boiled in
water, and afterwards bruifed, which will difpofe them
for fermentation ; but if fuch fubjeds are juicy, they
may be diredly ground to a pulp, or have the juice
preffed from them ; or if they are very fucculent,
there may be no occafion to bruife them, only diredly
to commit them to the prefs, and fqueeze out all their
juice.

But if the flefh or fubftance be ftrong and tough, it
may be proper to rafp, lhave, or cut them into fmall
pieces, which will be of fervice in fome bulbous roots,
and make them yield their juice with the greater eafe,
and in greater plenty.

Prepared fruits feldom ftand in need of any thing to
make them ferment, for they generally begin to work
of their own accord but if the weather fhould prove
exceeding cold, or the operation proceed but lan-
guidly, it tray not be amifs to quicken it by adding a

fmall proportion of a ferment, as a little yeaft, tile
lees or mother of Wine ; or even a little new Wine
may ferve the turn:

The fubjeds of the third clafs, viz. the fucculent parts
of plants, heed only; in order to their fermentation,
be beat to a thick kind of pulp, while they are frelh,
and mixed with a proper proportion of rain water, that
is juft enough to dilute them ; for if much water be
employed, the fpirit will be the weaker for it.

Thefe require but very little ferment, or none at all,
to make them work in the fummer feafon, and no
large proportion in the winter ; but in eafe any at all
be required, nothing will prove more ferv:ceable than
honey or fugar.

The fubjeds of the fourth and fifth claffes, viz. the
frelh native juices, and weeping liquors of vegeta-
bles, with the condenfed and unduous juices of the
fame, are to be diluted, and let down with rain water,
to a due eonfiftence, which is then thought to be ob-
tained, when the compound liquor will juft keep a
new-laid egg afloat -, but fome vegetable juices mav
naturally be of this very denfity or eonfiftence, and
in that cafe they will require no water at all. If any
be thicker or denfer, they ferment not fo kindly ; and
if thinner or rarer, they afford but a weak fpirit. Thus,
in order to ferment fugar, treacle, or any common iy-
rup, we firft let down the matter with water, to the
eonfiftence above-mentioned and then, if there be
occafion, put yeaft to it, to quicken the fermentation,
and make it proceed kindly.

The fubjeds of the fourth clafs, viz. the prepared re-
cent juices, and fpontaneous tears of vegetables, are
fo far from requiring any ferment, that it often proves
very difficult to ftrain or check the fermentation they
naturally fall into, efpecially if the feafon be warm,
and the juices rich -, at moft, if the weather fhould
prove cold, they need only be fet in a warm place to
make them work.

The fubjeds of the fifth clafs, viz. the prepared or
infpiffated juices of vegetables, require no ferment at
all in the fummer, and but a fmall proportion in win-
ter, to fet them on working ; lefs than an ounce of
yeaft to twenty pints of prepared liquor, will ufually
do for that purpofe in the coldeft feafon but in hot
countries, or fultry feafons, thefe prepard juices, and
efpecially fugar, are of themfelves apt to fall into a
too violent fermentation, which therefore ought to be
abated by the contrary means.

All the vegetable bodies of thefeveral claffes defigned
for fermentation, and prepared for it in the foregoing
manner, ought, together with their ferments, to be
committed to cafks of Oak already feafoned with the?
fame kind of fermented liquor, or fome other, confid-
ing of fubtile and penetrating parts. Then thofe calks
or veffels having their bung-holes lightly covered with
a thin or Angle cloth, and being fet in a warm place,
the liquor will ferment.

The mouths of the veffels are thus {lightly covered
over, that the air may have a free paffage in and out of
them, for they are here defigned to ferve as vent-holes ;
and thefe veffels are ordered of wood, becaufe fer-
mentation is never obferved to be fo well carried on
in thofe of glazed earth or glafs ; though on account
of their tranfparency, it is fometimes performed in
the latter, that the phenomena may be better ob-
ferved.

The preparatory bufinefs of fermentation hitherto de-
feribed, has been carried on by art, but nature muftv
now perform the reft of the work ; fo that we are
here only concerned to obferve the phenomena which
arife in the operation.

When therefore 'any fermentable body is prepared af-
ter the manner above delivered, and with its due pro-
portion of a ferment, committed to a large ftrong
glafs veffel, Handing in a warm place
1. The whole body of the liquor foon begins to fwelk
heave, rarefy, and lend up little bubbles to the top of
the veffel, where they burft with an audible noife,
and form into froth. Now the liquor which was be-
fore

W I N

fore tranfparent, grows opaque, and a violent unin- j
terrupted inteftine motion manifefts itfelf therein.

2. The parts of the fermenting fluid appear to be
incredibly elaftic, and the motion of them exceeding
violent. Indeed, by means of this property of fer-
mentation, very terrifying and furprifing adions may
be performed. Thus, if a hundred pints of muft were,
on fome warm day in autumn, to be confined clofe in
a veflel of Oak above an inch thick in the fides, and
made ever fo tight and ftrong with iron hoops, yet
could not this prevent the working of the liquor ; but
in fpite of fo great a refiftance, it would buril; the vef-
fel, with a report as loud as that of a cannon.

And therefore the way to preferve new Wine in the
ftate of muft is, to put it up in very ftrong but fmall
cafks, firmly doled on all fides ; by which means it
will be kept from fermenting, and then it goes by the
name of ftum : but if it Ihould happen to fall into fer-
mentation, the readied: and only way to flop it, is by
the fume of fulphur, or fomething of the like nature.
Were it not for the knowledge of this property of
burning fulphur, the wine merchants and vintners
might frequently fuftain great damages from the
burfting of their veflels, when the liquor is upon the
fret, or, by fome alteration in the air, or other acci-
dent, begins to ferment again : but the fmoke of a
little common brimftone, or a lighted match dipped
in it, and held under a calk of Wine that is juft
ready to burft its hoops, will calm its fury, and make
it fubfide as fuddenly as a fpoonful of oil, thrown
into a large foaming copper of boiling fugar, takes
down its heat, and prevents the mifchief it might
otherwife occafion.

2. A thick fkin, or crufty fcurf, forms itfelf on the
furrace, through which the elaftic or fermenting mat-
ter is continually breaking. This cruft appears to be
the principal caufe of fermentation •, for it keeps in,
or prevents the fpirituous part of the liquor from fly-
ing off; arid if it be frequently broken, it puts a
check to the fermentation, and will often entitely ftop
it, if wholly taken away.

4. This fkiri or ci'iift, which We now call flowers or
yeaft, gradually confumes and precipitates to the
bottom of the liquor ; in which cafe it is called by
the name of feces or mother •, and after this, the fluid
above it immediately becomes tranfparent again, ceafes
to hifs and bubble, has a very penetrating, pungent,
fpirituous, or vinous tafte and lcent, with a mixture
of acidity and fweetnefs. And now the liquor, hav-
ing undergone the operation of fermentation, is be-
come Wine.

The vapour arifing from the liquor, during its fer-
mentation, ought not to be approached too near, or
breathed in too gfeat a quantity, becaufe it is highly
poifonous ; and, if it prove not mortal, may at leaft
render the perfon apoplectic and paralytic. We have
accounts in the French and German Tranfadions, of
people who were immediately ftriick dead, by receiv-
ing at the nofe the fumes that iffued from large veflels
of Wine, in the ftate of fermentation.

And now, if the liquor thus fermented be flopped
down clofe, it will begin to feed upon arid digeft its
own lees or mother, and at length confume them ; in
which cafe we commonly fay, the Wine begins to ri-
pen ; and afterwards, this mother fhoots to the fides -
of the containing veflel, and there appears in the form
of an eflential fait, which is then called tartar.

The fpaceof time required for finilhing the fermenta-
tion differs with the fubjed matter, the feafon of the
year, the nature of the place, and other cir cum dances ;
but it is known to be perfectly performed by the fe~
veral phenomena juft now mentioned.

As foon as the flowers fall to the bottom, the veflel
mould be bunged down, otherwife the volatile part
'would fly off, and the fermented liquor become vapid
and flat.

In this ftate it ought to ftand for fome weeks in a cool
place, by which means it will grow ftronger, and
more liquid ; for during this time, it imbibes and con-
fumes Its own feces, which abound in fubtile fpiritu-

W I N

ous parts j and grows, foft, and lofes of its acidity, by
throwing off its tartar.

And the longer it is thus fuffered to ftand, the more
ftrength it gains, or the more fpirifc it will yield in
diftillatiom

Thus, for inftance j malt liquors, newly brewed, af-
ford but a fmall quantity of inflammable ipirit ; but
if fuffered to remain for fome weeks in the. veflel, till
they become fine and clean, they will yield a much
greater proportion : though to avoid fo great an ap-
paratus of veflels as would then be required, malt li-
quors, brewed, in order to make fpirits, are feldom
kept, but immediately after fermentation committed
to the ftill. And hence we are furnifhed with a rea-
fon, why all ftale vinous liquors are ftronger, arid in-
ebriate ioonei, than fuch as are new.

The phyjical effeffs.

r< ’* > . / , f _ 4 '

The phyflcal properties of a vinous liquor, prepared
in the manner above deferibed, are thofe which
follow :

1. It will have an inebriating quality, when received
into the body ; and nothing is properly poflefled of
this quality, but what has been firft fermented.

For if a perfon ftiould eat ever fuch a quantity of
Grapes, or drink ever fo freely of muft, he might in-
deed bring a loofenefs upon hjmfelf by that means,
but he would not be fuddled. So likewife to take
down large draughts of fweet-wort, or the tindure of
malt, might throw one into a violent vomiting and
flux, but never produce the fymptoms of drunkennefs.
And whatever fome pretend, as to Mandrake, Hem-
lock, Poppies, opium, and the like, the effects they
have upon the human body are rather ftupefying thari
inebriating ; but drunkennefs is different from flrupe-
fadion.

An over dofe of vinous liquors makes a man brifle,’
lively, and joyful, or difpofes him to flng, dance, or
be merry j at length however, his legs will not fup-
port him ; and, if the fit be violent, he grows furi-
ous, raving, Or paralytic, and fo he dies.

But opium has not thefe effeds it brings on a pro-
found fleep ; and he who has taken too much of it,
dies lethargic.

• ^ . j

2. Wine has the faculty of heating the body. No-
thing appears to cool the body more than Currants 5
yet the wine prepared from them is very heating.
The like is to be underflood of Cherries, and all fer-
mentable bodies, though ever fo cold, for thefe will
afford a vinous liquot.

3. It is inflammable, and will mix with water.

4. It contains tartar, and affords it after the ferment
tation is over. This tartar is the eflential fait of the
Vegetable made ufe of, and differs from the lees or
mother, being refolvable by diftillation into a water,
a fpirit, two kinds of oil, an alkaline fait, and earth!
All fermented vegetables afford it. Muft yields a fe-
culent fait, and no tartar; but if once it works, fo as
to become pure Wine, it will, in the fpace of half a
year, throw off a clean tartar, which therefore appears
to be the effed of a perfed fermentation, and accord-
ingly is never obtained without it.

5. It retains neither the Colour, tafte, nor fmell of
the fpecific vegetable from which it is made Thus
we have feen, that Rofemary affords a quite different
water, after it has been fermented, from what it did
before. Thus fermented Hydromel, malt liquors,
treacles, fugar, &c. yield fpirits by diftillation, that
cannot be diftinguiftied from one another.

The Grapes of fome countries are as fweet as honey,
and fo is their muft before fermentation, yet the
Wind prepared from either, may have little or no
fweetnefs, and fometimes even gain a degree of acidi-
ty. It is not eafy to believe that Rhenifh Wine lhould
proceed from fo fweet a Grape as it does.

6. It acquires a fomewhat acid and fpirituous tafte and
fmell. The tafte of honey or malt, &rc. is fweet, and
their feent fcarce- perceivable, before you commit
them to fermentation ; but, after having undergone

that

that operation, they are lefs fweet, but (harper upon
the tongue, and affed the nole with a brilk, fpintu-
ous, or vinous odour.

7. It contains the volatile fait and oil of the vegeta-
ble, attenuated, and reduced into one fpirit, as may
appear by the chemical analyfis of a fermented fubjed.

8. It renders the oil of the vegetable more volatile
than the water. When an unfermentable vegetable is
diftiiled, the firft thing that comes over is water, and
the next the effential oil, but the contrary is obferved
after fermentation ; for, by that operation, the oil is
rendered more volatile than the water, and therefore
riles firft in diftillation, having been broken and
ground lb fine by the preceding operation, as now to
come over the helm, not in its own form, as before,
but as the fined and moft volatile part of the fer-
mented liquor, capable of uniting with water.

The things that promote fermentation are,

1. Reft •, by means of which the cruft on the furface
may remain unbroken, for it is this cruft that prevents
the fprrituous part from flying off.

2. A free admiffion of the external air, fo that it may
come at the internal parts of the fermenting fluid ;
for, according to Mr. Boyle, if a fermenting liquor be
put into his exhaufced receiver, the operation imme-
diately ceafes.

3. A moderate degree of warmth ; for too great heat,
and too great cold, are the bane of fermentation.

4. A proper feafon of the year ; that is, when the
vegetables of the fame fpecies with that made ufe of
are in their bloom, for it is then their juices are moft
in motion accordingly we find, when Vines are in the
bloffom, the Wines of former years growth will again
fpontaneoufty run into fermentation. When thefe fe-
veral conditions meet, fermentation is performed to
the beft advantage.

The things which check or hinder fermentation are,

1. Too large a proportion of acid falts, fuch as fpirit
or oil of vitriol, oil of fulphur per Campanam, fpirit
of fait, &c. Thus, when any liquor ferments too vi-
olently, a few drops of oil put into it, or the burning
a little fulphur under or hear the veffel will immedi-
ately check and re'ftrain its fury.

2. An over-proportion of fixed alkalies ; fuch are fait
of tartar, pot-aflies, or faponaceous bodies.

3. Terreftrial alkalies, as chalk, marl, crabs eyes, &c.

4. A clofe flopping up of the veffel.

5. A great degree of cold.

6. A violent compreffion of the air in a veffel, which
Mr. Boyle has (hewn, will flop fermentation, as well
as taking out the air by means of his pneumatic
engine.

Some Jh or t general directions as to the making of Wines.

Wine is made of Grapes, by (lamping them in a vat,
or crufhing and expreffing the juice out of them in a
prefs, and then fermenting, &c.

In the fouthern part of France their method is, for
red Wines, to tread the Grapes, or fqueeze them be-
tween their hands, and to let the whole Hand, juice and
hufks, till the tindure be in colour as they would have
it, and then they prefs it ; but for white Wines, they
prefs the Grapes immediately.

When they have been preffed, they tun the mull, and
(lop up the veffel, leaving the calk empty about the
depth of half a foot, or better, to give room for its
working.

At the end of ten days they fill this fpace with fome
other proper Wine, that will not provoke it to work
again, repeating this every ten days for fome time :
new Wine fpending itfelf a little before it be perfed.
About Paris, and in the northern parts of France, they
let the marc and muft (land two days and nights for
white Wines, and at lead a week for claret Wines, be-
fore they tun it, and while it continues working, they
keep it as warm as poffible.

Some, upon flopping it up for good and all, roll the
calk about the cellar to mix it with the lees, and after

it has oeen fettled a few days, rack it off with great
improvement.

To fine it down, they put (havings of green Beech
into the calk, but they firft take off all the rind, and
boil them an hour in water to extract their ranknefs,
and afterward dry them in the fun, or an oven. A
peck of thefe will ferve for a hoglhead of W ine ;
they put it in a gentle working, and purify it in
twenty-four hours ■, they alio give it an agreeable
flavour.

Some fweeten their Wines with Kaifins of the fun,
trod in the vat with the Grapes, they having been
firft plumped by boiling •, others by boiling half the
muft, fcumming it, and tunning it up hot with the
other.

Wine is diftinguifiied, from the feveral degrees and
fteps of its preparation, into,

1. Mere-goute, (mother-drop,) which is the virgin
Wine, or that which runs of itfelf out of the tap of
the vat, before the Grapes are trodden.

2. The muft, furmouft, or (cum, which is the Wine
or liquor in the vat, after the Grapes have been trod-
den in the vat.

3. The preffed Wine, or vin de preffurage, which is
that fqueezed with a prefs out of the Grapes, half-
bruifed by treading.

4. Boiffon, or draught Wine. This is made of the
hufks left of the Grapes, which are called rape or
marc, by throwing water upon which and pr effing
afrefh, they make a liquor for fervants.

Wines are alfo diftinguifned into

Vin doux, or fweet Wine, which is that which has
not yet worked nor boiled.

Bourou ; that which has been prevented working by
calling in cold water.

Wine of the cuve, or worked Wine, i. e. that which
has been let to work in the vat to give it a colour.

Vin cuit, i. e. boiled Wine ; that which has had a
boiling before it worked, and which, by that means.
Hill retains its native fweetnefs.

Vin paffe, i. e. ftrained Wine ; that which is made
by keeping dry Grapes in water, and letting it ferment
of itfelf.

The goodnefs of Wine confifts in its being neat, dry,
clear, fine, bride, without any tafie of the foil, of a
clean Heady colour ; in its having a ftrength, with-
out being heady, a body without being four, and its
keeping without growing hard.

After Wines have been made, they require to be ma-
naged according to their different (late and circum-
ftances. We (hall therefore confider them under thefe
four general heads following :

v_0 O

1. The natural purification or clarification of Wines,
whereby, of themfelves, they pals from the ftate of
crudity and turbulency, to that of maturity, by de-
grees growing clear, fine, and potable.

2. The unleafonable workings, frettings, and other
fickneffes, to which, from either internal or external
accidents, they are afterward fubjed.

3. Their ftate of declination or decay, wherein they
degenerate from their goodnefs and pleafantnefs, be-
coming palled, or turning into vinegar.

4. The feveral artifices ufed to them, in each of thefe
dates and conditions. As to the firft, viz. the na-
tural clarification of new Wines, two things occur,
which deferve confideration ; the manner how, and
the caufe by which the fame is effeded.

As for the manner, it is to be obferved, that Wine,
while yet in the mull, is u fu ally put into open veffels,
the abundance and force of the fpirits, i. e. the more
fubtile and adive parts therein contained, being then
fo great as not to endure being imprifoned in clofe
ones ; at which time it appears troubled, thick, and
feculent, all parts of it being violently moved and agi-
tated, fo that the whole mafs of the liquor feems to
boil like water in a cauldron over the fire.

This

W I N

Tiiis tumult being in fome degree compofed, and the
gas fylveftre (as Van Heifnont calls it,) or wilder fpirit
fufficiently evaporated, they then pour the mull into
clofe veffels, there to be farther defecated by continu-
ance of the fame motion of fermentation, referving
the froft or flower of it, and putting the fame into
fmall calks hooped with iron, left otherwise the force
of it might break them.

This flower thus feparated, is what they call Hum,
either by tranfpofition of the letters in the word mu ft,
or from the word Hum, which in High Dutch fignifies
mute, becaufe this liquor (as one may lay,) is hindered
from that maturity, by which it Ihould fpeak its good-
nefs and wholefomenefs.

This being done, they leave the reft of the Wine to
finilh its own fermentation, during which it is pro-
bable that the fpirituous parts impel and diffufe the
grofier and feculent parts up and down in a confufed
and tumultuous manner, until, all being difpoled in
their proper regions, the liquor becomes more pure
in fubftance, more tranfparent to the eye, more pi-
quant and guftful to the palate, more agreeable to
the ftomach, and more nutritive to the body.

The impurities being thus feparated from the liquor,
are upon chemical examinations, found to confift of
falts, fulphur (each of which is impregnated with fome
fpirits,) and much earth, which being now diflfociated
from the pureft fpirits, either mutually cohere, coa-
gulate, and affix themfelves to the fides of the veffels
in form of a ftony cruft, which is called tartar and
argol, or link to the bottom in a muddy fubftance,
like the grounds of ale or beer, which is called the
lees of Wine. And this is the procefs of nature, in
the clarification of all Wines, by an orderly fermen-
tation.

As for the principal agent, or efficient caufe of this
operation, it feems to be no other but the fpirit of
the Wine itfelf, which moving every way in the mafs
of the liquor, thereby diffolves that common tye of
mixture, whereby all the heterogeneous parts thereof
were combined and blended together ; and having
gotten itfelf free, at length abandons them to the ten-
dency of their gravity, and other properties, which,
they foon obeying, each kind conlorts with its like,
and betaking themfelves to their feveral places or re-
gions, leave the liquor to the poffeffion and govern-
ment of its nobleft principle, the fpirit. For this fpi-
rit, as it is the life of the Wine, doubtlefs it is alfo
the caufe of its purity and vigour, in which the per-
fection of that life feems to confift.

From the natural fermentation of the Wines, we
pafs to the accidental •, from their ftate of found nefs,
to that of their ficknefs, which is the fecond general
head.

We have the teftimony of experience, that frequent-
ly even thofe Wines that are good and generous, are
invaded by unnatural and fickly commotions, or
(as the Wine coopers call them) workings ; during
which they are turbulent in motion, thick of conflu-
ence, unfavoury in tafte, unwholefome in ufe, and,
after which, they undergo fundry alterations for the
worfe.

The caufesof this may be either internal or external.
Among the internal, the chief place may be affigned
to the exceffive quantity of tartar, or of lees, which
contain much fait and fulphur, and continually fend
forth into the liquor abundance of quick and atftive
particles, that like ftum, or other adventitious fer-
ment, put it into a frefti tumult or confufion, which,
if not in time allayed, the Wine either grows rank or
pricking, or elfe turns four, by reafon that the ful-
phur being too much exalted above the reft of the
elements or ingredients, predominates over the pure
fpirits, and affects the whole mafs of liquor with ffiaro-
nels or acidity ; or elfe it comes to pafs, that the fpi-
rits being fpent and flown away A the commotion,
the fait, diffolved and fet afloat, obtains the maftery
over the other firnilar parts, and introduceth ranknefs
or ropinefs.

Nay, if thofe commotions chance to be fuppreffed be-

W I N

fore, the Wine is thereby much depraved, yet do
they always leave fuch ill impreffions, as more or lefs
alienate Wine from the goodnefs of its former ftate,
in colour, confidence, and tafte.

For hereby all Wines acquire a deeper tln&ure, i. e'„
a thicker body or confidence •, facks and white Wines
changing from a clear white to a cloudy yellow; and
claret lofing its bright red for a diffkiffi Orange co-
lour, and fometimes for a tawney. In like manner
they degenerate alfo in tafte, and affed the palate
with foulnefs, roughnefs, and rancidity, very un-
pleafant.

Among the external are commonly reckoned the too
frequent or violent motion of Wines, after their fet-
tlement in their veffels ; immoderate heat, thunder,
or the report of - cannon, and the admixture of any
exotic body, which will not fymboiize or agree, and
incorporate with them ; efpecially the fldhof vipers,
which has been frequently obferved to induce a very
great acidity upon even the fweeteft and fulleft-bodied
Malaga and Canary Wines.

This brings us, in the next place, to the third pre-
vious thing conflderable ; viz. the palling or flatting
of Wines, and their declining towards vinegar, before
they have attained to their ftate of maturity and per^
fection.

Of this the greateft and neareft caufe feems to be their
jejunenefs and poverty of fpirits, either native or ad-
ventitious :

Native, when the Grapes themfelves are of a poor
and hungry kind, or gathered tinripe, or nipt by early
frofts, or half ftarved in their growth, by a dry and
unkindly feafon, or too full of watery parts :
Adventitious, when the liquor, rich perhaps, and
generous enough at firft, comes afterwards to be im-
poveriffied by lofs of fpirits, either by oppreffion, or
by exhauftion.

The fpirits of Wine may be oppreffed, when the
quantity of impurities or dregs, with which they are
combined, is fo great, and their crudity, vifcofity,
and tenacity, fo ftubborn, that they can neither over-
come them, nor deliver them from the adhefion ; but
are forced to yield to the obftinacy of the matter on
which they Ihould operate, and fo to remain una&ive
and clogged, as may be exemplified in the coarfe
Wines of Moravia, which, by reafon of their great
aufterity and roughnefs, feldom attain to a due exal-
tation of their fpirits, but Hill remain turbulent,
thick, and in a ftate of crudity, and therefore eafy
pall ; in which refped they are condemned by fome
German phyficians, as bad for generating the fcurvy,
and adminiftering matter for the ftone and gout, they
yielding more of the tartar than other Wines.

The fpirits of Wine may be exhaufted or confumed,
either fuddenly or gradually ; fuddenly, by lightning,
which fpoils Wine, not by congelation or fixation of
its fpirits ; for then fuch Wines might be capable of
being reftored by fuch means as are apt to reinforce
and volatilize the fpirits again, contrary to what
hath been found by experience ; but perhaps by dif-
gregation, and putting them to flight, fo as to leave
the liquor dead, palled, and never to be revived by
any fupply.

Gradually, two ways ; viz. by unnatural fermenta-
tion ; of the ill effects of which, fomething has been
already faid ; or by heat from without ; of which we
have an inftance in the making of vinegar, which com-
monly is done by fetting the veffels of Wine againft
the hot fun, which, beating upon the mafs of liquor,
and rarefying the finer parts thereof, gives wings to
the fugitive fpirits to fly away together with the purer
and more volatile fulphur, leaving the remainder to
the dominion of the fait, which foon debafeth and in~
fefleth it with fournefs.

This being the common manner of turning Wine in t6
vinegar, in all ages, and in all countries, it may be
doubted, whether fpirit of Wine may be drawn out
of vinegar, notwithftanding it hath been delivered as
prafticable bySennertus himfelf,

• »

*4 X

The times of the year when Wines are obferved to be
moft prone to ferment and fret, and then to grow
qually (as it is called,) that is, turbulent and foul,
are Midfummer and Allhallowtide, when our vint-
ners are wont to rack them from their grofs lees, ef-
pecially Rhenilh, which commonly grows fick in
June, if not racked ; and they chufe to do it in the
wane of the moon, and fair weather, the wind being
northerly.

Having thus fuecinftly recounted the moft remarka-
ble diftempers of Wines, gueffed at their refpeftive
caufes, and touched upon the times, it is proper to
proceed to their ufual remedies •, fuch, at leaft, as
may be collefted from Wine coopers and vintners ;
which is the fourth and laft part propofed to be treat-
ed of.

To begin therefore with fome of the artifices ufed to
Wines when yet in muft ; it is obfervable, that tho’,
to raifing a fermentation in them at that time, there
is not fo much need of any additional ferment, as there
is in the wort of ale, beer, hydromel, metheglin,
and other forts of drinks, familiar to us in England;
becaufe the juice of the Grape is replenifhed with
generous fpirits, fufficient of themfelves to begin
that work ; yet it is ufual in fome countries to put
quick lime either upon the Grapes, when they are
prefling, or into the muft ; to the end that, by the
force and quicknefs of its faline* and fiery particles,
the liquor may be both accelerated and affifted in
the working.

For the fame reafon perhaps, it is, that the Spaniards
mix with their Wines, while they are yet flowing from
the prefs, a certain thing they call giefib, which pro-
bably is a kind of gypfum or plaifter, whereby the
Wines are made more durable, of a paler colour, and
pleafanter tafte •, others put into the cafk fhavings of
Fir, Oak, or Beech, for the fame purpofe.

Again*, though the firft fermentation fucceeds gene-
rally well, fo that the whole mafs of liquor is thereby
delivered from the grofs lee ; yet fometimes it happens
either through lcarcity of fpirits at firft, or through
immoderate cold, that fome part of thofe impurities
remain conful'edand floating therein.

Now, in this cafe, Wine coopers put into the Wine
certain things to haften and help its clarification ; fuch
as being of grofs and vifcous parts, may adhere to the
floating lee, and finking, carry it'with them to the
bottom ; of which fort are ifinglafs, and the whites
of eggs, or fuch as, meeting with the grofler and
earthy particles of the lee, diflociate and fink them
by their gravity ; of which kind are the powders of
alabafter, calcined flints, white marble, roche allum,
&c.

The Grecians, at this day, have a peculiar way of
fpurring nature, in fining and ripening the ftrongeft
and moft generous Wines ; and this is done by adding
to them, when they begin to work, a proportionate
quantity of fulphur and allum *, not (as is very proba-
ble) to prevent their fuming up to the head, and ine-
briating, according to the conjefture of that great
man, the Lord St. Albans ; for, notwithftanding this
mixture, they caufe drunkennefs as foon, if not fooner
than other Wines ; nor are men intoxicated with the
vapours of Wine flying up immediately from the fto-
mach into the brain ; but only to excite and promote
fermentation, and haften their clarification that enfues
thereupon *, the fulphur perhaps helping to attenuate
and divide thofe grofs and vifcid parts, wherewith
Greek Wine abounds, and the allum conducing to
the fpeedier precipitation of them afterwards. And a
learned traveller relates, that fome merchants put into
every pipe of their Greek Wine ajill, or thereabouts,
of the chemical oil of fulphur, in order to preferve it
the longer clear and found :

Which, though it is very probable, becaufe the ful-
phur is known to refift putrefaftion in liquors, yet one
would decline the ufe of Wines fo preferved, unlefs in
rime of peftilentia! infection, 1

But of all ways of the haftehing the clarification and
ripening of Wine, none feems to be more eafy, or

./

W I N

lefs noxious, tnan that borrowed from one of the an-
cients by the Lord Chancellor Bacon ; which is, by
putting the Wine into vefiels well {topped, and letting
it down into the lea.

That this praftice was very ancient, is manifeft from
that difcourfe of Plutarch, Quaeft. Natur. 27. about
the efficacy of cold upon muft, whereof he rives this
reafon. That cold, not fu [fie ring the muft to ferment,
by fupprefiing the aftivity of the fpirits therein con-
tained, confeiveth the fweecnefs thereof along time;
which is not improbable ; becaufe experience teaches,
that fuch as make their vintage in a rainy feafon, can-
not get their muft to ferment well in a vault, unlefs
they caufe great fires to be made near the calks ; the
rain mixed with the muft, together with the ambient
cold, hindering the motion of fermentation, which
arifes chiefly from heat.

That the fame is frequent at this day alfo, may be
collected from what Mr. Boyle has obferved in his
Hiftory of Cold, on the relation of a Frenchman ;
viz. that the way to keep Wine long in the muft (in
which the fweetnefs makes many to defire it) is, to tun
it up immediately from the prels ; and before it begins
to work, to let down the vefiels, clofely and firmly
flopped, into a well, or deep river, there to remain
for fix or eight weeks ; during which time the liquor
will be fo confirmed in its ftate of crudity, as to re-
tain the fame, together with its fweetnefs, for many
months after, without any fenfibie fermentation.

But it may be objected, How can thefe two fo different
effefts, the clarification of new Wine, and the con-
lervation of Wine in the muff, be derived from one
and the fame caufe, the cold of the Water ?

But this may be conceived without much difficulty ;
for it feems not unreafonable, that the lame cold
which hinders muft from fermenting, fhould yet ac-
celerate and promote the clarification of V/ine after
fermentation ; in the firft, by giving a check to die
fpirit before it begins to move and aft upon the crude
mafs of liquor, fo that it cannot in a long time after
recover ftrength enough to work ; in the latter, by
keeping in the pure and genuine fpirit, otherwife apt
to exhale ; and rendering the flying lee more prone to
fubfide, and fo making the Wine much fooner clear,
fine, and potable. Thus much concerning the helps
of new Wine.

The general and principal remedy for the preterna-
tural or fickly commotions incident to' Wines after
their firft clarification, and tending to their impove-
riftiment or decay, is racking, i, e. drawing them
from their lees into frefh vefiels.

Which yet being fometimes infufficient to preferve
them, vintners find it neceflary to pour into them a
large quantity of new milk, as well to blunt the fharp-
nefs of the fulphureous parts now fet afloat and exalt-
ed, as to precipitate them, and other impurities, to
the bottom by adhefion.

But, taught by experience, that by this means the
genuine fpirits of the Wine alfo are much flatted and
impaired, (for the lee, though it makes the liquor
turbid, doth yet keep the Wine -in heart, and con-
duce to its duration ;) therefore, left fuch Wines
fhould pall and die upon their hands, as of necdfity
they muft, they draw them for fale as faft as they can
vend them.

For the fame difeafe they have divers other remedies,
particularly accommodated to. the nature of the Wine
that needs them : to inftance a few ;

For Spanilh Wines difturbed by 'a, flying; Ice, they
have this receipt : Make a parell (as they call it) of
the whites of eggs, bay fait, milk, and conduit wa-
ter ; beat them well together in a convenient veffeft
then pour them into a pipe of '/Vine (haring firft drawn
out a gallon or two to make room,) and blow off tho
froth very clean ; hereby the tumult will in two or
three days be compofed, the liqqor refined, and drink
pleafantly, but will not continue to do fo long ; and
therefore they advife to rack it from the milky bot-
tom, after a week’s fettle ment, left otherwife it fr o red
drink foul, and change colour.

If

W I N

If facks or Canary Wines chance to boil over, draw
off four or five gallons ; then putting into the Wine
two gallons of milk, from which the cream hath been
fkimmed, beat them till they are thoroughly mixed
together, and add a pennyworth of roche allum, dried
in a fire- (hovel, and powdered, and as much of white
ftarch ; after this take the white of eight or ten eggs,
a handful of bay fait, and having beaten them toge-
ther in a tray, put them alfo into the Wine, 'filling up
the pipe again, and letting the Wine Hand tv/o or three
days ; in which time the Wine will recover to be fine
and bright to the eye, and quick to the tafte; but
you remit be jure to draw it off that bottom very loon,
and fpend it as faff as_ you can.

For claret, in like manner cliftempered with a flying
lee, they make ufe of this artifice :

They take two pounds of the powder of pebble Hones,
baked in an oven, the whites of ten or twelve eggs,
a handful of bay fait ; and having beaten them well
together in two gallons of the Wine, they mix them
with that in the calk, and after two or three days draw
off the Wine from the bottom. '

The fame pared ferves'alfo for white Wanes upon the
fret, by the turbuiency and rifing of their lee.

To cure Rheififh of its fretting (to which it is moft
prone a little after Midfummer, as was before ob-
ierved,) they felciom ufe any other art but giving it
vent, and covering the Oaken bung with a tile or
date, from which they carefully wipe off the filth
purged from the Wine by exhalations ; and after the
commotion is by this means cornpofed, and much of
the fretting matter caff forth, they let it remain quiet
for a fortnight, or thereabouts, and then rack in into
a frefh calk, newly fumed with a fulphurated match.
As for the various accidents that frequently enfue,
and vitiate Wine (after thofe before-mentioned re-
boilings, notwithftanding their fuppreflion before they
were incurable ;) you may remember they have all
been referred to fuch as alter and deprave Wines, ei-
ther in colour or c<?nfiftence, or tafte, or ffnell. Now
for each of thefe maladies our vintners are provided
of a cure.

To reftore Spanifh and Auftrian Wines grown yellow
Or brOwnifh, they add to them fometimes milk alone,
and fometimes milk and ifinglafs well difl'olved there-
in ; fometimes milk and white ftarch ; by which they
force the exalted fulphur to feparate from the liquor,
and link to the bottom •, fo reducing the Wine to its
former clearnelsand whitenefs.

The lame effeeft they produce with a compofition of
Iris roots and lalt-petre, of each four or five ounces,
the whites of eight or ten eggs, and a competent
quantity of common fait, mixed and beaten in the
Wine.

I o amend claret decayed in colour, firft they rack
it upon a frefh lee, either of Alicant or red Bourdeaux
Wine ; then they take three pounds of Turnfole, and
fteep it all night in two or three gallons of the fame
Wine ; and having ftrained the infufion thro’ a bag,
they pour the tinfture into a hoglhead (fometimes they
iuffer it firft to fine itfelf in a rundlet,) and then cover
the bung-hole with a tile, and fo let it Hand for two
or three days, in which time the Wine ulually becomes
well- coloured and bright.

Some fufe only the tin&ure of Turnfole.

Others take half a bufhel of full ripe Elder-berries,
pick them from their ftalks, bruife them, and put the
ftrained juice into a hoglhead of difcoloured claret,
and fo make it drink brifk, and appear bright.

Others, if the claret be otherwife found, and the lee
good, overdraw three or four gallons ; then replenifh
the veffel with as much good red Wine, and roll it
upon its bed, leaving it reverfed all night ; and then
next morning they turn it again, fo as the buno--hole
may be uppermoft ; which Hopped, they leave the
Wine to fine.

But in all theie cafes they obferve to fet fuch newly re-
covered W ines abroach the very next day after they
are fined, and to draw them for fale fpeedily.

To correct Wines faulty in confluence, i. e. fuch as
are lumpifh, foul, or ropy ;

They generally make ufe of the powders of burnt
allum, lime chalk plaifteiy Spanifh white, calcined
marble, bay fait, and other the like bodies, which
caufe a precipitation of the grofs and vifeid parts of
the Wine then afloat : as for example ;

For attenuation of Spanifli Wines that are foul and
lumpfjfh, having firft racked them into a newly feent-
ed calk, they make a parell of burnt allum, bay fait,
and conduit water ; then they add to thefe a quart of
Bean flour, or powder of Rice; and if the Vfine be
brown and dufky, milk, otherwife not ; and beating
all thefe well together with the Wine, blow off the
froth, and cover the bung with a clean tile or ftone.
Laftly, they rack the Wine again after a few days, and
put it into a calk well feented.

The manner of fcenting calks is as follows :

They take four ounces of brimffone, one ounce of
burnt allum, and two ounces of aqua vitm ; thefe
may be put together in an earthen pan or pipkin, and
hold them over a chafing-diili of glowing coals, till
the brim ftone is melted and runs ; then they dip there-
in a little piece of new canvas, and inftantly fprinkle
thereon the powders of Nutmegs, Cloves, Coriander,
and Amfe-feeds. This canvas they fire, and let it
burn out in the bung-hole, fo as the fume may be re-
ceived into the veffel ; and this is faid to be the belt
feent for all Wines.

To prevent the foulnefs and ropinefs of Wines, the
old Romans tiled to mix lea water with their mult.

Fo cure the ropinefs of claret, the vintners, as well'
French as Englifh, have many remedies ; of which
thefe that follow are the moft ufual :

Firft they give the Wine the parell, then draw it
from the lee, after the clarification by that parell ;
this done, they infufe two pounds of Tournfole in
good lack all night ; and the next day, putting the
ftrained infufion into a hogfhead of Wine with a ipri'ng
funnel, leave it to fine, and after draw it for excellent •
Wine.

Another is this : they make a lee of the allies of Vine
branches, or of Oaken leaves, and pour it into the
Wine hot, and after ftirring, leave it to fettle ; the
quantity of a quart of lee to a pipe of Wine.

A third is only fpirit of Wine ; which, put into a
muddy claret, ferves to the refining it effectually and
fpeedily ; the proportion being a pint of fpirit to a
hoglhead ; but this is not to be ufed in fharp and
eager Wines.

When white Wines grow foul and tawny, they only
rack them on a frelh lee, and give them time to fine.

For the mending of Wines that offend in tafte, vint-
ners have few other correctives, -but what conduce to
clarification ; nor do they indeed much need variety
in the cafe, feeing all unfavourinefs of Wines whatever
proceeds from their impurities fet afloat, and the do -
minion of others, their fulphureous or faline parts.,
over the finer and fweeter ; which caufes are removed
chiefly by precipitation.

For all clarification of liquors may be referred to one
of thefe three caufes :

1 . Separation of the groffer parts of the liquor from
the finer.

2. The equal diftribution of the fpirits of the liquor,
which always renders bodies clear and untroubled.

3. The refining of the fpirit itfelf.

And the two latter are confequents of the firft, which
is effefted chiefly by precipitation, the inftruments '
whereof are weight and vifeofity of the body mixed
with it ; the one caufing it to cleave to the grofs parts
of the liquor flying up and down in it, °t he other
finking them to the bottom.

But this being more than vintners commonly under-
ftand, they reft not in clarification alone, having
found out certain lpecifics, as it were, to palliate thd
feveral vices of Wines of all forts, which make th-m
difguftful. Of thefe I fhall recite two or three of the
greateft ufe and efteem amongft them.

To

1

To cor re ft ranknefs, eagernefs, and pricking of facks,
and other fv/eet Wines, they take twenty or thirty of
the whiteft lime (tones, and (lack them in a gallon of
the Wine ; then they add fome more Wine and ftir
them together in a half tub, with a parelling ftaff;
next they pour this mixture into the hogfhead, and
having again ufed the parelling inftruments, leave the
Wine to fettle, and then rack it.

This Wine may probably be no ill drink for grofs
bodies, and rheumatic pains ; but injurious to good
fellows of a hot and dry conftitution, and meagre
habits.,

Agairxft the pricking of French Wines they preferibe
this eafy and cheap compofition : take of the powder
of Flanders tile one pound, of roche allum half a
pound •, mix them and beat them well, with a conve-
nient quantity of Wine ; then put them' into the hogf-
head, as the former.

When their Rhenifh Wines prick, they firft rack them
off into a clean and ftrongly-fcented cafk or vat,
then they add to the Wine eight or ten gallons of
clarified honey, with a gallon or two of (kim-milk ;
and beating all together, leave them to fettle.
Sometimes it happens, that claret lofes much of its
brifknefs and piquantnefs ; and in fuch cafe they
rack it upon a good lee of red Wine, and put into it
a gallon of Sloes or Bullace, which, after a little fer-
mentation and reft, makes the Wine drink brifk and
rough.

To meliorate thetafte of hungry and too eager white
Wines •, they draw off three or four gallons of it, and
infufing therein as many pounds o( Malaga Raifins
ftoned, and bruifed in a (tone mortar, till the Wine
has fufficiently imbibed their fweetnefs and tinfture
(which it will do in a day’s time,) they run it through
an hippocras bag ; then put it into a fre(h cafk well
feented, together with the whole remainder of the
Wine in the hogfhead, and fo leave it to fine.

To help (linking Wines, the general remedy is rack-
ing them from their old and corrupt lee ; befides
which, fome give them a fragrant frnell or flavour,
by hanging in them little bags of fpices, fuch as Gin-
ger, Zedoary, Cloves, Cinnamon, Orris-roots, Cu-
bebs, Grains of Paradife, Spikenard, and other aro-
matics.

Others boil fome of thefe fpices in a pottle of good
found Vfine of the fame fort, and tun up the de-
coction hot.

Others correft the ill favour of rank-leed French Wine
with only a few Cinnamon canes hung in them.
Others again, for the fame purpofe, ufe Elder flowers
and tops of Lavender.

Having thus run over the vintners difpenfatory, and
deferibed many of their principal receipts or fecrets,
for the cure of the acute difeafes of Wine, we (hall
come to the fourth head, which contains medicaments
proper for their chronic diftempers ; viz. lofs of fpi-
rits, and decay of ftrength.

Concerning thefe, therefore, it is obfervable, that as
when Wines are in preternatural commotions, from
an excefs and predomination of their fulphureous parts,
the o-rand medicine is, to rack them from their lees,
fo on the contrary, when they decline, and tend to-
wards palling, by reafon of the fcarcity of their fpirits
and fulphur,° the moft effeftual prefervative is to rack
them upon other lees, richer and ftronger than their
own ; that being from thence fupplied with the new
fpirits, they may acquire fomewhat more of vigour
and quicknefs.

I fay, prefervative ; becaufe there is, in truth, no re-
ftoring of Wines after they are perfectly palled and
dead, for nothing that is pad perfection, and hath
run its natural race once, can receive much amend-.

ment.

But befides reinforcing of impoveriflied Wines, by
new and more generous lees, there are fundry con-
feftions, by which alfo, as by cordials, the languilh-
inp- fpirits of many of them may be fuftained, and,
to° fome degree, recruited, of which the following
examples.

When facks Begin to languifh (which doth not often
happen, efpecially in this city, where it is drank in
plenty ;) they refrefh them with a cordial fyrup, made
of moft generous Wine, fugar, and fpices.

For Rhenifh and white Wines, a Ample decoftion of
Raifins of the fun, and a ftrong- feented cafk, ufuaily
ferve the turn.

For claret inclining to a confumotion, they preferibe
a new and richer lee, and the (havings of Fir wood,
that the fpirit being recruited by the additional lee,
may be kept from exhaling by the unftuous fpirit of
the turpentine.

This artifice is ufed in Paris in the moft delicate and
thin-bodied Wines in France, and is very probably
the caufe'of that exceeding dulnefs and pain of the
head, which always attends debauches with fuch
Wines.

Nor is it a modern invention, but well known to, and
frequently ufed by the Romans, in the time of their
greateft wealth and luxury ; for Pliny (Hilt. Nat. lib.
14. cap. 2.) takes Angular notice of the cuftom of the
Italian vintners, in mixing with their Wines turpen-
tine of feveral forts.

The Grecians long before had their Vina Picata and
Refinata, as is evident by the commendation of fuch
Wines by Plutarch, and the prefeription of them to
women, in fome cafes by Hippocrates, and they were
fo much delighted with their Vinum Pifiites, that they
confecrated the Pitch-tree to Bacchus ; but I (hall
next take fome notice of the more difingenuous prac-
tices of vintners in the tranfmutation or fophiftication,
which they call trickings or compafllngs.

They transform poor Rochelle and Cogniac white
Wines into Rhenifh ; Rhenifh into fack ; the lags of
fack and malmfeys into mufcadels.

They counterfeit Rafpie Wine with Fleur-de-lys roots.;
Verdea with decoftions of Raifins ; they fell decayed
Xeres, vulgarly Sherry, for Lufenna Wine ; in all
thefe impoftures deluding the palate fo nearly, that
few are able to difeern the fraud, and keeping thefe
Arcana fo clofe, that few can come to the knowledge
of them.

As for their metamorphofis cf white into claret, by
dafhing it v/ith red, nothing is more commonly either
done or known.

For their converfion of white into Rhenifh, they have
feveral artifices to effeft it, among which this is the
moft ufual :

They take a hogfhead of Rochelle, or Cogniac, or
Nantz white Wine ; rack it into a freih calk ftrong-
ly feented, then give it the white parell ; put into it
eight or ten gallons of clarified honey, or forty pounds
of coarfe fugar, and, beating it well, leave it to
clarify.

To give this mixture a delicate flavour, theyfome-
times add the decoftion of the yellow Clary flowers,
or Galitricum, of which drugs there is an incredible
quantity ufed every year at Dort, where the ftaple of
Rhenifh Wines was ; and this is that drink with which
the Engli(h ladies were wont to be fo delighted, under
the fpecious name of Rhenifh in the muft.

The manner of making adulterate baftard is thus
Take four gallons of white Wine, three gallons of old
Canary, five pounds of baftard fyrup ; beat them well
together, put them into a clean rundlet well feented,
and give them time to fine.

Sack is made of Rhenifh, either by a ftrong decoftion
of Malaga Raifins, or by a fyrup of fack, fugar, and
fpices.

Mufcadel is fophifticated with the lags of fack or
malmfey thus :

They diffolve it in a convenient quantity of Rofe wa-
ter, of mufk two ounces, of calamus aromaticus
powdered one ounce, of Coriander beaten half an
ounce; and while this infufion is yet warm, they put
it into a rundlet of old fack or malmfey, and this they
call a flavour for mufcadel.

There are many other ways of adulterating Wines in
this city ; but becaufe they all tend to the above-
mentioned alterations, and are not fo general, I (hall

pafs

I

WIN

pafs them over, and mention the obfervatidns of a cer- 1
tain curious author on this fubjeht.

The myftery of Wines confifts in the making and me-
liorating of natural Wines.

Melioration is either of found or vicious Wines.
Sound Wines are bettered,

1. By preferving.

2. By timely fining.

3. By mending colour, lfnell, or take.

i. To preferve Wines, care muft be taken, that after
the prefting they may ferment well; for without good
fermentation they become qually, i. e. cloudy, thick,
and dufky, and will never fine themfelves, as other
Wines do ; and when they are fined by art they muft
be fpeedily fpent, or elfe they will become qually
again, and then will not be recoverable by any art.

To preferve Spanifh Wines, and chiefly Canary, and
therefore principally that which is razie, which will
not keep long, they -make a layer of Grapes and
Giefie, whereby it acquires a better durance and tafte,
and a white colour, moft pleafing to the Englifh.

Razie Wine is fo called, becaufe it comes from Rhe-
nilh Vine cuttings, fometimes renewed. The Grapes
of this Vine are flefhy, yielding but a little juice.

The French and Rhenilh Wines are chiefly and com-
monly preferved by the match, thus ufed at Dordt in
Holland :

They take twenty or thirty pounds of brimftone, rack
into it melted, as Cloves, Cinnamon, Mace, Ginger,
and Coriander-feeds ; and fome, to fave charges, ufe
the reliques of the Hippocras bag, and* having mixed
thefe well with the brimftone* they draw through this
mixture, long, fquare, narrow pieces of canvas, which
pieces they light, and put into the veflel at the bung-
hole, and prefently ftop it clofe : great care is to be
had in proportioning the brimftone to the quantity
and quality of the Wine, for too much makes it roughi
This fmoking keeps the Wine long white and good,
and gives it a pleafant tafte. *

There is aftother way for French and Rhenifh Wines,
viz. firing it. It is done in a ftove, or elfe a good fire
made round about the veftel, which will gape wide,
yet the Wine never runs out. It will boil, and after-
wards may foon be racked.

Secondly, for timely fining of Wines. All Wines in
the muft are more opacous and cloudy. Good Wine
foon fines, and the grofs fettle quickly, and alfo the
flying lee in time. When the grofler lees are fettled,
they draw off the Wine ; this is called racking. The
nfual times for racking are Midfummer and Allhal-
lowtide.

The practice of the Dutch and Englifh to rid the
Wine of the flying lees fpeedily, and which ferves
mo.ft for French and Spanifh Wine is thus per-
formed :

Take of ifinglafs half a pound; fteep it in half a pint of
the hardeft French Wine that can be got, fo that the
Wine may fully cover it ; let them ftand twenty-four
hours ; then pull and beat the ifinglafs to pieces, and
add more Wine ; four times a day fqueeze it to a jel-
ly, and as it thickens add more Wine. When it is
full, and perfectly jellied, take a pint or quart to a
hogfhead, and fo proportionably ; then overdraw three
or four gallons of that Wine you intend to fine, which
mix well with the faid quantity of jelly ; then put this
mixture to the piece of Wine, and beat it with a ftaff,
and fill it top-full.

Note, That French Wines muft be bunged up very
clofe, but not the Spanifh ; and that ifinglafs raifes
the lees to the top of ftrong Wines, but, in weaker,
precipitates them to the bottom.

They mend the colour of found clarets by adding
thereto red Wine, tent, or Alicant ; or by an infu-
fion of Turnfole, made in two or three gallons of
Wine, and then putting it into the veflel, to be then
(being well flopped) rolled for a quarter of an hour.
This infufion is fometimes twice or three times re-
peated, according as more colour is to be added to
the Wine; about three infuflons of the Turnfole are
fufficient ; but then it muft be rubbed and wringed.

Claret over-red is amended with the addition of while
Wines.

White Wines coming over found, but brown, are
thus remedied :

Take of alabafter powder, overdraw the hogfhead thred
or four gallons, then put this powder into the bung,
and ftir and beat it with a ftaff, and fill it top-full.
The more the Wine is ftirred, the finer it will come
upon the lee, that is, the finer it will be.

To colour fack white: take of white ftarch two
pounds, of milk two gallons, boil them together two
hours ; when cold, beat them well with a handful of
white fait, and then put them into a clean but fweet
butt, beating them with a ftaff, and the Wine will be
pure and white.

One pound of the before-mentioned jelly of ifinglafs
takes away the brownnefs of French and Spanifii
Wines, mixed with' two or three gallons of Wine ; ac-
cording as it is brown and ftrong, more or lefs to be
ufed. Then overdraw the piece of Wine about eight
gallons, and ufe the rod ; then fill the veflel full, and
in a day or. two it will be fine, and be white, and mend,
if qually.

The firft buds of Ribes nigra, i. e. black Currants,
infufed in Wines, efpecially Rhenilh, make it diuretic,
and more fragrant in fmell and tafte, and fo doth Clary,
The inconvenience is, that the Wine becomes more
heady ; a remedy for which is Elder-flowers added to
the Clary, which alfo betters the fragrancy thereof, as
it is manifeft in Elder vinegar, but thefe flowers are
apt to make the Wine ropy.

To help brown Malagas and Spanifh Wines : take
powder of Orris-roots and falt-petre, of each four
ounces, the whites of eight eggs, to which and as
much fait as will make a brine ; put this mixture into
Wine, and mix them with a ftaff.

To meliorate muddy and tawny clarets : take of rain
water two pints, the yolks of eight eggs, fait a hand-
ful ; beat them well, let them ftand fix hours before
you put them into the cafk; then ule the rod, arid in
three days it will come to itfelf.

To amend the tafte and fmell of Malaga Wine : take
of the beft Almonds four pounds, make an emulfion
of them with a fufficient quantity of the Wine to be
cured ; then take the whites and yolks of twelve eggs,
beat them together with a handful of fait, put them
into the pipe, ufing the rod. -
To amend the fmell and tafte of French and Rhenifh
Wines, which are foul : take one pound of honey, a
handful of Elder-flowers, an ounce of Orris-powder,
one Nutmeg, a few Cloves to an auln of the Wine ;
boil them in a fufficient quantity of the Wine to be
cured, to the confumption of half, and when it is cold,
ftrain it, and ufe it with the rod ; fome add a little
fait. If the Wine be fweet enough, add one pound
of the fpirits of Wine to a hogfhead, and give the
cafk a ftrong feent. Spirit of Wine makes any Wine
brifk, and fines it, without the former mixture.

A lee of the afhes of Vine branches, viz. a quart to a
pipe, being beaten into Wine, cures the ropinefs of it,
and fo infallibly doth a lee of Oaken afhes.

For Spanifh ropy Wine: rack it from the lees into a
new-feented cafk, then take of allum one pound, of
Orris-roots powdered half a pound ; beat them well
into the Wine with a ftaff; fome add fine and well
dried fand, put warm to the Wine. If the Wine be-
fides prove brown, add three pottles of milk to a pipe :
this cures ropy Wine, before it begins to fret.

To mend and preferve the colour of clarets : take red
Beet-roots, q. f. ferape them clean, and cut them into
fmall pieces ; then boil them in q. f. of the fame Wine,
to the confumption of the third part ; fcunl it well,
and when cool, decant off what is clear, ahd ufe the
rod.)

Firing of Wines in Germany is thus performed :
They have in lome vaults three or four ftoves, which
they heat very hot ; others make fires almoft before
every vat ; by this means the muft fermenteth with
that vehemency, that the Wine appears between the
ftaves; when this ebullition, fermentation, and

Working ceafe, they let the Wine (land fame days,
and then rack it. This firing is only ufed in cold
years, when the Wine falls out green.

To fet old Wine a fretting, being deadifh, and dull of
tafte : take of Hum two gallons to a hogfhead, put it
hot upon the Wine'-, then fet a pan of fire before the
hogfhead, which will then ferment till all the fweetnefs
of the ftum is communicated to the Wine, which
thereby becomes brisk: and pleaiant.

Some ufe this Humming at any time ; fome in Au-
gu It only, when the WTine hath a difpofition to fret of
itfelf, more or lefs ftum to be added, as the Wine re-
quires.

The belt time to rack Wine is in the decreafe of the
moon, and when the Wine is free from fretting, the
wind being at north-eaft or north-weft, and not at
fouth, the fky ferene, free from thunder and lightning.
Having thus given an account of the different prac-
tices of the vignerons, vintners, and Wine-coopers, in
the management of their feveral Wines, I fhall next
offer a few things which have occurred to me from
fome obfervations and experiments, relating to the
making of Wines in England.

The Grapes, being ripe, fhould be cut when they
are perfectly dry, and carried into a large dry room,
where they muft be fpread upon Wheat ftraw, in fuch
a manner as not to lie upon each other •, in this place
they may remain a fortnight, three weeks, or a month,
according as there is conveniency, obferving to let
them have air every day, that the moifture perfpired
from the Grapes may be carried off. Then, having
the prefifes and other things in order, you fhould pro-
ceed in the following manner : firft, all the Grapes
fhould be pulled off the bunches, and put into tubs,
being careful to throw away fuch as are mouldy, rot-
ten, or not ripe, which, if mixed with the others,
will fpoil the Wine ; and if the ftalks of the bunches
are preffed with the Grapes, there will be an auftere
juice come from them, which will render the Wine
acid and fharp ; this, I fear, has fpoiled a great quan
tity of Wine which was made in England, which, if
otherwife managed, might have proved very good ;
for wTe find in France, and other Wine countries,
where perfons are defirous of having good Wine,
they always pick the Grapes from off the ftalks before
they are preffed, though indeed the common vigne-
rons, who have more regard to the quantity than qua-
lity of their Wines, do not praCtife this. But as in
England we labour under the inclemency of climate,
we fhould omit nothing of art which may be neceffary '
to help the want of fun.

The Grapes, being thus carefully picked off, fhould
be well preffed, and if it is defigned for red Wine,
the hulks and flones fhould be put into the liquor,
and if the feeds or flones of the Grapes are broken in
the prefs, the Wine will have more flrength, which
muft be put into a large vat, where the whole fhould
ferment together five or fix days •, after which the
Wine ihould be drawn off, and put into large calks,
leaving the bung-hole open to give vent to the air
which is generated by fermentation. But it muft be
remarked, that after the Wine is preffed out, and put
into the vat with the hulks, if it does not ferment in a
day or two at moft, it will be proper to add a little
warmth to the room by fires, which will foon put it
into motion •, and for -want of this it often happens,
where people prefs their Wine, and leave it to ferment
in open cold places, that the nights, being cold, check
the fermentation, and fo caufe the Wine to be foul,
and almoft ever after upon the fret. This hufbandry
is much praCtifed upon the Rhine, where they always
have ftoves placed in the houfes where the Wine is
fermented, wherein they keep fires every night, if the
feafon is cold, while the Wines are fermenting.

If white Wine is defired, then the hufks of the
Grapes fhould not remain in the liquor above twelve
hours, which will be long enough to fet it a ferment-
ing ; and when it is drawn off, and put into other
veffels, it fhould not remain there above two days be-

fore it is drawn off again •, and this muft be repeated
three or four times, which will prevent its taking any
tincture from the hufks in fermenting.

O

When the greateft fermentation is over the Wine
fhould be drawn off into frefh calks, which muft be
filled to the top, but the bung-hole fhould be left
open three weeks, or a month, to give vent to the
generated air, and that the fcum may run over; and
as the Wine fubfides in the calks, they fhould be care-
fully refilled with Wine of the fame fort from a ftore
calk, which fhould be provided for that purpofe ; but
this muft be done with much care, left, by haftily re-
filling the calks, the fcum, which is naturally produced
upon all new Wines fhould be broken thereby, which
will mix with the Wine, and foul it, caufing it to
take an ill tafte •, therefore it would be proper to
have a funnel, which fhould have a plate at the fmall
end, bored full of little holes, that the Wine may
pafs through in fmall drops, which will prevent its
breaking the fcum.

After the Wine has remained in this ftate a month or
fix weeks, it will be neceffary to flop up the bung-
hole, left, by expoftng it too much to the air, the
Wine fhould grow flat, and lofe much of its fpirit
and flrength ; but it muft not be quite flopped up,
but rather fhould have a pewter or giafs tube, of about
half an inch bore, and two feet long, placed in the
middle of the bung-hole. The ufe of this tube is to
let the air which is generated by the fermentation of
the Wine pafs off, becaufe this, being of a rancid na-
ture, would fpoil the Wine, if it were pent up in the
cafk ; and in this tube there may always remain fome
Wine, to keep the cafk full as the Wine fubfides ;
and, as it fhall be neceffary, the Wine in the tube
may be eafily replenilhed. For want of rightly un-
derftanding this affair, a great qnantity of the choiceft
Wines of Italy, and other countries, have been loft.
A great complaint of this misfortune I received from
a very curious gentleman in Italy, who fays, “ Such
“ is the nature of this country Wines in general, (nor
“ are the choiceft Chianti’s excepted), that at two
“ feafons of the year, viz. the beginning of June and
“ September, the firft when the Grapes are in flower,
“ and in the other when they begin to ripen, fome of
“ the beft Wines are apt to change, efpecially at the
u latter feafon ; not that they turn eager, but take a
“ moft unpleafant tafte, like that of a rotten Vine
“ leaf, , which renders them not only unfit for drink-
“ ing, but alfo to make vinegar of, and is called the
“ fettembrine. And what is moft ftrange is, that
“ one cafk drawn out of the fame vat, fhould be in-
“ fecled, and another remain perfectly good, and yet
“ both have been kept in the fame cellar.

“ As this change happens not to Wines in fiafks, (tho*
“ that will turn eager), I am apt to attribute it to
“ fome fault in refilling the cafk, which muft always
“ be kept full, which, either by letting alone too
“ long, till the decreafe be too great, and the fcum
“ there naturally is on all Wines, thereby being too
“ much dilated, is fubjeCt to break, or elfe being
“ broken, by refilling the cafk, gives it that vile
“ tafte. But againft this there is a very ftrong ob-
“ jeCtion, i. e. that this defeCt feizes the Wine only
“ at a particular feafon, viz. September ; over which
« if it gets, it will keep good many years, fo the
“ cafe is worthy the enquiry of naturalifts, fince it is
“ evident, that moft Wines are more or lefs affeCted
“ with this diftemper, during the firft year after
“ making.”

Upon receiving this information from Italy, I con-
fulted the Rev. Dr. Flales of Teddington, who was
then making many experiments on fermenting liquors,
and received from him the following curious folution
of the caufe of this change in Wine, which I fent
over to my friend in Italy, who has tried the experi-
ment, and it has accordingly anfwered his expecta-
tion, in preferving the Wine which was thus managed,
perfectly good. He has alfo communicated the ex-
periment to feveral vignerons in feveral parts of Italy,

1

W I N

who are repeating the fame, which take in Dr. Hales's
words

44 From many experiments which I made the laft fum-
44 mer, I find that all fermented liquors generate air in
44 large quantities, during the time of their fermen-
44 tati.on •, for, from an experiment made on twelve
44 cubic inches of Malaga Raifins, put into eighteen
44 cubic inches of water the beginning of March,
44 there were 41 1 cubic inches of air generated by the
44 middle of April ; but afterwards, when the fer-
44 mentation was over, it reiorbed a great quantity
44 of this air •, and from forty-two cubic inches of ale
44 from the tun (which had fermented thirty-four
44 hours before it was put into the bolt-head) had ge-
44 nerated 639 cubic inches of air from the beginning
44 of March to the middle of June •, after which, it
44 reforbed thirty-two cubic inches of air ; from
“ whence it is plain, that fermented liquors generate
44 air, during the time of their fermentation, but af-
44 terwards they are in an imbibing ftate, which may
44 perhaps account for the alteration of the nice Ita-
44 lian Wines for Wine, during the firft year after
44 making, continues fermenting more oriels, during
44 whic 1 time a great quantity of air is generated, un-
44 til the cold in September put a flop to it; after
44 which it is in an imbibing ftate. Now the air thus
44 generated is of a rancid nature (as the Grotto del
44 Cano), and will kill a living animal, if put into it.
44 So that if, during the fermentation of the Wine,
44 there are two quarts of this rancid air generated,
44 which is clofely pent up in the upper part of the
44 veffel, when the cold fhall ftop the fermentation,
44 the Wine, by abforbing this air, becomes foul, and
44 acquires this rancid tafte ; to prevent which, I
44 would prcpofe the following experiment :

44 Suppofe the velfel A filled with Wine,
44 in the bung- hole of this veffel b, I would
44 have a glafs tube of two feet long, and
44 about two inches bore, fixed with a pew-
44 ter focket clofely cemented, fo as that
44 there may be no vacuities on the fides, and into this
44 tube fhould be another, of about half an inch bore,
44 cofely fixed ; the lowe'r tube fhould always be kept
44 about half full of Wine, up to X, which will fup-
44 ply the veffel as the Wine therein fhall fubfide ;
44 fo that there will be no room left in the upper part
44 of the veffel to contain any generated air, which
44 will pafs off through the upper fmall tube, which
44 muft be always left open for this purpofe ; and the
44 tube being fmall, there will be no danger of letting
44 in too much air to the Wine.

44 As the Wine in the lower tube fhall fubfide, it
44 may be refilled by introducing a {lender funnel
44 through the fmall tube, down to the fcum upon
44 the lurface of the Wine in the larger tube, fo as to
44 prevent its being broken by the Wine falling too
44 violently upon it. This experiment, being tried
44 with glafs tubes, will give an opportunity to ob-
44 ferve what impreflion the different ftates of the air
44 have upon the Wine, by its rifing or falling in the
44 tubes ; and if it fucceeds, it may be afterwards
44 done by wooden or metal tubes, which will not be
44 in danger of breaking.”

This curious experiment, having fucceeded wherever
it has yet been tried, will be of great fervice in the ma-
nagement of Wines, there being many ufeful hints
to be taken from it, particularly with regard to fer-
menting Wines ; for, fince we find that Wines too
long fermented (efpecially thofe which are produced in
cool countries) feldom keep well, fo, by letting them
ftand in a cool place, the fermentation will be check-
ed, which is agreeable to the practice of the Cham-
pagnois, who keep the Wines in winter in cellars
above ground ; but when the weather grows warmer
ip fpring, they then carry them down into their vaults,
where they are cooler than in the cellars ; and this me-
thod of removing their Wines from the cellars to the
vaults, and back again into the cellars, as the feafons
of the year fhall require, is found of great fervice in
preferving the Wines in perfection ; for thefe Wines,

being Weak, (when compared with thofe produced iii
more fouthern countries) have not body enough to
maintain them, if they are permitted to ferment all
the fucceeding fummer, which the heat of the feafori
will promote where the Wine is expofed to its influ-
ence ; and this furely muff be worth the trial by thofe
who make Wine in this country, fince it is the prac-
tice of the northern countries, which is the molt
proper for our imitation, and not that of the molt
lbuthern.

But after the Wine has paffed its fermentation in the
vat, and is drawn off into the calks, it will require
fomething to-feed upon ; fo that you fhould always pre-
ferve a few bunches of the beft Grapes, which may be
hung up in a warm dry room for that purpofe, until
there be occafion for them;, when they fhpuld be
picked off the {talks, and two or three good handfuls
put into each caflc, according to their feveral fizes ;
for want of this many times people make ufc of other
things, which are by no means fo proper for this
purpofe.

The vignerons of different countries do alfo put va-
rious forts of herbs into the vat when the Wine is fer-
menting, to give it different flavours. Thofe of Pro-
vence make ufe of Sweet-marjoram, Balm, and other
forts of aromatic herbs; and upon the Rhine they al-
ways put fome handfuls of a peculiar kind of Clary
into the vats, from whence arife the different flavours
weobferve in Wines, which, it is poffible, were made
in the fame manner, and from the fame forts of Grapes.
How far this might be thought worth p rack fin g in
England, a few experiments would inform us ; though
it is to be queftioned, whether thefe herbs mend the
Wine, beca,ufe it feems to obtain among the vigne-
rons, purely to alter the flavour of their Wines, in or-
der to render them agreeable to the palate of their par-
ticular cuftomCrs ; but, however this be, it is yet cer-
tain, that there is fome art ufed to alter the flavour of
the Wine in moft of the different Wine countries of
France ; for it is the fame fort of Grape, which the
curious always plant in Orleans, Champagne, and
Burgundy ; and how different thefe Wines are in their
flavour and quality, every one who is acquainted with
them, well knows ; and this difference can never be
effedted by the fituation of the places, fince there is
no very great difference in the heat of thofe countries ;
nor do I believe their different ways of making the
Wine can alter their flavour fo much, efpecially thofe
of Orleans and Burgundy, where there is little dif-
ference in their management ; but in Champagne
there is this difference from the reft, that they always
cut their Grapes in a morning, before the dew is gone
off, or in cloudy weather ; whereas, the vignerons of
all the other places never cut any till they are perfectly
dry; which may occafion a great alteration in the
Wine.

The method commonly pradtifed to give the red co-
lour to Wine, is to let it ferment a few days upon
the fkins, which they always obferve to prefs two or
three times, in order to make them dilcharge their
contents ; but where a deep-coloured rough Wine is
defired, there they put a quantity of a certain fort of
Grape, whofe juice is red, into each vat ; this is well
known in England by the name of Claret Grape ; the
leaves of this Vine always change to a deep purple co-
lour as the fruit ripens, and the Grapes are of fa fine
blue colour, with a flue over them like fine Plums ;
but the juice of them is very auftere, efpecially if they
are not very ripe.

This red Wine will not require to be drawn off into
cafks more than at firft from the vat ; for it may re-
main in the fame veffel until it is fit to bottle off, which,
I think, fhould not be done till the Wine is two or three
years old ; the greater quantity of Wine there is in each
veffel, the more force it will have, and fo confequently
be in lefs danger of fuffering from the injuries of wea-
ther, efpecially if the before-mentioned method be
pradtifed; but where there are large quantities of
Wine preferved in clofe vaults, people fhould be very
cautious how they at firft enter them, after they have

been

4

been fhut up for fome time •, becaufe the air of this
vault will become rancid from the mixture of gene-
rated air proceeding from the Wines, which has of-
ten killed people who have incautioufly entered them.

Of the concentration of Wines * and other fermented liquors ,>
fo as to reduce them in hulk , render them more unal-
terable and perfect , more durable , and fit for fervice>
carriage , and exportation , Dr. Stahl ; tr (inflated by
Dr. Shaw.

Dr. Stahl treats this fubject to the purpofe following :

1. He obferves, that Wines, and all fermented li-
quors, both before and after fermentation, confift not
of fimilar parts, but heterogeneous ones connedted to-
gether in one certain determinate order. Thus the
action and effence of fermentation being a feparation
and deftrudtion of the former connexion of the fub-
je£t, and tranfpofing its parts anew, there mu ft of ne-
cefiity have been a kind of free and durable texture
in the fubjedfo disjoined, feparated, and new ranged.

2. For example ; Grapes, being laid upon dry ftraw
in a cold place, will, for fome time after they are fe-
parated from the Vine, preferve that texture which
gives them their faline, undtuous, and flimy fweetnefs,
which the juice alfo retains after preffing, and becomes
a clear tranfparent muft, without feparating itfelf into
the heterogeneous parts, but continuing uniformly and
evenly mixed, fo as to preferve the different matters
it confifts of, intimately colledled among themfelves.
And in this firmly connected ftate it may be kept for
many months, if a cafk be perfectly filled therewith,
and let in a cold place, as is evidently feen in Hum,

3. Wine, in the precife, chemical, or philofophical
notion thereof, is a faline, clammy, oleaginous matter,
diluted with a large proportion of water, whereby it
is fet at a diftance from itfelf, or expanded ; whilft the
laline parts are faturated with, and interfperfed among
the fubtile earthy ones, that make the fliminefs ; and
then together they imbibe, detain, entangle, and hold
the groffer oily parts •, befides which, there are other
oily parts, vaftly more fubtile, that, by means of the
highly attenuated portion adhering to them, remain
as much connedled with the water as the reft, and
thefe are what we call fpirituous parts •, but the con-
nexion of them all together is fo ftrong and durable,
that they move for a long time as one body, without
feparating, if carefully preferved.

4. But if the fpirituous part be once drawn away, and
feparated from the Wine by diftillation, tho’ it were
immediately poured back, or reftored to the remain-
ing mals from whence it came, and ever fo finely
fhaken in again therewith, the whole by no means re-
covers its former tafte, odour, and durability, but turns
to a confufed turbid mixture of a different naufeous
tafte, unnatural fmell, and approaches near to a va-
pidity.

5. Again ; if an inflammable fpirit, diftilled from
the fame, or any other kind of Wine, be put to a par-
cel of Wine that v/as too faline, or not fufficiently fpi-
rituous, the bare addition, or tumultuary admixture
thereof, very far from giving the fine and intimate
foftnefs of a good Wine, will rather manifeft its own
burning acrimony, and inodorous flavour, to the fmell
and tafte •, and alfo add a naufeous bitternds to the
former tartnefs and aufterity.

6. So likewife any conflderable heat, or even a degree
of fimmering or tepidity, will, by its inteftine and
fubtile agitation, that barely difturbs the exceeding
fine fpirituous parts, which are very fufceptible of the
motion of heat, or disjoins them from the reft, oc-
cafioning an alteration of its tafte, tranfparency, and
durability, as much as if the fpirit had really been
drawn off, and poured back again.

y„ On the other hand, Wine kept in a cool vault,
well fecured from the external air will preferve its tex-
ture entire in all the conftituent parts, and be fuffi-
ciently ftrong for many years •, as appears not only
from old Wines, but other foreign fermented liquors,
particularly thole of China, prepared from a decoftion

W I M

of Rifife; which, being well clofedMown, and buried
deep under ground, continue for a long feries of years
rich, ftrong, and generous, as the hiftories of that
country univerfally allure us.

ffi The like is alfo to be underftood of vinegar, after
it has thrown off the fuperabundant earthy parts, and
many of the oily ones that prefided while i’t continued
Wine whence the faline ones now get the alcendant,
and, as it were, ftibdue and prefide over the fpirituous ;
for good and perfedt vinegar, being well Hopped
down, will continue pure and unaltered for a great
length of time.

9. But if it be left open, fo that its fine vapour ex-
hales, or its more fubtile part be drawn off from it,
and again poured back ; in either cafe its loles its uni-
form confiftence, and particularly its durability, and
now diredtly hurries into vapidity and corruption.

10. If, either by fraud or accident, a larger propor-
tion of water comes to be mixed with Wine, than is
abfolutely proper for its confidence, and no way ne~
cefiary or effential ; this fuperfiuous water does not
only deprave the tafte, and fpoil the excellence of the
Wine, but alfo renders it Id's durable ; for humidity
in general, and much more a fuperfiuous aqueous hu-
midity, is the primary and reftlefs inftrument of all
the changes by fermentation.

11. It may therefore, doutblefs, be ufeful, and fome-
times very convenient to take away this fuperfiuous
water from the other part, which ftricftly and properly
conftitutes the Wine ; but for the method that this
may commodioufly be done, he firft examines thofe
propofed by others for that purpofe, and ffiews the
difficulties and inlufficiencies, and afterwards propofes
an eafy way of effecting the thing.

The method of condenfing Wines by heat or evaporation.

1 . It will be found, by any perfon who ffiall make the
experiment, that all fermented liquors labour with an
over-proportion of water ; and that, if a very confi-
derable quantity of it were taken away, they would
become not only more rich, but alfo more durable,
provided fo much humidity were ftill retained as is juft
neceflary to preferve the vinous confiftence, keep the
faline part fluid, and the flimy uneftuous parts mixed
in, and expanded along with the reft.

2. But as an adlual and truly faline matter abounds in
Wine and vinegar, and that of an acid, auftere, or
tartareous kind, when the fpirituous part is drawn
away, the Wine becomes furprifingly more auftere 5
and when a large quantity of the watery part is fepa-
rated, this fuperabundant, faline, tartareous matter
coagulates into a cryftalline form, and falls to the bot-
tom, or ftrikes to the fides of the cafk ; for the fub-
tile oily matter, which makes the fpirituous part in
Wine, blunts and takes off from a tartareous acidity,
in the fame manner as the addition of reftified fpirits
of Wine blunts, ffieaths, and dulcifies, the corrofive
and acid fpirits of nitre, fait, and vitriol.

3. But this tartareous fait alfo abounding with an
over-proportion of a grofs un&uous matter, cannot be
diffolved or diluted without a very large proportion
of water ; which being taken away, it prefently con-
cretes into dry folid cryftals, as is the known cafe of
cremor tartar.

And hence proceeds the effeft before obferved, viz.
that the acidity and roughnefs of the Wine manifeft
themfelves the more, when the Wine is deprived of
its fpirit.

And this is an experiment familiar in the kitchen,
when Wine is burnt or ufed in fauce ; for boiling al-
ways gives it a much greater degree of aufterity.

4. And when this water is, even by diftillation, plen-
tifully drawn off from Wine, not of a terreftrial and
chalky, but of a tartareous nature, a beautiful tar-
tar will be found to cryftallize among the remaining
mafs, and deftroying thofe properties thereof, which
ought to be preferved.

5. For, firft, the fpirituous part is the life of the Wine,
and all fermented liquors ; and not only keeps thern

together,

\

W I N

together, embalms the whole, and renders it durable,
Of not fubjedt to corruption, but aifo, in great mea-
fure, gives them that aromatic, refrefhing, and re-
fcorative virtue and effect they have upon the human
body.

6. This inevitably proves the cafe, whenever Wine is
evaporated or diftilled, which c-onftantly requires a
degree of heat fufficient to convert water into vapour *
whence the, fpirituous part, being much more volatile
than the aqueous, flies off together with, or even be-
fore it, and thus leaves the Wine diffolvedin its tex-
ture, and without its foul.

Upon which the remaining, faline, flimy, unduous
mafs is fo disturbed, as no longer to remain connected,
but immediately turns thick and turbid, and after-
wards runs impetuoufly into a kind ot corruption, at-
tended with vapidity and ropinefs.

All ?hich circutn fiances abundantly fliew the method
of exhalation to be abfolutely unfit for condenfing
Wines, as it fo many ways deftroys the whole vinous
texture and compages.

Of the method cf condenfing Wines by percolation.

1 . That Wine, ftridly and properly fo called, is of
a groffer and thicker body than water, or that the ef-
fential and truly conftituent parts of Wine may be con-
fidered as feparate and diftind from a luperfluous and
copious aquofity, appears a priori and a pofteriori.

2. For, firft, it is rational to conceive, that a matter
confifting of- a colledion of faline, flimy, and unctu-
ous parts, brought into one mafs, fhould have a
groffer confiftence than pure and Ample water.

3. And next, this groffnefs of the proper and effen-
tial particles of Wine manifefts itfelf to the eye,

1. In thofe difeafes of Wine, wherein they become
vifcous and ropy, when they not only lofe their tranf-
parency, but may be drawn out and extended like a
mucus ; and do not, upon pouring out, then fall in
drops, but run down in long ropy firings.

2. It appears again to the eye, in vinegar grown mo-
thery, mucilaginous, and tough, fo as fometimes to
afford a denfe fkin, like leather ; which cannot well
be fuppoied to proceed from the water, but from the
more proper and effential parts of the Wine it was
made of.

3. But becaufe thefe infpiffations may poffibly be at-
tributed to forne iupernatural diforder of the Wine,
we may add, that our method of concentration exhi-
bits this groffnefs of parts to the eye, whilft the Wine
remains in a perfed (late, free from its luperfluous
aquofity •, for here it appears much denier, and deeper
in colour lefs fluid, lefs thin, lefs tranfparent, and
in every refped of a thicker and higher confiftence.

4. Laftly, This is ftill more evident in malt liquors,
which being concentrated in our manner, tafte full and
thick, almoft like oil in the mouth, and pour out like
that, or a thin fyrup ; being at the fame time alio
heightened or concentrated in colour.

From the preceding phenomena it fhould feem natu-
ral, that thefe different parts of Wine, which vary fo
much in confiftence and tenuity of matter, might be
feparated from each other by a commodious percola-
tion : fo that the aqueous parts, which appear the
fineft, fhould run through the pores of a proper
ftrainer, and leave the groffer behind.

But the pradice hereof is clogged with great difficul-
ties •, for,

Firft, thofe thin liquors, which have a manifeft and co-
pious faltnefs, as Wine has, are either fo attenuated,
and their grofs part, however thick in comparifon of
water, is yet fo fubtile and penetrating in itfelf, as at
the fame time to pafs the pores of any ordinary ftrainer ;
at leaftj fuch liquors will, along with their aqueous,
tranfmit the fineft and moft delicate of all their parts,
and leave the more fluggifh, the truly groffer, or thofe
moft tending to ropinefs, behind.

It muft alio be obferved, that moft kinds of Wine be-
fides their genuine, fubftantial, rich-, and effential

W 1 N

part, have conftantly joined with them fome foreign,
luperfluous, and prevailing gummy or mucilaginous
matter ; which, the more it invifcates the nobler part,
the thicker and groffer it adually becomes ; whilft
the other finer portion, which is not clogged with fuch
a load, remains more penetrating. and adive.

And hence alfo the difficulty of condenfing Wines by
percolation is increafed, as this fubtile fpirituous part
paffes the ftrainer along with the water.

A contrary difficulty attends the ufe of a clofe ftrainer,
arifmg from the grofs mucilaginous particles, either
accidentally interfperfed in the Wine, or cleaving to
this and other fermented liquors, but efpecially malt-
drinks • for thefe vifcous, tenacious, and clammy
particles prefently clog and flop the pores of the
ftrainer, and by that means hinder the thinner and
more watery particles from getting away and the na-
tural tenacity and clamminefs of liquors prepared from
malt, honey, and the like, communicates in the man-
ner of a mucilage, fuch a ropinefs, even to the fu-
perfluous water, and diffufes and expands itfelf fo
much therein, that the water itfelf is thereby thick-
ened, and rendered much Ids apt to flow.

A third difficulty attends this method by percolation,
viz. that although it were poffible to make the fepa-
ration, yet the work would, proceed fo flow, that the
more fubtile, fine, brifk, volatile, and fpirituous
parts, which give the pungent tafte and odour, might,
in the mean time, exhale, and leave the remaining
Wine flat and vapid •, or if this inconvenience could
be prevented, yet, info tedious an operation, fome
prejudicial, fermentative operation would, in all pro-
bability happen.

And, after all, there would ftill remain a queftiori, as
to the matter to be ufed to the ftrainer ; which they
who have never made any experiment that way might
little dream of.

For, as the common filters or ftrainers are generally-
made of paper, linen, or fome kind of cloth, all thefe
readily communicate and imprefs a foreign difagreea-
ble tafte to the liquor, efpecially to Wine if intended
for condenfation in this manner.

And it may feem furprifmg, that even a momentane-
ous paflage of condenfed Wine through the cleaned:
linen, will give it a remarkable and very difagreeable
tafte of the bag, that (hall continue for many months.
This happens in a much greater degree to condenfed
Wine, after the fame manner as the higheft rectified
fpirit or alcohol of Wine will, in many cafes, per-
form a folution, immenfely quicker, and more power-
ful than fuch aphlegmy fpirit, though mixed but with
a tenth proportion of water •, for fo our concentrated,
or, as we may call it, our rectified Wine, being freed
from its fuperfluous phlegm, has a more powerful,
more immediate, and more intimate effed, upon the
parts of the cloth and other bodies, by means of the
concentration of its fpirituous and faline parts, than
when its efficacy is weakened by being diluted with
water.

This method, however, by percolation, though no
way fufficient to free the Wine of all its fuperfluous
water, may yet be of fome fervice, if applied with due
regard to the difference there is between fermented
liquor, efpecially in point of confiftence ; and there-
fore fome faint or impeded imitation of our method
may be had by means of fuch paper filters, or other
common ftrainers.

And, in this view, the common tavern trick, with a
piece of lift, when dextroufly performed, might be
of fome fervice ; for if a long, thick, woollen firing
be firft foaked in water, and then one end of it plunged
into Wine, whilft the other end hangs a great way
down without the glafs, it will, in an imperfect man-
ner, draw away the water from the Wine.

But all thefe, and the like attempts, are trifling and
ufelefs, in comparifon of our eafy, expeditious, and
perfed manner of effeding the thing ; to which we
next proceed.

14 Z

1

9*? T

Of

Of the method of condenfng Wines , and other faline fpi-
rituous liquors , by cold.

'

Having mewn above, what effedl the motion of heat,
and the adtion of fire, have upon all fermented li-
quors, and efpecially upon the finer parts of them,
and more diredtly upon thofe of Wine -5 and how
much they contribute to diffolve the intimate union
of vinous fluids, and change their whole nature, which
confifts in that union, and connection , we pais on to
the confideration of cold, which, being oppofite to
heat, may be fuppofed to have different effedls ; or
at leaft, fuch as bettter fuit the prefent purpofe.

If any kind of Wine, but rather fuch as has never
been adulterated, being in a confiderable quantity,
as that of a gallon or more, expofed to a fufficient
degree of cold in frofty weather, or in any place
where the ice continues all the year, and fo be brought
to freeze •, the fuperfluous water contained in the
Wine will be turned to ice, and leave the proper,
and truly effential part unfrozen, unlefs the degree of
cold fhould be very intenfe, or the Vfine but weak
and poor.

When the froftis moderate, the experiment has no
difficuly •, becaufe in that cafe, not above a third or
fourth part of the fuperfluous water will be frozen in
a whole night ; but if the cold be very intenfe, the
beft way is, at the end of a few hours, when a tole-
rable quantity is formed, to pour out the remaining
liquor, and expofe it to freeze afrefh by itfelf. And

1. Becaufe, when the quantity of ice grows large,
more of the concentrated Wine will be apt to hang
and lodge in it.

2. Becaufe it would otherwife require a longer time to
drain away from the ice.

If the veflel that thus by degrees receives the feveral
parcels of condenfed Wine, be fuffered to Hand in the
cold freezing place where tine operation is performed,
the quantity lying thin, in pouring out, or otherwife,
will be very apt to freeze anew •, and if it be fet in a
warm place, fome of this aqueous part thaws again,
and fo weakens the refc.

The condenfed Wine therefore fhould be emptied in
fome place of a moderate temper, as to cold and heat
where neither the ice may diffolve, nor the vinous fub-
ftance mixed among it be congealable. But the beft
experiment of all is, to perform the operation with a
large quantity of Wine, as that of feveral gallons,
where the utmoft exaftnefs or prevention of all wafte
need not be fomuch regarded.

By this method, there freezes about one third of the
whole liquor, and is properly the more pure aqueous
part thereof •, infomuch that when all the vinous fluid
is poured off, to be expofed to a farther concentration,
the ice remaining behind, upon this firft emptying,
being let to thaw gently in a warm place, diffolves
into a perfedtly aqueous fluid, retaining only a light
fcent, but extremely little of the tafte and colour of
the Wine.

If the Wine, now once concentrated, fhould, by
longer continuance in the freezing cold, be again con-
gealed to the utmoft (unlefs the cold were very fe-
vere,) and then again be drained from the ice, there
foon after falls to the bottom of the glafs it is pour-
ed into, a grofs white, and fhining powder or tartar ;
and even the icy part, remaining behind, depofits a
little more of this powder, after thawing, and again,
the fame vinous concentrated matter does the lame
upon (landing a few days or hours ; but the more of
it, as the¥/ine was auftere or genuine, neat, and un-
adulterated with fugar, brandy, or the like.

The ice of the fecond operation differs in no refpedl
from that of the firft, provided the vinous matter be
perfedtly drained away from it, before the ice is fet to
melt ; whereby it runs into the fame kind of phlegm,
excepting only when the Wine was lefs fpirituous, that
it taites a little more faline than the water feparated by
the firft operation.

The part which has efcaped being frozen in both

4 ■

operations, is a real concentrated Wine, as appears by
its colour, confiftence, tafte, and fmell for it has
now all thofe properties in a greater degree, and a
much narrower fpace, than when fo largely diluted
with fuperfluous water; and therefore becomes a much
nobler and richer Wine, than without fuch a contri-
vance could poffibly be procured ; for as by this
means two third parts of phlegm are taken away, in
the better fort of Wine, or three fourths in the weak-
er, what remains muft needs become highly rich and
faturate.

This operation, though it be perfedl in Wine, does net
fucceed altogether fo well in rich malt liquors.

Thus, for. example: Having by feveral concentra-
tions reduced a full gallon of ftrong malt liquor to
the quantity of a pint and a half ; the ice feparated
from it in the firft concentration, refolved into a li-
quor fomewhat of the colour and tafte of final l beer,
and that obtained at laft, might have almoft palled
for final! beer, though a flafhy watery tafte rnanifeftly
predominated in it ; but the part that remained un-
congealed was extremely rich, and for confiftence
and tafte, far exceeded the famous double Brunfi-
wic mum.*

In point of ftrength or fpirituouty, it feemed per-
fectly aromatic, and nobly flavoured ; a thing not
found in common malt liquors ; and for confiftence,
it refembled a dilute fyrup, and with a p leafing fo fi-
ne fs, fheathed the acrimony of the fpirit, and con-
cealed the bitcernefs of the Hop, which before was
very confiderable.

The mucilaginous nature, predominant in all malt
liquors, here occafions a greater inaccuracy, as not
buffering the condenfed part to get clear and run from
the ice ; but as this liquor is cheaper than Wine, the
lofs is lefs confiderable ; and not only fo, but if the
operation were to be performed in large, the thawed
liquor might be commodioufly employed in a frefh
brewing ; fo that, with a flight enchirefis, all manner
of lofs may be prevented.

And thus likewile the phlegm of Wine, feparated in
the operation, may, by a proper ferment, be convert-
ed into good vinegar, with a great deal of eafe, and
moderate profit.

What a large quantity of water abounds in vinegar, is
well known to thofe that are fkilled in chemiftry •, fo
that a great quantity of vinegar will faturate but a
ftnall one of alkaline fait •, and again, a deal of vinegar
is required to diffolve a little quantity of metal.

A pint of the ftrongeft vinegar will fcarce diffolve
above two drams of iron ; or faturate more than the
like quantity of good fait of tartar-, but our method
of condenfation effectually remedies this inconveni-
ence and fo far deprives the vinegar of its fuperflu-
ous water, and colledts its acetous penetrating fharp-
nefs, as to render it extremely powerful ; thus throw-
ing out five or fix parts of ulelefs phlegm, that taftes
fcarce perceptibly acid, and, at the fame time, retain-
ing the ftrength and virtue of the whole, in the part
remaining uncongealed.

’The advantages of the method of conderjing Wines by

cold.

;; It is certain, that the beft and nobieft Wines, if ex-
pofed for feveral days to the warm open air of the
fummer, out of a vault, or other proper receptacle,
will inevitably corrupt and fpoil, throwing a mouldy
and mucilaginous matter to their flirt ace, and acquir-
ing a degree of flench or vapidity, or at beft, turning
to vinegar. On the contrary, the Wine condenfed in
our manner buffers none of thefe changes, upon being
fo expofed ; but remains for a long time not only un-
corrupted, but even unaltered, as we have experienced
for. feveral years.

And as this difference is owing to nothing more than
freeing the Wine of its fuperfluous water; it may
hence°be fairly prefumed, that water alone is the prin-
cipal or immediate inftrument of all the fermentative
motions and changes of vinous liquors.

We

urUlls 4*414*1 fir-

■ ' , - • J

Cry A

/ / , ^

W I N

We condenfed, in our method, a gallon and a half of
poor, 'weak, auftere, and acid Wine, to about a
quart, in the winter of the year 1696, and put it in-
to a glafs bottle, whereof a third part remained empty,
and flopped it only with a hard wreath of paper •, and
thus it flood for the fpace of two years in my bed-
chamber, where, during the fummer, when the wea-
ther was fair, the windows were open all day long ;
and where alfo, in the winter, other aqueous liquors
froze. During this time, it was often opened, and
fome of it poured out, both to tafte, and otherwile to
ufe •, and yet all this time it neither grew mouldy nor
four, nor iuffered any feparation of parts ; only de-
pofited a ifnall quantity of tartar, but retained its ori-
ginal confidence and tafte entire ; except fome fmall
change in both for the better.

In the fame manner we concentrated a fomewhat bet-
ter kind of Wine to a little more than a fourth part ;
but the bulk of this did not keep fo well as the former,
as having many more tafters, than the auftere and
difagreeable fort.

When it was by degrees tailed away to half a pint, I
put the remainder into a glafs, and tied it over with
a piece of bladder ; then fet it in the fame place,
near the former, but could not prevent its being lip-
ped away by degrees, till only about three ounces
were left.

This fmall quantity flood all the fummer, barely co-
vered with a loofe bladder, without alteration, or
growing in the leaft mouldy or acid, and long after re-
tained its moft grateful tafte, and quick fmell ; only
the latter was fomewhat weakened thro’ the bottle’s
remaining untied down ; and that under this incon-
venience it ftiould continue fo perfect and entire is
furprifmg.

I had in the winter of the year before, condenfed a
very fmall quantity of the fame fort of Wine to half
an ounce, and put it into an ounce phial, which re-
mained lightly tied down all the next year in my ordi-
nary ftove room, where it kept without corrupting, till
after the end of the winter ; when by the unequal, and
fometimes violent heating of the room, it became va-
pid and mouldy.

A parcel of vinegar concentrated after the fame man-
ner in the winter 1694, and by that means brought
to a corrofive degree of fharpnefs, which rendered it
unfit for the table, flood in the fame room with the
concentrated Wines, for three whole fummers and
winters, without any manner of tendency to corrup-
tion, or the fmalleft figns either ofmouldinefs or ro-
pinefs. ,

Thele examples and experiments fufficientlyffiew, that
liquors thus concentrated, may for a long time be kept
in a ftate of perfetftion with little care.

But there are fome particular changes of Wines and
vinegars, thus concentrated, that happen in procefs
of time.

1. Wines upon being thus concentrated, feem to ac-
quire a more auftere tafte, than they had originally ;
and no wonder, as the concentration brings their fa-
line and rough matter into a third or fourth of its
original compafs •, fo that this is no new addition or
increafe of the rough tafte, but perhaps fome degree
of mitigation thereof, in regard to the clofenefs
whereto this rough matter is brought ; which, of it-
felf, ought rather to multiply the effetft in a greater
proportion.

The change may be conceived owing to this, that all
Wines are obferved to grow mild and foft by long
lying; which effed is greatly promoted in them by a
fucceffive feparation of their tartar, and a gentle eva-
poration of fome part of their water ; o'ccafionino- that
neceffity we find of frequently filling up the calks in
the fummer months ; but in our concentrated Wine,
though fome tartar be fucceffively feparated, yet there
is found no concurrent evaporation ; for the concen-
trated Wine grows foft and mellow in a well-ftopped
glafs, where no fenfible diminution of the quantity is
perceived.

But the effed proceeds principally upon a defer com-

bination of the grofferwith the fpirituous parr, which
now wanting water, fucceffively throws off the groffer
tartar from the reft of the mixture.

But befides this, there fee ms to be another remarka-
ble change incident to our concentrated Wines, not
only in the tafte, but abundantly in the fmell ; for
although that very auftere Wine above-mentioned had
a much milder tafte the third year than the lecond,
yet its fpecific odour perfedly refembled that of lack
or Canary, foas to be miftakenfor it, from the fmell
alone, by good judges, who were acquainted with the
original flavour of the Wine, from whence it was con-
centrated.

Nor is this change of odour peculiar to Wine alone ;
but concentrated vinegar participates fomewhat of it,
and was obferved for fome time to lofe it, in great
meafure, upon being left long- flopped only with pa-
per, and the bottle often poured out.

And therefore as it is plain, that Wines, and all other
fermented liquors, become much more durable by
concentration ; and yet this durability is here Confirm-
ed and proved from fmall and inconfiderable quanti-
ties, wherein they always retain their goodnefs ; it is
obvious, that if the operation were performed in large,
a great bulk of the liquor thus concentrated would be
ftiil immenfely Ids fubjed to alteration from the air
and heat, which are the two great incentives to fer-
mentative motion ; and that if fuch fmall parcels fuf-
fered no change for the worfe, much lefs would the
larger.

But as thefe concentrated liquors, by reafon of their
confiderable proportion of faline and fine fpirituous
parts, have a lefs tendency to diffolution and corrup-
tion ; fo, on the contrary, the aqueous part, fepa-
rated from them, has a very ftrong tendency there-
to ; for as it takes from the Wine, and carries off
with it a little of the mucilaginous and unduous
part, and yet is almoft wholly a mere moveable fluid
water, that is, the moft adive inftrument of fermen-
tative motion, it cannot but prefently fall into cor-
ruption.

This bufmefs of congelation is not only applicable to
immediate profit, but alfo paves the way to certain
matters of curiofity, and fhews one particular, which,
though not new, but anciently common and familiar,
has yet grown ftrangely into difufe through the indo-
lence of mankind. ,

As to the point of immediate ufe, it needs no expla-
nation ; for he muft be very dull indeed, who does
not immediately perceive, that Wines, &c. by this
method may be reduced to any degree of vinofiry,
ftrength, or perfetftion.

Thus, for example : If a Wine of a moderate ftrength
have a third part of its water taken away, in the form
of ice, by congelation, the remaining part will there-
by be doubled in ftrength and goodnefs ; for if in the
better forts of Wines we allow, as we may, one third
part to be good, or truly vinous, and two third parts
to be water, then that one third good part is divided
among the two aqueous parts ; whence, if one of the
two aqueous parts be taken away, that fame third part
before divided between the two waters, now remains
collected or condenfed, in a double proportion, along-
with but one of them.

But if this concentration be carried up to the utmoft,
and praeftifed in a large quantity, with a fomewhat in-
tenfe cold, it may perhaps reduce good Wines to a
fixth ; and this fmall quantity might commodioufly
be ufed as a quinteffence, to meliorate, improve, and
even fpecificate, fmaller and low flavoured Wines,
d o conclude ; as to the direct and immediate ufe of
our method of concentration, he who has the fee ret,
by means of a little, dry, powdery body, of turning*
water into Wine, will not. perhaps eafily divulge the
capital ufe he may make of the experiment.

WINE PRES S. [A defcription of the great taiffon
or famed Prefs.] The Prefs, which is a machine, or
moving power, contrived to fqueeze the juice out of
Grapes, confifts of an affemblage of many pieces of
timber, placed after different dilpofitions, which com-

' , , pofe '

WIN

pofe three bodies of timber work, clofely joined to the
axis, which ferves as a fwing, whereby it may be
moved by the vice.

The great Preffes are thirty or thirty-three feet long,
and twelve or fixteen wide. To make one of theie
machines, they firff dig a pit in the ground about four
feet deep, and fixteen feet fquare, in the moft com-
modious place where the Prefs is defigned. In the
middle of this hollow they build a fmall pile of raa-
fonry the whole length, for a foundation, two feet
thick, and three feet high, in fuch a manner, as to
have only one foot below the furface of the ground ;
then they make a parallel wall, to furround the Prefs
from the right to the left, to the extremity of the pit,
at an equal difiancefrom the pile in the middle, for
fupporting feme of the timbers, and to prevent the
earth from falling down into the pit. The fpace
between theie three little walls of three feet depth,
is neceffary to give air to the v/ood, to prevent its
rotting.

The wall, which ought to be from the fides of the
beams (which may be placed from the right to the
left of the Prefs, according to the greateff convenien-
cy of the place,) fhould be deeper than the hollow of
the beams, which fhall be explained hereafter •, and
that which is contrived on the bent fide of the beams,
fhould be thicker than the fquare of the bafon, which
will be more eafily comprehended by what follows.
Upon the little wall of the middle, they lay a piece
of timber lengthwife, which they call a falfe Hilling •,
upon this, to the fide of the hollow beams, they place
a ground plate, which is fupported by another pile of
mafonry, which is joined clofe to the beams, and the
piles which they crofs ; all thefe pieces fhould be laid
level, in order to fupport four Hillings, which are
placed acrofs them at an equal diftance. Theie pieces
ought to extend beyond the wall of the bafon, on the
fide of the beams, about three feet, and be laid upon
the piles, to hinder them from rifing ; there muft al-
ways be allowed a declivity of three or four inches
from the front to the four Hillings, in order to faci-
litate the draining of the wine into the calk, which
fhould be placed under the middle, in the fore part of
the bafon, to receive it from the fide where the holes
are bored.

They afterwards place upon thefe four Hillings, crofs
the bafon of the Prefs, fome pieces of wood called
maye •, thefe fhould have their tops level with the
top of the Hillings, and ought to be cut in notches
of four inches in length on both fides the bafon, for
receiving the maye in fuch a manner, that they may
be faHened on each fide with wedges, after having
put in the middle of the joints potters-earth and
Mofs, to prevent the wine from getting out at the
crevices •, thefe pieces of maye are fimply joined to-
gether without fillets or notches, that they may the
better clofe the two ends to the middle of the quoins
their whole length, between the Hillings and the fide
of the laH pieces of maye j thefe pieces fiiould be
raifed in the middle with a ridge, to make a gutter in
each joint, to facilitate the draining of the wine ; they
alfo make for the fame purpofe, a ridge or furrow all
round the extremity of the pieces of maye.

In the place appointed for the beams, on the right or
left of the bafon, they make a hole big enough to
ered a frame of mafonry twelve feet deep, eight long,
and five broad. One of the three piles of mafonry,
which fnpports the bafon, ferves there inHead of one
fide of the wall to the beams, which are driven into
the ground at the bottom of the faid frame, twelve
feet^deep, and are fifteen or fixteen feet above the
level of the ground •, thefe they join with the piles
which crofs them, upon which they put the beams,
which are all joined by cramps of wood, except the
laH, to which the Hillings ferve inHead of braces.
They afterwards ered the mafonry, in which they
in clofe the ends of the piles, as alfo thofe of the braces,
to prevent the beams from rifing ; thefe piles ought
to be placed contrary to the Hillings, which furround
or crofs them every three feet, and dove-tailed into

W I N

A

the fquare fupporters •, the fpace left between the ma-
fonry they do not fill up, that the beams maybe pre-
served from rotting, and that, if occafion be, they
may go down into the pit. The beams ought to be
laid in fuch a manner, that their fides may occupy
the middle of the bafon, and they fhould incline two
inches beyond it ; the front and fides muff be made
Imooth and even, but the back and tops muH be left'
rough ; they make a-top, under the pieces of maye,
a ledge of two or three inches, for fupport to the
carriage •, the top of the beams is joined with a crofs
beam, under which is a fpindle fupported by a. diago-
nal beam, on which all the force and refi fiance of the
Prefs bears •, this diagonal beam fhould. be clofely
faHened with nails and girders under the heads of the
beams. In the middle of the other fide of the bafon,
they put upon the ground plate, between the ends of
the Hillings, two falfe beams a little difiance from the
true ones, becaufe it is on this fide that the axle tree
is notched to receive the beams, to prevent their re-
coiling back ; thefe are a little enlarged towards the
falfe beams •, they fufiain thefe with four crofs pieces
or Hrong jambs, two on the front, and two on the
fides, which abut againft them, and keep them in
their places ; thefe crofs pieces are borne by the
ground plate and the pofis, and let in at the other end
jufi to the middle of the falfe beams •, thefe ought to
be bored about four feet high, that the moving pins
may be put in there for the beam to refi upon thefe
falfe beams fhould have holes at the bottoms, to re-
ceive the wooden pegs, which crofs the ground plate,
and are cut to half their thicknefs,' that they may be
capable to enter the notches, and be joined with keys
and pins where they crofs the falfe beams ; they like-
wife bind thefe beams at the top with a crofs beam,
and they fufiain them again at the bottom with two
crofs pieces on their fides •, thefe crofs pieces are
placed upon the pofis, which are joined into the
ground plate by a dove-tail, and are borne up hori-
zontally by a fmall piece of mafonry of their own
fize, which is chiefly hid in the ground ; there mufi
alfo be on each fide a large crofs piece to crofs the
bafon, which binds together the falfe beams with the
true, both before and behind •, thefe they fafien to
the top of the beams, allowing them a foot and a half
declivity to the place where they are mortifed into the
falfe beams.

They alfo make in the ground, on the fide of the
falfe beams, ten feet from the bafon, a pit twelve
feet deep, and ten feet fquare, to place the two
blocks, which fhould join at bottom, and be fepa-
rated by the great ends, about two feet above the fur-
face of the ground, in fuch a manner, that theferew
may be able to play between them •, thefe mufi be
joined at bottom to the piles by a Hrong dove-tail,
and the piles joined with braces •, and near the top,
about fifteen inches from the head, they fhould be
bound with girders and pins, to keep them afunder,
and prevent their parting. The fpace between the
blocks and the piles mufi Joe filled up with earth,
which fhould be well rammed ; thefe girders fhould
be let in feven or eight inches to the body of the
blocks.

In the middle of the girders there fhould be a hole
to put in the ferew, which fhould there defeend per-
pendicularly, and which is rounded to this place, and
leffened to a third part of its thicknefs •, and a foot
lower than the girders ought to be a rail placed as a
fupport, from bottom to top, in a Hope, for a refi
to the ferew there fhould be on this rail a plate of
iron, and an axis to the ferew, for its play 5 the
ferew mufi be twelve feet long, and thirteen inches,
thick at the top •, the ferew-tap, or the extremity of
the fpiral line, ought to be three inches and a half,
and fhould form an exad fquare * the ferew fhould
pafs crofs a wheel, which is placed three feet from
the furface of the ground, and which in this place
fhould be fquare, and about an inch and a half of its
thicknefs pared off for the play of the wheel } this
wheel fhould be joined with Spokes and curb, athwart,

V/art of the- Great Wine

,33

trofiJ,? of It iv at Wuie JPi

(^7/ie ell crus

into which they put divers pegs, that they may be
able, with five or fix men, to give it the neceflary
motion.

Laftly : There fliould be placed, at five feet from the
bottom of the bafon, two great beams, which muft
pafs between the true and thefalfe beams •, thefe muft
be both fquared or pared away at the great end, on
both fides where the beams touch, where they let
them into a notch, to prevent their coming out ; and
at the back part they put a key, to fecure them from
being difplaced (for they cannot put them into it ;)
but neverthelefs, in fuch a manner, that they may
play between the beams, without changing their po-
fition -, thefe beams fliould be well fitted to their bed,
and joined with keys, that they cannot part from
each other ; for they fliould open infenfibly from the
falie beams, where they ought alfo to feparate to the
right of the fcrew, to give place for it. Upon the
end of thefe beams muft be joined the nut of the Prefs
with moveable keys, that by this means it may be
railed or lowered, lb that the beams may rife and fall
as a kind of iwing, which has the keys for its center,
which are the falie beams, where the great beams reft,
and the bag which is upon the bafon. When they
prels, before the preffman raifes the beam, by means
of the fcrew, they lower it on the fides of the falfe
beams a little, that they may force the quoins be-
tween the beams and the fpurs, which is upon the
falfe beams, then they lower it with the fame fcrew
from the fide of the falfe beams. After they have
moulded the Grapes with the free poles, the planks,
and the nave, by the help of the wheel which moves
the fcrew, they prefs the bag ftrongly.

Thefe beams fiiould be two feet and a half thick, and
if that is not big enough, they put two upon each
other, and fometimes three, if it be necelTary ; thefe
they join together with nails indifferent places, both
on the bed, and in the front, that they may work
together, as if there were but two ; and they raife at
the end of the Prefs, on the fide of the falie beams, a
imall hanging fcalfold or fteps to go up to ftrike the
quoins.

Of the great framed Prefs.

This fort of Prefs is made like the other, except that
inftead of blocks, they ufe a frame. They make a
great pit in the earth twelve feet deep, and nine leqt
diameter ; and, to fupport the earth, they build a
wall of done all round it, in the fotm of a well,
which ought to be leven feet diameter, that they may
place in this fpace a frame of wood work of a fquare
figure, joined together with polls, joifts, ground-
plates, and rafters, like a St. Andrew’s crofs. In this
frame they put a folid ftone of about three thoufand
weight ; then they join the fcrew to the center of the
frame, that they may be turned together, and fo keep
the beams upon the flock of the wheel, to prefs the
Grapes, in fuch a manner as if one man was fufpend-
ed at one end of a pole, which is made fail at the
other, and in the middle there is fomething to prefs.
At about two or three feet from the ground is a wheel,
by means of which, and the weight of the frame,
they make the fcrew defcend, which lowers the beam.
The frame fliould be ten feet high, and four feet nine
inches fquare on each front. Great care fiiould be
taken of the block Prefles not to fcrew them too hard,
left it break the beams, and fplit them to pieces, no-
thing being of greater force than a fcrew. You muft
not rail to make the dove-tails very exalt, but above
ail, the fcrew and the nut fliould be made artificially
to their work.

Thefe great Prefles make, at one vat or flowage,
from twenty to twenty-five pieces of Wine. One
may make it lefs by a fourth part, and it will prefs as
well, when there are not above ten or fifteen pieces
of wine. In this cafe the pieces fliould be propor-
tionably diminiflied in the bignefs from what has been
defcribed.

fhe names , length , and thi chiefs, of the pieces which
compofe a great Prefs.

The main beams from thirty-two to thirty-five feet
long, and one with another, from two feet and a half
to three feet thick.

The cheeks or fide beams twenty-eight feet long, about
two feet thick at the bottom, and eighteen inches at
the top.

The piles twelve feet long, and twelve or thirteen
inches thick. It muft be obferved to make thefe with
counter dove-tails to thofe of the cheeks ; the firft is
placed at fifteen inches from the bottom of the cheeks;
one ought to put three from the top, to that which is
in the ground, and the latter fiiould be even with the
top of the falfe ftiller.

Upon the piles of the cheeks, and upon thofe of
the blocks, are placed braces of wood nine feet long,
and about nine or ten inches thick, to bind them to-
gether.

The ftillers fix feet long, and about fifteen or fixteen
inches fquare.

The ground plate eighteen feet long, about eighteen
inches broad, and fifteen inches thick.

The falfe beams fourteen or fifteen feet long, about-
thirteen or fourteen inches broad, nine inches thick
at the bottom, and fix^at the, top ; thefe ought to be
planed to the fize of the keys, to fitpport the main
beam.

The crofs piece of the falfe beams fix feet long, four
inches broad, and nine or ten thick.

The keys of the beams, to the dire&ion of the worm,
five feet and a half long, eight inches thick towards
the head, but reduced to half the fize in the remaining
length.

The pegs of the keys fourteen inches long, about five
broad, and at leaft one and a half thick.

The two crofs timbers of the falfe beams about eight
feet long, four or five inches thick, and the fame
breadth of thefalfe beams.

The two other crofs timbers of the falfe beams nine
feet long, and about eight inches thick.

The polls fix feet long, and about eight or nine inches
thick.

The pieces of maye, which are at the bafon, twelve
feet long, about nine or ten inches broad, and fix
thick.

The great crofs timbers, put as a band between the
falfe beams, fix or feven inches thick.

The two blocks fourteen feet long each ; about fix-
teen inches thick at the head, and twelve at the
bottom.

The fcrew fifteen inches at the bottom before it is
fquared, thirteen inches, according to the foot of the
fcrew which forms the fpiral line, and twelve feet
long.

The wheel ten feet diameter, with fpokes of four
inches thicknefs, the fame as the ribs, upon which
are wooden pegs for four or five inches high, and one
diameter, admitting eight or nine men in the circum-
ference of the wheel.

The nut of the Prefs fix feet long, two feet broad,,
and fourteen inches thick, which ought to be crefted
with iron.

The crofs piece of the cheeks five feet long, about a
foot thick, and of the fame breadth as the top of the
cheeks.

The fpurs, which are placed under the fpindle, be-
tween the two cheeks, fhould be of the fame breadth
as the cheeks, and thirteen or fourteen inches thick.
The girders, which ought to embrace the top of the
cheeks, muft be two inches higher than the under
part of the fpurs, one foot broad, and about five
inches thick.

The fpindle two feet high, and twelve or four-
teen inches thick ; this is placed between the fpurs
and the crofs piece, and crofies the cheeks and the
fpindle with a key, which ought to be worked very

I5 -A- exa£t„

W I N

exa£t, for there it. is the whole force of the Prefs
refides.

The quoins two feet long, about nine or ten inches
broad, and fix or feven thick.

The frame, in the framed Prefs, ten feet long or
deep, and four feet nine inches fquare, with four
fronts.

W I N

The nave eight feet and a half long, about five inches
thick one way, and fix the other.

All thefe timbers ihould be Oak, except the fcrew,
which Ihould be Elm, which will laft longer, and the
fpindle fhould be of Walnut. One may make the mod
part of thefe timbers longer or according to

the fize of the wood made ufe of

/ ,

# '

The defcriplion of a fight Prefs.

This fort of Prefs is much lefs chargeable than the
others, and it alfo preffes a much lefs quantity of
Wine, but it is never th'elefs of great ufe for private
perfons, who have no great vintage, where this will
be fufficient, for it will make eight or ten pieces of
Wine at each tunning.

The conhrudtion of this flight Prefs is much the fame
with that of the other Preffes, but I fnall explain
wherein they differ.

The pit which is made in the earth ought to be four
feet deep, fourteen broad, and eighteen long, more
or lefs, according to the fize of the intended Prefs.
They make three little walls of ffee-frone crofs the
Prefs, which occupies the bottom of the fquare of
the bafon ; they make the walls in ‘ the middle two
feet, and thofe on the fides two and a half thick. An
opening muft be left in the middle of each of the
fide walls, about twenty inches fquare, to place the
two cheeks one oppofite to the other on each fide of
the bafon, which ihould incline an inch and a half
towards the bafon *, thefe muff be fquared and planed
on three fides, from the top of the hillings, but the
top ihould remain rough, in thefe fides, which are
towards the bafon, they make a notch at the height
of two feet and a half from the bafon, _ three inches
broad, four inches deep, and two feet high in afcend-
ing towards the head.

They place the falfe hillings upon the middle wall ;
and upon each of the other they place two piles, which
embrace the cheeks, and are joined to them by fquare
fupporters arid dove-tails. In croiling the piles and
the falfe Hillings, they put the four hillings in notches
as in the other Prefles •, thofe of the middle embiace
the cheeks, and are joined to them as me piles aie,
and ihould extend beyond the piles, which are be-
hind the cheeks eight or nine inches. The top of the
hillino-s ought to be notched an inch and a half, fit to
receive the piles to keep the whole together •, then
they put upon thefe the pieces of maye, which they
dole, as hath been already faid, and the bafon is the
fame with the other Preffes.

The fpindle of the fcrew ought to be feven or eight
inches longer than the back ox the cheeks, and em-
brace them in their thickeh parts •, this is placed upon

them, and fupported upon the keys, which crofs the
cheeks, by nails, and muh be hayed behind the
cheeks with a key ; alfo in front with four iron bats,
making a fquare of a foot and a half, bored at the
four corners with pins and nails four or five inches
long towards the fcrevv-tap. Upon the fpindle they
lay planks of the fame length, which they crofs in
fuch a manner, that their ends are turned towards the
front of the Prefs ; upon thefe planks they lay two
crofs pieces of the fame length as the fpindle, which
embrace the top of the cheeks under their heads •, they
let them in at each end in front, where they are join-
ed. Thefe crofs pieces and the cheeks ought to be
nailed together, and they muh put four crols timbers,
which fhould take hold of the head of the beams, and
reach half the length of the head pieces, for a fup-
port to each.

They afterwards make a fcrew with the fame inftru-
ment as that of the other Prefs, with a fquare at bot-
tom, tojoin it to a wheel, which fhould be laid hori-
zontally well confolidated with the fcrew, and joined
with ribs and fpckes a foot wide croffwife ; thefe
fpokes ought to projeft out of the ribs three or four
inches of half their width, to be able to contain the
rope, which muh be round the wheel Under the
centre of the wheel they place a handard of the length
of the fpace between the cheeks, and eight inches
thick or more, to make a fort of tenon at each end,
which goes into the notch of the cheeks. The handard
fhould be fuhained by an iron pin, which goes in at
the end of the fcrew, to be held fufpended by it, in
fuch a manner that it may waggle. In order to this,
the end of the pin which is under the handard, fnould
play with the key which holds it at the other end of
the fcrew.

At ten or twelve feet from the Prefs they place a
wheel, either horizontally or perpendicularly, with an
axle-tree, which ought to play in the fliers of wood,
well fixed ; they bind to the wheel, which is at the
top of the bafon, to one of the fpokes, or one of the
pins which is driven in for thispurpofe, the eilet hole
of a great rope two inches and a half diameter.
They can turn the wheel once or twice round with
the hand, before they take hold of the rope, which

ought

W I N

V/ I N

ought to go round the wheel five or fix times, and be
fattened at the other end to that which is at the fide of
the Prefs. They employ feven or eight men to turn
this wheel. It is of great confequence to obferve, that
v/hen there is no more than one turn and a halt of
the rope above the wheel, and if there is another bag to
prefs/they fhould remit two or three turns of the rope
to the wheel to finin'! the preffing, otherwife tney
would rifque the breaking of the wheel at the bot-
tom, and laming the prefers. When the bag is Ef-
ficiently prefed, they ftop the perpendicular' wheel
for half an hour, to allow time for the wine to drain
off. In this fort of Prefs, there is nothing but the
ftandard Preffes, which is borne by the nave, and Ap-
plies the place of the great beams which are in the
other Prelies. There ought to be one experienced
man, to whom the others ought to be obedient, to con-
dud the preffing, and to cut and chop the marc as
often as it Ihali need.

The particular pieces of a fight Prefs.

The two cheeks, fixteen feet long, and abouf eighteen
or twenty inches thick.

The fpindle, fifteen or fixteen feet long, and about
three wide.

The head-piece, fixteen feet long, and about thirteen
or fourteen inches thick.

The crofs timbers, fix feet long, and about fix or fe-
ven inches thick.

The piles, twelve feet long, and about twelve or thir-
teen inches thick.

The fcrew, feven or eight feet long, about thirteen
inches thick to the fpiral line, and fixteen inches at
the bottom, fitted toafquare; this fhould be notched
in that place two inches, for placing the wheel.

The ftandard twelve feet and a half long, feventeenor
eighteen inches broad in the middle, and ten at the

O ...

ends, and eight or ten inches thick in the middle, re-
duced to fix or feven at the ends.

The middle wheel, nine feet diameter, and ten or ele-
ven inches thick. , **

The perpendicular wheel of an equal diameter, and
five or fix inches thick in every part of the timber.
The axle-tree ten or eleven feet long, and eight inches
diameter.

The falfe ftillings, and the pieces of maye, ought to
be the fame as in the other Preffes in every part.

The ftillings, eighteen feet long, and the fame breadth
and thicknefs, as in the other Preffes.

The nave, as in the other Preffes, that is to fay, feven
or eight feet long, and five or fix inches lquare.

This defcription of the different forts of Preffes
which are ufed in Champagne, together with the
annexed plates, will, it is hoped, be fufficient
to inftrutt a workman how to erect either of the
forts here exhibited.

WINTER. [Prognottics of a hard Winter.] The
Lord Bacon gives tiiefe as figns or forerunners of a
hard winter :

If done or wainfcot, that has been ufed to fweat (as
it is called), be more dry in the beginning of winter,
or the drops of eaves of houfes come down more (lowly
than they ufed to do, it portends a hard and frofty
Winter. The reafon is, that it fhews an inclination
in the air to dry weather, which, in the Winter time,
is always joined with froft.

Generally a moift and cool dimmer betokens a hard
Winter likely to enfue. The reafon is, that the va-
pours of the earth, not being difilpated by the fun in
thefummer, do rebound upon the Winter.

A hot and dry fummer, efpecially if the heat and
drought extend far in September, betokens an open
beginning of Winter, and cold to fucceed towards the
latter part of the Winter, and in the beginning of the
fpring •, for all that time the former heat and drought
bear the fway, and the vapours are not fufficiendy
multiplied.

An open and warm Winter portends a hot and dry
fummer •, for the vapours difperfe into the Winter

fhowers ; whereas cold and froft keep them in, and
tranfport them into the late fpring and fummer fol-
lowing.

The country people have made this obfervation, that
thole years in which there are ftore of Hpws and Heps ,
commonly portend cold Winters; the natural caufe
of this may be the want of heat, and abundance of
moifture, in the fummer preceding, which puts forth
thofe fruits, and m-u ft of neceffity leave a great quan-
tity of cold vapours undiffipated, which caufes .t ie
cold of the following Winter.

When birds lay up Haws and Sloes, and other, ftore s,
in old nefts, and hollow trees, it is a fign of a hard
Winter approaching.

If fowls or birds, which ufed at certain feafons to
change countries, come earlier than the ufual time*
they ffiew the temperature of the weather, according
to that country from whence they came ; as the Win-
ter birds, fieldfares, fnipes, woodcocks, &c.

If they come earlier, and out of the northern coun-
tries, they intimate coin Winters likely to enfue with
us. And if it be in the fame country, they fhew a
temperature of feafon, like that of the feafbn in which
they come, as bats, cuckoos, nightingales, and fvval-
lows, which come towards fummer, if they come early,
it is a fign of a hot fummer to follow. Cold dews,
and morning rains, about Bartholomew-tide, and hoar
f tofts in the morning about Michaelmas, foretel a hard
Winter.

When fea pyes flock from fait to frefh water, it figni-
fies a hidden alteration of weather to much cold.
WINTER ANIA. Lin. Sp. Plant. 636. Winter’s
Bark.

The Characters are.

The empalement of the flower is bell-Jhaped , compofed of
three roundijh concave lobes ; the fewer has five oblong
feflile petals, which are longer than the empalement, and a
conical cup-fhaped ne Barium , which is concave and the
length of the petals : it hath no fiamina, but linear, pa-
rallel, difiinB fummits , fitting on the outfide of the neBa-
rium, with an oval ger men within the ne Barium, fupport-
ing a cylindrical flyle , crowned by three obtufe fiigmas ;
the germen afterward becomes a round berry, having three -
cells, containing two h ear t-fh aped feeds.

This genus is ranged in the firft fection of Linnaeus’s
tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants whofe flowers
have ten {lamina or fummits and one flyle.

We have but one Species of this genus, viz.

Winterania ( Canella .) Lin. Sp. Plant. -636. Caffia
Cinnamomea, fc. Cinnamomum fylveftre, Barbaden-
dium. Pluk. Aim. 89. tab. 169. f. 7. Wild Cinnamon,
or Caffia of Barba does.

This tree grows naturally in mod of the Englifh iflands
in the Weft Indies, where it rifts to the height of
about twenty feet ; the ftem is generally furnifhed
with branches from the ground to the top, covered
with a light Afh -coloured bark, and garnifhed pretty
clofely with oblong leaves, about two inches and a half
long, which are narrow at their footftalks, but at
their extremity, where they are enlarged and rounded,
they are a full inch broad, of a light or pale green co-
lour, Handing upon fhort footstalks.; they are placed
without order toward the end of the branches, where
the flowers come out almoft inform of an umbel, which
are compofed of five oblong petals of a fcarlet colour ;
thefe are fucceeded by round ifh berries, having an
umbilical calyx at their top, inclofing (dining black
feeds;

The whole plant, bark, leaves and fruit, are very
aromatic, and has much the tafte of fpi-ced ginger-
bread.

The bark is much ufed by the inhabitants as a fpice to
relifti their viands, and alfo in medicine, to difehar.o-e
phlegm; though it is much doubted whether it&is
the fame with the bark which was brought by. Captain
Winter, from the Streights of Magellan.

As this tree is a native of hot climates, fo it is too ten-
der to live in England out of a flove. I raifed feve-
ral of thefe plants from feeds, which were fent me from
Antigua a few years paft, fame of which are grown

four

woo

four or five feet high •, and one old plant which came,
from Barbadoes leveral years fince, is more than twelve
feet high, but has not yet produced any flowers.
Thefe plants require to be plunged into a tan-bed in
the ftove, and in winter (hould be fparingly watered,
but in furnmer they (hould have it in greater plenty ;
when alfo they (hould have a good fhare of air admit-
ted to them when the weather is warm. With this
management the plants may be preferved very well,
but they are difficult to propagate •, for I have laid
down many of their under branches into the earth,
but not one in twelve has put out roots : I have alfo
planted cuttings with as little fuccefs •, fo that the
fureft method is to procure frefh feeds from America.

WOODS and groves are the greateft ornaments to a
country feat, therefore every feat is greatly defective'
without them •, Wood and" water being abfolutely ;
neceffary to render a place agreeable and pleafant.
Where there are Woods already grown to a large fize,
fo fituated as to be taken into the garden or park, or
fo nearly adjoining, as that an eafy communication may
be made from the garden to the wood ; they may be
fo contrived by cutting of winding walks through
them, as to render them the mod delightful and
pleafant parts of a feat (efpecially in the heat of dim-
mer), when thofe walks afford a goodly (hade from
the fcorching heat of the fun.

As I have already treated of the ufe and beauty of
wilderneffes, and have given directions for the making
and planting of them, I (hall not enlarge much upon
that head in this place •, therefore I (hall only give
fome (hart inftrudtions, for the cutting and making
of thefe Wood walks in thofe places where perfons are
fo happy as to have any grown Woods, fo fituated as
to be near the habitation, and are either taken into
the gardeh, or walks made from the houfe or garden,
leading to them ; as alfo how to plant and decorate
the fides of thefe walks with ffirubs and flowers, fo
as to render them agreeable and pleafant ; and then I
(hall more fully treat of the method to raife and im-
prove Woods, fo as to be of the greateft advantage to
the poffeffor, and a public benefit to the nation.
Where perfons have the convenience of grown Woods
near their habitation, fo as that there may be an eafy
communication from one to the other, there will be
little occafion for wilderneffes in the garden •, fince
the natural Woods may be fo contrived as to render
them much pleafanter than any new plantation can pof-
fibly arrive to within the compafs of twenty years,
where the trees make the greateft progrefs in their
growth •, and in fuch places where their growth is (low,
there cannot be expected (hade equal to the grown
Woods, in double that number of years •, but there is
not only the pleafure of enjoying a prefent (hade from
thefe Woods, but alfo a great expence faved in the
planting of Wilderneffes ; which, if they are large, and
the trees to be purchafed, will amount to no (mail fum.
If the Wood is fo fituated, as that the garden may be
contrived between the houfe and, that, then the walk
into the Wood (hould be made as near to the houfe as
poffible, that there may not be too much open (pace
to walk through in order to get into the (hade ; if the
Wood is of fmall extent, then there will be a neceffity
for twifting the walks pretty much, fo as to make as
much walking as the compafs of ground will admit ;
but there (hould be care taken not to bring the, turns
fo near each other, as that the tv/o walks may.be ex-
pofed to each other, for want of a fufficient thicknefs
of Wood between •, but where the Wood is large, the
twifts of the walks (hould not approach nearer to each
other than fifty or fixty feet ; or in very large Woods,
they (hould be at a greater diftance *, becaufe, when
the under Wood is cut down, which” will be abfolutely
neceffary every tenth or twelfth year, according to its
growth, then the walks will be quite open, until tue
under Wood grows up again, unlefs a border of
ffirubs, intermixed with fome evergreens, is planted
by the Tides of the Walks, which is what I would re-
commend, as this will greatly add to the pleafure of
thefe walks.

WOO

Thefe Wood-walks (hould not be lefts than eight or
nine feet broad in fmall Woods •, but in large ones fif-
teen feet will not be too much, and on each fide of
the Walks. The border of ffirubs and evergreens
may be nine or ten feet broad ; which may be fo ma-
naged, as to (hut out the view from one part of the
walk to the other, at thofe times when the under
Wood is cut down, at which times there will be an
abfolute occafion for fuch plantations ; and at all
times they will afford great pleafure, by adding to the
Variety, as alfo by their fragrant odour. The parti-
cular forts of ffirubs which will thrive in the (hade. of
Woods, as alfo the flowers proper to plant near thefe
walks, are menrioned in feparate lifts, at the end of
this work, fo I (hall not infert them in this place.

The former method which was pradifed in cutting of
thefe walks through Woods, was to have them as
ftrait as poffible, fo that there was much trouble to
make fights through the Woods, fordiredion hew to
cut them ; but where this was pradifed, every tree
which ftood in the line, good and bad, were cut
down, and many times boggy or bad ground was
taken into the walks *, fo that an expence of draining
and levelling, was neceffary to render them proper for
walking on ; befides this, there were many other in-
conveniences attending thefe ftrait cuts through
Woods, as, firft, by letting in a great draught of air,
which in windy weather renders the walks unpleafant
and thefe cuts will alfo appear at a great diftance from
the Woods, which will have a very bad effed there-
fore the modern pradice of twifting the walks through
Vftoods, is to be preferred. In the cutting of thefe
walks, there fhould be particular care taken to lead
them over the fmootheft and founded part of the
ground, as alfo to avoid cutting down the good trees •„
fo that whenever thefe (tana in the wav, it will be bet-
ter to lead the walk on one fide, than to have the
tree (land in the middle ; for although fome perfons
may contend for the beauty of fuch trees which are
left (landing in walks, yet it muft be allowed, that un-
lefs the walk is made much broader in thofe places
than in the other, the trees will occafion obftmdions
to the walkers, efpecially when two or three perfons
are walking together, fo that it will be much better
to have the walks entirely clear from trees •, and where
any large-fpreading trees (land near the walk, to cut
away the fmall Wood, fo as to make an opening round
the trees, where there may be fome feats placed, for
perfons to reft under the (hade. The turns made in
thefe walks (hould be as eafy and natural as poffi-
ble ; nor (hould there be too many of them, for that
will render the walking through them difagreeable
therefore the great (kill in making of thefe walks
is, to make the turns fo eafy as not to appear like
a work of art, nor to extend them ftrait to » fo
great length, as that perfons who may be walking at
a great diftance, may be expofed to the fight of each
other 5 both thefe extremes (hould be avoided as much
as poffible, fince they are equally difagreeable to per-
fons of true tafte. When a Wood is properly ma-
naged in this way, and a few places properly left like
an open grove, where there are fome large trees fo fi-
tuated as to form them, there can be no greater orna-
ment to a fine feat than fuch a Wood.

We (hall now treat of the culture of Woods for profit
to the poffeffor, and for the public benefit of the nation.
The great deftrudion of the Woods and forefts which
has been of late years made in this country, (hould
alarm every perfon who wiflies well to it •, fince there
is nothing which feems more fatally to threaten a
weakening, if not a difiblution, of the ftrength of
this once famous and flourifhing nation, than the no-
torious decay of its timber ; and as this devaftaticn
has fpread through every part of the country, fo un-
lefs fome expedient be ferioufl-y and fpeedily refolved
on, to put a (lop to this deftrudlion of the timber, and
alfo for the future increafe of it,, one of the m oft glo-
rious bulwarks of this nation will, in a tew years,, be
wanting to it.

And

w o o

And as there are fmall hopes of this being remedied
by thole intruded with the care of the public Woods,
fince their private intereft is fo much better advanced
by thf deftroying the timber, which they were appointed
to preferve : therefore, unlefs private perfons can be
prevailed on to improve their eftates, by encouraging
the growth of timber, it is greatly to be feared, that
in an age there will be a want of it for the fupply of
the navy ; which, whenever it happens, mult put a
period to the trade of this country.

It has been often urged, by perfons whofe judgment
in other affairs might be depended on, that the great
plantations, which, for feveral years pall, have been
carried on in feveral parts of this kingdom, will be of
public benefit, by the propagation of timber ; but in
this they are greatly miftaken •, for in moff of the
plantations which have been made for years paff, there
has been little regard had to the propagation of tim-
ber ; prefent lhade and fnelter have been principally
confidered ; and in order to obtain thefe foon, great
numbers of trees have been taken out of Woods,
hedge rows, &c. which, if they had remained in their
fil'd fituation, might in. time have afforded good timber;
but by being tranfplanted large, are abfolutely rendered
unfit for any ufe but fuel ; lo that the great quantity
of plantations which have been made, I fear, will ra-
ther prejudice than be of ufe, to the improvement of
timber ; nor is there any other method of increafing the
ufeful timber of this country, than by fowing the feeds
in the places where they are to remain ; or in fuch fl-
otations, where there are plenty of Oaks in the neigh-
bourhood, if the ground is properly fenced, to keep
out cattle and vermin, the Acorns which drop from
thofe trees will foon produce plenty of young trees ;
which, if properly taken care of, will foon grow to
Woods.

1 he two mod fubdantial timbers of this country are
the Oak and Chednut, though the latter has been of
late years almod entirely dedroyed in England, fo that
there are fcarce any remains of trees of fize in the
Woods at preient ; but there can be no doubt of this
tree having been one of the mod common trees of this
country, as may be proved by the old buildings in
mod parts of England, in which the greated part of
the timber is Chednut. But as I have already treated
largely of the method of propagating both thefe trees
for profit, under their refpeclive titles, I fiiall not re-
peat it here. Next to thefe, the Elm is edeemed as a
profitable timber ; but of thefe there are few culti-
vated in Woods, efpecially in the foiith part of Eng-
land, where they chiefly grow in hedgerows, or plan-
tations near houfes ; but in the north-weft part of Eng-
land, there are numbers of very large trees of the
Witch-Elm growing in parks, and fome in Woods,
as it that tree was a native of this country, which has
been much doubted ; though as this tree propagates
itfeir by feeds, it may be deemed an indigenous plant
in England.

The Beech is another tree common in the Woods, ef-
pecially upon the chalky hills of Buckinghamfhire,
Kent, Suffex, and Hampshire, where there are fome
very large W oods, entirely of this fort ; fome of which
have been of long ftanding, as appears by the age of
the trees ; but whether this tree is a native of this
country, has been a point often difputed.

The Afli is a very profitable tree, and of quick
growth ; io that in Ids than an age, the trees will ar-
rive to a large lize from the feeds ; therefore a perfon
may hope to reap the profits of his labour, who lows
tne feeds ; but this is not a beautiful tree to ftand near
a habitation, being late in the fpring in putting out its
leaves, and the find that fheds thenvin autumn'; nor is
a friendly tree to whatever grows near it, the roots
drawing away all the nourilhment of the ground,
w here oy tne trees or plants which grow near are de-
puted Oi it ; fo that where the Afh-tree grows in
hedge rows, the hedge rows in a few years are entirely
deftroyed ; and if they are in paffure grounds, and
the cows browze on them, the butter made with their
milk will be bad ; for which reafon the Afh fhould be *

fown feparate in lands which are inclofed, where cat-
tle are not permitted to come, and at a diftance from
the habitation.

Upon fandy or rocky foils, the Scotch Pine will thrive
exceedingly, and turn- to great advantage to the
planter?, provided the plants are planted young, and
treated in the manner directed in the article Pinus, to
which the reader is defired to turn, to avoid repetition.
There arealfo feveral aquatic trees, which are very pro-
fitable to thofe who have low marfiiy lands, where the
harder kinds of timber will not thrive ; theft are the
Poplars of feveral forts, the Willow, Alder, &c. but
as thefe, and all the other kinds of trees, have been
fully treated of, both as to their propagation and ufts,
and alio an account of the different foils in which each
will thrive beft, under their refpeclive titles, the reader
is referred to them for farther information ; arid 1 fiiall
next treat of the general management of Woods, of
whatever kinds of trees they are compofed.

Where there are young Woods, great care muft be
taken of the fences ; for if cattle fliould get in among
the trees, efpecially while they are young, they will
in a fhort time do infinite damage to them, by browz-
ing on the branches, or barking the trees ; fo that
during the firft twenty years of their growth, they
fhould be fecured from hares and rabbets, other-
wife in fevere froft, or when the ground is covered
with fnow, whereby they aredeprived of other food, they
get into theWoods, and eat off’ the barkfrom the young
trees, and gnaw all the branches within their reach^
fo that in a few days, where there are plenty of thefe
animals, there may be fuch deftruction made among
the young trees, as cannot be retrieved, but by cut-
ting them down to the ground, which will be a lofs
of feveral years ; therefore thofe perfons who have the
care of young Woods, fhould be very diligent in
frofty weather, in looking over the trees,* and flopping
the holes in the fences, to keep out all vermin.
Another care to be taken of young Woods, is the
thinning the trees from time to time, as they increafe
in their growth ; but in doing of this, there muft be
great caution ufed ; for it fhould be gradually per-
formed, fo as not to open the trees too much, to let
the cold air among them, which will greatly retard
their growth ; nor fhould the trees be left fo clofe,

’ as to draw each other up like May-poles, but rather
obferve a medium in this work, cutting down a few
- each year, according as there may be neceffity for it,
being careful not to permit thofe to ftand, which may
fpoil the growth of the neighbouring trees, always ob-
ferving to leave thofe trees which are the rnoft pro-
mifing.

The young trees in thefe Woods fhould not be lop-
ped or pruned, for the more they are cut, the lefs they
will increafe in bulk ; every branch which is cut off’
will rob the tree of its nourifhment, in proportion to
the fize of the branch; therefore the hatchet fhould
not be iuffered to come into young Woods, unlefs in
the hands of fkilful perfons.

Where perfons have more regard to the future welfare
of the timber than their immediate profit, the under
W ood fliould be grubbed up as the trees advance,
that the roots may have the whole benefit of the foil’
and their ftems enjoy the free air ; without which’
their ftems are generally covered with Mofs, and their
growth greatly ftinted ; as may be obferved in all fuch
Woods, where there is any quantity of under Wood
remaining ; in which places it is rarely found, that
the trees do ever grow to a large fize ; therefore where
large timber is defired, the trees muft have room to
extend their roots and branches, without which it can-
not be expedted ; but from a covetous temper, many
people let their under Wood remain as long as it will
live ; for as the timber increafes, the under Wood
will be gradually decaying, by the fnade and drip of
the large trees ; fo that by this method the timber
fuffers more in a few years, than the value of the un-
der Wood ; therefore, by endeavouring to have both,
neither of them can be fo good, as whcfE they are
feparately preferved.

*5

woo

If perfons who have eftates would be careful to nurfe
up trees in their hedge rows, it would in time become
a fortune to their fucceffors, as hereby the timber
growing in the hedges may be worth more than the
freehold of the eftate, which has often been the cafe
with eftates, from which their poffeffors have cut down
timber for fortunes for their younger children ; the
frequency of this fhould encourage perfons to be a
little more attentive to the growth- and prefervation of
young Woods, fince the expence and trouble is not
great, and the future profit very certain ; befides, the
pleafure of feeing trees of a man’s own fowing make
yearly advances, rauft be very great to thofe who have
any relifh for country amufements.

There arefeveral perfons who plant copfes for cutting
every ten or twelve years, according to their growth.
Thefe are ufually planted in autumn, either with ftools
or young plants, which are drawn out of the Woods ;
the latter fhould always be preferred to the former.
Thefe copfes are commonly planted with feveral forts
of trees, as Oak, Beech, Cheftnut, Afh, Birch, Wil-
low, &c. but the Afh and Cheftnut are the moft pro-
fitable, where they grow kindly, becaufe the poles of
Afh are very valuable ; thefe alfo are good for hoops,
fo that there is no danger of having fale for thefe copfe
Woods when they are fit for cutting •, but where the
copfes are intended to remain, there fhould be no
flandard-trees left for timber; becaufe as the heads of
the trees fpread, and overtop the under Wood, it will
caufe that to decay ; and where the ftandards are left
upon the flumps of the copfe Wood, they will never
grow to a large fize, nor will the timber be fo valu-
able as that produced immediately from a young root ;
therefore whoever will make the experiment, will be
convinced, that it is more for the advantage of both,
to keep them in diftinbt Woods.

WOO

But where perfons plant copfes upon land free from
trees, it will be the better method to fow the feeds,
efpecially if Cheftnut, Oak or Beech, are the trees
intended ; for although it is a prevailing opinion with
the generality of perfons, that by planting they fave
time, yet 1 am fure of the contrary ; for if the feed-
ling plants are kept clear from weeds, they will in
eight or ten years out-grow thofe which are planted,
and thefe unmoved copfes will continue much longer
in vigour than the other •, fo that for either timber or
copfe Wood, the beft method is to prepare the ground
well, and fecure the fences, and fow the feeds, which
is fo far from lofing, that in twenty years it will be
found to gain time, which is whkt every planter wiihes
to do.

The ufual time of felling timber is from November to
February, at which time the lap in the trees is hard-
ened ; for when the fap is flowing in the trees, if they
are cut down, the worm will take the timber, and
caufe it to decay very foon ; therefore if the durable-
nefs of the timber is confidered, the trees fhould al-
ways be cut in the winter months ; but as the bark of
the Oak is fo valuable for tanning leather, there has
been a law palled, to oblige perfons to cut thefe trees
during the fpring feafon, when the bark will readily
peel off; by which the timber is rendered unfit for
building either fhips or houfes, as it will be very fub-
jebt to call, rift, or twine, and the worm will foon take
it ; therefore it would be more for the public bene-
fit, if a law were enabled, to oblige every perfon to
(trip off the bark of fuch trees as are defigned to be
cut down in the fpring, leaving the trees with their
branches (landing till the following winter, which will
be found to anfwer both purpofes well.

X A N

ANTHIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 438. tab.
252. Lin. Gen. Plant. 937. Leffer Burdock.
The Characters are.

It hath male and female flowers on the fame plant.
The male flowers have a common fcaly empalement ; they are
lompofed of feveral tubulous funnel-Jhaped florets , which
are equal, and difpofed in a kemifphere ; they are cut into
five figments at the top , and have each five very fmall
flamina , terminated by erett parallel fummits. The female
flowers are fituated under the male by pairs ; they have
no petals or flamina , but they are fucceeded by oblong ,
aval, prickly fruit , having two cells , each including one
oblong feed , convex on one fide, and plain on the other.
This genus is ranged in Dr. Linnaeus’s firft febtion
of his twenty-firft clafs, which contains the plants
which have feparate male and female flowers, and
the male flowers have five flamina.

The Species are,

1. Xanthium ( Strumarium ) caule inermi, foliis corda-
tis trinervatis. Hort. Cliff. Xanthium with an unarmed
folk , and heart-fhaped leaves having three veins. Xan-
thium five Lappa minor. J. B. 3. 572. Leffer Burdock.

2. Xanthium ( Canadenfe ) caule inermi, foliis cuneifor-
mi-ovatis fubtrilobis. Lin. Sp, 14,00. Canada Xan- j

I

XAN

thium with an unarmed ftalk , and oval wedge-Jhaped
leaves , having almofl three lobes. Xanthium majus Ca-
nadenfe. H. L. 635. Greateft Canada Burdock..

3. Xanthium ( Spinofum ) fpinis ternatis. Hort. Upfal.
283. Portugal Xanthium with triple thorns. Xanthium
Lufitanicum fpinofum. Pluk. Aim. 206. Portugal
Prickly Burdock.

4. Xanthium (Chinenfi) caule inermi ramofa, aculeis
frubtibus ereblis longiffimis. China Xanthium with an
unarmed branching ftalk , and the [pines of the fruit
very long and upright.

The firft fort grows naturally in Europe, and alfo in
India, from whence I have received the feeds ; it has
been found growing wild in a few places in England,
but of late years it has not been feen in thofe places.
I did once fee it growing in the road near Dulwich
College. The ftalk of this plant is round, and has
many black fpots ; it rifes in good ground two feet
high, fending out a few fide branches. The leaves
fland upon (lender foot-ftalks, which are near four
inches long. From the wings of the ftalk arife the
foot-ftalks of the flowers. The leaves are almofl
heart-fhaped, but fome of the larger are cut on their
j fides into three acute lobes ; they are irregularly in-

indented

dented on their edges, ending in acute points, and
are of a pale green on their under fide, but of a dark
green on their upper. The flowers are produced in
loofe fpikes, the male flowers growing at the top,
and the female flowers under them, which are of an
herbaceous colour, arid are collected in roundifh heads.
The female flowers are fucceeded by oblong oval fruit,
clofely armed with fhort ered fpines. This plant
flowers in July, and the feeds ripen in autumn. -
This plant has been much efteemed by fome phyfici-
ans, for the cure of fcrophulous tumours, and alfo in
leprofies, but is rarely now ufed.

The fecond fort grows naturally in North America.
The {talks of this are much thicker, and rife higher
than thofe of the firft ; the leaves are not hollowed at
their bafe, nor are they divided fo deeply on their
Tides, as thofe of the firft ; they are unequally indented
on their edges, and have three ftrong longitudinal
veins, but are of the fame colour with the former.
The flowers are produced in fhorter and loofer fpikes.
The fruit are much larger, and are armed with
itronger fpines which are incurved. This flowers in
Auguft, and in warm feafons the fruit will ripen in
autumn.

The third fort grows naturally in Portugal and Spain.
The ftalks of this rife three feet’high, and lend out
many branches the whole length ; thefe are garnifhed
with oblong leaves which are indented on their edges,
and end in acute points ; they are from two to three
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad, of
a dark green on their upper fide, but hoary on their
under, having very fhort foot-ftalks. The flowers
come out from the fide of the branches, two or three
at each place, one of which is female, and is fuc-
ceeded by oblong oval fruit, armed with (lender fharp
ipines which are eretft. The ftalks and branches are
armed with long, ftifF, triple thorns on every fide,
which renders it dangerous to handle them. This
flowers in July and Auguft, and in warm feafons
the feeds ripen in autumn.

The fourth fort grows naturally in China, from
whence I have often received the feeds ; the plants
are like thofe of the firft fort, but grow larger, and
branch more the flowers are produced in loofe fpikes
at the top of the ftalks ; the fruit is like that, but the
fpines are (lender. Angle, and (trait. This flowers
about the fame time with the third fort, but, unlefs
the autumn proves warm, the feeds will not ripen iri
England.

All thefe plants ate annual. The firft will come up
from the leeds which fall in autumn, and requires no
other care but to thin the plants where they are too
clofe, and keep them clear from weeds ■, the fecond
fort formerly was as eafily cultivated, and came up
from the felf-fown feeds as readily, and rarely failed
to ripenits feeds ; but of late years the autumns have
proved fo bad, as that the feeds have not corne to
maturity.

The third fort will perfect its feeds fome yCars on
felf-fown plants, but, as they fometimes fail, thefure
way is to raife the plants on a gentle hot-bed, and
after they have obtained ftrength, plant them on a
warm border on a lean foil, which will (tint the plants
m their growth, and caufe them to be more fruitful ;
lor when they are planted in rich ground, the plants
will grow to a large (ize* and will not produce flowers
till late in autumn, fo the feeds will not ripen,
il he fourth fort muft be raifed on a hot- bed in the
Tpring, and the plants fliould be tranfplanted each
into a (mall pot, and plunged into a frefh hpt-bed
to bring them forward. After they have obtained
ftrength, they fliould be inured to the free air gra-
dually, and in June fome of the plants may be turn-
ed out of the pots* preferving the ball of earth to
then loots, and planted in a fouth border, where, if
the ieai'bn proves favourable, they will perfect their
feeds.

All theie plants delight to grow in a rich moift foil
XANTHOXYLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 335. The
Tooth-ache-tree,

The Characters are^

It hath male and female flowers on different plants, Th’i
male flower has no empalement , but has five oval petals, and
five fender flamina which are longer than the petals, ter-
minated by furrowed Summits ; it has three germen , which
are united at their bafe , having each a lateral fiyle
crowned by obtufe fiigmas. "The germen afterward become
fo many cap files , each containing one roundifh , hard ,
foining feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fifth feftion of Lin-
naeus’s twenty-fecond clafs, which includes thofe plants
which have male and female flowers on different plants*
whofe flowers have five ftamina and as many ftyles.

The Species are,

1. Xanthoxylum {Claim Herculis ) foliis pinnatis. ; Lin,
Sp. Plant. 1455. Tooth-ache-tree with winged leave's.
Xanthoxylon fpinofum, lentifciloftgioribus foliis, eu-
onymi frudtu capfulari. Catefb. Carolin. 1. p. 2 6.
Prickly 1 ooth-ache-trec with longer Mafliich-tree leaves ,
and capfules to the fruit like that of the Spindle-tree.

2. Xanthoxylum ( Americamirn ) foliis pinnatis, foliolis
oblongo ovatis integerrirnis feflilibus. Tooth-ache-tree
with winged leaves , having oblong , oval, entire lobes
without foot-fialks , commonly called broad-leaved ‘Tooth-
ache-tree.

The firft fort grows naturally in South Carolina,
where it rifes to the height of fifteen or fixteen feet.
The ftem is woody, and about a foot thick, covered
with a whitifli rough bark, and armed with Ihort thick
fpines ; thefe grow to a large fize as the trunk in-
creafes in bulk, fo as to become protuberances termi-
nating in fpines. The leaves are fometimes placed by
pairs, and at others they ftand without order ; they
are compofed of three, four, or five pair of fpear-
(haped lobes placed oppofite, terminated by an odd
one ; they are of a deep green on their upper fide,
and of a yellowifh green below, a little fawed on their
edges, and ftand upon fhort foot-ftalks. At the end
of the branches come forth the foot-ftalks which fuf-
tain the flowers ; thefe branch out, and form a loofe
panicle. The flowers are compofed of five white pe-
tals which are fmall, having no cover ; they are by
fome called the empalement, but being of a different
colour from the leaves, I (hall take the liberty to ftile
them petals. Within thefe are fituated five ftamina
which are terminated by reddi(h furrimits, and in the
female flowers there are five ftyles fattened to
the fide of the germen. After the flower is paft, the
germen turns to a roundifli four-cornered capfule,
each containing one roundiftt, hard, filming feed. It
is fometimes called' Pellitory-tree,

This has been generally confounded with the prickly-
yellow Wood, or yellow Hercules of Sir Hans Sloane,
but is very different from that ; for in the Weft -In-
dies it is one of their largeft timber trees, and th§
fpecimens which I have received from Jamaica, are
very different from thofe of Carolina. The leaves of
the former are twice as large as thofe of the latter;
the lobes qf the leaves are almoft three inches long,
and an inch and a half broad ; they fit clofe to the foot-
ftalk, and the leaves are equally winged, having no
fingle lobe at the end. The flowers of this I have not
feen, but the capfuies have five cells, each containing-
one black. Alining, hard feed.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Penfylvania and
Maryland ; this hath a woody ftem, which rifes ten or
twelve feet high, fending out many branches toward
the top ; thefe have a purpliili bark, and are armed
with fhort thick fpines Handing by pairs. The leaves
are unequally winged, and are compofed of four or five
pair of oblong oval lobes, terminated by an odd one -
thefe ftand clofe to the midrib, having no foot-ftalks’
The midrib is armed on the under fide with fome fmall
fpines. The upper fide of the leaves are of a deep
green, their under fide is of a pale green ; they have
a warm biting tafte. The bark of the tree is ufed for
curing the tooth-ache, from whence it has the name.
The flowers grow in loofe panicles like thofe of the
former fort, and thefe are fucceeded by fruit with five
cells, each including one hard (Lining feed.

?

I

X E R

Thefe plants. are generally propagated by feeds, but
as they never ripen in this country, they muft be pro-
cured from thole places where they naturally grow,
or the plants limit be propagated by layers. When
the feeds 'arrive in England, they ftiould be fown
in pots filled with light earth as foon as poffible,
for they do not grow the firft year ; and when they are
kept out of the ground till fpring, they frequently lie
two years in the ground before the plants appear ;
therefore the pots ihould be plunged into the ground
up to their rims, in an eaft-afpefted border, where
they may remain during the fummer ; this will pre-
vent the earth in the pots from drying too fail, which
it is very apt to do when the pots are fet upon the
ground in the fun. The only care to be taken of the
ieeds is, to keep the pots conftantly clean from weeds,
and in very dry weather refrelh them now and then with
water. In autumn the pots ihould be placed under a
common hot-bed frame, where they may be fcreened
from froft, or elfe plunged into the ground in a warm
border, and covered with tan to keep out the froft, and
the following fpring they ihould be plunged into a hot-
bed, which will bring up the plants. When thefe appear,
they muft be frequently, but fparingly watered, and
kept clean from weeds ; and, as the fummer advances,
thefe of the fecond fort ihould be gradually inured
to bear the open air, into which they ihould be re-
moved in June, placing them in a iheltered fituation,
where they may remain till autumn, when they muit
be placed in a hot- bed frame to fhelter them in winter.
The fpring following, before the plants begin to ihoot,
they ihould be carefully taken up, and each planted
into a Teparate fmall pot ; thefe may be plunged into
a gentle hot-bed, which will forward them greatly in
putting' out new roots. The after care muft be to
Ihe'iter them for a year or two in winter, until the
plants have gotten ftrength ; then in the fpring, after
the danger of froft is over, fome of them may be turn-
ed out of the pots, and planted in the full ground in
a warm flickered fituation, where the fecond fort
will thrive very well, and refift the cold ; but the firft
is not fo hardy, fo thefe may be planted againft a
fouth wall, where they will thrive very well. Some
of the plants of this fort had been planted in the open
air, in the Chelfea Garden, fome years paft, where they
had thriven and endured the cold without any cover-
ing, but the fevere winter in 1740 deftroyed them
all. Thefe plants may be increafed by cutting off
fome of their ftrong roots, preferving their fibres to
them, and thefe planted in pots filled with light earth,
plunging them into a moderate hot-bed, will caufe
them to pufh out roots and become plants; but
thefe will not thrive fo well, nor grow near fo large as
thofe which are raifed from feeds.

XERANTHEMUM. Tourn. Inff. R. H. 499.
tab. 284. Lin. Gen. Plant. 851. [from fyk dry, and
ap9os a flower, q. d. dry flower. Cluflus calls this
plant Ptarmica Auftriaca, but that name being ap-
plied to another genu?, this title of Xeranthemum is
now generally received. It is vulgarly called Immortal,
became the flower of it may be kept for many years ;
for it has rigid petals, which crackle as if they were
plates of metal.] Eternal Flower, or Ptarmica, vulgo.

The Characters are,

The flower is compofed of hermaphrodite and female flo-
rets, which have one common fcaly empalement. The her-
maphrodite florets which form the dijk , are funnel- fh aped,
fpreading, and cut into five points ; the female florets,
which comp of e the border or rays, are tubuhus, and cut in-
to five lefts equal points ; the hermaphrodite florets have
five jhort fiamina terminated by cylindrical fummits, and
a fiber t germen, fupporting a fender ftyle, crowned by a
■ bifid ftigma. The germen afterward becomes an oblong
feed crowned with hairs, which ripens in the empalement.
The female florets have no fiamina, but their germen ,
Jiyles , . and feeds, are the fame as the hermaphrodite.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fection
of Linnaeus’s nineteenth clafs, which contains thofe
plants whofe flowers are compofed of female and her-
maphrodite.florets which are both fruitful.

X E R

The Species are,

1. Xeranthemum ( Annuum ) herbaceUm folds lanceok-
tis patentibus, calile herbaceo. Lin. Sp. Plant. 12m.
Eternal Flower with fpreading ftp ear -Jh aped leaves'. Xe-
rarithemiim fiore fimplici purpureo majore. H. L.
Eternal Flower , with a larger, purple. Jingle flower ,
commonly called Ptarmica .

2. Xeranthemum ( Inapertum ) foliis lineari-lanceolatis
utrinque tomentofis. Eternal Flower with linear flpear-
Jhap'ed leaves, which are downy on both fides. Xeranthe-
mum fiore fimplici purpureo minore. Tourn. Inft.
R. H. 499. Eternal Flower with a fmaller. Jingle, pur-
ple flower.

3. Xeranthemum {(Orient ale ) foliis lineari-lanceolatis,
capitulis cylindraceis, famine maximo. Eternal Flower
with linear fpear-Jhaped leaves, cylindrical heads, and a
very large feed. Xeranthemum fiore purpureo fimpli-
ci minimo, femine maximo. H. L. Eternal Flower,
with the fmallefi , Jingle , purple flower, and the large f
feed.

4. Xeranthemum (, Speciojijfimum ) fruticofum er eft urn,
foliis amplexicauiibus trinerviis, ram is unifloris fub-
nudis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1202. Shrubby , eredi, Eternal
Flower , with fpear-Jhaped leaves, and almoft naked
branches bearing one flower. Xeranthemum tomento-
fum latifoliutn, flore maximo. Burman. PI. Afr. 178.
tab. 66. fig. 2. Broad-leaved, woolly. Eternal Flower,
with the largefi flower.

5. Xeranthemum (. Retortum ) caulibus frutefeentibus
provolutis, foliis tomentofis recurvatis. Lin. Sp. 858.
Eternal B'lower with Jhrubby trailing ftalks, and dozvny
recurved leaves. Xeranthemoides procumbens, polii
folio. Hort. Elth. 423. Tr ailingB aft ard Eternal Flower ,
with a Mountain Foley leaf.

6. Xeranthemum ( Sefamoides ) ramis unifloris imbrica-
tis, foliis linearibus adpreflis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1203.
Eternal Flozver with imbricated branches with one flower ,
and linear prejfled leaves. Xeranthemum ramofum, fo-
liolis fquamofis linearibus, floribus argenteis. Burm.
Afr. 1 8 1. tab. 67. f. 2. Branching Eternal Flozver ,
with fquamofle leaves and Jilvery flowers.

The firft fort grows naturally in Auftria, and fome
parts of Italy, but has been long cultivated in the
Englifh gardens for ornament. Of this there are the
following varieties ; one with a large. Angle, white
flower, the purple and white with double flowers,
though thefe only differ in the colour and multiplicity
of petals in their flowers, fo are not mentioned as
diftinft fpecies, yet where their feeds are carefully
faved feparate, they are generally conftant.

Thefe plants are annual ; they have a flender branch-
ing ftalk, which is covered with a white down that
is angular and furrowed ; it riles about two feet high,
and is garniflied with fpear-fhaped leaves an inch and
a half long, and a quarter of an inch broad, which
are hoary, fitting clofe to the ftalk, but fpread out
from it. The ftalk divides into four or five branches ;
thefe are garniflied with a few leaves at their lower
parts, of the fame fhape with the other, but are lefs.
The upper part of the branches is naked, and fuf-
tains one flower at the top, compofed of feveral fe-
male and hermaphrodite florets, included in one com-
mon fcaly empalement of afllvery colour. The florets
are fucceeded by oblong feeds crowned with hairs.
The petals of thefe flowers are dry, fo if they are ga-
thered perfectly dry, and kept from the air, they will
retain their beauty a long time ; they flower in July,
Auguft, and September, and the feeds ripen in au-
tumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Italy. The ftalks
of this do not rife much more than a foot high, and
do not branch fo much as the former. The leaves
are narrower, and the whole plant very hoary. The
flowers are not half fo large as thofe of the former,
and the feales of their empalements are very neat
and filvery. This flowers at the fame time as the
former.

The third fort grows naturally in the Levant ; this
riles about the fame height as the firft fort. The
leaves' are narrower, and are placed clofer on the

. ftalks

I

XER

fl alks to the top, In other refpe&s the plants are ve-
ry like, but the flowers are much lels, o t a paler
purple colour, and have , a cylindrical empalement.
The feeds are very large, and leldom more than three
or four m each head, i his flowers aoout the lame
time as the firft.

Thefe flowers were formerly much more cultivated in
the Englifli gardens than at prefent, .efpecially the
two forts with double flowers, which the gardeners
near London propagated in great plenty for their
flowers, which they brought to market in the winter
feafon, to adorn rooms, to fupply the place of other
flowers, which are not eafy to be procured at that
feafon •, for thefe, being gathered when they are fully
blown, and carefully dried, will continue frefh and
beautiful many months ; but as there are no other co-
lours in thefe flowers but white and purple, the gar-
deners had a method of dipping them into various
tinctures, fo as to have fome of a fine blue, others
fcarlet, and fome red, which made a pretty variety :
and if they were rightly ftained, and afterwards hung
up till they were thorough dry, they would continue
their colours as long as their flowers lafted. The ftalks
of the flowers were not fet in water, but the pot's or
glades were half filled with dry land, into which the
italics were placed, and in thole they would continue
in beauty the whole winter.

Thefe plants are propagated by feeds, which may be
fown either in the fpring or autumn on a border of
light earth, but the latter feafon is preferable ; for
thole plants which come up in autumn will flower
fooner, the flowers will be doubler and much larger
than thofe which are fown in the lpring, and from
thefe good feeds may be always obtained •, whereas the
fpring plants m^ny times fail in cold years, and in hot
dry feafons the plants do not grow to any fize.

When the plants come up, and are about two inches
high, they fhould be pricked out into another border
under a warm wall, pale, or hedge, at about four or
five inches diftance from each other, or into the bor-
ders of the flower-garden. In this place the plants
will endure the cold of our ordinary winters extreme-
ly well, and in the fpring will require no farther care
but to keep them clear from weeds, for they may re-
main in the fame place for good. In June they will
begin to flower, and the beginning of July they will
be fit to gather for drying f but a few of the bell: and
mofc double flowers of each kind fhould be buffered to
remain for feed, which, in about fix weeks or two
months time will be ripe, and the plants will perifh
foon after •, fo that the feeds muft be annually fown,
in order to prefer ve the kinds.

The fourth fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope this riles with a fhrubby Italic three or four
feet high, dividing into four or five branches, whole
lower parts are garnifhed with thick-pointed leaves,
about two inches long and one broad, which are hoary
on their under fide, and are ranged without order.
The upper part of the branches are naked, and are
terminated by one large yellow flower, compofed of
many oblong acute-pointed rays in the border, and
the middle or difk, which is prominent, is made up of
hermaphrodite florets, which are of a fplendid yellow
colour.

The fifth fort al lb grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope. The ftalks of this fort are very flender, lig-
neous, and trail upon the ground ; they extend three
or four feet in length, and are garnifhed with fmall
filvery leaves placed without order, which fit clofe to
the ftalks, and are reflexed. The flowers are produced
from the wings of the branches, fometimes one, and
at others two or three flowers arife at the fame point ;
thefe have fcaly empalements *, their border or rays
are compofed of many female florets of a white colour,
and their middle of hermaphrodite florets, and are
fucceeded by oblong feeds crowned with hairs. This
plant flowers in July and Auguft, but the feeds fel-
dom ripen in England.

The fixth fort is a native of the country near the Cape
of Good Hope ; this has a fhrubby branching ftalk,

X I M

which rifea three or four feet high. The branches ard
flender, and like thofe of the Spanifh Broom, but are
.hoary thefe have very fmall leaves refcmbling fcales,
which fit clofe to the branches •, they are narrow and
hoary, ending in acute points. The ftalks are each
terminated by one large filvery flower, having a ft iff,
dry, lcaly empalement. The rays of the flower are
compofed of many dry female florets, and the difk or
middle is made up of hermaphrodite florets 5 thefe
are fucceeded by oblong feeds crowned with hairs,
which do not ripen in England.

As thefe laft mentioned plants do not ripen their feeds
in England, they are propagated by cuttings, which,'
if planted on a bed of light earth, during any of the
fummer months, and fhaded from the fun, will put
out roots. When they have gotten fuflicient ftrength,
they fhould be carefully taken up, and planted into
feparate pots filled with light earth, and placed in a
fhady fituation till they have taken frefh root ; then
they may be removed to a fheltered fituation, where
they may have more fun, and here they may remain
till autumn, when they muft be removed into fhelter,
for they are too tender to live abroad through the
winter in England, though they do not require any
artificial warmth. I have kept thefe plants in a com-
mon hot-bed frame all winter, expofing them always
to the open air in mild weather, but covering them
in froft, and thefe plants have been ftronger, and
have flowered better than thofe which were placed in
the green-houfe ; fo that I would recommend this
method of treatment as the beft, for the plants are
apt to draw up weak in a green-houfe, and that pre-
vents their flowering ; nor are the plants near fo
handfome, as thofe which are more expofed to the
open air.

In die fummer time they fhould be placed abroad in
a flickered fituation with other hardy exotic plants,
and in dry weather they will require to be often water-
ed, for they are pretty thirfty plants, but in winter it
fhould be lparingiy given to them. As thefe plants
are not of long duration, there fhould be young
plants propagated to fucceed them, for if they live
four or five years, it will be long enough, becaufe
after that age they become unfightly.

XI M E N I A. Plum. Gen. Nov. 6. tab. 21. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 1105.

The title of this genus was given to it by Father
Plumier, in honour of the Reverend Francifcus Xi-
menes, a Spaniard, who publifhed an account of the
Mexican trees and plants in four books, in the year
1615.

The Characters are,

1 The fiower has a fmall empalement of three leaves , which
falls off \ it has one bell-fhaped petal which is cut into
three fegments at the top , which turn backward ; it has
eight Jhort awl-fhaped ftamina terminated by fingle fum-
mits , and a fmall oval germen , fituated under the flower ,
fupporting a very port ftyle , crowned by a headed fiigma.
The germen afterward turns to an oval flefloy berry , in-
cluding an oval nut with one cell , containing one feed of the
fame form.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft feftion of
Linnaeus’s eighth clafs, the flowers having eight fta-
mina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

1. Ximenia ( Americana ) foliis oblongis, pedunculis
multifloris. Lin. Sp. Plant. 1193. Ximenia with oblong
leaves , and foot-ftalks bearing many flowers. Ximenia
aculeata, flore villofo, fruftu luteo. Plum. Gen.
Nov. 6. ’ Prickly Ximenia with a hairy flower , and a
yellow fruit.

2. Ximenia ( Agihalid ) foliis geminis lanceolatis. Xime-
nia with fpear-ffaped twin leaves. Agihalid. Alpin.
Egypt. 38.

The firft fort grows naturally in the Hands of the
Weft-Indies ; it rifes with a woody ftalk twenty feet
high, fending out feveral branches on every fide, which
are armed with thorns, and garnifhed with fpear-fhaped
leaves Handing round the branches without order.
The flowers are produced at the end of the branches ;

15 C they

they have one bell- Shaped petal, cut aim aft to the bot-
tom into three Segments which are roiled backward,
and are hairy •, within they are of a yellow colour, and
are fucceeded by an oblong, ovai, flefhy fruit, fhaped
like a Plum, including a hard nut of the fame form.
The fecond fort grows naturally id Egypt, where it
becomes a tree of middling fize. The Stem is large find
Woody ; the branches are Slender and Stiff •, they have a
green bark while young, and are armed with Strong
ipines • the leaves come out by pairs ; they are larger
than thole of the Box-tree, and end in points, but are of
the like confidence and colour. The dowers come
out on the fide of the branches'; they are fliaped like
thofe of the Hyacinth, but are fmall, and of a white
colour ; thefe are fucceeded by oblong black berries
including an oval nut, having one kernel or feed.

Both thefe forts are propagated by feeds, which mult
be procured from the countries where they grow na-
turally ; thefe Should be fovvn in pots filled with light
earth, and plunged into a good hot-bcd of tanners
bark. If the feeds are frefh, the plants will appear in fix
weeks or two months. When thefe are about three
inches high, they muft be each carefully tranfplanted
into a feparate fmall pot filled with light earth, and
plunged into a good hot-bed of tanners bark, where
they mull be Shaded from the fun till they have
taken new root ; then they muft be treated in the
fame manner as other tender plants from the warm
countries. During the firSl Slimmer they may be kept
in the tan-bed under frames, where they will thrive
better than in the ftove ; but in autumn, when the
nights grow cool, they Should be removed into the
ftove, and plunged into the tan-bed ; and in this they
Should always be kept, observing to Shift them into
larger pots when they require it ; and in fummer,
when the feafort is warm, they Should have a large
Share of free air admitted to them. With this ma-
nagement the plants will thrive well, but they cannot
be expedted to flower very foon in this country.
XIPH ION or XIPHIUM. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 362.
tab. 189. Iris. Lin. Gen. Plant. 5.7. Bulbous Iris, or
Flower-de-luce.

The Characters are,

Phe flowers have each a permanent fpatha or Jheath ;
they have fix petals , the three outer broad , obtufe , and
reflexed , the inner ere 51 , pointed, and joined to the other
at their bafe *, they have three awl-Jhap'ed fiamina , which
lie upon the reflexed petals, and are terminated by oblong
deprefjed fummits, and an oblong germen under the flower,
fupporting a Jhort flyle, crowned by a tripartite fligma.
j the germen afterward becomes an oblong angular capfulc
with three cells , filled with roundifh feeds.

This genus of plants is ranged in the fecond fedtion of
Tournefort’s ninth clafs,jwhich includes the herbs with
a Lily flower cut into fix parts, whofe empalement
becomes the fruit. He feparates this from Iris, be-
caufe the root is bulbous, to which we may add, that
the leaves are boat- Shaped, and the ftigma of the Bower
is long and narrow. Dr. Linnaeus joins the plants of
this genus, as alfo the Sifyrinchium and Hermodac-
tylus of Tournefort, to his genus of Iris, and places
it in the firft fedtion of his third clafs, which contains
thofe plants whofe flowers have three ftamina and one
flyle. And although there is no material diftindtion
between the flowers of this genus and thole of Iris, yet,
as there are many fpecies of the latter, it is better to fe-
parate thefe plants from them, as they differ greatly
in their external habit.

The Species are,

1. Xiphium. (. Perficum ) foliis carinatis caule longiori-
bus. Bulbous Iris , with keel-Jhaped leaves which are
longer than the flalk. Xiphion Perficum prmcox, flore
variegato. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 363. Early Perflan bul-
bous Iris , with a variegated flower.

2. Xiphium (Vulgare) foliis lubulato-canaliculatis, caule
brevioribus. Bulbous Iris, with channelled awl-floaped
leaves which are fiorter than the flalk. Iris bulbofa,
flore csruleo violaceo. C. B. P. 38. Bulbous Iris with
a blue Violet flower.

3. Xiphium ( Latifolium ) foliis fubulato-canaliculatis, flo-

ribus riiajoribus. Bulbous Iris, with channelled awl-
fhaped leaves and larger flowers. Xiphion latifolium,
daule donatum, flore caeruleo. Tourn. Inft. R. H.
^63. Broad-leaved bulbous Iris, having a flalk and a blue

4. Xiphium ( Planifolium ) foliis planis caule longioribus.
BulboUs Iris-; with plain leaves which are longer than the
flalk. Iris bulbofa latifolia, flore cteruleo. j. B. 2. 703,
Broad-leaved bulbous Iris, with a blue flower.

The firft fort grows naturally in Perfia, but has been
many years cultivated in the English gardens for the-
beauty of its flowers ; it has an oval bulbous root,
from which came out five or fix pale green' leaves,
which are hollowed like the keel of a boat ; they are
about fix inches long, and one broad at the bafe, end-
ing in points. Between thefe the flower-ftalk arifes,
which is feldom above three inches high, fupporting
one or two flowers’, which are included in fpathas (or
Sheaths) ; thefe have three eredt petals called Stan-
dards, which are of a pale Sky blue colour, and three
re flexed petals called falls, which on their outfide are
of the fame Colour ; but the lip has a yellow Streak
running through the middle, and on each Side are many
dark fpots, with one large deep purple fpot at the bot-
tom. Thefe flowers have a very fragrant feent, and
generally appear in February, which renders them
more valuable.

The fecond fort grows naturally in the warm parts of
Europe. There are feveral varieties of this fpecies :
the moft common fort is blue, but there is one with
a yellow, and another with a white flower ; one with
a blue flower having white falls, another with yellow
falls ; one with a Violet-coloured flower having blue
falls, with fome others *, but thefe are all fuppofed t<y
be varieties which have been proceed by culture.
The root of this is bulbous ; the leaves are hollow or
channelled, ending in points, where their two fides
meet ; thefe are not fo long as the flower-ftalk which
rifles between them, and is embraced by the bafe of
the leaves. This fupports two or three flowers, which
are each inclofed in a feparate Sheath, at the top of
the Stalk. The flowers are fhaped like thofe of the
firft fort, but differ in their colour. This fort flowers
in May, and the feeds ripen in Auguft.

The third fort has much larger bulbous roots than
either of the former. The leaves are Shaped like thofe
of the fecond fort, but are much larger ; the flower-
ftalk is near twice the height of the fecond fort, and
the flowers are more than double their Size. This is
by fome fuppofed to be only a variety of the fecond
fort, but I think it a diftindt fpecies, for I have many
years railed a great number of the plants from feed,
and have never found a Angle one degenerated to the
fecond fort, and have railed many of the fecond fort
from feeds, without one inftance of a plant improving
to the third fort.

There is a great variety of this fpecies, which differ
in the colours of their flowers. Some are of a deep
blue, others of a light or fky blue, fome of a deep
purple, and others with fine variegated flowers, which
make a fine appearance during their continuance,
which is not long, unlefs the feafon proves cold, or
the flowers are Shaded from the fun. This fort flowers
five or fix weeks after the fecond fort, which is alfo an
argument for its being fpecifically different.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Spain and Portu-
gal. The root of this has a dark-coloured coat, but
is white within, and of a fweet tafte. The leaves are
eight or nine inches long, and more than an inch
broad at their bafe •, they are almoft plain, but toward
their bafe are hollowed like the keel of a boat, and
end in points, being of a pale green on their upper
fide, and a little hoary on their under. The flowers
ftand upon naked foot^ftalks which arife from the
root, and grow five or fix inches high, fuftaining two
or three flowers at the top, which are each wrapped
up in a feparate Sheath ; thefe are Shaped like thofe of
the other forts, and have a very agreeable odour ;
they appear in May, but are of Short duration.

There

X i P

There are four or five varieties of this fpecies which
differ in the colour of their flowers, but the moil
common colour is blue.

Thefe are propagated by offsets from their roots ; but
to obtain new varieties, they mud be propagated by
feeds in the following manner.

Having procured a parcel of feeds from good flowers,
the beginning of September you fhould provide fome
flat pans or boxes, which muft have holes in their
bottoms to let the moifture pafs off-, thefe fhould have
pieces of tile br oyfter fhells laid over each hole, to
prevent their being flopped ; then they muft be filled
with frefh light fandv earth* and the feeds fown there-
on pretty thick, obferving to flatter them as equally
as poflible then cover them over about half an inch
thick with the fame light frefh earth, and place the
boxes or pans where they may have the morning fun
till eleven o’clock and if the feafon fhould prove very
dry, they muft be now and then refrefhed with water.
In this fituation they may remain until the middle of
October, when they fhould be removed into a warmer
fituation, where they may have the full fun moft part
of the day, and fcreened from levere frofts in which
place they muft abide all the winter, obferving to keep
them clear from weeds and Mofs, which, at this fea-
fon, are very apt to fpread over the furface of the
earth in pots, when they are expofed to the open air.
In the fpring the plants will appear above ground,
when, if the feafon is dry, they muft be now and then
refrefhed with water, and conftantly kept clear from
weeds ; and as the feafon advances, and the weather
becomes warm, they fhould be again removed into their
former fhady fituation, where they may enjoy the morn-
ing fun only. When the leaves begin to decay (which
will be in June,) they muft be cleared from weeds and.
dead leaves, and fome frefn earth fifted over them
about half an inch thick, ftill fuffering them to abide
in the fame fitiiation all the fummer feafon ; during
which time, they will require no farther care but to
keep them clear from weeds until the beginning of
October, when they muft be again removed into a
warm fituation, and the furface of the earth lightly
taken off, and fome frefh earth fifted over them.

In this place they muft remain all the winter as be-
fore, and in the fpring they muft be treated as was
directed for the former years.

When the leaves are decayed, the bulbs fhould be
carefully taken up (which may be beft done by fifting
the earth through a fine fieve) and a bed or two of
good light frefh earth fhould be prepared, into which
the bulbs muft be planted, at about three inches afun-
der each way, and three inches deep. Thefe beds muft
be conftantly kept clean from weeds and Mofs ; and
if the winter fhould prove fevere, the beds fhould be
covered with rotten tanners bark, or Peas haulm, to
keep out the froft and in the fpring, juft before the
plants come up, the furface of the beds fhould be ftir-
red, and fome frefh earth fifted over them about half
an inch thick, which will greatly ftrengthen the roots.
During the fpring and fummer they muft be conftantly
weeded ; and at Michaelmas the earth fhould be again
jftirred, and fome frefh fifted over the beds again, as
before, obferving in winter and fpring ftill to keep the
beds clean, which is the whole management they will
require; and in June following the greateft part of the
roots will flower, at which time you fhould carefully
look over them, and put down a flick by all thofe whofe
flowers are beautiful, to mark them ; and as foon as
their leaves are decayed, thefe roots may be taken up to
plant in the flower-garden amongft other choice forts.

S '} {

flr t ' ■ '

..A, i 1 j

But the nurfery-bcds fhould ftill remain, obferving to
keep them clear from weeds, as alfo to fife frefh earth
over them, as was before directed and the follow-
ing feafon the remaining part of the roots, which did
not flower the foregoing feafon, will now (hew their
bloftbms ; fo that you may know which of them are
worth preferving in the flower-garden, which ihould
now be marked ; and when their leaves are decayed,
they muft be taken up, and planted with the other
fine forts, in an eaft border of light frefh earth ; but
the ordinary forts may be intermixed with other bul-
bous rooted flowers in the larger borders of the plea-^
fure-gatden, where, during their continuance in flower,
they will afford an agreeable variety.

But after thefe choice flowers are obtained from feeds,
they may be increafed by offsets, as other bulbous
flowers are. The offsets fhould be planted in a fepa-
rate border from the blowing roots, for one year, un-
til they have ftrength enough to produce flowers,
when they may be placed in the flower-garden with
the old roots.

Thefe bulbs need not be taken up oftener than every
other year, which fhould always be done foon after
their leaves decay, otherwife they will fend forth frefh
fibres, when it will be too late to remove them ; nor
fhould they be kept long out of the ground, a month
is full enough for when they are kept longer, their
bulbs are fubjed to fhrink, which caufes their flowers
to be weak the following year.

The earth which the flowers thrive beft in, is a light
fandy loam and if it be taken from a pafture ground
with the fward, and laid in a heap until the Grafs is
thoroughly rotted, it will be ftill better ; for thefe
bulbs do not delight in a rich dunged foil, nor fhould
they be planted in a fituation where they may be too
much expofed to the fun ; for in fuch places their
flowers will continue but a few days in beauty, and
their roots are apt to decay ; but in an eaft border,
where they have the fun until eleven o’clock, they
will thrive and flower extremely well, efpecially if the
foil be neither too wet, nor over dry. From the moft
beautiful of thefe flowers fhould feeds be faved, and
fown every year, which will always furnifh new varie-
ties, fome of which will greatly exceed the original
kinds.

The Perfian Iris is greatly efteemed for the beauty and
extreme fweetnefs of its flowers, as alfo for its early
appearance in the fpring, it generally being in per-
fection in February, or the beginning of March, ac-
cording to the forwardnefs of the feafon, at which
time there are few other plants in beauty.

This may be propagated by feeds, in the fame manner
as the other forts : but the boxes in which they are
fown, fhould be put under a garden frame in winter,
to fhelter them from hatd froft ; becaufe, while the
plants are young, they are fomewhat tender. From
the feeds of this kind I could never obtain any varie-
ties, their flowers being always the fame.

Thefe plants are alfo propagated by offsets, in the fame
manner as the other forts, but their roots fhould not
be tranfplanted oftener than every third year ; nor
fhould they be ever kept out of the ground long, be-
caufe their roots will fhrink and entirely decay& when
they are long above ground, fo as not to be recovered
again. This fort was formerly more common in the
gardens near London than at prefent ; which, I fup-
pofe, has been occafioned by the keeping the roots
above ground too long, which deftroyed them.
XYLON. See Bombax.

YEW-

Y U C

EW-TREE. SeeTAXus.

YUCCA. Dillen. Gen. Nov. 5. Lin. Gen.
Plant. 388. Cordyline. Roy. Lug. Prod. 22.
The Indian Yucca, or Adam’s Needle.

The Characters are,

f he flower has no empalement •, it has a bell-Jhaped flower ,
compofed of fix large petals whofe tails are joined , and fix
fioort reflexed flamina terminated by fmall fummits , and
an oblong three-cornered germen which is longer than the
flamina , having no ftyle, crowned by an obtufe ftigma
with three furrows. The germen afterward turns to an
oblong three-cornered capfule divided into three cells , filled
with comprejfed feeds , lying over each other in a double ar-
rangement.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firft fettion of
Linnaeus’s fixth clafs, which includes thefe plants
whofe flowers have fix flamina and one ftyle.

The Species are,

t. Yucca ( Gloriofa ) foliis integerrimis. Vir. Cliff. 29.
Yucca with entire leaves. Yucca foliis Aloes. C. B. P.

9 1 . Yucca with leaves like thofe of the Aloe , commonly
called Adam's Needle.

2. Yucca ( Aloifolia ) foliis crenulatis ftrittis. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 319. Yucca with narrow leaves which are flightly
crenated. Yucca arborefcens, foliis rigidioribus reft is
ferratis. Dill. Hort. Elth. 435. Tree-like Yucca with
flrait, ftiff, fawed leaves.

3. Yucca {fDraconis) foliis crenatis nutantibus. Lin. Sp.
Plant. 319. Yucca with nodding crenated leaves. Yucca
draconis folio ferrato. Hort. Elth. 437. Yucca with a
fazved Dragon-tree leaf.

4. Yucca ( Filamentofa ) foliis ferrato-filamentofis. Lin.
Sp. Plant, ‘gig. Yucca with flawed thready leaves. Yucca
foliis filamentofis. Mor. Hift. 2. p. 419. Thready-
leaved Yucca.

The firft of thefe plants is a native of Virginia, and
other parts of North America, but has been long an
inhabitant of the Englifh gardens, where it was for-
merly nurfed up in green-houfes, fuppofing it was too
tender to live in the open air in winter ; but of late
years the plants have been planted into the full
ground, where they have refitted the greateft cold of
our winters where they are in a dry foil.

This fort feldom rifes with a ftem above two feet and
a half or three feet high, which is garnifhed with leaves
aim oft to the ground. The leaves of this are broad,
ftiff, and have the appearance of thofe of the Aloe,
but are narrower •, they are of a dark green colour,
ending in a lharp black fpine. This fort frequently
produces its panicles of flowers, which rife from the
center of the leaves. The ftalks grow three feet high •,
they branch out on every fide to a confiderable dif-
tance, but the flowers are placed very fparfedly on the
ftalks, which renders it lefs beautiful than the flowers
of the other kinds •, they are white within, but eqch
petal is marked with a purple ftripe on the outfide •,
they are bell-lhaped, and hang downward ; they ap-
pear in Auguft and September, but are not fucceeded
by feeds in England.

The fecond fort rifes with a thick, tough, fleftiy ftalk,
to the height of ten or twelve feet, having a head or
tuft of leaves at the top •, thefe are narrower and differ
than thofe of the former for , and are of a lighter
green colour •, their edges are flightly fawed, and their
points end with lharp thorns. The flower-ftalk rifes
fn the center of the leaves, and is from two to three
feet long, branching out into a pyramidal form. The
‘flowers grow clofe on the branches, and form a regu-

Y U C

V

lar fpike ; they are of a bright purple colour on the
outfide, and white within, making a fine appearance.
The flowers appear at the fame time with the former,
but the plants of this do not flower fo often as the
other fort •, and when they flower, the head decays,
but one or two young heads come out from the fide
of the ftalk, below the old one.

The third fort grows naturally in South Carolina, from
whence I received the feeds by the title of Oil Seed.
The ftalks of this fort rife about three or four feet
high ; the leaves are narrow, of a dark green colour,
and hang downward •, they are fawed on their edges,
and end in acute fpines. I never faw the flowers of
this fort, but have been informed they are white.

The threaded fort is not fo common as the others in the
Englilh gardens, but as it is a native of Virginia, it
might ealily be procured in plenty from thence. The
ftalk and leaves are like thofe of the firft fort, but the
leaves are obtufe, and have no fpines at their ends.
The flower-ftalk rifes five or fix feet high, which is ge-
nerally garnifhed with flowers moft of its length ; the
flowers are larger and whiter than thofe of the other
fpecies, and fit clofe to the ftalk. From the fide of the
leaves come out long threads which hang down.

All thefe plants are either propagated by feed, when
obtained from abroad, or elfe from offsets or heads
taken from the old plants, after the manner of Aloes.
When they are raifed from feeds, they fhould be fown
in pots filled with light frefh earth, and plunged into
a moderate hot-bed, where the plants will come up in
five or fix weeks after; and when they are two or three
inches high, they fhould be tranfplanted each into a
feparate fmall pot filled with light frefh earth, and
plunged into a hot-bed, where the plants fhould have
air and water in proportion to the warmth of the fea-
fon, and the bed wherein they are placed.

In July they fhould be inured by degrees to bear the
open air, into which they muft be removed, to harden
them before winter, placing them in a well fhekercd
fituation, where they may remain until the beginning
of October, when they muft be removed into the
green-houfe, where tney may be ranged amoogft
the hardier fort of Aloes, and fhould be treated in
the fame manner as hath been already di retted for
them ; to which the reader is defired to turn, for fur-
ther inftruttions.

When thefe plants have acquired ftrength, thofe of
the common fort, and alfo the threaded, may be af-
terwards turned out into a warm border, where they
will endure the cold of our ordinary winters very well,
but the other forts muft be kept in pots, that they
may be fheltered in winter ; and if they are treated in
the fame way as the large American Aloe, they will
do very well.

The offsets taken from the old plants fhould be laid
in a dry place, for a week or ten days before they
are planted, that their wounds may heal, otherwife
they will be fubjeft'to rot with moifture.

As the fecond and third forts do not put out offsets fo
plentifully as the firft and fourth, fo in order to pro-
pagate them, the heads of the plants may be cut off
in June ; and after the wounded part is dry, the heads
may be planted, which will foon take root, provided
the pots are plunged into a moderate hot-bed ; and
this cutting off the heads will occafion the Items to
put out fuckers, which they' feldom do without until
they flower ; fo that by this method, the plants may
be obtained in plenty,

; \

Z A N-

ZEA

i-yANTHOXYLUM. See Xantho^ylum. j

* Jr ZE A. Lin. Gen. Plant. 926. Mays. Tourn.

jf . inft. R. H. 531. tab. 303, 304, 305. Indian,

4 or Turkey-corn; in French, Ble de Turqule.

The Characters are.

It has male and female flowers fituated at remote difldnces
on the fame plant. 5 he male flowers are difpofed in a
loofe Jpike , having oval , oblong, chaffy empalements , open-
ing with two valves , each inclofing two flowers ; thefe
have two jhort compreffed ne cl arums, and three hair-like
ftamina, terminated by quadrangular fummits , which open
in four cells at the top. The female flowers, which are
fituated below the male , are difpofed in a thick fpike in-
do fed with leaves ; thefe have thick chaffy empalements
with two valves. The flowers are compofed of two floor t
membranaceous broad valves which are permanent, and a
fmall germen, with a flender ftyle, crowned by a fiitgle ftig-
ma, which is hairy toward the point. 'The germen after-
ward turns to a roundifh compreffed feed, angular at the
bafe, and half inclofed in its proper receptacle.

This genus of plants is ranged in the third fe£lioii of
Linnaeus’s twenty-firfl clafs, which includes' thofe
plants which have male and female flowers at diftances
on the fame plant, and the male flowers have three
{lamina.

The Species are,

i. Zea (. Americana ) caule dltiflima, foliis latioribus
pendulis, fpica longiffima. Indian Corn with the talleft
flalk , broader hanging leaves, and the longefl fpike. Mays
granis aureis. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 531. Indian Maize
With yellow grains.

fc. Zea {Alba) caule graciliorc, foliis caririatis, pendu •
lis, fpica longa gracili. Indian Corn with /tenderer
folks, keel-floaped hanging leaves ,- and a long flender
fpike. Mays granis albicantibus. ToUrn. Tnft. R. H.
531. Indian Maize with white grains.

3. Zea ( Vlilgare ) caule humiliori, foliis carinatis pen-
dulis, fpica breviore. Indian Corn with a lower folk,
hanghig keel-floaped leaves, and a floor ter fpike. Mays
fpica aurea & alba. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 531. Turkey or
Indian Maize, With a yellow and white fpike.

Thele three fpecies have been generally luppofed but
one, and nd more than accidental variations ; but from
long experience I can affirm, they are different, and
do not alter by culture.

The firft fort grows naturally in the iflands of the
Weft-Indies ; this hath a very large ftrong ftalk,
which riles to the height of ten or twelve feet. The
leaves are long, b'foad, and hang downward ; they
have a broad white midrib. The male flowers come
out in branching fpikes at the upper part of the ftalks ;
thefe are .eight or ten inches long. The female
flowers come out from the bottom of the leaves on
the fide of the ftalk ; they are difpofed in a clofe,
long, thick fpike, and are covered clofely With thin
fpathte or (heaths ; out of the end of thefe covers hang
a fmall long bunch of filaments or threads, which
are fuppofed receive and convey the farina of the male
flowers to the germen of the female. When the feeds
of this fort are ripe, the fpikes or ears are nine or ten
inches long, and fomecimes a foot, but thefe rarely
ripen in England.

I have not feen any variety of colours in this fpecies,
though it is very probable there are the fame varieties

ZEA

in the colour of the grain, as in the other fpecies : hut
as this is lefs common in Europe, we dre not fo well
acquainted with it:

The fecond fort is cultivated in Italy, Spain, and
Portugal. The ftalks of this fort are flenderer than-
thofe of the former, and feldom rife ffiore than fix or
feven feet high. The leaves are narrower than thofe
of the firft fort, and are hollowed like the keel of a
boat, and their tops hang downwards. The fpikes
of male flowers are fhorter than thofe of the firft, and
the ears or fpikes of grain are flenderer, and not more
than fix or feven inches long: The grains of this

fort do not come to maturity in England, unlefs the
feafon proves very warm, and that the grains are
planted early in a warm fofl and fituation.

The third fort is cultivated in the northern parts of
America, and alfo in Germany. The ftalks of this
are flender, and feldom rife more than four feet high.
The leaves are fhorter and, narrower than thofe of the
tWo former ; they are hollowed like the keel of a boat,
and their tops hang down. The fpikes of male flowers
are fhort, and the ears or fpikes of grain are feldom
more than four or five inches long.. This fort ripens
its grain perfe&ty well in England, in as little time
as Barley, fo may be cultivated here to advantage.
There are feveral varieties of the two laft fpecies, which
differ in the colour of their grain. The moft common
Colour is that of a yellowifh white ; but there are fome
With deep yellow, others with purple, and fome with
blue grains-, and when the different colours are planted
near each other, the farina will mix, and the ears Will
have grains of feveral colours intermixed on the fame
fpike; but when the grains of the different varieties are
planted at a proper diftance from each other, the pro-
duce will be the fame with the grains which were fown.
Thefe plants are feldom cultivated in England for ufe,
but in Italy and Germany it is the food of the poor-
inhabitants ; as' it is alfo in many parts of North Ame-
rica, where it is treated in the following manner.
They firft dig the ground well in the fpring, and after
having made it level, they draw a line crofs the whole
piece intended to be planted ; then they raife little
hills at about three or four feet diftance, into each of
which they put two or three good feeds, covering
them about an inch thick with earth ; then they move
the line four feet farther, continuing to do the fame
through the whole fpot of ground; fo that the rows
may be four feet afunder, and the hills three or four
feet diftance. Six quarts of this feed is generally al-
lowed to an acre of land, which, if the foil be good,
will commonly produce fifty btifhels of Corn.

In the planting of this Corn, where they obferve to
plant the grain of any one colour in a field by itfdf,
and no other coloured grain ftand near it, it will pro-
duce all of the fame colour again, as hath’ been affirmed
by many CurioUs perfons Who have tried the experi-
ment ; but if the rows are alternately planted with the
grain of different colours, they Will interchange, and
produce a mixture of all the forts in the fame row,
and frequently on one and the fame fpike ; and fome
do affirm they will mix with each other, at the diftance
of four or five rods, provided there is no tall fence or
building between to intercept them,

15 D There

Z E A

There is nothing more obferved in the culture of this
grain, but only to keep it clear from weeds, by fre-
quent hoeing of the ground ; and when the Items are
advanced, to draw the earth up in a hill about each
plant, which, if done, will greatly (Lengthen them,
and preferve the ground about their roots moift for a
conliderable time.

When the Corn is ripe, they cut off the ftalks clofe to
the ground, and after having gathered off the fpikes
vof grain, they fpread the ftalks in the fun to harden
and dry, . which they afterward ufe in the fame man-
ner as Reeds in England for making fences, covering
ilieds, &c. for which purpole they are very ufeful to
the inhabitants of warm countries ; and when there is
a fcarcity of forage, they feed their cattle with them
green, as fail as the Corn is gathered off.

The Corn is ground to flour, and the pooreft fort of
people in America, and alfo in Italy and Germany,
make their bread of this flour ; and in many of the
warmer countries, the inhabitants roaft the whole
fpikes, and drefs them many different ways, making
feveral difhes of it ; but this grain feldom agrees with
thofe who have not been accuftomed to eat it •, howe-
ver, in times of fcarcity of other grain, this would be
a better fubftitute for the poor than Bean flour, or
other forts, which have been ufed in England ; and at
all times will be found a hearty food for cattle, hogs,
and poultry; fo that in light fandy lands, where Beans
and Peas fucceed not well, this grain may be culti-
vated to anfvver both purpofes to advantage.

If this grain is cultivated by the horfe hoeing hufban-
dry, it may be done at lefs expence than in any other
method •, for this is one of the plants which is more
particularly adapted for this hufbandry ; therefore I
ihall here give an account of the method in which it
has been cultivated by the horfe-hoe, and hasfucceeded
beyond expectation.

The land was very light and fandy, and far from
being rich ; this was ploughed deep before winter,
and laid up in high ridges till the fpring, when it was
well harrowed to break it fine, and the beginning of
April the ground was again ploughed, laid level, and
well harrowed to make the furface fmooth ; then
the feeds were fown in drills, which were made
four feet afunder, into which the feeds were drop-
ped at about a foot diftance. When the plants were
come up three inches high, where any of them were
too clofe, they were cut up with a hand- hoe, and the
intervals between the rows were ploughed {hallow to
deftroy the young weeds. But when the Items were
advanced, the ground in the intervals was ploughed
deeper, and the earth laid up to the plants on both
.Tides ; and when the weeds began to grow again, the
ground was a third time ploughed to deftroy them ;
this kept the ground pretty clean from weeds till the
grain was ripe, as the feafon was not wet, but other-
wife it would have required a fourth ploughing to an-
fwer this purpofe. The ftalks of thefe plants pro-
duced from three to fix fpikes of grain each, which
was a great increafe.

The time for fowing this Corn, is about the fame as
for Barley ; in light warm land it may be fown the
latter end of March or the beginning of April, but in
cold ground, the middle or end of April will be early
enough, for the grain is fubject to rot in cold land,
especially if the feafon proves wet. When the large forts
are planted in a garden for curiofity, their feeds ihould
be fowu upon a moderate hot-bed the beginning of
March ; and when the plants are fit to remove, they
Ihould be tranfplanted on another moderate hot-bed
to bring them forward ; but they mu ft not be kept
too clafely covered, for that will draw them up weak ;
therefore, when the weather is mild, they ihould be
inured to bear the open air •, and the beginning of May
they ihould be taken up with balls of earth to their
roots, and tranfplanted into a warm border at three or
four feet diftance, carefully watering them if the wea-
ther proves dry, until they have taken new root, after
which they will require no other care but to keep

them clean from weeds. If the feafon ihould prove
warm, thefe, plants will ripen the Corn in autumn.

Z I N Z I B E R. See Amo mum.

ZIZIPHQRA. Lin. Gen. Plant. 33. Clinopodi'um.
Tourn. Inft. R. EL 194. tab. 92. Field Bafih

The Characters are,

The flower hath a long , rough, (ylindrical empale-, nent \
which is Jlightly cut into five parts at the brim. The
flower is of the labiated kind , having a long cylindrical
tube. The upper lip is oval , reflexed , and entire ; the
under lip ( or beard ) is divided into three equal fegnients ;
it has two fpreading ftamina terminated by oblong flum-
mits , and a quadrifid germen fupporting a briftly ftyle ,
crowned by a Jharp-pointed inflex ed fligmd. The germen
afterward turn to flour oblong feeds , which ripen in the
empalcment.

This genus of plants is ranged in the firff febtion of
Linnaeus’s fecond clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have two ftamina and one ftyle;

The Speies are,

1. Ziziphora ( Capitata ) capitulis, terminalibtis, foliis
ovatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 31. Field Bafil with heads ter-
minating the ftalks , and oval leaves. Clinopodium fif-
tulofum pumilum, Indiae occidentalis, firm mo caule
floridum. Pluk. Aim. in. Low fifiukus Field Bafil
of the JVeft-Indies , having flowers op the top of the ftalk.

2. Zizophora ( Termor ) floribus lateralihus, foliis lan-
ceolatis. Lin. Sp. Plant. 3 1 . Field Bafil with flowers
growing on the fides of the ftalk , and fpear-Jhaped leaves.
Acinos Syriaca, folio mucronato, capfulis hirfutis.
Mor. Hift. 3. p. 404. Syrian Field Bafil with an acute-
pointed leaf, and hairy capfules.

3. Ziziphora ( Hifpanica ) floribus lateralibus, foliis in-
ferioribus lineari lanceolatis, fummis ovato mucrona-
tis. Field Bafil with flowers growing on the fides of the
ftalks, the lower leaves linear and fpear-Jhaped, and thofe
on the top oval, terminating with long points.

4. Ziziphora (. Alpina ) foliis lanceolatis, floribus termi-
nalibus. Hort. Cliff. 305. Alpine Field Bafil with fpear-
Jhaped leaves, and flowers terminating the ftalks. Cli-
nopodium Alpinum rofeum, faturejae foliis, Boccon.
Muf. 1 19. Alpine Field Bafil with Rofe-like heads and
Savory leaves.

The firft fort grows naturally in Virginia ; this is an
annual plant, which has a four-cornered ftalk about
four inches high, fending out fide branches from the
bottom, which (land oppofite •, thefe are terminated
by a clufter of fmall flowers furrounded by oval leaves,
ending in acute points. The flowers have a (lender
cylindrical empalement, out of which they juft peep ;
they are purple, of the lip kind, and have but two
ftamina; it flowers in June, July, and Auguft, and
the feeds ripen about fix weeks after.

The fecond fort grows naturally in Spain, and alfo in
the Levant ; this fends up many [lender ligneous
ftalks, which rife near a foot high, are garnifhed with
fpear-lhaped leaves about the fize of thole of Sum-
mer Savory, and have a fcent like thofe. The flowers
are produced in whorls round the ftalks, which are like
thofe of the former fort, and appear at the fame feafon.
The feeds of the third lorn I received from Dr. Ruffel,
who procured them from Aleppo ; this riles about
eight or nine inches high ; the ftalks branch out their
whole length. The lower leaves are narrow, and
hairy ; thole at the top are oval, running out in acuie
points. The flowers are dilpofed in whorls round the
ftalks, and are like thofe of the former fort. The
whole plant fmells like Pennyroyal.

The fourth fort grows naturally on the Alps, and
Appenine mountains. The ftalks ..of this rife about
fix inches high, and are garnifhed, with fmall fpear-
fhaped leaves placed oppofite. The flowers are pro-
duced in a clufter at the top of the ftalks, which are'
of the fame fhape and colour as thofe of the firft fort,
and are furrounded with fpear-lhaped leaves.

Thefe plants are all of them annual, fo are propa-
pagated only by feeds.

The feeds may be fown in a border of light earth,
eithe'r in fpring or autumn. Thofe plants which

come

1

Z I z

come up in autumn, will abide through the winter,
and will grow much larger than thofe which come up
in the fpring, though neither of them rife very high.
The feeds fhould be fown where the plants are to re-
main, for they do not thrive well when they are tranf-
planted, unlefs the earth remains to their roots. Thefe
have a pretty ftrong aromatic fcent, fomewhat refem-
bling Summer Savory, but as they are plants of lit-
tle beauty, they are feldom cultivated but in botanic
gardens for variety fake.

The feeds of thofe plants which come up in autumn,
will be ripe in July or Auguft ; but thofe of the fpring
plants will not ripen till the latter end of Auguft, or
the beginning (of September •, when, if the feeds are
permitted to fcatter, the plants will come up, and re-
quire no farther care but to clear them from weeds,
and thin them where they are too dole.

ZIZIPHUS. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 627. tab. 403.
Rhamnus. Lin. Gen. Plant. 235. The Junjube.

The Characters are,

T he flower has no empalement ; it has one funnel-fioaped
petal, which fpreads open at the top , and is cut into four
or five fegments ; it has five awl-fhaped ftamina , whofc
bafe are infer ted to the petal, and are terminated by fin all
fummits , and an oval germen fupporting two J lender ftyles ,
crowned by obtufe ftigmas. The germen afterward be-
comes an oblong oval berry , inclofmg a fingle nut of the
fame form , which has two cells , each containing an ob-
long feed.

This genus of plants is ranged in the feventh fedion
of Tournefort’s twenty-firft clafs, which contains the
trees and fhrubs with a Role flower, whofe pointal
turns to a fruit pregnant with a ftony feed. Dr. Lin-
naeus has joined this genus to the Rhamnus, which
he ranges in the lirft fedion of his fifth clafs, which
Contains thofe plants whofe flowers have five ftamina
and one ftyle ; but the flowers of thefe plants having
two ftyles, the plants fhould be feparated from the
Rhamnus.

The Species are,

I. Ziziphus ( Jujuba ) aculeis geminatis redis, foliis
oblongo ovatis lerratis. Jujube with fir ait thorns grow-
ing by pairs , and oblong , oval , fawed leaves. Ziziphus.
Dod. p. 807. The common Jujube.

1. Ziziphus ( Sylveftris ) aculeis geminatis, altero recur-
vo, foliis ovatis nervofis. Jujube with twin fpines, one
of which is recurved , and oval veined leaves. Ziziphus
fylveftris. Tourn. Inft. 627. The wild Jujube.

3. Ziziphus ( CEnoplia ) aculeis folitariis recurvis pe-
dunculis aggregatis, foliis cordato-rotundis nervofis,
fubtus tomentofis. Jujube with fingle recurved fpines ,
foot-ftalks in clufters , and round , heart-Jhaped , veined
leaves , which are downy on their under fide. Jujube
aculeata, nervofis foliis infra fericeis flavis. Bupm.
Zeyl. 1 3 1. Prickly Jujube with veined leaves, which
are filky and yellow on their under fide.

4. Ziziphus ( Africana ) aculeis geminatis redis, foliis
ovatis nervofis. Jujube with double firait thorns, and
oval veined leaves. Jujube, fc. Ziziphus Africana, mu-
cronatis foliis, fpina gemella. Pluk. Aim. 199. Afri-
can Jujube with pointed leaves and double fpines.

The lirft fort grows naturally in the warm parts of
Europe ; it has a woody ftalk which divides into
many crooked irregular branches, which are armed
with ftrong ftrait thorns fet by pairs at each joint.
The leaves are two inches long and one broad, llightly
fawed on their edges, and Hand upon ftiort foot-ftalks.
The flowers are produced on the fide of the branches,
two or three arifing from the fame place, which fit
dole ; they are fmall, and of a yellow colour •, thefe
are fucceeded by an oval fruit, about the fize of a
middling Plum, of a fweetifh tafte, and are clammy,
including a hard oblong (tone, pointed at both ends.
The fruit of this tree was formerly ufed in medicine •,
it is reckoned pedtoral, and good for coughs, pleuri-
iles, and hot fharp humours, but is now feldom to be
found in the ftiops. In Italy and Spain, this fruit is
ferved up at the table in deferts during the winter fea-
fon, as a dry fweetmeat.

Thefecond fort grows naturally about Tunis in Afri-
ca ; this has (lender woody ftalks, which fend out many
weak branches, covered with a grayifh bark, and armed
with fpines, which come out by pairs at each joint,
one of which is longer than the other, and is ftrait 5
the' other is ftiort and recurved. The leaves are fmall,
oval, and veined •, they are half an inch long, arid as
much in breadth, fitting dole to the branches. The
flowers of this foryl have not feen, fa can give no
farther defeription of this plant.

The third fort grows naturally in India ; this rifes with,
fhrubby ftalks ten or twelve feet high, fending out
many (lender branches, which have a ydlowifh bark,
and are armed with fingle recurved thorns at each
joint. The leaves are round, heart-fhaped, about
two inches long, and as much in breadth, and are in-
dented at the foot-ftalk ; they have three longitudinal
veins, and are covered with a yeilowifh down on their
under fide. The flowers come out in clufters from
the wings of the branches ; they are fmall, and of a?
yeilowifh colour •, thefe are fucceeded by oval fruit
about the fize of fmall Olives, inclofing a ftone of the
fame fliape.

The fourth fort grows naturally in Syria, froni Whence
I have received the feeds •, this fends up feveral fhrub-
by ftalks from the root, which divide into (lender
branches, which are armed with ftrait fpines, and
are fet by pairs at each joint; the leaves are fmall;
oval, and veined, and are placed alternate, (landing
upon very ftiort foot-ftalks. The flowers are fmall, of
a yellow colour, arifing from the wings of the branches.
The fruit is round, and about the fize of Sloes.

Thefe plants are preferved in the gardens of forrie cu-
rious perfons only for the fake of variety, for they
do not produce fruit in England. The firft and fourth
forts, which are the moll hardy, will fcarcely live thro’
the winters in England, even when they are planted
againft fouth walls ; in which fituation I have kept
the plants two or three years, when the winters have
proved mild, but they were afterward killed by a
fharp froft. They may be propagated by putting their
(tones into pots of frefti light earth, foori after their
fruits are ripe ; and in winter they fhould be placed
under a common hot-bed frame, where they may be
flickered from fevere froft. In the fpring thefe pots
fhould be plunged into a moderate hot- bed, which
will greatly forward the growth of the feeds ; and
when the plants are come up, they fnould be inured
to the open air by degrees, into which they mull be
removed in June, placing them near the fhelter of a
hedge ; and in very dry weather they muft be fre-
quently refreflied with water.

In this fituation they may remain till the beginning of
Odtober, when they muft be removed either into the
green-houfe, or placed under a hot-bed frame, where
they may be defended from froft, but fhould have as
much free air as poffible in mild weather.

During the winter feafon they fnould be now and then
refrefhed with water ; but after their leaves are fallen
(as they always fhed them in winter), they muft not be
over watered, which would rot the tender fibres of
their roots, and caufe the plants to decay.

In March, juft before the plants begin to (hoot, they
fhould be tranfplanted, each into a feparate fmall pot
filled with light frefti earth ; and if they are plunged
into a moderate hot-bed, it will greatly promote their
taking root; but in May they muft be inured to the
open air by degrees, into which they fhould be foon
after removed.

Thus thefe plants fhould be managed while young, at
which time they are tender; but when they are three
or four years old, feme of them may be planted in the
full ground, againft a warm wall or pale, where, if they
have a dry foil, they will endure the cold of our or-’
dinary winters pretty well ; but in hard froft! they
will require to be (heltered, fo it will be proper to
keep a plant or twb in pots, which may be hauled in!
winter.

Thefe

Z Y G

Thefe plants may be alfo propagated by fuckers,
which the old ones many times lend forth from their
roots, but thefe are feldom fo well rooted as thofe
produced from feeds, nor do they make fo good plants,
for which reafon they are but rarely propagated that
way.

The fecond fort is not To hardy as the firft, lb thefe
plants mull be kept in pots, and in the winter placed
into the green-houfe, and treated in the fame way as
other hardy exotic plants, being careful not to over-
water them at that feafon, but efpecially when they
have Hied their leaves.

This fort is propagated by feeds, which mull be pro-
cured from the country where it naturally grows;
thefe lhauld be Town in pots filled with light earth,
and plunged into a hot-bed of tanners bark, which
will bring up the plants in about fix weeks, if the
feeds are good. When the plants begin to advance in
height, they fhould be gradually hardened, and in
June they may be placed in the open air in a fheltered
fituation ; but in autumn they mull be removed into
fhelter, where they mull remain all the winter, and in
the fpring, before the plants begin to pufh out their
leaves, they Ihould be carefully tranfplanted, each into
a feparate fmall pot, and plunged into a gentle hot-
bed to forward their putting out new roots. In fu ai-
mer they muft be expofed abroad, but in winter they
muft be houfed.

The third and fourth forts are tenderer than the for-
mer, fo will not thrive in this country unlefs the plants
are kept in a warm ftove. Thefe are propagated in the
fame way as the former, but the plants muft be more
tenderly treated, for they fhould not be wholly ex-
pofed abroad at any time of the year ; in fummer they
muft have a large fhare of air in warm weather, and in
winter they muft be kept in a warm ftove.

ZYGOPHYLLUM. Lin. Gen. Plant. 474. Fa-
bago. Tourn. Inft. R. H. 258. tab. 135. Bean Caper.

The Characters are,

T he empalement of the flower is compofed of five oval ob-
tufe leaves . The flower has five obtufe petals which are
longer than the empalement , and are indented at their
points ; it has a clofed nehlariam , which includes the ger-
men , compofed of fever al fcales or little leaves , to which
the bafes of the ftamina are faftened ; it hath ten awl-Jhaped
jlamina , terminated by oblong fummits , and an oblong ger-
men , fupporting an awl-Jhaped ftyle , crowned by a Jingle
Jligma. The germen afterward become an oval five-cornered
capfuls with five cells , containing fever al roundiJJj feeds.
This genus of plants is ranged in the firft lection of
Linnaeus’s tenth clafs, which includes thofe plants
whofe flowers have ten ftamina and one ftyle.

The Specie's are,

1. Zygophyllum ( Fabago ) foliis petiolatis, foliolis ob-
ovatis caule herbaceo. Lin. Sp. 551. Bean Caper with
foot-ftalks to the leaves , and herbaceous Jlalks. Fabago
Belgarum five peplus Parifienfium. Lugd. 458. Com-
mon Bean Caper , or Peplus of the Parifians.

2. Zygophyllum ( SeJJilifolium ) foliis feffilibus, foliolis
lanceolato-ovalibus margine fcabris caule fruticofo.
Lin. Sp. 552. Bean Caper with oval fipear-Jhaped leaves
fitting clofe to the Jlalks, and a fhrubby Jlalk. Fabago
Africana arborefcens, fiore fulphureo, fructu rotundo.
Com. Plant. Rar. 10. Tree-like African Bean Caper , with
a brimftone flower and a round fruit.

3. Zygophyllum ( Morgfana ) foliis fubpetiolatis, foli-
olis obovatis caule fruticofo. Lin. Sp. 551. Bean Caper
with oval fmall leaves having Jhort foot-fialks , and a
Jhrubby Jlalk. Fabago tetraphylla fiore tetrapetalo,
frudtu membranaceo quadrangulari. Burm. Plant.
Afr. 7. Four -leaved Bean Caper with a flower of four pe-
tals, and a four- cornered membranaceous fruit.

4. Zygophyllum ( Fulvum ) capfulis ovatis acutis. Lin.
Sp. Plant. 386. Bean Caper with oval acute-pointed cap-
fules. Fabago fiore luteo, petalorum unguibus ru-
bris, frudtu fulcato acuto oblongo. Burm. Plant. Afr.
6. Bean Caper with a yellow flower, the tails of the pe-
tals red, and an acute, oblong , furrowed fruit.

The firft fort grows naturally in Syria ; this has been

Z Y G

long an inhabitant of Tome curious gardens in England:
The root is thick, flefhy, and ftnkes deep into the
ground, and will grow as thick as a man’s arm when
old. The ftaiks decay every autumn to the root*
from which fpring new fnoots every year, in number
proportionable to the fize of the root ; they rife three
or four feet high, fending out a few fide branches ;
thefe are ftnooth, green; and jointed ; they are gar-
nifhed with fmooth flefhy leaves like thofe of Purflane,
two [landing together upon the fame foot-ftalk, which
is an inch long ; they are of a bluifh green colour.
The flowers are produced from the wings of the ftalk,
two or three arifing at the fame joint upon fliort foot-
ftalks ; they are compofed of five roundifh concave
petals of a reddifh colour on their outfide, and ten fta-
mina which are twice the length of the petals. The'
flowers are fucceeded by long prifmaticai capfules
with five fides, which have cells filled with roundifh
feeds. This fort flowers in June and July, and the
feeds ripen in autumn.

The fecond fort grows naturally at the Gape of Good
Hope ; this rifes with a thick woody ftalk three or
four feet’high, fending out many branches, which are
garnifhed with fucculent leaves placed by fours, fitting
clofe to them. From the wings of the ftaiks the flowers
are produced upon pretty long flender foot-ftalks ;
they are compofed of five fulphur-coloured petals
which have a brown fpot on each of their tails ; thefe
are fucceeded by roundifh depreffed fruit having five
cells, each containing two roundifh feeds. This plant
continues flowering all fummer and autumn, and the
feeds ripen in winter.

The third fort grows naturally at the Cape of Good
Hope ; this has a fhrubby ftalk which divides into
many irregular jointed branches, which rife four or
five feet high, and are garnifhed with thick fuccu-
lent leaves, which are larger, and more obtufe than
thofe of the fecond fort ; they are placed by fours at
each joint, two on each fide the ftalk oppofite. The
flowers come out from the wings of the ftalk upon flen-
der foot-ftalks ; thefe have but four petals, which are
broader than thofe of the fecond fort, but of the fame
colour, each having a brown fpot at their tails. The
fruithasfour broad membranaceous wings, refembling
the fails of a mill. This plant flowers moft part of
fummer, but the fruit feldom ripens well in England.
The fourth fort is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.
The ftaiks of this branch out greatly from the bot-
tom ; they are fhrubby, jointed, and irregular. The
leaves are of the confidence of thofe of Purflane; they
are narrow at their tails, but oval toward their points,
and are placed by fours at each joint like the former.
The flowers come out from the wings of the ftalk
upon flender foot-ftalks ; they are of a pale yellow co-
lour, each petal having a pretty large red fpot at their
tails. The fruit is oval, about three quarters of an
inch long, having five deep furrows, and is divided into
five cells, which are filled with roundifh feeds. This
plant flowers great part of the year, and the fruit ri-
pens in autumn and winter.

The firft fort is propagated only by feeds, which ri-
pen very well in England in warm feafons ; thefe may
be either fown upon a moderate hot- bed in the fpring,
or on a warm border of light ground ; thofe which
are fown upon the hot-bed will come up in three
weeks or a month, and about a month after, the
plants will be fit to remove, when they fhould be each
planted in a feparate fmall pot filled with frefh light
earth, and plunged into a gentle hot-bed to promote
their taking root, and fhaded from the fun in the day
time ; afterward they muft be gradually hardened to
bear the open air, to which they fhould be expofed all
the fummer ; but in autumn, when their ftaiks begin
to decay, they fhould be placed in a hot-bed frame to
fhelter them from the froft in winter, for while they
are young, they are a little tender. The fpring fol-
lowing they may be turned out of the pots, and planted
in a fouth border clofe to the wall, in a dry rubbifhy
foil, where they will endure the cold without cover-
ing.

I \

I

Z Y G

ing. There is a plant of this kind in the Chelfea Gar-
den, which is more than fifty years old, and has re-
filled the fevereft cold without any covering, and
produces great plenty -of flowers and fruit annually.
Thofe plants which come up in the full ground will
require no other care but to keep them clean from
weeds, and thin them where they come up too clofe,
giving them room to grow the firlt year ; and when
-their ftalks decay in autumn, the furface of the ground
fhould be covered with tan to prevent the frofl: from
penetrating to the roots, or in frofty weather, they
maybe covered with llraworPeas haulm, which will
anfwer the fame purpofe, the young plants being fome-
what tender ; and in the fpring, the roots Ihould be
■carefully taken up, planting them clofe to a warm
wall, as before direbled.

The other three forts are too tender to live through
the winter in the open air in this country, fo they mull
be kept in pots, and houfed in autumn. Thefe plants
may be propagated either by feeds or cuttings.

The fecond and fourth forts ripen their feeds pretty
well in England, fo thefe may be propagated by flow-
ing them on a moderate hot-bed in the fpring •, and
when the plants are about an inch high, they fhould
be each tranfplanted into a fmall pot filled with light
earth, and plunged into a moderate hot-bed, fhading
them from the fun till they have taken new root ■, then

as the fe&fon advances, they fhould be gradually hard- •
ened to bear the open air, into which they fttould be
removed the latter end of May, placing them in a
warm fheltered fituation, where they may remain till
autumn, when they fhould be placed in a dry airy
glafs-cafe, where they will fuceeed better than in a
green-houfe ; for they require a large (hare of air in
mild weather, otherwife their flioots are apt to be weak
and tender, fo are often injured by damp air in win-
ter, but they do' not require any artificial heat. If
they are fcreened from the froft, and have plenty of
air, they will thrive very well.

The third fort feldorn produces good feeds in Eng-
land, fo is propagated by cuttings, and the two others
are generaly increafed in the gardens the fame way,
that method being very expeditious, though the feed-
ling plants grow itronger, and rife to a greater height.
Thefe cuttings may be planted in a bed of light earth
during any of the fummer months *, if thefe are co-
- vered clofe down with bell or hand-glafifes, and fhaded
from the fun, they will put out roots in five or fix
weeks, and then may be taken up carefully and pot-
ted, placing them in the fhade till they have taken
new root ; after which they may be removed to a
warm fheltered fituation, and treated in the fame way
as thofe plants raifed from feeds.

Z YLOSTEUM. See Lonicera.

i ‘5 S

> <:•

INDEX

i

Abies

Abrotanum
Abrotanum Fee-
mi n a, vide Santolina
Abrus, vide Glycine
Ablinthium,videArtemifia
Abutilon

Acacia, vide Mimofa
Acacia Germanorum, vide
Prunus

Acacia Virginiana,, vide
Robinia

Acajou, vide Anacardium

Acalypha

Acanaceous

Acanthus

Acarna, vide Cnicus

Acaulis

Acer

Acetofa

Acetofelia, vide Oxalis

Achillea

Achyranthes

Acinos, vide Xhymus

Acinus

Aconitum

Aconitum Hvemale, vide
Helleborus
Acorus

Acriviola, vide T ropteolum

Adtaea

Adanfonia

Adenanthera

Adhatoda, vide Jufticia

Adianthum

Adnata

Adonis

Adoxa

iEfchynomene

vEfculus

Either

Agave

Ageratum

Ageratum officinarum, vi-
de Achillsea

Agnus Callus, vide Yitex

Agrifolium, vide Ilex

Agrimonia

Agroftemma

Ahouai, vide Thevetia

Aizoon

Aiuga

Ala

Alabaftrum

Alaternoides, vide Phylica,
Clutia, & Celaftrus
Alaternus
Alcea
Alchemilla
Aletris

Alkekengi, vide Phyfalis
Alfiaria, vide Hefperis
Allium
Alnus

Alnus nigra baccifera, vide
Frangula

Aloe

Aloides, vide Stratiotes

Alopecuros

Alpinia

Althaea

Alyfloides, videAlyffum
Alyffum

Amaranthoides, vide Gom-
phrena
Amaranthus

Amaranthus Criftatus,vide
Celofia
Amaryllis
Ambrofia

Amelanchier, vide Chio-
nanthus
Amentaceous
Amethyftea
Ammannia
Ammi

Ammi perenne,videSilaum
Amomum Plinii, vide So-
lanum

Amoris Pomum, vide Ly-
coperficon
Amorpha
Amygdalus

Anacampferos,vide Sedum

Anacardium

Anacyclus

Anagallis

Anagyris

Ananas

Anapodophyllon, vide Po-
dophyllon
Anaftatica
Anchufa
Andrachne
Andromeda
Androface

Androfaemum, ■ vide Hy-
pericum
Andryala
Anemone

Anemonoides, vide Ane-
mone

Anemofpermos, vide Arc-
totis

Anethum

Angelica

Anguria

Anil, vide Indigophera
Anifum, vide Pimpinella
Annona

Anonis, vide Ononis

Anthemis

Anthers

Anthericum

Anthology

Antholyza

Anthofpermum

Anthyilis

Antirrhinum

Aparine

Apetalous

Aphaca, vide Lathyrus

Apios, vide Glycine

Apium

Apocynum

Aquifolium, vide Ilex

Aquilegia

Arabis

Arachis

Aralia

Arbor

Arbor Camphorifera, vide
Laurus

ArborC oral,videErythrina

Arbor Juda;, vide Cercis

Arbor Vitae, vide Thuya

Arborens

Arbutus

Ardtium

Ardtotis

Arcuation

Arethufa

Argemone

Argilla

Aria Theophrafti, vide

Crattegus

*

Arifarum, vide Arum
Arifta

Ariftolochia

Armeniaca

Armerius, vide Dianthus

Arnica

Artedia

Arte m ilia

Arum

Arundo

Arundo Saccharifera, vide
Saccharum
Afarina
Afarum
Afclepias
Afcyrum
Afpalathus
Afparagus
Afperifolious
Afperugo
Afperula
Afphodelus
Afplenitim
Alter

Afterifcus, vide Buphthal-
mum

Afteroides, vide Inula

Aftragalus

Allrantia

Athamanta

Atradtylis

Atragena

Atraphaxis

Atriplex

Atriplex Baccifera, vide
Blitum
Atropha
Avena
Aurantium
Auricula muris
Auricula urfi
Azalea

Azederach, vide Melii

•B.

BACC A
Baccharis
Bacciferous

Balauftia, vide Punica
Ballotte

Balfamina, vide Impatiens
Balfamita, vide Tanacetum
Bamia Mofchata, vide Hi-
bifcus

Banana, vide Mufa
Bannifteria

Baobob, vide Adanfonia
Barba Capra;, vide Spinea
Barba Jovis, vide Anthyilis
Barbarea, vide Sifymbni-
um

Bardana, vide Arctium
Barleria

Bartramia, videTriumfetta
Baffella

Bafilicum, vide Ocymum

Balleria

Bauhinia

Belladona, vide Atropa
Beilis

Beilis major, vide Chry-
fanthemum
Bellonia

Benzoin, vide Laurus
Berberis
Bermudiana
Bernardia, vide Croton
Befleria,

Beta

Betonica

Betonica Aquatica, vide
Scrophularia

Betonica Pauli, vide Vero-
nica
Betula
Bidens

Bifolium, vide Ophris
Bignonia
Bifcutella
Bilferula

Biflingua, vide Rufcus
Billorta, vide Polygonum
Bivalvular
Bixa

Blattaria, vide Yerbafcum

Blitum

Bocconia

Boerhaavia

Bombax

Bonduc, vide Guilandina
Bontia

Bonus Plenricus, vide Che-
nopodium
Borbonia
Borago
Bofea

Botrys, vide Chenopodium

Bra-

Brabejum

Branca Urfina, vide Acan-
thus
Braffica

Breynia, vide Capparis

Bromeiia

Browallia

Brunella, vide Prunella
Brunsfelfia

Brufcus, vide Rufcus
Bryonia

Bryonia nigra, videTamus

Bubon

Buddleja

Bugloflum, vide Anchufa
& Lycopfis
Bugula, vide Ajuga
Bulbous

Bulbocaftanum, vide Bu-
niuin

Bulbocodium

Bunias

Bunium

Buphthalmum

Bupleuroides, vide Phyllis

Bupleurum

Bur fa Paftoris, vide Thlaf-

* pi
Butomus

Buxus

C.

"1 A A P E B Aj Vide
Cifampelos

Cacalia

Cacalianthemum, vide Ca-
calia
Cacao
Cachrys
Cabtus
Caefalpina

Cainitb, vide Chryfophyl-
lum

Cakile, vide Bunias
Calaba, vide Cornus
Calamintha, vide Meliffa
Calceolus, vide Cypripedi-
nm

Calendula

Calla

Caltha

Calyx

Camara, vide Lantana
Cameraria
Campaniformis
Campanula

Camphora, vide Lauras
Canna

Can nab in a, vide Datifca
Cannabis

Cannacorus, vide Canna

■Capillamenta

Capillaris

Capitulum

Capnoides, videFumaria
Capparis

Capparis Fabago, vide Zy-
gophyllum
Capraria
Capreolus

Caprifolium, vide Pericly-
menum
Gapficum
Capful a

Caracalla,' vide Phafeolus
Ca'rdamindum, vide Aro-
psolum
Cardamine

Card i aea , v ide Leonu r us

vide

vide

Cardiofpermum
Carduus

Carduus Benediblus,
Centaurea

Carduus Fullonum,
Dipfacus
Carica
Cariina
Carpeffiunl
Carpinus
Carthamus
Carum

Caryophyllata, vide Geum
Caryophyilus, vide Dian-
thus

Cafia, vide Ofiris
Cafia

Cafiida, vide Scutellaria

Caffine

Caftanea

Caftanea Equina, vide Ef-

CllluS

Caftorea, vide Durantia
Catananche

Cataputia major, vide Ri-
cinus

Cataputia minor, vide Eu-
phorbia

Cataria, vide Nepeta

Catelbsa

Caucalis

Cauliferous

Caulis

Ceanothus

Cedrus

Ceiba, vide BombaX

Celaftrus

Celofia

Celfia

Celtis

Centaurea

Centaurium minus, vide
Gentiana
Cepa

Cephalanthus

Ceraftium

Ceratocarpus

Cerafus

Ceralus racemofa, vide Pa-
dus

Ceratonia

Ceratophyllum

Cerbera

Cercis

Cerefolium, vide Chaero-
phyllum

Cereus, vide Cabtus
Cerinthe
Ceftrum
Chmrophyllum
Chamsecerafus, videLoni-
cera

Chamaeciftus, vide Heli-
anthemum

Chama=clema,vide Glecho-
ma

ChamsecypariffuSjvideSan-

tolina

Chamsedaphne, videRufcus
Chammdrys,videTeucrium
Charntelma, vide Cneorum
Chamemelum, vide An-
them is

Chamremefpilus, vide Mef-
pilus

Chamremorus, vide Rubus
Chamasnefium, vide Epilo-
bium

Chamrepytis, vide Teucri-
urn

X L A' T I 'N U

vide Cha-

Chamaeriphes
mas raps
Cham stops

Chamsrubus, vide Rubus
Cbamaefyce, vide Euphor-
bia

Chamaerhododendron, vide
Rhododendron
Cheiranthus
Cheiidonium
Che' one

CL popodio-morus, vide

line urn

C‘- nop odium
Cinonamhus
Chironia
Choni’riila

ChriO -unriana, videAbtea
Chr- i nchemoides, vide Of-
teoiper .um
Chrylanthemum
Chryfobuianus
ChryJoeoma
Chryfophyllum
Chryfofplenium
Cicer

Cichorium
Cicuta .

Cicutaria, vide Luguftrum
Cinara, vide Cynara
Cineraria, vide Othonna
Circea
Cirri

Circium, vide Carduus
Ciilus

Citharexylon

Citrus

Claviculus

Clay ton ia-

Clematis

Cleome

Cleonia

Clethra

Cliffortia

Clinopodium

Clitoria

Clufia

Clutia

Clymenum, vide Lathyrus

Clypeola

Cneorum

Cnicus

Coa, vide Hippocratea

Coccygria, vide Rhus

Cochlearia

Coffea

Coix

Colchicum

Coldenia

Collinfonia

Colocafia, vide Arum
Colocynthis,vide Cucurbita
Columnea
Colutea

Colutea Scorpioides, vide
Emerus

Coma Aurea, vide Ghryfo-
coma
Comaram
Commelina
Coniferous
Conium

Conocarpodendron, vide
Protea
Conocarpus

Confolida major, videSym-
phytum

Confolida media, vide A-

^ juga

Confolida minima,vid .Bell is

Confolida regalis,
Delphinium
Convallaria
Convolvulus
Conyza
Copaiba

Corallodendron, vide Efy~
thrina
Corchorus
Cordia
Coreoplis
Coriandrurri
Coriara

Corindum, vide Cardiol-
permum
Cons

Corifpermtmi

Cornus

Cornutia

Corona Imperials, videFri-
tillaria

Corona Solis, vide Helian-
thus

Coronilla

Cortufa

Corylus

Corymbiferous

Corymbus

Coftus

Cotinus, vide Rhus
Cotonea Malus, vide Cy-
donia

Cotoneafter, vide MefpiluS

Cotula

Cotyledon

Courbaril, vide Hymense®

Crambe

Craniolaria

Craflula

Crateegus

Crateva

Crepis

Crefcentia

Crinum

Crithmum

Crifta Pavonis, vide PoirF
ciana
Crocus
Crotolaria
Croton
Crucianella

Crupina Belgarum, vide
Centaurea
Cucubalus
Cuculate
Cucumis

CucumisAgreff:ris,videMo-

mordica

Cucurbita

Cuiete, vide Crefcentia
Culmiferous

Cuminoides, vide Lagcbcia?
Cuminum

Cunila, vide Sideritis

Cunonia

CnpreiTus

Curcuma

Cururu

Cufpidatus

Cyanus, vide Centaurea

Cyclamen

Cydonia

Cvnanchum

Cynara

Cynogloftum

Cypripedium

Cyfticapnos, vide Fumaria,
Cytifo-genifta, vide Spar-
tium

Cytifus

J

INDEX LATINOS.

D.

ALECBAMPIA
Damafonium, vide
Alifraa

Daphne

Datifca

Datura

Daueus

Daucus Creticus, vide A-
tha manta
D’ayeha
Delphinium

Dens Canis, vide Erithro-
nium

Dens Leonis, vide Leonto-
don

Dentaria

Dianthera

Dianthus

Diapenfia, vide Sanicula
DiCtamrtus

Didlamnus Creticus, vide
Origanum
Diervilla
Digitalis
Dioicorea
Diofma
Diofpyros
Dipfacus
Dirca
Dodartia
Dolichos

Doria, vide Solidago & O-
thonna
Doronicum
Dorfiferous
Dorftenia

Dorycnium vide Pforalea

Douglaflia

Draba

Draco Herba, vide Abro-
tanum

Draco Abor, vide Palma

Dracocephalum

Dracontium

Dracunculus Pratenfis, vide
Achillasa

Dulcamara, vide Soianum
Duranta

E.

IT?' BELUS, vide Sam-
bucus
E ben us
Echinus

Ec-hinomelocaCtus, vide
CaCtus
Echinophora
Ech inops
Echium

Edera quinquefolia, vide
Vitis
Ehretia
Efflorefcente
Egerminate

Elaterium, vide Momor-
dica

Ektsne, vide Linaria
Elteasmis
Elephantopus
Elichryfum, vide Gnapha-
lium
Ellifia
Emerus
Empetrum
Enucleation

EnulaCampana, vide Inula
& Ephedra

Epherneron, vide Tradef-
cantia
Epigaea
Epilobium
Epimedium
Epiphyllofpermous
Equifetum

Eranthemum, vide Adonis
Erica

Erica Baccifera, vide Em-
petrum
Erigeron
Erin us
Eriocephalus
Eruca

Erucago, videBunias

Ervurn

Eryngium

Fryfimuni

Erythrina

Erythronium

Efchyhomene, vide iEichy-
nome
Efculentus
Euonymus

Euonymoides, vide Celaf-
trus

Eupatoriophalacron vide
Verbeflna
Eupatorium
Euphorbia
Euphrafia

E

ABA

Faba JEgyptiaca, vide
Arum

Faba Crafla, vide Sedum

Fabago,videZygophyllum

Fagonia

Fagopyrum, vide Helxine

Fagus

Ferraria

Ferrum Equinum, vide
Hippocrepis
Ferula

Ficoides, vide Mefembry-
anthemum
Ficus

Ficus Indica, vide CaCtos
& Opuntia
Filago

Filipendula, vide Spiraea
Flammula Jovis, vide Cle-
matis

Flos Africanus, vide Ta-
getes

Flos Paffionis, vide Pafli-
flora

Flos Solis, vide Helianthus
Flos Trinitatis, vide Viola
Foeniculum

Fcenum Burgundiacum,
vide Medica

Fcenum Graecum, videTri-
gonella
Fragaria
Frangula
Fraxinella
Fraxinus
Fritillaria

Fritillaria Crafla, vide Sta-
pelea Afclepias
Fructiferous
FruCtus
Frumentaceous

Frumentum Indicum, vide
Zea
Frutex

F ru tex Pavonius, videPoin-
ciana
Fuchlia
Fu maria

G.

Galanthus

Gale, vide Myrica
Galega
Galenia
Galeopfis

Galeopfls frutefcens, vide
Prafium
Gallium
Garcinia
Garidella
Gaura
Genifta
Geniftafpinofa,7 nl
Geniftella, Jv Uiex
Gentiana
Gentianella, vide Gentiana
Geranium
Gefnera
Geum

Gingidium, vide Artedia
Gladiolus

Glaucium, vide Chelidoni-
um
Glaux

,\

Glechoma

Gleditfi

Globularia

Gloriofa

Glycine

Glycyrrhiza

Gnaphalodes, vide Micro-
pus

Gomphrena

Goflypium

Gramen

Granadilla, vide Pafliflora

Gratiola

Grewia

Gronovia

Groflularia

Guaiabara, vide Coccolo-
bus

Guajacana, vide Diofpyros
Guajacum

Guajava, vide Pfidium
Guanabanus, vide Annona
Guazuma, vide Theobro-
ma

Guidonia, vide Samyda
Guilandina
Gundelia
Gypfophylla

H.

AMANTHUS
Haematoxylum
Haletia

Halicabum, vide Phyfalis
Halicacabus peregrinus.

vide Cardiofpermum
Halimus, vide Atriplex
Halleria
Hamamelis
Hamelia
Flarmala,

Fledera
Hedera Terreflris, vide
Glecoma

Heydypnois, vide Hyoferis
Hedyfarum

vide Peganum

Helenium

Helianthemum, videCiftus

Helianthus

Helicteres

Heliocarpos

Heliotropiura

Helleborine, vide Serapias

Helleborus

Helleborus albus, vide Ve-
ratrum

Hemerocallis- •
Hemionitis

Hepatica, vide Anemone
Hepatorium, vide Eupa-
torium

Heptaphyllum, vide Po-
tentilla

Heracleum, vide Sphon-
dylium

Herba Gerardi, vide An-
gelica

Herba Paris, vide Paris

Herbous

Hermannia

HermodaCtylus

Hernandia

Flerniaria

Hefperis

Flibifcus

Hieracium

rlippocaftanum,

Hippocratea

Hippocrepis

Hippolapathum, vide Ru-
mex

Flippomane

Hippophae

'Hippofelinum, vide Smyr-
nium

Hirundinaria, vid$ Aicle-
pias

Holchus

Hordeum

Horminum

Hottonia

Humilis

Hura

Hyacinthus

Hyacinthus Peruvianus,
vide Ornithogalum
Hyacinthus Tuberqfus,
vide Crinum
Hydrangea
Flydrocotyle

Hydrolapathum, vide Ru-
mex

Hydrophyllum
Hydropiper, vide Polygo-
num

Hymenaea

Hyoferis

Hyofcyamus

Hypecoun

Hypericum

Hypericum frutex, vide
Spiresea
Hypochasris
Hypophyllolpermous
Hy flop us

I.

JA C E A, vide Centau-
rea

Jacobsa, videGthonna &
Senecio

Jafminoides, vide Ceftrum
&: Lycium
Jafione

Jafluipuna

INDEX L A T I N U S.

Jafminum

larropha

Jberis

Ibifcus, vide Hibifcds
Icaco, vide Chryfobalanus
Ilex

Illecebrum

Impatiens

Imperatoria

Indigophera

Intibus, vide Cichorium

Inula

Johnfonia

Ipomcea

Iris

Iris Bulbofa, 7 vide Xiphi-
Iris Perfica, J um
Ifatis
Ifopyrum

Ifora, vide Helidteres
I tea

Judaica Arbor, vide Cercis
Juglans

Jujube, vide Ziziphus

Julian, vide Hefperis

Juncus

Juniperus

Jufliaea

Jufticia

Ixia

K.

KALI, vide Salfola
Kalmia
Karatas
Kempfera

Ketmia, vide HibifcuS
Kio-p-elaria

OD

Knautia

L.

ABLAB, vide Doli-
chis

Labrum Veneris, vide Dip-
facus

Labrufca, vide Vitis
Laburnum, vide Cytifus
Lacryma Jobi, vide Coix
Ladifera
Laduca

Laduca Agnini, vide Va-
leriana
Lagoecia

Lagopus, vide Trifolium
Lamium

Lampfana, vide Lapfana

Lantana

Lanuginous

Lapathum, vide Rumex

Lapfana

Larix

Laferpitium

Lathyrus

Latifolius

Lavatera

Lavendula

Laureola, vide Daphne
Lauro-Cerafus, vide Padus
Laurus

Laurus Alexandrina, vide
Rufcus

Laurus Tinus, vide Tinus
Lawfonia
Leguminous
Lens, vide Ervum
Lentifcus, vide Piftaeea
Leontopetalon, vide Leon-
tice

Leontice

Leontodon

Leonurus

Lepidium

Lepidocarpodendron, vide
Protea

Leucanthemum, vide An-
themis & Chryfanthe-
mum

Leucoiurri
Lichen
Ligufticum
Liguftrum
Lilac, vide Syringa
Liliaftrum, vide Hemero-
callis

Lilio Afphodelus,vide He-
merocallis & Crinum
Lilio-Fritillaria, vide Fri-
tillaria

Lilio-Hyacinthus, vide
Scilla

Lilio-Narciflfusj vide Ama-
ryllis
Lilium

Lilium Convalliumi vide
Convallaria

Lilium Perlicum, vide Fri-
tillaria

Lilium Superbum, vide
Gloriofa
Lirnodorum
Limon
Limoniutn
Linaria

LinguaCervina,vide Pteris
Linum

Linum Umbilicatum, vide
CynoglofTum
Lippia
Liquidamber
Lithofpermum
Lobelia

Lobus Echinatus, vide
Guilandinia
Lonchitis
Lonicera
Loranthus
Lotus

Lotus Arbor, vide Celtis
Ludvigia

Luffa, vide Mormordica

Lunaria

Lupinus

Lupulus, vide Humilius

Luteola, vide Refeda

Lychnidea* vide Phlox

Lychnis

Lycium

Lycoperficon

Lycopfis

Lycopus

Lyfimachia

Lyfimachia Galericulata,
vide Scutellaria
Lyfimachia non Pappofa,
vide Onagra

Lyfimachia Siliquofa, vide
Epilobium
Lythrum

M.

MA C AL E B, vide
Cerafus
Magnolia

Mahaleb, vide Cerafus
Majorana, vide Origanum
Mala Aithiopica, vide Ly-
coperficon

Mala Armeniaca, vide Ar-
meniaca

Mala Cotonea, vide Cydo-
nia

Mala Infana, vide Melon-
gena

Malacoides, vide Malope

Malope

Malpighia

Malva

Malva Arborea, vide La-
vatera *

Malva Rofea, vide Alcea.
Malus

Malus Armeniaca, vide Ar-
meniaca

Malus Aurantia, vide Au-
rantium

Malus Limonia, vide Li-
mon

Malus Perfica, vide Perfica
Malus Punica, vide Punica
Mammea

Manfanilla, vide Hippo-
mane

Mandragora

Manihot, vide lairopha

Maranta

Marrubiaftrum, vide Side-
ritis

Marrubium

Marrubium Nigrum, vide
Ballote
Martynia

Marum, vide Teucrium

Marum Vulgare,! vide Sa-

Maftichina, J tureja

Matricaria

Maurocenia

Mays, vide Zea

Meadea

Medeola

Medica

Medicago

Melampyrum

Melaftoma

Melia

Melianthns

Melilotus, vide Trigonella
Meliffa

Meliffa Turcica, vide Dra-
cocephalon
Melitis
Melo

Melocaflus, 7 -j ^ n.
n/r i j > vide Cactus
Melocarduus )

Melochia, vide Corchorus

Melongena

Melopepo, vide Cucurbita
Melothria
Menifpermum
Mentha

Mentha Cataria, vide Ne-
peta

Mentzelia

Menyanthes

Mercurialis

Mefembrianthemitm

Melpilus

Methonica, vide Gloriofa
Meum, vide Athamanta
Mezeron, vide Thymelaea
Micropus
Milium

Millefolia, vide Achilltea

Milleria

Mimofa

Mimulus

Mirabilis

Mitella

Moldavica, vide Dracoes-
phalon

Molle, vide Schinus

Molucca, vide Molucella

Mol u cel la

Moly, vide Allium

Momordica

Monarda

Monbin, vide Spondias

Montia, vide Heliocarpos

Moraea

Morina

Mortis

Mofchatellina, vide.Adoxa
Muntingia

Murucuia, vide Paffiflora
Mufcari

Mufcipula, vide Silene

Mufcus

Myagrum

Myo’fotis, vide Ceraftium

Myofurus

Myrica

Myrrhis, vide ChxrophyL
lum, Scandix, & Sifon
Myrtus

Myrtus Barbantica, vide
Myrica

Myxa, vide Cordia

N.

APELLUS, vide

Aconitum

Napaea

Napus,videBrafilca&Rapa
NarcifTo Leucoium> vide
Galanthus
Narciflfus
Nafturtium

Nafturdum Ihdicum, vide
Tropteolum
Nepeta
Nerium
Nicotiana
Nigella

Nigelaftrum, vide Agro-
ftemma

Niffolia, vide Lathyrus
Noli me tangere, vide Im-
patiens

Nummularia, vide Lyfima-
chia

Nux Juglans, vide Juglans
NuxVeficaria, vide Staphy-
laea

Nydtanthes

Nymphtea

Nyfla

O.

BELISCOTHECA,
vide Rudbeckia
Ochrus, vide Pifum
Oculus Chrifti, vide Salvia
Ocymurn
Oenanthe
Oenothera
Oldenlandia
Olea

Gmphaloides, vide Cyno-
glofium

Onagra, vide Oenothera

Onobrychis

Ononis

Onopordum

OphioglofTum

Ophrys

15 F Opultis

u s.

INDEX

LATIN

Opalas, vide Viburnum

Opuntia

Orchis

Oreofelinum, vide Atha-
manta
Origanum
Ornithogalum
Ornithopodium, vide Orni-
thopus
Omithopus
O rob us
Ortega
Oryza
Ofmunda
Ofteofpermum
Ofyris
Otho'nna
'Oxalis

Oxyacantha, vide Berberis
Qxys, vide Oxalis-

p.

PADUS

Jb r aroma

Paiiurus

Palma

Panax

Pancratium's

Panicum

Papaver

Papaver Cormculatum, vide
Chelidonium

Papaver Spinofiim, vide
Argeinone
Papaya, vide Carica
Parietaria
Paris

Parkinfonia

Parnaffia

Paronychia, vide Iilece-
brurn

Parthenium

Pafferina

Paffiflora

Paftinaca

Pavia, vide Efculus
Paullinia
Pedicularis
Peganum

Pelecinus, vide BifTerula
Pentaphylloides, vide Po-
tent ill a
Peltaria
Pentapetes
Penthorum
Pepo, vide -Cucurbita
Pergfkia, vide Cables
Periclymenum
Periploca

Perfea, vide Lauras
Perfica

Jperficaria, vide Polyganum

Pervin-ca, vide Vinca

Petafites

Petiveria

Petrea

Petrofelinum, vide Apiam

Peucedanum

Phaca

Phalangium, vide Anthe-
ricum

Phaleoloides, vide Glycine

Phafeolus

Philaddphus

Phillyrea

Bhlomis

Phlox

Phylica

Phyllanthus

Phyllis

Phyfalis

Phytolacca

Piercea

Pieris

Pilofella, vide Hieracium
Pimpinella

Pimpinella Sanguiforba,
vide Poterium & Sangui-
forba

Pinafter, vide Finns

Pinguicula

Pious

Piper

Pifonia

Piftacia

Pifum

Pifum Cordatum, vide Car-
diofpermum

Pittonia, vide Tournefortia

Plantago

Platanus

Plumbago

Plumeria

Podophyllum

Poinciana

Polemoninm

Polianthes

Folium

Polyanthus, vide Primula
Polygola

Polygonatum, vide Conval-
laria

Polymnia

Polypodium

Pomum Adami, vide Au-
rantium

Populago, vide Caltha

Populus

Porrum

Portulaca

Potentilla

Poterium

Prafium

Prenanthes

Primula

Prinos

Protea

Prunella

Prunus

Pieudoacacia, vide Robinia
Pfeudodi£tamnos,videMar-
rubium
Pfidium
Pforalea

Pfylium, vide Plantago

Ptarmica, vide Achilltea

Ptelea

Pulegium

Pulmonaria

Pulfatilla

Punica

Pyracantha, vide Mefpllus

Pyrola

Pyrus

Qc

QUAMOCLIT, vide
Ipomaea
Lluercus

Quinquefolium, vide Po-
tentilla

R.

RACEMUS
Ramus
Randia
Ranunculus

Rapa, vide Braffica
Raphanus

Rapiftrum, vide Sinapis

Rapunculus

Rapuntium

Rauvolfia

Refeda

Rhabarbarum, vide Rheum
Rhabarbarum Monacho-
rum, vide Rumex
Rhamnoides, vide Hippo-
phae

Rhamnus

Rhaponticum, vide Rheum

Rhexia

Rhinanthus

Rhodiola

Rhododendron

Rhus

Ribes

Ricinoides, vide latropha

Ricicus

Rivinia

Robinia

Rondeletia

Rofa

Rofa Sinenfis, vide Hibif-
cus

Rofmarinus
Royena •

Rubia

Rubus

Rudbeckia

Ruellia

Rumex

Rufous

Ruta

Ruta Canina, videScrophu-
laria

Ruta Muraria, vide Adian-
thum

Ruta Sylveftris, vide Pega-
num

Royfchiana

S.

SABINA, vide Juniperus
Saccharum
Sagittaria

Salicaria,- vide Lythrum

Salicornia

Salix

Salfola

Salvia

Salvia Agreftis, vide Teu-
crium
Sambucus
Samolus
Samyda
Sanguinaria
Sanguiforba

Sanguis Draconis, vide Pal-
ma

Sanicula

Santolina

Sapindus

Saponarja

Sapota, vide Achras

Sarracena

Satureia

Satyrium

Saururus

Saxifraga

Scabiofa

Scandix

Schinus

Scilla

Sclares

N.

Scleranthus

Scolymus

Scordium, fee Tencrium

Scorpiurus

Scorzonera

Scrophularia

Scutellaria

Secale

Securidaca

Sedum

Selago

Selinum

Sempervivum

Senecio

Senna, vide Caffia
Serapias '

Serjana, vide Paullinia
Serpentaria, vide Ariftolo-
chia

Seriphium

Serratula

Sefamum

Sefeli

Sherardia

Sherardia Yaill. vide Ver-
bena

Sicyoides, vide Sicyos

Sicyos

Sida

Sideritis

Sideroxylum

Sigefbekia

Silaum, fee Peucedanum

Silene

Siler

Siliqua, vide Ceratonia
Siliquaftrum, vide Cercis
Siliquofa
Silphium

Sinapi, vide Cleome
Sinapiftrum, vide Cleoma
Sifarum, vide Sium
Sifon

Sifymbrium

Sifyrinchium

Sium

Smilax

Smyrnium

Solanoides, vide Piercea

Solanum

Soldanella

Solidago

Sonchus

Sophora

Sorbus

Sorbus Sylveftris, vide Cra-
tmgus
Spartium

Spergula, vide Arenaria

Spermacoce

Sphasranthus

Sphondylium

Spigelia

Spina Alba, vide Meipilus,

Spina Nigra, vide Prunus

Spinacia

Spirasa

Stachys

Sttehelina

Stapelia

Staphykea

Statice

Stellatus

Stewartia

Stoebe

Stoechas

Stramonium, vide Datura

Stratiote

Styrax

Suber, vide Quercus

Suriana

NDEX LATINUS.

I

Suriana
Swertia
Symphytum
Syringa

T.

TAbernasmontana

Tacamahacca, vide
Populus
Tagetes
Tamarindus

Tamarifcus, vide Tamarix

Tamarix

Tamus

Tanacetum

Tapia, vide Crate va

Tarconanthus

Taxus

Telephioides, vide An-
drachne
Telephium

Terebinthus, vide Piftacia
Ternatea, vide C.litoria
Tetracera
Tetragonia

Tetragonocarpos, vide Te-
tragonia
Tetragonotheca
Teucrium
Thali&rum
Thapfia
Theligonutn
Theobroma
Thlafpi

Thlafpidium, vide Iberis

Thuya

Thy m bra

Thymefea, vide Daphne

Thymus

Tiarella

Tilia

Tinus, vide Viburnum

Tithymalus

T oluifera

Tordylium

Tormentilla

T ournefortia

Toxicodendron

Tracheiium

Tradefcantia

Tragacantha

Tragia

Tragopogon

Tragofelinum, vide Pim-
pinella
Trianthema
Tribulus
Trichomanes
Tricofanthes
Trichoftema
Tridax
Trifolium
Triglochin
Trigonella
Trillium
Triopteris
T riofteum

Tripolium, vide After

Triticum

Triumfetta

Trollius

Tropaeolum

Tulipa

Tulip ifera

Turnera

T urritis
Tuflilago

V.

VAC C ARIA, vide
Saponaria
Vaccinium
Valeriana

Valeriana Grteca, vide Po-
le monium

V alerianella, vide Valeriana

Vanilla

Vella

Veratrum

Verbafcum

Verbena

Verbefina

Veronica

Viburnum

Vicia

Vinca

Vincetoxicum* vide Afcle-
pias
Viola

Viorna, vide Clematis
Virga Aurea, vide Solidago
Vifcum

Vifnaga, vide Daucus

Vitex

Vitis

Vitis Idaea, videVaccinium
Vitis Sylveftris, vide Cle-
matis

Volkameria

Ulex

Ulmaria, vide Spirsea
Ulmus

Umbella
Urena
Urtica
Uva Urfi
V ulneraria
Uvularia

W,

WALTHERIA
Watfonia
Winterania

X.

XanthiuM

Xeranthemum

Xiphion

Xylon

Y.

YUCCA

Z

ZANTHOXYLUM
Zinziber,vide Amo-
mum
Zea
Zinnia
Ziziphora
Ziziphus
Zygophyllum
Zylofteum, vide Lonicefaj

t

gr h 5

=h3U

THE

Vkl , •

ENGLISH NAMES

O F

PLANTS mentioned in this W O R K,

Referring to their LATIN NAMES.

ABELE-Tree, fee Populus

Acacia, or Egyptian Thorn, fee Mimofa
Ac2cia, the falfe, fee Robinia
Acacia, the German, fee Prunus
Acacia, the three-thorned, or Honey-Locuft, fee Gle-
ditfia

Aconite, or WolfVbane, fee Aconitum

Aconite, the Winter, fee Helleborus

Adam’s-Apple, fee Aurantium

Adder’s-Tougue, fee Ophiogloffum

Adder’s-wort, or Snake-weed, fee Polygonum

Adonis-flower, fee Adonis

African Marigold, fee Tagetes

Agrimony, fee Agrimonia

Agrimony, the Water, fee Bidens

Ague-tree, or Saflafras, fee Laurus

Alecoaft, or Coaftmary, fee Tanaceturfi

Alehoof, or Ground Ivy, fee Glecoma

Alder-tree, fee Alnus

Alder, the Berry-bearing, fee FranguU

Alheal, fee Panax

Alheal, the Clown’s, fee Sideritis

Alifander, or Alexander, fee Smyrnium

Alkanet, fee Anchufa

Allelujah, or Wood-forrel, fee Oxalis

Alligator-Pear, fee Laurus

Allfpice, fee Caryophyllus

Almond-tree, fee Amygdalus

Almond, the Dwarf, fee Perfica

Almond, the Ethiopian, fee Brabeium

Aloe, fee Agave

Amaranth, fee Amaranthus and Celofia

Amaranth, the Globe, fee Gomphrena

Amber-tree, fee Anthofpermum

Anatomy of Plants

Anemony, fee Anemone

Anis, fee Apium

Apple, fee Malus

Apple, the Cuftard, fee Annona

Apple of Love, fee Lycoperflcon and Solanum

Apple, the Mad, fee Melongena

Apple, Male Balfam, fee Momordica

Apple, the Paradife, fee Malus

Apple, the Sour, or Sourfop, fee Annona

Apple, the Sweet, or Sugar, Id.

Apple, the Thorn, fee Datura

Apricot, fee Armeniaca

Archangel, fee Lamium

Aron, or Wake-robin, fee Arum

Arrrow-root, fee Maranta

' +

Arfmart, fee Polygonum
Artichoke

Artichoke of Jerufalem, fee Helianthus

Afarabacca, fee Afarurn

Afh, fee Fraxinus

Alh, the Mountain, fee Sorbus

Afhes

! Afparagrafs, or Sparrowgrafs, fee Afparagus
Afpen-tree, fee Populus
Afphodel, fee Afphodelus
Afphodel, the African, fee Anthericum
Afphodel Lily, fee Hemerocallis and Crinum
Avens, fee Geum
Avenue

Avocado Pear, fee Laurus
Ax-vetch, fee Securidaca
Azarole, fee Melpilus

B.

BALM of Gilead, fee Dracocephalon
Balm of Gilead Fir, fee Abies
Balfam of Capevi, fee Copaiba
Balfam-tree, fee Piftacia
Balfamine, fee Impatiens
Baifam-apple, fee Momordica
Bamboo Cane, fee Arundo
Banana, fee Mufa
Baneberries, fee Adlaea
Barbadoes Cherry, fee Malpighia
Barbadoes Flower-fence, fee Poin^iana
Barberry, fee Berberis
Barley, fee Plordeum
Barley, the Naked, feeTriticum
Barrenwort, fee Epimedium
Bafll, fee Ocymum
Bafil, the Stone, fee Thymus
Ballard Acacia, fee Robinia
Ballard Dittany, fee Marrubium
Bachelor’s Button, fee Lychnis and Centaurea
Bachelor’s Pear, fee Solanum
Baulm, fee Melifia
Baulm, the Molucca, fee Moluccella
Baulm, the Turkey, fee Dracocephalon
Bay, fee Laurus
Bay of Alexandria, fee Rufcus
Bay, the Cherry, fee Pad us
Bay, the Indian, fee Laurus
Bay, the Rofe, fee Nerium
Bay, the Sweet-flowering, fee Magnolia
Bead-tree, fee Melia

Beam, the Hard, or Hornbeam, fee Carpinus
Beam-tree, the White, fee Crategus
Bean, fee Faba

Bean, the Hog, or Bogbean, fee Menyanthes

Bean, the Kidney, or French, fee Phaleolus

Bean Caper, fee Zygophyllum

Bean Trefoil, lee Cytifus

Bean-tree, fee Erythrina

Bean, the Kidney-bean-tree, fee Glycine

Beard, the old Man’s, fee Clematis

Bear’s-breech, fee Acanthus

Bear’s-ear, fee Auricula

Bear’s-ear .Sanide, fee Cortufa and Verbafcum

t

Bear’s

N D E X,

Bear’s -foot, fee Helleborus
Bedinjan, or Pottle John, fee Melorigena
Bedftraw, our Lady’s, fee Gallium
Bee-flower, fee Orchis
Beech-tree, fee Fagus
Beet, fee Beta

Bell-flower^ 1 fee Campanula

Bells, the Canterbury, j r

Bell’s -hair, fee Hyacinth us

Bell-flower, the Peach-leaved, 7 f Camnanula

Bell-flower, the Steeple, j iee LamPanuia

Bell-pepper, fee Capficum

Belly-ache Weed, fee latropha

Belmufk, or Abelmofk, fee Hibilcus

Benjamin-tree, fee Laurus

Bennet-herb, fee Geum

Berberry, fee Berberis

Betony, fee Betonica

Betony, Paul’s, fee Veronica

Betony, the Water, fee Scrophularia

Bethlehem Star, fee Ornithogalum

Bifoil, or T w ay blade, fee Ophrys

Bilberry, fee Vaccinium

Bindweed, fee Convolvulus

Bindweed, the black, fee Tamus

Bindweed, the prickly, fee Smilax

Birch-tree, fee Betula

Birch-tree of America, fee Piftacia

Bird-cherry, fee Padus

Bird’s-eye, fee Adonis and Primula

Bird’s-foot, fee Ornithopus

Bird’s-foot Trefoil, fee Lotus

Bird’s-neft, fee Daucus

Bird-pepper, fee Capficum

Birthwort, fee Ariftolochia

Bifhop’s-weed, fee Ammi

Bitter-fweet, fee Solanum

Bitter Vetch, fee Orobus

Bitterwort, fee Gentiana

Blackberry, feeRubus

Black Briony, fee Tamus

Blackthorn, fee Prunus

Bladder-nut, fee Staphylaea

Bladder-nut, the African, fee Royenia

Bladder Sena, fee Colutea

Blights

Elite, fee Blitum

Blood-flower, fee Hasmanthus

Bloodwort, fee Rumex

Bluebottle, fee Hyacinthus and Centaurea

Bolbonach, or white Satten, fee Lunaria

Bonana, fee Mufa

Borecole, fee Braffica

Borrage, fee Borago

Box, fee Buxus

Box-thorn, fee Lycium

Brake, fee Fiiix

Bramble, fee Rubus

Brank-urfine, fee Acanthus

Bread, St. John’s, fee Ceratonia

Briar, the Sweet, 1 r „ r

Briar, the Wild, J ee

Briony, fee Brionia

Briftol-flower, fee Lychnis •

Brimftonewort, fee Peucedanum

Broccoli, fee Braffica

Brooklime, fee Veronica

Broom, fee Genifta

Broom, the Butcher’s, fee Rufcus

Broom, the Green, fee Spartium

Broom, the Spanifh, fee Genifta

Broom, the White, fee Spartium

Broom, Rape, fee Orobanche

Brownwort, fee Scrophularia and Prunella

Bruifewort, fee Lychnis

Buckthorn, or Hartffiorn Plantain, fee Plantago
Buckthorn, fee Rhamnus
Buckthorn, the Sea, fee Hippophae
Buck-wheat, fee Helxine
Budding, fee Inoculating

the Indian-flowering, fee Canna

Bugle, fee Ajuga

Buglofs, fee Anchufa

Buglofs, the Viper’s, fee Echium

Bullace-tree, fee Prunus

Bully-tree, fee Chryfophyllum

Burdock, fee Anftium

Burdock the Idler, fee Xanthium

Burnet, fee Sanguifor'oa

Burnet Saxifrage, fee Pimpinella

Butcher’s Broom, fee Rufcus

Butter-bur, fee Petafites

Butterfly-flower, fee Orchis

Butterwort, fee Pinguicula

Button-tree, fee Platanus and Cephalanthus

Button-tree of Jamaica, fee Conocarpus

C

CABBAGE, fee Braffica

Cabbage, the Sea, fee Crambe
Cabbage-tree, fee Palma
Cajou, fee Anacardium
Calabafh, fee Cucurbita
Caiabalh-tree, fee Crefcentia
Calamint, fee Melifla
Calamint, the Water, fee Mentha
Caltrops, fee Tribulus
Calve’s-fnout, fee Antirrhinum
Cam mock, fee Ononis
Camomile, fee Anthemis
Camphire-tree, fee Laurus
Campion, fee Lychnis
Candle-berry-tree, fee Myrica
Candy-carrot, fee Athamanta
Candy-tuft, 7f .

Candy-tuft-tree, j
Cane, the Bamboo, fee Arundo
Cane,

Cane, the dumb, fee Arum
Cane, the Fiffiing-rod, fee Arundo
Cane, the Sugar, fee Saccharum
Canterbury-bell, fee Campanula
Caper, fee Capparis
Caper, the Bean, fee Zygophyllum
Caraway, fee Carum
Cardinal’s- flower, fee Rapuntium
Carline Thiftle, fee Carlina
Carlock, fee Sinapis and Raphanus
Carnation, fee Dianthus
Carnation, the Spaniffi, fee Poin?iana
Carob, fee Ceratonia
Carrot, fee Daucus
Carrot, the Deadly, fee Thapfia
Carrot, the Candy, fee Athamanta
Carrot, the Scorching, fee Thapfia
Calfada, or Caflavi, fee latropha
Caffidony, fee Stoechas
Caffidony, the Mountain, 7 r r- %
Caffidony, the Golden, 1 fce Gnaphalium

Caffioberry-tree, fee Caffine
Catchfly, fee Silene
Caterpillar Plant, fee Scorpiurus
Cat-mint, fee Nepeta
Cauliflower, fee Braffica
Cedar of Bermudas, L T .

Cedar of Carolina, }fee J™, perns
Cedar, the Ballard, fee Theobroma
Cedar of Libanus, fee Larix
Cedar of Lycia, fee Juniperus
Cedar, the white, fee Cuprefius
Celandine, fee Chelidonium
Celeri, fee Apium
Cells of Plants
Centaury, fee Gentiana
Ceterach, fee Afpienium
Chamomile, fee Anthemis
Charlock, fee Sinapis
Chafte-tree, fee Vitex
Cheefe-runnet, fee Gallium
Cherry-tree, fee Cerafus
Cherry Bay, fee Padus

15 G

1

N D E X.

V,

Cherry of Barbadoes, fee Malpighia

Cherry, the Cornelian, fee Cornus

Cherry, the Portugal, fee Padus

Cherry, theCowhedge, fee Malpighia

Cherry, the Winter, fee Phyfalis and Solanum

Cherry, the perfumed, fee Cerafus

Chervil, fee Chsrophyllam

Chervil, fee Scandix

Cheftnut-tree, fee Caftanea

Cheftnut, the Horfe, lr „ r ,

Cheftnut, the fcarlet Horfe, ]fee>^fculus

Chiches, fee Cicer

Chickling Pea, fee Lathyrus

Chickweed, fee Alfine

Chickweed, the Berry-bearing, fee Cucubalus
Chives, fee Cepa
Chocolate-nut, fee Cocoa
Chriftmas-rofe, fee Helleborus
Chrift’s-thorn, fee Paliurus
Chriftopher-herb, fee Actea
Cibouls, fee Cepa
Cicely, fee Chasrophyllum

CinquefoiChrub, } Potentiia

Cinnamon, fee Laurus

Ciftus, or Rock Rofe, fee Ciftus

Ciftus, the Dwarf, fee Helianthemum

Citron-tree, fee Citrum

Citrul, fee Anguria

Gives, fee Cepa

Clary, the Garden, 1 r 0 , .

Clary, the wild, ’ ]«* Salv.a

Climber, fee Clematis and Vitis

Clivers, fee Aparine

Cloud Berry, fee Rubus

Clover, fee Trifolium

Clover, the Snail, fee Medicago

Clove Gilliflower, fee Dianthus

Clowns Woundwort, fee Sideritis

Coaftmary, fee Tanacetum

Cob-nut, fee Corylus

Coccygria, fee Rhus

Cockfcomb, 1 r ^ r

Cockfcomb Amaranth, \ fee Celofia

Cocldhead, fee Onobrychis

Cocoa-nut, fee Coccus

Codlin-tree, fee Malus

Codiins and. Cream, fee Epilobium

Coffee

Cole-feed,], g

Colewort, \ lee •BraLlC3

Colewort, the Sea, fee Convolvulus

Colliflower, fee Braffica

Coloquintida, fee Cucumis

Coltsfoot, feeTuftilago

Coltsfoot, the Alpine, fee Cacalia

Columbine, fee Aquilegia

Columbine, the feathered, fee Thalidtrum

Comfry, fee Symphytum

Comfry, the fpotted, fee Pulmonaria

Compartments

Compofts

Compound Flowers
Cone

Confound the great, fee Symphytum
Confound the middle, fee Bugula
Confound, the leafir, fee Beilis
Confound, Saracens, fee Solidago
Confervatory, fee Green-houfe
Conva.1 Lily, fee Convallaria
Coral-tree, fee Erythrina
Coriander, fee Coriandrum
Cork-tree, fee Suber
Corn Bottle, fee Centaurea
Corn Flag, fee Gladiolus
Corn Marigold, fee Chryfanthemum
Corn Violet, fee Campanula
Corn Sallad, fee Valeriana

Cornelian Cherry, 7 r ^

Cornel-tree, j fee Coraus
Corniculate Plants
Coltmary, fee Tanacetum
Cotton, fee Goffipium
Cotton, the Silk, fee Bombax
Cotton Weed, fee Filago
Corymbus

Couch, or Dog Grafs, fee Gramen

Coventry Bells, fee Campanula

Cowl, the Friars, fee Arum

Cowflip, fee Primula

Cowllip of Jerufalem, fee Pulmonaria

Cows Lungwort, fee Verbafcum

Crab-tree, fee Malus

Cranefbill, fee Geranium

Crefs, fee Nafturtium

Crefs, the Indian, fee Tropeolum

Crefs, the Sciatica, fee Iberis

Crefs, the Swines, fee Cochlearia

Crefs, the Water, 1 r 0.r , .

Crefs, the Winter, Slfymbnum

Crimfon Grafs Vetch, fee Lathyrus
Crofs-wort, fee Cruciata
Crofs of Jerufalem, fee Lychnis
Crowfoot, fee Ranunculus
Crow Garlick, fee Cepa
Crow Flowers, fee Lychnis
Crown Imperial, fee Fritillaria
Cuckow Flower, fee Cardamine
Cucumber, fee Cucumis
Cucumber, the wild, feeMomordica
Cudweed, fee Gnaphalium and Filago
Cullion, fee Orchis
Cumin, fee Cuminum
Currant-tree, fee Ribes
Cuftard Apple, fee Annona
Cyprefs-tree, fee Cupreflus

Cyprefs, the Garden, or Lavender Cotton, fee San-
tolina

Cyprefs, the Summer, fee Chenopodium

D.

DAffodil, fee Narcifius

Daffodil Lily, fee Amaryllis
Daffodil, the Sea, fee Pancratium
Daify, fee Beilis

Daily, the Ox Eye, fee Chryfanthemum

Dames Violet, fee Plefperis

Dandelion, fee Leontodon

Danewort, or Dwarf Elder, fee Sambucus

Date -tree, fee Palma

Date Plum, fee Diofpyrus

Day Lily, fee Hemerocallis

Dead Nettle, fee Lamium

Deadly Carrot, fee Thapfia

Deadly Nightfhade, fee Atropa

Devil in a Bulb, fee Nigella

Devil’s Bit, fee Scabiofa

Dew

Diers Broom, fee Genifla

Diers Weed, fee Refeda

Dill, fee Anethum

Diftaff Thiftle, fee Atradtylis

Dittander, or Pepperwort, fee Lepidium

Dittany, fee Origanum

Dittany, the Baftard, fee Marrubium

Dittany, the white, fee Didtamnus

Dock, fee Rumex

Dodlor Tinkar’s Weed, fee Triofteum
Dogfbane, fee Apocynum, Afdepias, and Cynan-
chum

Dogberry-tree, fee Cornus
Dog Grafs, fee Gramen
Dog’s Mercury, fee Mercurialis
Dog’s Tooth, fee Erythronium
Dog’s Stones, fee Orchis
Dog’s Tongue, fee CynogloiTum
Dogwood, fee Cornus

Dogwood

I N D E X.

Dogwood of Jamaica, fee Robinia
Dogwood of Virginia, fee Laurus
Double Leaf, or Twyblade, fee Ophrys
Double Tongue, fee Rufcus
Dove’s-foot, fee Geranium
Dragons, fee Dracontium
Dragon-tree, fee Palma

Dragon, the wild, or Tarragon, fee Abrotanum

Drop wort, fee Spiraea

Dropwort, the Water, fee Oenanthe

Duck’s-foot, fee Podophyllum

Duck’s Meat, fee Lenticula

Dung

Dwale, or deadly Nightfhade, fee Atropa

Dwarf Bay, fee Daphne

Dwarf Ciltus, fee Helianthemum

Dwarf Almond, fee Perflca

Dwarf Oak, fee Quercus

Dwarf Trees

E.

A R T H

Earth Nut, fee Bunium
Earth Peas, fee Lathyrus -
Earth Peas, the African, fee Arachis

Edgi-g . * /i4

Eglantine

O

fee Rofa

Elder-tree, fee Sambucus
Elder, the Marfh, fee Viburnum
Elder, the Spanifh, fee Saururus
Elecampane, fee Inula
Elm-tree, fee Ulmus
Enchanters Nightfhade, fee Circaea
Endive, fee Cichorium
Equinoctial
Equinox

Eringo, fee Eryngium
Efpalier

Eternal Flower, fee Gnaphalium and Xeranthemum

Evergreen Honeyfuckle, fee Periclymenum

Evergreen Oak, fee Quercus

Evergreen Privet, fee Liguftrum

Evergreen Rofe, fee Rofa

Evergreen Thorn, fee Mefpilus

Everlafting Pea, fee Lathyrus

Fixotic Plants

Eyebright, fee Euphraha

'■ E A T PI E R F E W, fee Matricaria

Feather, the Princes, fee Amaranthus
Felonwort, fee Solanum
Fellwort, fee Gentiana
Fences

Fennel, fee Fceniculum

Fennel, the Hogs, fee Peucedanum

Fennel-giant, fee Ferula

Fennel, the fcorching, fee Thapfia

Fennel-flower, fee Nigella

Fenugreek, fee Trigonella

Fern, fee Felix

Fern, the fweet, fee Scandix

Feverfew, fee Matricaria

Feverfew, the Baftard, fee Parthenium

Paddle Dock, fee Rumex

Fiddle Wood, fee Citharexylon

Field Bafil, fee Acinos

Fig-tree, 7

Fig, the arched Indian, j^Ticus

Fig, the Indian, fee Opuntia

Fig, the infernal, fee Argemone

Fig, Pharaoh’s, fee Mufa

Fig Marigold, fee Mefembryanthemum

Figwort, fee Scrophularia

Fnbert, fee Corylus

Fingrigo, fee Pifonia

Finochia, fee Foemculum

Fir-trees, fee Abies

Fir, the Scotch, fee Pinus
Fire

Fiftular Flowers

Flag, the Corn, fee Gladiolus

Flag, the common, fee Iris

Flag, the fweet-fcented, fee AcorUs

Flag, the yellow Marlb, fee Iris

Flax, fee Linum

Flax, the Toad, fee Linaria

Fleabane, fee Conyza

Fleabane, the African, fee Tarconanthua

Fleawort, fee Pfyllium

Flixweed, fee Sifymbrium

Flower

Flower-de-luce, fee Iris and Xiphion

Flower gentle, fee Amaranthus

Flower eternal, fee Xeranthemum

Flower everlafting, fee Gnaphalium

Flower-fence, fee Poinfiana

Flower, the four o’Clock, fee Mirabilis

Flower, Sun, fee Haslianthus

Fluelline, fee Veronica

Fly wort, or Catchfly, fee Lychnis and Silene

Fools Stones, fee Orchis

Fox-Glove, fee Digitalis

Fountains

Framboife, fee Rubus
French Cowflip, fee Auricula
French Honeyfuckle, feeHedyfarum
FVench Lavender, fee Stoechas
F’rench Marigold, fee Tagetes
French Mercury, fee Mercurialis
French Wheat, fee Helxine
French Willow, feeEpilobium
Friars Cowl, fee Arum
Fringe-tree, fee Chionanthus
Fritillary, fee Fritillaria
Fritillary Crafla, fee Stapelia
Froft
Fruit

Fumatory,

Fumatory, the bulbous-rooted,

Fumatory, the Bladder,

Fumatory, the podded,

Furz, fee Ulex
Fuftick-tree, feeMorus

G.

GA LE, or Sweet Willow, fee Myrica
Galingale, fee Cyperus
Galleries

Gall Oak, fee Quercus
Gardens

Garlick, fee Allium

Garlick, the Crow, or wild, fee Cepa

Gatton-tree, fee Cornus

Gaule, or Dutch Willow, fee Myrica

Gelder Rofe, fee Viburnum

Generation

Gentian, 1 r „

Gentianella, J ee Gentiana

Germander, 1

Germander-tree, (-fee Teucrium

Germander, the Water, J

Gilliflower, fee Dianthus
Gilliflower, the Queen’s, fee Hefperis
Gilliflower, the Stock, fee Cheiranthus
Gill-go-by-ground, fee Glechoma
Ginger, fee Amo'mum
Glade

Gladwin, fee Iris
Glandulous

Glafs-wort, fee Salicornia and Salfola
Glaftenbury Thorn, fee Mefpilus
Globe Daify, fee Globularia
Globe Crowfoot, fee Trollius
Globe Amaranthus, fee Gomphrena
Globe-flower, or Bottle, fee Centaurea
Globe Thiftle, fee Echinops

Tee Fumaria

Goat’s-

I N D

Goat’s-beard, fee Tragopogon
Goat’s-rue, fee Galega
Goat’s-ftones, fee Orchis
Goat’s-thorn, fee Tragacantha
Gold of Pleafure, fee Myagruin
Goldy-locks, fee Chryfocoma
Golden-flower-gentle, fee Amaranthus
Golden-cups, fee Ranunculus and Trollius
Golden-rod, fee Solidago
Goofberry, fee Groffularia
Goofberry of Barbadoes, fee Perefkia
Goofberry, the American, fee Melaltoma
Goofe-grafs, fee Aparine
Goofe-foot, fee Chenopodium
Gorfe, or Furz, fee Ulex
Go-to-bed-at-noon, fee Tragopogon

^°UrC^’ c uv Ifee Cucurbita
Gourd, the bitter, j

Gourd, the Indian-tree, fee Crefcentia

Gourd, the four, fee Adanfonia

Gout-wort, fee JEgopodium

Grafting

Grain, the oily, fee Sefamum

Grain, the fcarlet, fee Opuntia and Quercus

Grape, fee Yitis

Grape, the Sea-iide, fee Coccolobus

Grape Hyacinth, fee Mufcari

Grals, lee Gramen

Grafs of Parnaffus, fee Parnaflla

Grafs, the three-leaved, fee Trifolium

Grafs-vetch, fee Lathyrus

Grafs, the Viper’s, fee Scorzonera

Gravel

Graviry

Graymill, or Gromwell, fee Lithofpermum
Greek Valerian, fee Polemonium
Green-houfe

Green, the Winter, fee PyroJa
Cromwell, fee Lithofpermum
Ground-ivy, fee Glechoma
Ground-Pine, fee Teucrium
Groundfel, fee Senecio and Lrigeron
Groundfel, the African, fee Cacalia
Grove

Guava, fee Pfidium
Guiney Corn, fee Milium
Guiney Henweed, fee Petiveria
Guiney Pepper, fee Capficum
Guiney Wheat, fee Zea
Gum Succory, fee Chondrilla

H.

e Air-bell, fee Hyacinthus
Hardbeam, fee Carpinus
Hare’s-ear, fee Bupleurum
Hare’s-foot Trefoil, fee Trifolium
Hare’s-lettuce, fee Sonchus
Hare’s-ftrong, fee Peucedanum
Harmel, fee Peganum
Hartwort, fee Tordylium
Hartwort of Ethiopia, fee Bupleurum
Hart’s-horn, fee Plantago
Hart’s-tongue, fee Lingua Cervina
Hatchet-vetch, fee Securidaca
Hawkweed, fee Hieracium
Hawthorn, fee Mefpilus
Hazel, fee Corylus
Hazel, the Witch, fee Ulmus
Heart’s-eafe, fee Viola
Heath, fee Erica

Heath, the Berry-bearing, fee Empetrum
Heath, the low Pine, fee Coris
Fledges

Hedge-hog, fee Medicago
Hedge-hog Thiftle, fee Caftus
Hedge Hylfop, fee Gratiola
Hedge Muftard, fee Eryfimilm
Hedge Nettle, fee Galeopfis

E X.

Hedge Nettle Shrub, feePrafium
Heliotrope, fee Heliotropium
Heliotrope, or Sunflower, fee Helianthus
Hellebore, the Black, fee Helleborus
Hellebore, the Ballard, fee Serapias
Hellebore, the White, fee Veratrum
. Helmet-flower, fee Scutellaria
Hemlock, fee Cicuta
Hemlock, the Ballard, fee Ligufticum
Hemlock, the Water, fee Phellandrium
Hemp, fee Cannabis
Hemp Agrimony, fee Eupatorium
Hemp, the Ballard, fee Datifca
Hemp, the Water, fee Bidens
Henbane, fee Hyofcyamus
Henbane, the yellow, fee Nicotiana
Herb Bennet, fee Geum
Herb Chrillopher, fee Adltea
Herb Gerard, fee Angelica
Herb of Grace, fee Ruta
Herb Paris, fee Paris
Flerb Robert, fee Geranium
Herb Trefoil, fee Trifolium
Herb Trinity, fee Viola
Herb True-love, fee Paris
Herb Two-pence, fee Lyfimachia
Herb Willow, fee Epilobium
Hercules’s All-heal, fee Heracleum and Paftinaca
Hermodadtyl, fee Hermoda&ylus
Hightaper, fee Verbafcum
Hills

Hog’s-fennel, fee Peucedanum
Hog Plum, fee Spondias
Hog Weed, fee Boerhaavia
Hollow-root, feeFumaria
Hollyhock, fee Alcea
Holly-tree, fee Ilex
Holly, the Knee, feeRufcus
Holly, the Sea, fee Eryngium
Holm Oak, fee Quercus
Holy Rofe, fee Ciftus
Holy Thiftle, fee Cnicus
Honeyfuckle, fee Periclymenum
Honeyfuckle, the French, fee Hedyfarum
Honeyfuckle, the Trumpet, fee Periclymenum
Ploneyfuckle, the upright, fee Lonicera
. Honefty, feeLunaria
Honey-flower, fee Melianthus
Honey-wort, fee Cerinthe
Hone- wort, fee Sium
Hops, fee Lupulus
Hop Hornbeam, fee Carpinus
Hop, the Wild, fee Ptelea
Horehound, fee Marrubium
Horehound, the Black, fee Ballotte
Horehound, the Bafe, fee Stachys
Horehound, the Ballard, fee Sideritis
Horehound, the Water, fee Ly copus
■ Hornbeam, fee Carpinus
Horizontal Shelters
Horned Poppy, fee Chelidonium
Horfe Cheftnut, 7 fee /£fcuia2

Horfe Cheftnut, the fcarlet, j ^

Horfe-mint, fee Mentha
Horfe-radifh, fee Cochlearia
Hofelhoe-vetch, fee Hippocrepis
Horfe-tail, fee Equifetum
Horns and Hedgehog, fee Medicago
Hofe-in-FIofe, fee Primula
Hound’s-tongue, fee Cynogloflum
Hot-bed .

Houfleek, fee Sedum and Sempervivum
Humble Plant, fee Mimofa
Hyacinth, fee Flyacinthus
Hyacinth,the G.ape. j^ Mufcar;

Hyacinth or Peru, j
Hyacinth, the Harry, fee Onithogalum
Hyacinth, the Tuberofe, fee Polianthes and Crinum
Hydroftatics
Hygrometer

HvlTop

1 N D E X.

Hyffop, fee Hyffopus
Hylfop, the Hedge, fee Gratiola

J-

JAcinth, fee Hyacinthus

Jack by the Hedge, fee Eryfirmim
Jack in a Box, fee Hernandia
Jacob’s. Ladder, fee Polemonium
Jalap, fee Convolvulus
Jalap, the Falfe, fee Mirabilis
Jafmine, fee Jafminum
Jafmine, the Ilex-leaved, fee Lantana
Jafmine, the American fcarlet, fee Bignonia
Jafmine, the Red of Jamaica, fee Plumeria
Jafmine, the Perfian, fee Syringa
Jafmine, the Fennel-leaved, fee Ipomaea
Ice

Ice-Houfe

Jerufalem Artickoke, fee Helianthus
Jerufalem Cowflip, fee Pulmonaria
Jerufalem Sage, fee Phlomis
Jefuits Bark, the Falfe, fee Baccharis
Jet-d’eau

Jews Mallow, fee Corchorus
Immortal Eagle Flower, fee Impatiens
Immortal Flower, fee Gnaphalium
Inarching

Indian Arrow-root, fee Maranta
Indian Crefs, fee Tropasolum
Indian Corn, fee Zea
Indian Fig, fee Opuntia
Indian God-tree, fee Ficus
Indian Reed, fee Canna
Indigo, fee Indigophera
Inoculating
Job’s Tears, fee Coix
St. John’s Bread, fee Ceratonia
St. John’s Wo,rt, fee Hypericum
John’s-fweet, fee Bianthus
Jonquil, fee Narciffus
Iron-wood, fee Sideroxylum
Iron-wort, fee Sideritis
Jucca, fee Yucca
Judas-tree, fee Cercis
Jujube, fee Ziziphus
Julians, fee Hefperis
Juniper, feejuniperus
Jupiter’s Beard, fee Anthyllis
Ivy-tree, fee Hedera
Ivy, the Ground, fee Glechoma

K.

K ATKIN

Kidney-bean, fee Phafeolus
Kidney-bean Tree, fee Glycine
Kidney-wort, fee Geum and Cotyledon
King’s Spear, fee Afphodelus
Kitchen-garden
Knapweed, fee Centaurea
Knee-holm, 1 r _ .

Knee-holly, Rufcus
Knights-crofs, fee Lychnis
Knot-berries, feeRubus
Knot-grafs, fee Polygonum
Knot-grafs, the Mountain, fee Illecebrum

L.

LAburnum, fee Cytifus
Labyrinth

Ladies Bedftraw, fee Gallium
Ladies Bower, fee Clematis
Ladies Comb, fee Scandix
Ladies Mantle, fee Alchemilla
Ladies Seal, fee Tamus
Ladies Slipper, fee Cyprypedium
Ladies Smock, lee Cardamine
Ladies Traces, fee Orchis

Ladder to Heaven, fee Convallaria
Lamb’s Lettuce, fee Valeriana
Land

Larch-trae, fee Larix
Larkfpur. fee Delphinium
Laferwort, fee Laferpitium
Lavender, fee Lavendula
Lavender-cotton, fee Santolina
Lavender, the French, fee Stcechas
Lavender, the Sea, fee Limonium

LaUre1’ 1 fee Pad us

Laurel, the Portugal, J lee raaus

Laurel of Alexandria, fee Rufcus

Laurel, the Dwarf, or Spurge, fee Daphnfi

Laurel, the Sea-fide, fee Phyllanthus

Lauruftinus, fee Viburnum

Lawn

Layers

Leadwort, fee Plumbago
Leaves

Leeks, fee Porrum
Legume

Lemon-tree, feeLimon

Lemon, the Water, fee Paffiflora

Lentil, fee Ervum

Leopard’s-bane, fee Doronicum

Lettuce, fee Ladtuca

Lettuce, the Lamb’s, fee Valeriana

Lettuce, the Wild, fee Prenanthes

Level

Levity

Life Everlafting, fee Gnaphalium
Light

Lily, fee Lilium

Lily, Afphodel, fee Hemerocallis and Crinum
Lily, Daffodil, fee Pancratium and Amaryllis
Lily, the Belladonna, fee Amaryllis
Lily, the Day, 7 , Hemeroca]]-
Lily, St. Bruno’s, J1Ce ^iemerocallls
Lily, the Guernfey, fee Amaryllis
Lily, Hyacinth, fee Scilla
Lily, the May, fee Convallaria

| fee Amaryllis

Lily, the Perfian, fee Fritillaria
Lily, the Superb, fee Gloriofa
Lily, the Water, fee Nymphsea
Lime-tree, fee Tilia
Lime, the four, fee Limon
Lion’s-leaf, fee Leontice
Lion’s-foot, fee Catananche
Lion’s-tail, fee Leonurus
Liquidamber

Liquorice, fee Glycirrhiza
Liquorice-vetch, fee Orobus
Liquorice, the Wild, fee Aftragalus
Live-ever, fee Anacampferos and Sempervivunt
Live in Idlenefs, fee Viola
Liverwort, fee Hepatica and Lichen
Lizard’s-tail, fee Saururus
Loam

Locker Goulans, fee Trollius
Locuft, or St. John’s Bread, fee Ceratonia
Locuft, the Baftard, fee Hymenasa
Locuft of Virginia, fee Gleditfia
Logwood, fee Hasmatoxylum
London Pride, fee Saxifraga
Looking-glafs, Venus’s, fee Campanula
Loofeftrife, fee Lyfimachia
Loofeftrife, the podded, fee Epilobium
Loofeftrife, the fpiked, fee Lythrum
Lopping

Lote-tree, fee Celtis
Lote, the Baftard, fee Biofpyrus
Love-apple, fee Lycoperficum and Solaftuffii
Love-in-a-mift, fee Paffiflora
Love-lies-a-bleeding, fee Amaranthus
Loveage, fee Ligufticum
Loufewort, fee Delphinium
Lucern, fee Medina

15 H

Lungwort

fi9

Lungwort, fee Pulmonaria
Lungwort, Cows, fee Verbafcum
Lupine, fee Lupinus
Luilwort, fee Drofera

M.

Accaw-tree, fee Palma
Mad Apple, fee Melongena,

Madder, fee Rubia

Madder, Petty, fee Afperula

Madwort, fee Alyffum

Mahogany, fee Cedrus

Maiden Hair, fee Adknthum

Maiden Hair, the Black, fee Filicula

Maiden Hair, the Englifh, fee Trichomanes

Maiden Hair, the White, fee Ruta muraria

Malabar Nut, fee Jufticia

Male Balfam Apple, fee Momordica

Mallow, fee Malva

Mallow, the Jews, fee Corchorus

Mallow, the Indian, fee Urena and Sida

Mallow, the Marlh, fee Althaea

Mallow, the Rofe, fee Alcea

Mallow, the Syrian, fee Hibifcus

Mallow, the Tree, fee Lavatera

Mallow, the Venetian, fee Hibifcus

Mallow, the Yellow, fee Abutilon

Malt Dull

Mammee, fee Mammea
Marnmee Sapota, fee Sapota
Manchineel Tree, fee Hippomane
Mandrake, fee Mandragora
Mangrove-tree, fee Hibifcus
Mangrove Grape, fee Coccolobus
Mantle, Ladies, fee Alchemilla
Manure

Maple-tree, fee Acer

Maracock, fee Paffiflora

Marigold, fee Calendula

Marigold, the African, fee Tagetes

Marigold, the Corn, fee Chryfanthemum

Marigold, the Fig, fee Mefembryanthemum

Marigold, the French, fee Tagetes

Marigold, the Marlh, fee Caltha

Marjoram, 7

Marioram, the Pot, [ r rs •

Marjoram, the Wild, Pee °nSanum

Marjoram, the Winter, J

Marie

Marlh Elder, fee Viburnum

Marlh Mallow, fee Althsea

Marlh Trefoil, fee Menianthes

Martagon, fee Lilium

Marvel of Peru, fee Mirabilis

Maru m, or Maftich, fee Satureja

Mafter-wort, fee Imperatoria and Aftrantia

Maftich, fee Satureja

Maftich-tree, fee Piftacia

Maftich-tree of Jamaica, fee Cornus

Maftich, the Indian, fee Schinus

Matfelon, or Knapweed, fee Centaurea

Maudlin, fee Achillea

May Bufh, fee Mefpilus

May Lily, fee Convallaria

May Weed, fee Anthemis

Meadow

Meadow Rue, fee Thalictrum
Meadow Saffron, fee Colchicum
Meadow-fweet, fee Spiraea
Meadow Trefoil, fee Trifolium
Meally-tree, fee Viburnum
Medick, fee Medica
Medick Vetchling, fee Onobrychis
Medick, the Baftard, fee Medicaga
Medlar, fee Mefpilus
Melancholy Thiftle, fee Cirfium
Melilot, fee Trifolium
Melon, the Mulk, fee Melo
Melon, the Water, fee Anguria

D E X.

Melon Thiftle, fee Ca&os
Mercury, fee Mercurialis
Mercury, the Englilh, fee Chenopodium
Mercury, the French, fee Mercurialis
Meu, or Spignel, fee Athamanta
Mezereon, fee Daphne
Microfcope
Mildew

Milfoil, fee Achillea
Milk-vetch, fee Aftragaius
Milk-vetch, the Baftard, fee Phaca
Milkwort, fee Polygala and Glaux
Milkwort, or Wartwort, fee Euphorbia
Millet, fee Milium
Miltwafte, fee Afplenium
Mint, fee Mentha
Mint, the Cats, fee Nepeta
Mifleto, fee Vifcum

Mithridate Muftard, fee Thlafpi and Iberis
Mock Orange, fee Philadelphus
Mock Privet, fee Phillyrea
Moneywort, fee Lyfimachia
Monkfhood, fee Aconitum
Monks Rhubarb, fee Rumex
Moonfeed, fee Menifpermum
Moonwort, fee Lunaria
Moon Trefoil, fee Medica
Mofs, fee Mufcus

Motherwort, fee Cardiaca and Matricaria
Mother-of-thyme, fee Thymus
Mould

Mountain Heath, fee Saxifraga
Moth-mullein, fee Verbafcum
Moufe-ear, fee Hieracium
Moufe-tail, fee Myofurus
Mugwort, fee Artemifia
Mulberry-tree, fee Moms
Mulberry Blight, fee Blitum
Mullein, 1 r , r V:;

Mullein, the Moth, 1 fce Verbafcu,a
Mummy
Mulhroom

Mulk, Hyacinth, fee Mufcari
Mulk-feed, fee Hibifcus
Muftard, fee Sinapis

Muftard, Baftard Mithridate, fee Thlafpi and Iberis
Muftard, the China, fee Sinapis and Braflica
Muftard, the Hedge, fee Eryfimum
Muftard, the Mithridate, fee Thlafpi
Muftard, the Tower, fee Turritis
Muftard, the Treacle, fee Thlafpi and Lepidium
Myrrh, fee Myrhis
Myrtle, fee Myrtus
Myrtle, the Dutch, 7 , M •

Myrtle, the Candleberry, J lee M^lca

N.

NAlberry-tree, fee Chryfophyllum
Nature

Navelwort, the Baftard, fee Craffula
Navel wort, Venus’s, fee Cynogloffum
Navelwort, the Water, fee Hydrocotyle
Navew, fee Rapa
Nectarine

Negro-oil, fee Palma
Nep, fee Nepeta
Nerves

Nettle, fee Urtica
Nettle, the Dead, fee Lamium
Nettle, the Hedge, fee Galeopfis
Nettle, the Ihrubby Hedge, fee Prafium
Nettle-tree, fee Celtis
'Nightlhade, fee Solanum
Nightlhade, the climbing, fee Baffella
Nightlhade, the deadly, fee Atropa
Nightlhade, the Enchanters, fee Circea
Nightlhade, the American, fee Piercea
Nipplewort, fee Lapfana
Nitre

None-

I N B

None-fo-pretty, fee Saxifraga

None-fuch, or Flower of Briftol, fee Lychnis

Northern Afpe£t

Nofe-bleed, fee Achillea

Nurfery

Nut, the Hazel, fee Corylus
Nut, the Bladder, fee Staphylasa
Nut, the Cocoa, fee Coccus
Nut, the Earth, fee Arachis
Nut, the Peas, fee Lathy rus
Nut., the Phyfic, fee Iatropha
Nut, the Pig, fee Bunium
Nut, the Malabar, fee Jufticia
Nut, the Walnut, fee Juglans

O.

Oak’

Oak, the Evergreen, ( fee Quercias
Oak, the Holm, )

Oak of Jerufalem, fee Chenopodium

Oats, fee Avena

Oily-grain, fee Sefamum

Oily-palm, fee Palma

Oleander, fee Nerium

OlKe-tree, fee Olea

Olive, the Wild, fee Elaeagnus

Olive, the Wild Barbadoes, fee Bontia

Olive, the Spurge, fee Daphne

One Berry, fee Paris

One Blade, fee Smilax

Onion, fee Cepa

Onion, the Sea, fee Scilla

Orach, fee Atriplex and Chenopodium

Orange-tree, fee Aurantium

Orange Mint, fee Mentha

Orange, the Mock, fee Philadelphus

Orchard

Origany, fee Origanum
Orpine, fee Sedum
Orpine the True, fee Telephium
Orpine the Ballard, fee Andrachne
Ofier, fee Salix
Ofmund-royal, fee Ofmunda
Ox-eye, fee Buphthalmum
Ox-eye Daify, fee Chryfanthemum
Oxllip, fee Primula

P.

PAigles, or Cowllip, fee Primula
Palm-tree,7r i

Palmetto, } fee Palma
Panic, fee Panicum
Panicle

Panlies, fee Viola

Papaw, fee Carica

Pappofe Plants

Paradife Apple, fee Malus

Parafitical Plants

Park Leaves, fee Hypericum

Parfley, fee Apium

Parlley, the Ballard, fee Caucali

Parfley, the Fool’s, fee iEthufa

Parfley, the Mountain, fee Athamanta

Parfley, the wild milky, fee Theflelinum

Parfley, the Macedonian, fee Bubon

Parlnep, fee Pallinaca

Parfnep, the Cows, fee Sphondylium

Parfnep, the Prickly-headed, fee Echinophora

Parfnep, the Water, fee Sium

Pafque Flower, fee Pulfatilla

Paflion Flower, fee Pafliflora

Failure

Patience, fee Rumex
Pea, fee Pifum
Peach, fee Perfica

Peach, the Wolf’s, fee Lycoperficon
Pear-tree, fee Pyrus

4

E X.

Peas, Earth Nut, 7 ^

Peas, Everlaftmg, j

Peas, the Heart, fee Card iofpe-rmu m

Peas, the Pigeon, fee Cytifus

Peas, the winged, fee Lotus

Pedicle

Pellitory of the Wall, fee Parietaria
Pellitory of Spain, fee Anthemis
Pellitory, the Double, fee Achillea
Penguin, fee Karatas
Pennyroyal, fee Pulegium
Pennywort, fee Cotyledon
Pennywort, the Marlh, fee Hydrocotyle
Peony, fee Peonia

Pepper, the Jamaica, fee Caryophyllus

Pepper, the Poor Man’s, fee Lepidium

Pepper, the Indian, fee Capficum

Pepper, the Wall, fee Sedum

Pepper, the Water, fee Perficaria

Pepper-mint, fee Mentha

Pepperwort, fee Lepidium

Perennial Plants

Periwinkle, lee Vinca

Peltilencewort, fee Petafites

St. Peter’swort, fee Afcyrum and Hypericum

Petty-whin, fee Ulex

Pheafant’s Eye, fee Adonis

Pheafant-eye Pink, fee Dianthus

Phyfic Nut, fee Iatropha

Pigeon Pea, fee Cytifus

Pilewort, fee Ranunculus

Pimento, or Jamaica Pepper, fee Caryophyllus

Pimpernel, fee Anagallis

Pimpernel, the Water, fee Samolus

Pimpillo, fee Opuntia

Pimpinel, fee Pimpinella and Sanguilorba

Pinealler, fee Pinus

Pine-apple, fee Ananus

Pine, the Dwarf, fee Teucrium

Pine-tree, fee Pinus

Pine, the Wild, fee Karatas

Pink, fee Dianthus

Pipe-tree, fee Syringa

Pipe, the Pudding, fee Calfia

Piperidge-tree, fee Berberis

Pilhamin, or Perfimon, fee Diofpyros

Piltacia

Pitch-tree, fee Abies

Plane-tree, fee Platanus

Plane-tree, the falfe, fee Acer

Plant, fee Planta

Plantain, 7 r m

Plantain, the Bucklhorn,} ee antag°

Plantain-tree, fee Mufa

Plantain Shot, fee Canna

Planting

Planting reverfe

Pliant-meally-tree, fee Viburnum
Plowing

Plowman’s Spikenard, fee Conyfa
Plum-tree, fee Prunus

Plum, the American, 7 r r , ,

Plum, the Black, \ fee Chryfpbalanus

Plum, the Hog, fee Spondias
Plum, the Maiden, fee Chryfobalanus
Plum, the India Date, fee Diofpyros
Poccoon, fee Sanguinaria
Pockwood, fee Guaiacum
Poets Rofemary, fee Cafia

Poifon Afh, 7 r ^ • j j
Poifon OakJfee Toxicodendron

Poifon Bufh, fee Tithy malus
Poke, or Pork Phyfic, fee Phytolacca
Poley-mountain, fee Polium
Polyanthus, fee Primula
Polypody, fee Polypodium
Pomgranate, fee Punica
Pondweed, fee Potamogeiton
Poor Man’s Pepper, fee Lepidium
Poplar-tree, fee Populus

Poppy

y 1 c#

Ropy, fee Papaver

Poppy, the Horned, fee Chelidonium
Poppy, the Prickly, fee Argemone
Poppy, the Spading, fee Cucubalus
Potatoes, fee Lycoperficon
Potato, the Spanilh, fee Convolvulus
Prickly-pear, fee Opuntia and Cadlus
Prick Madam, fee Sedum
Prick Timber, fee Euonymus
Prieft’s Pintle, fee Arum
Primrofe, fee Primula
Primrofe-tree, 1 r ~ ,

Primrofe, the Night, fee Oenothera

Privet, fee Liguftrum

Privet, the Mock, fee Phillyrea

Pruning

Pudding-grafs, fee Pulegium
Pudding Pipe-tree, fee Cafia
Pumkin, fee Pepo
Purging-nut, fee Iatropha
Purplewort, fee Trifoliurn
Purflane, fee Portulacca

Purflane, the Sea, fee Atriplex and Chenopodium

Qc

QUaking Grafs, fee Gramen

Queen’s Gilliflower, fee Hefperis

vueen of the Meadow, fee Spirtea

Quick, fee Mefpilus

Quickbeam, 7 r c- u
yS • , _ > lee Sorbus

Quicken-tree, )

Quince-tree,. fee Cydonia

Quincunx

$L

RAdiated Flowers

Radifh, fee Raphanus
Radifh, the Horfe, fee Cochleari^
Ragwort, fee Othonna
Ragged Robin, fee Lychnis
Rain
Rainbow

Rampion, fee Campanula
Ramfons, fee Allium
Rape, fee Rapa
Rape, the Wild, fee Sinapis
Rape, the Broom, fee Orobanche
Rafpberry, fee Rubus
Rattle-srafs, fee Rhinanthus
Redwood, fee Ceanothus
Reed, fee Arundo

Reed, the Indian flowering, fee Canna-

Reft-harrow, lee Ononis

Rhubarb, fee Rheum

Rhubarb, the Monk’s, fee Rumex

Ribwort, fee Plantago

Rice, fee Oryza

Ripening of Fruit

Robin, Wake, fee Arum

Rocket, fee Eruca

Rocket, the Corn, fee Bunias

Rocket, the Garden, fee Hefperis

Rocket, the Winter, fee Sifymbrium

Rock-rofe, fee Ciftus

Roots

Rofe-tree, fee Rofa
Rofe-bay, fee Nerium
Rofe-campion, fee Agroftemma
Rofe, the China, feeHibifcus
Rofe-bay, the Mountain, fee Kalmia
Rofe, the Gelder, fee Viburnum
Rofe of Jericho, fee Anaftatica
Rofe, the South Sea, fee Nerium
Rofe, the Rock, fee Ciftus
Rofe-root, fee Sempervivum
Rofemary, fee Rofmarinus
Rue, fee Ruta

Rue, Dog’s, fee Scrophulari*

Rue, the Goat’s, fee Galeg^

Rue, the Meadow, fee Thalfefarurfi
Rue, the Wall, fee Ruta murarik
Rue, the Syrian, fee Peganum
Rupturewort, fee Herniaria
Rulh, fee Juncus

Rufh, the Flowering, fee Butomus
Rye, fee Secale
Rye-grafs, fee Gramen

S.-

SAffron, fee Crocus

Saffron, the Baftard, fee Carthamuf
Saffron, the Meadow, fee Colchicum
Sage, fee Salvia
Sage of Jerufalem, fee Phlomis
Sage, the Indian Wild, fee Lantana
Sage-tree, fee Phlomis
Sage, the Wood, fee Teucrium
Saintfoin, fee Onobrychis
Salt

Saltwort, fee Salicornia and Salfola

Sallow, fee Salix

Salomon’s Seal, fee Convallaria

Samphire, lee Crithmum

Sand

Sanicle, fee Saxifraga

Sanicle, the Bear’s-ear, fee Cortufa

Sap

Sappadilla, fee Chryfophyllum

Saracens Confound, fee Solidago

Saffafras, fee Laurus

Satin, the White, fee Lunaria

Satyrium, fee Orchis

Sauce-alone, fee Eryftmum

Savin, fee Juniperus

Savin, the Indian, fee Bauhinia

Savory, fee Satureja

Saw-wort, fee Serratula

Saxifrage, fee Saxifraga

Saxifrage, the Burnet, fee Pimpinella

Saxifrage, the Golden, fee ChryfofpleniurA

Saxifrage, the Meadow, fee Peucedanum

Scabious, fee Scabiofa

Scarlet Lychnis, fee Lychnis

Scarlet, Cardinal-flower, fee Rapuntium "

Scarlet Oak, fee Quercus

Sciatica Crefs, fee Lepidium

Scorching Fennel, fee Thapfia

Scorpion-grafs, or Caterpillar, fee Scorpiurus

Scorpion Senna, fee Emerus

Scull-cap, fee Scutellaria

Scurvy-grafs, fee Cochlearia

Sea-Buckthorn, fee Hippophae

Sea-Cabbage, fee Cram be

Sea-Colewort, fee Convolvulus

Sea-Lavender, fee Limonium

Sea-Pink, fee Statice

Seeds

Segments

Self-heal, fee Prunella

Seminary

Seminal Leaves

Sengreen, orHoufleek, fee Sedum and Sempervivum

Senna, the Baftard, fee Caflia

Senna, the Bladder, fee Colutea

Senna, the Jointed-podded, fee Coronilla

Senna, the Scorpion, fee Emerus

Senfltive Plant, fee Mimofa

Sermountain, fee Laferpitium

Serpent’s Tongue, fee Ophiogloffum

Service-tree, fee Sorbus

Service, the Wild, fee Crataegus

Setwell, fee Valeriana

Setter- wort, or Bear’s-foot, fee Helieborus

Shaddock, fee Aurantium

Shave-grafs, fee Equifetum

ShepherH’s-needle, fee Scandix

Shepherd’s-pouch, fee Alyffun

Shepherd’s-

I N D E X.

Shepherd’s Staff, fee Dipfacus
Side-faddle Flower, fee Sarracena
Silk-grafs, fee Aloe and Apocynum
Silk-grafs ofVirginia, fee Periploca
Silver Bufh, fee Anthyllis
Silver Tree, fee Protea
Silver Weed, fee Potentilla
Skirret, fee Sium

Slipper, the Lady’s, fee Cypripedium

Sloe-tree, fee Prunus

Smallage, fee Apium

Snail Trefoil, feeMedicago- . .

Snakeweed, fee Biftorta

Snakeroot, fee Ariftolochia

Snakeroot, the Rattle, fee Polygala

Snapdragon, fee Antirrhinum

Snapdragon of America, fee Ruellia

Snap-tree, fee Jufticia

Sneezewort, fee Achillea

Snowdrop, fee Galanthus

Sumach, the Myrtle-leaved, fee Coriaria

Soldanel, fee Soldanella

Soldier, the frefh Water, fee Stratiotes

Solftice

Sopeberry, fee Sapindus

Sopewort, fee Saponaria

Sorrel, fee Acetofa

Sorrel, the Indian, fee Hibifcus

Sorrel, the Wood, fee Oxalis

Southernwood, fee Abrotanum

Sourfop, fee Annona

Sowbread, fee Cyclamen

Sow- thiftle, fee Sonchus

Spanilh Nut, fee Sifyrinchium

Spanifh Arbor-vine, fee Convolvulus

Spanilh Elder, fee Saururus

Spanilh Rofemary, fee PalTerina

Spanifn Broom, lee Genifta and Spartiutri

Spanilh Picktooth, fee Daucus

Spanifli Marjoram, fee Urtica

Sparrowgrafs, fee Afparagus

Spading Poppy, fee Cucubalus

Spear, the King’s, fee Afphodelus

Spearwort, fee Ranunculus

Spear-mint, fee Mentha

Spearage, fee Afparagus

Speedwell, fee Veronica

Spiderwort, fee Phalangium, Anthericum, and Ephe-
merum

Spignel, fee Athamanta

Spike Lavender, fee Lavendula

Spinach, fee Spinacia

Spindle-tree, fee Euonymus

Spindle-tree, the African, fee Celaftrus

Spleenwort, fee Afplenium

Spleenwort, the Rough, fee Lonchitis

Spoonwort, fee Cochlearia

Spurge Laurel, fee Daphne

Spurge Olive, fee Cneorum

Spurry, fee Arenaria

Squalhes, fee Cucurbita

Squill, fee Scilla

Stagfhorn-tree, fee Rhus

Stamina

Star-apple, fee Chryfophyllum
Star of Bethlehem,

Star Hyacinth, ( fee Ornithogalum

Star of Naples, 3

Star Thiftle, fee Centaurea

Starwort, fee After

Starwort, the Yellow, fee Inula

Statues

Stellate Plants
Stickadore, fee Stcechas
Stock-gilliflower, fee Cheiranthus
Stock-gilliflower, the Dwarf, fee Hefperis
Stone- break, fee Alchemilla
Stone-crop, fee Sedum
Stone-crop-tree, fee Chenopodium
Stqrax-tree, fee Sty rax

Storax, the Liquid, fee Liquidamber
Stove

Strawberry, fee Fragaria
Strawberry Elite, JfteBIitum
Strawberry Spinach, j
Strawberry-tree, fee Arbutus
Style, fee Stylus
Succory, fee Cichorium
Succory, the Gum, fee Chondrilla
Sugar-cane, fee Saccharum
Sugar-maple, fee Acer
Sulphur-wort, fee Peucedanum
Sultan-flower, fee Centaurea
Sumach, ^

Sumach, the Tanners, (fee Rhus
Sumach, the Venetian, 3
Snowdrop Tree, fee Chionanthus
Summit of Flowers
Sun

Sun-dew, fee Drofera

Sun-flower, fee Helianthus

Sun-flower, the Dwarf, fee Rudbeckia

Sun-flower, the Willow-leaved, fee Helenium

Sun-fpurge, fee Euphorbia

Swallow-wort, fee Afclepias

Sweet-apple, fee Annona

Sweet Johns, 7, Dianthus
Sweet William, Jlee -Uiantnus

Sweet William of Barbadoes, fee Ipomoea
Sweet Willow, fee Myrica
Swines Crefs, fee Cochlearia
Sycamore, 7 f A

Sycamore, the falfe, J ee Acer

TAmarind, fee Tamarindus
Tamarilk, fee Tamarix

Tan

Tanfey, fee Tanacetum

Tanfey, the Wild, fee Potentilla

Tare, fee Vicia

Tarragon, fee Abrotanuiti

Tea, the South Sea, feeCaffine

Teafel, fee Dipfacus

Thermometer

Thiftle, fee Carduus

Thiftle, the Blefled, fee Centaurea

Thiftle, the Carline, fee Carlina

Thiftle, the Diftaff,7f A n ,•

Thiftle, the Fifli, f lee Atrad;ylis
Thiftle, the Fuller’s, fee Dipfacus
Thiftle, the Globe, fee Echinops
Thiftle, the Ladies, fee Carduus
Thiftle, the Melon, fee Cacftus
Thiftle, the Melancholy, fee Cirfium
Thiftle, the Milk, fee Carduus
Thiftle, the Sow, fee Sonchus
Thiftle, the Star, fee Centaurea
Thiftle, the Torch, fee Cadtus
Thorn-apple, fee Datura
Thorn, the Black, fee Prunus
Thorn, the Box, fee Lycium
Thorn, Chrift’s, fee Paliurus
Thorn, Cockfpur, fee Mefpilus
Thorn, the Egyptian, fee Acacia
Thorn, the Evergreen, 7 f M f ■,

Thorn, the Glaftenbury, 3 P

Thorn, the Goat’s, fee Tragacantha
Thorn, the Haw, fee Mefpilus
Thorn, the Purging, fee Rhamnus
Thorn, the White, fee Mefpilus
Thorough- wax, fee Bupleurum
Three-leaved Grafs, fee Trifolium
Thrift, fee Statice

Throatwort, fee Trachelium and Campanula
Thunder

Thyme’, the Lemon }fee Th?mm
Thyme, theMaftich, fee Satureja

*5 1

"H

Toad-

N t> E X.

Toad-flax, fee I/maria

Tobacco, fee Nicotian a

Tooth-pick, fee Daucus

Tooth- wort, fee Dentaria

Tormentil, fee Tormentilla

Touch-me-not, fee Impatiens

Tower Muftard, fee Turritis

Traces, Lady’s, fee Orchis

Traveller’s Joy, fee Clematis

Trefoil, fee Trifolium

Trefoil, the Bean, fee Cytifus

Trefoil, the Bird’s-foot, fee Lotus

Trefoil, the Marfh, fee Menianthes

Trefoil, the Moon, fee Medica

Trefoil-lhrub, fee Dorycnium and Ptelea

Trefoil, the Snail, fee Medicago

Trefoil, the Star-headed, Jr m -r r

Trefoil, the Strawberry-headed, 3 ee ri 0 ium

Treacle Muftard, fee Thlafpi and Iberis

Tree, the Cork, fee Quercus

Tree, the Chafte, feeVitex

Tree Germander, fee Teucrium

Tree, the Indian God, fee Ficus

Tree, the White-leaf, or Meally, fee Viburnum

Tree of Life, fee Thuya

True-love, fee Paris

Trumpet Flower, fee Bignonia

Trumpet Honeyfuckle, fee Periclymenum

T uberofe, fee Polianthes

Tuberofe Roots

Tulip, fee Tulipa

Tulip, the African, fee FFemanthus

Tulip-tree, fee Tulipifera

Tulip-tree, the Laurel-leaved, fee Magnolia

Turnhoof, or Ground Ivy, feeGlechoma

Turbith, fee Thapfia

Turks-cap, fee Lilium

Turks-head, fee Cadtus

Turky Baulm, fee Dracocephalon

Turky Wheat, fee Zea

Turnep, IfeeRaoa

T urnep, theF rench, 3 P

Turnep Cabbage, fee Brafllca
Turnfol, fee Heliotropium and Helianthus
Turpentine-tree, fee Piftacia
Turpentine, the Venice, feeLarix
Tutfan, fee Hypericum
Twy blade, fee Qphrys

V

v.

Aierian, fee Valeriana
Valerian, the Greek, fee Polemoniura

Vafes
Vegetable
Vegetation

Venus Comb, fee Scandix
Venus JLooking-glals, fee Campanula
Venus Navel wort, fee CynoglofTum
Verge

Vervain, fee Verbena

Vervain Mallow, fee Alcea

Vetch, fee Vicia

Vetch, the Bitter, fee Orobus

Vetch, the Chichliag, 7feeLath

Vetch, the Cnmfon-grafs, 3 1

Vetch, the Hatchet, fee Securidaca

Vetch, the Horfe-lhoe, fee Hippocrepis

Vetch, the Kidney, fee Vulneraria

Vetch, the Liquorice, fee Glycine

Vetch, the Medick, fee Aftragaius

Vetchling, fee Lathyrus

Vine, fee Vitis

Vine, the Black, fee Tarnus

Vine, the Spanifh. Arbor, fee Convolvului

Vine, the White, fee Bryonia
Violet, fee Viola

Violet, the Dame’s or Queen’s, fee Hefperis
Violet, the bulbous, fee Galanthus
Violet, the Dog’s Tooth, fee Erythronium
Violet, the Corn or Venus Looking- glafs, fee Cam-
panula

Viper’s Buglofs, fee Echium
Viper’s Grafs, fee Scorzonera
Virgin’s Bower, fee Clematis
Virginian Silk, fee Periploca
Virginian Acacia, fee Robinia

W.

Ake Robin, fee Arum
Walks

Walls

Wallflower, fee Cheiranthus

Wallwort, or Dwarf Elder, fee Sambucus

Walnut, fee Juglans

Wartwort, fee Euphorbia

Water

Water Calaminth, fee Mentha
Water Crefs, fee Sifymbrium
Water Dropwort, fee Oenanthe
Water Germander, fee Teucrium
Water Hemp Agrimony, fee Bidens
Water Horehound, fee Lycopus
Water Lily, fee Nymphaea
Water Parfnep, fee Sium
Water Pepper, fee Perficaria
Way-faring-tree, fee Viburnum
Weather
Weeds

Weed, the Dyers, 7 r -p, r ,

Weld, or Would, \ fee Rcfeda
Wheat, fee Triticura
Wheat, the Cow, fee Melampyrum
Wheat, the French, fee Helxine
Wheat the Indian, fee Zea
Whicken, or Quickbearn, fee Sorbus
Whins, or Gorfe, fee Ulex
Whortleberry, fee Vaccinium
Widow-wail, fee Cneorum
Wildernefs

Willow-tree, fee Salix

Willow, the Dutch, or Sweet, fee Myrica

Willow, the French, fee Epilobium

Willow Herb, fee Lythrum

William, fweet, feeDianthus

Wind

Wind Flower, fee Anemone
Wind Seed, fee Ardbotis
Wine

Winter Aconite, fee Hellebores
Winter Cherry, fee Phyfalis and Solatium
Winter Crefs, iee Sifymbrium
Winter Green, fee Pyrola
Witch Hazle, fee Ulmus and Hamamelis
Woad, fee Ifatis
Wolffbane, fee Aconitum
Woodbine, fee Periclymenum
Woodroof, fee Afperula
Wood Sage, fee Teucrium
Wood Sorrel, fee Oxalis
Woody Nightfhade, fee Solatium
Wormwood, fee Abfinrhium
Woundwort, fee Vulneraria
Woundwort, fee Solidago
Woundwort of Achilles, fee Achilles

Y

ARROW, fee Achillea
Yarrow, the Water, fee Hottonia

A CAT A-

A CATALOGUE of fuch hardy

and Shrubs as will thrive in the open Air in Engl;
without Shelter.

In this Catalogue we have only given the generical title of each tree or fhrub, and
added the numbers as they are marked in the body of the work to the feveral fpe-
cies, fothat they may be readily turned to. To the Latin titles are added the
common Englifh names, which may anfwer the expectations of our readers full as
well as if they were inferted at length to each fpecies.

We have alfo reduced them into one lift, and not difpofed them in feveral, accord-
ing to their different growths, as they were in the former editions of the Gardeners
DiSHonary , but have marked them with the following letters, A B C D. Thofe
marked A are fuch as grow more than forty feet high ; thofe marked B are fuch as
grow from twenty to forty feet ; thofe marked C rife from ten to twenty-five ; and
fuch as are marked D are fhrubs of lower growth. To fuch as produce flowers
for ornament or fcent, and are worthy of the pleafure-garden, is added the letter F,
whereby every perfon will be capable of felecling fuch trees and fhrubs as are pro-
per for their different purpofes.

It is not propofed to infert in this lift any of the under fhrubs, which are of fhort
duration, fuch as Southernwood, Rofemary, Lavender, Lavender-cotton, &c. be-
caufe, whenever thefe decay, they occafion gaps in the plantation.

ACER, I. Sycamore, A
Acer, 2. Maple, C
Acer, 3 . Afti-leaved Maple, A
Acer, 4. Norway Maple, B
Acer, 5. Flowering Maple, C F
Acer, 6. Sugar Maple, B
Acer, 7. Mountain Maple, C
Acer, 8. Italian Maple, A
Acer, 9. Montpelier Maple, C
Acer, 10. Eaftern Maple, C
Acer, 1 1. Oval-leaved Maple, D
iEiculus, Horfe Cheftnut, A F
Alnus, 1. Common Alder, B
Alnus, 2. Long- leaved Alder, B
Alnus, 3. Dwarf Alder, D
Amorpha, Baftard Indigo, D F
Amygdalus, 1. Almond-tree, CF
Amygdalus, 5. Dwarf Almond, D F
Andromeda, 2, 3, 5. D
Annona, 8. Papaw, C
Aralia, 3. Angelica-tree, D

B.

Bafteria, Allfpice, D F
Berberis, 1. Barberry, D
Betula, 1. Birch-tree, B
Bignonia, 3. Catalpa, CF

C.

Carpinus, 1. Hornbeam, A
Carpinus, 2, 3, 4. Hop Hornbeam, C
Caffine, 1. Caffioberry Bufh, D
Caftanea, 1. Cheftnut, A
Caftanea, 2. Chinquapin, D
Ceanothus, 1. JerfeyTea, DF
Cpltis, 1,2. Nettle-tree, B

Celtis, 3, 4. C

Cephalanthus, Button-tree, D
Cerafus, Double-flowering Cherry,
CF

Cerafus, 4. Perfumed Cherry, D
Cerafus, 5. Dwarf Cherry, D F
Cercis, 1, 2. Judas-tree, CF
Chionanthus, Snowdrop-tree, C F
Clethra, D F

Colutea, 1. Bladder Sena, C F
Colutea, 2, 3. Bladder Sena, DF
Coriaria, Myrtle-leaved Sumach, D
Cornus, i„2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Dogwood, C
Cornus, 7. D

Corylus, 1, 2, 3. Nut-tree, C
Crataegus, 1,2. B
Crataegus, 3, 4. D

Cupreflus, 4. American deciduous
Cyprefs, A

Cydonia, Quince-tree, C
Cytifus, 1,2. Laburnum, BF
Cytifus, 3, 5, 12. DF

D.

Daphne, 2, 5, 7, 8. Mezereon, D F
Diervilla, D

Diofpyrus, 1, 2. Date Plum, C

E.

Elaeagnus, 1, 2. Wild Olive, C
Emerus, 1,2. Scorpion Sena, D F
Euonymus, 1, 2. Spindle-tree, C

F.

Ffangula, 1,2. Berry-bearing Alder, D
Fraxinus, 1, 4, Afti-tree, A
Fraxinus, 2, 3, 5, 6. Afh, B

G.

Gleditfia, 1, 2. Three-thorned Aca-
cia, C

H.

Hamamelis, Witch Hazel, D
Hibifcus, 1. Althaea Frutex, D F
Hippophae, 1,2. Sea Buckthorn, C
Hydrangea, D

Hypericum, 3, 4, 6. St. John’s Wort,
DF

I.

Johnfonia, D
Itea, D F

Juglans, 1, 2, 3. Walnut, A
Juglans, 4, 5, 6. Hickery Nut, B

L.

Larix, 1. Larch-tree, A
Laurus, 6, 7, 8. C
Liguftrum, 1 Privet, C
Liquid Amber, 1, 2. B
Lonicera, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Upright
Honevfuckle, C F

M.

Magnolia, 1. SweetBay, C F 3, 4. BF
Mefpilus, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12,
13, 14, 15, 16. Medlar, BF
Mefpilus, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22. CF

Morus,

Fagus, Beech-tree, A

CATALOGUE of PLANTS.

Morus, 6. Mulberry, B
Myrica, i, 2, 3, 4. Candleberry, C

CX

Ononis, 5. Reft-harrow, C F
Orobus, 10. Caragana, CF

P.

Padus, 1, Bird Cherry, C F 2, 3. B F
Paliurus, Chrift’s Thorn, C
Pavia, Scarlet Horfe-Cheftnut, C F
Periclymenum, 5, 6, 7. Honey-
fuckle, C F

Perfica, 1. Peach, BF 2, 3.CF

Philadelphus, 1, 2, 3. Syringa, C F

Piftacia, 1, 4. C

Platanus, 1, 2. Plane-tree, A

Populus, r, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Poplar, A

Prinos, 1, 2. C

Ptelea, 1. Trefoil Shrub, C

CL

Quercus, 1, 2, 5, 9, 13. Oak, A
Quercus, 7, 8, 11, 12, 14, 15. B

R.

Rhamnus, 1, 2, 3. Buckthorn, C
Rhododendron, 1, 2. Rofe-laurel, C
Rhus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Sumach,
C F

Robinia, 1, 2. AF 3, 10. Acacia,
C F

Rofa, all the forts, Rofe, D F
Rubus, 5, 6. Bramble, C F

S.

Salix, 1, 2, 3. A 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11. Sallow, B

Sambucus, 1. B 2, 3. Elder, C

Sorbus, 1, 2. Service, B
Spartium, 1, 2, 3. Broom, C F
Spirasa, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8. C F
Staphylsa, 1, 2. Bladder-nut, C
Stewartia, C F

Syringa, 1. Lilac, B 2, C F

T.

Tacamahacca, B
Tamarix, 1. Tamarifk, B 2. C
Tilia, 1, 2. Lime-tree, A 3, 4. B
Toxicodendron, 2, 3, 4, 5. Poifom
Oak, C

Tulipifera, Tulip-tree, AF
V.

Viburnum, 1, 2, 3, 4. Way-faring-
tree, C F

Vitex, 1, 2. Chafte-tree, C
Ulmus, 1, 2, 3, 4. Elm, A 5. B

^ Lift of climbing Jhrubby plants , branches muft be fupported to preve?it their

trailing upon the ground^ and which Jhouldbe faftened to walls , pales y or trellijfes.

Ellgnonia, 1, 2, 5, 6, 8. Trum-
| pet-fiower.

Ceanothus, 2,

Clematis, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12. Traveller’s Joy.

Glycine, 2. Kidney-bean-tree.
Hedera, 1. Ivy.

Jafminum, 1. Jafmine.

Lycium, 6, 7. Boxthorn.
Menifpermum, 1, 2, 3. Moonfeed.
Mefpilus, 6. Medlar.

Paffiflora, 2. Paffion-flower.
Periclymenum, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8.
Honeyfuckle.

Periploca, 1. Virginia Silk.

Rofa, 8, 9. Rofe

Smilax, 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 11. Rough
Bindweed.

Solanum, 8. Nightfhade.
Toxicodendron, 2, 6. Poifon Oak?
Vitis, 1, 5. Vine,

A Catalogue of hardy evergreen trees and flhrubs.

Thofe marked with A are fuch as grow more than forty feet high ; thofe with B are fuch as grow
from twenty to forty feet high 5 thofe with C grow from ten to twenty feet j and thofe marked
with D are low fhrubs.

ABies, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Fir-tree, A
6, 7,8, 9- B
Alaternus, 1, 2, 3, 4. C
Arbutus, 1, 2. Strawberry, C
Bupleurum, 6. Hare’s-ear, D
Buxus, 1, 2. Box, C 3.D
Celaftrus, 1. Staff- tree, D
Ciftus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12,
13, 14, 15, 16. Rock-rofe, D
C neorum, Widow-wail, D
Cupreffus, 1,2. Cyprefs, B 3. C 5. D
Cytifus, 6. Trefoil-tree, D
Daphne, 1, 4. Mezereon, D

Euonymus, 3. Spindle-tree, D
Hedera, Ivy, D

Hypericum, 3, 4, 6. St. John’s-
wort, D

Ilex, 1. Holly, B 2, 3. C
Juniperus, 1, 10, 11. Juniper, D 2,
3, 4? 5> C 7, 8, 12, 13* B
Kalmia, 1, 2, 3. Rofe-laurel, D
Larix, 3. Cedar of Libanus, A
Laurus, 1, 2. Bay-tree, B
Liguftrum, 2. Privet, C
Magnolia, 2. Laurel-leaved Tulip -
tree, C

Medica, 8. Moon Trefoil, D
Mefpilus 6. Pyracantha, C
Padus, 4, 5, 6. Laurel, C
Periclymenum, 1,8. Honeyfuckle,D
Phillyrea, 1, 2, 3. C4, 5, 6, 7. D
Pinus, 1, 3, 5, 10, 13. Pine-tree,
A 2,4, 6, 7, 11. B 8, 9, 14. C
Quercus, 3, 16. Oak, A 17,20.6
19. C 18

Rofa, 8, 9. Rofe, D

Taxus, Yew, B

Thuya, 1, 2. Tree of Life, C

Viburnum, 5, 6. Laurus Tinus, D

A Catalogue of hardy perennial plants , «?/// thrive in the open borders without

any foelter, whofe roots do not require to be every year taken out of the ground ;
thefe are fuch as have ornamental flower sy and are proper furniture for the flower-

garden.

AConitum, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8,
9, 10. Wolffbane.

Adonis, 3. Pheafant-eye
Anthemis, 16, 17. Camomile.
Anthericum, 1, 3. Spiderwort.
Antirrhinum, 3, 4, 5. Snapdragon.
Apocynum, 3. Dogfbane
Aquilegia, 1, 2, 3, 4.^ Columbine.

Afclepias, 6, 9, 10. 1 1. Swallow- wort.
Afphodelus, 1, 2, 3, 4. King’s-fpear.
After, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12,
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28,29.
Starwort. •

Beilis, 3. Daify.

Chelone, 1, 2, 3.

Coreopfis, 4. Tickfeed.

Cylamen, 1, 2. Sowbread.
Delphinium, 5, 6, 7, 9. Larkfpur.
Dianthus, 1, 4. Gilliflower.
Di&amnus, Fraxinella.

Eryngium, 4, 5, 6. Sea Plolly.
Fumaria, 3, 7, 8. Fumitory.
Gendana, 1,2, 4. Gentian

Helianthus,

i

C A T A L

Helianthus, 2. Sunflower.
Hellebores, 3, 4, 5, 6. Hellebore.
Ilemerocallis, j, 2,4. Day Lily.
Hefperis, 1, 2, 4. Rocket, or Dame’s
Violet.

Hibifcus, 18. Indian Mallow.
Kieracium, 3. Hawkweed.

Iberis, 2. Candy Tuft.

Inula, 3, 6,10. Yellow Starwort
Iris, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13,
16, 17, 18, 19. blower-de-luce.
Ixia, 1.

Lathyrus, 15, 16. Everlafting Pea.
Lupin us, 6. Lupine.

O G U E of P

Lychnis, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. with double
flowers.

Meadia.

Monarda, 1, 2. Ofwego Tea.
Ononis, 6, 1 5. Reft-harrow
Orobus, 4, 7, 8. Bitter Vetch.
Pceonia, all the varieties, Piony.
Papaver, 7. Poppy.

Phlox, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Lychnidea.
Pulmonaria, 3, 6. Lungwort.
Pulfatilla, all the fpecies. Pafque-
flower.

Rudbeckia, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. Dwarf
Sunflower.

L A N T S.

Solidago, 9, 10, ii, 12, 13, 14, 15!
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,"
24, 25,27, 28,29, 3°i 31’ Golden
Rod.

Thalidrum, 3, 5. Feather’d Colum-
bine.

Trachelium. Throatwort.

Trollius, 1, 2. Goldylocks.

Veratrum, 1,2, 3, 4. White Hel-
lebore.

Verbafcum, 10. Mullein.

Veronica, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,'
13, 14. Speedwell

A Lift of fuch plants as will thrive under the fhade of deciduous trees

proper furniture for wilder thefts quarters .

ore are

ACanthus, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Bear’s-
breech.

Aconitum, 6. Wolffbahe.

Adaea, 1, 2, 3. Herb Chriftopher.
Anemone, 1, 2, 3. Anemony.

Aralia, i, 2.

Convallaria, all the fpecies, Lily of
the Valley.

Geum, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. London Pride.
Hemerocallis, 3. St. Bruno’s Lily.

Hypericum, 7. St. John’s Wort.
Primula, all the varieties, Primrofe,1
Vinca, 1, 2. Periwincle.

Viola, 1, 2. with their varieties,
Violet.

*

A Catalogue of plants, which are too tender to live abroad in winter in England , but
require no artificial heat ; thefe are commonly called green-houfe plants ; but thofe whofe
leaves and ft alls are f accident, will ftucceed better if they are kept in a dry airy
glafs-cafe in winter, where they may enjoy the fun and air at adl times when the wea-
ther is mild.

A Gave, 1, 2, 7. Aloe.

Aizoon, 1. Evergreen.

Aloe, 1,3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
*3» r4> 1 5> *6, 17, -18, 19, 20, 21.
Aloe.

Anthericum, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Spider-
wort.

Antholyza, 1, 2.

Anthofpermum.

Anthyllis, 6, 7. Jupiter’s Beard.
Ar&otis, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Wind-
feed.

Ariftolochia, 4, 5. Birthwort.
Afclepias, 12, 13, 14, 15. Swallow-
wort.

Afparagus, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 1 o. Afparagus.
Aiphodelus, 6. King’s Spear.

After, 31, 32, 37. Starwort.
Aurantium, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Orange.
Baccharis, 1 . Ploughman’s Spikenard.
Bignonia, 5, 12. Trumpet-flower.
Bofia.

Brabejum.

Bubon, 3, 4. Macedonian Parfley.
Buphthalmum,7, 10, 1 1, 12. Ox-eye.
Bupleurum, 7. Hare’s-ear.

Cacalia, 5,6,7, 8. Foreign Colt’s-foot.
Calendula, 7, 8. Marigold.

Calla, Arum.

Campanula, 14,15. Bell-flower.
Capparis, 1, 2. Caper.

Celaftrus, 3, 4. Staff-tree.

Ceratonia, St. John’s Bread.

Cereus, Ii. Torch-thiftle,

Chiroaia, 1, 2.

Chryfocoma, 3, 4. Goldylocks.
Ciftus, 10, 11, 1 7, 18. RockRofe,
Cliffortia, 1, 2, 3.

Clutia, 1, 2, 3.

Convolvulus, 16, 22, 27. Bindweed.
CoronilTa, 1, 2. Jointed podded Co-
lutea.

Cotyledon, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Navel-
wort.

Craffula, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11.

Cunonia.

Cuprefilis, 6. Cyprefs.

Cyclamen, 3, 4, 5, 6.. Sowbread.
Cytifus, 4, 14, 15. Tree Trefoil.
Diofma, 1, 2, 3, 4.

Ebenus, Ebony.

Euphorbia, 6, 7, 10, 12, 13, 16,
Ferraria.

Galenia.

Geranium, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,
27, 28, 29, 30, 3 r, 32, 33, 34, 35,

36, 37^ 38’ 39’ 43- Cranefbill
Gnaphalium, 10, 16, 18, 20, 21.

Cudweed.

Grewia, 1, 2.

Guajacum, 3.

Halleria.

Heliotropium, 4, 5, 6. Heliotrope.
Hermannia, all the fpecies.
Hypericum, 8. St. John’s Wort.
Jafminum, 5, 6. Jafmine.

Iberis, 1. Candy-tuft.

Inula, 12. Yellow Starwort.

Jufticia, 4.

Ixia, 2, 3) 4’ 5’ 6, 7’

Kiggelaria.

Laurus, 3, 4, 5, 9'. Bay.

Leonurus, 1, 2. Lion’s-tail.

Limon, all the varieties, Lemon.
Lotus, 5, 16. Bird’s-foot Trefoil.
Lycium, .1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10.
Boxthorn.

Malva, 14. Mallow.

Medeola, 1,2, 3.

Melia, 1, 2. Bead-tree.
Mefembryanthemum, all the fpecies,
Ficoides.

Myrica, 5, 6,7. Candle.berry Myrtle.

Myrtus, i0 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Myrtle,
Merium, 1, 2, 3. Oleander.

Olea, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Olive.

Ononis, 4. Reft-harrow,

Opuntia, 1. Indian Figi
Ofteofpermufn, 2, 3,. 4, 5. Hard-
feeded Sunflower.

Othonna, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 , 9. Jacobaea,
Oxalis, 4, 5, 6. Wood-forrel
Palma, 1, 8. Palm.

PafTerina, i , 2, 3.5,4.

Periploca, 2, 7. Virginia Silk.
Phylica, 1,2.

Phyllis.

Phy lalis, 2, 3, 4. Winter Cherry.
Piftacia, 3, 4, 5.

Poterium, 3.

Protea, all the fpecies. Silver-tree.
Pforalea, 1, 10.

Rhus, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Sumach,
Royena, 1, 2, 3.

Rufcus, 7. Butcher’s Broom.

Salvia, 10, 1 1, 12. Sage.

Scabiofa, 17, 18. Scabious.

Schinus, 1. Indian Maftich.

Sclarea, 15, 16. Clary,

Selago.

Sempervivum, 5, 6, 7. Houfeleek,
Sideroxvlum, 1, 2. Iron-wood.
Smilax, 15, 16. Rough Bindweed,
Solanum, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 2572 6,
28. Nightftiade.

Spartium, 4, 10. Broom.

Stapelia, 1, 2.

Tarconanthus.

Tetragonia, 1, 2, 3.

Teucrium, 3,4. Germander,

Vitex, 3. Chafte-tfee.

Wackendorfia.

Watfonia.

if & A C iY

1

TO

A CATALOGUE of plant sy which will not thrive in this country without artificial

heat in winter.

Thofe marked A, fhould. be placed In the bark-ftove ; and thofe marked B, will fiteeeed In a moderate

warmth.

Acacia, v t, 3, 4, n,
22. B 5, 6, 7, '8, 9, 10, 12,
13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
21. Egyptian Thom, A
Achyranthes, i, 2, 3, 4. B
Adanfonia, A
Adenanthera, A

/Eichynomene, r, 3, 4. Senfitive
Plant, A

Agave, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. Aloe, B
Aloe, 2, 7, 22, 24. B
Alpinia, A

Amaryllis, 5, 7, 8, 11. Lily Daffo-
dil, B

Amomum, 1, 2, 3. Ginger, A
Anacardium, Cafhew-nut, A
Ananas, Pine-apple, A
Andrachne, 1, 2, 3. A
Apocynum, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11. Dogfbane, B

Ariftolocbia, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.
Birthwort, B.

Arum, 10, 11, 13, 'i4» iG r7>

18, 19. Wake-robin, A
Arundo, 4, 5. Reed, A
Afclepias, 17, 18,19,20. Swallow-
wort, B

Banifteria, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. A
Barleria, 1, 2, 3. A. 4. B
Bartramia, A

Bauhinia, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10. A

Befleria, r, 2, 3. A
Bignonia, 4> 9’ 13? i4> ^ 5 •

Trumpet-flower, A.

Bixa, A
Bocconia, A

Bombax, 1,2. Cotton, A
Bontia, Wild Olive, B
Breynia, 1, 2. A
Brunsfelfia, A
Buddleja, 1,2. A
Cacao, Cocoa, A
Caftus, 1, 2, 3, 4. Melon Thiftle,
A. 5, 6. B
Csefalpinia, 1, 2. A
Cameraria, 1, 2. A
Canna, 2, 3, 4, 5- Flowering-reed, B
Capparis, 3^ 4? 5j G 7^ 9’

Caper, B

Capficum, 7, 8, 9, 10. Guinea
Pepper, B

Carica, 1, 2. Papaw, A
Caryophyllus, 1. Cloves, A. 2, 3,
4, 5. B

Caffia, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 11, 13, 17. A
Catefbtea, A

Cedrus, 1, 2, 3. Mahogany, B
Celaftrus, 5. Staff-tree, B
Cerbera, 1, 2, 3. A
Cereus, i, 2, 3? 4? 5> d, 7? L 9’
10. Torch-thiftle, B
Ceftrum, 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6. B
Chamserops, i, 2. B
Chryfobalanus, 1,2. A
Chryfophyllum, 1, 2. A
Citharexylon, 1,2. Fiddle-wood, B
Clufia, 1, 2. A
CSutia, 4. B

Coccolobus, Sea-fide Grape, A
Coffee, Coffee, A
Colococcus, A

Columnia, A

Coin tea, 5. Bladder Sena, B
Commelina, 3. B
Conocarpus, 1,2. Buttonwood,®
Convolvulus, 14, 19,31,32. Bind-
weed, A

Conyza, 5, 7, 9, 11, 12, 13. Flea-
bane, B
Copaiba, A
Cordia, A
Cornutia, A
Coronilla, 7. A
Coitus, A

Cotyledon, 10. Navelwort, B
Crateva, 1,2. A
Crefcentia, 1,2. A
Crinum, 1, 2,3, 4. Lily Hyacinth,
B

Croton, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12. A
Curcuma, 1,2. A
Cynanchum, 4, 6. B
Cytifus, 16. Bafe Trefoil, B
Datura, 7. Thorn-apple, B
Douglaffia, A

Dracontium, 2, 3, 4, 5. Dragon, A

Durantia, 1, 2, 3. A

Elasagnus, 3. B

Elliffea, B

Emerus, 3. B

Eretia, A

Eryngium, 10. Sea-holly, A
Erythrina, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Coral-
tree, B

Euonymus, 4. Spindle-tree, B
Eupatorium, 6, 10, 11, 14. B
Euphorbia, 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 8, 9, 14,
15, 17. Spurge, B
Fuchfia, B

Garcinia, Mangofteen, A
Gefnera, 1, 2. A
Gnaphalium, 17,24. Cudweed, B
Goffipium, 3, 4. Cotton-tree, A
Guajacum, 1, 2. Lignum Vits, A
Guilandina, 1, 2, 4. A
Haemanthus, 1, 2. Blood-flower, B
Haematoxylum, Logwood, A
Hedyfarum, 6, 7, 8, 16, 18. B
Helidteres, 1, 2, 3. Screw-tree, A
Heliotropium, 8,9, 11. Turnfole, B
Hernandia, Jack-in-a-Box, A
Hibifcus, 5, 6, 7, 13, 23. Marfh-
mallow, B
Hippocratea, A

Hippomane, 1, 2, 3. Man^aneel, A
Jafminum, 7. Jafmine, A
Iatropha, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. A
Inga, 1, 2. A

Jufticia, 1, 3, 6, 7, 8. A. 5. B
Karatas, Penguin, A
Ksmpifera, A

Lantana, all the fpecies, Viburnum,
B

Laurus, 10. Bay, B
Lawfonia, 1, 2. B
Lippia, B
Loranthus, B

Malpighia, all the fpecies, American
Cherry, B
Mammea, A

Maranta, 1, 2. Arrow-root, B
Melaftoma, all the fpecies, B
Mimofa, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. A

Muntingia, 1, 2, 3. B
Mufa, 1, 2. Plantain-tree, A
Myrtus, 8, 9. Myrtle, B
Nydlanthes, 1, 2. Arabian jafmine,

A

Opuntia, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Indian
Fig, B. 9. A

Orobus, 11, 12., Bitter Vetch, B
Oxalis, 7. Wood-forrel, B
Palma, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12,
13,14. Palm-tree, A. 19. B
Pancratium, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Sea- *
Daffodil, A

Parkinfonia, Jerufalem Thorn, B
Pafliflora, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Paffion-
•S flower, A

Paullinia, all the fpecies, B
Perefkia, B

Periclymenum, 2, 3, 4. Honey-
fuckle, A

Periploca, 3, 4, 5, 6. Indian Silk, B
Perfea, Avocado Pear, B
Petrea, A
Phyllanthus, B

Phyfalis, 6, 9. Winter-cherry, B
Piercea, 1, 2. B

Piper» 3> 4> 5> 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 14. A

Pifonia, Fingrigo, B
Piftacia, 7, 8, Piftacia-nut, A. 9. B
Plumbago, 2. Leadwort, B
Plumeria, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. B
Poin^iana, Flower-fence, A
Pforalea, 3, 6, 8. B
Ptelea, 2. Trefoil Shrub, B
Randia, A

Rhus, 14. Sumach, B
Rivinia, 1, 2. Currants, A
Robinia, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Falfe
Acacia, B
Rondeletia, 1, 2. A
Ruellia, 1, 2, 3, 4. Snap-grafs, A
Saccharum, Sugar-cane, A
Samida, 1, 2. B
Sapindus, Sopeberry, B
Sapota, 1,2. A
Schinus, 2. Indian Maftich, A
Sicyos, 3. A

Sifyrinchium, 3. Earth-nut, A
Smilax, 12, 13, 14. Rough Bind-
weed, B

Solanum, 10, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32,
33. Nightfhade, B
Sophora, 2. A
Spartium, 11. Broom, B
Suriana, A

Tabernemontana, 1, 2. A
Tamarindus, Tamarind-tree, A
Tetracera, A

Teucrium, 18, 19. Germander, B
Theobroma, Baftard Cedar, A
Tithymalus, Spurge, B
Toluifera, A

Tournefortia, T, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. A
Toxicodendron, 8, 9. Poifon Oak, B
Turnera, 1, 2. A
Vanilla, 1, 2. A
Vinca, 3. Periwinkle, B
Urtica, 9. Nettle, B
Waltheria, 1, 2. A

AC A-

^CATALOGUE of fuch .Medicinal Plants as may be cultivated
in the Englifh Gardens 5 being hardy enough to bear the cold in the
open air . Such of them as grow in the fields , and are generally
termed Weeds, are alfo diftinguifhed with their places of growth y fi
that any perfon who is inclinable to cultivate them, may know where to
obtain them . 'The titles of thefe plants are fuch as have been adopted

in the Difpenfariesy and the figures which are added to themy denote
the fpecies in the body of this work**

Brotanum mas anguftifoiium majus. C. B. P.
Southernwood. Sp. i.

Abfinthium vulgare majus. J. B. Common
Wormwood. Englifh. In lanes, and on dunghills. Sp. i.

Abfinthium Ponticum tenuifolium incanum. C. B. P.
Roman Wormwood. Sp. 2.

Abfinthium marinum album. Ger. Sea Wormwood.
Englifh. On the fea-fhore. Sp. 13.

Acanthus fativus vel mollis Virgilii. C. B. P. Bear’s-
breech. Sp. 1.

Acetofa pratenfis. C. B. P. Common Sorrel. Englifli.
In meadows, and other paftures. Sp. 1.

Acetofa arvenfis lanceolata. C. B. P. Sheep’s Sorrel.
Englifli. On dry gravelly foils. Sp. 3.

Acetofa rotundifolia hortenfis. C. B. P. French Sor-
rel. Sp. 4.

Acorus verus, five Calamus Aromaticus officiriarum.
C. B. P. The true Acorus. Englifli. In deep Banding
waters, but pretty rare. Sp. 1.

Adianthum foliis longioribus pulverulentis pediculo
nigro. C. B. P. Black Maiden Hair. Englifli. In joints
of old walls, and on the fides of fhady banks.

Ageratum foliis ferratis. C. B. P. Sweet Maudlin.
Achillaea. Sp. 8.

Agrimonia officinarum. Inft. R. H. Agrimony. Eng-
lifli. In woods and fhady lanes.

Alcea vulgaris major. C. B. P. Vervain Mallow.
Englifli. In paftures. Malva.

Alchemilla vulgaris. C. B. P. Ladies Mantle. Eng-
lifli. In moift paftures. Sp. 1.

Alkekengi officinarum. Inft. R. H. Winter Cherry.
Phyfalis. Sp. 1.

Allium fativum. C. B.P. Garlick. Sp. 1.

Alfine media. C. B. P. Chickweed. Englifli. In eve-
ry dunghill, and in every garden.

Althaea Diofcoridis & Plinii. C. B. P. Marflh Mal-
lows. Englifli. In moift lanes in Kent.

Amaranthus makimus. C. B. P. Flower Gentle. Sp. 5.
Ammi majus. C. B. P. Bifnop’s Weed. Sp. i.
Anagallis phceniceo flore. C. B. P. The female Pim-
pernel. Englifli. On ploughed lands, but pretty rare.
Sp. 2.

Anchufa puniceis floribus. C. B. P. Alkanet. Lytho-
fpermUm.

Anethum hortenfe. C. B. P. Dill. Sp. 1.

Angelica fativa. Q. B. P. Angelica. Sp. 1.

Anonis fpinofa, flore purpureo. C. B. P. Reft-harrow.
Englifli. On commons, and in other uncultivated places.
Ononis. Sp. 1.

Anthora, feu Aconitum falutiferum. C. B. P. Whole-
fome Monkfhood. Aconitum. Sp. 4.

Aparine vulgaris. C. B. P. Clivers, or Gcofc-grafs^
Englifli. Under hedges, &c.

Apium paluftre, & Apium officinarum. C. B. P.
Smallage. Englifh. In ftanding waters. Sp. 4.

Apium hortenfe. Ger. Garden Parfley. Sp. 1.

Apium Macedonicum. C. B. P. Macedonian Parfley.
Bubon. Sp. 1.

Aquilegia fylveftris. C. B. P. Wild Columbine. Eng-
lifli. In woods, but rare. Sp. 1.

Ariftolochia clematis redta. C. B. P. Creeping Birth-
wort. Sp. 3.

Ariftolochia longa vera. C. B. P. Long Birthwort.
Sp. 2.

Ariftolochia rotunda, flore ex purpura nigro. C. B. P.
Round Birthwort. Sp. 1.

Artemifia vulgaris major. C. B. P. Mugwort. Eng-
lifli. On the fides of fields. Sp. 1.

Arum vulgare. Ger. Wake Robin. Englifh. In
woods, and under hedges. Sp. 1.

Arundo vulgaris, five Phragmites Diofcoridis. C. B.
P. The Reed. Englifh. In deep -waters. Sp. 1.

Afarum vulgare. Park. ATarabacca. Englifli. In
moift fhady places, but rare. Sp. r.

Alclepias flore albo. C. B. P. Swallow-wort, or
Tame Poifon. Sp. 1.

Afparagus fativus. C. B. P. Sparagus. Sp. 1.
Afperula, five Rubeola montana odora. C.B. P. Wood-
roof. Englifh. In woods and fhady places. Sp. 1.

Afphodelus albus ramofus mas. C. B. P. The true
white Afphodel, or King’s Spear. Sp. 2.

Afphodelus luteus, & flore, & radice. C. B. P. Yel-
low King’s Spear. Sp. 1.

Afplenium, five Ceteraeh. J. B. Spleenwort, or
Miltwafte. Englifli. On old walls.

After Atticus cceruleus vulgaris. C. B. P. Blue Ita-
lian Starwort. Sp. 2.

Atradfylis lutea. C. B. P. Yellow Diftaff Thiftle.
Carthamus. Sp. 2.

Atriplex hortenfis alba, five pallide virens. C. B. P.
Garden Orach. Sp. 1.

Atriplex foetid a. C. B. P. Stinking Orach. Englifh.
On dunghills, and in cultivated lands. Chenopodium.
Sp. 2.

Balfamita major. Dod. Pempt. Coftmary, or Ale-coft.
Tanacetum. Sp. 3.

Bardana vulgaris major. Park. Burdock. Englifh,
By the fides of roads. Ardtium. Sp. 1.

Behen album officinarium. J. B. Spatling Poppy.
Englifli. On arable land. Cucubalus. Sp. 2.

Beilis fylveftris,- caule foliofo, major. C. B, P. Ox-
Eye Daify. Englifh. In Corn-fields, and in paftures,
Chryfanthemum. Sp. 2.

Beilis fylveftris minor. C. B. P. Daily, Englifh. In
Grafs -fields, Sp. 1,

Berber is '

CATALOGUE

Berberis dumetorum. C. B. P. The Berberry, orPi-
TL ridge Btiili. Englifli. In fame hedges, Sp, i.

Beta alba vel pallefcens, qdse Cicia officinarum. C.
-B. P. The white, Beet. Sp. 2.

Beta rubra vulgaris. C. B, P. the Red Beet. Sp. 3.
Betonica purpurea. C. B, P. Wood Betony. Englifli.

In woods, &c. Sp. 1.

Biftorta radice minus intorta. C. B. P. Biftort, or
Snakeweed. Engiifh. In moift meadows. Sp. 1.

Blitum- album majus. C, B. P. White Elites. Ama-
■ranthus. Sp. 8.

Blitum rubruni majus. C. B. P. Red Elites. Ama-
ranthus. Sp. 6.

Borago fforibus cceruleis. J. B. Borage. Enslifh. In
arable land. Sp. 1.

Botrys ambrolioides vulgaris. C. B. P. Oak of Jeru-
salem. Chenopodium. Sp. 4.

Braffica capkata alba. C. B. P. Cabbage. Sp. 1.

Bryonia afpera, five alba, baccis rubris. C. B. P.
Briony. Englilh. Under hedges, and on the Tides of
banks. Sp. r.

Bryonia kevis, five nigra, ramofa. C. B. P. Black
Briony. Englifli. In woods, and under hedges. Tamus.
Sp. i.

Buglofium angufufolium majus. C. B. P. Garden
Buglofs. Anchufa. Sp. 1.

Buglofium fylveftre minus. C. B. P. Wild Buglofs.
Englilh. On arable land. Lycopfis. Sp. 1.

Bugula vulgaris. Park. Bugle. Engiifh. In moil
meadows and WQods. Sp. 1.

Buphtfialmum cotuke folio. C. B. P. Ox-eye. An-
themis. Sp. 12.

Burfa paftoris major, folio finuato. C. B. P. Shep-
herd’s Purfe. Englifli. By the Tides of paths every
where. Sp. r.

Buxus arborefcens. C. B. P. The Box-tree. Engiifh.

On Box-hill, nearDarkin in Surry. Sp. 1.

Calamintha vulgaris, vel officinarum Germanic. C. B.

P. Mountain Calamint. Englifli. On uncultivated
land. Melifla.

Calamintha pulegii odore, five Nepeta. C. B. P.
Calamint with the fcent of Pennyroyal. Engiifh. On
the Tides of roads, and other uncultivated places. Me-
lififa.

Calamintha arvenfis verticillata. C. B. P. Water Ca-
lamint. Engiifh. By the Tides of ditches, and in moft
arable land. Mentha.

Calcitrapa fiore purpureo. Vaill. The Star Thiftle.
Engiifh. On the Tides of banks. Centaurea. Sp. 40. Lin.

Caltha vulgaris. C. B. P. Marigold. Calendula.

Sp. 2.

' Cannabis fativa. C. B. P. Hemp. Engiifh. On
dunghills. Sp. 1.

Capparis fpinofa, frudtu minore, folio rotundo. C. B.

P. Caper. Sp. 1.

Cardamine magno fiore purpurafcente. Inft. R. H.
Ladies Smock, or Cuckow-fiower. Engiifh. In mea-
dows. Sp. 1.

Cardiaca. Inft. R. IT. Motherwort. Engiifh. By
the Tides of paths. Sp. i.

Carduus albis maculis notatus, vulgaris. C. B. P. Our
Lady’s Thiftle. Engiifh. On uncultivated places. Sp. 4.

Carlina aeaulos, magno fiore. C. B. P. The Carline
Thiftle. Sp. 3.

Carthamus officinarum, fiore croceo. Inft. R. H.
Saffron-flower, or Baftard Saffron. Sp. 1.

Carui. Caefalp. Caraway. Engiifh. On dunghills,
but rare. Carum. Sp. 1.

Caryophillata vulgaris. C. B. P. Avens, or Herb
Bennet. Engiifh. In woods, and under hedges. Geum.

Sp. 1.

Caryophyllus altilis major. C. B. P. Clove Gilliflower.
Dianthus. Sp. 5.

Centaurium majus, folio in lacinias plures divifo. C.

B. P. Great Centaury. Centaurea. Sp. 3.

Centaurium minus. C. B. P. Centaury. Englifli. In
cultivated lands, and in woods. Gentiana. Sp. 1.

Cepa vulgaris. C. B. P. Onion.

Chserophyllym fativum. C. B. P. Chervil, Sp. 5.

of PLANTS.

Chamaedrys vulgo vera exiftimata. j. B. Germander.
Englifli. On chalky lands. Teucrium. Sp. 6.

Chammirrelum nobile, five Leucanthemum odoratum.
C. B. P. Chamomile. Engiifh. On commons and
heaths. Anthemis. Sp. 2.

Chamaemelum vulgare Leucanthemum Diofcoridis.
C. B. P. May Weed, Field Chamomile. Engiifh. On
arable land, and dunghills. Anthemis, Sp. 2.

Chamaepitys lutea vulgaris, five folio trifido. C. B. P.
Ground Pine. Engiifh. On arable land. Teucrium.1
Sp. 16.

Chelidonium majus vulgare. C. B. P. Celandine..
Englifli. In woods and under hedges. Sp. 1.

Clielidonia, rotundifolia minor, C. B. P. Pilewort.
Engiifh. By the Tides of ditches, and other moift places.
Ranunculus.

Chenopodium folio triangulo. Inft. R. H. Mercury,
or Allgood. Engiifh. In lanes and unfrequented places.
Sp. 1.

Cicer, fativum. C. B. P. Cicers, or Chich Peas.
Sp. i.

Cichorum fylveftre, five officinarum. C. B. P. Wild
Succory. Engiifh. In lanes and commons. Sp. 1.

Cicuta major. C. B. P. Hemlock. Engiifh. On the
fide of banks. Conium. Sp. 1.

Cinara hortenfis, foliis aculeatis, & non aculeatis.
C. B. P. Artichoke. Sp 1 .

Ciftus mas, folio oblongo incano. C. B. P. Holy
Rofe. Sp. 2.

Ciftus ladinifera Cretica, fiore purpureo. Tourn. Cor.
The Gum Ciftus. Sp. 9.

Cnicus fylveftris hirfutior, five Carduus Benedidtus.'
C. B. P. Carduus, or the Bleffed Thiftle. Sp. 1.

Cochlearia folio fubrotundo. C. B. P. Scurvy-grafs.
Sp. 1.

Cochlearia folio finuato. C. B. P. Sea Scurvy-grafs,
Engiifh. In fait marfhes. Sp. 2.

Conyza major vulgaris. C. B. P. On dry land. Sp. 1.'
Conyza minor, fiore globofo. C. B. P. Fleabane.
Engiifh. On chalky uncultivated ground. Inula. 6.
Lin. Sp. 1.

Coriandrum majus. C. B. P. Coriander. Sp. 1.
Coronopus fylveftris hirfutior. C. B. P. Buckfhorn
Plantain. Engiifh. On commons and uncultivated places,
Plantago. Lin.

Coronopus Ruellii. J. B. Swines Crefs. Engiifh.1
On moift commons. Cochlearia. Lin. Sp. 5.

Corylus fylveftris. £C. B. P. Hazel. Engiifh. In woods;
Sp. 1.

Cotula fcetida. Dod. Stinking Chamomile. Engiifh,
On arable land. Anthemis.

Cotyledon major. C. B. P. Navelwort, or Wall Pen-
nywort. Engiifh. On the Tides of banks, and upon
walls, but rare near London. Sp. 1.

Crithmum, five foeniculum maritimum minus. C. B.
P. Camphire. Engiifh. On the rocks by the fea-fide.
Sp. 1 .

Crocus fativus. C. B. P. Saffron. Sp. 1.

Cruciata hirfuta. C. B. P. Croffwort. Engiifh. By
the fides of hedges. Valantia. Lin,

Cucumis fylveftris afininus di&us. C. B. P. Wild
Cucumber. Momordica. Sp. 4.

Cucumis fativus vulgaris. C. B. P. Garden Cucum-
ber. Sp. 1.

Cupreffus meta inTaftigium convoluta, quae foemina
Plinii. C. B. P. The common Cyprefs. Sp. 1.

Cyanus montanus latifolius, vel verbafculum cya-
noides. C. B. P. The great Blue Bottle. Centaurea.

SP- 7*

Cyanus minor, five fegetum. C. B. P. The fmall
Blue Bottle. Engiifh. Amongft Corn, &c. Centaurea.
Sp. 11.

Cyclamen heaeras folio. C. B. P. Sowbread. Sp. r.
Cynogloffum majus vulgare. C. B. P. Hound’s-
tongue. Englilh. By hedges fides, and in other uncul-
tivated places. Sp. 1.

Cyperus odoratus, radice longa, five Cyperus offici-
narum. C. B, P. Long Cyperus.

Daucus

' CATALOGUE

Daucils folks fceriiculi tenuiflifftis. C. B. P. Daucus
©f Crete, or Candy Carrot. Athamanta. Sp. 2.

Daucus vulgaris. Cluf. Sift. Wild Carrot, or Bird’s:
neft. Englifli. On the fide of paths in fields, and other
uncultivated places. Sp. 1.

Delphinium majus, five vulgare. Parle. Larkfpur,

In Cambridgeflhire plentifully. Sp. 1.

Dens leonis latiore folio. C. B. P. Dandelion. Eng-
lilh. On walls, and in Grafs fields every where. Leon-
todon. Sp. 1.

Digitalis purpurea, folio afpero. C. B. P. Fox-glove.
Englilh. On the fides of banks, in woods, and in other
uncultivated places. Sp. 1.

Dipfacus fativus. C. B. P. The manured Teafel. Cul-
tivated in fome weftern counties in England. Sp. 2.

Dipfacus fylveftris, aut Virga paftoris major. C. B. P.
The wild Teafel. Englilh. On dry banks. Sp. 1.

Doronicum radice fcorpii. C, B. P. Leopard’s-bane.
Sp. i.

Dracunculus polyphyllus. C. B. P. Dragons. Arum.
Sp. 8-.

Echium vulgare. C. B. P. Viper’s Buglofs. Englifli.
On fallowed land, and amongft the Corn. Sp. 1.

EJatine folio fubrotundo. C. B. P. Fluellin, or female
Speedwell. Englifli. On arable land. Antirrhinum. Lin.
Endivia latifolia fativa. C. B..P. Endive. Cichorium.

SP- 4-

• Equifetum paluftre, longioribus fetis. C. B. P. Horfe-
tail. Eng. By the fide of ditches, and other moift places.

Eruca latifolia alba, fativa Diofcoridis. C. B. P.
Rocket. Sp. 1.

Eryngium maritimum. C. B. P. Eryngo. Englifli.
On the fide of fea-lhores. Sp. 1.

Eryfimum vulgare. C.,B. P. Hedge Milliard. Englifli.
On walls, and by the way-fides, very common. Sp. 1.

Eupatorium cannabinum. C. B. P. Hemp-leaved
Agrimony. Englifli. By the Tides of ditches, and Land-
ing waters. Sp. 1.

Euphrafia officinarum. C. B. P. Eyebright. Englifli.

In commons, and uncultivated fields. Sp. 1.

Fabafi C. B. P. The Garden Bean. Sp, r.

Faba minor, five Equina. C. B. P. The Horfe Bean.
Sp. 2.

Filipendula vulgaris, a Molon PKnii. C. B. P. Drop-
wort. Englifli. On commons, &c. Spiraea. Sp. 10.

Filix ramofa major, pinnulis obtufis non dentatis. C.
B. P. Female Fern. Englilh. On commons and heaths.

Sp. 1.

Filix non ramofa dentata. C. Bi*P. The ma'e Fern.
Englifli. On the fide of banks, and in woods. Sp. 2.

Fceniculum vulgare Germanicum. C. B. P. Fennel.
Englifli. On uncultivated ground. Sp. 1.

Fceniculum dulce. C. B. P. Sweet Fennel. Sp. 3.
Foenum Grtecum fativum. C. B. P. Fenugreek.
Trigonella. Sp. 1.

Fragaria vulgaris. C. B. P. Strawberry. Englifli.
In woods. Sp. 1.

Frangula, feu Alnus nigra, baccifera. Park. Berry-
bearing Alder. Englifli. In moiL woods. Sp. 1.

Fraxinella. Cluf. Hift. Fraxinella, or white Dittany.
Dicftamnus. Sp. 1.

Fumaria officinarum, & Diofcoridis. C. B, P. Fumi-
tory. Englifli. On arable iand| Sp. 1,

■ Galega vulgaris. C. B. P. Goat’s-rue. Sp. 1.

^ Galium luteum. C. B. P. Ladies BedLraw, or
Cheefe-rennet. Englifli. On the fide of banks, in mea-
dows. Sp, 1.

GeniLa angulofa & fcoparia. C. P. B. Broom. Eng-
lifli. On commons, &c. Spartium. Sp. 5.

Gentiana major lutea.C. B. P. Gentian, or Fellwort.
Sp. 1.

__ Geranium folio malvse rotundo. C. B. P. Dove’s- foot
Crane s-biil. Englifli. On the fides of banks.

Geranium molchatum. C. B. P. Mulk Crane’s-bill.
Englifli. In unfrequented lanes, but rare. Sp. 17.

Geranium Robertianum primum. C. B. P. Herb
Robert, Englifli. By hedges.

of-PLANTS.

Glycirrhiza filiquofa, vel Germanica. C. B. P. Li-
quorice. Sp. 1.

Gnaphalium vulgare majus. C. B. P. Cudweed. Eng-
lifli. On commons, &c. Filago. Lin.

Grarnen caninum arvenfe, five Gramen Diofcoridis.
C. B,P. Dog Grafs, or Couch Grafs. Englilh. On ara-
ble land every where.

Gratiola centauroides. C. B. P. Hedge Hyfibp. Sp. 1.
Groffularia fpinofa fativa. C. B. P. Goofeberry. Sp. 1.

Harmala. Dod. Pemp. Wild Rue. Peganum. Lin. Spi
Hedera arborea. C. B. P. Ivy. Englifli. Climbing
on trees. Sp. 1.

Hedera terreftris vulgaris. C. B. P. Ground Ivy, or
Alehoof. Englifli. Under hedges, and on bank-fides.
Glechoma. Lin.

Helenium vulgare. C. B. P. Elecampane. Inulai

Sp. I. X. ■'

Helleboru.s albus, flore fubviridi. C, B. P. White
Hellebore. Veratrnm. Sp. x.

Helleborus niger, flore rofeo. C. B. P. Black Helle-
bore. Sp. 3.

Hepatica flore fimplici cffiruleo. Cluf. Llift. Noble
Liverwort. Sp. 1.

Herba Paris. Ger. Herb Paris, One-berry, or True-
love. Engliffi. In fiiady woods. Paris. Sp. 1.

Herniaria glabra. J. B. Rupturewort. Sp. 1.
Hieraciurn majus, folio fonchi. C. B. P. Hawkweed,
Englifli. On the way-fides, pretty common.

Hordeum diftichum. C. B. P. Barley. Sp. 1.
Llorminuni Sclarea diftum. C. B. P. Clary. Sclare^.
Sp. 1.

Horminum fylveLre, lavendulai flore. C. B. P. Wild
Clary. Englifli. On uncultivated fields. Sp. 1.

Hyacinthus oblongo flore cteruleus major. C. B. P.
Hair-bells. Englifli. In woods, arid under hedges. Sp. 1.

Hyofcyamus albus major. C. B. P. White Henbane.
Sp. 1.

Hyofcyamus vulgaris niger. C. B. P. Black Henbane.
Englilh. On commons, and uncultivated land. Sp. 1.

Hypericum vulgare. C. B. P. St. Johnfwort. Eng-
fifh. Under hedges, and by the way-fides. Sp. 1.

Hyflbpus officinarum, c^rulea feu fpicata. C. B. P.
Hyffop. Sp. 1.

Jafmirium vdlgatius, flore albo. C. B. P. Jafinine.

Sp. 1.

Iberis latiore folio. C. B. P. Sciatica Crefs. Lepidium.
SP- 4- '

Imperatoria major. C. B. P.' MaLerwort. Sp. 1.

■ Iris alba Florentina. C. B. P. Orris.

Iris vulgaris Germanica, five fylveftris. C. B. P.
Garden Flower-de-luce. Sp. 2.,

Iris fylveftris feetida, Inft. R. H. Stinking Gladwin.
Englifli, In woods, and moft uncultivated places. Sp. 19.

Iris paluftris lutea, Ger. Baftard Acbrus. Englilh.
In Landing waters. Sp. 1.

Ifatis fativa vel latifolia. C. B. P. Woad. Sp. 1.
Juniperus vulgaris fruticofa. C. B. P. Juniper. Eng-
lifli. On heaths. Sp. 1.

Kali majus, cochleato femine. C. B. P. Glafs-wort.
Salibla. Sp. 3.

Labtuca fativa. C. B. P. Lettuce. Sp. 1.

Lamium album, non foetens, folio oblongo. C. B. P.
White Archangel. Englifli. Under hedges. Sp. 2.

Lamium purpureum feetidum, folio fubrotundo,- five
Galeopfxs Diofcoridis. C. B, P. Red Archangel, or Dead
Nettle. Englifli. On the fides of banks. Sp. 1.

Lapathum folio acuto piano. C. B. P. Sharp-pointed
Dock. Englifli. In fields and uncultivated places. Sp. 4.

Lapathum aquaticurii, folio cubitali. C. B. P. The
great Water Dock. Englifli. In Handing Waters. Sp. 3.

Lapathum hortenfe rotundifolium, five montanum.:-
C. B. P. Baftard Monks Rhubarb. Rumex. Sp. 2.

Lapathum folio acuto, rubente. C. B. P. Bloodwort.
Englifli. On the way-fide.

Lapathum hortenfe, folio oblongo, five fecunduni
'Diofcoridis. C. B. P. Patience. Rumlx. Sp. 1.

15 L JLapathuni:

CATALOGUE of PLANTS.

Lapathum hortenfe latifolium, C. B. P. True Monks
Rhubarb.

Lapathum prseftantiffimum, Rhabarbarum officina-
rum didum. Morif. Rhapontic. Rheum. Sp. 2.
Lavendula anguftifolia. C. R. P. Lavender. Sp. 2.
Lavendula latifolia. C. B. P. Lavender Spike. Sp. 1.
Laureola fempervirens, flore viridi, quibufdam Lau-
reola mas. J. B. Spurge Laurel. Englifh. In woods.
Daphne. Sp. 2.

Laureola folio deciduo, flore purpureo, officinis.
Laureola fcemina. C. B. P. Mezereon, or Spurge Olive.
Daphne. Sp. 1.

Lauras vulgaris. C. B. P. The Bay. Sp. 2.

Lens vulgaris. C. B. P. The Lentil. Sp. 1.
Lenticulapaluftris vulgaris. C. B. P. Duck’s Meat.
Englifh. On the furface of Handing waters every where.

Lepidium latifolium. C. B. P. Dittander, or Pepper-
wort. Englifh. On uncultivated ground, but not very
common. Sp. i.

Leucoium incanum majus. C. B. P. Stock-gilliflower.
Cheiranthus. Sp. 6.

Leucoium luteum vulgare. C. B. P. Wall-flower.
Englilh. On old walls and buildings. Cheiranthus. Sp. 3.

Levifticum vulgare. C. B. P. Lovage. Ligufticum.
Sp. 1.

Lichen terreftris cinereus. Raii Syn. Afh-caloured
Ground Liverwort. Englifh. On heaths and commons.

Liguftrum Germanicum. C. B. P. Privet. Englifh.
In hedges. Sp. 1.

Lilium album, flore eredo, &: vulgare. C. B. P. The
White Lily. Sp. 1.

Lilium convallium album. C. B. P. Lilies of the
'Valley. Englifh. In fhady woods. Convallaria. Sp. 1.

Limonium maritimum majus. C. B. P. Sea Lavender.
Englifh. In the fait marfhes. Sp. 1.

Linaria vulgaris lutea, flore majore. C. B. P. Toad-
flax. Englifh. On the fide of banks. Sp. 1.

Lingua cervina officinarum. C. B. P. Hart’s-tongue.
Englifh. On the walls of wells, and other moift places.
Linum fativum. C. B. P. Flax. Sp. 1.

Linum pratenfe, flofculis exiguis. C. B. P. Mountain
cr purging Flax. Englifh. In meadows and paftures.

SP- r3- ■ .

Lithofpermum majus erectum. C. B. P. Gromwill, or
Graymill. Englifh. On uncultivated land. Sp. 1.

Lotus hortenfis odora. C. B. P. Sweet Trefoil. Tri-
folium. Sp. 12.

Lunaria racemofa minor. C. B. P. Moonwort. Eng-
lifh. On commons and heaths.

Lupinus fativus, flore albo. C. B. P. White Lupine.
Sp. 5.

Lupulus mas & fcemina. C. B. P. Hop.
Lycoperficon frudu cerafi. Inft. R. H. Love Apple.
Sp. 1.

Lyfimachia lutea major. C. B. P. Loofeftrife. Eng-
lifh. On the fide of ditches. Sp. 1.

Majorana vulgaris. C. B. P. Sweet Marjoram. Ori-
ganum. Sp. 7.

Malva fylveftris, folio finuato C. B. P. Mallow.
Englifh. On banks and uncultivated places. Sp. 1.

Malva rofea, folio fubrotundo. C. B. P. Hollyhock.
Alcea. Sp. 1.

Mandragora frudu rotundo. C. B. P. Mandrake.
Sp. 1.

Marrubium album vulgare. C. B. P. White Hore-
hound. Englifh. On dry chalky land. Sp. 1.

Marrubium nigrum fcetidum. Ballote Diofcoridis.
C.B. P. Black or flunking Horehound. Englifh. On
banks, and by the way-fide. Ballotte. Sp. 1.

Marum vulgrare. Ger. Herb Maftich, or Maftich
Thyme. Satureja. Sp. 4.

Marum Syriacum vel Creticum. H. L. Marum, or
Syrian Maftich. Teucrium. Sp. 7.

Matricaria vulgaris, vel fativa. C. B. P. Feverfew.
Eng. On dunghills, and in unfrequented places. Sp. 1.

Melilotus officinarum Germanize. C B. P. Melilot.
Englifh. By the fide of cultivated fields. Trifolium.
Sp 11.

Melifia hortenfis. C. B. P. Balm. Sp. 1.

Mentha anguftifolia fpicata. C. B. P. Mint, or
Spear-mint. Sp. 1.

Mentha rotundifolia paluftris, feu aquatica major.
C. B. P. Water-mint. Englifh. In ditches and (hallow
waters. Sp. 11.

Mentha fpicis brevioribus & habitiorlbus, foliis mem
thas fufcse, fapore fervido piperis. Raii Syn. Pepper-
mint. Engliffi. In watery places. Sp. 6.

Mentha fylveftris, longiore folio. C. B. P. Horfe^
mint. Englifn. In uncultivated places. Sp. 4.

Mercuriahs tefticulata five mas, & fpicata, five fce-
mina Diofcoridis & Plinii. C. B. P, French Mercury.
Englifh. On the way-fide. Sp. 2.

Mefpilus apii folio, fylveftris, fpinofa, five oxyacantha.
C. B. P. The White Thorn, or Hawthorn. Englifh.
In hedges. Sp. 4.

Mefpilus vulgaris. J. B. The common Medlar. Sp. 1,
Meum foliis anethi. C. B. P. Mew, or Spignel. Atha-
manta. Sp. i.

Milium femine lutea vel albo. C. B. P. Millet. Sp. 1.
Millefolium vulgare album. C. B, P. Yarrow, Mil-
foil, or Nofebleed. Englifh. By the path-fides every
where. Achillea. Sp. 1.

Myrrhis magno femine longo fulcato. J. B. Sweet
Cicely, or fweet Fern. Scandix. Sp. 5.

Napus fativus. C. B. P. Sweet Navew, or French
Turnep. Rapa. Sp. 2.

Napus fylveftris. C. B. P. Wild Navew, or Cole-
feed. Englifh. On banks. Rapa. Sp. 3.

Nafturtium aquaticum fnpinitm. C. B. P. Water
Crefs. Englifh. In ditches and Handing waters. Sifym-
brium. Sp. 1.

Nafturtium hortenfe vulgatum. C. B. P. Garden
Crefs. Sp. 1 .

Nepeta major vulgaris. Park. Nep, or Cat-mint.
Engliffi. On chalky dry fields. Sp. 1.

Nicotiana major latifolia. C. B. P. Tobacco. Sp. 2.
Nigella flore minore fimplici candido. C. B. P. Fen-
nel-flower. Sp. 3.

Ocymum vulgatius. C. B. P. Bafil. Sp. 1.

Olea fativa. C. B. P. The Olive-tree. Sp. 1.
Ophiogloftum vulgatum. C. B. P. Adder’s-tongue.
Englifh. In moift meadows.

Orchis morio mas, foliis maculatis. C. B. P. Male
Satyrium, or Eools-ftones. Englilh. In woods and
moift meadows. Sp. 2.

Orchis morio fcemina. C. B. P. Female Satyrium.
Englifh. In meadows. Sp. 1.

Origanum fylveftre, cunila bubula Plinii. C. B. P.
Wild Marjoram Englifh. On dry uncultivated places.
Sp. 1.

Origanum onites. C. B. P. Origany of Crete. Sp. 6.
Orobus filiquis articulatis, femine majore. C. B. P.
Bitter Vetch. Ervum. Sp. 5.

Ofmunda regalis. Ger. Flowering Fern, or Ofmund-
royal. Sp. 1.

Oxys. Inft. R. H. Wood Sorrel, Englifh. In moift
woods. Oxalis. Sp. 1.

Pzeonia foemina, flore rubro majore. C. B. P. Piony.
Sp. 2.

Pzeonia folio nigricante fplendido, quas mas. C. B. P.
Male Piony. Sp. r.

Panax coloni, & marrubium aquaticum acutum. Ger.
Clowns All-heal. Englifh. By the fides of ditches,
and other watery places. Stachys. Sp. 8.

Panax Paftinacm folio. C. B. P. Hercules’s All-heal.
Paftinaca. Sp. 3.

Paniculum Germanicum, five panicula minore. C.
B. P. Panic. Sp. 1.

Papaver hortenfe, femine albo. C.B. P. White Poppy.
Sp. 9.

Papaver hortenfe, femine nigro. C. B. P. Black
Poppy. Sp, 8.

Papaver erraticum, Rhoias Diofcoridi, Theophrafto,
Plinio. C. B. P. Red Poppy. Englifh. On arable land.
Sp. 1.

Parietaria

CATALOGUE of PLANT

Parietaria officinarum. C. B. P. Pellitory of the wall.
Englifh. On walls. Sp i.

Paronychia rntaceo folio, Ger. Rue-leaved Whitlow
Grafs. Eng. On walls and buildings. Saxifraga. Lin.
Paftinaca fativa latifolia. C. B. P. Parfnep. Sp. 2.
Paftinaca fylveftris latifolia. C. B. P. Wild Parfnep.
Engliih. On uncultivated places. Sp. 1.

Pentaphylloides argentina dicta. Raii Syn. Silver
Weed, or wild Tanfey. Englifh. On moift commons,
and by the fides of ditches. Potentilla. Sp. 1.

Perfoliata vulgatiffima, five arvenfis. C. B. P. Tho-
rough Wax. Englifh. On arable land. Bupleurum.
Sp. 1.

Periclymenum non perfoliatum Germanicum. C.B. P.
Hbneyfuckle. Englifh. In hedges. Sp. 5.

Perficaria mitis maculofa. C.B.P. Spotted Arfefmart.
Englifh. On dunghills. Sp. 2.

Perficaria urens, feu Hydropiper. C. B. P. Arfefmart,
or Water Pepper. Englifh. By the fide of ditches, and
in other watery places. Sp. 1.

Petafites major & vulgaris. C. B. P. Butter-bur.
Englifh. By ditch-fides. Sp. 1.

Peucedanum Germanicum. C. B. P. Hog’s-fennel,
or Sulphur-wort. Englifh, but very rare. Sp. 1.

Phellandrium, vel cicutaria aquatica quorundam.
J. B. Water Hemlock. Englifh. In handing waters.

Pilofella major repens hirfuta. C. B. P. Moufe-ear.
Englifh. On walls and dry gravelly commons.

Pimpinella fanguiforba minor. C. B. P. Burnet.
Englifh. On chalky ground. Potentilla. Sp. 1.

Pimpinella faxifraga major, umbella Candida. C.B.P.
Burnet [Saxifrage. Englifh. Under hedges, and by
the fide of fields. Sp. 2.

Pimpinella faxifraga major altera. C. B. P. The leffer
Burnet Saxifrage. Englifh. In paftures. Sp. 1.

Pifum arvenfe, flore candido, fru&u rotundo albo.
C. B. P. Peas. Sp. 1.

Plantago latifolia finuata. C. B. P. Plantain. Eng-
lifh. In moift places.

Plantago anguftifolia major. C. B. P. Narrow-leaved
Plantain, or Ribwort. Englifh. On dunghills, and by
the way-fide every where.

Plumbago quorundam. Cluf. Hift. Toothwort, or
Leadwort. Sp. t.

Polium maritimum eredtum Monfpeliacum. C. B. P.
Poley Mountain. Sp, 4.

Polium anguftifolium Creticum. C. B. P. Poley of
Crete. Sp. 5.

Polygonatum latifolium vulgare. C. B. P. Solomon’s
Seal. Englifh. In fome woods, but not common.
Convallaria. Sp. 3.

Polygonum latifolium. C. B. P. Knot-grafs. Englifh.
In uncultivated places.

Polypodium vulgare. C. B. P. Polypody. Englifh.
On fhady banks and walls. Sp. 1.

Porrum commune capitatum. C. B. P. The Leek.

Sp. 1.

Portulaca latifolia, feu fativa. C. B. P. Purflane.

Sp. 1.

Primula veris. Inft. R. H. Primrofe. Englifh. In
woods, and under hedges. Primula Sp. 1.

Primula veris major. Ger. Cowflip, or Paigles. Eng-
lifh. In meadows. Primula. Sp. 2.

Prunella major, folio non difiedto. Self-heal. Englifh.
In meadows, and pafture land. Sp. 1.

Prunus fylveftris, C. B. P. The Sloe-tree. Englifh.
In hedges. Sp, 1.

Pfy Ilium majus eredtum. C.B.P. Fleawort. Sp. 1.
Ptarmica vulgaris, folio longo ferrato, flore albo.
J. B. Sneezewort. Englifh. In woods, and under hedges.
Achillea. Sp. 10.

Pulegium latifolium, C.B.P. Pennyroyal. Englifh.
On moift commons. Sp. 1.

Pulegium anguftifolium. C. B. P. Hart’s Penny-
royal. Sp. 3.

Pulmonaria maculofa latifolia. Park. Spotted Lung-
wort, or Jerufalem Sage. Sp. 1.

Piinica fativa. Inft. R. H. Pomegranate. Sp. 1.
Punica lylveftris, flore pleno majore. Inft. R. H.
The WTild Pomegranate with a large double flower. Sp. 2.

Pyrethrum Hifpanicum. C. B. P. Pellitory of Spairi '
Anthemis. Sp. 11.

Pyrola rotundifolia major. C. B. P. Winter Green .
In fhady woods in the north of England. Sp. 1.

Quinquefolium majus repens. C. B. P. Cinquefoil
Engliih. r In paftures. Potentilla. Lin.

Ranunculus pratenfis, radice verticilli modo rotundo,
C.B.P. Crowfoot. Englifh. In paftures.

Ranunculus apii folio, Isevis. C. B. P. Marfh Crow-
foot. Englifh. Very common in Handing waters.
Rapa rotunda fativa. C.B.P. Turnep. Sp. 1.
Raphanus minor oblongus., C. B. P. Radifn. Sp. 1,
Raphaniis rufticanus. C. B. P. Horfe-fadifh. Englifh.
On dunghills, and by the fides of fields. Cochlearia. Sp. 5,
Rhamrius catharticus. C. B. P. Buckthorn, Engliih.
In hedges. Sp. t.

Rhus folio ulmi. C. B. P. Sumach. Sp, 1.

Ribes vulgaris, frndtu rubro. H. L. lied Currants.

Sp. 1.

Ros folis folio rotundo. C. B. P. Rofa-folis, or Sun-
dew. Englifh. On commons where there are bogs.
Rofa alba vulgaris major. C. B. P. The White Rofe.

Sp. 16.

Rofa Damafcena, flore pleno. Hort. Eyft. The Da-
mafk Rofe. Sp. 1 5.

Rofa rubra multiplex. C.B.P. The Red Rofe. Sp. 20.
Rofa fylveftris vulgaris, flore odorato, incarnato. C.
B. P. The Dog Rofe, or Wild Briar. Englifh. In
hedges. Sp. 1.

Rofmarinus hortenfis, ahguftiori folio. C. B. P. Rofe-
mary. Sp. 1.

Rubia tinftorum fativa. C. B. P. Madder. Sp. 1.
Rubis vulgaris, five rubus frudtu nigro. C. B. P.
The Bramble, or Blackberry. Englifh. Very common
in hedges. Sp. 1.

Rubus Idasus fpinofus, fruflu rubro. J. B. Rafp-
berry Bufh. Englifh. In fome woods. Sp. 3.

Rufcus myrtifolius aculeatus. Inft. R. H. Knee-holm,
or Butcher’s Broom. Englifh. In woods, and on com-
mons. Sp. 1.

Rufcus latifolius, fruftu folio innafcente. Inft. R. H.
Horfe-tongue, or Double-tongue. Sp. 2.

Rufcus latifolius, frudtu folio infidente. Inft. R. H„
The Bay of Alexandria. Sp. 3.

Ruta hortenfis latifolia. C.B.P. Rue. Sp. 1.

Ruta muraria. C. B. P. White Maiden Hair, or Wall
Rue. Englifh. On walls, and other buildings, in moift
places.

Sabina folio tamarifci Diofcoridis. C. B. P. Savin.
Sp. r.

Salvia nigra. C. B. P. Common Red Sage. Sp. 1.
Salvia minor, aurita & non aurita. C. B. P. Sage of
Virtue. Sp. 3.

Sambucus fruftti ih umbella rfigro. C. B. P. Elder.
Englifh. In hedges. Sp. 1.

Sambucus racemofa rubra. C. B. P. Mountain Elder.

SP- 3*

Sambucus humilis, five ebulus. C. B. P. Dwarf El-
der, or Danewort. Englifh, but not common near
London. Sp. 4.

Sanicula officinarum. C. B. P. Sahicle. Englifh. In

•J

woods and fhady places.

Santolina foliis teretibus. R. H. Lavender-cotton.

Sp. 1.

Saponaria major laevis. C. B. P. Sopewort. Englifh.
On the fide of banks. Sp. 1.

Satureja hortenfis, five Cunila fativa Plinii. C. B. P.
Savory. Sp. 1.

Satureja montana durior. C. B. P. Winter Savory,
SP* 3- _

Saxifraga rotundifolia alba, C.B.P. White Saxifrage.

O O

Englifh. In meadows. Sp. 1.

Scabiofa pratenfis hirfuta, qite officinarum. C. B. P.
Scabious. Englifh. On arable land. Sp. 1.

Scabiofa radice fuccifa, flore globofo. Raii Syn, De-
vil’s Bit, or Wood Scabious. Englifh. In woods, and
under hedges. Sp. 2.

Scordiom

Hi

CATALOGUE of

Scordium legitimum. Park. Scordium, or Water
'Germander. Englifh. In watery places, but not com-
mon. Teucriurn. Sp. 13.

Scordium' alteram, five falvia agreftis. C. B. P. Wood
Sage. Englifh. In woods, and on heaths. Teucriurn.
Sp. 12.

Scorzonera latifolia finuata. C. B. P. Scorzonera, or
Viper Grafs. Sp. i.

Scrophularia nodofa foemina. C. B. P. Figwort.
Englifh. In woods and fhady places. Sp. 1.

Scrophularia aquatica major. C. B. P. Water Fig-
wort, or Water Betony. Englifli. By the fide of
ditches. Sp. 2.

Secale hybernum vel majus. C. B. P. Rye. Sp. 1.

Sedum majus vulgare. C. B. P. Houfleek. -Englifli.
On houfe-tops and walls. Sempervivum. Sp. 12.

Sedum minus teretifolium album. C. B. P. Leffer
Houfleek. Englifli. On walls; &c. Sp. 1.

Sedum minus vermiculatum acre. C. B. P. Wall
Pepper, or Stone-crop. Englifli. On walls and build-
ings. Sp. 5. _ ■

Senecio minor vulgaris. C.'B. P. Groundfel, Englifli.
On walls, and on arable lands, and alfo on bye-paths
every where.

SerpylJum vulgare minus. C. B.P. Mother-of-thyme.
Englifh. On heaths and commons. Thymus. Sp. 6.

Seieli pratenfe, Silaus forte Plinio. C. B. P. Meadow
Saxifrage. Englifli. In moift paftures.

Siler montanum majus. Mor. Umb. Siler Mountain,
Baftard Lovage, or common Hartwort. Sp. 1.

Sinapi rapi folio. C. B. P. Muftard. Engliih. On
dunghills, &c. Sinapis. Sp. 2.

Sinapi hortenfe, femine albo. C. B. P. White Muf-
tard. Sinapis. Sp. 1.

Sifarum Germanorum. C. B. P. Skirret. Sium. Sp. 4.

Sium latifolium. C. B. P. Broad-leaved Water Parf-
nep. Engliih. In {landing waters. Sp. 1.

> Sium aromaticum, Sifon officinarum. Inft. R. H.
The German, or common Amomum. Englifn. Under
hedges, and in ihady lanes. Sifon. Sp. 1.

Smyrnium. Matth. Alexanders. Englifli. By the fide
of fields, but not common. Sp. 1.

So’anum hortenfe. Ger. Nightfhade. Engliih. On
dunghills. Sp. 1.

Solanum fcandens, feu dulcamara. C. B. P. Woody
Nightihade. Engliih. In hedges. Sp. 8.

Soldanella maritima minor. C. B. P. Seacole-wort,
or Sea Bindweed. Engliih. On the fea-lhore. Con-
volvulus. Sp. 29P

Sonchus afper laciniatus. C. B. P. Prickly Sowthiftle.
Englifh. On arable land.

Sonchus laevis laciniatus latifolius. C. B. P. Smooth
Sowthiftle. Englifli. With the former.

Sophia chirurgorum. Ger. Flixweed. Englifli. On
arable land. Silymbrium. Sp. 6.

Sorbus fativa. C. B. P. The true Service. Sp. 2.

Sorbus torminalis. Ger. The wild Service. Englifli.
In hedges. Crataegus. Sp. 2.

Spinachia vulgaris, capfula feminis aculeata. Inft.
Spinach. Sp. 1.

Staphyfagria. Matth. Staves-acre. Delphinium. Sp. 1 1.

Stoechas purpurea. C. B. P. Stcechas, French Laven-
der, or Stick-a-dore. Sp. 1.

Stoechas citrini tenuifolia Narbonenfis. J. B. Goldy-
locks. -Gnaphalium. Sp. 1.

Stramonium frudtu fpinofo oblongo, flore albo. Inft.
R, H. Thorn-apple. Englifh. Oil dunghills. Datura.
Sp. 1.

Symphytum confolida major foemina, flore albo, vel
pallide luteo. C. B. P. Comfrey. Englifli. In unculti-
vated places. Sp. 1.

Tamarifcus Narbonenfis. Lob. Tamarifk. Sp. 1.

Tanacetum vulgare luteum. C. B. P. Tanfey. Eng-
lifli. In unfrequented lanes. Sp. r.

Telephium vulgare. C. B. P. Orpine. Englifli. In
woods, and moift land. Sedum.. Sp. 14.

Thapfia Carotae folio. C. B. P. Deadly Carrot. Sp, 3.

P L A N T S.

Thlafpi arvenfe, filiquis latis. C. B. P. Treacle Muf-
tard. Englifh. In arable land, but rare. Sp. 2.

Thlafpi arvenfe, vaccarise incano folio, majus. C B. P.
Mithridate Muftard. Engliih. In arable land, and
near hedges. Sp. 1 .

Thuya Theophrafti. C. B, P. Tree of Life. Sp. 1.
Thymelaea foliis lini. C. B. P. Spurge-flax. Daphne.,

Sp- 7-

1 hymus vulgaris, folio tenniore. C. B. P. Thyme.
Sp. 2.

Tithymalus latifolius, Cataputia did us. H. L. Gar-
den Spurge. Euphorbia. Sp. 18.

Tithymalus paluftris fruticofus. C. B. P. German
Spurge, or greater Efula. Euphorbia. Sp. 22.

Tithymalus foliis pini, forte Diofcoridis Pityufa.
C. B. P. The leffer Efula. Euphorbia. Sp. 27.

Tormentilla fylveftris. C. B. P. Tormentil. Englifh.
On heaths. Sp. 1.

Tragacantha. C. B. P. Goat’s-thorn. Sp. 1.
Trichomanes, five Poly trichum officinarum. C. B. P.
Maiden-hair. Englifh. On walls, and the fide of Ihady
banks. Sp. 1.

Trifolium pratenfe purpureum majus. C. B. P. Tre-
foil. Englifli. In paftures. Sp. 1.

Trifolium arvenfe humile fpicatum, five Lagopus.
C. B. P. Hare’s-foot Trefoil. Englifh. On arable land.

SP- 9* .

Trifolium paluftre. C. B. P. Bog-bean, or Marfh
Trefoil. Englifh. On bogs. Menyanthes.

Triticum hybernum, ariftis carens. C. B. P. Wheat.
Sp. 1.

Tufiilago vulgaris. C. B. P. Coltsfoot. Englifh. On
barren land. Sp. 1.

Valeriana hortenfis, phu folio olufatri Diofcoridis.
C. B. P. Valerian. Sp. 1.

Valeriana paluftris minor. C. B. P. The leffer Vale-
rian. Englifh. On moift meadows, and in woods.

Valeriana fylveftris major, foliis anguftioribus. Rand.
Wild Valerian. Englifh. On chalky clofes. Sp. 2.

Verbafcum mas latifolium luteum. C. B. P. Mullein.
Englifh. On dry banks, and fandy land. Sp. 1.

Verbena communis, casruleo flore. C. B. P. Vervain.
Englifh. Near farm-yards. Sp. 1.

Veronica mas fupina, & vulgatiflima. C. B. P. Speed-
well, or Paul’s Betony. Englifh. In woody places. Sp. 1.

Veronica aquatica major, folio fubrotundo. Mor. Hift.
Brooklime. Englifli. In (landing water. Sp. 16.

Vicia fativa vulgaris, femine nigro. C. B. P. Vetch j
or Tare. Sp. 5.

Vinca Pervinca vulgaris. Ger. Periwinkle. Englifli.
In hedges and woods. Vinca. Sp. 1.

Viola mama purpurea, flore fimplici odoro. C. B. P.
Violet. Englifh. In woods, and near hedges. Sp. 1.

Viola tricolor hortenfis repens. C. B. P. Heart’s-eafe ,
or Panfies, common in the north of England. Sp. 10.

Virga aurea anguftifolia minus ferrata. C. B. P. Gol-
den Rod. Englifh. In woods, and near hedges. Soli-
dago. Sp. 1.

Vitex foliis anguftioribus, cannabis modo difpoftis.
C. B. P. The Chafte-tree. Sp. 1.

Vitis Idaea, foliis oblongis crenatis, fruflu nigricante.
C. B. P. Bilberry. Englifh. On moory heaths. Vacci-
nium. Sp. 1.

Vitis vinifera. C. B.P. The Vine. Sp. 1.

Ulmaria. Cluf. Meadow-fweet, or Queen of the
Meadows. Englifh. In moift meadows, and by the
fide of ditches. Spirtea. Sp. 12.

Urtica urens maxima. C. B. P. Nettle. Englifli. By
hedges and banks. Sp. 1.

Urtica urens, pilulas ferens prima Diofcoridis, femi-
ne lini. C. B. P. The Roman Nettle. Sp. 1.

Xanthium. Dod. The leffer Burdock. Sp. 1,

Zea briza di<?ca, vel Monococcos Germanica. C. B. P.
Spelt, or St. Peter’s Corn.

A 'C 'A--

A CATALOGUE of the large frees which are admitted in the
London Dilpenfary, as medicinal Plants^ but generally grow too large
to be admitted into fmall gardens .

B I E S mas, conis furfum fpedtantibus. C.B. P.
The Silver Fir, Sp. i.

Abies tenuiore folio, frudtu deorfum inflexo.
C.B.P. The common, or Spruce Fir, or Pitch-tree.
Sp. 2.

Amygdalus fativa, C, B. P. The Almond-tree. Sp. i.
Armeniaca fructu majore. Inft. R. H. The Apricot.
Sp. i.

Betula, C. B. P. The Birch-tree. English. In woods.
Sp. i.

Caftanea fativa. C. B. P. The Cheftnut-tree. Sp. i.
Cerafus major ac fylveftris, fruftu fubdulci, nigro co-
lore inficiente. C. B. P. The Black Cherry. Englifh.
In hedge-rows, and fome woods. Sp, 2.

Cerafus fativa rotunda, rubra & acida. C.B.P, The
Red Cherry. Sp. 1.

Cydonia frudtu oblongo laeviori. Inft. R. H. The
Quince-tree. Sp. 1,

Ficus communis. C.B.P. The Fig-tree. Sp. 1.
Fraxinus excelfior. C. B. P. The Afh-tree. Englifh.
In hedge-rows. Sp. 1.

Fraxinus rotundiore folio. C. B. P. The Manna Alh.
Sp. 2.

Ilex aculeata cocciglgndifera. C. B. P. The Kermes
Oak. Quercus. Sp. 18.

Larix folio deciduo, conifera. T. B. The Larch-tree.
Sp. 1.

Malus fylveftris, acido fruftu albo. Inft. R. H. The
Crab-tree. Englifh. In hedges. Sp. 1.

Malus fativa. Raii Syn. The Apple-tree. Sp. 2.
Morus frudtu nigro. C.B.P. The Mulberry. Sp. i.

Nux juglans, five regia vulgaris. C. B. P. The
Walnut. Juglans. Sp. 1.

Perfica molli carne, & vulgaris, viridis & alba. C, B.
P. The Peach-tree. Sp. 1.

Pinus fativa. C. B. P. The Pine-tree. Sp. 2.

Pinus fylveftris. C. B. P. The wild Pine, or Pinafter.

Sp. 1.

Populus nigra. C. B. P. The Black Poplar. Englilh.
In hedge-rows. Sp. 3.

Pyrus fativa. C. B. P. The Pear-tree. Sp. 1.

Quercus latifolius foemina. C. B. P. The Oak-tree.
Englifh. In forefts and woods. Sp. 1 .

Salix vulgaris alba arborefcens. C. B. P. The Willow.
Englifh. By the fide of rivers. Sp. 1.

Suber latifolium, perpetuo virens. C. B. P. The Cork-
tree. Quercus. Sp. 20.

Tilia foemina, folio majore. C. B. P. The Lime-;
tree. Sp. 1.

Ulmus campeftris & Theophrafti. C. B. P, Th®
Elm-tree. Englifh, In hedge-rows. Sp. 3,

li iit “ 1

15 M

I

The READER is defined to correB the Mifiakes , as alfo to add to the trivial Title*
where they are wanting. The Figures after the generic al Titles denote the Species.

Acanthus 2. iege [M-
ger)

Acanthus 3. lege [Bicfcqrdis)
Acer 10. lege ( Creticurn )

Acetofa 3. lege [Scut at a)

Acetofa 4. lege ( Digyna )

AAanfonia, add ( Baobab )
Adenanthera, add ( Pavonica )

Adoxa, add (. Mofchatellina )

Agave 2. lege ( Virginica )

Alchemilla 2. add ( Hybrida )

Aloe 8. lege ( Brevifolia )

Aloe 10. add ( Humilis )

Aloe 13. lege ( Linguiformis )
Amethyftea, add ( Carulea }
Amomum r. add [Zinziber) and lege
ovata inftead of ovato
Amomum 2. add ( Zerumbet )
Amygdalus 3. lege [Sat ha)

Ananas 3. lege ( Glaber )

Anguria, add ( Citrullus )

Annona 2. lege ( Muricata )

Ardtium 3. lege [Pomentofum)

Arum 13. lege ( Betifolium )

Arum 15. leg t [Efculentum)
Afparagus 1. add ( Satha )

Afperugo, add [Procumbent)

After 1 7. lege [Glaber)

Aftragalus 2. lege [Hamofa)
Atraphaxis 1. add [Spinofa)
Atraphaxis 2. add [Undulata)
Atriplex 1. add [Hortenfis)

Atriplex 2. add [Halimus)

Atriplex 3. add [Portulacoides)
Avena, add [Satha)

Aurantium 1. lege [Acre)

Bafteria, add ( Calycanthus )

Bellonia, add [Afpera)

Bloodwort, fee Rumex
Bombax 3. lege [Villofum)

Cachrys 1. lege [Prifida)

Ctefalpinia 2. lege [Crifta)

Cannabis, add [Satha)

Capparis 5. lege [Racemofa)

Capparis 8. lege [Laurifolia)
Capparis 10. lege [Prifiora)

Caffia 7. lege [Bicapfularis)

Catelbeae, add [Spinofa)

Cecropia, add [Peltata) 1
Cerinthe 2. lege [Glaber)

Chamserops, lege [Humilis)
Cheiranthus 2. lege ( Integrif alius )
Cheiranthus 4. lege [Anguftifolius)
Cheiranthus 9. lege [Glaber)
Cheiranthus 15. lege [Sinuatus)
Chionanthus, add [Virginica)

Chironia 1. add (Frutefcens)

Chironia 2. add [Baccifera)
Ciffampelos, lege [Pareira)

Ciftus 3. lege [Brevifolius)

Cleonia, add [Lufitanica)

Cliffortia 1. lege [Illicifolia)

Coix 2. lege [Angulata)

Convolvulus 2. lege ( Serpens )
Convolvulus 11. lege [Glaber)

Conyza 3. lege [Candida)

Conyza 5. lege (‘ Tomentofa )

Conyza 6. lege [Salicifolia)

Conyza 12. lege (' Prinervia )

Conyza 17. lege [Odorata)

Corchorus 4. lege [Petragona)
Corchorus 5. lege [Linearis)
Corchorus 6. lege [Bifurcatus)

Corchorus 8. lege [Hirfutus)
Coreopfis 5. lege [Radiata)
Cotyledon 2. lege [Spinofa)
Cotyledon 6. lege [Ramofiffima)
Croton 7. lege [Populifdium)

Croton 9. lege [Althhfolium)

Croton 10. leg t [Sahifolium)
Cupreffus 2. leg e [Horizontalis)
Cytifus 4. lege [Sefjilis)

Cytifus 5. lege [Hirfutus)

Delphinium 2. lege [Ajacis)

Dianthus 9. lege [Ferrugineus)
Digitalis 4. lege [Grandiflora)

Diofma 1. lege [Oppoftifolia)

Ebenus, add [Cretica)

Eleagnus 1. lege [Spinofa)

Epigea, add ( Repens )

Erica 4. lege [Ciliaris)

Eryngium 5. lege [Pallefcens)
Euonymus 4. lege [Pinnatus)

Ficus 2. lege [Sycamorus)

Ficus 6. lege [Maxima)

Galeopfis 5. lege [Orientalis)
Gentiana 10. leg e, [Perfoliata)
Gladiolus 5. lege [Anguftifolius)
Gramen 1. add [Repens)

Gramen 2. add [Perenne)

Gramen 3. add [Bulbofa)

Grewia 2. lege [Africana)

Groftularia 1. lege [Reclinata)
Gundelia, lege [Glabra)
Helianthemum 3. leg t[Pilofum)
Helianthus 2. lege [Multiflorus)
Helianthus 4. lege [Strumofus)
Helidteres 2. lege [Brevior)
Hermannia 5. lege [Prifoliata)
Hibifcus 8. lege [Vitifolius)

Hibifcus 20. lege [Africanus)
Horminum 1. leg t[Verbenaceum)
Horminum 2. lege [Lyrata)
Hyacinthus 1. lege [Nonfcriptus)
Hyacinthus 3. lege [Campanulatus)
Hyacinthus 5. lege [Amethyjlinus)
Hypericum 4. add [Canarienfe)
Hyflopus 3. lege ( Altijfma )

Jatropha 2. lege [Quinquclobata)
Jatropha 5. lege [Vitifolia)

Jatropha 6. lege [Aconitifolia)

Inula 7. lege ( Oculus )

Juncus 4. lege ( Conglomerate )
Juniper us 2. lege [Suecica)

Lantana 2. lege [Inermis)

Lathyrus 4. lege [P arifienfis)
Lathyrus 7. lege [Hirfutus)

Lathyrus 14. lege [Magniflonis)
Lathyrus 19. lege [Americanus)
Laurus 2. lege [Undulata)

Laurus 8. lege [Enervia)

Limon 2. lege ( Spinofus )

Limon 3. lege [Racemofus)

Lotus 3. lege [Glaber)

Lotus 5. lege [Creticus)

Lupinus 4. lege [Hirfutus)

Lupulus, lege [Humilus)

Lychnis 3. lege [Dicecia)

Mammea, add [Americana)

Martynia 3. lege [Louijianica)
Medicago 3. lege ( Pornata )
Melaftoma 1. lege [Plantaginifolia)
Melaftoma 9. lege [Petiolata)
Melongena 2. lege [Peres)
Menifpermum 3. lege [Carolinianum)
Mentha 10. lege [Chalepenfis)

Mefpilus 4. lege [Cordifolia)

Mirnofa 4. lege [Acuhata)

Morns 2. lege [Siciliana)

Mufcari i. lege [Botry aides)

Mufcari 2. lege ( Comofum )

Mufcari 3. lege [Racemofum)

Mufcari 4. lege [Monftrofum)

Mufcari 5. lege [Qrchioides)

Ophrys 1. lege [Nidus avis)

Ophrys 2. lege [Cor data)

Orchis 8. lege ( Conopfea )

Origanum 12. lege [Hybridum)
Qrnithopus 2. lege [Nodofus)

Orobus 8. lege [Venetus)

Palma 5. lege ( Gracilis )

Panicum 4. lege [Atop e cur odeum)
Pafliflora 6. lege [Oliva for mis)
Phlomis 10. lege [Flavefcens)

Phlox 5. lege [Paniculata)

Phyfalis 9. dele c
Piper 2. lege [Pellucidum)

Piper 4. lege [Humile)

Piper 6. lege [Laurifalium)
Prenanthes 4. lege (. Amplexicaulis )
Prunella 7. lege ( Nov a Anglia)
Pforalea 7. lege [Humilis)

Raphanus 3. lege [Orbicularis)
Raphanus 5. lege [Chinenfis)
Rapunculus 5. lege [Orbicularis)
Rhamnus 3. lege [Longifolius)
Rhamnus 4. lege [Africanus)

Rubus 4. lege [Glaber)

Rubus 8. lege [Saxatilis)

Rudbeckia 6. lege ( Digitata J,
Rumex 2. lege [Alpinus)

Rumex 11. lege [Chalepenfis)

Rufcus 5. lege (' Prifoliatus )

Ruta 5. lege [Ciliata)

Salicornia 2. lege (. Perennis )

Salfola 3. lege [Soda)

Sambucus 5. lege [Humilis)

Saponaria 4. lege [Hifpanica)
Scabiofap. lege [Virga p aft oris)
Scabiofa 13. lege ( Ochroleuca )
Scabiofa 18. leg e [Incifa)

Scabiola 19. lege [Fimbriata)
Scrophularia 4. lege [Bctonicafolia)
Sefafum, lege Sefamum
Sideroxylum 2. lege [Oppofiti folium)
Sifyrinchium 2. lege [Anguftifclium)
Sifyrinchium 3. lege [Bulbofum)

S mil ax 11. lege [Humilis)

Solidago 15. lege [Hirfutijfma)
Solidago 11. lege [Humilis)

Solidago 20. lege [Carnofa)

Stachys 8. lege [Paluftris)

Stcechas 2. lege [P edunculata)
Stoechas 3. lege [Bent at a)

Taxus, lege ( Baccata )

Thymus 6. lege [Glaber)
Toxicodendron 4. leg &[Pinnat folium)
Toxicodendron 8. lege [Arboreum)
Tragia 2. lege [Involucrata)
Vaccinium 3. lege [Pcnfilvanicurn)
Vanilla 3. lege [Axillaris)

Vitex 3. lege [Indie a)

Vitis 4. lege [Laciniofa)

Ulmus 2. lege [S caber)

Ulmus 3. lege [Saliva)

Ulmus 4. lege [Glaber)

Ulmus 5. lege [Hollandica)

Uvularia 1. lege [Amplexicaulis)

Zea 3. lege ( Vulgaris )

■

,

' ■'

.

1

I 1 •

l i ■

■ . -

■

, * ' * . • ^

‘

'

*■:

1 ;

m

*

■-

■

'

-

1

.

-

*

v

■

'

.

1

■

it

v

'

•- V-

i I ■ ► •

*

.

i '

' ' ifl J 3 '

. <•'

- '

.

.

■

■ . •(
'

1 I .. • - E

; „ ' ■ •

>

■ v!-,. -

< • . . * ■
5 If ■ ; ; b

■

-

i

-

.

-

!

mmim:

.

-

'

.

■

/

_

'

'

. '

-

■